A REMARKABLE LICHEN FROM ARID AUSTRALIA by P. N. S. Bibby f (National Herbarium of Victoria) PARMELIA SEM1VIRID1S (F. Muell. ex. Nyl.) P. Bibby, combinatio nova. Scyphophorus (?) R. Brown, No. 5 25b; Parmeliopsis semivindis F. Muell. ex Nyl. Syn. Meth. Lich . 2 : 5 7 (1863) ; Chondropsis semivindis Nyl., in Cromb. J Linn. Soc. 17: 39 7 (1879); Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., Flora 39: 85 ( 1881 ); Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., var. major Mtill-Arg., Flora 66: 11 (1883)., Thallus 2—6 cm. in diameter, hygrochasic, growing on arid soil, loose and easily blown about by the wind, lobes 2 — 3 mm. broad, repeatedly dichotomously branched, hardly imbricate; upper surface smooth, greyish-green, lower surface pale-yellow, devoid of rhizina?, slightly rugose; apothecium rare, sessile 2 mm., disk concave, reddish- brown; ascus and spores wanting. K, reddish, C, none, K+C, none. Localities : VICTORIA (north-west) — Murray River, F. Mueller (TYPE in MEL) ; Hattah Lakes, J. H. Willis; Pink Lakes near Walpeup, P. Bibby; Kulkyne National Forest, C. Beauglehole ; Thurla. J. H. Willis (?) TASMANIA— Mt. Wellington (Table Mt.), R. Brown. SOUTH AUSTRALIA — Mueller river, Birch; Koonamore Vegetation Reserve, B. S. Barrien ; Colona homestead, J. H. Willis; Nullarbor homestead, J. H. Willis; Loveday, E. J. Vickery. W ESTERN AUSTRALIA — Fraser s range, R. Helms. Nos. 43 and 73; Eucla, J. Batt. I have previously referred to R. Brown s specimens purporting to have come from Mt. Wellington | see Victorian Naturalist 67: 186 (1951)]. Photostat copies of the types of J. Muller’s Parmelia hypo- xantha and Parmelia hypoxantha, var. major, prove them to be identical with the type of Parmelia semivindis , and I can see no reason to segregate the var. major. Parmelia hypoxantha Stirt. [Qd. agric. J. 5; 486 (1899) and Trans. & Proc. N.Z. Inst. 32 : 76 (1900) ] from Queensland is a different plant, the name of which is invalid, since J. Muller (Miill.-Arg. — of Argovie) published his species 18 years before Stirton. f While this paper was in press, the author died on 6th June, 1955, after a long illness. He was the only one in Australia carrying out critical taxonomic researches on lichens and hepatics, and his loss will be felt keenly at the Melbourne National Herbarium where he joined the professional staff in 1938. — J.H.W. 60
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 61-63".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low (3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 63 (185 1) : Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with
J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low (3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 63 (185 1) : Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
A NEW SPECIES OF ERIA (ORCHIDACE/E) by TREVOR E. Hunt, Brisbane, Queeensland. ERIA JOHNSONII T. E. Hunt, species nova . Pseudo-bulbi ovoidei, circiter ] cm. alti et 8.5 mm. lati, virides. Folia 2, lineari-lancelota. circ. 7 cm. longa, petiolata, coriacea, apice cmarginata. Inflore- scentia dense multiflora, circ. 6 mm. longa. Flos cum ovario circ. 4 mm. longus lutc-i-albus. pellucidus, pilosus. Sepala lanceolata. obtusa. concava, circ. 2 mm. longa, extus pilosa. Petala lineari-lanceolata. circ. 1.5 mm. longa concava, glabra. Labellum circ. 1 mm. longum et 1 mm. latum, acutum. glabrum. ad apicem callis minutis instructum. Columna brevis lataque. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, about 1 cm. long and 8.5 mm. wide (in the type plant) , light-green, covered with the scarious remains of the sheath- ing scales. Leaves two from the apex of the pseudo-bulb, linear-lanceo- late, emarginate, petiolate, coriaceous, light-green. Raceme many-flowered, very short and stout, about 6 mm. long. Flowers crowded together, yellowish-white, minute; bracts scarious, about 2 mm. long, broad acute. Flower including ovary and pedicil about 4 mm. long, not widely expanding, beset with woolly hairs, all segments transparent and incurved. Dorsal sepal lanceolate, about 2 mm. long; lateral sepals as long but slightly broader. Petals linear-lanceolate about 1.5 mm. long. Labellum about 1 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, tapering quickly to a short acute tip which bears a quantity of very minute calli. Column very short and broad. Pollen masses hard, easily detached from the surround- ing dry membrane. QUEENSLAND — Cook District: Mt. Islay, at 3,000 feet ( Arnold Johnson, 7 May 1950 — TYPE in BRI; part of type plant growing in the author’s collection). Ena johnsonii is easily distinguished from the other six Australian Ena species by the diminutive stature of the plant and the correspondingly small racemes and flowers, as the following key will show: AN ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE GENUS ERIA IN AUSTRALIA 1. Pseudo-bulbs more than 2 cm. high 2. Pseudo-bulbs 5—20 cm. high, very stout, racemes to 50 cm. long, flowers white or yellow 3. Labellum ornamented with lines of calli 4. Labellum with 3 lines of calli 4. * Labellum with 2 lines of calli . . 3.* Labellum not ornamented with lines of calli 5. Sinus between mid-lobe and lateral lobes a deep incision, lateral lobes triangular 5.* Sinus a broad undulation, lateral lobes almost orbicular 2 * Pseudo-bulbs 4—10 cm. high, slender (almost terete), racemes to 8 cm. long, flowers roseate . . 6. Flowers purplish, labellum 3-lobed 6.* Flowers dingy-pink, labellum entire L* Pseudo-bulbs less than 2 cm. high, racemes less than 1 cm., flowers minute . . E. fitzalanii F. Muell. E. linaviHlora Rupp E. inornata Hunt E. liparoides Hunt E. erioides (Bail.) Rolfe E. queenslandica Hunt E. johnsonii Hunt 21
32 J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- ties with O. passerinoides . The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa (Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 (1 836), non Auctt. var. This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic (apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less boldly ribbed achenes. Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 (1836). Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 (1806) ; Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930),
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
32 J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- ties with O. passerinoides . The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa (Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 (1 836), non Auctt. var. This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic (apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less boldly ribbed achenes. Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 (1836). Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 (1806) ; Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930),
J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low (3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 63 (185 1) : Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
32 J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- ties with O. passerinoides . The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa (Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 (1 836), non Auctt. var. This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic (apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less boldly ribbed achenes. Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 (1836). Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 (1806) ; Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930),
10 R. ERICKSON & J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium This specks is in the 5. petiolare group, near S. bolgartense, but differs in the partly connate lobes of the calyx, the presence of verti- cillate bracts below the inflorescence, and in the throat appendages (6 equal in S. petiolare, 2 in S. bolgartense ). S. emarginatum, the only other bulb-like species with verticillate bracts, has 6 equal throat appen- dages and flowers yellow with red stripes on the outside, also the petals are more equal in length, with lobes and notches in the apical half. 4. S. PERISCELIANTHUM Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. II, 1 - 8 ]. Annua gracilis. 6—15 cm. alta: folia rosulata. circiter 8. spathulata, circ. 10 mm. longa: flores racemosi. circ. 10. pcdicellis brevibus. parvi (corolla circ. 5 mm. lata, rosea) ; calyces lineares, faucis appendicular 6, ad apices sanguines ; labellum minutum, oblongum. valde apiculatum. Species valde affinis S. pulchello Sond. in Lehm. (quod, ob flores plures parvos corymbosos. in sectione Despeclce unicum fuerat), sed d’.ffert: calyce longiore angustioreque, petalis coloratis parvioribus subarqualibus, et faucis appen- diculis 6 (cf. 2 in S. pulchello ) . Small slender plant 6—15 cm. tall, with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, about 8, glabrous, spathulate, on long petioles, about 10 mm. long. Scape racemose, bearing 10 or more flowers, slender, dark- reddish, usually with one or two small blunt bracts below the slightly glandular inflorescence, pedicels shorter than the calyces, glandular, floral bracts pointed and narrow, smooth, reaching as far as the minute, pointed, paired bracteoles near the bases of the calyces. Calyx greenish- red, linear, glabrous except at the base; lobes free, pointed, much shorter than the tube, the margins minutely serrate. Corolla small, about 5 mm. wide, bright pink with white throat, tube about equal to the calyx lobes; petals very unequal, the small upright pair narrow, a little curved, rather blunt, about half as long as the broad extended petals; throat appendages 6, toothed, with crimson tips; labellum minute, fleshy, almost oblong, with a long point. Column dark and strong, about as long as the small petals. Pollination by the fly Comptosia cuneata Ed. (Family Bombyludce, Subfamily Lomatunce) . Epithet in allusion to the resemblance of the corolla to a figure in long baggy “pants”. Vernacular name: “Pantaloon Trigger-plant”. Habitat: Along wet flats by creeks or swamps, in compact colonies. Representative localities: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Cranbrook (Oct.) : Youngs Siding (Oct.) ; Bolgart (HOLOTYPE in MEL, ISO- TYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , Sept. 1952). A very constant species over a wide area. The bulb-like stock and the form of the corolla apparently places it in the 5. petiolare group; but the new species differs markedly in its spike-like raceme and long narrow calyx, marking its closer affinity to S. pulchellum which has paniculate scape and linear-oblong calyx. This latter species, however, has small white flowers on long pedicels, petals almost equal, and 2 throat appendages.
CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN MONOCOTYLEDONS by J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse (Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia (chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- binatio nova. Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 (1807). Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate (“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South Wales and far eastern Victoria. 3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. * National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 45
8 R. ERICKSON 8 J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium free, blunt, a little shorter than the calyx tube. Corolla whitish; tube longer than calyx lobes; petals very unequal, the upright pair almost minute, oblong, sometimes with a tooth on the outer edge, the extended petals about four times as long, broadly rounded at the extremities and narrow at the base; throat appendages variable, usually 2, prominent and dentiform, located at the bases of the larger petals and appearing half as large as the smaller petals, sometimes with two similar additional appen- dages; labellum about 2 mm., narrow and pointed, without appendages. Column short, dark and strong, somewhat taller than the small upright petals; stigma developing into a rolled hairy lip. Pollination by the fly Comptosia carculum Newm. (Family Bombyludce, Subfamily Lomatnnce ) . Epithet in allusion to the locality of collection. Vernacular name : “Pinafore' Trigger-plant”. Habitat: In a pocket of sodden, washed soil, near the bottom of a small gully, in open Wandoo ( Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely) forest, in compact colonies. Representative locality: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Bolgart, in Colin Haynes’s “poison paddock” (HOLOTYPE and PARATYPES in MEL. ISOTYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , 11 Sept. 1951). The new species is in the 5. petiolare group of the Despectce Section (bulbous stock and unequal petals) differing in its exceedingly small upright petals (pointed and almost as long as the extended petals in S. petiolare) , very broadly dilated extended petals, and 2 prominent dentiform throat appendages (6 in S. petiolare). 2. S. ASTEROIDEUM Erickson U Willis, species nova. |Tab. I, 8— 13J. Annua pusilla. gracilis, usque ad 8 cm. alta; folia rosulata, pauca, anguste linearia, circ. 6 mm. longa, "stellulas” formantia: flores 1 vel 2. pedicellati. com parate magni (corolla usque ad 10 mm. lata, pallide carnea) ; labellum anguste ovatum. 1.5—2 mm. longum, apice longo calycis lobos subaequante. Species ex affinitate S. petiolaris Sond. in Lehm., sed differt: caulibus graci- lioribus, foliis linearibus, calycis lobis obtusis, corolla? faucis appendiculis 2 gib- bosis (6 in S. petiolan) . Small, slender, glabrous plant up to 8 cm. tall, with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, narrow-linear, about 6 mm. long. Scape dark-coloured, very fine, 1- or 2-flowered; pedicels much longer than calyces, with a few glandular hairs; floral bracts and paired proleaves blunt, minute, a bract lower on scape, scarcely larger. Calyx greenish, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 4 mm. in length including the lobes; lobes free, blunt, almost as long as the tube. Corolla pale pink, fading quickly to whitish, tube about as long as calyx lobes; petals unequal, upright pair small, narrow and curved but not pointed, the extended pair about twice as long and broad, dilated at the extremities; throat appen- dages 2, forming prominent humps at the bases of the larger petals; labellum narrowly oval, fleshy, with a long point. Column pale, short, about equal to the smaller petals.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 8-Sep".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 9-Oct".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): Dec-13".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 15-16".
CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN MONOCOTYLEDONS by J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse (Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia (chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- binatio nova. Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 (1807). Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate (“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South Wales and far eastern Victoria. 3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. * National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 45
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 109-110".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 102-103, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 105-107, Fig. 3".
160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- published name C. uncata must take precedence. APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 (1817); A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : “ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent leaves ”, The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently (1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established (above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys ,
118 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora inside (toward base), pale green but assuming reddish-purple tints in drying, d= 5 mm. high and 3-4 mm. broad at the dilated base, recurved through a semicircle above, the cucullate antheriferous laminae dz 2 mm. long and wide; torus straight, 1 -5 mm. wide, 0-3 mm. thick; hypogynal gland semicircular, pale at first, contrasting with darker torus to which it is equal in width and thickness. Ovary sessile, purplish, 4-5 mm. long, loosely white-villous with hairs 1 -5 mm. long; style relatively thick, 5-7 mm. long, purplish, glabrous toward apex; stigmatic disc green, lateral, 2 mm. wide, scutelliform with short central nipple. Anthers pale yellow, 0*7 mm. long. Follicle dull brown, with scattered soft hairs, broadly ellipsoid, 10-15 x 4-7 mm., 0-4 mm. thick, the style and stigma persisting. Seed resembling a click-beetle, date brown, narrowly ellipsoid, plano-convex, 8-10 x 2-3 mm., with whitish aril 1-5 mm. long. Affinities of the new species are with Grevillea lanigera A. Cunn. which differs in its non-verticillate branching, more spreading narrower leaves that are hairy on both surfaces, never becoming glaucous beneath and lacking a ± pungent mucro, also in the longer racemes of coloured flowers (chiefly reddish) with longer styles. Up to the present, G. jephcottii is known only from the south- western portion and summit area of Pine Mountain, where locally abundant; but its occurrence on similar granitic ranges along the Upper Murray, both in Victoria and New South Wales, may be anticipated. The epithet was chosen as a mark of respect to the Jephcott family of Ournie, on the Upper Murray River above Jingellic, N.S.W., especially to Sydney Wheeler Jephcott who discovered the plant when only fourteen (in 1878) and who died at the age of 86 on 3rd July 1951. His father, Edwin Jephcott, had taken up land at Ournie during 1864. There he gradually established a magnificent arboretum of exotic trees, and was in early contact with Baron von Mueller who visited him in January 1874. Father and son also maintained a lifelong interest in the native flora, delighting to ramble over Pine Mountain on the opposite side of the Murray. They were the first to collect specimens on this floristically rich granite range. BANKSIA CANEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. ad B. marginatam Cav. (cum qua olim confusus est) et B. integri foliam L.f. evidenter proxime accedens; sed a formis omnibus prioris differt costa folii subter ± hirsuta, valvis capsulae magmoribus spisse tomentosis, et praecipue perianthiis stylisque post anthesm omnino deciduis; a B. integrifolia recedit statura multo minore, foliis angustioribus, seminibus comparate latioribus; a his speciebus duobus foliis constanter pungentibus (in statu maturo interdum dentatis) distinguitur. HOLOTYPE: Mt. Seldom Seen track, Wulgulmerang, E. Victoria, in montane forest at ± 900 m. (2,900 feet) alt. — J. H. Willis, 27 Nov. 1962 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K.
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 163 (1841), based upon a Chilean type. Brunonis and brunonianus, however, are not etymological variants but different epithets, and they may be used simultaneously for two species in the same genus. Under the existing International Code it becomes obligatory to adopt the name S. brunonis, for which the above new combination was required. Senecio brunonis is at once the largest, most interesting and one of the most localized groundsels in Australia, being endemic on Mts. Wellington and Dromedary in southern Tasmania at altitudes between 2,500 and 3,800 feet. There it forms a small pyramidal tree 6-12 feet high, with spreading, linear, aromatic, rather viscid leaves (2-4 inches long) and laminating papery bark. In far southern New Zealand, S. reinoldii and S. stewartiae also attain tree size (to 19 feet or more) , as does the related S. huntii on Chatham Islands. BEDFORDIA SALICINA ( Labill. ) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). G. Bentham’s observations on thousands of species of Australian plants are amazing for their meticulous attention to detail and general accuracy, especially when one bears in mind that this savant worked almost solely from limited amounts of dry herbarium material. It is the more curious, therefore, that in Flor. aust . 3: 673 (1866) he should have initiated a major error of description, blindly perpetuated by succeeding authors to the present day. Bentham states that the genus Bedfordia comprises “ shrubs more or less stellate-tomentose ”, commenting also: “ F. Mueller has proposed to unite it with Senecio, but the stellate tomentum and axillary inflorescence are quite unknown in that extensive genus. In Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 1: 340 (1888), Senecio Bedfordi [= Bedfordia salicina ] is said to be “ invested with whitish or greyish stellular hairlets ”. Similar state- ments occur in C. Moore’s Handb. Flor. N.S.W. 298 (1893) and A. J. Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1178 (1931). As recently as 1963, Dr. Winifred Curtis (Student’s Flor. Tasm. 2: 287) has made its “ stellate indumentum ” the main key character separating Bedfordia from Senecio. Examination of a wide range of Bedfordia specimens in Melbourne Herbarium has failed to reveal a single stellate hair, either on the branchlets, foliage or inflorescences, and this criterion is now considered to be no more than an illusion. The whitish, thickly woolly vestiture in Bedfordia consists entirely of simple, but highly cirriform hairs; sometimes, as on the upper surfaces of young leaves, these hairs may arise and intricately intertwine in little groups, and such a characteristic could perhaps have misled Bentham into interpreting them as true stellulae. In general, mainland examples of B. salicina have rather longer looser hairs than their Tasmanian counterparts. Another inexplicable feature is Labillardiere’s choice of epithet, when describing his Cacalia salicina — surely few plants could be less like a willow than the Australian “ blanket-leaf ”!
160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- published name C. uncata must take precedence. APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 (1817); A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : “ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent leaves ”, The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently (1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established (above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys ,
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN EUCALYPTUS by J. H. Willis* The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are given in each instance. 1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL n. 10388). Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in Bacchus Marsh ” Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 1895). LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson (N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near * National Herbarium of Victoria. 165
TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN EUCALYPTUS by J. H. Willis* The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are given in each instance. 1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL n. 10388). Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in Bacchus Marsh ” Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 1895). LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson (N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near * National Herbarium of Victoria. 165
166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains [ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges [= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 (MEL n. 10391). Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the Murray River ”. There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — “ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL n. 10392). Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s Gulf ”. The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June
166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains [ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges [= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 (MEL n. 10391). Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the Murray River ”. There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — “ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL n. 10392). Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s Gulf ”. The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June
166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains [ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges [= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 (MEL n. 10391). Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the Murray River ”. There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — “ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL n. 10392). Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s Gulf ”. The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June
J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by this tree is about 300 square miles ”. In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South Wales. 8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” (MEL n. 10168). Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name
J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by this tree is about 300 square miles ”. In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South Wales. 8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” (MEL n. 10168). Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name
148 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora he described three new species, E. gibbsiae (series Striatce ) showing distinctly subdigitate leaves, but the Tasmanian endemics E. gunnii and E. milliganii (series Collince ) having leaves that are not distinctly subdigitate. The type form of E. gibbsiae , with subcapitate clusters of white flowers, was from rocks on the summit plateau of Mt. Field East, near Lake Fenton. A collection from Mt. Mueller (5,000 feet) on the Victorian Baw Baws, by J. G. Luehmann and C. French Jnr. in Dec. 1892, was published simultaneously as E. gibbsiae forma subglabrifolia — the only known extension of the species to mainland Australia. In Melbourne Herbarium is a duplicate type specimen of this form which differs from the normal Tasmanian population in having the leaves almost glabrous , the floral bracts and calyces bearing predominantly eglandular hairs. What may be only a very reduced form of E. gibbsiae , with congested leaves on branches no more than 2 cm. high, has been collected at the Cobboras, far eastern Victoria. E. gibbsiae seems to differ from E. striata R. Br. (type from Mt. Wellington, Tas.) only in being glandular, while R. Brown’s E. alpina (the name antedated by E. alpina Lam., 1788) is probably no more than a glabrescent alpine form of E. gibbsiae. An interesting Victorian collection of this group in Melbourne Herbarium comes from the summit of Mt. Speculation, Barry Mountains at 5,600 feet (leg. J. H. Willis, 2 Jan. 1945). It has a markedly glandular indumentum; obovate-flabellate leaves to 10 mm. long are boldly cut into 5-7 finger-like lobes in the apical half, and the large purplish flowers are attractively veined. This conforms fairly well to the circumscription of du Rietz’s E. gibbsiae forma comberi and is comparable with material from K. Col. on the track to Mt. Field West (Mt. Field National Park) , Tasmania. EUPHRASIA SCABRA R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 437 (1810) var. ALSA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. & stat. nov. E. alsa F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 107 (1855); E. antarctica sens. Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 522 (1868), non Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 555 (1846). G. Bentham’s identification (l.c.) of the Australian alpine Euphrasia alsa F. Muell. with his own E. antarctica (published 22 years previously) can hardly be justified, despite the adoption of this view in F. Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 1: 392 (1888) and A. J. Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1024 (1931). Type material of the former name differs from typical Magellanian E. antarctica in the following respects: Indumentum glandular. Leaf-lobes pinnate (not trident-shaped). Calyx segments not revolute. Ovary pubescent (not glabrous). On the other hand, E. alsa is very closely related to annual E. scabra , from the typical form of which it diverges in its diminutive size and congested whitish flowers with conspicuous veins. It is here
128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, but apparently he never published this name. GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 (1875). F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. (assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally made in order to validate this name. Known collections of G. megalophylla are: Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 (CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). Rutaceae BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 330 (1825). var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863).
SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIAN FLORA by J. H. Willis* SUMMARY In this paper: 11 species and 5 varieties are described as new, with some discussion on their affinities and distributions; 20 new nomenclatural combinations are effected, with appropriate comments; 6 synonymies of specific names are established; the ranges of 10 other species are extended into Victoria, and noteworthy extensions are made to the distribution within that State of 5 very localized taxa. Arrangement of families is according to the system of Engler and Prantl. Proteaceae GREVILLEA JEPHCOTTII J. H. Willis spec. nov. ex affinitate G. lanigerae A. Cunn. a qua praecipue differt: statura majore (1-3 m.); ramis manifeste verticillatis; foliis suberectis latioribus (3-6 mm.) subpungentibus, supra laete viridibus scabrisque, subter glaucescentibus glabrisque; floribus pallide viridibus, in racemis perbrevibus densis; stylis comparate brevibus (5-7 mm.). HOLOTYPE : S.W. slopes of Pine Mountain (±7 miles S.E. of Walwa) , Upper Murray region, Victoria, among granite rocks in dryish eucalypt forest at ± 620 m. (2,000 feet) alt. — J. H. Willis , 17 Nov. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at Mel, NSW, BRI, AD, CANB, K. PARATYPE: Ibidem — J. H. Willis, 15 Jan. 1964 (MEL, cum fructibus). Also examined (all in MEL): Pine Mountain, N.E. Victoria — Jeanie H. Harvey, Aug. 1963; ibidem — Carl Walter, Nov. 1891, S. W. Jephcott, 1878; Hume River— S. W. Jephcott, 1883 & Oct. 1887; Upper Murray — C. French Jr., Nov. 1886. Shrub 1-3 m. (3-9 feet) high, rigidly erect, dense, leafy, low and bushy in exposed rocky situations but tall in more shaded forest, the branching conspicuously and often distantly verti- cillate; branchlets (also young foliage) loosely hairy. Leaves — erect, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate or somewhat oblanceolate, 1*5-3 -5 cm. long, 3-6 mm. (sometimes 8 mm.) wide, bright green, paler beneath, chiefly flat but the entire margins d= revolute, terminating in a fine ± pungent point 1—2 mm. long; upper surfaces somewhat shining, but scabrid and minutely tuberculate all over; under surfaces glabrous, dull blue-green, appearing almost glaucous in dried state, the narrow mid-rib conspicuous but other veins obscure. Flowers 6-9 in dense, terminal, leafy clusters (very reduced racemes) and rather inconspicuous amongst the foliage, on glabrous glaucescent pedicels 4-6 mm. long. Perianth glabrous externally but white-villous * National Herbarium of Victoria.
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
158 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora (10-25 cm.), its large solitary golden to orange flower-heads (3-5 cm. wide when expanded) and especially by the long acuminate- lanceolate intermediate bracts (always ± obtuse in the case of H. bracteatum ) . No previous record for Victoria would seem to have been published. HELICHRYSUM DEALBATUM Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 45, t. 190 (1806). This rhizomatous herb is widespread and often abundant in Tasmania, but of very limited and scattered distribution on the northern side of Bass Strait. The only mainland localities known, until quite recently, were Wilson’s Promontory, Foster, Nine Mile Creek near Hedley, Bruthen and Bennison High Plains. Then, on 29 Nov. 1964, Mr. A. C. Beauglehole found a small, very isolated colony on wet heathland of the Lower Glenelg watershed, about 6 miles north of Mt. Kincaid in far S.W. Victoria — a noteworthy extension of range and the most westerly locality to be recorded. Specimens from his collection, n. 6511, have been lodged at Melbourne Herbarium; they have comparatively large flower-heads (±3 cm. wide, with intermediate bracts of the involucre beautifully crimson-tinted and plicate when dry. HELICHRYSUM ROGERSIANUM J. H. Willis spec. nov. ad H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. atque H. ericetum W. M. Curtis Tasmaniae proxime accedit; a priore differt habitu virgato, statura altiore (1 -5-2-5 m.), foliis angustioribus (0-5-2 mm.), capitulis angustioribus flosculos pauciores (3-7) continentibus; a secundo foliis multo longioribus angustioribusque inflorescentiis majoribus et involucri squamis nunquam purpureis distinguitur. HOLOTYPE & ISOTYPE (with mature achenes) : Brumby Point, N.E. sector of Nunniong Plateau, E. Victoria, at ± 1,080 m. (=3,500 feet) alt. in montane forest on shaded southerly slopes above Little Reedy River — K. C. Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 (MEL) . PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 18 Apr. 1964 (MEL, NSW); Laver’s Hill road 2 -5-3 -5 miles S. of Chappie Vale, Otway Ranges, S. Vic., at ± 155 m. (= 500 ft.) alt. — Helen I. Aston n. 813, 16 Nov. 1960 (MEL, CANB, NSW, BRI, AD, HO, K, BM, L, G). Also examined (all in MEL) : Ibidem (viz Laver’s Hill road, &c.) — Mrs. Winifred Denny, 19 Nov. 1960 (duplicates to be distributed to other herbaria) ; Chappie Vale road 4-5 miles N.W. of Laver’s Hill, Otway Ranges, S. Vic. — J. H. Willis, 26 Nov. 1961 (also NSW); Gable End Track ± 0-5 miles S. of Miller’s Hut, in Mt. Wellington region at ± 1,400 m. (= 4,600 ft.) alt., only a single bush noted — J. H. Willis, 12 Mar. 1966.
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, but apparently he never published this name. GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 (1875). F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. (assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally made in order to validate this name. Known collections of G. megalophylla are: Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 (CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). Rutaceae BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 330 (1825). var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS Records of four introduced species new to Victoria by Helen I. Aston.* In recent years the author has been working on the distribution of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new records of these species for Australia. Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various salient notes on each, are now given. Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, with all floral and fruiting stages present. * National Herbarium of Victoria. 169
AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS Records of four introduced species new to Victoria by Helen I. Aston.* In recent years the author has been working on the distribution of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new records of these species for Australia. Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various salient notes on each, are now given. Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, with all floral and fruiting stages present. * National Herbarium of Victoria. 169
170 H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms The above observations are in agreement with Mason (1957) who describes the species as an annual, either terrestrial on wet soil or aquatic. Subject to man’s non-interference (the main pool is directly alongside the Melbourne-Geelong Highway) the colony at Laverton shows every sign of persisting. Downstream spread will probably be limited as the creek waters soon become saline, but dispersal to other areas may be effected by such agents as waterfowl, for fruits are produced in considerable quantity. At present the species shows no sign of being a pernicious spreader. A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason (1957, p. 101 and fig. 42). Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. On 2 June 1964, the author collected flowering and fruiting material (Aston No. 1202) of this species from a lagoon of the Ovens River, about 1^ miles N.E. of Wangaratta, in north-eastern Victoria. This seems to be the first record of this species occurring naturalized within Australia. Since this date I have carried out extensive sampling along rivers, creeks, lakes, lagoons, swamps, and farm stock-tanks throughout the north-east of the State, from the Corryong district west to Barmah Forest (north-west of Nathalia) and south to Nagambie and Eildon. During this searching, L. palustris has been located in ten areas, all restricted to the valleys of the Ovens and the Kiewa Rivers. No. trace of it has yet been found in any other area visited, including the nearby Mitta Mitta River which was sampled along its lower reaches from Tallandoon to Tallangatta. Along the Ovens River the species occurs either frequently or abundantly from Myrtleford to the Murray Valley Highway (about 2 miles short of the confluence of the Ovens and Murray Rivers) , a direct distance of some 49 miles. Along the Kiewa River it occurs similarly from Upper Gundowring north to the Murray Valley Highway, about 5 miles east of Wodonga, and again only 2 miles short of the confluence of the Kiewa with the Murray River. This is a distance of approximately 26 miles. At present, therefore, the species is known to extend along approximately 75 miles (direct line) of river valley, and probably extends still farther as the rivers upstream from Myrtleford and Upper Gundowring have not yet been searched. In an endeavour to locate the origin of the occurrences, an approach was made to the State Electricity Commission of Victoria, as it was thought that the plant might have deliberately been introduced as a mud-binder around pondages of the Kiewa Hydro- electric Scheme. However, the Commission has informed us that they have not used this species, so that its origin in the area is still unknown. L. palustris grows as a non-flowering aquatic in water up to 1 foot deep, but is at its best as a terrestrial on wet or saturated mud beside water. Here the plant spreads by rooting stolons to form a
144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Labiatae MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the name M. diemenica. The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, ± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , Oct. 1962 (MEL). Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 141 S. MUCRONATA ( Hook.f .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Pentachondra mucronata Hook. f. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 6: 270 (1847); Leucopogon fraseri quoad Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 218 (1868) atque auctt. var., non A. Cunn. in Ann. nat. Hist. 2: 47 (1838) — N.Z. endem. S. NEUROPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon neurophyllus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 1: 37 (1858). S. PILIBUNDA (A. Cunn ex DC) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon pilibundus A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 7: 746 (1839). S. PILIFERA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon piliferus N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 58 (1956). S. RIPARIA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon riparius N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 (1956). MONOTOCA ROTUNDIFOLIA J. H. Willis spec. nov. unica ob folia rotunda (marginibus ± recurvis) atque petala intus manifeste papillosa. Fruticulus prostratus ramis tenuibus sparsim pubescentibus. Foliorum lamina ± rotunda (3-5 mm. longa), tamen ob margines saepe arete recurvos (paene revolutos) ephippiformem esse videtur, petiolo manifesto purpurascenti (1-1*5 mm. longo) praedita, supra minute scabrida, infra albida atque a venulis 15-25 flabellate-divaricatis prominenter lineata, distanter ciliolata, ad apicem obtusa aut mucrone perbrevi indurato. Flores 5-partib, in axillis superis solitarii, pedicellis robustis pubescentibus praediti; calyx pallide viridis, ± 1 mm. longus, eius lobi arete imbricati perlate ovati obtusi albido-ciliati, ad basin a bracteis duabus similibus (sed brevioribus — 0*7 mm.) subtendentes; corolla pallide ochracea, ± 2 mm. longa, eius tubus sepala non excedens, lobis 5 valvatis ovato-lanceolatis vel fusiformibus, ± 1*5 mm. longis, extus glabris, intus breviter sed prominenter papillosis, primum incurvatis deinde pigre expandentibus, marginibus anguste incurvis atque apicibus obtusis induratisque. Antherce ochraceae subsessiles, corollae tubi apicem versus affixae, late ellipsoideae, comparate magnae (0-7-1 mm. longae), per totum fertiles. Stylus glaber brevis crassusque, profunde 5-angulatus, ± 0-6 mm. longus (summitate stigmatica conica ± 0-1 mm. alta); ovarium uniloculare, oblate-globoideum, ± 0-4 mm. altum, disci squamulis 5 (quaque 0*3 mm. longa) viridibus ovatis amplexum. Fructus ignotus. HOLOTYPE: Brumby Point, N.E. portion of Nunniong Plateau, East Gippsland, Victoria, in montane mallee heath overlooking Reedy River gorge, at dz 1,250 m. (4,100 feet) alt. — K. C. Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, CANB, K. PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 30 Jan. 1964 (MEL). Small prostrate or ascending semi-shrub with slender sparsely pubescent branches. Leaf-blades 3-5 mm. long and broad, rotund but often appearing saddle-shaped through the tightly recurved
H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 171 prostrate mat, and becomes an excellent mud-binder. Flowers and fruits are produced abundantly, and would presumably be easily transported by water. Once established beside a river system, it would spread rapidly, and this seems to have been the case along the Ovens and Kiewa Rivers. It will be surprising if the species does not extend down the Murray River within a short number of years, and it can also be expected that it will establish itself in adjacent areas. Dr. Barbara Briggs (pers. comm.) has informed me that it is not yet recorded for New South Wales. The ability of the species to spread rapidly is well-recorded for New Zealand. Raven (1963, p. 403) writes “ The earliest record for New Zealand seems to be from about 1929 (Allan, N.Z. J. Agr. 47: 311-313, 1933), when it was recorded from a few stations on the North Island; it has spread explosively and now is found over the entire North Island and locally on the South Island as well (Miss Ruth Mason, pers. comm.) . Probably it was introduced into New Zealand from Europe ”. L. palustris is a native of North and Central America, Colombia, and of much of Eurasia east to the Caspian Sea and northern Iran and south through Spain, Italy, and Greece to northern Africa. As well as Australia and New Zealand, it is also introduced in Hawaii and southern Africa. See Raven (1963, p. 400). A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason (1957, p. 611 and fig. 279). Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess. This South American species has now become naturally established in Victoria in four areas within the vicinity of Melbourne, and has not previously been recorded for the State. All four occurrences have been located and kept under observation by Mr. Ian Tankard, a teacher at Albion State School, who brought specimens to the National Herbarium for identification and who has supplied full information concerning them. These occurrences are: (a) Studley Park, Kew, approx. 3 miles E.N.E. of Melbourne G.P.O. — in the Yarra River just upstream from its junction with the Merri Creek. In 1961 three large clumps each approximately 30 x 10 feet in area, plus minor areas of growth, were located growing luxuriantly in water from 1 to 5 feet deep. Visits during the summer months of January and February 1963 and 1964, showed the clumps to be persisting. Winter visits during 1964 showed marked alteration in growth, the emergent foliage vanishing between March and September visits, leaving only bare submerged stems. A further November visitation showed new growth emergent, and re-covering of the original areas. (b) Royal Park, approximately 2\ miles N. of Melbourne G.P.O. — immediately west of the Zoological Gardens. In March 1963, many small, dense patches were located along a small tributary of the Moonee Ponds Creek. In March 1964 this luxuriant growth was again present, but between then and September the
156 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Composite OLEARIA ALLENDERAE J. H. Willis spec. nov. ex affinitate O. stellulatae (Labill.) DC. et O. rugosae (F. Muell. ex Archer) Hutchinson, sed a priore differt foliis comparate latioribus, ad apicem obtusis, irregularius dentatis, eius marginibus anguste revolutis, in superficie sine pilis stellatis atque subter manifeste reticulatis; a his speciebus duabus recedit habitu gracili, foliis multo parvioribus (1-3 cm. longis) auriculatisque, inflorescentiis non paniculatis, pedunculis brevioribus (5-10 mm.) atque acheniis omnino glabris. HOLOTYPE : Wilson’s Promontory, S. Victoria, in swampy depression ± 2 miles north of Darby River crossing — Marie Allender, 27 Oct. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K. PARATYPE : Ibidem — Marie Allender , 24 Oct. 1961 (MEL). Shrub slender, sparingly branched, 1-2 m. (= 3-6 feet) high, with elongated, leafy, purplish, costate branches that push up through dense paludal shrubberies. Leaves rigidly coriaceous, ovate-lanceolate to oblong, 1-3 cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, obtuse at apex, auriculate at base, with petiole only 1-2 mm. long; margins narrowly revolute, crenate to coarsely and bluntly toothed; upper-surfaces shining, deeply wrinkled with small bullate sections, asperate or almost smooth; under-surfaces reticulate, whitish from a fine mat of minute stellate hairs. Inflorescence 3-8 cm. long, leafy throughout, consisting of mostly solitary capitula in the upper axils. Capitula on short peduncles 5-10 mm. long (rarely exceeding the floral leaves), broadly funnel-shaped, 6-8 mm. wide at anthesis; phyllaries 2- to 3-seriate, zb 20 (dz 8 outer bracts being shorter) , lanceolate to oblanceolate and broadly acute, the innermost 4-5 mm. long, purplish but colour at first masked by a woolly-white stellate indumentum that persists at base and on the apical dorsum. Ray-florets dz 10-12, female, with white ligules 6-9 mm. long and 1-2 mm. wide. Disk- florets 13-17, bisexual, purplish at first then yellow, with narrowly funnel-shaped corolla 4-5 mm. long; anthers pale, 2 mm. long; style- arms narrowly elliptic, purple, pruinose, dz 1 mm. long. Achene elliptic, flattened, glabrous, with zb 5 prominent vertical ribs, 2-2-5 mm. long, =b 0-8 mm. wide; pappus-bristles 30-40, zb 5 mm. long, white-silky, minutely scabrid and slightly thicker at acuminate tips, fused into a short corona at base. The affinities of the new species are closest to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC. and O. rugosa (E. Muell. ex Archer) Hutchinson; it differs from the former in having no stellate hairs on the upper- surfaces of leaves (which are relatively narrower, more regularly toothed, acute at apices, without revolute margins and less reticulate in O. stellulata) , and from both these species it departs in its slender habit, much smaller auriculate leaves, non-paniculate inflorescences, shorter peduncles and quite glabrous achenes.
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".
144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Labiatae MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the name M. diemenica. The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, ± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , Oct. 1962 (MEL). Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 125 P. mollis (from Mt. Sturgeon area at the southern extremity of the Grampians) certainly has coarser, broader (to 1*5 mm. wide) leaves and larger more congested heads of almost sessile flowers than any form of P. angustifolia, but in Portland district there appears to be a complete gradation from one extreme to the other. As certain other species (e.g., Pultencea scabra, Epacris impressa, Prostanthera lasianthos, Westringia glabra ) also exhibit distinctive forms on the Grampians, there is no reason to regard the type form of P. mollis there as specifically different from the more usual narrow-leaved condition (“ P. angustifolia ”) in various parts of Victoria. Consider- able diversity exists amongst material from the four syntype localities — Grampians, Mt. Macedon, Gembrook Ranges, Bairnsdale — cited by Williamson in his description of P. angustifolia . PULTEN/EA WILLIAMSONIANA J. H. Willis spec. nov. P. angustifolia H. B. Williamson var. vis cos a H. B. Williamson in Proc. roy. Soc . Viet, new ser: 40: 58 (1928). Ut varietas P. angustifoliae Williamson olim publicata, sed a formis omnibus P. mollis Lindl. (P. angustifoliam includens) differt: foliis dispersioribus, late et rigide diffusis, glabris, subpungentibus; calyce resinoso-nitido, subglabro, in pedicello gracili (3-4 mm. longo); atque bracteolis brevibus subrotundis. HOLOTYPE : Mt. Zero, northern extremity of Grampians, Victoria — H. B. Williamson , early Oct. 1927, cum floribus (MEL). ISOTYPE at NSW. Also examined: Between Mts. Zero & Stapylton, where frequent on heathland around gully-heads ± 1^ miles east of Mt. Zero quarry — J. H. Willis, 27 July 1950, cum fructibus (MEL). The species was observed by R. V. Smith of Melbourne Herbarium, in Oct. 1945, growing along the track to Mt. William (personal communication) . Slender rigid shrub 1-2 cm. (3-6 feet) high, the young branches beset with short pale appressed hairs. Leaves glabrous or sparsely sprink’ed with hairs, spreading at right angles to stem or even slightly reflexed (the petiole remaining =b erect) and never over- lapping, 7-10 mm. long, 0-2-0 -4 mm. wide, narrow-linear, involutely terete, rigidly acicular with short pungent mucro; stipules dark, setaceous, decurved, 2-3 mm. long. Flowers 2-4 together at ends of short lateral branchlets that may eventually grow out beyond flowers into leafy shoots; bracts stipule-like and inconspicuous at base of the hairy pedicels (3-4 mm. long) . Calyx red-brown, resinous and shiny, campanulate, 5 mm. long, split to about £ into broad subacute lobes, sparsely hairy to almost glabrous except for a short marginal fringe of white cilia on the lobes; bracteoles attached at base of calyx, 2-2-5 mm. long, broadly ovate to almost orbicular, dark reddish- brown, glabrous and highly resinous (stuck to calyx-tube) . Corolla to 10 mm. long; standard 8-10 mm. wide, with ± rotund lamina, clear yellow but suffused with red towards claw; wings and keel almost as long as standard, the former yellow, the latter dark purplish
H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 173 may become a trouble to navigation”; Byron Bay, 11.1940; Gosford, 5.1941; Hannam Vale via Taree, 10.1951, “Blocking up a creek”; Armidale, 4.1964, “Growing on edge of dam,” and also cultivated specimens from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. These localities cover the eastern near-coastal areas of the State from Sydney northwards to the Queensland border, and from the comments quoted from the herbarium labels there is an indication that in warmer waters the species can become troublesome. This is supported by information forwarded by Mr. S. L. Everist, Government Botanist at the Brisbane Herbarium, regarding occurrences in Queensland. Mr. Everist advises in correspondence that it is known to occur in Currumbin Creek and Upper Tallebudgera Creek in the extreme south-eastern corner of Queensland, and in a couple of places in the Mooleolah River west of Caloundra, i.e., 40-50 miles north of Brisbane. It is quite an agressive plant at these localities. A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason (1957, p. 615 and fig. 280) . Sagittaria graminea Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. During 1964 almost simultaneous collections of a species of Sagittaria were made in Victoria and in New South Wales. As material within Australian herbaria is inadequate for the determination of members of such a difficult genus, identifications were made by reference to Bogin (1955), who published a complete revision of the genus. New South Wales collections were determined by Dr. Barbara Briggs of the N.S.W. National Herbarium, and the Victorian collection by myself. In each case the collection proved to be North American S. graminea var. weatherbiana, both the species and variety previously being unrecorded for Australia. Details of occurrence are: Aston No. 1215, collected by the author on 5 June 1964, in Nine Mile Creek at Wunghnu (5 miles south of Numurkah) in north- central Victoria. Here the species was growing, flowering and fruiting abundantly, for 50 yards both up and downstream from the road bridge at Wunghnu. A search was made for any further colonies along the stream, and sampling done in nearby areas along creeks which form an interconnecting system with the Nine Mile Creek. The species was not located elsewhere and would seem to be well-established but localized at Wunghnu. However, further searching may produce fresh colonies. N.S.W. No. 65392, collected B. Briggs, 20 July 1964, at Casula, on the banks of the Georges River and near the railwav station, i.e., ca. 20 miles W.S.W. of Sydney. It occurs also at Liverpool, about 3-4 miles N.E. of Casula, and further searching may lead to its location in other areas along the river. Acknowledgements Those people who have helped in the gathering of material or of data necessary for the completion of this account are mentioned where appropriate in the text, and I would like to extend my gratitude
162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. (the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are effected hereunder: HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 43: 43 (1919). HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 (1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn.
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 131 Malvaceae SIDA AMMOPHILA F. Muell. ex J. H. Willis spec. nov. S. trichopodam F. Muell. et S. fibuliferam Lindl. proxime appropin- quans. A priore differt: foliis densius stellato-pilosis venas laterales conspicuiores subter exhibentibus, pedunculis brevioribus (5-15 mm.) calycis-lobis omnino acutis, et praecipue fructus nuculis glabris multo minus curvatis atque in faciebus planis duabus multo profundius faveolatis. A S. fibulifera recedit: foliis multo angustioribus (attenuate-oblongis vel linearibus), stipulis setaceis brevioribus (2-3 mm.), calycis-lobis acutis, pedunculis unifloris (raro bifloris) et fructus nuculis glabris quarum faciei planae duae favellam cristatam etiam dentatam exhibet. HOLOTYPE: “ In arena mobili riparum fluvii Murray inter Morundam & versuram orientalem ”, South Aust. — F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL). Also examined (all in MEL) : S.A.: Murray River — F. Mueller; Nilpena H. S. (10 miles W. of Warrina Ry. Stn.) — R. Helms, Elder Exped., 3 May 1891; North of Lake Eyre — Hon. Newham, June 1887. VIC.: Sand-banks along S.W. side of Lake Hattah (Nat. Park) , far N.W. Mallee — J. H. Willis & A. C. Beauglehole, 15 Oct. 1960; ibidem — N. H. E. McDonald, 10 Jan. 1966 (an excellent collection — also in NSW) . N.S.W.: Darling River — J. Dallachy & T. H. Goodwin, Nov. 1858; Lower Darling River near Wentworth — Mrs. Helena Forde, 1865; “ Nangavera to Yellowinchee ” (i.e. immediately north of Mt. Koonenberry) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. Explor. Exped., 29 Dec. 1860; “ Duroodoo ” (i.e. Torowoto Swamp ± 44 miles E.S.E. of Mil- parinka) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. Explor. Exped., 27 Dec. 1860. Q’LAND: Bulloo River, S.W. Region — R. S. Moore, 1878. CENT. AUST.: Great Stony Desert — J. M. Bechervaise, 25 Aug. 1947; Tempe Downs — R. F. Thornton, 1891. Low but upright semishrub 15-45 cm. tall. Leaves narrowly oblong to linear, 1-4 cm. x 2-6 mm., on petioles 3-6 mm. long, rather densely stellate-hairy on both surfaces which are sage-grey, the lateral veins conspicuous beneath, the almost parallel margins broken into blunt forward-pointing teeth; stipules subulate, caducous, 2-3 mm. long, stellate-hairy. Peduncles 5-15 mm. long, stellate-hairy throughout, rarely ,2-flowered. Calyx 3-4 mm. long, the lobe$ ovate to broadly lanceolate, acute, about as long as tube, densely stellate. Petals yellow, broad and rounded, only slightly longer than calyx, villous on margins of short claws; gynandrophore 1 -5-2 mm. long. Fruitlets
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 153 (1912), five West Australian localities being cited — from Swan River to Cape Riche — but none from elsewhere. J. M. Black, Flor. S. Aust. 554 (1929), retained this taxon at specific level and accorded it a wide distribution in South Australia (Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas, Murray lands and northward to the Flinders Range), remarking: “ The leaves of the West Australian specimens are usually broader, more obtuse, and more regularly crenate than ours Black correctly emphasized the distinctive indumentum of G. affinis — both surfaces of the leaves being more or less silky-woolly with long, white, appressing simple hairs that mask a close mat of smaller stellate hairs beneath. In this character, which Krause (I.c.) failed to mention, G. affinis differs manifestly from the related taxa G. geniculata and G. primulacea , leaves of which are much less hairy (usually appearing green on the upper surfaces) and without any stellate vestiture. A largely co-extensive range in South Australia is given to all three species by Black. It is questionable whether G. primulacea Schlechtendal should be maintained as a species distinct from G. geniculata, and Bentham (I.c.) had reduced it to a variety of the latter; the principal difference lies in the w hite-tomentose under surfaces of its leaves — in typical G. geniculata these are uniformly pubescent and greenish on both faces. Throughout sand-hill country of the Victorian Mallee, from the Little Desert to extreme north-western parts of Millewa County, is a silvery-leaved rosulate Goodenia that has been consistently identified either with G. geniculata or its variety primulacea. Leaves of this frequent Mallee plant do often exhibit a greenish upper surface that is less hairy than the underside; but they are also felted with abundant stellate hairs. Desert material from N.W. Victoria was forwarded to Dr. H. Werner in Halle, East Germany, for careful comparison with Schlechtendal’s type of G. primulacea (“ in sandigem Boden bei Bethanien ”, S. Aust.); he pronounced (11/5/1955) the former as quite distinct in its patently hairier foliage with a basic stellate indumentum. For the present, it is considered that this population would be much better referred to a form of G. affinis than to G. geniculata or G. primulacea — J. Ros Garnet’s reference in The Vegetation of Wyperfeld National Park 83 (1965) would seem to be the first published record of G. affinis for Victoria. Revisional studies in the series Rosulatae Krause (of Goodenia ) , involving re-assessment of the importance of diagnostic criteria in current use and realignment of some taxa, are certainly a desideratum. Stylidiaceae STYLIDIUM BEAUGLEHOLEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. ob staturam, habitum. calycem et verticillum foliorum radicalium S. brachyphyllum Sond. [ = S. inundatum R. Br.] accedit, sed sic differt: corolla plus minus flabellata (ut in S. rhipidio Erickson & Willis), eius segmentis non lateraliter geminatis intus pallide roseis quoque extrinsecus a linea lata saturate rosea notato: petalis 2 posterioribus quam paribus anterioribus paene duplo longioribus ( cf . par posterius brevius in S. brachyphyllo ); gibbulis 6 minutis (aut appendiculis inchoatis) in fauce faciliter distinguendis.
J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 155 found to accompany but to remain perfectly distinct from S. brachyphyllum [= S. inundatum R. Br.], differing constantly thus: Corolla ± fan-shaped, its segments not laterally paired, pale pink with deep rose stripe along under-surface of each lobe; 2 posterior petals almost twice as long as anterior flanking pair (c/. shorter posterior pair in S. brachyphyllum ) ; 6 minute humps or rudimentary appendages easily discernible in throat. In the fan-like orientation of corolla-lobes it recalls the West Australian S. rhipidium , but that rare plant differs in having a rather wiry glandular-hairy scape, much longer white posterior petals (5-6 mm.) and well-developed capitate throat-appendages. Other associated pygmy plants at various places are Isoetes drummondii, Scirpus 8c Schoenus spp., Trithuria submersa, Mitrasacme distylis, Utricularia violacea and Stylidium perpusillum. The specific epithet is bestowed as a token of honour to Mr. A. Cliff. Beauglehole, of Gorae West near Portland, an assiduous observer of pygmy plants (including cryptogams), who discovered the present species, recognized its distinctiveness and made the only collections known to date. Mr. Beauglehole has built up a large, valuable private herbarium and possesses an unrivalled knowledge of the floristics of far south-western Victoria. STYLIDIUM INUNDATUM R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 571 (1810). S. brachyphyllum Sond. in Lehmann Plant. Preiss 1 : 386 (1845). Stylidium brachyphyllum , described originally from Western Australia and restricted to that State by Bentham in his Flor. aust. 4: 25 (1868), was recorded by the present writer in Viet. Nat. 73: 44 (1956) as having also a wide distribution over south-eastern Australia. In her monograph, Triggerplants 54 (1958), Mrs. Rica Erickson cites a number of localities in S. Aust., N.S.W., Vic. and Tas. The only locality given by her for the closely related but imperfectly known S. inundatum R. Br. is that of its type collection — the vague “ South Coast ” which doubtless refers to some part of South Australia. Apart from the concentration of leaves into a basal rosette in S. brachyphyllum and their dispersal along the base of the scape in S. inundatum, the circumscriptions of these two taxa are virtually identical and there seems to be no other constant feature to distinguish them. The laterally-paired orientation of delicate, glistening, very pale pink to white corolla-lobes (the upper posterior pair being shorter than the curved anterior) is precisely the same in both, as is the bare throat. After examining hundreds of specimens throughout Victoria, the writer is now convinced that the criterion of the basal rosette is an unstable one; presence or absence of a rosette depends on the speed of elongation of the swollen stem-base. He therefore advocates the reduction to synonymy of S. brachyphyllum under S. inundatum — the older-published name.
140 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora under B. gunniana. Bentham (i.c.) did likewise, and this concept has been maintained by all Australian botanists during the past century. The writer is indebted to Dr. Nancy T. Burbidge, Division of Plant Industry, C.S.I.R.O. at Canberra, for pointing out the differences between these two distinct populations of Baeckea in the A.C.T. and for suggesting the probability that one of them may be referable to Mueller’s long-submerged B. utilis. He now agrees that separation at the specific level is desirable. Smaller-leaved and -flowered B. gunniana appears to occur only around or within sphagnum bogs at the higher altitudes (e.g. Mts. Baw Baw, Wellington, Buller and Buffalo, Bogong High Plains and the Cobboras) , whereas B. utilis extends from the moss-beds into subalpine woodlands or mountain forest, and has been found at much lower altitudes along Maramingo Creek in far East Gippsland (less than 400 feet above sea-level) . The two species overlap on the Baw Baws and the Buffalo Plateau. In the Lake Mountain-Baw Baw region is an endemic variant of B. utilis, having much larger obovate to elliptic leaves 2-6 mm. wide (cf. 1—1 5 mm. in the typical form). This was published by Bentham (I.c.) as B. gunniana var. latifolia ; so the varietal epithet now needs to be associated with its correct specific name — a transfer effected above. Epacridacese In the course of revisionary studies on Malesian representatives of E pacridacece, H. Sleumer has remodelled the existing classification of Australian genera in the tribe Stypheliece. His scheme, following closely that proposed by F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 6: 50-57 (1867), is set out convincingly in Blumea 12: 146-169 (1963), and the relevant portions are also adopted in his monograph for Flora Malesiana 6: 422-444 (1964). The Victorian genera M onotoca, Brachyloma, Acrotriche, Pentachondra, Trochocarpa and Choristemon retain their status; Leucopogon, Cyathodes and Lissanthe are reduced to three subgenera of Styphelia, while Melichrus and Astroloma are merged with Styphelia (sens, strict.) in the subgenus Styphelia. This view has much to commend it, and makes for a more satisfactory delimitation of genera. Its acceptance would involve relatively few changes in nomenclature, since most species in the large subgenus Leucopogon have previously had binomials under Styphelia (sens, lat.) . As far as Victoria is concerned, the following seven new combinations are required: STYPHELIA CLELANDII (E. Cheel) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon clelandii E. Cheel in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 98 (1915). S. GELIDA (F. Muell. ex Benth.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. Leucopogon lanceolatus (Sm.) R. Br. var. gelidus F. Muell. ex Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 186 (1868); L. gelidus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 (1956).
38 Helen 1. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia Manjimup, M. E. Phillips, 12.10.1962 (CBG) “‘In wetland patch in swamp. Sandy peat.” “yellow”; (Sd) Cape Augusta, A. R. Fairall 813, 18.10.1962 (PERTH) “Herb 18". Flowers yellow”; (Sd) Albany-Denmark road, 18 miles W. cf Albany, T. E. H. Aplin 2179 , 20.10.1962 (PERTH) “swampy soil”; 23 miles E. of Esperance, M. E. Phillips, 4.11.1962 (CBG) ‘T ft. high, in sandy soil.” 10. Villarsia exaltata (Soland. ex Sims) G. Don Gen. Syst. 4 * 169 (1838). Menyanthes exaltata Soland. ex Sims in Curtis's hot. Map. 26 : sub. 1. 1029 (1807), icone excluso. Erect, usually robust, tufted perennial, without stolons. Radical leaves rising erect, never floating, on petioles (3^-) 5-16 (-24) in. long; blades usually ovate-elliptic, broad-lanceolate, narrow-ovate or broad- ovate and longer than broad to rarely rhomboid or sub-rotund and length zb equal breadth, to very rarely the breadth slightly > length, outline often somewhat irregular, (4-) 6-12 (-13-5) cm. long x (1 -5-) 3-8 (—9 5) cm. broad, apex acute to obtuse or rounded, base mostly rounded to shallowly cordate, occasionally truncate or oblique, edge entire or sometimes slightly to zb strongly crenate-dentate, often un- dulate, surfaces matt and zb uniform in coloration or upper surface slightly darker, texture thick and at times almost semi-succulent, veins not markedly pronounced. Culms 1 -several, 18 in.-5 ft. high, standing erect well above the radical leaves; cauline leaves 1 -several, solitary at each node or several together, usually subtending a panicle branch but the lower ones not always doing so, lowest leaf arising at about the level of the blades of the radical leaves, in larger plants at least the lower 2 cauline leaves similar to the radical leaves, on petioles ( 1-) 2-7 (-1 1 ) in. long and semi-sheathed at the base. Inflorescence an open, many- flowered panicle; final bracts ovate, acute, (2-) 4-5 mm. long; pedicels (of mature capsules) 4-13 (-18) mm. long, remaining erect. Flowers heterostylous; calyx-lobes 4 5-8 mm. long, lanceolate-ovate, acute, (-3—) %-j (-§) length of the corolla; corolla yellow, 9 5—1 8 mm. long, 1 6—30 (average 22) mm. span, lobes 5 or sometimes 4, 7 5—12 mm. broad, variable in shape and apex (Fig. 2), without a longitudinal keel on the inner surface or very rarely having a reduced portion of one (Fig. 28); gynoecium normally with 2 placentas and 2 stigmas but occasionally 3 of each, ovules 10-19 per placenta. Long-styled flower with style slender, (3-) 4-6 mm. long; stigmas papillose, longer than broad, erect, zb ovate and with recurved edges, 1—2 5 mm. long, held well above the anthers; anthers 1 -6—2-2 mm. long, on short incon- spicuous filaments (ca. 1 mm.). Short-styled flower with style thicker, 0 5-2 mm. long; stigmas papillose, broader than long, semi-erect to broadly-spreading, irregularly rounded, somewhat undulate, 1-18 mm. broad, held below the level of the anthers; anthers 2-3 mm. long, on noticeable filaments 2-3 mm. long. Capsule 5-13 mm. long, from a little < to slightly > the calyx-lobes, thickly chartaceous, sub-globular to broad-ellipsoid, the lower -J — \ adnate to the calyx tube, dehiscing at the summit into 4 acute, slightly-recurved valves. Seed large, ( 1 5—) 1 7—2 6 (-3) mm. long, light cream-fawn to pale grey-brown to dark
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 43-44".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 23-27".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 29-31".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 15-17".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 17-18".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 38-46".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 21-23".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 31-34".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 34-38".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 46-53".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): Mar-63".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 27-29".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 83-85".
A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. (PAPILIONACEAE) by A. B. Court* Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 3:52 (1859). During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy accordingly. Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — “ 405. Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool River 7 Augt.” George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: — “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it unnoticed.” * National Herbarium of Victoria. 139
A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. (PAPILIONACEAE) by A. B. Court* Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 3:52 (1859). During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy accordingly. Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — “ 405. Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool River 7 Augt.” George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: — “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it unnoticed.” * National Herbarium of Victoria. 139
A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. (PAPILIONACEAE) by A. B. Court* Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 3:52 (1859). During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy accordingly. Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — “ 405. Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool River 7 Augt.” George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: — “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it unnoticed.” * National Herbarium of Victoria. 139
A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. (PAPILIONACEAE) by A. B. Court* Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 3:52 (1859). During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy accordingly. Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — “ 405. Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool River 7 Augt.” George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: — “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it unnoticed.” * National Herbarium of Victoria. 139
142 A. B. Court: A New Combination in the Genus Bossiciea Vent. ( Papilionaceae ) Two Cunningham specimens are filed at K. One of these (illustrated here by Plate 18) is from Cunningham’s personal herbarium written up by Robert Heward and referring directly to Cunningham’s manu- script. This specimen is chosen as the lectotype of Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. The second specimen, although almost certainly part of the same collection originally filed in the Hooker Herbarium, bears no definite indication that it is part of Cunningham’s number 405/1819. A duplicate of Cunningham’s 405/1819 is filed in BM and should be regarded as an isotype. LECTOTYPE OF BOSSIAEA PHYLLOCLADA No part of the type collection of this species can be found in the Melbourne Herbarium. However, two specimens that may be regarded as types are filed in K. One of these, chosen here as lectotype (illus- trated in Plate 19), is labelled “ Bossiaea phylloclada, F. Muell. In rupibus ad fluv. Fitzmaurice. Oct. 1855 ferd. Mueller.” in Mueller’s own hand. The other, also labelled in his hand, bears the following data “ Bossiaea platyclada ferd. Mueller. Rocks on the Fitzmaurice river. Oct 55 ferd. Mueller ” is almost certainly part of the same collection but it should not be taken as the lectotype. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author wishes to acknowledge the kind assistance rendered to him by the Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and the Keeper of the Herbarium, Museum of Natural History, London.
J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 135 Northern Territory Kochia radiata P. G. Wilson A. E. Orchard 872, Gibson Creek ca. 56 Km. N. of Tennant Creek, 19 July 1968. Malacocera tricornis (Benth.) R. H. Anderson F. C. Vassek 680918-13, 2 miles E. of Victory Downs, 18 September 1968 ; A. Nicholls 935, 18 September 1968. Suaeda australis (R. Br.) Moq. N. Byrnes 1687, 5 miles N. of Finnis River, West Coast, 27 August 1969. Combretaceae Terminalia crassi folia Exell N. Byrnes 1864, Fletcher Creek, 8 April 1970; N. Byrnes 1868, Wearyan River, 8 April 1970. Terminalia fitzgeraldii C. A. Gardner N. Byrnes 1251, Elizabeth River, 19 December 1968 ; N. Byrnes 1630, Reynolds River, 14 May 1969. Compositae Brachycome tesquorum J. M. Black G. Chippendale , 17 miles S.W. of Huckitta Homestead, 13 August 1959 (N.T. 6511); J. H. Willis s.n., Gosse’s Bluff, 26 July 1966 (MEL). CraSvSulaceae Crassula color ata (Nees) Ostenfeld A. C. Beauglehole 27991, 31 miles E. of Andado Homestead, Simpson Desert, 29 July 1968 ; A. C. Beauglehole 28051, Granite Knobs, 29 miles S.E. of Kulgera, 30 July 1968. Dicrastylidiaceae Newcastelia cladotricha F. Muell. J. R. Maconochie 930, ca. 1 mile N. of False Mt. Russell, 2 August 1970. Euphorbiaceae Omalanthus populifolius Grah. N. Byrnes 1678, 8 miles N.E. of Wangi Homestead, 26 August 1969. Goodeniaceae Leschenaultia helmsii Krause J. R. Maconochie 1071, i mile S. E. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. Mimosaceae Acacia pachyacra Maiden & Blakely J. R. Maconochie 754, 10 miles W. of Chirnside Creek, Petermann Ranees 18 September 1969. b ’
134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory Orchidaceae Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. Pontederiaceae Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. Typhaceae Typha orientalis Presl TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. DICOTYLEDONEAE Amaranthaceae Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). Boraginaceae Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. Chenopodiaceae A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. Bassia articulata J. M. Black A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 1968. Bassia georgei E. H. Ising P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 3 November 1970. Bassia minuta E. H. Ising J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 July 1970.
136 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory Myoporaceae Eremophila polyclada (F. Muell.) F. Muell. P. K. Latz 154, 5 miles W. of Tarlton Downs Homestead, 11 February 1968. Eremophila turtonii F. Muell. J. R. Maconochie 801, H miles W. of Docker River Settlement, Petermann Ranges, 20 September 1969. Papilionaceae C rot alar ia alata Flam. N . Byrnes 603, Tortilla Flats, Adelaide River, 9 May 1968 ; N. Byrnes 784, Pine Creek-Oenpelli Road, 4 miles E. of Mary River, 16 May 1968. Crotalaria quinquifolia L. N. Byrnes 205, Beatrice Hill, 15 March 1967. Crotalaria verrucosa L. C. S. Robinson 55, Katherine, 9 June 1968. Cyclocarpa stellaris Afz. ex J. G. Baker N. Byrnes 1915, ca. 10 miles N. of Mudginberri [This is the first record for mainland N.T. ; Specht (1958) in Records of the American- Austra- lian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land 3: 42 recorded it from Bickerton Island.] Mucuna urens DC var. papuana F. M. Bailey N. Byrnes 1901, Adelaide River-Daly River Road on river bank, 15 April 1970 ; N. Byrnes 217, loc. ipse, 4 April 1967; N. Byrnes 1802, Green Ant Creek, Stuart Highway, 6 March 1970. Smithia conferta Sm. E. S. Robinson 24, Humpty Doo, 28 April 1967. Portulacaceae Anacampseros australiana J. M. Black P. K. Latz 407, Valley of Eagle, Alice Springs area, 28 December 1968 [Noted by J. H. Willis at S. foot of Mt. Sonder and in George Gill Range, July 1966.] C aland rinia disperma J. M. Black A. Weidemann s.n. 15 miles N. of Andado Station, 12 August 1968 ; J. Must 113, 17 miles N.W. of Andado Station, 11 July 1968; R. Carotin 5213, ca. 15 miles E. of Curtin Springs. Proteaceae Grevillea erythroclada W. V. Fitzg. N. Byrnes 472. Daly River near crossing, 23 August 1967 ; G. F. Hill s.n., 20 miles S.W. of Borroloola, 7 September 1911. Grevillea pterosperma F. Muell. G. Chippendale, 18 miles S.W. of Glen Edith, 24 June 1959 (N.T. 6272); A. C. Beauglehole 26551, 1 mile N.E. of Reedy Rockhole, George Gill Range, 11 July 1968; A. C. Beauglehole 26942 Kathleen Spring, George Gill Range, 15 July 1968.
134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory Orchidaceae Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. Pontederiaceae Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. Typhaceae Typha orientalis Presl TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. DICOTYLEDONEAE Amaranthaceae Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). Boraginaceae Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. Chenopodiaceae A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. Bassia articulata J. M. Black A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 1968. Bassia georgei E. H. Ising P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 3 November 1970. Bassia minuta E. H. Ising J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 July 1970.
A NEW SPECIES OF MOUNTAIN HEATH FROM TASMANIA by A. M. Gray* Richea curtisiae sp. nov. Frutex erectus vel decumbens, intcrdum diffusus, 30-1 50cm. altus, fortasse originis hybridae, R. scoparium Hook. f. atque R. dracophyllam R.Br. maxime accedit, sed differt: a R. scoparia foliis multo majoribus (10-20cm. longis) mollioribus vix pungentibus atque usitate recurvatio- ribus, spatiis inter pedunculos inferiores elongatos quam his inter pedunculos superiores sessiles congestos majoribus, corolla parviore (6— 8mm. longa) aliquanto deplanata; a R. dracophylla habitatione omnino alpina vel subalpina, foliis rigidioribus persistentibus (in caulibus omnibus, non apud extremitates rami restrictis) sed in parte § inferiore caulis mortuis et putrescentibus, corolla rosea usque ad aurantiam parviore aliquanto deplanata atque multo minus congesta. Holotypus: Lake Fenton, Mt. Field National Park, Tasmania, Alan M. Gray , 11.1.1970 (HO— ISOTYPI in MEL). An erect, spreading or decumbent shrub 30-1 50cm. high. Branches few, divaricate, clothed with persistent leaves, those on the lower § of the stem dead and decaying. Leaves 10-20cm. long, narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate, spreading, recurved or somewhat erect, flexuous; the base broad, sheathing and imbricate; margins cartilaginous, minutely and sharply serrate; apex tapering to a long acuminate point. Lower bracts of inflorescence similar to the foliage leaves although usually somewhat smaller and more erect, the base broadening widely and with narrow, membranous wings. Upper bracts with a broad base and membranous wings, the apex tapering suddenly to an erect, acute point. Inflorescence a terminal panicle 10— 20cm. long; fertile flowers occuring only on the upper $ of the floral axis, absent on the lower (or minute, vestigial and abortive); fertile and abortive flowers subtended by 3 to 4 small caducous bracteoles 6-9mm. long, the outer ones with a broad base, the inner ones narrower and somewhat smaller, the apices of these bracteoles minutely hooked. Peduncles 5- to 10-flowered, short, 2-4mm. long, longest peduncles at the base of the fertile portion of the inflorescence and becoming progressively shorter towards the apex. Internodes between the lower peduncles lengthening slightly after the outer bracts have fallen. Individual flowers borne on very short pedicels and subtended by 2-3 (4) small linear bracteoles or 1 or 2 larger ovate-lanceolate bracteoles, all of which are caducous, the base and middle of the larger bracteoles expanded and half-enclosing each flower. Sepals 5, broadly triangular, obtuse, 1-3 mm. long. Corolla pink to orange in colour. Operculum 6— 8mm. long, narrowly obovoid to cylindrical-conical, occasionally somewhat flattened, its apex obtuse * Fern Tree, Tasmania. 143
134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory Orchidaceae Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. Pontederiaceae Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. Typhaceae Typha orientalis Presl TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. DICOTYLEDONEAE Amaranthaceae Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). Boraginaceae Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. Chenopodiaceae A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. Bassia articulata J. M. Black A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 1968. Bassia georgei E. H. Ising P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 3 November 1970. Bassia minuta E. H. Ising J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 July 1970.
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 155-156".
156 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 (1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy under A. bynoeana. The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 July until 11 November 1838. A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales species. Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 (1897). This species has been known in Victoria for many years but remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales and Victoria.
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 159 Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 11:116 ( 1881 ). G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread " North Coast ” as “ South Coast The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South Australia and New South Wales. Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 (1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. ( 1855). Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 (1863). Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. Wilhelmsiana. Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s and Mueller’s descriptions. A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 157 Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 (1822).' Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), nonicn nudum. PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 '(1831). Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, was published on July 1, 1822. Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had the same variant in mind. A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ;
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 157 Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 (1822).' Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), nonicn nudum. PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 '(1831). Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, was published on July 1, 1822. Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had the same variant in mind. A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ;
162 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / Evidently Mueller never admitted A. hynoeana to the tloras of south- eastern Australia as reference to his Systematic Census of Australian Plants (1882), Key to Victorian Plants ( 1888) and Second Systematic Census of Australian Plants (1889) show. It seems obvious that he concluded Bentham was correct in assigning A. wilhelmiana to synonymy under A. calamifolia. Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 ; 501-2 (1916) noted that A. hynoeana had been recorded for north-west Australia and from the Gulf of Carpentaria but added South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria as additional localities on the basis of specimens gathered by St. Eloy D'Alton, Walter Gill, P. E. Lewis and F. E. Haviland. Un- doubtedly Maiden’s conclusions were accepted without question by J. M. Black in his Flora of South Australia and by H. B. Williamson who wrote up the Leguminosae for A. J. Ewart’s Flora of Victoria. Both A. hynoeana (as A. pumila) and A. wilhelmiana (as A. hynoeana) have been adequately described in modern treatments of Acacia, the former by key characters [Beadle et al. Flandb. Vase. Plant. Sydney Distr. Blue Mount. 222-224 (1962)] and the latter by description and illustration [J. M. Black Flor. S. Aust. ed. 2 418 t.576 (1948)1 and therefore these species will not be described here. Acacia willdcMiowiaiia H. L. Wendland in Verzeichniss voti 1 reih- Clashaus-Bosquet-Pflaniten, Stauden-Gewdehsen und Georginen, welche im Koniglichen Berggarten zn Herrenhausen hei Hannover fiir heigesetzte Preise z.u hahen sind. Hannover. 5 (1845). SYN.; Acacia diptera Lindl. in Fulw'ards' Bot. Reg. 23 : Swan Riv. Append, xv (1839), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Wind. (1809). Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 325 (1842). Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera R. Graham in Curtis's Bot. Mag. 68 : t.3939 (1842). Acacia diptera Lindl. var. angustior Meisn. in Lehm. Plant. Preiss. 1 : 5 (1 842 ) . Acacia diptera Lindl. var. latior Meisn. in /. c. 4. Acacia diptera Lindl. var. eriocarpa W. V. Fitzg. in J. W. Au.st. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 ; 44 (1904). Acacia willdenowiana H. Wendl. must replace A. diptera Lindl. as the name for a well-known Western Australian species recorded from the south-west regions of that State. The confusion that sur- rounded the application of Wendland's name for many years started when B. Seemann drew attention to the existence of A. willdenowiana on page 72 of Verhandlungen der k. k. Gartenhaugesellschaft in Wien im Jahre 1846 where he erroneously relegated it to synonymy under A. diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Seemann later [Fiurop. Eingef. Acac.
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 157 Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 (1822).' Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), nonicn nudum. PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 '(1831). Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, was published on July 1, 1822. Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had the same variant in mind. A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ;
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 157-158".
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 159 Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 11:116 ( 1881 ). G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread " North Coast ” as “ South Coast The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South Australia and New South Wales. Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 (1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. ( 1855). Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 (1863). Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. Wilhelmsiana. Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s and Mueller’s descriptions. A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 159 Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 11:116 ( 1881 ). G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread " North Coast ” as “ South Coast The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South Australia and New South Wales. Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 (1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. ( 1855). Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 (1863). Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. Wilhelmsiana. Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s and Mueller’s descriptions. A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 157 Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 (1822).' Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), nonicn nudum. PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 '(1831). Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, was published on July 1, 1822. Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had the same variant in mind. A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ;
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
156 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 (1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy under A. bynoeana. The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 July until 11 November 1838. A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales species. Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 (1897). This species has been known in Victoria for many years but remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales and Victoria.
158 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / “ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. gimnii was a synonym of the former name. A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting Western Australia. Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 (1819). Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South Wales. Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. I : 121 (1858). When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 ( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria.
158 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / “ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. gimnii was a synonym of the former name. A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting Western Australia. Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 (1819). Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South Wales. Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. I : 121 (1858). When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 ( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria.
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 159 Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 11:116 ( 1881 ). G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread " North Coast ” as “ South Coast The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South Australia and New South Wales. Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 (1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. ( 1855). Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 (1863). Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. Wilhelmsiana. Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s and Mueller’s descriptions. A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 157 Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 (1822).' Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), nonicn nudum. PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 '(1831). Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, was published on July 1, 1822. Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had the same variant in mind. A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ;
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 159-162".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 162-163".
A. B. CouRi: Notes on Australian Acacias I 163 9] changed his mind and placed A. willdcnowiana under A. dipteni Undl. as a synonym and, at the same time, asserted (/. c. 66) that A. diptcra Mumb. ct Honpl. cx Willd. was a synonym of Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC, a native of the Americas. Ci. Bentham, Flor. Anst. 2 : 321 (1864), followed Scemann’s latter assertion and repeated it again in Irons. Linn. Sac. Lond. 35 ; 447 (1875). Through the courtesy of Professor G. Wagenitz of the Systematic- Geobotanical Institute of the University of Gottingen, the author has been able to examine Wendland’s original publication where his notes appear as a footnote to A. diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Because of the extreme rarity of this publication, these notes are now quoted in full “ Diese Acacia diptera Humb. et Bonpl. in Willdenow’s Hnumeratio Plantarum horti bolanici Berolinensis 1809 Pars II. pag. 1051, deren Vater- land in America meridionali angegeben ist und ziir Abtheilung Foliis conjugato-pinnalis gehdrt, darf nicht verwcchselt werden mit der Acacia diptera l.indl. Bot. Reg. 1839, welche am Swan River wachsl und nach Meissner in Plantae Preissianae pag. 4. zur Abtheilung II. Alatae gehdrt. Ich erlaube mir daher diese letzlere als Acacia Willdenowiana H. Wendl. zu bezeichnen." Acacia williamsonii A. B. Court comb. nov. SYN.: Acacia li^^ulafa A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. an^ustifolia H B. Williamson in A. J. Ewart Flor. Viet. 594 (1931 ). Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. angnstijolia (H. B. Williamson) J. H. Willis in Viet. Nat. 73 : 156 ( 1957). Acacia williamsonii is undoubtedly a distinct species almost entirely confined to the Whipstick scrub near Bendigo in the north-central region of the State. It is characterized by its small narrow phyllodes (less than 3 mm wide), small distinctly moniliform pods (less than 4 mm wide), and small flower-heads with fewer than 30 flowers. A. hakeoides has phyllodes always wider than 3 mm, pods which are hardly constricted between the seeds and certainly wider than 4 mm, and rather large llowcr-heads with more than 30 flowers. A. williamsonii is known locally as Whirrakce Wattle and is endemic to this State. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author expresses his appreciation of the kind assistance given to him by the directors and staffs of the Kew Herbarium and the National Herbarium of New South Wales and the Keeper and staff of the Department of Botany, British Museum, and also the Chief Librarian of the State Library of Victoria. Drs Hj Eichler and L. A. S. Johnson secured data relevant to obscure descriptions and the author extends his thanks to them. Professor G. Wagenitz of Gottingen kindly provided valuable information on the whereabouts of H. 1-. Wendland's original description of Acacia willdenowiana. The author also gratefully acknowledges comments concerning Choretrum oxycladnm passed onto him by the late H. U. Stauffer of Zurich.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 164-166".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 167-168".
158 A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / “ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. gimnii was a synonym of the former name. A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting Western Australia. Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 (1819). Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South Wales. Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. I : 121 (1858). When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 ( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria.
NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I
by
A. B. Court*
SUMMARY
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B.
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A.
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A.
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth.
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H.
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R.
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A.
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a
synonym to A. spinescens Benth.
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916).
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat.
72 : 92 (1955).
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col-
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A.
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is
relegated to synonymy.
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821).
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd.
(1809).
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl
5 : 530 (1817).
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139
(1819).
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826).
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir)
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864).
• National Herbarium of Victoria.
155
A np:w spkcies of orchidaceae from victoria by David L. Jones* Pterostylis aestiva sp. nov. ex affinitate Pterostylis decurvae R. S. Rogers, differt: floris colore (saturate aeruginoso), floris basi perbulbosa, antherae rostro prominenti (ca. 1mm. longo), labello longiore ( 14-5-I90mm.) atque columna longiore (14- 16mm.). Plant very slender, 12—35 cm tall. Radical leaves absent during anthesis, app>caring as a rosette on non-flowering plants. Stem-hracts 1-3, well developed, up to 4 cm long, linear-lanceolate with long acuminate tips, the margins entire and often revolute. Flower solitary, rarely two, variable in size, translucent-white with dark bluish-green longitudinal stripes, often reddish towards apex. Galea 22-27 mm long (measured in a straight line from the base of the flower to the petal tips), erect at base, then curving forward through a semi-circle and ending in a filiform point 10-16 mm long. Lateral sepals 40-52 mm long, conjoined for three-quarters of their length to form an erect lower lip which is cuneate and notched at the centre of upper mar^ns, the latter internally revolute and forming a wide very gibbous sinus, contracting suddenly into filiform points which rise 25-40 mm above the galea. Labellum 14-5-19 mm long, linear-oblong, on an irritable claw, upright for two-thirds of its length then curving forwards, reddish brown in colour, with a longitudinal ridge running along the centre and expanding at the tip ; apex obtuse, the point protruding conspicuously through the sinus and in some specimens still visible when retracted into the galea ; appendage relatively large, curved, trifid, penicillate. Column 14-16 mm long, the upper angle of the wings produced into an acute linear tooth about 1-5 mm long, the lower lobes attenuated, slender, almost linear-obtuse with very few cilia visible from the exterior but densely packed on the inner margins. Stigma central, elliptical, 7-10 mm long. Anther about 2-5 mm long, usually with a small rostrum about 01 mm long. Pollinia four, linear-oblong, about 1-8 mm long. Flowering Time : January — early April. Distribution : At present apparently restricted to Victoria where it is confined to the highlands of the north-east and is often locally abundant. Its appearance in the highlands and tablelands of southern New South • Bayswater. Victoria. 151
I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria 199 Archiclium stellatum which has small quadrangular to shortly rect- angular leaf cells and short subjulaceous innovations appears closest to the South American species A. arechavaletae C. Muell., A. amplexicaule C. Muell. and the very similar A. gibertii Mitt. It differs from A. arechavaletae in the more regular and narrower leaf cells (8-10/x), a narrower nerve and perichaetial leaves with a narrow insertion. It has much wider leaves (about 0-4 mm) than A. gibertii and lacks the golden excurrent nerve of the perichaetial leaves of A . amplexicaule. Archidium clavatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. ob cellulas foliorum parvas atque innovationes perjulaceas ut videtur A. julaceum C. Muell. ex America Australi et A. julicaulem C. Muell. ex Africa Australi proxime appropinquans; a priore habitu cladautoecio, foliis caulis latioribus et proportionibus cellulae difFert ; ab A. julicaule apicibus foliorum truncatis et marginibus eorum cristato-denticulatis recedit. Holotype : Mount Tarrengower, near Maldon, on hard gravel in a depression in granitic rock and half buried in gelatinous algae, lichens and bryophytes, /. G. Stone 7033 , 17. x. 1971, in Herb. MEL 101 1756 ; Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. Plants 3-5 mm high, cladautoecious, yellowish to brownish green. All plants so far found growing in the field were scattered and half- buried among gelatinous algae, lichens and bryophytes on hard gravelly detritus in depressions in granitic rock (Plate 25B). Stems julaceous erect, usually arising from old buried stems or robust underground rhizoidal systems, with rhizoids at the base of stem and in leaf axils, simple at first with a terminal perichaetium of larger leaves, branching from between the upper long perichaetial leaves and the lower shorter ones by one or two short clavate strongly julaceous innovations which are bare at the base and usually with a characteristic bend just below the club-shaped apex (Fig. 58a, Plate 25A). Stem leaves broadly ovate, concave, closely appressed and over- lapping, nerve broadest at the base, finishing below the apex ; lower leaves scale-like 150-200 p. long, wider than long, with ratio of length to width about 1 : 1-5, margin slightly crenulate-denticulate above, Fig. 57. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. a. - Optical section of archegonium (upper part of neck not shown), cleared in lactic acid; b. - optical section of young embryo in enlarged archegonium, ha. hair, pe. perichaetical leaf; c. - L. S. lower part of immature capsule, foot and vaginula; sp. immature spore, a-sp, air space; d. - T. S. immature capsule showing air space between capsule wall and spore sac, inner cells of spore sac with large nuclei, smc, spore mother cell at late telophase 2; e. - male branch with perigonial bracts enclosing antheridia; f. - tip of bract en- larged; g, h. - perigonial bracts; i. -dark exothecial cells from apex of cap- sule, surface view; j. - mature capsule with foot enclosed in vaginula. sp, spore, ca, calyptra; k. - spore with large and small oil globules, mounted in water.
192 I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria Descriptions of Archidium species are often incomplete and draw- ings in most cases do not give enough detail, but as far as can be determined from the type and other "descriptions by Mueller (1882, 1888, 1899), Mitten (1887), Roth (1911, 1914), Britton (1913), Cain (1936), and others, and without actually examining the type specimens which I have been unable to obtain (unfortunately many of Mueller’s specimens were destroyed at Berlin), the two Victorian species appear to be undescribed. The genus is in need of revision on a world-wide basis, a task which it is understood is being undertaken by Mr. J. Snider of Duke Univer- sity, North Carolina, U.S.A. DESCRIPTIONS AND DIAGNOSES Archidium stellatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. ob cellulas foliorum parvas quadratas (usque ad breviter rectangulares) atque ob innovationes breves subjulaceas ex affinitate A. arechavaletae C. Muell., A. amplexicaulis C. Muell. et A. gibertii Mitt, (persimilis) — omnia ex America Australi; ab A. arechavaletae differt cellulis foliorum angustioribus paene regularibus (8-10 /*), nervo angustiore et foliis perichaetialibus anguste insertis; ab A. gibertii foliis multo latioribus (circa 0-4mm) atque ab A. amplexicauli in absentia nervi aurei excurrentis recedit; ab A. amplexicauli et A. gibertii ambodus in praesentia vittae latae cellularum laxarum pellucidarum (ad marginem basalem foliorum perichaetialium) atque innovationium (intra perichaetium emergentes) amplius distinguitur. Holotype : Mallee country near Neilborough on bare light brown earth at roadside, /. G. Stone 30, 14. ix. 1968, in Herb. MEL 1011755 ; Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. Plants perennial, very small, cladautoecious, yellowish green, form- ing very low turfs about 3mm high on bare earth or scattered among other bryophytes and lichens. Stems erect, simple at first with a terminal Phascum-\\ko perichae- tium, branching within the perichaetium by 1-7 (frequently 1-3) innovations (Plate 23B), usually one at the base of each of the inner- most large perichaetial leaves, rarely just below the capsule (Fig. 55 a,c). Innovations short, erect, julaceous to subjulaceous, radiating to give a stellate appearance when the perichaetial leaves spread at maturity, eventually becoming fertile at the apex and repeating the Fig. 55. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. a. - Innovation and associated perichaetial leaf (abaxial surface); b. - branch from main stem, rhizoids near base; c. - young innovation with 2-celled hair at base; d. - innovation leaf (abaxial surface) at insertion with stem, margin torn and enrolled above tear; e. - the same, enlarged to show cell detail; f, g. — enlarged stem leaves from (/>); f. — side view; g. — abaxial; h. — T. S. stem; i-m.-T.S. innovation leaves at various levels.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 64-66".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 64-66".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 22-23, Fig 4a-g".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 16-18, Fig. 3".
Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. 47 Victorian Distribution [Fig. 17]: Otway Ranges, Ballarat, Clunes, Erica, South Gippsland Hills, East Gippsland. Specimens Examined: Victoria — Beech Forest. R. L. Amor RA20, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500024, 500025, 500026); Lome, R. L. Amor RA17, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500027, 500028, 500029); Daylesford, H. Balde HB4, ii.l967 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500030); Warragul, R. L. Amor RA4, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500031, 500032, 500033); Erica, R. L. Amor RAG, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500034, 500035) . 4. Rubus cissburiensis Barton & Riddelsd. in Journ. Bot. (London) 69: 238 (1931). R. erythrinus forma glandulosus Rogers in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Cl Brit. Isles 1 : 542 (1898 pro Fig. 17. — Distribution of R. polyanthemus in Victoria, based on presence in Lands Department Inspectors’ Districts. 1897). R. separinus sensu W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain Ireland 93 (1958), non Genev. in Mem. Soc. Acad (Angers) 8:90 (1860). [Fig. 18.] Stem purplish to very deep blackish-purple, becoming scaly as it gets older, glabrous or nearly so, eglandular, not tomentose; faces flat or sometimes convex; prickles mostly deflexed, some more or less patent or slightly falcate. Leaves most 5-partite; petioles and petiolules subglabrous, very sparsely tomentose, sometimes with a very few glands, armed with falcate, deflexed prickles; upper surface of leaflets glabrous; lower surface green to greyish tomentose and thinly pilose below; terminal leaflet elliptical, rarely obovate, apex acuminate, base rounded.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 37-62".
44 Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. R. selmeri Lindeb. (1884) was relegated to the synonymy of R. nemoralis P. J. Muell. (1858) by W. C. R. Watson (1958, p. 66). R. selmeri has been used by nearly all European botanists for this common and well-known species of N.W. Europe. However, this name has been used for several different species and its correct application is in doubt. 2. Rubus laciniatus Willd. in Hort. BeroL 2 (7): pi. Ixxxii (1806); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi vii (1900); Sudre Rubi Eur. 55 (1909); Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83: 134 (1914); W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain Ireland 67 (1958); Y. Heslop- Harrison in Tutin et al. FL Europaea 2 : 13 (1968). [Fig. 14.] Stem and leaves as in R. selmeri, but leaflets deeply laciniate, often divided to midrib. Inflorescence variable in outline, often more or less cylindrical, all branches armed with strong, large- based, deflexed, falcate prickles. Sepals with long (up to 4mm) linear tips (the tips sometimes greatly enlarged into leafy structures) their outer surfaces densely pilose and tomentose, with numerous tiny pricklets. Petals pink or white, longer than in R. selmeri (up to 15mm), obovate, very variable at apex, sometimes deeply notched, sometimes rounded, sometimes mucronate. Anthers at same level as stigmas; filaments often pinkish at base. Carpels glabrous or slightly pilose. European Distribution: Cultivated for ornament and widely naturalized in many areas. Origin unknown. Victorian Distribution [Fig. 15]: Otway Ranges, Central Victoria, Dandenong Ranges, Gippsland, North-eastern Victoria. Widespread, but not abundant, characteristically occurring as widely spaced, bird-sown plants. Specimens Examined: Victoria — Lavers Hill, R. L. Amor s. n., i.l969 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500019); Ballarat, H. Balde HB3 (KTRS; MEL 500020, 500021); Balook, R. L. Amor RA8, i,1967 (KTRS; MEL 500022, 500023). 3. Rubus polyanthemus Lindeb. Herb. Rub. Scand. 1: no. 16 (1882) et in Bot. Not. 1883: 105 (1883); Neuman in Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Fork. Stockholm 1883 (8): 65 (1883); Sudre Rubi Eur. 61 (1909); W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain Ireland 89 (1958); Y. Heslop-Harrison in Tutin et al. El. Europaea 2 : 14 (1968). R. pulcherrimus Neuman in Lunds. Bot. Foreningsbyteskatalog (1882); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi 32 (1900) ; Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83 : 125 (1914) ; non W. J. Hooker in leones PI. 8: dexxx (1848). R. neumanii Focke in Potonie Illust. FI. Nord- und Mittel-Deutschl. 257 (1886); Frider & Gelert in Bot. Tideskr. 16: 79 (1888). [Fig. 16.]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 37-62 (39-61)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 44-47".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 54-56".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 57-59".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 42-44".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 51-54".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 49-54".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 56-57".
Studies in Antarctic Lichens V 149 The thallus of A. chlorophana is thin, flat to slightly hemis- pheric. It cracks and divides into areolae 0-2 — 0*4 mm diam. On the other hand the thallus of A. gwynnii is thick and pulvin- ate. This condition is consistant with specimens found in open exposed positions as well as those growing under rocks where they would be sheltered from all wind-blown sand and ice. The thallus is closely appressed, radiate, up to 3 mm diam. and does not divide into separate areolae. No. 2. Acarospora williamsii R. Filson in AN ARE Sci. Rep. Ser. B (II) Bot. 82: 31. 1966 ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson Rock, growing along cracks in the granite and on rock adjacent to the cracks in sheltered position. 1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14823 Discussion: The relationship of this species with others in section Phaeothallia (H. Magn.) Ras. found in the Antarctic needs further investigation. The three species reported in Dodge (1973: 146) appear to be similar and eventually all may prove to be conspecific with A. badiofusca Th. Fr. The type specimen of A. williamsii was collected growing over and between fine gravels. This habitat gave rise to a more bullate form than the specimens presented here, most of which are growing on the rock surface. No. 3. Alectoria minuscula (Nyl. ex Arnold) Degel. in Nytt Mag. Naturv. 78: 286. 1938. Imbricaria lanata var. minus- cula Nyl. ex Arnold, Verb, zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 28: 293. 1878. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischere Nunatak, on small pebbles on the summit. 6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14838 & Craig Austin Discussion: The specimens included in this exsiccata are tending towards f. congesta (Zahlbr.) M. Lamb and f. Crustacea (Lynge et Schol.) Degel. The present author agrees with Lamb (1964:28) and Lindsay (1972:10) that these forms do not have taxonomic significance and are only modifications caused by the harsh Antarctic environment. No. 4. Biatorella cerebriformis (Dodge) R. Filson comb, nov. Candelariella cerebriformis Dodge in BANZ Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 7: 184. 1948. Biatorella antarctica J. Murray, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. Bot. 2: 60. 1963. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischer Nunatak, abundant on pebbles along the summit. 6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14837 & Craig Austin Discussion: It seems fairly obvious from the descriptions that Biatorella antarctica J. Murray and Candelariella cerebri- formis Dodge are the same taxon. Whilst the author feels that this species is more robust than others in the genus Biatorella he
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(2): 149-150".
152 Rex B. Filson Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- ment. Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper cortex. No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. nov. Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 7: 222. 1948. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson Rock, growing over moss cushions. 1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new name for this entity. No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- sions along melt water run-offs. 1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14814
A NEW GREVILLEA SPECIES FROM WESTERN VICTORIA by W. M. Molyneux* Grevillea microstegia. W. M. Molyneux spec. nov. Frutex usque ad 60 cm altus, sed 200-400 cm tatus, densus interdum vagans; caulis principalis breviter ascendens, mox paene prostratus; rami prope prostrati, saepe implicate vel eorum extremitates oblique arcuatae; folia bipinnatipartita, in lobos numerosos angustos spinosos divisa, in superficiebus mature glabra sed subter pilos paucos breves disperses gerentia: racemi secundi, varie deflexi vel penduli, pendunculis tenuibus pubescentibus praediti; perianthium parvum (ca. 10 mm longum); bracteae florales minutae (ca. 0-25 mm longae), aut praemature deciduae aut interdum persistentes; stipes ex toro obliquo paene centraliter emergens; fructus oblique ellipsoideus, stylo persistenti. Holotype: Victoria, Mount Cassel, central eastern ranges of the Grampians Mountains, 14-5 kilometres west-north-west of Moyston, W. M. Molyneux, M. Tonkin and R. Tonkin, 27. ix 1970 (MEL 501440). Isotypes: at MEL, NSW, CANB, K. Also Examined: Mount Cassel, lower and higher ridges and slopes, W. M. Molyneux and R. V. Smith, 17.xi.1970; Mount Cassel, W. M. Molyneux, ii.1972, 12.xii.1972, 2.xii.l973. A dense or sometimes straggling shrub to 0-6 m high, 2-4 m wide; main stem shortly ascending, soon becoming almost prostrate; branches intertwined, building up densely upon each other, ends often curving sideways in an arc, or ascending, glab- rous or scarcely hairy (except when young) . Leaves bipinnati- partite, petiolate, narrowly cuneate up to the ± deltoid laminae 30-40 m long, 20-40 m wide, divided into 5-11 prickly lobes each 1-2 mm wide and 4-5 mm apart, either entire or again divided into mostly 2-3 short secondary lobes, rarely lobed again; margins revolute; upper surfaces glabrous, dark green, mid vein inconspicuous; under surfaces light green, glabrous, or with few scattered hairs; primary veins prominent, secondary veins obscure; new leaves pink, pubescent on both surfaces, t Inflorescences arising from lateral branchlets, subterminal, or occasionally terminal, on pubescent peduncles, 13-20 mm long; rachis 20-30 mm long, densely pubescent; racemes ca. 30- flowered, secund, variously deflexed or pendulous, 20-30 mm long, ca. 19 mm wide at anthesis; Floral bracts inconspicuous, 0-25 mm long, 0-5-1 mm wide, variously concave, broadly * Belfast Road, Montrose. t All observations were made from fresh material. Muelleria 3 (2): 141-145 (1975). 141
GREVILLEA WILLISII (PROTEACEAE) A NEW VICTORIAN SPECIES by R. V. Smith* * and D. J. McGillivrayI SUMMARY G. willisii is described, and its affinities with related taxa discussed. Habitat and other notes are given. Grevillea willisii R. V. Smith et D. J. McGillivray, sp. nov. Frutex erectus autem diffusus, 2-5 m altus X 3 m latus. Rami fusco-grisei vel griseo-brunnei; ramuli angulari-rotundati, saturate nigro-grisei, a pilis brevibus cirriformibus atque torquatis dense tomentosi. Laminae foliorum maturorum basin versus contractae, breviter sed anguste cuneatae, petiolis brevibus (3-6 mm longis) praeditae, rigidae, superne laete virentes, subter inter venas primarias dense contexto-tomentosae ob indumentum luteo-griseum usque fuligineum (venis mediis laminae atque loborum primariorum dense vel sparse pilosis ob tomentum laxiorem), lineamento — si lobis absentibus — plus minus ovato, 3-5 cm longae X 2-4 cm latae, profunde pinnatifidae in 3-9 lobos primarios; lobi primarii a simplicibus et oblongo-lanceolatis (vel anguste deltoideis) usque ad ± oblongo- cuneatos et apices versus trilobatos (interdum bilobatos) variantes — si quando trilobatus, lobus primarius infra medium usitate constrictus deinde in partem superiorem trilobatum dilatatus, lobulis ultimis ± triangularibus et ad apices breviter rigide pungentibus; margo folii firme recurvatus vel refractus; venae mediae folii atque eius lobi primarii infra fortiter prominentes, in superficie tenuiter sed clare notatae (praeterea, in superficie vena intramarginalis subtilis est sed ob recurvatum marginis folii aliquantum obscurata); folia juvenilia in superficie fortiter pubescentia (cf. folia veteriora sparse pilosa vel paene glabra). Inflorescentia 2-4 cm longa, dense spicata horizontalis cylindrata vel subsecunda, plerumque ramulum brevem foliatum terminans vel in axillis foliorum superiorum locata; rhachis lanata; bracteae florales breves (1-1*5 mm longae) crassae late ovato-rhomboideae concavae acutae, utrimque dense pilosae. Flores pedicellis dense pilosis brevibus (± 1*5 mm longis) praediti; perianthium plerumque fulvum vel paululum purpureo-brunneum, tamen ad summas laborum saturate purpureo-brunneum, extrinsecus a pilis appressis vel paulo expansis argenteis usque luteo-griseis instructum; tubus perianthii interne glaber, eius parte recta (usque ad summam arci) 4-5 mm longa et limbo 2 mm longo; antherae oblongo-lineares, ±0*5 mm longae; torus paene rectus usque paulo obliquus; glans hypogyna semi-annularis glabra conspicue elevata, eius margine irregulariter lobato vel dentato; stylus 9-11 mm longus, perconspicuus glaber flavidus, parte inferiori plus minus recta sed parte superiori varie curvata vel arcuata, ad anthesin longitudinaliter canaliculatus, ad fructificationem teretior; discus stigmaticus perobliquus margine crenulato, stigmate conum humilem (±0*5 mm altum) ad centrum terminanti; ovarium sessile vel subsessile ± 1 mm longum, a pilis longis erectis argenteo-albis dense obtectum. Fructus immaturi 4-5 mm longi, X 2-3 mm lati, oblique ovoideo- ellipsoidei, extrinsecus a pilis plus minus erectis vel expansis argenteo-griseis usque pallide luteo-griseis dense obtecti, atque vittis t National Herbarium of New South Wales. * National Herbarium of Victoria. Muelleria 3 (2): 102-111 (1975). 102
100 J. H. Willis EPACRIDACE/E Leucopogon sonderensis J. H. Willis, sp. nov. (Sect. Pleuranthus. Ser. Planifoliae — fide G. Bentham in Flor. Aust., 1869) Ex affinitate L. mitchellii Benth. (quocum olim confusa) sed differt sic: superficiebus foliorum siccorum haud nitidis, bracteis et sepalis manifeste albo-ciliolatis, corollae-tubo quam lobis saltern duplo longiore, ovario 4— loculari (cf. 5-loculari in L. mitchellii) , stylo a pilis minutis sparse obtecto (non glabro), staminum filamentis a corolla liberis non plus quam 1 mm (cf. ±. 2 mm in L. mitchellii) , atque antheris 1- 5-2 0 mm longis. Frutex erectus vel diffusus ramulosus, 150-200 cm altus, ramulis glabris sed sensim pertenuiter canescentibus. Folia late expansa usque subimbricata (in surculis), glabra, 10-15 mm longa et 2-5-40 mm lata, elliptico-lanceolata, ad basin subito contracta in petiolum perbrevem, ad apicem gradatim angustantia in acumen pungentem it 2 mm longum; superficies leniter concava, sine nitore atque perobscure venulosa; folium contra (subter) a venulis 30-40 flabellate expansis tenuiter lineatum, venis 5 majoribus interioribus paene parallelis. Flores pentameri, inter folia superiora collecti, praecipue uno per axillam; pedicellus pubescens, 1-2 mm longus. Calyx sat angusta, 4-5 mm longa, lobis obtusis minute ciliolatis stricte imbricatis, ad basin a bracteis vaginata; bracteae circa 5, perlate ovatae vel rotundae, albo-ciliolatae, pare superiore majore 1-5 mm longo. Corolla albida vel pallide viridis, 7-10 mm longa (quam calyx paene duplo longior); corollae-lobi acuminati, 3 mm longi, intus breviter et sparse albo-hirsuti. Antherae ellipsoideae, it 1 -5-2-0 mm lcngae, subsessiles in summa corollae tubi ex quo protrudentes. Ovarium angustum, ± 3 mm longum, glabrum, quadriloculare; stylus gracilis, sparse pubescens, 5-6 mm longus, stigmate capitato 0-2-0-4 mm lato; ovula 2 per loculum, 2-3 mm longa, Drupa coccinea, nitida, late ovoidea, ±6X5 mm. Holotype: Mt. Sonder, W. Macdonnell Ranges, Central Australia, among rocks near head of long steep gorge, at 1330 m alt. and ± 0-4 km N.N.E. of cairn on summit (23° 34'S, 132° 35'E) — J. H. Willis & H. A. Morrison s.n., 20.vii.1966 (MEL 501453). Isotypes: (MEL 501452, and AD, NT, NSW). Other Collections Examined: At high elevations on Mt. Sonder— R. Tate (Horn Exped.) , June 1894 (MEL 501454). Shrub slender, erect or spreading to 150 or even 200 cm tall, the branches glabrous but faintly canescent. Leaves widely spreading to subimbricate (on younger shoots), glabrous, 10-15 mm long, 2 *5-4-0 mm wide, elliptic-lanceolate (sometimes almost ovate on young shoots) , suddenly contracting at the base into a very short petiole and at the apex tapering into a fine pungent point it 2 mm long; the upper slightly concave surface dull and very faintly nerved, the lower surface finely lined with 30-40 flabellately spreading veins of which the inner major 5 are almost parallel. Flowers pentamerous, concentrated in the upper axils where mostly solitary, on pubescent pedicels 1-2 mm long. Calyx rather narrow, 4-5 mm long, the blunt minutely
FOUR NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS ENDEMIC IN THE MACDONNELL AND GEORGE GILL RANGES, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA by J. H. Willis* SUMMARY The dicotyledonous species Portulaca filsonii (Portul- acaceae) , Euphorbia sarcostemmoid.es (Euphorbiaceae) , Ricinocarpos g loria-medii (Euphorbiaceae) and Leucopogon sonderensis (Epacridaceae) are described as new, and their affinities discussed. As far as known, all are endemic in the Macdonnell and George Gill Ranges of Central Australia where they are restricted to rocky habitats. Descriptions of at least 15 other endemic seed-bearing plants have been published from time to time for this rich botanical province, the most remarkable being Macroz- amia macdonnellii (a cycad) and Livistona mariae (a lofty palm) : several other entities, e.g. Goodenia spp., still await publication. Some of these endemics would undoubtedly be categorized as relic populations, persisting from the wetter Pleistocene period in refugial niches of the central mountain mass long after their obliteration elsewhere through excessive aridity of some 4000-6000 years ago (see Chippendale, 1963) .f PORTULACACE/E Portulaca filsonii J. H. Willis, sp. nov. (Sect. Siphonopetalum — fide F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust., 1877.) P. armitii F. Muell. (Queenslandiae Borealis) maxime accedens, sed differt sic: foliis bullatis papillosis, pedicellis brevioribus, parte inferiore calycis dilatat multo latioreque, corollae tubo breviore et minus exserto, petalis dimidio brevioribus (3-4 mm longis) atque seminibus asperioribus duplo latioribus (1 mm). Herba perennis, parva, prostrata, succulenta, rubescens, rhizomate tuberiformi praedita, iterum atque iterum dichotome egerminans, tegetes (5-10 cm latas) formare. Rami carnosi, roseo-brunnei, minute papillosi, 1-2 mm lati, ramulis ultimis 10-20 mm expedite disarticulans, sine appendiculatis stipularibus. Folia opposita, perbeviter petiolata, rotunda vel reniformia, plerumque 5-8 mm longa et lata, carnosa, rufoviridia, tenuiter et acute papillosa, super manifeste bullata venis paucis immersis, subter plana vel paulo rugulosa plus minus purpurea, marginibus integris paululum recurvis. Flores breviter pedicellati, in axillis terminalibus bracteae foliaceae, a bracteolis minutis subulatis subtensi; pedicellus crassus, — .1 rnm longus, in calycis-basin (hemisphaericam usque late pyriformem) repente dilatans. Calyx tubulata, rubra, dense * 102 Male Street, Brighton, Vic., 3186. t O. M Chippendale, “ The relic nature of some Central Australian Plants ”, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 86: 31-34 (1963). M uelleria 3 (2): 89-101 (1975). 89
152 Rex B. Filson Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- ment. Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper cortex. No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. nov. Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 7: 222. 1948. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson Rock, growing over moss cushions. 1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new name for this entity. No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- sions along melt water run-offs. 1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14814
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".
204 P. M. Kloot TAXONOMIC DESCRIPTION Adonis microcarpus DC. Syst. 1 : 223 (1817) A. cupaniana Guss. FI. Sic. Syn. 2(1) : 37 (1843); A. dentatus Del. subsp. intermedius (Webb et Berth.) Riedl in Ann. Nat. Mus. Wien 66: 72 (1963); A. dentatus subsp. microcarpus (DC.) Riedl op. cit .: 73 (1963). Annual erect to 55 cm high, often multi-branched; stem striate, sparsely villose towards base but glabrous above; stem hairs simple, colourless; leaves alternate, to 6 cm long and 4 cm broad obovate in outline upper leaves gradually diminishing, glabrous, bright green, deeply dissected, bi- or tripinnate with more or less linear segments, each segment to 4 mm long, 1 mm broad, terminal segment to 8 mm long, acuminate, lower leaves petiolate, upper leaves subsessile; leaf-like cauline bracts subtend- ing the base of each petiole (lower leaves) or leaf (upper leaves) . Flowers (8-) 15-25 (-30) mm diam., solitary, terminal, borne on a peduncle which lengthens as the flower matures to be ± 4 times length of mature carpellary spike; calyx appressed to the spreading corolla, but reflexing when mature; sepals 5 to 12 mm long, 6 mm broad, obovate, sparsely villose towards base and on lower margins (hairs similar to stem hairs) , glabrous elsewhere, purple, petaloid, apex obtuse, slightly undulate; corolla, suberect initially, but spreading flat as flowers mature; petals (5-) 6-8 (-10), to 15 mm long, 8 mm broad, obovate, glabrous, bright scarlet (also crimson and occasionally yellow) with black basal spot, drying to yellow in herbarium specimens, apex obtuse, sinuate to crenate, remainder of petal margin entire; stamens numerous, hypogynous consisting of dark purple anthers 1 mm long borne on filaments to 4 mm long; gynoecium of 10-50 superior carpels each with single-celled ovary containing one anatropous, pendulous ovule. Achenes 10-50, conferted, maturing acropetally along the spike which is 1-0-2 -5 cm long, the uppermost achenes rarely maturing; immature achenes ovoid to globose, little ornamenta- tion if any, beak lying parallel to rhachis, colour varying from blue-green to off-white, individual achenes clinging firmly to rhachis; mature achenes 2-5— 4-0 mm long with a short beak to 1 mm long protruding from the posterior-dorsel surface ± per- pendicularly to the rhachis, globose, rugose, with transverse ridge, often toothed in specimens from arid situations, but the ridge tending to be obscure in plants obtained from favoured sites, keel tooth always present at bottom of transverse ridge, rugose surface, sandy-brown to off-white, occasionally dull shades of green; seed to 1-5 mm diam. round, plump, blackish- green. Flowering from July to November.
MUELLERI A An Australian Journal of Botany Vol. 3 15 December, 1976 No. 3 A NEW CORYBAS SPECIES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA by D. L. Jones* and R. C. Nash! ABSTRACT A new species of Corybas (Orchidaceae) from South Aus- tralia is described and illustrated. The new taxon has affinities with both C. diemenicus (Lindl.) H.M.R. Rupp and C. dilatatus (H.M.R. Rupp and W. H. Nicholls) H.M.R. Rupp. A table set- ting out the contrasting characters between these three species is provided. Corybas despectans D. L. Jones and R. C. Nash, spec. nov. ex affinitate C. dilatati et C. diemenici, sed a priore differt tubo labelli laminam aequanti et a secundo marginibus labelli expansis (nunquam incurvatis) distinguitur; a his ambobus recedit sic — sepalo dorsali nec late spathulato nec cucullato, callo labelli costis parallelibus depressis praedito (nec integro nec dentibus brevibus scabridis instructo) atque auriculis in tubo labelli inconspicuis (foramen minutum facientibus) . Holotype: Lower Coorong, South Australia. R. C. Nash, 8.viii.l967 (AD 96815018). Isotypes: AD, Herb. Nash 308. Paratype: Yorke Peninsula, Marion Bay Rd., ± 25 miles south of Warooka, in Mallee scrub. R. C. Nash, 16.viii.1967 (AD 96815021). Leaf 8-25 x 12-30 mm, cordate to orbicular, occasionally lobed, apiculate, green on both surfaces. Flower 7-12 mm long, reddish-purple, dominated by the lamina of the labellum, sessile or almost so. Ovary 3-5 mm long, narrow, subtended by a small narrow bract. Dorsal sepal 6-11 x 3-4 mm when flattened out, greenish-grey with some purple striations, spathulate-oblong, concave, carinate, erect in the lower half then curving gently through about 60°, the apex acute or obtuse, often irregularly notched. Petals about 2-0 x 0-8 mm, slightly falcate, winged * Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria, f Coromandel Parade, Blackwood, South Australia. Muelleria 3 (3): 165-168 (1976) 165 5970/76.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 197-198".
198 A. M. Gray ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. REFERENCES Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. (The Australian National University: Canberra). Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON (PAPILIONACEAE) by J. R. Maconochie* Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 230-31 (1926). Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 277 (1944). In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. * Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 198
198 A. M. Gray ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. REFERENCES Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. (The Australian National University: Canberra). Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON (PAPILIONACEAE) by J. R. Maconochie* Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 230-31 (1926). Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 277 (1944). In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. * Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 198
HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION by Helen I. Aston* SUMMARY The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and closely related taxa is given. OCCURRENCE On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in Australia. The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian Herbarium, Perth. * National Herbarium of Victoria. Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 177
HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION by Helen I. Aston* SUMMARY The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and closely related taxa is given. OCCURRENCE On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in Australia. The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian Herbarium, Perth. * National Herbarium of Victoria. Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 177
198 A. M. Gray ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. REFERENCES Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. (The Australian National University: Canberra). Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON (PAPILIONACEAE) by J. R. Maconochie* Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 230-31 (1926). Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 277 (1944). In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. * Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 198
198 A. M. Gray ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. REFERENCES Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. (The Australian National University: Canberra). Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON (PAPILIONACEAE) by J. R. Maconochie* Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 230-31 (1926). Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 277 (1944). In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. * Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 198
198 A. M. Gray ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. REFERENCES Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. (The Australian National University: Canberra). Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON (PAPILIONACEAE) by J. R. Maconochie* Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 230-31 (1926). Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 277 (1944). In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. * Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 198
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 216-217".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 215-244".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 215-244 (217)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 217-224".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 224-225".
A NEW SPECIES OF LASTREOPSIS (ASPIDIACEAE) FROM NORTH-EAST QUEENSLAND by David L. Jones* SYNOPSIS Lastreopsis grayi is described as a new species from the rainforests of the Atherton Tableland in north-eastern Queens- land. Its closest congener is another as yet undescribed Las- treopsis. INTRODUCTION Tindale (1957, 1961a, 1961b, 1965) has revised the genus Lastreopsis and discussed in detail the species which occur in Australia. In August 1971 the author collected Lastreopsis species in the Tinaroo Hills on the Atherton Tableland of north-eastern Queensland. Among the specimens were several of a slender undescribed species with deeply dissected fronds and a solitary specimen of a similar but coarser species. Further specimens of both species were located in subsequent trips into the area during May 1972 and November 1974. The slender species will be des- cribed by Tindale in a forthcoming issue of Telopea. The coarser species is here described as new. Lastreopsis grayi D. L. Jones, sp. nov. Rhizoma erectum, 1-0-2 -5 cm crassum, paleis sparse praeditum (plantis vetustioribus rhizomates secundaria axillares generantibus) ; paleae 1-0-2 -5 mm longae, plerumque anguste lanceolatae badiaeque, ad marginem et basin rotundatam versus pallidiores, earum marginibus fimbriis expansis irregularibus sparse praeditis, apice obtuso vel attenuato; stipites 10-40 cm longi, circiter 3 mm lati, erecti, virides vel viridi-brunnei, nitidi, ad basin flexuosi, pilis parvis appressis sparse ornati (praesertim in canaliculo), ad basin paleis sparsis similibus illis in rhizomati; rhachides patenter alatae, virides vel viridi-brunneae, leves, in canaliculo a pilis parvis ornatae; lamina anguste triangularis, 15-40 cm longa, 10-35 cm lata, tripinnatifide vel quadripinnate dissecta, pallide vel saturate viridis, glabra, nitens; pinnae primariae infimae maximaeque 8-16 cm longae, 3-10 cm latae, ad rhachidem primam oblique inclinantes, basiscopice dilatatae, apice attenuato dentato- serratoque; pinnae secondariae ad rhachidem secundariam obliquae, illis basalibus anguste alatis, illis superioribus late alatis adnatisque! apice attenuato dentato-serratoque; segmenta ultima pedicellis alatis praedita, alternantia, oblonga, aliquando falcata, non congesta, apice obtuso, subter glabra vel a glandibus flavis ornata; venae in superficie submersae et non prominentes, infra clariores liberae simplices vel unifurcatae; costae et costulae glabrae vel a pilis parvis atque glan- dibus flavis sparse vestitae; venulae similes; sori exindusiati, orbi- culares, 0-5-10 mm lati, marginales (in parte interiore loborum) ad apicem venularum gesti, juveniliter albi, mature ferruginei vel fusco- brunnei; sporangia 90-140 per sorum, eorum annulo c.12-15 cellulas induratas et 6-10 cellulas tenues comprehendenti, pedicello c.5-cellulari pilum stipitatum oblongum aurantiacum glandulosumque gerenti* sporae bilaterales, globoso-ellipsoidales, fulvae. * Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria Muelleria 3 (4): 245-249 (1977). 245
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 209-210".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 210-211".
POMATOCALPA MARSUPIALE (ORCHIDACEAE), A NEW RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA by B. GRAY* Pomatocalpa marsupiale (Kraenzlin) J. J. Sm. in Natiiurk. Tijdschr. Ned.- Indie 72:32(1912). Basionym: Cleisostoma marsupiale Kraenzlin in K. Schum. & Hollr., ‘Die Flora von Kaiser Wilhelms Land' 34 ( 1889). Synonyms may be obtained from Schiechter, 'Die Orchidaceen von Deutsh- Neu-Guinea’ 988-989 (1914). Plant large with upright stems to 50 cm long. Leaves 20-30 X 4-5 cm, linear, rigid, leathery, yellowish-green, deeply channelled, clasping the stem at the base and unequally emarginate at the apex. Inflorescences erect, 30-45 cm tall, exceeding the leaves, branched in the upper third, the branches short, with 15-50 flowers on pedicels 8-10 mm long: the flowers all face upwards around the spike, with labellum innermost, and open successively as the spike extends, few flowers being open at any one time. Flo\s'ers 12-15 mm diameter: sepals and petals widely spreading at the base but incurved towards the apex, thick in texture, green. Sepals 6-8 X 2*5-3 mm, narrow-obovate to spathulate. Petals 5-6 X 2-2*5 mm, sub- falcate, narrow obovate. Labellum 4-5 X 3-4 X 3-4 mm, cream or yellowish: lateral lobes about 1 X 3 mm, erect and slightly incurved on the distal end: midlobe about 1-5X2 mm. deltoid, recurved, thick and fleshy: spur 4X3X3 mm, pyriform, the callus, linear to narrow oblong, valvular, almost covering the orifice. Column about 2-5 X 2 mm, narrowed toward the base: columu-foot short, at right angles to the column. Rostellum about 0*6 mm long. Anther with a short upturned rostrum. Pollinia 4, in two closely appressed pairs forming almost globose bodies. Stipe about 0-8 mm long, slender, margins recurved. Retinaculum about 0*5 mm long. VOUCHER Specimen: Queensland— CapQ York Peninsula, Mcllwraith Range, 12 km NE of Coen, 13°52' S: 143°15^ E. B.Gray 26.xi.1973 (BRI 220908). Previously recorded from New Guinea, P. marsupiale occurs in Australia in the Mcllwraith and Iron Range areas of Cape York Peninsula where it is an uncommon species. First found in 1973 at the southern extremity of the Mcllwraith Range (elevation 500 m), the species is now known to occur throughout its range at elevations below 100 m. P. marsupiale is a robust epiphyte or lithophyte that occurs in tall semi-deciduous rainforest where it usually grows high up in the canopy or occasionally on exposed rocks. Flowering usually begins in November and continues to April or May. Flower spikes extend by 20 cm or more as flowering continues. P. marsupiale is readily distinguished from the other Australian member of the genus, P. macphersonii (F. Muell.) T.E. Hunt. A comparison of the main dis- tinguishing features is given in the following table: * Forest Research Unit. CSIRO, Atherton. North Queensland 4883. Muellena 4 (2): 201-203 (1979). 201
236 Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 1976, l.c., was collected. Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten in K. Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander (MEL). Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (K). Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Acalypha L. (P. & H. 158) Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden plant.
Actephila B1 . (P. & H. 36) 217 Actephila sessilifolia Benth., FI., Austr. 6: 90 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922). Queensland. North Kennedy District — Seaview Range, 18° 55' S., 146° 10' E., alt. 915 m, 5.iv. 1947. Flecker in N. Qld. Herb. 10880 (QRS); Lower western slopes of Mt. Dryander, 20° 15' S.. 148° 33' E., rain-forest on soil derived from granite, alt. 250 m, 21 . vii. 1974, Moriarty 1866 (QRS). Port Curtis District — "Shrub of 4-6 ft at the Caves Mountain, 5 miles west of Morinish", n.d. . Thozet s.n. (MEL. lectotype, here chosen; K). The two specimens from North Kennedy District cited above appear to be the only collections made of this very distinct species since it was first described. In October 1 976 B . Hyland and the writer attempted to rediscover the plant on and around the Caves Mountain, north of Rockhampton, but without success. Some uncertainty attaches to the data on Thozet’s label. He implies that the locality Morinish (which he elsewhere — e.g. in field note to Croton acronychioides F. Muell. — terms “Morinish Digging’ and Bentham, l.c., erroneously cites as ‘Morinisi’) lies 5 miles (8 km) east of Caves Mountain, but no such place can be found in that area, whereas a locality Morinish is clearly marked on modern maps some 35 kilometres north-west of the Caves. It is possible that Thozet inadvertently wrote ‘west’ instead of ‘east’, or that 100 years ago there was in fact another Morinish to the east of Caves Mountain. Actephila sessilifolia has a curiously disjunct distribution. It has only been collected at three isolated spots within its range from Caves Mountain to its northernmost locality (Seaview Range) some 685 kilometres north of Rockhampton. Actephila petiolaris Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 89 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 498 (1971), in obs. Queensland. Cook District — State Forest Reserve 675, Mulgrave Logging Area, 17° 05' S., 145° 40' E., rain-forest, alt. 160 m, small tree 5 m tall, 5.vi.l974, Hyland 7243 ; Ibid., alt. 100 m, tree 10 cm d.b.h.. nondescript bark, buttresses absent, blaze odour freshly shelled peas. 25. xi. 1976, Hvland 3481-2-3 RFK; East Mulgrave Logging Area, alt. 100 m, small slender tree 6 m x 10 cm d.b.h., flower buds f 6 1 white, 22.xii. 1976, Hyland 9249. These collections, agreeing perfectly with the rather scrappy syntype material at Kew, are apparently the only collections of this scarce or extremely local species made since Dallachy obtained the type in the Rockingham Bay area over 100 years ago. They dispose of the tentative speculation that I expressed in 1971 (l.c.) that A . petiolaris might be a form of the variable A. lindleyi (Steud.) Airy Shaw. The broadly ovate, elliptic orobovate leaves, and especially the elongate petioles (up to 7.5 cm), are characteristic. Bentham found only 3 stamens in the flowers he dissected; in Hyland’s recent material I found 4 or 5. Female flower and fruit are desiderata: Bentham described the female flowers from Dallachy’s gatherings, but none survive in the Kew syntype, and there appear to be none in Hyland’s material. Actephila foetida Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 363-364 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — Harvey Creek, Russell River, 1887, Saver s.n. (MEL). This is the ‘third gathering’ of A. foetida referred to in Kew Bull., l.c. It is actually the first known collection, from the type and only known locality, of this rare and unmistakable plant. Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell (P. & H. 45) Neoroepera banksii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 1 17 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1425 (1902); Britten, 111. Bot Cook Voy. Endeavour, 88, t.289 (1905). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, vii. 1819, Cunningham 29! & 292 (K,
235
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W.
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI.
Austr. 1: 270 (1863).
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the
Australian species of Grewia.
Alchornea Sw.
(P. & H. 136)
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976).
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL).
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)).
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886
Persieh 832 (MEL).
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var.
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank.
Cleidion Bl.
(P. & H. 156)
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976).
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962,
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973'
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI).
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District.
Macaranga Thou.
(P. & H. 157)
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) &
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’
(herb. F. Muell . !)”.
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type)
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in
Australia.
1 5 520/79— 5
230 the very young terminal growth. The leaves, which are thinly chartaceous in texture, bear small scattered brown stellate hairs on the lower surface, especially on the midrib; the margin is sometimes obscurely serrulate. The species seems very distinct from all the known Australian (and New Guinea) taxa, but I cannot at present suggest an affinity. Croton sp. nov. Queensland. Cook District — 19.2 km N. of Laura, 15° 25' S., 144° 25' E., Site No. 4A, 28.x. 1974, A. C. Robinson 4A-9 (BRI). Densely grey- or ochraceous-tomentose; leaves badly crumpled, perhaps up to 7 cm long, very shallowly and acutely serrulate; inflorescence up to 12 cm long; styles narrowly linear. Aleurites J.R. & G. Forst. (P. & H. 92) Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 590 (1805); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 4: 29 (1975), q.v. for further references and for synonyms. var. moluccana Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 24 m high x 45 cm d.b.h., 29. vi. 1972, Irvine 2/9; Ibid., rain-forest margin, tree 13 m high, x 38 cm d.b.h., 10.x. 1972, Dockrill 533 ; Ibid. , gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h. , 13.x. 1972, Hyland 2696 RFK; Rocky River, 13° 55' S., 143° 30' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 50 m, 15. ix. 197 Hyland 55 13', S.F.R. 144 (Windsor Tableland), 16° 15' S. . 145° 5' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 30 m x 80 cm with slightly flaky bark, bark flakes tend to be quite large e.g. 12 x 5 cm, note 2-celled ovary, 7.x. 1971, Hyland 5577. var. rockinghamensis Baill. in Adansonia 6; 297 (1866). A. moluccana sec. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 128 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1434 (1902); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl., 22 (1971); vix (L.) Willd. Queensland. Cook District — About 6 miles [9.5 km] NW of Daintree on bank of Daintree River, 16° 10' S., 145° 18' E., fringing forest, sandy loam, tree 7 m, d.b.h. 20 cm, light grey bark, dark green leaves, 2 yellow glands at petiole/leaf-blade junction, fruits green, about 5 cm diameter, 21 .xi. 1967, Boyland (& Gillieatt) 516 ; Portion 188 Alexandra (Hutchinson Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., in grassland which was recently rain-forest, alt. 15 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., flowers cream, 10. v. 1973, Hyland <5726; Mowbray River, 16° 33' S. at its mouth, rain-forests, tree 12-15 m high; slightly ridged pale bark, pale brown when cut; leaves stiff, shining above, prominently reticulate beneath; midrib and principal lateral nerves rufous brown; inflorescence pale brown; flowers sweet-scented, 21. i. 1932, Brass 1991 ; S.F.R. 933, 17° 00' S., 145° 50' E., rain-forest, alt. 100 m, flowers white, 14. ii. 1975, Hyland 8014\ S.F.R. 185. Nursery L. A.. 17°10’S., 145° 40' E. , dry rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 20 m tall, 30 cm d.b.h., flowers with cream petals, ovary 3-locular, 3 1 ,xii . 1 97 1 , Hyland 5737', S.F.R. 194, on the Dividing Range near Oaky Creek, 17°15'S., 145° 25' E. , dry rain-forest margin, alt. 900 m. flowers with white petals, female flowers with 3- or 4-locular ovaries, 5. i. 1972, Hyland 5749; Lake Eacham, Atherton Tableland, common in rain-forest on edge of lake, alt. 800 m, large tree 30 m high, leaves dark glossy green, young stems silvery, fruit brown, 4.viii. 1929, Kajewski 1180. North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (holotype, MEL; isotype, K). B. Hyland has pointed out to me y\vaX Aleurites moluccana occurs in two distinct forms in Queensland. The more northerly form, occurring in the Cape York Peninsula and again on the Windsor Tableland (16° 15' S.), is typical var. moluccana, with a very thin or evanescent indumentum, rather narrow leaves and a 2-celled ovary and fruit. The more southerly form, extending from the Daintree River ( 16° 10' S) and the Atherton Tableland to Rockingham Bay in North Kennedy District, has a more strongly developed subfloccose indumentum, often broader cordate leaves and a 3(-4)-celled ovary and fruit. (Note the slight geographical overlap of the two forms.) The southern form is evidently var. rockinghamensis Baill., a taxon that has been ignored or overlooked by later botanists including Bentham, Bailey, Domin and Pax & Hoffmann. The taxon was based upon a single collection from “Rockingham Bay”, an area in which var. moluccana apparently does not occur. It is unfortunately not very clear, from Baillon’s description, as to what he regarded as the main diagnostic features of his variety. The isotype in the Kew Herbarium consists of two detached" broadly ovate leaves (the larger measuring 27 x 23 cm) and an
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 231-232".
221 puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium (anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost indistinguishable. The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by powerful transmitted light. Cleistanthus Hook.f. (P. & H. 63) Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile [0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small area south of Cooktown. Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District — Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & Winders 6509 (BRI). The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or estuarine situations. Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI).
240 gumminess, and the female flowers sometimes up to 5 in the inflorescence, are points of positive distinction. The superficial aspect of the plant is that of some rather weak crucifer. The Queensland plant has sinuate leaves and up to 5 female flowers in the inflores- cence, while the Arnhem Land plant has sharply dentate leaves and only 1 -2 female flowers in a head. If these differences are constant in the respective populations, they might deserve varietal recognition. The genus is new to the flora of the Northern Territory. The extraordinary isolation of the two populations should be noted: they lie about 1650 km apart, but the Queensland locality (south of Brisbane) is only a few kilometres from the more northerly of the only two known localities for M. macrophylla. APPENDIX 1 Stilaginaceae Antidesma L. Antidesma schultzii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzen- reich IV. 147. xv: 134 (1922). Syntypes: Port Darwin, Schultz 610 & 743 (K). Northern Territory. Unlocalised, c. 1800, R. Brown s.n. (K); Croker’s Island, iv. 18 118, Cunningham 269 (K); Port Essington, iv. 1840, Armstrong 570 & s.n. (K); Victoria River & Point Pearce, [ 1 855 J, Mueller s.n. [Port Darwin,] ‘Small shrubby tree, dioecious. Fruit smaller than A . dallachyanum. This seems the same as the plant from Port Essington mentioned by Bentham’ [l.c.: 86, sub A. dallachyanum J , 1891. M. Holtze 1243 (MEL); Channel Island, Darwin Harbour, stabilised dunes, shrub spreading to 5 mhigh, 3. ii. 1972, Byrnes 2377; Vicinity of El Sharana, Eucalypt woodland, edge of dry creek, shrub 1 m high, fruit pale whitish-green becoming purplish red, glossy, 17. i. 1973, Wolfe AE 393. Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, near airstrip tumoff, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E. , open forest, alt. 75 m, shrub in forest pocket, 17.x. 1974, Hyland 7819; S.F.R. 144, 16° 20' S., 145° 00' E., open forest, alt. 600 m, shrub or small tree growing in the rocky bed of an ephemeral creek, 20. xii . 1 975 , Hyland 8563. Antidesma schultzii is closely related to A . ghaesemhilla Gaertn. , differing principally in its glabrescence, its acute sepals and its often irregularly shaped fruits with oblique styles. It appears to be rather widespread in the Top End of the Northern Territory. The specimens cited above from the Cape York Peninsula represent the first record of A. schultzii from Queensland. Antidesma parvifolium F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 86 (1864); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1433 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 135 (1922); Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 868 (Heft 89: 315) (1927). Syntypes: Port Denison, Fitzalan, Dallachy. Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — prope Gladstone, n.d., A. Dietrich 327 (MEL). The distribution of this species, originally described from Port Denison (Bowen), is carried some 350 miles southward by this early collection from near Gladstone (already noted by Domin, l.c. supra). APPENDIX 2 Notes on some new taxa proposed by Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 860-892 (Heft 89: 306-338) (1927), based upon examination of type specimens Bridelia leichhardtii var. glabrata Domin, l.c. 879 (325). An unimportant form showing extreme reduction of indumentum. Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin, l.c. 879 (325). A very distinct species.
A NEW SPECIES OF APTEROPTERIS (HYMENOPHYLLACEAE) FROM TASMANIA by A.M. Gray* and R.G. WilliamsI INTRODUCTION The genus Apteropteris occurs only in New Zealand and in Tasmania: it is not known from mainland Australia. All material has previously been assigned to A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland (1938) which is the type species and which was apparently first discovered and collected by C. Maling on the ranges of Golden Bay, New Zealand, in 1861 (Hooker, 1862: pi. 64, as Trichomanes malingii). Detailed examination of extensive, widely separated Tasmanian collections, some New Zealand material and, as well, critical interpretation of descriptions presented in numerous botanical references has shown quite clearly that Tasmanian material represents a species distinct from A. malingii. This new species is described here. DESCRIPTION Apteropteris applanata A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams, sp. nov. A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland affinis, sed differt sic: Rhachis anguste alata, eius alae e basibus decurrentibus segmenti secundarii formantes; segmend ultimi manifeste alati. applanati (nec teretia nec rigidi), lineari-oblongi, ratione longiiudinis- latitudinis 3-5:1: involucrwn ovoideo-cupulare, vix valvatum. margine Integra (baud denticulata), ob tomentum vix obscuratum, bicostatum, costis ex porrectione distali alarum laminarum formatis: receptaculum prominens praecipue exsertum (rare omnino inclusum). saepe usque ad 1 .5 mm praeter marginem involucri protrudens, teres et setaceum; sporangia prominentia, item praeter marginem involucri protrudentia. Similar to A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland, but differing from that species thus: Rhachis narrowly winged, the wings formed from the decurrent bases of the secondary segments and extending proximally to each successive lower group. Ultimate segments distinctly winged, flattened, not terete, not rigid, linear-oblong, length-breadth ratio 3-5 : 1. Involucre ovoid cupular, scarcely valved, with entire not denticulate rim, hardly obscured by the tomentum: involucre bicostate, the costae consisting of the distal extensions of the laminal wings. Receptacle rarely entirely en- closed, mostly exsert, prominent, often up to 1 *5 mm beyond the rim of the involucre, terete, setaceous. Sporangia protruding beyond rim of involucre, prominent. Type Collection: eastern slopes of the Mt. King William range, central western Tasmania (42° 15' 28" S, 146° 09' 30" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams 231, 10. ix. 1977 (Holotype: HO: Isotypes: MEL, CANB, NSW, CHR.) Also Examined: Tasmania Mt. King William L. (42° 15' 31" S, 146° 09' 30" E: alt. c. 760 m). A.M. Gray. l9.vi.I975 (HO, CHR. CANB, NSW); Waldheim Forest, Cradle Valley. (41° 38' 10" S, 145° 56' 30" E; alt. c. 930 m), A.M. Gray. 30.xii.l975 (HO. CHR, CANB. NSW); Cephissus River, Pine Valley, (41° 56' 45" S, 146° 03' 30" E; alt. c. 960 m), A. Mo.scal. 25.iv.l976 (HO, CHR. CANB, MEL); Lake Fenton, in Mt. Field National Park. (42° 40'50"S, 146° 37' 45" E; alt. c. 960 m), A.M Gray. 14.iv.l976 (HO, CHR.CANB.NSW. and the New Zealand Forest Research Institute); North-east ridge of Mt. Anne, S.W. Tas., (42° 55' 30" S, 146° 25' 45" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray. 9.iv.l977 (HO, CHR, CANB, NSW). * 625 Huon Road, South Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7000. t Fairy Glen Road, Collinsvale, Tasmania. Australia 7012. Muelleria 4 (2): 169-172 (1979). 169
219 Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest Petalostigma that I had ever seen. Austrobuxus Miq. (P. & H. 52) Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the intervening area. Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 29: 308 (1974), in clavi. Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 15520 / 79-4
223 occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland Bridelia Willd. (P. & H. 65) Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill (714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). var. tomentosa Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material from so far south. var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early collections are: Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). Croton L. (P. & H. 66) Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 (1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. affinis. I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3)".
223 occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland Bridelia Willd. (P. & H. 65) Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill (714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). var. tomentosa Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material from so far south. var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early collections are: Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). Croton L. (P. & H. 66) Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 (1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. affinis. I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 269-270, fig. 1a.".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 267-268".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 270-271".
267 1. Centrolepis inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28: 107 (1903). Type: Pinjarrah, in wet spots, x.1900, Fitzgerald (Holo: NSW 60350!). Taxonomic Synonym: C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld in Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3 (2): 13 (1921), synon. nov. Type: Armadale prope Perth, 20. ix. 1914, Ostenfeld 11 (Syntypes: C n.v.; MEL 535280 !). Small glabrous annual herb. Roots few, sparsely branched, to 3 cm long. Stem very short, unbranched, with intemodes of negligible length. Leaves 2-5, basal, distichous, erect; basal sheath scarious, 3-4 mm long, passing into a linear lamina 4-28 mm long, tip obtuse. Cataphylls absent. Head terminal, sessile, 1-2 mm wide, 1.5-3 mm long; occa- sionally one or more additional heads sessile in the axils of the upper leaves. Primary bracts 2, opposite, ± gaping at anthesis, similar to the leaves but shorter, 4-16 mm long, the outer one slightly longer than the inner. Bract sheaths 1.5-3 mm long, with membranous margins terminating in minute lobes. Secondary bracts 2 per pseudanthium, hyaline, 2-3 mm long, acute and entire or ± erose; additional shorter secondary bracts often present between the pseudanthia. Pseudanthia 2-5 per head, all bisexual. Stamen 1, not adnate to gynophore; filament 2-4 mm, anther elliptic c. 0.8 mm long. Gynoecium of 1-4, usually 2, carpels superposed alternately biseriate on a gynophore. Styles c. 2 mm long, becoming connate at the base only. Seed brown, ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. Distribution: Western Australia — known from three localities in the Darling and Avon districts, but may be expected to be more widespread in south-western W.A. and probably overlooked due to its small size. Ecology: Growing in moist sites, including moss beds. Flowering September to October. Specimens examined (total 4): Western Australia — 17 miles E. of Pingelly, Tutanning Reserve, 18. ix. 1962, Royce 7541 (PERTH); W.A. n.d., n.coll. (MEL 1502031). Notes: C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld is, from the protologue description and from a comparison of type material, not distinguishable from C. inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald. C. inconspicua is closely allied toC. aristata (R.Br.) Roem. & Schult., from which it is distinguished by the absence of a scape, the narrower head with fewer pseudanthia, and the single stem never proliferating to form a dense tuft. The presence of axillary heads in some plants is a character apparently unique to this species of Centrolepis. Although it has been found growing in association withC. aristata by Ostenfeld ( 1921), the two species do not intergrade. A series of 55 collections of C. aristata from south-western Western Australia was examined by the author and showed discontinuities in variation with C . inconspicua in the above characters. 2. Centrolepis cephaloformis F.M. Reader in Viet. Nat. 19: 97 ( 1902); Ewart, ‘FI. Viet.’ 260 (1931); Willis, ‘Handb. PI. Viet.' 1: 278 (1962). Type: Sandy Desert, Lowan, 1892, F.M. Reader (Lectotype (here chosen): MEL 536054 pro parte !. Syntypes: MEL 536054 pro parte !: MELU 11831 !). The type sheet in MELU does not bear a label in Reader’s writing, and consists of one plant which was probably removed from the MEL collection. One of the plants on the sheet MEL 536054 is a depauperate specimen of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron.; the individual plant at top right of this sheet is here designated as the lectotype of C. cephaloformis F.M. Reader. Small glabrous annual herb forming dense, rounded tufts 4-25 mm in diameter. Stem repeatedly branching from the axils of the lower leaves forming intemodes less than 1 mm
271 form of the leaf, the carpel number, and the laterally compressed head (see Key). The inner primary bract is reduced and almost concealed in this species. Bentham (1878) did not regard it as a bract, but described it as “a scarious complicate scale opposed to the bract”. Its position directly on the main axis of the head, subopposite to, and slightly above, the outer primary bract indicates that it is homologous to the inner primary bract of other species of Centrolepis. In texture it is similar to the basal sheath of the outer primary bract, and unlike the nerveless hyaline secondary bracts of other species. 5. Reduced states of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron. in Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle 12: 210 (1873). Small glabrous annual herb. Stem repeatedly branching from the lower leaf axils forming intemodes up to 1 mm long. Leaves 4-8 mm long with a scarious sheathing base 1-3 mm long passing into an erect or recurved terete linear lamina terminating in a hyaline mucro. Uppermost foliar leaf reduced to an obtuse scarious sheathing cataphyll up to 3 mm long. Head terminal on an intemode at least 0.5 mm long; erect, cylindric, 0.8-1. 2 mm wide. Primary bracts 2, opposite, keelless, closely enclosing the head. Outer bract with a brown, scarious ± indurated basal sheath 3-4 mm long bearing a terete, ± recurved awn-like lamina 3-7 mm long. Inner bract brown, scarious, ± indurated, acute, lacking a lamina, 3-4 mm long. Secondary bracts absent. Pseudanthium solitary, bisexual. Stamen 1, the filament 3-4 mm long, adnate to the gynophore for c. 0.5 mm at the base; anther ovate-elliptic, 0.6-1 mm long. Gynoecium of 6-14 carpels superposed in subopposite pairs on a gynophore. Styles c. 1 .5 mm long, becoming connate at the base only. Seed brown, ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. Whole plant often becoming dark-pigmented in the fruiting stage. Distribution and Ecology: Recorded from localities in Victoria and Tasmania, and possibly occurring elsewhere, usually in close proximity to taller states of C. polygyna and intergrading with them, in sites such as sand hills and moss beds on rock. Flowering September to November. Selected Specimens Examined: Victoria - Mt. Arapiles, south side. 23. xi. 1964, Beaugtehole 6570 (MEL); Dimboola Flora Reserve, 9.x. 1960. Beaugtehole 7455 (MEL 532539); Mt. Arapiles. S.E. slope, 22.ix. 1968, Beaugtehole 28686 (MEL 532504); Dimboola Reservoir, x. 1948, Beaugtehole 39697 (MEL 534085); Sandy desert. Lowan, 1 892 .Reader s.n. (MEL); wet pastures. Lowan, 16.x. 1898. Reader s.n. (MEL). Tasmania — Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island, 24. ix. 1966, Whinray 69A (MEL 536063); Prime Seal Island, Fumeaux Group, 17.x. 1972, Whinray 1503 (MEL 533586). Notes: The state of C. polygyna described above represents one extreme of variation within a highly polymorphic species, or perhaps species aggregate. There appears to be no discon- tinuity in variation between such plants and typical C. polygyna , and it is not known whether the reduced state has any genetic basis or is due solely to phenotypic plasticity. It is not proposed to describe it as a separate taxon. Reduced C. polygyna is sometimes confused with the related scapeless species of Centrolepis. Distinguishing characters are given under the respective species. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author wishes to thank the Director and staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) where this paper was prepared; in particular, thanks are due to Helen I. Aston for advice and for reading the manuscript, and to Anita Podwyszynski for the illustrations. The help given by the Directors of AD, NSW, and PERTH in loaning specimens is also acknowledged.
220 Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. (P. & H. 53) Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may deserve taxonomic recognition. Choriceras Baill. (P. & H. 53/a) Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime
A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA KURINGAIENSIS by A.W. Archer* INTRODUCTION The fruticose lichen genus Cladonia contains a number of species which are placed together in the Cladonia verticillata group. This group is characterised by esorediate, corticate, cup-shaped podetia (scyphi), with each scyphus producing central proliferations in the form of further scyphi. The typical species of the group, Cladonia verticillata (Hoffm.) Schaer. and the related species Cladonia calycantha Nyl., Cladonia gymnopoda Vain., Cladonia pseudogymnopoda Asah. and Cladonia verticillaris (Raddi) Fr. contain the /3-orcinol depsidone fumarprotocetraric acid as the only lichen compound present (Zopf 1908, Asahina 1940, 1970, 1943). Other members of the group contain fumarprotocetraric acid with atranorin — Cladonia krempelhuberii (Vain.) Vain. (Asahina 1956) and Cladonia subcervicornis (Vain.) Kernst. (Asahina 1943) — or fumarprotocetraric acid with homosekikaic acid — Cladonia calyciformis Nuno (Nuno 1 972) — or lack fumarprotocet- raric acid and contain other lichen compounds; Cladonia dissimilis Asah. contains atranorin and homosekikaic acid (Asahina 1940) and Cladonia rappii Evans contains psoromic acid (Evans 1952). Cladonia verticillata and Cladonia krempelhuberii are the only members of this group reported to occur in Australia (Weber and Wetmore 1972). A recent chemical examination of specimens of Cladonia verticillata sens. lat. from the Sydney region showed that specimens with squamulose scyphi contained stictic acid in addition to fumarprotocetraric acid (Archer 1979); esquamulose specimens contained only fumarprotocetraric acid and were identified as Cladonia verticillata (Hoffm.) Schaer. The specimens with stictic acid and squamulose scyphi are now differentiated as a separate species. DESCRIPTION Cladonia kuringaiensis A.W. Archer, sp. nov. Habitus thalli ut in Cladonia verticillata sed squamulis in marginibus scyphorum et aciduni sticticum acido fumarprotocetrarico usuali continentia. The appearance of the thallus as in Cladonia verticillata but with squamules on the margins of the scyphi and containing stictic acid as well as the usual fumarprotocetraric acid. Primary squamules persistent or disappearing, up to 5 mm long, irregularly wedge- shaped, resembling the squamules on the scyphi; upper side green to olive-green, below white. Podetia dull whiteish-green to olive-green, esorediate, with or without squamules, arising from the upper side of the primary squamules, 20-40 mm tall and up to 1.5 mm diam.. expanding into small cups to 5 mm diam., appearing wider due to the presence of marginal squamules; each podetium with one or more proliferations from the centre of the closed cup; margins of the scyphi squamulose with irregularly crenate squamules 2-4 mm long and 0.5-1 mm wide; cortex continuous or areolate, the areoles smooth and the interspaces white; Apothecia sessile or on short stipes, 0.3-0. 5 mm in diam.; pale brown to reddish-brown, flat, becoming convex; ascospores 8/ascus, simple, ellipsoid, colourless, 10-15 x 3-4 p.m. Reaction: K+ weak yellow-brown; C — ; Pd-l- yellow becoming red. Fumarprotocetraric and stictic acids were shown to be present in an acetone extract by thin-layer chromatog- raphy and the presence of stictic acid was confirmed by mass spectrometry (Archer 1979). ‘Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. Muelleria 4 (3): 273-275 (1980). 273
231
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form.
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum,
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles.
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw
(P. & H. 105/a)
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966).
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL).
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL):
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5.
Johnson s.n. (MEL).
Claoxylon Juss.
(P. & H. 119)
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2):
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax &
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914).
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866).
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m,
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub,
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS).
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea.
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of
range:
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511.
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm.
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying
field notes.
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111.
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI);
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white,
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16°
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974,
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI).
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu-
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland
6197 , Iron Range).
231
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form.
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum,
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles.
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw
(P. & H. 105/a)
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966).
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL).
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL):
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5.
Johnson s.n. (MEL).
Claoxylon Juss.
(P. & H. 119)
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2):
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax &
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914).
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866).
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m,
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub,
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS).
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea.
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of
range:
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511.
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm.
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying
field notes.
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111.
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI);
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white,
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16°
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974,
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI).
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu-
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland
6197 , Iron Range).
235
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W.
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI.
Austr. 1: 270 (1863).
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the
Australian species of Grewia.
Alchornea Sw.
(P. & H. 136)
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976).
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL).
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)).
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886
Persieh 832 (MEL).
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var.
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank.
Cleidion Bl.
(P. & H. 156)
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976).
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962,
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973'
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI).
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District.
Macaranga Thou.
(P. & H. 157)
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) &
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’
(herb. F. Muell . !)”.
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type)
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in
Australia.
1 5 520/79— 5
221 puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium (anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost indistinguishable. The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by powerful transmitted light. Cleistanthus Hook.f. (P. & H. 63) Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile [0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small area south of Cooktown. Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District — Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & Winders 6509 (BRI). The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or estuarine situations. Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 221-222".
237 Codiaeum Bl. (P. & H. 193) Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, C. brachypus Airy Shaw. Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax & Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark probably applies to stamen-number. A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. Dimorphocalyx Thw. (P. & H. 195) Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 223-224".
224
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a
southerly extension of range for that species.
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976).
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345).
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected.
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land,
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas.
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus.
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington,
Armstrong s.n. (BM).
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K).
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886,
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n.
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44'
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI).
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972).
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p.
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii.
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus).
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin.
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta;
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli,
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato-
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse
224
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a
southerly extension of range for that species.
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976).
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345).
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected.
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land,
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas.
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus.
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington,
Armstrong s.n. (BM).
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K).
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886,
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n.
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44'
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI).
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972).
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p.
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii.
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus).
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin.
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta;
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli,
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato-
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse
225 suborbiculare, 1.5 mm diametro, densissime albo-lepidotulum; styli 2 mm longi, fere usque ad basin bifidi, segmentis linearibus acutis glabris. Capsula integra non visa, valvis delapsis 6-7 mm longis parcissime lepidotulis; semina latissimeellipsoidea, 4-5 mm longa, fere 4 mm lata, 3 mm crassa, laevia, castanea vel fusco-badia, lineis brevibus ochraceis longitudinaliter marmorata. Queensland. Cook District — Puffdelooney Ridge, 12° 45' S., 143° 13' E., heath scrub, alt. 360 m, shrub 1 .6 m high, small white flowers, 3. vii. 1972, Irvine 249 (QRS); Lower northern slopes of Mt. Tozer, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 30. vi. 1972, Dockrill 441 (QRS); Tozer Range, 0.8 km east of Mt. Tozer, a characteristic species of rain-forest undergrowth, alt. 425 m, tree 3-4 m tall, leaves smooth and shining much paler below, flowers white, 6. vii. 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotype). Lankelly Creek, on western fall of Mcllwraith Range, approx. 13° 55' S,, 143° 15° E., semi-deciduous mesophyll vine-forest along stream, on alluvial soils derived from a mixture of granite and metamorphic rocks, some sclerophyll emergents — Melaleuca argentea and Eucalyptus pellita, permanent waterhole at this point, alt. 200 m, x.1969, Webb & Tracey 9625 (BRI). This plant from the Cape York Peninsula is closely related to C. triacros, of the Atherton Tableland and Rockingham Bay region, but differs in its consistently and conspicuously short petioles. Croton byrnesii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. C. armstrongii S. Moore arete affinis, sed statu maturo glabritie fere tota, stipulis magis evolutis, et glandulis petiolaribus usque 1 mm a basi laminae semotis satis distinctus. Typus: Northern Territory, Cannon Hill, Byrnes 2833 (DNA, holotypus; BRI, NT, K, isotypus). Frutex vel arbor 2-4 m alta, habitu gracili patente, novellis et inflorescentiis parcis- sime stel lato-lepidotulis exceptis fere glaberrima, ramulis teretibus 2-4 mm crassis, cortice brunnescente vel cinereo. Folia ovata vel interdum elliptica, 6-10(-15) cm longa, 2- 6(-9) cm lata, basi rotundata (raro levissime cordata vel latissime cuneata), apice sensim angustata vel breviter acuminata, ipso apice insigniter obtuso (raro acuto), margine leviter crenato vel subserrato vel rarius subintegro, membranacea, laevia, nisi valde juvenilia glaberrima, siccitate viridia, opaca; costa gracilis, subtus prominula, supra fere plana; nervi laterales gracillimi, circiter 8-jugi, patuli, subrecti, prope marginem curvati et diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxi; petiolus gracillimus, l-3(-5) cm longus, vix 1 mm crassus, glaberrimus, apice glandulis binis breviter vel Ionge stipitatis usque 1 mm a basi laminae (vel interdum juxta laminam) sitis omatus; stipulae lineares, usque 1.5 mm longae, caducae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 7-15 cm longae, mixtae, parce, stellato-lepidotulae, laxe multiflorae, bracteis minutis ovatis acutis ciliatis, fasciculis pauci- vel multifloris. Flos 6 pedicello tenui 3-6 mm longo parce stellato suffultus. Sepala oblongo-ovata, 2-3 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta apice minute albo-pilosula, extra sub ipso apice callo minuto rubido omata, crebriuscule translucido-glandulosa. Petala 5, linearia, 3 mm longa, apice densiuscule albo-pilosula. Disci glandulae 5, sepalis oppositae, transversae, carnosulae. Stamina 8-10, e fundo tenuiter longe piloso exorta, 3 mm longa, antheris oblongis. Flos $ pedicello robustiore ei masculi fere aequilongo parce stellato- lepidotulo suffultus. Sepala ovato-oblonga, 3 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata, apice ut in masculis. Petala deficientia. Disci glandulae fere ut in flore 6 . Ovarium 2 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, trilobum, dense stellato-pilosum; styli a basi liberi, divaricati, rigidi, applanati, sulco mediano percursi, supeme bifidi, ramulis quasi tortis vel sigmoideis vel truncatis. Capsula tricocca, dissite albido-stellato-lepidotula, 8-9 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, sepalis fusco-brunneis revolutis persistentibus; semina brevissime oblongo-globosa, fere 4 mm longa, fere 3 mm crassa, utrinque rotundata et minute apiculata, laevissima, ochraceo- brunnea, immaculata. Northern Territory Cannon Hill, base of sandstone cliff, shrub c. 2 m high, 1 8 . xii . 1 972 , Bxrnes 2833 (DNA 5663, holotype; BRI. NT, K, isotypes); 1 mile \ 1 .6 km] SW Cannon Hill, broadleaf scrub associated with small sandstone outcrop, spreading tree 4 m high, bark smooth mid-grey, fruit pale green, l.ii. 1973, Martensz & Schodde AE648 (NT 38582); 2‘/2 miles [4 km] N. of Cannon Hill Airstrip, monsoon rain-forest, small tree 2.4 m high, fruit green, 9.ii. 1973, Martensz AE8I2 (NT 38652, DNA 6200); Cannon Hill, 12° 22' S., 132° 56' E., at base of sandstone outcrop, sandy soil, small tree, xi. 1976, G. Miles s.n. (DNA, K); East Alligator River, 12° 29' S.. 133° 03' E.. sandy soil, edge of creek with Tristania lactiflua, slender tree 3 m high, wood aromatic, 15. ii. 1973, Dunlop 3235 (NT 41542, DNA 7741). When describing Croton habrophyllus (now reduced to C. armstrongii — see page
226 224) in 1976, I referred to Byrnes 2833 as possibly representing a slightly divergent local population of that species. Having now examined further collections of the Byrnes entity from the Cannon Hill area, and having seen both it and typical C. habrophyllus in the field, I am satisfied that it merits taxonomic recognition. It represents yet another micro-species in the critical section Gymnocroton. The most obvious feature is the almost complete glabrescence of the plant (except when very young). The apical petiolar glands are variable, but when long-stipitate and well distant from the base of the lamina they are striking. Further gatherings must show whether other characters (e.g. staminal number) show constant differences. Croton capitis-york Airy Shaw, sp. nov. C. wassi-kussae Croiz. et C. insulari Baill. affinis, sed floribus o sessilibus vel subsessilibus differt., aC. insulari praeterea foliis plerumque majoribus et tenerioribus distinctus. Typus: Queensland, Silver Plains Holding, 1973, Stocker 1077 (QRS, holotypus). Frutex 1.5-3. 5 m altus, ramulis teretibus laevibus 2-4 mm crassis dense minute ochraceo-lepidotisraropatenti-pilosulis.Fo//a elliptica usque fere oblonga, 5-16 cmlonga, 4- 6 cm lata, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, apice breviter acuminata vel abrupte obtuse cuspidata, ipso apice obtuso vel interdum acuto, margine integro vel obscure sinuato anguste reflexo vel rarius piano, tenuiter vel firme chartacea, siccitate viridula vel brunnescentia, supra dissite ochraceo-stellato-lepidotula; costa gracilis, supra fere plana, subtus prominens; nervi primarii laterales gracillimi, 8-1 1-jugi, late patuli, prope marginem arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, aut primariis sub-paralleli aut laxe reticulati; petiolus gracilis, 1-5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, supra alte canaliculatus, dense ochraceo-lepidotulus, apice glandulas binas laterales conspicuas breviter stipitatas gerens; stipulae non visae, forsan obsoletae. Inflorescentiae (juniores tantum visae) terminates, interrupte spicatae, usque 8 cm longae. dimidio inferiore nudae vel usque ad basin floriferae, rhachi pro rata robusta dense minute lepidotula. Flores alabastro tantum visi: masculi sepalis 5 petalis 5 spatulatis staminibus circiter 10, feminei sepalis 5 crassiusculis petalis 5 vestigialibus minutissimis triangularibus fimbriatis ovario triloculari dense piloso stylis 3 bis bifidis instructi. Queensland. Cook District — Bamaga Mission, 1 1 .2 km SW of Cape York, east to mill and beyond, 1 1° T S , 142° 3 'E., stony red hill, shrub 0.9-3. 6~ m high, 24.x. 1965, L.S. Smith 12393', 8 kmN. of crossing on Massey Creek, on road between Silver Plains Station and Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 29' E., in evergreen vine thicket 5- 6 m with emergents to 15 m usually also evergreen, notably Eugenia banksii & Eugenia sp. (nov.?) but an occasional deciduous species, notably Terminalia sericocarpa , ‘soil ’ is fine white sand with dark stained topsoil, alt 70 m x 1969, Webb & Traces 9740 (NSW); Temple Bay Yards, 12° 20' S. , 143° 05' E., monsoon forest, alt. 40 m, 1 7 . ix . 1 976, Hyland 8971 (QRS); Hann Creek Watershed, 12°27'S., 142° 56' E., monsoon forest, alt. 150 m shrub 4 m tall, 19. ix. 1976. Hvland 9021 (QRS, K); West Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., dry rain-forest alt 100 m,shrub2 m tall, 29.vi. 1972, Hyland 6170 (QRS, K); Silver Plains Holding, between Rocky River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S., 143° 28' E., dry rain-forest, bush 1.5 m high, 13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1077 (holotype, QRS). var. pilosus Airy Shaw, var. nov. , . _ Ramulis petiolis costa nervis inflorescentiis patentim pilosis distincta. Typus: Queensland, Temple Bay Outstation, 1976, Hyland 8995 (QRS, holotypus). Queensland. Cook District — Olive River, 12° 10' S., 143°05' E., low forest/heath, alt. 10 m, shrub 1-2 m tall, \35x.\914, Hvland 7449 (QRS); 2 km south of Temple Bay Outstation, 12°22'S., 143°05' E., vine thicket, alt. 20 m, shrub 10 m tall, 17. ix. 1976, Hyland 8995 (holotype, QRS). The peltate scales of this plant give a pale green sheen to the lower surface of the leaves, without the pinkish tinge that is usually present in C. insularis. The leaves are also larger and thinner in texture than in that species. The variety pilosus seems to make an approach towards C . densivestitus White & Francis (C . pubens Domin), but in that species the hairs are strictly fasciculate, without any lepidote base. It is probably even closer to C. wassi-kussae var. stocked (p. 229, below) which has a very dense tomentose indumentum arising out of a dense lepidote covering. The var .pilosus is, in fact, somewhat intermediate between C. wassi-kussae var. stocked and typical C. capitis-york, and it is perhaps significant that the two last-named taxa were collected by G.C. Stocker on the same day , within a short distance of each other ( Stocker 1076 & 1077). The Croton populations in the area concerned would repay closer investigation.
1 227 Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb & Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice
224
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a
southerly extension of range for that species.
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976).
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345).
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected.
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land,
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas.
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus.
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington,
Armstrong s.n. (BM).
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K).
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886,
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n.
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44'
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI).
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972).
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p.
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii.
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus).
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin.
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta;
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli,
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato-
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse
1 227 Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb & Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice
237 Codiaeum Bl. (P. & H. 193) Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, C. brachypus Airy Shaw. Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax & Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark probably applies to stamen-number. A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. Dimorphocalyx Thw. (P. & H. 195) Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 228-229".
I 229 Northern Territory (modem collections). East Arm. Darwin, tall open forest, edge of mangrove, lateritic red soil, tall shrub, light grey persistent bark, smooth, 2.xi. 1 965 , Palzer FRI 14793 (QRS); Mt. Bundy Mine area, 12° 52' S. , 131° 38' E., among granite boulders, shrub ± 3.5 m, 13.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 942 (NT 14693, DNA D1911); Ibid., shrub ± 4.5 m, 9.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 1204 (NT 14805, DNA D2130). These are the first modern gatherings that I have seen of this rarely collected species, originally described from the Upper Victoria River. Croton tomentellus F. Muell., var. Queensland. Burke District — 9 km E. of Lawn Hill Homestead, 18° 37’ S., 138° 40' E., limestone outcrop about I km S. of road, fragmented deciduous vine thicket, v.1970, Webb & Tracey 10637 (BR1, CANB). Leaves ovate, up to 8 x 3 cm, rounded at base, shortly acutely acuminate, densely minutely adpressed-stellate-pubescent beneath, margin almost entire; young growth densely ochraceous-stellate. Croton sp. nov.? aff. C. tomentellus F. Muell. Western Australia. Kimberleys — Bushfire Hill, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 28' S., 125° 39' E., in basaltic loam on slope, in open woodland, 1 4. viii . 1974, A.S. George 12282 (BRI, PERTH). Leaves large, ovate, 13-28 x 9-11 cm, gradually narrowed to the apex, shallowly, inconspicuously and obtusely serrulate, densely minutely whitish-stellate beneath and softly puberulous from the erect central rays, glabrous above, drying ochraceous. Croton wassi-kussae Croiz. in J. Arnold Arbor. 3: 375 (1942). var. stockeri Airy Shaw, var. nov. Pube dense tomentosa valde distincta. Queensland. Cook District — Old sand dune between Rocky River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S. . 143° 25' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 80 m, bush about 2.5 m high, flowers cream, scarcely opening, buds in F.A.A., 13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1076 (QRS, holotype; NSW, K, isotypes). This is close toC. wassi-kussae Croiz., described from Papua, even to the definitely cordate-based leaves and rather few main nerves incised on the upper surface. With the narrow specific distinctions that seem usual in Croton it is not impossible that this taxon should be given specific rank, but until more is known of the local population 1 prefer for the present to draw attention to it as a well-marked variety. The dense tomentum gives it a very distinct appearance. Croton sp. nov.? Northern Territory. Gulf of Carpentaria — Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E., limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 1 7. vii. 1 972, Dunlop M327 (NT 38939). This is a sterile branch which I cannot match with any known species. The leaves are rather large, ovate, 9-14 cm long, 5-7.5 cm wide, rounded to very broadly cuneate at the base, narrowed to a subobtuse apex but not acuminate, thinly chartaceous or submem- branaceous, smooth, virtually glabrous when mature, pale greyish green when dry, 5-nerved at the base, with 8-9 pairs of slender patulous laterals, the margin subentire; petiole elongate, 4-7 cm long, 1-2 mm thick, terete, sparsely minutely white-lepidote; apical 5 mm slightly darker in colour, as though pulvinate, but not thickened; apical glands small, lateral, sessile; young parts very minutely and densely whitish-stellate-lepidote. This probably represents an undescribed species and should be looked for by any future collector on the island. Croton sp. nov. Queensland. Cook District — Archer River, 13°25'S., 142° 10' E., gallery forest, all. 30 m, small tree 6 m tall, with a spicy or peppery odour in the blaze, 16. ix. 1974, Hyland 7579 (QRS). The material consists of leafy branchlets only, without flower or fruit, but is distinctive for the rather narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic outline of the larger leaves, which reach a size of over 13 x 4.5 cm, and for the deep almost chocolate-brown stellate indumentum of
432 Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. See Ciclospermum /eptophyllum. Arthrocnemum arbusculum (R.Br.) Moq. See Pachycornia arbuscula. Russia biflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus biflorus. Russia biflora var. cephalocarpa (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Dissocar- pus biflorus var. cephalocarpa. Russia birchii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena birchii. Russia brachyptera (F. Muell). R. H. Anderson. See Sclerochlamys brachyp- tera. Ra.ssia caput-casuarii J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena caput-casuarii. Russia diacaniha (Nees) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena diacantha. Russia divaricata (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena divaricata. Russia intricata R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena intricata in New Rec- ords— Indigenous Plants. Russia obliquicuspis R. F(. Anderson. See Sclerolaena obliquicuspus. Russia paradoxa (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus paradoxa. Ra.ssia parviflora R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena parviflora. Ra.ssia patenticuspis R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena palenticuspus. Ra.ssia quinquecuspis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena muricata. Russia quinquecuspis var. villosa (Benth.) R. H. Anderson. See Scler- olaena muricata var. villosa. Russia ramsayae J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena ramsayae. Russia stelligera (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Stelligera endecaspinis. Russia tricuspis (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena tri- cuspis. Russia uniflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena uniflora. Rlakeochloa paradoxa (R.Br.) Veldkemp, Taxon 29: 296(1980). Basionym: Danlhonia paradoxa R.Br. Synonym: Plinthanthesis paradoxa (R.Br.) S. T. Blake. See Danthonia. Caladenia carnea R.Br. See C. catenata. Caladenia carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. Rogers. See C. catenata var. gigantea. Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916: 611(1917). Basionym: Arethusa catenata Sm. Exot. Bot. t. 104 (1804-06). Synonym: C. carnea R. Br., teste W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 106(1980). Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce var. gigantea (R. S. Rogers) W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 133(1980). Synonym: C. carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. Rogers. Caladenia huegelii Reichenb.f. var. reticulata (R. D. FitzG.) J. Z. Weber & R. Bates in J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 397(1978). Synonym: C. reticulata R. D. FitzG. See R. Bates in Native Orchid Soc. S. Aust. J. 3: 16(1979). Caladenia reticulata R. D. FitzG. See. C. huegelii var. reticulata. Ciclospermum leptophyllum (Pers.) Sprague, J. Bot. 1923, 61: 131 in obs. (as Cyclospermum). Synonym: Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. teste Short, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 1: 205, 206, 233(1979). Cyperus hamulosus Bieb., FI. Taur.-Caucasica 1: 35(1808). Synonym: Scirpus hamulosus (Bieb.) Steven. See Raynal, Adansonia, ser. 2, 6: 581-88(1967). Cyperus Ihotskyanus Boeck., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 5: 498(1884). Synonym: C. rutilans(C. B. Clarke) Maiden et Betche. See K. Wilson, Telopea 1: 464(1980). Cyperus rutilans (C. B. Clarke) Maiden & Betche. See C. Ihotskyanus Boeck. Danthonia Lam. & DC. Pending a revision of the genus Danthonia on a worldwide basis it seems best to continue to use this name for the 24 species that Willis (1970) placed in Danthonia and the additional species (D. monticola Vickery) which is recorded for Victoria on p. 430 of this paper. Studies by Zotov (1963) and Blake (1962) showed proposals for a number of new names to be ap- plied to 12 of these species and the situation was summarized in the first number of this Conspectus (Todd 1979: 188). Since then two major papers have been published on this subject.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 237-238".
220 Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. (P. & H. 53) Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may deserve taxonomic recognition. Choriceras Baill. (P. & H. 53/a) Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime
213 Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields and a caravan park. This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). Securinega Juss. (P. & H. 27) Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for further synonymy. Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 (1902). Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the Bowen River and Rockhampton. Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 208-209".
significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory evidence from further gatherings. Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to see further material before making a formal reduction. Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. (MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 (MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). See note under G. apodogynum , above. Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 (MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 (QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). The most southerly known locality for the species so far. Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, [Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088
significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory evidence from further gatherings. Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to see further material before making a formal reduction. Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. (MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 (MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). See note under G. apodogynum , above. Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 (MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 (QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). The most southerly known locality for the species so far. Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, [Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088
significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory evidence from further gatherings. Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to see further material before making a formal reduction. Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. (MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 (MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). See note under G. apodogynum , above. Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 (MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 (QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). The most southerly known locality for the species so far. Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, [Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088
significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory evidence from further gatherings. Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to see further material before making a formal reduction. Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. (MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 (MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). See note under G. apodogynum , above. Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 (MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 (QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). The most southerly known locality for the species so far. Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, [Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 209-210".
Glochidion pruinosum Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
Inter G. ferdinandi (Muell. Arg) F.M. Bailey etG. pungens Airy Shaw quasi medium tenens, sed foliis
subtus conspicue glauco-pruinosis supra opacis nec nitidis ab utroque recedit; a G. pungente praeterea
flore ?minore stylo breviore graciliore lobis divaricatis manifeste differt. Typus: Queensland. Hyland
7064 (K, holotypus; QRS, isotypus).
Frutex vel arbor parva, ramulis glabris {Hyland 7064 ) vel breviter adpresse fulvo-
puberulis (Saver 129). Folia elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 4-9 cm longa, 2-4 cm lata, basi
late cuneata vel subrotundata, ima basi in petiolum brevissime decurrentia, apice breviter
vel brevissime acutata et saepe acutissime mucronata, margine integro piano vel angustis-
sime reflexo, firme chartacea, glabra, laevia, siccitate supra olivaceo-brunnea vel fusca,
subtus conspicue glaucescentia vel purpurascenti-pruinosa; costa modice gracilis, subtus
prominula, supra vix elevata vel sulco tenui percursa; nervi laterales 6-8-jugi, gracillimi,
late arcuato-patuli, contra glaucedinem conspicui, prope marginem diffuse anas-
tomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxe reticulati; petiolus 2-4 mm longus, 1 mm
crassus, glaber; stipulae anguste subulatae, acutissimae, 2-3 mm longae. Inflorescentiae
axillares, valde pauciflorae. Flos 6 pedicello usque 8 mm longo glabro suffultus. Tepala
exteriora late elliptica, 2-3 mm longa, 1 .75 mm lata, obtusa. interiora aequilonga sed
angustiora, 1.5 mm lata, omnia carnosula, glabra. Stamina 3, antheris oblongis 1 mm.
longis, connectivis subulatis erectis conspicuis 0.5-0. 6 mm longis. Flos 9 pedicello cras-
siore glabro ( Hyland ) vel puberulo (Saver) 2-3 mm longo suffultus. Tepala ovata, 1.5-
2 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta, glabra, dorso (praesertim infeme) carinata, crassius-
cula, erecta, apice leviter divaricata. Ovarium globosum, 1-1.5 mm diametro, glabrum.
Stylus 2 mm longus, 0.5 mm crassus, glaber, apice in segmenta (4-)5(-6) angusta 0.5-
1 mm longa acuta primum erecta serius divaricata divisus. Capsula 5-6-locularis, depresse
pulviniformis, 10-13 mm diametro, 7-8 mm alta, adspectu inflata, late rotundato-lobata,
glabra, loculis saepe distincte carinatis, vertice profunde intruso, stylo in vertice persistente
lobis demum erectis, pedicello gracili 5-6 mm longo puberulo (Saver)', semina (immatura?)
triquetra, 4 mm longa, dorso rotundata.
Queensland. Cook District — N.P.R. 164 Thornton Peak. 16° 10' S.. 145° 20' E., montane rain-forest
bordering on heath, alt. 1260 m, shrub or small tree, 13. xi. 1973, Hyland 7064 (type); Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt.
1560 m, tree 35 ft [ 10.5 m], 12 in [30 cm] diam., 1887.5ayer 129 (MEL).
Herbarium material of this montane plant attracts attention by the whitish or purplish
pruinosity of the leaf-undersurface. It is, however, obviously closely related toG. pungens,
having the same sharply pointed leaf-apex and a similar tendency for the lamina to be folded
along the line of the midrib. The female flower with its conspicuously exserted style is
midway in size between those of G. pungens and G. ferdinandii .
The two collections cited, from Thornton Peak and Mt. Bellenden-Ker, are not quite
identical, the former being entirely glabrous but the latter having puberulous branchlets and
female pedicels. Further collections are needed to show the extent of variation in the species
and also to assess the relationship of the plant to G. ferdinandii vav.pubens Maiden ex Airy
Shaw (Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976)) and G. hylandii Airy Shaw (l.c.: 347).
Glochidion cf. sessiliflorum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 350 (1976).
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 146, Tableland Logging Area, 15°45'S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt.
660 m, tree, tunk 50 cm d.b.h., buttressed, fluted; bark tessellated, flaky, 9. vii. 1975, Hyland 3221 RFK (QRS,
K); R 1073, Rooty Logging Area, 16° 40' S., 145° 30' E., rain-forest, alt. 440 m, tree, 40 cm d.b.h., fissured,
tesellated and flaky bark; buttresses present; dead bark layered, 2.iii. 1976, Hyland 3392 RFK &3393 RFK (QRS,
K); State Forest Reserve 251 , Charmillin Logging Area, 17° 40' S. , 145° 30' E.. clearing in rain-forest, alt. 750 m,
shrub 3 m tall; flowers cream; fruit greenish yellow, some with pink suffusions, 29. ix. 1976 .Dockrilt 1271 (QRS,
K). North Kennedy District — Sea View Range, fine small tree 20 to 30 feet high, fruit white, foliage dark green,
31.v. 1864, Dallachy 23 (MEL); Ibid, small tree; fine light green foliage; flower small, yellow, does not dry well;
no seed, 10. xi. 1864, Dallachy 31 (MEL).
Dallachy’s gatherings were no doubt subsumed by Bentham under his all-embracing
Phyllanthus ferdinandii .
The above collections from an area extending from Cooktown to south of Ingham,
differ from the type ofG. sessiliflorum (Hyland 7805 , Claudie River, Cape York Peninsula)
in possessing a distinct pedicel to the female flower, almost 5 mm long in Dockrill 1271 . In
the dried state the foliage assumes a rather characteristic dark, smooth, oily green, which is
15520/79-3
212 not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 ( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] (1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 5-loculari dignoscendum. Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 (NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at
214 Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. Margaritaria L.f. (P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). Phyllanthus L. (P. & H. 29) Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), synon. nov. The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), in obs. Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles [30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm.
238 Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 2019 (BRI). Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). Endospermum Benth. (P. & H. 234) Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II (1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was originally described from eastern New Guinea. Omphalea L. (P. & H. 237) Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best be tested from observation of living plants in the field. Homalanthus Juss. (P. & H. 241) Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), non Grah. In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay ( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be H. populifolius . Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 285-293".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 285-293".
235
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W.
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI.
Austr. 1: 270 (1863).
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the
Australian species of Grewia.
Alchornea Sw.
(P. & H. 136)
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976).
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL).
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)).
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886
Persieh 832 (MEL).
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var.
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank.
Cleidion Bl.
(P. & H. 156)
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976).
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962,
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973'
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI).
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District.
Macaranga Thou.
(P. & H. 157)
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) &
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’
(herb. F. Muell . !)”.
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type)
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in
Australia.
1 5 520/79— 5
236 Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 1976, l.c., was collected. Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten in K. Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander (MEL). Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (K). Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Acalypha L. (P. & H. 158) Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden plant.
236 Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 1976, l.c., was collected. Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten in K. Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander (MEL). Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (K). Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Acalypha L. (P. & H. 158) Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden plant.
236 Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 1976, l.c., was collected. Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten in K. Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander (MEL). Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (K). Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Acalypha L. (P. & H. 158) Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden plant.
232 Mallotus Lour. (P. & H. 125) Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 (1866). Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 ( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 (1914). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District — near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 (1862), nomen. Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., non F. Muell. 1863. Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non (Willd.) Muell. Arg. The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this
236 Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 1976, l.c., was collected. Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten in K. Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander (MEL). Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (K). Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). Acalypha L. (P. & H. 158) Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden plant.
232 Mallotus Lour. (P. & H. 125) Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 (1866). Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 ( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 (1914). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District — near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 (1862), nomen. Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., non F. Muell. 1863. Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non (Willd.) Muell. Arg. The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 232-233".
232 Mallotus Lour. (P. & H. 125) Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 (1866). Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 ( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 (1914). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District — near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 (1862), nomen. Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., non F. Muell. 1863. Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non (Willd.) Muell. Arg. The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this
233 species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this species. Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 391 (1976), q.v. Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9061 (QSR). The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet been recorded. Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood s.n. (MEL, K). Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet [9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail region are asked to watch for the plant. None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 233-234".
233 species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this species. Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 391 (1976), q.v. Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9061 (QSR). The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet been recorded. Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood s.n. (MEL, K). Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet [9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail region are asked to watch for the plant. None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 234-235".
214 Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. Margaritaria L.f. (P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). Phyllanthus L. (P. & H. 29) Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), synon. nov. The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), in obs. Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles [30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm.
231
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form.
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum,
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles.
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw
(P. & H. 105/a)
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966).
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL).
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976).
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL):
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5.
Johnson s.n. (MEL).
Claoxylon Juss.
(P. & H. 119)
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2):
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax &
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914).
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866).
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m,
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub,
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS).
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea.
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of
range:
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511.
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm.
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying
field notes.
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111.
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI);
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white,
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16°
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974,
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI).
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu-
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland
6197 , Iron Range).
239
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845.
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale,
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S.,
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2).
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest,
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144.
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel-
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius .
Monotaxis Brongn.
(P. & H. 282)
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun-
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus).
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata,
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen-
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm.
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato-
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel-
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap-
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba,
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col-
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida,
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo
albido praedita.
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E.,
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973,
Lazarides 7774.
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 .
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn.
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis.
239
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845.
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale,
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S.,
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2).
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest,
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144.
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel-
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius .
Monotaxis Brongn.
(P. & H. 282)
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov.
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun-
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus).
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata,
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen-
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm.
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato-
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel-
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap-
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba,
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col-
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida,
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo
albido praedita.
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E.,
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973,
Lazarides 7774.
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 .
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn.
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 217-218".
238 Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 2019 (BRI). Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). Endospermum Benth. (P. & H. 234) Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II (1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was originally described from eastern New Guinea. Omphalea L. (P. & H. 237) Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best be tested from observation of living plants in the field. Homalanthus Juss. (P. & H. 241) Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), non Grah. In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay ( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be H. populifolius . Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta,
218 type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped together near the apex of the leaf. Petalostigma F. Muell. (P. & H. 49) Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit.
218 type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped together near the apex of the leaf. Petalostigma F. Muell. (P. & H. 49) Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit.
218 type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped together near the apex of the leaf. Petalostigma F. Muell. (P. & H. 49) Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit.
218 type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped together near the apex of the leaf. Petalostigma F. Muell. (P. & H. 49) Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . Aust. 3: 47 (1975). Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 218-219".
219 Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest Petalostigma that I had ever seen. Austrobuxus Miq. (P. & H. 52) Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the intervening area. Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 29: 308 (1974), in clavi. Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 15520 / 79-4
216 Phyllanthus (§ ?) brassii C.T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 1935 , 47: 81 (1936). Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin State Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 30' S., 151° 30' E., rain-forest, alt. 400 m, shrub 1.5 m high, flowers [ d] red. 14. iv. 1974, Monteith in Moriarty 1976 (QRS). This is a remarkable range extension for a species that has hitherto been regarded as an endemic confined to the summit of Thornton Peak, about 65 km north of Mossman, in Cook District. The ample material (5 sheets) seems to agree with the type perfectly. Phyllanthus brassii is not closely related to any other Australian (or New Guinea) species, but shows probable affinity with some from New Caledonia, e.g. P. aeneus Baill., P. francii Guillaum., P. baladensis Baill. Phyllanthus (§?) sauropodoides Airy Shaw, sp. nov. Forsan ex affinitate remotiore P. caesii Airy Shaw & Webster et P. verrucicaulis Airy Shaw (novo- guineensium), sed foliis chartaceis multo minoribus usque 6 x 2.8 cm tantum, staminibus liberis, capsula usque 6 mm diametro, sepalis femineis persistentibus longe distat. Typus: Queensland, Bulburin Forest, A.C. Robinson 27AI (BRI. holotypus). Frutex vel arbor, statura ignota, ramulis teretibus vel junioribus interdum distincte complanatis 1-3 mm. crassis laevissimis glaberrimis foliosis. Folia elliptica vel ovata, 3.5-10.5 cmlonga, 1.5-4. 2 cm lata, basi late cuneata, apice brevissime acute caudata, ipso apice aristato-mucronato, margine integerrimo piano, chartacea, laevia, glaberrima, sicci- tate opaca, obscure viridia vel juniora subtus leviter rubescentia; costa gracillima, subtus vix prominula, supra tenuiter insculpta; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 5-6-jugi, acute adscen- dentes; nervi minores ornnino immersi; petiolus 3-4 mm longus, gracillimus, glaber; stipulae triangulares, 2-3 mm longae, acutae, conspicue ochraceo-marginatae et brevissime fimbriatae. Inflorescentiae numerosae, axillares, multiflorae, plerumque mere masculae sed interdum flore singulo femineo comitatae, biacteis numerosis minutis brunneis scariosis confertis. Flos 6 pedicello filiformi usque 6 mm longo glabro suffultus. Sepala 5, subor- bicularia, 1 .5-2 mm diametro, integra, membranacea, valde imbricata. Disci glandulae 5, cum sepalis altemantes, majusculae, subglobosae, valde lacunosae, interdum supeme cuspidatulae. Stamina 5, oppositisepala, libera, erecta, filamentis brevibus crassiusculis, antheris extrorsis ovoideis demum oblique deorsum spectantibus. Flos 9 in inflorescentia semper solitarius, pedicello robustioregestusprimum vix 1 cm. longo statu fructifero usque 2.2 cm accrescente. Sepala 5, suborbicularia vel late spatulata, 2.5 mm longa et lata, breviter unguiculata, firme herbacea, glabra. Discus interrupte annularis, 0.5 mm altus, herbaceus vel submembranaceus, margine leviter erosulus. Ovarium subglobosum, 1.5 mm diametro, glabrum, in stylum robustum 0.5 mm longum desinens, stylo apice breviter 3-ramoso, ramis divaricatis truncatis. Capsula pedicello usque 2.2 cm longo sursum incrassato suffulta, depresse globosa, 6-7 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, laevis, glaber, stylo persistente. Semina triquetra, 3 mm longa, 2 mm crassa, laevia vel dorso levissime longitudinaliter striatula, ochracea, minute brunneo-notata. Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 31' S. , 151° 28' E., Site No. 27A, 1 1 .i. 1975, A.C. Robinson 27A1 (holotype, BRI) (voucher for plant material collected in connection with rat-trapping) . The extent to which this plant mimics some of the smaller-leaved forms of Sauropus macranthus Hassk. is quite remarkable. The mimicry is not confined to the foliage but extends also to the conspicuous pale-margined stipules and the long-pedicelled female flowers and fruits with large persistent unguiculate sepals. But the male flpwers are simple Phyllanthus flowers, with none of the specialisations of Sauropus , and the style-branches are extremely simple structures, not the coiled ramshoms of Sauropus. I believe I am right in suggesting an affinity with the two New Guinea species mentioned above. (For an illustration ofP. caesius see Hook. Icon. PI. 38: t. 3704 (1974)). There is much similarity in the type of venation, and the male flowers, apart from the free condition of the stamens, are almost identical. The large lacunose disk-glands recall those in many species of sect. Nymania. It seems surprising that a species with such northern affinities should occur so far south in Queensland. The occurrence of P. sauropodoides and P. brassii (q.v.) in Bulburin State Forest suggests that the flora there may show peculiar features which would be worth closer investigation.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 214-215".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 215-216".
212 not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 ( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] (1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 5-loculari dignoscendum. Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 (NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at
213 Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields and a caravan park. This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). Securinega Juss. (P. & H. 27) Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for further synonymy. Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 (1902). Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the Bowen River and Rockhampton. Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 213-214".
A NEW SPECIES OF TEMPLETONIA ( PAPILIONACE AE) FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by J.H. ROSS* INTRODUCTION An account of the genus Templetonia is being prepared for the Flora of Central Australia and this opportunity is taken of describing a very distinctive new species which occurs in Western Australia. DESCRIPTION Templetonia incana J.H. Ross, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ah omnibus speciebus dense incano-pubescentes, foliis magniis sintplicibus, stipulis conspicuis differt. Frutex usque ad 3 m altus, inermis; ramuli juveniles, folia, stipuli et calyces dense et persisenter incano- pubescentes. Folia simplicia; petiolus 0.6- 1.6 cm longus; lamina 2. 5-7. 5 cm longa, 1 .2-2.6 cm lata, elliptica, ovata vel elliptica-oblonga, apice rotundata vel obtusa, apiculata, costa et nerviis lateralibus subtus satis obviis. Stipulae conspicuae, 4-11 mm longae, 2.5-6 mm latae, dense et persisenter incano-pubescentes. Flore axillares, solitarii vel gemini; pedicelli usque ad 1.5 cm longi, persisentes incano-pubescentes; bracteae ad basim pedicellorum usque ad 6 x 1 .2 mm; bracteolae usque ad 5 mm longae, caducae. Calyx 5-dentatus, usque ad 17 mm longus. Corolla ruber; vexillum suborbiculare, usque ad 24 mm longum; carina et alae usque ad 24 mm longae, unguiculatae. Stamina 10; filamenta in columnam antice fissam connata. Ovarium usque ad 9 mm longum, glabrum. Legumina haud matura, oblonga, 1.7-2. 5 cm longa, 0.9- 1.2 cm lata. Semina ignota. Shrub to 3 m high with several slender sparingly branched stems or a solitary much branched stem; young branchlets, leaves, stipules and inflorescences clothed with a dense greyish velvety indumentum; stems terete, unarmed, the epidermis on the older stems sometimes splitting to reveal a greenish-yellow or yellowish-brown inner layer. Leaves simple, petiolate: petiole 0.6-1 .6 cm long; lamina (2.5) 3-7.5 cm long! (1.2) 1.5-2. 6 cm wide, elliptic, ovate or elliptic-oblong, apex rounded or obtuse to slightly emarginate, apiculate, the midrib and some of the lateral veins raised and conspicuous on the lower surface. Stipules paired, conspicuous, 4- 1 1 x 2.5-6 mm, variable in shape, obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong, acute apically or apiculate, densely clothed with spreading hairs Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, borne on pedicels 0.7-1. 5 cm long, the pedicels densely clothed with spreading hairs; each pedicel with a basal, narrow-ovate, densely pubescent bract up to 6 x 1.2 mm and an apical pair of deciduous linear densely pubescent bracteoles up to 5.5 mm long, the bracteoles often shed shortly after the flower-buds open, the point of attachment of the bracteoles marked after their fall by a fringe of spreading hairs. Flower- buds completely enveloped by a dense indumentum. Calyx 5-lobed, up to 17 mm long, clothed with a dense indumentum of spreading hairs, the two upper lobes broader than the others, the lowest narrowest. Standard suborbicular, emarginate, red but variable, either red throughout or sometimes pale cream outside in upper half and/or yellowish basally, up to 24 mm long including a claw up to 6 mm long, up to 22 mm wide; wings up to 24 mm long including a claw up to 5 mm long, up to 10 mm wide, distinctly auricled; keel petals lightly united, pale green (fide A.S. George 14730), up to 24 mm long including a claw up to 5 mm long, up to 8 mm wide, distinctly auricled. Stamens 10, up to 24 mm long, the fdaments joined in a sheath split open on one side, anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed. Ovary up to 9 mm long, glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style slender, curved, with a small terminal stigma. Immature pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 1.7-2. 5 cm long, 0.9-1. 2 cm wide, with an acute lateral beak near the apex; valves coriaceous, glabrous. Seeds unknown. ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. Muelleria 4(3): 247-249 (1980). 247
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
431
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become
naturalized.
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran-
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL).
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX,
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson,
30.ix.l969 (MEL).
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae.
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959,
5.x. 1950 (MEL).
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym:
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844).
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)).
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979
(MEL).
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn.
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria
4: 285-293(1980).
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel-
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL).
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae.
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A.
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL).
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979).
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach,
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL).
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other
taxonomists.
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa.
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy-
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology,
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978).
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con-
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v.
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813).
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813),
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979).
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti-
tuents.
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
402
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone.
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base
of granite rocks at Roe Dam.
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un-
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been
found growing together.
Chrysocoryne Endl.
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re-
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that
state.
C.drumrrondii •
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding
species \\iih solid symbols.
Drainage basins in Western Australia:
1 . Murchison Di\ ision
2. Luicia Division
.V Monger System
4. Avon System
5. Blackwood System
6. South Coast System
402
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone.
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base
of granite rocks at Roe Dam.
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un-
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been
found growing together.
Chrysocoryne Endl.
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re-
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that
state.
C.drumrrondii •
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding
species \\iih solid symbols.
Drainage basins in Western Australia:
1 . Murchison Di\ ision
2. Luicia Division
.V Monger System
4. Avon System
5. Blackwood System
6. South Coast System
402
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone.
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base
of granite rocks at Roe Dam.
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un-
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been
found growing together.
Chrysocoryne Endl.
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re-
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that
state.
C.drumrrondii •
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding
species \\iih solid symbols.
Drainage basins in Western Australia:
1 . Murchison Di\ ision
2. Luicia Division
.V Monger System
4. Avon System
5. Blackwood System
6. South Coast System
434 Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit (more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 (Sept. /Dec. 1977). Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these conclusions). Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to L. ovata Edgar. Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978).
434 Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit (more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 (Sept. /Dec. 1977). Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these conclusions). Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to L. ovata Edgar. Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978).
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
A NEW SPECIES OF GREVILLEA (PROTEACEAE) FROM VICTORIA by R. V. Smith* SUMMARY Grevillea floripendula, a new species from a restricted area north of Beaufort in central-western Victoria is described, and its affinities with several related species discussed. Distribution and habitat notes are included. DESCRIPTION Grevillea floripendula R. V. Smith sp. nov. Frutex magnus effusus ad 1 m altusx3 m latus. Caules principes atque rami semi-prostrati vel decumbentes partibus infernis sed extrema ramulorum ± erecta. Partes caulium infernae mediaeque glabrae ad sparsim pubescentes, partes supernae dense pubescentes tomento pilorum ± patentium crispatorum tortorumve. Folia paulo remota, profunde dissecta in 5-7 lobis primariis oblongis quae 3-5 lobulos secundarios breves ± triangulares aculeatos ferunt. Lobae primariae secundariaeque foliorum de forma et amplitudine et numero valde variabiles. Folia matura clare viridia supra subnitentia vel glabra vel pilis parvis, crispatis tortisve, sparsim conspersa; infera pallide virens baud nitentia, pilis crispatis tortisve leniter conspersa. Florae racemis pendulis, secundis, 1-4 cm longis. Racemi teretos tenues ± glabros pedunculos 1-5 cm longos terminantes. Rachis racemi dense hirsuta. Bracteae florales vel ellipticae vel ovatae, vel ovato-rhombeae ad ovato-oblongae, (1.5-) 2-2.5 mm longae; planae, curvatae vel undulatae. Perianthium breve latumque, 5-6 mm longum (a medio tore ad summum arcum) extra dense hirsutum, pilis ± procumbentibus incanis; griseo-viride ad malvino-griseum nervis longitudinalibus malvinis vel purpureis; intra glabrum, interne viride vel flavo-malvinum vel malvinum etc. superne atropurpureum ad arcum perianthii. Torus valde obliquus, nectario prominente ± semi-annulari incrassato. Stipes 1.5-2. 5 mm longus. Ovarium prominente stipitatum, dense hirsutum pilis longis ferrugineis ± patulis, curvatis vel parum tortis. Stylus 7-9 mm longus, vivus pallide-flavus vel viridi-flavus vel roseus vel pallide ruber, siccitate nigrescente vel fuliginosus; glaber praeter basi ubi sparsim ad dense hirsutus. Fructus prominente stipitatus, 8-12 mm longus, 4-6 mm latus, extra dense hirsutus pilis mixtis brevioribus, rectioribus, ± procumbentibus atque multo longioribus, irregulatiter patentibus. Color principalis fructi griseus ad griseo-malvinus, cum vittis maculisve atropurpureis in superficiebus dorsalis lateralisque. Shrub 0.3-1 m high and 1 .5-3 m across. Main stems and branches semi-prostrate or decumbent. Lower and middle stems glabrous to sparsely pubescent, dark reddish or purplish-red; upper branches reddish, greyish-brown, or yellowish, becoming densely pubescent with a tomentum of whitish curled and twisted hairs. Tips of branches and young developing leaves pale ferruginous to reddish-purple. Leaves: petioles 3-5 (-8) mm long; blades broad- to oblong-triangular in outline, ± truncate to cuneate at the base, 1.5-4 cm longx 1.5-5 cm wide with length > to < width, ± deeply divided into 3-7 ± oblong primary lobes (0.5-)l-2(-2.5) cm long bearing 3-5 short ± triangular secondary lobes, each of which terminates in a short rigid slender prickle; lobing very variable. Upper surface of mature leaves bright green, sub- shiny, glabrous or with sparse, small, curled and twisted hairs; lower surface pale green, dull, sprinkled with similar hairs. Young leaves more strongly pubescent. Flowers in pendulous, secund, short and broad, occasionally somewhat elongated racemes (l-)2-3(-4) cm longx 2-3 cm wide, terminating a slender terete peduncle (l-)1.5-3(-5) cm long. Peduncle glabrous or occasionally sparsely pubescent, usually with a single bract arising from well above to well below its midpoint. Peduncle bent ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 4(4): 423-427 (1981). 423
434 Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit (more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 (Sept. /Dec. 1977). Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these conclusions). Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to L. ovata Edgar. Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978).
323 Pseudoparmelia labrosa (Zahlbr.) Hale, Phytologia 29: 190(1974). Phallus foliose, saxicolous, closely appressed to the substrate, pale grey to mineral grey, becoming darker or brownish-grey at the lobe ends; lobes rotund at the apices, up to 3 mm wide, imbricate, without cilia; upper surface shining, smooth to wrinkled, maculate, without isidia, sorediate; soredia originating from pustules, becoming pustular soraliate on the ridges and margins of the thallus; lower surface jet black, with dark brown, bare zone at the margins of the lobes, rhizinate; rhizines simple or dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. Reactions: Thallus K -i- yellow; medulla K - , C -I- red, KC -I- red, P - . Chemistry: Lecanoric acid, atranorin. Specimens Examined (Fig. 7): In small gorge 500 m east of Bauer Bay hut, on cliffs at edge of creek, R. D. Seppelt 9733, 8.1.1980 (MEL 1029370); Sandell Bay, R. D. Seppelt 9883, 4.11.1980 (MEL 1029372). Discussion: Parmelia labrosa differs from the other small-lobed grey Parmelia species in that the soredia originate from pustules, which eventually form pustulate soralia. It is the only Parmelia species as yet found on Macquarie Island which reacts C -f- red, containing lecanoric acid. Parmelia lusitaniensis R. Filson sp. nov. Thallus in substrato modice adhaerens, saxicolous et muscicolous; superficies superior laevis, pruinosa, sorediata, sorediis granularibus, soralia tandem pulvinata, insida et cilia nulla, medulla alba; superficies inferior nigra. Thallus atranorinum et acidum salacinicum continens. Holotype: Lusitania Bay, Macquarie Island, Rex Filson 5975 & Philip Atkinson, 10.ii.l964 (MEL 1023837). Thallus foliose, saxicolous and muscicolous, loosely attached to the substrate, forming rosettes up to 4.5 cm diam., pale buff to greyish-buff, becoming darker on older parts of the thallus; lobes rotund, crisped, imbricate, up to 6 mm wide, without cilia; upper surface dull, smooth, pruinose, without isidia, sorediose; soredia granular, laminal, developing from soralia to large pulvinate clumps; sometimes small colonies appear to be esorediose; lower surface jet black with a broad dark brown zone at the lobe ends; rhizines thick, black, simple or dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. Reactions: Thallus K-t- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming brownish orange, C - , KC - , P golden orange. Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. Fig. 5. Parmelia lusitaniensis. a — portion of thallus showing habit; b — marginal lobe; c — lobe showing pustular formation of soralia; d — undersurface; e — simple, dichotomous and fasciculate rhizines from the undersurface. All from holotype.
324 Discussion: The species is known only from the type collection. Morphologically Parmelia lusitaniensis is very similar to P. texana differing in the upper surface being smooth, less sorediate and becoming pruinose at the lobe ends. It can easily be separated from P. texana by the chemical reaction of KOH on the medulla. Parmelia macquariensis Dodge, Nova Hedwigia 19: 450(1970). Type: Macquarie Island, North Head, slope 150 ft, growing over mosses, N. M. Haysom Z98, 5.ii.l950 (holotype, herb. Dodge; isotype! MEL 1024379) (Fig. 1C). Phallus foliose, loosely to moderately attached to the substrate, pale whitish- grey to buff; lobes irregularly rotund, up to 12 mm wide, margins crenulate, slightly imbricate, ciliate; cilia black, simple, up to 1 mm long; upper surface dull, smooth at margins, becoming rugulose and cracked towards the centre, finely maculate, sometimes pruinose, without isidia, sorediate; soralia marginal, labriform, becom- ing dark grey to blackish-grey; lower surface black, shining, wrinkled, rhizinate; rhizines black, simple or dichotomous; margins bare, dark brown; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. Reactions: Thallus K-l- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming red to dirty brown, C - , KC - , P -t- orange. Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. Representative Specimens Examined (total seen 13, Fig. 7): 2 km north of Bauer Bay, on rock outcrops c. 6 m above the featherbed, R. Filson 5838, 28. i. 1964 (MEL 34976); Outcrops in the featherbed 1 km north of Aurora Point, R. Filson 6189 & R. Petersen, 20. ii. 1964 (MEL 1024222); Coastal cliffs 1 km south-east of Mount Aurora, R. D. Seppelt 7507, 16. i. 1980 (MEL 1026483); Camp Hill, Isthmus, K. Simpson E94, 19. iii. 1966 (MEL 1000276). Discussion: This species appears at first to be related to Parmelia reticulata Tayl.; however, the maculae are not reticulately arranged and they do not develop into pseudocyphellae. The rhizines are simple or dichotomous whereas those of P. reticulata are squarrosely branched. Parmelia phillipsiana R. Filson sp. nov. Thalius arete adnatus, saxicolus; superficies superior laevis, isidiata, isidiis cylindricis, ramosisque, coralloidibus, usque ad 2 mm longis, medulla alba; superficies inferior fusca ad centrum thalli nigrescens. Thallus acida continens: usnicum, sticticum, consticticum et norsticticum (vix adest). Holotype: Cliffs on the western side of Macquarie island, c. 1 km south of Double Point, R. Filson 5904 & J. Phillips, 3.ii.l964 (MEL 1024224). Thallus foliose, closely adnate to the substrate, up to 6 cm diam., pale yellowish-green with narrow brownish-black zone at the lobe margins; lobes narrow, rotund at the apices, 0.5 to 1 mm wide, contiguous, without cilia; upper surface smooth, slightly shining, sparsely maculate, without soredia, densely isidiate; isidia cylindrical, coralloid, small and simple near the margins, becoming taller (up to 2 mm) and branched towards the centre; lower surface dark brown to black with sparse simple rhizines right to the margins of lobes; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. Reactions: Medulla K-i- pale yellow, C — , KC-, P -I- brick-red. Chemistry: Stictic, constictic, usnic acids, trace of norstictic acid. Specimen Examined (Fig. 7): Northwest of Handspike Corner, R. D. Seppelt 7361, l.i.1980 (MEL 1029375).
431
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become
naturalized.
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran-
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL).
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX,
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson,
30.ix.l969 (MEL).
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae.
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959,
5.x. 1950 (MEL).
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym:
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844).
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)).
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979
(MEL).
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn.
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria
4: 285-293(1980).
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel-
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL).
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae.
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A.
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL).
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979).
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach,
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL).
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other
taxonomists.
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa.
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy-
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology,
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978).
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con-
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v.
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813).
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813),
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979).
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti-
tuents.
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
NEW SPECIES OF SCHOENUS (CYPERACEAE) AND TRITHURIA (HYDATELLACEAE) by D. A. Cooke* SUMMARY Two new species, Schoenus capillifolius from Western Australia and Trithuria lanterna from the Northern Territory, are described. The significance of the basicarpic habit of the former is discussed. DESCRIPTIONS Schoenus capillifolius D. A. Cooke sp. nov. Herba glabra annua subaquatica. Caulis brevissimus, suberectus in strato superiore substrati repetite ramificans caespes foliorum densi formans. Folia basales, vaginis apertis angustis scariosis sub-atropurpureis usque ad 3mm longis in laminis laxis filiformibus usque ad 10 cm longis 0.2 mm latis abrupte transientibus. Culmi nulli; spiculae sessiles in caespitibus foliorum ramos ultimos caulis terminans, solitariae uniflorae. Glumae 2 oppositae lineares subscariosae, tubum circum floscuium formandum arete vaginantes; externa 7-10 mm longa, interna vix brevior. Rhachilla nulla. Selae hypogynae 6 plumosae albae sericeae c. 3mm iongae, in situ saepe compactae intertextae circum ovarium tubi fundum basi complentes. Stamen 1 anticum, filamento capillario 7-12 mm longo; anthera pallida linearia c. 2 mm longa. Stylus tenuis c. 8 mm longus, glaber, cum ovario inarticulatus, stigmatis 3 brunneis filiformibus. Nux 1-1.3 mm longa, ovoidea turgida vix trigona, alba translucida fragilis, superficies ordinatione cellufosis hexagonis. Semen ovoideum 0.8 mm longum, testis laevi brunneis, endospermio albo farinaceo. Glabrous subaquatic annual herb. Stem very short, semi-erect within the upper substrate, repeatedly branching to form dense leaf tufts at surface level. Leaves basal, with narrow scarious somewhat atropurpureous open sheaths up to 3 mm long passing abruptly into lax filiform laminae up to 10 cm long by 0.2 mm wide. Culms absent, the spikelets sessile in the leaf tufts, solitary, 1 -flowered, terminating the ultimate branches of the stem. Glumes 2, opposite, linear, almost scarious, closely sheathing to form a tube around the floret; outer glume 7-10 mm long, the inner slightly shorter. Rhachilla absent. Hypogynous bristles 6, white silky plumose, c. 3 mm long, often packed and interwoven around the ovary to fill the expanded base of the tube. Stamen 1, anterior, with a capillary filament 7-12 mm long; anther pallid, linear, c. 2 mm long. Style slender, c. 8 mm long, glabrous, not articulate with the ovary, with 3 filiform stigmas. Nut 1-1.3 mm long, ovoid, turgid, scarcely trigonous, white-translucent, fragile, the faces with a hexagonal cell pattern. Seed ovoid, 0.8 mm long, with smooth brown testa and white farinaceous endosperm. Type Collection: Western Australia— Upper Swan, 11. xi. 1959, R. D. Royce 6148 (Holo: PERTH!) Also examined: Western Australia -EWen Brook Tortoise Reserve (J. B. Martyn), 30 km north of Midland, 10.xi.l978, G. J. Keighery 2456 (MEL 5703851!, PERTH). Distribution: Known only from seasonally flooded claypans along Ellen Brook north of Midland Junction, Darling District, Western Australia. *9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Mue//ma 4(4): 299-303 (1981). 299
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
413
APPENDIX 1
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc.
4: 228 (1852).
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852,
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl.
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905).
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853)
{‘Muellerianus)’.
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard.
Misc. 3: 177 (1851).
301 1950). Schoenus capillifotius, also native to a swamp habitat, has developed superficially similar basal spikelets with bisexual florets while scape development has been suppressed. In line with the strategy of atelechory the nut is not adapted as a resistant diaspore with a hard pericarp since it is retained where it is produced; the pericarp is rather fragile, liberating the seed when the whole spikelet breaks up. Two other Schoenus species from the Western Australian sand heaths which have solitary spikelets terminating reduced scapes (Blake, 1949) have developed basicarpy independently. Affinities: S. capillifolius may be placed in the section Helothrix Kiikenthal (1938), and is related to the aquatic S. natans (F. Muell.) Benth. and S. tenellus Benth. It resembles both species in its almost capillary foliage, reduced inflorescences, and herbaceous glumes, but differs in the greatly abbreviated stems and the one-flowered tubular spikelet. S. capillifolius is further distinguished from S. natans by the solitary stamen and glabrous, obscurely angled nut, and from S. tenellus by the presence of hypogynous setae. Trithuria lanterna D. A. Cooke sp. nov. Herba glabra annua rubescens caule brevissimo radicibus fibrosis. Folia basalia linearia 6-17 mm longa usque ad 0.8 mm lata, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capilula sessilia, pluria, unum- quidque flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-18, bracteis c. 4 herbaceis erectis angusto- lanceolatis 2-3 mm longis involucratum. Stamen anthero linear-elliptico purpurascente c. 0.7 mm longo, filamento c. 1 mm longo. Ovarium flosculi non v\d\. Fructus indehiscens, usque ad 0.4 mm longus 0.2 mm latus, ovoid-trigonus superflciebus 3 delicatis hyalinis inter costas 3 prominentes; in pedicello fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo; pilibus stigmaticis 2-3 persistentibus, fructi maturi pilibus implexis coherentes. Semen unicum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longurn, pallidum translucens praeter apicem fuscum opacum; testa mellea laevis nitens. (Descriptio typi.) Glabrous annual herb, often becoming red-tinted, with a very short stem and fibrous roots. Leaves basal, linear, 5-18 mm long and up to 0.8 mm wide, tapering to acute apices, with anomocytic stomata on both surfaces. Scapes absent. Heads several, sessile, each with an involucre of about 4 erect narrow-lanceolate herbaceous bracts 2-3 mm long containing 6-20 female florets loosely grouped into 3-6 bundles and 1-2 male florets. Stamen with a ± purple, linear-elliptic anther c. 0.7 mm long on a fila- ment up to 1.5 mm long. Ovary ovoid, c. 0.2 mm long, shortly pedicellate, with about 3 terminal stigmatic hairs 1.5-2 mm long, each consisting of a single row of cylindrical cells. Fruit indehiscent, up to 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, ovoid- trigonous with 3 delicate hyaline panels between 3 prominent ribs containing vascular bundles. Fruiting pedicel up to 0.5 mm long, fragile, the mature fruits cohering by the tangled persistent stigmatic hairs. Seed 1, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, pallid and translucent except for a dark apex; testa honey-coloured, smooth, shining. (English description based on all material examined.) The epithet lanterna is derived from the Latin noun lanterna, a lantern, and refers to the pericarp with three transparent panels and a framework of three opaque bars. Type Collection: Northern Territory — South Bay, Bickerton Island, 14 June 1948, R. L. Specht 556(Holo: MEL 1517931!; Iso: BRI 256564!) Also Examined: Northern Territorv — Lhl\e Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, 27 May 1948, R. L. Specht 413 (MEL 1517930!; BRI 256563!)i Distribution: Known only from Bickerton Island and Groote Eylandt, Arnhem Land, Northern Territory, but apparently overlooked due to its small size. It may be ex-
16 coriaceous, convex, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4. 5-6. 5 x 3-4 mm and up to 2.5 mm thick, dark brown, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised lateral lip (Fig. 8). T. hookeri occurs in northern Western Australia (including some of the off-shore islands), the central and northern areas of the Northern Territory and the north-western corner of Queensland where it is found most frequently on sandstone or quartzite outcrops or in laterite or gravelly soils along creeks (Fig. 7). Representative Specimens Examined: Western Australia— Warralong, 20. v. 1941, N. T. Burbidge 813 (PERTH). Augustus Island, Bonaparte Archipelago, 16. v. 1972, >. C. Wilson 10812 (PERTH). Wood Island (North), 12.vii. 1973, P. G. Wilson 1 1522 (PERTH). Northern Territory— ± 70 km NE. of Maranboy Police Station, 6. iii . 1 965 , Laza rides & Adams 112 (BRI 157643, C'ANB 151794, MEL 1517029, NT 39498). 94 km N. of Tennant Creek, 25. xi. 1970, J. R. Maconochie (NT 29059). 1 .6 ktn W. of South Alligator crossing, El Sharana, 16. 1 .1973, J. H. Calabv AE 364 (BRI 16 3878, CANB 237655, NT 38803). Queensland— East Branch, Settlement Creek, viii.1922, L. Brass 173 (BRI 243361). 16 km SSE. of Morestone, 28. v. 1948, R. A. Perry 1054 (BRI 243363, NT 20238). Burke Distr., 26 km from Gunpowder on the Quamby Road, 23.x. 1972, G. W. Althofer 297 (BRI 149772). Notes: A distinctive species which is readily distinguished by the linear-terete to filiform 1-foliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate leaves and the long filiform pedicels. In addition, T. hookeri has a more northern distribution than the other species in the genus. T. drwmnondii is the only other species with unifoliolate leaves but the two species cannot be confused. 8. Templetonia aculeata (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864); Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. N.S.W. 143 (1893); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 265 (1904); J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Bossiaea aculeata F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 2 (15): 120 (1861). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. Oldfield (MEL 20339, holo.! There is no type material of T. aculeata at Kew or the British Museum (Natural History)). Many-stemmed low subshrub or shrub up to 0.4 m high with simple or branched stems, the stems green or yellowish, ± terete, inconspicuously or con- spicuously ridged, sometimes somewhat zig-zagging, usually sparingly to densely pubescent with appressed or somewhat spreading hairs especially between the ridges but sometimes ± glabrous. Stipules spinescent, in pairs, up to 1 cm long, spreading or recurved. Leaves present or absent, simple, the lower ones obovate or obovate- oblong and the upper linear-oblong, 0.5-3 x 0. 1-0.8 cm, pungent-pointed, usually sparingly to densely pubescent especially on the upper surface but sometimes glabrous, sometimes with conspicuous venation on the lower surface, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on pedicels up to 5 mm long, the pedicels glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a very small in- conspicuous basal bract with fimbriate margins and a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 3.5 x 3.5 mm at about the middle of the pedicel which often overlap the base of the calyx; bracteoles glabrous to densely pubescent outside and within, with marginal cilia apically. Calyx up to 9 mm long, the 2 upper lobes united and slightly broader than the others, the lowest longest, the lobes shorter than the tube, sparingly to densely pubescent outside, the apices of the lobes with marginal cilia and often with a purplish tinge. Standard orbicular, 12-18 mm long including a claw up to 3 mm long, 10-13 mm wide, slightly emarginate apically, apparently usually yellow inside with a deep yellow basal horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a dark red or purplish fringe and with a dark red or purplish midvein extending to the emarginate apex, dark red or purplish outside with a yellow border; wings up to 14 mm long in- cluding a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, mostly dark red or purplish throughout or yellow towards the apex; keel petals lightly united, up to 14 mm long including a claw up to 3.5 mm long, up to 5 mm wide, auricled, dark red or purplish. Stamens up to 14 mm long. Ovary shortly stipitate, glabrous. Pods ob-
21 Queensland— Leichhardt Distr., 24 km SSE. of Blackwater Township, 6.ix. 1961 , M. Lazarides & R. Story 55 (CAN B 111976, MEL 1507638, NSW 1434032). New South H ate— Broken Hill, xii.1918, E. C. Andrews s.n. (NSW 44556). Moulamein, 9.x. 1970, W. E. Mulham (NSW 114018). "Urunda”, Hermidale, 26. ix. 1977, D. F. Thompson /§70(NSW 143394). Victoria— Robinvaie Distr., Wemen, viii.1960, A. R. Begg s.n. (MEL 564659). Hattah Lakes Na- tional Park, Hattah area, 10. ix. 1960, A. C. Beauglehole 39180 (MEL 564621). Meringur Bushland Reserve, 15 km E. of Morkalla, 31.x. 1977, A. C. Beauglehole 5701 1 (MEL 1507639). Notes: D. E. Symon 1115 (ADW 23586, NT 20242) from the S.W. corner of Com- monwealth Hill Station, ± 38.4 km NW. of Wynbring railway station, South Australia, is an unusually robust specimen of T. egena with large pods and seeds. The pods are slightly longer than usual (2. 2-2. 5 x 0.9-0.95 cm) and the seeds are the largest seen being up to 13.5 x 5.5 x 3.25 mm. Other isolated specimens with large pods similar to those of Symon 1115 occur infrequently throughout the range of the species, for example D. J. Nelson 98 (NSW 143401, NT 8489) from 14 km S. of Mount Wedge H.S., Northern Territory and A. Morris (NSW 44555) from Broken Hill, New South Wales, the two latter specimens having immature seeds. A. R. Begg, the collector of a specimen (MEL 564659) from Wemen, Robinvaie Distr., Victoria, comments that T. egena has “a peculiar scent when in flower (almost a perfume) which attracts many insects and moths, in particular one of the latter which is a brilliant iridescent blue.” Mueller (1892) reported that a woman from Darling River died one hour after drinking a cupful of an infusion of T. egena although, as indicated by Hurst (1942), this does not necessarily constitute proof of the poisonous properties of the species as the death may have resulted from the ailment which led to the infusion being taken. Everist (1974) makes no mention of T. egena being poisonous to humans or animals. T. egena is most closely related to T. battii which differs, however, in having shorter more rigid intricately branched pungent-tipped branches, shorter inflorescences, short thickened styles with larger stigmas than in T. egena, and smaller seed in which the collar-like aril has a small slightly raised lateral lip and more deeply incised margins. The ± terete slightly ridged stems readily distinguish T. egena from T. sulcata in which the stems are distinctly flattened. lO.Templetonia battii F. Muell., Chem. and Drugg. Australas. 2, 2: 31 (1 Feb. 1887); Bot. Centralbl. 30, 6: 180 (1887); J. M. Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. 43: 33 (1919); J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446(1948). Bossiaea battii (F . Muell.) R. Tate, FI. Extra-trop. S. Austr. 65 (1890). Syntypes: Western Australia, Eucla, J. D. Bait (MEL 564735!, MEL 564736!). Several-stemmed leafless glabrous divaricate shrub up to 1 .4 m high, sometimes as wide as or wider than high; branches rigid, intricately branched, ± terete, dis- tinctly but inconspicuously longitudinally ridged, terminating in pungent points. Stipules absent. Leaves reduced to minute scales up to 1 mm long, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers in short terminal racemes, 1 or 2 per axil, yellow and brown, on short glabrous pedicels 0.5-1 .3 mm long, the pedicels with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long and 1.8 mm wide from near the middle to towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous throughout or margins of lobes minutely ciliolate, overlapping the base of the calyx. Calyx up to 3.7 mm long, the lowest lobe longer than the others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous throughout or apices of lobes minutely ciliolate. Standard slightly oblate, 5. 5-6. 5 mm long including a claw up to 1.5 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, emarginate apically; wings 4. 8-5. 5 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 2.5 mm wide, auricled and infolded basally, usually slightly longer than the keel petals; keel petals lightly united, 4.5-5 mm long including a claw up to 1 .6 mm long, 1 .8-2.2 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 4.7 mm long. Ovary ± sessile, glabrous, up to 2.5 mm long; style short, thickened, curved, with a large terminal stigma. Pods narrowly oblong- elliptic, 1 .2-1.5 x 0.5-0.65 cm, sessile, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 1-seeded,
9 Fig. 4. The known distributions of Templetoniu biloba, T. neglecta and T. stenophylla. 281 (1973). Bossiaea stenophylla F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 1: 9 (1858). Type: Victoria, near Melton, M. Weidenbach (MEL 20338, holo.!). Templetonia mue/leri Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864), nom. illegit. Syntypes: Queensland, Wide Bay, Bidwill (K-photo!), Leichhardt (MEL 1516495!). New South Wales, Hawkesbury river, R. Brown (BM-photo!); Cugeegong river, A. Cun- ningham (BM and K-photos!); New England, near Tenterfield, C. Stuart (K-photo! MEL 1516496! MEL 1516497! MEL 1516502!). Victoria, Murray river, Prince Paul Wilhelm (MEL 151650!); Wimmera river, Daltachy (K — photo! MEL 1516499! MEL 1516500! MEL 1516503!) and Mount Arapiles, near Lake Hindmarsh, Dallachy, (MEL 1516494!); Melton, near Port Phillip, Weidenbach (MEL 20338!). Small glabrous shrub or subshrub up to 0.6 m high with one to several simple or branched erect, prostrate or straggling stems, the stems ± terete to somewhat angular especially apically, faintly or distinctly longitudinally striate, unarmed. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long, broad-triangular. Leaves simple, more or less sessile, articulated basally, the lower ones narrow-oblong or oblong and the up- per sometimes linear-oblong or linear, (0.8)1 .8-5(7) cm long, 0.2-0.55(0.7) cm wide, glabrous, apex obtuse or with a short recurved mucro, venation on lower surface sometimes fairly conspicuous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on glabrous pedicels 4-8 mm long (up to 13 mm long in fruit), the pedicels with a basal bract up to 1.5 mm long and a pair of ovate bracteoles 1.5-2. 5 x 1.2-2 mm at or above the middle of the pedicel; bracteoles glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx up to 8 mm long, the two upper lobes united except for the short acute apices, the lowest lobe slightly longer than the others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous outside except for a fringe of hairs on the apices of the lobes. Standard orbicular, 10-15 mm long including the claw, 8-10 mm wide, emarginate apically, pale yellow inside with a deep yellow basal horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a purplish-brown fringe; wings up to 12.5 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, usually brown or purplish-brown throughout or pale yellow towards the apex; keel petals lightly united, up to 12.5 mm long including a claw up to 4 mm long, up to 5.5 mm
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA SULCATA by A. W. Archer* Psoromic acid is a relatively uncommon /3-depsidone in the lichen genus Cladortia. About 5% (14 out of 276) of the species and varieties of Cladonia of which the chemistry is known (Culberson 1969, 1970; Culberson, Culberson and Johnson, 1977) contain psoromic acid and of these 14 only three contain psoromic acid and atranorin. These are C. norrlinii Vain. (Vainio, 1922) from north America (Thomson, 1967) and Europe (Ahti, 1977), C. subconistea Asah. from Japan (Asahina, 1941) and Taiwan (Ahti and Lai, 1979) and C. dahliana Kristinsson reported to occur in Iceland, Greenland and Baffin Island (Kristinsson, 1974). A re- cent chemical examination of material from Victoria and Tasmania, tentatively identified as C. diffissa (F. Wils.) F. Wils. (Wilson, 1889, 1889a), showed some specimens to contain atranorin and psoromic acid, in contrast to the atranorin and norstietic acid found in C. diffissa. The specimens containing atranorin and psoromic acid were not referable to C. norrlinii, C. subconistea or C. dahliana and are here differentiated as a separate species. DESCRIPTION Cladonia sulcata A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis, 1-3 mm longis, 0.3-1. 5 mm latis, supra cinero-glaucescentibus, infra albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, 10-20 mm ahum, nullis scyphis, parte supra ramosa, superficebus sulcatis et subfindescentia, cortice continuo subgranularescenti. Apotheciis ad apices podetiorum, fuscis, convexis, 0.3-0. 6 mm diam. Ascosporae non videt. Thallus K+ flavescens, C-, Pd+ flavus. Atranorinum et acidum psoromicum continens. Primary thallus with squamules, 1-3 mm long, 0.3-1 .5 mm wide, upper side pale green, below white, esorediate. podetia arising from the squamules, 10-20 mm tall, lacking scyphi, grooved and becoming somewhat split; cortex continuous, becoming somewhat granular; apothecia on the tips of the podetia, dark brown, convex, 0. 3-0.6 mm diam.; ascospores not seen. Thallus K+ weak yellow, C-, Pd + yellow; containing atranorin and psoromic acid. The presence of atranorin and psoromic acid was demonstrated by thin-layer chromatography and the identity of the compounds confirmed by co- chromatography with authentic samples of the two compounds. Type Collection: Australia, Victoria, 8 km east of Tawonga, on soil by side of Trapper’s Creek Road, approximately 147°15'E, 36°41'S, altitude ca 700 m, 22. xi. 1979, Archer 803 (Holotype: MEL 1031486; Isotype: H, COLO). Also Examined: Victoria — ca 2 km north of holotype collection site, 22. xi. 1979, Archer 860A (MEL 1031487). Tasmania — 1 km north-east of Derwent Bridge, on soil by side of track near Cynthia Bay, Lake St. Clair, approximately 146°10'E, 42°7'S, altitude ca 700 m, 2.iii. 1980, Archer 889 (MEL 1031488). DISCUSSION The specific epithet sulcata refers to the grooved appearance of the podetia. Typical specimens are illustrated in figure 1. * Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. Muelteria 5(1): 115-117 (1982). 115
32 not differ morphologically from Lecanora atra var. atra. There is no doubt that L. atra var. serialis cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, but must be placed in synonymy with Lecanora atra var. atra. Lecanora atra var. virens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: Kirton, lllawarra, N.S.W. on bark (G, lectotype here chosen. This is the only specimen in Geneva annotated by Mull.Arg. ). The grey-green colouration of the thallus is insufficient reason to accord varietal status. Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid and phenolics. This taxon cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, for reasons discussed under L. atra var. serialis. It is synonymous with Lecanora atra var. atra. Lecanora connivens Mull.Arg. (1891:389) Typification: Bailey 435, corticolous, Queensland (G, holotype). Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid, and phenolics. The apothecia are unusually concave in early stages, but later flatten to produce a slightly convex disk and slightly irregular margin, characters insufficient to justify taxonomic recognition. There is no doubt that this taxon is synonymous with Lecanora atra var. atra. Lecanora subimmersa Mull.Arg. ( 1 893 A: 1 24), non Lecanora subimmersa Vainio 1890. As the name L. subimmersa Mull.Arg. is a later homonym and therefore in- valid it was replaced by L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. (1928:400). Typification: Bailey 93, on bark, Brisbane (G, holotype). Chemistry: atranorin. The specimen has some of the apothecia partly immersed in the thallus, prob- ably due in part to the highly irregular surface on which the thallus is growing. It does not differ in any significant way from Lecanora atra. Both L. subimmersa Mull.Arg., nom. inval., and L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. must be placed in synonymy under L. atra var. atra. NEW COMBINATIONS Candelariella xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora xanthostigmoides Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Candelaria xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) Mull.Arg. (1893B:33) Typification: Woods, Parramatta N.S.W. (G, lectotype here chosen. This specimen is the more heavily annotated one of the two mentioned by Mull.Arg.); Sullivan, Grampians, Victoria (G, syntype). Description of Lectotype: Thallus a deep yolk-gold crust of scattered granules up to 0.3 mm diameter. Apothecia sessile, up to 0.25 mm diameter, with an initially prominent thalline margin which becomes thinner and less prominent, coloured like the thallus; disk more or less plane, deep yolk-gold; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 12-15 x 3-4 gm. Lecidea glaucoflavens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora glaucoflavens Mull.Afg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 457, Warrnambool, Victoria (G, lectotype here chosen. This is the more copious of the two collections mentioned by Mull.Arg.); Wilson 711, Warrnambool, Victoria (G, syntype).
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 32-33".
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
2 a basally circumscissile calyx and imparipinnate leaves with 3-5(-7) oblong- lanceolate leaflets, whereas Plagiocarpus has sessile, mostly digitately 3-foliolate leaves, pods a little less than twice as long as broad and subsessile flowers with linear bracteoles. Plagiocarpus is clearly closely allied to Templetonia but the combination of diagnostic characters distinguishes it from Templetonia. Although the species in Templetonia represent a rather heterogeneous assemblage, all of them have in com- mon and are distinguished from the other genera in the group by the possession of pods which are more than twice as long as broad and usually ovate bracteoles. Ex- cept for T. egena and T. battii which are obviously very closely related and T. sulcata which clearly is related to these two species, affinities elsewhere in the genus are difficult to detect. T. stenophylla appears to be allied to T. neglecta but the re- maining species appear fairly isolated and without close allies. In habit all species are invariably shrubs or subshrubs with woody rootstocks although there is one record (presumably correct) of T. retusa in Western Australia growing as a tree up to six metres high. In T. aculeata the stipules are spinescent but in all other species they are non-spinescent and, except in T. incana, inconspicuous. In T. egena, T. battii and T. sulcata the leaves are reduced to minute scales up to 1 mm long so that the plants have the appearance of being leafless. In T. drummondii the leaves are unifoliolate and in T. hookeri vary from 1-foliolate to digitately or pinnately 3-5-foliolate whereas in all remaining species the leaves are simple (T. aculeata is occasionally leafless). Despite the occurrence of unifoliolate leaves in T. drummondii and in T. hookeri, where pinnately or digitately 3-5-foliolate leaves also occur, the two species are not at all closely related. The paired bracteoles which in- variably occur at or above the middle of the pedicel are ovate except in T. biloba and T. incana where they are linear. In T. retusa and T. incana the flowers are large and mostly red throughout although in the former white and yellow variants occur sporadically and in the latter some petals are sometimes partly yellow or cream. In all other species the flowers are smaller, basically yellow and brown or purplish- brown and relatively inconspicuous. The shape and structure of the corolla in T. retusa differs from that of the other species and suggests that it is adapted for a different means of pollination. TAXONOMY Templetonia R.Br. in Ait. f . , Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2: 118 (1825); G. Don, Gen. Syst. 2: 129 (1832); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 168 (1864); Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 1: 474 (1865); Taub. in Engl., Pflanzemfam. 3, 3: 217 (1893); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 263 (1904); Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 1: 349 (1964); Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Type Species: T. retusa (Vent.) R.Br. Nematophyllum F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). Shrubs or subshrubs with one to several stems arising from a woody rootstock; branches usually ridged or longitudinally striate, terete or sometimes flattened, occa- sionally spine-tipped. Leaves alternate or rarely several at a node, simple, unifoliolate or rarely digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, or sometimes reduced to minute scales, the lower nerves usually strongly ascending, apiculate, pungent or bilobed apically, often with a mass of fine glandular processes in the axils; leaflets, when present, terete to linear-filiform or ovate to narrow-elliptic or obovate-oblong. Stipules usually small and inconspicuous, occasionally spinescent; stipels present in unifoliolate and compound leaves. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown, red or occasionally red and cream or white or yellow, 1 -several from the axils, usually subtended by a few small scales as well as the bract and with a pair of usually ovate papery bracteoles near the middle or on the upper part of the pedicel, less often the bract and bracteoles linear. Calyx one-quarter to two-thirds as long as the corolla, persisting in fruit; upper lobes either largely united or much broader than the others, lower lobes often as long as the upper, the lowest often the longest. Cor- olla varied in structure; standard narrow-elliptic to orbicular or slightly oblate,
14 Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 1516623!, here selected as lectotype). Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown,
14 Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 1516623!, here selected as lectotype). Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown,
36 Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, inconspicua. Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally inconspicuous. Type Collection: Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). Paratype: Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to
39 distribution and to withstand the ravages of time. However, this collection (ACB 36345) is deficient in other respects, particularly in having only small, thin-textured leaves, some of which (including two on the holotype) are atypically deeply emarginate. I have cited, therefore, a paratype (Aston 1852) which complements the type collection by illustrating the typical large thick-textured leaves, the stoloniferous habit and elongated inflorescences of deepwater plants and also the reduced state of plants on mud. Collections from the Bentley Plains, Victoria (ACB 36998; Melville 3124) show a slight tendency towards a tuberculate seed. This is more pronounced in the latter collection where the external surfaces of some of the seed cells form semi-circular domes and a very few form small tubercles about once to twice as long as broad. These extrusions are confined to the seed edges and only noticeable under magnification. At some localities both long- and short-styled flowers are found on intermingled stolons but at others only one style type is present over an extensive area or throughout the population. The latter situation is possibly due to the stoloniferous nature of the species and the consequent vegetative spread and formation of large clones. Nymphoides planosperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides sp. nov. “R”, Aston in litt. Planlae annuae. Laminae foliorum sagittata, ± ovate-triangulares, 8-17 x 9-16 mm, sino profundo acutoque (ad 60( -70%) totae folii longitudinis), lobae basales elongatae, angustae, 2-6 mm latae; laminae infra spongiosae rugosaeque, stellatis trichomis furcatis in cavernulis aeriis. Infloreseentia fasciculus pedicellarum densus, ad basin sinu folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 5-partiti. Corolla 6-10 mm diametro, alba, tauce fiavo; lobae cum alis latis lateralibus in distali V1-V3, atque fimbria sparsa transversa papillarum tenuium prope lobae basin; alae laterales undulatae ad apiceni laciniatae alibi integrae. C'apsula ellipsoidea ad late ovoidea, ad Wi longior quam calyx, 1.5-2. 5 x 1.5-2 mm; placentae duae, subapicales, minutae. Semina 1-4 per capsulam, anguste-ellipsoidea sed valde com- pressa, (I-) 1 .42-2.25 x (0.5-) 0.8-1.05 x (0.35-) 0.45-0.6 mm (longitudo latitudine diplolongior, crassitic 3-4 plo longior) nigra maturitate, typice cum superficiebus ± laevibus, cumque margine in- crassata, obtusituberculata, rotundata; caruncula crassa, semicircularis, conspicua, in margine seminis circa /> longitudinis ab apice. Annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, flexuose, threadlike, 7-34 cm long x < 0.5 mm diam., with scattered, flat, often dark callosities; true petiole minute or absent. Leaf blades ± ovate-triangular in outline with slightly convex, straight, or slightly concave edges and a usually deep and acute basal sinus; sinus (30-)50-60(-70)<7o of total blade length, of 50°-100° (-125°) angle, the basal lobes ± elongated and narrow, 2-6 mm wide; blades 8-17 mm x 9-16 mm,’ widest across the basal lobes close to their extremities, spongy and rugose beneath with deep air cavities and with ± stellate/forked clear-translucent trichomes projecting into the cavities from the inside of the upper leaf surface. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”; true petiole apparently absent; pedicels subtended by broad- obovate to ± rounded, white-translucent, membranous bracts to 2 mm lone. Pedicels 5-12, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 5-18"x c. 0.2 mm, with scattered flat callosities. Flowers 5-partite. Calyx lobes linear- lanceolate to narrow elliptic-lanceolate, slightly mucronate, membranous, 1 -nerved, remaining closely appressed to the capsule, with 1-several flat, often dark, callosities particularly along the nerve, 1-1 .5(1 .9) mm long. Corolla 6-10 mm span, 3-5 mm long, white with a yellow throat. Corolla lobes distally broad-elliptic, basally linear; mid-section glabrous except for a sparse transverse fringe of fine papillae'near its base; side-wings broad, undulate, laciniate at the apex but otherwise entire, extend- ing from the apex down the distal half to two-thirds of the lobe. Corolla tube papillae clustered at the apex of a pronounced common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.3-0. 5 and 1.2 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respec- tively; anthers versatile, ± broad-oblong, only slightly longer than broad, c. 0.45-0.5 mm long. Gynoecium ( long-styled flower) c. 2.5-3 mm long; ovary globular-obovoid, contracted ± abruptly into the style; placentas 2r’minute
42 Although I have only dissected long-styled and short-styled flowers N. T. Sanderson and J. T. Waterhouse report (pers. comm.) three style types from held observations — long, medium and short. Medium-styled plants only were found in one pool and both long- and short-styled plants were found together in another. The medium-styled plants produced 3 or 4 of the smallest known seeds per capsule whereas the long- plus short-styled population produced 1 or 2 larger seeds per cap- sule. Observed populations are insufficient to determine if this distinction is constant. Nymphoides quadriloba H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides sp. nov. “P”, Aston in litt. Plantae annuae vel ?perennes. Laminae saepe foliorum hippocrepiformes vei late sagittiformes (l-)3-9.5(-l 1) x (0.8-)2-8 cm, late ellipticae ad ± rotundae vel late deltoideae sed cum sino basali plerumque lato convexoque; lobae basales obtusae, marginibus interioribus vulgo concavis. Inflorescentia fasciculus pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 4(5 )-parl i t i . Corolla (6-)l 1-1 7(- 19) mm diametro, vel alba vel pallide erubescens vel pallide malvinus-erubescens, fauce flavo; lobae cum duabus alis latis lateralibus profunde laciniatis, ab apice paene usque ad basin, atque cum carina verticali lata laciniata, longitudinali in superficie in- teriore; carina plerumque ab apice ad 'A- 2 A lobae longitudinem, nonnumquanr valde deminuta; loba et cum fimbria conspicua proxime super basin papillarum tenuium. Capsula ellipsoidea ad late-ellipsoidea, 2.5-5 x 1.7-3 trim. Semina (5-)10-44(-6i ) per capsulam, paene globosa sed com- pressa (typice superficiebus laevibus convexis cum protuberatione centrali, marginibus dense tuber- culis brevibus obtusis velatis; tubercula nonnumquam desunt, nonnunrquam aulem et in superficiebus lateralibus et in marginibus tubercula adsunt), 0.67-1.02 x 0.6-0.95 x 0.35-0.57 mm (longitudo latitudinem ± aequans, crassitie duplolongior), straminea ad atrofusca vel nigra maturitate; caruncula basalis, circularis, plerumque tenuis inconspieuaque. Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 7 cm (plants on mud) to 85 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less diam.; true petiole c. 1-3 mm long. Leaf blades very variable, typically horseshoe- or broad arrow-shaped, obtuse to rounded, entire-margined, broad-elliptic to ± broad-deltoid in outline but with a shallow to deep, often broad, generally convex basal sinus (sinus mostly (25-)40-60To of the total blade length and of (30°-) 55°-100°(-130°) angle); basal lobes obtuse, their in- ner margins generally concave, their outer margins a continuation of the convex curve of the whole leaf edge; leaves ( 1 -)3-9.5(- 1 1) cm long x (0.8-)2-8 cm wide, (length = ,>, or < width) green and shining above, not spongy. Juvenile leaves sometimes present on mature plants, submerged, near-sessile at the plant base, very thin-textured, deltoid to rhomboid. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”. Pedicels (8-)14-25(-35), emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 17-52 x <0.5(-l) mm. Flowers 4(5)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, acute, thin-textured, greenish or purplish with translucent margins, outcurved at the apex in fruit, 2. 5-4. 5 mm long. Corolla (6-) 11-1 7(- 1 9) mm span, white or very pale pink or pale mauve-pink except for a yellow throat; colours also grading (see notes below). Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, emarginate; mid-section with a broad, laciniate, ver- tical keel on its upper surface and with a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae just above its base; keel extending longitudinally down the distal one- to two-thirds of the lobe length and continuing proximally as a line of individual fine papillae, but sometimes (even on the same flower) reduced to a very small keel on the distal or near-central portion of the lobe; side-wings broad, undulate, deeply- laciniate, extending from the apex almost to the lobe base. Corolla tube papillae short, ± thick and blunt, free and sessile or arising from the apex of a short thick common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.5-0.75 and 1.2-1. 3 mm long in long- styled and short : styled flowers respectively; anthers ± broad-linear to elliptic, c. 1 .5 times as long as broad, 0.7-1. 3 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 3-4.5 mm long; ovary ellipsoid to broad-ellipsoid, contracted into the style but not abruptly so; placentas 2, about one-quarter to one-third of the capsule length, posi- tioned centrally down the ovary wall; ovules c. (16-)23-50(-62); style c. 1.5-1. 8 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad, papillate, irregularly-shaped and moderately laciniate wing c. 1 mm long. Gynoecium (short-styled flower) c. 2-3 mm long; style c. 0.3-0. 6
36 Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, inconspicua. Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally inconspicuous. Type Collection: Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). Paratype: Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to
45 in a creek. On sand and sandy-humus substrates; rarely grey mud or grey clay. Flowers and fruits well in water 5-50 cm deep and where stranded on saturated soil. FI. and Fr. recorded 31 January-20 July, with one record 1 September. Notes: Readily recognised as a member of the “indica group” by the white/pale pink/pale mauve flowers (yellow only in the throat) and the clustered inflorescence arising from the apparent petiole close against the leaf blade. It differs from all other species of that group in having keeled corolla lobes and in the characteristic seed of typical populations. The mostly 4-partite flowers, the deeply laciniate margins of the corolla-lobe wings and keel, the varied leaf shape with convex basal sinus and, when present, the pale pink or mauve colour of the corolla are also important characters. The epithet quadriloba refers to the four-lobed corolla which is very noticeable in the field. Corolla colour varies between and within populations and there is sometimes intergrading of colours on the same flower. Corollas of Aston 1944 were wholly white except for the yellow throat, while those of the paratype population were “very pale pink grading to deeper mauve-pink at base of lobes and upper throat; yellow in the throat. Occasionally the deeper mauve-pink absent and corolla then very very pale pink (or almost white) with yellow throat”. In edge view the seed of typical populations from the Northern Territory is top- shaped and distinctive. That of Carpentaria populations (see distribution, also seed descriptions) is broadly and evenly biconvex in cross-section and, together with the larger caruncle, often similar to seed of N. spongiosa. There is some gradation be- tween the two seed types of N. quadriloba and the regional distinction may prove more apparent than real when further fully-adequate collections are available. Several collections from the Kimberleys which have seeds with more clustered, dome-based tubercles possibly belong to N. quadriloba but material seen is inade- quate for conclusions. Nymphoides spongiosa H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides sp. nov. “M”, Aston in litt. Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum ellipticae-oblongae ad late ovatae, integrae, profunde cordatae, ( 1 -)2-5 .5 x (0.8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, infra spongiosae sed laeves (baud rugosae). Inflorescentia fasciculus pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)-partiti. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) mm diamelro, alba, fauce tlavo; lobae late ellipticae, alis lateralibus undulatis integris, fimbriaque transversa proxime super basin lobae papillarum tenuium formata, praeditae. Ovarium ± globosum, in stylam abrupte contractum. Capsula latissime ellipsoidea ad ± globosa, 2.25-4 x 1.75-3 mm. Semina (5-)8-14(-25) per capsulam, ± globosa, parce compressa, tuberculis convexis brevissimis dense velata (vel tubercula nonnisi in marginibus seminum) 0.65-1.1 x 0.6-0.97 x 0.35-0.7 mm (longitudo latitudinem ae- quans, crassitie sesquilongior ad duplongior), straminea ad pallide cinereo-fusca maturitate: caruncula basalis, circularis, typice crassa conspicuaque. Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 3 cm (plants on mud) to 90 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less diam.; true petiole minute or apparently absent. Leaf blades elliptic-oblong to broad-ovate in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly (30-)40-50% of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 40°-70°(-90° angle), obtuse, entire, ( 1 -)2-5 . 5 x (0. 8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, green and shining above, white-translucent and spongy beneath; spongy tissue thickest at the centre and grading to thin or absent at the blade edges, smooth-surfaced, not rugose. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”; pedicels subtended by ± ovate, membranous, translucent bracts 3-6 mm long. Pedicels (10-) 12-30, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, (8-) 1 4-40 x < 0.5 mm. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate, acute, mem- branous, mostly purplish-translucent, usually slightly outcurved at the apex par- ticularly in fruit. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) mm span, white with a yellow throat. Cor- olla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae just above its base; side-wings broad, undulate, entire (1-few
48 The epithet spongiosa refers to the leaf sponginess which is very noticeable in the field and also discernible in dried collections. Nymphoides subacuta H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides sp. nov. ‘D\ Aston in litt. Planlae annuae vet ?perennes. Laminae foliorum angustissime ad late ovatae. aliquando quasi- circulares, integrae, protunde cordatae. acutae vel late obtusae, (l-)3-ll x (0.5-)2-9 cm. Petiolus compressus, in sectione oblongus. Inflorescentia laxa, binis floribus pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis 0.2-5(-9) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)- partiti. Calyx projecturis labifor- mibus, incrassatis minutis ad lobarum juncturas praeditus. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm diametro, flavo-aurantiaca; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis fimbriaque transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum f'ormata praeditae. Papillae liberae, vel in fasuculis ad basin in- crassatis semi-connatae, in medium marginemque fimbriam. Capsula ellipsoidea-ovoidea, 3-6 \ 2.5-4 mm. Semina 2-8 per capsulam, ± globosa, leviter autem compressa, 1.4-1. 9 x 1 .3-1.7 x 1-1.4 mm (longitudo latitudinem aequans, crassitie l'/r-l'/r longior), nigrescentia-atrolusca maturitate, tholiformibus-projecturis velata; tholi de tuberculis tenuibus obtusis densi-apprcssis formal i , depressiones inter tholis tuberculis similaribus brevioribus vestitae; caruncula basalis, circularis, pallida, crassa, conspicua. Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Branches several from the plant base, slender, fle.xuose, floating, simple or forked once or twice, to 70 cm long, their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; petioles slender, compressed, oblong in cross-section, to 75 cm long; blades narrow- to broad-ovate or occasionally near-rounded in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-40 a /o of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 12°-40° (-60°) angle or rarely slightly overlapping), acute to broad-obtuse, entire, ( 1 -)3- 1 1 x (0.5-)2-9 cm. Cauline leaves similar, becoming progressively smaller and shorter- petioled toward the inflorescence. Inflorescence as for the “geminata group”, the m- ternodes 2-50(-90) mm long; bracts lanceolate-ovate, c. 2-7 mm long, one bract ot the lower node often replaced by a leaf; pedicles 20-70(-100) mm long. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes narrow-ovate, (3.5-)5-6 mm long, thick-textured with narrow translucent margins and basally with a minute, thickened, lip-like projection formed at each junction of contiguous lobes. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm span, “oranee-yellow” to “deep bright golden-orange Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, mid- section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae at its base and sometimes a few papillae along its midline above the fringe; fringe papillae c. 1-2.5 mm long, all free or else some partially-united to form thick-based clusters of shorter (sometimes hair-tipped) papillae, the clusters 1-several at the edges and centre of the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, strongly-laciniate, extending from the apex of the lolre almost to the base. Corolla tube papillae tiee within the cluster and sessile, or else arising from a common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.3 and 1 3 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear- ovate c 1 5-2 times as long as broad, i. 5-1. 75 mm long. Gynoecium (long-stylecl flower) c. 7.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually 'tapered into the style; placentas 2, short, extending down perhaps one-quarter ot the length of the ovary wall; ovules c. 10; style c. 1 .5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad, lobed, papillate, ± semicircular, erect wing c. 3 x 3.5 mm, the lobes sometimes deep-cut and undulate and simulating additional stigmas. Gynoecium (short-stylecl flower) c. 3.5 mm long, style c. 0.75 mm long; stigmas c. 1.25 x 1.8 mm, condensed, deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid-ovoid, equal to or a little longer than the calyx, 3-6 x 2.5-4 mm, opening irregularly under- water or sometimes (on plants stranded on mud) becoming dry and chartaceous and splitting at the summit into usually 4 recurved valves. Seeds 2-8 per capsule, body ot seed ± globose but slightly laterally compressed, 1.4-1. 9 mm long x 1.3-1. 7 mm wide x 1.1-1. 4 mm broad, dark brown-grey-black when mature, covered with regular dome-like projections, each dome consisting of closely-appressed slender ob- tuse tubercles, the inter-dome depressions densely covered with shorter non- appressed but otherwise similar tubercles; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thick and conspicuous.
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
3 reflexed, with a well developed claw; keel and wing petals short and broad to long and narrow, usually with a well developed claw and auricled. SYowe/r-filaments joined in a sheath split open on one side; anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed, the latter usually shorter. Style usually slender, curved, with a small terminal stigma. Pods sessile to stipitate, narrow-oblong to obiong-elliptic, more than twice as long as broad, (1-) 2-several-seeded, the valves coriaceous, convex, separating along both sutures. Seeds elliptic to ovate, compressed, with a small hilum near one end sur- rounded by a collar-like often lipped or less often a cap-like ( T . biloba) aril; radicle short, straight. l. 1 . Key to Species Stipules spinescent, spreading or recurved and up to 1 cm long 8. T. aculeata Stipules not spinescent 2 . 2 . Plant leafy, the leaves simple, unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 3. Leaves simple 4. Stipules conspicuous, 4-11 x 2.5-6 mm; stipules, young branchlets, leaves and inflorescences clothed with a dense greyish velvety indumentum 2. T. incana 4. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 2 mm long; stipules, branchlets, leaves and inflorescences glabrous to densely pubescent but the indumentum not as above 5. Stems sparingly to densely clothed with long villous hairs; leaves typically bilobed apically and the two lobes diverging somewhat, margins revolute; calyx densely clothed with dark brown villous hairs when young 3. T. biloba 5. Stems glabrous; leaves obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically but not bilobed, margins not revolute; calyx glabrous outside except for hairs on the apices of the lobes 6. Flowers red (very occasionally white or yellow); standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm long; pods 3.5-8 cm long; leaves broadly obovate to almost rotund or narrowly cuneate-oblong to oblanceolate, 0.3-2. 6 cm wide 1 . T. retusa 6. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown; standard orbicular, 0.95-1.6 cm long; pods 1.6-3 cm long; leaves narrow-oblong to slightly obovate- or linear-oblong, 0.2-0.55 (0.7) cm wide 7. Stems erect, prostrate or straggling; leaves (0.8) 1. 8-5(7) cm long; pods obliquely oblong-elliptic on a stipe which exceeds the calyx; occurs in SE. South Australia and the eastern States 4. T. stenophylla 7. Stems erect; leaves (0.45)0.7-2.2(3.8) cm long; pods oblong, on a stipe as long as or just exceeding the calyx; confined to Western Australia .... 5 . T. neglecta 3. Leaves unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 8. Leaves unifoliolate; petiole distinctly sulcate adaxially; lamina ovate to narrow- elliptic or obovate-oblong; flowers on pedicels up to 0.75 cm long 6. T. drummondii 8. Leaves unitoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate; petiole not as above; leaflets linear-terete to filiform; flowers on filiform pedicels 2-2.5 cm long 7. T. hookeri Plant appearing leafless, the leaves reduced to scales up to 1 mm long 9. Stems terete 10. Slender shrub to 3 m high, branches lax, not terminating in pungent points; style slender, with a small stigma; pods 1.3-2. 6 x 0.6-1 cm; seeds 7.5-10(13.5) mm long, margin of aril frilly 9. T. egena 10. Compact divaricate shrub to 1.4 m high, branches rigid, intricately branched, ter- minating in pungent points; style short, thickened, with a large flattened stigma; pods 1 .2-1 .5 x 0.5-0.65 cm; seeds 4.8-5 mm long, margins of aril deeply incised .10. T. batlli 9. Stems distinctly flattened 1 1 . 7~. sulcata 1. Templetonia retusa (Vent.) R.Br. in Ait. f., Hort. Kew ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); Ker in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 5: t. 383 (1819); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 6; t. 526 (1821); Sims in Curtis’s, Bot. Mag. 49: t 2334 (1822); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 88 (1844-45); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 264 (1904); J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Rafnia retusa Vent., Jardin de la Malmaison 1: t. 53 (1804). Type: Herb. Ventenat (G, holo., MEF, photo!).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 16-18".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 21-23".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 6-Aug".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): Dec-14".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 18-21".
4 Templetonia glauca Sims in Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 46: 2088 (1819); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 7: t. 644 (1822); Ker in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 10: t. 859 (1825). Type: Curtis’s Bot. Mag. t. 2088 (iconotype!). Much-branched glabrous and sometimes somewhat glaucous shrub 0.3-4 m high or occasionally (fide B. L. Turner 5548) a tree to 6 m high; branches greenish- yellow to yellowish-brown, angular and sometimes slightly winged, unarmed. Stipules inconspicuous. Leaves simple, extremely variable in size and shape, broadly obovate to almost rotund to narrowly cuneate-oblong or oblanceolate, (0.5-) 1 .5-3.5 (-6) x (0.3-) 0.6-1. 4 (-2.6) cm, slightly to distinctly emarginate apically or minutely mucronatc, nearly sessile or articulating on a short thick petiole, thickly coriaceous, venation often fairly conspicuous on the lower surface, glabrous, sometimes glaucous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, large and showy, red or occasionally white or yellow, on glabrous pedicels 0.6-2 cm long" the pedicels with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 2.5 x 2 mm near or above the middle; bracteoles glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx 0.75-1. 15 cm long, the lobes much shorter than the tube, the upper much broader than the others, the lowest lobe longest, glabrous except for marginal cilia on the apices of the lobes. Standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm long including a basal claw up to 0.5 cm long, 1-1 .8 cm wide, slightly emarginate apically; wings 2. 5-3. 3 cm long including a claw up to 0.4 cm long, 0.4-0.65 cm wide, auricled; keel petals lightly united, 2. 6-3. 3 cm long in- cluding a claw up to 0.45 cm long, 0.4-0.75 cm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 3.3 cm long, anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed but not as conspicuously as in most other species. Ovary up to 12 mm long, on a stipe up to 5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 3.5-8 x 0.95-1.6 cm, on a stipe up to 1 cm long which usually exceeds the persistent calyx, usually with a distinct apical or lateral beak, mostly 4-12-seeded, valves coriaceous, glabrous, compressed. Seeds elliptic, 5-7 x 3-4 x 2-2.8 mm, yellowish- to reddish-brown, separated by transverse frass-like partitions, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised lateral lip (Fig. 1). T. retusa occurs in Western and South Australia (and on some of the off-shore islands) and is found most frequently on limestone or on sand or loam overlying limestone (Fig. 2). Representative Specimens Examined: Western Australia— Guilderton (mouth of Moore river), 2. vii. 1961 , /4.S. George 2615 (PERTH). 3.2 km SW. of 'Ml. Ragged, 6.xii. 1960, A.S. George 2061 (PERTH). Fitzgerald River Reserve, ±20 km N. of mouth of Fitzgerald river, 24. vii, 1970, G. J. Keighery 718 (PERTH). , South Australia- Flinders Range, Parachilna Gorge, 10 km W. of Blinman, 3.x. 196- 1-R.N- Lothian 1096 (AD 96312021). Eyre Peninsula, Kirton Point at Port Lincoln, 14. ix. 1970, B. J. Copley 3090 (AD 97137104). Fowlers Bay, 3.x. 1975, R. J. Chinnock 2736 (AD 97545040). Notes: T. retusa shows considerable variation in leaf size and shape. In habit it varies from a small to a large shrub 0.3-4 m high although one specimen, B. L. Turner 5548 (PERTH) from 128 km ENE. of Esperance, Western Australia, was described as a tree 8-20 feet high. T. retusa is widely cultivated on account of its attractive flowers. The corolla is usually red but an occasional white or yellow-flowered variant occurs irregulaily throughout the distributional range of the species. The red corolla with narrow interlocked wing and keel-petals suggests that the species is adapted to different pollinators than other members of the genus. Polhill (1976) suggested that the flowers are modified to at least facilitate facultative pollination by birds and careful field observations are required to confirm this. Information on the depredation of T. retusa by the larvae of Uresiphita ormth- opt era I is (Guenee) is given by Sims (1980). T retusa is probably the best known species in the genus and is easily distinguished from all except T. incana by its large red flowers. T. incana differs in
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 14-16".
6 Fig. 2. The known distributions of Teinpletonia incana and T. retusa. being densely clothed with a greyish-white spreading velvety indumentum, in having differently shaped corollas and leaves, large stipules and in several other ways. 2. Teinpletonia incana J. H. Ross, Muelleria 4: 247 (1980). Type: Western Australia, 30.4 km E.N.E. of Jupiter Well, 22° 46' S, 126° 51' E, 28.vii.1967, A. S. George 9065 (PERTH, holo.! AD!, CANB!, K!, MEL!, PERTH! iso.) T. incana is a very distinctive species which is readily distinguished from all others in the genus by the dense greyish-white velvety spreading indumentum on the young stems, leaves, stipules, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles and calyces, by the large simple leaves and the conspicuous stipules. A full account with detailed description and illustration is provided in Ross, loc. cit. 247-249, q.v. T. incana is fairly widely distributed in sandy soils in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. (Fig. 2). 3. Templetonia biloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Bossiaea biloba Benth. in Htigel, Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1: 578 (1842); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 160 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Albany, King Georges Sound, Htigel (W, holo.!). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, Drummond 264 (MEL 92288!, W!). Small shrub or subshrub up to 0.5 m high with several simple or branched stems, the stems rigid, ± terete to slightly angular, mostly densely clothed with long villous hairs but sometimes only sparingly so, unarmed. Leaves simple, ± sessile, the basal articulation usually densely villous, very variable in size and shape from linear-cuneate or cuneate-oblong and up to 2.5 cm long x 0.7-1. 5 cm wide to linear or linear-oblong and up to 6 cm long x 0.4 cm wide, typically bilobed apically and the two lobes diverging somewhat or apex obtuse or only slightly emarginate, the midrib projecting slightly and forming a short mucro, margins revolute, mostly glabrous apart from hairs on midrib and margins but sometimes densely clothed with hairs above and/or below or ± glabrous throughout. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on sparingly to densely villous pedicels up to 9 mm long, the pedicels with a basal linear villous bract up to 3.5 mm long and an apical pair of linear villous bracteoles
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 11-Dec".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 2-Mar".
28 types of B. rossii and MEL 20342 from “in planitiebus apricis ad fl. Avoca” is here selected as the lectotype. Mueller recognised that B. rossii was closely related to T. sulcata but distinguished his new species by its smaller stature, branches that lacked pungent tips and calyces which were quasi 4-lobed, the upper lobe being broad and shortly dentate or emarginate apically. Bentham, Fl. Austr. 2:171 (1864), regarded B. rossii as a synonym of T. sulcata and the two have since been considered conspecific. Representative Specimens of Taxon with Small Pods: Western Australia— Lake Wagin, 1891, Miss Cronin (MEL 92113). 19.2 km SW. of Mt. Ragged, 6. xi i . 1 960, A. S. George 2046 (PERTH). Manmanning Railway Dam Reserve, Avon location 25363, 4. xi . 1 980, B. H. Smith (MEL 580087). South Australia— Alawoona, ii. 191 3, J. B. Cleland (AD 97402057). Eyre Peninsula, Section 21, Hundred of Murlong, 8.xii. 1959, R. L. Specht & C. M. Eardtey 2053 (AD 97404431). Northern Yorke Peninsula, ± 5 km S. of Bute, 8.xi. 1 966, B. Copley 874 (AD 96708148). New South Wales— Pullet op Nature Reserve, 40 km NW. of Griffith, 30. ix. 1969, J. H. Willis (MEL 566292). 20 km W. of Balranald, 1 8 . viii. 1 977, W. E. Mu/ham 1222 (NSW 143404). 31 km W. of Euston along Sturt Highway towards Mildura, 18. viii. 1979, M. D. Crisp 5728 (MEL 577902). Victoria — Hattah Lakes National Park, 25. ix. 1969, G. W. Anderson (MEL 566290). 51.2 km NNW. of Underbool P.O., 28. ix. 1972, A. C. Beauglehole 40494 (MEL 528632). Speed, 27. viii. 1979, M. G. Corrick 6223 & B. A. Fuhrer (MEL 1515223). Representative Specimens of Taxon with Large Pods: Western Australia— Hines Hill, W. of Merredin, 6.xii. 1 961 , R. D. Royce 6773 (PERTH). Great Eastern Highway, near old Southern Cross cemetery, 19.i.x. 1963, J. H. Willis (MEL 566295). 1 1.2 km E. of Winchester, 25. xi. 1972, C. Chapman (PERTH). Koomberkine, 1 3 .xii. 1980, B. H. Smith (MEL 580089). The distinctly flattened stems distinguish T. sulcata from both T. egena and T. battii. The occurrence of the two very closely related leafless taxa with flattened stems that are currently referred to T. sulcata is reminiscent of the relationship that exists between T. egena and T. battii. EXCLUDED SPECIES Templetonia regina J. Drummond, J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 5: 312 (1853); Ross, Muelleria 4: 389-390 (1981) = Brachysema aphyllum Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. t. 4481 (1849). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Dr A. A. Munir, State Herbarium of South Australia, for answering a number of enquiries and for photographing several type specimens while serving as the Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England; to Mr A. S. George, Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Canberra (formerly of the Western Australian Herbarium, Perth) for assistance in several ways; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors of Kew Her- barium, the Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, and of the Australian herbaria for the loan of specimens; to the Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Dept, of Home Affairs and Environment, Canberra, for a grant under the Australian Biological Resources Study Participatory Programme for technical assistance; to Mrs M. A. Powell for assisting with the compilation of distribution maps and to Miss T. Munro for typing the manuscript. Finally, it is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance received from Mr and Mrs B. H. Smith, Wongan Hills, Western Australia, who so kindly under- took field studies on my behalf and provided specimens, field observations and colour transparencies which permitted a better appreciation of the taxonomic complexity surrounding T. sulcata.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 3-6, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 8-Nov".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 23-28".
33 Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 9-1 1 /im. Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. Chemistry: perlatolic acid. Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection (South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 H m. Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C.
157 3. Pappus present 11. Bracts subtending compound heads c. equal to, or exceeding, the length of the headf 12. Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales, each scale terminating in a single smooth or minutely barbellate bristle (Fig. 3k) 8. micropodioides 12. Pappus a cup of scales or a small ring 13. Flat capitular bracts with a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib (fig. 3e) \1. A. drummondii 13 . Flat capitular bracts lacking a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib 8. micropodioides* 11. Bracts subtending the compound heads inconspicuous or less than c. ‘/4 the length of the head (sometimes reaching c. !4 the length of the head in A. brachypappus) 14. Leaves (at least the upper ones) conduplicate, often incurved at the apex and with a distinct hyaline appendage; pappus of 4-6 bristles, barbellate in the lower Vz, united into a small. slightly toothed ring at the base (fig. 3g) 1. ^4. acrohyalinus 14. Leaves not conduplicate; pappus not as above 15. Pappus of 2 or 3 jagged scales, each scale terminating in I or 2 terminally subplumose bristlesextendingthelengthofthecorolla(fig. 3h) 5. A. tomentosus 15. Pappus a jagged cup (of ± distinct scales) or a ring 16. Leaves almost glabrous, succulent and cylindrical when fresh 4. A. glabratus 16. Leaves conspicuously hairy, usually not succulent 17. Flat capitular bracts tapering gradually to the base; compound heads ± narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid 18. Pappus a small, jagged ring (Cliff Head — Jurien Bay region, Western Australia) 2. ^4. milnei* 18. Pappus cup-shaped, jagged, often appearing as 2-4 distinct scales (SW. corner Northern Territory and possibly central Western Australia) 3. /4. cyathifer 17. Flat capitular bracts abruptly attenuated in lower V^-Vi (fig. 3d); compound heads usually narrowly ovoid to ovoid, sometimes ± narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid 19. Leaves usually oblanceolate, sometimes linear or narrowly elliptic, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide; pappus a jagged cup, 0.15-0.7 mm long, often with 1 or 2 bristles extending Vi-Vi the length of the floret (fig. 3j) (eastern South Australian Queensland, New South Wales, western Victoria) 6. A. brachypappus 19. Leaves ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1.7) cm long, c.0.1 cm wide; pappus ajagged ring 0.1-0. 3 mm long (fig. 3i)(Nullarbor Plain region) 7. y4. conocephalus A number of collections, referred to in the key above as A. milnei*, A. micropodioides and >1. drummondii*, are to some extent atypical of the species to which they are referred and under which their diagnostic features are outlined. They possibly represent distina taxa but further collections are required to substantiate this view. 1. Angianthus acrohyalinus Morrison, J. Bot. 50:167 (1912); Grieve &Blackall,W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). Type: “Globe Hill Station and Minderoo, Ashburton River, October.'’ Lectotype (here designated): Morrison s,m, Globe Hill, Ashburton River, 6.X.1905 (PERTH). Syntype: Morrison s.n., Minderoo, Ashburton R., ll.x.1905 (K). Annual herb, (6)10-30 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, flexuose, hairy; stem often simple in the smaller plants, to c. 7 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, flat to conduplicate, apex often incurved, (0.3)l-6(7) cm long, (0.2)0. 3-0. 6(0. 8) cm wide, the lower ones slightly mucronate, the rest usually with a distinctive hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves tSince the completion of the manuscript for this revision a collection Newbey 9154 from c. 72 km NNW. of Bullfinch, Western Australia, has been drawn to my attention. It appears to represent a distinct species of Angianthus. It is an annual, has 2 florets per capitulum, a pappus of 2-3 scales, each of which terminates in a single, minutely barbellate awn extending the length of the corolla, and the bracts subtending the compound heads are about equal to or exceeding the length of the compound head. It keys out to lead 12 in the key to species.
202 DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). — Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., densely silky hairy. Distribution; See generic treatment. Ecology: Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. Notes: 1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of H. globifera.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or ± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with
209
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18):
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD);
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock,
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD).
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species,
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.).
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of
each are noted below.
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315,
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch,
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see
note 1 below).
Notes:
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype.
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l.
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931.
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.”
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682).
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below).
Notes:
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material
available to him.
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique.
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.)
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730
167 hairy toward the apex and often with a dissected wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, (1.3)1. 5-2.2 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0. 8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, often with 1 or 2 bristles extending Vi-V^ the length of the corolla tube, the cup 0.15-0.7 mm high, including the bristles the total pappus length up to 1.6 mm long. Fig. 3j. Distribution (Fig. 2): North-eastern South Australia, western New South Wales and north-west Victoria, Common. Two collections, Blake 10441 and WhiteB^l 224128, from Yelarbon, Queensland, represent a disjunct locality. Unfortunately the condition of the specimens is poor but there appears to be no reason to exclude them from A, brachypappus. Ecology: Commonly occurs on sandy soils in open areas. Collectors’ notes include “Open plain, sandy loam”, “Sandridge, very common, blue-bush association” and “Very gently undulating gilgaied depressions on brown gibber soils”. Selected Specimens Examined (8/66): South Australia — Lay 577, Balta Baltana Block, 7.x. 1971 (AD); Symon 9478, W. edge of Simpson Desert, NE. of Macumba, 28.ix.1974 (AD); Weber 1443, Andamooka Opal Fields, 8.ix.l968 (AD). Victoria — Willis s.n.,C. 1 mile E. of Berribee Tank, 31.viii.l948 (MEL 84413). New South Wales — Constable s.n., Mundi Mundi Station, 14.x. 1947 (NSW 4543); LeighS30, 50 miles NE. of Hay, 26. ix. 1963 (NSW); Richley F97, Fowler’s Gap, 20. ix. 1973 (AD). Queensland — Blake 10441, Yelarbon, 22. ii. 1936 (BRI, GH). 7. Angianthus conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short, comb, et stat. nov. Angianthus brachypappus v?ix. conocephalus J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, fig. 300 (1929), 2nd ed. 924, fig. 1224 (1957), basionym. Type: “Ooldea; Nullarbor Plain.” Lectotype (here designated): ? J, M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 97823002, herb. J, M. Black). Syntype (possible isolectotype): J. M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb, J. M. Black). Other Syntypes: J. M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J, M. Black); J. M. Black s.n., Ooldea, growing on edge of Nullarbor Plain, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. Black); J. M. 5/6fcA: 5. n., Ooldea, just W. of siding & near rlyine, 23. ix.l920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. Black); Isings.n., Nullarbor Plain, s. dat (AD 98103149), herb. J. M. Black). [Angianthus brachypappus auct. non. F. Muell.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildns 812 (1975).] Annual herb. Major axes usually ascending or decumbent, rarely erect, 3-8 cm long, hairy; stem usually not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1. 7) cm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, nor or very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads ± ovoid, 0. 8-1.6 cm long, 0,4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but usually several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle narrowly oblong, the capitula arranged in a spike-like fashion, the minor receptacular appendages small. Capitula c. 30-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-4), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to, and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate, 2.3-2. 8 mm long, 0.8-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones 2. 3-2.7 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts 2, obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs, the edge of the bracts incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.7 mm long, 0.9-1. 4 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to the base, 1.4-2. 1 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0.7 mm long, c. 0.3 mmdiam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring, 0. 1-0.3 mm long. Figs: 3d,i.
209
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18):
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD);
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock,
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD).
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species,
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.).
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of
each are noted below.
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315,
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch,
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see
note 1 below).
Notes:
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype.
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l.
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931.
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.”
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682).
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below).
Notes:
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material
available to him.
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique.
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.)
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 167-168, Figs 2, 3j".
169 Ecology; Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge of saline depressions. Notes: 1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as the lectotype. 2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under simple genetic control. 3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to A. micropodioides. Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. [Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975) . j Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. ^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie (25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium [ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 178-179, Fig. 2".
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 174-175, Fig. 2".
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
205 0 kms 300 Fig. 15. Distribution and floret characteristics of Siloxerus. a and # — S. humifusus. b and O — S. filifolius, c and A — 5. pygmaens. Distribution (Fig. 15): South-west of Western Australia. Affinities/Generic Characteristics: Siloxerus contains 3 species. It is readily distinguished from all other members of Angianthus s.L by the presence of paleae, a hairy general receptacle, the ± obovoid, purple, papillose achenes and the more or less rigid nature of both the capitular and receptacular bracts. Unlike other members of Angianthus s.l. the capitula in members of this genus are somewhat ill-defined. The genus has no obvious affinities with other members of the ‘'Angianthus group'' (sensu Merxmuller et al., 1977) and any affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae are yet to be determined. Evolution/Reproductive Biology: All species, as evidenced by approximate P/O determinations of c. 200 (Short 1981a, b), are inbreeders. They have close affinities with one another and indeed 5. humifusus may be a polyploid directly derived from S. filifolius (see note 1 under S. humifusus). Key to Species of Siloxerus 1. Stem apparently absent; compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.6-1. 1 cmdiam 3. 5. pygmaeus 1. Stem simple or branching, the major axes decumbent to erect, 1-7(9) cm long; compound heads ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2. 9 cm long, c. 0.5-1. 5 cm diam. 2. Pappusc. !/2 or rarelythelength of the floret; capitular bractsandpaleae(2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long 2. 5. humifusus 2. Pappus c. equal to or slightly exceeding the length of the Horet; capitular bracts and paleae 1.25-1.9 mm long I ^ filifolius 1. Siloxerus filifolius (Benth.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk 3:136 (1921). — Gnaphalodes filifolium Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867). — Angianthus filifolius (Benth.) C. A. Gardner, Enum. PI. Austr, Occ. 135 (1931); Grieve & Blackall W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Murray river, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfields n ’ Tufts, low wet places, Murray R., W. Aust., s. dat. (K). Isotype: MEL 84436 (see note 1)’
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 162-164, Figs 2, 3a, c, 5".
203 long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus absent. Fig. if. Distribution (Fig. 14): A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. Affinities/Generic Characteristics: The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other members of Angianthus s.l. Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. Evolution/Reproductive Biology: The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. Distribution: See generic treatment. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base of granite”. Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 143-183".
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 173-174, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 168-169, Figs 2, 3k".
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
169 Ecology; Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge of saline depressions. Notes: 1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as the lectotype. 2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under simple genetic control. 3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to A. micropodioides. Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. [Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975) . j Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. ^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie (25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium [ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH.
198 Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the capitulum-subtending bracts. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. Chromosome number: not known. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca.
180
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo-
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo-
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus
(Western Australia).
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr.
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s.
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1).
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide.
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long,
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum-
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long,
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the
corolla tube.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions.
Associated with Halosarcia.
Note:
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”.
180
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo-
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo-
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus
(Western Australia).
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr.
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s.
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1).
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide.
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long,
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum-
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long,
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the
corolla tube.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions.
Associated with Halosarcia.
Note:
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”.
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
174
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)*
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH).
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum.
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW,
PERTH.
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W.
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places.
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH.
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number).
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy.
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy;
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted.
Ecology:
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label
records them as growing “in wet places”.
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions.
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\
Notes:
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus.
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner.
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less
180
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo-
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo-
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus
(Western Australia).
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr.
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s.
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1).
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide.
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long,
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum-
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long,
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the
corolla tube.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions.
Associated with Halosarcia.
Note:
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 176-178, Figs 2, 3e".
171 one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate or ± oblong, 2.4-3 mm long, 1. 2-1.6 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 2.4-2. 6 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, elliptic or obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower VS , the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2.4-3 mm long, 0.9-1 .2 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex and with 2 distinct horn-like appendages, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm long, at the base. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube either tapering ± gradually to a swollen base or with an abrupt taper in the lower V 3 , the entire tube 1.5-1. 8 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam. Achenes ± ellipsoid, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. absent. Figs.: 3f, 6. Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to a small area in the vicinity of Carnegie, Leonora and Wiluna, Western Australia. A single collection, Short 1112, from Dundas Rocks, may be referrable to this species. Uncommon. Ecology: Apart from the holotype collection the only habitat information is “low rocky ridge in ironstone wash area”. Note: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the horn-like basal appendages which are found on the flat capitular bracts. The affinities of this species appear to be with A. micropodioides (see note 3 under that species) and possibly A. conocephalus. It is readily distinguished from the latter species by the well developed general involucre. The involucre is inconspicuous in A. conocephalus. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Beauglehole 59466 & Errey 3166, 19 km S. of Wiluna, 13. ix. 1978 (ACB, AD); Blackall s.n.,Yandi\ Station, -.ix. 1939 (PERTH); Blackalls.n.,nQai Leonora., -.ix.l939 (PERTH); Short 1112, salt lake at base of Dundas Rocks 25. viii. 1970 (AD); Wilson8940, 18 km S. of Wiluna, 28. viii. 1970 (PERTH). 10. Angianthus prostratus Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axesmaiores prostrati decumbentesve, 5-20(23) cm longi, pilosi, ramismaioribusenodis basalibus efficientibus; caulis non clams. Folia alterna, sublinearia oblanceolatave, 0. 5-1(2) cm longa, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomeruli latissime ovoidei usque late depresseque ovoidei, 0.5-1 cm longi, 0.5-i.l cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum clarum longitudini glomeruli aequales longioresve facientes; receptaculum latissime ovoideum. Capitula 20-30; bractea capitulum subtendens 1, elliptica vel ita anguste, 2.5-3(3.3) mm longa, 0. 9-1.1 mm lata; costa dare pilosa in dimidio superiore, pilis bractea circa tertia parte longioribus. Bracteae intra capitulum-. duo concavae 2. 6-3. 2(3. 4) mm longae, costa dense pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus; planae 2, subobovatae usque oblanceolatae, 2. 3-3(3. 3) mm longae, 0.7-1 mm latae, ± gradatim attenuatae, costain dimidio superiore varie pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus, raro e pagine adaxiali appendicem aliformem integrem efficiens. Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata. Achenia subobovoidea, 0.7-0. 9 mm longa, c. 0.5 mm diametro, varie papillosa, ad apicem circulo pilorum parvorum. Pappus carens. Holotypus (fig. 7): Aplin 2297, 10 miles south of Leonora on road to Menzies, 17.viii.l963 (PERTH). Annual herb. Major axes prostrate or decumbent, 5-20(23) cm long, hairy; stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or oblanceolate, 0. 5-1(2) cm long, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm wide, mucronate, hairy. Compound heads very broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.5-1. 1 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about equal to or exceeding the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or oblanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.05-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, sometimes a few inner ones with hyaline apices; general receptacle ± very broadly ovoid. Capitula 20-30 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, narrowly elliptic to ± elliptic, 2.5- 3(3.3) mm long, 0.9-1. 1 mm wide, the midrib conspicuously hairy in the upper Vi, the single hairs c. /a the length of the bract. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 2.6- 3. 2(3.4) mm long, the midrib densely hairy, the single hairs c. /3-V2 the length of the
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 175-176, Fig. 2".
193 heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon drainage system. Locally common. Ecology: Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per capitulum. 2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). [Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".
160 the midrib sparsely hairy toward the apex and sometimes with a few glandular hairs; flat bracts 2, ± oblanceolate, obovate or narrowly elliptic, gradually tapering toward the base, 2. 3-3. 5 mm long, 0. 6-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the apex, glandular hairs sometimes present. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually into a variably swollen base, sometimes a ± abrupt taper in the lower Vi, 1.7-2. 3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes obovoid, 0. 6-0.9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pa/?/7w;yabsent. Fig. 3. Chromosome number: n = 13 (Turner, 1970 — as tomentosus\ T5382), Distribution (Fig. 2): North-west Western Australia between latitudes 21°S and 2S°S and west of longitude c.ll9°E. Common. Ecology: Occurs on the margins of saline depressions or in open scrubland, shrubland or tussock grassland formations. Collectors' notes include “Wattle scrub on stony plateau”, “In red sand on Spinifex plain” and “Reddish loam, with limestone rock. Chenopod, Acacia dominants”. Notes: \. A. milnei in many respects resembles A. tomentosus and A. acrohyalinus and commonly grows with the latter. However it is readily distinguished from them by the absence of a pappus and by the presence of the distinctive lamina and hairs on the midrib of the capitulum-subtending bract. The conduplicate leaves of A. acrohyalinus are distinctly different from those of A. milnei. 2. Collections from the Cliff Head-Jurien Bay region (see list below) lack the distinctive lamina and long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and at least one collection. Burns 128, contains some florets with a small, jagged, ring-like pappus. Their distribution falls outside that of typical A. milnei and collection data suggest that the populations tend to grow in saline regions. It appears that the collections represent a distinct taxon, possibly a subspecies of A. milnei. More collections should be examined before any formal status, if any, is conferred upon this taxon. Selected Specimens Examined (8/20): Western Australia — Beard 6020, 10 miles W. of Gascoyne Junction, 18.viii.l970 (NSW, PERTH); Demarz 4689, Lake Austin, 23.x. 1973 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 6007, No. 2 tank between Geraldton and Shark Bay, 17.ix.l941 (PERTH); Gardner 7836, Tuckanarra, 13.x. 1945 (PERTH); George 1125, 20 miles E. of Onslow, 27.viii.1960 (PERTH); Short 483A, c. 3 km N. of Lyndon River on Minilya-Cape Range road, 27.viii.1977 (AD); Speck 678, 15 miles E. of Berringarra, 6.ix.l957 (CANB, PERTH); Turner 5382, 50 miles SE. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (PERTH). Specimens Examined, A. milnei variant Western Australia — Burns 128, Cliff Head, S. of Dongarra, 25.x. 1967 (PERTH); Keighery578, 3 km E. of Jurien Bay, 20.X.1975 (KP); Paust 1158, 3.2 km NE. of Jurien Bay, 3.X.1972 (PERTH); Short 1012, c. 2.1 km from Jurien Bay, I9.xi.l979 (AD). 3. Angianthus cyathifer Short, sp. nov. [Angianthus tomentosus met. non Wendl.: Chippendale, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 84:103 (1961).] Herba annua. Axes maiores plerumque ascendentes decumbentesve, raro erecti, (4)8-18(24) cm longi, variepilosi; caulis plerumque ramis maioribus vix clarus. altema, sublinearia velelliptica vei ita anguste, (0.3)0.5-2.5 cm longa, c. 0.1 cm lata, pilosa interdum paulum mucronata, mucrone foliorum superiorum hyalino. Glomeruli ellipsoidei vel ita subanguste, 1.2-2.5(2.9) cm longi, c. 0.5 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes paulum clarae; receptaculum cylindraceum usque subanguste oblongum. Capitula c. 100-500; bracteae capitulum subtendentes l(2-?3), ± ellipticae, obovataevel ± oblongae, (1.7)2.1-2.7 mm longae, 0.8-1.3 mm latae; costa plerumque pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferens. Bracteae intra capitulum: duo concave (1.7)2-2.7 mm longae, costa ad apicem pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti; duo planae anguste ellipticae usque ellipticae obovataeve, (1.65)2.2-2.6 mm longae, 0.6-1 mm latae, gradatim attenuatae, costa plerumque glabra, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti. Flosculi 2; corolla5-lobata./lc/7e/;/fl'subobovoidea, 0.5-0.75 mm longa, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diametro, papillosa. Pappus subeyathiformis, laceratus saepe 2-4 squamis Claris ad basem coniunctis similis, 0.2-0.55 mm longus.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 164-166, Figs 1j, 2, 3h".
210 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 (1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 (AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. Notes: 1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the lectotype. 2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of A. tomentosus. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the manuscript. I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research Committee. Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript.
210 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 (1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 (AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. Notes: 1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the lectotype. 2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of A. tomentosus. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the manuscript. I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research Committee. Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript.
ASPLENIUM TERRESTRE AND TWO ASPLENIUM HYBRIDS: NEW FERN RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIA by P. J. Brownsey* ABSTRACT The presence of Asplenium terrestre Brownsey in the Australian fern flora is recorded for the first time. It occurs in Tasmania and parts of Victoria where it has previously been confused with A . bulbiferum Forst. f. and A . flaccidum Forst f. A natural hybrid between A. terrestre and A . bulbiferum is also recorded, and Australian specimens previously referred to A. scleroprium Hombr. are thought to belong to another hybrid combination, A. flaccidum x obtusatum Forst f. NEW RECORDS Asplenium terrestre Brownsey, New Zealand J. Bot. 15: 71 (1977) Asplenium terrestre was first described in a revision of the New Zealand species of Asplenium (Brownsey 1977a). Plants belonging to this species were previously included within y4. flaccidum Forst. f. In New Zealand, A. terrestre is an octoploid species which c^ be distinguished morphologically from the tetraploid A. flaccidum by its more highly divided frond and its more prominently ridged spore pattern. It also differs from A. flaccidum in growing on the ground and having a more or less erect frond, whereas A. flaccidum is commonly epiphytic and has limp, pendulous fronds. In New Zealand, both A. terrestre and A. flaccidum have two distinct habit-forms, recognised at the subspecific level, which are characteristic of forest and coastal habitats respectively. The distinguishing features of all four taxa are fully described and illustrated in my original paper (Brownsey 1977a). When first recognising terrestre as being distinct from A. flaccidum I regarded it as a species endemic to New Zealand. However, subsequent investigation of collections in AD, HO, MEL, NSW and WELT, together with some field observations in Tasmania, has shown that A . terrestre is also present in the Australian flora in addition to the more widespread A. flaccidum. The plants found in Australia match very closely A. terrestre subsp. terrestre from New Zealand and can be distinguished from^. flaccidum suhsp. flaccidum by the same morphological characteristics as in the latter region. I have seen no Australian specimens referable to either A, terrestre subsp. maritimum Brownsey or A. flaccidum subsp. haurakiense Brownsey which appear to be New Zealand endemics. Unfortunately it has not yet been possible to obtain chromosome counts from plants of Australian A. terrestre but the range of mean spore sizes from five Tasmanian populations was found to be 42-45 x 28-31 /^m which is consistent with New Zealand material. Curiously, the range for four Tasmanian populations of A. flaccidum was found to be 42-48 X 27-30/im which is larger than for subsp. flaccidum in New Zealand (36-44 x 23-27 /.an), though within the range for subsp. haurakiense (43-49x26-31 /mi). It is obviously desirable that chromosome counts should be obtained from Australian material to confirm that the New Zealand and Australian species are the same. A . terrestre is confined in Australia to Tasmania, some of the Bass Strait islands and a few localities in southern Victoria. In Tasmania it appears to be more common than A. flaccidum, which is restricted to the northern half of the island. Unlike A. flaccidum which is normally epiphytic, A . terrestre grows on the ground, on damp rock faces, or at the bases of trees. It occurs in wet forest habitats and becomes progressively rarer ♦National Museum, Private Bag, Wellington, New Zealand. Muelleria5(^): 219-221 (1983). 219
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 140-141".
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
164 Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves ± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. Distribution (Fig. 2): Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus and A. tomentosus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. Steetz), (see note 2 below). Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River (Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 182-183, Fig. 8".
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
173 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between longitudes 119°E and 122°E. Ecology: Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus woodland”. Note: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, -.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. Distribution Fig. 2: North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of longitude 117°E. Locally common. Ecology: Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds and clay”. Notes: 1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century.
173 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between longitudes 119°E and 122°E. Ecology: Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus woodland”. Note: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, -.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. Distribution Fig. 2: North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of longitude 117°E. Locally common. Ecology: Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds and clay”. Notes: 1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century.
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
208 the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 (Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 (1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. Distribution (Fig. 15): South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. Ecology: Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. Note: 1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have occurred throughout the Tertiary period.
208 the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 (Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 (1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. Distribution (Fig. 15): South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. Ecology: Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. Note: 1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have occurred throughout the Tertiary period.
190 Angianthus pusilluswax. polyanthus Benth., FL Austr. 3:564(1867). Type: “Murray and Darling Desert.” Lectotype (here designated): Anon, s.n., Victorian Expedition, Murray and Darling Desert, s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: MEL 541203, MEL 541204, MEL 84537, MEL 84538 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne angianthoides F. Muell., Linnaea 25:404 (1853); Sond., Linnaea 25:488 (1853). Type: “In virgultis deserti pone Cudnaka”. Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n.. In den gestruppen zwischen Cudnaka & Arkaba, -.x.1851 (MEL 541201). Isolectotypes: MEL 541200, MEL 541202. Probable Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Sond.), MEL 84532 (ex herb. Sond.) (see note 2 below). Annual herb, (1.7)3-10(15) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sometimes ± opposite, linear or elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate to oblanceolate, 0.2-1.5(3.3) cm long, 0.05-0.3(0.4) cm wide, a small hyaline appendage often present at the apex, all leaves with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads usually narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or ± oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1.5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0.5(0.7) cm diam. Capitula 20-80 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract widely to widely depressed obovate or widely depressed ovate, (1.25)1.4-2.2(2.8) mm long, (1.65)1.8-3(3.3) mm wide; midrib entire, variably hairy or glabrous, sometimes with a few glandular hairs. Capitular bracts c. 4-10, c. 1 .5 mm long and with the upper part of the laminae variably constricted, arranged in 1 or ±2 whorls, the whorl or outer whorl of 2± concave bracts with distinctive midribs and 2 flat bracts with variably distinct midribs, the inner whorl of c. 3-5 ± flat to concave bracts with indistinct midribs. Florets (l)3-5(8); corolla 5-lobed, the tube with an abrupt taper in the lower Vi, 1-1.2 mm long, 0. 3-0.4 mm diam., sometimes with a few glandular hairs on the tube; anthers 5, each with c. 300-450 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.35-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus usually a small, jagged ring 0. 1-0.2 mm high, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending to c. Vi the height of the floret. Figs: 9; lOa-f. Chromosome numbers: n==6. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Southern and central Australia. Common. Ecology: Found in both coastal and inland situations around claypans, saline depressions and granite outcrops or in scrubland, shrubland and hummock ^assland formations. Collectors’ notes include “Steppe with Myriocephalus stuartii. Cassia eremophila, mulga, chenopods”, “On wide, low, red sandy ridge dominated by Triodia mitchelliivai. brevifolia'\ “In Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes”, “Growing in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone and extending to open areas between Melaleuca around salty depression. Sandy loam.”, “. . . salt lake ... as close as 3 m from salt line. Growing in sand. Assoc. spp.: Atriplex vesicaria, Melaleuca halmaturorum'' and “Base of granite rocks in very sandy loam”. Notes: 1. The specimen of A. pusillus var. polyanthus designated as the lectotype is the only specimen in K or MEL both seen by Bentham and with the correct annotation. It contains two specimens with what is considered to be a generalised locality, i.e. “Murray and Darling Desert’ ’. Several other specimens seen by Bentham (as indicated by the initid B on the label) and collected on the Victorian Expedition exist in MEL. None is annotated as var. polyanthus and none has exactly the same locality details but the possibility exists that some may be isolectotypes. The collections are Anon s.n., Viet. Expd., Near Darling R., 28.x. 1860 (MEL 541204); Anon s.n.. Darling Desert, s. dat. (MEL 541203); Anon s.n., Viet. Exped., Sand hills, 29.ix.1860 (MEL 84538); Beckler s.n., V. Exp., near R. Darling, 1860 (MEL 84537). 2. The specimen designated as the lectotype of C. angianthoides only one for which Cudnaka is mentioned in the locality details. The label also mentions Arkaba, the locality given on the isolectotype sheets MEL 541200 and MEL 541202. Specimens on the
190 Angianthus pusilluswax. polyanthus Benth., FL Austr. 3:564(1867). Type: “Murray and Darling Desert.” Lectotype (here designated): Anon, s.n., Victorian Expedition, Murray and Darling Desert, s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: MEL 541203, MEL 541204, MEL 84537, MEL 84538 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne angianthoides F. Muell., Linnaea 25:404 (1853); Sond., Linnaea 25:488 (1853). Type: “In virgultis deserti pone Cudnaka”. Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n.. In den gestruppen zwischen Cudnaka & Arkaba, -.x.1851 (MEL 541201). Isolectotypes: MEL 541200, MEL 541202. Probable Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Sond.), MEL 84532 (ex herb. Sond.) (see note 2 below). Annual herb, (1.7)3-10(15) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sometimes ± opposite, linear or elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate to oblanceolate, 0.2-1.5(3.3) cm long, 0.05-0.3(0.4) cm wide, a small hyaline appendage often present at the apex, all leaves with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads usually narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or ± oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1.5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0.5(0.7) cm diam. Capitula 20-80 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract widely to widely depressed obovate or widely depressed ovate, (1.25)1.4-2.2(2.8) mm long, (1.65)1.8-3(3.3) mm wide; midrib entire, variably hairy or glabrous, sometimes with a few glandular hairs. Capitular bracts c. 4-10, c. 1 .5 mm long and with the upper part of the laminae variably constricted, arranged in 1 or ±2 whorls, the whorl or outer whorl of 2± concave bracts with distinctive midribs and 2 flat bracts with variably distinct midribs, the inner whorl of c. 3-5 ± flat to concave bracts with indistinct midribs. Florets (l)3-5(8); corolla 5-lobed, the tube with an abrupt taper in the lower Vi, 1-1.2 mm long, 0. 3-0.4 mm diam., sometimes with a few glandular hairs on the tube; anthers 5, each with c. 300-450 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.35-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus usually a small, jagged ring 0. 1-0.2 mm high, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending to c. Vi the height of the floret. Figs: 9; lOa-f. Chromosome numbers: n==6. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Southern and central Australia. Common. Ecology: Found in both coastal and inland situations around claypans, saline depressions and granite outcrops or in scrubland, shrubland and hummock ^assland formations. Collectors’ notes include “Steppe with Myriocephalus stuartii. Cassia eremophila, mulga, chenopods”, “On wide, low, red sandy ridge dominated by Triodia mitchelliivai. brevifolia'\ “In Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes”, “Growing in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone and extending to open areas between Melaleuca around salty depression. Sandy loam.”, “. . . salt lake ... as close as 3 m from salt line. Growing in sand. Assoc. spp.: Atriplex vesicaria, Melaleuca halmaturorum'' and “Base of granite rocks in very sandy loam”. Notes: 1. The specimen of A. pusillus var. polyanthus designated as the lectotype is the only specimen in K or MEL both seen by Bentham and with the correct annotation. It contains two specimens with what is considered to be a generalised locality, i.e. “Murray and Darling Desert’ ’. Several other specimens seen by Bentham (as indicated by the initid B on the label) and collected on the Victorian Expedition exist in MEL. None is annotated as var. polyanthus and none has exactly the same locality details but the possibility exists that some may be isolectotypes. The collections are Anon s.n., Viet. Expd., Near Darling R., 28.x. 1860 (MEL 541204); Anon s.n.. Darling Desert, s. dat. (MEL 541203); Anon s.n., Viet. Exped., Sand hills, 29.ix.1860 (MEL 84538); Beckler s.n., V. Exp., near R. Darling, 1860 (MEL 84537). 2. The specimen designated as the lectotype of C. angianthoides only one for which Cudnaka is mentioned in the locality details. The label also mentions Arkaba, the locality given on the isolectotype sheets MEL 541200 and MEL 541202. Specimens on the
193 heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon drainage system. Locally common. Ecology: Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per capitulum. 2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). [Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),]
189 Reproductive Biology: There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 3. C. drummondii 5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes 6. C. tridens 1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K.
198 Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the capitulum-subtending bracts. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. Chromosome number: not known. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca.
198 Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the capitulum-subtending bracts. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. Chromosome number: not known. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 189-192, Figs 9, 10a-f".
A REVISION OF ANGIANTHUS WENDL., SENSU LATO (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE), 2 by P. S. Short* (Continued from Muelleria 5(2): 1 83) 5. Chrysocoiyne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (July 1843); Endl., Gen. PI. Suppl. 3:70 (Oct. 1843); Steetzin Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851); F. Muell., Trans. &Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855) (as sect. Bisquama)] F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856) (reprint of preceding). Type: C. dnimmondii A. Gray (see note 1) [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. drummondii, C. pusilla & C. uniflora.] [Crossolepis auct. non Less.: see synonymy of C. drummondii & C. pusilla & notes 1 & 2.] [Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: see synonymy of C. drummondii & C. pmilla.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. drummondii, C. pusilla 8 l C. uniflora.] Annual herbs. Major axes ascending or erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sometimes ± opposite, sessile, entire, with some scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to obovoid or cylindrical to oblong; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf- like bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts. General receptacle a simple undivided axis with the capitula arranged in a spike, minor receptacular axes absent. Ca/?/fw/a 30-100(250) per compound head, each capitulum with 1 abaxial, hyaline, subtending bract that overlaps the capitular bracts. Capitulum subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely depressed ovate or ± widely to widely depressed obovate, sometimes ± circular; midrib large, c. Vs the total width and c. Vi the total length of the bract, entire and with an obtuse apex (or as in C. trifida only, distinctly lobed), glabrous or variably hairy. Capitular bracts 2, or to c. 10, hyaline, flat to concave, lamina with a distinct constriction in the upper part and with entire margins (C. pusilla only) or lacking a constriction and with the margins variably hairy; the midribs variably conspicuous; the bracts either distinctly paired and opposite one another or arranged in ± 1 or 2 whorls around the florets. Florets 1-5(8) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3, 4 or 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obconical, variably papillose, pink or pale purple. Pappus a small jagged ring or a ring with several apically divided bristles or absent. Figs: la-e; 9; 10. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Southern and central Australia. Four of the six species grow only on the margins of salt lakes in Western Australia. The lakes occur in a number of major drainage divisions and constituent systems recognised by Mulcahy & Bettenay (1972) and Bettenay & Mulcahy (1972). Species distribution appears to have been greatly affected by drainage patterns (Short 1981a,b). Ecology: All species commonly grow on the margins of saline depressions. Only C. pusilla and C. drummondii are capable of growing in non-saline habitats. *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(3):I85-214 (1983). 185
196 which agrees precisely with Mueller’s type citation is in K. The accompanying label indicates that the specimens were seen by Mueller and this sheet is selected as the lectotype. Although not correctly designated a further collection, MEL 541620 with the label ''Chrysocoryne tenella Ferd. Muller, Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi” is probably an isoiectotype or syntype. In Mueller’s case it is not uncommon to find that collection details accompanying specimens do not agree entirely with the published information. In this case there would appear to be a major discrepancy in the locality details but similar labels have been found on possible type material of Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus. 3. Despite its wide distribution C. drummondii exhibits little morphological variation although floret number has been observed to differ in some collections. Most collections have 2-flowered capitula but some collections with 3- and/or 4-flowered capitula (e.g. Cronin MEL 84705) and apparently 1-flowered capitula (e.g. Andrews, PERTH s.n.) have been found in Western Australia. A further collection, Eichler 20312, also from Western Australia, contains specimens with longer, narrower compound heads than those normally found in the species but other attributes suggest that it is best referred to C. drummondii. Selected Specimens Examined (9/73): Western Australia — Andrews s.n., Cannington, -,x.l902 (PERTH); Burbidge 7892, Dryandra State Forest, 22.xii.1971 (CANB, PERTH); Short 943, Yorkrakine Granite Rocks, 13.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1085, c. 8.6 km W. of Lake Grace, 24. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1110, western margins of Lake Gilmore, 26.xi.l979(AD); Wilson 10,009, c. 1 km W. of Lucky Bay, 30.ix.l970 (PERTH). South Australia — Hunt 414, c. 25 km north-west of Naracoorte, 18.xi.l961 (AD); Short 807, c. 15.2 km from Edilillie along main road to Pt. Lincoln, 26. ix. 1978 (AD). Victoria — Phillips 406, between Apsley & Booroopki, 2.xi.l971 (CBG). 4. Chrysocoryne trifida Short, sp.nov. Chrysocoryne sp. B, Short, Muelleria 4:402 (1981). Herba annua, (2)3-7 cm alta. Axes maiores ascendentes erective pilos peltiformes glandulosus ferentes; caulis interdum simplex sed plerumque ex nodis basalibus superioribusve vel ubique ramificans; ramuli maiores ipsi saepe surculos efficientes. Folia alterna, plerumque anguste elliptica oblanceolatave, raro elliptica, 0.2-0. 8 cm longa, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm lata, pilos glandulosus peltiformes ferentia. Glomeruli cylindracei usque anguste oblongi, 1-c. 4 cm longi, 0.1-0. 2 cm diametro. Capitula c. 30-100; bractea capitulum subtendens ± late elliptica obovatave, 1. 6-2.2 mm longa, 1.4-1.9 mm lata; costa varie pilosa, saltern 3 lobis distinctis. Bracteae intra capituluml, concavae, 0.8-1. 3 mm longae, 0.2-0. 3 mm latae, marginibus superioribus pilis c. 0.5 mm longis; costa conspicua, circa dimidium longitudinis bracteae altingens, glabra. Flosculi 1(2); corolla 5-lobata; antherae 5, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 350-5(X). Achenia ± obovoidea, c. 0. 3-0.4 mm longa, c. 0.2-0. 3 mm diametro, papillosa, purpurea. Pappus carens. Holotypus (fig. 12): Short 966, 45.1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin. Salt lake. c. 30°28'S, 117°31'E. Growing in white to brown sand or very sandy loam amongst Melaleuca, just Arthrocnemum [ =Halosarcia] zone. Chrysocoryne tridens and C. trifida commonly found growing together, 14.xi.l979 (AD 98(X)2348). IsoTYPus: PERTH. Annual herb, 3-7 cm high. Major axes ascending or erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem sometimes simple but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, rarely elliptic, 0.2-0. 8 cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage often present at the apex, all leaves with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 1-4 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm diam. Capitula c. 30-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or ± widely obovate, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 1.4-1. 9 mm wide; midrib with at least 3 distinct lobes, variably hairy, at least the lower bracts with some scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 0.8-1. 3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, the upper margins with long hairs V3-V2 (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bract; the midrib conspicuous and c. Vi the length of the bract, glabrous. Florets 1(2); corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base or with a fairly distinct constriction in the lower Vi, the entire tube 0.8-1 mm long, c. 0. 3-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 350-500 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.3-0.4 mm long, c. 0. 2-0.3 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOk-m; 12. Chromosome number: n = c. 11.
199 Note: 1 . The K sheet designated as having the lectotype collection of C. myosuroides also contains further specimens of the same species. The specimens are accompanied by the label ^^Chrysocoryne, Sw. riv., Drummond”. In the bottom right hand comer of the sheet there is also a label ''Chrysocoryne myosuroides. Gray” which appears to be in Gray’s hand. It is possible that both sets of specimens were seen by Gray and furthermore both sets may be from the one gathering. Selected Specimens Examined (4/20): Western Australia — Short 614A, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 986, 7.9 km N. of Latham, 15.xi.l979(AD); Short 991, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar, 15.xi.l979(AD); Short 1014, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19.xi.l979 (AD). 6. Chrysocoryne tridens Short, sp. nov. Chrysocoryne sp. C, Short, Muelleria 4:402 (1981). Herba annua, 3-6(7. 6) cm alta. Axes maiores erecti, nonnullis pilis glandulosis peltiformibus; caulis simplex vel e nodis basalibus ramificans. Folia ad basem opposita, superiora alterna, omnia linearia elliptica vel oblanceolata usque obovata, 0.3-0. 8 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm lata, pilis glandulosis peltiformibus dense obtecta. Glomeruli cylindracei usque anguste oblongi, (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm longi, 0.15-0.2 cm diametro. Capitula c. 50-250; bractea capitulim subtendens late elliptica vel late obovata, 1. 7-2(2. 2) mm longa, (1.45)1.6-2 mm lata; costa Integra, glabra vel varie pilosa, saepe pilis glandulosis pelti formibus nonnullis. Bracteae intra capitulum 2, concavae, 0. 9-1.4 mm longae, 0.35-0.6 mm latae, marginibus superioribus varie ciliatis, pilis usque ad c. 0.1 mm longis; costa parum clara. Flosculi 1; corolla 3-lobata, antherae 3, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 8-28. Achenia obovoidea, 0.45-0.55 mm longa, 0.15-0.23 mm diametro, papillosa, purpurea. Pappus carens. Holotypus (fig. 13): Short 1041, c. 3.5 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River flats (East Branch), c. 3l°37'S, 117T)2'E. Growing in whitish brown sand to very sandy brown loam amongst Arthrocnemum [^Halosarcia], Acacia and other shrubs. V. common 20.xi.1979 (AD 98002347). Isotypus: CANB, PERTH. Annual herb, 3-6(7. 6) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming branches at basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves linear or elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0.8 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cyUndrical to narrowly oblong, (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diarn., with only a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis. Capitula c. 50-250 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts widely elliptic or widely obovate, 1. 7-2(2. 2) mm long, (1.45)1.6-2 mm wide; midrib entire, variably hairy or glabrous, often with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 0.9-1. 4 mm long, 0.35-0.6 mm wide, the upper margins variably ciliate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib inconspicuous. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 3(4)-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, 0.7-0.85 mm long, 0.15-0.23 mm diam.; anthers 3(4), each with c. 8-28 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.45-0.55 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappusabsent. Fies* 9* n Chromosome number: n = c. 13. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Eucla and South West Divisions Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “Clay loam on edge of salty flats . . . forming large mats on the ground”, “Growing amongst Eucalyptus, Melaleuca surrounding margin of salty depression. Sandy loam” and “Salt depression. White-greyish sand between Melaleuca' \ C. tridens commonly grows with C uniflora. Examination of collections, e.g Short 614A & 614B, has shown that the former species flowers some days before C. uniflora.
193 heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon drainage system. Locally common. Ecology: Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per capitulum. 2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). [Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),]
193 heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon drainage system. Locally common. Ecology: Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per capitulum. 2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). [Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 198-199, Fig. 9".
208 the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 (Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 (1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. Distribution (Fig. 15): South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. Ecology: Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. Note: 1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have occurred throughout the Tertiary period.
189 Reproductive Biology: There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 3. C. drummondii 5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes 6. C. tridens 1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K.
189 Reproductive Biology: There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 3. C. drummondii 5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes 6. C. tridens 1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K.
153
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained
with Sonder’s herbarium.
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise,
cited in this paper have been seen by the author.
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long,
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus
5. Paleae absent
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque ....
\ . Angianthus connatus
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing-
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . .
7. Hyalochlamys
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m);
achenes brown A ngianthus
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. &
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl.
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend.
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R.
Br. { = A. tomentosus
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type:
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides
(Benth.) Benth.)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst.
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840)
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew
164 Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves ± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. Distribution (Fig. 2): Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus and A. tomentosus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. Steetz), (see note 2 below). Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River (Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below).
164 Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves ± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. Distribution (Fig. 2): Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus and A. tomentosus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. Steetz), (see note 2 below). Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River (Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below).
201
Note:
1. The specific epithet alludes to the 3-lobed florets generally found in this species.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/30):
Western Australia — Short 6J4B, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckeringin Mortlock River, 20, ix. 1977 (AD); Short
675, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 972, southern edge of Lake Moore, 14.xi.l977 (AD);
Short 1063, Beaufort Bridge along Kojonup-Williams road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1113, base of Dundas
Rocks, 26.xi.1979 (AD).
6. Dithyrostegia A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 3:97, 1(X) (April 1851). Type:
D. amplexicaulis A. Gray.
Gamozygis Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 1851). Type:
G. flexuosalxxrcz. {=D. amplexicaulis K, Gray).
[Angianthus auct. non WendL: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous; stem simple or forming
major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sessile, ovate, concave,
stem-clasping, glabrous. Compound heads broadly obovoid; bracts subtending
compound heads 2, leaf-like, overlapping or connate in the lower V 3 -Y 2 and enclosing the
compound head, glabrous. General receptacle a slightly expanded axis, in the largest
heads ± oblong, the capitula ± evenly distributed over the surface, the entire receptacle
densely covered with hairs which are c. the length of the florets. Capitula c. 10-40 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 1 or 2, hyaline, if 2 then often partially connate,
usually with long hairs at the apex, the entire part of the bracts only slightly exceeding the
length of the achene. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate;
stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, densely silky hairy. Pappus of a few
short, smooth bristles fused at the base, c. /s the length of the corolla tube. Fig. Ig.
Distribution (Fig. 14):
A monotypic genus occurring in the south-west of Western Australia between
latitudes c. 29°-31°S and west of longitude c. 120°E.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
Dithyrostegia has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. It
is readily distinguished by the 2 leaf-like bracts which subtend the compound heads, the
silky hairy achenes, capitular bracts and the concave, stem-clasping leaves.
Evolution/Reproductive Biology:
A pollen-ovule ratio of 1,449 was determined from a single individual of Short 344.
In keeping with values previously outlined the single species is probably an outbreeder
(Short 1981a, b).
Fig. 14. Distribution of Dithyrostegia amplexicaulis and Hyalochlamys globifera (Western Australia).
202 DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). — Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., densely silky hairy. Distribution; See generic treatment. Ecology: Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. Notes: 1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of H. globifera.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or ± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with
182
Epitriche cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct.
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.58.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52).
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (2 sheets), MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2
sheets).
Annual herb, 2-5 cm high. Leaves ± lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.3 cm wide.
Compound heads 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10-15, the outer ones leaf-like, glabrous or sparsely hairy, the inner ones densely
hairy. Capitula c. 10-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts oblanceolate, 2-2.8 mm
long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube bulb-like at the base,
1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes ? obconical and papillose, the apex beset
with long hairs which are c. Vi-V^ the length of the floret.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Recorded growing in clay soil {Wilson 8314). No other information available.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Wilson 8314 , c. 5 km S. of Three Springs, [c. 29^2'S, 115°46'E], 25.vii.1969
(PERTH).
4. Cephalosorus A. Gray, Hook. J, Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98 (April 1851), 152 (May
1851). Lectotype (here designated): C. phyllocephalus A. Gray { = C. carpesioides
(Turcz.) Short).
Piptostemma Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (1):191 (March 1851) nom.
illeg., [later homonym of Piptostemma Spach., Hist. Veg. Phan. 10:34 (1841).] Type:
P carpesioides Turcz. ( = C. carpesioides (Turcz.) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, variably hairy; stem distinct, hollow, simple or with
opposite branching from upper nodes. Leaves opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile,
entire, lamina ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, variably hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a
conspicuous involucre Vi to c. the length of the head; the outer ones leaf-like, the inner
ones hyaline toward the base, all bracts glabrous to variably hairy; general receptacle an
entire, broadly depressed ovoid axis, the capitula sessile and distributed evenly over the
surface. Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capitular bracts 3 or 4(5), hyaline, ±
flat, or concave, the laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the
bracts ± overlapping each other; the midrib ± conspicuous and extending c. V 2 the
length of the bracts, variably hairy at or near the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid,
with a cellular, diaphanous pellicle. Pappus a jagged cup.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus confined to the south-west of Western Australia between
latitudes 28°S and c.31°S and west of longitude \\6°E.
Nomenclatural Problems:
1. Gray (1851) described two species, namely C, phyllocephalus and
C. gymnocephalus, in his new genus Cephalosorus. The generic description supplied
covers the major characteristics of both species and there is nothing to suggest that either
one should be given preference when selecting a lectotype. C. gymnocephalus clearly
differs from C. phyllocephalus and is allied to species in the genus Gnephosis s.l., to
which Bentham referred the species in 1867. Thus it is convenient to designate
C. phyllocephalus as the lectotype species of Cephalosorus. C. gymnocephalus is
excluded from the genus.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
Cephalosorus has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 181-182, Fig. 2".
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
154
Card. Misc. 3:147 (1851) p.p. (as to sect. Skirrhophorus). Type: 5. cunninghamii DC.
{^A, cunninghamii {DC,) Benth.)
Eriocladium Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 (1839). Type:
E, pyramidatum {=A. cunninghamii (DC.) Benth.)
[Cephalosorus auct. non A. Gray: see synonymy of A. microcephaius.]
[Siioxerus auct. non Labill.: see synonymy of A. brachypappus & A, tomentosus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng,, nom. illeg.\ various species, as to combinations of
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891).]
Annual herbs (or perennial shrub, A. cunninghamii only). Major axes prostrate,
decumbent, ascending or erect, glabrous or hairy; stems simple or forming major
branches at basal and/or upper nodes; major axes often developing minor shoots. Leaves
usually alternate (sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, hairy (sometimes almost glabrous),
often with a small hyaline appendage at the apex. Compound head ± ellipsoid or
lanceoloid to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads commonly
inconspicuous and much less than c, 14 the length of the head (sometimes the bracts c.
the length of the head), the outer ones leaf-like, the inner ones with hyaline apices;
general receptacle cylindrical to ± oblong or ovoid to broadly depressed ovoid,
consisting of a single major axis with minor receptacular axes distributed ± evenly over
it. Capitula 20-200(c. 1500) per compound head, each capitulum with 1(4) abaxial,
hyaline subtending bracts that overlap the capitular bracts. Capitulum-subtending bracts
narrowly elliptic to elliptic or narrowly oblong to oblong or lanceolate to ovate or
oblanceolate to obovate; laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper parts;
midrib usually conspicuous, opaque, extending c. Va to Vi the length of the bract,
glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes with a few glandular hairs present. Capitular
bracts 4 {A. microcephaius with 2 or 3 only), hyaline, with an opaque midrib, arranged
so that 2 outer, variably concave bracts (always present) surround 2 (absent or 1 only in
A. microcephaius) inner flat bracts. Concave bracts with the lamina variably constricted
in the upper half; midrib usually conspicuous and extending c. 14 to Vi the length of the
bracts, glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes a few glandular hairs present. Inner flat
bracts narrow elliptic to elliptic or narrowly oblong or oblanceolate to obovate, tapering
gradually to the base or conspicuously attenuated in the lower /2 to Vs; lamina not or
variably constricted in the upper half; midrib usually conspicuous, elongate and
extending c. ^3 to Vi the length of the bract, glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes a few
glandular hairs present, sometimes with an entire or dissected wing-like extension from
the adaxial surface. Florets (1)2(3) per capitulum; corolla (3, 4)5-lobed; style branches
truncate; stamens (3, 4) 5, with tailed anthers, Achenes dlipsoid or ± obovoid, glabrous
or variably papillose or pubescent. Pappus setose, paleaceous, coroniform or absent.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Of the 15 species of Angianthus only >1. brachypappus and A. glabratus are absent
from Western Australia and 11 are endemic to that state.
Ecology:
Four or five species are restricted to saline depressions but the majority occupy a
wider range of habitats.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The genus is characterised by the usual presence of two inner flat bracts and two
outer concave bracts per capitulum (fig. Ik), the presence of one, rarely two or three,
capitulum-subtending bracts per capitulum, the usual occurrence of two florets per
capitulum and the usual presence of minor receptacular axes on the general receptacle
(fig. Ij).
The affinities of the genus appear to be with the monotypic genera Pleuropappus
and Epitriche. Both Pleuropappus and Angianthus have morphologically similar
capitular and capitulum-subtending bracts, but P phyllocalymmeus is readily
distinguished by the oblique nature of the pappus and achene. Furthermore the capitula
in this species are arranged in a spike-like fashion (i.e. they do not have distinctive minor
receptacular appendages) and there are four distinctively arranged capitulum-subtending
178 Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 22.xi.1979 (AD). South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 (1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 (1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 below). Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, (2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes ± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 2): Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. Ecology: Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. Notes: 1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be correct. 2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular
202 DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). — Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., densely silky hairy. Distribution; See generic treatment. Ecology: Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. Notes: 1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of H. globifera.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or ± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with
201
Note:
1. The specific epithet alludes to the 3-lobed florets generally found in this species.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/30):
Western Australia — Short 6J4B, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckeringin Mortlock River, 20, ix. 1977 (AD); Short
675, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 972, southern edge of Lake Moore, 14.xi.l977 (AD);
Short 1063, Beaufort Bridge along Kojonup-Williams road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1113, base of Dundas
Rocks, 26.xi.1979 (AD).
6. Dithyrostegia A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 3:97, 1(X) (April 1851). Type:
D. amplexicaulis A. Gray.
Gamozygis Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 1851). Type:
G. flexuosalxxrcz. {=D. amplexicaulis K, Gray).
[Angianthus auct. non WendL: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous; stem simple or forming
major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sessile, ovate, concave,
stem-clasping, glabrous. Compound heads broadly obovoid; bracts subtending
compound heads 2, leaf-like, overlapping or connate in the lower V 3 -Y 2 and enclosing the
compound head, glabrous. General receptacle a slightly expanded axis, in the largest
heads ± oblong, the capitula ± evenly distributed over the surface, the entire receptacle
densely covered with hairs which are c. the length of the florets. Capitula c. 10-40 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 1 or 2, hyaline, if 2 then often partially connate,
usually with long hairs at the apex, the entire part of the bracts only slightly exceeding the
length of the achene. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate;
stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, densely silky hairy. Pappus of a few
short, smooth bristles fused at the base, c. /s the length of the corolla tube. Fig. Ig.
Distribution (Fig. 14):
A monotypic genus occurring in the south-west of Western Australia between
latitudes c. 29°-31°S and west of longitude c. 120°E.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
Dithyrostegia has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. It
is readily distinguished by the 2 leaf-like bracts which subtend the compound heads, the
silky hairy achenes, capitular bracts and the concave, stem-clasping leaves.
Evolution/Reproductive Biology:
A pollen-ovule ratio of 1,449 was determined from a single individual of Short 344.
In keeping with values previously outlined the single species is probably an outbreeder
(Short 1981a, b).
Fig. 14. Distribution of Dithyrostegia amplexicaulis and Hyalochlamys globifera (Western Australia).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 209-210".
GREVILLEA MONTIS-COLE SP. NOV. (PROTEACEAE) FROM VICTORIA by R. V. Smith* ABSTRACT Grevillea montis-cole^ a new species from western Victoria, is described and its affinities discussed. Two subspecies, montis-cole and brevistylOy are distinguished. DESCRIPTION Grevillea montis-cole R V. Smith, sp. nov. Frutexzd 1.5 m altus x3.6 m latus. Tomentum et ramorum superorum et foliorum et inflorescentiarum plerumque pilorum patentium vel rectorum vel curvatorum vel torquatorum. Folia (l-)2-7(-13.5) cm longa x (l-)2-5(-7.5) cm lata, plerumque longiora quam lata, in (3-)5-12(-22) lobis primariis, ± triangularibus ad ellipticis-oblongis profunde dissecta, qui aut simplices aut 1-5 lobos secundarios breves ± triangulares habent; quisque lobus primarius secundariusque in aculeum gracilem rigidum terminans. Superficies supera foliorum adultorum vivide viridis, sub- nitens, paeneomnino glabra; superficies inferapallide viridis, hebetata, pilis sparsis plerumque in costa et venis principalibus. Inflorescentia racemus secundus, horizontalis ad parum deflexus, 0.6-4 cm longus. Pedunculus teretus ad parum angulatus, 0.5-3. 5 cm longus. Bracteae floris maxime variabiles, vel planae vel curvatae vel undulatae, erectae patentesve, ellipticae ad ovate- rhombeae, 1.5-4.5(-5) mm longae x l-3(-3.5) mm latae. Pedicelli (1.0-)1.5-4.5(-5) mm longi. Perianthium 6-9(-10) mm longum (de medio toro ad summum arcu) x 1.5-3 mm latum, extus pilosum, intus glabrum, viride ad hinnuleum, arcu atropurpureo. TomsvdXdQ obliquus ad paene rectus, nectario semiannulari prominenti. Stipes 1-3 mm longus. Ovarium manifeste stipitatum, dense pilosum, pilis longis. erectis ad patentibus. SO'/ws vel 9-13 vel 17-21 mm longus, vivide ruber, vel rectus vel curvatus vel flexus, glaber praeter in base. Fructus manifeste stipitatus, 8-14 mm longus X 3-6 mm latus, dense pilosus, pilis brevibus longisque intermixtis. Shrub 0.6-1. 5 m high x 0. 9-3.6 m wide, decumbent to semi-erect. Distal parts of branches ribbed or angled, sparsely to moderately hairy with straight, curved, waved or twisted hairs, the hairs sometimes loosely appressed but generally strongly spreading. Tips of branches and young leaves densely hairy with ferruginous or reddish-purple hairs. Leaves: petioles (2-)3-10(-12) mm long, with a sparse to dense indumentum similar to that of the distal branch-parts; blades broad- to narrow-triangular, truncated-ovate or truncated-elliptic in outline, ± truncate to cuneate at the base, (l-)2-7(-13.5) cm long x (l-)2-5(-7.5) cm wide with length (<-)= or > width, deeply divided into (3-)5-12(-22) primary lobes; primary lobes 0.5-2. 5(-4) cm long, ± triangular to elliptic-oblong, symmetrically placed in opposite pairs or arranged asymmetrically, either simple or bearing 1-5 short ± triangular secondary lobes, each ultimate lobe terminating in a slender rigid prickle 1-2.5 mm long. Upper surface of mature leaves bright green, subshiny, almost glabrous except for a few basal hairs; lower surface pale green, dull, sparsely hairy with curved waved or twisted hairs mostly on the midrib and main veins; main midrib and midribs of primary lobes prominently projecting on lower surface. Young leaves mostly glabrous above. Flowers in horizontd to deflexed secund racemes (0.6-)1.5-3.5(-4) cm long x (1.5-)2-3(-4) cm wide, terminating a terete to somewhat angled peduncle (0.5-)0.7-3(-3.5) cm long. Peduncle hairy or partly glabrous, usually with a single bract arising from below to well above the midpoint, occasionally a second bract also present; peduncle usually bent or geniculate at the bract. Bract 2-5(-7) mm long, shortly hairy and gently keeled on back, glabrous ventrally, flattish to infolded (sometimes upper margins infolded and the lower spreading or slightly recurved), broad- to narrow-lanceolate with an acute shortly subulate tip, or the tip occasionally trifid or expanded into an incipient leaf with a sm^ lobed lamina. Rhachis with an indumentum *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(3); 223-227 (1983). 223
208 the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 (Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 (1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. Distribution (Fig. 15): South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. Ecology: Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. Note: 1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have occurred throughout the Tertiary period.
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 202-203, Fig. 1f".
203 long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus absent. Fig. if. Distribution (Fig. 14): A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. Affinities/Generic Characteristics: The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other members of Angianthus s.l. Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. Evolution/Reproductive Biology: The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. Distribution: See generic treatment. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base of granite”. Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus
124 Distribution: Scattered in seasonally wet habitats in the Darling district (Beard, 1980) of Western Australia, where widespread in the Drummond subdistrict and also recorded from the Menzies subdistrict. Notes: Trithuria bibracteata is closely related to T. lanterna D. A. Cooke (1981), which it resembles in habit, foliage and inflorescence. The fruit is a morphological link between the hyaline, indehiscent fruit of T. lanterna and the dehiscent capsule of T. submersa Hook. f. In T. bibracteata the pericarp is thin and fragile, generally crumbling irregularly as the whole plant dries out, but sometimes splitting along the vascular ribs as in T. submersa. The thick sculptured testa confirms that the seed, rather than the fruit, is the disseminule. The hairs at the base of the plant each consist of a single row of up to 6 hollow, elongated, thin-walled cells. Similar hairs have been observed on the stem among the leaf- bases in all Australian species of Hydatellaceae, but are greatly reduced or absent in many specimens. Being characteristic of the family, they are thus of little diagnostic value. Hydatella dioica D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Taxonomic Synonyms: Trithuria micranthera (misspelling of macranthera) Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans descr. Lat. T. macranthera BortQnschlsLgev et al. in Bot. Not. 119:161 (1966) nomen nudum. Herba annua dioica rubescens usque ad 4 cm alta. Caulis brevissimus. Folia basalia linearia usque ad 25 mm longa et 1 mm lata, glabra, basibus hyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis prominentibus, apicibus acutis. Capitula mascula pluria; unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, super scapo erecto nonramoso tereti nudo usque ad 3 cm alto terminans. Bracteae oppositae erectae lanceolatae 7-8 mm longae arete vaginantes glabrae subhyalinae nervis mediis prominentibus. Stamina 8-10 alium ex alio exserta, filamentis usque ad 10 mm longis flexuosis persistentibus, antheris linearis c. 3 mm longis et 0.2 mm latis caducis. Capitula foemina non vidi. (Descriptio typi.) Annual dioecious herb to 4 cm tall. Stem very short. Leaves basal, linear, to 25 mm long and 1 mm wide, glabrous, with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, prominent midveins, and acute apices. Male heads several; each with an involucre of 2 bracts, terminating an erect unbranched naked terete scape up to 3 cm tall. Bracts opposite, erect, lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, closely sheathing, glabrous, subhyaline with prominent midveins. Stamens 8-10, exserted one after another, with flexuose persistent filaments up to 10 mm long and caducous linear anthers c. 3 mm long and 0.2 mm wide. Female heads not seen. Type Collection: Midland Junction, 16. xi. 1898, A. Morrison s.n. (Holo: PERTH). Also Examined (total 5): Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148484, PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148483). Distribution: Known only from seasonal swamps at Midland Junction, Darling district. Western Australia, where possibly now extinct due to development. Notes: This is the only dioecious species known in the Hydatellaceae and is therefore placed with the other species having homogamous inflorescences in the genus Hydatella, rather than in Trithuria with heterogamous inflorescences. The specimens examined have leaves and male heads similar to those of Hydatella australis Diels and differ primarily in the greater size and numbers of organs. The pollen grains of this species were described and illustrated by Bortenschlager et al. (1966).
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
153
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained
with Sonder’s herbarium.
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise,
cited in this paper have been seen by the author.
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long,
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus
5. Paleae absent
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque ....
\ . Angianthus connatus
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing-
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . .
7. Hyalochlamys
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m);
achenes brown A ngianthus
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. &
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl.
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend.
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R.
Br. { = A. tomentosus
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type:
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides
(Benth.) Benth.)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst.
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840)
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
182
Epitriche cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct.
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.58.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52).
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (2 sheets), MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2
sheets).
Annual herb, 2-5 cm high. Leaves ± lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.3 cm wide.
Compound heads 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10-15, the outer ones leaf-like, glabrous or sparsely hairy, the inner ones densely
hairy. Capitula c. 10-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts oblanceolate, 2-2.8 mm
long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube bulb-like at the base,
1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes ? obconical and papillose, the apex beset
with long hairs which are c. Vi-V^ the length of the floret.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Recorded growing in clay soil {Wilson 8314). No other information available.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Wilson 8314 , c. 5 km S. of Three Springs, [c. 29^2'S, 115°46'E], 25.vii.1969
(PERTH).
4. Cephalosorus A. Gray, Hook. J, Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98 (April 1851), 152 (May
1851). Lectotype (here designated): C. phyllocephalus A. Gray { = C. carpesioides
(Turcz.) Short).
Piptostemma Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (1):191 (March 1851) nom.
illeg., [later homonym of Piptostemma Spach., Hist. Veg. Phan. 10:34 (1841).] Type:
P carpesioides Turcz. ( = C. carpesioides (Turcz.) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, variably hairy; stem distinct, hollow, simple or with
opposite branching from upper nodes. Leaves opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile,
entire, lamina ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, variably hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a
conspicuous involucre Vi to c. the length of the head; the outer ones leaf-like, the inner
ones hyaline toward the base, all bracts glabrous to variably hairy; general receptacle an
entire, broadly depressed ovoid axis, the capitula sessile and distributed evenly over the
surface. Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capitular bracts 3 or 4(5), hyaline, ±
flat, or concave, the laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the
bracts ± overlapping each other; the midrib ± conspicuous and extending c. V 2 the
length of the bracts, variably hairy at or near the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid,
with a cellular, diaphanous pellicle. Pappus a jagged cup.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus confined to the south-west of Western Australia between
latitudes 28°S and c.31°S and west of longitude \\6°E.
Nomenclatural Problems:
1. Gray (1851) described two species, namely C, phyllocephalus and
C. gymnocephalus, in his new genus Cephalosorus. The generic description supplied
covers the major characteristics of both species and there is nothing to suggest that either
one should be given preference when selecting a lectotype. C. gymnocephalus clearly
differs from C. phyllocephalus and is allied to species in the genus Gnephosis s.l., to
which Bentham referred the species in 1867. Thus it is convenient to designate
C. phyllocephalus as the lectotype species of Cephalosorus. C. gymnocephalus is
excluded from the genus.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
Cephalosorus has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 129-131".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 135-140".
140
tendencies in P, formosum I prefer not to recognise formal infraspecific taxa. In reaching
this decision I have been influenced more by the difficulties encountered in naming many
specimens than in the benefits derived from according the extremes formal taxonomic
status. The variation within P. formosum is imperfectly understood but I believe that it is
more complex than is implied by the recognition of two infraspecific taxa.
Representative Specimens of “typical formosum"':
Queensland — Glass House Mountains, Mt. Tunbubudla, 10.viii.l930, C. E. Hubbard 3621 (BRI
270963). New South Wales — between Binda and Bigga, N.W. of Crookwell, 14.X.1953, C. W. E. Moore
2665 (CANB 28812, NSW 42927). A.C.T.: Two Sticks Rd., above Brindabella Valley, 8.xi.l961, N. T.
Burbidge 7280 (CANB 126420, MEL 602825, NSW 76864). Victoria — Sassafras Gap, 40 km N. of
Benambra on road to Corryong, 25. xi. 1954, H. /. Aston 1273 (MEL 602924). Tasmania — Port Sorell,
X.I943, W. M. Curtis {WO 11538).
Representative Specimens of “typical parviflorum":
New South Wales — Pennant Hills, 19. ix. 1936, J. Vickery (NSW 42947). Epping, I4.ix.l947, N, Ford
(NSW 4418). Lindfield Fire trail towards Lane Cove National Park, 28. ix. 1975, J. G, Sew/* 500 (NSW).
Representative Specimens of “intermediates”:
New South Wales — Green Cape Lighthouse Rd., 9.x. 1954, E. F. Constable (NSW 30259). Fiona
Beach, 8 km S. of Forster, 10.x. 1961, E. E Constable 1289 (NSW 100827). Tasmania — near Mt. Direction,
19.xi.l842, R. C. Gunn 1016/1842 (NSW 42887). Black Charles Opening, near Orielton, 13. xi. 1933, F. H.
Long 1203 (HO 11535).
The following key is provided for those who wish to recognise the two subspecies
as defined by Lee (1970):
Leaves usually ovate-cordate, length up to twice the breadth; ovary pubescent on the surfaces of the valves
and on the sutures; pods pubescent on the sutures and retaining some pubescence on the valves
subsp. formosum
Leaves usually narrow-ovate, not cordate basally, length more than twice the breadth; ovary glabrous
throughout or pubescent on sutures only; pods glabrous or almost so or with pubescence confined to the
sutures snhsp. parviflorum
SPECIES INCERTAE
Platylobium gracile Dum.-Cours., Le Botaniste Cultivateur ed. 2, 7:314 (June 1814).
Dumont de Course! provided the following description: “Cette espece a un joli feuillage.
Ses tiges et ses rameaux sont tres-menus. Ses feuilles rondes avec une pointe courte
particuliere, sont parsemees en-dessus de polls rares, et portees sur de courts-petioles.
Elies n’ont que 2 a 3 lignes di diametre. Les fleurs sont petites, jaunes, pedonculfes,
solitaires, axillaires.”
The description is inadequate to positively identify the plant and it is uncertain
whether it is even a species of Platylobium. No specimen appears to have been preserved
and consequently P. gracile is rejected as a name of uncertain application.
Platylobium rotundifolium Colla, Hortus Ripulensis 1:110 (1824). The brief description
given by Colla is as follows: “Sub hoc nomine missum ab H. sedy nullibi enumeratum
inveni: parum differre videtur a P. formosoQN: sp. Ill 921). folia tamen sunt orbiculata
nec cordataP
The description is inadequate to positively identify the plant and I have not
succeeded in tracing a specimen in BR or TO, the herbaria alleged (Stafleu & Cowan,
1976) to house Colla’s herbarium, on which the name was based. P rotundifolium is
rejected, therefore, as a name of uncertain application.
EXCLUDED SPECIES
Platylobium lanceolatum Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.205 (1802) = Bossiaea heterophylla
Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800).
Platylobium microphyllum Sims, in Curtis’s, Bot. Mag. 22:t.863 (1805) = Bossiaea
obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club, suppl. 2, 1916:610 (1917).
Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jardin de la Malmaison l:t.31 (1804), non DC. (1825) =
Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club, suppl. 2, 1916:610
(1917).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 134-135".
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 127-141".
141 Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria (Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa (Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 (1923). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for typing the manuscript. REFERENCES Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* Utrecht). Manuscript received 21 April 1982.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 131-134".
179 collection was specified for Eriocladium pyramidatum but Toward 15 is the only one of the species in Lindley's herbarium and is thus regarded as the holotype. Drummond also collected this species, i.e. Drummond 125 (MEL, GH), Drummond ? 159 ox 245 (GH ex herb. Klatt) and Drummond s.n. (MEL 541216), but there is no reason to believe that Lindley saw any of these collections. 3. A, cunninghamii is the only perennial species of Angianthus and the only one to occasionally produce 3 florets per capitulum. Both characters suggest that the species is a somewhat primitive member of the genus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/36): Western Australia — Allender s.n.. Shark Bay, 18. ii. 1969 (UWA 2493); Demarz 2890, Vlaming Head, 4.xi.l970 (PERTH); Kenneally 1014, Dorre Island, 15.xii.l973 (PERTH); Morrison s.n., Claremont, 28.iii.1900 (BRI 086974); Serventy s.n., Bernier Island, 5.viii.l947 (PERTH); Serventy s.n., Stewart Island, s. dat. (PERTH). 2. Pleuropappus F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 (1855). Type: P. phyllocalymmeus F. Muell. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of P. phyllocalymmeus.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg. \ see synonymy of P. phyllocalymmeus.] Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes decumbent, hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly alternate but opposite at the base of the stem, sessile, entire, linear, mucronate, hairy. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid to ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c. the length of the head, the outer ones leaf-like, the inner ones with hyaline apices; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong, consisting of a single major axis lacking minor receptacular axes, the individual capitula distributed ± evenly along its entire length. Capitula 40-100 per compound head, each capitulum with 4 (5, 6) abaxial, hyaline subtending bracts that overlap the inner capitular bracts. Capitulum-subtending bracts arranged so that an outer bract covers 2 middle bracts which in turn cover a single inner bract, sometimes 1-2 additional bracts covering the inner 4, all bracts flat, ovate or elliptic; midrib usually conspicuous, opaque, c. V^-Vi the length of the bract, variably hairy. Capitular bracts 4, hyaline, with an opaque midrib, arranged so that 2 outer concave bracts surround 2 inner flat bracts. Concave bracts with the midrib conspicuous, c. Vi the length of the bract, variably hairy. Inner flat bracts obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower V^-V ^\ the midrib conspicuous, c. Vi the length of the bract, glabrous or hairy. Florets 2 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale. Fig. Ih. Distribution (Fig. 8): A monotypic genus confined to southern Eyre Peninsula and southern Yorke Peninsula. It is poorly collected and Jessop (1977) recorded P. phyllocalymmeus as an endangered species. However field observations suggest that the species, although geographically restricted, is locally common. Affinities/Generic Characteristics: Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus superficially resembles many species of Angianthus with similar shaped compound heads. Furthermore, there are 4 capitular bracts which are arranged in the same manner as those in Angianthus. However Pleuropappus is readily distinguished by the presence and arrangement of 4 or more capitulum-subtending bracts, by the obliquely attached achenes and by the absence of minor receptacular appendages on the general receptacle of the compound head. Evolution/Reproductive Biology: Although accurate determinations of pollen-ovule ratios (P/Os) have not been made it is apparent that a P/O value of several thousand will be found in this species. Such a value suggests that the species commonly cross-pollinates (Short, 1981a, b). Ants have been observed on flowering compound heads and are possibly important pollen vectors.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 180-181, Fig. 8".
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 203-204".
174
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)*
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH).
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum.
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW,
PERTH.
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W.
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places.
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH.
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number).
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy.
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy;
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted.
Ecology:
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label
records them as growing “in wet places”.
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions.
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\
Notes:
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus.
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner.
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less
NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ERECHTHITOID SENEQO (ASTERACEAE) by Robert O. Belcher* ABSTRACT Two new species of erechthitoid Senecio from Australia, 5. macrocarpus and S. cahillii, are described. This validates manuscript names which have been applied to certain specimens on determinavit slips since 1967. DESCRIPTION Senecio macrocarpus E Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. Erechthites hispidula sensu Benth. FI. Austr. 3:660 (1866), pro parte, non (A. Rich.) DC. (1838); sensu Black FI. S. Aust. 4:610 (1929), pro majore parte. CaudexhvtVxs perennis lignosus, radice palari debli et radicibus adventitis numerosis. Herba caulibus erectis 20 ad 40cm altis, saepe dense congestis; caulis arachnoideus superne glabratus, internodiis inferioribus brevibus, internodiis superioribus plus elongatis. Folia alterna linearia ad 10 cm longis et 24(-5) mm latis, acuta vel mucronata, marginibus revolutis, paginis abaxialibus arachnoideis vel hispidulis; folia inferiora numerosa, dense congesta, infima interdum denticulata; folia superiora parviora laxiora, saepe minute auriculata, apiculata. Inflorescentia raro simplex plerumque cymosa capitulis 6-8; pedicelli ad 5-30(-60) mm longi, ascendentes glabrati; bracteae et bracteoleae ciliolatae longiacuminatae apiculatae, bracteoleae numerosae prope apices pedicellorum saepe congestae, arachnoideae vel glabratae, 4-8 mm longae. Capitulum magnum 15(-18) mm longum, 15-20 mm latum ubi compressum in siccitate; phyllaria 16-21(-33), glabrata vel glabra, 10-13 mm longa, circa 1 mm lata, linearia, acuminata, marginibus anguste hyalinis, apicibus saepe subroseis. Flosculi numero 50-100(-150) varians ad 9-12(-15) mm longi; flosculi extime filiformes (3-)4(-5)-fidi pistillati vel staminodiis rudimentaris nonantheriferis, flosculi intermedii filiformes 4- vel 5-fidi staminodiis antherascentibus nonpolliniferis, flosculi medii anguste infundibulares 4- et 5-fidi staminibus 1-5 polliniferis. Achenia 4.5-5(-6) mm longa, rostrata, dense pilifera, pili brevissimi cinerascentes. Rootstock short, perennial, woody, with a weak primary root and numerous adventitious roots. Herb erect, 20^ cm tall; stems often densely congested, arachnoid, glabrate above, with lower intemodes short and upper intemodes more elongated. Leaves alternate, linear, to 10 cm long and 2-4(-5) mm wide, acute or mucronate, with revolute margins, abaxial surfaces arachnoid or hispidulous; lower leaves numerous, densely congested, the lowermost sometimes denticulate; upper leaves smaller and more lax, often minutely auriculate, apiculate. Inflorescence rarely simple, for the most part cymose with 6-8 capitula; pedicels 5-30(-60) mm long, ascending, glabrate; bracts and bracteoles ciliolate, long-acuminate, apiculate; bracteoles numerous, often crowded toward the apices of the pedicels, arachnoid or glabrate, 4-8 mm long. Capitulum large, 15(-18) mm long, 15-20 mm wide when compressed in drying; phyllaries 16-21(-33), glabrate or glabrous, 10-13 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, linear, acuminate, with margins narrowly hyaline, apices often subroseus. Florets 50 to 100 (to 150), 9-12(-15) mm long; outermost florets filiform, (3-)4(-5) fid, pistillate or with rudimentary staminodes not bearing anthers; intermediate florets filiform, 4- or 5-fid, with staminodes becoming antheriferous but non-polliniferous; central florets narrowly funnel-shaped, 4- and 5-fid, with 1 to 5 polliniferous stamens. Achenes 4.5-5(-6) mm long, brown, rostrate, densely hairy; hairs very short, greyish. The achenes of this species are most similar to those of S. quadridentatm Labill. but are larger and more hairy. They are very distinct from the short (2 mm long), black, thick- cylindric, densely white-haired achenes of S. squarrosus A. Rich. ♦Professor Emeritus of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, Ypsilanti, Michigan 48197, United States of America. Muelleria 5(2): 119-122 (1983). 119
166 3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis (Steam, 1962). 4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to retain the specimen at K. The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 (AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 (NSW). 6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 (resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones (2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably
166 3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis (Steam, 1962). 4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to retain the specimen at K. The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 (AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 (NSW). 6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 (resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones (2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably
189 Reproductive Biology: There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 3. C. drummondii 5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes 6. C. tridens 1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".
164 Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves ± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. Distribution (Fig. 2): Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus and A. tomentosus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. Steetz), (see note 2 below). Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River (Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below).
178 Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 22.xi.1979 (AD). South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 (1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 (1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 below). Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, (2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes ± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 2): Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. Ecology: Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. Notes: 1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be correct. 2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular
153
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained
with Sonder’s herbarium.
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise,
cited in this paper have been seen by the author.
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long,
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus
5. Paleae absent
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque ....
\ . Angianthus connatus
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing-
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . .
7. Hyalochlamys
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m);
achenes brown A ngianthus
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. &
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl.
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend.
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R.
Br. { = A. tomentosus
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type:
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides
(Benth.) Benth.)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst.
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840)
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
174
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)*
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH).
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum.
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW,
PERTH.
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W.
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places.
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH.
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number).
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy.
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy;
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted.
Ecology:
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label
records them as growing “in wet places”.
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions.
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\
Notes:
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus.
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner.
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
175 decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type collections. There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 (PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) (‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula (4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent.
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
175 decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type collections. There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 (PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) (‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula (4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent.
175 decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type collections. There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 (PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) (‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula (4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent.
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
175 decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type collections. There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 (PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) (‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula (4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent.
STORCKIELLA AUSTRALIENSIS SP. NOV. (CAESALPINIACEAE) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA by J. H. Ross* & B. P. M. Hyland! ABSTRACT Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland sp. nov. is described from the Cook District of northern Queensland and the characters that distinguish it from other species are given. This constitutes the first record of the genus Storckiella Seeman for Australia. TAXONOMY The account of Caesalpiniaceae for the Hora of Australia is being prepared by one of us (J. H. R.) and this opportunity is taken of describing a new species of Storckiella Seem, from northern Queensland. Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ab omnibus speciebus staminibus 5(6) filamentis brevibus, et foliolis paucioribus majoribus, differt. Arbor usque ad 35 m alta, caule usque ad 120 cm diametro, anteridibus praedita. Folia imparipinnata: petiolus 2-6 cm longus; rhachis 2-11.5 cm longa; foliola (3)5, obovato-elliptica vel oblonga, 6.5- 21 cm longa, 2.5-9. 7 cm lata, basi cuneata, apice acuta vel acuminata, coriacea, costa et nervis lateralibus satis obviis; stipulae late ovatae, 3-4 x 2-3 mm, imbricatae, gemmam terminalem includentes, mox caducae. Inflorescentiae paniculatae, terminates vel axillares, 15-25 cm longae. Flores hermaphroditi. Sepata 5, late ovata, 5-8 mm longa, 3-6 mm lata, externe et interne ferrugineo-sericea, in alabastro imbricata, sub anthesi reflexa. Petala 5(6), elliptica 7.5- 10 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, libera, armeniaca. Stamina 5(6), libera, omnia fertilia; filamenta 0.8-1 .2 mm longa; antherae basifixae, loculae rimia brevibus lateralibus apicalibus dehiscentes. Ovarium sessile, usque ad 4.5 mm longum et usque ad 1.5 mm latum, compresso-planum, basi et margine ferrugineo-sericeum. Legumen elliptico-oblongum, compresso-planum, 5-11 cm longum, 2.8-4 cm latum, dorsale late alatum, coriaceum, glabrum. Semina 1-2(5), applanata, ± reniformia, 7-10 mm longa, 10-16 mm lata, albuminosa. Tree up to 35 m tall, stem up to 120 cm diameter at breast height and conspicuously buttressed in mature plants. 5arA:less than 2.5 cm thick, smoothish, with conspicuous pale or rust-coloured mostly horizontally elongated lenticels; outer blaze varying from pink to reddish-brown and texture from fibrous to granular; inner blaze pink, fibrous and with conspicuous ripple marks. Subrhytidome variable but generally showing shades of pink and red. Heartwood (tree 40 cm d.b.h.) pink to pale brown, with conspicuous tangential bands of parenchyma, ripple marks prominent. Young branchlets with numerous oval lenticels. Leaves imparipinnate, spirally arranged, rusty sericeous when young but soon becoming glabrous: i^tiole 2-6 cm long, terete, inconspicuously sulcate adaxially; rhachis 2-11.5 cm long; petiolules 5-15 mm long, wrinkled when dried, sulcate above; leaflets (3)5, opposite or subopposite, without stipellae, lamina obovate- elliptic or obo vat e-oblong, 6.5-21 cm long, 2. 5-9.7 cm wide, cuneate basally, acute or acuminate apically, coriaceous, margins entire but slightly undulate, the lateral veins curved, 8-15 on either side of the midrib and forming loops well inside the blade margin, forming an angle of 50-60° with the midrib. Stipules broadly ovate, mostly 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide, overlapping and enclosing the terminal bud, rapidly caducous, glabrous within, rusty sericeous outside and with ciliate margins. Inflorescences paniculate, terminal or axillary, 15-25 cm long, much-branched; lateral racemose branches 3-6 cm ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. tCSIRO Division of Forest Research, P.O. Box 273, Atherton, Queensland, 4883. Muelleria 5(3): 215-217 (1983). 215
STORCKIELLA AUSTRALIENSIS SP. NOV. (CAESALPINIACEAE) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA by J. H. Ross* & B. P. M. Hyland! ABSTRACT Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland sp. nov. is described from the Cook District of northern Queensland and the characters that distinguish it from other species are given. This constitutes the first record of the genus Storckiella Seeman for Australia. TAXONOMY The account of Caesalpiniaceae for the Hora of Australia is being prepared by one of us (J. H. R.) and this opportunity is taken of describing a new species of Storckiella Seem, from northern Queensland. Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ab omnibus speciebus staminibus 5(6) filamentis brevibus, et foliolis paucioribus majoribus, differt. Arbor usque ad 35 m alta, caule usque ad 120 cm diametro, anteridibus praedita. Folia imparipinnata: petiolus 2-6 cm longus; rhachis 2-11.5 cm longa; foliola (3)5, obovato-elliptica vel oblonga, 6.5- 21 cm longa, 2.5-9. 7 cm lata, basi cuneata, apice acuta vel acuminata, coriacea, costa et nervis lateralibus satis obviis; stipulae late ovatae, 3-4 x 2-3 mm, imbricatae, gemmam terminalem includentes, mox caducae. Inflorescentiae paniculatae, terminates vel axillares, 15-25 cm longae. Flores hermaphroditi. Sepata 5, late ovata, 5-8 mm longa, 3-6 mm lata, externe et interne ferrugineo-sericea, in alabastro imbricata, sub anthesi reflexa. Petala 5(6), elliptica 7.5- 10 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, libera, armeniaca. Stamina 5(6), libera, omnia fertilia; filamenta 0.8-1 .2 mm longa; antherae basifixae, loculae rimia brevibus lateralibus apicalibus dehiscentes. Ovarium sessile, usque ad 4.5 mm longum et usque ad 1.5 mm latum, compresso-planum, basi et margine ferrugineo-sericeum. Legumen elliptico-oblongum, compresso-planum, 5-11 cm longum, 2.8-4 cm latum, dorsale late alatum, coriaceum, glabrum. Semina 1-2(5), applanata, ± reniformia, 7-10 mm longa, 10-16 mm lata, albuminosa. Tree up to 35 m tall, stem up to 120 cm diameter at breast height and conspicuously buttressed in mature plants. 5arA:less than 2.5 cm thick, smoothish, with conspicuous pale or rust-coloured mostly horizontally elongated lenticels; outer blaze varying from pink to reddish-brown and texture from fibrous to granular; inner blaze pink, fibrous and with conspicuous ripple marks. Subrhytidome variable but generally showing shades of pink and red. Heartwood (tree 40 cm d.b.h.) pink to pale brown, with conspicuous tangential bands of parenchyma, ripple marks prominent. Young branchlets with numerous oval lenticels. Leaves imparipinnate, spirally arranged, rusty sericeous when young but soon becoming glabrous: i^tiole 2-6 cm long, terete, inconspicuously sulcate adaxially; rhachis 2-11.5 cm long; petiolules 5-15 mm long, wrinkled when dried, sulcate above; leaflets (3)5, opposite or subopposite, without stipellae, lamina obovate- elliptic or obo vat e-oblong, 6.5-21 cm long, 2. 5-9.7 cm wide, cuneate basally, acute or acuminate apically, coriaceous, margins entire but slightly undulate, the lateral veins curved, 8-15 on either side of the midrib and forming loops well inside the blade margin, forming an angle of 50-60° with the midrib. Stipules broadly ovate, mostly 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide, overlapping and enclosing the terminal bud, rapidly caducous, glabrous within, rusty sericeous outside and with ciliate margins. Inflorescences paniculate, terminal or axillary, 15-25 cm long, much-branched; lateral racemose branches 3-6 cm ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. tCSIRO Division of Forest Research, P.O. Box 273, Atherton, Queensland, 4883. Muelleria 5(3): 215-217 (1983). 215
202 DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). — Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., densely silky hairy. Distribution; See generic treatment. Ecology: Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. Notes: 1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of H. globifera.] [Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or ± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with
166 3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis (Steam, 1962). 4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to retain the specimen at K. The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 (AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 (NSW). 6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 (resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones (2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably
178 Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 22.xi.1979 (AD). South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 (1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 (1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 below). Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, (2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes ± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 2): Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. Ecology: Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. Notes: 1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be correct. 2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
181
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia,
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name,
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been
erroneously placed with this material.
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13):
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD,
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope,
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD);
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697).
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type:
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short)
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus
(A. Gray) Short)
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.]
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ±
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous,
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5,
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs.
Pappus absent.
Distribution (Fig. 8):
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only
from the type collection and Wilson 8314.
Affinities/Generic Characteristics:
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals.
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section).
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov.
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851),
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.”
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW,
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets).
174
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)*
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH).
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum.
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW,
PERTH.
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W.
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places.
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH.
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number).
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy.
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy;
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted.
Ecology:
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label
records them as growing “in wet places”.
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions.
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\
Notes:
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus.
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner.
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
203 long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus absent. Fig. if. Distribution (Fig. 14): A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. Affinities/Generic Characteristics: The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other members of Angianthus s.l. Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. Evolution/Reproductive Biology: The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. Distribution: See generic treatment. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base of granite”. Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. [Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
173 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between longitudes 119°E and 122°E. Ecology: Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus woodland”. Note: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, -.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. Distribution Fig. 2: North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of longitude 117°E. Locally common. Ecology: Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds and clay”. Notes: 1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century.
168
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Nullarbor Plain region. Common,
Ecology:
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”.
Note:
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric.
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23):
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH).
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529,
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD).
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides');
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891)
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n.,
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below).
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth,
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604,
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52).
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide,
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide,
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long,
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ±
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed,
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent.
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla
tube. Fig. 3k.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy &
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E.
Locally common.
198 Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the capitulum-subtending bracts. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. Chromosome number: not known. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca.
198 Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the capitulum-subtending bracts. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. Chromosome number: not known. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West Drainage Divisions. Locally common. Ecology: Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca.
180
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo-
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo-
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus
(Western Australia).
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr.
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s.
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1).
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide.
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long,
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum-
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long,
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the
corolla tube.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions.
Associated with Halosarcia.
Note:
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”.
180
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo-
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo-
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus
(Western Australia).
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr.
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev.
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s.
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1).
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide.
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long,
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum-
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long,
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long,
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the
corolla tube.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions.
Associated with Halosarcia.
Note:
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”.
183
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of
capitular bracts are unique.
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov.
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype:
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596.
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve &
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze,
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below).
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label).
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen.
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate,
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex,
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1;
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup
c. 0.7 mm long.
Distribution: See generic treatment.
Ecology:
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”.
Note:
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens,
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n..
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH).
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185)
174
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)*
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH).
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall,
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum.
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW,
PERTH.
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W.
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places.
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH.
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number).
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy.
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy;
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long,
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long.
Distribution (Fig. 2):
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted.
Ecology:
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label
records them as growing “in wet places”.
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions.
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\
Notes:
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus.
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner.
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less
176 Distribution (Fig. 2): Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 1981a, b). Uncommon. Ecology: Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. Notes: 1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 (PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype (here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or “VDL”). Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy
189 Reproductive Biology: There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 3. C. drummondii 5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes 6. C. tridens 1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K.
175 decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type collections. There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further collections are required to substantiate this view. Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 (PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) (‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 (Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula (4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent.
204
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.]
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.]
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray
and S. muellerianus Sond.J
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze]
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous,
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat,
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ±
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li.
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12.
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a).
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made
below.
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart &
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911).
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832);
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. —
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed.
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW.
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851).
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type:
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short).
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.]
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.]
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth.
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).]
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls.
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum;
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ±
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15.
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
207
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road,
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL).
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp.
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC.,
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841)
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.”
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI).
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat.
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder),
S.(Seep.l52).
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated):
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152).
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for
S. suberectus.
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate,
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi,
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15.
Distribution (Fig. 15):
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal
belt.
Ecology:
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\
Notes:
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin.
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of
193 heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon drainage system. Locally common. Ecology: Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. Notes: 1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per capitulum. 2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 (see note 1 below). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). [Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".
164 Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves ± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. Distribution (Fig. 2): Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. Ecology: Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus and A. tomentosus. Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. Steetz), (see note 2 below). Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River (Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below).
TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE by D. A. Cooke* ABSTRACT Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid names, are described. INTRODUCTION In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. DESCRIPTIONS IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans descr. Lat. Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, reticulate-foveate. Type Collection: Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). *9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 123
TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE by D. A. Cooke* ABSTRACT Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid names, are described. INTRODUCTION In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. DESCRIPTIONS IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans descr. Lat. Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, reticulate-foveate. Type Collection: Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). *9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 123
TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE by D. A. Cooke* ABSTRACT Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid names, are described. INTRODUCTION In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. DESCRIPTIONS IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans descr. Lat. Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, reticulate-foveate. Type Collection: Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). *9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 123
THREE NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHENS: CLADONIA CELATA, C. PRAETERMISSA AND C. WILSONII by AlanW. Archer* INTRODUCTION During the preparation of a preliminary key to the lichen genus Cladonia (Division Eumycota, Order Lecanorales, Family Cladoniaceae) in Australia, many specimens from various localities were found to differ significantly, both chemically and morphologically, from known species. These specimens were separated, on the basis of different morphology and chemistry, into three homogenous groups containing respectively fumarprotocetraric acid, atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid, and atranorin and stictic acid, and are here differentiated and assigned to three new species. Acetone extracts from all specimens were examined by thin-layer chromatography, using the mobile phases described by Culberson (Culberson, 1972) and the separated compounds were detected with sulphuric acid (Culberson, 1972) and MBTH (Archer, 1978). TAXONOMY Cladonia celata A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis, 0.4-1 mm latis, 0.5-2 mm longis, supra cinereo-glaucescentibus, infra albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, corticata, 5-15 mm alta, initio simplicia, ramosescens irregulariter, denique fastigiata, vel formantes scyphos deformes prolificationibus marginalibus; pycnidiis terminalis fasciculatis. Apothecia et ascosporae non visa. Thallus K — ; KC — ; Pd +, rubescens; acidum fumarprotocetraricum continens. Primary thallus with small squamules, 0.4-1 mm wide, 0.5-2 mm long, rounded, inconspicuous, green above, white below. Podetia arising from the squamules, rough corticate, esorediate, esquamulose, 5-15 mm tall, at first simple then branching irregularly, finally fastigiately, or forming deformed scyphi with marginal proliferations in the form of smaller scyphi; podetia with terminal clusters of pale brown to brown pycnidia. Apothecia and ascospores not seen. Thallus K — ; KC — ; PD +, red; containing fumarprotocetraric acid. Type Collection: Australia, New South Wales, Tinderry Range, on soil by side of Captain’s Flat Rd., 10 km E. of Michelago, 149° 15' E., 35° 44 ' S., alt. ca 1100 m, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1185 (Holotype: MEL 1036217; Isotype: H). Also Examined: New South Wales — 50 km E. of Glen Innes along Highway 38, alt. 1000 m, 1 8.viii. 1976, J. A. Elix 2444; Kangarooby State Forest, 16 km S. of Gooloogong, alt. 450 m, 10. ix. 1980, J. A. Elix 8831; same location as type collection, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1187 (Topotype: NSW). Discussion: Cladonia celata (Fig. 1) was found growing on soil in association with C. wilsonii (sp. nov., vide infra) and C, capitellata (Hook. & Tayl.) Hook, and is known only from three locations in New South Wales. C. celata is distinguished from all other Australian Cladonia species containing fumarprotocetaric acid by the rough corticate and esorediate podetia and the fastigiate or somewhat scyphose habit with terminal clusters of brown pycnidia. The morphology and chemistry of C. celata place it in the infra-generic group Cladonia , sub-group Cladonia, cf. subsection Thallostelides (Vain.) Matt. (Thomson, ♦Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, N.S.W. 2141. Muelleria 5(4): 271-275 (1984). 271
273 1967), using the provisional nomenclature proposed in a recent infra-generic classification of Cladonia (Huovinen & Ahti, 1982). Cladonia praetermissa A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis, conspicuis et persistentibus, 6-10 mm longis, 2-5 mm latis, supra cinereo-glaucescentibus et interdum sorediis caducis podetiis, infra albis, marginibus squamularum crenatis vel subincisis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, simplicia vel raro apicibus ramosis, subulatis vel subcylindricis, 5-15 mm alta (raro 20 mm), 0. 3-0.7 mm diam., base corticata, ecorticatescens et sorediis granularibus apicibus; interdum squamulis prope basem. Apothecia et ascosporae non visa. Thallus K +, flavidus; KC PD +, rubescens; atranorin et acidum fumarprotocetraricum continens. Primary thallus of conspicuous and persistent squamules, 6-10 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, above pale green, sometimes with soredia fallen from the podetia, below white, the margins crenate or somewhat incised. Podetia arising from the squamules, simple or rarely branching near the tip, subulate or somewhat cylindrical, 5-15 mm tall (rarely to 20 mm), 0.3-0. 7 mm diam., corticate at the base and becoming ecorticate and granular sorediate to the tip; sometimes squamulose near the base. Apothecia and ascospores not seen. Thallus K + , weak yellow; KC — ; PD + , red; containing atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid. Type Collection: Australia, New South Wales, Epping, near track by side of Devlin’s Creek, 151° 05' E., 33° 45' S., alt. ca 80 m, 18. vii. 1982, Archer 1376 (Holotype: MEL 1036220; Isotype: H, NSW). Also Examined: Western Australia — Mt. Barker, 50 km N. of Albany, 117° 40' E., 34° 35' S., alt. 300 m, 10.x. 1980. Archer 1467 (NSW). South Australia — 4 km W. of Carey Gulley, Mount Lofty Ranges, alt. 456 m, 21 .xii. 1976, J. A. Elix 2845. Queensland — Coochiemudlo Island, 50 km E. of Brisbane, 153° 20 r E., 27° 34' S., alt. ca 10 m, 9. v. 1982, Archer 1330A (MEL 1036221, NSW). New South Wales (selected specimens only, 5/13) — 0.5 km W. of Surf Beach, Batehaven, alt. 4 m, 14. ix. 1975, J. A. Elix 1236; 3 km E. of Blackheath, alt. ca 800 m, 30. xii. 1980, Archer 1017 (NSW); Tinderry Range, 10 km E. of Michelago, alt. ca 1100 m, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1222B (NSW); Mt. Kaputar, 150° 09' E., 30° 17' S., alt. ca 1300 m, 13.x. 1981, Archer 1269 (NSW); Lane Cove River, near junction with Devlin’s Creek, 151° 06' E , 33° 46' S., alt. ca 60 m, 16.X.1982, Archer 1401 (Topotvpe: H, NSW). Norfolk Island — Mt. Pitt Reserve, 167° 56' E., 29° 04' S., alt. ca 130 m, coll. R. Goldsack, 25.xii.1981, Archer 1226 (NSW). Discussion: Cladonia praetermissa (Fig. 2) is a common but overlooked species growing on sandy soil in moist, semi-shaded positions. The chemistry is similar to that of the South American C. ceratophylla (Sw.) Spreng. but the new species is distinguished from C. ceratophylla by the absence of marginal rhizines on the basal squamules and the absence of isidioid, terete squamules on the podetia. Cladonia ceratophylla was reported to occur in New South Wales by Krempelhuber (Mueller, 1881) who examined specimens sent to him by F. Mueller in Melbourne. However, the specimen examined by Krempelhuber may have been C. praetermissa as C. ceratophylla is apparently endemic to South America. Cladonia praetermissa is separable from all other Australian Cladonia with granular sorediate podetia by the presence of atranorin, and is distinguished from all other Australian Cladonia containing atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid by its short, simple, sorediate podetia in contrast to the scyphose podetia of C. conoidea Ahti, C. krempelhuberii (Vain.) Zahlbr. and C. subcervicornis (Vain.) Kemst. and the esorediate podetia of C. corymbescens Nyl. ex Leighton and C. ecmocyna Leighton. Cladonia praetermissa may be placed in the infra-generic group Cladonia , sub-group Foliosae (Huovinen & Ahti, 1982).
274 Cladonia wilsonii A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis, persistentibus vel evanescentibus, 1-2 mm longis, 0. 5-1.0 mm latis, supra cinereo-glaucescentibus. infra albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, 10-25 mm alta, albida, nullis scyphis, ramosa, subfindescentia, cortice continuo subgranularescenti. Apothecia ad apices podetiorum, fusca, convexa, 0. 3-0.7 mm diam.; ascosporae 8 per ascum, incolores, simplices, ellipsoideae, 11-14 pm longae, 3-4 pm latae. Thallus K +, flavidus; KC Pd +, flavescens; atranorin et acidum sticticum continens. Primary thallus with squamules, persistent or evanescent, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, green above, white below, esorediate. Podetia arising from the squamules, 10-25 mm tall, whitish, lacking scyphi, branching and splitting; cortex continuous becoming somewhat granular, esorediate. Apothecia on the tips of the podetia, dark brown to reddish-brown, convex, 0. 3-0.7 mm diam., ascospores eight per ascus, colourless, simple, ellipsoid, 11-14 [im long, 3-4 [im wide. Thallus K + , weak yellow; KC — ; Pd + , yellow; containing atranorin and stictic acid. Type Collection: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, 35 km SSW. of Canberra, on soil by side of Corin Dam Rd., near Kangaroo Creek, alt. ca 1000 m, 2. v. 1982, Archer 1315C (Holotype: MEL 1036222; Isotype: H, NSW). Also Examined: Western Australia — 80 km N. of Albany, track to Toolbrunnup Peak, 118° 03' E., 34° 22' S., alt. ca 750 m, 30. ix. 1980, Archer 948 (MEL 1036216, NSW). New South Wales — 10 km E. of Michelago, Tiriderry Range, 149° 15' E., 35° 44' S., alt. ca 1100 m, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1189B (MEL 1036218, NSW). Australian Capital Territory — Near Tidbinbilla River, 148° 25' E., 35° 27' S., alt. ca 850 m, 9.iv. 1982, Archer 1291A (NSW); Tidbinbilla, Fishing Gap Fire Trail, 148° 52' E., 36° 29' S., alt. ca 900 m, 9.iv.l982, Archer 1302A (NSW); Smoker’s Gap, Corin Dam Rd., alt. ca 1200 m, 2.V.1982, Archer 1318 (NSW). Tasmania — 14 km WSW. of Geeveston, 146° 46' E., 43° 12' S., alt. ca 800 m. 28. xi. 1982, Archer 1408 (H, HO 59009, MEL 103621 1). Discussion: The species is named after F. R. M. Wilson (1832-1903), an early Australian lichenologist. Cladonia wilsonii (Fig. 3) is found growing on soil in semi-exposed positions, often in association with Cladonia diffissa (F.Wils.) F.Wils.; both species are usually found with abundant apothecia. The species is differentiated from the somewhat similar C. diffissa by the presence of stictic acid. In addition, it appears to be limited to altitudes above 700 m, whereas C. diffissa occurs both above and below 700 m. When examined by thin-layer chromatography, using solvent G (Culberson et al., 1981), C. wilsonii was found to contain traces of constictic, cryptostictic and norstictic acids in addition to the two major lichen compounds, atranorin and stictic acid. The chemistry and morphology of C. wilsonii place the species in the infra-generic group Helopodium (Huovinen & Ahti, 1982). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is grateful to J. A. Elix (Chemistry Department, Australian National University) for the opportunity to examine his specimens, and to the Director, Division of Analytical Laboratories, Department of Health, New South Wales, for permission to publish this paper. REFERENCES Archer, A. W. (1978). 3-Methyl-2-benzothiazolone hydrazone hydrochloride as a spray reagent for phenolic lichen pounds, s. J.Chromatogr. 152: 290-292. Culberson, C. F. (1972). Improved conditions and new data for the identification of lichen products by a standardised thin-layer chromatographic method. J.Chromatogr. 72: 113-125. Culberson, C. F., Culberson, W. L. & Johnson, A. (1981). A standardised TLC analysis of p-orcinol depsidones. The Bryologist 84: 16-29.
349 Drosera macrantha Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi. 6(1837)*; Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:254(1845); Planchon. Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) ser. 3. 9:294(1848); Benth. FI. austral. 2:468(1864); Diels. Pflanzenr. 26:118, figs 37F & 38A-D(1906): Blackall & Grieve. W. Austral, wildfl. 1:177(1954); Marchant & George, FI. Austral. 8:36-38. fig. 9(1982). Type: Hugel s.n.. ‘Perth ad Swan-River* (W n.w). D. planchonii J. D. Hook, ex Planchon, .Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) ser. 3. 9: 294< 1848); Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1:274(1836) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Icon. pi. 1: t. 53(1837) [as *D. menziesii’]; J. D. Hook. Bot. antarct. voy. 111. FI. Tasman. 1:29 & 30(1855); F. Muell. PI. Victoria 1:62(1860) [as *D. menziesii*]; Nat. pi. Victoria, part 1:55 & 56(1879) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Key Viet. pi. 1:133(1888) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Diels. Pflanzenr. 26:118(1906); Ewan* FI. Victona. 552. fig. 227(1931) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Cunis, Student’s fl. Tasmania 1:186(1956); Black. FI. S. Austral. 2:390(1963); Willis, Handbk pi. Victoria 2:188(1973). — D. menziesii R.Br. var. albiftora Benth. Fl. austral. 2:468(1864) [based on D. planchonii J. D. Hook, ex Planchon]. — D. macrantha Endl. ssp. planchonii (J. D. Hook. ex. Planchon) Marchant, Fl. Austral. 8:38 & 383(1982). Syntypes: Gunn 449 , ‘Swan Port’, Tasmania (HO. K n.w); Gunn 5. ‘Pon Phillip*, Victoria (K n.w); Witthaker [ Wittaker ] s.n., ‘Encounter bay’. South Australia (K n.w). D. macrantha Endl. var. burgesii Diels, Pflanzenr. 26:118(1906). — D. macrantha var minor Benth./?./?., Fl. austral. 2:468(1864). Type: Burges s.n., ‘Sudwest-Australien’ (?B 71. V.). EXCLUDED INFRASPECIFIC TAXA D. macrantha Endl. var. minor Benth. p.p. = D. subhirtella Planchon [refer Marchant & George, l.c ., p. 34]. D. macrantha Endl. var. stricticaulis Diels = D. stricticaulis (Diels) O. Sarg. [refer Marchant & George, l.c., p. 38]. REFERENCES Ball, H. W. et al. (eds) (1962). II. Terminology of simple symmetrical plane shapes (chart 1). Taxon 11:145-156. fig. 19. Curtis, W. M. (1956). ‘The student’s flora of Tasmania', pan 1 . pp. 183-186 (Government Printer : Tasmania). Diels, L. (1906). Droseraceae. In Engler, A. (ed.) ‘Das Pflanzenreich . . .’ Heft 26 (Wilhelm Engelmann : Berlin). Endlicher. S. L. (1837). Droseraceae. In Endlicher. S. L. et al. ‘Enumeratio plantarum . . .' (Fr. Beck : Vindobonae [Wien]). Marchant. N. G. & George. A. S. (1982). Drosera. In George, A. S. (exec, ed.) ‘Flora of Australia', vol. 8 pp. 9-64, figs 3-17 (Austral. Govt Publ. Service : Canberra). Manuscript received 12 September 1983. ♦Marchant & George (1982) incorrectly cited the prologue as Stirp. herb, hugel 6(1837).
246 96.10.06 96.11.01 96.14.04 1929 29.13.01 [2 letters] In The late Baron von Mueller. Some interesting notes. Adelaide Observer : 43. [24 October] [see also 96.11.01] [2 letters] In The late Baron von Mueller. Garden & Field 22 : 139. [Novemberl [see also 96.10.06] & L. Rodway. [Description of Gaimardia fairfaxii] In L. Rodway. On a new Centrolepideae. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1894-95 : 55, pi. [August] Diccionario de plantas uteis proprias para cultura, principalmente nas regioes extra-tropicais, com as indicagoes da patria de cada uma e de muitas das applicagoes que delas se podem fazer. (Portuguese translation by Dr. Julio Henriques) Second edition, illustrated with numerous engravings. (Gazeta das Aldeias : Porto), [see also 76.13.03, 80.13.07, 81 13 10 83.13.06, 84.13.22, 85.13.26, 87.14.06, 88.13.02, 91.13.10, 95.13.02, 05.13.01] ABBREVIATIONS OF THE TITLES OF PERIODICALS Arch. Pharm. ( Hannover ) Archiv der Pharmacie. Eine Zeitschrift des allgemeinen deutschen Apotheker-Vereins. Abtheilung Norddeutschland. Hannover. S. Austral. Naturalist South Australian Naturalist, Adelaide. SUPPLEMENTARY INDEX TO THE NEW TAXA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND NEW NAMES PUBLISHED BY MUELLER RECENT PLANTS ALGAE Caulerpa *novo-ebudarum 81.14.01, 14 MUSCI Phragmicoma *eavesiana 81.13.12, 63 *thozetiana 81.13.12, 63 Radula gottscheana 8 1 . 1 3 . 1 2 , 62 Trianthema humillima 76.07.01 , 72: transfer to MUSCI from ANGIOSPERMAE, AIZOACEAE PTERIDOPH YT A DICKSONIACEAE Dicksonia billardieri 80.13.07, 99 GYMNOSPERMAE ARAUCARIACEAE Dammara *robusta 60. 10.01 , 174 CYCADACEAE Cycas seemannii 82.08.02, 34: delete — the author was A. Braun, notF. Mueller PODOCARPACEAE Nagaeia macrophylla 83.13.06, 245 ANGIOSPERMAE AGAVACEAE Cordyline forsteri 72.12.01, 713; 72. 13.02, 286 AIZOACEAE Trianthema humillima 76.07.01 , 72: transfer from ANGIOSPERMAE to MUSCI AMARANTHACEAE Ptilotus axillaris 81.03.02, 7 APOCYNACEAE Vahea florida 80.13.07,344 owariensis 80.13.07, 344 BURMANNIACEAE Thismia clandestina 91.13.06, 235 clavigera 91.13.06, 235 episcopalis 91.13.06, 235 CELASTRACEAE Maytenus ' boarii 80.13.07, 179 CENTROLEPIDACEAE Gaimardia *fairfaxii 96. 14.04, 55 CHENOPODIACEAE Atriplex conduplicata 86. 1 1 .02, 429: correct this reference number to 86. 1 1 .01 , 429 halimoides var. deplanata 81 .03.02, 7 Bassia maclayana 86. 13.25, 357 Salicomia cinerea 68. 13.01, 251: add [page number] 271 Sclerolaena biflora var. cephalocarpa 73.04.02, 38 COMPOSITAE Hypochaeris scorzonerae 72.13.02,311
LECTOTYPIFICATION OF GENIOSTOMA PETIOLOSUM (LOGANIACEAE) by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT The upper specimen of MEL 640125 (Moore 47) is here chosen as the lectotype of Geniostoma petiolosum C. Moore & F. Muell. and the authorship of this species is discussed. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Geniostoma (Conn 1980) I discussed the two syntypes of Geniostoma petiolosum (viz. C. Moore 38 and 47). Since Moore was the Director (1848-1896) of the botanical gardens [now Royal Botanic Gardens] at Sydney (Stafleu & Cowan 1981)1 expected to find the syntypes at NSW. However, they were not found prior to publication of my revision and were presumed to have been mis-placed (Conn 1980, p. 344). Since then, a thorough search of the NSW collections has failed to locate these specimens. Subsequently, Dr R. Hoogland (in litt.) informed me that Tn many cases Moore did not retain specimens in Sydney [NSW]’ of the collections he had made from Lord Howe Island. Furthermore, many collections prior to the 1920’s with NSW labels (not only from Lord Howe Island) can be found at other herbaria (e.g. A, BM, G, K. L, MEI , NY, P, UC, W, Z) without a duplicate specimen at NSW. Therefore, it is assumed that NSW does not have duplicates of the syntypes of G. petiolosum. However, specimens of Moore 38 & 47 have been located at K and MEL (Conn 1980). LECTOTYPIFICATION Moore 38 is a sterile collection whereas Moore 47 is a fruiting one. In the protologue, Moore and Mueller (in Mueller 1869, p. 28) describe the fruit and clearly state that they did not have flowering material (‘Fructus 4-5"' longi’. ‘Corolla et genitalia ignota’). Moore 47 is in close agreement with the protologue and so the upper specimen of the MEL sheet of this collection is here chosen as the lectotype of G. petiolosum C. Moore & F. Muell. Geniostoma petiolosum C. Moore & F. Muell., in F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 7:28 (1869); F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 9:193 (1875); Val., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 12:16 & 18 (1902); Conn, Blumea 26:343 & 344, Figs. 19F-J (1980). Type: Tn insula Lord Howe’s Island; C. Moore’. Lectotype (here chosen): C. Moore 47, s. dat. [-.vii. 1869t (Anonymous 1958)], ‘Hab. Howe’s Island. Large shrub, 10 to 15 feet’ (MEL 640125 pp., upper specimen). Isolectotype: (K; MEL 640125 pp., lower specimen). Other Syntypes: C. Moore 38, s. dat. [-.vii.l869t], ‘Hab. Howe’s Island. Small shrub of 4 to 6 feet’ (K; MEL 640126). DISCUSSION OF AUTHORSHIP F. Mueller described several species based on C. Moore’s Lord Howe Island collections and a number of species were published under joint authorship. Hoogland (in litt.) suggests that the descriptions were all by Mueller only. He also suggests that Mueller included C. Moore as a joint author, in appreciation of Moore’s collections on which the ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. tThe collection date of Moore 38 & 47 was incorrectly cited (typographical error) as ‘-.xii. 1869’ in Conn (1980 p. 343). Muelleria 5(4): 263-264 (1984). 263
268 elliptica although not confined to them. The two species may be similar at first sight but N. triangularis differs in its smaller, more numerous, differently sculptured seeds, its deeply laciniate rather than ± entire corolla lobes, its longer slender style and ± elliptic rather than deltoid stigmas of the long-styled flowers and in the ± triangular rather than elliptic outline of the most typical leaf blades. The comparatively long and narrow corolla tube of N. triangularis may prove to be another distinctive feature. Both N. triangularis and N. elliptica have long-styled flowers and also flowers which appear mid-styled, the anthers of the latter being held from very slightly above to very slightly below the level of the stigmas; no definitely short-styled flowers have been found but this may be due to insufficient collections or observations. The epithet triangularis refers to the most characteristic outline of the leaf blades. Nymphoides elliptica H I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphnides sp. nov. “C”, Aston in iitt. Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum (15-) 30-85 x (10-) 20-60 mm, anguste usque late ellipticae vel ovato-ellipticae, singulae sinu basali profundo acuto. Inflorescentia fasciculum densum pedicellorum formans, a folio singulari subtenta; petiolus follii subtendentis plerumque laminam aequans vel longior. Flores heterostyli, (4)5-partiti. Corolla 14-25 mm diametro, alba vel pallide rosea vel pallide malvino-rosea, fauce flava; lobi duabus alis latis lateralibus praediti (alae integrae nisi crenulae vel dentes ad apicem vel apicem versus), et proxime super basin fimbriis conspicuis transvcrsis papillarum tenuium omati; tubus fasciculo pilorum subtilium pluriramantium instructus (pili 0.8-1. 3 mm longi, secundum lineam mediam quisque inter bases filamentomm). Stylus florum longistylium c. 1.5-2. 5 mm longus. Stigma florum longistylium latum, deltoideum usque rhomboideum. Capsula ellipsoidea usque late ellipsoidea. Semina 5-15 per capsulam, pacnc globosa sed parce usque moderatim lateraliter compressa, 1-1.3 (-1.5) x 1-1.3 x 0.85-1.1 mm, maturitate atrofusca, omnino foveolata, rugis reticulatis inter foveolas (foveolae atque rugae tuberculis brevibus tenuibus obtusis omnino dense velatae); caruncula basalis, rotunda, pallida, crassa, conspicua. Ob petiolum longum folii peculiaris (quod inflorescentiam subtendit) et ob pilos longos subtiles ramificatos N. triangularis similis, sed abilli specie differt: seminum numero sculpturaque, loborum corollae figura, styli longitudine et stigmatis forma in floribus longistylosis, atque laminae typicae foliorum forma. Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 8 cm (plants on mud) to 79 cm (plants in water) long x 1 .5 mm or less diam.; true petiole conspicuous, (1-) 2.5-14 cm long, usually as long as or longer than the blade, equal in width to the stem and like it often maroon-purple. Leaf blade obtuse, entire, narrow- to broad-elliptic or ovate-elliptic in outline, with a pronounced, acute, basal sinus; sinus 30-45 (-50)% of total blade length, of (2°-) 20° -40° (-50°) angle and sometimes with the proximal portions of the obtuse basal lobes overlapping by up to 10°; blade (15-) 30-85 x (10-) 20-60 mm, widest at or slightly above (rarely below) the petiole insertion, green above, sometimes purplish beneath, not spongy. Juvenile leaves basal, submerged, very thin-textured; blades ovale to deltoid, 10-22 mm long; petioles flattened, 10-26 mm long. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute bracts 1-6 mm long. Pedicels (7-) 10-22, noticeably distanced from the subtending leaf blade by the conspicuous petiole, very slender, (15-) 35-85 x < 0.5-1 mm, usually pale to deep maroon-purple. Flowers (4)5-partite. Calyx lobes linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, acute to obtuse, greenish or purplish with narrow translucent margins, sometimes outcurved at the apex in fruit, (3.5-) 4-6.5 mm long. Corolla 14-25 mm span, c. 2.5 times as long as the calyx, white or white tinged with very pale pink or mauve-pink, the tinge deeper on the external surface of the mid-section of the lobes; tube yellow. Corolla-lobe broad-elliptic-oblong to obovate; mid-section glabrous except for a transverse fringe consisting of a single row of fine papillae c. 1-1.5 (-2) mm long just above its base; side-wings broad, undulate, entire except for small crenations or teeth at the apex or along the distal third or half. Corolla tube usually a little < calyx; tube “papillae” consisting of a conspicuous cluster of fine, sessile, several-branched hairs O. 8-1 .3 mm long. Stamens with filaments c. 0.2-0. 3 and 0.7-0. 9 mm long in long-styled and mid-styled flowers respectively; anthers broad-linear, 2.5-4 times as long as broad, 0.9-1. 7 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 6-8 mm long; ovary ± ellipsoid-conical, gradually tapered into the style; placentas 2, from minute to one-third or
NYMPHOIDES TRIANGULARIS AND N. ELLIPTICA (MENYANTHACEAE): TWO NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Two new species of Nymphoides Seguier, N. triangularis and N. elliptica, are described and illustrated and notes on distribution, habitat and diagnostic features are provided. Both species are from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia. TAXONOMY This paper is the second precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in Australia. The previous paper, describing five new species, appeared in Muelleria 5(1):35— 5 1 (1982). With two slight modifications concerning style type and corolla tube length, the common characters given on page 35 of that paper also apply to N. triangularis and N. elliptica. Both species belong in the “indica group 1 ’ defined on the same page. Nymphoides triangularis H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Nymphoides sp. nov. “E”, Aston in litt. Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum (13-) 30-65 x (12-) 17-50 mm, ovatae usque anguste vel late triangulares, singulae sinu basali profundo acuto; lobi et apex obtusi. Inflorescentia fasciculum densum pedicellorum formans, a folio singulari subtenta; petiolus folii subtendentis plerumque laminam aequans vel Iongior. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)-partiti. Corolla 14-26 mm diametro, alba vel pallide rosea vel pallide malvino-rosea, fauce flavo; lobi duabus alis latis lateralibus profunde Iaciniatis praediti (alis ab apice paene usque basin extendentibus) et proxime super basin fimbriis conspicuis transversis papillarum tenuium omati; tubus fasciculo pilorum subtilium pluriraijiantium instructus (pili 1-2.5 mm longi, secundum lineam mediam quisque inter bases filamentorum). Stylus florum longistylium c. (3. 1-) 4.3-5 .8 mm longus. Stigma florum longistylium ± ellipticum. Capsula anguste usque late ellipsoidea. Semina 23-63 per capsulam, paene globosa sed parce usque moderatim lateraliter compressa, 0.45-0.70 x 0.45-0.65 x 0 25-0.55 mm, maturitate atrofusca, tuberculis obtusis brevissimis velata (vel tubercula juxta margines seminis solum occurrentes); caruncula basalis, rotunda, pallida, crassa, conspicua. Ob petiolum longum folii peculiaris (quod inflorescentiam subtendit) et ob pilos longos subtiles ramificatos N. ellipticae similis, sed abilli specie differt: seminum numero sculpturaque, loborum corollae Figura, styli longitudine et stigmatis forma in floribus longistylosis, atque laminae typicae foliorum forma. Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 3 cm (plants on mud) to 40 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less diam.; true petiole conspicuous, (0.5-) 1 .75-7 cm long, usually as long as or longer than the blade, equal in width to the stem and like it often deep maroon-purple. Leaf blade obtuse, entire, ± ovate to narrow- or broad-triangular in outline, with a pronounced, usually acute, basal sinus; sinus (20-) 30-45 (-50)% of total blade length, of (20°-) 35°-75° (-90°) angle; basal lobes obtuse; blade (13-) 30-65 x (12-) 17-50 mm, usually widest across the basal lobes close to their extremities, sometimes widest close to the petiole insertion, green above, sometimes purplish beneath, not spongy. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute bracts 1-4 mm long and clustered on a rachis which is at first not pronounced but which may develop into a conspicuous projection 5-10 mm long x 2-2.5 mm wide with the older fruited pedicels fallen from its proximal portion. Pedicels (5-) 15-25 simultaneously present, noticeably distanced from the subtending leaf blade by the conspicuous petiole, very slender, (10-) 35-75 x <0.5 (-0.75) mm, usually pale to deep maroon-purple. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, acute, greenish or purplish with narrow translucent margins, ^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Muelleria 5(4): 265-270 (1984). 265
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 259-260, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 258-259, Fig. 6".
FIVE NEW TAXA IN PTILOTUS R.Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) FROM THE NORTHERN TERRITORY by G. Benl* ABSTRACT Two new species and three new varieties of Ptilotus from the Northern Territory, Australia, are described and discussed. These are P. comatus, P. rotundatus, P. lophotrichus var. villosus, P. aristatus var. exilis and P. exaltatus var. glaber. The first three of these taxa are illustrated by analytical drawings and photographs of their type specimens. P. eichlerianus Beni is reduced in rank to P. aristatus var. eichlerianus (Beni) Beni & Hj. Eichler. Three keys are provided, namely a key to Ptilotus taxa with more or less comose tepal apices (including the first three new taxa listed above), a key to the varieties of P. aristatus and a key to the varieties of P. exaltatus. TAXONOMY Ptilotus lophotrichus Beni var. villosus Beni, var. nov., praecipue ob flores minores, tepala exteriora latiora et indumentum dorsale perianthii manifeste amplius a varietate typica differt. Distinguished from the type variety by different size, shape and pubescence of the outer floral organs. Bracts 2.5-3 x 1 .4-1.8 mm; bracteoles 2-2.5 x 1-1.6 mm; outer tepals more limbate, 2.7-3. 1 mm long x 1-1.3 mm wide; inner tepals 2.6-3 mm long x 0.7-1 mm wide; apical hairs on tepals attaining L5 mm and overtopping the segments by 1 . 1 mm; outer basal hairs almost straight, to 0.6 mm long, continued up to the middle of the tepals or sometimes even higher on the inner ones, hence consistently obscuring part of the median red area of the tepals. Figs 1 , 2a, 4a. Comparable characters for the var. lophotrichus are — bracts 4. 7-5. 5 x 1 .8-2.2 mm; bracteoles 3.3-4 x 1.2-1. 7 mm; outer tepals 3.8-4. 1 x 0.9- 1.2 mm; inner tepals 3. 2-3. 7 x 0.7-1 mm; apical hairs on tepals attaining 2 mm, overtopping the segments by 1.2 mm; outer basal hairs minute and not masking the median area of the tepals (see Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 88:57, fig. 2c (1964)). Type Collection: Near the Goyder River Crossing on the road to Gove, near 12° 51' S., 135° 02' E., Amhem Land, Northern Territory, Symon 7723 , 17. vi. 1972. In open grassy Eucalyptus woodland. (Holotype: M. Isotype: ADW 40952). Notes: Symon 7723 was initially regarded as a second collection of Ptilotus lophotrichus (see Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 15: 167 (1979)), but on closer comparison with the holotype of P. lophotrichus the constant floral differences given above became evident. As the terminal pubescence of the tepals matches that of typical P. lophotrichus , infraspecific rather than specific recognition is justified. Ptilotus comatus Beni sp. nov., affinis P. lophotricho , a quo praesertim pubescentia diversiformi perianthii et bractearum, forma tepalorum et bracteolarum recedit. Planta annua tenera usque ad 0.6 m alta ramosa parce foliata plurispicata basi lignosa. Caules ramulique (curvati-) erecti et folia juvenilia pilis crispis albidis crassiusculis tomentosula. Folia angustissime linearia 0.5-2. 5 cm longa. Inflorescentiae primo ovoideae dein cylindraceae ad c. 4 x 0.8 cm, solitariae vel 2-3 compositae, omnes ramulos terminantes. Flores c. 40-80 (100) conferti visu (pallide) rosei demum stramineo-flavescentes. Bracteae bracteolaeque acutae inaequales: bracteae elongatae vel elongati-ovatae, longitudinem perianthii vix attingentes, in dimidio superiore sparse *Botanische Staatssammlung Miinchen, Menzinger Strasse 67, D-8000 Miinchen 19, West Germany. Muelleria 5(4): 249-261 (1984). 249
259 Fig. 6. The distribution of the varieties of Ptilotus aristatus. A — var. aristatus • — var. exilis * — var. eichlerianus + — var. stenophyllus Distribution (Fig. 6): Apparently restricted to a comparatively small area WNW. of Alice Springs. Ecology: Recorded on specimen labels as “infrequent on Astrebla pectinata plain” and “on heavy clay soil plains with Mitchell grass”. We found it on red cracking clay soil with perennial tussock grassland. FI. Dec. — May. Ptilotus aristatus var. eichlerianus (Beni) Beni & Hj. Eichler, stat. nov. Basionym: Ptilotus eichlerianus Beni, Mitt. Bot . Staatssamml. Miinchen 1 : 310-314, fig. p. 312 (1970). Ptilotus aristatus var. eichlerianus differs from the type variety chiefly in having broader spikes, deeper coloured bracts (these usually smaller than the bracteoles) and a denser, longer indumentum of young shoots and often also of the perianth. With the recognition of three varieties of P. aristatus , i.e. var. aristatus , var. exilis (described above) and var. stenophyllus Beni (J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1 : 204 (1979)) since P. eichlerianus was described, it has become clear that the latter belongs to a
278 usually occur with Eucalyptus salmonophloia. The small-podded plants are usually more intricately branched and denser than the large-podded plants. In the field the habit and stature of the plants enable the two taxa to be recognized with little difficulty and provide a fairly reliable means of predicting pod size. As a result of field observations and the re-examination of type material and other herbarium collections, I am satisfied that the name T. sulcata applies to the taxon with small pods which is widespread in southern Western Australia, and occurs also in South Australia, Victoria and New South Wales. The representative specimens of the taxon with small pods cited in Ross, l.c.:28 are referable to T. sulcata. Bossiaea rossii F Muell Fragm. Phyt. Austr, 3:94 (1862), discussed and lectotypified in Ross, l.c. 27-28, is a synonym of T. sulcata. In an endeavour to obtain supplementary evidence in support of the decision concerning the application of the name T. sulcata I took up an offer by Dr. F. G. Lennox, C/- School of Botany, University of Melbourne, to study the polyphenols in stem extracts by means of thin-layer chromatography. A stem sample 1 .5 cm long was taken from nine different specimens, the specimens representing contemporary material of the small-podded and the large-podded taxa and the two type sheets of T. sulcata in MEL. The nine samples were submitted to Dr. Lennox who employed the method to extract the polyphenols from the stem samples outlined in Calder et al. (1982). The polyphenol samples were developed in one dimension with 15% acetic acid using “Merck TLC aluminium sheet cellulose F254” as the support medium. The fluorescent patterns obtained from the polyphenols divided the nine samples into two groups, one group corresponding to the samples from the specimens with small pods and the other to the samples from the specimens with large pods. The patterns exhibited by the two samples from the type material of T. sulcata matched the patterns shown by the samples of the small-podded taxon. T. sulcata and the taxon with large pods are unquestionably closely allied and their differentiation in the absence of mature pods is difficult on occasions. However, the latter merits formal taxonomic recognition and, because the seeds are significantly different, specific rank seems appropriate. It affords me much pleasure to name this species T. smithiana in honour of Basil and Mary Smith. T. SMITHIANA Templetonia smithiana J. H. Ross, sp. nov., T. sulcatae (Meissn.) Benth. affinis, a qua leguminibus majoribus et seminibus majoribus ellipticis brunneis et ochro-brunneis differt. Frutex usque ad 3.2 m altus, aphyllus, glaber; rami complanati, 3.5-9 mm lati, longitudinaliter striati, apicibus acutiusculi vel saepe spinescentes. Stipulae inconspicuae. Flores axillares, solitarii vel gemini; pedicelli usque ad 2 mm longi; bracteolae 1 .5-2 mm longae, 1 .6-2 mm latae, persistentes. Calyx usque ad 4.3 mm longus. Vexillurn oblatum, 5. 5-7. 5 mm longum, 5.5-7 mm latum, flavescens et atro-purpurascens; alae usque ad 6.5 mm longae et 2.6 mm latae, unguiculatae; carina usque ad 6 mm longa, unguiculata. Stamina 10; filamenta in columnam antice Assam connata. Ovarium glabrum. Legumina oblique obovata vel elliptica, 2-2.8 cm longa, 0.95-1.5 cm lata, coriacea, extus nigro-fusca, compressa sed non complanata. Semina elliptica, complanata, 10-16 mm longa, 6-9 mm lata, brunnea vel ochro-brunnea. Glabrous leafless shrub to 3.2 m high with divaricate flattened branches, the branches 3.5-9 mm wide, faintly or distinctly longitudinally striate, the margins notched at the nodes, often terminating in a short spine. Stipules inconspicuous. Leaves reduced to minute scales up to 1 mm long. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on glabrous pedicels up to 2 mm long, the pedicels with a pair of ovate papery brown bracteoles 1.5-2 x 1 .6-2 mm which overlap the base of the calyx, the bracteoles convex outside, concave within, glabrous or with marginal cilia. Calyx up to 4.3 mm long, the lowest lobe often slightly longer than the others, the lobes mostly shorter than the tube, glabrous outside except for hairs on the apices of the lobes. Standard oblate, 5. 5-7. 5 mm long including a claw up to 1.5 mm long, 5.5-7 mm wide, emarginate apically, yellow and purplish-brown; wings up to 6.5 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 2.6 mm wide, auricled; keel petals
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 277-278, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): 16-17".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): Oct-22".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): 18-20".
60 Adiantum capillus-veneris L., Sp. PI. 2: 1096 (1753). Adiantaceae. P24, Main Creek, Morn- ington Peninsula, 8.ii.l981, W.R. Arc/rer (MEL). Agropyron elongatum (Host) P. Beauv., Ess. Agrostogr. 102 (1812). Synonym: Elymus elongatus (Host) Runem., Hereditas 70: 156 (1972). Gramineae. N50, Werribee South, 3 m above shoreline, 4.xii.l980, Paul Fitzimons (MEL 582904). Also S54. Agrostis gigantea Roth. See A. stolonifera var. ramosa. Agrostis stolonifera L. var. ramosa Veldk., Blumea 28: 223 (1982). Syn.: A. gigantea Roth. Aira cupaniana Guss., FI. Sicul. Syn. 1: 148 (1843). Gramineae. C41, Mt. Arapiles, Eagle Gorge area, 26.xi.1968, A.C. Beaugkhok ACB 29832 (MEL 1511083). Also CDEGHJKMNPXZ. Aira elegantissima Schur, Verb. Mitth. Siebenburg Vereins Naturwiss. Hermanns. 4: 85 (1853). Gramineae. D16, Mt. Bepcha, 10.xii.l965, A.C. Beauglehole ACB 29972 (MEL). Also CJKPW. AUocasuarina littoralis (Salisb.) L. Johnson, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 6: 76 (1982). Basionym: Casuarina littorahs Salisb. AUocasuarina luehmannii (R. Baker) L. Johnson, loc. cit. Basionym: Casuarina luehmannii R. Baker. AUocasuarina monUifera (L. Johnson) L. Johnson, loc. cit. Basionym: Casuarina rnonilifera L. Johnson. AUocasuarina muelleriana (Miq.) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina muelkriana Miq. AUocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina nana Sieber ex Sprengel. AUocasuarina paludosa (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina paludosa Sieber ex Sprengel. AUocasuarina paradoxa (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina paradoxa Macklin, Kew Bull. 1931: 150 (1931). Lectotype: N52, Cheltenham, v. 1925, Audas, (AD), female infructescences. Johnson states that his earlier determinations of this taxon were largely as “C. pusilla ssp. robusta” and “C. pusilla var. misera”. AUocasuarina pusUla (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina pusilla Mack- lin. Johnson states that “Specimens of this species have largely been determined by him as “C. pusilla ssp. pusilla”. For material determined under other supposed subspecies see the notes on A. paradoxa and A. robusta”. AUocasuarina robusta (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 78. Basionym: Casuarina paludosa var. robusta Macklin. Johnson (loc. cit. and pers. comm.) states that this taxon is restricted to South Australia and that any Victorian specimens which bear either of these names will in general be A. paradoxa. AlsophUa australis R. Br. See Cyathea australis. Alsophila cunninghamii (J.D. Hook.) Tryon. See Cyathea cunninghamii. AlsophUa marcescens (Wakef.) Tryon. See Cyathea marcescens Wakef. Amaranthus powelUi S. Watson. Included as a synonym of A. hybridus ssp. hybridus by Brenan, J.S. African Bot. 47: 457 (1981). Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) J. Black. See Gnephosis burkittii Benth. Angianthus pusUlus (Benth.) Benth. See Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. Angianthus strictus auct., non (Steetz) Benth. See Pogonokpis muelleriana. Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth. See Chrysocoryne drummondii. AnguUlaria dioica R. Br. See Wurmbea dioica (R. Br.) F. Muell. Anthocercis albicans A. Cunn. See Cyphanthera albicans (A. Cunn) Miers. Anthocercis frondosa sensu J.H. Willis (1973:558). See Cyphanthera anthocercidea (F. Muell.) Haegi. Anthocercis myosotidea F. Muell. See Cyphanthera myosotidea (F. MueU.) Haegi. (*)Anthoxanthum aristatum Boissier, Voy. Bot. Espagne 2: 638 (1842). U48, between Bur- rowye & Thologolong, 22. i. 1981, N.H. Scarlett 81-20, (MEL 584362). Also J47. Arthrocnemum arbusculum (R. Br.) Moq. See Sckrostegia arbuscula. Arthrocnemum halocnemoides Nees var. halocnemoides. See Halosarcia halocnemoides ssp. halocnemoides. Arthrocnemum halocenemoides var. pergranulatum J. Black. See Halosarcia pergranulata.
THREE NEW SPECIES OF BORYA Labill. (LILIACEAE) by D. M. Churchill * ABSTRACT Churchill, D. M. Three new species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae). Muelleria 6(1): 1-8 (1985). — Borya cot]stricta, B. laciniata and B. mirabilis are described as new. The first two species are confined to south-western Australia and the third species to Victoria. Plants of each species are in cultivation in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne. INTRODUCTION The genus Borya Labill. has been the subject of a long term study which is not yet completed. In compliance with the request for taxonomic treatment of the genus in the ‘Flora of Australia’, the following taxa are described. Numerical values given in the de- scriptions refer to the range and, where appropriate, average dimensions for samples of 100 or more measurements. TAXONOMY Borya constricta D. M. Churchill, sp., nov., B. nitidae Labill. affinis sed folliis puberulis et rigidis, constrictis; bracteis nigris, apicibus acutis, maturitate separatist pedunculis deciduis. Typus: From a plant in cultivation. Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, accession no. 841099, originally from Karalee Rocks (Caroling Rocks), 16 km E. of Yellowdine, Western Australia, 31°16.9'S., 119°48.8'E., 19.i.l970, D. M. Churchill 65. Holotypus: 9.vi.l983 (MEL 628557, 1 piece). Isotypus: BM. Paratypus: 4.xi.l981 (CGE); 13.vii.l982 (MEL 628557, 5 pieces); 23.V.1984 (G,K, PERTH); 26.vi.1984 (LD). B. nitida Labill. var. sublanosa F. Muell. ex Baker, J. Linn Soc. Land. Bot. 17:414 (1879). Type: Drummond 98 (Lectotype (here chosen): CGE. Isolectotypes: G 5821-22, MEL 51048). [B. sublanosa F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 7:71 (1878), nom. pro. syn. sub. B. nitida Labill.] Herba caespitosa aestate dormiens perennis 2-25 cm alta 240 cm lata. Caules erect! vel reclinati simplices vel ramosi atri. Folia 24-48 apice surculi cuiusque, linearia rigida 8-20 mm longa 0.6-1. 2 mm lata, duobis sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris usque ad dehlscentiae articulum 0.7-1. 0 mm latum extensis; apice pungentia atra facile separata; margine ciliata numquam scabridiuscula. Foliorum superiorum bases 0.3- 1.0 mm longae fulvae; margine laevi et infra dehiscentiae articulum constricto; sulco sto- matophoro absente. Foliorum inferiorum bases dilatatae atrobrunneae pilis longis tenuibus implexis marginatae. Peduncuii 20-36 (av. 28) mm longi 0.75-1.5 plo folds longiores 0.6-1. 0 mm diametro in dimidio, tempore inflorescentiae annua vice exuti, dehiscentiae articulo prope basim semper praediti. infiorescentia obovata-turbinata, 7-10 (av. 9) mm longa 4-10 (av. 6) mm lata; flores ^12 (av. 9). Bracteae invoiucraies in duobus verticillis dispositae; exterior erectus bracteis 2-5 (av. 4) foliiformibus quarum longissima 6-11 mm longa est, margine et carina et apice ciliata, ala basali lacerate; interior bracteis 14 (av. 2) squamosis, interdum carinis pilosis, apicibus acutis. Bracteae fiorales in gemma imbricatee in ste.tu maturo non imbricatee. Perianthium hypocrateriforme, lobis anguste ovatis. An- therae pallido flavae eglandulatee. Semina 0.64-0.74 mm longa, 0.55-0.6 mm late. Testa atra coUi- culosa. Herbaceous, tufted, summer-dormant perennial 2-25 cm high, 2-40 cm wide. Stems erect or reclining, simple or branched, black. Leaves 24^8 per shoot apex, linear, rigid, 8- 20 mm long, 0. 6-1.2 mm wide, with two abaxial stomata-bearing grooves extending to the abscission joint which is 0. 7-1.0 mm wide; apices pungent-pointed, black, easily detached; margins ciliate, never microscabrate. Upper leaf-base 0. 3-1.0 mm long, pale brown; margin smooth, eonstricted below the abscission joint; stomatal groove absent or reduced in width. Lower leaf-base dilated, blackish-brown; margins with long fine tangled hairs. Peduncles 20-36 (av. 28) mm long, 0.75-1.5 times length of leaves, 0. 6-1.0 mm diam at mid-length, ♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 1
4 Borya laciniata D. M. Churchill, sp. nov., B. scirpoideae Lindl. affinis sed caulibus tegetes formantibus; foliis arcuatis; bracteis involucrales 1-3; perianthio infundibuliformi; testa fa- vulariis confertis praedita, praesertim differt. Typus: Anderson Rocks, Hyden, Western Australia, 32°10'S„ 118°51'E„ 13.ix.l982, P.S. Short 7779 (Holotypus: MEL 618324. Isotypus: K, PERTH). Herbacea tegetem formans aestate dormiens decidua perennis ad 3 cm alia, 8-60 cm lata. Caules prostrati intertexti fulvi. Folia 6-18 apice surculi cuiusque, secunda plerumque arcuata interdum recta flexibilia 6-20 mm longa 0.3-0.7 mm lata, duobus sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris latis pallidis usque ad basem foliorum inferiorum extensis sine strictura ad dehiscentiae articulum 0.25-0.74 mm latum; apice obtusa acuminata vel acicularia fulva vel brunnea, margine laevia ad scabridiuscula. Foliorum superiorum bases 0.1 -0.5 mm longae virides margine laeves et rectae. Foliorum inferiorum bases longae angustae virides, membrana marginali incolorata lobo dilute pigmentiferi laciniato terminata, Pedunculi 10-25 (av. 18) mm longi 0.4-0.8 (av. 0.5) mm diametro in dimidio, tempore inflorescentiae annua vice exuti, dehiscentiae articulo prope basim semper praediti. inflorescentia obovoidea 4-6 (av. 5) mm longa 2.5- 5.5 (av. 4) mm lata; (lores 3-6 (av. 4). Bracteae involucrales una vel tria prope bracteas florales visae, quarum longissima 3-7 mm longa, ad apices laeve vel scabridiusculae et parum recurvatae, ala basali laevis vel margine modice fissa. Bracteae florales cucullatae, in gemma imbricatae in statu maturo non imbricatae, apice obtusae membranaceae parum recurvatae fulvae; pagina laevi vel breviter et pallide carinata. Perianthlum infundibuliforme, lobis ovatis. Antherae armeniaceae, glandula apicali parva alba. Stigma rotundatum ad parum triangulatum in statu vivo, subtiliter papillatum. Testa favulariis confertis praedita. Herbaceous, mat-forming, summer-dormant, deciduous perennial to 3 cm high, 8-60 cm wide. Stems prostrate, interlocking, pale brown. Leaves 6-18 per shoot apex, secund, usually arcuate, sometimes straight, flexible, linear, 6-20 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, with two broad pale abaxial stomata-bearing grooves which extend to the lower leaf base; leaves without constriction at the abscission joint which is 0.25-0.74 mm wide; apices blunt, acuminate or acicular, pale to dark brown; margins smooth to micro-scabrate. Upper leaf- base 0. 1-0.5 mm long, pale green; margins smooth, straight. Lower leaf-base long and narrow, pale green with a colourless marginal membrane terminated by a faintly pigmented laciniate lobe or lobes. Peduncles 10-25 (av. 18) mm long, 0.4-0.8 (av. 0.5) mm diam. at mid-length, shed with inflorescence annually; abscission joint always present near base. Inflorescences obovoid, 4-6 (av. 5) mm long, 2.5-5. 5 (av. 4) mm wide, with 3-6 (av. 4) flowers. Involucral bracts 1 to 3, the longest 3-7 mm long, smooth or microscabrate towards the apices and often slightly recurved, with basal wing smooth or simply notched at the margins. Floral bracts cucullate, imbricate in bud, not overlapping at maturity; apices obtuse, membranous, slightly recurved, light brown; surface smooth or with short pale central keel. Perianth infundibuliform; lobes ovate. Anthers orange-yellow, with small white apical gland. Stigma rounded to slightly triangular when fresh, finely papillate. Testa with crowded favularia. Selected Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Swan River, vii.I848, J. Drummond 341 (CGE, G5821-20, MEL 51038). Manmanning, 30°5rS., 117°12'E., 1978, A. George s.n. (MEL 589547; Roy. Bot. Gard. Melbourne cult. acc. no. 781098). Kuender, 32°57.2'S., 1I8°32.4'E., 17.xi.l983, DM. Churchill 50 (MBL 665084; Roy. Bot. Gard. Melbourne cult, acc. no. 832064). 4.5 miles E. of Highbury, 33°05'S., 117°19'E., 29.ix.1971, A. George II062 (MEL, PERTH). Tutanning Reserve, 18.viii.l975, G.J. Keighery 301 (PERTH). Distribution: South-western Australia. Badgingarra, Watheroo, Wongan Hills, Manmanning, Tam- min, Hyden, Ongerup, Borden, Highbury, east of Pingelly, Goomalling. Fig. 2. Borya laciniata. a — habit, x I. b — inflorescence showing 3 involucral bracts and spreading floral bracts, x 3. c — perianth, x 6. d — stamen with glandular anther, x 12. e — longest involucral bract, x 8. f — shortest involucral bract, x 8. g — floral bract x 8. h — leaf detached at abscission joint and straighter than from many native habitats, x 2. i — leaf apex with microscabrae, x 8. j — leaf-base (abaxial surface) with abscission joint, long tapering margins to stem sheath and laciniate fringe, x 4. k — perianth, x 6. All except d and k from living material. Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, cultivation accession no. 781098, grown on from A. George s.n. B (MEL 589547), Manmanning, d from holotype. k from G. Keighery 6597 (PERTH).
6 Notes: The specific epithet refers to the laciniate lobes of the upper leaf margins. This character is variable and ranges from smooth entire margins to highly dissected lobes. In most specimens at least some leaf-bases have simple lobes with terminal fringe. B. laciniata may be confused with Borya sctpoidea Lindl. because there is an overlap in some characters. However the prostrate mat habit, the three or fewer involucral bracts, the secund arrangement of leaves that are rarely without a laciniate lobed base, the wide perianth tube with short broad segments and the distinctively favulariate patterned seed characterise the species. B. sctpoidea in contrast has stems below ground level, ascending tufted leaves with radially symmetrical placement and with the leaf-bases rarely lobed, the perianth tube narrow, the seed smoothly undulate with fine transverse striae and, in addition, the floral bracts are usually imbricate, even at maturity. Plants are found on soils ranging from skeletal granitic sands, loamy sands, sandy clay loams, to swampy clay soils. Most soils are subject to periodic flooding or winter waterlogging. Soil pH under plants at Kuender was 6.2. Associated larger trees and shrubs include Eucalyptus loxophleba, E. occidentats, E. wandoo, Acacia acuminata or Casuarina campestris. Some associated herbs, such as Hyalochlamys globifer, indicate saline soils. Flowers appear in late winter and early spring, and scapes are shed with seed and leaves in late spring or early summer, leaving dormant stems. New leaves are produced each season and the plants are “drought avoiders”. Borya mirabilis D.M. Churchill, sp. nov., ab omnibus speceibus praecedentibus manifeste distincta, bracteis quam bracteolis brevioribus; placentatione contorta. Typus: Mackey’s Peak, Wonderland Range, The Grampians, Victoria, 37°I1 ' S., 142°31 ' E., 13.ix.l982, D.M. C/mrcM/ 66 (Holotypus: MEL 628551. Isotypus: G, K, LD). Herbacea caespitosa aestate dormiens perennis, 3-15 cm alta 3-10 cm lata. Caules erect! vel reclinati simplices vel ramosi brunnei. Folia 25-45 apice surculi cuiusque, linearia flexibilia 10-16 mm longa 0.5-0.7 lata, duobus sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris usque ad basem foliorum superiorum extensis strictura parva vel nulla ad dehiscentiae articulum 0.5-0.8 mm latum; apice obtusa acuminata brunnea, margine iaevia glabra. Foliorum superiorum bases 0. 1-0.4 mm longae, margine laeves fulvae decrescentes. Foliorum inferiorum bases ad vaginam gradatim dilatatae, fulvae ad brunneas, pilis tenuibus emplexis margin- atae. Pedunculi 30-70 (av. 50) mm longi, 0.6-1. 1 (av. 0.8) mm diametro in dimidio, aliquot annos in caule retenti, dehiscentiae articulo nuUo praediti. Infiorescentia ellipsoidea-obovata 6-10 (av. 8) mm longa, 4-8 (av. 6) mm lata; flores 4-12 (av. 8-9). Bracteae involucrales in duobus verticillis dispositate: exterior divergens bracteis 3-6 (av. 4) foliiformibus quarum longissima 7-13 (av. 10) mm longa ad apicem glabra, ala basali laevis; interior bracteis 0-10 (av. 4) brunneis squamosis apice acerosis. Bracteae florales in gemma imbricatae in statu mature non imbricatae, bracteolis breviores, fulvae, apice mucronatae; pagina laevis, costa elevata. Perianthium hypocrateriforme, lobis anguste ovatis. Antherae flavae apice glandulosae. Ovarium placentatione maxime contorta. Semina non visa. Testa ovulorum colliculosa. Herbaceous, tufted, summer-dormant perennial 3-15 cm high, 3-20 cm wide. Stems erect or reclining, simple or branched, dark brown. Leaves 25-45 per shoot apex, linear, flexible, 10-16 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, with two abaxial stomata-bearing grooves which extend to the upper leaf-base and with little or no constriction at the abscission joint which is 0.5-0.8 mm wide; apices obtuse with acuminate point, brown; margins smooth and glabrous. Upper leaf-bases 0. 1 -0.4 mm long; margins smooth, pale brown, tapering. Lower leaf-bases widening to a sheath, light to dark brown; margins with fine tangled hairs. Peduncles 30-70 (av. 50) mm long, 0. 6-1.1 (av. 0.8) mm diam. at mid-length, retained on stem for several years; abscission joint absent. Inflorescences eUipsoidal-obovate, 6-10 (av. 8) mm long, 4-8 (av. 6) mm wide, with 4-12 (av. 8-9) flowers. Involucral bracts in two whorls: outer whorl divergent, with 3-6 (av. 4) leaf-like bracts, the outermost 7-13 (av. 10) mm long, glabrous to the apex and with the basal wing smooth; inner whorl with 0-10 (av. 4) brown scale-like braets with acerose apices. Floral bracts imbricate in the bud, not overlapping at maturity, shorter than bracteoles, light brown; apices mucronate; surface smooth with central raised midrib. Perianth hypocrateriform; lobes narrow-ovate. Anthers yellow; apiees glandular. Ovary with highly contorted placentation. Testa of ovules coUi- eulose.
TWO NEW LICHENS: CLADONIA BIMBERIENSIS AND C. WEYMOUTHII
by
Alan W. Archer *
ABSTRACT
Archer, Alan W. Two new lichens: Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii. Muelleria 6(1): 93-95 (1985). —
Two new lichen species, Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii, are described and discussed. Both occur in
Australia and New Zealand.
TAXONOMY
For the chemical work involved, acetone extracts from specimens were examined by
thin-layer chromatography, using the mobile phases described by Culberson (Culberson,
1972) and the separated compounds were detected with sulphuric acid (Culberson, 1972)
and MBTH (Archer, 1978).
Cladonia bimberiensis A. W. Archer, sp. nov.
Thallus primarius squamulis parvis, supra flavo-virentibus, infra albis, nullis sorediis, marginibus crenatis.
Podetia squamulis enata, 10-25 mm aids, flavida, subcylindrica, simplicia vel scyphis angustis vel
scyphis deformibus prolificationibus marginalibus; podetia cortice aspero prope basin, ecorticatescens
et sorediis farinosis. Apotbecia non visa. Pycnidia fusca terminalia, vel marginalia scyphis. Thallus
K-; KC + flavidus; Pd acida usnicum et barbadcum continens. Habitat ligno.
Basal squamules persistent, small, 0. 5-1.0 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide, esorediate,
yellow-green above, white below; margins crenate. Podetia growing from the basal squa-
mules, 10-25(-35) mm tall, 0. 7-2.0 mm diam., pale yellow, more or less cylindrical, simple
and escyphose, or with shallow, deformed scyphi with marginal proliferations; podetia rough
corticate at the base and then becoming ecorticate and densely farinose sorediate, with the
interior of the scyphi farinose sorediate; esquamulose or occasionally with squamules on
the lower part of the podetia; podetial wall 0.15-0.2 mm thick. Apotbecia not seen; pycnidia
brown, 0. 1-0.2 mm diam., 0. 3-0.4 mm long, terminal or marginal on the scyphi; pycni-
diospores not seen. Thallus K-; KC + yellow; Pd -; containing usnic, barbatic and 4-0-
demethyl barbatic acids.
Type Collection:
Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Mt. Bimberi, Bimberi Range, 49 km SW of
Canberra, 35° 40’S, 148°48’E, alt. 1700 m, on decayed log, ll.xii.l979, H. Stieimann 9743
(Holotype: CBG; Isotype: H, US, TNS).
Also Examined:
Australia. Australian Capital Territory — I km SE. of Bimberi Peak, Bimberi Range, alt. 1820 m, ll.xii.l979,
J.A. Eiix 6640 (ANU, MEL 1047742); ibidem, J.A. Elix 6639 (NSW).
New Zealand. South Island — Nelson Province, Red Hill Range, Richmond Forest Park, 41°09’S, alt. 1700
m, 28.xii.1980, J. K. Bartlett 19807 {herb. J. K. Bartlett, Auckland).
Discussion;
Cladonia bimberiensis is known from only two areas, one in Australia and the other
in New Zealand. Both areas are sub-alpine at altitudes of 1700 m or above and in each
the preferred substrate of the species was dead wood.
C. bimberiensis is related, both chemically and morphologically, to the two northern
hemisphere circumpolar species C. cyanipes (Sommerf.) Nyl. and C. bacilliformis (Nyl.)
Gliick, each of which possesses sorediate podetia and contains usnic and barbatic acids.
The simple, pale yellow, somewhat scyphose podetia of C. bimberiensis distinguish this
species from C. cyanipes which has grey, branched podetia lacking scyphi, and from C.
baciiliformis which has shorter, thicker, rarely scyphose podetia with pale brown apotbecia.
C. bimberiensis is also distinguished from the somewhat similar Hawaiian species, C. an-
gustata Nyl., by the absence of didymic acid and red apotbecia, both of which are present
in the latter species.
‘Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, New South Wales, Australia 2141.
93
94 C. bimberiensis is the only member of the genus Cladonia in Australia to contain both usnic and barbatic acids. C. coccifera (L.) Willd., a corticate species with well-defined scyphi and containing usnic and barbatic acids, was reported from Australia in the nine- teenth century but it has not been found by the author. Australasian specimens labelled C. coccifera in herbaria are referrable to other species, particularly C. pleurota (Fldrke) Schaerer or C. subdigitata Nyl. C. bimberiensis belongs to the infra-generic group Ochroleucae (Houvinen and Ahti, 1982). The specific epithet “bimberiensis” refers to Mt Bimberi, Australian Capital Territory, where the first specimens were collected. Cladonia weymouthii F. Wilson ex A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Thallus primarius squamulis parvis, supra virellis, infra albis, nuUis sorediis, marginibus crenatis. Podetia squamulis enata, 15-55 mm altis, virella, simplicia vel ramosescentia ad apicem; cortice aspero prope basin, ecorticatescens et sorediis farinosis. Apothecia coccinea; pycnidia fusca, terminalia. Thallus K+ flavus; KC— ; Pd+ flavus; acida thamnolicum, barbaticum et didymicum continens. Habitat ligno et humo. Basal squamules inconspicuous, persistent, small, 0.5-1 x 1-2 mm, incised, esorediate, green above, white below; margins crenate. Podetia growing from the basal squamules, (15-)20-40(-55) mm tall, l-2.5(-4) mm diam., green to greenish-grey, subcylindrical or ta- pering to the apices, simple or branching somewhat near the tips, the branching forming deformed scyphi, lacking well-defined scyphi, axils closed; podetia corticate at the base and below the apothecia, the remainder of the podetia ecorticate and densely farinose sorediate; podetia esquamulose or with squamules on the lower part; podetial wall 0.25-0.3 mm thick. Apothecia rare, terminal, red, convex, 1-3 mm diam., ascospores eight per ascus, 12-15 ^rm long, 3-4 pm wide, ellipsoid, colourless, simple; pycnidia terminal on the podetia, red, becoming dark brown to black in old specimens; pycnidiospores not seen. Thallus K + yellow; KC-; Pd + yellow; containing barbatic, thamnolic and didymic acids. Type Collection: Australia, Tasmania, Fluon River, 5.ii.l892, W. A. Weymouth (Holotype: MEL 6760; Isotype: NSW). Also Examined: Australia. Tasmania (selected specimens only, 5/20) — Price’s Rivulet, Huon, ii.l902, W. A. Weymouth (NSW); near Hastings Cave, 12 km WNW. of Southport, 43°23’S, 146°50’E, alt. 250 m, 27. xi. 1982, Archer I4I7D (H, MEL 1045447); 15 km W. of Maydena, 42°45’S, 146°30’E, alt. c. 400 m, 7.xii.l983, Archer 1545A (CBG, NSW); Pencil Pine Creek, 100 km W. of Launceston, 41°35’S, 145°55’E, alt. 800 m, 29.xi.l983, Archer 1566A (MEL 1045448); the Hermit, 8 km SE. of Strathgordon, 42°49’S, I46°08’E, alt. 500 m, 19.1.1984, G. Kantvilas 59/84 (NSW). New Zealand. North Island — Hihitahi State Forest, 39°30’S, 175°30’E, alt. 970 m, J. K, Bartlett 27049. South Island — Mt Cassidy, Arthur’s Pass National Park, 43°S, alt. 1800 m, 15.xii.l978, J. K. Bartlett 21387; Nelson Province, Hay Paddock, Mt Owen, 4C31’S, alt. 1550 m, — .i.1983, J. K. Bartlett 21589. (New Zealand specimens in herb. J. K. Bartlett, Auckland). Discussion: Cladonia weymouthii is known only from Tasmania and New Zealand. It occurs between latitudes 39° and 44 °S and at altitudes from 250 m to 1800 m and grows on dead wood or on soil containing fragments of dead wood. Apothecia are rare and were seen in only one specimen from the Cradle Mountain region, Tasmania (Archer 1566A). Sterile podetia are sorediate to the tips but fertile podetia become corticate just below the apothecia. C. weymouthii is morphologically similar to C. bacillaris Nyl. but is distinguished from that species by the presence of branched and partly corticate podetia and of thamnolic acid. It is separated from C. macUenta Hoffm. by the occasionally deformed scyphi and the tall, branched, partly eorticate podetia. The farinose sorediate podetia of C. weymouthii are somewhat similar to those of C. corniculata Ahti & Kashiwadani but the latter species, lacking thamnolic acid, gives no yellow colour with alkali. C. weymouthii belongs to the infra-generic group Cocciferae (Houvinen and Ahti, 1982). The epithet “weymouthii” was used by F. R. M. Wilson as a manuscript name on specimens collected in Tasmania by W. A. Weymouth in 1892 at “Huon River”. The exact
67 Euphrasia eichleri W.R. Barker, op. cit. 254. Synonym; E. scabra var. alsa auct., non F. Muell., including Willis (1973:573). VW. Euphrasia gibbsiae forma comberi auct., incl. Willis (1973:573), non Du Rietz. See E. lasianthera W.R. Barker. Euphrasia gibbsiae Du Rietz forma subglabrifoUa Du Rietz. See E. gibbsiae ssp. subgla- brifolia (Du Rietz) W.R. Barker. Euphrasia gibbsiae Du Rietz ssp. subglabrifolia (Du Rietz) W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 5: 127 (1982). Basionym: E. gibbsiae forma subglabrifolia Du Rietz. Euphrasia glacialis sensu J.H. Willis (1973:573) (excluding E. glacialis var. eglandulosa J.H. Willis). See E. collina aff. ssp. diversicolor. Euphrasia glacialis Wettst. var. eglandulosa J.H. Willis. See E. crassiuscula. Euphrasia lasianthera W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 5: 250 (1982). Synonym: E. gibbsiae forma comberi auct., incl. Willis (1973:573), non Du Rietz. Euphrasia scabra R. Br. var. alsa (F. Muell.) J.H. Willis. For Victorian specimens see E. eichleri W.R. Barker. See also E. alsa (deleted from Victoria). Euphrasia scabra var. caudata J.H. Willis. See E. caudata. *Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Compositae. N54, Dandenong Ranges, Montrose, 17.viii.l975, G.W. Carr 6163 (MEl 573083). Also P. Frankenia gracilis Summerh., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 48: 380 (1930), is listed by Barnsley, Flora Australia 8: 140 (1982), as occurring in north-west Victoria. Frankeniaceae. A17, Mildura, Sandalong Park, 10.xi.l980, J.H. Browne (MEL 95667). Also B. Frankenia sessilis Summerh.. The only variety found in Victoria is var. sessilis (see Flora Australia 8; 118 (1982)). *Freesia hybrids including *F. refracta sensu J.H. Willis (1970:341), non (N.J. Jacq.) Klatt. There is no name at present for the entities naturalized in Australia. Some appear referable to F. leichdinii Klatt and F. alba (G.L. Meyer) Gumbleton, others are inter- mediate between these species (D. Cooke, pers. comm.). Goldblatt, J. South African Bot. 48: 39-91 (1982), has recently revised the genus Freesia Klatt and has examined some Victorian specimens. *Freesia refracta sensu J.H. Willis (1970:341), non (N.J. Jacq.) Klatt. See Freesia hybrids. Galium ciliare J.D. Hook. See Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 366-367 (1983), also previous notes in Todd (1979:177). Galium compactum Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 370 (1983). Rubiaceae. Distribution includes Victoria. EKP. Galium curvibirtum Ehrend. & McGillivray, op. cit. 373. Rubiaceae. Distribution includes Victoria. CEJ. *Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 2: 580 (1788). Synonym: G. parisiense var. australe Ev.art & J. White teste Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 376 (1983). Galium migrans Ehrend. & McGillivray, op. cit. 362-364. Rubiaceae. NSVW and T and/ or O (for Wilson’s Promontory). Galium parisiense var. australe Ewart & J. White. See *G. divaricatum. Gamochaeta purpurea (L.) Cabrera. See Gnaphalium purpureum. *Gnaphaliiim americanum Miller, Gard. Diet, edn 8, n. 17 (1768). Compositae. M29, Bendigo district, Whipstick Scrub, 25.xi.1962, Perry (MEL 661401). Also W. *Gnaphalium calviceps Fernald, Rhodora 37 : 449, t. 405 (1935) (sphalm. calvescens on p. 449). Compositae. V6, Mt Mitta Mitta, NW. of Corryong, c. 3,000 ft alt. 9.xii.l974. J.H. Willis (MEL 661402). STVW. *Gnaphalium candidissimum Lam. See *Vellereophyton dealbatum. Gnaphalium coarctatum Willd., Sp. PI. edn 5, 3 (1886). Synonym: G. spicatum Lam. (1788), non Mill. (1768), teste Hilliard & Burtt, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 82: 248 (1981). Gnaphalium hiteo-album L. See Pseudognaphalium luteo-album. Gnaphalium purpureum L. Synonym: Gamochaeta purpurea (L.) Cabrera. Hilliard & Burtt, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 82; 246 (1981) retain this species in Gnaphalium. Gnaphalium .spicatum Lam. See G. coarctatum Willd. Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 570 (1867). Synonym; Angianthus burkitti (Benth.) J. Black. Teste Short, Muelleria 5: 209-210 (1983), the affinities of this species are uncertain. He retains it in the genus Gnephosis.
16 Key to Species of Actinobole 1. Leaves and leaf-like bracts of the general involucre usually c, 1,5-3 times the length (rarely about the length) of the capitula; the upper part of the lamina of the middle capitular bracts narrow and tapering to a ± acute apex (Fig. 4) 2. Anthers < 0.8 mm long; pollen grains < 600 per floret and < 100 per anther 1. A, condensatum 2. Anthers > 0.8 mm long; pollen grains > 1200 per floret and > 200 per anther .... 2, A. drummondiana 1. Leaves and leaf-like bracts of the general involucre about the length of the capitula; the upper part of the lamina of the middle capitular bracts ± rounded at the apex (Fig. 4) 3, Mature achenes dark green 4. A, oldfieldiana 3. Mature achenes brown 4. Anthers < 0.7 mm long; pollen grains < 200 per floret and < 40 per anther 3. A. uliginosum 4. Anthers > 0.8 mm long; pollen grains > 700 per floret and > c. 200 per anther .. 4, A. oldfieldiana 1. Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) P. S. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Hot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drum- mond." Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 863, Chrysodiscus ? Steetz. Pappus equal- eis 5 — apice . . plumosis. Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Syntypes, Isosyntypes or Probable ISOLECTOTYPES: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH); Drummond 363, s. dat. (BM, MEL). Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, 2-5(11) cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or ± oblanceolate to obovate, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, (0.15)0.2-0.5(0.6) cm wide, tomentose, the upper surface less hairy and greener than the grey-green undersurface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2- c. 20 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, 0.5-1 .2 cm high, (0.6)1-1.8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general involucre of leaves and leaf-like bracts, the largest ones c. 1.5-3 times the length of the capitula, rarely about the length of the capitula, all bracts tomentose. Capitular bracts 23-28. Outermost bracts ± narrowly obtrullate or ± oblanceolate, 3. 7-6.4 mm long, 0.5-2. 1 mm wide. Middle bracts ± narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate or ± obovate, 4-6.7 mm long, 1.2-2. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1.2-2 mm long, ± flat, narrow and tapering to a ± acute apex, yellow or yellow-brown. Inner bracts ± obovate, ± obtrullate or sometimes ± elliptic, 4. 2-7. 7 mm long, 1. 3-2.1 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1.1- 1.6 mm long, broader than in the middle bracts, rounded, ± flat to concave. Florets 20- 40 per capitulum; corolla tube 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 5-lobed. Stamens 5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.49)0.55-0.65(0.77) mm long; apical appendage (0.12)0.16-0.35(0.4) mm long. Pollen grains (144)160-460(508) per floret, (8)20-80(c. 100) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, 0. 9-1.1 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam. Pappus consisting of (4)5(6) bristles fused at the base, each bristle tapering towards the apex and plumose for most of its length but ending in a shortly stalked plumose tuft. TyPIFICATION: Gray (1852) described the species of Gnaphalodes from collections made by James Drummond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. Unfor- tunately Gray did not record the collection number(s) provided by Drummond although undoubted duplicate collections viewed by him and housed in K are numbered. Thus the collection Drummond 863, with the name Gnaphalodes condensatum apparently in Gray’s hand, is regarded as a type collection. I have chosen it as the lectotype because the only material of G. condensatum at GH is fragmentary, consisting of florets and capitular bracts contained in a single envelope. Written on the envelope, in Gray’s hand, are the words “Gnaphalodes n. gen. Debris examined of the 2 species. Swan R. Drummond.’’ This envelope was contained in a further one with the words, again apparently in Gray’s hand, “Gnaphalodes. Gray.” Material of both species is generally recognisable and I have sorted and placed the fragments of each species in separate bags within the outer envelope. The syntype collection at GH is regarded as a probable isolectotype. The collections of G. condensatum at BM and MEL can be regarded variously as syntypes, isosyntypes or isolecto types. They lack any indication that they were examined by Gray and therefore may not be syntypes. However they generally resemble the lectotype
18 N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. (excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- cation, note 2, below. Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± terminal tuft. Chromosome number: n = c. 11. Typification: 1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material
18 N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. (excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- cation, note 2, below. Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± terminal tuft. Chromosome number: n = c. 11. Typification: 1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material
18 N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. (excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- cation, note 2, below. Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± terminal tuft. Chromosome number: n = c. 11. Typification: 1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material
18 N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. (excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- cation, note 2, below. Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± terminal tuft. Chromosome number: n = c. 11. Typification: 1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material
GREVILLEA OBTECTA (PROTEACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM CENTRAL VICTORIA by W.M. Molyneux * ABSTRACT Molyneux, W.M. Grevillea o6(ec(a (Proteaceae), a new species from central Victoria. iWueZ/eria 6(1)147-151 (1985) — A new species of Grevillea R.Br. ex Knight, G. obtecta, is described, its affinities within the “aquifolium group” are discussed and notes on biology are given. The species is currently known from the Taradale — Daylesford area of Central Victoria. TAXONOMY Grevillea obtecta W.M. Molyneux, sp. nov. Frutex prostratus, in amplitudini ad circiter 2.3 m, ramulis fragilibus, caulibus juvenilibus villosis. Folia variabilia, ascendentia vel erecta, simplicia vel profunde divisa, plerumque ovata vel obovata vel rhombiformia, 3-18 cm (praecipue 3-11 et 13.5-16) long, 1.5-8 cm (praecipue 1.5-5) lata, ad basin cuneata, attenuata; petioli 0-21 mm (praecipue 3-12) longi; lobi acuminati, 2-9 mm (praecipue 4-7) lati, simplices vel varie divisi, marginibus planis vel recurvatis, supra pilis sparsis (secundum venam medium) aliquando praediti, subter pilis crispatis dispersis instructi; venae principales et secundariae, ut viduntur in superficiebus, prominentes. InflorescenCiae plerumque terminales, interdum in axibus vetustioribus, secundae, c. 3-6.5 cm longae. PeduncuUs et rhachibus villosis. Bracteae conspicuae c. 5-12 mm longae, c 3-9 mm latae, in alabastro imbricatae, deciduae vel saepe persistentes. Pedicelli c. 2-3.5 mm longi, sparse villosi. Perianthium viride, c. 6 x 2 mm, externe laxe villosum. Nectarium prominens. Stipes c. 2 mm longus. Ovario villoso. Slytoglabro (praeter basin) 8-13 mm longo. PoUinis- donor obliquus. Stigmate prominent!. Shrub to 2.3 m wide but usually c. 1 m, prostrate. Branches stout, brittle. Steins villous when young, becoming glabrous or sparingly villous with age. Petiole (0-)3-12(- 21) mm long. Leaves variable, mostly ascending, crowded, subsessile to petiolate, 3-18 cm (usually either 3-11 or 13.5-16 cm) long including the petiole, 1.5-5(-8) cm wide, mostly ovate obovate or rhomboidal in outline, simple with irregularly serrate margin to pinnatifid or pinnatisect; base cuneate, tapered, a quarter to two-thirds of the total leaf length; margin recurved or flat; primary lobes (4-)7-13 per leaf, (2-)4-7(-9) mm wide, tapering to a sharp brittle point, simple or divided into secondary lobes which also taper to similar points; upper surface mostly glabrous except when young, or with a few scattered hairs along the midvein; lower surface with scattered curled or twisted hairs; venation on upper surface indented, the primary veins conspicuous, secondary veins less so; venation of lower surface raised and conspicuous. Inflorescence terminal, often displaced by a proximal branch, oc- casionally axial on old wood, or on a short branchlet arising on older wood, erect or decurved, secund, c. 3-6.5 cm long, bracteose. Peduncle and rhachis villous. Bracts imbri- cate, conspicuous, firmly attached, broadly to narrowly ovate, acute, concave, (5-)7-8(-12) mm long x (3-)5(-9) mm wide, deciduous at or during anthesis, or sometimes retained until flowers have withered; outer surface with central rib and longitudinal striations, mostly villous or if occasionally only sparsely hairy then mainly villous along edges; inner surface glabrous. Pedicels 2-3.5 mm long, sparsely covered with long twisted hairs. Perianth c. 6 mm long x 2 mm wide, loosely villous and green outside, glabrous and purple inside. Torus almost straight to oblique. Nectary prominent, ± U-shaped, c. 0. 5-1.0 mm high, up to 0.5 mm thick; margin irregular. Pistil c. 12-16 mm long. Sdpe c. 2 mm long, sparsely villous, attached toward the top of the torus. Ovary with mostly appressed long hairs. Style (8-)10- 12(-13) mm long, sparsely hairy at base. Po//en-presenter oblique, c. 1.5-2 mm wide with a prominent stigma. Fruit ellipsoid with appressed hairs, opening to almost flat after de- hiscence; style persistent. Flowering period Oct. — Dec. Type Collection: 6 km SW. of Taradale, on north-westerly slopes above forest track, 1 km SW. of •Belfast Road, Montrose, Victoria, Australia 3765. 147
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 79-81, Fig. 1".
81 Type Collection: Above Arora Village, Upper Wau Valley, Morobe district, northeastern New Guinea, 25. vi. 1973, J. S. Womersley NGF 4/24S (flowering collection). (Holotype: LAE. Isotypes: A, BRl, CANB, K, NSW). Further Specimen Examined: Northeastern New Guinea. Morobe district — New Yamap, head of Blame Creek, 19.iii.l970, H. Streimann & A. Kairo NGF 47647 (A, BRI, A, BRl, CANB, K, LAE, NSW); Kaisinik, 44 km along N.N.G. logging road, 30.V.1976, A. Masapuhafo AMS (LAE). Distribution and Habitat: Known only from a restricted area in the Morobe district of northeastern New Guinea. Found in Nothofagus forest at altitudes ranging from 1200 — 2000 m. Discussion: H. calocoma can be distinguished immediately from all other Helicia species in Papua New Guinea by its very long petioles and the very distinctive and attractive rufous-tomentose indumentum which completely covers the twigs, petioles, leaves and all parts of the inflo- rescence and flowers. It is difficult to assess the relationships of H. calocoma and mature fruits, when found, may assist. The species shares an important combination of characters viz., ovary hairy, leaves and branchlets hairy to a greater or lesser degree and leaves entire or almost so, with a group of eight species that includes taxa such as H. amplifolia Sleum., H. oreadum Diels, H. platyphylla Sleum. and H. sdlae-montis Sleum. However, none of these taxa has par- ticularly long petioles nor do they in general have such a dense and persistent indumentum as is found in H. calocoma. Helicia insiilaris D. Foreman, sp.nov. Arbor 8-15 m alia. Ramuli glabri; cicatrices foliorum prominentes. Folii lamina ± elliptica, mucronata ad obtusam, ad basin attenuata, integra, 5.5-12.5 cm longa, 3.5-6 cm lata, glabra, chartacea; nervorum c. 8 pares; petiolus 5-8 mm longus. In florescentiae in axillis superis, c. 5.5 cm longae, glabrae. Pedicelli 3 mm long!, glabri. Periantbium 13 mm longum, album, glabrum. Ovarium glabrum. Fructus (im- maturus) globosus, glaber. Tree 8-15 m tall. Branchlets glabrous, with prominent leaf-base scars. Leaf blade ± elliptic, mucronate to obtuse, attenuate at the base and decurrent onto the petiole, entire, 5.5-12.5 cm long, 3.5-6 cm wide, glabrous, chartaceous to subcoriaceous, drying mid- to dark-green above, mid-brown beneath; midrib raised above, prominent beneath; nerves about 8 pairs, curved upwardly, becoming fainter towards the margin, slightly raised above, raised but fine beneath; reticulations dense, slightly raised on both surfaces; petiole 5-8 mm long, stout. Inflorescence axillary, borne towards the ends of the twigs, about 5.5 cm long, glabrous, rachis 1 .5 mm diameter. Bract subtending flower pairs ovate-acute, 1 mm long; floral bracts slightly smaller. Peduncle c. 0.4 mm long, glabrous. Pedicels 3 mm long, glabrous. Perianth white, 13 mm long, glabrous; limb 3.5 x 1.5 mm. Anthers c. 3 mm long. Hypogynous glands connate into a crenulate cup. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous. Fruit (immature) globose, glabrous; pericarp appears homogeneous. (Fig. 2). Type Collection: Mt. Pabinana, Normanby Island, Papuan Islands, Papua, 2.V.1956, L. J. Brass 25650 (flowering collection). (Holotype: LAE. Isotype: L, n.v.). Further Specimen Examined: Papua. Papuan Islands — Between Agamoia and Ailuluai, Fergusson Island, 9.vi.l956, L. J. Brass 27042 (L, LAE). Distribution and Habitat: H. insularis is known only from Normanby and Fergusson Islands in the Papuan Islands district and it is this insular location which the specific epithet alludes to. Occurs in mossy forest at altitudes ranging from 800-950 m.
83 Heiicia laiagamensis D. Foreman, sp.nov. Arbor parva ad 10 m alia. Ramuli teretes, atro-ferruginoso-tomentosi, glabrescentes. Folii lamina plerumque elliptica, interdum obovata, acuta, ad basin cuneata, Integra (Juvenalis interdum sparsim dentata), 6- 16 cm longa, 2.V-6.2 cm lata, undique ferruginoso-tomentosa, supra glabrescens, infra indumento praecipue secus costam et nerves principales persistent!, chartacea ad subcoriacea; nervorum 7-10 pares; petiolus 7-14 mm longus, atro-ferruginoso-tomentosus, glabrescens. Inflorescentia axillaris vel ramiflorus, 11.5-33.5 cm longa, dense ferruginoso-appresso-tomentosa. Pedicelli 3-4.5 mm longi, fer- ruginoso-tomentosi. Perianthium 8.5-11 mm longum, ferruginoso-appresso-tomentosum. Ovarium rufo-tomentosum. Fructus ± globosus, 2.5 cm diam., glaber; pericarpium homogeneum, 1.5-2 mm crassum; pedicellus crassus, 2.3 mm longus. Semen globosum, 2 cm diam. Fig. 3. HeUda laiagamensis. A — flowering branchlet. B — a pair of flowers (unit inflorescence) with the perianth parts removed. From the type collection.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 84-86, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 86-87, Fig. 5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 87-89, Fig.6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 89-91, Fig.7".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (37)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 27-28".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 28-29".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 25-27".
32 L. eremaea has a restricted distribution in Western Australia between Anketell and Sandstone where it occurs in red sand with mallee Eucalyptus spp. and other Myrtaceous, Proteaceous and Solanaceous shrubs (Fig. 3). Specimens Examined (total number, 5); Western Australia — 16 km W, of Sandstone, 15.viii.l931, C. A. Gardner & W. E. Blackall 474 (PERTH). ± 10 km from Anketell Station eastern boundary along road towards Sandstone, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short 1546 (MEL 629302). ± 1 km W. of Anketell Station eastern boundary along Sandstone — Mt Magnet Road, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short f547 (MEL 629304). Notes: Fruiting material is desired as only old pod valves have been collected. 6. Labichea deserticola J. FI. Ross, sp. nov. Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-foliolatis cum foliolis anguste ovatis vel ellipticis minoribus differ!. Type: Western Australia, Victoria Desert Camp 44, 27°44' S, 126°33' E, 7.ix.l891, R. Helms s.n. (AD 98223(X)4, holo.; MEL 616545, NSW 150255-150257, iso.). Shrub to 1 m high, young branchlets clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, the central leaflet largest: petiole up to 1 .25 mm long, pubescent; leaflets narrow-ovate or elliptic, sessile, conspicuously reticulate, upper surface with scattered tubercular-based uncinate hairs, lower surface sparingly appressed-pubescent; central leaflet 1.6-2. 3 cm long including the pungent tip up to 0.4 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.9-1. 6 cm long including the pungent tip, 0.325-0.5 cm wide. Stipules narrow-triangular, up to 1.75 X 1.0 mm, ± appressed-pubescent, soon deciduous. Racemes mostly 3-5-flowered and longer than the leaves; bracts ovate, up to 3 x 2 mm, pubescent, deciduous. Pedicels 4-6 mm long, densely ± appressed-pubescent. Sepals 4, sparingly to densely appressed- pubescent, the 2 outer 10.5-11 x 3.4-3.8 mm, acute apically, the 2 inner sepals 8.5-10.6 x 2.8-3.5 mm. Petals 4, 8-10 x 3-5.2 mm. Stamens unequal, one anther nearly twice as long as the other, filaments up to 0.5 mm long; short anther ± 5 mm long, long anther 8.5-9 mm long. Ovary up to 4 mm long, 2-ovulate, villous. Pod (only 1 immature pod seen) elliptic-oblong, 1.8 x 0.8 cm, with short erect uncinate hairs and longer appressed hairs. Seeds unknown (Fig. 4). Known only from the type collection from the Victoria Desert, Western Australia (Fig. 3). Ecological preferences and conservation status unknown. Notes: Differs from L. lanceolata in having consistently 3-foliolate leaves, the central leaflet being only slightly larger than the two lateral ones and not markedly disproportionate, and in the leaflets being differently shaped and conspicuously reticulately veined. More material, especially fruiting material, is desired. 7. Labichea saxicola J. H. Ross, sp. nov. Species nova L. nitidae Benth. affinis, a qua pilis conspicuis adpressis ad 2 mm longis in foliolis paginae inferioris; pilis ad 2 mm longis in ramulis juvenilibus, petiolis, racemis, pedicelUs, bracteis et sepalis; et floribus cum 4 sepalibus, (iiffert. Type: Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, 1 km S. of Twin Falls, 23. v. 1980, L. A. Craven 5797 (CANB 309315, holo.; DNA 19919, MEL 616040, iso.). Shrub to 2 m high, young branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of short erect or appressed hairs (not uncinate) and scattered appressed or spreading villous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves digitately (3)5(7)-foliolate, the central leaflet largest; leaflets elliptic, elliptic- oblong, oblong or obovate-oblong, discolorous, upper surface densely clothed with erect uncinate hairs, margins thickened and slightly revolute, lower surface densely clothed with appressed white hairs up to 2 mm long especially on the midrib (rarely a few uncinate hairs present), petiolules densely clothed with appressed or spreading hairs; central leaflet 1.7A.3 cm long including a pungent tip up to 3 mm long, 0.6-1. 3 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.8-2. 8
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 43-45".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 31-32".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 37-41".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 35-37".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (27)".
40 Fig. 7. The known distributions of Labichea lanceolata, L. obtruUata and L. rupestris. Notes: L. diversifoha Meissner var. brevifolia Meissner was based on two Preiss collections numbered 1027 which were cited in the protologue as follows: “Inter fragmenta rupium (Quartz) ad latus occidentale montis Bakewell (York) et in rupestribus as fluv. Canning (Darling’s Range) d. 8 Sept. 1839 et M. Jul. 1841. Herb. Preiss. No. 1027”. Specimens of Preiss 1027 housed in LD, MEL, NY and W have been examined: there are none at K. The specimen labelled Preiss 1027 in W is referrable to L. lanceolata subsp. lanceolata: the specimen does not belong with the label which has Huegel’s printed name crossed out and substituted with Preiss’s and an abbreviated version of the locality data cited in the pro- tologue. The specimen in LD is accompanied by a label in Preiss’s hand, one of the MEL sheets (MEL 626657) is from Steetz’s herbarium and the other MEL sheet (MEL 626658) is from Lehmann’s herbarium. The label on the NY specimen is not in Meissner’s hand and there is no obvious evidence to suggest that it formed part of Meissner’s herbarium. The MEL sheet from Steetz’s herbarium bears the locality Canning River, the MEL sheet from Lehmann’s herbarium has a reference to the protologue, and the labels of the spec- imens in LD and NY have both Mt Bakewell and Canning River as given in the protologue and there is no means of knowing from which of the two localities the specimens came. I now select the sheet of Preiss 1027 in LD as the lectotype of L. diversifolia var. brevifolia. In subsp. brevifolia some leaves are occasionally 3-foliolate but these are always ac- companied by leaves with 4-6 leaflets. Four specimens from outlying localities north of the main distributional range of subsp. brevifolia have narrower leaflets than usual and a somewhat different facies as a conse- quence. The specimens in question are A. C. Burns 98 (PERTH) from East Yuna which is separated apparently from other populations by a large geographical discontinuity, C. A. Gardner 72/49 (PERTH) from Ninghan, C. A. Gardner /2/26 (PERTH) from Waddourin Hill and W. E. Blackall 3400 (PERTH) from south of Bencubbin. Although atypical, for the present the specimens are referred to subsp. brevifolia pending further investigation. 10. Labichea obtrullata J. H. Ross, sp. nov. Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-folioIatis cum foliolis lateralibus plerumque late obtrullatis (iiffert.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 47-49".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 41-43".
32 L. eremaea has a restricted distribution in Western Australia between Anketell and Sandstone where it occurs in red sand with mallee Eucalyptus spp. and other Myrtaceous, Proteaceous and Solanaceous shrubs (Fig. 3). Specimens Examined (total number, 5); Western Australia — 16 km W, of Sandstone, 15.viii.l931, C. A. Gardner & W. E. Blackall 474 (PERTH). ± 10 km from Anketell Station eastern boundary along road towards Sandstone, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short 1546 (MEL 629302). ± 1 km W. of Anketell Station eastern boundary along Sandstone — Mt Magnet Road, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short f547 (MEL 629304). Notes: Fruiting material is desired as only old pod valves have been collected. 6. Labichea deserticola J. FI. Ross, sp. nov. Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-foliolatis cum foliolis anguste ovatis vel ellipticis minoribus differ!. Type: Western Australia, Victoria Desert Camp 44, 27°44' S, 126°33' E, 7.ix.l891, R. Helms s.n. (AD 98223(X)4, holo.; MEL 616545, NSW 150255-150257, iso.). Shrub to 1 m high, young branchlets clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, the central leaflet largest: petiole up to 1 .25 mm long, pubescent; leaflets narrow-ovate or elliptic, sessile, conspicuously reticulate, upper surface with scattered tubercular-based uncinate hairs, lower surface sparingly appressed-pubescent; central leaflet 1.6-2. 3 cm long including the pungent tip up to 0.4 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.9-1. 6 cm long including the pungent tip, 0.325-0.5 cm wide. Stipules narrow-triangular, up to 1.75 X 1.0 mm, ± appressed-pubescent, soon deciduous. Racemes mostly 3-5-flowered and longer than the leaves; bracts ovate, up to 3 x 2 mm, pubescent, deciduous. Pedicels 4-6 mm long, densely ± appressed-pubescent. Sepals 4, sparingly to densely appressed- pubescent, the 2 outer 10.5-11 x 3.4-3.8 mm, acute apically, the 2 inner sepals 8.5-10.6 x 2.8-3.5 mm. Petals 4, 8-10 x 3-5.2 mm. Stamens unequal, one anther nearly twice as long as the other, filaments up to 0.5 mm long; short anther ± 5 mm long, long anther 8.5-9 mm long. Ovary up to 4 mm long, 2-ovulate, villous. Pod (only 1 immature pod seen) elliptic-oblong, 1.8 x 0.8 cm, with short erect uncinate hairs and longer appressed hairs. Seeds unknown (Fig. 4). Known only from the type collection from the Victoria Desert, Western Australia (Fig. 3). Ecological preferences and conservation status unknown. Notes: Differs from L. lanceolata in having consistently 3-foliolate leaves, the central leaflet being only slightly larger than the two lateral ones and not markedly disproportionate, and in the leaflets being differently shaped and conspicuously reticulately veined. More material, especially fruiting material, is desired. 7. Labichea saxicola J. H. Ross, sp. nov. Species nova L. nitidae Benth. affinis, a qua pilis conspicuis adpressis ad 2 mm longis in foliolis paginae inferioris; pilis ad 2 mm longis in ramulis juvenilibus, petiolis, racemis, pedicelUs, bracteis et sepalis; et floribus cum 4 sepalibus, (iiffert. Type: Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, 1 km S. of Twin Falls, 23. v. 1980, L. A. Craven 5797 (CANB 309315, holo.; DNA 19919, MEL 616040, iso.). Shrub to 2 m high, young branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of short erect or appressed hairs (not uncinate) and scattered appressed or spreading villous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves digitately (3)5(7)-foliolate, the central leaflet largest; leaflets elliptic, elliptic- oblong, oblong or obovate-oblong, discolorous, upper surface densely clothed with erect uncinate hairs, margins thickened and slightly revolute, lower surface densely clothed with appressed white hairs up to 2 mm long especially on the midrib (rarely a few uncinate hairs present), petiolules densely clothed with appressed or spreading hairs; central leaflet 1.7A.3 cm long including a pungent tip up to 3 mm long, 0.6-1. 3 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.8-2. 8
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 29-31".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 153-157".
55
Petiole
length (mm)
Sheath
length(mm)
Blade
length (mm)
to 134 n_174
n = 57
C
A
A(nt)
A{Q)
C
A
A(nt)
A(0)
Blade
width(mm)
Petiole oy
Sheath /o
Blade width
Blade length / o
n = 148
n=57
n=30
n=26
100
n = 174
n=52
"500 SOD
n = 142
n = 52
n = 28
n=24
100
Fig. 3. Measurements and proportions of the infloresence leaf in Monochoria. For explanation see caption to
figure 1. Note that petiole signifies that portion of the petiole between the sheath and the blade.
November as cited by Ridley, and that the collector’s number is 81, not 8 as published.
Ridley obviously cited the month of receipt at Kew instead of the month of collection.
The isotype material is visually typical of the narrow-leaved, short-petioled, rather
glaucous plants which constitute the M. australasica collections from the Northern Territory
and, with the width/length % of the leaf blade being only c. 11%, represents the most
narrow-leaved forms of these. In addition, except for the slightly short style plus stigma
(5.4 mm and 5.5 mm on the two flowers softened), all measurements fall within the standard
deviations indicated above for the group. The colour photograph of the holotype sheet
agrees well with the isotype material examined.
Monochoria cyanea (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae 8:44 (1873).
Limnostachys cyanea F.Muell., l.c. 1:24 (1858). Type: “In terra Arnhem’s Land. Leich-
56 Fig. 4. Distribution of Monochoria cyanea. Fig. 5. Distribution of Monochoria australasica. hardt. Ad flumen Victoriae.” Lectotype (here chosen): “Limnostachys cyanea — Victoria River ferd Mueller” in Mueller’s hand on plain blue label (K). Syntypes: “Pontodera Depot Creek Trop. Australia? Mueller (no label)” on plain blue label in unknown hand (K). “ Rocky basin of Depot Creek April 56. ferd Mueller” on cream-coloured label, also “Monochoria vaginalis Presl Upper Viet. Riv 1856” on blue label, both in Mueller s hand (MEL 665252). “Victoria River ferd Mueller” in Mueller’s hand on plain blue label (MEL 665251). The Kew sheet chosen as lectotype is the only sheet which carries Mueller’s identifi- cation of Limnostachys cyanea and also carries appropriate collection data. Although un- stated on the label, the date of collection must have been 1855-56 as that is the only occasion on which MueUer visited the Victoria River. This satisfactorily predates the pub- lication date for the basionym of 1858. The one flowering plant on the sheet is obviously representative of the broad-leaved, long-petioled, M. cyanea collections. Although Mueller cited Leichhardt material from Arnhem Land, no such material has been located at either K or MEL. However, it is possible that the syntype sheet at K could be Leichhardt material as the label information is indefinite and appears to indicate that it
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 54-55".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 55-57".
76 Stipa rudis ssp. nervosa (Vick.) J. Everett & S. Jacobs, op. cit. 396. Basionym: S. nervosa var. nervosa Vick. RX. Stipa rudis ssp. rudis. Synonym: S. nervosa var. neutralis Vick. SZ. Swainsona galegifolia (Andrews) R. Br. ex Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2nd edn, 4:327 (1812). Papilionaceae. R7, Long Gully Road, Indigo, xi.l980, A. Moon (MEL). Formerly com- mon in the district but now rare. R. Swainsona stipularis F. Muell. var. purpurea A. Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 1:213 (1948). Papilionaceae. A33, Raak Plain 6.6 km N of railway line, 30.ix.l980, J.H. Browne (MEL 582169). Synostemon trachyspermus (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw. See Sauropus trachyspermus. Tetrarrhena distichophylla (Labill.) R. Br. See Ehrharta distichophylla. Thelypteris confluens (Thunb.) Morton, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 38:71 (1967). Thelypteri- daceae. Reported for Victoria by Green & Walsh, Victorian Naturalist 101:135-137 (1984). (MEL 609818). V28. Thysanotus dichotomus sensu J.H. Willis (1970:307), non (Labill.) R. Br. See T. juncifolius. Thysanotus juncifolius (Salisb.) J.H. Willis & Court. Includes T. dichotomus sensu J.H. Willis (1970:307), non (Labill.) R. Br., teste Brittan, Brunonia 4:104(1981). Thysanotus patersonii R. Br. ssp. patersonii is the subspecies present in Victoria, teste Brittan, op. cit. 137-139 inch map 138. Thysanotus tuberosus R. Br. ssp. parviflorus (Benth.) Brittan, op. cit. 173. Liliaceae. In- cludes C?24, Shire of Dimboola, 8.xii.l895, Reader (MEL 655810). Thysanthus tuberosus ssp. tuberosus. Present in Victoria, teste Brittan, op. cit. 173. Includes D or J (Grampians), PVZ. Triglochin procera R. Br. agg. Robb & Ladiges, Austral. J. Bot. 29:639-651 (1981), give a numerical analysis of variation within the T. procera aggregate in Victoria. This suggests 4 morphologically distinct forms, designated A to D. Tristania laurina (Smith) R. Br. in Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2nd edn, 4:417 (1812). See Tristan- iopsis laurina. Tristaniopsis laurina (Smith) Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse, Austral. J. Bot. 30:435 (1982). Synonym: Tristania laurina (Smith) R. Br. in Aiton, loc. cit. *Vellereophyton dealbatum (Thunb.) Hilliard & Burtt, J. Linn Soc., Bot. 82:210 (1981). Synonym: Gnaphalium candidissimum Lam., nom. illegit. (excluded as barely described). *Viola arvensis Murray, Prodr. Stirp. Gott. 73 (1770). Synonym : V. tricolor auct. (inch J.H. Willis (1973:396)), non L., teste Adams, FI. Australia 8:93 (1982). Viola betonicifolia Smith ssp. betonicifolia. Teste Adams, op. cit. 95, this is the only subspecies present in Victoria. Viola hederacea Labill. A number of subspecies are described by Adams, op. cit. 386-387 with additional information on pp. 97-99. Those present in Victoria are: ssp. cleistaga- moides L. Adams, op. cit. 386; ssp. fuscoviolacea L. Adams, op. cit. 386; ssp. hederacea — see op. cit. 97; ssp. seppeltiana L. Adams, op. cit. 387; ssp. sieberiana (Sprengel.) L. Adams, op. cit. 387. Basionym: V. sieberiana Sprengel. Viola improcera L. Adams, op. cit. 387, 100. Violaceae. Known from 2 collections: S43, Mt. Useful, c. 10 miles SW of Licola (MEL) and W7, Brumby Point, Nunniong Plateau (MEL). *Viola riviniana Reichb., Icongr. Bot. PI. Grit. 1:81 (1823). Recorded by Adams, op. cit. 94, as naturalized in one pasture in western Victoria: D22, near Nareen, 23.xii.1959, J.H. Willis (MEL). Viola sieberiana Sprengel. See V. hederacea ssp. sieberiana. ‘Viola tricolor auct., incl. J.H. Willis (1973:396), non L. see *V. arvensis. Vittadinia australasica (Turcz.) N. Burb., Brunonia 5:42-44 (1982) var. australasica. Com- positae. Western Victoria. ?BC. Vittadinia australasica (Turcz.) N. Burb. var. oricola N. Burb., op. cit. 44. Grid E. Vittadinia blacku N. Burb., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 93:442 (1969). Burbidge, Brunonia 5:46 (1982), states that distribution includes north-west Victoria. However, no Victorian specimens are cited or mapped (map 9). MEL holds one Victorian specimen annotated (4.x. 1968) by Burbidge as “Vittadinia blackii N.T. Burbidge ms. (achenes
NOTES ON AFZELIA Sm. AND PETALOSTYLIS R.Br. (CAESALPINIACEAE) by J. H. Ross* ABSTRACT Ross, J. H. Notes on Afzelia Sm. and Petalostylis R.Br. (Caesalpiniaceae). Muelleria 6(3): 211-215 (1986). — Afzelia australis F. M. Bailey is lectotypified. The genus Petalostylis is reviewed, a neotype of P. spinescens E. Pritzel is chosen, and notes, distribution maps and a key to the two species recognized are provided. INTRODUCTION The following notes arise out of the preparation of accounts of the respective genera for the Flora of Australia. TYPIFICATION OF AFZELIA AUSTRALIS F. M. Bailey F. M. Bailey (1888) based his description of Afzelia australis on material collected by Dr T. L. Bancroft at Johnstone River in the Cook district, Queensland. In response to a request for the loan of the type of A. australis I received from the Queensland Herbarium a specimen (BRI 8142) which has been accepted in BRI as type material although with some doubt. This doubt is indicated by a typed note initialled by C. T. White accompanying the specimen which reads: “The label of this specimen has been lost but it is probably the remains of Bailey’s type of the species”. The specimen is sterile and a trifle fragmentary. In contrast, there is a fertile specimen in MEL (MEL 1530057) accompanied by a letter from Bailey to Mueller dated 26 Nov. 1886. Bailey wrote: “At your request I have sent with this all of the flowers, I had, a pod, and shoot of foliage with a single trijugate leaf, a small piece of the wood, and a piece of the bark of Afzelia australis”. Bailey’s letter contains the same description of A. australis as that subsequently published in the protologue so it is clear that he had drawn up the description of what he called “my tree of the Johnstone River” before he sent the material to Mueller. All of the elements described by Bailey in his letter as having been sent to Mueller are represented on MEL 1530057. As indicated by Bailey in the protologue of A. australis, he and Mueller differed over the identity of the Johnstone River plant. Mueller (1882) had recorded the existence of A. bijuga (Colebr.) A. Gray in Queensland and his request to Bailey for material of the Johnstone River plant was to enable him to decide whether the material matched other material he had seen referred to A. bijuga or whether it did in fact represent a second species. Bailey went to some length in his letter to convince Mueller that A. australis was not conspecifie with A. bijuga and offered to publish A. australis “under our joint authority” if Mueller agreed that the Johnstone River plant was specifically distinct. It is clear, however, that Mueller considered A. australis to be conspecifie with A. bijuga, a view accepted by subsequent workers, the only difference being that the Queensland plant is now placed in the genus Intsia and is known as I. bijuga (Colebr.) O. Kuntze. In view of the uncertainty surrounding the specimen in BRI and the fact that it is sterile, I now select the sheet in MEL (MEL 1530057) collected by T. L. Bancroft at Johnstone River in 1886 and referred to above as the lectotype of A. australis. The BRI specimen (BRI 8142) is regarded as a doubtful isolectotype. *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 211
249 Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Key to the Species of Pogonolepis I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western Australia) 1. P. stricta 1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ±
249 Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Key to the Species of Pogonolepis I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western Australia) 1. P. stricta 1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ±
CALADENIA CALCICOLA (ORCHID ACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA by G. W. Carr* ABSTRACT Carr, G. W. Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae) a new species from Victoria, Australia. Muelleria 6(3):185- 191 (1986). — A new spider-orchid, Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr (sect. Calonema Benth.), an endemic in far south-west Victoria, Australia, is described and figured. It has affinities with C. reticulata Fitzg., to which it is compared. The distribution, ecology and conservation status of the new species is discussed. TAXONOMY Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr, sp. nov. Ex affinitate C. reticulalae R. D. Fitzg., sed in proprietatibus sequentibus differt: floribus par- vioribus; segmento quoque perianthii nitenti, superficie lineam mediam atro-rubram ferenti; labello parvo rubro nitenti, a dentibus paucis brevibus marginalibus atque callis brevibus congestis truncatulis 4 (interdum 6)-seriatis praedito; columna rubra. Herb perennating from a globular to ellipsoid, annually-renewed tuberoid to 12 mm diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 10 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in dense, finely-fibrous, long-persistent, brown tunic from previous tuberoid and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous, closed-cylindrical, minutely mucronate, truncate bract. Leaf hirsute, solitary, basal, erect or ascending, lan- ceolate to linear-lanceolate, to 13 cm long x 1.5 cm wide, acute, often partly withered at anthesis; abaxial surface basally green and irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple, the whole surface densely hirsute with ± patent straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 10 mm long; basal cell of trichome barrel-shaped to terete, minutely rugose, white-opaque, then with 1-5 extremely fine transparent cells; adaxial leaf surface less densely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (7-)13-22(-28) cm long, 1.0-2. 5 mm diam., arising at centre of leaf, rigidly erect, straight to slightly flexuose, green or reddish, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular trichomes similar to leaf trichomes and also with shorter glandular trichomes scattered above the middle, increasing in density upwards. Glandular trichomes similar to eglandular ones, but each terminated by a minute dark red spherical cell. Sterile bract near middle of scape slightly spreading, narrow-lanceo- late, subulate, acute, (12-)15-20(-25) mm x (2.5-)4-5(-8.5) mm, externally hirsute, internally glabrous, with involute margins. Floral bract similar, (2.5-)5-6(-8.5) mm X (4.0-)4.5-6.0(-8.5) mm; margins less inrolled, embracing the pedicel. Flower 1(- 2), rather small, scented with a relatively weak, sweet floral fragrance with a pungent animal-like overtone; scent only perceptible above c. 20°C. Pedicel (4-)10- 15(-24) mm long. Ovary fusiforme, (4-)6-8(-ll) mm long, 2-3 mm diam., densely hirsute with short eglandular and (mostly) glandular patent or retrorse trichomes. Perianth stiffly spreading; base of sepals sparsely glandular-hirsute externally. Dorsal sepal erect, (21-)23-28(-36) mm long, (1.5-)2.0-2.5(-3) mm wide near base, strongly curved forward, linear-acuminate, narrowed to a channelled cauda 0.5-0. 8 mm wide; dorsal sepal pale-yellow (RHS Yellow Group 2C in brightest specimens) with distinct deep red (close to RHS Greyed-Purple Group 187C) median stripe within and a narrower median stripe and irregular streaks on outside of sepal; sepal usually glossy within, terminated by a linear osmophorej (‘club’) (3-)4-6(-9) mm ♦ National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. t The term “osmophore”, a scent-producing gland (Dressier 1981), is preferred to “club” (widely used in Caladenia literature) because it emphasises the functional significance of this organ. Stoutamire (1983) showed that the osmophores in pseudocopulatory Caladenia species emit sexual pheromones to attract male wasp pollinators. 185
295 seen. Perigynium 2-3 mm long, glabrous. Sepals depressed- to very broad-ovate, 2 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, generally ciliate at first, greenish. Petals very broadly ovate, slightly contracted towards the base, 4 mm long, 4 mm wide, ciliate at first, green often with pink tinge. Stamens mostly 40-45, 18-23 mm long; filaments free, deep red; anthers c. 0.75 mm long, bright yellow, gland prominent. Ovary trilocular, tomentose on upper surface; style generally exceeding the stamens, sometimes by up to 7 mm, deep red; stigma capitate. Fruit globose, occasionally truncate-globose, c. 5 mm long and 6 mm wide in first year; orifice c. 3 mm wide. Seed c. 1 mm long, angular. Distribution: Queensland. Found only on the Blackdown Tableland where frequent along Mimosa and Rainbow Creeks and in heathland. Ecology: In open heath on shallow sandy soils which are subject to periodic flooding and along rocky sandstone of permanent creeks at an altitude of 700-900 m; more rarely in heathland or open eucalypt forest. Flowering time: October to December. Conservation status: although of restricted distribution this species is locally frequent and not considered to be in any danger. Representative Specimens (total number examined, c. 20): Queensland (Leichardt District) — Blackdown Tableland, -.ix.l937, Simmonds 62 (BRl 287829, BRl 287830); Blackdown, -.v.1962, Gittins 460 (NSW); Blackdown, -.ix.l965, Gittins S/75 (NSW); c. 32 km SE. of Blackwater (campsite on Mimosa Creek), alt. 600-900 m, 17. iv. 1971, Henderson, Andrews 4 Sharpe 586 (NSW); Sandstone banks of Mimosa Creek, 4.xi.l973, Williams 341 (BRl 160737, BRl 160738, BRl 160739). NOTES: A distinctive and attractive species most closely resembling C. subulatus from which it differs chiefly in having a shorter and less frondose conflorescence, leaves with raised midrib and marginal veins, darker coloured filaments and yellow anthers. The anthers of C. subulatus are dark crimson. The specific epithet commemorates the work of Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service Ranger Steven Pearson who, with his wife Alison, has exten- sively collected, catalogued and photographed the remarkable flora of the Black- down Tableland. C. pearsonii is known locally on the Blackdown Tableland as “Rainbow Callistemon”. It was introduced to cultivation from seed collected by Mr K. A. W. Williams in 1973 (Williams 1984). Callistemon pauciflorus R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. Callistemon sp. A. S. George in J. P. Jessop (ed.), FI. Central Austral. 253, t. 334 (1981). Frutex vel interdum arbor effusa 2-3(10) m. altus. Ramuli flexuosi, penduli. Surculi juvenes conflorentian sub anthesi paulo superantes prime rosei sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. Folia forma et amplitudine variabilia, sessilia vel petiole usque 3 mm. longo, anguste rhombica, saepe falcata versus apicem et basem attenuata, (20)60-90(120) mm. longa et (2)5- 8(12) mm. lata, glauca, infirme pungentia mucrone 1-2 mm. longo, venis lateralibus sub angulo 30°-45° e costa abeuntibus, rare minus, reticulatis vel aliquando obscuris, venis intramarginalibus et costa prominulis, glandulis praecipue infra, relative inconspicuis. Con- florescentia relative pauciflora (10)20-40(50) mm. longa et 22-25 mm. lata, saepe frondosa, versus apicem tixis pubescenti. Flores apicem versus conflorescentiae sub angulosa c. 45° inclinatae. Bracteae caduceae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, chartaceae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae ovatae usque lanceolatae, concavae, infra villosae, supra glabrae (basi pubescenti excepto), c. 0.7 mm. longae et c. 0.7 mm. latae, margine ciliato. Perigynium truncatum in basi, dense cinereosericeum, c. 3 mm. longum et 2 mm. latum. Sepala c. 1.5 mm. longa et 2 mm. lata, infra dense pubescentia, supra pubescentia, margine ciliato. Petala viridia, concava, basi paulo attenuata c. 2 mm. longa et 3 mm. lata, plus minusve glabra, margine ciliato. Stamina (40)45-69(70) mm. longa, filamentis libris vel interdum brevissime et irre-
TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R.Br. (MYRTACEAE) by R. D. Spencer and P. F. Lumley* ABSTRACT Spencer, R. D. & Lumley, P. F. Two new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae). Muellena 6(4): 293-298 (1986). — The new species Callistemon pearsonii from the Blackdown Tableland, Queensland and C. pauciflorus from Central Australia are described and illustrated together with notes on their distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. INTRODUCTION The two species described here are generally recognised as distinct but have never been formally described. One of them, C. pearsonii, is also cultivated as an ornamental plant. It is therefore considered desirable to make nanies available for them prior to completion by the authors of a more detailed generic treatment. TAXONOMY Callistemon pearsonii R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. Callistemon sp. “Blackdown”. M. Hodge et al., Hort. Guide Austral. PI. set 5, sheet 6 with plate. Soc. Growing Austral. PI. (1979). Callistemon species (Blackdown Tableland). W. R. Elliot & D. L. Jones, Encycl. Austral. PI. 2:423 (1982). Callistemon sp., Blackdown Callistemon. K. A. W. Williams, Native PI. Queensland, ed. 3, 1:48, plate p. 49 (1984). Frutex rigidus effusus usque 1 m. altus, raro usque 2 m. Ramuli rigidi. Surculi juvenes subrosei viridiscentes sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. Folia sessilia vel petiolo 1 (2) mm. longo, rigida coriacea plus minusve linearia vel anguste oblanceolata interdum subulata saepe subfalcata (10)15-25(30) mm. longa et (1.5)2-3(4) mm. lata, pungent! mucrone rufo 0.5-1 mm. longo, costa et venis marginalibus aliquantum prominentibus apprime supra, venis lateralibus sub angulo 45° patentibus, obscuris apprime infra, glandulis sparsis praecipue infra. Conflorescentia saepe frondosa 20-30(40) mm. longa et 45-50(55) mm. lata, axe pubescent!. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae non visae. Perigynium 2-3 mm. longum, glabrum. Sepala late ovata 2 mm. longa et 2-3 mm. lata, primo plerumque ciliata, viridula. Petala 5, ovata, in basem contracta, 4 mm. longa et 4 mm. lata, primo ciliata, viridia saepe suffusa rosea. Stamina libra, plerumque 40-45; filamenta 18-23 mm. longa, coccinea; antherae c. 0.75 mm. longa, aureae, glande prominent!. Ovarium triloculare tomentosom supra. Stylus plerumque stamina superans interdum fere 7 mm. longior. Stigma capitatum. Fructi globosi, primo anno c. 6 mm. long! et 5 mm. lati, orificio c. 25 mm. lato. Semen angulare, c. 1 mm. longum. Typus: Queensland, Blackdown Tableland. Mimosa Creek, 23°38'S., 149°(X)'E., 14.x. 1984, R. D. Spencer 84 (Holotypus: MEL 1535969. Isotypl BRI, NSW). Shrub stiff, low and spreading, mostly less than 1 m tall, rarely to 2 m; small plants quite densely branched; new growth sericeous, pale pink, soon becoming green. Bark shallowly fissured, dark. Leaves densely distributed, sessile or with a short petiole 1(2) mm long; lamina stiff and coriaceous, more or less linear to narrow-oblanceolate, sometimes subulate, often slightly falcate, (10)15-25(30) mm long, (1.5)2-3(4) mm wide, pungent with a reddish-brown mucro 0.5-1 mm long; marginal veins and midrib slightly raised, more so on upper surface; lateral veins at an angle of about 45° to midrib, obscure though more distinct on upper surface; oil glands few, mostly on the lower surface. Conflorescence usually distally frondose, 20-30(40) mm long, 45-50(55) mm wide; axis finely pubescent. Bracts narrow- to broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish-brown, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles not ’Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 293
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 201-204, Fig. 1".
A NEW SPECIES OF HELICIA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND LECTOTYPIFICATION IN TRIUNIA (PROTEACEAE) FROM AUSTRALIA by D. B. Foreman* ABSTRACT Foreman, D. B. A new species of Helicia, new combinations and lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia. Muetleria 6(3): 193-196 (1986). — Helicia recurva sp. nov. is described, together with notes on distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. montana C. White and H. youngiana var. robusta C. White are raised to species level in the genus Triunia L. Johnson & B. Briggs; lectotypes are designated for these two taxa. HELICIA Lour. In a recent review of the genus Helicia Lour, in Australia (Foreman 1983) particular comment was made on two collections from north Queensland, viz. C. T. White 10643 (BRI) from Mt Spurgeon and H. Flecker 2330 (QRS) from Upper Mossman River. These collections were tentatively placed under Helicia australasica F. Muell., although at the time it was pointed out that the leaves were more coriaceous than usual for that species and the margins of the leaves were recurved, a feature which had not been seen in other specimens of H. australasica. Further matching collections from much the same localities, in flower and young fruit, have now been seen and it has become apparent that these collections belong to a distinct taxon which I now describe. Helicia recurva D. Foreman, sp. nov. Arbor ad 10 m alta. Foiiorum lamina plerumque elliptica vel parum obovata, acuta ad acuminata, versus basin cuneata ad attenuata, 5-13.5 cm longa, 2.5-5 cm lata, coriacea, juventute sparsim ferrugineo-pilosa; margines recurvi, integri vel dentibus paucis parvis instructi; nervi 5-9- jugi, in pagina abaxiali elevati, prominentes; petiolus 5-8 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris, 7-11.5 cm longa, ferrugineo-pilosa. Pedicelli 2 mm longi, ferrugineo-pilosa. Perianthium 10- 13 mm longum, ± glabrum. Ovarium sparsim pilosum, pilis ferrugineis vel rufis. Fructus immaturus, eo H. australasicae similis; pericarpium coriaceum. Tree to 10 m tall. Branchlets terete, ferruginous-pilose to ferruginous-tomentose towards the tips, becoming glabrous lower down. Leaf blade mostly elliptic or slightly obovate, acute to acuminate, cuneate to attenuate at the base, 5-13.5 cm long, 2.5-5 cm wide, coriaceous, sparsely ferruginous-pilose when young particularly on the midrib and main nerves, becoming glabrous, drying olivaceous to yellowish- green above, mid- to light-brown beneath; margin recurved, entire or with a few small irregularly spaced teeth mostly towards the apex; midrib flattened to slightly sunken above, raised and very prominent beneath; nerves 5-9 pairs, slightly sunken above, raised and very prominent beneath, straight in the lower half to two-thirds, curved upwardly and anastomosing towards the margin; reticulations obscure, dense, slightly raised on both surfaces; petiole 5-8 mm long, with a well defined pulvinus. Inflorescence axillary, 7-11.5 cm long, ferruginous-pilose; rachis 1 mm diam. Bract subtending flower pairs 1 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Floral bracts 0.5 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Pedicels 2 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Perianth 10-13 mm long, glabrous or sparsely ferruginous-pilose; limb 3 mm x 1.5 mm, fusiform. Anthers 1.5 mm long. Hypogynous glands free, rounded. Ovary sparsely ferrugi- nous- to rufous-pilose; style glabrous; pollen presenter 2 mm x 0.5 mm, fusiform. Fruit (immature, about half ripe) final size and shape not discernible but apparently ± similar to H. australasica; pericarp coriaceous. (Fig. 1). ‘National tterbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 193
NEW SPECIES OF HEMIGENIA AND MICROCORYS (LABIATAE) by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT Conn, B. J. New species of Hemigenia and Microcorys (Labiatae). Muelleria 6(4): 259-264 (1986). — Hemigenia conferta, Microcorys cephalantha, M. wilsoniana (all from Western Australia) and M. eUiptica (from the Northern Territory) are described for the first time. INTRODUCTION The completion of taxonomic revisions of Hemigenia and Microcorys must be delayed until field studies provide the necessary data to evaluate the status of several taxa in a number of apparent species complexes. Although it is desirable for new taxa to be described within taxonomic revisions, it is deemed important that the new species described herein be published immediately, since they all appear to be rare and are possibly endangered or vulnerable. Terminology and presentation follows that used in my revision of Prostanthera section Klanderia (Conn 1984, pp. 211-220). HEMIGENIA Hemigenia conferta Conn, sp. nov. Frutices 0.3-1. 4 m. alti. Rami et ramuli partim sparse usque moderate tomentosi. Folia opposita, sessilia, glabra; laminae diraorphae, folia florum late subobtrullata usque subobtrullata, 7-10 mm. longa, 5.5-7 mm. lata, basi angustata, margine integro, apice late obtuso vel saepe abrupte obtuso, /o/;a non florum anguste ovata usque anguste obovata, 9.5-15 mm. longa, 3-5 mm. lata, basi plus minusve cuneata, margine integro, apice obtuso. Flores in axibus abbreviatis congesti. Pedicellus florum 2. 3-2. 6 mm. longus, partim axe adhaerens, glaber, prophyllis anguste ellipticis, 5. 1-1. 3 mm. longis, 2-2.1 mm. lads, glabris, alibi marginem pilis sparsis. Calyx bilobatus, glaber, alibi lobi margine pilis sparsis; lobus abaxialis circa 4 mm. longus, circa 3 mm. latus, apice bilobato; lobus adaxialis 3-4 mm. longus, circa 3.5 mm. latus, apice trilobato. Corolla 13-14 mm. longa, malvina, alibi intra tubi albi vel cremei, extra glabra, intra in partibus dense tomentosa; tubus 5. 6-5. 9 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus spathulatus, circa 6-6.5 mm. longus, 6.5-7 mm. latus; lobls laterallbus plus minusve circularibus circa 4. 5-4. 8 mm. longis, circa 4.5 mm. latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano transverse late elliptico, 5. 2-5. 5 ram. longo, 6.8-7 mm. lato. Androecium circa 3.3 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta abaxialia 3.4-3.6 mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, anthera imperfecta circa 0.6 mm longa, connective circa 1.4 mm. longo; filamenta adaxialia 2. 3-2.4 mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, connective circa 1 mm. longo. Pistillum 9.8-10.2 mm. longum; ovarium 0.9-1 mm. longum; stylus 8. 4-8. 7 mm. longus. Mericarpia iramatura. Type: Conn 2243, 19. ix. 1985, Wongan Hills, c. 1.5 km N. of Wongan Hills- Piawaning road and c. 13 km NW. (by road) of Wongan Hills township (Holo.: MEL 1538990; iso.: CANB, MO, PERTH). Erect to spreading shrub, 0.3-1. 4 m high. Branches sparsely to moderately hairy along a narrow longitudinal region between leaf bases and the next more basal node. Leaves opposite, sessile, glabrous; lamina dimorphic; floral leaves broadly subobtrullate to subobtrullate, 7-10 x 5.5-7 mm, base tapering, margin entire, apex broadly obtuse, often abruptly obtuse; non-floral leaves narrowly ovate to narrowly obovate, 9.5-15 x 3-5 mm, base ± cuneate, margin entire, apex obtuse. Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence with Rz internodes contracted; 8-16-flowered [per conflorescence]. Pedicel 2. 3-2. 6 mm long, at least half adhering to Rz axis, glabrous; prophylls narrowly elliptic, 5. 7-7. 3 mm long, 2-2.1 mm wide. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 259
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 260-262".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 262-263".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 263-264".
NYMPHOIDES DISPERMA (MENYANTHACEAE): A NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, H. I. Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae); a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(3): 197-200 (1986). — Nymphoides disperma is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. The species occurs in the Kimberley region of Western Australia. TAXONOMY This paper is the third precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in Australia. Two previous papers describing seven new species appeared in Muelleria 5:35-51 (1982) and 5:265-270 (1984). Except for a modification concerning style type, the common characters given on page 35 of the first paper also apply to N. disperma. This species belongs in the “geminata group” defined on the same page. Nymphoides disperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Annua. Lamina folii natans, 15-40 x 14-45 mm, plus minusve rotunda (nonnunquam late-ovata) profunde cordata. Inflorescentia breviter elongata pedicellis geminatis unoquoque nodo vel condensatis; internodia brevia, ad 1-8 mm longa. Flores 5-partiti, non nisi homostylosi ( = mediostylosi) iam cogniti. Corolla c. 16-25 mm diam. aurantio-lutea; lobae alls latis valde laciniatis atque basi fimbria transversali imperfecta praeditae papillarum gracilium in uno centrali fasciculo et duobus fasciculis lateralibus dispositarum; unusquisque fasciculus pler- umque in basi prominente; tubus quinque fasciculis pilorum c. 10-12 brevium tenuium simplicium liberorum intra faucem praeditus. Capsula oblonga, c. 3. 5-4. 3 x 2.0-2.25 mm. Semina 1-4, plerumque 2 (duobus superpositis) per capsulam plus minusve globosa et modice utrinque compressa, 1. 9-2-4 x 1.75-2.3 x 1.55-1.85 mm, sculpta per caespites dispersos tuberculorum longorum obtusorum eminentes super planum parietum cellularum convexorum (nonnunquam caespites eminentes desunt); caruncula basalis, semi-circularis, pallida, parva, inconspicua. Ab alis luteofloralibus speciebus, “geminatae gregis”, et per ordinationem fimbriae in corolla, et per magnitudinem formamque seminorum, et per sculpturam seminorum, et per capsulam plerumque 2-seminalem distincta est. Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Rootstock slender, few-60 mm long X 2-3 mm diam., bearing lateral roots. Branches several from the plant base, slender, flexuose, floating, simple or once forked, to 50 cm long x <1-1.5 mm diam., their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; petiole slender, terete, 6.5-31 cm long x 1-1.5 mm diam.; blade near-rounded (occasionally broad-ovate) in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 27-40% of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 30°-50° (-80°) angle), obtuse to rounded, entire, 15-40 x 14-45 mm with length from a little less than to a little greater than the width, thin-textured, green above, green to deep purplish-maroon beneath, floating. Cauline leaves similar; petiole 2-7 cm long. Inflorescences as for the ‘‘geminata group”, terminal on the branches, the rhachis short and from more or less absent (the pedicels then appearing clustered) to 3 cm long; internodes short, from < 1-8 mm long; pedicels 7-15 per inflorescence, very slender, 45-92 mm long X c. 0.5 mm diam. Flowers 5 -partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to ovate, acute, 4-4.5 mm long, with narrow translucent margins. Corolla c. 16-25 mm span, yellow to orange-yellow. Corolla lobes broad-oblong to obovate. Mid-section of corolla lobe glabrous except for a conspicuous, incomplete, transverse fringe of papillae across its base and for an inconspicuous cluster of short fine simple hairs on each edge at the base; fringe consisting of one central and two lateral clusters of slender ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 197
TWO NEW SPECIES OF OLEARIA Moench (COMPOSITAE: ASTEREAE) FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA by D. A. Cooke* ABSTRACT Cooke, D. A, New species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from central Australia. Muetleria 6(3):181-184 (1986). — Two new species of Olearia, O. macdonnettensis and O. tridens, are described and discussed; both are currently known from the Macdonnell Ranges of the Northern Territory. TAXONOMY Olearia macdonnellensis D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Frutex viscidus aromaticus ad 1.2 m altus., CauUs erectus lignosus divaricate ramificans; ramuli subteretes striati brunnei initio vernicosi puberulenti pilis glandulosis ad 0.15 mm longis. Folia coriacea viridia concolora vernicosa ut videtur glabra, pilis glandulosis ad 0.12 mm longis in strato vernicis inclusis; laminae oblongae lato-obovataeve obtusae 1.2-2. 5 cm longae 6-14 mm latae, plerumque 4-10-crenatae rariore serratae vel repandae, venatione camptodroma craspedodromave distincta, in petiolis 2-6 mm longis sensim transientes. Capitula 2-5 in corymbos terminales. Pedunculi 2-8 cm longi squamis 1-6 angusto-lanceolatis 1-2 mm longis instructi, bracteis oblanceolatis 5-13 mm longis subtenti. Involucrum cyathiforme 6-9 mm longum viride vel purpurascens, extrinsecus glandulosum vernicosum; bracteae c. 3-seriatae inaequales, extimae lanceolatae 1.5-2. 5 mm longae herbaceae, interiores anguste linearo- ellipticae herbaceae marginibus scarioso-hyalinis, apicibus acutis integris vel eroso-ciliatis. Receptaculum subconvexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Flosculi radii 8-14 manifeste uniseriati foemini, ligulis 8-15 mm longis albis; flosculi disci numerosiores bisexuales 5-meri, corollis 6-8 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 2.8 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus c. 0.6 mm longis. Achenium teretum 2.5-3 mm longum c. 0.5 mm latum sericeo-villosum. Pappus uniseriatus 7-8 mm longus, setis 40-55. Viscid aromatic shrub to 1.2 mm high. Stem erect, woody, divaricate-branched; branchlets subterete, striate, brown, at first varnished, puberulent with glandular hairs to 0.15 mm long. Leaves coriaceous, green concolourous, varnished and appearing glabrous, with glandular hairs to 0.12 mm long imbedded in the varnish layer; laminae oblong to broad-ovate, obtuse, 1.2-2. 5 cm long, 6-14 mm wide, usually 4-10-crenate, more rarely serrate or repand, with distinct camptodromous to craspedodromous venation, passing gradually into petioles 2-6 mm long. Capitula in terminal corymbs of 2-5. Peduncles (corymb branches) 2-8 cm long, each sub- tended by an oblanceolate bract 5-13 mm long and bearing 1-6 narrow-lanceolate scales 1-2 mm long. Involucre cyathiform, 6-9 mm long, green to purplish, glandular and varnished on the outside; bracts c. 3-seriate, unequal, the outermost ones lanceolate, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, herbaceous, the inner ones narrowly linear-elliptie, herbaceous with scarious-hyaline margins and acute entire to erose-ciliate apices. Receptacle somewhat convex, c. 1.5 mm diam., naked. Ray florets 8-14, manifestly uniseriate, female, with white ligules 8-15 mm long; disc florets more numerous, bisexual, 5-merous; corollas 6-8 mm long, yellow. Anthers c. 2.8 mm long, including the sterile lanceolate apices c. 0.6 mm long. Achene terete, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, silky- villous. Pappus uniseriate, 7-8 mm long, consisting of 40-55 bristles. (Fig. la,b). Type Collection: 1 km W. of Eilery Creek Big Hole, N.T., 23°47'S, 133°03'E, 17.vii.l983, P. K. Latz 9639. (Holotype: NT 13111 . Isotype: AD. Also, according to NT label data, DNA, MEL, PERTH). ‘State Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. 181
182 Fig. 1. Olearia macdonnellensis. a — leaves. b — glandular hairs. From the type collection. Also Examined: Northern Territory — Ellery Creek Waterhole, 6.viii.l961, G. Chippendale s.n. (NT 8298; AD 96445098; also MEL 674095 n.v. and, according to NT label data, BRI, CANB, DNA, SYDN [? = NSW], PERTH); Serpentine Gorge, l.ix.l978, A. C. Kalotas s.n. (NT 57615). Distribution and Habitat: Recorded from the Serpentine and Ellery Gorges in the central Macdonnell Ranges west of Alice Springs, and possibly more widely distributed in this area. All collections are from the bases of steep rocky slopes which provide a sheltered microclimate. Flowering is recorded in August and early September. Discussion: Olearia macdonnellensis is related to O. calcarea F. Muell. ex Benth. and O. muelleri (Sonder) Benth. but readily distinguished by the pedunculate capitula forming corymbs and by the larger leaves with more distinct venation and petioles. The two latter species are widespread on calcareous loams and sandy soils in the semi-arid winter rainfall zone of southern Australia with a few records from the Great Victoria and Gibson deserts. The restricted habitat of O. macdonnellensis is apparently isolated from this distribution by the mountain ranges of central Aus- tralia. The microscopic glandular hairs were observed on leaves from which the varnish had been dissolved by immersion in absolute alcohol for a few minutes. They occur sparsely scattered on both surfaces of the lamina, and more densely near the margins and mid vein. Similar hairs, more or less imbedded in varnish, were observed on the leaves and branchlets of O. calcarea and O. muelleri. Olearia tridens D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. Frutex nanus virgatus 25-35 cm altus. Caules erect! lignosi repetite ramificantes; ramuli subteretes costulis ab foliis decurrentibus virides. Indumentum ramulorum foliorumque initio minute araneosum pilis laxis crispatis ad 0.4 mm longis, postea scaberulum papillis conicis ad 0.06 mm aids. Folia anguste cuneata vel spathulata 5-18 mm longa, ad apices in dentibus tribus aequalibus acutis mucronulatis subrecurvatis 1-3 mm longis symmetrice divisa, rariore asym- metrica dentibus 1-2 adjectis brevioribus, rigide coriacea marginibus incurvis in sicco. Capitula terminalia solitaria. Pedunculi 1-4 cm longi, squamis 1-4 angusto-lanceolatis 1-3 mm longis instruct!, microscopice araneosi, in ramulis foliosis sensim transientes. Involucrum cyathi- forme 3-6 mm longum viride vei purpurascens, extrinsecus microscopice glandulosum, brac- teae c. 4-seriatae inaequales, herbaceae marginibus angustis hyalinis, extimae lanceolatae 1.5- 2.5 mm longae, interiores anguste elliptico-lanceolatae apicibus acutis vel acuminatis ciliolatis. Receptaculum convexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Floscull radii 30-40 conferti ut videtur biseriati, foemini, ligulis 5-8 mm longis coeruleis; flosculi disci pauciores bisexuales 5-meri, corollis c. 3.5 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 1.9 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus c. 0.4 mm longis. Achenium teretum c. 1.5 mm longum c. 0.3 mm latum pubescens. Pappus uniseriatus c. 3 mm longus, setis 25-40.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 211-215".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 251-252".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 237-253".
249 Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Key to the Species of Pogonolepis I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western Australia) 1. P. stricta 1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ±
REDISCOVERY OF HEMICHROA MESEMBRYANTHEMA F. Muell. (AMARANTHACEAE) by R. J. Chinnock* and F. J. BADMANt ABSTRACT Chinnock, R. J. and Badman, F. J. Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell. (Amar- anthaceae), Muelleria 6(3): 205-209 (1986). — Hemichroa mesembryanthema was recently rediscovered, 112 years after Ernest Giles first collected it. A detailed description and illustrations of the species are provided and relationships with the two other species of Hemichroa are considered. The known distribution and ecology of the species are discussed. INTRODUCTION In August 1872 Ernest Giles embarked on the first of his exploring expeditions to arid regions of Australia, including what is now northern South Australia. The trip was partially sponsored by Ferdinand Mueller, the government botanist at the Melbourne Botanic Gardens, hoping that Giles would in return collect plant spec- imens for him. One of the collections made by Giles near Lake Eyre was described by Mueller in April of the following year as Hemichroa mesembryanthema. No further specimens of this species are known to have been collected since that time. In August 1984 F. J. Badman found two plants growing at Strangways Springs on the west side of Lake Eyre and a pressed specimen of them was identified as Hemichroa mesembryanthema. During a concerted search for it in March 1985 three populations of this species were located between Strangways Railway Siding and Mound Springs ruins (Fig. 1). Two of the populations (sites B & C) consisted of between 200 and 300 plants each while the third (site C) was much larger, having an estimated 600 plants. It is very likely that Giles collected his specimen in this general area as he passed through Strangways Springs Telegraph Station on his way to Peake. He also made reference to the mound springs and their value as a water source in the preface to the account of his journeys to central Australia published in 1889. DESCRIPTION Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell., Fragm. 8:38 (1873); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. edn 1:209 (1924); edn 2:323 (1948). — Polycnemon mesembryanthemum (F. Muell.) F. Muell., J. Bot. 15:276 (1877); F. Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 1:29 (1882); F. Muell., Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 49 (1889); Tate, FI. Extratrop. S. Austral. 219 (1890). Holotype: E. Giles s.n., towards Lake Eyre, no date (MEL 98604). Erect glabrous divaricate shrub 0.6-l(-l.l) m tall, 0.6-1. 5(-2. 35) m diam. Branches fleshy, light reddish-purple, glaucous, becoming light brown when woody, very finely striate and minutely irregularly papillate; branch tips more or less spinescent. Leaves opposite, adnate to the branch, succulent, glaucous, grey-green but often tinged purplish; free part triquetrous or clavate, (5-)15-22 x 2.5-4 mm, mucronate, constricted just above the base, base purplish, slightly gibbose. Flower spikes terminal; floral bracts opposite or subopposite, at flowering stage 9-12 x 2. 5 -3. 5 mm, erect and similar in shape and colour to the leaves although the adaxial surface is concave in the basal half; during fruit development the bracts enlarge to * State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. t P.O. Box 38, Marree, South Australia, Australia 5733. 205
I
176
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases.
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to
quantify these differences or to show their consistency.
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector.
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate.
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974).
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983).
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific.
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south-
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro-
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122).
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand).
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631).
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v.
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland,
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619).
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details,
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific.
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus
approaches fig. 12).
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them.
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo-
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated
I
176
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases.
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to
quantify these differences or to show their consistency.
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector.
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate.
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974).
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983).
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific.
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south-
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro-
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122).
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand).
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631).
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v.
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland,
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619).
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details,
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific.
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus
approaches fig. 12).
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them.
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo-
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated
NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA 1 by Robert O. Belcher* ABSTRACT Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 (1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora of Tasmania. INTRODUCTION I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. TAXONOMY Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non persistentes. Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. • Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, United States of America. ’ 173
NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA 1 by Robert O. Belcher* ABSTRACT Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 (1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora of Tasmania. INTRODUCTION I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. TAXONOMY Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non persistentes. Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. • Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, United States of America. ’ 173
178
at MEL. Thus the provenance of “Victoria” given on the holotype label is apparently
correct.
In addition to the listed isotypes of S. tuberculatus I have seen all of the
material at NSW cited by Ali and duplicates of most of those he cited from BRI,
plus numerous other collections from the several herbaria visited. These additional
collections show that S. murrayanus has a broader distribution than that mapped
by Ali (op. cit. 425, map 1). It has occurred widely scattered within the Murray-
Darling watershed in southern Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria, with
outliers iri northwestern Victoria, but apparently did not extend into South Australia.
An outlying location, Thylungra, cited by Ali, is in southwestern Queensland in
an area drained by a tributary of Cooper’s Creek. A lack of twentieth-century
collections from Victoria and west-central New South Wales, however, suggests a
significant contraction in the range of this species.
Table 1. Diagnostic differences between S. murrayanus & 5. platylepsis.
Characteristic
S. murrayanus
S. platylepsis
phyllary length
4-5.5 mm
7.5-9 mm
phyllary number
c. 20
1 1-13, rarely 20
ray-floret achenes
fully developed, plump
usually infertile, slender
achene shape
flask-shaped with long neck,
even when immature
cylindrical in all stages
achenial indumentum
obovoid papillae
long slender hairs
leaf margin
subentire to pinnatisect
lobate or lobulate, irregular
The distribution of S. murrayanus (except for the inclusion of Thylungra and
the exclusion of South Australia) closely mimics that of S. runcinifolius J. H.
Willis, although S. murrayanus does not appear to be as closely confined to riverine
settings. The limited field notes suggest a tendency to weediness on cultivated grey
clays and on overstocked brigalow country.
I have yet to see this taxon in the field, and I have not seen any reported
chromosome count.
Senecio glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornduff, Trans. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 88: 73 (1960).
Senecio lautus G. Forst. ex Willd. var. discoideus Cheeseman, Man. New
Zealand FI. 374 (1906).
Ali (1964, p. 289) reported an extension of range for this subspecies to
Tasmania, based on “‘Wilderness’, Dysert, Jan. 1961, Winifred M. Curtis (HO
3890)”. His identification of this collection is correct, but unfortunately the prove-
nance was given incorrectly on the sheet. Dr Curtis has now indicated {in Hit.) that
the correct location and date of this collection are: Wilderness, Otago, New Zealand,
January 1957.
“Cat. No. 3890”, the number cited by Ali and applicable in the Herbarium,
University of Tasmania, prior to the transfer of that herbarium to the Tasmanian
Museum, is at the top of the sheet that now carries the number HO 14949. This
sheet was annotated by Ali as Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoides [sic!] on 7 May
1963. A second sheet, HO 69514, contains one specimen of this taxon apparently
demounted and transferred to it from the sheet annotated by Ali.
Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoideus is to be excluded from the flora of
Tasmania, at least on the evidence of the above two sheets. Ali cited “T. Kirk”,
rather than Cheeseman, as the original authority for this infraspecific epithet. I do
not find in the literature any support for this ascription.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 176-178".
NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA 1 by Robert O. Belcher* ABSTRACT Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 (1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora of Tasmania. INTRODUCTION I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. TAXONOMY Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non persistentes. Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. • Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, United States of America. ’ 173
I
176
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases.
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to
quantify these differences or to show their consistency.
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector.
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate.
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974).
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983).
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific.
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south-
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro-
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122).
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand).
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631).
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v.
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland,
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619).
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details,
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific.
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus
approaches fig. 12).
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them.
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo-
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated
249 Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. Key to the Species of Pogonolepis I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western Australia) 1. P. stricta 1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ±
256 showed that S. hamata is present in both Victoria and South Australia, occurring in drier, more inland areas than does S. muelleri (Fig. 1). The dates (1968*; 1976; 1978; 1979) of the four Victorian collections and their disjunction from the range of the species in South Australia and elsewhere apparently indicate that S. hamata has only recently extended into Victoria and that this extension is probably due to accidental introduction. However, the species has been long-established in South Australia as the type material of S. muelleri, collected between 1848 and 1853, includes a collection which is now referable to S. hamata (see below). In addition S. hamata was collected elsewhere in the Flinders Ranges in the 19th century (Mt Parry, c. 1885; Mt Lyndhurst, 1898); however, all specimens from the Eyre Peninsula — Port Augusta region are recent (1968; 1974; 1974; 1981) and may represent a current southward extension of range within South Australia. All Stuartina collections mapped and/or examined in connection with this study have been annotated. LECTOTYPIFICATION OF S. MUELLERI Lectotypification of S. muelleri is necessary because the material used by Sonder includes two distinct species. The following choice of lectotype suitably fits Sonder’s description, maintains the traditional application of the name S. muelleri and allows the only other name available in Stuartina, S. hamata, to remain in use for the second species. Stuartina muelleri Sonder, Linnaea 25: 522 (1853). Type: “Lofty ranges. Onka- paringa. Cudnaka”, South Australia, F. Mueller s.n. [1848-1853]. Lectotype (here chosen): Onkaparinga, s. date. F.Muell. s.n. (MEL 604835, ex herb. O. W. Sonder, top left hand specimen on sheet). Isolectotype: MEL 604835, bottom left hand specimen on sheet; ? two specimens on right hand side of sheet (see last paragraph below for explanation). Syntype: Lofty ranges, s. dat., F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 604836, ex herb O.W. Sonder). Syntype excluded by lectotypification; Cud- naka, s.dat., [F. Muell. 5.n.] (MEL 604837, ex herb O. W. Sonder, — not S. muelleri but S. hamata Philipson). Cudnaka is believed to be Kanyaka in the southern Flinders Ranges, which Mueller visited in 1851. ♦This collection was inaccessible in unincorporated material when Willis (1973) was prepared.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 159-167".
195 Type Collection: Mt Spurgeon, North Queensland, ix.l936, C. T. White 10643 (flowering col- lection). (Holotype: BRI 164227. Isotypes: BRI 164226; MEL 1540426). Further Specimens Examined: Queensland — Upper Mossman River, 21. x. 1938, Flecker 2330 (QRS); Platypus Creek at head of Mossman River, ix.I972, Tracy 14883 (BRI); near Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, ix.i972, Webb & Tracey 13370 (BRI). Distribution and Habitat: Known only from Mt Spurgeon and the upper reaches of the Mossman River. In simple notophyll vine forest on soils derived from granite, at altitudes to 1250 metres. Discussion: The specific epithet refers to the recurved leaf margin, a feature not seen in other Australian species of Helicia. H. recurva appears to be most closely allied to H. australasica. Both species have distinct petioles, glabrous or near-glabrous leaves and hairy ovaries. The only other Helicia species to have this combination of characters is H. grayi Foreman which can be distinguished immediately by its much longer pedicels and perianth segments. H. recurva can be distinguished from H. australasica (syn. H. glabrescens C. White) (Foreman 1983) and also from H. grayi by its more coriaceous leaves with midrib and main nerves impressed above and very prominent beneath, giving many of the leaves a sub-bullate appearance, by its recurved leaf margin (this feature appears to be fairly consistent in all the dried material examined) and by the predominently elliptic leaf shape. The flowers of H. recurva and H. australasica are quite similar although those of H. recurva tend to have fewer hairs. TRIUNA L. Johnson & B. Briggs Johnson & Briggs (1975) established the genus Triunia by raising to generic rank Helicia section Macadamopsis Sleum., typifying it by Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. They considered at this time that the genus included “one or two further species” although formal combinations were not made. Since Helicia youngiana var. montana C. White and Helicia youngiana var. robusta C. White both appear to be distinct from each other and from Triunia youngiana (C. Moore & F. Muell.) Johnson & Briggs they are here raised to species rank, giving a total of three species of Triunia present in Australia. Triunia montana (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. montana C. White, Contr. Arnold Abor. 4: 24 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Bellenden Ker, Palm Camp, Meston’s Bellenden Ker Expedition, 1889, F. M. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164626). Syntypes: Bellenden Kerr near the summit, i. 1923, C. T. White s.n. (BRI 164310 & 164311). At one time it was thought that T. montana was restricted in its distribution to the Bellenden Ker Range in north Queensland (White 1933). However, now it has been found on Mt Lewis and the Great Dividing Range, north-west of Mossman in the vicinity of Black Mountain and Mt Spurgeon. T. montana can be distinguished from both T. youngiana and T. robusta by its entire, acuminate, coriaceous, smooth glossy leaves which dry ± the same colour above and beneath. The flowers of all three species are more or less similar, but the perianth segments of T. montana are less hairy than those of either T. youngiana
196 or T. robusta and they have a characteristic tuft of hairs about 1-1.5 mm long at the end of the limb. Representative Specimens Seen: Queensland — State Forest Reserve 310, Bellenden Ker Logging Area, 26. ix. 1975, Dockrilt 1084 (QRS); Timber Reserve 140, Zarda Logging Area, 17. iv. 1968, Hyland 4935 (QRS); Summit of Mt Bellenden Ker, 2.viii.l971, Hyland 5320 (QRS); Bellenden Ker, 30.xi.l972, Hyland 6571 (QRS); Mt Bartle-Frere, i.l891, Johnson s.n. (MEL). Triunia robusta (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. robusta C. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 23 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164315). Isolectotype: Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164314). Syntypes: Maroochie [Yandina], vii. 1888, F. M. Bailey s.n. (BRI 022471); Eumundi, xi. 1894, F. M. Bailey & J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164313); Eumundi, 1900, J. F. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164317); Maroochie [Yandina], J. Low s.n. (BRI 164316); Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. B. Staer s.n. (BRI 164312). Triunia robusta is most closely allied to T. youngiana but it can be distinguished by its larger oblong-elliptic leaves which are smooth and glossy above, mostly entire or with a few (sometimes deep) teeth towards the apex. White (1933) included amongst the specimens he cited under Helicia youngiana var. robusta a collection from East Malanda, Atherton Tableland, 22. ix. 1929, S. F. Kajewski 1219 (BRI). This and other collections from north Queensland which have been referred to H. youngiana var. robusta appear to represent a distinct but as yet undescribed species. There do not appear to be any recent collections of Triunia robusta from the Eumundi/Maroochie (Yandina) area and due to extensive clearing in the region this taxon may now be extinct. Additional Specimens Examined: Queensland — Maroochie [Yandina], xi. 1879, Bailey (MEL 93791); Eumundi, Shirley (BRI 164284); Eumundi, v. 1892, Simmonds (BRI 105362). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank the Directors of BRI and QRS for the loan of herbarium material. Mr Alex George kindly prepared the Latin description. REFERENCES Foreman, D. B. (1983). A review of the genus Helicia Lour. (Proteaceae) in Australia. Brunonia 6: 59- 72. Johnson, L. A. S. & Briggs, B. G. (1975), On the Proteaceae — the evolution and classification of a southern family. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 70: 82-182. White, C. T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 5-113. Manuscript received 3 September 1985.
LIMNOPHYTON AUSTRALIENSE sp. nov. (ALISMATACEAE): A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, Helen I. Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia. Muelleria 6(5): 311-316 (1987). — A new species of Limnophyton Miq., L. australiense, from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, is described and illustrated and the characteristics and affinities of the genus are discussed. This is the first record of Limnophyton from Australia. DESCRIPTION Limnophyton australiense H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Planta aquatica, emergens, erecta, glabra. Folia basalia, longe petiolata. Lamina folii sagittata, 5-21 cm longa x 2.8-14 cm lata; lobo apici quam lobis basalibus parum longiore. Caules ad 100 cm alti x 2-10 mm diametro, simplices vel bifurcati (ad nodum infimum). Verticilli inflorescentiae 3-8 per caulem vel ramum caulis, quoque verticillo 3 bracteis praedito; verticillus infimus polygamus, usque ad 10 flores masculinos et 13 flores bisexuales ferens; verticilli alii solum masculini 9- 1 2-flori. Flores masculini in pedicellis filiformibus (c. 9-14 mm longis x 0.15-0.5 mm diametro); sepala 3, concava, reflexa, c. 4.2-5 mm longa x 3.3- 3.5 mm lata; petala 3, c. 6-6.3 mm longa x 3. 7-4. 4 mm lata; stamina 6 in verticillo uno regulari; filamenta c. 2 mm longa, tribus-quadrantibus inferioribus c. 1.1 mm latis, dialatatis, bulbosis; filamentorum bases tumidae, arete appressae ad centrum floris; carpella absentia. Flores bisexuales ut in floribus masculinis sed carpellati atque pedicellis majoribus instructi; pedicelli fructiferi 25-60 mm longi x 1.5-3. 5 mm diametro; receptaculum minutum, plus minusve planum vel perexigue elevatum; carpella 3-16, libera sessilia; ovarium c. 2 mm longum, porcula dorsali atque umbone in quoque latere munitum; stylus brevis crassus; stigma c. 0.4 mm longum x 1.4 mm latum, discoideum, cacumen styli cingens; ovulum singulare, basale, campylotropum. Carpella fructificantia 5-15, sessilia vel subsessilia, sicca, indehiscentia, endocarpium tenue, sclerenchymatum; exocarpium tenue, spongiosum. Corpus carpelli fructificantis plus minusve late oblongum vel late obovoideum, lateraliter compres- sum, sine cavernulis-aeriis lateralibus magnis, c. 10-12 mm longum x 3.5-4 mm latum x 6.5- 8 mm profundum (i.e. a margine dorsali usque ad marginem ventralem), porcatum, spines- cens; porcae 3, una margines ventrales apicales et dorsales cingenti, quaque duarum aliarum depressionem lateralem plus minusve ellipticam non profundam cingenti; spinae porcas exorientes, 2-5 conspicuae pungentes 3-5 mm longae, porcis etiam spinas breviores (1-paucas) vel torulas usitate ferentibus. Semen per late ellipsoideum, fortiter lateraliter compressum, c. 7 mm longum; embryo hippocrepicus. Limnophyton australiense ob carpella fructificantia magna spinescentia facile distingui- tur; forma carpellorum a speciebus omnibus aliis generis Limnophyti differt, praeterea cavernulae-aeriae laterales magnae desunt. Plant aquatic, emergent, ? annual or perennial, glabrous. Roots fibrous, from a short rootstock to 1.5 cm long. Stems 2, basal, erect, to 100 cm high x 2-10 mm diam., simple or divided into two more or less equal branches at the lowest node; height from base to lowest node 46-71 cm; distal 19-29 cm of stem (or each branch) bearing 3-8 whorls of flowers, the internodes 1-8 cm long and somewhat longitu- dinally ribbed. Leaves several, basal, petiolate, erect. Petiole 40-81 cm long x 2-10 mm diam., sheathed at the base, (producing a milky exudate when broken, Hyland 6296)\ sheath 23-42 cm long, gradually tapered above. Leaf lamina thin-textured, membranous, sagittate, slightly to strongly constricted just above the level of insertion of the petiole, 5-21 cm long x 2.8-14 cm wide, with the greatest width usually across the proximal to mid-portions of the basal lobes; apical lobe slightly longer than the basal lobes, 2.8-11 cm long x 2.2-12 cm wide; basal lobes somewhat incurved with a sinus of (40°-)55°-75° angle (the angle formed at the petiole insertion by lines connecting that point to the tips of the basal lobes), each 2.3-10 cm long * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 311
LIMNOPHYTON AUSTRALIENSE sp. nov. (ALISMATACEAE): A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, Helen I. Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia. Muelleria 6(5): 311-316 (1987). — A new species of Limnophyton Miq., L. australiense, from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, is described and illustrated and the characteristics and affinities of the genus are discussed. This is the first record of Limnophyton from Australia. DESCRIPTION Limnophyton australiense H. I. Aston, sp. nov. Planta aquatica, emergens, erecta, glabra. Folia basalia, longe petiolata. Lamina folii sagittata, 5-21 cm longa x 2.8-14 cm lata; lobo apici quam lobis basalibus parum longiore. Caules ad 100 cm alti x 2-10 mm diametro, simplices vel bifurcati (ad nodum infimum). Verticilli inflorescentiae 3-8 per caulem vel ramum caulis, quoque verticillo 3 bracteis praedito; verticillus infimus polygamus, usque ad 10 flores masculinos et 13 flores bisexuales ferens; verticilli alii solum masculini 9- 1 2-flori. Flores masculini in pedicellis filiformibus (c. 9-14 mm longis x 0.15-0.5 mm diametro); sepala 3, concava, reflexa, c. 4.2-5 mm longa x 3.3- 3.5 mm lata; petala 3, c. 6-6.3 mm longa x 3. 7-4. 4 mm lata; stamina 6 in verticillo uno regulari; filamenta c. 2 mm longa, tribus-quadrantibus inferioribus c. 1.1 mm latis, dialatatis, bulbosis; filamentorum bases tumidae, arete appressae ad centrum floris; carpella absentia. Flores bisexuales ut in floribus masculinis sed carpellati atque pedicellis majoribus instructi; pedicelli fructiferi 25-60 mm longi x 1.5-3. 5 mm diametro; receptaculum minutum, plus minusve planum vel perexigue elevatum; carpella 3-16, libera sessilia; ovarium c. 2 mm longum, porcula dorsali atque umbone in quoque latere munitum; stylus brevis crassus; stigma c. 0.4 mm longum x 1.4 mm latum, discoideum, cacumen styli cingens; ovulum singulare, basale, campylotropum. Carpella fructificantia 5-15, sessilia vel subsessilia, sicca, indehiscentia, endocarpium tenue, sclerenchymatum; exocarpium tenue, spongiosum. Corpus carpelli fructificantis plus minusve late oblongum vel late obovoideum, lateraliter compres- sum, sine cavernulis-aeriis lateralibus magnis, c. 10-12 mm longum x 3.5-4 mm latum x 6.5- 8 mm profundum (i.e. a margine dorsali usque ad marginem ventralem), porcatum, spines- cens; porcae 3, una margines ventrales apicales et dorsales cingenti, quaque duarum aliarum depressionem lateralem plus minusve ellipticam non profundam cingenti; spinae porcas exorientes, 2-5 conspicuae pungentes 3-5 mm longae, porcis etiam spinas breviores (1-paucas) vel torulas usitate ferentibus. Semen per late ellipsoideum, fortiter lateraliter compressum, c. 7 mm longum; embryo hippocrepicus. Limnophyton australiense ob carpella fructificantia magna spinescentia facile distingui- tur; forma carpellorum a speciebus omnibus aliis generis Limnophyti differt, praeterea cavernulae-aeriae laterales magnae desunt. Plant aquatic, emergent, ? annual or perennial, glabrous. Roots fibrous, from a short rootstock to 1.5 cm long. Stems 2, basal, erect, to 100 cm high x 2-10 mm diam., simple or divided into two more or less equal branches at the lowest node; height from base to lowest node 46-71 cm; distal 19-29 cm of stem (or each branch) bearing 3-8 whorls of flowers, the internodes 1-8 cm long and somewhat longitu- dinally ribbed. Leaves several, basal, petiolate, erect. Petiole 40-81 cm long x 2-10 mm diam., sheathed at the base, (producing a milky exudate when broken, Hyland 6296)\ sheath 23-42 cm long, gradually tapered above. Leaf lamina thin-textured, membranous, sagittate, slightly to strongly constricted just above the level of insertion of the petiole, 5-21 cm long x 2.8-14 cm wide, with the greatest width usually across the proximal to mid-portions of the basal lobes; apical lobe slightly longer than the basal lobes, 2.8-11 cm long x 2.2-12 cm wide; basal lobes somewhat incurved with a sinus of (40°-)55°-75° angle (the angle formed at the petiole insertion by lines connecting that point to the tips of the basal lobes), each 2.3-10 cm long * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 311
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 349-358".
356 FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). — Galocephalus drummondii (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:574 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 648 (1929), 2nd ed. 928 (1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drummond .” Lectotype (here desig- nated): Drummond s.n., Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: Drummond 359, West Australia, s. dat. (BM, GH, MEL 543273, P — 2 sheets). Remaining Syntype and Isosyntype: Drummond 68, Swan River, N. Holl., s. dat. (K, mounted with lectotype; E, ex herb. GL). Annual herbs 1-10 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost leaves usually overtopping the inflorescence. Inflorescence ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1. 2 (c. 1.5) cm high, 0.4-1. 3 cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± resembling the capitular bracts, mainly hyaline but with an opaque, green midrib, glabrous to densely hairy on the outer surface. Capitula (2)10-25(30 + ) per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to spathulate, sometimes ± elliptic, 1.7- 3(3.5) mm long, 0.7-1. 2(1. 5) mm wide, each usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2/3 its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, the upper hyaline margins variably ciliate, glabrous on the inner surface but externally usually with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib and the bracts united by the long hairs. Inner capitular bracts elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, (1.8)2. 5-4 mm long, 1. 7-3(3. 5) mm wide, each predominantly hyaline but with an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2 A its length, conduplicate, with entire or ciliate upper margins, glabrous on the inner surface but externally with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts free or united by the long hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.8-2. 2 mm long, with (4)5 purplish black lobes. Stamens (4)5 ; anthers 0.45-0.75 mm long, each with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular, 0.15-0.42 mm long, microsporangia 0.22-0.42 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1. 1-1.4 mm long, 0. 8-1.1 mm diam. Pappus of 7-8 bristles, from c. 'A to equal to the length of the corolla tube. Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 595, 719; Short 1981b). TYPIFICATION: Gray (1851) described B. drummondii from collections made by James Drum- mond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. At K there is a single sheet containing two apparently different collections made by Drummond, i.e. Drummond 68 and Drummond s.n.. Each collection consists of a single specimen, is accompanied by an envelope containing fragments, and is annotated ‘Blennospora Drummondii n. gen.’ in Gray’s hand. I have chosen the unnumbered collection as the lectotype. The collections in BM, GH and MEL of Drummond 359, none of which are annotated by Gray, all bear a strong resemblance to the lectotype. Of the two sheets of Drummond 359 in P, one is annotated by Gray as ‘Blennospora n. gen.’ and consists of two specimens. This sheet was not selected as the lectotype as the lack of a specific epithet suggests to me that Gray may not have closely examined the collection, perhaps only annotating it after general sorting of material when visiting Paris during his journey to Europe from June 1850 to August 1851 (Farlow 1888). As with other specimens of Drummond 359, the ones in P closely resemble the lectotype specimen. Distribution (Fig. 1): South west region of Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria.
354 TAXONOMY Blennospora A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98, 172 (1851); Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). Type: B. drummondii A. Gray. [Calocephalus auct. non. R. Br. (1817): Benth., FI. Austr. 3:573 (1867); Benth. in Benth. & Hook.f., Genera PI. 2:320 (1873); O. Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl., Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 4(5): 194 (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 647 (1929), 2nd ed. 927 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 773, 820 (1975).] Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly alternate but the lowest pair(s) opposite, all leaves sessile, entire, erect, mucronate, cottony hairy, often the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence a compound head, ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. General receptable ill-defined, with shortly pedunculate capitula scattered along a stem-like, hairy axis. Capitula (2)5- 25(30 + ) per compound head. Capitular bracts 8-10, in ± 2 rows. Outer 4-5 capitular bracts ± obovate to oblanceolate or spathulate or ± elliptic, each usually pre- dominantly hyaline except for an opaque, green midrib extending for Vi-V* of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to condu- plicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the mid to upper hyaline margins shortly ciliate or with long hairs, the bracts united by the hairs. Inner 4-5 capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, each flat to conduplicate, predominantly hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib; margin entire or the mid to upper portions ciliate or with long hairs, the bracts free or united by the hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tubular, (4)5- lobed, tube yellow, lobes purplish black or yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs. Stamens (4)5; anthers with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; fil- ament collar ± straight in outline and composed of ± uniform cells and basally not thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, ± obovoid; pericarp with mucilaginous cells covering the surface, with an inner layer of sclerenchyma (one cell thick), vascular bundles 2 and lateral to the cotyledons; testa containing crystals; carpopodium present, annular. Pappus of 7-10, multiseriate, flexible, irregularly long-ciliate bristles; bristles from X A to about the length of the corolla tube, forming an irregular cup at the base. Chromosome number: x = 11 (Short 1981). Distribution (Fig. 1): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but B. drummondii extends to South Australia and Victoria. Key to the Species of Blennospora 1. Lobes of florets yellow 1. B. phlegmatocarpa 1. Lobes of florets purplish black 2. B. drummondii 1. Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) P. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982). — Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35:614, fig. 69 o-u (1904); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Hab. in distr. Avon pr. Wyola in lutosis gregaria flor. m. Oct. (D. 5020)”. Lectotype (here designated): Diels 5020, W. Australien: Wyola, 24.x. 1901 (MEL 543205). Probable Isolectotype: Diels s.n.. East of York, s. dat. (PERTH).
356 FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). — Galocephalus drummondii (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:574 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 648 (1929), 2nd ed. 928 (1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drummond .” Lectotype (here desig- nated): Drummond s.n., Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: Drummond 359, West Australia, s. dat. (BM, GH, MEL 543273, P — 2 sheets). Remaining Syntype and Isosyntype: Drummond 68, Swan River, N. Holl., s. dat. (K, mounted with lectotype; E, ex herb. GL). Annual herbs 1-10 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost leaves usually overtopping the inflorescence. Inflorescence ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1. 2 (c. 1.5) cm high, 0.4-1. 3 cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± resembling the capitular bracts, mainly hyaline but with an opaque, green midrib, glabrous to densely hairy on the outer surface. Capitula (2)10-25(30 + ) per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to spathulate, sometimes ± elliptic, 1.7- 3(3.5) mm long, 0.7-1. 2(1. 5) mm wide, each usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2/3 its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, the upper hyaline margins variably ciliate, glabrous on the inner surface but externally usually with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib and the bracts united by the long hairs. Inner capitular bracts elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, (1.8)2. 5-4 mm long, 1. 7-3(3. 5) mm wide, each predominantly hyaline but with an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2 A its length, conduplicate, with entire or ciliate upper margins, glabrous on the inner surface but externally with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts free or united by the long hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.8-2. 2 mm long, with (4)5 purplish black lobes. Stamens (4)5 ; anthers 0.45-0.75 mm long, each with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular, 0.15-0.42 mm long, microsporangia 0.22-0.42 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1. 1-1.4 mm long, 0. 8-1.1 mm diam. Pappus of 7-8 bristles, from c. 'A to equal to the length of the corolla tube. Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 595, 719; Short 1981b). TYPIFICATION: Gray (1851) described B. drummondii from collections made by James Drum- mond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. At K there is a single sheet containing two apparently different collections made by Drummond, i.e. Drummond 68 and Drummond s.n.. Each collection consists of a single specimen, is accompanied by an envelope containing fragments, and is annotated ‘Blennospora Drummondii n. gen.’ in Gray’s hand. I have chosen the unnumbered collection as the lectotype. The collections in BM, GH and MEL of Drummond 359, none of which are annotated by Gray, all bear a strong resemblance to the lectotype. Of the two sheets of Drummond 359 in P, one is annotated by Gray as ‘Blennospora n. gen.’ and consists of two specimens. This sheet was not selected as the lectotype as the lack of a specific epithet suggests to me that Gray may not have closely examined the collection, perhaps only annotating it after general sorting of material when visiting Paris during his journey to Europe from June 1850 to August 1851 (Farlow 1888). As with other specimens of Drummond 359, the ones in P closely resemble the lectotype specimen. Distribution (Fig. 1): South west region of Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria.
354 TAXONOMY Blennospora A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98, 172 (1851); Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). Type: B. drummondii A. Gray. [Calocephalus auct. non. R. Br. (1817): Benth., FI. Austr. 3:573 (1867); Benth. in Benth. & Hook.f., Genera PI. 2:320 (1873); O. Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl., Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 4(5): 194 (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 647 (1929), 2nd ed. 927 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 773, 820 (1975).] Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly alternate but the lowest pair(s) opposite, all leaves sessile, entire, erect, mucronate, cottony hairy, often the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence a compound head, ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. General receptable ill-defined, with shortly pedunculate capitula scattered along a stem-like, hairy axis. Capitula (2)5- 25(30 + ) per compound head. Capitular bracts 8-10, in ± 2 rows. Outer 4-5 capitular bracts ± obovate to oblanceolate or spathulate or ± elliptic, each usually pre- dominantly hyaline except for an opaque, green midrib extending for Vi-V* of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to condu- plicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the mid to upper hyaline margins shortly ciliate or with long hairs, the bracts united by the hairs. Inner 4-5 capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, each flat to conduplicate, predominantly hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib; margin entire or the mid to upper portions ciliate or with long hairs, the bracts free or united by the hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tubular, (4)5- lobed, tube yellow, lobes purplish black or yellow. Style branches truncate, with short sweeping hairs. Stamens (4)5; anthers with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; fil- ament collar ± straight in outline and composed of ± uniform cells and basally not thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, ± obovoid; pericarp with mucilaginous cells covering the surface, with an inner layer of sclerenchyma (one cell thick), vascular bundles 2 and lateral to the cotyledons; testa containing crystals; carpopodium present, annular. Pappus of 7-10, multiseriate, flexible, irregularly long-ciliate bristles; bristles from X A to about the length of the corolla tube, forming an irregular cup at the base. Chromosome number: x = 11 (Short 1981). Distribution (Fig. 1): Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but B. drummondii extends to South Australia and Victoria. Key to the Species of Blennospora 1. Lobes of florets yellow 1. B. phlegmatocarpa 1. Lobes of florets purplish black 2. B. drummondii 1. Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) P. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982). — Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35:614, fig. 69 o-u (1904); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Hab. in distr. Avon pr. Wyola in lutosis gregaria flor. m. Oct. (D. 5020)”. Lectotype (here designated): Diels 5020, W. Australien: Wyola, 24.x. 1901 (MEL 543205). Probable Isolectotype: Diels s.n.. East of York, s. dat. (PERTH).
355 Calocephalus stowardii S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45:182 (1920); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “Cowcowing; Stoward, 485”. Lec- totype (here designated): Stoward 485, West Australia, Cowcowing, 1916 (BM). Annual herbs c. 1.5-10 cm high. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5(2. 7) cm long, 0.05- 0.15 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1 cm high, 0.45-1 cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. Capitula c. 5-20 per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 1.7-2. 9(3. 2) mm long, 0.4-1. 7 mm wide, each bract usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for Vi-Va of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts united by long hairs along the mid and upper margins. Inner capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate, flat to r conduplicate, 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, each predominantly hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts with an entire margin or the mid to upper maigin with long hairs which usually unite the bracts. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.5-2. 4 mm long, with 5 yellow lobes. Stamens 5; anthers 0.9-1.33 mm long, each with a sterile apical appendage which is + narrowly triangular and 0.23-0.38 mm long; microsporangia 0.68-1.06 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 0.9-1. 1 mm long, 0.6-0. 8 mm diam. Pappus of 6-10 bristles, from c. !4 to equal to the length of the corolla tube. Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 633; Short 1981b). TYPIFICATION: Stafleu & Cowan (1976) suggest that the Diels herbarium and types are in B, with Australian duplicates at BM, CANB and MEL. Enquiries reveal that the only extant, definite type material is at MEL, and it has been chosen as the lectotype. A duplicate collection probably exists in PERTH. It lacks a collector’s number and date of collection but closely resembles the lectotype and the locality given, i.e. east of York, more or less agrees with the location of Wyola which is about 60 kilometres east-north-east of York. The only type collection of C. stowardii located is at BM. It has been selected as the lectotoype because some unlocated duplicates may exist. Distribution (Fig. 1): South-west region of Western Australia. Biology: . . Almost invariably restricted to saline, often sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes which comprise the Avon River System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). Commonly associated with Halosarcia, A triplex and Disphyma but may occur with Melaleuca. A few collections have been made from apparently non-saline soils in Eucalyptus woodland (e.g. Short 654). Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 30): Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, 2 miles E. from Meckering, 22.X.1945 (PERTH); Haegi 2639 & Short KeviHs Lake, 1 1 .xi. 1983 (MEL); Short 619, salty flats at base of Hines Hill, 21. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 633, southern margins of Lake Brown, 22. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 679, salt depression 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD). 2. Blennospora drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:173 (1851); Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short,
355 Calocephalus stowardii S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45:182 (1920); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “Cowcowing; Stoward, 485”. Lec- totype (here designated): Stoward 485, West Australia, Cowcowing, 1916 (BM). Annual herbs c. 1.5-10 cm high. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5(2. 7) cm long, 0.05- 0.15 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1 cm high, 0.45-1 cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. Capitula c. 5-20 per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 1.7-2. 9(3. 2) mm long, 0.4-1. 7 mm wide, each bract usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for Vi-Va of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts united by long hairs along the mid and upper margins. Inner capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate, flat to r conduplicate, 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, each predominantly hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts with an entire margin or the mid to upper maigin with long hairs which usually unite the bracts. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.5-2. 4 mm long, with 5 yellow lobes. Stamens 5; anthers 0.9-1.33 mm long, each with a sterile apical appendage which is + narrowly triangular and 0.23-0.38 mm long; microsporangia 0.68-1.06 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 0.9-1. 1 mm long, 0.6-0. 8 mm diam. Pappus of 6-10 bristles, from c. !4 to equal to the length of the corolla tube. Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 633; Short 1981b). TYPIFICATION: Stafleu & Cowan (1976) suggest that the Diels herbarium and types are in B, with Australian duplicates at BM, CANB and MEL. Enquiries reveal that the only extant, definite type material is at MEL, and it has been chosen as the lectotype. A duplicate collection probably exists in PERTH. It lacks a collector’s number and date of collection but closely resembles the lectotype and the locality given, i.e. east of York, more or less agrees with the location of Wyola which is about 60 kilometres east-north-east of York. The only type collection of C. stowardii located is at BM. It has been selected as the lectotoype because some unlocated duplicates may exist. Distribution (Fig. 1): South-west region of Western Australia. Biology: . . Almost invariably restricted to saline, often sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes which comprise the Avon River System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). Commonly associated with Halosarcia, A triplex and Disphyma but may occur with Melaleuca. A few collections have been made from apparently non-saline soils in Eucalyptus woodland (e.g. Short 654). Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 30): Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, 2 miles E. from Meckering, 22.X.1945 (PERTH); Haegi 2639 & Short KeviHs Lake, 1 1 .xi. 1983 (MEL); Short 619, salty flats at base of Hines Hill, 21. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 633, southern margins of Lake Brown, 22. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 679, salt depression 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD). 2. Blennospora drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:173 (1851); Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short,
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
318 Gnephosis tenuissima Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Lectotype (here chosen — see separate discussion below): Anon, s.n., “Nouv hollande, Port jackson”, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Isolectotype: Anon. s.n. “port jackson’’, s. dat. (P, ex herb. Poiret, ex herb. Moquin-Tandon, ex herb. Cosson); Possible Isolectotypes or Possible Remaining Syntypes: Anon s.n., “Habitat in novaehollandia”, s. dat. (P); Anon, s.n., no locality, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Remaining Syntype: Anon, s.n., “Baie des chiens marins, Voyage du capitaine Baudin 1801, Nouv Hollande”, s. dat. (P). Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837). — Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Lectotype: Hiigel (W). [Podolepis divaricata A. Cunn. ex DC., Prod. 6:151 (1838), nom. in sched. ] Gnephosis tridens (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne tridens P. Short, Muelleria 5:199 (1983), basionym. Holotype: Short 1041 (AD). Gnephosis trifida (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne trifida P. Short, Muelleria 5.T96 (1983), basionym. Holotype: Short 966 (AD). Gnephosis uniflora (Turcz.) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz, Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 88 (1851), basionym. Holotype: Drummond 116 (KW). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Lec- totype: Drummond 116 (K). LECTOTYPIFICATION OF G. TENUISSIMA CASS. In his original publication of G. tenuissima Cassini (1820) noted that he had examined plants from Port Jackson and Shark Bay (‘Baie des Chiens-Marins’). Five sheets, considered to be syntypes or possible syntypes, have been located in the Natural ITistory Museum in Paris (P). The labels accompanying the sheets generally provide little information about the collections (see above). One of the sheets, annotated by Cassini and said to be from Port Jackson, has been selected as the lectotype of the name G. tenuissima. It consists of about nine individual plants. All syntype material examined by Cassini appears to have been collected on the Baudin expedition (1800-1804) to Australia. However, although the expedition called at both Port Jackson and Shark Bay the reference to Port Jackson as a locality of G. tenuissima seems erroneous. The species is widespread across much of Australia but is only found west of the Great Dividing Range. It therefore seems more likely that all material examined by Cassini came from Shark Bay, where the species is common. All syntypes or possible syntypes strongly resemble modern collections from that region ( G . tenuissima is polymorphic), and vessels from the Baudin expedition visited Shark Bay in 1801 and 1803 (Marchant 1982). The two collections referred to above as possible isolectotypes or possible remaining syntypes may not be types despite the fact that one is annotated by Cassini. In P there are several collections of G. tenuissima made by Gaudichaud,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 317-319".
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
318 Gnephosis tenuissima Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Lectotype (here chosen — see separate discussion below): Anon, s.n., “Nouv hollande, Port jackson”, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Isolectotype: Anon. s.n. “port jackson’’, s. dat. (P, ex herb. Poiret, ex herb. Moquin-Tandon, ex herb. Cosson); Possible Isolectotypes or Possible Remaining Syntypes: Anon s.n., “Habitat in novaehollandia”, s. dat. (P); Anon, s.n., no locality, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Remaining Syntype: Anon, s.n., “Baie des chiens marins, Voyage du capitaine Baudin 1801, Nouv Hollande”, s. dat. (P). Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837). — Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Lectotype: Hiigel (W). [Podolepis divaricata A. Cunn. ex DC., Prod. 6:151 (1838), nom. in sched. ] Gnephosis tridens (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne tridens P. Short, Muelleria 5:199 (1983), basionym. Holotype: Short 1041 (AD). Gnephosis trifida (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne trifida P. Short, Muelleria 5.T96 (1983), basionym. Holotype: Short 966 (AD). Gnephosis uniflora (Turcz.) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz, Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 88 (1851), basionym. Holotype: Drummond 116 (KW). Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Lec- totype: Drummond 116 (K). LECTOTYPIFICATION OF G. TENUISSIMA CASS. In his original publication of G. tenuissima Cassini (1820) noted that he had examined plants from Port Jackson and Shark Bay (‘Baie des Chiens-Marins’). Five sheets, considered to be syntypes or possible syntypes, have been located in the Natural ITistory Museum in Paris (P). The labels accompanying the sheets generally provide little information about the collections (see above). One of the sheets, annotated by Cassini and said to be from Port Jackson, has been selected as the lectotype of the name G. tenuissima. It consists of about nine individual plants. All syntype material examined by Cassini appears to have been collected on the Baudin expedition (1800-1804) to Australia. However, although the expedition called at both Port Jackson and Shark Bay the reference to Port Jackson as a locality of G. tenuissima seems erroneous. The species is widespread across much of Australia but is only found west of the Great Dividing Range. It therefore seems more likely that all material examined by Cassini came from Shark Bay, where the species is common. All syntypes or possible syntypes strongly resemble modern collections from that region ( G . tenuissima is polymorphic), and vessels from the Baudin expedition visited Shark Bay in 1801 and 1803 (Marchant 1982). The two collections referred to above as possible isolectotypes or possible remaining syntypes may not be types despite the fact that one is annotated by Cassini. In P there are several collections of G. tenuissima made by Gaudichaud,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 329-333".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 307-310".
308 linear, chartaceous; margins entire (fine toothed in some extra-Australian species). Inflorescence a simple, terminal, condensed to long-cylindrical, sub-spicate raceme. Flowers zygomorphic, pedicellate, pendulous to spreading, protandrous. Tepals connate into a tube; apices shortly free, subequal, obtuse, spreading. Stamens exserted or equalling perianth tube. Style filiform, subequal to stamens at anthesis, later exserted; ovary 3-locular; ovules axile, in two rows per loculus. Fruit a loculicidal capsule. Seeds numerous, irregularly triquetrous to flattened, dark brown. An African, Madagascan and Arabian genus of c. 70 species; in Australia, a single introduced species naturalised in Victoria. Kniphofia uvaria (L.) Hook.f. Bot. Mag. t. 4816 (1854). — Aloe uvaria L. Sp. PI. 1: 323 (1753). Type: Specimen in Herb. Hort. Cliff. (BM n.v., fide Codd (1968)). Stemless herb to c. 1.5m tall with thick branched rhizome. Leaves linear, tapering, acute, with a prominent, keeled, scabrid midrib, 35-80 cm long, 0.5-2 cm wide; sessile. Inflorescence a dense, pedunculate, subspicate raceme, 7-11 cm long, with numerous flowers, elongating to c. 30 cm in fruit; peduncle 60-120 cm long; pedicels 2-5 mm long, elongating to c. 8 mm in fruit. Perianth orange-red to yellow- green in bud, turning paler at anthesis, 35-40 mm long, 5-6 mm wide; apical 2 mm free, spreading. Stamens 40-45 mm long; anthers 2 mm long, yellow, turning black. Ovary glabrous, ovoid, 4-5 mm long; style single, filiform, minutely capitate, 40- 45 mm long, exserted after anthesis and exceeding stamens. Capsule elongate-ovoid, trigonal, 7-14 mm long. Seeds numerous, 3 mm long. Red Hot Poker. Chromosome Number: 2n = 12 fide Fedorov (1969). Native to southern Africa; naturalised in Australia only at one Victorian locality (see Specimens Examined). Specimens examined: Victoria — Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, 38° 30'S., 145° 09'E., 5. vii. 1984, D.E. Albrecht 572 (MEL 673996); Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, 38° 30' S„ 145°09'E., 17. v. 1986.7.G. Conran 373 (MUCV). FECUNDITY AND POTENTIAL FOR SPREAD Materials and Methods Plants of K. uvaria growing at Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, (30° 30' S., 145° 09 ' E.) were measured in the field. The total number of mature (fruiting or flowering) plants at the colony was recorded. To determine the potential and realised fecundity of individuals for 1985-6, the average numbers of mature shoots and inflorescences per plant from the 1986 flowering season were determined from a sample of 30 plants. Ten infructescences produced during the 1985 flowering season were col- lected, and the number of fruits and flower scars counted to determine the total flower and fruit numbers. To determine potential and actual seed set, ten flowers and 10 unopened capsules from the 1986 season were also collected, and the numbers of ovules and seeds respectively, recorded. These data were all converted to averages, and estimates of potential fecundity (PF) and actual fecundity (SF) seed set per plant were calculated using the following formulae: PF = I/P x F/I x O/F SF = I/P x C/I x S/C where I/P = av. no. of inflorescences per plant; F/I = av. no. of flowers per inflorescence; O/F = av. no. of ovules per flower; C/I = av. no. of capsules per inflorescence; S/C = av. no. of seeds per capsule. Percentage fertility was then estimated from the PF and SF. Seed from ten plants was collected, and 100 seeds of each were planted on moist filter paper in petri dishes under c. 3500 lux (8 hours day length) at c. 20°C to determine percentage germination.
NYMPHOIDES BEAGLENSIS (MENYANTHACEAE): A NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, Helen 1. Nymphoides beaglensis (Menyanthacaeae): a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(5): 359-362 (1987). — Nymphoides beaglensis is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. The species is known only from the Beagle Bay area of the Kimberley region of Western Australia. TAXONOMY This paper is the fourth precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in Australia. Descriptions of eight new species appeared in three previous papers (Aston 1982, 1984, 1986). Except for an extreme modification of the transverse fringe of each corolla lobe, the common characters given on page 35 of the first paper also apply to N. beaglensis. This species belongs in the “indica group” defined on the same page. Nymphoides beaglensis H.I. Aston, sp. nov. Laminae foliorum integrae, latissime ovatae ad ± rotundatae, profunde cordatae sino angusto, c. (20-)25-50 mm longae x c. 22 mm latae. Petiolus folii, quod inflorescentiam sustinet, conspicuus c. 1.5-7. 5 mm longus, quam lamina paulo brevior ad fere duplo longior. Inflo- rescentia c. 7-17 pedicellorum vel dense aggregatorum vel per rhachim ad 18 mm longam approximatorum formata; nonnumquam 2-4 inflorescentiae contiguae una ut videtur. Flores heterostylosi, 5-partiti. Corolla c. 18-22 mm lata, alba vel alba subroseo-malvacea suffusa, atromarronino-malvacea in fauce; lobi corollae alis lateralibus latis, haud profunde laciniatis, praediti; glabri praeter duos conspicuos fasciculos caespitosos pediceilatos capillorum pap- illosorum, singulos in lateribus basi loborum; papillae tubi corollae simplices, breves, c. 0.3- 0.8 mm longae, c. 50-70 aggregatae in fasciculo denso sessile vel subsessile, Capsula ellipsoidea ad late ellipsoidea, 3. 5-6.0 mm longa. Semina c. 33-64 in capsula, paene globosa, minime ad modice utrinque compressa, 0.75-0.95 mm longa x 0.70-0.85 mm lata x 0.55-0.70 mm crassa, maturitate atrofumosa; pagina caespitibus tuberculorum 1-8 erectorum obtusorum, ad 0.5 mm longitudine vel dispersis vel solis, apud iuxtaque marginem; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, crassa, conspicua. N. triangulari H.I. Aston atque N. elliptica H.I. Aston et corollae colore et petiolo longo folii quod inflorescentiam sustinet similis; differt, tamen, praecipue in magnitudine sculpturaque seminis, in dispositione capillorum in lobis corollae, et in papillorum tubi corollae. Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 4-20 cm long x c. 0.8-2 mm diam.; true petiole of stem leaves conspicuous, c. 1.5-7. 5 cm long, a little shorter than to almost twice as long as the blade, about equal in width to the stem and like it tinged or deeply coloured with maroon- purple. Basal leaves also present, their petioles few-30 cm long. Leaf blades floating, entire, very broadly ovate to ± circular in outline, deeply cordate with a narrow basal sinus; sinus c. 30-45% of total blade length, of c. 0°-30° angle or the lobes slightly overlapping; basal lobes obtuse to rounded; blade c. (20-)25-50 mm long x c. 22-47 mm wide, widest just above the level of petiole insertion, dark green above, paler green tinged with purple or entirely deep maroon-purple beneath, not spongy. Inflorescence as for the ‘‘indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute bracts c. 1-6 mm long and grouped c. 7-17 together in a cluster distanced from the subtending leaf blade by the conspicuous petiole; pedicels either tightly massed in each cluster or the rachis of the cluster extended to 18 mm long with the pedicels * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 359
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 371-374, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 375-382".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 375-382".
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). — The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. INTRODUCTION In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from Chrysocoryne. NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima c ass Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 (1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 317
TWO NEW SPECIES OF WESTRINGIA (LABIATAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT Conn, B.J. Two new species of Westringia (Labiatae) from New South Wales. Muelleria 6(5): 321-328 (1987). — Westringia davidii and W. saxatilis, both from south-eastern New South Wales, are described for the first time. INTRODUCTION The two new species of Westringia which are described herein are rare and possibly vulnerable. At least one of them is not included in a conservation reserve. The publication of these species will enable them to be formally recognized by the management authorities concerned with these areas. It is hoped that this recognition will result in appropriate management procedures being implemented which will protect these rare species. Terminology and presentation follows that used in Conn (1984, pp. 211-220). TAXONOMY Westringia davidii Conn, sp. nov. Frutices 0.5-1 m. alti. Rami et ramuli subteretes, dense tomentosi. Folia verticillata terna, tomentosa usque glabrescentia; petiolus 1-2 mm. longus; lamina ovata usque obovata, 7-20 mm. longa, 5-8 mm. lata, basi cuneata, margine integro et recurvo, apice breviter mucronato. Pedicellus floris 1.3-2 mm. longus, dense tomentosus, prophyllis lineari-ovatis usque lineari-obovatis, 4-5.5 mm. longis, 0.3-0. 5 mm. latis, dense tomentosis. Calyx ex parte viridis, lobi margine purpurpeo vel calyx ubique purpurascens, extra dense tomentosus; tubus 2-3.3 mm. longus, intra glaber; lobi anguste deltoidei, 2. 5-4. 8 mm. longi, 0.8-1 mm. lati, intra moderate usque dense tomentosi, apice angustato. Corolla 8-12 mm. longa, pallido-malvina, extra in partibus distalibus sparsim usque dense tomentosa, intra in partibus basaliter moderate tomentosa et in partibus distalibus sparsim tomentosa; tubus circa 8 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus spathulatus, 5.6-7 mm. longus, 7-8 mm. latus; lobi laterales oblongi usque subobovati, 4.8- 6 mm. longi, 3. 4-3. 9 mm. lati; par loborum adaxiali-medianum latissime oblongum, 5.2-6 mm. longum, circa 6 mm. latum. Androecium ore corollae insertum; filamenta staminum 1.7-2 mm. longa; antherae 1-1.5 mm. longae; filamenta staminodiorum 2. 9-3. 3 mm. longa, tomentosa; lobi staminodiorum 0.6-1 mm. longi. Pistillum 7-8 mm. longum; ovarium circa 0.6 mm. longum; stylus circa 6-6.6 mm. longus, tomentosus; stigma usque ad circa 0.3 mm. longum. Mericarpia 1.8-2 mm. longa. Type: Albrecht 2413, 21. i. 1986, 1.7 km N. of the intersection of the Sugarloaf Fire Road and the Back Creek Fire Road, Nullica State Forest, New South Wales (Holo.: MEL 1546995; iso.: NSW). Shrub, 0.5-2 m high. Branches subterete; internodes with raised ridges from axil of leaf to next more distal node, densely hairy [c. 150-200 hairs/mm 2 ], hairs simple, ± straight, subpatent to subappressed, antrorse, 0.3-0. 7 mm long, white. Leaves in whorls of 3, spreading, abaxial surface and petiole densely hairy [100- 120 hairs/mm 2 ] with ± patent, slightly tangled hairs, adaxial surface very sparsely hairy [up to c. 20 hairs/mm 2 ], glabrescent distally; petiole 1-2 mm long; lamina ovate to obovate, 7-20 mm long, 5-8 mm wide [lamina length to width ratio 1.4- 2.6, length of maximum width from base to total lamina length ratio 0.4-0. 7], base cuneate, margin entire and recurved, apex shortly mucronate (mucro c. 0.3 mm * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 321
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 325-328, Fig. 3".
NEW SPECIES OF XYLOMELUM Sm. AND TRIUNIA Johnson & Briggs (PROTEACEAE) by D. B. Foreman * ABSTRACT Foreman, D.B. New species of Xylomelum Sm. and Triunia Johnson and Briggs (Proteaceae). Muelleria 6(5): 299-305 (1987). — Xylomelum cunninghamianum sp.nov. from inland northern New South Wales and southern Queensland and Triunia erythrocarpa sp. nov. from north-eastern Queensland are described with notes on distribution, ecology and diagnostic features. The misapplication of the name Xylomelum salicinum is discussed. XYLOMELUM Sm. Xylomelum cunninghamianum D. Foreman, sp. nov. [X. salicinum auct. non (Meisn.) Cunn. ex Benth. (1870): Benth., FI. austral. 5:408 (1870) pro parte quoad Leichhardt, and Lau; F. Muell., S. Sc. Record, n.s., 2: “unpaged pre-print” (Mar. 1886).] “ X . sp.”, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New S. Wales 182 (1981); Stanley & Ross, FI. S.E. Qld 2:17 (1986) syn.excl. Arbor ad 12 m alta. Ramuli teretes, juventute tomentosi. Foliorum lamina lanceolata, acuta, pungens, ad basin anguste cuneata, 5-12.5 cm longa, 1.2-2. 3 cm lata, coriacea juventute tomentosa, postea glabra; margines interdum parum sinuati, integri vel promineuter dentati praecipue apicem; nervi recti vel parum curvati, ad marginem acute ascendentes. Inflorescentia axillaris, 4-6 cm longa, rachis pallide ferrugineo-tomentosa. Pedicelli ad 0.5 mm longi. Perianthium 8-10 mm longum, ferrugineo-pubescens. Ovarium ferrugineo-tomentosum. Fruc- tus, ± ovoideum, 6-9 cm longus, 3-4.5 cm latus, apice lato obtuso; pericarpium 8-15 mm crassus, lignosum. Semen 5-7 cm longum, 1.5-2 cm latum. Tree to 12 m tall. Branchlets terete, tomentose on young shoots, soon becoming glabrous. Leaves opposite; blade lanceolate, acute, pungent at the tip, narrowly cuneate at the base, tapering gradually onto the petiole, 5-12.5 cm long, 1.2-2. 3 cm wide, coriaceous, tomentose when young, soon becoming completely glabrous, drying light brown to yellowish green above, paler beneath; margin sometimes slightly sinuate, entire or prominently toothed particularly near the tip; midrib raised and prominent above and beneath; nerves 5-8 on each side of the midrib, raised on both surfaces, ± straight or slightly curved over their entire length, ascending acutely to the margin; reticulations well defined, raised on both surfaces; petiole 1-2.7 cm long. Inflorescence axillary, 4-6 cm long; rachis 1 mm diameter, pale ferruginous-tomentose. Bract subtending flower-pairs obtuse, ± broad-oblong to broad-oval, 1.5-2 mm x 1.5-2 mm, pale ferruginous-tomentose. Floral bracts apparently lacking. Pedicels to 0.5 mm long. Perianth 8-10 mm long, ferruginous- pubescent; limb 2.5-3 mm long, 1 mm wide. Anthers 1 mm long, tipped with a small gland, almost sessile. Hypogynous glands 4, free, ± oblong. Ovary ferru- ginous-tomentose; style ferruginous-tomentose at base, becoming glabrous towards the tip; pollen presenter ellipsoidal, c. 1 mm long. Fruit ± ovoid with a blunt apex, 6-9 cm long, 3-4.5 cm wide, covered with a dense, velvety indumentum of short ferruginous to grey hairs; pericarp 8-15 mm thick, woody. Seed 5-7 cm long, 1.5-2 cm wide; nucleus angular-obovate, 1.5-2 cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide; wing 3.5- 5 cm long. (Fig 1). Type Collection: 4-5 km north-west of Wallangra on road to Coolatai, New South Wales, 18.viii. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 299
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 437-438".
NEW SPECIES OF BUCKINGHAMIA F. Muell. AND STENOCARPUS R. Br. (PROTEACEAE) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND by D. B. Foreman* and B. P. M. Hylandi ABSTRACT Foreman, D. B. & Hyland. B. P, M. New species of Buckinghamia F. Muell. and Stenocarpus R. Br. (Proteaceae) from northern Queensland. Muelleria 6(6): 417-424 (1988). — Buckinghamia ferruginiflora sp. nov., Stenocarpus davallioides sp. nov. and Stenocarpus cryptocarpus sp. nov. from northern Queensland are described with notes on distribution, ecology and diagnostic features. TAXONOMY The accounts of Buckinghamia and Stenocarpus for the Flora of Australia are being prepared jointly by us and we take this opportunity to describe a new species of Buckinghamia and two new species of Stenocarpus from northern Queensland. BUCKINGHAMIA F. Muell. Buckinghamia ferruginiflora D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. Arbor ad 30 m alta, anteridibus conspicuis nullis. Folia simplicia, spiraliter disposita; lamina elliptico-oblonga, 9-20 cm longa, 2-6 cm lata, coriacea, glabra, acuminata, apice acuta ad ± obtusa, basin attenuata, margine integra, nervis secondariis utrinsecus 10-20, juxta mar- ginem conjunctis. Inflorescentiae terminales vel axillares, racemiformis vel racemis in pani- culam disposita, ferrugineo-pubescentibus. Pedicellae 4-6 cm longae. Flores bisexuales, zygomorphi. Tepala c. 10 mm longa, extra dense ferrugineo-pubescentia, intra glabra. Glan- dula hypogyna hippocrepiformis. Ovarium glabrum, stipitatum; ovula 4; stylus 7-8 mm longus; praebitor pollinis disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi striati, late ovati, 20-28 mm longi, 15-20 mm lati. Semina plana, ± rhomboidea, ala marginali augusta. (Fig. 1). Typus: Portion 62, Parish of Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 10' E., Queensland, 1 3 . vii. 1 972, B. P. M. Hyland 6245 (flowering collections). (Holotypus: QRS. Isotypi: BRI, NSW). Tree up to 30 m tall with stem up to 50 cm diameter at breast height, without conspicuous buttresses. Bark less than 2.5 cm thick, nondescript; outer and inner blazes pink to reddish, the inner blaze marked with lace-like fibrous stripes. Heartwood dark red. Branchlets terete, ferruginous-pubescent at first, soon becom- ing glabrous. Leaves simple, on coppice shoots with up to 3-4 lobes, spirally arranged; lamina elliptic-oblong, acuminate, acute to ± obtuse at the apex, attenuate at the base, 9-20 cm long, 2-6 cm wide, coriaceous, glabrous, green above and below, somewhat paler beneath; margin entire; midrib prominent on both surfaces; nerves 10-20 on either side of the midrib, looping near the margin; petiole 10-25 mm long. Inflorescences terminal or axillary, raceme-like or paniculate with a number of lateral raceme-like branches; ‘racemes’ including the peduncle up to 20 cm long; all parts of the inflorescence ferruginous-pubescent. Bract subtending flower pairs caducous, about 4 mm long. Pedicels 4-6 mm long. Flowers strongly perfumed, bisexual, zygomorphic in bud, less so at anthesis. Tepals about 10 mm long, densely ferruginous-pubescent on outer surface, appearing creamy brown, glabrous inside. Stamens 4, sessile near apex of tepals, about 1 mm long; anthers opening by longitudinal, confluent slits. Hypogynous gland horseshoe-shaped. Ovary glabrous, stipitate; ovules 4; style recurved, about 7-8 mm long; pollen presenter a broad, oblique disk; stigma small, ± central. Follicles striate, asymmetrical, * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. t CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, P.O. Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 417
NEW SPECIES OF CALADENIA R. Br. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM VICTORIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA by G. W. Carr* ABSTRACT Carr, G. W. New species of Caladenia R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, Australia. Muelleria 6(6): 439-447 (1988). — Two new species of Caladenia (section Calonema : Orchidaceae) are described. C. brachyscapa G. W. Carr is endemic in Victoria and C. rosella G. W. Carr is known from Victoria and New South Wales. The affinities, distribution, ecology and conservation status of the new species are discussed. TAXONOMY Caladenia brachyscapa G. W. Carr, sp. nov. Species propria C. reticulatae R. D. Fitzg. similis ut videtur differt tamen in proprietatum combinatione : foliis anguste-linearibus, confertim longe-hirsutis; scapo brevissimo, confertim hirsuto, trichomatibus glandulosis vel sparsissimus vel absentibus; segmentis perianthii brev- ibus, apicem versus ± aequaliter contractis; lamina osmophori a lamina cetera distincta; osmophorum conspicuorum sepalinorum petalinorumque trichomatibus laxe ad sub-arcte contiguis, 1-3 cellulatis, sphaericis ad allantoideis. Herb perennating from an annually renewed tuberoid; tuberoids and most of subterranean stem not seen, but stem below leaf invested in a finely-fibrous brown tunic. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous, closed-cylindrical, minutely mucronate, truncate bract 5-6 mm long x c. 8 mm wide when opened. Leaf basal, hirsute, solitary, sessile, ± erect, linear-lanceolate, 4.5-10.5 cm long x 4-6 mm wide (in fertile specimens), acute, often partly withered at anthesis; abaxial surface very densely long-hirsute, especially in lower part, with ± patent eglandular uniseriate trichomes to 1 1 mm long; trichomes sparser upwards and becoming antrorse; basal cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, white-opaque, microscopically rugose, the remaining 1-5 cells extremely fine, transparent; leaf wholly green or with few to abundant deep red blotches or spots basally on the abaxial surface. Scape abbre- viated, 3.2-12.5 cm long, 1-1.5 mm diam., slightly flexuose, rigidly erect, green to wholly light reddish-purple, densely hirsute with mostly eglandular trichomes like those of the leaf, the longest trichomes 3-7.5 mm long, decreasing in length upwards along the scape; trichomes ± patent but towards apex of scape somewhat antrorse by flexure of the basal cell; glandular trichomes if present (occasionally), very short, confined to just below the fertile bract, 3-celled with the apical cell spherical, light red. Sterile bract (3-)l 5-45 mm below floral bract, slightly spreading, narrow- lanceolate, subulate, acute or acuminate, (9-)12-14(-17) mm long x (2-)2.5-3 mm wide, externally hirsute with sparse, very short, antrorse, eglandular trichomes, internally glabrous; margins strongly inrolled. Floral bract similar, (7.5-)13-15 (-17) mm x (2.5-)3-5.5(-8) mm, embracing pedicel, ovary and base of dorsal sepal; margins less inrolled. Flower solitary; perianth segments widely spreading though characteristic posture in vivo unknown, short but labellum proportionately large; floral fragrance unknown. Pedicel (2-)5-l 1(-14) mm long, shortly hirsute. Ovary obconic-fusiform, 5-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diam., shortly and densely hirsute with unequal, mostly 3-celled glandular trichomes with spherical dark red apical cells; rare longer eglandular trichomes present in some specimens. Dorsal sepal erect (18- )24-28 mm long, 1.2-1. 8 mm wide towards base, strongly curved forward, linear- lanceolate, long-acuminate, the lamina channelled and narrowed to 0.6-0. 8 mm wide below a terminal osmophore; dorsal sepal nearly glabrous except for osmophore trichomes but with few, scattered, 1-3-celled glandular trichomes internally and * Botany Department, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083. 439
442 undifferentiated osmophores and the rather polymorphic calli on the labellum which are concolorous except for the longer basal calli. Of particular significance are the morphology and distribution of the floral trichomes which form the petaline and sepaline osmophores. These glandular secretory trichomes (Carr & Staff unpublished data) which produce the chemical attractants for the thynnid wasp pollinators (see Carr 1986) have important tax- onomic utility. They differ in size, number of cells, shape and distribution, features which correlate with the various informal taxonomic alliances in Caladenia (sect. Calonema) and apparently reflect evolutionary lines. In species with clearly defined, terminal, clavate sepaline and/or petaline osmophores, the glandular secretory trichomes which make up the osmophore are reduced to the single terminal cells. These are hemispherical, densely packed, and totally obscure the osmophore lamina. C. reticulata sens, strict, and its congeners (e.g. C. calcicola G. W. Carr, C. hastata (Nicholls) Rupp and C. fitzgeraldii Rupp) best exemplify this model. With osmophores consisting of sub-dense to loose- packed, 1-3-celled trichomes arranged over the greater part of the lamina of the sepals and petals, the relationships of C. brachyscapa are not with the C. reticulata alliance. The floral trichomes of C. brachyscapa approach those of the taxa in the C. patersonii R. Br. complex, but are denser, especially on the distal and terminal parts of the perianth segments. In many respects C. brachyscapa resembles the Tasmanian endemic C. caudata Nicholls, though the former is only known from dried material which may lose important features on drying (Carr 1986). Shared features include leaf shape and indumentum, a short scape, flower size and colour (such as can be determined), shape of perianth segments and a broad labellum with very similar marginal teeth. The labellum, however (except in one specimen seen), is not prolonged into a petaline cauda and the long, clavate-globose basal calli in C. brachyscapa are not like those in C. caudata. Conservation Status: Caladenia brachyscapa, apparently a narrow endemic, is possibly extinct. However, it may prove to be extant in the Port Campbell National Park or the western coastal fringe of the Otway Ranges. Caladenia rosella G. W. Carr, sp. nov. Caladenia pulcherrima F. Muell. Fragm. 5: 93, 101 (1865), nom. invalid, pro parte. Ex affinitate C. patersonii R. Br., differt tamen in proprietum combinatione : foliis brevissimus, comparate latis; scapo brevi; floribus parve pallide ad vivide roseis, moschatis; labello columnaque brevi; callis singularibus; tempore florendi valde praecoqui. Herb perennating from a ± globular, annually renewed tuberoid to 9 mm diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 6 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in a dense, finely-fibrous, long-persistent, pale brown tunic derived from previous tuberoid and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous closed-cylindrical, minutely mucronate, truncate bract 6-8 mm x 9 mm. Leaf basal, hirsute, solitary, sessile, stiffly erect or ascending, lanceolate, 4. 5-8. 5 cm long x 0.5-0. 8 cm wide, acute; adaxial and abaxial surfaces green, irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple on basal abaxial one quarter to one third; both surfaces densely to sub-densely hirsute with ± patent, straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 8.5 mm long; basal cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, whitish-opaque, microscopically rugose, the remaining 1-5 cells long, extremely fine, transparent; adaxial leaf surface more sparsely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (8.5-)10- 17 cm long, to 1.8 mm diam., greenish- to reddish-purple throughout, arising at centre of leaf, rigidly erect, ± straight, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular trichomes to 6.5 mm long similar to those on leaf, and with shorter scattered
442 undifferentiated osmophores and the rather polymorphic calli on the labellum which are concolorous except for the longer basal calli. Of particular significance are the morphology and distribution of the floral trichomes which form the petaline and sepaline osmophores. These glandular secretory trichomes (Carr & Staff unpublished data) which produce the chemical attractants for the thynnid wasp pollinators (see Carr 1986) have important tax- onomic utility. They differ in size, number of cells, shape and distribution, features which correlate with the various informal taxonomic alliances in Caladenia (sect. Calonema) and apparently reflect evolutionary lines. In species with clearly defined, terminal, clavate sepaline and/or petaline osmophores, the glandular secretory trichomes which make up the osmophore are reduced to the single terminal cells. These are hemispherical, densely packed, and totally obscure the osmophore lamina. C. reticulata sens, strict, and its congeners (e.g. C. calcicola G. W. Carr, C. hastata (Nicholls) Rupp and C. fitzgeraldii Rupp) best exemplify this model. With osmophores consisting of sub-dense to loose- packed, 1-3-celled trichomes arranged over the greater part of the lamina of the sepals and petals, the relationships of C. brachyscapa are not with the C. reticulata alliance. The floral trichomes of C. brachyscapa approach those of the taxa in the C. patersonii R. Br. complex, but are denser, especially on the distal and terminal parts of the perianth segments. In many respects C. brachyscapa resembles the Tasmanian endemic C. caudata Nicholls, though the former is only known from dried material which may lose important features on drying (Carr 1986). Shared features include leaf shape and indumentum, a short scape, flower size and colour (such as can be determined), shape of perianth segments and a broad labellum with very similar marginal teeth. The labellum, however (except in one specimen seen), is not prolonged into a petaline cauda and the long, clavate-globose basal calli in C. brachyscapa are not like those in C. caudata. Conservation Status: Caladenia brachyscapa, apparently a narrow endemic, is possibly extinct. However, it may prove to be extant in the Port Campbell National Park or the western coastal fringe of the Otway Ranges. Caladenia rosella G. W. Carr, sp. nov. Caladenia pulcherrima F. Muell. Fragm. 5: 93, 101 (1865), nom. invalid, pro parte. Ex affinitate C. patersonii R. Br., differt tamen in proprietum combinatione : foliis brevissimus, comparate latis; scapo brevi; floribus parve pallide ad vivide roseis, moschatis; labello columnaque brevi; callis singularibus; tempore florendi valde praecoqui. Herb perennating from a ± globular, annually renewed tuberoid to 9 mm diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 6 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in a dense, finely-fibrous, long-persistent, pale brown tunic derived from previous tuberoid and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous closed-cylindrical, minutely mucronate, truncate bract 6-8 mm x 9 mm. Leaf basal, hirsute, solitary, sessile, stiffly erect or ascending, lanceolate, 4. 5-8. 5 cm long x 0.5-0. 8 cm wide, acute; adaxial and abaxial surfaces green, irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple on basal abaxial one quarter to one third; both surfaces densely to sub-densely hirsute with ± patent, straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 8.5 mm long; basal cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, whitish-opaque, microscopically rugose, the remaining 1-5 cells long, extremely fine, transparent; adaxial leaf surface more sparsely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (8.5-)10- 17 cm long, to 1.8 mm diam., greenish- to reddish-purple throughout, arising at centre of leaf, rigidly erect, ± straight, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular trichomes to 6.5 mm long similar to those on leaf, and with shorter scattered
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 412-413".
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. INTRODUCTION This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora of South Australia’. NOMENCLATURE Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as ‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): ‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). [Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this name as of uncertain application. The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is * Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 411
413
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela-
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com-
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s
epithet.
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983).
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F.
Muell.
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses.
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.)
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca.
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag-
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern
species for the following reasons:
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon
to another with resulting confusion
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below
under C. sieberi).
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc.,
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.”
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!).
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4:
410 (1812).
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49.
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531).
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1:
155 (July-Oct. 1826).]
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn.
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .]
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and
413
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela-
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com-
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s
epithet.
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983).
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F.
Muell.
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses.
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.)
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca.
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag-
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern
species for the following reasons:
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon
to another with resulting confusion
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below
under C. sieberi).
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc.,
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.”
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!).
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4:
410 (1812).
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49.
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531).
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1:
155 (July-Oct. 1826).]
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn.
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .]
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and
414 perigynium vestiture approach that of the small-leaved Callistemon of wet montane heathland known currently as C. sieberi DC. We have examined a wide range of specimens of both and are convinced that they are distinct. However, the types of C. sieberi DC. do not fall within the range of variation of the montane species currently known under that name. They do lie within the range of variation of the rheophytic species currently known as C. paludosus. Consequently we are obliged to transfer the name C. sieberi to the rheophytic species. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 121 (1867), has also expressed doubt over the use of the epithet sieberi for the montane taxon. Black (loc. cit.) refers the rheophytic species (now to be known as C. sieberi) to C. salignus (Sm.) DC. and to C. salignus var. australis Benth. The combination C. salignus was first made by Sweet (Hort. britt. ed. 1: 155 (July-Oct. 1826)) whose publication preceded that of de Candolle, Prodr. 3: 223 (1828) who is generally but incorrectly cited as the author of this combination. Bentham’s broad concept of C. salignus is not shared by recent authors. His var. australis includes material now referrable to C. pallidus (Bonpl.) DC. as well as to C. sieberi DC. We have lectotypified var. australis with a specimen collected in South Australia by H. H. Behr, thereby restricting its use to material correctly known as Callistemon sieberi DC. C. australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black (loc. cit.) is an illegitimate combination apparently never published by Cheel. Callistemon pityoides F. Muell., Chem. & Drugg. Australas. Suppl. 5: 94 (1883). Lectotype (here selected): Ovens River, xii.1882, C. Falck s.n. (MEL 652908). [C. sieberi auctt., (e.g. Burbidge and Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital Territory 268 (1970)) non DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828).] Callistemon pityoides is the name Mueller applied to a rare fine-leaved montane plant found in north-east Victoria and south-east Queensland. In conformity with current practice we consider this taxon to be only a variant of the common montane species incorrectly known as C. sieberi (see above). Examination of a wide range of material of this species has reinforced this opinion. Consequently we accept the name C. pityoides as the only available published name for this species. NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957). — Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), type unknown. Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42 t. 1761 (1815). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria, particularly Dr B. Conn, Dr J. Ross and Miss H. Aston, for discussion of taxonomic and nomenclatural problems; to Dr R. K. Brummitt and Mr C. Jeffrey of Kew and to Dr Hj. Eichler for nomenclatural advice; to the M. M. Gibson Trust for monies allowing RDS, while overseas, to examine types in the de Candolle Herbarium, Geneva; to the Australian Biological Resources Study for a grant to PFL to collect in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland; to the directors of AD, BM, BR, BRI, CANB, CBG, CGE, FI, G-DC, H, HEL, HO, K, LE, MEL, NE, NSW, NT, P, PERTH, PR, PRC, TO, U, UNE and W for the loan of specimens and/or for allowing us to work in their institutions.
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. INTRODUCTION This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora of South Australia’. NOMENCLATURE Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as ‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): ‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). [Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this name as of uncertain application. The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is * Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 411
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 411-412".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 413-414".
414 perigynium vestiture approach that of the small-leaved Callistemon of wet montane heathland known currently as C. sieberi DC. We have examined a wide range of specimens of both and are convinced that they are distinct. However, the types of C. sieberi DC. do not fall within the range of variation of the montane species currently known under that name. They do lie within the range of variation of the rheophytic species currently known as C. paludosus. Consequently we are obliged to transfer the name C. sieberi to the rheophytic species. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 121 (1867), has also expressed doubt over the use of the epithet sieberi for the montane taxon. Black (loc. cit.) refers the rheophytic species (now to be known as C. sieberi) to C. salignus (Sm.) DC. and to C. salignus var. australis Benth. The combination C. salignus was first made by Sweet (Hort. britt. ed. 1: 155 (July-Oct. 1826)) whose publication preceded that of de Candolle, Prodr. 3: 223 (1828) who is generally but incorrectly cited as the author of this combination. Bentham’s broad concept of C. salignus is not shared by recent authors. His var. australis includes material now referrable to C. pallidus (Bonpl.) DC. as well as to C. sieberi DC. We have lectotypified var. australis with a specimen collected in South Australia by H. H. Behr, thereby restricting its use to material correctly known as Callistemon sieberi DC. C. australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black (loc. cit.) is an illegitimate combination apparently never published by Cheel. Callistemon pityoides F. Muell., Chem. & Drugg. Australas. Suppl. 5: 94 (1883). Lectotype (here selected): Ovens River, xii.1882, C. Falck s.n. (MEL 652908). [C. sieberi auctt., (e.g. Burbidge and Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital Territory 268 (1970)) non DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828).] Callistemon pityoides is the name Mueller applied to a rare fine-leaved montane plant found in north-east Victoria and south-east Queensland. In conformity with current practice we consider this taxon to be only a variant of the common montane species incorrectly known as C. sieberi (see above). Examination of a wide range of material of this species has reinforced this opinion. Consequently we accept the name C. pityoides as the only available published name for this species. NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957). — Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), type unknown. Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42 t. 1761 (1815). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria, particularly Dr B. Conn, Dr J. Ross and Miss H. Aston, for discussion of taxonomic and nomenclatural problems; to Dr R. K. Brummitt and Mr C. Jeffrey of Kew and to Dr Hj. Eichler for nomenclatural advice; to the M. M. Gibson Trust for monies allowing RDS, while overseas, to examine types in the de Candolle Herbarium, Geneva; to the Australian Biological Resources Study for a grant to PFL to collect in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland; to the directors of AD, BM, BR, BRI, CANB, CBG, CGE, FI, G-DC, H, HEL, HO, K, LE, MEL, NE, NSW, NT, P, PERTH, PR, PRC, TO, U, UNE and W for the loan of specimens and/or for allowing us to work in their institutions.
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
367 The two forms recognised by Schlittler were G. cymosum f. album Schlittler with greenish-white to yellowish-white flowers, and G. cymosum f. rubellum Schlit- tler with dilute purple, pink to greenish-purple flowers. As with E. latifolius, flower colour is influenced to a large degree by the age of the flower, but in this case the purple-flowered specimens appear to occur mostly in the northern and Pacific island parts of the range, while the paler-flowered specimens are mostly on the southern, mainland part of the range. The recognition of forms on the basis of flower colour seems to be unnecessary, especially as the two forms intergrade along their geo- graphic ranges, the distinctions are so slight, and each form is so variable. Stem texture was used by Schlittler to separate subforms, smooth-stemmed plants being regarded as G. cymosum subf. glabrum Schlittler and plants with a rough stem texture being called G. cymosum subf. asperum (Cunn.) Schlittler. This feature seems to be highly variable, with older, thicker stems even on otherwise smooth- stemmed plants tending to have rough surfaces. The recognition of these subforms does not appear to be warranted. GENERAL DISCUSSION In his discussion of the nomenclature and systematics of the two genera Schlittler (1951) states, with reference to his infraspecific taxa, that: “The limits are, in each case, arbitrary, there are no sharp boundaries, since they also do not exist in nature.” (“Die Begrenzung ist in jedem Fall willkurlich; es gibt keine scharfen Grenzen, weil sie auch in der Nature nicht vorhanden sind.”) He makes it clear that he recognises no “real” biological subunits, and that the infraspecific taxa are intended as alternative names, depending upon which character is used to classify the specimens. However, despite the taxonomic unreality of Schlittler’s taxa, their names have been validly published and, as the taxa are not accepted, should be included as synonyms under the names of the two species. Conran and Clifford (1986) regarded Schlittler’s infraspecific taxa as “invalid” and “illegitimate” respectively, and failed to list their validly published names in the synonymies. For the sake of completeness, their treatment should be amended to include the names in chronological sequence as synonyms under the two accepted names as follows: Eustrephus latifolius R. Br. ex Ker Gawler (1809). E. leucanthus Hassk., PI. Jav. Rar. Adj. Non. Exot. Jav. Hort. Cult. 115 (1815). — E. latifolius f. leucanthus (Hassk.) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Buitenzorg, Indonesia, C. A. Backer 31600 (BO n.v.). Luzuriaga latifolia var uniflora H. Hallier, Nova Guinea 8: 993 (1914). — E. latifolius subvar. uniflorus (H. Hallier) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: New Guinea, Koch L15 (L!). E. latifolius var. intermedius Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Batavia, Weltevreden, Indonesia, C.A. Backer 26448 (BO n.v.). E. latifolius subvar. fasciculatus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Rockingham Bay, Australia, F. Mueller s.n. (L!). E. latifolius f. rubens Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Exemplar cult. Hort. Bogor XC33a (BO n.v.). E. latifolius subf. integerrimus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: New Caledonia, M. Plancher s.n., 1870 (BO n.v.). E. latifolius subf . fimbriatus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Daintree, N. Qld. Australia, L. J. Brass & C. T. White 326 (SING fide Schlittler loc. cit., now apparently missing).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 363-369".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 363-369".
368 Geitonoplesium cymosum (R. Br.) Cunn. ex. R. Br. (1832). Eustrephus timorense Ridley in Forbes, H.O., Naturalists Wanderings E. Ar- chip. 520 (1885). — G. cymosum var. timorense (Ridley) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Timor, Tukskain, H.O. Forbes 3530 (BO n.v.). Luzuriaga laxiflora H. Hallier in Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 991, t. 180 (1914). — G. cymosum subvar. laxiflorum (H. Hallier) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Hellwig-Gebirge, New Guinea, Von Romer 932 (L!). Geitonoplesium cymosum var. paniculatum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Wissel Lake Region, New Guinea, P.J. Eyma 5303 (BO, photo only seen). G. cymosum subvar. firmum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Wissel Lake Region, P. J. Eyma 4308 (BO n.v.). G. cymosum f. album Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 (1951). Type: Springbrook, Queensland, C. E. Hubbard 4236 (L!). G. cymosum f. rubellum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 (1951). Type: Guadalacanal Island, S. F. Kajewski 2641 (BO n.v.). G. cymosum subf. glabrum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 (1951). Type: Soemba, Kanangar, Grevenst 192 (BO n.v.). Should any of Schlittler’s taxa be accepted in the future, several of the names would need to be synomymised with the autonyms created by the subdivision of the species. The continuous variation within the two species for all the characters and character suites observed does not, however, support any subdivisions within the species. Many of the taxa recognised by Schlittler represent the extreme ends of dines, but there were no places along these dines where any meaningful divisions could be made. The lack of biological reality of Schlittler’s taxa (a feature which he realised) supports the relegation of the infraspecific taxa to synonymy, and accordingly none are recognised in this study. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I have pleasure in thanking the Directors of the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), Queensland University Botany Department Herbarium (BRIU), Australian National Herbarium (CANB), Australian National Botanic Gardens Herbarium (CBG), Na- tional Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW) for the opportunity to inspect material in their collections, and the Director of the Rijksherbarium, Leiden (L) for the loan of type material. Dr Hansjorg Eichler, Mr Les Pedley and Dr George Scott are thanked for comments on the manuscript, as is Mr Peter Young for verifying the German translation. The provision of facilities for part of this work by the University of Queensland, Botany Department, is gratefully acknowledged. REFERENCES Backer, C. A. & Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C. (1968). ‘Flora of Java’ vol. 3. (Wolters-Noordhoff N. V.: Groningen). Philesiaceae, p.100. Bailey, F. M. (1902). ‘The Queensland Flora’ vol. 5. (Government Printer: Brisbane). Liliaceae, pp. 1622 & 1623. Conran, J. G. (1985). The taxonomic affinities of the genus Drymophila. Ph.D. Thesis, Queensland University. Conran, J. G. & Clifford, H. T. (1986). Smilacaceae. In A. S. George (ed.), ‘Flora of Australia’ vol. 46 (Government Printer: Canberra), pp. 180-196. Cronquist, A. (1981). ‘An Integrated System of Classification of Flowering Plants’. (Columbia University Press: New York). Dahlgren, R. M. T. & Clifford, H. T. (1982). ‘The Monocotyledons — a Comparative Study’. (Academic Press: London). Dahlgren, R. M. T., Clifford, H. T. & Yeo, P. F. (1985). ‘The Families of the Monocotyledons’. (Springer Verlag: Berlin). Jacobs, S. W. L. & Pickard, J. (1981). ‘Plants of New South Wales’. (Government Printer: Sydney), p. 35.
427 seems appropriate to retain this epithet at specific rank. This opportunity is taken of effecting the necessary new combination and change of rank. Hovea montuna (J. D. Hook.) J. H. Ross, comb, et stat. nov. H. purpurea Sweet var. montana J. D. Hook., FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856). - H. longifolia R. Br. var. montana (J. D. Hook.) J. H. Willis, Muelleria 1: 127 (1967); Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 282 (1973). Lectotype (here chosen): Gunn “800/ 1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37”, K. Isolectotype: NSW (NSW 97888). See below. Hovea “sp. Q” sensu Thompson & Lee, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 138 (1984), pro parte. Hooker based his description of H. purpurea var. montana on material collected in Tasmania by Gunn and numbered 800. The numbers accompanying Gunn’s specimens are not collecting numbers but species numbers as it was his custom to give the same number to collections of what he took to be one taxonomic entity even if the specimens were collected on different dates or from different localities (Burns & Skemp, 1961; Haegi, 1982). In Herbarium Hookerianum at K there is a sheet of material collected by Gunn which comprises six specimens, five in fruit and one in flower. The specimens represent four different collections. The three short fruiting twigs mounted at the top of the sheet and almost covered by a note in Gunn’s hand pinned to the sheet apparently belong together. Gunn’s note for them reads “800 Hovea. A very distinct & pretty small species very common on the mts. to an elevation of 4000 ft. The plants are bushy but seldom exceed 9 inches to a foot high.” A fruiting specimen mounted on the left hand side of the sheet beneath one of the twigs referred to above is accompanied by a label in Gunn’s hand which reads “800/ 1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37” and a page of Gunn’s notes which is pinned to the sheet and almost completely obscures the specimen and the label. A fruiting specimen mounted on the right hand of the sheet is accompanied by a label in Gunn’s hand which reads “800/1842 Marlborough 8/1/41” and Gunn’s notes on the habit and distribution of the species. A flowering specimen mounted centrally and facing the foot of the sheet has written on the sheet next to it “R. Gunn Esq. V.D S . Land”. Almost in the centre of the sheet is a label numbered 799 which does not refer to any of the specimens on the sheet. All of the collections on this sheet in K are regarded as syntypes. As Hooker made special mention of the fruits in the protologue I now select the specimen mounted on the left hand side of the sheet accompanying the label on which is written “800/1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37” from among the syntypes as the Lectotype of H. purpurea var. montana. An Isolectotype is housed in NSW (NSW 97888). The Gunn specimens labelled “800/1842 Marlborough 8/1/ 41” and “800/1842 Marlborough 17/10/40” in NSW and numbered NSW 97886 and NSW 97885 respectively are regarded as probable syntypes as is a specimen in E labelled “V.D. Land Gunn-800/ 1847”. Mueller labelled several collections from Victoria Hovea gelida but apparently this manuscript name was never published. Thompson & Lee (1984) included under their Hovea “Sp. Q” a “form in the Central and Northern Tablelands which appears to differ only in the dimensions of the flower parts, especially of bract and bracteoles; . . This entity is referrable to H. beckeri F. Muell. H. beckeri is common in the southern Flinders Ranges in South Australia (included under H. longifolia var. longifolia by Webber, 1986) and occurs sporadically in the Tablelands of New South Wales, the populations in the two States being separated by a large geographical discontinuity. H. beckeri is allied to H. montana but differs in habit, in having larger bracts and bracteoles, larger flowers and long stamens and styles. The stamen filaments and styles usually persist after the corolla has been shed and are very distinctive. Annotations on some specimens indicate that Blakely had applied the manuscript name ‘H. lanceolata var. stylosa” to this entity.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 425-428".
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
413
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela-
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com-
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s
epithet.
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983).
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F.
Muell.
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses.
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.)
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca.
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag-
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern
species for the following reasons:
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon
to another with resulting confusion
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below
under C. sieberi).
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc.,
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.”
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!).
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4:
410 (1812).
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49.
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531).
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1:
155 (July-Oct. 1826).]
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn.
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .]
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
412
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue,
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published.
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon
macropunctatus.
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H.
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH).
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812).
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett
no. 4714) (BM!).
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120
(1867).]
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet.
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc.
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown.
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described.
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.),
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F.
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel.
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl.
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell.
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. INTRODUCTION This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora of South Australia’. NOMENCLATURE Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as ‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): ‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). [Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this name as of uncertain application. The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is * Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 411
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. INTRODUCTION This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora of South Australia’. NOMENCLATURE Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as ‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): ‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). [Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this name as of uncertain application. The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is * Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 411
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. INTRODUCTION This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora of South Australia’. NOMENCLATURE Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as ‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): ‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). [Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this name as of uncertain application. The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is * Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 411
A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) by G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf ABSTRACT Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche). NOMENCLATURE Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as “cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] (NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International Exhibition, 1862: London). This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate * Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 437
405 apices, longer (> 2 mm long) and broader bracts and an inflorescence which is generally a 2- to 6- (rarely 1-) flowered cyme. P. frondosum (described herein) bears a superficial resemblance to P. rhyti- dophyllum but it differs clearly from that species in several characteristics including the thinner, ovate leaves with obtuse or slightly emarginate apices, the non glandular - verrucose stems, the larger (> 2 mm long) bracts and the ovary which is endowed with stellate trichomes. The specific epithet refers to the very prominent wrinkling of the adaxial leaf surface which is conspicuous in dried material. Phebalium frondosum N. G. Walsh & D. E. Albrecht, sp. nov. Frutex ad 7 m altus. Ramuli valde angulati, lepidoti. Folia complanata, ovata, 8-23 mm tonga, 6-15 mm lata, apice obtusa vel emarginata, infra dense argenteo-lepidota. Flores axillares cymis unifloris raro bifloris vel trifloris. Sepala dense lepidota. Petala glabra. Filamenta prope bases stellato-pilosa. Ovarium prope basim lepidotum, ad et prope summum stellato- pilosum. Shrub to c. 7 m high, conical, densely foliose. Branches and branchlets pro- duced almost horizontally or slightly down-arched. Branchlets strongly angled and densely lepidote. Leaves spreading horizontally from branches. Petiole 2-5 mm long. Lamina ovate, mostly 8-23 mm long, 6-15 mm wide, chartaceous; apex obtuse or slightly emarginate; margin plane, becoming recurved on drying; upper surface glabrous, glandular, the glands becoming prominently raised and the lamina some- times obscurely wrinkled on drying; lower surface densely silvery-lepidote, the midvein barely apparent and lateral veins not visible. Inflorescences axillary, each a 1 (rarely to 3)-flowered cyme; peduncle and pedicel decurved, strongly angular, lepidote, together 6-12 mm long in 1-flowered inflorescences, or peduncle 4-9 mm long and pedicel 1-4 mm long in 2- or 3-flowered cymes. Floral bracts oblong to obovate, 2-5 mm long, strongly incurved and lepidote on abaxial surface. Bracteoles 0-2, subopposite, minute, caducous, inserted immediately below the calyx. Sepals shortly united near base, triangular, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, closely lepidote on outer surface. Petals elliptic, 4-6 mm long, glabrous, sparsely glandular about the centre. Stamens slightly shorter than petals; filaments slightly flattened, tapering distally, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long, bearing marginal trichomes near the base; anthers broadly elliptic, 0.8-0. 9 mm long. Disc c. 0.7 mm long, equal in width to ovary. Ovary hemispherical, c. 1 mm long, densely covered with long-fringed scales near the base grading to tufted stellate trichomes toward and on the apex. Style slender, terete, c. 3 mm long, glabrous. Cocci slightly spreading at maturity, obliquely obovoid, slightly flattened, c. 4 mm long, bluntly pointed at outer angle, becoming glabrous or retaining a few trichomes within the dorsal groove, glandular, pustulose. Seed oblong, slightly keeled dorsally, c. 3 mm long, black. Figs 5, 6. Type Collection: Victoria — Carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth no. 2, Mt Elizabeth State Forest, 37° 29' 40" S., 147° 55' 55" E., alt. 860 m, 14.x. 1986, D. E. Albrecht 2875 (Holotype: MEL 1553277. Isotypes: CBG, K, NSW). Selected Specimens Examined: Victoria — AH from type locality: 8.H.1964, L. Banfield s.n. (MEL 502291); 16. xi. 1968, J. H. Willis s.n. (MEL 502291); 28. ii. 1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37128 (MEL 610751) and 26. i. 1987, N. G. Walsh 1697 (MEL 1553278). Distribution (Fig. 7) and Conservation Status: Known only from the summit area and upper southern slopes of Mt Elizabeth and probably endemic there as it has not been located in surrounding areas in several botanical studies (e.g. Forbes et al., 1981). The Mt Elizabeth summit area comprises a unique combination of altitude, geology and topography (McRae-
THREE NEW SPECIES OF PHEBALIUM Vent. SECT. ERIOSTEMOIDES Endl. (RUTACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by Neville G. Walsh* and David E. Albrecht* ABSTRACT Walsh, Neville G. & Albrecht, David E. Three new species of Phebalium Vent. sect. Eriostemoides Endl. (Rutaceae) from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 6(6): 399-409 (1988). — Phebalium frondosum and P. wilsonii, both from Victoria, and P. rhytidophyllum from New South Wales, are described as new species. The habitat, distribution, relationships and conservation status of each are discussed and illustrations provided. TAXONOMY Phebalium wilsonii N. G. Walsh & D. E. Albrecht, sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva ad 10 m altus. Ramuli teres tuberculati lepidoti. Folia anguste elliptica vel lanceolata 30-80 mm longa, 5-15 mm lata, apice obtusa vel acuta, supra nitida, infra dense argenteo-lepidota. Flores 2-9 in cymis axillaribus. Sepala lepidota. Petala extra lepidota. Filamenta prope bases sparsim stellato-pilosa. Ovarium lepidotum. Stylus prope basem sparsim stellato-pilosus. Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Branchlets terete, densely lepidote, glandular- verrucose. Leaves alternate. Petiole 1-7 mm long. Lamina narrowly elliptic to lanceolate, mostly 30-80 mm long, 5-15 mm wide, chartaceous; apex obtuse to acute; margin plane to slightly recurved; upper surface smooth and glossy, glabrous except for scattered scales along the slightly impressed midrib, becoming slightly wrinkled and the glands raised when dry; lower surface densely silvery-lepidote, the midvein apparent to the apex, the lateral nerves not visible. Inflorescences axillary, each a 2- to 9-flowered cyme up to Vi the length of the subtending leaf, sometimes forming a slender, leafy, apparent panicle on a short, indeterminate, lateral branchlet. Peduncle mostly 5-12 mm long. Pedicel 2-8 mm long, densely lepidote. Floral bracts 1-3, elliptic, 5-8 mm long, leaf-like; margins incurved. Brac- teoles 0-2, minute, caducous. Sepals united at extreme base, triangular, 0. 8-1.1 mm long, lepidote on outer surface. Petals elliptic, 3.5-5 mm long, white, lepidote on outer surface. Stamens equal to or slightly shorter than petals; filaments slightly flattened, tapering distally, 3-3.5 mm long, bearing marginal stellate trichomes near the base; anthers broadly elliptic in outline, 0.8-1 mm long. Disc c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, slightly narrower than ovary. Ovary more or less hemispherical, c. 1 mm long, silvery-lepidote. Style slender, terete, c. 2 mm long, glabrous or sparsely stellate-hairy near the base. Cocci slightly spreading, obliquely ovoid, somewhat flattened, pointed at the apex, c. 4 mm long, becoming glabrous or retaining a few scales at maturity. Seed flattened-ellipsoid to sub-reniform, probably c. 3 mm long but no mature material seen. Figs 1, 2. Type Collection: Victoria — Central Highlands, M.M.B.W. O’Shannessy Catchment. At cross- ing of Deep Ck by track #5; 7.5 km due south from Mt Grant, alt. 720 m, 37° 36' 20" S., 145° 48' 50" E., 6,xi.l985, N. G. Walsh 1494 (Holotype: MEL 1540265. Isotypes: AD, BRI, CBG, HO, K, MEL 687868, NSW, PERTH). Selected Specimens Examined.- Victoria — Woods Point, Goulbourne [sic] R., 1892, W. F. Gates (MEL 4350). Type locality (see above): 27. iv. 1979, N. G. Waish.s.n. (MEL 596008); 22.x. 1980, N. G. Walsh 561 (MEL 596143) and 22. i. 1987, N. G. Walsh 1695 (MEL 1553276). •National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 399
TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS LABILL. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN NEW SOUTH WALES by Neville G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, Neville G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south-eastern New South Wales. Muelleria 6(6): 429-435 (1988). — Pomaderris brogoensis and P. virgala are described as new species from south-eastern New South Wales. The habitat, distribution and relationships of the species are discussed and illustrations provided. TAXONOMY Pomaderris brogoensis N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva usque ad 9 m altam. Ramuli pilis stellatis minutis necnon pilis paucis simplicibus longioribus. Folia obovata vel subrotundata 8-18 mm longa, 7-14 mm lata, leniter undulata, supra viridia pallida, (griseo-viridia desiccata), velutinis pilis minutis stellatis, nervata indistincta, infra griseo-viridia (cinerascens desiccata), stellato-pilosa, pinnatim ner- vata; venae primariae et laterali (3-6 paria) pilis appressis vel expansis leviter, pallidis vel brunneolis, simplicibus, paucis, c. 0.8 mm longis necnon pilis stellatis appressis. Inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis, pyramidalis, laxa, usque ad 3 cm longam, interdum foliis paucis. Flores apetali, pedicellati. Sepala oblonga, 1.6-2 mm longa, stellato-pilosa externe et pilis appressis, simplicibus paucis, usque ad 0.5 mm longis. Stylus 0.8- 1.1 mm longus, trilobus, divisus basi fere. Capsulae ovoideae latae ad obovoideae c. 3 x 2 mm. Slender shrub or spreading, often multi-stemmed tree 3-9 m high. Bark smooth, or somewhat corky (to 2 cm thick) on older trees. Branchlets pubescent with fine dense grey stellate hairs and a few longer simple hairs. Petiole 2-6 mm long. Lamina obovate to subrotund, 8-18 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; apex broadly obtuse or slightly emarginate, the midvein sometimes exserted as a point to 0.5 mm long; margins slightly undulate; lamina penninerved with 3-7 pairs of lateral veins which are inconspicuous above; upper surface of lamina dull pale green when fresh, drying to mid grey, densely covered with minute stellate hairs; lower surface of lamina grey-green when fresh, drying to pale grey, densely stellate-hairy, the stellae coarser than those of the upper surface and completely concealing the lower epidermis; midvein and larger lateral veins of the lower surface with some forwardly appressed or slightly spreading, pale to brown, simple hairs to 0.8 mm long (often conspicuous only on younger leaves), as well as stellate hairs which are longer than those between the nerves and forwardly appressed. Stipules lanceolate, mostly 3-5 mm long, tan, stellate-hairy, often with a few short simple hairs along the midrib and margins, frequently persisting after leaves have fallen. Inflorescences paniculate, terminal, pyramidal, mostly to 3 cm long and with c. 15-30 flowers, occasionally including a few reduced leaves. Buds ovoid, slightly angular, about 2 mm long just prior to anthesis. Pedicels about 2 mm long at anthesis, moderately densely covered with fine stellate and simple hairs. Sepals oblong, 1.6-2 x 0.7-0. 9 mm, acute at apex, covered externally with fine stellate hairs with a few forwardly appressed simple hairs to 0.5 mm long, golden yellow and glabrous on inner face with a raised midline, becoming recurved. Petals absent. Stamens alternate to the sepals; filament 1-1 .3 mm long; anther oblong, about 1 mm long. Ovary semi-inferior, about 0.6 mm diam. at anthesis, conically raised by 0.3-0. 5 mm above level of attachment of sepals, the raised part densely covered by simple hairs to 0.8 mm long. Style 0.8- 1 mm long, usually cleft almost to the base into 3 equal arms. Capsules broadly ovoid to obovoid, about 3x2 mm, finely stellate-hairy, sometimes retaining a few simple hairs on the thalamus tube; operculum on inner face of each of the 3 segments almost round, about 1.5 mm diam., papery. Seeds flattened-ellipsoid, about 2 mm long, shining brown with a small white apical aril. Fig. 1. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 429
422 bipinnatisect and tripinnatisect adult leaves as well as having the juvenile and coppice leaves much more finely divided than those of either S. cunninghamii or S. salignus. Among other differences one of the more obvious ones appears to be the fewer number of flowers per umbel in S. davallioides compared with the other species mentioned. The fruits of all three species are narrow-oblong and attenuate at the ends, with their dimensions overlapping considerably. Stenocarpus cryptocarpus D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. Arbor ad 25 m alta, anteridibus. Folia adulta simplicia, alterna; lamina plerumque elliptica, nonnumquam ± oblonga vel obovata, 9-14 cm longa, 3. 3-7. 5 cm lata, coriacea, atro-fer- ruginosa ad ferrugino-tomentosa, glabrescentia, apice acuta ad rotundata, et obtusa mucron- ata, margine integro; nervis secondariis utrinsecus 5-9; petiolus gracilis, 3-8 cm longus. Folia juvenilia atque regenerata plerumque bipinnata; lamina ad 115 cm longa; petiolus ad 15- 20 cm longus. Inflorescentiae axillares, umbellatae, cum floribus ad c. 20; pedunculus 5.5- 9.5 cm longus, omnibus partibus atro-ferrugineis ad ferrugineo-puberulis, floribus ad c. 20; pendunclus 5. 5-9. 5 cm longus. Pedicelli 10-17 mm longi. Flores eburnei, bisexuales, ± zygomorphi. Tepala 20-30 mm longa. Glandula hypogyna ± oblonga, apice obliquo, c. 4 mm longa, adnata ad basem gynophori. Ovarium ferrugineo-pubescens, stipitatum: ovula 7-11; stylus 15-18 mm longus; praebitor pollinis disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi sicci, anguste oblongi, ad extremia attenuati, 10-13 cm longi, 1.4-1. 8 cm lati. (Fig, 4). Typus: State Forest Reserve 310, Swipers Logging Area, 17° 22' S., 145° 47' E., Queensland, 13.iii. 1969, B. P. M. Hyland 2199 R. F. K. (flowering collection). (Holotypus: QRS. Isotypi: BRI). Tree up to 25 m tall with stem up to 40 cm diameter at breast height, buttressed. Bark nondescript, flaky; dead bark layer thin, dark brown; subrhytidome cream; outer blaze cream, granular; inner blaze cream with oak grain. Branchlets terete, dark ferruginous to ferruginous-pubescent, becoming glabrous. Adult leaves simple, alternate; lamina mostly elliptical, or sometimes ± oblong or obovate, acute to rounded, ending in a blunt point at apex, attenuate at base, 9-14 cm long, 3.3- 7.5 cm wide, coriaceous, dark ferruginous to ferruginous-tomentose, becoming ± glabrous or some hairs persistent along the midrib and main veins, drying dull yellowish-green above, brownish beneath or slightly darker than above; margin entire; midrib well defined on both surfaces; nerves straight, looping towards the margin, visible but not very prominent on both surfaces; reticulations rather sparse, not well defined; petiole slender, dark ferruginous to ferruginous-tomentose, becom- ing glabrous, 3-8 cm long. Juvenile and coppice leaves mostly bipinnate, with a few pinna pinnate, pinnatifid or pinnatisect; lamina up to 115 cm long, ferruginous- tomentose, becoming glabrous, leaflets variable in size and shape, the apex acu- minate to acute, the base often oblique; petiole up to 15 cm to 20 cm long. Inflorescences axillary, borne towards the end of branchlets, umbellate with up to about 20 flowers (commonly about 16), peduncle 5. 5-9. 5 cm long; all parts of the inflorescence dark ferruginous to ferruginous-puberulous, becoming sparsely so. Pedicels 10-17 mm long. Flowers cream, strongly perfumed, bisexual, ± zygo- morphic. Tepals 20-30 mm long, ferruginous-pubescent outside, glabrous on inside. Stamens 4, about 2-2.5 mm long, sessile, opening by longitudinal slits. Hypogynous gland ± oblong, apex oblique, about 4 mm long, fused to the base of the gynophore for most of its length. Ovary ferruginous-pubescent, stipitate; gynophore glabrous, 10-13 mm long; ovules 7-11; style curved, about 15-18 mm long, glabrous; pollen presenter a broad, oblique disk; stigma small, central. Follicles (description based on a few old follicles collected from the ground) glabrous, dry, narrow-oblong, attenuate at the ends, 10-13 cm long, 1.4-1. 8 cm wide, opening lengthwise down one side, becoming flattened. Seeds not seen. Representative Specimens Examined (Total number examined 19): State Forest Reserve 755, Russell River Catchment, Bartle Frere, 17° 23' S., 145° 45' E., 18.xii. 1968, S.J. Dansies.n. (QRS); Cooper Creek, 16° 10' S., 145° 24' E,. 28.viii.1985, B. Gray 4136 (QRS); State Forest Reserve 755, Boonjee Logging Area, 17° 25' S., 145° 45' E., 4.xii. 1972, B. Hyland 6592 (MEL,
419 Fig. 2. Distribution maps of: a — Buckinghamia ferruginifiora; b — Stenocarpus davatlioides; c — Stenocarpus cryptocarpus. broadly ovate, opening along their upper margins, 20-28 mm long, 15-20 mm wide, containing up to 4 seeds. Seeds flat, ± rhomboidal in outline with a narrow marginal wing, dappled cream and brown in colour. Germination epigeal; cotyledons asymmetrical, ± obovate, obscurely 3-veined. Representative Specimens Examined (Total number examined 9): Queensland — Noah Creek, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., 7.xi.l978, B. Gray 1088 (MEL, QRS); National Park Reserve 164, Noah Creek, 16° 08' S., 145° 25' E., 24.ix.1985, B. Gray 4164 (MEL, QRS); Portion 62, Parish of Alexandra, Noah Creek, 19.xii. 1972, B. Hyland 6614 (QRS); Roaring Meg Creek, 16° 10’ S., 145° 10' E., 25.viii.1985, G. Sankowsky 411; (QRS); Timber Reserve 165, Roaring Meg Creek, 1 km up from Falls, 16° 03' S., 145° 19' E., 11. xi. 1984, G. & N. Sankowsky s.n. (QRS). Distribution: (Fig. 2a): North-eastern Queensland, mostly in the vicinity of Noah Creek. Ecology: In rainforest or gallery forest at altitudes up to 350 metres. Flowering June to November; fruiting November to December. Notes: Buckinghamia ferruginifiora differs from B. celsissima F. Muell. in having the outside of the flowers and inflorescence densely ferruginous-pubescent. The style in B. ferruginifiora is only 7-8 mm long while in B. celsissima it is 15-20 mm long. The inflorescence in B. ferruginifiora is rather open while in B. celsissima it is quite dense. STENOCARPUS R. Br. Stenocarpus davallioides D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. Arbor ad 40 m alta, anteridibus exignis. Folia adulta simplicia vel pinnata vel bipinnatisecta vel tripinnatisecta, spiraliter disposita, primum ferrugineo-pubescentia deinde ± glabrescentia, chartacea ad coriacea; margine integro; folia simplicia, lamina lanceolata, 5-13 cm longa, 1- 2.5 cm lata, apice acuminata ad acuta, basin attenuata, juxta basin 3-nervis, nervis 2 secondariis longitudinalibus conspicuis, petiolo ad 1-2 cm longo; folia composita cum lamina 8-20 cm longa, petiolo 2-4.5 cm longo. Folia juvenilia at regenerata tripinnatisecta et anguste divisa; lamina ad 42 cm longa; petiolus ad 10 cm longus. Inflorescentiae axillares umbellatae, omnibus partibus ferrugino-puberulis, cum floribus ad 15; pedunculus 1. 5-4.0 cm longus. Pedicelli 6-12 mm longi. Flores eburneo-virides, bisexuales, ± zygomorphi. Tepala 8-12 mm longa. Glandula hypogyna hippocrepiformis. Ovarium ferrugineum-pubescente, stipitatum; ovula 5-8; stylus 3 mm longus, praebitor pollinus disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi sicci, anguste oblongi, 6.5 cm longi, 3-6 mm lati. Semina plana, angusto-oblonga, ala terminali; nucleus seminis 7.5 mm longus x 2.5-3 mm latus. (Fig. 3).
ACACIA CAERVLESCENS, A NEW SPECIES OF ACACIA SECTION PHYLLODINEAE FROM VICTORIA by B. R. Maslin' and A. B. Court^ ABSTRACT Maslin, B. R. & Court, A. B. Acacia caerulescens, a new species of Acacia section Phyllodineae from Victoria. Muelleria 7(1): 131-134(1989). — Acacia caerulescens, a new species referable io Acacia section Phyllodineae T>C. and allied to^. obliquinervia Tind., is described and illustrated. It is endemic in eastern Victoria (Buchan-Lakes Entrance district) where it is restricted to limestone soils. TAXONOMY Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court, sp. nov. Acacia obliguinerviae affinis a qua imprimis difFert phyllodiis 4-8 cm longis, (l-)l-5-3cm latis, I:w = 2-3-5(-6), glaucissimis, costa saepe nec valde excentrica, glande 5-25 mm supra pulvinum posita versus costam per nervo tenui oblique conjuncta, pedunculis c. 6 mm longis aliquantum gracilibus, capitalis in alabastro globosis. Allied to A. obliquinervia but differing principally in the following ways. Phyllodes 4-8 cm long, (l-)l-5-3 cm wide, 1 :w = 2-3-5(-6), very glaucous, midrib often not markedly excentric. Gland 5-25 mm above the pulvinus and connected to midrib by a fine, oblique nerve. Peduncles c. 6 mm long, rather slender. Heads globular when in bud. Typus; Beside Wulgulmerang-Buchan road, c. 4-3 km from Buchan by road, Gippsland, Victoria, 10 Nov. 1985, A.B. Court CBG 8506135 (Holotypus: CBG; IsoTYPi: AD, B, BRI, G, K, L, NSW, NY, MEL, PERTH, US). Tree to 1 0- 1 5 m tall, often ± pyramidal. Branches terete but very slightly angled at extremities, finely and obscurely ribbed, at least the youngest shoots slightly to moderately pruinose. Phyllodes slightly oblique, obovate to oblanceolate or elliptic to narrowly elliptic, rather abruptly narrowed into an obtuse apex, 4-8 cm long, (l-)T5-3 cm wide, 1 :w = 2-3-5(-6), thinly coriaceous, straight or frequently slightly recurved near the somewhat narrowed base, glabrous, glaucous; midrib apparent, central or slightly to markedly excentric (i.e. situated closer to the upper margin), yellowish to light brown; lateral nerves not pronounced, loosely anastomosing; marginal nerves yellow to light brown; pulvinus 3-5 mm long, wrinkled and brown to dark brown when dry. Gland solitary, 5-25 mm above the pulvinus and connected to it by a fine oblique nerve whieh is concurrent with the midrib for a short distance, and often branched at its point of divergence with one branch extending to the gland and the other rejoining the midrib. Racemes axillary and terminal, often arranged in panicles which may reach 9 cm long; raceme axes with 2-8 flower-heads, slightly flexuose, glabrous, variably pruinose, base ebracteate. Peduncles c. 6 mm long, rather slender (c. 0-5 mm wide when dry), glabrous, variably pruinose, with 2, basal, triangular, glabrous bracts (?homologous to stipules) <0-5 mm long, an extremely reduced phyllode often present between the bracts. Flower-heads globular, (15-)20-30-flowered, lemon yellow, lightly scented. Bracteoles spathulate to sub-peltate; claws linear but slightly dilated towards their fimbriolate apices, c. 1 mm long (equalling calyx); laminae circular to triangular-ovate, apiculate, c. 0-5 mm long glabrous, brown. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx gamosepalous, f length of corolla, very shortly divided (for c. j its length or less) into ± broadly triangular, slightly inflexed. ■Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management P O Box 104 W. A., Australia 6152. o , ■ , ^Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra City, A.C.T., Australia 2601 Present address: 71 Miller St., O’Connor, A.C.T., Australia 2601. Como, 131
Ill
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350
(MEL, PERTH).
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov.
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra,
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens;
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum,
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis,
ciliatus.
Typus: F. axilliflora
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire,
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular,
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5;
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate.
Distribution (Fig. 1):
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa.
Etymology:
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the
feminine gender.
Notes:
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other
Australian inuloid species.
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH.
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave,
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending
114 green, mainly cartilaginous but with hyaline apices and sometimes with very narrow hyaline margins, glabrous to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. Capitularhmcts 4-6, hyaline, with opaque midribs, ± flat, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obovoid, mainly glabrous but with long, intertwined hairs at the apex; carpopodium annular. Pappus cup-like, laciniate. Distribution (Fig. 1): A ditypic genus restricted to Western Australia. Etymology: The name Sondottia is of feminine gender and is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating the botanist Otto Wilhelm Sonder (1812-1881). Notes: The cartilaginous capitulum-subtending bracts are apparently unique to this genus and readily separate it from any other genera with single flowered capitula. Other distinguishing features include the opposite, connate leaves and the intertwined long hairs at the apex of the fruit. Key to Species of Sondottia 1. General involucre absent or several leaf-like bracts at base of head; upper axes lanate 1 • S. connata 1. General involucre of 2 or 4 bracts with broad, hyaline margins; upper axes ± glabrous 2. S. glabrata Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Angianthus connatus W.V. Fitzg. J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 24 (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 (1983). Lectotype (fide Short 1983); Mingenew, Sept. 1903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 138682). IsoLECTOTYPEs: NSW 138683, PERTH. Annual herb, c. 3-12 cm high. Mayor oxej ascending to erect, mainly glabrous but the upper part lanate; stem simple or forming branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves linear, c. 5-13 mm long, 0-5-1 -4 mm wide, often semisucculent, mucronate, usually glabrous but the uppermost leaves sometimes lanate. Compound heads obovoid, c. 6-5-10 mm long, 3-5-5 mm diam.; general involucre absent but one or several leaf-like, lanate bracts with small, hyaline apices may be present at the base of the head. Capitula c. 5-13 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate, 3-6-5-2 mm long, 0-55-1-9 mm wide, mainly cartilaginous and green but with hyaline apices and, sometimes very narrow, (<0-l mm) hyaline margins, sparsely to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. Capitular bracts 5-6, narrowly elliptic or linear, 3-3-8 mm long, 0-3-0- 5 mm wide, c. the length of the florets, usually mainly hyaline but sometimes the opaque midrib more prominent, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2-2-6mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-4-1 -5 mm long; microsporangia 0- 95-1 mm long; apical appendages 0-43-0-48 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1- 6-1-85 mm long, 0-5-0-7 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, laciniate, c. 0-2 mm long. Distribution (Fig. 1): Restrieted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 21° S. and 30° S. and 1 1 6° E. and 121° E. In the revision of Angianthus s. lat. (Short 1 983) it was erroneously recorded that the species was only known from the type locality. It is moderately common.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 16-18, Fig. 1".
16 1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as Macquarie Island is concerned. Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. selago). Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. Holotypus: HO 67713. Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). Notes: This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to
16 1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as Macquarie Island is concerned. Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. selago). Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. Holotypus: HO 67713. Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). Notes: This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to
16 1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as Macquarie Island is concerned. Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. selago). Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. Holotypus: HO 67713. Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). Notes: This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to
16 1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as Macquarie Island is concerned. Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. selago). Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. Holotypus: HO 67713. Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). Notes: This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to
16 1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as Macquarie Island is concerned. Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. selago). Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. Holotypus: HO 67713. Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). Notes: This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 18-20, Fig. 2".
TWO NEW LICHENS: CLADONIA PAEMINOSA AND C. HUMILIS VAR. BOURGEANICA by Alan W. Archer* ABSTRACT Archer, Alan W. Two new lichens: Cladonia paeminosa and C. humilis var. bourgeanica. Muelleria (1): 1-5 (1989). — Cladonia paeminosa A. W. Archer and Cladonia humilis (With.) Laundon var. bourgeanica A. W. Archer are described as new. Both taxa contain fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids and occur in Australia. C. humilis var. bourgeanica also occurs in Europe and North and South America. INTRODUCTION A recent examination of undetermined specimens in the lichen genus Cladonia (Ascomycetes, Lecanorales) in Herbarium collections from South Australia (AD) and Tasmania (HO) revealed specimens that were not referrable to any known taxa; similar specimens had been collected by the author in Victoria, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory. These specimens which resemble Cladonia scabriuscula (Del. in Duby) Nyl. and contain fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids are here described as a new species. A recent typification (Laundon 1984) of the lichens described by William Withering in the eighteenth centu^ showed that the name Cladonia conista C. Robb, ex Allen was illegitimate as the epithet conista belonged to the synonymy of Cladonia humilis (With.) Laundon. The name ‘C. conista' has referred to a sorediate, scyphose taxon containing fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids which Laundon (loc. cit.) referred to as an undescribed variety of Cladonia humilis. This variety is here formally named and described. METHOD The lichen compounds present in the specimens examined were identified by thin-layer chromatography of acetone extracts, using the mobile phases described by Culberson (Culberson 1972) and the separated compounds were detected with sulphuric acid (Culberson 1972) and MBTH (Archer 1978). The presence of bourgeanic acid (substance H) was confirmed with the micro-crystal test described by Thomson (Thomson 1967) and by mass spectrometry (c/ Bodo et al. 1973). TAXONOMY Cladonia paeminosa A. W. Archer, sp. nov. Sicut Cladonia scabriuscula sed podetiis subsimplicibus, basibus podetiorum ecorticatis et acidum bourgeanicum continens. Primary squamules small, inconspicuous, persistent, 1 x 2 mm, subdigitately lobed, margins smooth, green above, white below. Podetia arising from the squamules, 15-50(-100) mm tall, 0-5-1 -5 mm diam., escyphose, simple or dichotomously branched, axils open, tapering towards the apices, the apices simple or bifurcating, subulate or with terminal pycnidia; ecorticate, or corticate at the base and becoming ecorticate, with tiny corticate patches scattered along the podetia, minutely squamulose, esorediate. Apothecia pale brown, terminal, convex, (0-2-) 0-5- 1-0 mm diam. Ascospores eight per ascus, colourless, simple, ellipsoid, 12-14 pm long, 3-4 pm •Division of Analytical Laboratories, Department of Health, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, New South Wales, Australia 2141. 1
NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN INULEAE (ASTERACEAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. New genera and species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae). Muelleria 7( 1 ): 103-116 (1989). — Five new genera, Dielitzia Short, Feldstonia Short, Fitzwillia Short, Lemooria Short and Sondottia Short are described. All but Sondottia are monotypic. A new species of Dithyrostegia A. Gray is described. New species and new combinations are; Dielitzia tysonii Short, Dithyrostegia gracilis Short, Feldstonia nitens Short, Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, Lemooria burkittii (Benth.) Short, Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short and S. glabrata Short. INTRODUCTION In a revision of Angianthus Wendl. (sensu Bentham 1 867) I (Short 1 983) excluded three species from Angianthus s. str., viz. A. axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, A. connatus W.V. Fitzg. and A. burkittii (Benth.) J.M. Black. At the time 1 suggested that they may represent monotypic genera or have affinities with other genera which had not been examined. Subsequent investigations have failed to reveal such affinities. Thus, in this paper, each is formally referred to a new genus. Several further taxa, of which I have known for some years, are also described. Collections from all major Australian herbaria have been examined. TAXONOMY Dielitzia Short, gen. nov. Herba annua, caespitosa, glomerulis foliis circumcinctis; glomeruli sessiles vel in axibus brevibus, tomentosis majores. Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, superne alterna, sublinearia, tomentosa. Glomeruli late ellipsoidei usque oblati; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum glomerulis aequilongum facientes, cartilagineae; receptaculum cupulatum, nudum. Capitula c. 4-15. Bracteae intra capitulum biseritatae; bracteae exteriores 1-4, setaceae, longo-plumosae; bracteae interiores (2)3-4, hyalinae, marmoratae, apicibus pilis rectis subrigidis praeditis. Flosculi 1 in quoque capitulo, tubulare, hermaphroditi. Corolla 4 vel 5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, apicibus papillatis. Stamina 4 vel 5; antherae ad basim caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobovoidae, papillatae; carpopodium absens. Pappus setaceus. Typus: D. tysonii Short Annual herb, tufted, of 1-20 compound heads surrounded by leaves, the compound heads sessile or terminating short, tomentose major axes. Leaves sessile, entire, ± linear, at least the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, tomentose. Compound heads broadly ellipsoid to obloid; bracts subtending the compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre the length of the head, the bracts mainly cartilaginous. General receptacle cup-like, naked. Capitula c. 4-15 per compound head. Capitular bracts in 2 rows; outer bracts 1-4, bristle-like, long-plumose; inner bracts (2)3-4, ± hyaline, with brown or blackish marbling, apices with straight, ± rigid hairs f- ^ the total length of the bracts. Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual. Corolla 4 or 5 lobed. Style branches truncate; apices papillate. Stamens 4 or 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obovoid, minutely papillate; carpopodium absent. Pappus setaceus. ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 103
105
Notes:
With the exception of Isoetopsis the habit alone readily distinguishes this taxon
from all other Australian Asteraceae. The cartilaginous bracts of the general involucre,
the cup-like general receptacle and the structure of the capitular bracts (particularly
the marbled, inner bracts) are features unique to the genus.
Although the general receptacle is described as being glabrous the bristle-like
bracts deemed to be the outer capitular bracts could possibly be interpreted as
receptacular bracts.
The marbling of the inner bracts is best observed in spirit collections. In
herbarium specimens bracts may appear to be more or less uniform in colour.
Dielitzia tysonii Short, sp. nov.
Herba annua, caespitosa, glomerulis 1-20, ab foliis circumcinctis, sessilibus vel in axibus majoribus
usque ad 1-5 cm longibus. Folia sublinearia, c. 1-8 cm longa, 0 08-0T5 cm lata, ad basim dilatatae,
submucronatae, semisucculentae, tomentosae. Glomeruli late ellipsoidei usque obloidei, 4-6 mm
longi, 3-7 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes c. 8-12, praecipue cartilagineae sed
apicibus hyalinis. Capitula c. 4-15. Bracteae intra capitulum longitudine c. y-|- flosculi aequanti.
Flosculi 1 in quoque capitulo. Stamina 4 vel 5; antherae 0-53-0-64 mm longae; microsporangia
0-35-0-48 mm longa; appendices apicales 0'35-0-48 mm longae; pollinis grana in quaque anthera
28-88. Cypselae subobovoidea, 1-1-3 mm longae, 0-5-0-6 mm diametro. Setae pappi c. 10,
barbellatae, ad bases conjunctae, longitudine c. j-y corollae aequanti. (Fig. 2).
Holotypus: Western Australia, 17-2 km NE. of Nallan on Yarrabubba road,
23.viii.1986, Lander 1389, Fuhrer & Short {ULL 1556923). Isotypi: AD, CANB, K,
PERTH, S.
Annual herb, tufted, of 1-20 compound heads surrounded by leaves, the
compound heads ± sessile or on major axes to 1 -5 cm long. Leaves ± linear, c. 1 -8 cm
long, 0-08-0- 1 5 cm wide, expanded at the base, ± mucronate, semisucculent,
tomentose. Compound heads broadly ellipsoid to obloid, 4-6 mm long, 3-7 mm
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c. 8-12, mainly cartilaginous but with
hyaline apices. Capitula c. 4-15 per compound head. Capitularhracts c. f- 1 the length
of the florets. Florets 1 per capitulum. Stamens 4 or 5; anthers 0-53-0-64 mm long;
microsporangia 0-35-0-48 mm long; apical appendages 0-1 6-0-25 mm long; pollen
grains 28-88 per anther. Cypselas ±obovoid, 1-1-3 mm long, 0-5-0-6 mm diam.
Pappus bristles c. 1 0, barbellate, of unequal length, fused at the base, c. }- j the length
of the corolla.
Distribution (Fig. 1):
See generic treatment.
Ecology & Reproductive Biology;
Habitat notes suggest a preference for sandy loam to clay soil. Collectors’ notes
include: ‘Growing in open Acacia shrubland. Brown sandy loam with gravel. With an
array of ephemeral composites including Gnephosis burkittii, Podolepis, Cephalip-
terum drummondii, Isoetopsis graminifolia, Brachyscome & Calotis', ‘Open
Acacia/Cassia scrub. Sandy loam covered with ironstone gravel’ and ‘Growing on
saline clay flat’.
Pollen: ovule ratios were determined for 15 plants from Short 1519. The values
obtained (range = 204-408; x = 329-7; S.D. = 56-7; S.E.x= 14-64) indicate a high
degree of self-pollination (Short 1981).
Etymology:
The specific epithet commemorates Isaac Tyson, a pastoralist who collected the
plant in 1893.
Notes:
Dielitzia tysonii has a marked resemblance in habit to Isoetopsis graminifolia
Turcz. It is readily distinguished in the field from the latter by its hairy, not glabrous,
leaves.
106
H. O
M M >N U H( KM \Htf <,f
^ !* HMM V {\fj ! >. VI -.IK \M V
Fig. 2. Holotype sheet of Dielitzia tysonii.
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 10):
Western Australia — Kennedy Range, 2I.viii.l986, Lander 1368 (MEL, PERTH); c. 39km from
Leonora along road to Laverton, 20. viii. 1982, Short 23/9 (MEL); Mt Gould, 22. viii. 1 986, Short 2552 (MEL,
PERTH); 16 km E. ofYalgoo, 15.ix.l973, Wilson 4/‘/9 (PERTH).
Dithyrostegia A. Gray
For a description of this now ditypic genus see Short (1983, p. 201).
Dithyrostegia gracilis Short, sp. nov.
Herba annua. Axes majores erecti, glabri, ramificatione dichotoma. Folia sessilia, sublinearia vel
lanceolata, 2-9 mm longa, 0-4-2 mm lata, amplexicaules; paginae exteriores glabrae, interiores
sparsim gjandulosae. Gomeruli 3-5-4-S mm longi, 2-5-3-5 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos
EUCALYPTUS CADENS (MYRTACEAE), A NEW SWAMP GUM FROM THE WARBY RANGE, NORTH-EAST VICTORIA by J. D. Briggs' and M. D. Crisp^ ABSTRACT Briggs, J. D. and Crisp, M. D. Eucalyptus cadens (Myrtaceae), a new swamp gum from the Warby Range, North-East Victoria. Muelleria 1 (1): 7-13 (1989). — A new eucalypt, known only from a single locality in the Warby Range in NE. Victoria, is described and named. It is related to the Swamp Gums (the informal E. subser. Ovatinae), particularly E. aggregata Deane & Maiden, but is readily distinguished by its glaucous new growth. Often mature trees lean or fall over but continue to thrive in their boggy habitat which surrounds permanent springs. INTRODUCTION The first record of this species appears to be a collection made in 1 979 by Mr A. C Beauglehole and Miss C. D. Nason on the late Miss Nason’s property in the Warby Range. The same collectors obtained more material in 1985, and subsequently the population was listed by Beauglehole (1986) under the name E. yarraensis Maiden & Cambage. Miss Nason had also mentioned the existence of this unusual eucalypt to Mr J. L. Briggs, a local beekeeper, who recently visited the site and sent specimens to one of us (J. D. Briggs, his nephew) for identification. As the specimens did not match any species known to us, we undertook further investigations including field studies, collection of additional specimens and the growing of seedlings. The distinctiveness of the population combined with a lack of segregation in the seedlings convinced us that this was a new species. In this paper, we describe and name the new eucalypt and discuss its affinities and conservation status. TAXONOMY Eucalyptus cadens J. Briggs & Crisp, sp. nov. E. aggregata Deane & Maiden arte simulans sed surculis manifeste glaucis, foliis maturis glaucescentibus, cortice pro parte maxima laevi praeter in parte inferna trunci differt. Holotypus: Victoria, eastern foot of the Warby Range, between Wangaratta and Glenrowan, J. D. Briggs 2068 & J. L. Briggs, 8.x. 1986, 2 sheets (CANB 370885-6). IsoTYPi: CBG, HO, MEL, NSW. Spreading tree, often leaning, or fallen and continuing to grow from existing shoots as well as producing new vertical stems from the old trunk; standing trees 8-25 m tall, to 1 m d.b.h.; forming a lignotuber; bark smooth, decorticating in short ribbons, greenish grey above a 1-10 m hard, dark-grey, finely furrowed stocking; oil glands abundant in bark; new shoots and leaves glaucous, weathering to grey-green at maturity; crowns frequently containing mostly intermediate leaves. Cotyledons bilobed. ^Seedling leaves decussate to 5th-7th node, subsessile, spreading, elliptic to oblong, mostly narrow, slightly concave above, obtuse or rounded at apex, abruptly tapered at base, 10-50x3-22 mm, grey-green; leaves (above 12th node) similar but not opposite, ascending, narrow-elliptic to linear, ± acute, more tapered at base, glaucescent; seedling stems terete, red. Intermediate leaves petiolate (1-5 mm), narrow-elliptic to elliptic, ±flat, acute or obtuse, to 200 x65 mm, conspicuously glandular; late intermediate leaves narrow-ovate to elliptie, to 1 50 x 34 mm including petiole to 20 mm. Adult leaves mostly pendulous, narrow-elliptic, slightly falcate, tapering to both ends (often abruptly to apex), 70- 1 1 5 x 9-20 mm including 5- 1 4 mm 1 CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601. 2 Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601. 7
109
filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas
± obovoid, pubescent, carpopodium absent. Pappus setaceus, the bristles subplumose
to plumose, united at the base.
Distribution (Fig. 1 ):
Monotypic. Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28° S. and 30° S.
and longitudes c. 116° E. and 1 1 8° E.
Etymology:
The name Feldstonia is an anagram derived from the surname and com-
memorates Danish botanist C. E. H. Ostenfeld (1873-1931) who published several
papers on Western Australian botany. Although an anagram it is regarded as a
personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the
feminine gender.
Notes:
A number of attributes, including the semicartilaginous bracts of the general
involucre and the combination of features of the fruit, pappus and capitular bracts
readily distinguish the genus from others of the Inuleae.
Feldstonia nitens Short, sp. nov.
Herba annua. Axes majores 6-30 cm longi. Folia linearia vel suboblanceolata, interdum suprema
ovata, 3-40 mm longa, 0- 5-2-5 mm lata, submucronata, glabra vel sparsim pilosa. Glomeruli late
obovoidei usque depresse obovoidei vel depresse ovoidei, 5-8 mm longi, 4- 1 4 mm diametro. Capitula
15-50; bracteae capitula subtendentes ovatae usque lanceolatae, 3-4-4-8 mm longae, 1-2-1 -5 mm
latae. Bracteae intra capitulum 3-8-4-1 mm longae, l-l-l-4mm latae. Flosculi (1)2. Stamina 5;
antherae 1-6-1-9 mm longae, microsporangia 1-2-1-5 mm longa, appendices apicales 0-38-0-45 mm
longae. subobovoideae, 1-4- 1-9 mm longae, 0-6-0-9 mm diametro. Pappi setae c. 10-15, sub-
plumosae usque plumosae, ad basem conjunctae, longitudine r. j corollae tubi aequanti. (Fig. 4).
Holotypus: Western Australia, 1 9-3 km from Yalgoo along the road to Paynes Find.
Acacia scrub. Growing with an array of annuals including Cephalipterum
drummondii, Pogonolepis, Gnephosis and Myriocephalus, 2.ix. 1 982, Short 1615 (MEL
621021). IsoTYPi: AD, BRI, CANB, E, GH, HO, K, NSW, PERTH, S.
Annual herb. Major axes 6-30 cm long. Leaves linear or ± oblanceolate, the
uppermost sometimes ovate, 3-40 mm long, 0-5-2-5 mm wide, mucronate, glabrous
or sparsely hairy. Compound heads broadly obovoid to depressed obovoid or
depressed ovoid, 5-8 mm long, 4-14 mm diam. Capitula 15-50 per compound head;
capitulum-subtending bracts ovate to lanceolate, 3-4-4-8 mm long, 1 -2-1 -5 mm wide.
Capitular bracts 3-8-4-1 mm long, l-l-l-4mm wide. Florets (1)2; corolla tube
2-2-7 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-6-1 -9 mm long; microsporangia 1-2-1 -5 mm
long; apical appendages 0-38-0-45 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1-4-1 -9 mm long,
0-6-0-9 mm diam. bristles c. 10-15, subplumose to plumose, bases united, c. j
the length of the corolla tube.
Distribution (Fig. 1):
See generic treatment.
Ecology & Reproductive Biology:
Collectors’ habitat notes include: ‘Acacia scrub. Red-brown loam’ and ‘Mallee
scrub {Acacia common). Reddish sandy loam’.
A pollen: ovule ratio of 4,460, determined from a single floret, indicates that the
species commonly cross-pollinates.
Etymology:
The specific epithet refers to the shiny bracts of the general involucre.
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 14):
Western Australia — 9 miles N. of Paynes Find, 23.X.1973, Demarz 4674 (KP, PERTH); 20 km from
108 Annual herb, to c. 25 cm high. Major axes erect, glabrous; branching dichotomous. Leaves sessile, ± linear or lanceolate, 2-9 mm long, 04-2 mm wide, stem-clasping, outer surfaces glabrous, inner surfaces sparsely glandular. Compound heads 3-5-4-5 mm long, 2-5-3-5 mm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 2, connate in c. the lower j, glabrous; general receptacle beset with long hairs. Capitula 6-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts 1, hyaline, enveloping the fruit and the lower j of the corolla tube, entire. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, corolla tube c. 1-5-2 mm long. Style branches truncate, papillate. Stamens 5; anthers 1 -3-1 -5 mm long, caudate; microsporangia 0-96-1 -1 mm long; apical appendages 0-34-0-38 mm long. Cypselas ±obovoid, c. 1-3-1-5 mm long, c. 0-6 mm diam., densely silky hairy, carpopodium absent. Pappus of smooth bristles fused at the base, c. the length of the corolla tube. Distribution (Fig. 1): Only known from the type collection from south-west Western Australia. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: No habitat notes accompany the type specimen. Anther size and a pollen: ovule ratio of 5,464 determined for a single floret indicate that the species commonly cross-pollinates. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the slender habit. Notes: In a previous treatment of Dithyrostegia (Short 1983) this species was not described pending further collections. Despite several searches (in 1 982, ’83 & ’86) the species has not been recollected. That it is specifically distinct from D. amplexicaulis seems indisputable. The leaves and compound heads are much smaller than in the latter species, the capitular bracts are entire (not with long hairs at the apex) and the general receptacle is sparsely hairy (not woolly). Feldstonia Short, gen. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores decumbentes usque ad ascendentes, rare erecti, glabri vel sparsim pilosi. Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, supera alterna, linearia vel oblanceolata, glabra vel sparsim pilosa. Glomeruli late obovoidei usque depresse obovoidei vel depresse ovoidei; involucrum generale multiseriale, conspicuum; bracteae exteriores praecipue virides, opacae, subcartilagineae, glabrae, nitentes, marginibus hyalinis; bracteae interiores praecipue hyalinae, glabrae, costis opacis; receptaculum subconicum, glabrum. Capitula 15-50; bracteae capitula subtendentes (0)1(2), subrigidae, praecipue, hyalinae glabrae, costis opacis, interdum parte distali leviter constricta, lutea. Bracteae intra capitulum 4-5, in duo serialibus, praecipue hyalinae, planae usque concavae, costa opaca, apice glabera vel sparsim pilosa. Flosculi ( 1 )2 in quoque capitulo, tubulare, hermaphroditi, lutei. Corolla 5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobovoideae, pubescentes; carpopodium absens. Pappus setaceus, setas subplumosas usque plumosas, ad basem conjunctae ferens. Typus: F. nitens Short Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to ascending, rarely erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy. Leaves sessile, entire, the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, linear or oblanceolate, glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads broadly obovoid to depressed obovoid or depressed ovoid; general involucre multiseriate, conspicuous; outer bracts mainly green, opaque, semi-cartilaginous, glabrous, shiny, with hyaline margins; inner bracts mainly hyaline, glabrous, with opaque midribs; receptacle ± conical, glabrous. Capitula 15-50 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts (0) 1(2), ± rigid, mainly hyaline, glabrous, midrib opaque, with the upper part of the bract sometimes slightly constricted, yellow. Capitular bracts 4-5, in 2 rows, mainly hyaline, flat to concave, midrib opaque and glabrous or with sparsely hairy apices. Florets (1)2, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage;
Ill
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350
(MEL, PERTH).
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov.
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra,
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens;
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum,
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis,
ciliatus.
Typus: F. axilliflora
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire,
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular,
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5;
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate.
Distribution (Fig. 1):
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa.
Etymology:
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the
feminine gender.
Notes:
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other
Australian inuloid species.
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH.
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave,
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending
Ill
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350
(MEL, PERTH).
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov.
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra,
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens;
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum,
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis,
ciliatus.
Typus: F. axilliflora
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire,
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular,
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5;
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate.
Distribution (Fig. 1):
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa.
Etymology:
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the
feminine gender.
Notes:
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other
Australian inuloid species.
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH.
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave,
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending
22 2. Leaves scarcely or distinctly coriaceous but not rigid, margins not strongly revolute, apices not pungent-pointed, or, if so, then margins usually sinuate and prickly-toothed: 4. Leaf margins usually distinctly sinuate and pungent-pointed, occasionally almost entire and almost lacking teeth but the upper stamen-filament free from the tube 2. H. chorizemifolia 4. Leaf margins entire, crisped or almost crenulate but not pungent-pointed, upper stamen-filament usually united to the tube: 5. Subshrub to 0-6 m high, stems often weak and sprawling unless supported; exterior of calyx clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs mainly silvery-white or sometimes with an understorey of shorter rust-coloured hairs; lower surface of leaf with appressed, spreading or asymmetrically biramate hairs, the hairs often crimped; ovules 2-7 3. H. trisperma 5. Slender erect shrub or tree to 3 m high; exterior of calyx clothed with appressed hairs, the hairs all short and rust-coloured or sometimes with paler longer hairs interspersed; lower surface of leaf with predominantly or exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; ovules 2 (very rarely 3 or 4) 4. //. elliptica 1. Hovea acanthoclada F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 15 (1863); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 174 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Phillips River, Maxwell s.n. (MEL). Daviesia? acanthoclada Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 262 (1853). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond 5th coll. No. 90. (KW; Isolectotype: BM, G, K, NSW, PERTH, W). Rigid divaricate shrub to 2 m high, single or many-stemmed, armed with short lateral spreading spine-tipped shoots which bear leaves and inflorescences; branches densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs, some of which are often asymmetrically biramate. Leaves solitary or appearing fascicled in twos or threes; lamina oblong, narrow-obovate, ovate or rotund, 1-5-7 mm long, 0-9-2 mm wide, rounded, obtuse or retuse apically, with or without a short mucro, margins revolute, glabrous above, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed often asymmetrically biramate hairs below; petiole up to 0-5 mm long. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on peduncles up to 1 -2 mm long. Flowers solitary or paired, pedicellate, the pedicels 1-5-4 mm long, clothed with appressed hairs; bracteoles ± 1 mm long, inserted at the base of or a short distance below the base of the calyx, much shorter than the calyx-tube, pubescent like the pedicel and bract; bract ± 1 mm long, inserted 1-2 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx turbinate-campanulate, densely clothed with short appressed hairs; 2 upper lobes 4- 5-5 -5 mm long including the tube 3-3-5 mm long, ± truncate except for an acute tip; the lower 3 lobes 1 -5-2-5 mm long. Standard 8-10-2 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, purplish-blue with a basal whitish horse-shoe shaped flare; wings 7-9 mm long, 2 -9-3 -7 mm wide, purplish blue; keel 5-7-6-5mm long, 2-2-3 mm wide, purplish-blue apically, white basally. Stamen-filaments 4-5-6 mm long. Ovary 1-2-1 -5 mm long, 2-ovulate, glabrous, on a stipe up to 1 mm long. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe almost as long as the calyx, obliquely to transversely globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, 0-7-0-9cm long, 0-9-1 -1 cm wide, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, plump, 4-4-8 mm long, 2-3-3 mm wide, 2-2-2-7 mm thick, dark brown, aril extending for more than half the length of the seed (Fig. Id-f). Confined to southern Western Australia where there are two disjunct centres of distribution: one in the vicinity of Kalgoorlie and the other further south from the Fitzgerald River area to east of Ravensthorpe and southwards to Hopetoun (Fig. 2). Recorded from rocky outcrops, scree slopes, laterite and loam over granite in mallee, in tall Eucalyptus woodland and in association with Acacia, Casuarina and Hakea species.
NOTES ON HOVEA R. Br. (FABACEAE): 3 by J. H. Ross* ABSTRACT Ross, J. H. Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 3. Muelleria 7(1); 135-139 (1989). H. arnhemica from the Northern Territory is described as new. H. longifolia R. Br. var. purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin from south-eastern Queensland is elevated to species rank as H. planifolia and the necessary combination is made. HOVEA ARNHEMICA Hovea arnhemica J.H. Ross sp. nov. Affinite incerta, forsan H. planifoliae (Domin) J.H. Ross affinis, a qua corolla semper albida, planta multo minore, caulibus brevibus erectis vel decumbentibus, foliis minoribus lamina plus minusve plana, inflorescentia sessili, floribus minoribus, et arillo seminis quam semine ultra dimidio breviore, differt. Typus: Northern Territory, Arnhem Land, 3 km NW. of Murgenella, 2.iv.l984, C.R. Dunlop 6673 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, HO, K, NSW, PERTH). Subshrub to 60 cm high with a large lignotuber, multi-stemmed, the stems erect or decumbent, densely clothed with short curled hairs and longer straighter hairs up to 1 -4 mm long, the hairs faintly or distinctly rusty-brown. Leaves spreading almost at right angles to the stem or deflexed, lamina more or less flat on upper surface on either side of the depressed midrib, lamina of upper leaves narrow-ovate or elliptic and of smaller lower or basal leaves ovate, obovate or subrotund, (0-7)2-6-3 cm long, (0-5)0-8-l-5 cm wide, apex acute, obtuse or sometimes emarginate, upper surface densely clothed with short curled white hairs, lower surface densely clothed with curled and scattered strai^tish white hairs except on midrib and margin where hairs are tinged with brown; petiole up to 0-3 cm long, densely clothed like the stem. Stipules subulate, up to 3 mm long, spreading laterally or somewhat recurved and often persisting for some time, glabrous and glossy above, densely pubescent on lower surface. Inflorescence axillary, sessile, mostly 2- or 3-flowered, rarely flowers solitary. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels up to 1-5 mm long, densely clothed with spreading hairs; bracteoles narrow-ovate, 2-3-5 mm long, 0-8-1 - 3 mm wide, situated at the base of the calyx and shorter than or almost as long as the calyx-tube, inner surface with scattered appressed hairs, outer surface densely clothed with spreading hairs, with a conspicuous tuft of dark reddish-brown hairs in the axils; bract inserted at the base of the pedicel, narrow-ovate, 1 -8-2-4 mm long, 1-1-2 mm wide, outer surface densely clothed with spreading hairs. Calyx densely clothed with short curled and longer straighter rusty-brown to whitish hairs: 2 upper lobes 5-5-6 mm long including the tube 1 -5-2-5 mm long, the 3 lower lobes 2-2-7 mm long, acute. Standard 6-6-6 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, emarginate apically, white except for a greenish-yellow basal flare; wings 5-7-6 mm long, 2-2-2-8 mm wide; keel 4-8-5-2mm long, 2-2-5 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 3-5-4-5 mm long. Ovary sessile or very shortly stipitate, 1 -2-1 - 5 mm long, 2-ovulate. Pods sessile or almost so, obliquely ovoid or ellipsoid or sometimes transversely elliptic, 1-1- 1-4 cm long, 1-1- 1-4 cm wide, densely clothed with white matted hairs externally, fairly densely clothed with weak white hairs within. Seeds elliptic, plump, 4-7-5-8 mm long, 3-3-4-2 mm wide, 2-8-3-5 mm thick, chestnut-brown, hilum linear, the aril less than half the length of the seed, with a raised lateral lip. (Fig. 1). •National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 135
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 23-27".
29 Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). Notes: In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, (CGE). H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled.
29 Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). Notes: In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, (CGE). H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 27-29".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".
138 basal greenish-yellow flare on the standard. The affinities of H. arnhemica are not clear. The species is perhaps allied to H. planifolia from south-eastern Queensland from which it differs in being a much smaller plant with short erect or decumbent stems, in haying smaller leaves spreading almost at right angles to the stem or deflexed, the leaf lamina more or less flat, sessile inflorescences, smaller flowers and seeds with an aril less than half the length of the seed. HOVEA PLANIFOLIA Domin (1925) followed Bentham (1864) in treating H. longifolia R. Br. as an ‘omnibus’ species and recognised within it five varieties and five subvarieties, one of which was var. purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin. The brief description of subvar. planifolia was based on specimens (‘viele Exemplare’) collected by A. Dietrich from the Brisbane River, south-eastern Queensland, and on a specimen collected by F. Mueller from the same locality in August 1855. The following syntypes have been located; Brisbane River, A. Dietrich (BRI 345294, HBG (5 sheets), NSW 166516, PR 527088, 527089, PRC, W 108297, 108299); Brisbane River, F. Mueller, August 1855 (K). MEL 667189 collected by Mueller from the Brisbane River is almost indistinguishable from the specimen in K but as it was collected in July 1855 rather than in August it is not regarded as a syntype. It is clear that subvar. planifolia represents a taxon distinct from H. longifolia and that it merits specific rank. The opportunity is taken here of raising subvar. planifolia to specific rank and of providing a description and notes. Hovea planifolia (Domin) J.H. Ross comb. & stat. nov. Basionym: H. longifolia var. purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 729, fig. 141 (right hand specimen) (1925). Lectotype (here selected): Queensland, Brisbane River, August 1855, F. Mueller (K). Shrub 0-5-2(-2-5) m high, often wider than high, usually with several stems or the single stem branching at or a short distance above the base, branches ascending and spreading, branchlets densely clothed with short coiled or crinkled hairs and longer curled, crinkled or straightish hairs up to 9 mm long, the hairs on the young tips distinctly bright rusty-brown or reddish-brown. Leaves usually held more or less erect and almost perpendicular to the lateral branches or almost parallel to the vertical branches, sometimes held at an angle of about 45° but the lower surface usually conspicuous: lamina arched up slightly on either side of the depressed midrib and recurved towards the margin or slightly to distinctly V-shaped in section or sometimes more or less flat, narrow-ovate or elliptic, (2-)4-10(-13) cm long, (0-5-)0-9-2(-2-7) cm wide, apex rounded, obtuse or subacute, with a short mucro, upper surface dark green, sparingly to densely clothed throughout with short curled or twisted hairs or the hairs largely confined to the midrib and decreasing in frequency towards the margins, lateral veins sometimes prominent and somewhat raised, lower surface densely clothed with short coiled or curled hairs and longer curled, twisted or strai^tish hairs, the hairs greyish-white or rusty-brown, lateral veins often prominent despite the dense indumentum; petiole 0-3-0-9 cm long, densely pubescent like the branchlet. Stipules subulate, 2-3-2 mm long, 0-3-0-6 mm wide, densely clothed externally (abaxial surface) with short curled or crinkled hairs and longer spreading hairs, the hairs usually conspicuously rusty or reddish brown. Inflorescence axiWairy , on densely pubescent peduncles 0-2-0-8 cm long and usually 3-flowered or occasionally the axis growing on to form a many-flowered leafy shoot. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels up to 2-5 mm long, densely clothed with short coiled or curled hairs and longer wavy or straightish spreading hairs; bracteoles narrow-ovate, 2-4-3- 1 mm long, as long as to slightly longer than the calyx-tube, inserted at the base of the calyx, densely clothed with coiled, curled and longer wavy or straightish spreading hairs, the hairs usually bright rusty-brown; bract 2-5-3-5 mm long, inserted almost at the same level as the bracteoles; bract 2 -5-3 -5 mm long, inserted almost at the same level as the bracteoles; bract and bracteoles with reddish-brown glandular hairs in the axils. Calyx
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 33-36".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 21-38".
36 Representative Specimens (total number examined 157): Western Australia — Coolgardie, 1902, W.E. Blackall s.n. (PERTH); 10 km due SSE. of Mt Burdett, 2.viii.l983, M.A. Burgman 1637 & S. AfcVee (PERTH); 1-5 km N. of Mt Lesueur, 20.vii.l979, E.A. Griffin 1966 (PERTH); Foot of Bluff Knoll, Stirling Range, x. 1984, R. & M. Hamilton 32 (MEL, PERTH); Wongamine Reserve, 19 km NW. of Northam, 19.viii.l983, B.H. Smith 243 (AD, CBG, HO, MEL, PERTH). Notes: H. pungens is very closely allied to H. stricta. Bentham (1864) differentiated the two species on the basis of the shape of the leaf apices, those of H. pungens being described as ‘pungent-pointed’ in contrast to those of H. stricta which were described as ‘obtuse with a small scarcely pungent point’. This may well have been true of the limited material available to Bentham but the material now available indicates that this character does not enable the two species to be differentiated. The two species may be distinguished chiefly by the disposition of the leaves on the branches, the shape of the leaves and by the seeds. Very few seeds of H. stricta were available for study but as far as can be judged the seeds of the two species differ in colour, in the size of the hilum and the shape of the aril. The seeds of H. stricta are a uniform yellowish or olive-brown, the hilum is less than j as long as the seed and the aril is shortly columnar whereas those of H. pungens are mottled, the hilum is about j to I the length of the seed and the aril is not as tall. It is unfortunate that seeds are seldom available as it restricts the use of seed as a distinguishing character. The almost invariable absence of seeds means that the two species are differentiated usually on vegetative characters. Despite this, most specimens can be sorted into two species quite readily as each has a different ‘look’ about it although the differences are difficult to express in words. The leaves in H. pungens are sessile or on petioles up to 0-5 mm long and typically are inserted on the branch at an angle >45° and often almost at right angles to it, the lamina arching outwards or spreading laterally and frequently slightly reflexed. In H. stricta the leaves are shortly but distinctly petiolate on petioles 0-75-T5 mm long and typically are inserted on the branch at an acute angle (<45°), the lamina arching outwards and upwards with the apex pointing towards the apex of the branch. These differences in leaf shape are not absolute but the leaf lamina in H. stricta tends to be broader than in H. pungens. These apparently trivial characters do nevertheless enable most specimens to be sorted into the two species without much difficulty in the absence of seeds. H. stricta tends to have a denser shaggier indumentum on many of its parts and the stipules are smaller and less persistent than in H. pungens. In addition, tfie growth form of the two species tends to differ, H. stricta often being smaller and more sparingly branched. The application of the name H. pungens var. major Paxton, published a year before H. stricta, is not entirely certain. The plant illustrated is neither typical of H. pungens nor of H. stricta which is not surprising seeing that it was grown under glass. The diagnostic characters used to differentiate the two species are not readily evident from the illustration but it seems probable that the plant was referrable to H. pungeris rather than to H. stricta. A cultivated specimen of H. pungens from South Australia shows an approach to the plant illustrated. Rather than treat H. pungens var. major as a name of uncertain application it is regarded here as a probable synonym of H. pungens. 6. Hovea stricta Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, ‘in arenosis sylvae districtus Sussex’, Dec. 1839, Preiss J05 7 (LD; Isolectotype: MEL, NY). H. stricta var. major Meissn., Bot. Zeitung 13: 30 (1855). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond coll. 6 no. 27 (NY; Isolectotype BM, CGE, K, MEL, NSW, W). Shrub to 1 m high, single or several-stemmed, usually sparingly branched; branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of straight, curled, slightly crinkled or
29 Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). Notes: In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, (CGE). H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled.
44 By virtue of the shape of the capitulum two groups can be discerned within Podotheca. Thus P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii, with obovoid to very broadly obovoid (rarely ± oblong) capitula, are readily distinguished from all other species which have ovoid or narrowly ovoid capitula. The dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs on the bracts also suggests that P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii are more closely related to one another than other species in the genus although such a vestiture does occur in a few specimens of/*, gnaphalioides. The four remaining species are closely related, with three (P. gnaphalioides, P. pritzelii and P. uniseta) mainly dilfering in the number of pappus bristles, the presence or absence of succulent bracts and the distribution of septate hairs. Ecological differences also exist, with P. uniseta and P. pritzelii occurring in more saline habitats than P. gnaphalioides. (For further notes on morphological and ecological differences see under treatment of species.) P. angustifolia, although clearly having strong affinities with the proceeding three species, is readily distinguished by virtue of its inbreeding nature, correlated as it is with small florets and anthers. The widespread occurrence of P. angustifolia is consistent with the distribution observed for many other inbreeding species of the Inuleae (Short 1981). On several previous occasions (Short 1981,1 986) attention has been drawn to the importance of the salt lake systems of south-west Western Australia to speciation in a number of inuloid genera. The apparent restriction of P. pritzelii and P. uniseta to separate lake systems further highlights their importance. Key To Species of Podotheca 1 . Pappus bristles 5 per floret 2. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong; outer involucral bracts with stalked, glandular hairs not flat, septate hairs; pappus bristles usually white or pale yellow but sometimes the upper part pink 2. P. wilsonii 2. Capitula ovoid to narrowly ovoid; bracts glabrous or with flat, septate hairs, sometimes with stalked glandular hairs; pappus bristles white or pale yellow, never pink 3. Florets inconspicuous, barely exerted above the bracts; anthers 0-4- 1 T 5 mm long 6. P. angustifolia 3. Florets conspicuous, exerted well beyond the bracts; anthers 1-24-2-61 mm long 4. Leaves and bracts at most semi-succulent, dark green or purple; glandular hairs usually present on major axes; outer involucral bracts usually with septate hairs, rarely glabrous 3. P. gnaphalioides 4. Leaves and bracts succulent, pale-green, rarely purplish; glandular hairs absent from major axes; outer involucral bracts glabrous . 4. P. pritzelii 1 . Pappus bristles not 5 per floret 5. Pappus bristles 1 per floret 5. P. uniseta 5. Pappus bristles (9)10(1 1) per floret 1. P. chrysantha 1. Podotheca chrysantha (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 602 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). — Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 459 (1845). — Podosperma chrysantha (Steetz) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘In arenosis sylvae prope oppidulum Perth, d. 23. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 105’. Lectotype (here chosen): Preiss 105, In Nova Hollandia (Swan River Colonia), in arenosis sylvae prope oppidulum Perth, s. dat. (MEL 1553907, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: GH, LD, MEL 1553905 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 1553906 (ex herb. Sender), MEL 1543871, P (three sheets, one ex herb. E. Drake, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S, W (three sheets). (See note 1 below.) Annual herbs. Major axes erect, 6-35 cm long, with stalked, glandular hairs, brown orbrown purple. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, 0-5-8-5 cm long,c. OT-0-65 cm wide, apex often incurved, with stalked, glandular hairs, green. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, 1-2-5 cm long, 0-4-3 cm diam. Involucral bracts 14-55 per
44 By virtue of the shape of the capitulum two groups can be discerned within Podotheca. Thus P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii, with obovoid to very broadly obovoid (rarely ± oblong) capitula, are readily distinguished from all other species which have ovoid or narrowly ovoid capitula. The dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs on the bracts also suggests that P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii are more closely related to one another than other species in the genus although such a vestiture does occur in a few specimens of/*, gnaphalioides. The four remaining species are closely related, with three (P. gnaphalioides, P. pritzelii and P. uniseta) mainly dilfering in the number of pappus bristles, the presence or absence of succulent bracts and the distribution of septate hairs. Ecological differences also exist, with P. uniseta and P. pritzelii occurring in more saline habitats than P. gnaphalioides. (For further notes on morphological and ecological differences see under treatment of species.) P. angustifolia, although clearly having strong affinities with the proceeding three species, is readily distinguished by virtue of its inbreeding nature, correlated as it is with small florets and anthers. The widespread occurrence of P. angustifolia is consistent with the distribution observed for many other inbreeding species of the Inuleae (Short 1981). On several previous occasions (Short 1981,1 986) attention has been drawn to the importance of the salt lake systems of south-west Western Australia to speciation in a number of inuloid genera. The apparent restriction of P. pritzelii and P. uniseta to separate lake systems further highlights their importance. Key To Species of Podotheca 1 . Pappus bristles 5 per floret 2. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong; outer involucral bracts with stalked, glandular hairs not flat, septate hairs; pappus bristles usually white or pale yellow but sometimes the upper part pink 2. P. wilsonii 2. Capitula ovoid to narrowly ovoid; bracts glabrous or with flat, septate hairs, sometimes with stalked glandular hairs; pappus bristles white or pale yellow, never pink 3. Florets inconspicuous, barely exerted above the bracts; anthers 0-4- 1 T 5 mm long 6. P. angustifolia 3. Florets conspicuous, exerted well beyond the bracts; anthers 1-24-2-61 mm long 4. Leaves and bracts at most semi-succulent, dark green or purple; glandular hairs usually present on major axes; outer involucral bracts usually with septate hairs, rarely glabrous 3. P. gnaphalioides 4. Leaves and bracts succulent, pale-green, rarely purplish; glandular hairs absent from major axes; outer involucral bracts glabrous . 4. P. pritzelii 1 . Pappus bristles not 5 per floret 5. Pappus bristles 1 per floret 5. P. uniseta 5. Pappus bristles (9)10(1 1) per floret 1. P. chrysantha 1. Podotheca chrysantha (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 602 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). — Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 459 (1845). — Podosperma chrysantha (Steetz) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘In arenosis sylvae prope oppidulum Perth, d. 23. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 105’. Lectotype (here chosen): Preiss 105, In Nova Hollandia (Swan River Colonia), in arenosis sylvae prope oppidulum Perth, s. dat. (MEL 1553907, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: GH, LD, MEL 1553905 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 1553906 (ex herb. Sender), MEL 1543871, P (three sheets, one ex herb. E. Drake, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S, W (three sheets). (See note 1 below.) Annual herbs. Major axes erect, 6-35 cm long, with stalked, glandular hairs, brown orbrown purple. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, 0-5-8-5 cm long,c. OT-0-65 cm wide, apex often incurved, with stalked, glandular hairs, green. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, 1-2-5 cm long, 0-4-3 cm diam. Involucral bracts 14-55 per
112 bracts ±trullate to narrowly trullate or ovate to lanceolate, 4-4-5 mm long, 1 -3-2-2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 4(5,6), 3-T-4-3 mm long, c. the length of the floret. Florets 1 or 2, pale white. Stamens 5; anthers 1-3-1 -6 mm long; microsporangia 1-1-2 mm long; apical appendages 0-33-0-44 mm long. Cypselas ±obconic, 1-1-1 -4 mm long, 0-6-0-78 mm diam., villous. Pappus eup-like, with ciliate margins, c. 0-3-0-5 mm long. Distribution (Fig. 1): See generic treatment. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The speeies is apparently confined to the margins of salt lakes where it grows amongst samphire in sand or sometimes clay loam. A pollen: ovule ratio of 7,398, determined from a single floret, indicates that the species commonly cross-pollinates. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — Newdegate, 1931, Blackall 1276 (PERTH); 5 km S. of Morawa, 23.x. 1 983, Short 2188 (MEL); 5 km S. of Morawa, 16.ix.l986, Short 2959 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). Lemooria Short, gen. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores prostrati, sparsim lanati, pilis glandiferis. Folia ad basem opposita, superiora altema, sessilia, Integra, glabra vel pilis glandiferis. Glomeruli depresse ovoidei; involucrum generate conspicuum; bracteae 12-18, marginibus hyalinis, dense lanatae; receptaculum ramosum. Capitula c. 10-20, sine bracteis subtendentibus. Bracteae intra capitulum (4)5-6(8), in ± 2 serialibus, ovatae usque lanceolatae vel ellipticae, planae usque concavae, praecipue hyalinae sed costa viridi, lanatae, marginibus superibus laciniatis. Flosculi 1 vel 2, tubulare, hermaphroditi, lutei. Corolla 5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypse/aesubobovoideae, fuscae, sparsim papillatae, plerumque apicibus pilos intertextos ferentibus; pericarpium sine sclerenchyma; carpopodium absens. Pappus setaceus; setae 8-12, subplumosae, ad basem conjunctae, longitudine c. y corollae tubi aequanti. Typus: L. burkittii (Benth.) Short Annual herb. Major axes prostrate, sparsely woolly, some glandular hairs present. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper alternate, sessile, entire, glabrous or with glandular hairs. Compound heads depressed ovoid; general involuere conspicuous, about equal to or longer than the head, braets 12-18, midribs leaf-like and longer than the wing-like hyaline margins, densely lanate; receptacle branched. Capitula c. 10-20; capitulum-subtending braets absent. Capitular bracts (4)5-6(8), in ± 2 rows, ovate to lanceolate or elliptic, flat to concave, mainly hyaline but with green midrib, lanate, the upper margins laciniate. Florets 1 or 2, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate and with sterile apical appendages. Cypselas ± obovoid, brown, sparsely papillate, usually with apices with intertwined hairs; pericarp lacking sclerenchyma, vascular bundles two; carpopodium absent. Pappus setaceus; bristles 8-12, subplumose and united at the base, c. j the length of the corolla tube. Distribution (Fig. I ): Monotypic. Widf spread in semi-arid and arid regions of the Australian mainland south of c. 26°S. Etymology: The name Lemooria is an anagram commemorating the botanist Spencer Le Marchant Moore (1850-1931). It is of the feminine gender (see note under Fitzwillia). Notes: A unique combination of features, i.e. the capitular bracts and bracts of the general involucre, the pappus and fruit, distinguishes Lemooria from other inuloid genera. It is one of the most distinctive Australian composites and the species is readily
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".
OLEARIA ARCHERI (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE), A NEW NAME FOR A FAMILIAR SPECIES FROM TASMANIA by N. S. Lander* ABSTRACT Lander, N. S. Olearia archeri (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new name for a familiar species from Tasmania. Muelleria 7(1): 117-121 (1989). — The neotypification by D. I. Morris of Olearia persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. is shown to be superseded by the rediscovery of original material, here designated as the lectotype. A new species, Olearia archeri, is described and illustrated. INTRODUCTION D. I. Morris (1977) raised Olearia persoonioides (DC.) Benth. var. lanceolata Benth. to specific rank as O. lanceolata (Benth.) D. I. Morris. In the process of doing this Morris designated a neotype for the variety stating that ‘it has not been possible to locate Bentham’s type’. Bentham (1867) cited no material in his protologue of O. persoonioides var. lanceolata. However, examination of Olearia specimens held at major Australian, British and Continental herbaria in the course of my ongoing revisionary studies in this genus has brought to light a specimen at K, originally from the Herbarium Hookeranum, annotated by J. D. Hooker as "E[urbyid\ persoonioides P lanceolata' and subsequently annotated by Bentham as 'Olearia persoonioides Benth. var. lanceolata' (Fig. 1). A small printed label reads ‘FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS, named by Mr BENTHAM ; a handwritten note gives the relevant volume and page reference. Although it bears no collector’s name, this specimen bears a typical R. C. Gunn label with the number 1 142/1842 and was gathered at Mt Wellington on 1 March 1839. The protologue of O. persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. distinguishes it from the type variety as follows: ‘Leaves lanceolate, almost acute. Flower heads fewer, but scarcely larger. Achenes glabrous.’ The specimen described above matches this protologue in all details and it is the only original material encountered that is so annotated as a variety of O. persoonioides by Bentham. Thus its rediscovery supersedes Morris’ neotypification: it is here designated as the Lectotype of Olearia persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. Duplicates (Isolectotypes) of this collection are held at HO and NSW. Eurybia persoonioides var. lanceolata J.D. Hook, is validly and legitimately published (Hooker 1 847) and, as the above specimen is clearly cited by Hooker, it must be accepted as the holotype. Neither this name or any reference to its place of publication is given by Bentham (1867) in his treatment of O. persoonioides. The holotype of Hooker’s Eurybia persoonioides var. lanceolata, and the lectotype of Bentham’s Olearia persoonioides var. lanceolata, represents a narrow-leaved form of O. persoonioides of trivial significance taxonomically. It bears little resemblance to Morris’ neotype which belongs unequivocally to the familiar and distinctive species hitherto known erroneously as O. lanceolata, which thus stands in need of a new name. Olearia archeri Lander, nom. nov. Species O/ear/a persoonioidi et O. tasmaniae affinis a quibus bracteis involucralibus ferentibus piles glanduliferos, capitulis pedunculo communi, basibus antherae breviter sagittatis, appendicibus antherae ovatis, et stylo ferenti pilos T-formes difFert. (Fig. 2). • Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation & Land Management, P.O Box 104 Como Western Australia, Australia 6152. , 117
OLEARIA ASTROLOBA (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE), A NEW SPECIES ENDEMIC TO VICTORIA by N. S. Lander* and N. G. Walsh+ ABSTRACT Lander, N. S. & Walsh, N. G. Olearia astroloba (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new species endemic to Victoria. Muelleria 7(1); 123-125 (1989). — Olearia astroloba Lander & N.G. Walsh, a new species known from a single, small population in Gippsland, Victoria, is described and illustrated. Its conservation status is discussed. INTRODUCTION Olearia Moench (Asteraceae: Astereae) in Australia is currently the subject of ongoing revisionary studies by the first author. A recently discovered species, "Olearia sp. (Nunniong)’ of Forbes & Ross (1988), would appear to represent one of Victoria’s most geographically restricted plants. It is described here in order to facilitate gazetting it for conservation purposes. Olearia astroloba Lander & N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. Species Oleariae phlogopappae affinis a qua capitulis solitariis terminalibus sessilibusque, flosculis tubuliformibus purpureis habentibus lobos abaxialiter pilis stellatis differt. (Fig. 1). Typus: Victoria, Gippsland, Marble Gully area, 200 m S. from Old Hut Ceeek, c. 6km E.of‘Bindi’,37°05'05"S., 147° 5 F 30" E., altitude 840 m, 30June 19SS, N.G. Walsh 2086 & D.E. Albrecht (Holotypus; MEL 1557910. Isotypi: AD, PERTH). Shrub to 0-5 m high. Vestitureof stems, leaves and outer involucral bracts densely pannose with stellate hairs. Stems erect, smooth, pale green when young, becoming brown. Leaves alternate, crowded, inclined, sessile; lamina somewhat incurved, spathulate, 5-18x2-9 mm, somewhat discolourous, greyish green, abaxially paler, smooth; venation obscure apart from midrib; texture somewhat coriaceous; base attenuate; margin dentate towards the apex, thickened or revolute; apex obtuse, muticous. Heads solitary, terminal, sessile, conspicuously radiate, 15-32 mm in diameter; disc c. 6 mm in diameter. Involucre obconic; bracts 3-4-seriate, 4-0-7-2X l-()-l-3 mm. Outer involucral bracts flat, narrowly triangular; stereome green; margin chartaceous, entire; apex narrowly acute. Inner involucral bracts flat, narrowly ovate; stereome green; margin chartaceous, fimbriate, with scattered basally stellate hairs; apex acute. Receptacle slightly convex. Ray florets c. 20, mostly uniseriate, female, llT-15-5mm long; tube with abaxial, multicellular, biseriate, eglandular hairs scattered centrally to apically; ligule narrowly elliptic, 7-4-12-5X 1-8-3-0 mm, violet, glabrous, obtuse and minutely 3-lobed apically; staminodes absent; styler arms filiform, 1-3- 1-6 mm long. Disc florets c. 12-35, bisexual, purple, becoming pale basally, infundibular, 5-5-6-5 mm long, with multi- cellular, biseriate, simple eglandular hairs scattered abaxially; lobes 5, 1-0-1 -5 mm long, acute, weakly stellate-hairy abaxially; anthers 1-9- 2-2 mm long, narrowly acute basally and shorter than the filament collar, with narrowly ovate to triangular, sterile apical appendage; filament collar 0- 3-0-4 mm long; stylar arms 1 - 3-1 - 5 mm long with half-conic, sterile apical appendages bearing botuliform papillae above the stigmatic lines. Achene narrowly obovoid, 2- 1-2*5 x 0*7-1 *0 mm, brown or purplish, sericeous with duplex hairs; venation distinct with 6 ribs; carpopodium slightly oblique. Pappus biseriate with an inner row of 20-24 free, minutely barbellate bristles subequal to the STauS! A^a of Conservation & Land Management, P.O. Box 104, Como, + National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 123
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".
27 ‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia Cunn.. Notes: The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens (corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range of variation satisfactorily. White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross (PERTH) from Waroona. 3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 (1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica (Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype (here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 1190.2). , Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 187. H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, (l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 23-24".
27 ‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia Cunn.. Notes: The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens (corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range of variation satisfactorily. White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross (PERTH) from Waroona. 3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 (1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica (Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype (here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 1190.2). , Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 187. H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, (l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx
52
absent or only present on bracts of the outermost whorl; inner bracts hyaline except for
opaque midrib, glabrous. Florets 25-61 per capitulum, mainly yellow but upper part of
corolla tube usually purple; corolla tube 14-8-20-2mm long. Stamens 5; anthers
l-35-l-94mm long; microsporangia 0-97-l-59mm long; apical appendages
0-28-0-49 mm long. Pollen grains c. 300-600 per anther. Cypselas 1-8-1 -9 mm long,
0-55-0-65 mm diam. Pappus a basal annulus with a single bristle, the bristle smooth or
barbellate in the lower 1/2-2/3, the upper 1/3-1/2 plumose. (Figs, lb, 6).
Distribution (Fig. 1);
Western Australia. Only known from the margins of Lake Monger, Lake Moore
and a saline flat south of Mora wa. All locations fall within the Avon drainage system as
defined by Beard (1973).
Ecology:
Commonly found in the samphire zone surrounding salt lakes. Collectors’ notes
include ‘Sandy rise in samphire flat with other chenopodiaceous shrubs and scattered
Eremophila. Sandy to very sandy pale red loam forming weak erust in places; coarse
sand frequently on surface’ and ‘Growing amongst samphire c. 20 m above salt pan,
just extending into Melaleuca shrub zone. In white sand.’.
Notes:
1 . The single pappus bristle is the most distinctive feature separating this species
from P. gnaphalioides and P. pritzelii. It is virtually indistinguishable from the latter
on other features although the herbaceous bracts of P. pritzelii are more succulent and
usually a bright green. The distinction of herbarium specimens of P. gnaphalioides
from P. uniseta on morphological features other than the pappus seems untenable.
However, distinct ecological differences have been observed where the two species
occur in the same locality. At the type locality, where P. uniseta was observed to grow
amongst samphire and Gunniopsis, P. gnaphalioides {Short 2930) was reeorded as
primarily growing under Melaleuca. Only oecasionally did it extend to the outer limits
of the samphire zone where individuals of both species grew. In the field it is evident
that plants of P. uniseta tend to be smaller, have more succulent bracts and are
coloured a deeper purple than specimens of P. gnaphalioides. Putative hybrid
individuals have never been observed at such sites.
Specimens Examined:
Western Australia — 93-5 km N. of Cleary, 13.xi.l983, Haegi 2642 & Short (AD, MEL, PERTH);
Mongers Lake, 3.ix. 1982, Short 1634B (AD, CANB, HO, NSW, PERTH); Mongers Lake, 23.x. 1983, Short
2I79B (MEL); 5 km S. of Morowa, 16,ix.l986, Short 2960 (MEL, PERTH).
6. Podotheca angustifolia (Labill.) Less., Syn. gen. Compos. 272 (1 832); DC., Prod. 6:
159 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1: 448 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 601 (1867);
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Cooke in Jessop & Toelken, FI.
S. Aust. 3: 1573 (1986); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). —
Podosperma angustifoliaGdbi\\.,'Ho\ . Holl. PI. Sp. 2: 35, t. 177 (1806); J. M. Black, FI.
S. Aust. 1 St ed. 636 ( 1 929), 2nd ed. 9 1 4 ( 1 957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 34 1 ( 1 963);
J . H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:719(1973). — Phaenopoda angustifolia (Labill.) Cass.,
Diet. Sci. Nat. 42: 84 (1826). Type: ‘Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.’ Syntypes: FI
(n.v.), P. (see note 1 below).
Lophoclinium citrinum Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1: 457 (1843). Type: ‘Nova
Hollandia austro-occidentalis’. Possible Syntypes & Isosyntypes: Preiss 106, LD,
MEL 1543637 (ex herb. Steetz), MEL 1543638 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 691441, P (3
sheets), W (2 sheets). (See note 2 below.)
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 2-30 cm long, sometimes cottony,
always with some flat, septate, non-glandular hairs and short, usually conspicuously
stalked, glandular hairs. Leaves ± linear, lanceolate or oblanceolate, 0-6-3(9) cm long,
0-1-0- 3(0- 7) cm wide, with flat, septate, non-glandular hairs and stalked glandular
VALID PUBLICATION OF THE NAMES TORRENTICOLA AND T. QUEENSLANDICA (PODOSTEMACEAE) by Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, Helen I. Valid publication of the names Torrenticola and T. queenslandica (Podostemaceae). Muelleria 7( 1 ): 1 27- 1 29 ( 1 989). — This article provides the correct citations for the names Torrenticola and T. queenslandica and discusses the early publications where these names occurred both invalidly and validly. CITATIONS There is considerable variation in the literature as to when, where and by whom the generic name Torrenticola and the specific name T. queenslandica were validly published under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Greuter et al. 1988). The correct citations for these names, together with some previously used incorrect citations, are given here and a discussion of them follows. Torrenticola Domin ex Steenis, FI. Males, ser. 1,4:66 (1 949). Torrenticola Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89^: 150 (1926) [Jan. 1926, not 1925], nom. prov. Torrenticola Domin ex Steenis, J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 421 (1947), nom. inval. Torrenticola queenslandica (Domin) Domin ex Steenis, FI. Males, ser. 1, 4: 68 (1949). Podostemum queenslandicum Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89^: 149 (1926) [Jan. 1926, not 1925], as Podostemon. Torrenticola queenslandica Domin, op. cit. 1 50, nom. prov., and 89®: tab. 35, figs 7-13 (1928), nom. inval. Torrenticola queenslandica (Domin) Domin ex Steenis, J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 421 (1947), nom. inval. DISCUSSION Domin (1926) published a new species ‘P. ?queenslandicus n. sp.’ under Podostemum [as Podostemon] Michaux. In his discussion following the species description he suggested that the new species might actually belong to a separate genus and provisionally designated this as ‘Torrenticola n. gen.’. In further discussion he referred to his new species as ‘T. queenslandica'. Under Artieles 34.1 and 34.2 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Greuter et al. 1988) I accept that the specific name Podostemum queenslandicum was validly published at this time. Both Domin’s wording and the layout of the printed text show that Domin was actually accepting the new species within Podostemum although he indicated some taxonomic doubt. The epithet queenslandicum, at specific rank, is therefore attributable to Domin and originates from P. queenslandicum Domin (1926). In contrast, the generic name Torrenticola and the specific combination T. queenslandica were not validly published by Domin in his 1926 paper. Torrenticola is not valid according to Article 34.1(b), which states clearly that a name is not validly published when it is merely proposed in anticipation of future acceptance, i.e. when it is a so-called provisional name. The name T. queenslandica is not validly published for •National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 127
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 52-55".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 39-56".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 44-46".
40
Generic Delimitation
Prior to Bentham’s ( 1 867) account of Podotheca three species had been referred to
the genus, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. gnaphalioides and P. pygmaea A. Gray (1851).
Bentham transferred two further species, Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz and Helipterum
fuscescens Turcz., to Podotheca. He noted that ‘the genus is limited to Australia,
differing from Helipterum chiefly in the stipitate achenes, and generally in the
involucre, which however is less foliaceous in P. fuscescens than in the other species’
(Bentham 1867, p. 601). Mueller (1882) retained the name Podosperma in preference
to Podotheca and described a further new species, P. pollackii F. Muell. In the same
publication he suggested that P. fuscescens, because of the outer scarious bracts of the
involucre, should again be returned to Helipterum. Diels (1904) effected the
combination Podotheca pollackii (F. Muell.) Diels.
Despite Mueller’s comment that P. fuscescens be referred to Helipterum the
species is commonly retained in Podotheca. All species of Podotheca occur in Western
Australia and Grieve & Blackall (1975) recognized six species, i.e. P. angustifolia, P.
chrysantha, P. fuscescens, P. gnaphalioides, P. pollackii and P. pygmaea. In this
revision P. fuscescens and P. pollackii are excluded from Podotheca s. str. , three further
species {P. pritzelii, P. uniseta and P. wilsonii) are described as new, and P. pygmaea is
reduced to synonymy under P. angustifolia.
Merxmiiller et al. (1977) referred Podotheca to their ‘group 16’ or ’’Schoenia
group’ of the Gnaphaliinae sensu amplo. This group is characterized by the triangular
hairy appendage of the style arms and includes some members of Australian
Helichrysum Miller and Helipterum DC. plus genera such as Millotia Cass, and
Waitzia Wendl. Podotheca s. str. is readily distinguished from other members of this
group by the involucral bracts, which are arranged in several series with the outer ones
leaf-like, the pappus of usually one, five or ten bristles and the long, bisexual florets of
the large capitula. The fruit has a prominent stipe (Fig. 2a) but this feature is not
exclusive to species of Podotheca s. str. Chromosome number determinations by
Turner (1970) suggest a base number of x= 13 for the genus.
Podotheca fuscescens is excluded from Podotheca s. str. on a number of grounds.
The involucral bracts are quite dissimilar to those of Podotheca s. str. The outer
leaf-like bracts are few in number and the inner bracts have white, opaque tips which
are absent in species of Podotheca s. str. Other differences occur in the style
appendages, which are more or less truncate and long papillate, and the pappus of c.
12-14 plumose bristles. P. fuscescens has strong affinities with Helipterum
oppositifolium S. Moore and H. strictum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt.,
1987).
Podotheca pollackii is readily distinguished from members of Podotheca s. str. by
virtue of the spike-like arrangement of the capitula. As with H. fuscescens the
involucral bracts of this species differ from those in Podotheca s. str. and the fruit are
anatomically different. In Podotheca s. str. the vascular bundles of the pericarp are
oblique to the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer in the pericarp is mainly one
cell wide. In P. pollackii the vascular bundles are in the plane of the adaxial surface of
the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer is 2-4 cells wide. Unlike members of
Podotheca s.str. fresh specimens produce a fetid odour when the leaves are crushed and
the anthers are black. The style and anther morphology suggest the retention of P.
pollackii in the ‘Schoenia group’. Its strongest affinities are with Helipterum battii F.
Muell., H. charsleyae F. Muell. and H. spicatum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt.,
1987).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Descriptions of taxa were made from dried herbarium material and from
specimens stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the
Systematic Association Committee for Descriptive Terrninology (1962).
Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BM, E, K, LD, MEL,
PERTH, S and W.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 48-49".
40
Generic Delimitation
Prior to Bentham’s ( 1 867) account of Podotheca three species had been referred to
the genus, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. gnaphalioides and P. pygmaea A. Gray (1851).
Bentham transferred two further species, Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz and Helipterum
fuscescens Turcz., to Podotheca. He noted that ‘the genus is limited to Australia,
differing from Helipterum chiefly in the stipitate achenes, and generally in the
involucre, which however is less foliaceous in P. fuscescens than in the other species’
(Bentham 1867, p. 601). Mueller (1882) retained the name Podosperma in preference
to Podotheca and described a further new species, P. pollackii F. Muell. In the same
publication he suggested that P. fuscescens, because of the outer scarious bracts of the
involucre, should again be returned to Helipterum. Diels (1904) effected the
combination Podotheca pollackii (F. Muell.) Diels.
Despite Mueller’s comment that P. fuscescens be referred to Helipterum the
species is commonly retained in Podotheca. All species of Podotheca occur in Western
Australia and Grieve & Blackall (1975) recognized six species, i.e. P. angustifolia, P.
chrysantha, P. fuscescens, P. gnaphalioides, P. pollackii and P. pygmaea. In this
revision P. fuscescens and P. pollackii are excluded from Podotheca s. str. , three further
species {P. pritzelii, P. uniseta and P. wilsonii) are described as new, and P. pygmaea is
reduced to synonymy under P. angustifolia.
Merxmiiller et al. (1977) referred Podotheca to their ‘group 16’ or ’’Schoenia
group’ of the Gnaphaliinae sensu amplo. This group is characterized by the triangular
hairy appendage of the style arms and includes some members of Australian
Helichrysum Miller and Helipterum DC. plus genera such as Millotia Cass, and
Waitzia Wendl. Podotheca s. str. is readily distinguished from other members of this
group by the involucral bracts, which are arranged in several series with the outer ones
leaf-like, the pappus of usually one, five or ten bristles and the long, bisexual florets of
the large capitula. The fruit has a prominent stipe (Fig. 2a) but this feature is not
exclusive to species of Podotheca s. str. Chromosome number determinations by
Turner (1970) suggest a base number of x= 13 for the genus.
Podotheca fuscescens is excluded from Podotheca s. str. on a number of grounds.
The involucral bracts are quite dissimilar to those of Podotheca s. str. The outer
leaf-like bracts are few in number and the inner bracts have white, opaque tips which
are absent in species of Podotheca s. str. Other differences occur in the style
appendages, which are more or less truncate and long papillate, and the pappus of c.
12-14 plumose bristles. P. fuscescens has strong affinities with Helipterum
oppositifolium S. Moore and H. strictum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt.,
1987).
Podotheca pollackii is readily distinguished from members of Podotheca s. str. by
virtue of the spike-like arrangement of the capitula. As with H. fuscescens the
involucral bracts of this species differ from those in Podotheca s. str. and the fruit are
anatomically different. In Podotheca s. str. the vascular bundles of the pericarp are
oblique to the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer in the pericarp is mainly one
cell wide. In P. pollackii the vascular bundles are in the plane of the adaxial surface of
the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer is 2-4 cells wide. Unlike members of
Podotheca s.str. fresh specimens produce a fetid odour when the leaves are crushed and
the anthers are black. The style and anther morphology suggest the retention of P.
pollackii in the ‘Schoenia group’. Its strongest affinities are with Helipterum battii F.
Muell., H. charsleyae F. Muell. and H. spicatum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt.,
1987).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Descriptions of taxa were made from dried herbarium material and from
specimens stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the
Systematic Association Committee for Descriptive Terrninology (1962).
Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BM, E, K, LD, MEL,
PERTH, S and W.
49 sandy loam on edge of granite outcrop’ and ‘mallee eucalypt scrub, red-brown loam’. Notes: 1 . It could be expected that type material examined by Graham is housed at E. However, a visit to E in August 1985 failed to reveal syntype material of P. gnaphalioides, there only being a photograph of the K specimen selected as the lectotype. 2. When describing P. pygmaea Gray referred to the ‘whole plant scarcely above an inch high’, suggesting that he had only seen a single specimen. The lectotype sheet contains two small plants. Despite this it seems that this is the material examined by Gray. The sheet is annotated with 'pygmaea n. sp.' in his hand and no other possible type material has been located at GH (M. Canosa, in Hit., 1987) or any other herbarium. 3. Podotheca gnaphalioides is a polymorphic species in regard to its habit, which varies from prostrate to erect, and in the vestiture of the leaves and bracts. The most common form of the species has ascending to erect major axes and the outer involucral bracts have a vestiture of septate hairs and occasional, seemingly sessile or shortly stalked, glandular hairs (e.g. Aplin 3362, Short 1602, Short 1722). A few collections from drier and inland localities are of specimens with prostrate major axes and with bracts which are glabrous or with few septate hairs (e.g. Blackall 453 from Sandstone). Other collections (e.g. Willis s.n. MEL 1555706, Selk 1705) are characterized by having bracts with a dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs as in P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii. Such specimens occur in the Jurien Bay-Yanchep region. Formal recognition of the entities does not seem warranted but additional collections may prove otherwise. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 120): Western Australia — Dirk Hartog Island, 2.ix. 1972, George 1 1383 (PERTH); 15-5 km W. of Mullewa, l.ix.l982, Short 1602 (MEL, PERTH); Anderson Rocks, 13.ix.l982, Short 1722 MEL, PERTH); Caroling Rocks, 6.X.1983, Short 1971 (MEL); E. edge of Lake Moore, 15.ix.l986, Short 2930 (AD, MEL, PERTH). 4. Podotheca pritzelii P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, c. 5-25 cm longi, pilis planis septatis. Folia lineari vel lanceolata 1-3-5 cm longa, 0- 1-0-25 cm lata, succulenta, pallens viridia vel purpurascentia, pilis planis septatis. Capitula ovoidea usque lanceoloidea vel cylindrica, T9-2-6 cm longa, 0-26-0-8 cm diametro. Bracteaea involucralis 15-32, ovatae usque lanceolatae vel anguste triangulares usque lineares triangulares vel obovatae usque oblanceolatae, 7-5-22 mm longae, 1 -5-3-5 mm latae; bractae exteriores herbaceae, succulentae, pallentes virides vel purpurae, marginibus angustis hyalinis pilis longis ciliatis, pili septati absens; bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Flosculi 19-73; corolla tubes 14-19 mm longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-4-1-83 mm longae, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 400. Cypselae 1-5-1 -6 mm longae, 0-45-0-6 mm diametro. Pappi setae laeves usque barbellatae in parte inferna 1/3-1/2, superae 1/2-2/3 plumosae. Holotypus: Lake Ninan, at junction of Brennan Road with the Wongan Hills-Yereeoin road. 30° 56' S., 1 16° 39' E. Growing in sand amongst samphire and Melaleuca. 25.x. 1 983, Short 2214B (MEL 1 524328). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, NSW, PERTH. Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 5-25 cm long, with flat, septate hairs. Leaves linear or lanceolate, 1-3-5 cm long, 0-l-0-25cm wide, succulent, pale-green or purplish, with flat, septate hairs. Capitula ovoid to lanceoloid or cylindrical, l-9-2-6cm long, 0-26-0-8 cm diam. Involucral bracts 15-32 per capitulum, ovate to lanceolate or narrowly to linear triangular or obovate to oblanceolate, 7-5-22 mm long, 1 -5-3 -5 mm wide; outer braets herbaceous, succulent, pale green or purple, with narrow hyaline margins with long-ciliate hairs, flat septate hairs absent; inner bracts hyaline except for opaque midrib, glabrous. Florets 19-73 per capitulum, yellow-orange; corolla tube 14-19 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers l-4-l-83mm long; microsporangia 1-05-1-46 mm long; apical appendages 0-35-
48
part of the pappus bristles are pink. A single collection, Demarz 4613, has some
specimens with pink bristles, others with yellow bristles.
3. Podotheca wilsonii has close affinities with P. chrysantha but the latter species
has ten, rarely nine or eleven, bristles per floret, is always an erect herb and displays a
preference for non-saline habitats.
Selected Specimens Seen (Total 1 3):
Western Australia — Lake Carey, 7.x. 1973, Demarz 4613 (PERTH); 41 miles N. of Bulga Downs,
24.ix.1975, Demarz 5642 (PERTH); c. 16 km S. of Mt Jackson Homestead, 5.xi.l983, Short 2298 & Haegi
(AD, MEL, PERTH); 30 km NE. of Nambi Homestead, 28.viii.1968, Wilson 7482 (PERTH); southern
margins of Lake Rason, 13.ix.l984, Wilson 72/77 (PERTH).
3. Podotheca gnaphalioides Grab., Bot. Mag. t. 3920 (1842); Steetz in Lehm. PI.
Preiss. 1; 449 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3; 601 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust.
Wildlfs 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 699 (1987). —
Podosperma gnaphalioides (Grab.) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘raised at
the nursery garden of Messrs. James Dickson & Sons, Edinburgh, in spring, 1841, from
a collection of Swan River seeds, communicated the year before by Mr. Murray,
Lintrose . . . struck from cuttings by Mr. Kelly . . . of Messrs. Dickson’s establishment.’
Lectotype (here chosen): Anon, s.n.. Swan River, cult., s. dat. (K). (See note 1
below.)
Lophoclinium manglesii Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1: 457 (1843). Type: ‘Nova
Hollandia austro-occidentalis’. Possible Syntypes and Isosyntypes: Preiss 107.
LD, MEL 1543867 (ex herb. Sond.), MEL 691442 (ex herb. Steetz), P, W. (See note 2
under P. angustifolia.)
Podotheca pygmaea A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 227 ( 1 85 1 ). Type:
‘Swan River, Drummond’. Lectotype (here chosen): Drummond 64, Swan River, N.
Holl., s. dat. (K). (See note 2 below.)
Annual herbs. Major axes ± prostrate to erect, 6-55 cm long, with flat, septate,
non-glandular hairs and often stalked glandular hairs, green to purple. Capitula ovoid
to lanceoloid, 2-5 cm long, 0-3-1 -5 cm diam. Involucral bracts 11-43 {c. 60) per
capitulum, ± ovate to lanceolate or narrowly to linear triangular or ± oblanceolate or
narrowly obtrullate, 8-6-36-7 mm long, 0-9-3-8 mm wide; outer bracts herbaceous,
sometimes semi-succulent, dark green or purple green, usually with narrow, hyaline
margins with long-ciliate hairs, the outer surface with flat, septate hairs and/or stalked,
glandular hairs, rarely glabrous; inner bracts hyaline except for an opaque midrib,
glabrous or with, long-ciliate hairs on the margins. Florets 10-204 per capitulum,
yellow or yellow-orange, corolla tube 20-7-30 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers
1-24-2-61 mm long; microsporangia 1-37-2-14 mm long; apical appendages
0-37-0-66 mm long. Pollen grains c. 300-500 per anther. Cypselas 1 -9-2-7 mm long,
0-5-0-75 mm diam. Pappus of 5 bristles, each bristle usually smooth at the base,
grading to plumose, sometimes barbellate or ± plumose near the base.
Chromosome number: n= 13 (Turner 1970).
Distribution (Fig. 1):
South-west of Western Australia, including Dirk Hartog Island.
Ecology:
Occurs in a variety of habitats and tends to favour sandy soils but has also been
found growing in clay loam. It apparently has some salinity tolerance, with plants
having been gathered on the edge of saline depressions. However it is generally
restricted to areas above the samphire zone. Collectors’ notes include: ‘Growing in
sand with Melaleuca, occasionally just extending to area with Gunniopsis on edge of
saline depression’, ‘closed heath, shallow sand over limestone’, ‘open forest
Eucalytpus wandoo, clay loam in drainage line’, ‘Open heath, orange-brown sandy
loam over outcropping ferrugineous sandstone’, ‘Sandplain with heath c.lm tall
dominated by Leptospermum sp., Casuarina cutivalvus and Acacia spp.’, ‘In very
51 erroneously labelled. The locality seems more likely to be Lake Ninan, the type locality. A further collection, Kenneally 5 799 from the Mortlock Flora Reserve and containing somewhat immature specimens, may be of this species. Lake Ninan is in the Monger Lake System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). Ecology: The only ecological data available comes from the type collection (see above) which indicates that the species grows in saline sand amongst samphire and Melaleuca. Notes: 1 . The specific epithet commemorates Ernst Georg Pritzel, a German botanist who, in 1900-1901, collected with Ludwig Diels in Western Australia. The first collection of this species was gathered by Pritzel. 2. In the field P. pritzelii is readily distinguished from P. gnaphalioides. The leaves and bracts are manifestly succulent and are usually a distinct pale green, although sometimes the bracts may be purple. Larger individuals frequently branch at the upper nodes, an uncommon feature in P. gnaphalioides. There is also a tendency for the largest capitula in P. pritzelii to be smaller than those of robust specimens of P. gnaphalioides, a situation reflected by the bract and floret number per capitulum. The bracts of this species also lack flat, septate hairs on the outer surface, an uncommon condition in P. gnaphalioides. Differentiation of P. pritzelii from P. gnaphalioides can be difficult from herbarium specimens, a situation not helped when habitat notes are lacking. Although the pale green colour of the leaves and bracts may more or less remain the original succulent nature is often not apparent in dried specirnens. Apart from morphological differences P. pritzelii is found in a different habitat from that frequented by P. gnaphalioides. The latter species was not observed at Lake Ninan when the type collection of P. pritzelii was gathered. As noted above P. gnaphalioides barely encroaches into the samphire dominated zone of saline lakes (also see under P. uniseta). Specimens Examined: Western Australia — ?Lake Annean, Nannine, x. 1945, Gardner 7467 (PERTH); Wongan Hills, 13.X.1903, Morrison 13058 (K, PERTH — 2 sheets); District Avon, in apertis arenosis, x.1901, Pritzel 775 (BM, E, K, PERTH). 5. Podotheca uniseta P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, c. 5-25 cm longi, pilis planis septatis. Folia linearia vel lanceolata, 1-4-5 cm longa, 0-1-0-35 cm lata, succulenta. Capitula anguste ovoidea vel cylindrica, 2-2-8 cm longa, 0-26-0-9 cm diametro. Bracteae involucralis 23-35, ovatae usque lanceolatae vel anguste triangulares usque lineares triangulares vel lineares vel obovatae usque oblanceolatae, 4-5-22 mm longae, 0-6-3-2 mm latae; bracteae exteriores herbaceae interdum semisucculentae, marginibus angustis hyalinis pilis longis ciliatis, pili septati absens vel on bracteae eximae verticillus; bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Flosculi 26-67; corolla tubus 14-8-20-2 mm longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-35-1-94 mm longae, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 300-600. Cypselae 1 - 8- 1 -9 mm longae, 0- 5 5-0-65 mm diametro. Pappus annulus seta uno, seta laevi vel barbellata in parte inferna 1/2-2/3, in supera 1/3-1/2 plumosa. Holotypus: E. edge of Lake Moore (c. 58 km from Paynes Find along Cleary road), 29° 40' S., 117° 43' E. Growing amongst Gunniopsis & Halosarcia. Sand. 15.ix.l986, Short 2929 (MEL 689074). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, HO, K, NSW, PERTH. Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 5-25 cm long, with flat, septate hairs. Leaves ± linear or lanceolate, 1-4-5 cm long, 0-1-0-35 cm wide, succulent, green, red or purple. Capitula ± narrowly ovoid or ± cylindrical, 2-2-8 cm long, 0-26-0-9 cm diam. Jnvolucral bracts 23-35 per capitulum, ovate to lanceolate or narrowly to linear triangular or ± linear or ±obovate to oblanceolate, 4-5-22 mm long, 0-6-3-2 mm wide; outer bracts herbaceous, sometimes semisucculent, green or tinged purple, with narrow, hyaline margins with long-ciliate hairs, septate hairs
46 Distribution (Fig. 1); , Western Australia between latitudes c. 29° 30' S. and 35° S. and west of longitude c. 1 1 7° E. A collection by Oldfield (K) is labelled as coming from the Murchison River but this seems to be erroneous. Ecology: .. ^ j Favours sandy soil. Collectors’ notes include ‘low woodland . . . ot Banksia, ridge of light yellow sand’, ^Banksia - coastal Blackbutt association’ and ‘closed heath, shallow sand over limestone on ridge’. Flowers from late August to December. 1. The selection of MEL 1553907 as the lectotype of Ixiolaena chrysantha is consistent with the argument previously put (Short & Sinkora 1988) that in the case of names originally coined by Steetz that specimens in his own herbarium should generally be chosen as lectotypes. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 50): Western Australia — near Boongarra, 17.x. 1978, Hnatiuk 780145 PERTH); Yanchep National Park, 17 X 1963 James 19 (PERTH); 18 km E. of Lancelin, 17.X.1981, Keighery 4140 (PERTH); Bayswater, 6.X.1897, Morrison s.n. (E, K, MEL 1543881, PERTH); Capel, 18.ix.l949, Royce 3122 (PERTH). 2. Podotheca wilsonii P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, 7-5-45 cm longi, pilis stipitatis glandulis. folia linearia vel lanceolata, 0-5-13-5 cm longa, O-l-l-l cm lata, apicibus saepe mcurvatis, pilis stipitatis glandulis, viridia usque purpurea. Capitula obovoidea usque perlate obovoidea, raro ± oblonga, l-5-3-5cm longa, 0-7-3 cm diametro. Bracteae involucrales 26-75, ovatae usque lanceolatae, oblanceolatae, anguste trullati usque trullati, triangulares vel ± lineares, 7-6-24 mm longae, 1^5-5 mm latae; bracteae exteriores herbaceae, pilis stipitatis glandulis, saepe marginibus angustis hyalinis pnis longis ciliatis ferentibus; bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Floscuti 44-294, lutei- corolla tubus 14-5-25-1 mm longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-96-2-46 mm longae, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 400-660. Cypselae 1 -7-2-1 mm longae, 0-55-0-65 mm diametro. Pappi setae 5 laeves usque barbellatae in parte inferna 1/3-1/2, in supera 1/2-2/3 subplumosae, plerumque albae vel luteolae sed interdum in supera 1/3 roseae. Holotypus: FLammersley Lakes, c. 16 km S. of Mt Jackson Homestead, f- 30 11 9° 01' E. In sand amongst samphire, and Frankenia. 7.x. 1983, Short 1995 (MEL 689073). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, NSW, NT, PERTH. Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 7-5-45 cm long, with stalked glandular hairs, purple. Leaves linear or lanceolate, 0-5-1 3-5 cm long, O-l-l-l cm wide, the apex often incurved, with stalked glandular hairs, green to purple. CapiMa obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong, 1 -5-3-5 cm long, 0-7-3 cm diarn. Involucral bracts 26-75 per capitulum, ovate to lanceolate, oblanceolate, narrowly trullate to trullate, triangular or ± linear, 7-6-24 mm long, 1-5-5 mm wide, outer bracts herbaceous, the surfoce with stalked glandular hairs, often with narrow hyaline margins with long-ciliate hairs; inner bracts hyaline except for the opaque midrib, glabrous. Florets 44-294 per capitulum, yellow; corolla tube 14-^5-25-1 mm long Stamens 5; anthers 1-96-2-46 mm long; microsporangia 1-45-1-88 mm long; apical appendages 0-35-0-62 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400-660 per anther. Cyp.se/fl3 1 -7-2- 1 mm long, 0-5-0-6 mm diam. Pappus of 5 bristles, bristles smooth to barbellate in the lower 1/3-1/2, the upper 1/2-2/3 subplumose, commonly white or pale yellow but sometimes the upper c. 1/3 pink. (Fig. 4) Distribution (Fig. 1): , 3i»3n'q and Western Australia. Occurs between latitudes c. 25 30 S. and 31 30 b. and longitudes 118°E. and 124°30'E. IE C L Y^ * Collectors’ notes suggest that the species is restricted to saline, generally sandy soil. A single collection records that specimens were collected in a clay depression.
27 ‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia Cunn.. Notes: The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens (corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range of variation satisfactorily. White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross (PERTH) from Waroona. 3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 (1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica (Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype (here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 1190.2). , Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 187. H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, (l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx
TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by Neville G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, Neville G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 7(1): 81-87 (1988). — Pomaderris gilmourii from New South Wales and P. humilis from Victoria are described as new species and notes on distribution, ecology and their relationship to other members of the genus are provided. Two varieties of P. gilmourii are recognised. INTRODUCTION The genus Pomaderris contains a number of species which are morphologically ill-defined and nomenclaturally confused. In the course of the preparation of a general revision of the genus, a number of apparently clearly defined, undescribed taxa have been encountered. As sufficient data pertaining to these taxa are gathered which confirm their distinctness, they will be described in order that reference to them is facilitated more quickly than would be the case if their publication were delayed until a generic revision is completed. This is the second recent paper describing new species in Pomaderris. See also Muelleria 6: 6 (1988). TAXONOMY Pomaderris gilmourii N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. Frutexad 4 m altum. Ramuli glabrescentes. Folia obovata, oblanceolata vel anguste elliptica, 8-30 mm (raro ad 40 mm) longa, 4- 1 3 mm lata, apice acuto ad obtusum vel rotundato, pinnatinervia, nervorum 3-5 pares, supra glabra vel pubescentia secus costae, infra tomentosa trichomatibus stellatis. Stipulae subulatae ad 4 mm longas, caducae. Inflorescentiae terminates, laxe paniculatae, pyramidales vel rotundatae, 2-5 cm diametro, aliquantum abundans. Flores apetala, pedicellis 1-4 mm longis. Sepala oblonga, apice acuto, pagina externa pilis brevis argenteis, interne glabra. Filamenta staminum 1-1-5 mm longa, Antherae oblongae vel ellipticae, 0-5-1 mm longae. Stylus c. 1 mm longus, trilobus, divisus basi fere. Typus: New South Wales — South Coast, Deua National Park, Prominence 1-9 km north from Coondella trig, point, c. 16 km WSW. from Moruya, 35° 55' 50" S., 1 49° 54' 20" E. Alt. 480 m, 7.xii.l987, A.G. Walsh 7559(Holotypus: MEL 1557601. IsoTYPi: BRI, CBG, HO, NSW). Shrub to 4 m high. Branchlets glabrescent, but covered when young by semi-appressed to appressed simple hairs or tufted trichomes, with or without an underlying hoary layer. Petiole 2-8 mm long. Lamina obovate, oblanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 8-30 (rarely to 40) mm long, 4- 1 3 mm wide; apex acute to obtuse or rounded; penninerved with 3-5 pairs of lateral veins which are inconspicuous above; upper surface glabrous or with a line of short hairs above the midvein; lower surface densely covered with fine stellate trichomes, with or without a superficial layer of appressed, shining simple hairs. Stipules subulate, to 4 mm long, soon deciduous. Inflorescences loosely paniculate, pyramidal or rounded, mostly 2-5 cm diam., terminal on the main axis and short lateral branches and rather prolific. Pedicels 1 -4 mm long. Sepals oblong, acute at apex, covered with short silver-grey hairs externally, glabrous and cream-coloured on the inner face. Petals absent. Stamens alternating with sepals; filament 1-1-5 mm long; anther c. 0-5-1 mm long. Ovary ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 81
84
expected to be discovered in the course of detailed survey of the general area. P.
gilmourii var. cana is known only from a few plants at the type locality where it occurs
with the typical variety. The species conservation status has been assessed as 2RC-t
(Briggs & Leigh 1988), that is the species is rare (‘R’), represented within a
conservation reserve (‘C’), the population size is unknown but all known plants
are reserved (‘t’).
Habitat:
P. gilmourii occurs on skeletal soils derived from rhyolite, an igneous rock, in this
area formed as part of the Comerong Volcanic series (Gilligan 1974). Most sites are
exposed, on or atop steeply sloping rock faces supporting shrubland or open woodland,
although one collection {Gilmour 4988) is apparently from a more sheltered site
supporting open forest. Recorded altitudes range from 450 m to 700 m. Associated
species typically include a number of similarly localised, rhyolite-endemic species
such as the recently described Prostanthera porcata, Westringia saxicola and an
undescribed Leptospermum as well as other species characteristic of clifftop shrubland
and woodland communities, e.g. Eriostemon trachyphyllus, Platysace lanceolata,
Hakea dactyloides, H. macreana, Kunzea ambigua and Eucalyptus stenostoma.
Notes:
P. gilmorii is a very distinctive species unlikely to be confused with any other
Pomaderris in the eastern states. However, sterile specimens somewhat resemble P.
myrtilloides, a species of calcareous, mostly coastal sites in southern Western Australia
and it was to this species which I very hesitantly referred the first (sterile) material of P.
gilmourii I saw. Unlike P. gilmourii though, the western species is not apetalous and
has a style which is barely cleft. The indumentum of P. gilmourii var. gilmourii is
suggestive of that of P. ledifolia, a species also typically associated with exposed, rocky
peaks, but the characteristic very narrow leaves and crowded, petalous flowers of that
species readily distinguish it from P. gilmourii. P. cinerea, a species endemic to the
south coast region of New South Wales and which also occurs within Deua National
Park shares with P. gilmourii a number of features which may indicate a closer
relationship than the general appearance of the two species suggests. Both species
flower later in the year than any other Pomaderris in the broad area, both are apetalous
and perhaps most significantly, both species have a pubescent style, a feature not
known from other members of the genus. The general nature of the indumentum of P.
cinerea and its overall dusky appearance are reflected to some extent in P. gilmourii
var. cana.
The specific epithet honours Mr Phil. Gilmour, formerly of Canberra, who first
collected this species and whose collections comprise the majority of herbarium
specimens of it. His botanical surveys of the largely unexplored south coast area of
New South Wales in general and the rugged and largely inaccessible rhyolite country in
particular, have unearthed a number of new species and improved our knowledge of
many rare and restricted plants.
The varietal epithet cana refers to the dull, greyish appearance of that variety, in
contrast to the brighter overall aspect of the typical variety.
Pomaderris humilis N. G. Walsh, sp. nov.
Frutex decumbens vel infirme ascendens, plerumque ad 0-5 m altum. Ramuli stellato-tomentosi cum
pilis simplicibus vel trichomatibus caespitosis longioribus. Folia elliptica vel ovata rare obovata,
10-50 mm longa, 7-25 mm lata, apice rotundato versus late acutum, pinnatinervia, nervorum 5-7
pares, supra pilosa cum pilis simplicibus suberectis raro cum stellatis vel bifidis trichomatibus
paucibus, c. 0-2 mm longis, infra stellato-tomentosa cum pilis simplicibus longioribus praesertim in
costis et nervis. Stipulae lanceolatae, ad 4 mm longas, caducae. Injlorescentia terminales, paniculatae,
pyramidales plerumque 3-5 cm diametro. Sepala oblonga, 2-2-5 mm longa, apice acuto, pagina
externa stellato-tomentosa cum pilis simplicibus longioribus, interne glabra. Petala spathulata,
breviora parum sepalis, margine apicali irregulatim crenato. FUamenta staminum 2-2-5 mm longa.
Antherae oblongae, c. 1 mm longae. Stylus 1-5-2 mm longus, integer fere vel divisus j parte sui
longitudinis. Capsulae ovoideae, c. 3-5x2-5 mm.
114 green, mainly cartilaginous but with hyaline apices and sometimes with very narrow hyaline margins, glabrous to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. Capitularhmcts 4-6, hyaline, with opaque midribs, ± flat, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obovoid, mainly glabrous but with long, intertwined hairs at the apex; carpopodium annular. Pappus cup-like, laciniate. Distribution (Fig. 1): A ditypic genus restricted to Western Australia. Etymology: The name Sondottia is of feminine gender and is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating the botanist Otto Wilhelm Sonder (1812-1881). Notes: The cartilaginous capitulum-subtending bracts are apparently unique to this genus and readily separate it from any other genera with single flowered capitula. Other distinguishing features include the opposite, connate leaves and the intertwined long hairs at the apex of the fruit. Key to Species of Sondottia 1. General involucre absent or several leaf-like bracts at base of head; upper axes lanate 1 • S. connata 1. General involucre of 2 or 4 bracts with broad, hyaline margins; upper axes ± glabrous 2. S. glabrata Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Angianthus connatus W.V. Fitzg. J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 24 (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 (1983). Lectotype (fide Short 1983); Mingenew, Sept. 1903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 138682). IsoLECTOTYPEs: NSW 138683, PERTH. Annual herb, c. 3-12 cm high. Mayor oxej ascending to erect, mainly glabrous but the upper part lanate; stem simple or forming branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves linear, c. 5-13 mm long, 0-5-1 -4 mm wide, often semisucculent, mucronate, usually glabrous but the uppermost leaves sometimes lanate. Compound heads obovoid, c. 6-5-10 mm long, 3-5-5 mm diam.; general involucre absent but one or several leaf-like, lanate bracts with small, hyaline apices may be present at the base of the head. Capitula c. 5-13 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts ± elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate, 3-6-5-2 mm long, 0-55-1-9 mm wide, mainly cartilaginous and green but with hyaline apices and, sometimes very narrow, (<0-l mm) hyaline margins, sparsely to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. Capitular bracts 5-6, narrowly elliptic or linear, 3-3-8 mm long, 0-3-0- 5 mm wide, c. the length of the florets, usually mainly hyaline but sometimes the opaque midrib more prominent, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2-2-6mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-4-1 -5 mm long; microsporangia 0- 95-1 mm long; apical appendages 0-43-0-48 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1- 6-1-85 mm long, 0-5-0-7 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, laciniate, c. 0-2 mm long. Distribution (Fig. 1): Restrieted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 21° S. and 30° S. and 1 1 6° E. and 121° E. In the revision of Angianthus s. lat. (Short 1 983) it was erroneously recorded that the species was only known from the type locality. It is moderately common.
115 Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The species occurs in an array of arid habitats but seems to be most common in saline environments. Collectors’ notes include: ‘Sandy loam with ironstone gravel, with scattered Atriplex shrubs’, ‘In sand and very sandy loam amongst Acacia, Eremophila shrubs’ and ‘Beneath Acacia shrubs amongst samphire. Loam.’ Pollen : ovule ratios have not been obtained for this species but from anther size it is evident that several thousand pollen grains occur in each floret, suggesting that cross-pollination commonly occurs (Short 1983). Selected Specimens Examined (Total 15): Western Australia — Hospital Rocks, 8.x. 1983, Short 1998 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 26 km S. of Cue, 14.ix.l986, Short 2921 (MEL, PERTH); 6 km S. of Warriedar, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12293 (MEL, PERTH); Lake Austin, c. 15 km S. of Cue, 28. ix. 1986, Wilson 12326 (MEL, PERTH). Sondottia glabrata Short, sp. nov. Herba annua, usque ad 40 cm alta. Axes majores erecti, glabrati. Folia praecipue linearia, usque ad c. 10 mm longa et c. 1 mm lata, glabra, summa subovata usque lanceolata basibus hyalinis. Glomeruli subobovoidei vel ellipsoidei, 6-7 mm longi, 3-4 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes 2 vel 4, subovatae vel ellipticae, 4-5-5 mm longae, 2-5-3-3 mm latae, subglabrae usque lanatae, marginibus hyalinis 0-7-l-33mm latis. Capitula 4-8; bracteae capitula subtendentes anguste ellipticae vel oblanceolatae, 3-7-4-3 mm longae, 0-7-1 -3 mm latae, sparsim usque dense lanatae. Bracteae intra capitulum 4-5, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae, 2-8-3-7 mm longae, 0-2-0-5 mm latae, sparsim lanatae. Flosculi 1 in quoque capitulo. Corollae tubus 2-4-2-7 mm longus. Stamina 5; antherae l-6-l-9mm longae; microsporangia l-3-l-6mm longa; appendices apicales 0-3-0-34 mm longae. Cypselae subobovoideae, 1-4- 1-6 mm longae, 0-45-0-6 mm diametro. Pappus subcyanthiformis, laciniatus, 0-2-0-5 mm longus. (Fig. 5). Holotypus: Western Australia, c. 6 km S. of Wooramel River along the north-west coastal highway. ChtnopoA! Acacia shrubland. Compact sandy loam, 1 6.x. 1 983, Short 2088 (MEL 1523448). Isotypus: PERTH. Annual herb, to c. 10 cm high. Major axes erect, ± glabrous; stem forming branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves mainly linear, to c. 10 mm long, c. 1 mm SI n El 31 tt ai 6 8 r 9 s i> E 6 I ■ NATIONAL HEKB\KILM OK VICTORIA (MEL). AISIRAL!\ Fig. 5. Holotype sheet of Sondottia glabrata.
A NEW SPECIES OF TETRARRHENA R. Br. (POACEAE) FROM VICTORIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES by Neville G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, Neville G. A new species of Tetrarrhena R. Br. (Poaceae) from Victoria and New South Muelleria 7(1): 95-98 (1989). — Tetrarrhena turfosa is described as a new species with notes on distribution and ecology. Its relationship to other members of the genus is discussed. INTRODUCTION In the course of preparing the account of Poaceae for a forthcoming Flora of Victoria, several apparently unnamed taxa have been encountered. The majority of these are in groups currently under study by others and should, in due course, be dealt with by them. The species described herein has long been recognised as being distinct but has evaded formal recognition. As it seems no specialists are presently dealing with Tetrarrhena, the opportunity is here taken to validate the status of a sixth member of the genus. TAXONOMY Tetrarrhena turfosa N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. Gramen perenne, rhizomatosum, caespitosum vel ascendens, 0-2-1-3 m altum. Folia erecta, laevia et glabra. amplexicaules. L/gw/aeciliatae, adO-5 mmlongae. Lam/'naeinvolutae, 2-7 cmlongae, 0-3-0-8 mm latae, obtusae interdum inflatae apicibus. Inflorescentia racemosa, angusta, erecta, spicam simulans, 1-3 cm longa. Spiculae 3-10, subsessiles, saepe purpuratae, 4-8-6-8 mm longae. Glumae subaequales, ovatae, 1-2 mm longae. Lemma sterilis infemum longitudine circa j partes lemmatis sterilis superni, ambo oblongae, obtusae, carinatae vix, nervi 5-7 ellevati manifeste, scabri. Lemma fertilis aequans fere lemma sterilem supemum, carinatum, scaberulum. Palea aequans fere lemma sterilem. Antherae quatuor, circa 3 mm longae. Typus: Victoria — Western. Grid D 18. Grampians, 3 miles (6-4 km) SW. of Halls Gap, 0- 1 5 miles (0-24 km) west of junction with Mt Rosea Track, along watercourse. Associated species include: Pultenaea subumbellata, Sprengelia, Selaginella, Restio complanatus, Lepidosperma spp. Gymnoschoenus, Gahnia sieberiana, 18.1.1969, Beauglehole 30309 (Holotypus: MEL 597060. Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NSW). A rhizomatous, perennial grass, forming compact tufts, commonly to c. 0-6 m high in exposed sites, or with leafy, branched, ascending strands to 1 - 3 m high amongst taller vegetation. Leaves erect, smooth and ^abrous. Sheaths tightly encircling stem. Lamina tightly involute, 2-7 cm long, 0-3-0-8 mm diameter, terminating in a blunt, sometimes slightly swollen tip. Ligule a dilate rim to 0-5 mm long, sometimes with a few marginal hairs to 1 mm long. Inflorescence an erect, spike-like raceme 1-3 cm long. Spikelets 3-10 per raceme, 4-8-6-8 mm long, subsessile, often purplish. Glumes subequal, the upper usually slightly larger, ovate, 11-2 mm long, smooth and glabrous. Lower sterile lemma about j as long as upper, both oblong, blunt, hardly keeled, the 5-7 nerves prominently raised and scabrid. Fertile lemma almost equal to upper sterile lemma, keeled, uniformly scaberulous, obscurely 5-7 nerved. Palea about as long as lower lemma, membranous. Anthers 4, about 3 mm long. (Fig. 1). Selected Specimens Examined (Total number examined 43): New South Wales — Barrington Tops, swamps and grasslands, 7.i.l934, Vickery (NSW 115676). •National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 95
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 127-129".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 127-129".
A NEW SPECIES OF ACROTRICHE R. Br. (EPACRIDACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. by P. C. Jobson* * and T. Whiffin ABSTRACT Jobson, P. C. and Whiffin, T. A new species of Acrotriche R. Br. (Epacridaceae) from South-Eastern Australia. Muelleria 7(2): 295-299 (1990). — A new species of Acrotriche, A. leucocarpa P. Jobson & T. Whiffin from the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and East Gippsland, is described and discussed. INTRODUCTION Acrotriche R. Br., a member of the Epacridaceae, may be distinguished from the closely related genera Monotoca R. Br. and Leucopogon R. Br. by the presence of hair tufts near the apex of the corolla lobes. The generic name comes from the Greek ‘akron’ and ‘thrix’ meaning hairs on the apex. The genus occurs in the Australian States but not in the Northern Territory. The highest diversity occurs in South Australia. Plants are found chiefly in open heathlands and forested habitats along the ranges and coast, usually on low nutrient soils. Paterson (1960, 1961, 1962) revised the genus using both morphological and anatomical techniques. At the time she recognised twelve species; subsequently, Jackes and Powell (1980) described a new species and transferred a species from Monotoca to Acrotriche making the current total fourteen. Populational studies conducted on A. aggregata R. Br. and A. divaricata R. Br. indicated the presence of an undescribed taxon from southern New South Wales and East Gippsland. Herbarium specimens from CBG, MEL and NSW were examined, as well as field collected material from a total of 16 populations were studied for leaf morphology, leaf flavonoids and leaf wax alkanes (Jobson, 1988). Paterson (1960) mentioned the presence of a white-leaved form from southern New South Wales and placed it with A. divaricata. TAXONOMY Acrotriche leucocarpa P. Jobson et T. Whiffin sp. nov. Frutex ramosissimus hemisphaericus. Folia lanceolata, 8-1 1 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, laminis planis, apicibus mucronatis; pagina inferna laminae in aspecto alba, cum papillis minimis tecta. Flora viridia, sepala apicibus roseis. Fructus margaritaceo-alba, transiucentes. TypuS: New South Wales, Southern Tablelands, Junction of ‘Minuma Range’ and ‘Badja’ Tracks, below Big Badja Hill, c. 40 km N of Numeralla. 35° 59'S; 149° 34'E, 31 May 1988, PC. Jobson 342 (Holotypus: MEL 156200; ISOTYPI: LTB, NSW, MEL 156199). A low erect, much branched shrub, 0.5-1 m high, young branches hirsute. Leaves lanceolate, spreading, flat, 8-11 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, apex with a pungent point, margins entire; upper surface glabrous, lower surface covered in microscopic papillae giving it a milky-white appearance. Flowers wholly green or tips of corolla lobes with reddish tinge, 3-5 in short axillary spikes or clusters, on first year wood. Bracteoles keel-shaped, 0.5 mm long. Sepals glabrous, broadly ovate, obtuse, 1.25 Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083. * Present address: Department of Botany, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland, Australia 4811. 295
152 Fig. 5. a — Spikelet of Agrostis lacunis. b — Spikelet of Danthonia diemenicia. Scale lines = 5 mm. TypuS: Tasmania, Twisted Tarn, Mt Field National Park, 1110 m; Aquatic, shallow water with mud bottom; 1 Mar. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1187 (Holotypus: HO 93290; ISOTYPI: AD, MEL, NSW, CANB, CHR). Erect or geniculate— ascending, glabrous perennial often rooting and branching from the lower nodes, 20-40 cm high, growing in water at the edge of tarns and lakes in highland areas. Leaf-sheaths ribbed, longer than the internodes, becoming loose, lower sheaths chartaceous, upper green or purplish; ligules up to 6 mm long, narrow-triangular; blades flat, up to 20 cm long by up to 2.5 mm wide, green or purplish, both surfaces finely ribbed, upper surface minutely scaberulous. Culms terete, smooth, minutely scaberulous below the panicle. Panicle up to 12 cm long by up to 7 cm wide, pyramidal, the branches 2-4 nate at the lowest node, binate at upper nodes, axis, branches and pedicels scabrous. Spikelets (2.5-) 2.75-4.0 mm long. Glumes subequal, sometimes the lower slightly longer, keels and lateral faces scabrous, purplish, margins membranous. Lemma (1.5-) 2-2.5 mm long, densely silky-hairy, apex 4-toothed, awn inserted at about the mid-point, 1.5-3.25 mm long, the smaller awns straight, slender, larger awns geniculate with a column up to 1.5 mm long; callus densely bearded. Palea a little shorter than the lemma, thinly membranous. Rhachilla bristle c. 0.5 mm long, hairy, the hairs often almost equalling the lemma. Anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm long. (Figs. 4, 5a) Distribution: Tasmania; Central Highlands and Mount Field, 850-1250 m altitude. Specimens Examined: Tasmania — Artists Pool, Cradle Mountain 30 Jan. 1982, A. M. Buchanan 856 (HO); Artists Pool, Cradle Mountain, 3 Jan. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1073 (HO); Lake Rosa, February Plains, 23 Jun. 1983, A. Moscal 1523 (HO); Twisted Tarn, Tarn Shelf. 1 Mar. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1194 (HO, BAA); 2 km S of Devils Den, 2 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 6697 (HO, AD); Gun Lagoon, 13 Apr. 1986, P Collier 1321 (HO); Lake Ewart, 7 Feb. 1987, A. M. Buchanan 10046 (HO). Etymology: Lacunis, of pools, relating to the habitat. The spikelets of this species resemble those of A. meionectes but the plant
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
NEW TAX A AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN AUSTRALIAN GNAPHALIINAE (INULEAE: ASTERACEAE). by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. New taxa and new combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae). Muelleria 7(2): 239-252 (1990). One new genus, Tietkensia P. S. Short is described, two species of Angianthus Wendl., two species of Gnephosis Cass, and one species of Millotia Cass, are described for the first time, and species of Scyphocoronis A. Gray and Toxanthes Turcz. are referred to Millotia. New species and new combinations are: Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, A. uniflorus P. S. Short, Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short, G. setifera P. S. Short, Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, M. major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, M. perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. steetziana P. S. Short and Tietkensia corrickiae P. S. Short. INTRODUCTION For some years I have been aware of a number of undescribed Australian taxa attributable to the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978). I have also felt that the circumscription of a number of genera leaves much to be desired (e.g. Short et al 1989). With accounts of the Asteraceae soon due for the Flora of Australia some of the new taxa are described and some new combinations are made in this paper. TAXONOMY Angianthus Wendl. Subsequent to my revision of Angianthus Wendl. (Short 1983) a number of new or possibly new taxa attributable to this genus have been discovered. Two of these are here described as new species. Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad c. 5 cm longi, gossypini. Folia alterna, linearia vel lanceolata vel anguste oblonga, c. 0.4- 1 .3 cm longa, 0.07-0. 1 cm lata, gossypina. Glomeruli anguste ellipsoidei vel lanceoloidei, c. 0.7- 1.5 cm longi, c. 0. 3-0.4 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes inconspicuae sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes. Capitula c. 20-50. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 2-3, obovatae vel ellipticae, 2. 1-2.9 mm longae, 0.9- 1.2 mm latae; costa viridi ad apicem pilosa; lamina supera pars vix constricta, hyalina marginibus pilis. Bracteae intra capitulum: duo concavae 2-2.3 mm longae, costa glabra vel pilifera; duo planae, obovatae, 2. 1-2.2 mm longae, 1-1.2 mm latae, in infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, glabrae. Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1. 3-1.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae c. 0.87-0.89 mm longae, sporangiis c. 0.69-0.7 mm longis, appendice terminali c. 0.18-0.19 mm longa. Cypselae maturae non visae. Pappus annularis, c. 0.1 -0.2 mm longus laceratus. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 18 km E of Jyndabinbin Rocks, c. 50 km SE of Norseman, 22. ix. 1980, Newbey 7567 (PERTH). Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, up to c. 5 cm long, cottony. Leaves alternate, linear or lanceolate or narrowly oblong, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm long, 0.07-0.1 cm wide, cottony. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid, 0.7- 1.5 cm long, 0. 3-0.4 cm diam; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but a few leaf-like bracts present. Capitula c. 20-50 per compound head. Capitulum subtending bracts 2-3, obovate or elliptic, 2. 1-2.9 mm long, 0.9- 1.2 mm * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 239
240 wide, mainly hyaline but with a green midrib extending c. 2/3 the length of the bract; midrib with long hairs at the apex; lamina barely constricted in the upper part, with long hairs on the margin. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 2-2.3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or with a few long hairs; inner bracts 2, obovate, 2. 1-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, abruptly attenuated in the lower 1/3, the edge of the bracts incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, tube 1.3-1. 5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers c. 0.87-0.89 mm long, with microsporangia c. 0.69-0.7 mm long, the apical appendage c. 0.18-0.19 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400 per anther. Cypselae (mature) not seen. Pappus a jagged ring, c. 0.1 -0.2 mm long. Distribution: Western Australia. Only known from the type locality [and possibly from Dundas Rocks— re Short 1112], Ecology & Reproductive Biology: Newbey recorded the following information on the holotype sheet: ‘Common in patches in Melaleuca aff cuticularis Scrub . . . Well-drained, subsaline sand. Moderately exposed short slope into salt lake.’ A pollemovule ratio of 1,190, determined from a single floret from the holotype, suggests that plants commonly cross-pollinate. Notes: 1. The specific epithet commemorates Ken Newbey (1936-1988) of Ongerup, Western Australia (Kenneally 1988). 2. This species appears to be most closely related to A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) P. S. Short, a species which occurs in the adjacent Nullarbor Plain region, and A. cornutus P. S. Short, which is found to the north of A. newbeyi in the vicinity of Carnegie, Leonora and Wiluna. A. conocephalus is readily differentiated as it has ovoid compound heads about 0.8- 1.6 cm long and less hairy, semisucculent, comparatively bright green leaves. In that species the uppermost leaves also have a small hyaline apex and merge gradually with the inner bracts of the general involucre. In A. newbeyi the general involucre is not well-formed, the leaf-like bracts could be interpreted as leaves, and a gradation from leaf to bract is not particularly pronounced. A. cornutus is readily differentiated by the pronounced general involucre and the lack of a pappus. Although the holotype does not contain completely mature specimens a jagged ring-like pappus was discernible in A. newbeyi. 2. In the previously published key to species (Short 1983) A. newbeyi should key to lead 1 7. In the same publication Short 1 112, a collection of somewhat immature plants, was tentatively referred to A. cornutus. It seems more likely that it should be referred to A. newbeyi. 3. The species is only known with certainty from the type locality and is therefore a candidate for the conservation status 4 1 K’ (Leigh et al. 1 984). Angianthus uniflorus P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua Axes maiores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad 7 cm longi, gossypini. Folia alterna, linearia, lanceolata vel oblanceolata, c. 0.5-1.05 cm longa, 0.05-0.15 cm lata, gossypina. Glomeruli ovoidei usque late ovoidei vel ellipsoidei usque late ellipsoidei, 0.6- 1 cm longi, 0. 5-0.7 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine c. 1/3 glomeruli formantes, bracteae foliiformes sed apicibus hyalinis. Capitula c. 30-60. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes et bracteae intra capitulum planae usque conduplicatae, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae, 2. 2-3. 2 mm longae, 0. 6-0.9 mm latae, praecipue hyalinae sed costa viridi lamina supera pars saepe constricta, saepe apice flavido; bracteae raro glabrae, plerumque pilis longis. Flosculi 1; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1.7-2. 2 mm longos. Stamina 5, antherae 1.14-1.17 mm longae, sporangiis 0.9-0.98 mm longiis, appendice terminali 0. 1 9-0.24 mm longa Cypselae maturae non visae. Pappus cyathiformis, 0.3-0.4 mm longus, laceratus. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 15 km S of Cue. 27° 38'S, 1 17° 52'E. 28. ix. 1986, P. G. Wilson 12331 (PERTH). ISOTYPUS: MEL 1553226.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R.Br. (MYRTACEAE) by P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* ABSTRACT Lumley, P. F. and Spencer, R. D. Two new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 7(2): 253-257— The new species, Callistemon pungens from New South Wales and Callistemon recun’us, from North Queensland are described and illustrated and notes on their distribution, habitat and diagnostic characters are given. TAXONOMY Callistemon pungens P. F. Lumley et R. D. Spencer, sp. nov. Frutex vel arbor parva 2-5 m alta. Ramuli rigidi. Surculi juvenes primo purpurei viridescentes sericei. Cortex leviter decorticans, murinus. Folia petiolo torto 1-2 mm longo, rigida anguste elliptica vel oblanceolata, 20-30 mm longa, 3.5-5 mm lata, contracta in apicum acuminatum mucrone pungente 1-2 mm longo, costa et venis intramarginalibus leviter prominentibus, glandulis multis, parvis. Conflorescentia non frondosa, (40-)50-60(-80) mm longa, 35-45 mm lata) axe pubescenti. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae non visae. Perigynium 3 mm longum, 2.5 mm latum, pubescens. Sepala 5, semicircularia 2 mm lata, membranacea, pubescentia. Petala 5, perlate spathulata, 3 mm longa, 3 mm lata, supra glabrata, viridia. Stamina libra c. 30, 12-14 mm longa, purpurea, antheris c. 0.8 mm longis, purpureis. Ovarium triloculare, supra tomentosum. Stylus plerumque stamina superans, purpurea. Fructi persistentes truncato- globosi, post annum primum c. 4-5 mm longi, 5-7 mm lati. Semen angulare c. 1 mm longum. Typus: New South Wales, Northern Tablelands, c. 0.3 km along road to Armidale from junction with road from the Armidale/Dorrigo Road to Hillgrove, (c. 4 km from Highway). 30° 33'S, 15L54'E, 21. xi. 1983, P. F. Lumley 1150 (HolotypuS: MEL 65021 LISOTYPI: NE, NSW, CANB). Shrub or small tree 2-5 m tall with rigid branches; new growth sericeous, purple at first, becoming green. Bark gradually peeling, grey-brown. Leaves 20-30 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide with a twisted petiole 1-2 mm long; glands many, small; apex acuminate with a pungent mucro 1-2 mm long; midrib and intramarginal veins prominent. Conflorescence not frondose, (40— )50— 60C-80) mm long, 35-45 mm wide with a pubescent axis. Bracts caducous, narrowly to broadly lanceolate, striate, ferruginous. Bracteoles not seen. Perigynium 3 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, pubescent. Sepals 5, semicircular, 2 mm wide, membranous, pubescent. Petals 5, broadly spathulate, 3 mm long, 3 mm wide, glabrous above, green. Stamens about 30, free, 12-14 mm long, purple; anthers c. 0.8 mm long, purple. Ovary ? trilocular, tomentose above; style usually exceeding stamens, purple. Fruit persistent, truncate-globose, 4-5 mm long, 5-7 mm wide after 1 year. Seed angular c. 1 mm long. (Fig. 1) Distribution: New South Wales, Northern Tablelands, Howell; Southern Queensland, Stanthorpe region, near Hillgrove. Ecology: In sandy creek beds on granite. Conservation status: although abundant in its few remaining localities, C. pungens should be regarded as vulnerable. Representative Specimens (total number examined 6): New South Wales — Northern Tablelands : Howell, 1 km along track by side of sandy creek, 22. xi. 1983, P. F. Lumley 1156 (MEL 650074). Queensland — Darling Downs'. Severn River, north east of Ballandean where road from Ballandean crosses it, 1 8.xi.l983, P F. Lumley 11 13 (MEL 650197). * Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 253
255 NOTES: A very distinctive species characterised by its purple stamens and small, pungent leaves. It appears to have affinities with C. citrinus (Curtis) Skeels. Plants in the horticultural trade as C. ‘Lana’ apparently originated from a single remaining tree of this species on the ‘Lana’ property west of Uralla. A plant at the RBG Melbourne was received as C. ‘Gilesii’. The natural habitat of this species is largely occupied by naturalised species. Callistemon recurvus R. D. Spencer et P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. Callistemon species (Tinaroo). W. R. Elliot & D. L. Jones, Encycl. Austral. PI. 2: 425, plate p. 425 (1982). Callistemon sp., Tinaroo Bottlebrush. K. A. W. Williams, Native PI. Queensland, ed. 3, 1: 48, plate p. 49 (1984). Frutex vel arbor parva interdum usque ad c. 7 m alta. Ramuli interdum pendentes. Surculi juvenes rosei viridescentes sericei. Cortex in trunco leviter fissuratus, alibi papyraceus cinereus. Folia forma et amplitudine variabila, sessilia vel petiolo usque ad 1 mm longo, anguste oblanceolata, flexibilia et sat tenua, ( 1 -)2-4(-5) cm longa, (2-)3-5(-8) mm lata, pungente mucrone 0.5-1 mm longo; venis prominentibus, venis intramarginalibus relative inconspicuis; margine undulato recurvo; glandulis multis et parvis infra et supra. Conflorescentia 3-5(-8) cm longa, (3-)3.5(-4) cm lata; axe pubescens. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae lanceolatae, jam caducae, plus minusve glabra infra. Perigynium c. 3 mm latum, glabratum. Sepala 5, c. 1 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata. Petala 5, concava, c. 3-4 mm longa, viridia saepe suffusa rosea, marginis ciliatis. Stamina libra; filamenta c. 12-15 mm longa, coccinea. Antherae aureae c. 0.5 mm longae. Ovarium triloculare, tomentosum supra. Stylus coccineus, maximam partem aequans stamina. Stigma capitatum. Fructi globosi vel urceolati c. 4-5 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, non persistens, orificio constricto. Semen angulare, atrobrunneus. Typus: Queensland, Cook. Mt Stewart east of Herberton. On granite, 17°2-'S, 145° 3-'E, v.1977, R Russel s.n. (Holotypus: BRI 221832). Shrub to small narrow tree to c. 7 m tall but generally much less, with ascending branches; branchlets sometimes pendulous; new growth sericeous, red, soon becoming green. Bark fissured on main trunk, pale grey and slightly papery elsewhere. Leaves variable in size and shape, even on the same plant, densely distributed, sessile or with short petiole c. 1 mm long; lamina flexible, relatively thin, narrowly oblanceolate, ( 1 — )2— 4(-5) cm long, (2-)3-5(-8) mm wide, pungent with a mucro 0.5-1 mm long; midrib and lateral veins distinct on both surfaces but intramarginal veins not evident; margins often slightly recurved and undulate, most marked on dried specimens; small oil glands on both surfaces. Conflorescence 3-5(-8) cm long, (3-)3.5(-4) cm wide; axis finely pubescent at first. Bracts narrow to broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish brown, often darker at the tip, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles when present, broadly lanceolate, more or less glabrous on outside, caducous. Perigynium c. 3 mm wide, glabrate. Sepals 5, semi-persistent, c. 1 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, hairy on the outside, greenish to crimson. Petals 5, concave, narrowed at the base, c. 3-4 mm long, 3 mm wide, glabrous, green tinged red; margin ciliate. Stamens c. 12-15 mm long; filaments free, slender, crimson; anthers yellow, c. 0.5 mm long. Ovary trilocular, tomentose on upper surface at first; style generally equal to or a little longer than the stamens and crimson; stigma capitate. Fruit globose to urceolate, 3-5 mm wide, 4-5 mm long, orifice generally constricted, rarely persisting for many years. Seed dark brown, angular. (Fig. 2) Distribution: North Queensland (Cook and North Kennedy Districts). Ranges of the Atherton Tableland. Ecology: On rocky montane slopes and gullies where it is often found as an undershrub in open forest in granitic soils along moist soaks. Flowering time: irregular, mostly Aug. -Oct. Conservation status: not under threat.
A NEW SPECIES OF CASSINIA R. Br. (ASTERACEAE) FROM SOUTH-WEST VICTORIA. by N. G Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, N. G. A new species of Cassinia R. Br. (Asteraceae) from south-west Victoria. Muelleria 7(2): 14 1 - 1 45 (1990).— Cassinia rugata sp. nov. is described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat, conservation status and relationships to some other species of Cassinia and Helichrysum. INTRODUCTION When compiling a register of rare or threatened plants in Victoria, collections at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) were examined for Victorian plant taxa which were poorly known or for which little contemporary information was available. Specimens of one such taxon, listed as ‘ Cassinia sp. (Heathmere)’ in Forbes and Ross (1988), were segregated from collections of Cassinia aculeata and Helichrysum rosmarini folium and found to be uniform and distinct from both these species as well as other species in both genera. Locality details on the specimens indicated that the undescribed species was known from a restricted area in the far south-west of Victoria and in March 1988, field-work in the area confirmed this and also suggested that the species was vulnerable due to the low number of individuals and its absence from any biological reserve. In order that the case for protection may be more successfully mounted, the opportunity is here taken to describe the new species. TAXONOMY Cassinia rugata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Frutex ad 3 m altum. Ramuli cristati per lineas decurrentes basibus et costatis foliorum, hispidi, juvenes gossypini. Folia sessilia, alterna, saepe fasciculata et/vel subopposita sub inflorescentiis; lamina crassiuscula, oblonga ad anguste-elliptica, 6-25 mm longa, 1.5 -4. 5 mm lata, margine recurvata, paginae superae scabra, secus costam impressam pubescentia, paginae infernae breviter lanata. Inflorescentiae corymbosae, paniculatae, plerumque 3-12 cm diametro. Capitula aggregata, cylindrica vel turbinata, 4-5 mm longa, 1.5-3 mm lata; bractae involucri in 5-6 seriebus radialibus, et in 4-5 seribus longitudinalibus accedentibus dispositae, arachnoideae sparsim, interior 2-3 series apicubus erectae, firmae, albae, rugatae. Flosculi 4-7, cum 1-3 squamae receptaculi oblongae interspersae. Achenium cylindricum vel ovoideum, c. 1.2 mm longum, 0.5 mm latum, sectione plano-convexum, cum c. 6 cristae longitudinali, glabrum, sparsim viscidum-glanduliferum. Setae pappi 24-28, barbellatae, complanatiores et latiores ad apice. TYPUS: Victoria— South-west. Heathmere area. Heathland beside Jennings Road, c. 1.2 km north from Surrey River crossing. 1 1.5 km due south from Sinclair railway siding. 38° 11' 30" S; 141° 33' 50" E. Victorian Plant Grid E 13. N. G. Walsh 2074 and A. C. Beauglehole, 1 4.iii. 1988. (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1560557. ISOTYPI: AD, HO). Shrub to c. 3 m high. Stems ridged by decurrent lines from leaf bases and midribs, sparsely hispid, overlain by cottony hairs when young. Leaves sessile, alternate, often fascicled and/or subopposite shortly below the inflorescence; lamina thick, oblong to narrowly elliptic, 6-25 mm long, 1.5-4. 5 mm wide, margins recurved, upper surface scabrous, downy along the impressed midvein, lower surface covered with white woolly hairs. Inflorescence a corymbose panicle, mostly 3-12 cm diameter. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 141
175 Galloway (1985) recognized C. rigida from Australasia as a distinct species; he differentiated C. rigida from C. squamosula by the presence of isidiate basal squamules. However, we found the original material of Cenomyce rigida to be morphologically indistinguishable from Cladonia squamosula, and as both contain thamnolic acid as their major phenolic compounds, the older name C. rigida must replace C. squamosula (var. squamosula ). This strain with thamnolic acid only is known from Australia (Archer, 1986; as C. squamosula ), New Zealand (Galloway 1985; as C. squamosula and C. rigida) and Chile (Ahti & Kashiwadani 1984; Stenroos 1987; as C. squamosula). 4. Cladonia rigida var. acuta (Taylor) A. W. Archer, comb. nov. — Cenomyce acuta Taylor, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 186 (1847). — Cladonia squamosa var. acuta (Taylor) Mull. Arg., Flora, Jena 71: 19. 1888 .—Cladonia acuta (Taylor) Nyl. ex Hue, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 3, 2: 32 (1890) [=Lich. Exot. 43: no. 291 (1892)]. Type: “Islands of the Pacific” (“Pacific” in label), Hb. Hooker (HOLOTYPE FH; H, photo ex FH); contains thamnolic, decarboxythamnolic and homosekikaic acids. Cladonia squamosula var. subsquamosula A. W. Archer, Muelleria 6(5): 384 (1987); syn. nov. TYPE: Australia. New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, 90 km W of Sydney, 150° 22'E, 33° 45'S, alt. c. 900 m, 1985 Archer 1751 (HOLOTYPE: MEL 1048970; ISOTYPE: NSW); contains thamnolic and homosekikaic acids. Discussion: This taxon was treated in detail by Archer (1987) as C. squamosula var. subsquamosula. The variety was distinguished from var. squamosula in containing homosekikaic acid (and traces of sekikaic acid; Huovinen & Ahti 1989) and having a more restricted distribution. However, the oldest name for the present taxon turned out to be Cenomyce acuta Taylor, the type material of which readily conforms with Cladonia squamosula both in morphology (i.e. it has densely squamulose podetia) and chemistry. Cenomyce acuta has been almost neglected since Vainio (1894) discussed it briefly under Cladonia fimbriata var. chondroidea subvar. balfourii (Crombie) Vainio, not being able, however, to identify it with certainty. Dodge ( 1 948), giving a description of the characters, regards it as a distinct species but erroneously suggests it to be possibly related to C. subdigitata Nyl. 5. Cladonia sarmentosa (J. D. Hooker & Taylor) Dodge in B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped. 1929-1931 Repts., ser. B, 7: 129 (1948). — Cenomyce sarmentosa). D. Hooker & Taylor, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 3: 65 1 (1844). — Cladonia squamosa var. sarmentosa (J. D. Hooker & Taylor) Mull. Arg., Flora 71:18 (1888). Lectotype (here selected): New Zealand. Auckland Is. (“Lord Auckland’s group”), 1844, J. D. Hooker 1569 (BM; Isolectotype FH; Lectoparatypes BM, FH; H, photos ex FH); the isolectotype in FH contains fumarprotocetraric and protocetraric acids and the substances Cph- 1 and Cph-2. Cladonia gracilis var. chordalis subvar. campbelliana Vainio, Acta Soc. Fauna FI. Fennica 10: 113 (1894). — Cladonia gracilis var. campbelliana (Vainio) Zahlbr., Catal. Lich. Univ. 4: 542 (1927). — Cladonia campbelliana (Vainio) Gyelnik, Rev. Bryol. Lichenol. 6: 174 (1933). Type: New Zealand. Campbell Island, 1874, Filhol (Lectotype fide Ahti 1980 TUR-V 17645; Isolectotypes or Lectoparatypes BM, H-NYL 39328 and other nos., PC, PC-Hue, TUR-V 17644; the isolectotype in H-NYL contains fumarprotocetraric and protocetraric acids and the substances Cph- 1 and Cph-2. Discussion: This species has been generally referred to as C. campbelliana. Vainio (1887; 1894) discussed Cenomyce sarmentosa under Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm., suspecting these two species to be conspecific. Muller Argoviensis (1888) definitely
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
234 c 1-1.6 mm wide, stereome variably conspicuous, the lamina with long hairs on the margins; general receptacle disc-like but not entire, hairy. Capitula 8-40 per compound head; capitular bracts 4-6, oblanceolate or spathulate, c. 1.5- 1.7 mm long, c. 0.4-0. 5 mm wide, with long hairs on the outer surface. Paleae elliptic or ovate, 1. 9-2.4 mm long, 0.8- 1.3 mm wide, hyaline, with long hairs on the outer surface, the hairs usually entwining 1 or sometimes 2 florets. Florets (2)5-27 per o a - 7 P o tU n U o^ ; COr ° lla y e,low ’ 5-lobed, the tube c. 1.3- 1.6 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.78-0.82 mm long; microsporangia 0.6-0.66 mm long; apical appendage triangular 0.16-0.18 mm long. Pollen grains c. 320 per anther. Cypselas 0.5 mm long c 0 35 mm diam. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 1): Restricted to the Shark Bay-Murchison River region of Western Australia. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The species seems to favour deep sandy soils. With the exception of the following collectors' notes, ‘growing in red sand bordering saline clay depression’ and ‘red sand information on the habitat of the species is not available. A P/O of 1,688 was determined for a single floret of Short 439. Specimens Examined: 4«Vra/'4-Shark Bay, 26.viii.1931, Blackalt 544 (PERTH); Shark Bay, 7.ix.l940, Blackall 4642 (PERTH); Useless Harbour, s. dal, Brown s.n. (MEL 85335); 36 miles S of Denham, 26 viii 1969 (P , ER ,T H) l ; Bet *? en the Murchison River & Shark Bay, -.x.1877. Mueller s.n. (MEL 85332! PERTH); Hamelin Harbour, Shark Bay, -.x. 1 877, Mueller s.n. (MEL 85333); 57 km from Denham [toward] Overlander Roadhouse, 2 1 .vm. 1 977, Short 439 (AD) 5. Chthonocephalus muellerianus P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua, caule simplici vel e nodis basalibus ramificanti, axibus maioribus prostratis usque ascendentibus, 2-7.5 cm longis. Folia obovata vel elliptica, 0.5-2 cm longa, c. 0.2-0.7 cm lata, pills longis tenuibus et brevibus latis. Glomeruli spheroidei usque transverse ellipsoidei, c. 0.4-0.7 cm longa, c. 0.4-1 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes c. 5-10, ellipticae, c. (X4-(L5 cm longae, c. 0.13-0.25 cm latae, foliiformes sed interdum apicibus hyalinis, pilosae; receptaculum villosum. Capitula c. 8-35; bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 2.8-3. 1 mm longae, c. 0 3-0 6 mm atae margimbus et regione apicali pilosis. Paleae ellipticae vel oblongae, 2.5-3.5 mm longae 1. 4-2.1 mm latae, hyalinae, paginis exteriis glabris vel sparse pilosis. Flosculi c. 5-25 in quoque capitulo, corolla 5-lobata, tubos z-2.4 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.82- 1 mm longae, sporangiis 0.63-0.84 mm longiis, appendicibus terminahbus triangularibus, 0.17-0.2 mm longi Pollinis grana c ' ,7/ i «* n ^ uac l u ? anthera. Cypselae c. 0.5-0.55 mm longae, c. 0.35 mm diametro. Papni setis 6-9(- 1 1 ) plumosis, corollae tubi circa aequantibus. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 14 km SofBillabong Roadhouse. 26° 56'S, 1 14° 39'E. 1 l.ix. 1986, Short 2831, Amerena & Fuhrer (MEL 1555860). ISOTYPl: AD, PERTH. Annual herb, stem simple or forming up to c. 10 major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ascending, c. 2-7.5 cm long. Leaves obovate or elliptic, 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.2-0. 7 cm wide, with both long thin hairs and short broad hairs. Compound heads spheroid to transversely ellipsoid, c. 0.4-0.7 cm long, c. 0.4-1 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c. 5-10, elliptic, c. 0.4-0.5 cm long, c. 0; 13-0.25 cm wide, leat-like but sometimes with hyaline apices, hairy; receptacle disc-like but not entire, villous. Capitula c. 8-35; capitular bracts 5-6, oblanceolate or spathulate, 2.8-3. 1 mm long, c. 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, with long hairs on the margins and on the outer surface near the base of the hyaline apex. Paleae elliptic or oblong, 2.5-3. 5 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide, hyaline, outer surfaces glabrous or with a few long hairs. Florets c. 5-25; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2-2.4 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.82-1 mm long; microsporangia 0.63-0.84 mm long; apical appendage triangular, 0.17-0.2 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400 per anther. Cypselas obovoid, c. 0.5-0.55 mm long, c. 0.35 mm diam., brown. Pappus with 6-9 (-11) plumose bristles with dense apical tufts, the entire bristles approximately the length of the corolla tube. (Figs 2, 5)
230 Ecology & Reproductive Biology: Restricted to arid shrubland. Collectors notes include ‘Amongst open shrubland. In reddish brown sandy clay.’ and ‘Flat sand plain. In open areas between shrubs of Eremophila, Hakea and chenopod shrubs. Associated with annual composites such as Pogonolepis sp., Gnephosis spp. and Actinobole condensatum.' A P/O of 2,428 was determined from a single individual of Short 2484 (type). Notes: 1. The specific epithet refers to the spathulate leaves which, along with the branching habit, readily differentiate this species from its closest relatives, C. pseudevax and C. oldfieldianus. Spathulate leaves do occur in C. viscosus but it is readily differentiated from C. spathulatus by the presence of the sticky florets and the absence of paleae. Selected Specimens Examined (Total 5): Western Australia— Boologooro, 1963, Butler 53 (PERTH); Wooramel Roadhouse, 1 7.viii. 1 986, Lander 1341, Fuhrer & Short (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 2. Chthonocephalus oldfieldianus P. S. Short, sp. rtov. Chthonocephalus sp. aff. pseudevax Steetz, Short, Muelleria 4:395-417 (1981). Herba annua, caule inconspicuo; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum, c. 0.7-4 cm diametro. Folia oblanceolata usque obovata, c. 0.5-2.4 cm longa, 0.25-0.7 cm lata, basi hylinia, tomentosa. Glomeruli plerumque transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares, raro depresse late usque depresse ovoidei, c. 0.4-0.5 cm alti, c. 0.6-2. 4 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes uni-vel bi-seriatae, oblongae, c. 2. 8-3. 5 mm longae, c. 1.4- 1.5 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus longe ciliatis; receptaculum glabrum. Capitula c. 5-50; bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 1 .8-2 mm longae, c. 0.2 mm latae, marginibus pauce pilosis. Paleae obovatae, 2. 3-2.7 mm longae, 1.1- 1.3 mm latae, paginis exteribus et marginibus pilis longis. Flosculi c. 9-16 in quoque capitulo; corolla 5-lobata, tubos c. 1 .5-1.7 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.6-0.79 mm longae, sporangiis 0.45-0.6 mm longis, appendicibus terminalibus triangularibus, 0.14-0.2 mm longi. Pollinis grana in quoque anthera 200-440. Cypselae obovoideae. Pappus carens. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 100 km N of Murchison River on NW coastal highway, c. 27° 00'S, 1 14° 38'E. Red sand dunes— dominant Acacia ?linophylla. Very common. 1 9.viii. 1 977, Short 394 (AD 97742595). ISOTYPI: AD (wet colln), CANB, K, MEL, PERTH. Annual herb, stem inconspicuous, each plant consisting of a compound head surrounded by a flat, basal rosette of c. 7-30 leaves, the entire plant c. 0.7-4 cm diam. Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, the lower part somewhat hyaline, the entire leaf c. 0.5-2.4 cm long, 0.25-0.7 cm wide, tomentose, the innermost leaves fused together and partly making up the general receptacle. Compound heads usually transversely ellipsoid to lenticular but broadly depressed to depressed ovoid in small plants, c. 0.4-0. 5 cm high, c. 0.6-2.4 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads in 1 or 2 rows, oblong, c. 2. 8-3.5 mm long, c. 1.4-1. 5 mm wide, hyaline, with long-ciliate margins; general receptacle disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula c. 5-50 per compound head; capitular bracts 5-6, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide and with a few c. 1-2 mm long hairs on the margins. Paleae obovate, 2. 3-2. 7 mm long, 1.1 -1.3 mm wide, hyaline, the outer surface and margins with long hairs. Florets c. 9-16 per capitulum; corolla, 5-lobed, the tube c. 1.5- 1.7 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.6-0.79 mm long; microsporangia 0.457-0.6 mm long; apical appendages narrowly triangular, 0.14-0.2 mm long. Pollen grains 200-440 per anther. Cypselas (mature) not seen. Pappus absent. (Fig. 4) Distribution (Fig. 1): Only known from the type collection. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The type collection was gathered from red sand-dunes which were dominated by Acacia shrubs. An average P/O of c. 1,540 has been recorded for the species (Short 1981).
232 2. The innermost leaves of this species could possibly be regarded as bracts of the general involucre. However they are clearly delimited from the hyaline bracts, there being no gradation from leaf to hyaline bract as occurs, for example, in C. muellerianus. 3. Although it is only known from the type collection I suspect that the species will prove to be locally common. When I gathered the type collection, which includes about fifty individuals, there were hundreds of plants growing in an area of about 500 square metres and the population seemed to extend much further into the surrounding Acacia shrubland. However I have not observed the plant on subsequent visits to the general area in 1982, 1983 and 1986. Its absence probably reflects adverse seasonal conditions for the species although in 1986 its close relative, C. pseudevax , was common in that region. Following Leigh et al. (1984) the species should be given the conservation status ‘IK’. 3. Chthonocephalus pseudevax Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:445 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 651 (1929), 2nd ed. 932 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:734 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820, pi. 14 (1975); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 387, fig. 496 (198 1); Cunningham et al., PI. Western N.S.W. 71 1 (1982); Short in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Aust. 1508 (1986). Type: ‘In solo limoso arenoso ad fluvium Avon haud procul ab oppidulo York, d.10. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 2414b.’ Lectotype (here designated): In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo limoso arenoso ad fluvium Avon, haud procul ab oppidulo York leg. cl. Preiss . . . emi 1843, 5. dat., Preiss 2414 (MEL 543283). ISOLECTOTYPES: GH (ex herb. F. W. Klatt, fragmentary), LD, MEL 542226 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 543282, P, S. (See note 1 below). Chthonocephalus drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:178 (1851). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.' LECTOTYPE (here designated): Sw. riv., s.dat, Drummond s.n. (K). POSSIBLE ISOLECTOTYPE: GH (fragment only). REMAINING LECTOPARATYPES: Swan-River, 1843/1844, Drummond s.n., (BM, K, P — 2 sheets). (See note 2 below.) Annual herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a fiat, basal rosette of c. 10-30 (c. 70) leaves, the entire plant (c. 0.7) 1-4 cm diam. Leaves, oblanceolate to obovate, the lower part somewhat hyaline, the entire leaf c. 0.6-2 (c. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.4 cm wide, tomentose, with both long thin hairs and short broad hairs. Compound heads usually transversely elliptic to lenticular but broadly depressed to depressed ovoid in small plants, c. 0.4-0. 5 cm high,c. 0.5-2 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads absent; general receptacle disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula (2) 5-30 (c. 40) per compound head; capitular bracts c. 5-6, c. 3. 3-3. 8 mm long, c. 0. 3-0.7 mm wide, the outer surface of the midrib and the hyaline margins with long hairs. Paleae elliptic, 2. 9-3. 4 mm long, 1.3— 1.7 mm wide, hyaline, the margins entire to slightly laciniate and/or with a few long cilia. Florets c. 1 0-40 per capitulum; corolla yellow, 3, 4 (5)-lobed, the tube 1.6-2 mm long. Stamens 3, 4 (5); anthers 0.32-0.5 mm long; microsporangia 0.17-0.3 mm long; apical appendage widely deltate, c. 0. 1 0.2 mm long; microsporangia 0.17-0.3 mm long. Pollen grains 20-60 per anther. Cypselas polymorphic, the majority c. 0.5 -0.6 mm long, c. 0.35 mm diam. but a few ( c . 5%) c. 0.9-1 mm long, c. 0. 6-0.7 mm diam. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 1): Widespread across much of Australia, occurring between latitudes c. 25° S and c. 36° S and west of longitude c. 148° E. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: C. pseudevax occupies a variety of habitats, commonly occurring in sand or sandy loam depressions on granite outcrops and in sandy soil amongst samphire and Melaleuca around saline depressions. It is also common in open areas between
228 1 Chthonocephalus spathulatus P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua, caule inconspicuo; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum erectorum vel planta rarmficans sed glomerulo proxime super radicem, axibus maioribus prostratis, usque c 6 cm longis arachnoideis. Folia erecta, oblanceolata vel spathulata, c. 0.5-5 cm longa, 0. 1 -0.7 cm lata, praecipue ad basem glomerulorum, tomentosa. Glomeruli plerumque transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares, raro depresse late ovoidei, c. 0.35-0.5 cm alti, c. 0.5-2 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes aliquot-seriatae, late ovatae vel late obovatae saepe ita irregulariter, c. 4-4.5 mm longae, c. 2.5-4 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus parce longe ciliatis; receptaculum glabrum. Capitula c. 5-10, bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 3.6-4. 3 mm longae, c. 0.4-0. 5 mm latae, marginibus et apice parce pilosis. Paleae obovatae, 3.4-3.6 mm longae, 1.2- 1.7 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus lntegns vel parce longe ciliatis, pagina exteri glabra vel pilosa. Flosculi (2)5-12; corolla 5-lobed tubos 2. 1-2.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.96-1 mm longae, sporangiis 0.71-0.78 mm longis,’ a PP^!^'.S*k us / erm ' na ^k us triangularibus, 0.18-0.29 mm longi. Pollinis grana in quaque anthera c. 500. Cypselae 0.5-0.95 mm longae, 0.3-0.6 mm diametro. Pappus carens. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, Boologooro Homestead. 24° 20'S, 1 1 4° 02'E. Red- brown loam. Open Acacia shrubland. 1 8.viii. 1986, Short 2484, Lander Fuhrer (MEL 1555156). Isotypi: AD, PERTH. Annual herb consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) surrounded by c. 2-7 erect leaves, or branching at basal and near basal nodes, if branching then with a compound head immediately above the root, the major axes prostrate, to c. 6 cm long, cobwebby. Leaves erect (at least in freshly watered specimens), oblanceolate or spathulate, the lower part sometimes dilated, hyaline, c 0.5-5 cm long, 0.1 -0.7 cm wide, mainly restricted to the base of the compound heads, tomentose. Compound heads usually transversely elliptic to lenticular but broadly depressed ovoid in small plants, c. 0.35-0.6 cm high, c. 0.5-2 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads consisting of several rows of hyaline bracts, the bracts widely ovate or widely obovate but the shape often very irregular, c. 4-4.5 mm long, c. 2.5-4 mm wide, with sparsely long-ciliate margins; general receptacle disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula c. 5-70 per compound head; capitular bracts 5-6, in a single whorl and each bract consisting of an opaque, green midrib with a hyaline apex and narrow hyaline margins, the entire bracts 3.6-4.3 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm wide and with a few hairs on the margins and near the apex. Paleae obovate, 3. 4-3. 6 mm long, 1.2- 1.7 mm wide, midrib absent, margins entire or with a few long-ciliate hairs, outer surface glabrous or with long hairs. Florets (2)5-12 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2. 1-2.5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.96-1 mm long; microsporangia 0.7 1 -0.78 mm long; apical appendage triangular, 0. 1 8-0.29 mm long. Pollen grains c. 500 per anther. Cypselas obovoid, 0.5-0.95 mm long, 0.3-0. 6 mm diam. Pappus absent. (Figs 2, 3) Fig. 2. Fruit of Chthonocephalus. a— C. landed (Short 2038). b— C. muellerianus (Short 2111).
A REVISION OF THE GENUS CHTHONOCEPHALUS Steetz (ASTERACEAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A revision of the genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 1(2): 225-238 (1990). The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus Steetz is revised. Six species are recognized, Le. C. pseudevax Steetz and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., and four new species, C. spathulatus P. S. Short, C. oldfieldianus P. S. Short, C. muellerianus P. S. Short and C. viscosus P. S. Short. C. multiceps J. H. Willis is excluded from the genus. HISTORY & GENERIC DELIMITATION The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus was first described by Steetz in 1845 in Lehmann’s Plantae Preissianae. At the time only a single species, C. pseudevax Steetz, was recognized. A few years later Asa Gray (1851) described C. drummondii. Bentham (1867) subsequently reduced the latter to synonymy under C. pseudevax. He also reduced Chamaesphaerion A. Gray (June 1851), Gyrostephium Turcz. (Aug.-Oct. 1851; synonymous with the latter genus, both genera having been based on duplicate specimens of Drummond 55) and Lachnothalamus F. Muell. ( 1 863) to synonymy under Chthonocephalus. Thus Bentham (1867) recognized three species: C. pseudevax, C. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth. and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth. He did not discuss the reasons for uniting the genera but one assumes from the key and from his treatment in Bentham & Hooker (1873) that he placed great emphasis on the presence of receptacular bracts or paleae. Of all other genera within the subtribe ‘Angiantheae’, only Craspedia Forst./ was known to have such scales and members of it could be readily distinguished in the key. Thus Craspedia was distinguished by ‘Pappus of several plumose-ciliate bristles or scales. Stems or peduncles elongated and erect’ as opposed to ‘Pappus none or of very short scales. Dwarf, diffuse or stemless annuals’ for Chthonocephalus (Bentham 1867, p. 453). There seems to have been no opposition to this treatment and a further species, C. multiceps J. H. Willis, was described in 1952. However, following a revision of Angianthus Wendl. 5. tat., it was realized (Short 1983) that C. pygmaeus was referrable to Siloxerus Labill., the species differing from C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus by virtue of its very different general receptacle, bract and fruit morphology. My studies have also shown that C. multiceps should be excluded from Chthonocephalus as it differs in features of the fruit and bracts. It is closely related to Calocephalus aervoides (F. Muell.) Benth. and both taxa should probably be referred to a separate genus. (The most distinctive feature pertains to the paleae which are confined to the centre of the receptacle and are partly fused at the base.) Thus of the species recognized by Bentham only two, C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus, are retained in the genus. In this paper I attribute a further four species to the genus, i.e. C. spathulatus, C. muellerianus, C. oldfieldianus and C. viscosus. All species have similar fruit and capitular bracts and these characters seem to separate them from other Australian compound-headed inuloid species. The brown, ovoid fruit has a thin pericarp and testa which lack a layer of collenchyma or sclerenchyma. Two vascular bundles occur in the pericarp and small myxogenic cells may be distributed over the surface. (Differences in the fruit anatomy do occur between species in that some lack a well-developed carpopodium, and a crystalline layer does not seem to be well developed in the pericarp of all species — see Fig. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Y arra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 225
233 shrubs and trees of various semi-arid and arid zone communities which favour sandy soil. An average pollemovule ratio of c. 150 has been recorded for the species. NOTES: 1. The selection of MEL 543283 as the lectotype of Chthonocephalus pseudevax is consistent with the argument previously put (Short & Sinkora 1988) that in the case of names originally coined by Steetz specimens in his own herbarium should usually be chosen as the lectotype. The use of the number Preiss 2414b in the protologue, not Preiss 2414 as on the lectotype, merely reflects a duplication of numbers for Preiss collections. The duplication of numbers was presumably not noticed until after Steetz had received his specimens. 2. Gray (1851) described C. drummondii from a collection made by James Drummond in Western Australia and forwarded to him by Sir William Hooker. At K there is a sheet containing three individual plants plus an envelope containing fragments. This sheet, which I have chosen as the lectotype of C. drummondii, is annotated ‘Chthonocephalus Drummondii n.sp.’ in Gray’s hand. A fragmentary collection at GH is presumably a duplicate of the lectotype. It is contained within an envelope, is labelled in Gray’s hand as ‘Chthonocephalus Drummondii' and like the lectotype lacks a Drummond collection number. Collections labelled as Drummond 185 exist in BM, P (2 sheets) and K. One of the sheets in P is labelled as ‘Chthonocephalus n.sp.’ in Gray’s hand and was probably annotated by Gray when he visited Paris during his journey to Europe from June 1850 to August 1851 (Farlow 1888). The collections are regarded here as remaining syntypes and isosyntypes of C. drummondii. They possibly could be regarded as isolectotypes as they bear a strong resemblance to the lectotype collection. 3. The species exhibits variation with respect to leaf size and number, specimens from southern localities tending to have smaller and fewer leaves than plants found elsewhere. There is also noticeable variation in the density of hairs on the leaves and the presence or absence of ciliate margins on the paleae. The variation observed does not warrant formal recognition. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 160): Western Australia — Near British King Mine, 1 3.viii. 1977, Barker 1923 (AD); 32 km ENE of Cosmo Newberry, I .ix. 1 973, Chinnock 687 (AD); c. 10 km from Three Springs on Morawa road, 1 5.viii. 1 977, Short 354 (AD); S of Beacon Hill, 28.viii. 1 968, Wilson 7391 (AD). Northern Territory — Yununba Hill, 2 1 .viii. 1973, Donner 4331 (AD); Ayers Rock, 24.vii.1973, Latz 4133 (AD, DNA). South Australia — Arcoona, 23.viii. 1956, Lothian 2060 (AD); c. 146 km S of Kingoonya, 26.vii.1968, Orchard 940 (AD); Carappee Hill, 23.ix.1978, Short 768 (AD). Queensland — Gilruth Plains, 17. ix. 1938, Everist 1645 (BRI). New South Wales — Dunderboo Range, 1 .ix. 1 969, Dunlop 1517 (CBG); 1 1.2 km NW of Condoblin, 1 8.ix. 1971, Lander 26B (NSW); 25 miles SE of Louth, 20.ix. 1 966, Moore 4022 (C ANB). Victoria — Wyperfeld National Park, 4.ix. 1 978, Muir 5886 (MEL); Rocket Lake, 2.viii.l968, Willis s.n. (MEL 85307). 4. Chthonocephalus tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:581 (1867); Grieve & Blackall 4:820 ( \915).—Lachnothalamus tomentellus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:156 (1863). Type: ‘In planitiebus arenosis ad ostium fluminis Murchinson. Oldfield.’ Lectotype (here designated): Sand Plain, Mouth of Murchison R., W. Aust., 5. dat., Oldfield s.n. (MEL 542229). ISOLECTOTYPE: K. Annual herb. Stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes prostrate to ascending, c. 1.5-14 cm long, hairy. Leaves, obovate to oblanceolate or elliptic 0.5-3.5 cm long, c. 0.2-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, with both long thin hairs and short broad hairs. Compound heads spheroid to transversely ellipsoid, c. 0.4-0. 7 cm high, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads inconspicuous, in 1 or 2 ill-defined rows, hyaline, elliptic or ovate, 2.7-3 mm long,
236 grows in sand. It has been recorded as growing in a shrub community with Eremophila leucophylla as the dominant species. A P/O of 1,998 was recorded for a single floret of Short 419. NOTES: 1. The specific epithet commemorates Ferdinand J. H. Mueller. One of the many species described by him was the closely related C. tomentellus. 2. The species differs from C. tomentellus in having a more well-defined general involucre (many bracts being leaf-like), the plumose pappus, and the frequently glabrous paleae. Specimens Examined: Western Australia — near Shark Bay, 1 7.ix. 1 94 1 , Gardner 6011 (PERTH); 22.5 km S of Wannoo, 17. ix. 1968, Phillips WA681 1 1 22 (PERTH); c. 57 km N of Murchison River Bridge, 1 9.viii. 1 977, Short 391 (AD); c. 28 km S of Overlander Roadhouse, 20.viii.I977, Short 419 (AD). 6. Chthonocephalus viscosus P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum prostratorum usque erectorum, vel planta ramificans sed glomerulo proxime super radicum, axibus maioribus prostratis, ad c. 9 cm longis, gossypinis. Folia oblanceolata vel spathulata vel sublinearia, 0.4-6.5 cm longa, 0.. 05-0.9 cm lata, gossypina. Glomeruli depresse late usque depresse ovoidei, 0.4-1 cm alta, 0.5-2. 5 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine glomeruli formantes, foliiformes, paginae exteria lanata, interia glabra; receptaculum brevissime, ramosum sparsim pilosum. Capitula usque ad c. 50; receptaculum glabrum. Bracteae intra capitula c. 6-7, uniseriatae, plerumque nyaiinae sed costa prominentie basi per longitudinem 3/5-2/3 bracteae extendenti, marginibus longe ciliatis, apici longe piloso. Paleae absentes. Flosculi 6-17; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 2. 1-2.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.96-1 mm longae, sporangiis 0.76-0.8 mm longis, appendicibus terminalibus triangularibus, 0.18-0.23 mm iongi. Cypselae obovoideae, 0.35-0.4 mm longae, 0.25-0.3 mm diametro; carpopodium conspicuum. Pappus absens. HolotypuS: Western Australia, c. 18 km from Bandya Homestead along road to Laverton. c. 27°50'S, 122° 19'E, 2 1 viii. 1982, Short 1541 (MEL 621022). ISOTYPl: AD, K, PERTH, S. Annual herb consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) surrounded by prostrate to erect leaves, or branching at basal and near basal nodes, if branching then with a compound head immediately above the root, the major axes prostrate, to c. 9 cm long, cottony. Leaves oblanceolate or spathulate or linear, O. 4-6. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.9 cm wide, cottony. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, 0.4-1 cm high, 0.5-2.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about as long as the head, leaf-like, the outer surface woolly, inner surface glabrous; general receptacle shortly branched, sparsely hairy. Capitula to c. 50 per compound head; receptacle glabrous; capitular bracts c. 6-7 , uniseriate, mainly hyaline but with a prominent midrib extending 3/5-2/3 the length margins long-ciliate, with long hairs near the apex. Paleae absent. Florets 6-17 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2. 1-2.5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.96-1 mm long; microsporangia 0.76-0.8 mm long; apical appendage triangular, 0.18-0.23 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, 0.35-0.4 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm diam.; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus absent. (Fig. 6) Distribution (Fig. 1): Restricted to central Western Australia between latitudes c. 24 and 28 S and longitudes c. 117 and 123 E. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The type collection was gathered from an area of open mulga scrub with an understorey of herbs. Plants were growing in a loamy soil overlain by ironstone gravel. Other collectors’ notes include ‘ Acacia aneura — Danthonia community’,
153 differs from that species in being apparently perennial, in its purely aquatic habit, generally larger size with much longer leaves, which are always flat, culms which are up to 8-noded, branching and rooting from the lower nodes and occasionally ( Buchanan 10046) producing fascicles of aerial shoots from the upper nodes. Panicle branches are less rigidly divaricate than those of A. meionectes and the lemma is more densely hairy. DANTHONIA Lam. et DC. Danthonia diemenica D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne caespitosum vel breviter rhizomatosum, usque ad 35 cm altum. Vaginae manifeste costatae, marginibus hyalinis, vaginae inferae pallidae, plus minusque nitidae, glabrae vel interdum pilosae; cilia ligularum c. 0.5 mm longa, pilis longioribus ad margines; laminae usque ad 25 cm longae, plerumque tenues involutaeque, raro planae et usque ad 3 mm latae, glabrae vel interdum pilosae apice conduplicato. Culmi tenues, 4-5-nodati. Panicula usque ad 5 cm longa, lanceolata vel ovata, usque ad 15 spiculas ferens. Spiculae (10-) 12-15 (-18) mm longae, 4-6 flores ferentes, apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae lanceolatae, acutae, subaequales, purpurascentes, 3-5-nervatae. Lemmatis infimi corpus 3. 0-4.5 mm longum, nitidum, 9 nervatum, leniter ad callum decrescens; segmentum rhachillae c. 0.5 mm longum; pili calli 1-2 mm longi; pili seriei inferae ad 3 mm longi, interdum sparsi vel interrupti, series superior superpositi; pili seriei superae ad 4 mm longi, 1-2 mm sub sinum inserti, portionem planam loborum lateralium plus minusque longitudine aequantes, lobi laterales 5-6 mm longi, setas 2-2.5 mm longas includentes; arista ad 1 1 mm longa, columna 3-4 mm longa laxe torta, castanea, seta plerumque semel bisve torta. Palea elliptica, 1.5-2 mm longior quam sinus, dimidio supero membranaceo hebeti, dimidio infero nitido, carinis marginibusque dense ciliolatis, plerumque caespitibus pilorum inter Carinas marginesque infra medium. Antherae c. 1.25 mm longae, citrinae. Caryopsis obovata 1.75-2 mm longa. HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Ouse River— Wild Dog Plains, 1 160 m; Streambanks— sandy alluvium till. Erosion sites; 7 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1292 (HO 65782). Tufted or shortly rhizomatous perennial up to 35 cm high, the culms usually greatly exceeding the tuft of basal leaves. Leaf-sheaths prominently ribbed, margins hyaline, lower sheaths pale, + shining, glabrous or occasionally pilose; ligule a ciliate rim, the cilia c. 0.5 mm long with a sparse or dense tuft of longer hairs up to 2.5 mm long at each margin; blades up to 25 cm long, usually fine and inrolled but rarely flat in vivo and up to 3 mm wide, glabrous or occasionally pilose, the apex folded. Culms slender, smooth, 4-5-noded. Panicle up to 5 cm long, lanceolate or ovate; axis, branches and pedicels scabrous or hispid, bearing up to 15 spikelets. Spikelets (10—) 12-15 (-18) mm long, 4-6-flowered, tips of the awns exserted. Glumes lanceolate, acute, subequal, purplish, margins pale or purplish, 3-5-nerved. Body of the lowest lemma 3. 0-4. 5 mm long, shining, 9-nerved, fairly broad, tapering gradually to the callus; rhachilla segment c. 0.5 mm long, callus hairs 1-2 mm long, overlapping the lower row of hairs, hairs of lower row sometimes sparse or interrupted, up to 3 mm long, overlapping the upper row, hairs of upper row up to 4 mm long, + equalling the flattened portion of the lateral lobes, inserted 1-2 mm below the sinus; lateral lobes 5-6 mm long including the 2-2.5 mm long setae; awn up to 11 mm long, the column 3-4 mm long, loosely twisted, chestnut brown, bristle usually once or twice twisted. Palea elliptical, exceeding the sinus by 1 .5-2 mm, apex truncate or shallowly bifid, upper half membranous, dull, lower half firm, shining, keels densely and minutely ciliate, usually with sparse tufts of long hairs between keels and margins below the mid-point. Anthers c. 1 .25 mm long, pale yellow. Caryopsis obovate, 1.75-2 mm long. (Figs. 5b, 6) Distribution: Tasmania; predominantly in the Central Highlands but also North East, Ben Lomond, East Coast, Mt Wellington, South West, 480-1250 m altitude.
155 Selected Specimens Examined (Total 60): Tasmania— Saddle between Eldon Bluff and Dome Hill, 6 Feb. 1987, A. M. Buchanan 10043 (HO); Back Peak, 17 Jan. 1988, P. Collier 3094e (HO); Mt Wellington, 4 Jan. 1972, J. H. Hemsley 6707 (HO, K); Divide between Julian Lakes and Pillans Lake, 8 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1332 (HO, MEL); February Plains, 28 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1542 (HO); Wild Dog Tier, 9 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 6798a (HO); Between Prince Albert’s Throne and Lake 11a, 17 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 7098 (HO); Dunning Rivulet, 28 Feb. 1986, A. Moscal 12525 (HO); Tower Hill, East Tower, 13 Feb. 1980, M. G. Noble 29051 (HO); Western Mountains, Dec. 1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 27935); South slope of the southern hill of Sabrina Hills, 8 km SE of Bothwell, 15 Dec. 1986, D. Ziegler 47 (HO). Etymology: Diemenica, in reference to Van Diemens Land, the early name for Tasmania. D. diemenica has in the past been confused with D. tenuior and D. caespitosa, differing from the former in having a shorter callus, longer rhachilla segment and a palea exceeding the lemma sinus by 1.5-2 mm; differing from the latter in the shorter callus, shorter lateral lobes and in having fewer florets per spikelet. Differences between the species are summarised in the following table: D. tenuior D. caespitosa D. diemenica Callus 1-1.5 mm 0.75-1.5 mm 0.5 mm Rachilla segment 0 0 0.5 mm Lemma lobes 7-10 mm 8-13 mm 5-6 mm Florets per spiklet Amount by which the palea 4-6 7-9 4-6 exceeds the lemma sinus up to 1 mm 0.75-1.5 mm 1.5-2 mm Danthonia nitens D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne, caespitosum, usque ad 25 cm altum. Vaginae glabrae vel raro sparsim pilosae, costatae; cilia ligularum 0.5 mm longa caespitibus pilorum ad 2 mm longis ad margines; laminae foliorum inferorum usque ad 9 cm longae, involutae vel planae, usque ad 1.5 mm latae, glabrae vel interdum pilosae. Culmi plerumque 3-nodati, laeves, subtiliter costati infra nodos, scabri-pilosi infra paniculam. InflorescenUa racemosa vel panicula deminuta 0.9-3.5 cm longa 2-4 (-8) spiculas ferens; spiculae ad nodos omnes solitariae vel, in plantis majoribus, nodi inferi ramum solitarium spiculis duabus efferentes; axis et rami et pedicelli pilosi, pilis densioribus infra glumas. Spiculae 4-6 flores ferentes, flore terminali saepe sterili, apicibus aristarum lemmatum breviter exsertis. Glumae subaequales, 6.5-7.5 mm longae x 2.5 mm latae, lanceolatae apicibus obtusis; gluma inferior 5-7-nervata, gluma superior 5(-7) nervata. Lemma ellipticum, corpore 2.25-3.25 mm longo, nitens, 7-nervatum, glabrum, praeter caespitem pilorum aliquantum sparsum c. 1 mm longum ad am’bo margines ad medium et caespitem minorem ad ambo margines supra callum; lobi laterales angusti ubique 1 .25-2 mm longi, abrupte ad apicem acutum vel leniter ad setam brevem decrescentes arista 3-4 mm longa, columna c. 1 mm longa, mellea; callus pilis densis c. 1 mm longis. Palea lanceolata-elliptica vel oblanceolata-elliptica, sinum lemmatis excedens, brevior quam portio plana loborum lateralium, nitens, apice truncato, breve bifido, carinis ciliatis in triente superno. Antherae 0. 3-0.6 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. HOLOTYPUS:Tasmania, Dublin Forest Block, 21 Jan. 1979, H. Fletcher s.n. (HO 30982). Tufted perennial up to 25 cm high. Leaf-sheaths glabrous or rarely sparsely pilose, ribbed, lower sheaths pale, shining or dull; ligule of cilia up to 0.5 mm long with tufts of longer hairs up to 2 mm long at each margin; blades of basal leaves up to 9 cm long, involute or flat and up to 1.5 mm wide; glabrous or occasionally pilose. Culm usually 3-noded, smooth, finely ribbed below the nodes, scabrous-pilose below the panicle. Inflorescence racemose or a reduced panicle 0.9-3. 5 cm long bearing 2-4 (-8) spikelets; spikelets solitary at each node or in larger plants the lower nodes producing a single branch bearing two spikelets; axis, branches and pedicels pilose, the hairs denser below the glumes. Spikelets 4-6 flowered, the terminal floret often sterile, tips of lemma awns shortly exserted. Glumes subequal, 6. 5-7. 5 mm long x 2.5 mm broad, lanceolate, apex obtuse, lower glume 5-7 nerved, upper 5 (-7) nerved. Lemma elliptical, body 2.25-3.25 mm long, shining, 7-nerved, glabrous
157 Fig. 8. a— Spikelet of Danthonia nitens. b— Spikelet of Danthonia popinensis. Scale lines = 5 mm. except for a rather sparse tuft of hairs c. I mm long on each margin at about the mid-point and a smaller tuft on each margin above the callus; lateral lobes narrow, 1.25-2 mm long overall, tapering abruptly to an acute apex or more gradually to a short seta; awn 3-4 mm long, the column c. 1 mm long, honey brown; callus hairs dense, c. 1 mm long. Palea lanceolate-elliptic to oblanceolate-elliptic, exceeding the sinus, shorter than the broad portion of the lateral lobes, shining, apex truncate, shortly bifid, keels ciliate in the uper third. Anthers 0.3-0.6 mm long. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long, obovoid. (Figs. 7, 8a) Distribution: Tasmania; Central Highlands, grass-heathlands and open woodlands, mostly between 1000 and 1200 m altitude. Specimens Examined: Tasmania — Franklin River, Lyell Highway, 23 Jan. 1949, S. T. Blake 18406 (HO, BRI); Near Lake St Clair, 5 Jan. 1977, R. Mason s.n. (HO 35755, CHR 308847); Billop Bluff, N of Arthurs Lake, 18 Feb. 1981, A. Moscal s.n. (HO 40221); Rushcroft Creek, 21 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6348 (HO); Smiths Tops, 21 Feb’. 1984, A. Moscal 6367 (HO); 1.5 km W of Norths Hill, 27 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6530 (HO); Ouse River, Little Split Rock, 28 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6576 (HO). Etymology: Nitens, shining, in reference to the shining lemma. Danthonia nitens appears most closely related to D. nivicola from which it differs in having less stiffly erect culms, the uppermost node usually exserted above the basal tuft of leaves, pilose panicle branches, prominently nerved glumes and the shining elliptical lemma with hair-tufts only at the margins. Danthonia popinensis D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne caespitosum, glabrum, usque ad 45 cm ahum. Vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae, ± nitidae, costatae, internodiis longiores vel breviores; vaginae foliorum superorum costatae internodiis breviores; laminae foliorum inferorum planae, minimum basi, usque ad 15 cm longae x usque ad 2 mm latae, superficie adaxiali subtiliter costata, costis minute scaberulis, marginibus carinisque in dimidio superiore scaberulis; laminae foliorum superorum tenuiores, involutae. Culmi
160 Danthonia remota D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 20 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum laeves, manifeste costatae, vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae ± nitidae; ligulae ciliatae, usque ad 1 mm longae; laminae usque ad 4 cm longae, arete conduplicatae, filiformes, laeves, apice acuto. Culmi tenues, erecti, laeves. Panicula ovata usque ad 3 cm longa, 2-7 spiculas ferens, axe et ramis et pedicellis hispidis vel pilosis. Spiculae 9-12 mm longae, 4-5-floratae, apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae longtitudine aequales vel superae quam inferae parum breviores, lanceolatae, obtusae; gluma infera 9-13-nervata, gluma supera 7-nervata. Lemmata oblanceolata, corpore lemmatis infimi c. 3 mm longo, callo usque ad 0.75 mm longo, barbato, pilis ad seriem inferam pilorum lemmatis attigentibus; serie infera pilorum ad 2-4 caespites sparsos reductis, caespitibus longioribus ad margines; series supera pilorum c. 1.5 mm longa, sparsissima vel ad 2 caespites reducta, caespitibus longioribus et densioribus ad margines c. 0.75 mm infra sinum inserta; lemmate aliquando purpureo-fasciato infra sinum; lobi laterales c. 6 mm longi, portionibus planis 2.5 mm longis, marginibus latis hyalinis, gradatim ad setas angustatis vel ad juncturam minute lobatis; arista 7.5-9 mm longa, columna 2.5 mm longa, brunnea, torta. Palea oblanceolata, 3.5-4 mm longa, marginibus superne ciliolatis, area dorsali ± nitida, apice acuto vel truncato, breviter bifido vel irregulariter et oblique trilobato. Antheraec. 0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Summit area of Hibbs Pyramid, 4 Feb. 1984, A. M. Buchanan (HO 91392). Loosely tufted glabrous perennial up to 20 cm high from a tuft of basal leaves. Leaf-sheaths smooth, prominently ribbed, lower sheaths pale, ± shining; ligule ciliate, up to 1 mm long, blades up to 4 cm long, tightly infolded, smooth, filiform, apex sharply pointed. Culm slender, erect, smooth. Panicle ovate, up to 3 cm long, bearing 2-7 spikelets, axis, branches and pedicels hispid to pilose. Spikelets 9-12 mm long, 4-5 flowered, tips of awns exserted. Glumes equal or subequal with the lower slightly longer, lanceolate, obtuse, lower glume 9-13-nerved, upper glume 7-nerved. Body of lowest lemma c. 3 mm long, oblanceolate, callus up to 0.75 mm long, bearded, the hairs reaching to the lower row of callus hairs; lower row reduced to 2-4 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced to 2 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced to 2 sparse dorsal tufts with longer and denser tufts at the margin, inserted c. 0.75 mm below the sinus, the hairs c. 1.5 mm long; sometimes a band of purple coloration across the body below the sinus, paling with age; lateral lobes c. 6 mm long, the flattened portion c. 2.5 mm long, with wide hyaline margins, tapering gradually to the setae or minutely lobed at the junction; awn 7.5-9 mm long, column 2.5 mm long, brown, twisted. Palea 3.5-4 mm long, oblanceolate, margins ciliolate above, dorsal area ± shining, apex acute or truncate, shortly bilobed or irregularly and obliquely trilobed. Anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs. 10, 11a) Distribution: . Tasmania; known only from the type collection from the summit ot Hibbs Pyramid, a small dolorite island north of Point Hibbs on the West Coast, at an altitude of 70 m and from a second collection from the same site, Dec. 1988, N. Brothers s.n. (HO 113101, MEL, NSW). Remota , distant, far off, relating to the isolated locality of Hibbs Pyramid. The species appears most closely related to D. pilosa from which it differs in being completely glabrous, having spikelets 4-5 flowered, lower glume 9-13- nerved and an awn 7.5-9 mm long. DEYEUXIA Clarion ex P. Beauv. Deyeuxia apsleyensis D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 90 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum internodiis breviores, virides vel purpurascentes, vaginae foliorum inferorum pilosae, foliorum superorum ± glabrae, + retrorse scabrae; ligulae 1 (-2) mm longae, obtusae, dorsalis hirsutae, ciliolatae, laminae foliorum
160 Danthonia remota D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 20 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum laeves, manifeste costatae, vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae ± nitidae; ligulae ciliatae, usque ad 1 mm longae; laminae usque ad 4 cm longae, arete conduplicatae, filiformes, laeves, apice acuto. Culmi tenues, erecti, laeves. Panicula ovata usque ad 3 cm longa, 2-7 spiculas ferens, axe et ramis et pedicellis hispidis vel pilosis. Spiculae 9-12 mm longae, 4-5-floratae, apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae longtitudine aequales vel superae quam inferae parum breviores, lanceolatae, obtusae; gluma infera 9-13-nervata, gluma supera 7-nervata. Lemmata oblanceolata, corpore lemmatis infimi c. 3 mm longo, callo usque ad 0.75 mm longo, barbato, pilis ad seriem inferam pilorum lemmatis attigentibus; serie infera pilorum ad 2-4 caespites sparsos reductis, caespitibus longioribus ad margines; series supera pilorum c. 1.5 mm longa, sparsissima vel ad 2 caespites reducta, caespitibus longioribus et densioribus ad margines c. 0.75 mm infra sinum inserta; lemmate aliquando purpureo-fasciato infra sinum; lobi laterales c. 6 mm longi, portionibus planis 2.5 mm longis, marginibus latis hyalinis, gradatim ad setas angustatis vel ad juncturam minute lobatis; arista 7.5-9 mm longa, columna 2.5 mm longa, brunnea, torta. Palea oblanceolata, 3.5-4 mm longa, marginibus superne ciliolatis, area dorsali ± nitida, apice acuto vel truncato, breviter bifido vel irregulariter et oblique trilobato. Antheraec. 0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Summit area of Hibbs Pyramid, 4 Feb. 1984, A. M. Buchanan (HO 91392). Loosely tufted glabrous perennial up to 20 cm high from a tuft of basal leaves. Leaf-sheaths smooth, prominently ribbed, lower sheaths pale, ± shining; ligule ciliate, up to 1 mm long, blades up to 4 cm long, tightly infolded, smooth, filiform, apex sharply pointed. Culm slender, erect, smooth. Panicle ovate, up to 3 cm long, bearing 2-7 spikelets, axis, branches and pedicels hispid to pilose. Spikelets 9-12 mm long, 4-5 flowered, tips of awns exserted. Glumes equal or subequal with the lower slightly longer, lanceolate, obtuse, lower glume 9-13-nerved, upper glume 7-nerved. Body of lowest lemma c. 3 mm long, oblanceolate, callus up to 0.75 mm long, bearded, the hairs reaching to the lower row of callus hairs; lower row reduced to 2-4 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced to 2 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced to 2 sparse dorsal tufts with longer and denser tufts at the margin, inserted c. 0.75 mm below the sinus, the hairs c. 1.5 mm long; sometimes a band of purple coloration across the body below the sinus, paling with age; lateral lobes c. 6 mm long, the flattened portion c. 2.5 mm long, with wide hyaline margins, tapering gradually to the setae or minutely lobed at the junction; awn 7.5-9 mm long, column 2.5 mm long, brown, twisted. Palea 3.5-4 mm long, oblanceolate, margins ciliolate above, dorsal area ± shining, apex acute or truncate, shortly bilobed or irregularly and obliquely trilobed. Anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs. 10, 11a) Distribution: . Tasmania; known only from the type collection from the summit ot Hibbs Pyramid, a small dolorite island north of Point Hibbs on the West Coast, at an altitude of 70 m and from a second collection from the same site, Dec. 1988, N. Brothers s.n. (HO 113101, MEL, NSW). Remota , distant, far off, relating to the isolated locality of Hibbs Pyramid. The species appears most closely related to D. pilosa from which it differs in being completely glabrous, having spikelets 4-5 flowered, lower glume 9-13- nerved and an awn 7.5-9 mm long. DEYEUXIA Clarion ex P. Beauv. Deyeuxia apsleyensis D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 90 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum internodiis breviores, virides vel purpurascentes, vaginae foliorum inferorum pilosae, foliorum superorum ± glabrae, + retrorse scabrae; ligulae 1 (-2) mm longae, obtusae, dorsalis hirsutae, ciliolatae, laminae foliorum
164 Distribution: Tasmania; East coast, valley of the Apsley River in Eucalyptus amygdalina— E. viminalis forest in undulating low hills. Specimens Examined: Tasmania — Ridge 3 km N of Apsley River Gorge, 9 Jan. 1988, F. Duncan s.n. (HO 111250); Apsley river catchment, W of Possum Creek, 16 Mar. 1988, F. Duncan s.n. (HO 1 1 1249). D. apsleyensis resembles D. monticola in having the lemma awn inserted in the basal 1/3 and a hairy rhachilla segment but has a larger spikelet, an open or loosely contracted panicle and pilose leaves. Deyeuxia innominata D. Morris sp. nov. Gramen perenne, laxum vel aliquantum dense caespitosum, plerumque usque ad 25 cm altum autem in nabitationibus salutarissimus ad 60 cm attingens. Vaginae foliorum non profunde costatae, marginibus membranaceis ad ligulam connexis; ligulae membranaceae, truncatae, 2.0-2.5 mm longae; laminae usque ad 8 (-15) cm longae, conduplicatae vel involutae, tenues et flexiles vel aliquantum rigidae, saepe arcuatae, laeves, glabrae vel interdum ad superficiem abaxialem setosae, costis ad superficiem adaxialem hispidulis vel glabris. Culmi tenues, plerumque quam folia basalia multi longiores, laeves vel interdum antrorse scaberuli infra paniculam. Paniculae 2-8 cm longae, laxe contractae, ramis pedicellisque scabris, ramis basalibus saepe nudis per 1 cm supra basin. Spiculae 2-3.5 mm longae, purpurascentes vel subvirides. Glutnae subaequales, gluma supera plerumque quam gluma inferior parum longior, acutae, carinis in dimidio supero scaberulis. Lemma (2.0-) 2.25-3.0 mm longum parum brevius vel parum longius quam glumae, 5-nervatum, nervis obscuris vel prominentibus, parum induratum, cum vel sine arista. Arista parvula, recta, subterminalis, plerumque lemmati non excendens autem aliquando ad 1 mm attengens. Pili calii densi, plerumque ad dimidium lemmatis attigentes vel aliquando parum longiores. Palea hyalina plerumque quam lemma c. 0.5 mm brevior, carinis viridibus, non ciliatis. Segmentum rhachillae c. 1 mm longum, plumosum, pilis ± palea aequantibus. Antherae 0.5-0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis elliptica, c. 1.5 mm longa. TypuS: Tasmania, Wurragurra Creek, 29 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1569 , (HOLOTYPUS: HO 62754; ISOTYPUS NSW). Erect loosely or occasionally somewhat densely tufted perennial , usually up to 25 cm high but in very favourable situations reaching 60 cm. Leaf-sheaths shallowly ribbed, margins membranous, merging with the ligule; ligule membranous, truncate 2-2.5 mm long; blades up to 8 (-15) cm long, folded or inrolled, slender and flexible, somewhat stiff, often arcuate, smooth, glabrous or sometimes setose on the abaxial surface, the ribs on the adaxial surface glabrous or hispidulous. Culms slender, usually exserted well beyond the basal leaves, smooth or sometimes antrorsely scaberulous below the panicle. Panicle 2-8 cm long, loosely contracted, narrowly elliptical to linear in outline, branches and pedicels scabrous, basal branches often bare at the base for 1 cm or more. Spikelets 2-3.5 mm long, purplish or pale green. Glumes subequal, the upper usually slightly the longer, acute, keels scaberulous in the upper half. Lemma slightly shorter than, to slightly longer than the glumes, 2.25-3.0 mm long, 5-nerved, the nerves obscure or prominent, slightly indurated, with or without a small straight subterminal awn usually not exceeding the lemma but occasionally up to 1 mm long; callus hairs dense, usually half as long as the lemma, occasionally more. Palea hyaline, usually about 0.5 mm shorter than the lemma, keels green, not ciliate. Rhachilla segment about 1 mm long, plumose, the hairs ± equalling the palea. Anthers 0.5-0.75 mm long. Caryopsis elliptical, c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs 13, 14) Distribution: Tasmania; Central Highlands, Ben Lomond, Mt Field. Mt Wellington, South West, East Coast, West Coast, 550 m to 1300 m, alpine moorland, boulder fields, sedge-grasslands, heaths; Victoria; Nunniong Plateau, Cobberas Mountains, Baws Baws, The Bluff, Mt Buffalo, Bogong High Plains; New South Wales; subalpine areas in the Koscuisko region, Kiandra, Southern Tablelands, Northern Tablelands; A.C.T. Mt Gingera, Mt Bimberi.
263 1864) as £ dioica F. Muell. Both £ australis and £ divaricata have cypselas that have a pair of opposite pericarpal strands, as is typical in the Asteraceae. It would seem reasonable to place £ australis in the genus Sphaeromorphaea as S. australis (Less.) Kitamura (1936) and £ cunninghamii in the genus Ethuliopsis where a new combination is required for it. The two other Australian species placed in Epaltes are £ pleiochaeta F. Muell., which was placed by Mueller in Epaltes sect. Ethuliopsis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. (1877), and £ harrisii F. Muell. (1880). Neither of these species is known to the authors (MEL material being inaccessible at the time of writing), but their descriptions do not suggest affinity with Haegiela. Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Epaltes tatei F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 6: 31 (Dec. 1883); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 618 (1929), 2nd ed. 895 (1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:699 (1973). Type: ‘On sandy scrub-lands between Wellington and Mason’s Look-Out, at the east side of Lake Alexandrina. (Prof. R Tate)'\ ‘from the vicinity of Spencer’s Gulf. Lectotype (here designated): Scrub near Wellington, 2.X.1880. Tate s.n. (MEL 1551068 p.p.). Isolectotypes: Sandy scrubland W Wellington Lodge, 2.x. 1880. Tate s.n. (AD 97624341 p.p.)] Fowler’s Bay and Scrub between Wellington E & Mason’s lookout (E of lake Alexandrina), 2.x. 1880. (AD 97643080 p.p., ex herb. J. M. Black). Possible Lectoparatype: MEL 1551068 p.p. See Notes. Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 2-8 cm long. Leaves ovate to lanceolate or obovate or linear, 2. 5-6. 7 mm long, 0.5- 1.9 mm wide, glabrous or cobwebby. Capitula c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts prominently incurved; outer bracts ovate to widely ovate or widely elliptic, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long, 0.8- 1.9 mm wide, scarious, silvery translucent, at least the upper margins ciliate; innermost bracts subcartilaginous, terete, with a small ciliate hyaline apex, in all 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide. Receptacle flat, glabrous. Outer florets, female, 22-49; corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Inner florets bisexual, 7-11; corolla c. 1.5 mm long; lobes 4, minute, papillose within, sparsely glandular puberulous outside. Stamens 4; anthers 0.41-0.5 mm; microsporangia 0.31-0.41 mm long; apical appendages triangular, 0.08-0.1 mm long. Cypselas obovoid or ellipsoid, 0. 5-0.7 mm long, 0.25-0.35 mm diam. Pappus absent. Distribution: See generic treatment. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: Apparently restricted to saline habitats, as reflected by the following collectors’ notes: ‘ . . . saline depression. Halosarcia sp., Lawrencia squamata, Hydrocotyle medicaginoides, Angianthus preissianus'] ‘edge of . . . saline depression ... in low shrubland [with] Halosarcia sp., Rhagodia candolleana, Frankenia pauciflora ’; ‘In higher parts of samphire with Halosarcia pergranulata, H. pruinosa. Gypseous soil.’ and ‘Margin of samphire mud flats/salt swamp ... in small patches in sand . . . [with] dwarf shrubs of Frankenia & Chenopodiaceae’. The inconspicuous habit of the plant, its anther size and a pollemovule ratio of c. 56 (determined from a single capitulum with 9 bisexual florets, 31 female florets and a total of 248 pollen grains in the bisexual floret examined) are indicative of self-pollination. Notes: The lectotype sheet contains two labels. One is a standard, blue, herbarium label and has the words ‘Entrance of the Murray-River. (1883). 1886 Prof. Tate\ The other, an original label in Tate’s hand, has ‘Composite. Scrub near Wellington.
263 1864) as £ dioica F. Muell. Both £ australis and £ divaricata have cypselas that have a pair of opposite pericarpal strands, as is typical in the Asteraceae. It would seem reasonable to place £ australis in the genus Sphaeromorphaea as S. australis (Less.) Kitamura (1936) and £ cunninghamii in the genus Ethuliopsis where a new combination is required for it. The two other Australian species placed in Epaltes are £ pleiochaeta F. Muell., which was placed by Mueller in Epaltes sect. Ethuliopsis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. (1877), and £ harrisii F. Muell. (1880). Neither of these species is known to the authors (MEL material being inaccessible at the time of writing), but their descriptions do not suggest affinity with Haegiela. Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Epaltes tatei F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 6: 31 (Dec. 1883); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 618 (1929), 2nd ed. 895 (1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:699 (1973). Type: ‘On sandy scrub-lands between Wellington and Mason’s Look-Out, at the east side of Lake Alexandrina. (Prof. R Tate)'\ ‘from the vicinity of Spencer’s Gulf. Lectotype (here designated): Scrub near Wellington, 2.X.1880. Tate s.n. (MEL 1551068 p.p.). Isolectotypes: Sandy scrubland W Wellington Lodge, 2.x. 1880. Tate s.n. (AD 97624341 p.p.)] Fowler’s Bay and Scrub between Wellington E & Mason’s lookout (E of lake Alexandrina), 2.x. 1880. (AD 97643080 p.p., ex herb. J. M. Black). Possible Lectoparatype: MEL 1551068 p.p. See Notes. Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 2-8 cm long. Leaves ovate to lanceolate or obovate or linear, 2. 5-6. 7 mm long, 0.5- 1.9 mm wide, glabrous or cobwebby. Capitula c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts prominently incurved; outer bracts ovate to widely ovate or widely elliptic, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long, 0.8- 1.9 mm wide, scarious, silvery translucent, at least the upper margins ciliate; innermost bracts subcartilaginous, terete, with a small ciliate hyaline apex, in all 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide. Receptacle flat, glabrous. Outer florets, female, 22-49; corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Inner florets bisexual, 7-11; corolla c. 1.5 mm long; lobes 4, minute, papillose within, sparsely glandular puberulous outside. Stamens 4; anthers 0.41-0.5 mm; microsporangia 0.31-0.41 mm long; apical appendages triangular, 0.08-0.1 mm long. Cypselas obovoid or ellipsoid, 0. 5-0.7 mm long, 0.25-0.35 mm diam. Pappus absent. Distribution: See generic treatment. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: Apparently restricted to saline habitats, as reflected by the following collectors’ notes: ‘ . . . saline depression. Halosarcia sp., Lawrencia squamata, Hydrocotyle medicaginoides, Angianthus preissianus'] ‘edge of . . . saline depression ... in low shrubland [with] Halosarcia sp., Rhagodia candolleana, Frankenia pauciflora ’; ‘In higher parts of samphire with Halosarcia pergranulata, H. pruinosa. Gypseous soil.’ and ‘Margin of samphire mud flats/salt swamp ... in small patches in sand . . . [with] dwarf shrubs of Frankenia & Chenopodiaceae’. The inconspicuous habit of the plant, its anther size and a pollemovule ratio of c. 56 (determined from a single capitulum with 9 bisexual florets, 31 female florets and a total of 248 pollen grains in the bisexual floret examined) are indicative of self-pollination. Notes: The lectotype sheet contains two labels. One is a standard, blue, herbarium label and has the words ‘Entrance of the Murray-River. (1883). 1886 Prof. Tate\ The other, an original label in Tate’s hand, has ‘Composite. Scrub near Wellington.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 193-194".
241 Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, to c. 7 cm long, cottony. Leaves alternate, linear, lanceolate or oblaneeolate. c. 0.5-1.05 cm long, 0705-0.15 cm wide, cottony Compound heads ovoid to widely ovoid or ellipsoid to widely ellipsoid. 0.6-1 cm long, 0.5-0. 7 cm diam: bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre c. 1/3 the length of the headT bracts leaf-like but with" hyaline apices. Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capindum subtending bracts and capitular bracts flat to conduplicate, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate. 2. 2-3.2 mm long. 0. 6-0.9 mm wide, mainly hyaline but with a green midrib extending c. 1 3-3 4 the length of the bract; lamina often with a distinct constriction in the"dorsal pan. apex often yellowish: rarely glabrous, usually with long hairs, particularly near the apex of the midrib. Florets 1 per capitulunt;' corolla 5-lobed. tube 1 .7-2.2 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1.14-1.17 mm long, with microsporangia 0.9-0.98 mm long,"the apical appendage 0.19-0.24 mm long. Cypselas mature) not seen. Pappus a"jagged cup. 0.3-0.4 mm long. Distribution: Only known from the type locality near Cue. Western Australia. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: It is recorded on the type collection that the species was ‘growing on lower margin of calcrete rise near gypseous salt lake'. A pollemovule ratio of 4,820, determined from a single floret of Wilson 12331. suggests that the species commonly cross-pollinates. Notes: 1. The specific epithet reflects the fact that this is one of only two species of Angianrhus with single-flowered capitula. This means that in the previously published key to species (Short 1983 ) A. uniflorus will key to lead 2 and be associated with A. microcephalus. the other species with a single floret in each capitulunt. The latter is readily distinguished by the pappus which consists of two or three scales, each of which terminates in a barbellate bristle. 2. In the majority of species of Angianthus at least one capitulum-subtending bract and four capitular bracts (the outer two conduplicate. the inner two flat) are usually distinguishable. This is not the case in A. uniflorus and probably reflects that fact that one. not two florets occur in each capitulum. floret number to some extent determining the arrangement of bracts. In all other respects the bracts resemble those typically found in Angianthus. 3. The species is only known to me from the type locality and is therefore a candidate for the conservation status ‘IK" (Leigh et al. 1984). Gnephosis Cass. I have noted elsewhere (Short 1897, 1990) that Gnephosis Cass, is an unnatural genus and that Gnephosis s. str. possibly contains only six species, Le. G. drummondii (A. Gray) P. S. Short. G. multiflora (P. S. Short) P. S. Short. G. tenuissima Cass., G. tridens (Short) P. S. Short and G. trifida (Short) P. S. Short and G. uniflora (Turcz.) P. S. Short. The aforementioned species have an erect habit, often elongated compound heads which lack a general involucre, an unbranched general receptacle, distinctive, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and possess scale-like hairs on the leaves and major axes. Initially I felt that at least G. setifera was probably generically distinct from the other species mentioned, characterized by its prostrate habit, compound heads with a well developed involucre, a branched general receptacle, and a general vestiture of bristles, not scale-like hairs. However, w ith the discovery of G. cassiniana. my opinions have altered. This species looks very similar to two other, possibly conspecific species, G. brex'ifolia (A. Gray) Benth. and G. eriocephala (A. Gray) Benth. All three are characterized by compound heads w'hich lack a general involucre.
242 a branched general receptacle, one or several leaf-like capitulum subtending bracts, and glabrous leaves. Some of these features are shared with either G. setifera or G. tenuissima and allied species with scale-like hairs. Most importantly all of the species mentioned above are united by similarities in the fruit and capitular bracts. In all cases the fruit are small, pink or purple, glabrous or with scattered papillae, and have a thin pericarp which lacks sclerenchyma and contains two vascular bundles. Fruits do differ in the presence of what would normally be deemed a carpopodium. This always seems to be present in G. tenuissima and allied species but cannot be discerned in other species. However a short pedicel, resembling an annular carpopodium, is discernible on the partial receptacle of these species. Although there is considerable variation in the number of morphology of the capitulum-subtending bracts the capitular bracts have similar structure, always being essentially hyaline and with ciliate or long-ciliate margins. Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes niaiores erecti, 1-6 cm longi, glabri; caulis simplex vel e nodis basalibus ramificans. Folia ad basem opposita, supera alterna, sessilia, integra, succulenta, praecipue elliptica vel ovata sed infima linearia vel oblanceolata, 0.35-1.2 cm longa, 0.6-2.4 mm lata, glabra. Glomeruli ellipsoidei vel obovoidei, 0.35-1 .2 cm longi, 0.25-0.8 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum non formantes sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes; receptaculum glabrum vel sparse pilosum. Capitula (2-)6-30. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 1, foliiformes, succulentae, obovatae usque latissime obovatae vel circularis usque oblatae vel latissime ovatae, 2. 8-3. 8 mm longae, 1 .7-3.9 mm latae, superis marginibus hyalinis, infernis marginibus longe pilosis. Bractaea intra capitulum 9-12, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae vel interdum lineares, 1.7-3 mm longae, 0.2-0.4 mm latae; bracteae marginibus longe pilosis, duo exteriores bracteae virides; interiores in verticillis uno plusve praecipue hyalinae. Receptaculum glabrum. Flosculi 4-16; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1.35-1.5 mm longos. Styli rami truncati. Stamina 5; antherae 0.72-0.8 mm longae, sporangiis 0.56-0.64 mm longiis, appendice terminali 0.14-0.18 mm longa. Cypselae obovoideae, 0.4-0.5 mm longae, c. 0.3 mm diametro, roseae. Pappus absens. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 2.5 km S of Binnu along Geraldton road. 28° 03'S, 1 14° 40'E. 20.ix. 1983, Short 2134 (MEL 693806). ISOTYPI: AD, CANB, MEL (wet colln), NSW, PERTH. Annual herb, 1-6 cm high. Major axes erect, glabrous; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes sometimes developing minor shoots. Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, sessile, entire, variably succulent, mainly elliptic or ovate but with the lowermost linear vel oblanceolate, 0.35-1.2 cm long, 0.6-2.4 mm wide, glabrous. Compound heads ellipsoid or obovoid, 0.35- 1 .2 cm long, 0.25-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like bracts present, grading into capitulum- subtending bracts present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts. General receptacle a simple axis with the capitula on very short peduncles (to c. 0.3 mm), glabrous or with a few long hairs. Capitula (2-)6-30 per compound head, each capitulum with 1 abaxial, leaf-like, variably succulent subtending bract that overlaps the capitular bracts. Capitulum subtending bracts ovate to widely depressed obovate or circular to oblate or very widely ovate, 2. 8-3. 8 mm long, 1.7-3. 9 mm wide, the upper margins narrowly hyaline, the lower margins with long hairs, apex barely mucronate. Capitular bracts 9- 1 2, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate or sometimes linear, 1.7-3 mm long, 0. 2-0.4 mm wide, the outer pair of mainly green bracts enclosing one or more inner whorls of mainly hyaline bracts, all bracts with long hairs on the margins. Partial receptacle naked. Florets 4-16 per capitulum; corolla 5-iobed, tube 1.35-1.5 mm long; style branches truncate. Stamens 5; anthers 0.72-0.8 mm long, the microsporangia 0.56-0.64 mm long, the apical appendage 0.14-0.18 mm long. Cypselas obovoid. 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., pint. Pappus absent. (Fig. 1) Distribution: Western Australia. Only known from the type locality near Binnu and from the western edge of Mongers Lake.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
244 Notes: 1 . The specific epithet commemorates French botanist Alexandre-Henri Gabriel de Cassini (1781-1832). 2. This species seems to have its strongest affinities to G. brevifolia (A. Gray) Benth. and G. eriocephala (A. Gray) Benth. (both closely related to each other and possibly conspecific) but is readily distinguished by virtue of its succulent leaves and the well-developed hyaline margins and succulent nature of the capitulum- subtending bracts. It is also similar in habit to some forms of G. tenuissima, from which it is readily distinguished by the lack of scale-like hairs on the leaves and major axes. Specimens Examined: Western Australia— c. 2.5 kmSofBinnu, 1 1. ix.l 986, Short 2848, Amerena & Fuhrer (MEL PERTH)- 6 km S of Warriedar HS near west bank of Mongers Lake, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12298 (MEL 1553236' PERTH n.v.). Gnephosis setifera P. S. Short, sp. now. Herba annua , plerumque ramificans, interdum solum glomerulus sessilis in rosula basali foliarum; axes maiores prostrati, 0.2-0. 5 cm longi, setis dispersis. Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, supera alterna, oblanceolata vel spathulata, 0.35-1.5 cm longa, 0.15-0.26 cm lata, setis dispersis Glomeruli lati depressi ovoidei usque depressi ovoidei, 0.3-0.5 cm alti, 0.5-1 .6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum formantes, foliiformes, uno-vel duo-seriales; receptaculum ramosum. Capitula c. 10-45. Bracteae intra capitulum duo vel tri-seriales, exteriores 1-4, foliiformes, setis et pilis longis-flexuosis, interiores c. 8-12, uno-vel duo-seriales, praecipue hyalinae, marginibus long ciliatis, pagina exteriore pilis longis flexuosis. Flosculi 5-1 1 , hermaphroditi, tubularae; corolla 5-lobata. Stamina 5; antherae 0.85-0.88 mm longae, sporangiis 0.68-0.72 mm longiis, appendicibus terminalibus 0.15-0.18 mm longibus. Cypselae obovoideae, 0.44-0.57 mm longae, roseae; pericarpium fascibus vascularibus 2; carpopodium absens. Pappus absens. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 7 km south of Bunjil along road to Latham. 29° 42'S, 116 24 E. 16.ix. 1986, Short 2955, Amerena & Fuhrer ( MEL 117004) Isotypus- PERTH. Annual herb , sometimes a single compound head sessile in a basal rosette of leaves, usually branching; major axes prostrate, 0.2-0.5 cm long, with scattered bristles. Leaves sessile, entire, the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, oblanceolate or spathulate, 0.35-1.5 cm long, 0.15-0.26 cm wide, with scattered bristles. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, 0.3-0.5 cm high, 0.5- 1.6 cm diam.; bracts subtending the compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre, leaf-like, in 1 or 2 rows; general receptacle branching. Capitula c. 10-45 per compound head. Capitular bracts in 2 or 3 rows, c. the length of the florets; outer bracts 1 -4, leaf- like, with bristles and long-flexuose hairs; inner bracts c. 8-12, in 1 or 2 rows, usually hyaline but partly green and opaque, the margins long-ciliate, the outer surface with some long-flexuose hairs. Florets 5-1 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-lobed. Stamens 5; anthers 0.85-0.88 mm long, the microsporangia 0.68-0.72 mm long, the apical appendage 0.15-0.18 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, dark pink, 0.44-0.57 mm long, 0.27-0.33 mm diam.; pericarp with 2 vascular bundles; carpopodium absent. Pappus absent. (Fig. 2) Distribution: Western Australia. Only known from the Monger Drainage System (Bettenay &Mulcahy 1972). J Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The species seems to be restricted to sandy saline soils. Collectors’ notes include: ‘in sand amongst Gunniopsis in a zone between the samphire of the saline depression and a sandy ridge dominated by Melaleuca' and ‘in sand with Halosarcia and Atriplex'. A pollen:ovule ratio of 1,664, determined from a single floret of Short 2956 et al., suggests that plants commonly cross-pollinate.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
HAEG1ELA, A NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN ASTERACEAE (INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE), WITH NOTES ON THE GENUS EPALTES Cass. by P. S. Short* and Paul G. Wilson! ABSTRACT Short, P. S. and Wilson, Paul G. Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae (Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the genus Epaltes Cass. Muelleria 7(2): 259-265 (1990). The monotypic, endemic Australian genus, Haegiela P. S. Short & Paul G. Wilson, is described. The new combination Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short & Paul G. Wilson is made, a lectotype is selected, and notes on the distribution, habitat and affinities of the genus are provided. The genus Epaltes Cass, is considered not to occur in Australia; an indication is given of the correct placement of those Australian species currently included in it. INTRODUCTION Epaltes Cass, is well known to be a heterogeneous taxon (Merxmiiller et al 1978) and for some years we have been aware that E tatei F. Muell. must be excluded from the genus. In his original description of E tatei, Mueller (1833, pp. 31-32) noted that he had not ventured ‘to exclude this interesting little weed from a generic position in Epaltes ’ although various features warranted the assignation ‘to the species sectional rank under the name Petalopholis'. The aberrant position of E tatei in the genus was also noted by Leins (1971). With an account of the Asteraceae due for the Flora of Australia in the 1990s we take this opportunity to describe the genus. The study of E tatei required us to examine Australian taxa currently placed in Epaltes ; these were found to belong to other genera of the Plucheinae. TAXONOMY Haegiela P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, gen. nov. Herba annua, indumentum eglandulosum, arachnoideum pilis basin squamiformibus. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti. Folia sessilia, bases versus ad ramos laterales adnata, integra, alterna, ovata ad lanceolata vel obovata, infima opposita. Ramificatio monopodialis; capitula solitaria, ut videtur subsessilia et axillaria, heterogama, c. 2-3 mm diametro. Bracteae involucri c. 15 r 20, in seriebus tribus ordinatis; bracteae exteriores imbricatae, ovatae ad late ovatae vel late ellipticae, scariosae, translucentes, argenteae, quidem marginibus superioribus viliatis, raro bracteo infimo foliiformi; bracteae interiores subcartilagineae, teretes, bracteis exterioribus c. 1/2 breviores, interdum apicibus hyalinis ciliatis. Receptaculum planum, glabrum. Flosculi 36-60. Flosculi exteriores filiformi, feminei, 22-49. Flosculi interiores hermaphroditi, 7-1 1; corolla tubulares, versus apicem suberceolata; lobi 4, brevissimi, facie interiora papillosi. Stamina 4; antherae caudae filamentosae; appendices steriles breviter oblongae, cellulis oblongis (parietibus tenuibus) fabricatis. Stylus filiformis, ramis brevissimis, truncatis. Cypselae subobovoideae vel ellipsoideae, subpapillatae; carpopodium parvum; pericarpium hyalinum testam tenuem conjunctum. Pappus carens. Typus: H. tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short & Paul G. Wilson Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect; indumentum eglandular, cobwebby with filamentous, linear, multicellular hairs that become flattened at the base. Branching monopodial, the axis terminating in a capitulum. Leaves sessile, towards the base adnate to the lateral branch, entire, ovate to lanceolate or obovate or linear, at least the lower ones opposite and connate. Capitula axillary, solitary, subsessile, heterogamous, c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. t Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 259
290 Flowering Period: August to November. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the indumentum of the branches and leaves. Conservation Status: Risk Code = 2R (Briggs & Leigh 1988). Additional Specimens Examined: New South Wales — Northern Tablelands: Floyd s.n., 3 1.x. 1956, c. 20 miles E of Glen Innes, along the Gwyder Highway, Gibraltar Range State Forest (NSW 85998); Floyd s.n, 1 .xi. 1 956, along Kempsey- Armidale road, Styx River State Forest (NSW 85997); McGillivray 2417, 20.ix.1966, 39.5 km ENE of Glen Innes, on the Gwydir Highway (NSW); Williams 601 & Winterhalder, 5.x. 1958, 40 miles E of Glen Innes, Gibraltar Range State Forest (NSW 85996); Burgess s.n, 26.ix.1960, 36 miles ENE of Glen Innes (NSW 85994); Burgess s.n, 26.ix.1960, Boundary Creek, 35 miles E of Glen Innes (NSW 85995). North Coast: Waterhouse & Gee s.n, 3 1 .viii. 1 979, just E of 1st crossing of Forbes River, Hastings Forest Highway, Mt Boss State Forest (NSW). Notes: This species has close affinities with H. diffusa R.Br. ex DC. However, H. diffusa has glabrous sepals and the branches and leaves are shortly hairy, often appearing glabrous. Furthermore, the leaves are often toothed or slightly lobed in H. diffusa. The ‘inner’ sepals refer to those that are marginally overlapped by the adjacent sepals in the quincuncial arrangement. 2. Hibbertia acuminata Conn, sp. nov. Frutices erecti vel procumbentes, 0.3-1 m alti. Ramuli et folia juvenilia pilis albidis moderate ad dense obtecta; pili patentes ad antrorsi, 0.3-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina anguste obovata, 10-35 mm longa, 2-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel interdum distale dentato, apice plus minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.5 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 7-10 mm longa, margine incurvato, apice acuminato et ciliato, pagina externa moderate ad dense pilosa, interiores glabris. Petala spatulata, circa 12 mm longa, circa 10 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella, cira 40-45, 2-3 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. TYPUS: Blakely & Shiress s.n.., -.vii.1922, Ramornie, 3 mile NW of Copmanhust, North Coast, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW 86434; ISOTYPl: NSW 86440 & NSW 219491). Erect shrub or sometimes weak and procumbent, 0.3-1 m high; branches and young leaves moderately to densely hairy; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 0.3-1 mm long. Leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate, 10-35 mm long, 2-10 mm wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed distally; apex obtuse with a small blunt mucro c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts 3-4 mm long, moderately hairy. Sepals ovate, 7-10 mm long; margin incurved distally, such that apex appearing acuminate and ciliate; outer surface densely hairy; inner surface glabrous. Petals spathulate, c. 12 mm long, c. 10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, c. 40-45, 2-3 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Seeds subglobular, mid-brown, smooth, 2-2.5 mm diameter. Habitat: Occasional shrub in coastal heathlands or sclerophyll forests of the ranges. Associated species include Banksia serratifolia, Melaleuca nodosa, Persoonia cornifolia, P. virgata, Leucopogon virgatus and Styphelia triflora (McGillivray 2304). Occurs in sandy to rocky soil overlying sandstone. Flowering Period: July to November.
NEW SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA Andr. (DILLENIACEAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA. by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT Conn, Barry J. New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia. Muelleria 7(2): 289-294 (1990).— Hibbertia acuminata, H. covenyana, H. circumdans , H. kaputarensis, H. marginata and H. villosa are described. INTRODUCTION The genus Hibbertia Andr. is known to contain many undescribed taxa. This paper validates six new names so that they may be included in a treatment of the genus for the forthcoming ‘Flora of New South Wales’. The elucidation of other undescribed taxa of this genus, within New South Wales, must await revisionary studies. The distribution summary and the selected citation of specimens examined are grouped according to Anderson (1961), as modified by Jacobs & Pickard (1981). All NSW Herbarium specimen numbers cited in this paper are treated as sheet numbers. 1. Hibbertia villosa Conn, sp. nov. H. sp. A, Jacobs & Pickard, Plants of New South Wales — A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 1 10 (1981). Frutices erecti, 0.2- 1.3 m alti. Ramuli dense ad moderate villos; pili albidi patentes ad antrorsi, 1-3 mm longi. Folia dense ad moderate villosa, sessilia; lamina anguste obovata usque spatulata, 7-27 mm longa, 3-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel dentato, apice plus minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.2 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala anguste ovata, 6.3-9 mm longa, apice acuto, sepalis interioibus glabris, sepalis aliis vestitis distaliter. Petala spatulata, 10-23 mm longa, 7-10 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella 15-25, 3.8-4 mm longa. Carpella plerumque 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. TypuS: Lander 526, 3.x. 1974, c. 1 .5 km S of ‘The Haystack’ on Wade’s Road, Gibraltar Range National Park, Northern Tablelands, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: ISOTYPUS: MEL). Erect shrub, slender to robust, 0.2- 1.3 m high; branches and leaves densely to moderately villous; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 1-3 mm long, leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate to spathulate, 7-27 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed; apex obtuse with a small blunt mucro c. 0.2 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts c. 1.5 mm long, densely hairy (as for leaves). Sepals narrowly ovate, 6.3-9 mm long; apex acute; 2 ‘inner’ sepals glabrous; remaining sepals with outer surface glabrous basally and hairy on distal half, inner surface glabrous basally and sparsely hairy distally. Petals spathulate, 10-23 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, 15-25, 3.8-4 mm long. Carpels usually 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. Habitat: Occurs in open forests dominated by Eucalyptus obliqua, E. cameronii, E. andrewsi (Waterhouse & Gee s.n.) and E resinifera (Williams 601). Associated species include Melichrus procumbens, Petrophile canescens, Restio fimbriatus and Lepyrodia scariosa (McGillivray 2417). It grows in shallow skeletal sandy soils overlying granite. * National Herbarium of New South Wales, Mrs Maquarie’s Road, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 2000 . 289
293 Notes: This species shares many features with H. sericea (R.Br. ex DC.) Benth. (viz. both have stellate indumentum, more or less oblong leaves and a few stamens arrranged to one side of the 2 carpels), however the flowers of this species are pedicellate (i cf. sessile in H. sericea). The ‘outer’ sepals refers to the 2 sepals that marginally overlap, at least in part, the other 3 sepals. 5. Hibbertia circumdans Conn, sp. nov. Frutices erecti. 0.2-0. 6 (-1.3) m alti. Ramuli pilis albidis dense obtecti; pili crispi ad stricti plus minusve antrorsi, 0.1-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina spatulata, 5-12 mm longa, 1-5 mm lata, plicata, margine lobato, apice truncato. Flores terminales, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 5-6.5 mm longa, glabra, margine ciliato, apice rotundato. Petala spatulata, 5.5-1 1 mm longa, 6-1 1 mm lata. Stamina circum carpella, 15-30, 2-2.5 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. TypuS: Hoogland 12320, 7.xi.l972, Glen Davis Road, 3 miles from Capertee, Central Tablelands, New South Wales (Holotypus: NSW: ISOTYPI n.v., CANB, HBG, K, L, UC). Erect shrub 0.2-0.6(-1.3) m high; branches moderately hairy; hairs whitish, curled to straight, antrorse, 0.1-1 mm long. Leaves sessile, moderately to sparsely hairy, with lamina spathulate, 5-12 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, folded longitudinally, recurved; base abruptly long tapering; margin usually with 2, prominent lobes distally; apex truncate. Flowers terminal on short branchlets, sessile. Bracts c. 2 mm long. Sepals ovate, 5-6.5 mm long, glabrous except for ciliate margin; apex rounded. Petals spathulate, 5.5-1 1 mm long, 6-1 1 mm wide. Stamens arranged around carpels, 15-30, 2-2.5 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. Habitat: This widespread, and often common species forms part of the shrub layer of open sclerophyll forests and tall woodlands in sandy sandstone-derived soils or gravelly clays. Flowering Period: Mostly August to November. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the arrangement of the stamens around the carpels. Conservation Status: This species does not appear to be endangered. Additional Selected Specimens Examined (22 seen): New South Wales — Central Coast: Whaite 1061, 30.ix. 1 95 1 , Little River, Buxton (NSW 86383); Dunn & James 579, 1 .xi. 1 984, Appin to Wilton Road at crossing of Cataract River, c. 5 km SW of Appin (NSW). Central Tablelands: Coveny 3582, 7.iv. 1 97 1 , 8 miles N of Clarence on the Newnes Tunnel Road (NSW); Hoogland 12321, 7.xi.l972, Along Capertee River c. 3 miles below Glen Davis (NSW). North Western Slopes: Boorman s.n., -.ix. 1916, Coonabarabran (NSW 86470). Central Western Slopes: Hoogland 12314 & 12315, 6.xi. 1972, Lees Pinch, c. 30 miles NE of Mudgee (NSW). Notes: This species shares many features with H. monogyna R.Br. ex DC. (viz. both have spathulate lobed leaves, an indumentum of simple hairs and the stamens arranged around the carpels), however the flowers of this species have 3 carpels (cf. one in H. monogyna) and 15-30 stamens (cf. 10-12 in H. monogyna).
292 Additional Specimens Examined: New South Wales — North Western Slopes: Boorman s.n., -.vi.1904, Howell (NSW 86179); Rodd 4238, 2.xii. 1 984, Waa Gorge, Nandewar Range (NSW). Northern Tablelands: Constable 62, 14.xii.1961, Coryah Gap, Nandewar Range, c. 20 miles ENE of Narrabri (NSW 66295); Coveny 8873 & Roy, 2 1 ,xi. 1 976, 26 km ENE of Narrabri towards Dawsons Springs (NSW); Hoogland 12302, 3.xi. 1972, along Mt Kaputar road (NSW). Notes: This species is closely related to H. obtusifolia. This new species is characterized by the densely rusty-tomentose to whitish-tomentose calyx ( cf H. obtusifolia that has a sparsely hairy or glabrous calyx, often with margin ciliate). 4. Hibberlia covenyana Conn, sp. nov. Frutices erecti vel semiprostrati, usque 0.5 m alti. Ramuli et folia cum pilis stellatis simplicibusque albidis dense obtecta; pili circa 0.1 mm longi vel 0.6-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina oblonga, 4-10 mm Ionga, 1-2 mm lata, basi plus minusve acuta, margine integro et recurvato, apice obtuso. Flores axillares, pedicellati, pedicello 10-15 mm longo. Sepala ovata, 7.5-10 mm longa, apice acuto, extra dense tomentoso, sepalis interioribus ex parte glabris. Petala spatulata, 10-14 mm longa, 10-13 mm lata. Stamina unilateralia, 7-10, circa 4 mm longa. Carpella 2, tomentosa, cum pilis simplicibus albidis. Fructus haud visus. TYPUS: Coveny 9042 & Roy, 24.xi.1976, 82 km SSW of Narrabri by road towards Coonabarabran, North Western Slopes, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: ISOTYPI n.v.: A, CANB, K, L, LE, MO, PRE, RSA). Erect shrub branching from near base or semiprostrate, to 0.5 m high; branches and leaves densely hairy; hairs whitish, short hairs stellate (c. 0.1 mm long) and long hairs simple (0.6-1 mm long). Leaves sessile, with lamina oblong, 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; base acute; margin entire, recurved such that most of abaxial surface not visible; apex obtuse. Flowers axillary, pedicellate; pedicel 10-15 mm long (as short as 5 mm long in bud). Bracts 3.5-6. 5 mm long, densely hairy (as for leaves). Sepals ovate, 7.5-10 mm long; apex acute; outer surface densely hairy, with stellate hairs persistent and simple hairs soon deciduous; ‘outer’ 2 sepals with inner surface moderately to densely covered with stellate hairs; remaining 3 sepals with inner surface glabrous, except for a few stellate hairs near apex. Petals spathulate, 10-14 mm long, 10-13 mm wide. Stamens arranged on one side of carpels, 7-10, c. 4 mm long. Carpels 2, densely hairy with white simple hairs. Fruits not seen. Habitat: This species occurs in Eucalyptus dealbata dominated woodlands, associated with Triodia sp. and Xanthorrhoea australis (Rodd s.n., 29. ix. 1968). It occurs in trachyte-derived soils near the summit of Mt Nombi (altitude c. 700 m) ( Rodd s.n.) or common in light brown sand with lateritic gravel ( Coveny 9042). Flowering Period: September to November. Etymology: The specific epithet honours Robert Coveny who has made extensive collections throughout Australia, in particular New South Wales, and who collected the type specimen. Conservation Status: The conservation status of this species is not known. Additional Specimens Examined: New South Wales — North Western Slopes: Mackay 29, 1 9.xi. 1 98 1 , Denobollie State Forest (NSW); Rodds.n., 29. ix. 1968, Mt Nombi, 17 miles SW ofMullalley (NSW — 2 sheets).
291 Etymology: The specific epithet refers to shape of the sepals. Conservation Status: The conservation status of this species is not known. Additional Specimens Examined: New South Wales — North Coast: Blakely & Shiress s.n., -.vii.1922, Mt Mullengen, 4 mile E of Ramornie (NSW 86435); Boorman s.n., -,ix. 1 909, Byron Bay (NSW 86412); Boorman s.n., -.x.1909, Coledale Creek, Coledale Road (NSW 86436); Boorman s.n., -.v.1916, Cangai, Upper Clarence River (NSW 86439); Boorman s.n., -.viii. 1 9 1 6, Mt Warning, Tweed River (NSW 864 1 5); Constable s.n., 1 8.x. 1 96 1 , Corindi-Red Rock Road, 20 miles NNE of Coffs Harbour (NSW 66303); Dodkin 74, 24. ix. 1975, Cabbage Tree Creek, Mt Neville, NW of Whiporie (NSW); McGillivray 2304, 5.vii. 1 966, 0.75 miles from coast and c. 5 miles directly S of Wooli (NSW); Rupp s.n., -.ix.1909, Copmanhust (NSW 86402). Notes: This species has close affinities with H. obtusifolia DC. It differs from that species by having the margin of the sepals incurved such that the sepals appear acuminate (margin of sepals not incurved in H. obtusifolia, so apex obtuse to acute). A smaller- leafed variant (c. 10 mm long), represented by Boorman s.n., -.xi.1909 (NSW 86412), Boorman s.n., -.v.1916 (NSW 86439) and Boorman s.n., -,viii. 1916 (NSW 86415) may represent a distinct taxon. 3. Hibbertia kaputarensis Conn, sp. nov. Frutices erecti, 0.4-0.6 m alti. Ramuli et folia pilis albidis dense obtecta; pili plus minusve antrorsi, 0.2-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina anguste obovata, 10-40 mm longa, 2-7 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro, apice rotundato vel emarginato, interdum parum apiculato. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 6.5-10 mm longa, apice obtuso, pagina externa dense tomentosa, pagina interna glabro vel ad apicem pilosa. Petala spatulata, 9-12 mm longa, 9-13 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella, circa 100, 4.5-6 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. Semina subglobulares, 2-2.5 mm diametro. Typus: Coveny 8892 & Roy, 2 1 .xi. 1976, Entrance to Mt Kaputar National Park on Dawsons Spring Road, 28 km ENE of Narrabri, Northern Tablelands, New South Wales (Holotypus: NSW). Erect shrub 0.4-0.6 high, branching from near base; branches and leaves densely hairy; hairs whitish, antrorse, 0.2-1 mm long. Leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate, 10-40 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire; apex rounded or emarginate, sometimes slightly apiculate. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts c. 6.5 mm long, densely hairy. Sepals ovate, 6.5-10 mm long; apex obtuse; outer surface densely rusty- or white-tomentose; inner surface glabrous, except often hairy near apex. Petals spathulate, 9-12 mm long, 9-13 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, c. 100, 4.5-6 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Seeds subglobular, reddish mid-brown, smooth, 2-2.5 mm diameter. Habitat: A common species in heathlands and open forests in the Mt Kaputar National Park and adjacent hills. It occurs in shallow soils in rocky areas. Flowering Period: November to December. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the occurrence of this species in the Mt Kaputar National Park and adjacent hills. Conservation Status: Risk Code = 2RC (Briggs & Leigh 1988).
294 6. Hibbertia marginata Conn, sp. nov. Frutices usque 0.4 m alti. Ramuli pilis albidis moderate ad dense obtecti; pili stricti plus minusve patentes, 0.5-1 mm longi. Folia breviter petiolata, petiolo 0.5-1 mm longo; lamina anguste ovata ad suboblonga, 24-35 mm longa, 4-7 mm lata, plana, basi obtusa, margine integro et recurvo, apice obtuso ad parvum apiculato. Flores terminales, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 15-20 mm longa, ex parte pilis dense obtecta, apice acuminato. Petala spatulata, circa 20 mm longa, circa 16 mm lata. Stamina circum carpella, 30-40, 6.5-8 mm longa. Carpella 3, dense tomentosa. Fructus haud visus. TYPUS: Hill 2752, Johnson & Weston, 19.X.1987, Mt Neville fire trail, 0.5 km S of gate in tick fence, Mt Marsh State Forest, North Coast, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW 206551). Suckering shrub to 0.4 m high; branches moderately to densely hairy; hairs whitish, straight, spreading, 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves shortly petiolate; petiole 0.5-1 mm long; lamina narrowly ovate to suboblong, 24-35 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, flat; base obtuse; margin entire, recurved; apex obtuse to slightly apiculate; both surfaces sparsely hairy. Flowers terminal on short branchlets, sessile. Bracts c. 10 mm long, leaf-like. Sepals ovate, 15-20 mm long, densely hairy, except for broad marginal and apical region; apex acuminate. Petals spathulate, c. 20 mm long, c. 16 mm wide. Stamens arranged around carpels, 30-40, 6.5-8 mm long. Carpels 3, densely hairy. Fruits not seen. Habitat: This species has been recorded as occurring in a grassy forest dominated by Eucalyptus pilularis, £. intermedia and Angophora woodsiana ( Hill 2752). It occurs in sandy loam amongst a rugged sandstone outcrop. Flowering Period: October. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the distinct marginal region of the sepals. Conservation Status: Since this species is only known by the type collection, its conservation status is not known. It is locally frequent (Hill 2752) in the Mt Marsh State Forest. Notes: This species has its closest affinities with H. saligna R.Br. ex DC. It differs from that species by having shortly, but distinctly petiolate leaves ( cf H. saligna has sessile, slightly stem-clasping leaves), hairy carpels ( cf. H. saligna has glabrous carpels) and although both have hairy sepals, those of H. marginata have a broad marginal and apical region that is significantly less hairy than the rest of the sepals. REFERENCES Anderson, R. H. (1961). Introduction. Contrib. New South Wales Natl. Herb. nos. 1-18: 1-15. Briggs, J. D. & Leigh, J. H. (1988). ‘Rare or threatened Australian plants’. (Austral. Natl Parks & Wildlife Serv. Special Publ. 14 (Commonwealth of Australia: Canberra.), 278 pp. Jacobs, S. W. L. & Pickard, J. (1981). ‘Plants of New South Wales’. (D. West, Govt Printer: Sydney.), 226 pp. Manuscript received 15 September 1989
NEW SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA Andr. (DILLENIACEAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA. by Barry J. Conn* ABSTRACT Conn, Barry J. New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia. Muelleria 7(2): 289-294 (1990).— Hibbertia acuminata, H. covenyana, H. circumdans , H. kaputarensis, H. marginata and H. villosa are described. INTRODUCTION The genus Hibbertia Andr. is known to contain many undescribed taxa. This paper validates six new names so that they may be included in a treatment of the genus for the forthcoming ‘Flora of New South Wales’. The elucidation of other undescribed taxa of this genus, within New South Wales, must await revisionary studies. The distribution summary and the selected citation of specimens examined are grouped according to Anderson (1961), as modified by Jacobs & Pickard (1981). All NSW Herbarium specimen numbers cited in this paper are treated as sheet numbers. 1. Hibbertia villosa Conn, sp. nov. H. sp. A, Jacobs & Pickard, Plants of New South Wales — A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 1 10 (1981). Frutices erecti, 0.2- 1.3 m alti. Ramuli dense ad moderate villos; pili albidi patentes ad antrorsi, 1-3 mm longi. Folia dense ad moderate villosa, sessilia; lamina anguste obovata usque spatulata, 7-27 mm longa, 3-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel dentato, apice plus minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.2 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala anguste ovata, 6.3-9 mm longa, apice acuto, sepalis interioibus glabris, sepalis aliis vestitis distaliter. Petala spatulata, 10-23 mm longa, 7-10 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella 15-25, 3.8-4 mm longa. Carpella plerumque 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. TypuS: Lander 526, 3.x. 1974, c. 1 .5 km S of ‘The Haystack’ on Wade’s Road, Gibraltar Range National Park, Northern Tablelands, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: ISOTYPUS: MEL). Erect shrub, slender to robust, 0.2- 1.3 m high; branches and leaves densely to moderately villous; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 1-3 mm long, leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate to spathulate, 7-27 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed; apex obtuse with a small blunt mucro c. 0.2 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts c. 1.5 mm long, densely hairy (as for leaves). Sepals narrowly ovate, 6.3-9 mm long; apex acute; 2 ‘inner’ sepals glabrous; remaining sepals with outer surface glabrous basally and hairy on distal half, inner surface glabrous basally and sparsely hairy distally. Petals spathulate, 10-23 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, 15-25, 3.8-4 mm long. Carpels usually 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. Habitat: Occurs in open forests dominated by Eucalyptus obliqua, E. cameronii, E. andrewsi (Waterhouse & Gee s.n.) and E resinifera (Williams 601). Associated species include Melichrus procumbens, Petrophile canescens, Restio fimbriatus and Lepyrodia scariosa (McGillivray 2417). It grows in shallow skeletal sandy soils overlying granite. * National Herbarium of New South Wales, Mrs Maquarie’s Road, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 2000 . 289
NOTES ON HOVEA R. Br. (FABACEAE): 4 by J. H. ROSS* ABSTRACT Ross, J. H. Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 4. Muelleria 7(2): 203-206 (1990).— Hovea corrickiae from western Victoria and north-eastern Tasmania is described as new. HOVEA CORRICKIAE Hovea corrickiae J. H. Ross sp. nov. affinis H. longifoliae R.Br. a qua foliis anguste ovatis vel eilipticis, 0.7-2 cm latis plus minusve planis, petiolis 0.4-1 cm longis, pedicellis 5-9.5 mm longis, bracteis 4.5-8 mm infra bracteolis insertis, pilis ramulorum juniorum et paginae inferioris foliorum circinatis vel crispis, et pagina interiore valvae leguminis glabra, differt. TYPUS: Victoria, Western Grampians, Victoria Range Road, 0.6 km from its junction with Sawmill Track, 5 Sept. 1983, M. G. Corrick 8602 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL; ISOTYPl: BRI, CBG, HO, K, NSW). Shrub or slender tree to 5 m high, branchlets densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading straightish or curled greyish or whitish hairs. Leaves spreading almost at right angles to the stem: lamina more or less flat on upper surface on either side of the depressed midrib, narrow-ovate or elliptic, ( 1 .7— )3— 1 1 .4 cm long, (0.5-)0.7-2 cm wide, apex obtuse or acute, with a short mucro, upper surface dark green, glossy, glabrous apart from hairs along the midrib, venation not prominent, lower surface with some of the lateral veins raised and quite prominent, densely clothed with coiled or curled pale yellowish-white to rust-coloured hairs, the hairs obscuring the surface completely or confined to the veins and forming a pattern through which glabrous patches of lamina are visible; petiole 0.4-1 cm long, densely pubescent like the branchlet. Stipules narrow-ovate, up to 1 .2 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, on densely pubescent peduncles up to 1 cm long and usually 2- or 3- flowered or the axis growing on to form a many-flowered leaf-bearing shoot up to 12 cm long. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 5-9.5 mm long, densely clothed with short straightish or curled hairs; bracteoles oblong, 1-2 mm long, obtuse apically, much shorter than the calyx-tube, inserted at the base of or a short distance below the calyx, densely pubescent like the pedicel and bract; bract 1-2 mm long, inserted 4.5- 8 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx densely clothed with short dark curled hairs and longer greyish-white hairs or the hairs dark basally and greyish-white distally: 2 upper lobes 6-6.5 mm long including the tube 3-3.5 mm long, the 3 lower lobes 2.5- 3.5 mm long. Standard 9.5-10.5 mm long, 11-13 mm wide, emarginate apically, pale to deep mauve or occasionally white, with a greenish-yellow basal flare; wings 8.5- 10 mm long, 3. 8-4. 5 mm wide; keel petals 5.7-6.5 mm long, 2.2-3 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 4.5-5 mm long. Ovary sessile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2-ovulate, pubescent basally and along the suture. Pods shortly stipitate but stipe not exceeding the calyx, obliquely ovoid or ellipsoid or sometimes transversely elliptic, 1-2 cm long, 0.9- 1.7 cm wide, densely clothed with appressed hairs externally when young, sparsely so when mature, glabrous internally. Seeds elliptic, plump, 5.5-6 mm long, 3.4-3. 6 mm wide, 2.7-3 mm thick, dark brownish-black and often with an underlying yellow to reddish-brown mottle, hilum linear, the aril with a small raised lateral lip and extending for almost the length of the seed. (Fig. 1) H. corrickiae has a disjunct distribution occurring in western Victoria and in north-eastern Tasmania (Fig. 2). In western Victoria the species is confined to areas * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 203
A REVISION OF THE GENUS CHTHONOCEPHALUS Steetz (ASTERACEAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A revision of the genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 1(2): 225-238 (1990). The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus Steetz is revised. Six species are recognized, Le. C. pseudevax Steetz and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., and four new species, C. spathulatus P. S. Short, C. oldfieldianus P. S. Short, C. muellerianus P. S. Short and C. viscosus P. S. Short. C. multiceps J. H. Willis is excluded from the genus. HISTORY & GENERIC DELIMITATION The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus was first described by Steetz in 1845 in Lehmann’s Plantae Preissianae. At the time only a single species, C. pseudevax Steetz, was recognized. A few years later Asa Gray (1851) described C. drummondii. Bentham (1867) subsequently reduced the latter to synonymy under C. pseudevax. He also reduced Chamaesphaerion A. Gray (June 1851), Gyrostephium Turcz. (Aug.-Oct. 1851; synonymous with the latter genus, both genera having been based on duplicate specimens of Drummond 55) and Lachnothalamus F. Muell. ( 1 863) to synonymy under Chthonocephalus. Thus Bentham (1867) recognized three species: C. pseudevax, C. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth. and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth. He did not discuss the reasons for uniting the genera but one assumes from the key and from his treatment in Bentham & Hooker (1873) that he placed great emphasis on the presence of receptacular bracts or paleae. Of all other genera within the subtribe ‘Angiantheae’, only Craspedia Forst./ was known to have such scales and members of it could be readily distinguished in the key. Thus Craspedia was distinguished by ‘Pappus of several plumose-ciliate bristles or scales. Stems or peduncles elongated and erect’ as opposed to ‘Pappus none or of very short scales. Dwarf, diffuse or stemless annuals’ for Chthonocephalus (Bentham 1867, p. 453). There seems to have been no opposition to this treatment and a further species, C. multiceps J. H. Willis, was described in 1952. However, following a revision of Angianthus Wendl. 5. tat., it was realized (Short 1983) that C. pygmaeus was referrable to Siloxerus Labill., the species differing from C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus by virtue of its very different general receptacle, bract and fruit morphology. My studies have also shown that C. multiceps should be excluded from Chthonocephalus as it differs in features of the fruit and bracts. It is closely related to Calocephalus aervoides (F. Muell.) Benth. and both taxa should probably be referred to a separate genus. (The most distinctive feature pertains to the paleae which are confined to the centre of the receptacle and are partly fused at the base.) Thus of the species recognized by Bentham only two, C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus, are retained in the genus. In this paper I attribute a further four species to the genus, i.e. C. spathulatus, C. muellerianus, C. oldfieldianus and C. viscosus. All species have similar fruit and capitular bracts and these characters seem to separate them from other Australian compound-headed inuloid species. The brown, ovoid fruit has a thin pericarp and testa which lack a layer of collenchyma or sclerenchyma. Two vascular bundles occur in the pericarp and small myxogenic cells may be distributed over the surface. (Differences in the fruit anatomy do occur between species in that some lack a well-developed carpopodium, and a crystalline layer does not seem to be well developed in the pericarp of all species — see Fig. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Y arra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 225
NEW TAX A AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN AUSTRALIAN GNAPHALIINAE (INULEAE: ASTERACEAE). by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. New taxa and new combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae). Muelleria 7(2): 239-252 (1990). One new genus, Tietkensia P. S. Short is described, two species of Angianthus Wendl., two species of Gnephosis Cass, and one species of Millotia Cass, are described for the first time, and species of Scyphocoronis A. Gray and Toxanthes Turcz. are referred to Millotia. New species and new combinations are: Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, A. uniflorus P. S. Short, Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short, G. setifera P. S. Short, Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, M. major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, M. perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. steetziana P. S. Short and Tietkensia corrickiae P. S. Short. INTRODUCTION For some years I have been aware of a number of undescribed Australian taxa attributable to the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978). I have also felt that the circumscription of a number of genera leaves much to be desired (e.g. Short et al 1989). With accounts of the Asteraceae soon due for the Flora of Australia some of the new taxa are described and some new combinations are made in this paper. TAXONOMY Angianthus Wendl. Subsequent to my revision of Angianthus Wendl. (Short 1983) a number of new or possibly new taxa attributable to this genus have been discovered. Two of these are here described as new species. Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad c. 5 cm longi, gossypini. Folia alterna, linearia vel lanceolata vel anguste oblonga, c. 0.4- 1 .3 cm longa, 0.07-0. 1 cm lata, gossypina. Glomeruli anguste ellipsoidei vel lanceoloidei, c. 0.7- 1.5 cm longi, c. 0. 3-0.4 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes inconspicuae sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes. Capitula c. 20-50. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 2-3, obovatae vel ellipticae, 2. 1-2.9 mm longae, 0.9- 1.2 mm latae; costa viridi ad apicem pilosa; lamina supera pars vix constricta, hyalina marginibus pilis. Bracteae intra capitulum: duo concavae 2-2.3 mm longae, costa glabra vel pilifera; duo planae, obovatae, 2. 1-2.2 mm longae, 1-1.2 mm latae, in infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, glabrae. Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1. 3-1.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae c. 0.87-0.89 mm longae, sporangiis c. 0.69-0.7 mm longis, appendice terminali c. 0.18-0.19 mm longa. Cypselae maturae non visae. Pappus annularis, c. 0.1 -0.2 mm longus laceratus. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 18 km E of Jyndabinbin Rocks, c. 50 km SE of Norseman, 22. ix. 1980, Newbey 7567 (PERTH). Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, up to c. 5 cm long, cottony. Leaves alternate, linear or lanceolate or narrowly oblong, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm long, 0.07-0.1 cm wide, cottony. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid, 0.7- 1.5 cm long, 0. 3-0.4 cm diam; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but a few leaf-like bracts present. Capitula c. 20-50 per compound head. Capitulum subtending bracts 2-3, obovate or elliptic, 2. 1-2.9 mm long, 0.9- 1.2 mm * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 239
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
247 24(1): 177 (27 March 1851). — Anthocerastes drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:226 (Aug. 1852). For other species of Millotia see Schodde (1963, 1968). Note that the name Millotia cassini Schodde ex Turner is illegitimate, having been used by Turner (1970), instead of the name M. inopinata Schodde, when publishing records of chromosome number determinations. Millotia steetziana P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba annua ; caulis simplex vel e nodis basalibus ramificans; axes maiores ascendentes usque erecti, c. 1.5-3. 5 cm longi, pilis glandulosis. Folia ad basem opposita, superiora altema, lanceolata usque linearia, 3-13 mm longa, 0.25-1 mm lata, erecta, integera, vix mucronata, pilis glandulosis. Capitula homogama, terminalia, solitaria. Bracteae 5-8, uniseriatae, liberae, ellipticae usque anguste ellipticae, 3-3.5 mm longae, 0.7-1 mm latae, praecipue herbaceae sed marginibus et apicibus hyalinis, pilos glandulosos terentes. Flosculi 9-31; corolla tubularis, alba; tubos 1.5 -2. 2 mm longos, pilis glandulosis, lobis 5. Stamina 5; antherae 0.79-0.95 mm longae, sporangiis 0.59-0.7 mm longis; appendice terminali triangulari, 0.18-0.25 mm longiba, pollinis grants c. 260-320. Rami styli apicibus conicis penicillatis. Cypselae cylindricae, rostratae, 3.4-4. 6 mm longae, 0.2-0.3 mm diametro, pappilatae, atrofuscae; rostrum curvum, apice dilatato. Pappus absens. HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, Western edge of Lake King. c. 33° 05'S, 1 19° 31'E. 1 l.ix.1982, Short 1685 (MEL 621024). ISOTYPl: AD, K, PERTH. Annual herb ; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes; major axes ascending to erect, c. 1.5-3. 5 cm long, glandular-pubescent. Leaves with the lowermost pair(s) opposite, upper leaves alternate, lanceolate to linear, 3-13 mm long, 0.25-1 mm wide, erect, entire, barely mucronate, glandular pubescent. Capitula homogamous, terminal, solitary. Capitular bracts 5-8, uniseriate, free, elliptic to narrowly elliptic, 3-3.5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with the margins and apex hyaline, glandular pubescent. Florets 9-31; corolla tubular, white, tube 1.5-2. 2 mm long, with glandular hairs; lobes 5. Stamens 5; anthers 0.79-0.95 mm long, the microsporangia 0.59-0.7 mm long, the apical appendage 0.18-0.25 mm long. Pollen grains c. 260-320 per anther. Style apices conical, penicillate. Cypselas cylindrical, beaked, 3. 3-4.6 mm long, 0. 2-0.3 mm diam., papillate, dark brown; beak curved, dilated at the apex. Pappus absent. (Fig. 3) Fig. 3. Fruit of Millotia steetziana ( Short 2353). a — entire fruit, b — apex. Distribution: Only known from the western edge of Lake King, Western Australia. Ecology & Reproductive Biology: The species has only been found growing in white, probably somewhat saline sand, under Melaleuca and Eucalyptus on the edge of Lake King. An average pollemovule ratio of 1,460 (determined from 5 florets of Short 1685) suggests that it commonly cross-pollinates.
304 Notes: The specific epithet refers to the spirally twisted leaves which immediately distinguish it from other allied species such as P. teretifolia. The large creamish flowers which are red inside are also rather distinctive. Some plants are known to occur in the Dunn Rock Nature Reserve, however the conservation status of other populations is unknown. Specimens Examined: Western Australia— 7 km W of Ravensthorpe, Lake King Road, 20 km S of Lake King, 1 0.i. 1 979, B. Barnsley 492 (CBG); 64 km E of Jerramungup, 7.xi. 1 978, R. J. CranfieUJ 1095 (PERTH); 14 miles W of Phillips River, 4.xi. 1 965, A. S. George 7312 (MEL, PERTH); about 33 miles E of Pingrup. A. S. George 7328 (PERTH); 18 miles SE of Lake King on Ravensthorpe Rd, 25.ii.1966. A. S. George 7676 (MEL, PERTH); 15 km N of Ravensthorpe-Ongerup road on Koornong Road, 26.x. 1979, N. S. Lander 1092 (MEL, PERTH); 10.5 km N of Jerramungup, 27.vii.1974, K. Newbey 4239 (PERTH); 15 km NNE of Jerramungup, K Newbey 4604 (MEL, PERTH). Petrophile aspera C. A. Gardner ex D. Foreman sp. nov. Frutex humilis, 0.2-0.45 m, raro ad 1.3 m, altus. Folia exasperata, teretia, 15-30 cm longa, saepe vel ad apicem crispata vel per totam longitudinem parum torta. Inflorescentia terminalia sessilia. Bracteae involucrales lineari-lanceolatae; squamae strobili latae, ± circulares ad late rhomboideae, apice nonnumquam reflexa. Etorrapallide-rosei ad albi ad pallide-lutei, extra villosi, dulce redolentes. Tepala c. 20 mm longa. Pollinis praebitor turbinatus, sub peniculo truncatus, peniculus dense tomentosus ad villosus, apice glabro. Strobili fructificantes ± elliptici c. 2.5 cm longi. Nuces late obovatae c. 2.5 mm longae, c. 2.5 mm latae, coma albida ad pallidissime ferruginei, praecipue in marginibus, cum peniculo c. 2 mm longo in base. TYPUS: Western Australia, 47 km E of Dumbleyung, 27 November 1978, A. S. George 1 526 7 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1576171; ISOTYPl: CANB, NSW, PERTH). Low shrub , usually 0.2-0.45 m tall, rarely up to 1.3 m tall. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves glabrous, roughened, terete, 15-30 cm long, often curled at apex or slightly twisted over their entire length, ± shortly acute. Inflorescence terminal, sessile, 2.5 cm long (excluding the flowers). Involucral bracts linear-lanceolate; cone scales broad, ± circular to broadly rhomboid, acuminate, glabrous, apex sometimes reflexed. Flowers pale pink, creamy- white, white, pale-yellow, villous outside, glabrous inside, sweetish scent. Tepals c. 20 mm long. Pollen presenter 5 mm long, glabrous, turbinate, truncate below the brush, brush 3-3.5 mm long, narrow-cylindrical, densely tomentose-villous with a glabrous tip 0.5-1 mm long. Fruiting cones ± elliptical, up to about 2.5 cm long. Nuts broadly obovate, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, with a persistent beak up to c. 1.5 mm long, coma whitish to very pale ferruginous, 4-5 mm long on the margins with a tuft about 2 mm long at the base, adaxial surface with a few scattered longish hairs, abaxial surface glabrous. (Fig. 3) Distribution (Fig. 4): Scattered over an area between Narrogin and Lake Grace to just north of the Stirling Range. Ecology: Collectors notes include ‘in sand, in Banksia- low open woodland with heath’, ‘whitish sand, low open shrubland (1-1.5 m) of Proteaceae-Myrtaceae species with emergent mallee eucalypts’, ‘in gravel heath’, ‘in sandy laterite, with E. macrocarpa-heath association’, ‘sandplains’, and ‘sandy gravel’. Flowers August-November; fruits September-October. Notes: The specific epithet refers to roughened texture of the leaves, due to the presence of short hard projections, which distinguish P. aspera from P. teretifolia. Another feature which distinguishes the former from the latter is a tendency of the leaves to curl at the apex.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 301-304, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
307 Specimens Examined: Western Australia- 10 miles E of Kukerin, 29.X.1962, J. S. Beard 2143 (PERTH); Reserve 15637, S of Corrigin, 21.X.1977, J. S. Beard 8147 (PERTH); 20 miles W of Lake Grace ll.xi.1931 W E Blackall 1329 (PERTH); near Hatter Hill, -.x.1931, W. E. Blackall s.n. (PERTH); Salt River Rd, 17 km W of its junction with Chester Pass Road, 17.X.1985, M. G. Corrick 9677 (MEL); 33 km ^ of Lake Grace 22 xi.1979, H. Demon D7864 (CANB n.v„ PERTH); Dudinin, -.x.1934, C. A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Bilbarin 18.x. 1961, C. A. Gardner 13593 (PERTH); SE of Corrigin, 6.ix.l976, A. S. George s.n. (PERTH); Wickepin, -.xi.1969, B. Gorey s.n. (PERTH); Dongolocking Reserve, c. 48 km E of Nairogin, 15 km SSE of Toolibin, B. G. Muir 29 (PERTH); 13.5 km N of Tarin Rock along road to Kuhn, 25.ix.1983, R W. Purdie 5342 (CBG); Harrismith, 22.x. 1972, £. Wittwer W.869 (PERTH). Petrophile stricta C. A. Gardner ex D. Foreman sp. nov. Frutex 0.6- 1.6 m altus, erectus, effusus. Folia teretia, 4.5-13.5 cm longa, simplicia. Inflorescentia terminalis, pedunculata. Bracteae involucrales lineares, haud persistentes; squamae strobili latae, pagina exterioris velutina. Flores rosei ad cremicolores, extra villosi. Tepala c. 10-12 mm longa, unumquidque in apice cum projectura breve acuta c. 1 mm longa. Pollinis praebitor fusiformis, c. 5 mm longus, hispidus. Strobili fructificantes anguste ovati, 2-4.7 cm longi. Nuces late ovatae c. 4 mm longae, c. 4 mm latae, coma pallida, ferruginea ad albida c. 6 mm longa, plerumque in marginibus. Typus: Western Australia, c. 40 km N of Hyden on the Mt Walker South Rd, 22 Nov 1985, D. B. Foreman 1164 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1545866; ISOTYPI: NSW, PERTH). Shrub, 0.6- 1.6 m tall, upright, spreading. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves glabrous, terete, 4.5- 1 3.5 cm long, unbranched, terminating in a short, sharp point. Inflorescence terminal, peduncle 6-12 mm long, c. 1.5 -2.0 cm long (excluding flowers) but expanding markedly after flowering. Involucral bracts linear, not persisting; cone scales broad, outer surface velvety, inner surface glabrous, tip acuminate, glabrous. Flowers pink to cream, villous outside, glabrous inside. Tepals c. 10-12 mm long, each topped by a short sharp projection up to c. 1 mm long, glabrous at the tip. Pollen presenter fusiform, c. 5 mm long, covered with short stiff hairs. Fruiting cones narrow-ovate, 2-4.7 cm long, bracts becoming woody and glabrous. Nuts broadly ovate, c. 4 mm long, c. 4 mm wide with a persistent beak up to c. 2 mm, coma pale ferruginous or whitish, c. 6 mm long on the margins, adaxial surface sparsely hairy, abaxial surface covered with short, appressed, whitish hairs. (Fig. 5) Distribution (Fig. 6): Found mainly in the drier areas of the SW Botanical province and in the south western interzone (Coolgardie botanical district). Ecology: Collectors notes include ‘in mixed sclerophyll scrub on sandy soil’, ‘latente, regrowth after fire: Acacia, Grevillea, Casuarina, Dryandra', ‘shrubland, on yellow sand over latente’, ‘scrub on deep sand’, ‘open scrub . . ., well-drained, deep yellow sand’. Flowers October-December; fruits of previous year persisting until c. November of the following year. Notes: The epithet refers to the close, straight, upwardly pointing leaves. Like the preceding species Petrophile stricta has long been recognised as a distinct species without ever being formally described. Since many workers appear to know this taxa by the C. A. Gardner manuscript name it seems appropriate to adopt it here. Petrophile stricta is somewhat similar to Petrophile semifurcata, both having terete, upwardly pointing leaves, but differs in having thinner leaves which are always simple, a glabrous style, a distinctly fusiform pollen presenter and fruits with a rather dense coma of pale ferruginous hairs up to c. 6 mm long along the margins. The fruits of P. semifurcata have a much less dense coma of shorter hairs.
209 Distribution and Conservation Status: Most specimens are from the escarpment country falling from the eastern edge of the southern tablelands to the south coast area in the Kybean-Bemboka area, with a few southern outliers at lower altitudes. The conservation status of the species is assessed to be 3 VC- (Briggs & Leigh 1989, as Pomaderris sp. 3), that is, the species is vulnerable over a geographic range more than 100 km, is represented in a conservation reserve, but the total population size is not known. The conservation status of the species may require revision should areas currently supporting the species and contained within the NSW Woodchip Agreement Area (e.g. Tantawangelo, Glenbog and Coolangubra State Forests), be harvested for woodchips prior to a detailed assessment of the species total abundance and distribution. Habitat: Specimens from the escarpment area are invariably associated with tall open- forests dominated by Eucalyptus fastigata, E. smithii, E. cypellocarpa or E nitens, in some cases with elements of wetter forest types tending to cool-temperate rain- forest (with e.g. Atherosperma moschatum, Elaeocarpus holopetalus, Tasmannia lanceolata ). Soils, where noted by collectors, are skeletal, overlaying granite or sediments. Specimens from southern localities (i.e. Albrecht 2923, Slee & Holgate s.n., Briggs 2084) appear to be from drier sites with shrubby or “dry sclerophyll” vegetation. Two of these collections are atypical, Albrecht 2923 having small (to 5 cm) leaves and Briggs 2084 having more compact inflorescences with deeper yellow flowers and a strikingly erect habit. These two specimens are for the present tentatively placed with P. parrisiae. Notes: Specimens of P. parrisiae have in the past been referred to P. andromedifolia and P. nitidula. From P. andromedifolia, it can be distinguished by its generally larger leaves which are distinctly acute at both the base and apex, the indumentum of the abaxial leaf surface (which in P. andromedifolia is of a fine layer of stellate hairs more or less completely obscured by appressed, silky, golden hairs), and the larger and looser panicles. P. nitidula , a species of far northern N.S.W. and southern Queensland, bears a strong resemblance to P. parrisiae and is undoubtedly closely allied to it, but differs most significantly in having a dense, silky layer of white to pale golden hairs covering the undersurfaces of the leaves, with the lateral nerves immersed within and not protruding above this hair layer. The specific epithet honours Mrs Margaret Parris of Merimbula who has been an avid and skilled collector and observer of plants in the N.S.W. south-coast area, and who first brought this taxon to my attention. Pomaderris cocoparrana N. G. Walsh sp. nov. Species nova ab aliis speciebus generibus foliis relative brevibus, latus, cum pube simplice minuto pagina supera, etfloreibus apetalis differt. TYPUS: New South Wales — South Western Plains, Cocopara (sic) Range, summit of Mt Binga (=Bingar), alt. 1480 ft (c. 450 m) a.s.l., 28.ix.1969, J. El. Willis s.n. (Holotypus MEL 503274; Isotypus NSW.) Spreading shrub to 2 m high. Petioles and young branchlets bearing shortly spreading, golden to rusty stellate and simple hairs. Lamina broad-ovate, orbicular or broad-obovate, mostly 1-2.5 cm x 8-18 mm, obtuse (rarely acute) to slightly emarginate at apex; margins flat; penninerved with 5-12 (mostly c. 8) pairs of lateral veins, secondary veins not apparent; upper surface velvety, covered with extremely short (<0.1 mm), erect simple hairs; lower surface densely covered by fine, pale greyish stellate hairs, with some appressed, rusty simple hairs over the midrib and lateral veins. Stipules lanceolate c. 8 mm long, keeled, early deciduous. Inflorescence
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 279-280, figs. 5, 9 (map)".
280 There is also at MEL a Wilhelmi collection labelled: ‘Scrub near Meadow Ck, Jan 1855 (MEL 55205). This is almost certainly the ‘Meaton Ck’ specimen referred to by Reisseck (there appears to be no Meaton Ck in S. Aust.) and is here treated as a lectoparatype. Black retained the specific epithet flabellare when transferring the species from Trymalium to Pomaderris, but Hj. Eichler (1965) corrected this to flabellaris. Of the 38 specimens examined, none were fruiting or had clearly developing ovules. Pollen examined from two specimens in early flower and stained in Alexanders Solution (Alexander, 1969) showed high apparent viability (c. 80-90%). Field studies are required to confirm that P. flabellaris is in fact a good breeding species and not an occasional (? female-) sterile hybrid perhaps between P. paniculosa and P. obcordata, some specimens of which have leaves approaching P. flabellaris in shape and indumentum. 4. Pomaderris halmaturina J. Black, Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia 49:273 (1925). Lectotype (here chosen): South Australia, Kangaroo Island, Cygnet River, 27.01.1883, Tate, s.n. (AD 97016246 p.p.): ISOLECTOTYPES: AD (97932315 p.p., 07018154 p.p.). Erect to spreading shrub. Stipules subulate, to c. 7 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, caducous. Leaves alternate, narrow elliptic to ovate, margins toothed for the greater part or sinuate, rarely almost entire, 2. 5-5. 5 x 1.2-2. 5 cm, glabrous or sparsely hispid with simple or stellate hairs above, densely stellate tomentose below with larger, rusty hairs above the veins; venation distinct on both surfaces, impressed above. Inflorescence of rather sparse axillary and terminal panicles or racemes about as long as the subtending leaf. Flowers pedicellate, densely stellate- tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens slightly shorter than sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 0.5 mm long; style c. 0.5 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit covered with stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci slightly shorter than capsule, the membranous operculum occupying almost all of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris halmaturina subsp. halmaturina J. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:366 (1926); Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986). Shrub to c. 3 m high. Leaves with dentate to biserrate margins, rarely almost entire. Flowers with thalamus tube c. 2 mm long; sepals 2-2.5 x c. 1.5 mm. (Fig. 6 ) Representative Specimens (Total examined 36): South Australia — Kangaroo Island: SE end of island, rich limestone soil, 25. vi. 1884, Tepper 1310 (MEL); Near the small Fr. Water Lagoon of the Three Well (= Cygnet) River, s.dat., Waterhouse (MEL); Chapman River, 35°48'S, 138°07'E, 11.x. 1976, Spooner 4837 (AD); Hog Bay, 3rd Ck from west of bay, 36° 44'S, 137°56'E, 29. xi. 1983, R. Davies 474 (AD). Willsons R., Dudley Peninsula, walking track to Mount Flat, 3.1 1.1984. G. Jackson 1681 (AD); Rocky R., c. 20 km SSE from Cape Borda, 24.xi.1945, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD). South-east: Toward Carpenter Rocks, c. 1 6 km from Glencoe Rd crossing, 37° 58'S, 140° 28'E, 3.xi. 1 98 1 , N. N. Danner 8508 ( AD). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): Almost entirely confined to Kangaroo Island, South Australia and there largely restricted to near-coastal sites on the southern part of the island. Three collections ( Alcock 185, Dormer 8508, Spooner 5486 , all AD) from near Kingston and the Carpenter Rocks area near Mount Gambier in the far south-east, are referable to the typical subspecies and are the only known mainland occurrences. The subspecies is regarded as endangered (risk code 2E) by Briggs and Leigh (1989).
282 Habitat: Apparently confined to limestone country, often occurring in scrubby riparian or estuarine vegetation. Commonly associated species were generally not indicated on labels but those listed include Eucalyptus diversifolia, Acacia and Leptospermum (species unknown). The habitat of the mainland populations was not recorded on labels, but Spooner 5486 notes ‘dominant at higher elevations’. Notes: In the protologue, Black cites two syntype collections, viz. Hog Bay and Cygnet River. Three sheets at AD exist with type material; one (AD 97016246) with twigs from both localities has been mounted without indication to the provenance of each but, by reference to the collection dates on the two original labels, it is reasonable to assume that the fruiting twig (collected in January 1883) is the Cygnet River collection and the flowering twig (collected November 1 883) is the Hog Bay specimen; another (AD 07018154), is a mixture of fragments of both type collections found in N. A. Wakefield’s herbarium (at MEL) and subsequently returned to AD; and the last (AD 97932315), a mixed collection from Cygnet River, of P. halmaturina and P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa (the latter clearly does not fall within Black’s circumscription of P. halmaturina and therefore does not comprise syntype material). The specimen mounted on the left side of AD 97016246 is here chosen as the lectotype. Material of P. halmaturina from Cygnet River on sheets AD 07018154 and AD 9793215 thus become isolectotypes and the Hog Bay specimens (AD 97016246 in part, and 07018154 in part) lectoparatypes. P. halmaturina subsp. halmaturina and both subspecies of P. paniculosa occur on Kangaroo Island. A specimen from Kelly Hill Conservation Park, E. N. S. Jackson 4493 (AD, MEL) appears intermediate between P. halmaturina subsp. halmaturina and P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa , in having entire leaves which are rather densely simple-hispid on the upper surface as in the latter taxon, but larger (to 2.5 cm) and resembling the former in shape. Pomaderris halmaturina subsp. continentis N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. halmaturina sensu Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. P. oraria sensu J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte, non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858). a subspecie typica floribus parvioribus (sepala c. 1.7 x 1 mm, thalamus 1-1.5 mm longus) et foliis margine sinuato non dentato differt. HOLOTYPUS: Victoria, Lower Glenelg River, far SW Victoria, on steep limestone banks between Eaglehawk Bend and Blackfish Ck, 29.X.1948, J. H. Willis s.n. (MEL 55384). Differs from the typical subspecies in its leaves with sinuate, not dentate margins, and in its smaller flowers (thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long, sepals c. 1.7 x 1 mm). Furthermore, in most specimens the leaves are relatively narrower, more acute at the base and apex, and have more deeply impressed lateral veins than the typical subspecies. Grows to at least 4 m high ( cf. to 3 m recorded for P. halmaturina subsp. halmaturina ). (Fig. 7) Representative Specimens (Total examined 10): Victoria — South-west, South Winnap, Lower Glenelg, 3 1.x. 1948, J. H. Willis s.n. (MEL); South- west, Glenelg River at Keegans Bend, c. 4 miles (7.2 km) S of Drik Drik, 22.x. 1960, H. I. Aston 767 (MEL); South- west study area, 13 km E of Dergholm, ll.iii.1984, A. C. Beauglehole 76428 (MEL); Lower Glenelg River, Jones Cliff, Keegans Bend, ii. 1 946, A. C. Beauglehole 1 71 92 (MEL). South Australia — Hundred of Killanoola, NW corner, c. 30 km S of Narracoorte, lO.x.1965, D. Hunt 2503 (AD); South-east, xi. 1937, Mr Machell (AD),
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 280-282, figs. 6, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 282-284, figs. 7, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 267-287".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 284-287, figs. 8, 9 (map)".
269 5. Largest leaves 15 mm long or more; flowers in narrow, interrupted panicles which are usually both axillary and terminal 6 6. Leaves glabrous on adaxial surface (coastal, from near Esperance, W. Aust., to Gippsland, Vic. and Tas.) 2. P. paniculosa subsp. paralia 6. Leaves hispid or velutinous on adaxial surface 7 7. Leaves broad elliptic (length:width < 3:2), often emarginate and with a few subapical teeth; adaxial surface sparsely to moderately densely coarsely hispid; coastal in south-eastern Vic. and north-eastern Tas. 1. P. oraria subsp. oraria 7. Leaves ovate to narrowly elliptic (length:width mostly > 3:2). rounded or subacute at apex; adaxial surface densely hispid to almost velutinous; limestone areas of eastern Vic 1 . P. oraria subsp. calcicola 1. Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:268 (1858). LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Tasmania, s.dat„ Stuart (MEL 55377). Shrub to c. 2 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, caducous. Leaves alternate, narrowly to broadly elliptic, hispid to subvelutinous above, densely white stellate-tomentose below with larger rusty hairs above the midrib and lateral nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and terminal panicles, usually consisting of several, more or less globular clusters of flowers, occasionally reduced to a single cluster, each panicle usually about as long as the subtending leaf. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals broadly acute; stamens about as long as sepals; style 1-1.5 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with Tong stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed flattened-ellipsoid. 1.5-2 mm long, slightly ridged along the ventral line, pale brown with a small white aril at base. Pomaderris oraria subsp. oraria W. M. Curtis, Stud. Fl.Tasm. 1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form a) pro parte 216 (1981); non Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986). P. racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form a only); Rodway, Tasm. FI. 26 (1903) pro parte', Ewart. FI. Victoria. 748 (1931). Compact , much-branched shrub to c. 1 m high. Leaves often emarginate and shallowly toothed toward the apex, mostly 1-3 x 0.8-2. 3 cm, hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, the nerves deeply impressed. Flowers with thalamus tube c. 1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2. 2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 1) Representative Specimens (Total examined 1 1): Victoria — Wilsons Promontory, Darby River, at start of track to Tongue Point. 38“ 59'S. 146“ 16'E, 2.xi.l980, M. G. Corrick 7074 (MEL); Reeves Beach, near western limit of 90-mile Beach. 38“37’S. 146“ SSH. 1 4.vi. 1986, N. G. Walsh 1600 (CANB, HO. MEL). Tasmania — NE, (Badger Head), ix. 1 972. M. Cameron (HO); Bia Peppermint Hill. East Coast. 42° 01'S, 148° 53“E, 15.vii.1980, A. Moscal 383 (HO). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): The subspecies is known with certainty only from coastal sites in northern Tasmania (near Badger Head) and south-eastern Victoria on Wilsons Promontory and the western end" of the 90-mile Beach. A sterile Tasmanian specimen from Big Peppermint Hill is tentatively referred to this subspecies but the coarsely toothed leaves and tail-forest habitat are atypical. The subspecies is regarded as rare, with Risk Code 3RCat (Brings & Leigh, 1989).
271 Habitat: In Victoria, the plants occur on pure siliceous sands on secondary dunes 1 00-500 m from the coast and on shallow sand over granite a few metres above the high water mark. In Tasmania at Badger Head, the population occurs on skeletal soils developed over fine siltstone on clifftops and foredune slopes within c. 100 m of the shore. The subspecies occurs in coastal scrub vegetation both in Tasmania and on the mainland with associated species including Banksia integrifolia, B. marginata, Acacia sophorae, Correa alba and a distinctive coastal form of Pomaderris apetala. At Wilsons Promontory, P. oraria subsp. oraria grows closely with the more wide- spread coastal Pomaderris, P. paniculosa subsp. paralia (described below), but no intermediates have been observed. Pomaderris oraria subsp. calcicola N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte', L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form b) 216 (1981). a subspecie typica foliis longioribusque integris et floribus majoribus et habitatione ab ora differt. Typus: Victoria, Gippsland Lakes, Toorloo Arm (Stony Ck crossing of the Princes Highway), 37°48'15"S, 148° 02'45"E, 1411987, D. E Albrecht 3039. (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 689186; Isotypus: CBG). Distinguished from the typical subspecies in the longer (to 7 cm), relatively narrower leaves (length-breadth ratio mostly exceeding 3:2), with entire margins and obtuse (very rarely emarginate) apices, in the generally larger flowers (thalamus tube c. 2 mm long, sepals 2-2.5 x 1.2- 1.5 mm) and in the non-coastal habitat. In addition the shrubs tend to be taller, to c. 2 m high and more diffuse, the panicles longer (usually exceeding the subtending leaves), with rather remote clusters of flowers, and the indumentum on the upper leaf surface very densely hispid to subvelutinous. (Fig. 2) Representative Specimens (Total examined 32): Victoria — Marble Gully outside Bindi Station, 25.xi.1970, K. C. Rogers (MEL); Cliffs along Buchan River at Buchan, 1511948. J. H. Willis (MEL); Murrindal, 19.x. 1947, N. A. Wakefield 2083 (MEL); c. 2 miles NNE of Swan Reach on Bruthen Rd 27.iii.1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37682 (MEL, NSW); Stokes Cliffs, northern side of Mitchell R., near Bairnsdale, 29.viii.1925, T. S. Hart (MEL); Scriveners Rd, 200 m east of Mississippi Ck, 4 km NW of Lakes Entrance, 37° 50'20"S, 147° 57'00"E, 26.viii.1978, P. 1C Gullan 386 & N. G. Walsh (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): P. oraria subsp. calcicola is apparently confined to eastern Victoria and occurs sporadically in a rough rectangle between Bairnsdale, Orbost, Wulgulmerang and Omeo. The subspecies is rare with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs & Leigh, 1989). The population from which the type collection was made has been largely and possibly entirely destroyed through road realignment and bridge building works on the Princes Highway between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa. Elsewhere within the subspecies’ range, populations have been lost or severely reduced through clearing for agriculture of favoured limestone country. Populations are contained within the Murrindal Natural Features Zone and the Lakes Entrance-Lake Tyers Coastal Reserve, but only the former is managed as a biological reserve. Habitat: The subspecies is apparently confined to reddish loams and skeletal soils derived from Devonian and Tertiary limestones at sites where the parent material is exposed. On drier sites (e.g. at Buchan, and Marble Creek near Bindi), it is dominant within a characteristic closed shrubland where associated with, e.g. Bursaria lasiophylla and Allocasuarina verticillata.
271 Habitat: In Victoria, the plants occur on pure siliceous sands on secondary dunes 1 00-500 m from the coast and on shallow sand over granite a few metres above the high water mark. In Tasmania at Badger Head, the population occurs on skeletal soils developed over fine siltstone on clifftops and foredune slopes within c. 100 m of the shore. The subspecies occurs in coastal scrub vegetation both in Tasmania and on the mainland with associated species including Banksia integrifolia, B. marginata, Acacia sophorae, Correa alba and a distinctive coastal form of Pomaderris apetala. At Wilsons Promontory, P. oraria subsp. oraria grows closely with the more wide- spread coastal Pomaderris, P. paniculosa subsp. paralia (described below), but no intermediates have been observed. Pomaderris oraria subsp. calcicola N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte', L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form b) 216 (1981). a subspecie typica foliis longioribusque integris et floribus majoribus et habitatione ab ora differt. Typus: Victoria, Gippsland Lakes, Toorloo Arm (Stony Ck crossing of the Princes Highway), 37°48'15"S, 148° 02'45"E, 1411987, D. E Albrecht 3039. (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 689186; Isotypus: CBG). Distinguished from the typical subspecies in the longer (to 7 cm), relatively narrower leaves (length-breadth ratio mostly exceeding 3:2), with entire margins and obtuse (very rarely emarginate) apices, in the generally larger flowers (thalamus tube c. 2 mm long, sepals 2-2.5 x 1.2- 1.5 mm) and in the non-coastal habitat. In addition the shrubs tend to be taller, to c. 2 m high and more diffuse, the panicles longer (usually exceeding the subtending leaves), with rather remote clusters of flowers, and the indumentum on the upper leaf surface very densely hispid to subvelutinous. (Fig. 2) Representative Specimens (Total examined 32): Victoria — Marble Gully outside Bindi Station, 25.xi.1970, K. C. Rogers (MEL); Cliffs along Buchan River at Buchan, 1511948. J. H. Willis (MEL); Murrindal, 19.x. 1947, N. A. Wakefield 2083 (MEL); c. 2 miles NNE of Swan Reach on Bruthen Rd 27.iii.1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37682 (MEL, NSW); Stokes Cliffs, northern side of Mitchell R., near Bairnsdale, 29.viii.1925, T. S. Hart (MEL); Scriveners Rd, 200 m east of Mississippi Ck, 4 km NW of Lakes Entrance, 37° 50'20"S, 147° 57'00"E, 26.viii.1978, P. 1C Gullan 386 & N. G. Walsh (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): P. oraria subsp. calcicola is apparently confined to eastern Victoria and occurs sporadically in a rough rectangle between Bairnsdale, Orbost, Wulgulmerang and Omeo. The subspecies is rare with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs & Leigh, 1989). The population from which the type collection was made has been largely and possibly entirely destroyed through road realignment and bridge building works on the Princes Highway between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa. Elsewhere within the subspecies’ range, populations have been lost or severely reduced through clearing for agriculture of favoured limestone country. Populations are contained within the Murrindal Natural Features Zone and the Lakes Entrance-Lake Tyers Coastal Reserve, but only the former is managed as a biological reserve. Habitat: The subspecies is apparently confined to reddish loams and skeletal soils derived from Devonian and Tertiary limestones at sites where the parent material is exposed. On drier sites (e.g. at Buchan, and Marble Creek near Bindi), it is dominant within a characteristic closed shrubland where associated with, e.g. Bursaria lasiophylla and Allocasuarina verticillata.
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 273-274, figs. 3, 9 (map)".
TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. by N. G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, N. G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from New South Wales. Muelleria 7(2): 207-212 (1990). — P. parrisiae and P. cocoparrana from southern New South Wales are illustrated and described as new species. Their distribution, ecology and relationships to other species of Pomaderris are briefly discussed. INTRODUCTION This is the third recent paper by the present author describing new taxa in Pomaderris, toward a general review of the genus. The other articles appeared in Muelleria 6:6 and 7:1 (1988 and 1989 respectively). TAXONOMY Pomaderris parrisiae N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. Species nova P. andromedifolia A. Cunn. affinis, a qua foliis majoribus, extremis ambabus acutibus, pilis subter foliis sparsioribus, et inflorescentibus laxioribus et latioribus differt. TypuS: New South Wales — South Coast, 0.6 km N of Pipers Lookout (Snowy Mountains Highway) along track to Rutherford Weir, 36° 35' S, 149° 27' E, alt. 820 m a.s.l., 18.x. 1987, M. Parris 9217 (Holotypus MEL 693093; ISOTYPl BRI, CBG, HO, NSW.). Shrub to small, slender tree, to 9 m high. Branchlets and petioles covered by short, appressed, silvery hairs. Lamina elliptic to lanceolate, (2— )4— 8 cm x (6-) 10-25 mm, acute at base and apex; margins flat or slightly recurved; penninerved with 8-18 (mostly c. 12) pairs of lateral veins, secondary veins not apparent; upper surface green, entirely glabrous; lower surface silvery, closely covered with a fine stellate indumentum overlain, but not obscured by, short (c. 0.5 mm), appressed, simple hairs. Stipules lanceolate c. 5 mm long, keeled, early deciduous. Inflorescence mostly loosely paniculate, hemispherical to corymbose, 3-8 cm diam. Pedicels c. 5 mm long. Sepals oblong, acute, 2.5-3 mm long, spreading or recurved at anthesis, covered externally with a fine stellate tomentum which is largely obscured by a layer of longer silky, simple hairs, glabrous and creamy yellow on the inner surface. Petals ovate to deltoid with crenulate margins, narrowed at the base to a claw which is slightly shorter than the blade, the whole slightly shorter than the sepals, and pale yellow. Staminal filaments c. 2 mm long; anthers oblong, c. 1.5 mm long. Style c. 2 mm long, divided to about midway into 3 spreading arms. Capsule broadly ellipsoid, c. 4 mm long. Seed flattened ellipsoid-obloid, pale brown c. 2.5 x 1.5 mm, including the pale apical aril c. 0.5 mm long. (Fig. 1) Other Specimens Examined: New SouthWales — From type locality — 18. xi. 1987, M. Parris 9216 (MEL 1 12564, CANB, CBG, NSW); 20. ix. 1987, J. D. Briggs 2263, 2264 (MEL 1556040, MEL 1556041 resp., CANB, CBG, HO, NSW); ll.ix.1988, N. G. Walsh 2404 (MEL 1564744, CANB, NSW). Southern Tablelands — Brown Mountain, 7.x. 1959, E Gauba (CBG 016140); Wadbilliga National Park, Wadbilliga Fire Trail. 5.3 km SW from Wadbilliga R. crossing, 36° 17'30" S, 149°34T0" E, alt. 900 m, 9. i. 1987, J. D. Briggs 2186 & M. Parris (MEL 687157, BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW); Conways Gap, NE of Kybean, 36° 16' * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 207
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
273 Notes: Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander & Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the subspecies’ habitat preference. 2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype (here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes below. Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed as for P. oraria. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales (1981). Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 3) Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL).
274 Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially depleted through much of its range in Victoria. Habitat: Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, £ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western Australia. Notes: The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 (1931) pro parte, non Hook.
274 Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially depleted through much of its range in Victoria. Habitat: Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, £ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western Australia. Notes: The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 (1931) pro parte, non Hook.
274 Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially depleted through much of its range in Victoria. Habitat: Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, £ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western Australia. Notes: The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 (1931) pro parte, non Hook.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
248 Notes: 1. The specific epithet commemorates the Hamburg botanist Joachim Steetz ( 1 804- 1 862) (Short & Sinkora 1989) who first described a large number of Australian plants, including many in the Asteraceae. 2. The species is only known to me from the type locality and therefore should be accorded the conservation status ‘IK’ under the formula of Leigh et aL (1984). It is locally common. 3. The closest relative of M. steetziana is probably M. muelleri, which differs by a 3-5 lobed corolla tube and an average pollemovule ratio of only 83.5 (Short 1981). M. steetziana is also very similar in general appearance to M. major but that species has fruit with a cup-like apex, a 4-5 lobed corolla tube, and also a low P/O, with determinations of 100 and 1 16 from two florets of Short 1736. Specimens Examined: Western Australia— Lake King, 10. xi. 1983, Short 2353 & Huegi (MEL); Lake King, 7.ix. 1986, Short 2748, Amerena & Fuhrer (AD, PERTH). Tietkensia P. S. Short, gen nov. Herba annua ; plerumque quaeque planta glomerulus unus rosula foliorum erectorum, raro ramificans. Folia sessilia, integra, spathulata, marginibus basalibus alatis, tomentosa. Glomeruli transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares; involucrum generale absens; receptaculum multum ramosum, pilis longis. Capitula c. 5-50. Bracteae intra capitula c. 6-8, uniseriales, ellipticae vel ovatae; costae latae, indistinctae, viridulae vel purpuracentes, paginis exterioribus pilis longis; apices et margines hyalini, marginibus distalibus laciniatis. Paleae bracteis intra capitula similes. Receptaculum partiale glabrum. Flosculic. 30-100, praecipue hermaphroditi sed 2-5 extremi feminei. Flosculi feminei filiformes; corolla flava, 3 vel 4-lobata; rami styli truncati. Flosculi hermaphroditi tubulares; corolla 5-lobata, flava vel interdum purpurascens; rami styli truncati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae homomorphae, obovoideae, carpopodium absens. Pappus absens. TYPUS: T. corrickiae Annual herb usually consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) surrounded by a basal rosette of erect leaves, rarely with a single major axis (c. 1 cm long) which branches from a basal node and terminates in a compound head. Leaves sessile, entire, spathulate but with wing-like margins (c. the length of the compound head) at the base, tomentose. Compound heads usually present, transversely elliptic to lenticular; bracts subtending compound heads absent; general receptacle much branched and enveloped with long hairs. Capitula c. 5-50 per compound head; capitular bracts c. 6-8, in a single whorl, elliptic or ovate; midrib broad, ill-defined, yellow-green to green or brownish purple, outer surface with long hairs; apex and margins hyaline, the distal margins ciliate. Paleae resembling the capitular bracts. Partial receptacle oblong, glabrous. Florets c. 30-100, mainly bisexual but c. 2-5 outermost ones female. Female florets filiform; corolla yellow, minutely 3 or 4-lobed. Style branches truncate and ? with short sweeping hairs. Bisexual florets tubular; corolla 5-lobed, yellow or sometimes purplish; style branches truncate and with short sweeping hairs, ? without a distinct stylophore and with a basal annulus; stamens 5; anthers caudate and with a sterile apical appendage; endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar straight in outline and composed of uniform cells and basally not thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, obovoid, mainly brownish-purple and covered with minute myxogenic cells but with a longitudinal, yellow-brown portion devoid of myogenic cells developed on one surface; carpopodium absent. Pappus absent. Distribution (Fig. 4): This monotypic genus occurs in central and central-western Australia between c. 25° S and 29° S and c. 120° E and 131° E but excluding the sand-dune regions of the Gibson and Great Victoria Deserts.
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
246 Millotia Cass. Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , is described. Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. Gray. Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. drummondii A. Gray. Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 (1985). Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 (Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:646 (1917). Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou (Marchant 1990). Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".
222 confined to saline soils, with specimens occurring in red sandy soil well above the saline margins of salt lakes. Collector’s notes include: ‘Sandy loam on outer edge of Halosarcia zone in salty depression’, ‘Samphire flat. Gypseous clay’, ‘Powdery clay loam with Halosarcia' , ‘Low chenopod shrubland on saline flat’, ‘Clayloam. With scattered shrubs of Lawrencia and Atriplex' and ‘c. 200 m inland from salt lake. Red sandy soil’. Notes: 1. The only type collection known to me is NSW 138835. It is annotated ‘Type’ in what appears to be Fitzgerald’s hand. As further syntype specimens may exist the NSW specimen has been designated the lectotype. 2. Near Yalgoo both T. exilis and T. skirrophora ( Short 2907 & Short 2908 respectively) have been observed growing in a low lying area dominated by Atriplex. Both species were represented by hundreds of individual plants and it was evident that T. exilis tended to favour the more shallow, possibly more saline depressions. A narrow zone of overlap existed between the species but probable hybrids were not detected. 3. The pappus in T. exilis varies in size, from c. 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm long, and the extent to which it is divided into segments. The type collection displays a large, highly laciniate cup-like pappus. Other collections have a smaller pappus but, in some collections ( e.g . Wilson 12294), some specimens have the smaller, less divided pappus ring, others have the larger, laciniate pappus. To some extent the variation is correlated with floret maturity, with the pappus becoming more laciniate as the florets mature. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 15): Western Australia — c. 7.3 km S of Bunjil, 1 8.ix. 1977, Short 584 (AD); c. 3 km from Yalgoo along road to Paynes Find, l.ix.1982, Short 1609 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); c. 31 km S of Cue (Lake Austin), 1 4.ix. 1 986, Short 2922 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 6 km S of Warriedar HS near bank of Mongers Lake, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12294 (MEL, PERTH). 4. Trichanthodium baracchianum (Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnephosis baracchiana Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 21:542, pi. 30, figs 3-8 (1909); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Leigh et al.. Extinct & Endangered PI. Aust. p. 157 (1984). Type: ‘Salt swamp near Mission Station, Dimboola. St. Eloy D’Alton.' Lectotype (here chosen): Salt swamp near Mission Station, Dimboola, s. dat., D’Alton s.n. (MEL 542236). Probable Isolectotype: Near Dimboola, -.i.1902, D' Alton s.n. (NSW s.n.). POSSIBLE Lectoparatype: Antwerp, s. dat., D'AIton s.n. (MEL 1520240); Neighbourhood of Mission Station, Antwerp, s. dat., D Alton s.n. (MEL 85398): Jeparit, s. dat. D Alton s.n. (MEL 85397). See note 1. Annual herb, the major axes 1-10 cm long, glabrous to lanate. Leaves + narrowly oblong to linear or ± narrowly elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 4.5-12 mm long, 0.5-2. 2 mm wide, semisucculent, slightly mucronate, mainly glabrous but sometimes sparsely lanate. Compound heads depressed to broadly depressed ovoid, 4-7 mm long, 5-1 1 mm diam.; general involucre usually c. 1/2 the length of the compound head and inconspicuous in the mature head but sometimes with outer leafy bracts extending c. the length of the head; general receptacle ± convex, glabrous. Capitula 8-50 per compound head. Capitular bracts (4-)5(-7), + flat, narrowly elliptic of oblanceolate, or conduplicate, 2. 2-2. 7 mm long, primarily hyaline but with an opaque midrib extending c. 2/3-3/4 the length of the bract, arranged in 2 whorls; outer bracts densely hairy at the apex of the midrib; inner bracts sparsely hairy at the apex of an indistinct midrib. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.1 -1.2 mm long. Anthers 0.51-0.78 mm long; microsporangia 0.35-0.57 mm long; terminal anther appendages 0.1 5-0.23 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400-1,500 per floret. Cypselas 1 .3-1.5 mm long, 0.85-1.1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged ring 0. 3-0.4 mm high. Chromosome number: n = 3.
221 Distribution (Fig. 1): Restricted to the Shark Bay region of Western Australia between latitudes c. 25° and 27° S and west of longitude 1 15° E. Ecology: Occurs on coastal and inland arid regions, growing in sandy to clay soil and a variety of plant communities. The association of the species with samphires and Frankenia, as noted for the type collection, plus its occurrence on foredunes, is indicative of a tolerance to salinity. Collector’s notes include: ‘ Acacia , chenopod steppe. Heavy calcareous clay’, ‘Limestone rock interspersed with red sand. Acacia sp. & Ptilotus obovatus association’, 'in loam in Acacia scrub’, ‘Low chenopod (mainly Atriplex) shrubland. Sandy loam’ and ‘Beach foredunes with Angianthus tomentosus & Gnephosis tenuissima'. Notes: 1. The specific epithet honours Neville Scarlett of Latrobe University. He recollected T. baracchiana in 1983, the first specimens to be gathered since 1910. Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 20): Western Australia — Dirk Hartog Is., 2.ix. 1 972, George 11381 (CANB, PERTH); 7 km S of Overlander Roadhouse, 20.viii. 1 977, Short 420 (AD); 43 km N of Overlander Roadhouse, 2 1 .viii. 1977, Short 443 (AD); 28 km S of Wooramel River along the North West Coastal Highway, 16.x. 1983, Short 2092 (MEL). 3. Trichanthodium exilis (W. V. Fitzg.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnephosis exilis W. V. Fitzg., J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 8 17 (1975). Type: ‘Minginew, September, 1903. — W.V.F.’ Lectotype: Western Australia, Minginew, -.ix. 1 903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 138835). Annual herb, the major axes 2-20 cm long, + glabrous or lanate. Leaves ± narrowly oblong to linear or + oblanceolate, c. 4-11 mm long, 0.7- 1.3 mm wide, sometimes semisucculent, glabrous or lanate, usually green or grey-green but sometimes purple. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, spheroid or obloid, 4-1 1 mm long, 4.5-1 1 mm diam.; general involucre c. 1/3- 1/2 the length of the compound head, inconspicuous in the mature heads; general receptacle ± flat to convex, glabrous. Capitula c. 10-200 per compound head. Capitular bracts 5-6, + flat and narrowly elliptic or narrowly obtrullate, or conduplicate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, primarily hyaline but with an opaque midrib extending c. 2/3—3 /4 the length of the bracts, arranged in + 2 whorls; outer bracts densely hairy at the apex of the midrib; innermost bracts generally resembling the outer ones but less hairy. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.1 -1.6 mm long. Anthers 0.99-1.18 mm long; microsporangia 0.7 1 -0.92 mm long; terminal anther appendages 0.24-0.33 mm long. Pollen grains c. 3,500-6,550 per floret. Cypselas 0.9- 1.6 mm long, 0.4-0. 8 mm diam. Pappus a jagged ring, c. 0.2-0.65 mm long. Chromosome number: n = 3. Distribution (Fig. 1): Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 27° and 30° S and longitudes c. 115° 30' and 1 1 8° E. Particularly common on the Monger Lake System (in which Lake Moore is included, see Beard 1973) but extending to salt lakes on the southern margins of the Murchison Drainage Division (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972, Mulcahy & Bettenay 1972). Ecology: The species is commonly found on the margins of saline depressions, suggesting a high tolerance to salinity, but some collections suggest that it is not completely
218 occurrences of three of them at the eastern and western range extremes of the wide- ranging T. skirrophorum, the apparently derived breeding system in T. baracchianum, and the chromosomal data, it seems likely that T. baracchianum, T. exilis and perhaps T. scarlettianum have evolved from T. skirrophorum, or at least an ancestral entity with similar attributes. For students interested in plant speciation this would be an ideal group for detailed karyotype analysis and complementary electrophoretic studies of isozymes. Key to the species of Trichanthodium 1. General receptacle with bristles 1. T. skirrophorum 1. General receptacle glabrous 2 2. Leaves tomentose; pappus a truncate cup 2. T. scarlettianum 2. Leaves glabrous to lanate; pappus a laciniate ring or cup 3 3. Anthers 0.9- 1.2 mm long, apical appendage protruding from corolla tube (Western Australia) 3. T. exilis 3. Anthers 0.5-0.8 mm long, apical appendage not obviously protruding from corolla tube (Victoria) 4. T. baracchianum I. Trichanthodium skirrophorum Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond., Linnaea 25:489 (1853). — Gnephosis skirrophora (Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:570 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 646 (1929), 2nd ed. 926 (1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 817 (1975); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 390 (1981); Short in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Aust. 3:1521 (1986). Type: ‘Cudnaka’. LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Mueller s.n., Cudnaka, N. Holl. austr., s. dat. (MEL 542193, ex herb. Sond.). ISOLECTOTYPE: Mueller s.n.. On arid hills and in the plains towards Cudnaka, -.x. 185 1 (MEL 542194, K). See note 1 . Angianthus codonopappus F. Muell., Fragm. 9:2 (1875). — Gnephosis codonopappa F. Muell., in Giles, Geog. travels in Cent. Aust., 217 (1875), nomen nudum\ F. Muell., Fragm. 9:2 (1875), pro syn.\ Tate, Flandbk FI. extratrop. S. Aust. 128 (1890). Type: ‘In vicinia lacus Eyrei; Giles.’ LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Giles s.n.. Towards Lake Eyre, 1872 (MEL 542191). See note 2. Annual herb, major axes 3-35 cm long, densely lanate. Leaves lanceolate or linear, 5.5-25 (33) mm long, 0.5- 1.2 mm wide, tomentose, grey-green. Capitula 25-200 (c. 250) per compound head. Compound heads broadly depressed ovoid to obloid, 4-12 mm long, 4.5-17 mm diam.; general involucre c. 1/4-1/3 the length of the head, inconspicuous in the mature heads, consisting of a few outer leaf-like bracts and numerous inner hyaline bracts which grade into the capitular bracts; general receptacle transversely ellipsoid, with long bristles. Capitular bracts 5-6, arranged in ± 2 whorls; bracts of the outer whorl 3-4, flat to conduplicate, narrowly elliptic or narrowly oblong, primarily hyaline but with an opaque midrib extending c. 2/3-3/4 the length of the bract, densely hairy at the apex of the midrib; inner 1-2 bracts conduplicate, elliptic, midrib indistinct, extending to c. 2/3 the length of the bract, glabrous or with a few hairs in the upper part. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube (1.35)1.7-2.6 mm long. Anthers 0.92-1.07 mm long; microsporangia 0.63-0.81 mm long; terminal anther appendage 0.24-0.32 mm long. Pollen grains c. 1,200-5,100 per floret. Cypselas 1.05-1.35 mm long, 0.55-0.6 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, 0.6- 1.2 mm long. Chromosome number: n = 4. Distribution (Fig. 1): Widespread in central and southern mainland Australia, south of c. 24° S and west of c. 143° E.
A REVISION OF TRICHANTHODIUM Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (ASTERACEAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 7(2): 213-224 (1990). The endemic Australian genus Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. is revised. Four species are recognized. One new species, T. scarlettianum P. S. Short from Western Australia, is described. Two new combinations are made: T. baracchianum (Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short and T. exilis (W. V. Fitzg.) P. S. Short. Chromosome numbers ( n = 3,4,7) are reported for all species and evolution of the group is briefly discussed. INTRODUCTION Bentham (1867), in his treatment of the Compositae of Australia, generally adopted broad generic concepts, reducing genera recognized by botanists such as Henri Cassini, Asa Gray, Joachim Steetz and Nicholas Turczaninow to synonymy. Many such genera have been, or should be, reinstated (e.g. see Short 1983, a revision of Angianthus Wendl. 5. lat.) and very often new genera should be recognized. This is also true for Gnephosis Cass. s. lat. Although not finalized my studies suggest that the c. 22 species will be ultimately dispersed among as many as nine different genera. Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. is one such genus. It is readily distinguished from all other species in Gnephosis s. lat. by the fruit, which are covered by myxogenic cells. An absence of capitulum-subtending bracts and the capitular bract morphology are also features which provide a unique combination of characters by which the genus can be delimited from all others. The reinstatement of Trichanthodium is also supported by the results obtained from studies of mycorrhizal associations (Warcup 1990), and to a lesser extent by investigations of the chemical composition (Jakupovic et al. 1988) of species of Gnephosis s. lat. At the time Bentham (1867) reduced Trichanthodium to synonymy under Gnephosis only the single species, T. skirrophorum was known. In subsequent years Fitzgerald (1905) described G. exilis, and Ewart & White (1909) described G. baracchiana. Neither Fitzgerald or Ewart & White commented about the delimitation of the genus although both noted an affinity with G. skirrophora. Since their work a further species with affinities with T. skirrophorum has been gathered and it (T. scarlettianum ) is described here. Evolution within Trichanthodium is particularly intriguing and partly for this reason a revision of the genus is presented here, rather than as a part of a larger paper on Gnephosis s. lat. MATERIALS AND METHODS Descriptions of taxa were made from dried collections and from specimens stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the Systematics Association Committee for Descriptive Terminology (1962). Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, K, MEL, NSW, NT, PERTH, UWA and KP (Kings Park, Western Australia). The methods used to determine pollen-ovule ratios (P/Os) and anther dimensions have been previously outlined (Short 1985). Fruit sections of T. baracchianum and T. exilis were obtained following the methods outlined in Short et al. (1989). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 213
279 oraria by most botanists and naturalists. It is readily distinguished from P. oraria sens, strict, by the glabrous (rather than hispid) leaf upper- surface, and the entire, rarely irregularly crenate or emarginate leaves with less deeply impressed midrib and lateral veins. At Wilsons Promontory both taxa occur together with no apparent intergradation. . At their extremes, the two subspecies of P. paniculosa appear to be sufficiently distinct to be regarded as separate species, but the differences become less sharp where the two taxa occur in near proximity in a few areas in S.A. where mallee scrubs occur immediately inland of primary dune vegetation. Recently P. paniculosa subsp. paralia has been used in coastal areas as a hardy species for amenity and revegetation planting. The epithet is derived from Greek, meaning ‘by the shore’ and is, appropriately, equivalent to the Latin ‘oraria’. 3. Pomaderris flabellaris (F. Muell. ex Reisseck) J. Black, FI. S. Australia 366 (1926); Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:81 1 (1986). Trymalium flabellare F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:281 (1858). LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Boston Point, F. Mueller (MEL 55208). LECTOPARATYPE: Scrub near Meadow Ck, i. 1 855, Wilhelmi (MEL 55205). A shrub to c. 1 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 1.5 mm long, stellate tomentose, early caducous. Leaves alternate, flabellate or elliptic, wider than long, the distal margin usually crenate or toothed, flat to almost conduplicate, 4-9 x 5-14 mm, densely covered on both surfaces with stellate hairs (or very rarely glabrous above), with some larger, rusty hairs above the veins on the lower surface; venation indistinct above, apparent beneath. Inflorescence of short axillary and terminal racemes or slender, few flowered panicles to 2 cm long; Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals acute, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm; stamens subequal to sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 1 mm long; style c. 1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs, slightly raised. Fruits not known. (Fig. 5) Representative Specimens (Total examined 38): South Australia — Boston Point, Spencers Gulf, & dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Port Lincoln, 1875, J. H. Brown s n (MEL); Port Lincoln, 7.ii.l960, R. Filson 1585 (MEL); Eyre Peninsula, 2 miles east of Wamlla, xi. 1 955, D. J. Smith 221 (MEL); Tod River— Wanilla area, 4.ix.l969, K B. Wames 108 (AD); Hundred of Koppio, north end, 18.ix. 1964, C. R. Alcock C42 (AD). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): P. flabellaris is known only from the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, particularly in the southern part about Port Lincoln. It is not regarded as rare or threatened by Briggs and Leigh (1988). Habitat: Occurs on shallow soils derived from granite, laterite and quartzite, and is also recorded from sand dunes. Information accompanying specimens is scanty but one collection gives Eucalyptus cladocalyx as dominant in the associated vegetation. Notes: In the protologue of Trymalium flabellare, Reisseck cites two collections, Boston Point, F. Mueller and Meaton Ck, Wilhelmi. Of the former, there are two sheets at MEL (both ex Sonder Herb.), both with small sterile twigs and a few fragments in envelopes. The larger specimen of these (with two leafy twigs) has been chosen as the lectotype and the smaller (MEL 55206) an isolectotype. The label, written in Mueller’s hand, has: ‘ Pomaderris (Trymalium) rotundifolia F. Muell.’ (presumably an earlier manuscript name) and below, an addition by Sonder: 'Trymalium flabellare F. Muell.’
279 oraria by most botanists and naturalists. It is readily distinguished from P. oraria sens, strict, by the glabrous (rather than hispid) leaf upper- surface, and the entire, rarely irregularly crenate or emarginate leaves with less deeply impressed midrib and lateral veins. At Wilsons Promontory both taxa occur together with no apparent intergradation. . At their extremes, the two subspecies of P. paniculosa appear to be sufficiently distinct to be regarded as separate species, but the differences become less sharp where the two taxa occur in near proximity in a few areas in S.A. where mallee scrubs occur immediately inland of primary dune vegetation. Recently P. paniculosa subsp. paralia has been used in coastal areas as a hardy species for amenity and revegetation planting. The epithet is derived from Greek, meaning ‘by the shore’ and is, appropriately, equivalent to the Latin ‘oraria’. 3. Pomaderris flabellaris (F. Muell. ex Reisseck) J. Black, FI. S. Australia 366 (1926); Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:81 1 (1986). Trymalium flabellare F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:281 (1858). LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Boston Point, F. Mueller (MEL 55208). LECTOPARATYPE: Scrub near Meadow Ck, i. 1 855, Wilhelmi (MEL 55205). A shrub to c. 1 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 1.5 mm long, stellate tomentose, early caducous. Leaves alternate, flabellate or elliptic, wider than long, the distal margin usually crenate or toothed, flat to almost conduplicate, 4-9 x 5-14 mm, densely covered on both surfaces with stellate hairs (or very rarely glabrous above), with some larger, rusty hairs above the veins on the lower surface; venation indistinct above, apparent beneath. Inflorescence of short axillary and terminal racemes or slender, few flowered panicles to 2 cm long; Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals acute, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm; stamens subequal to sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 1 mm long; style c. 1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long stellate hairs, slightly raised. Fruits not known. (Fig. 5) Representative Specimens (Total examined 38): South Australia — Boston Point, Spencers Gulf, & dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Port Lincoln, 1875, J. H. Brown s n (MEL); Port Lincoln, 7.ii.l960, R. Filson 1585 (MEL); Eyre Peninsula, 2 miles east of Wamlla, xi. 1 955, D. J. Smith 221 (MEL); Tod River— Wanilla area, 4.ix.l969, K B. Wames 108 (AD); Hundred of Koppio, north end, 18.ix. 1964, C. R. Alcock C42 (AD). Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): P. flabellaris is known only from the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, particularly in the southern part about Port Lincoln. It is not regarded as rare or threatened by Briggs and Leigh (1988). Habitat: Occurs on shallow soils derived from granite, laterite and quartzite, and is also recorded from sand dunes. Information accompanying specimens is scanty but one collection gives Eucalyptus cladocalyx as dominant in the associated vegetation. Notes: In the protologue of Trymalium flabellare, Reisseck cites two collections, Boston Point, F. Mueller and Meaton Ck, Wilhelmi. Of the former, there are two sheets at MEL (both ex Sonder Herb.), both with small sterile twigs and a few fragments in envelopes. The larger specimen of these (with two leafy twigs) has been chosen as the lectotype and the smaller (MEL 55206) an isolectotype. The label, written in Mueller’s hand, has: ‘ Pomaderris (Trymalium) rotundifolia F. Muell.’ (presumably an earlier manuscript name) and below, an addition by Sonder: 'Trymalium flabellare F. Muell.’
190 3. Verrucaria howensis McCarthy, sp. nov. Thnlhii crustaceus epilithicus, moderate expansus, continuus vel areolatus, obscure cinereo-viridis (5-i 6 J 1 Gym diametro Ascomata perithecioidea, semiimmersa vel fere superfic' 311 ^ solitana 1 prone basim thallo tecto. Involucrellum carbonaceum, n.t.dum, (0.1 : )0 14(-0.2) mm //m rrassum exDansum dimidiatum vel usque ad basim excipuli descendens. C~m globosum. (0.08->0.1( -0.lt) - -- _ ; i- ^ . in | c #/m rrflQsiini cellulis 6-8 x 2-4 urn. Pcnphyszs 20 25 x 1.5 pm. SphZs AM Asci bitunicati, clavati, 8-spori, 17-25 * 9-13 pm Sporae simplices incolorate. ellipsoideae, (5.9-)7.3(-9.4) x (3.2-)4. K-5.0) /mi, contentis hyalmis vel subtiliter granulosis. HOLOTYPUS- New South Wales, Lord Howe Island, on calcareous tuff, 7.X.1965, R. F. Steel 51 (MEL 10235). Thallus crustose, epilithic, moderately wide-spreading continuous to rimose or areolate dull grey-green to olive-green, 0.04-0.08 mm thick, without a visible prothallus. 'Areolae regular, angular, smooth P lane or ’ ^y, s 0 1 -0 21-0.25) mm wide. Algae green, globose, (5-)6- 1 0 /rm diam. Ascomaia perithecioid compound, semi-immersed to almost superficial, moderately numerous, solitary, often covered by a thalline collar towards the base. Involucrellum carbonaceus, „lossv 0 1-0 1 4(-0.2) mm diam., 20-40 pm thick, dimidiate or extending excipulum-base level. Ostiole inconspicuous or slightly depres sed - ^f^,f 1 ° b ° 8 Se x ’ 10 08-30 l(-0 12) mm diam. Excipulum brown-black, 10-15 pm _ thick, cells o 8 2-4 pm. Periphyses 20-25 x 1.5 pm. Poraphyses absent. Asa bitunicate clavate 8-spored 17-25 x 9-13 Aim. Ascospores simple, colourless, ellipsoid, (5.9 )7.3( 9.4) x (3 2-)4 K-5.0) Aim; contents clear to finely granulose. (Fig. 1 ) Fig. 1. Verrucaria howensis. a-vertical section of ascoma, scale 0.1 mm. b-ascospore, scale 10 Aim.
BOSSIAEA ARENICOLA (FABACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND by J. H. Ross» ABSTRACT Ross, J. H. Bossiaea arenicola (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3): 371-374 (1991). — B. arenicola from the Cook District of northern Queensland is described as new. INTRODUCTION Material of this species was first collected almost twenty years ago but it is only relatively recently through the efforts of Mr J.R. Clarkson, Queensland Herbarium, that good flowering and fruiting collections have been made. This opportunity is taken of describing the species. BOSSIAEA ARENICOLA Bossiaea arenicola J. H. Ross sp. nov. affinitas incerta, forsan B. brownii Benth. affinis, a qua foliis majoribus orbicularibus rhombeis ad late obovatis ad basin non manifeste obliquis vel cordatis, stipulis triangularibus vel ovatis, calyce et bracteolis conspicue lonatudinaliter striatis, bracteolis majoribus, corolla uniformiter luteola vel interdum vexillo fauce aurantiaco, et ovariis glabriis, differt. Typus: Queensland, Cook District, 4.3 km E of the Hopevale-Starke road on the track to the Mclvor River mouth, 14.vi.l984, J.R.Clarkson 5322 (HolotypuS: MEL; ISOTYPI: BRI, CANB, DNA, K, NSW, PERTH, QRS). Shrub or tree 2-5 m high with several stems arising from ground level; bark greyish-brown, lon^tudinally fissured, fibrous; branchlets terete, sparin^y to densely clothed with somewhat spreading silvery hairs. Leaves alternate, distichous, unifoliolate, reddish when young, on short densely pubescent petioles 1.5-3 mm long; leaflets orbicular, rhombic and sometimes transversely so, to broadly ovate or obovate, (0.6-)0.9-1.8 cm long, (0.5-)0.8-1.9 cm wide, coriaceous, upper surface sparin^y to densely pubescent when young but glabrescent, glabrous when mature or with few scattered hairs, midrib and main lateral veins quite prominent, lower surface sparingly to densely pubescent and especially so near the attachment of the petiole, ^abrescent, ^abrous or with scattered hairs especially basally when mature. Stipules triangular or ovate, scarious, sparingly to densely pubescent, 0.7- 1.5 mm long, 0.6-1. 1 mm wide. Flowers borne irregularly on the upper parts of the branchlets, solitary in the axils of the leaves, up to 1.5 cm long, yellow or sometimes the standard with a basal orange flare, on sparingly to densely pubescent pedicels 1.8-4 mm long. Bracts few in the series, crowded in the axil, obtuse, up to 1mm long. Bracteoles unevenly paired and inserted on the pedicel at different heights, one inserted near the base of the pedicel and the other near the apex, scarious, longitudinally striate, the upper 1.3-3 mm long, 1.5- 1.8 mm wide, glabrous apart from marginal cilia, persisting to the fruiting stage. Calyx glabrous externally or with a fringe of hairs on the margins, conspicuously longitudinally striate; 2 upper lobes broader than the others and united higher up, the apices of the lobes diverging, 5-6 mm long including the tube 4-4.6 mm long, 3 lower lobes 2-2.5 mm long, shorter than the tube, denticulate. Standard spathulate, 14.5-15 mm long including a claw up to * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 371
A NEW SPECIES OF CALOTIS R. Br. (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new species of Calotis R. Br. (Asteraceae; Astereae) from New South Wales. Muelleria 7(3): 405-410 (1991). — Calotis moqrei P. S. Short, is described and illustrated and notes on its distribution, possible breeding system, and relationships are provided. TAXONOMY Calotis moorei P. S. Short, sp. nov. affinis C. cymbacanthae F. MuelL, sed aristis fructuum 4-8 differt, a C. erinacea Steetz, foliis caulibusque pilosis differt. HOLOTYPUS: ‘Mt Mulyah’ — about 80 km northwest of Louth. (Near homestead). 30°19'S, 144°32'E. Deep red brown sand. 26.ix.1984, C. W. E. Moore 8454 (CANB 354246). IsotypuS: (NSW, ex CANB 354245). [Calotis erinacea auct. non Steetz; Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 77: 164 (1952), as to Officer s.n. (NSW 14995).] Perennial herb, 10-45 cm high, major axes ascending to erect, with septate hairs. Leaves alternate, mainly long-spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate but at least the upper ones lanceolate to ovate, 0.5-7 cm long, 0.2- 1.4 cm wide, with 1-8 coarse teeth or lobes, or entire, with septate hairs. Capitula solitary, terminal, heterogamous, essentially radiate, but 4-5 of the innermost female ‘ray’ florets with 2-3 irregular corolla lobes and sometimes with one or more malformed anthers. Involucre c. 6-9 mm diam.; bracts, 12-14, in c. 2 rows, ovate, 2.6-3.9 mm long, 0.8- 1.7 mm wide, outer surface with septate hairs, the margins with both septate, non-glandular and multicellular, glandular hairs, inner surface with septate glandular hairs, apex sometimes with a tuft of septate hairs. Receptacle very widely ovoid, with scale-like protrusions. Ray florets female, 26-33; corolla usually strap-like, 4.5-5. 8 mm long, 1.2-1. 6 mm wide, yellow; style arms lanceolate. Disc florets male, 19-25, corolla 1.8-3 mm long, lobes 4-5, yellow; stamens 4-5; anthers 1.3-1. 6 mm long, microsporangium 1. 1-1.2 mm long, terminal appendage 0.2-0.27 mm long; style arms not or barely divided. Fruits homomorphic, brown; body flattened, broadly cuneiform or widely obdeltoid, the exposed portion 1. 3-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1. 5 mm wide, tuberculate on each face, enclosed apically by the expanded bases of the awns; awns (3)4-8, equal in length or variable, c. 0.4-3.3 mm long, barbed along their whole length and hairy within the cup. (Figs 1, 2) DISTRIBUTION: Calotis moorei is apparently confined to New South Wales. Apart from the type locality, i.e. near the homestead of ‘Mt Mulyah’ sheep station, the only other collection known to me was gathered by E. Officer (NSW 14995) from the locality of ‘Zara’ (35°10'S, 144°35'E), about 480 km south of ‘Mt Mulyah’. *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 405
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 317-319, Fig. 1".
384 P. stricta van perlaxa is the taxon referred to by P.F. Morris in Ewart ( 1 930) as Atropis (= Puccinellia) magellanica Desv., a species indigenous to South America. The application of this name resulted from misidentification of a fragment sent to A.S. Hitchcock (US). In correspondence to Prof A. J. Ewart (then Government Botanist at MEL), O. Stapf (KEW) suggested Puccinellia stricta f perlaxa to be an appropriate name for specimens submitted to him by Ewart in 1912. Some specimens at MEL were later annotated as P stricta var. perlaxa, presumably in the assumption that Stapf had published, or intended to publish this combination. However this work has not been located in any botanical literature and is presumed to have never been validly published. The epithet is appropriate and is here formalized (albeit as a variety rather than a form), hopefully by so doing avoiding any confusion which may have arisen if a new epithet were chosen. DANTHONIA Lam. & DC. Danthonia lepidopoda N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Chionochloa pallidae affinis sed statura parviore, foliis plants vel canaliculatis, flosculis parvioribus arista torta vix, pills lemmatis serie supera caespitosis infirme et a speciebus omnibus Danthoniae et Chionochloae Australiensis productis plerumque rhizomatis squamatis differt. TypuS: Victoria, South Belgrave, “Bullens Land” Courtneys Rd, immediately north of Ash Reserve, 37° 56'40"S, 145°20'45"E, 15.L1987, N.G. Walsh 1709, (HOLOTYPUS: MEL; ISOTYPI: BRI, NSW). Perennial, developing long, scaly rhizomes. Culms to 60 cm high. Leaves weakly tufted, glabrous to sparsely hairy; blades flat or channeled, becoming inrolled on drying, to 15 cm long and 2 mm wide; ligule a ciliate rim c. 0.5 mm long, with a tuft of longer hairs at the sides. Panicle linear to narrowly ovate, to 8 cm long, rather sparse and with few (usually <20) spikelets. Spikelets purplish when young, mostly 3 or 4-flowered; glumes subequal, lanceolate, 8-14 mm long; lemma 3-4 mm long, lightly and more or less evenly covered with hairs which are weakly aggregated into tufts in an indistinct, slightly longer upper series; lateral lobes erect, 3-5 mm long, scaberulous, evenly tapered to the 1-2 mm long setiform tips, or setae laclang; central awn wealdy twisted in the lower c. 2 mm, exceeding lateral lobes by 3-6 mm; palea narrow lanceolate or oblong, far exceeding sinus and approaching or equal to the tips of the lateral lobes. Representative Specimens (total examined = 1 5): Victoria — Grampians, Mt William, Nov. 1882, Sullivan (MEL); Grampians, E side of Victoria Range, 17 Jan. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 30296 (MEL, NSW); Grampians, 1.5 miles (c. 2 km) ENE of Halls Gap, 21 Dec. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 30136 (MEL, NSW); Grampians, Mt Abrupt, 30 Dec. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 30216 (MEL, NSW); Otways, c. 13.5 km NE of Port Campbell P.O., 22 Mar. 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 44307 (MEL, NSW); Otways, c. 38 km NW of Cape Otway Lighthouse, 20 Mar. 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 44303 (MEL); Otways, Benwerrin, 9.6 km NNW of Lome, 3 Jan. 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 43912 (MEL, NSW); Beenak area, 7.5 km SE of Egg Rock, 10 Jan. 1980, S.J. Forbes 335 (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status: D. lepidopoda is apparently endemic in Victoria from where it has been collected from The Grampians mountains, the Otway Range (mostly toward the coast) and the south-eastern slopes of the Dandenong Ranges (some 40 km ESE from Melbourne). Although apparently confined to these three disjunct areas, the species is moderately common in the Grampians and Otways at least (but only two collections have been identified from the Dandenong Ranges area), and is not considered rare or threatened.
386 sens. Zotov 1963) rather than Chionochloa (Zotov 1963) and commits the new species to that genus. Further, C. pallida is a robust, strongly caespitose plant, with narrow, involute leaf blades, numerous spikelets per inflorescence, and larger florets with the lemma having a strongly twisted awn, all features not shared by the iiew species. Danthonia induta differs from D. lepidopoda in its robust habit, relatively large panicle with numerous spikelets, larger lemma with hairs organized into definite upper and lower series (as well as scattered between the series), longer, strongly twisted awn, and the palea which does not approach the tips of the lateral lemma lobes. The long-creeping, scaly rhizome is atypical for either Danthonia or Chionochloa (at least amongst Australian species) and the specific epithet (meaning “scaly foot”) refers to this feature. DEYEUXIA Clar. ex P. Beauv. Deyeuxia talariata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. D. affini M. Gray similis sed spiculis majoribus, 3.6-5 mm longis, arista minuta vel nulla et statura elatiore differt. HolotypuS: Victoria, East Gippsland, 0.5 km S of Moscow Peak, 2 km NNW of Mt Cobberas no.l, 36°15'50"S, 148°08'45"E, 22 Feb. 1982, N.G. Walsh 801 (MEL). Shortly rhizomatous perennial, culms erect, 25-1 10 cm high. Leaves smooth to slightly scaberulous, glabrous or the sheaths sometimes sparsely ciliate along the margin; blades rather stiff, loosely to closely folded, 6-40 cm x 1.5-3 mm when flattened out; ligule membranous, truncate, 1.5-3 mm long. Inflorescence & rather dense, cylindrical panicle 4-17 cm long, sometimes interrupted near the base; spikelets 3.6-5 mm long, usually slightly purplish; glumes narrowly acute, subequal, scabrous along the keel in the upper part; lemma acute, equal to or slightly exceeding the glumes, 5-nerved, evenly and minutely scabrous, becoming somewhat hardened at maturity, awnless or shortly awned from apex or just below; awn (when present) straight, to 0.8 mm long, exceeding lemma by up to 0.5 mm; palea slightly shorter than lemma; callus hairs dense, silky, 2/3 to as long as lemma; rhachilla bristle 1-1.5 mm long, plumose, with hairs virtually reaching the apex of the lemma. Other Specimens Examined: Victoria — Playgrounds, 2 km SW from Mt Cobberas no. 1 , 1 9 Apr. 1 98 1 , S.T Forbes 917 &H van Rees (MEL); Forlorn Hope Track, 10.8 km NNW ofMt Nunniong, 13 Feb. 1980 H van Rees 87 & S.J. Forbes (MEL). New South Wales — South Coast/Southem Tablelands, Square Swamp, 2.2 km NW of Woe Woe Trig., 21 Feb. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3063 (MEL, NSW). Distribution and Conservation Status: Occurs in eastern Victoria on the Nunniong Plateau and the nearby Cobberas mountains. In south-eastern New South Wales, the species is known from a single collection on the Mt Wog Wog Plateau (inland from Eden). The species is known form only four collections, three of which are contained within National Parks (Cobberas N.P. in Victoria, Nalbaugh N.P. in N.S.W.) but the Victonan sites are subject to grazing by cattle and/or brumbies which are prevalent in the area. The species is here regarded as “vulnerable”, with Risk Code 3VCi (Briggs and Leigh 1989). Habitat: At each of the four sites from which it is known, D. talariata grows in sodden, Sphagnum-Tich heath at altitudes above 1000 m. Associated species include Epacris paludosa, E. breviflora, Baeckea utilis and Poa costiniana. The underlying soils are generally coarse but derived from different bedrocks at each
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3)".
358 petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently shaped. Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the other species. A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. purpurea. HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa (Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in Herbarium Hookerianum (K). Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype (here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane
358 petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently shaped. Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the other species. A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. purpurea. HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa (Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in Herbarium Hookerianum (K). Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype (here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane
358 petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently shaped. Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the other species. A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. purpurea. HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa (Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in Herbarium Hookerianum (K). Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype (here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane
358 petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently shaped. Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the other species. A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. purpurea. HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa (Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in Herbarium Hookerianum (K). Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype (here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane
358 petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently shaped. Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the other species. A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. purpurea. HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa (Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in Herbarium Hookerianum (K). Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype (here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane
337 Additional Specimens Examined: Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler (LD). 6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. DISTRIBUTION: This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. Additional Specimens Examined: Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; associated with Verrucaria maura). Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) — Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987).
337 Additional Specimens Examined: Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler (LD). 6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. DISTRIBUTION: This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. Additional Specimens Examined: Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; associated with Verrucaria maura). Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) — Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 361-367".
A NEW SPECIES OF MINURIA DC. (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new species ofMinuria DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae). Muelleria 7(3): 361-367. — A new species, Minuria multiseta P. S. Short, is described. It occurs in Western Australia, South Australia and the Northern Territory. Notes on its relationship with M. gardneri are provided. INTRODUCTION In a revision of Minuria, Lander & Barry (1980) recognized three new species, including M. gardneri Lander & Barry, a species deemed to be found in both South Australia and Western Australia. Six years later Cooke (1986) recorded in ‘FI. S. Australia’ that he had given the species wider circumscription than Lander & Barry, and that the original description was based on ‘relatively depauperate material’ (Cooke l.c., p. 1473). It is evident, however, that both the original description and that by Cooke encompass two distinct species. The additional species is described below. METHODS Data were gathered from herbarium specimens housed in AD, MEL and PERTH. Differences between the two species were statistically examined using a modified t-test for unequal variances. Pollemovule ratios have been estimated on a capitulum basis, i.e. by counting the number of pollen grains in a single disc floret, multiplying that number by the number of disc florets, and then dividing by the total number of ray florets in the capitulum. TAXONOMY Minuria multiseta P. S. Short, sp. nov. Herba perennis, 2.5-34 cm altam, axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, sparsim pubescentes. Folia alterna, sessilia, integra, linearia, 5-20 mm longa, c. 0.5-1 mm lata, glabra vel sparsim pilosa. Capitula solitaria, heterogama, radiata. Involucrum 3.8-5 mm diametro, multiseriale; bracteae 35-62, sublanceolatae, c. 2-3 mm longae, c. 0.4 mm latae, praecipue herbaceae sed marginibus superis et apicibus hyalinis. Receptaculum convexum, glabrum, foevatum. Flosculi radii feminei, 67-239, corolla 1.9-4 mm longa, ligula 0.9-2 mm longa, alba; cypselae subellipsoidea, 0.6-0.85 mm longae, 0.2-0.3 mm latae, sparsim pubescentes, purpureae; pappus setaceous, setas 8-11, barbellatas, ad basem conjunctae ferens. Flosculi disci masculini, 4-25, corolla 1.65-2.4 mm longa, (4)5-loba, lutea; antherae 5, 0.63-0.89 mm longae, sporangiis 0.45- 0.72 mm longis, appendicibus terminalibus 0.14-0.22 mm longibus; cypselae steriles, glabrae; pappus cyathiformis, laceratus, setis 2-1 1 terminalibus, barbellatis. HolotypuS: 1 5 km NW of Glendambo along Hwy to Coober Pedy. 30° 53'S, 1 35° 40'E. Growing in sand on outer edge of saline depression amongst Halosarcia and extending up sand dune where it occurs with Zygophyllum, 26.viii.1989, Short 3675 (MEL 1577157). ISOTYPI: AD, CANB, PERTH. Perennial herb, flowering in the first year, 2.5-34 cm high, major axes ascending to erect, sparsely pubescent. Leaves alternate, sessile, entire, linear. ♦National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 361
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 375-378".
PLECTRANTHUS ARENICOL US (LAMIACE AE), A NEW SPECIES FROM CAPE YORK PENINSULA, QUEENSLAND by Paul I. Forster* ABSTRACT Forster, P.I. Plectranthus arenicolus (Lamiaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Muelleria 7(3): 375-378 (1991). — Plectranthus arenicolus P. Forster sp. nov., from west of Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland is described with notes on distribution and habitat. INTRODUCTION During botanical exploration of the area between Moreton Telegraph Station and Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, I collected flowering material and live plants for cultivation of a species of Plectranthus. Using the key published by Blake (1971) for his revision of the genus in Australia and adjacent regions, live material was keyed to P gratus S.T. Blake described from Walsh’s Pyramid near Tully. The material from Cape York Peninsula, although tallying in some features with P gratus, differed in a number of significant characters, several of which were extensively used by Blake in his delimitation of taxa. Some botanists have verbally expressed dissatisfaction with Blake’s account of the genus, particularly when dealing with dried material, and have suggested that many of the taxa would be better placed in the synonymy of others. However it should be remembered that his account was based on extensive live collections. From studying a number of taxa native to Queensland both in habitat and subsequently in cultivation, it appears that in most instances Blake’s key and description are quite adequate, although the existence of at least two undescribed taxa (from Mt Mulligan and Blackdown Tableland) other than the one described herein tend to lessen the usefulness of his account. TAXONOMY Plectranthus arenicolus P. Forster sp. nov., a P. grata S.T. Blake caulium base tubera, trichomatibus in caulibus usque 2.7 mm longis, inflorescentiae axe carenti glandulas sessiles, foliis ferentibus tantum 4-6 paris dentium differt. TypuS: plant cultivated at St Lucia, Brisbane (from material of the same collection as P.I. Forster 5456), 22 October 1989, PI. Forster 5835 (HolO: BRI [2 sheets + spirit]; ISO: K, MEL, QRS). Subshrub to 30 cm high, foliage slightly scented. Stems or lateral branches erect, the lower woody part often straggling and up to 6 mm thick, seedling derived stems with a fleshy tuberous base to 1 cm in diameter; upper parts with a dense indumentum of antrorse 2-8-celled hairs up to 2.7 mm in length but commonly much shorter, lacking gland-tipped trichomes and with shortly stalked glandular hairs to 0. 1 mm long on the intemode directly below the inflorescence. Leaves long-petiolate; lamina ovate to narrowly-ovate, 23-33 mm long, 18-26 mm wide, dull green, somewhat fleshy, paler beneath and colouring purplish in strong light; serrate with 4-6 pairs of short broad teeth, occasionally with one or more secondary teeth; with dense indumentum of antrorse trichomes on both surfaces and occasional sessile yellowish gland below; veins impressed above, prominent below; petiole 7-12 mm long, 1-1.7 mm diameter. Inflorescence * Botany Department, University of Queensland, Queensland, Australia 4072. 375
381
Distribution and Conservation Status:
Apparently endemic in Victoria where known only by a few collections from
margins of salt lakes west of Melbourne between Colac and Hamilton. Two of the
lakes are within wildlife reserves managed primarily for waterfowl. Considering
the small number of collections and the abundance of apparently suitable habitat
{i.e. salt lakes) across the volcanic plain, it is likely that the species has diminished
as a consequence of habitat modification through clearing and grazing. Field
observations indicate that P. sallacustris does not persist following regular grazing
(D. Frood pers. comm.) Its conservation status is therefore assessed as
“vulnerable” with Risk Code 3VCi (Briggs and Leigh 1989).
Habitat:
All collections of the species are from verges of slightly to strongly saline
lakes on the Victorian volcanic plain (Quaternary basalt). The substrates include
sticky grey clay, sandy buckshot gravel mixed with basalt pebbles, and at Lake
Corangamite, deep deposits of the small aquatic snail Coxiella striata. P.
sallacustris occurs above the saltmarsh zone if such a zone is present at the site.
Associated species include Schoenus nitens, Wilsonia backhousei, Epilobium
billardieranum and Plantago coronopus.
NOTES:
By the closed leaf-sheath, the membranous ligule, rhizomatous habit of
growth and lacustrine habitat, P. sallacustris is clearly closely related to P.
fordeana F. Muell. a robust species which occurs chiefly on the Murray River
floodplain in Victoria and in similar situations in Queensland, South Australia
and New South Wales. P. sallacustris is readily distinguished from P. fordeana by
its overall smaller stature, smooth, narrower leaf-blades, smaller spikelets, and
glumes which are as long as or longer than their adjacent lemmas. The saline
conditions prevailing where P sallacustris occurs are also quite different from the
non-saline, alluvial sites inhabited by P. fordeana. The epithet sal (salt) + lacustris
(lakeside), is derived from the species’ habitat.
Specimens of P. sallacustris have in the past been identified as P. ensiformis
Vickery, typically a species of wet mountain forests, and the introduced,
widespread P. pratensis L.. From the former, P. sallacustris differs in its non-
tussocking habit, its non-membranous lemmas on which the hairs are virtually
confined to the midvein and lateral nerves, and in its unpigmented leaf-sheaths.
From P. pratensis, P. sallacustris differs in having firm, acute lemmas with the
web not or only weakly developed. Neither P. ensiformis nor P. pratensis have
closed leaf-sheaths or are they characteristic of lacustrine environments.
Collections from Lake Linlithgow and at nearby Krause Swamp differ
slightly from others in having lemmas which are sparsely hairy to glabrescent
basally, but are consistent in all other features examined.
Poa lowanensis N.G. Walsh sp. nov.
P. poiformi (Labill.) Druce affinis sed culmis dupio longioribus foliis plerumque, spiculis
purpurascentibus, lemmatis truncatis vel emarginatis, marginibus membranaceis late, et
habitatione dissimili differt.
TypuS: Victoria, Wyperfeld National Park, NE corner of “The Hump”, 1 1 Nov.
1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29505 &E.W Finch (HolotypuS: MEL).
Tufted or shortly rhizomatous perennial, culms erect, to c. 90 cm high. Leaves
usually stiffly erect and sharp-tipped, up to c. half as high as the culm, green or
somewhat glaucous; sheaths pale or purplish, glabrous, smooth; blades inrolled
and 0.5-1. 5 mm diam., loosely inrolled or folded, to 3 mm wide when flattened,
smooth on the outer (lower) surface, scabrous or scabrous-pubescent on the inner
NEW TAXA IN VICTORIAN POACEAE by N. G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh. N. G. New taxa in Victorian Poaceae. Muelleria 7(3): 379-387 (1991). — Four new species Poa sallacustris, Poa lowanensis, Danthonia lepidopoda, Deyeuxia talariata and a new variety perlaxa of Puccinellia stricta are described and illustrated. Their distribution, habitat, abundance and relationships with other species are discussed. INTRODUCTION In the course of preparing an account of the Victorian Poaceae for a forthcoming state flora, several previously unnamed taxa were encountered. The majority of these are presented here. Others requiring further investigation or which are relevant to current research by specialists, will be described if necessary at a later date. TAXONOMY POAL. Poa sallacustris N. G. Walsh sp. nov. P. fordeana F. Muell. affinis sed foliis angustioribus, laevibus, spiculis brevioribus, glumis equalibus vel longioribus quam lemmate inferno et habitatione dissimili differt. TypuS: Victoria, Lake Corangamite, SW of Causeway and Lake Martin, 11.5 km SW of Cressy, 27 km NNW of Colac P.O., 12 Sept. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 56460 & GJ. Hirth. (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: BRI, NSW). Rhizomatous perennial, culms ascending to erect, terete to somewhat compressed, to 30 cm high. Leaves smooth and glabrous; sheaths tubular in lower part; blades loosely to closely folded, firm, to 12 cm x 2 mm when flattened, abruptly tapered to a keeled, acute, often slightly incurved apex; ligule thinly membranous, acute to obtuse, 1-2 mm long. Inflorescence an ovate panicle, to c. 10 X 7 cm, the branches bare for the greater part, finally widely spreading; spikelets 4-6 flowered, 5-8 mm long; glumes subequal, 3-nerved, equal to or slightly longer than the adjacent lemmas, smooth or scaberulous along keel; web not or wealdy developed; lemma acute, 5-nerved, c. 3 mm long, rather firm, lower lemmas mostly with long hairs on the keel in the lower half, and occasionally also along the lateral nerves near the base, the internerves usually glabrous, upper lemmas with rather few, short hairs near base; palea equal to lemma, scabrous along the keels in the upper half, otherwise glabrous or with scattered hairs on the internerve area in the lower half. Other Specimens Examined: Victoria — Lake Terangpom Wildlife Reserve, 12 Jan. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 63155 (MEL, HO, BRI); Krause Swamp Wildlife Reserve 10 Jan. (979, A.C. Beauglehole 63036 (MEL, BRI); SW shore of Lake Linlithgow, 14 Dec. 1990, D. Frood (MEL); N end of Black Lake, c. 15 km NNW of Skipton, 20 Dec. 1990, D. Frood (MEL). *National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 379
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3)".
A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. PTILOTUS During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, as new, in the Journal of Botany. Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of Fitzgerald it stated in part: ‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 369
A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. PTILOTUS During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, as new, in the Journal of Botany. Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of Fitzgerald it stated in part: ‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 369
A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. PTILOTUS During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, as new, in the Journal of Botany. Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of Fitzgerald it stated in part: ‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 369
A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) by P. S. Short* ABSTRACT Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. PTILOTUS During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, as new, in the Journal of Botany. Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of Fitzgerald it stated in part: ‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! ‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 369
370 Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a situation here rectified: Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. REFERENCES Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL library, (ef)580.774 ROY. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Manuscript received 1 May 1 990
370 Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a situation here rectified: Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. REFERENCES Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL library, (ef)580.774 ROY. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Manuscript received 1 May 1 990
337 Additional Specimens Examined: Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler (LD). 6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. DISTRIBUTION: This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. Additional Specimens Examined: Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; associated with Verrucaria maura). Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) — Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 338-340, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 313-315, Fig. 1".
370 Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a situation here rectified: Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. REFERENCES Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL library, (ef)580.774 ROY. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Manuscript received 1 May 1 990
370 Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a situation here rectified: Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. REFERENCES Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL library, (ef)580.774 ROY. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) Manuscript received 1 May 1 990
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 320-321, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 344-345, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 322-323".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 324-327, Fig. 5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 327-330, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 330-331".
SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) by Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ ABSTRACT Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently published illegitimate combinations. INTRODUCTION Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- rect new combinations have been made. Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the required new combinations. It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. TAXONOMY Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 (1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. ' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. ^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. ^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 519
SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) by Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ ABSTRACT Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently published illegitimate combinations. INTRODUCTION Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- rect new combinations have been made. Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the required new combinations. It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. TAXONOMY Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 (1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. ' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. ^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. ^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 519
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
452 km upstream from Snowy R confluence, 26 Nov 1990, N.G. Walsh 3025 (MEL.NSW); Mt Porepun- kah, c. 8 km N of Bright, 29 Nov. 1 973, .4. C. Beauglehole 436 77(MEL, NSW); Pretty Valley Ck, 24 Jan. 1967. A C. Beauglehole 22445 (MEL); Rodda Ck Tk, 13 km N of Mt Bogong, 1 Dec. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 43705 (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status: Poa hothamensis var. parvijlora is apparently endemic in Victoria with most occurrences in the foothills and lower ranges north of Orbost, East Gippsland, in the catchments of the Yalmy, Rodger and Brodribb Rivers. Most occurrences are within State Forest, but at least one is in the Snowy River National Park. Occur- rences north of the Dividing Range in the Bright-Mt Beauty area (e.g. Beauglehole 43677, 33445, 43705) are tentatively referred to var. parvijlora at present (see notes below). The taxon is regarded as rare by Gullan et al. (1990) where referred to as Poa sp. aff. hothamensis. Habitat: Collectors notes accompanying East Gippsland specimens indicate a ten- dency for P. hothamensis var. parvijlora to occur on dryish rocky slopes in open forest with canopy species \nc\\xAmg Eucalyptus globoidea, E. elata, E. smithii and Allocasuarina littoralis, but occasionally extending to wetter forests of E. obliqua, E. cypellocarpa and E. radiata. Specimens from the Bright-Mt Beauty area are recorded as being associated with Eucalptus paucijlora, E. delegatensis and E. dives, but further ecological data are not provided. This variety appears to inhabit drier sites at lower altitudes (as low as c. 150 metres a.s.l.) than does the typical which is a grass of alpine or subalpine shrubland or woodland. Some specimens of var. parvijlora are from altitudes approaching those at which the typical variety grows, but there is no evidence of the two occurring together. Notes: In the almost velutinous indumentum of var. parvijlora, there is a resem- blance to P. petrophila and P. morrisii, but from the former, it is distinguishable by the flat leaf-blades and the latter by the purple pigmentation of the sheaths, and from both by its stoloniferous habit, and the broadly divaricate, finely branched panicle with smaller florets and spikelets. Specimens from the Bright-Mt Beauty area differ slightly from East Gipps- land collections in having a coarser indumentum on the outer leaf surface. The inflorescences of these specimens are generally too immature to predict whether the branches will ultimately acquire the sparse, widely divaricate arrangement which is a striking feature of most East Gippsland specimens. Considering these factors and the lack of ecological information available for these collections, they are only tentatively referred to the new variety pending further collections and information. Occasional plants of P. hothamensis var. hothamensis growing in deep shade or otherwise very sheltered sites in the alps may be considerably hairier on the sheaths (and rarely, on the lower surface of the blades) and may have less folded blades than nearby specimens growing in the open. In these respects, they may resemble var. parvijlora, but in the other features discussed above they match the typical variety. The varietal epithet refers to the small flowers (florets and spikelets) of the new taxon relative to those of var. hothamensis. DEYEUXIA Clar. ex P. Beauv. Deyeuxia pungens N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Deyeuxia angustifolia Vick, affinis paniculis majoribus, lemmatibus quintuplinervibus, mem-
455
ring on sandstones of the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South
Wales.
The specific epithet refers to the stiff, needle-pointed leaves.
DICHELACHNE Endl.
Dichelachne hirtella N.G. Walsh sp. nov.
Dichelachne ram (R. Br.) Vick, affinis lemmate longiore, brevo-pubescente, lobis apicibus longi-
oribus, arista longiora et pubescenti differt.
Holotypus; Victoria — Grampians, Mt Arapiles, on top, within c. 250 yards S to
W of P.M.G. tower, A.C. Beauglehole 29609 (MEL).
Narrowly tufted annual or perennial with culms erect, mostly to c. 60 (rarely
to c. 1 50) cm high. Leaves smooth or scabrous, glabrous to shortly pubescent;
blades flat or weakly folded, to 15 cm long, 1-4 mm wide; ligule membranous,
truncate, to 1.5 mm long. Inflorescence a moderately to quite dense, cylindrical
panicle (6-) 8- 1 5 (-25) cm long, with short, erect branches bearing spikelets from
the base; glumes narrowly acute, 6.5-10 (mostly 7-8) mm long, subequal, rarely
the lower up to 1.5 mm shorter than the upper; floret slender, subequal to lower
glume, 6-8 mm long; lemma scabrous-pubescent with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long,
sometimes subglabrous near base; awn inserted 1-2 (av. 1.4) mm from lemma
apex, (15-) 20-26 (-30) mm long, column pubescent with hairs to 0.3 mm long,
twisted, bristle scabrous, narrower than column and not twisted; palea reaching to
about the point of attachment of awn, glabrous or weakly pubescent along the
midline and upper margins; callus hairs 1-1.8 mm long; anthers 2 or 3 in speci-
mens observed, c. 0.5 mm (cleistogamous florets) or 1-1.5 mm (chasmogamous
florets). (Fig. 1 i-k)
Other Specimens Examined:
Victoria — Burrowa National Park, Jemba Reference area, 24 Oct. 1987, A.C. Beauglehole
S9279 (MEL); Chiltern Regional Park, 15 Nov. 1987,^.C. Beauglehole 92028 (MEL); Grampians, Mt
Zero-Mt Stapylton area, 5 Nov. 1 967, A.C. Beauglehole 1 7852 (MEL); 2 km SSE of Red Bank, 37 km S
of St Arnaud, 22 Nov. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 66628A (MEL); Stawell, Three Jacks Reserve — fenced
plot 17 Nov 1966, A.C. Beauglehole 22008 (MEL); Mt Bulfalo Reference area, 19 Nov. 1987, A.C.
Beauglehole 92361 (MEL); Wellsford Forest, 14 km NE of Bendigo, 24 Jul. 1975, A.C. Beauglehole
50006 (MEL); Junction Macalister and Caledonia River, 7 Dec. 1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL);
McKenzie Flora Reserve near Alexandra, 8 Nov. 1 985, J. Edwards 23 (MEL); Wabonga State PstL 1
km S of Cherry Tree junction, 14Jan. 1 987, . 4 . P/me 75 7(MEL); Creswick, mid Nov. 1928,7.//. Willis
(MEL)
New South Wales (including A.C.T.) — Lower western slope of Mt Jerrabombera, Queanbeyan,
23 Nov 1961 R Pullen 2967 (A,BM,BRI,CANB,G,K,L,MEL,NE,NSW,US); Dividing Range,
between Braidwood and Bungendore, 6 Dec. 1963, R. Pullen 3976 (CANB); Kowen Forest, north-
eastern A.C.T., 8 Dec. 1966, R. Pullen 4234 (AD,BAA,CHR,K,NSW,US); Weetangera Rd, Canberra,
ACT 7Nov 1959 R Pw//en /95S (CANB,NSW); near Botanic Gardens reserve on E. side of Black
Mtn, Canberra, A.C.T., 4 Jan. 1959, R. Pullen 1249 (AD,NSW)
Distribution and Conservation Status:
Known in Victoria from the Grampians in the west to central Gippsland in
the east, extending to the N.S.W. border in the north-east. The species also occurs
in southern New South Wales in the Queanbeyan-Braidwqod district, and in the
Australian Capital Territory (Southern Tablelands Division). D. hirtella is well
represented in biological reserves and is not considered to be rare.
Most collections of D. hirtella are from rather dry (500-800 mm av. annual
rainfall) areas with skeletal, often rocky soils. Ecological notes accompanying
specimens give ‘peppermint open forest with low shrubland and open grassland
below’ {Piesse 757), ‘dry sclerophyll forest (with) Eucalyptus polyanthemos, E.
macrorhyncha, E. melliodora & E. camaldulensis' {Edwards 23), ‘heathy wood-
land’ {Pullen 2967).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 503-505".
TWO NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS (MYRTACEAE) IN SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA by K. Rule* ABSTRACT Rule, K. Two new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) in south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 7(4): 497-505 (1992). — Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule sp. nov. is described and its distribution given. Comments on its ecology and conservation status are also included and comparisons are made with Eucalyptus ovata Labill. and Eucalyptus brookeriana Gray, the species with which it has affinities. The new combination, Eucalyptus petiolaris (Boland) K. Rule, is published for Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Muell. ssp. petiolaris Boland. A description of the taxon is given and aspects of its morphology are discussed. INTRODUCTION Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule is a medium to tall, forest swamp gum which grows in the western part of the Strzelecki Ranges of Victoria’s South-west Gipps- land region. Previous research regarded this eucalypt as an ecotype of Eucalyptus ovata Labill. which favors higher altitudes, whilst local observers have referred to it as Eucalyptus brookeriana Gray. The erection of Eucalyptus brookeria'na in 1 976 as a Tasmanian endemic species generated considerable interest in the taxo- nomic status of various Southern Victorian populations of forest swamp gum which resembled Eucalyptus brookeriana, including those of the Strzelecki Ranges. Clucas and Ladiges (1979), Ladiges, Gray & Brooker (1981) and Brooker & Lassak (1981) subsequently confirmed the presence of Eucalyptus brookeriana in the Otway Ranges and in the Central Highlands near Daylesford. Of particular interest is the study of Clucas & Ladiges which included a sample population from the Yarragon area on the northern fringe of the Strzelecki Ranges. They concluded that this population was an ecotype of Eucalyptus ovata and not Eucalyptus brook- eriana. The reassessment presented in this paper was initiated because other forest swamp gums observed in the Strzelecki Ranges displayed features inconsistent with Eucalyptus ovata. Such features included a tallish, erect habit, smooth white bark with conspicuous red-brown mottling and waxy growth tips which gave the foliage a bluish tinge. As well, these trees had a different flowering period to trees of typical Eucalyptus ovata growing in the same area. Reassessment is also given to Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Muell. ssp. petiolaris Boland whose disjunct populations occur on the Eyre Peninsula of South Aus- tralia. Previous studies by Boland (1978) and (1979) and Rule (1991) have highlighted its marked divergence from the other subspecies in both adult and juvenile characters. It is the firm opinion of this author that its current taxonomic status is anomalous and that it should be a separate species. TAXONOMY 1 . Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule sp. nov. Eucalyptus .strzeleckii sp. nov. Eucalyptus ovatae DC. affinis a qua foliis immaturis adultis glaucis, foliis juvenilibus angustioribus glandulosioribus seminitenibus, foliis adultis et alabas- tris fructibusque parvioribus, cortice laevi, et habitatione altioe in differt; etiam Eucalyptus * 6 Regal Court, Vermont South, Victoria, Australia 3133. 497
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 495-496".
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) by Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ ABSTRACT Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently published illegitimate combinations. INTRODUCTION Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- rect new combinations have been made. Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the required new combinations. It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. TAXONOMY Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 (1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. ' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. ^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. ^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 519
SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) by Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ ABSTRACT Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently published illegitimate combinations. INTRODUCTION Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- rect new combinations have been made. Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the required new combinations. It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. TAXONOMY Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 (1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. ' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. ^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. ^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 519
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
520
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991).
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838).
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type:
‘Nov. Holl.’
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the
same Sieber collection.
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander-
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest
available name.
Chrysocephalum Walp.
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo-
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore,
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated.
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A.
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here.
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899).
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’
(Holotype: BM).
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104:
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH).
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon-
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ —
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'),
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce-
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.)
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon.
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi)
P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S.
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986).
A NEW SPECIES OF LOBELIA L. (CAMPANULACEAE; LOBELIOIDEAE) FROM VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA. by David Albrecht* ABSTRACT Albrecht, D.E. A new species of Lobelia L. (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae) from Victoria and South Australia. Muelleria 7(4): 525-528 ( 1 992). — Lobelia beaugle- holei sp. nov. is described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, conservation status, habitat and relationships to some other species of Lobelia and Pratia. INTRODUCTION The opportunity is here taken to formally describe an entity known for many years as Pratia sp. aff. purpurascens (R. Br.)Wimmer. The name P. sp. aff. pur- purascens was first adopted by Willis (1973) and has been perpetuated in several subsequent publications, including Toelken ( 1 986) and Ross ( 1990). Examination of a range of herbarium specimens and populations in situ has confirmed the distinctiveness of this taxon and somewhat surprisingly revealed that its rightful placement is in Lobelia rather than Pratia. TAXONOMY Lobelia beaugleholei D.E. Albrecht sp. nov. Lobelia inembranaceae affmis sed seminibus majoribus, capsulis latioribus, tube corollae diviso minus profunde, superis lobis corollae latioribus, et setis terminantibus antheras infernas longi- oribus differt. Holotypus: Victoria, Lower Glenelg River area. Red Gum Swamp, S of Greenwald, 17 Jan. 1965, A.C. Beauglehole 6519 (MEL 540822). Rhizomatous perennial herb. Stems decumbent, glabrous or rarely with scat- tered spreading hairs, rooting at nodes. Primary roots 0.5-1. 2 mm diameter. Leaves alternate; blades slightly discolourous, ± tinged purplish on undersurface, the lowermost orbiculate, spathulate, oblate, ovate, obovate or elliptic, the upper- most ovate to lanceolate, 4-22 mm long, 3-20 mm wide, reducing in size along stem, glabrous or occasionally with scattered fine hairs, margins subentire, or with 2--8 widely spaced short teeth or shallow lobes on either side, each tooth or lobe with a minute transluscent region at apex, apex obtuse to acute; petiole to 1 5 mm long, reduced in the uppermost leaves. Flowers axillary, solitary, borne at irregular intervals along the stem, bisexual, protandrous. Pedicels (l-)3-l 1 cm long, glab- rous or rarely with scattered hairs towards the base, usually strongly recurved at distal end in fruiting specimens. Hypanthium obconical, glabrous. Calyx lobes erect, subulate, 1.4-2. 5 mm long, glabrous or rarely with marginal hairs, often with a tooth on either side towards the base. Corolla subbilabiate, (8-)9-12 mm long, glabrous externally; upper two lobes spreading or erect, light violet (Methuen colour code 18A5)on both surfaces, narrowly elliptic to oblanceolate, 3. 5-6. 5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, glabrous to scabridulous on upper surface and margins, acute; lower three lobes spreading, light violet, becoming white towards the base with a prominent green ridge extending from the sinus between each lobe into the tube, oblanceolate to obovate, 4. 5-8. 5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, glabrous to scabridulous on upper surface and margins, acute; tube split along the upper side to 1.2-2 mm from base, white to light green externally, white internally, 3. 3-4.8 * National Herbarium of Victoria. Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 525
511
hyaline cortical hairs at the lobe apices and on the isidia, a HNO 3 + reddish cortex
and by the presence of gyrophoric acid (medulla C+ rose) (see Esslinger 1977 for
full description). It is only the second species of the genus to be recorded from
Tasmania, the other being M. subglabra (Ras.) Essl., a corticolous sorediate
species found mainly in rainforest.
Although usually corticolous, M. piliferella was collected in Tasmania from
soft, weathered sandstone in dry sclerophyll forest. Associated species included
Acarospora citrina, Flavoparmelia haysomii, Parmelia signifera, Pseudocyphel-
laria crocata and species of Neofuscelia and Xanthoparmelia.
Specimen Examined;
Tasmania — HuntingGrounds, c. 4.5kmwestofDysart, 400m, 7 October \9f,\,G. Kantvilas &
P. James 480/81 (HO.BM).
12. Neofuscelia parviloba (Essl.) Essl., Mycotaxon 7; 5 1 (1 978). — Parmelia parvi-
loba Essl., Journ. Hattori Bot. Lab. 42: 129 (1977).
This species is characterised by the diminutive subcrustose thalli which form
small rosettes to 1.5 cm diameter (sometimes coalescing into larger patches), the
absence of soredia and isidia, and the presence of medullary fumarprotocetraric
and protocetraric acids (cortex K— , HNO 3 + dark blue-green; medulla PD-i-
orange red, K+ yellow turning brownish orange). These characters are also found
in N. stygiodes (Nyl. ex Crombie) Essl., a wide-ranging species of cold, wet habitats
and common in the mountains of western and central Tasmania. However, N.
parviloba has a flatter, thinner thallus, a pale lower surface and scattered rhizines
{N. stygiodes has a black-brown lower surface and loboid holdfasts rather than
rhizines). N. parviloba is also known from New South Wales and the Australian
Capital Territory. It is apparently uncommon in Tasmania, where it was collected
from sandstone rocks in dry sclerophyll forest.
Specimen Examined;
Tasmania — Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 August 1981, G. Kantvilas 727/81 (HO).
13. Neofuscelia subloxodella Elix & Kantvilas sp. nov.
Thallus ut in Neofuscelia loxodella sed pagina inferiore straminea vel brun-
nea et isidiis globosis, inflatis, apicibus saepe erumpentibus differt.
Typus: Australia, Tasmania — Cape Deslacs, 42°59'S, 147°33'E, on soil in dry
coastal heathland, sea level, 1 June 1980, G. Kantvilas 230/80 (Holotypus; HO;
IsoTYPi: BM,LSU).
Thallus foliose, terricolous, moderately to tightly appressed to the substrate,
c. 2-3 cm diameter; lobes irregular, 1. 0-2.0 mm wide, short, rounded, imbricate.
Upper surface olive-brown to dark brown, smooth and strongly glossy at the lobe
apices, becoming dull and cracked on older parts of the thallus, soredia absent,
densely isidiate; isidia globose then cylindrical, simple at first but expanding lat-
erally and becoming sparingly branched, ultimately the apices becoming inflated
and rarely erumpent, not sorediose; medulla white. Lower surface dull, pale tan to
brown, moderately rhizinate, rhizines concolorous with the lower surface, to
0.3 mm long. Apothecia not seen. (Figure 1)
Chemistry. Thallus K — , HN03+ dark blue-green; medulla K— , C — , KC+
pink turning orange, P — ; containing glomelliferic, glomellic and loxodellic
acids.
In Australia, there are three species of Neofuscelia that produce medullary
glomelliferic, glomellic and loxodellic acids, namely N. loxodella, N. waiporiensis
and N. subloxodella. The new species is readily distinguished by its pale lower
surface (black in the other two taxa) but, like N. waiporiensis, develops inflated
isidia which ultimately become erumpent. It co-occurs with N. loxodella which
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
522
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1:
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op.
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903).
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72,
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb.
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb,
nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var.
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974);
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989).
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov.
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New
South Wales 79 (1981).
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853).
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab-
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however,
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi-
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon.
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus,
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den-
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius,
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu-
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O.
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub-
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle.
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb.,
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".
521 It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. Euchiton Cass. Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 (1976). Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre & Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not publish a new combination for the type. OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by Anderberg. Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems with Anderberg’s list of species. Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are better referred to Ozothamnus. Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873).
513 rather rounded contiguous lobes, centrally densely isidiate, to individuals with rather dispersed sublinear lobes with sparse isidia. The axillary cilia which charac- terise the genus Parmelina are invariably very sparse in this species (see also Elix & Johnston 1986, Elix & Hale 1987). Parmelina conlabrosa is the isidiate counterpart of the very widespread Aus- tralian corticolous species now correctly known as Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix (see below). Specimens Examined: Tasmania — Three Thumbs, c. 5 km south of Orford, 480 m, 12 October 1989, G. Kantvilas 204/89 (HO). Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 October 1981, G. Kantvilas & P. James 707/81 (HO.BM). Bensemans Road, north of Exton, 200 m, 7 November 1 980, G. Kantvilas 568/80. 585/80 (HO,BM). Levendale, 360 m, 1 October 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 442/81 (HO.BM). CapeDeslacs, 30 m , 18 July 1981, G. Kantvilas 430/8 1 (HO,BM). Square Mountain near Sorell, 1 50 m, 5 April 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 228/81 B (HO). Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pseudorelicinia Jatta, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1910: 254 (1911). Holotypus: Tasmania, ‘ad Sassafrages in Monte Wellington (Hobart Rivulet), alt 600 p’[180 m], W.A. Weymouth (NAP!). Synonym: Parmelina stevensiana Elix & Johnston, Brunonia 9: 1 57 (1986). This very common and widespread Australasian corticolous lichen has pre- viously also been referred to (incorrectly) as Parmelia pruinata Miill. Arg. or Parmelina pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Hale [=Canoparmelia pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Elix & Johnston] (Filson 1982, Galloway 1985), which is a relatively uncommon species from South Australia and Western Australia. A full description, discussion and illustration of Parmelina pseudorelicina (as P. stevensiana) is provided by Elix & Johnston (1986). The type specimen is a fragment of a young, infertile thallus and contains atranorin and lecanoric acid. Parmelina pseudorelicina is a common epiphyte in Tasmania in wet sclero- phyll and dry sclerophyll forest, particularly on species of Acacia. It is frequently associated with Flavoparmelia rutidota, Lecidea laeta, Menegazzia caesioprui- nosa, M. platytrema, M. subpertusa, Parmelia cunninghamii, P. tenuirima, Par- melinopsis afrorevoluta, Pertusaria gibberosa, Punctelia subrudecta, Ramalina inflata, R. unilateralis, Usnea inermis and U. scabrida. It may occur also in rain- forest as an infrequent canopy species. One collection from coastal heathland (Cape Deslacs) is from mudstone. 16. Parmelinopsis minarum (Vainio) Elix & Hale, Mycotaxon 29: 243 (1987). — Parmelia minarum Vainio, Acta Soc. Faun. FI. fenn. 7: 48 (1890). Morphologically this species resembles Parmelina conlabrosa (Hale) Elix & Johnston as both taxa have narrow ciliate lobes, produce cylindrical isidia, and exhibit a medullary C+ red reaction. However, P. conlabrosa has simple rhizines and contains lecanoric acid, while P. minarum has a more fragile thallus, scattered dichotomously branched rhizines and contains gyrophoric acid and 5-O-methyl- hiascic acid (see Hale 1 976b for a full description^ This pantemperate, corticolous species is apparently rare in Tasmania, although it is quite common at lower lati- tudes along the east coast of mainland Australia. It was recorded from the bark of Notelaea ligustrina in wet sclerophyll forest where it was associated with Parme- lina conlabrosa, Parmelia tenuirima, Parmelinopsis afrorevoluta and species of Usnea. Specimen Examined: Tasmania — Square Mountain near Sorell, 150 m, 5 April 1981, G. Kantvilas 228/8 lA (HO).
513 rather rounded contiguous lobes, centrally densely isidiate, to individuals with rather dispersed sublinear lobes with sparse isidia. The axillary cilia which charac- terise the genus Parmelina are invariably very sparse in this species (see also Elix & Johnston 1986, Elix & Hale 1987). Parmelina conlabrosa is the isidiate counterpart of the very widespread Aus- tralian corticolous species now correctly known as Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix (see below). Specimens Examined: Tasmania — Three Thumbs, c. 5 km south of Orford, 480 m, 12 October 1989, G. Kantvilas 204/89 (HO). Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 October 1981, G. Kantvilas & P. James 707/81 (HO.BM). Bensemans Road, north of Exton, 200 m, 7 November 1 980, G. Kantvilas 568/80. 585/80 (HO,BM). Levendale, 360 m, 1 October 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 442/81 (HO.BM). CapeDeslacs, 30 m , 18 July 1981, G. Kantvilas 430/8 1 (HO,BM). Square Mountain near Sorell, 1 50 m, 5 April 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 228/81 B (HO). Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pseudorelicinia Jatta, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1910: 254 (1911). Holotypus: Tasmania, ‘ad Sassafrages in Monte Wellington (Hobart Rivulet), alt 600 p’[180 m], W.A. Weymouth (NAP!). Synonym: Parmelina stevensiana Elix & Johnston, Brunonia 9: 1 57 (1986). This very common and widespread Australasian corticolous lichen has pre- viously also been referred to (incorrectly) as Parmelia pruinata Miill. Arg. or Parmelina pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Hale [=Canoparmelia pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Elix & Johnston] (Filson 1982, Galloway 1985), which is a relatively uncommon species from South Australia and Western Australia. A full description, discussion and illustration of Parmelina pseudorelicina (as P. stevensiana) is provided by Elix & Johnston (1986). The type specimen is a fragment of a young, infertile thallus and contains atranorin and lecanoric acid. Parmelina pseudorelicina is a common epiphyte in Tasmania in wet sclero- phyll and dry sclerophyll forest, particularly on species of Acacia. It is frequently associated with Flavoparmelia rutidota, Lecidea laeta, Menegazzia caesioprui- nosa, M. platytrema, M. subpertusa, Parmelia cunninghamii, P. tenuirima, Par- melinopsis afrorevoluta, Pertusaria gibberosa, Punctelia subrudecta, Ramalina inflata, R. unilateralis, Usnea inermis and U. scabrida. It may occur also in rain- forest as an infrequent canopy species. One collection from coastal heathland (Cape Deslacs) is from mudstone. 16. Parmelinopsis minarum (Vainio) Elix & Hale, Mycotaxon 29: 243 (1987). — Parmelia minarum Vainio, Acta Soc. Faun. FI. fenn. 7: 48 (1890). Morphologically this species resembles Parmelina conlabrosa (Hale) Elix & Johnston as both taxa have narrow ciliate lobes, produce cylindrical isidia, and exhibit a medullary C+ red reaction. However, P. conlabrosa has simple rhizines and contains lecanoric acid, while P. minarum has a more fragile thallus, scattered dichotomously branched rhizines and contains gyrophoric acid and 5-O-methyl- hiascic acid (see Hale 1 976b for a full description^ This pantemperate, corticolous species is apparently rare in Tasmania, although it is quite common at lower lati- tudes along the east coast of mainland Australia. It was recorded from the bark of Notelaea ligustrina in wet sclerophyll forest where it was associated with Parme- lina conlabrosa, Parmelia tenuirima, Parmelinopsis afrorevoluta and species of Usnea. Specimen Examined: Tasmania — Square Mountain near Sorell, 150 m, 5 April 1981, G. Kantvilas 228/8 lA (HO).
422 Fig. 1. The known distribution of Plagiocarpus axillaris. nently mucronate apically. However, these four specimens appear to represent no more than one extreme of a range of almost continuous variation. Although the extremes look different, neither leaflet shape nor size, nor the indumentum of the leaflets or stems, either singly or in combination, separate the material into two well defined taxa. Furthermore, I have not detected any sig- nificant differences in the flowers, fruits or seeds in the material examined or in the ecological preferences that would facilitate the recognition of two taxa. Consequently 1 propose to regard all of the material as belonging to one variable species. There are in K four sheets of type material, two collected by Schultz (639 and 639 bis) and two by Cunningham (192/1821 and s.n.). The Schultz syntypes tend to have shorter hairs on the leaflets and stems and to be less densely pubescent than the Cunningham specimens. Maconochie nominated and labelled the sheet of Cunningham material in K, to which is pinned a set of pencil line drawings of floral parts, as the lectotype of P. axillaris. This was a curious choice because the Cunningham specimens agree with the material that he referred to his new species far more closely than do the Schultz syntypes. As the Schultz material was critical to Bentham and enabled him to place this species in his new genus, I here select Schultz 639 in K as the lectotype of Plagiocarpus axillaris. Despite the fact that Port Darwin appears on the label, doubt exists that the specimen was actually collected at Darwin. Plagiocarpus axillaris Benth. in Hook., Icon. Pi. 12; t.l 162 (1873). Lectotype (here selected): Northern Territory, Port Darwin, Schultz 639 (K). Shrub or subshrub to 1 m high, stems densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs up to 2 mm long, the hairs tawny or more usually silvery-white. Leaves sessile, usually 3-foliolate but basal ones sometimes simple: leaflets elliptic-oblong to obovate-oblong, oblong or obovate, 1-2.8 cm long, 0.3-0. 9 cm wide, rounded or obtuse apically with a short mucro c. 0.5 mm long or gradually narrowed apically and with a mucro up to 1.2 mm long, sparingly to densely clothed with short appressed hairs up to 1mm long or with spreading villous sil- very hairs up to 2 mm long which obscure the surface. Stipules not evident. Flowers solitary, axillary, pale yellow, subsessile or on pedicels up to 1.5 mm long; bracteoles c. 1 mm long and 0.3 mm wide, densely pubescent and easily over-
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 417-420, Fig. 1".
A NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM NORTH-EAST VICTORIA. by N.G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, N.G. A new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from north-east Victoria. Muelleria 7(4): 447-449 ( 1 992). — Pomaderris subplicata is described as a new species. Its relationships with other species are discussed and its ecology and conservation status outlined. An illustration is provided. INTRODUCTION Several articles by the present author, dealing with taxonomy of Pomaderris in south-eastern Australia have been published in Muelleria since 1988. The other articles appeared in volumes 6(6), 7(1) and 7(2) (1988, 1989 and 1990 respect- ively). TAXONOMY Pomaderris subplicata N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Pomaderris vaccinifoliae Reiss, affinis, foliis canaliculatis, velutinis pagina supera, ovariis et pagina infera pilis simplicibus et stellatis mixtis differt; Pomaderris elachophyllae F.Muell. et Pomaderris racemosae Hook, similis sed petalis praesentibus distinguitur praeter. Typus; Victoria, north-east, Carboor Upper, beside Hurdle Ck, alt c. 320 m a.s.l., 4.x. 1990, N.G.Walsh 2906 (Holotypus: MEL 1590325; Isotypi BRI,CBG, HO,NSW). Erect, often multistemmed shrub to c. 2 m high. Petioles and young branches closely stellate-tomentose with sparsely scattered, longer, simple hairs. Leaf lam- ina ovate, elliptic or obovate, 3-10 x 2-6 mm, obtuse, slightly concave to almost conduplicate; lateral venation indistinct; upper surface velutinous with fine stel- late hairs; lower surface appearing whitish from the close stellate tomentum, but with occasional longer (to c. 1 mm) coppery, simple, or less commonly, stellate hairs, mostly overlying the veins. Stipules subulate, mostly 1-2 mm long, not retained beyond the current seasons growth. Inflorescence of small axillary clus- ters or racemes, crowded, confined to the terminal 1-2 cm of the branchlets. Pedicels 1-2.5 mm long. Sepals ovate-triangular, spreading, c. 1.5 mm long, densely covered externally with pale, fine stellate hairs, with or without a few longer simple hairs, glabrous and pale yellow on inner surface. Petals pale yellow, narrowly obovate, sometimes irregularly toothed, 0.5-1 x 0.3-0. 5 mm, falling at or very soon after anthesis, shortly fused with the base of the staminal filaments. Staminal filaments 1.5-2 mm long; anthers c. 0.7 mm long. Ovary semi-inferior, conically exserted, somewhat angular, covered with a mixture of minute stellate and longer simple hairs; style branches cleft to base, c. 0.5 mm long, stigmas capitate. Capsule ovoid, pointed, c. 3 mm long; cocci opening via a mebrane which covers most of the inner face. Seed oval in outline, plano-convex, c. 2 x 1 mm. Other Specimens Examined; Victoria — from type locality — 22. i. 1988, A.C. Beaugtehole 92872, with N.A.F. Gibb & R. V. Leeton (MEL 117483); 13.1.1990, J.Strudwick 780, with N.A.F. Gibb (MEL 1579917). * National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria Australia 3141. 447
TWO NEW SPECIES OF BORONIA (RUTACEAE) ENDEMIC IN
VICTORIA
D.E. Albrecht and N.G. Walsh*
ABSTRACT
Albrecht, D.E. and Walsh, N.G. Two new species of Boronia (Rutaceae) endemic
in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 21-25 (1993). — Two new species of Boronia {B. cit-
rata and B. galbraithiae) endemic in eastern Victoria, are described and illus-
trated. Their ecology, distribution and conservation status and relationships with
other species are discussed.
INTRODUCTION
In this paper we describe two new endemic species of Boronia for Victoria.
They are not recent field discoveries but have been segregated as a result of more
thorough study of specimens previosly referred to B. muelleri (Benth.) Cheel and
B. citriodora Cunn. ex Hook, at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). Both
new species appear to belong to the B. pilosa Labill. group sensu Weston et al.
(1984).
The terminology used to describe inflorescence structures follows Briggs and
Johnson (1979).
TAXONOMY
Boronia citrata N.G. Walsh sp. nov.
a Boronia citriodorae foliolorum hispidulis, obtusis parvioribus, stylo brevioribus, ovario
tomentoso; a B. pilosae petiolis longiorum, foliolorum obtusis, indumento denso aequaliter,
petalis et sepalis non-acuminatis, et aromatis citreis valde differt.
Holotypus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, 6.4 km E of Licola, Victorian Plant
Grid S35, A.C. Beauglehole 43385 with E.A. Chesterfield and J.H. Willis, 21 Oct.
1973 (MEL 542677).
Pungently lemon-scented shrub, to 0.8 (rarely to c. 1.5) m high. Branchlets
terete or weakly 4-angled, not obviously glandular, moderately to densely hispi-
dulous with hairs 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Leaves imparipinnate, to 15 mm long and
wide, with hairs resembling those of branchlets but slightly sparser; petioles 1.5-
3.5 mm long, swollen apically; rachis segments resembling petiole; leaflets 5-11,
spreading, narrowly obovate, obtuse, 2-7 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, terminal leaflet
shortest, concolorous, veins obscure; margins rounded, entire or slightly and
irregularly indented. Inflorescence terminal or in upper axils, 1-5 flowered; ped-
uncle 0-5 mm long, hispidulous; prophylls of primary axis paired, linear, 1-2 mm
long; anthopodia 3-7 mm long, hispidulous, broadening shortly below the calyx.
Sepals triangular, 1-1.6 mm long, 1 — 1.5 mm wide, minutely hispidulous. Petals
pale to rosy pink, mostly darker apically and abaxially, 4-6.5 mm long, 2-3 mm
wide; surfaces minutely and densely papillate, with very short, fine, erect hairs
superimposed. Staminal filaments 1.5-2 mm long, alternating longer and shorter,
glandular-tuberculate, pilose, swollen apically; anther connective 0.2-0. 3 mm
long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, lacking terminal appendage. Disc swollen, maroon,
1 .5-2.5 mm diam., glabrous. Ovary hispidulous; style 0.25-0.4 mm long, glabrous
or sparsely pilose just below the rounded, slightly broader stigma. Fruiting cocci
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria,
Australia 3141.
21
24 Boronia citrata resembles some forms of the widespread B. pilosa which occurs in South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania, but is readily separable from that variable species in the longer petioles (<1.5 mm long in B. pilosa ); in the obtuse leaflets (acute in B. pilosa, except in a glabrous form from far western Victoria and probably south-eastern South Australia); in the shape of the sepals and petals (acuminate and apiculate respectively in B. pilosa)-, in the dense even tomentum (hairs typically scattered and of unequal lengths in B. pilosa)-, and in the distinctive lemon foliar fragrance. Boronia galbraithiae D.E. Albrecht sp. nov. Boronia muelleri affinis foliolorum brevioribus, oblanceolatis vel obovatis, serrulatis valde, et odore feniculi differt; B. microphylla similis sed ramulis glabris anguste alatis, foliolorum serrulatis et antheris non-apiculatis differt. Typus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, S of Cobbannah, 26 Sept. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 77328 ; Holotypus: MEL 669258; Isotypi: MEL 669259, CBG, NSW, HO, CHR). Pleasantly fennel-scented shrub to 2 m high. Branchlets glabrous, 4-angled, with glandular-tuberculate decurrent leaf bases forming flanges along the inter- nodes, becoming sub-terete with age. Leaves imparipinnate, to 25 mm long, glabrous; petioles 3.5-8 mm long, glandular-tuberculate, channelled above; rachis to 25 mm long, segments similar to but slightly shorter than the petioles; leaflets (3-)5— 1 5(- 1 7), oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, obtuse to subacute, apiculate, 2-9.5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, lower surface paler, gland dots ± obscure; margins plane, glandular-serrulate, the teeth verrucose. Inflor- escence axillary, (l-)3-5(c. 1 5)-flowered; peduncle 5-12 mm long, 4-angled, glan- dular-tuberculate, glabrous; prophylls of primary axis entire to pinnate (and resembling the leaves), to 7 mm long, glabrous; anthopodia 2.5-7 mm long, broad- ening towards the calyx, glabrous. Sepals ovate-triangular, glabrous, 1-2 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide. Petals white to deep pink, 4.5-7. 7 mm long, 2. 5-5. 8 mm wide, minutely pubescent to glabrous adaxially, glabrous abaxially, not persistent in fruit. Staminal filaments 1.5-3 mm long, alternating longer and shorter, glandu- lar-tuberculate, pilose, swollen apically; anther connective 0.2-0. 3 mm long; anthers 0.5-0. 7 mm long, terminal appendage absent. Disc 1.6-2. 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Gynoecium glabrous; style 0.3-0. 4 mm long; stigma rounded, about as wide as the style. Fruiting cocci flattened ovoid, c.4 mm long, glabrous; seeds almost black, shiny, 2-2.3 mm long. (Fig. 1 d-e) Etymology The species is named in honour of Miss Jean Galbraith, doyenne of Victorian botanists, who first brought our attention to the distinctness of this taxon, and whose collections and writings have contributed much to our knowledge of flora of the Gippsland region. Other Specimens Examined Victoria — from type locality — Oct. 1956, J. Galbraith s.n. (renumbered as A.C. Beauglehole 7099); 14 Oct. 1956,/. Mathew s.n.; 29 Sept. 1985, D.E. Albrecht 1965 (MEL 1585677, 1585703); 27 Apr. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4968 with N.G. Walsh (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status Boronia galbraithiae is only known from uncommitted crown land in the vicinity of Mt Difficulty, where it is it patchily distributed for about two kilo- metres along the Insolvent Track. Although the population occupies a small area plants of B. galbraithiae are locally plentiful. Applying the coding system of Briggs & Leigh (1989) B. galbraithiae is assigned a risk code of 2Ri.
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
70 meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new names. Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other authors are affected by his work. TAXONOMY Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in prep). [■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. [Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata Schldl. Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). [ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 (8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the present. [Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. Jeanes pers. comm.). [Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.] [Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991).
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
71 Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. (1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 59:1 89 ( 1 943). Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- son. [Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 27 (1989). Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 421 (1840). [Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the Victorian mallee. Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- ents & D. Jones Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 Feb 1991). Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 13-14 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. tentaculata Schldl. complex. Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide Clements, 1989). [Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)•
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
A NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) FROM EAST GIPPSLAND W. Molyneux* ABSTRACT Molyneux, W. A new species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae) from east Gipps- land. Muelleria 8(1): 61-64 (1993). — Callistemon forresterae is described. Its relationship with Callistemon subulatus is discussed, and a discussion is entered into on the secondary role of the nectary/staminal ring. An illustration is provided. INTRODUCTION This is the first of a number of apparently new species of Callistemon from eastern Gippsland to be described. Like this species, they have remained mainly uncollected, or sparingly so, often due to the remoteness of their localities, and the limited numbers of plants in populations. This species is described from material collected or subsequently propagated from a single specimen, which was first col- lected by the author as an ‘unusual form of C. subulatus a confusion caused by habitat and proximity in growing close to this last named species. All measurements and observations are taken from living material, from both the original collection and from subsequent second and third generation plants grown on the author’s property. TAXONOMY Callistemon forresterae W. Molyneux sp.nov. C. subulato E. Cheel affinis cortice grisea chartacea, foliis largioribus, costa prominenti in paginis ambabus foliorum, conflorescentia longiore malvina, floribus numero plus, staminibus numero plus 12(13-15)17 mm longis, fructibus largioribus et florescentia longiore differt. Typus: Victoria, Upper Genoa River, Gippsland, below the New South Wales border, 37°16'S, 149°22'E, Apr. 1980, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester sn\ Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: NSW, CANB. Shrub, erect, compact, ± 1.2 metres tall and ± 1 metre wide, with a single straight main stem; branches erect; new growth sericeous pink with short, mostly reclining hairs, soon becoming green. Bark hard, papery, grey, whiter and tightly wrapped at base of stem. Leaves moderately dense, spreading at ± 45° to stem and branches, petioles twisted, aligning leaves more or less edge ways on to stems; lamina flexible, coriaceous, broadly linear to linear lanceolate, mucronate, often falcate, 22(33-43)55 mm long, 2. 5(3.0 & 4.0)5 mm wide, mid-vein slightly raised and discernible on both surfaces, margins thickened, rounded, secondary ven- ation not apparent, oil glands dark, scattered on both surfaces. Conflorescence usually distally frondose, held above horizontal or drooping, averaging 74 flowers per head, 60(90-120)120 mm long, 38(42-46)50 mm wide, rachis with short medium density sericeous hairs; green leaf-like bracts with red irregular markings, densely villous at base, regularly interrupt and attend flowers in upper end of spike, usually in top one third, as occasionally do leaves, but neither consistently; bracts dry chaffy brown, deciduous at or before anthesis. Perigynium 6-7 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, hirsute with short erect white hairs; sepals chaffy, 1 mm long, 1.8 mm wide; petals green, 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, with thin white mar- gins. Stamens 16(20)26 per flower, 12(13-15)17 mm long; filaments free, mauve; *Belfast Road, Montrose, Victoria, Australia 3765. 61
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
48 1* Most leaves ascending to widely spreading, rarely declinate, with a short yellowish petiole 0.4- 1.2 mm long; new growth with an indumentum of short appressed trichomes or rarely also with longer diverging trichomes 2. D. sieberi 1. Dillwynia juniperina Lodd., Bot. Cab. 5: t. 401 (1820). Type: ‘This plant is a native of Van Diemen’s Island, whence we received seeds of it in the year 1818.’ (specimen unknown; lecto, here chosen: the plate). Spreading shrub to 2 m tall with short appressed and frequently also longer diverging peltate trichomes on the branchlets, raceme axis, pedicels, bracts, brac- teoles, calyx and gynoecium. Leaves rigid, sessile, glabrescent, mostly widely spreading or declinate, linear-subulate, trigonous with a longitudinal adaxial groove, 6-15 mm long, 0. 6-0.9 mm wide, apex with a pungent point 0.7- 1.2 mm long; stipules minute, inconspicuous. Racemes terminating the main axes or short lateral branches, or in the upper axils, to 4.5 cm long. Pedicels to c. 3 mm long; bracts ovate, often minutely pungent, mostly 1 — 1.5 mm long but the lowermost sometimes leaf-like; bracteoles ovate, ± minutely pungent, 0.6-1 mm long, attached on the pedicel just below the base of the calyx tube. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, abruptly narrowed at the base; lower lobes much shorter than the tube; upper lobes united into a broad emarginate lip. Corolla : yellow with reddish-brown markings; standard transverse-elliptic or depressed ovate, emarginate, 5.5-8 mm long (including 1.5-2 mm claw), 6.5-10 mm wide; wings obovate, auriculate, 5-8 mm long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 1.2-2. 5 mm wide; keel longitudinally half- ovate, auriculate, 4-5.5 mm long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 1.5-2 mm wide. Stamens with filaments 2-4.6 mm long; anthers versatile, 0.3-0. 5 mm long. Gynoecium 4-5 mm long including 0.3-0. 4 mm stipe and 1.5-2. 2 mm abruptly hooked style, glabrous towards the stipe base and style apex; stigma capitate; ovules 2. Pod ovoid, turgid, c. 5-6 mm long, surrounded by the persistent remains of the petals; seeds unknown. Flowering period: August to November. Fruiting period: Immature pods col- lected from November to January. Selected Specimens ( 38 specimens examined) New South Wales — South Western Slopes: Benambre State Forest, 1 5 km S of Culcairn, 35°45'S, 147°05'E, 4 Oct. 1978, J.G. Bricknelt 80 (NSW); Central Tablelands: 4 miles E of Abercrombie Caves near Barragan’s Mtn, 33°55'S, 149°22'E, 3 Oct. 1965, B.G. Briggs s.n. (NSW). Victoria — Riverina: Boweya Flora & Fauna Reserve, 12 Sep. 1985, A.C. Beauglehole 80363 (MEL, CBG, NSW); Midlands: Warby Range, c. 5 km direct NW of Mt Warby, 36°19'S, 146°1 l'E, 1 1 Oct. 1986, M.G. Corrick 9958 (MEL, NSW); Eastern Highlands: Rose Valley-Cheshunt Road, near Cheshunt, 36°51'S, 146°31'E, 10 Oct. 1 990, TJ. Entwisle 1 765 & S. Bodsworth (MEL, PERTH, CBG); East Gippsland: Timbarra River Natural Feature Zone, 1 4 Sep. 1 984, A.C. Beauglehole 77006 (MEL, Distribution New South Wales; Central Tablelands, Central Western Slopes and South Western Slopes botanical subdivisions. Victoria: Midlands, Eastern Highlands and East Gippsland natural regions (Conn 1993f). D. juniperina appears to be quite rare in New South Wales, where it is known only from near Culcairn, Trun- key and Bowan Park. In Victoria it has a disjunct distribution pattern, occurring in the Warby and Strathbogie Ranges, near Tallarook, Bruthen, Whitfield and Alexandra, and in the catchments of the Timbarra and Snowy Rivers. Habitat D. juniperina grows in dry sclerophyll forests and woodlands typically domi- nated by Box or Ironbark-type Eucalyptus species. Plants are found on hillsides or t 1:1 000 000 Colour map printed by National Herbarium of Victoria.
49 ridges where the soil is usually shallow and often skeletal. Most populations occur in areas where the underlying parent rock is granite. Discussion No type specimens of Loddiges are known. However, the published plate appears to be diagnostic for the species which has spreading to deflexed, sessile leaves, and accordingly we have applied the name to this taxon. In the absence of a specimen, we have chosen the plate as the lectotype. 2. Dillwynia sieberi Steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, 1: 509 (1840); — Dillwynia cinerascens auct. non R. Br.: DC., Prodr. 2: 109 (Nov. 1825); — Dillwynia juniperina Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2: 109 (Nov. 1825), nom. inval., pro syne, — Dillwynia juniperina Sieber ex Benth., Comm. Legum. Gen. : 15 (1837), nom. illeg., non Lodd. Type: Lecto, here chosen: Sieber 411 [G-DC, microhche seen; isolecto: BM (2 sheets), G, K (2 sheets), W (3 sheets), MEL (1 sheet)]. Erect or spreading shrub to 2 m tall with short appressed peltate trichomes and occasionally also similar but longer diverging trichomes on the branchlets, raceme axis, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles, calyx and gynoecium. Leaves rigid, glabrescent, mostly ascending to widely spreading or rarely some declinate, linear, trigonous with a longitudinal adaxial groove, 7-20 mm long, 0. 4-0.8 mm wide, apex with a pungent point 0.5-1. 5 mm long; petioles yellowish, 0.4-1. 2 mm long; stipules minute, inconspicuous. Racemes terminating the main axes or short lateral branches, or in the upper axils, to 2.5 cm long. Pedicels to c. 3 mm long; bracts ovate, often minutely pungent, most 1-1.5 mm long but the lowermost sometimes leaf-like; bracteoles ovate, ± minutely pungent, 0.7-1 mm long, attached on the pedicel just below the base of the calyx tube. Calyx 3-5 mm long, abruptly nar- rowed at the base; lower lobes occasionally minutely pungent, much shorter than the tube; upper lobes united into a broad entire or emarginate lip. Corolla : yellow to yellow-orange with reddish-brown markings; standard transverse-elliptic or depressed ovate, emarginate, 5.5-9 mm long (including 1.5-2 mm claw), 7-12.5 mm wide; wings obovate, auriculate, 5-9.2 mm long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 2-3.3 mm wide; keel longitudinally half-ovate, auriculate, 4.5-6 mm long (includ- ing 1.7-2 mm claw), 1.8-2. 3 mm wide. Stamens with filaments 2. 5-4. 5 mm long; anthers versatile, 0.4-0. 5 mm long. Gynoecium 3. 5-5.2 mm long including 0.3- 0.5 mm stipe and 1.2-2. 2 mm abruptly hooked style, glabrous towards the stipe base and style apex; stigma capitate; ovules 2. Pod ovoid, turgid, c. 5-6 mm long, surrounded by the persistent remains of the petals; seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, dark brown-black; testa smooth; aril present. Flowering period: April to November. Fruiting period : Mature pods collected in December. Selected Specimens (c. 150 examined) Queensland — Darling Downs district: Racecourse Creek, 8 km NE of Wallangara, 28°52'S, 151°58'E, 25 Sep. 1973, l.R. Telford 3170 (CBG, K, L, A, BISH); Moreton district: Falls Creek, 4 km NW of W Haldon, 27°45'S, 152WE, 2 Oct. 1988, P.I. Forster 4747 & L.H. Bird (BRI, CBG, MEL). New South Wales — Central Coast: On the N side of the Old Pitt Town Road, 1 km from the Saunders Road intersection towards Scheyville Road, 33°37'S, 150°54'E, 19 Nov. 1986, M.M. Richardson 46, G. Butler & S. Corbett (CBG, MEL); Central Coast: Kemps Creek, 33°53'S, 1 50°47’30”E, 7 Sep. 1982, R.G. Coveny 11280&P. Hind (NSW, CBG); Northern Tablelands: Bakers Creek Falls, c. 20 km E of Armidale, 30°33'S, 1 5 1°54'E, 31 Oct. 1984, M.D. Crisp 75 1 1 & J.M. Taylor (CBG, MEL, NSW); Northern Tablelands: Gwydir Highway, 52.8 km E of Inverell, 29°44'S, 1 5 1°34’30”E, 1 0 Sep. 1 986, R.G. Coveny 12360 & J. Dalby (NSW, CBG); Southern Tablelands: 3 km from Bungonia along road to Goulburn, 34°50'S, 149°55'E, 24 Jul. 1988, M.D. Crisp 8197 (CBG, A, NSW); Southern Tablelands: 1.0 km along road to Captains Flat from the Kings Hwy turn-off, 35°21'S, 149°16'E, 25 Sep. 1986, M.D. Crisp 7847 & J.D. Briggs (CBG, JRAU, MEXU, MO); North Western Slopes, 2 km past Copeton Dam on road from Inverell towards Bingara, 3 Sep. 1975, B. Muffett M5/289 (CBG); Central Western Slopes: Mitchell Hwy, 15.7 km W of Dubbo on route to Nyngan 32°14'S, 148°23'E, 17 Aug. 1987, R.G. Coveny 12593, P. Cuneo & B. Weicek (NSW, CBG). '
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(1): 1-2, Fig 1A, B".
3 Ditremis pacifica McCarthy, sp. nov. Thallus epilithicus, continuus vel rimosus, pallide viridogriseus. Algae ad Trentepohliam perti- nentes. Perithecia fere superficialia, (0.24-)0.35(-0.44) mm diametro. Involucrellum 45-65 pm crassum. Asci fissitunicati, 8-spori, elongatae-cylindrici, (68-)75(-83) x ( 1 1 -) 1 4(- 1 7) pm Ascosporae 1-septatae, obovatae vel elongatae-ellipsoideae, (15-)18.5(-21.5) x (4.5-)6(-8) pm. Microconidia lata ellipsoidea vel obovata, 3— 5(-6) x 1.5-2.5(-3) pm. Holotypus: United States of America, Hawaiian Is., Oahu, Mokuleia, gulch NW of Peacock Flats, on shaded boulders in and near stream-bed, alt. 1200 feet, on siliceous rocks, 5 Mar. 1966, O. & I Degener 3038 Id (B 049768). Thallus epilithic, crustose, diffuse to determinate, continuous to rimose, pale greenish grey, U V — , K — , colour scarcely changing when wetted with water, matt, smooth, 30-60 pm thick, impregnated with rock crystals. Algae TrentepohliaAike, subglobose, 7-15x7-12 pm. Mycobiont cells 2-3 pm wide. Prothallus not appar- ent. Perithecia compound, 1/3-immersed to superficial, very numerous, usually solitary, (0.24-)0.35(-0.44) mm diam. Apex rounded to somewhat flattened. Invo- lucrellum dull black, extending almost to excipulum-base level, 45-65 pm thick, brown-black in thin section. Ostiole apical, in a 60-120 pm wide depression. Centrum subglobose to globose, 0.16-0.25 mm diam. Excipulum pale brown at the base, darkening towards the apex, 11-16 pm thick. Pseudoparaphyses richly branched and anastomosing, septate, 0.7-1 pm wide. Periphyses absent. Asci fissitumcate, elongate-cylindrical, 8-spored, (68-)75(-83) x ( 1 1 -) 1 4(- 1 7) pm; contents IKI+ red-brown. Ascus wall 1.5-2.5(-3) pm thick at the sides, 4-6 pm thick at the apex, IKI — ; ocular chamber c. 3 um wide, 1-1.5 pm tall, hemispheri- cal or truncate. Ascospores colourless, 1 -septate, irregularly biseriate in the ascus, obovate or elongate-ellipsoid, distal cell frequently larger, uniformly thin-walled, usually slightly constricted at the septum, (1 5-)l 8.5(-2 1.5) x (4.5-)6(-8) pm (50 measured); surface smooth, without an epispore; contents clear. Conidiomata numerous, semi-immersed to almost superficial, black and hemispherical to sub- conical above, colourless below, 0.09-0.13 mm diam., with a non-convoluted conidiogenous layer and unbranched conidiophores. Microconidia broadly ellip- soid to obovate, 3— 5(-6) x 1 .5— 2.5(-3) pm. Macroconidia not seen. (Fig. 1C,D). Discussion Ditremis pacifica is characterized by a thin pale thallus, perithecia are larger than those of other known saxicolous Ditremis, 1 -septate ascospores and ellipsoid to elongate-ellipsoid microconidia. It is known only from its Hawaiian type locality. It is rather close to D. laevigata, from which it may be separated by its thinner and paler thallus, larger perithecia and thicker involucrellum. Key to the Saxicolous species of Ditremis 1 Ascospores persistently 1 -septate 2 1 Ascospores 1-3-septate ”” ” " .5 2 Thallus endolithic, calcicolous. Perithecia immersed to emergent. Asci 105— 125 x 15-18 pm. Ascospores 20-25 x 6. 5-8. 5 pm. Microconidia 3-5 x 1-1 5 pm. Puerto Rico and Florida (Harris 1990) D. finkii R. C. Harris 2 Thallus epilithic, silicolous. Asci less than 85 pm long 3 3 Asci 40-53 x 10-15 um. Ascospores 9— 1 5(- 1 7) x 3.5-6 pm. Perithecia (0. 13-)0. 19(-0.25) mm diam.; centrum 0.09-0.13 mm diam. Austria, Sweden north-eastern U. S. A.. (Clauzade & Roux 1985, Harris 1975) ’ D. carinthiaca (Steiner) R. C. Harris [syn. Anisomeridium dimidiatum (Fink) R. C. Harris] 3 Asci 63-83 x 11-17 pm. Ascospores 12-22.5x4.5-8 pm. Perithecia 0. 1 7-0 44 mm diam.; centrum 0.15-0.23 mm diam 4
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
72 16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- gation. Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 (8 Feb 1991). [Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 Feb 1991). [Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 1991), syn. nov.]. Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). [Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it (D. Jones pers. comm.). Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 21-22 (8 Feb 1991). CONCLUSIONS Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, for the loan of the relevant types. REFERENCES Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(1): 27-29".
18 Given the lack of intermediates and the relatively high number of morpho- logical discontinuities between the two, it is concluded that both taxa should be recognised at specific level and the relevant change of status for H. stellarioides is made. TAXONOMY Hybanthus stellarioides (Domin) P. Forster comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Hybanthus enneaspermus var. stellarioides Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 983 (1928);//. enneaspermus subsp. stellarioides (Domin) E. Bennett, Nuytsia 1 : 229 (1972). Typus: Queensland, Cook District, in rupibus collis apud. opp. Yarraba, Jan. 1910, K. Domin 6794 (Holotypus: PR n.v.). Illustration: K.A.W. Williams, Native PI. Queensl. 1:161 (1979). Annual herb to 30 cm high. Stems with scattered to sparse, antrorse to divar- icate simple trichomes. Leaves alternate, subsessile; lamina linear, linear-lanceo- late or elliptic-ovate, 12-80 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, discolorous, entire or with occasional marginal tooth; venation obscure, with scattered to sparse trichomes; margins recurved, never revolute. Stipules linear, 0.8-1 mm long; venation obscure. Flowers solitary in leaf axils; peduncle filiform, 3-13 mm long, glabrous or with scattered indumentum; bracts triangular, 0.6-1 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; pedicels 2-4.5 mm long, with scattered to sparse indumentum. Sepals lanceolate- ovate, 2. 5-4. 5 mm long, 0.8- 1.2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered trichomes. Corolla orange; anterior petal spathulate, 10-14 mm long, 5-9.5 mm wide; outer lateral petals linear-oblong, 3-4.2 mm long, 1.3-1. 5 mm wide; inner lateral petals lanceolate-falcate, 4-5 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide. Filaments filiform, dimor- phous, 3 posterior ones short, 2 anterior ones ± equal in length to anthers and with hair- tipped nectaries; anthers elliptic-oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide. Capsule 5. 5-7. 5 mm long, 3-6 mm diameter; seeds 5-10, ovoid-ellipsoid, 1.8-2. 2 mm long, 1.2- 1.4 mm diameter, usually longitudinally ribbed and ± pit- ted between the ribs, yellow. Distribution and Conservation Status Widespread in subcoastal and coastal eastern Australia, from central New South Wales more or less continuously in subcoastal and coastal eastern Australia northward to near Cairns. There are a few apparently disjunct collections on Cape York Peninsula and one collection from southern Papua New Guinea. The species is very common and not rare or threatened. Habitat H. stellarioides grows in sandy or rocky soils of various types in eucalypt- dominated open forests from near sea level up to 500 m altitude. Flowering plants are most noticeable in late summer and autumn, with seeding occurring from autumn onwards. In most instances the plants appear annual, as opposed to H. enneaspermus which appears to be at least biennial. Representative Specimens (66 specimens examined) Papua New Guinea — Western Province, Penzara between Morehead and Wassi Kussa Rivers, Dec. 1936, L.J. Brass 8434 (BRI). Queensland — Cook District, Iron Range, 11 June 1948, L.J. Brass 19128 (BRI); Northern base Round Mt, Embley Range, 13 June 1992, P.I. Forster 10458 & T. Kenning (BRI); Turtle Beach Lizard Island, 7 Oct. 1 988, G.N. Batianoff 10341 (BRI). North Kennedy District, Mt Aberdeen National Park 29 May 1992, P.I. Forster 10005 et at. (BRI); “Taravale” near Hell Hole Creek, 22 Mar. 1987, B.R. Jackes 8711 (BRI). South Kennedy District, Horseshoe Bay, Keswick Island, 36 km NE of Mackav 26 Mar 1 989, G.N. Batianoff 1 1099 (BRI); Peak Downs Highway, 1 7 km W of Moranbah turnoff, 26 Mar. 1989, 1. Champion 436 (BRI). Leichhardt District, Salvator Rosa National Park, 28 Mar. 1983, M.E. Ballingall 999 (BRI); Blackdown Tableland, c. 32 km SE of Blackwater (campsite on Mimosa Creek) 24 Apr. 1971, R.J. Henderson 816 et al. (BRI). Port Curtis District, Dry Creek close to Forestry Bar-
NOTES ON ISOETES AND TMESIPTERIS IN VICTORIA R.J. Chinnock* ABSTRACT Chinnock, R.J. Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 57- 60 (1993). — A new species of Isoetes, I. pusilla Marsden & Chinnock, and a new subspecies, I. drummondii subsp. anomala Marsden & Chinnock, are described and illustrated. Tmesipteris obliqua Chinnock is also described as a new species and replaces T. billardieri Endl. an illegitimate name. INTRODUCTION The second volume of the Flora of Victoria is expected to be published in the latter part of 1993, before Volume 48 (Gymnospermae and Pteridophyta) of the Flora oj Australia. For this latter work I have prepared treatments of a number of fern and fern-ally groups some of which contain new taxa and three of these are required for use in the Flora of Victoria so they are here treated formally. ISOETES F. In 1979 C. Marsden, who had undertaken a morphological and taxonomic study of Isoetes in Australasia and surrounding areas, submitted a doctoral thesis to the University of Adelaide. Unfortunately this work, which included a number of new species and taxa of lower rank, was never formally published but with the permission of Dr Marsden I have prepared a modified treatment of the Australian species for the Flora of Australia based on his thesis. I have not altered in any way his concepts in Isoetes with the exception of raising a variety to subspecies. 1. Isoetes pusilla Marsden & Chinnock, sp. nov. Isoetes pusilla Marsden ex Britton & Brunton, Fern Gaz. 14, 2:79 (1991) nom. nud. Herba amphibia parva, cormo bilobo vel trilobo; foliis 4-8, spiratim depositis, flexibilibus; fibris peripheralibus et pilis internis absentibus; stomatibus praesentibus; ligula late triangula; labio absenti; sporangiis ellipticis ad orbiculatis, translucentibus; velamene sporangium tegenti; microsporis superficiebus proximalibus laevibus, superficie distali spinea; megasporis typis I, 0.35-0.45 mm diametro; superficiebus proximalibus cristis humilibus acutis anastomosantibus, superficie distali reticulata, in sicco alba vel cana. Typus: Victoria, Mt Pilot Scenic Reserve, N of Beechworth, 8 Dec. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 43797 (Holotypus: AD; Isotypus: MEF). Small amphibious herb. Conn very small, 0.3-0.5 cm in diam., 2- or 3-lobed, lobes small. Roots brownish, thin and wiry. Leaves 4-8, 2-6 cm long ± erect or recurved, light green with pale bases. Peripheral fibre strands and internal hairs absent, stomates present. Lacunar walls 1-2 cells thick, translacunar diaphragms clearly visible (fresh or dried) through leaves. Leaf bases dilated into translucent membranous wings 4-5 mm across at base and extending a short distance along the leaf margins above the sporangium, tapering gradually. Ligule minute, tri- angular, broader than long, c. 0.75 mm across. Labium absent. Velum present, pale, translucent, usually completely covering the sporangia. Sporangia very small, orbicular to elliptic, 1.5-2 x 2-3 mm, megasporangia containing 10-20 megaspores. Sporangial wall thin, translucent, wall cells not thickened, rarely pig- mented. Megaspores monomorphic, Type I (see Marsden 1976, p. 42) only pro- duced, 345-435 pm in diam., white or pale grey when dry, ornamented on both *State Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, Australia 5000 57
A NEW SPECIES OF MARSILEA L. (MARSILEACEAE) FROM AUSTRALIA David L. Jones* ABSTRACT Jones, David L. A new species of Marsilea L. (Marsileaceae) from Australia. Muelleria 8(1): 65-67 (1993). — Marsilea costulifera is described and illustrated with notes on distribution and habitat. INTRODUCTION The opportunity is taken here to formally describe an entity related to Mar- silea angustifolia R. Br., to facilitate use of the new name in the ‘Flora of Victoria’. Chinnock (1978) was the first to recognize the distinctiveness of this taxon and his interpretation has been followed in other publications (Chinnock 1 986, Duncan & Isaac 1986), although Andrews (1990) treated M. angustifolia in the broad sense while noting the comments of Chinnock. TAXONOMY Marsilea costulifera D.L. Jones sp. nov. M. angustifoliae R. Br. affinis sed habitu robusto minore, foliolis brevioribus oblanceolatis vel cuneatis, squamis sporocarpiorum parvioribus et sporocarpiis minoribus costatis valde et con- cavis dorsaliter differt. Holotypus: New South Wales: Gilgunnia, 32°25 , S, 145°56'E, 31 Dec. 1903, W. Baeuerlen 3175 (NSW). Rhizomatous perennial fern forming patches; rhizomes slender, creeping, rooted at nodes, much-branched, glabrous except at the tips, bearing sterile fronds and sporocarps. Sterile fronds arising in clusters at nodes, erect on plants growing in mud, floating when growing in water; stipes 1-12 cm long, glabrous or hairy; juvenile sterile fronds often with a single small obovate leaflet; mature sterile fronds with 4 leaflets; leaflets oblanceolate to cuneate, 1 — 12 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, outer margin entire, flat to shallowly rounded, arranged unequally at the apex of the stipe. Sporocarps clustered, borne singly on unbranched pedicels, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, c. 1 mm thick, at right angles to the pedicel, brown, densely scaly, distinctly ribbed, apex broadly rounded, upper surface concave, one basal tooth prominent, the apex of the pedi- cel forming a second less-prominent, tooth-like protruberance; pedicels 1-2 mm long, more or less shorter than the sporocarp, glabrous or scaly. (Fig. 1) Representative Specimens (55 collections examined, all at Herb. NSW) (an additional 36 collections are located at MEL ed.) New South Wales — Cumberoona Reserve, Bowna, 35°57'S, 147°07'E, 18 Apr. 1948, E.J. McBarron 168 T, Corowa Rd, Albury, 36°02'S, 146°42'E, 16 Oct. 1947, E.J. McBarron 1 759; ‘Pelora’ c. 80 km north-west of Louth, 30°18'S, 144°40'E, 22 Sep. 1978, C.W.E. Moore\ Mulwarrina Ck, Mul- gowan Station, south of Bourke, 30°33'S, 145°49'E. 17 Oct. 1963, E.F. Constable 4567B\ Cobar township. 31°30'S, 145°50'E, 11 Nov. 1969, E.J. McBarron 18421A; Doonside, 33°46'S, 150°52'E, Apr. 1967, R. Coveny s.n.\ c. 5 km north-east of ‘Noonarah’ homestead, 30°08'S, 143°56'E 40ct 1971 J.C. De Nardi 909.' Victoria — (the following collections at MEL have not been seen by the author but have been added to indicate the distribution of this species in Victoria ed.) -33 miles W of Mildura, 25 Oct. 1 972, A.C. Beauglehole 40647; Lake Powell, 16 km SE of Robin vale, 4 May 1977, AC. Beauglehole 56162- c. 2 km ESE of Toolern Vale, Dec. 1988, I. Tankard s.n.; Wyperfield National Park Vh miles SW of *Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra, ACT, Australia 2601. 65
75 Distribution and Habitat Known with certainty only from the vicinity of the type locality in Victoria. The Victorian habitat is mountainous and the species grows on flats along the floodplain of a stream in tall open forest, with a few plants occurring on moist slopes in small side gullies. Soils are grey to brown clay loams. Flowering Period November and December. Notes This species has been confused with P. cucullata R. Br. but has much smaller leaves, a thinner scape and larger, more angular flowers in which the labellum protrudes prominently from the sinus. Other floral differences include a much longer dorsal sepal and petals, narrower and less scabrid lateral sepals with longer free points, a longer, narrower, more prominently curved labellum and a longer, narrower stigma. The two species occupy different habitats with P. cucullata growing mainly in coastal and near-coastal habitats, although it does extend some distance inland in Victoria. Some collectors have suggested that the new species may be of hybrid origin perhaps involving P. cucullata and P. furcata Lindley. Although both species grow in the general area, only P. furcata grows in the immediate vicinity and the new species is represented by several small but actively reproducing colonies. Conservation Status Of restricted occurrence but poorly known and apparently some plants re- cently damaged by herbicides; suggest 2VK by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1989). Etymology From the Latin aenigma, obscure, puzzling, baffling; in reference to the puzzling origin and distribution of this species. Pterostylis basaltica D. Jones et M. Clements species nova affinis P. excelsae M. Clements a qua floribus manifeste variegatae; sepalis lateralibus latioribus; labelli setis paucioribus brevioribus, lobo basali multo majore et apice producto, differt. Typus: Victoria: near Woorndoo, 37° 55'S, 142° 57'E, 31 Dec. 1991, P- Barnett s.n. ( D.L . Jones 8689 ) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, AD). Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves elliptical, 15-28 mm x 6-9 mm, 8-15 in a stem-encircling, radical rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Inflor- escence 9-25 cm tall, slender to moderately stout, with 3-5 sheathing, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate stem leaves 1 5-30 mm x 7-9 mm. Floral bracts 10-20 mm long ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Pedicels 8-30 mm long. Ovary 6-9 mm long. Flowers 1-15, transparent with green or greenish-brown suffusions, porrect to semi-erect; galea gibbous at the base, curved uniformly, decurved suddenly to the apex; proximal flanges of petals separated and not touching at the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 12-14 mm long, cucullate, obliquely erect, abruptly decurved in distal third, 3 brown lines prominent, apical point 6-9 mm long, filiform, acuminate, straight or usually upcurved. Lateral sepals deflexed, green to greenish-brown with translucent areas; conjoined part flat or shallowly concave, 6-7 mm x 9- 1 2 mm, the margins slightly thickened, with a few short clear cilia on the exterior surface; sinus narrow, the segments divergent; free points 12-15 mm long, filamentous, deflexed, c. 5 mm apart at the tips. Petals ovate-lanceolate, 14-16 mm x 5-6 mm, slightly falcate, acuminate, transparent with brown lines, dorsal ridge with numerous cilia, proximal flange poorly devel- oped. Labellum highly irritable on a curved claw c. 3.5 mm long; lamina more or less ovate, 4. 5-5. 5 mm x 2.7-3 mm, greenish to brownish, moderately thin, con- stricted in the proximal quarter, widest at base and near the middle, narrowed to a
76 somewhat drawn-out, subacuminate apex; lateral margins with 6-8 pairs of white, obliquely erect trichomes, the proximal pair longest (c. 3 mm long), widely spread- ing; basal lobe whitish, swollen, with 4 trichomes c. 1 . 5 mm long; underside with a narrow deep central channel extending nearly to the apex, bordered by a white siliceous band. Column 12-14 mm long, curved. Column wings c. 3 mm x 2 mm, more or less rectangular, anterior margins incurved, ciliate. Stigma 5. 5-6. 5 mm x c. 2 mm, narrowly elliptical, upper margin coarsely crenate. Anther c. 2 mm long, obtuse. Pollinia c. 2 mm long, linear-clavate, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 2 a-d) Distribution and FIabitat Endemic to south-western Victoria. Grows among rocks on basalt outcrops which are scattered in grassland and sparse woodland, often with Acacia para- doxa, in red-brown loam. Grasses predominate in the habitat, particularly Themeda triandra, and the orchids can be difficult to discern at flowering time. Flowering Period November to January. Notes This species, part of the Pterostylis excelsa complex, can be distinguished from P. excelsa by its generally broader flowers (especially the lateral sepals), prominent markings and the labellum which has fewer, shorter marginal trich- omes, a much larger basal lobe and the mid-lobe tapers to a drawn-out apex. It is one of very few species of the ‘rufa’ group to grow on soils of basaltic origin. Conservation Status Apparently uncommon to rare, perhaps restricted to roadside verges and not conserved (P. Barnett pers. comm.); suggest 2E according to Briggs and Leigh (1989). Etymology In reference to its apparent prediliction for growing on basaltic soils. Pterostylis cheraphila D. Jones et M. Clements species nova affinis P. maximae M. Clements et D. Jones sed foliis brevioribus angustioribus rosulatis; floribus minoribus nitentibus brunneis; et labello minore, anguste ovato ad ovato. Typus: Victoria: Wimmera River, near Dimboola, 36°25'S, 141°59'E, 20 Oct. 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. ( D.L . Jones 5333) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL). Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves linear-ovate to linear-elliptical, 6- 22 mm x 3-6 mm, sessile to subsessile, obtuse to acute, 6-12 in a radical, stem- encircling rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Scape 6-25 cm tall, slender to moderately stout, with 3-5 closely sheathing, ovate-lanceolate, acute to acumi- nate stem leaves. Floral bracts 12-25 mm long, ovate-lanceolate, closely sheath- ing, acute to acuminate. Pedicels 10-22 mm long, slender. Ovary 8-10 mm long. Flowers 1-7, transparent with dark reddish-brown suffusions in the galea, shiny, porrect to semi-erect; galea strongly gibbous at the base, more or less gently curved, although somewhat flattened at the top, decurved suddenly to the apex; proximal petal flanges widely separated and not closing off the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 13-17 mm long, cucullate, obliquely erect, abruptly decurved in the distal quarter, apical point 7-1 1 mm long, filiform, long-acuminate, porrect to upcurved. Lateral sepals deflexed, reddish brown, shiny; conjoined part shallowly concave, 6-8 mm x 10-14 mm, the margins slightly incurved, with numerous white trichomes c. 0.5mm long; sinus very narrow, the lobes divergent; free points
79 brownish. Lateral sepals deflexed, oblong, 13-16 mm x 6-7 mm, slightly curved forwards near the apex, inner surface minutely scabrous; sinus narrow, lobes divergent; free points 4-5 mm long, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, green or brownish. Petals 14-16 mm x 2.5-3 mm, slightly falcate; central ridge prominent; proximal posterior flange c. 2 mm across, well-developed, obtuse; distal posterior flange c. 0.5 mm wide; anterior flange 2.5-3 mm wide, transparent, margins entire. Label - lum narrowly oblong, c. 7 mm x 2.5-3 mm, slightly constricted in distal third, emerald green with a dark green basal mound and central callus, rarely wholly brownish green; basal mound c. 2 mm thick, prominent, erect, apex truncate, covered with beaded siliceous cells; lateral lobes c. 5-5.5 mm long, moderately well developed, ridged and somewhat spreading in the distal half, covered with beaded, siliceous cells, a few protruding clear, acicular cells to 0.3 mm long on the proximal margins; mid-lobe c. 1.7 mm long, the apex strongly upcurved, pale green, covered with beaded siliceous cells, densely margined with clear, short aci- cular cells; apex notched for c. 0.5 mm, the lobes divergent. Column c. 1 4 mm long, curved, green. Column wings c. 3 mm x 3 mm, more or less rectangular, anterior margins incurved, with numerous flat cilia c. 1 mm long; upper lobe c. 0.6 mm long, ovoid, obtuse. Stigma c. 6 mm x 1.8 mm, narrow-elliptical, apex broadly notched, distal margins crenulate. Anther c. 1.4 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia c. 1.8 mm long, linear-oblong, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 1 j-m) Distribution and Habitat Apparently endemic to south-eastern Victoria. Grows in moist open forest among herbs and shrubs in shallow, grey-brown clay loams. Flowering Period July to September. Notes P. chlorogramma has affinities with P. smaragdyna D. Jones & M. Clements but has smaller, narrower flowers which are much paler with prominent dark green stripes. It also has narrowly oblong lateral sepals and a smaller, narrower labellum with smaller, less protruding lateral lobes. These differences become obvious when flattened labella of the two taxa are compared (see Fig. 1). P. chlor- ogramma can be distinguished readily from P. longifolia R. Br. by its much larger flowers, petals with prominent flanges which block off the base of the galea and a much larger, emerald green labellum. Conservation Status Apparently of restricted distribution and uncommon to rare. Known to be conserved in Wilson’s Promontory National Park but threatened by gravel extrac- tion activities at other sites (G. Glare pers. comm.). Suggest status of 3 VC by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1989). Etymology From the Greek, chloros, green, gramme, line; in reference to the prominent green lines on the flowers. Pterostylis petrosa D. Jones et M. Clements species nova affinis P. bisetae Blackmore et Clemesha sed planta multo breviore; galea latiore; sepalorum apicibus brevioribus filamentosis; sepalis lateralibus latioribus; petalis majoribus; et labello longiore angustiore elliptico ad paene oblongo. Typus: New South Wales; The Rock, JSNb'S, 147°07'E, 7 December 1988, A.E. Logan s.n. (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, NSW). Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves narrowly elliptical to narrowly obovate, 15-25 mm x 6-9 mm, sessile to subsessile, obtuse to subacute, 6-10 in a
81
Distribution and Habitat
Apparently endemic to southern New South Wales where it occurs on dis-
junct rock outcrops in the Riverina District. It grows in sandy loams in rock
crevices and ledges under sparse forest.
Flowering Period
September to November.
Notes
This species, part of a complex around P. biseta Blackmore and Clemesha,
can be distinguished by its shorter growing habit, wider galea, shorter free points
on the sepals, larger petals and a longer, oblong-elliptical to elliptical labellum.
Conservation Status
Of restricted distribution but conserved; suggest 2EC by criteria of Briggs and
Leigh (1989).
Etymology
From the Greek petrosa, rocky, stony; in reference to the habitat and also an
oblique reference to the type locality.
Pterostylis planulata D. Jones et M. Clements species nova
affinis P. bisetae Blackmore et Clemesha sed planta multo graciliore floribus minoribus virid-
ibus; labelio oblongo-ovoideo ad oblongo-obovoideo viride ad basin minus constricto; et sepalis
ubi unitis vadose concavis vel fere planis.
Typus: Victoria; Mt. Zero, northern end of the Grampians, 36°54'S, 142°22'E, 26
November 1991, P. Branwhites.n. ( D.L . Jones 859 1){ Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi:
CBG, MEL).
Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves 18-30 mm x 4.5-8 mm, linear-
elliptical to linear-ovate, sessile to subsessile, subacute to acute, 5-8 in a sparse
radical stem-encircling rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Scape 10-20 cm
tall, slender, with 3 or 4 closely sheathing, ovate to lanceolate, acute to acuminate
stem leaves. Pedicels 10-24 mm long, slender. Ovary 5-7 mm long. Flowers 1-7,
transparent with green darker green lines and patches in the galea, porrect; galea
gibbous at the base, more or less gently curved, decurved suddenly to the apex;
proximal petal flanges nearly closing off the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 12-15
mm long, cucullate, obliquely erect, abruptly decurved in distal quarter, green
with dark green lines and transparent areas, apical point 20-30 mm long, filiform,
long acuminate, porrect to decurved. Lateral sepals deflexed, green with dark
green lines and transparent areas; conjoined part very shallowly concave to almost
flat, 6-8 mm x 4-5 mm, the margins slightly incurved, with numerous white
trichomes c. 1 mm long; sinus narrow, the lobes divergent; free points 20-35 mm
long, filamentous, more or less parallel. Petals obovate-lanceolate, 14-17 mm x
5-6 mm, acuminate, curved at the base, transparent with green lines, dorsal ridge
with numerous trichomes, proximal flange poorly developed. Labellum highly
irritable on a curved claw c. 3.3 mm long; lamina oblong-ovate to oblong-obovate,
5.5-7 mm x 3-3.5 mm, dark green, thin textured, barely constricted in distal
quarter, widest above the middle, margins irregularly undulate, apex upcurved to
cymbiform; lateral margins with 9-12 pairs of short stiff white spreading trich-
omes c. 1mm long; basal lobe raised, sloped backwards, a pair of prominent, erect
trichomes c. 3 mm long arising from a swollen area near the constriction; under-
side with a broad, shallow central channel extending nearly to the apex, bordered
by a band of siliceous cells. Column 13-16 mm long, strongly curved in distal
third. Column wings c. 4 mm x 3 mm, more or less rectangular, anterior margins
incurved, ciliate; barrier cilia maniliform, entire. Stigma 6-7 mm x c. 2 mm,
narrowly elliptical, upper margins irregularly toothed. Anther c. 1.3 mm long,
82 obtuse. Pollinia c. 1.6 mm long, linear-clavate, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 2 i-1) Distribution and Habitat Endemic to south-western Victoria where occuring on the northern outliers of the Grampians. Grows in shallow grey sand on sandstone rock ledges and in crevices in the scant protection of low shrubs. Flowering Period October and November. Notes P. planulata is part of a complex of taxa surrounding P. biseta Blackmore and Clemesha. It can be distinguished from P. biseta by its more slender habit and smaller green flowers, with an oblong-ovate to oblong-obovate green labellum which is scarcely constricted at the base. The conjoined part of the lateral sepals, being shallowly concave to nearly flat, is also very distinctive. Conservation Status Apparently of restricted distribution and uncommon to rare, although con- served; suggest 2RC according to Briggs and Leigh (1989). Etymology From the Latin planus, even flat, level; in reference to the shallowly concave to nearly flat lateral sepals. Pterostylis smaragdyna D. Jones et M. Clements species nova affinis P. longifoliae R. Br. a qua floribus majoribus, petalis base umbonato prominenti basem galeae obstructenti, et labello permajore, smaragdyno differt. Typus: Victoria; Ironbark Rd. Diamond Creek, 37°41'S, 145°10'E, 9 July 1987, H.M.E. Richards 201 (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL). Terrestrial tuberous herb. Rosette a separate plant, on a slender stalk 2-5 cm tall; leaves 3-5, linear-lanceolate to narrow-ovate, 9-35 mm x 4-8 mm, dark green above, smooth and paler beneath acute sessile or shortly petiolate. Flowering plants 9-55 cm tall. Stem leaves 5-7, 2-10 cm x 3-6 mm, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, sessile, obliquely erect, dark green above, paler beneath, margins recurved, apex acute, sheathing at the base. Floral bracts 10-17 mm x 4-8 mm, ovate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Pedicel 5-20 mm long, straight. Ovary 6-7 mm long, dark green, smooth to slightly verrucose. Flowers 1-10, 17-22 mm long, obliquely erect, translucent green with darker green stripes and suffusions, some- what shiny; galea curved throughout, curving downwards from near the middle and then suddenly near the apex; petals with broad proximal flanges which block off the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 18-22 mm x 12 mm, more or less ovate, broadly inflated in the proximal half then tapered to apex, apical point c. 1 mm long, brownish. Lateral sepals deflexed, narrowly-elliptical, 16-19 mm x 7-8 mm, slightly curved forwards near the apex, inner surface minutely scabrous; sinus narrow, lobes divergent; free points 6-7 mm long, 4-5 mm apart at the apex, green or brownish. Petals 15-16 mm xc. 4 mm, slightly falcate; central ridge prominent; proximal posterior flange c. 2 mm across, well-developed, obtuse; distal posterior flange c. 0.5 mm wide; anterior flange 2.5-3 mm wide, transparent, acute margins entire. Labellum c. 8 mm x 4 mm, more or less oblong, emerald green with a dark green basal mound and central callus, mid-lobe paler; basal mound c. 2.5 mm thick, prominent, erect, apex obtuse covered with beaded siliceous cells and very short clear, acicular cells; lateral lobes 6-6.5 mm long, well developed, ridged and widely spreading in the distal half, covered with beaded, siiceous cells, numerous protruding clear, acicular cells to 0.3 mm long on the proximal margins; mid-lobe
NEW SPECIES OF PTEROSTYLIS R. Br. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM VICTORIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES David L. Jones and Mark A. Clements* ABSTRACT Jones, David L. and Clements, Mark A. Muelleria 8(1): 73-83 (1993). — Ptero- stylis aenigma, P. basaltica, P. cheraphila, P. chlorogramma, P. planulata and P. smaragdyna from Victoria and P. petrosa from southern New South Wales (all Orchidaceae) are described as new. INTRODUCTION As part of continuing research into the systematics of Australian Orchidaceae (Clements 1989, Jones and Clements 1989a, 1989b, Jones 1991), the following species of Pterostylis R. Br. are described as new. All are from south-eastern Aus- tralia, with the majority being endemic to Victoria. The descriptions facilitate the preparation of the accounts of the genus for the ‘Flora of Victoria’ and ‘Flora of Australia’. TAXONOMY Pterostylis aenigma D. Jones et M. Clements species nova affinis P. cucullatae R. Br. sed habitu graciliore, flore majore angulosiore, sepalo dorsali et petalis multo longioribus, sepalis lateralibus angustioribus minus scabridis cum apicibus filiformibus longioribus, iabello longiore angustiore multo curvato, et stigmate longiore angustiore differt. Typus: Victoria, Knocker Track, Omeo, 37°06'S, 147°36 , E, 11 Dec. 1989, R. Clark s.n. (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL). Tuberous, terrestrial herb growing in small groups. Rosette semi-basal around the scape to cauline; leaves 3-4, oblong-elliptical to oblong-lanceolate, 4-6 cm x 15-18 mm, mid green to dark green, entire, obtuse; petioles 4- 1 0 mm x 2-3 mm, narrowly winged. Scape 15-28 cm tall, slender, smooth. Sterile bract 3-5 cm x 10-14 mm, linear-lanceolate, sheathing at the base. Fertile bract similar. Ovary 10-12 mm long, strongly ribbed. Flower solitary, 40-44 mm long, translucent white, striped and suffused with green and brown; galea gibbous at the base then erect before bending forwards, then flat or slightly decurved to the apex. Dorsal sepal 5. 5-6.4 cm x 1 8-22 mm, inflated at the base then constricted and tapered to the acute apex, white with a dark median stripe, green margins and a green apex. Lateral sepals erect, loosely embracing the galea; sinus protruding as a slight bulge when viewed from the side, deeply ve-eed when viewed from the front; conjoined part 18-20 mm x c. 10 mm, narrowed to c. 4 mm across at the base, pale brown with darker stripes and suffusions, the ventral surface minutely scabrid, the upper margins inrolled, gradually tapered into the free points; free points 25-36 mm long, linear-tapered, involute, erect, held high above the galea. Petals 4-4.5 cm x 7-8 mm, obliquely linear-lanceolate, slightly falcate, subacute, central part white, rest green or brown; flange c. 1.3 mm across, flat, obtuse. Labellum erect, curved forwards prominently in the distal third, the apex protruding prominently through the sinus in the set position; lamina 18-21 mm x 3.5-4 mm, linear to linear-elliptical, tapered to the obtuse apex, dark chocolate brown throughout; callus c. 1 mm across, slightly raised, expanded at the apex; basal appendage 5-5.5 mm long, linear, shallowly curved, apex penicillate. Column 1 8-20 mm long, bent away from the ovary at about 50 degrees then erect, green. Column wings 6-7 mm *Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT, Australia 2601. 73
NOTES ON PULTENAEA GUNNII Benth. (FABACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES FROM VICTORIA M.G. Corrick* ABSTRACT Corrick, M.G. Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 55-56 (1993). — Pultenaea gunnii in Australia is discussed and several names are reduced to syn- onymy. A new subspecies, P. gunnii subsp. tuberculata, is described from Victoria. It is noted that P. gunnii subsp. gunnii collected from southern New South Wales in 1837 has not subsequently been recorded in that state. INTRODUCTION Pultenaea gunnii is a polymorphic species within which several varieties have been described; apart from one distinctive population from the Brisbane Range in Victoria, these have proved impossible to circumscribe when viewed against the range of variation exhibited in currently available collections of which over 250 have been examined. Some existing names are therefore reduced to synonymy under P. gunnii and a new subspecies from the Brisbane Range is described. P. gunnii is widespread in Tasmania and in central and eastern Victoria. It was also collected in New South Wales by Mueller from ‘barren ranges near Mount Imlay’, in September 1860, but has apparently not been collected subsequently from that locality. TAXONOMY Pultenaea gunnii Benth. in Comm. Legum. Gen. 18 (June 1837). Type: ‘Van Diemen’s land Gunn’. (Possible Syntypes: (2 sheets) MEL 1600255 and 504796). P. gunnii Benth. var. prostrata Hook.f. FI. Tasmaniae 1:88 (May 1856). Type: not clearly designated. P. gunnii Benth. var. erecta Hook.f. FI. Tasmaniae 1:88 (May 1856) nom. illeg. as this appears to be the type variety. P. gunnii Benth. var. baeckeoides Rodway. The Tasmanian Flora p. 33 (1903). Type: ‘on dry hills’. (Possible Syntype: MEL 35439). P. gunnii Benth. var .flava Ewart in Viet. Nat. 24: 1 90 (Apr. 1 908). Holotype: Wandin, 11 Oct. 1907, P.R.H. St John (MEL 627540). P. gunnii Benth. var. planifolia F. Muell. ex Williamson, in Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 32 (ns.) Pt. 2 : 215 (1920). Lectotype (here selected): Mueller s.n., no date or locality (MEL 1600288; see notes below). P. baeckeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Comm. Leg. Gen. 19 (June 1837). Type: Van Diemens Land, A. Cunn. COMMENTS Williamson’s publication of P. gunnii var. planifolia F. Muell. cites the type as a ‘broad-leaved form from Badger Head, Tas.’ There are two sheets in MEL labelled var. planifolia in Mueller’s hand-writing; both are undated and without locality details. On one of these sheets there is also a fragment (presumably broken from the main specimen) which was recovered from Williamson’s Herbarium. This fragment is labelled ‘var. planifolia ’ in Williamson’s hand-writing. There is *1 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103. 55
A NEW SPECIES OF PULTENAEA (FABACEAE) IN VICTORIA M.G. Corrick* ABSTRACT Corrick, M.G. A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 51-53 (1993). — Pultenaea victoriensis M.G. Corrick sp. nov. from western Victoria is described as new. PULTENAEA VICTORIENSIS Pultenaea victoriensis M.G. Corrick sp. nov. P. scabra R. Br. affinis foliis glabris, marginibus tuberculatis; stipulis adpressis, 1-1.5 mm longis; inflorescentia terminali flore singulari (raro floribus duobus), bracteis infernis persistentibus; bracteolis glabris, 3.5-5 mm longis; 1.5-2 mm latis differt. Typus: Victoria, Western Grampians, Victoria Range Track, 3-4 km south of its junction with Victoria Range Road, 14 Nov. 1991, M.G. Corrick 10793 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: PERTH, CBG, HO, K). Shrub 0.5-3 m high, young branchlets covered with appressed tubercle based hairs, older branches becoming glabrous-tuberculate and finally glabrous. Leaves alternate; lamina more or less flat on upper surface with mid-rib depressed and margin slightly recurved; cuneate or obovate to oblong 4— 1 3(- 1 5) mm long x 2- 4(-5) mm wide, tip obtuse or emarginate with short, blunt, recurved mucro; upper surface shiny, minutely tuberculate towards the edges and round the margin; lower surface dull and paler than the upper, midrib prominent and minutely tuberculate; petiole 0.75-1 mm long, tuberculate and occasionally on young growth with a few short hairs which extend to the base of the undersurface of the leaf. Stipules 1 - 1 . 5(-2) mm long, appressed to the stem. In florescence usually of a single flower or rarely two at the tips of the short lateral branchlets. Bracts 6-9 per flower, broadly to narrowly ovate, 1.5-8 mm long x 1.5-5 mm wide, mid-brown, scarious, glabrous except for ciliate margins and a small pubescent patch at the base; bracts initially completely enclosing the developing bud but inner bracts deciduous at anthesis leaving 2-3 small outer bracts persistent. Calyx 6-8 mm long, densely covered with appressed silky hairs, lobes acuminate 1 .5-2 mm long, upper two lobes slightly broader and less deeply divided than lower three. Brac- teoles 3.5-5 mm long x 1.5-2 mm wide, mid-brown, scarious, glabrous except for ciliate margins and a few pale hairs at the base, inserted at about the middle of the calyx tube and extending beyond the tips of the calyx lobes. Standard 11-14 mm long x 11-14 mm wide, deep yellow with a pale patch at the base surrounded by dark red radiating lines, wings deep yellow 10-11 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, keel petals dark red shading to cream at the base 10-11 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide. Stamens 10, free, filaments 9-10 mm long. Ovary sessile, 2 ovulate, 2-2.5 mm long, style slender and gently curved 7-7.5 mm long, ovary and base of style densely covered with pale appressed hairs. Pod broadly and obliquely ovate 7-9 mm long, lower half pubescent and enclosed by the calyx, glabrous internally, seed obliquely ovoid 2.5-3 mm long x 2 mm wide, dark brown with aril intricately divided into a cluster of slender threads. (Fig. 1) Representative Specimens (total number examined 13) Victoria — Grampians, Victoria Range, Mt Thackeray, 26 Jan. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 30350 (MEL); Castle Rock, 11 Dec. 1966, J.H. Willis & A.C. Beauglehole s.n. (MEL 663306); Victoria Range Track, 28 Nov. 1965, M.G. Corrick 5871a (MEL, PERTH). *7 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 51
60 The epithet refers to the abnormal condition of this subspecies which does not produce microspores and has largely Type III megaspores. TMESIPTERIS Bernh. Tmesipteris obliqua Chinnock, sp. nov. T. billardieri Endl., Prod. FI. Norf. 6 (1833) nom. illeg. Surculi aerii 1 5-70 cm longi, unici vel semel furcate, pendentes vel plus minusque erecti, foliis spiralibus, 2 vel 3 per cm, 1 2-28 mm longis, 4- 1 2 mm latis, oblongo-lanceolatis, basibus obliquis apicibus truncatis ad emarginatis raro aliquot obtusis. Synangium biconicum, 5-9 mm longum. Type: Tasmania, below Russel Falls, Mt Field National Park, Dec. 1974, R.J. Chinnock P1007 (Holotype: AD; Isotype: HO). Plant epiphytic or rarely terrestrial. Aerial shoots 1 5-70 cm long, continuing growth for several years but eventually terminated by a small sterile or sporoge- nous leaf, unbranched or occasionally forked once, pendulous or rarely suberect, lower portion of shoot below leaves ribbed only on one side. Leaves spirally arranged, 2-3 per cm, 12-30 mm long, 4-12 mm wide towards base, broadly oblong-lanceolate, base oblique with adaxial margin parallel to branch near base and then abruptly projecting away from it, apex truncate to emarginate, rarely some obtuse, mucronate, surfaces shiny. Synangia at intervals along stem or towards tip, biconic, gradually tapering, persistent, 5-9 mm long, length c. 3 times height, n = c. 200, 203-210, 208-214, H.N. Barber, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 203 (1957). Long fork-fern. Distribution and Ecology Tmesipteris obliqua extends from southern New South Wales through Vic- toria and Tasmania where it is common on the trunks and bases of tree-ferns, Todea barbara and in humus accumulations on banks and around tree bases. In terrestrial situations the shoots become suberect but curved in the distal part. Notes Unfortunately Endlicher (1833) included Psilotum truncatum R. Br. in the synonymy of his new species T. billardieri thus making the name illegitimate. Tmesipteris obliqua is the largest and most robust of the Australian species with aerial shoots attaining lengths of up to 70 cm although shoots of 20-40 cm are more commonly encountered. The leaves, which can be up to 12 mm wide, have very oblique bases and the specific epithet is derived from this feature. Selected Specimens Victoria — Kallista, Monbulk Forest, 15 Jun. 1958, R. Schodde 779 (AD, CANB); Aire River, base of Phillips track, 19 Oct. 1984, R.J. Chinnock 6478 (AD, MEL). New South Wales — Mt Wilson, 1 4 Apr 1953, R. Melville 3 7 75 & M.D. Tindale (K, MEL); 10 km NNW of Bemboka, 2 Oct. 1982, I.R. Telford 8852 (AD, CBG, NSW). Tasmania — Derwent, no date. R. Brown (Bennett No. 1 22) (MEL 52375); Mt Wellington, 8 Jan. 1931. E.A. Atkinson 5§(CANB); Brittons Swamp, 21 km SW of Smithton, 29 Nov. 1974, R.J. Chin- nock P965 (AD. HO). REFERENCES Britton, D.M. & Brunton, D.F. (1991a). Isoetes x hickeyi in Canada. Fern Gaz. 14: 17-22. Britton, D.M. & Brunton, D.F. (1991b). The spores and affinities of Isoetes taiwanensis. Fern Gaz. 14: 73-81. Marsden C.R. (1973). The genus Isoetes in South Australia. B.Sc. Honors thesis. Department of Botany, Adelaide (unpublished). Marsden C R. ( 1 976). Morphological variation and taxonomy of Isoetes muelleri A.Br. J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 1:37-54. Marsden C.R. ( 1 979). Morphology and taxonomy of Isoetes in Australasia, India, north-east & south- east Asia, China & Japan. Ph.D. thesis. Department of Botany, Adelaide (unpublished). Manuscript accepted 14 September 1992
NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany each description. Maps are included. INTRODUCTION This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The revision will include further discussion of the details given here. Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other epithet endings follow suit. TAXONOMY Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length (or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) * c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 85
90 humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or (one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia sp. A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m C Telford 2699). Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly November to April. Notes When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- globular. Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. Diagnosis and Etymology Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually touching to overlapping. The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow even vegetative recognition of this species. Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. (length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S.
90 humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or (one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia sp. A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m C Telford 2699). Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly November to April. Notes When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- globular. Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. Diagnosis and Etymology Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually touching to overlapping. The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow even vegetative recognition of this species. Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. (length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S.
90 humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or (one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia sp. A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m C Telford 2699). Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly November to April. Notes When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- globular. Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. Diagnosis and Etymology Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually touching to overlapping. The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow even vegetative recognition of this species. Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. (length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S.
88 spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or) 6 carpels in the developing fruit all may mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric T. procerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of Triglochin. The specific epithet alcockiae commemorates Mrs Kath Alcock of Nara- coorte (formerly of Comaum), South Australia. Mrs Alcock has displayed a deep interest in the plants of her area over many years and was the first to alert me to the existence of this species. Field Observations Triglochin alcockiae has been observed (. Aston 2724) in the field growing intermingled with Triglochin procerum ( Aston 2725). Plants of each species exhibited distinctive differences in fruits, tubers and racemes, with no grada- tions. Triglochin microtuberosum H.I. Aston sp.nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form B, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum 'B', Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R. Br. tuberibus parvis prope rhizomate fasciculatis, fructibus pyriformibus plus minusve, et carpellis fructicantibus sine cristis dorsalibus distinguitur. Typus: Victoria, East Gippsland, ‘Redbanks’ farm, c. 2 km south-east of Genoa, 37°28'S, 149°36'E. Abundant in stagnant waterhole of an otherwise-dry creek in cleared grazing country. Water highly eutrophic, muddy, with much farm run-off and cow-dung from cattle which have eaten the Triglochin and trampled the sub- strate. 23 Feb. 1988, H.I. Aston 2683 (Holotypus: MEL 705958; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705961 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal, to 7 cm long x 6-12 mm diam., bearing short coarse bristly fibres to 12 mm long. Tubers near-globular to obloid or rarely obovoid, 4.5— 1 3(— 1 7) mm long x 3-6 mm diam. (length 1.1 — 1 ,9(— 5) times the diam.), ter- minating roots 1 — 7(— 1 4) mm long; each root 0.2-2 times as long as its tuber (see under Notes below re abnormal tubers). Leaves 30- 137 cm long x 3- 1 2 mm wide, dorsiventral, deep green above, paler green beneath, emergent, erect or with the extremities outcurved, sometimes the emerged portion fully floating or recurved with only the extremity floating, tapered and flattened distally, acute, very thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 27%-49% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit', broadly piano- to con- cavo-convex and ± semi-cylindrical, width 1 .6-2.4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 3. 4-9.0 mm wide, equal c. 50%-84% of the leaf width, the two sheaths usually touching to overlapping; blade and sheaths together ± rounded in outline. Stems in fruit 54-124 cm long (including the infructescence) x 2.5-12.6 mm diameter. Rachis 1. 5-4.0 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels green. Infructescence 7-21 cm long (= 10%-20% of the total stem length) x 15-24 mm diameter. Pedicels 0. 5-3.0 mm long. Fruits touching, 44-137 per infructescence, 7-9 per 1 cm of rachis length, very widely obovoid in outline but with the base contracted into a distinctive stalk, 7.0-9. 6 mm long x 5. 5-8. 2 mm diameter. Carpels (5 or) 6, in fruit straight and erect, never twisted, normally all maturing, 7. 0-9. 6 mm long x 2.25-3.35 mm wide x 2.6-3.75 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus); attachment length = 58%-70% of carpel length; lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge absent, the dorsal face usually shallowly concave longitudinally or sometimes shallowly convex; shoulders rounded not ridged; carpel ± triangular in cross sec- tion. (Fig. 1 b & f)
94 portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter in circumferentia distinguitur. Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards,
NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany each description. Maps are included. INTRODUCTION This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The revision will include further discussion of the details given here. Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other epithet endings follow suit. TAXONOMY Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length (or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) * c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 85
NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. Helen I. Aston* ABSTRACT Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany each description. Maps are included. INTRODUCTION This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The revision will include further discussion of the details given here. Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other epithet endings follow suit. TAXONOMY Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length (or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) * c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 85
94 portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter in circumferentia distinguitur. Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards,
94 portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter in circumferentia distinguitur. Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & spirit material, NSW). Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards,
UTRICULARIA BEAUGLEHOLEI (LENTIBULARIACEAE: SUBGENUS UTRICULARIA: SECTION PLEIOCHASIA), A NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRAUIA Robert J. Gassin* ABSTRACT Gassin, R.obert J. Utricularia beaugleholei (Lentibulariaceae: subgenus Utricu- laria: section Pleiochasia), a new species from South-eastern Australia. Muelleria 8(1): 37-42 (1993). — Utricularia beaugleholei R.J. Gassin sp. nov. is described as new, its distribution and habitat are discussed and differences with the related Utricularia dichotoma Labill. are highlighted. INTRODUCTION The first known collection of Utricularia beaugleholei was made in 1 852 by F. Mueller (MEL 89973) in Brighton, now a suburb of Melbourne. Several more collections have been made since, especially during the last two decades by A.C. Beauglehole, who like previous collectors wrongly recognised them as U. dichot- oma Labill. However Beauglehole was aware of there being two similar but distinct species and many of his numerous collections of U. dichotoma are also wrongly labelled U. uniflora R. Br. Taylor (1989) referring to U. dichotoma noted that ‘very large flowers sometimes occur in the eastern states and these are not always associated with large or tall plants’. It seems likely that he was referring to U. beaugleholei. Interestingly, Taylor on examining collections of MEL for Flora of Australia recognised Beauglehole’s mistake in confusing U. dichotoma for U. uniflora but did not recognise his other mistake. On a recent heldtrip, I was fortunate to find and examine live material of both U. dichotoma and U. beaugleholei. This revealed several taxonomically significant differences. This opportunity is taken of describing U. beaugleholei and of high- lighting differences with U. dichotoma. TAXONOMY Utricularia beaugleholei R.J. Gassin sp. nov. Utricularia dichotoma Labill. affinis, foliis lanceolatis anguste valde vel linearis anguste, ad 44 mm longis, 1.6 mm latis, apice acuto valde; appendiculis dorsalis laquei longioris laqueo’saepe; margmibus supero partis labello supero corollae reflexis, labelio infero corollae 4-1 1 elevatis leviter cristis luteis radiatim, et palato glabro centra marginalibus lateralibus pubescentibus differt. Holotypus: Victoria: 8 km NNE of Strathmerton near site of Mywee railway station in the Murray Valley, 30 Sep. 1978, T.B. Muir 5322 (MEL). Small, probably perennial terrestrial herb. Rhizoids numerous, capillary, simple, c. 2 cm long, tapering from 0. 5 mm to 0. 1 mm thick. Stolons few, capillary branched up to several centimetres long, the internodes less than 2 centimetres. Leaves 1 -nerved, a few rosulate at the peduncle base, others in pairs at the stolon nodes, petiolate, lamina very narrowly lanceolate to narrowly linear, up to 44 mm long and 1.6 mm wide, tapering to a very acute apex. Traps few at the peduncle base, others in pairs at the stolon nodes, ovoid or globose, 1-4 mm long, stalk 1 0 mm or less, mouth lateral with a subulate simple dorsal appendage often longer than the trap, a pair of well developed, deeply fimbriate lateral appendages up to 2.5 mm long, and a pair of deeply fimbriate ventral appendages, usually poorly developed or absent proximally (near the stalk) and widest distally (near the * 19 Almondbush Street, Somerville, Victoria, Australia 3912. 37
204 choice must be made between grouping specimens together on the basis of leaf shape regardless of the degree of indumentum of the young stems, or, alterna- tively, grouping them together on the degree of pubescence of the young stems regardless of leaf shape. The occurrence of a fairly dense indumentum on some specimens that are typical of B. aquifolium in all other respects suggests that leaf shape provides a more reliable and meaningful character to differentiate the taxa than does the degree of pubescence. Accordingly, emphasis is placed on leaf shape, together with ecological preferences, in separating the two subspecies. Bossiaea aquifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864). Syntypes; Western Australia, J. Drummond 2nd coll. no. 130 (BM, K, MEL, NSW, PER.TH); J. Drummond s.n. (K, MEL); Harvey River, Western Australia, W. Clarke s.n. (K). Slender shrub or small tree to 8 m high; branchlets glabrous or sparingly to densely clothed with appressed antrorse hairs or curled hairs, the latter sometimes with longer spreading hairs up to 1 mm long interspersed, terete, slender. Leaves opposite, unifoliolate, lamina depressed ovate or broadly ovate to semi-orbicular, the apex terminating in a pungent point, distinctly angular with each angle terminating in a pungent point and the margins distinctly sinuate between the pungent points or not distinctly angular and the margins dentate, (0.5) 0.8-2. 2 cm long, (0.5) 0.8-2 (2.6) cm wide, wider than long, slightly cordate basally, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs; petiolule 0.9-2. 2 mm long, glabrous to densely pubescent. Stipules triangular, 0.7- 1.8 mm long, 0.5-0. 9 mm wide, glabrous to densely pubescent. Flowers axillary, solitary or in pairs, shortly pedicellate, the pedicel exceeding the two outer basal bracts; the two inner bracts enclosing the flower buds elliptic, 6-10 mm long, rigid, brown, longitudinally striate, margins conspicuously ciliate especially apically, the outer one cucullate apically, fugacious; the two outer bracts persistent, the outer of the two broadly ovate, 1 .4- 2.3 mm long, 1 .5-2.4 mm wide, longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia or sometimes sparingly pubescent throughout, the inner bract com- pletely encircling the pedicel, broadly ovate, 1 .5-2.4 mm long, 2. 3-3. 4 mm wide, longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia; bracteoles absent. Calyx glabrous throughout except for marginal cilia or with occasional scattered hairs: 2 upper lobes 4-5.7 mm long including the tube 2. 3-4. 2 mm long, lobes rounded-truncate and only slightly emarginate apically, 3 lower lobes 0.8- 1.5 mrn long, 1 .3- 1 .7 mm wide. Standard more or less orbicular, 11.8-18 mm long including a basal claw 2-3.2 mm long, 10.8-18.5 mm wide, emarginate apically, yellow or deep yellow internally with a dark red, red or reddish-brown continuous fringe around a basal greenish-yellow throat or the fringe discontinuous, being interrupted by the yellow throat which extends vertically and joins the main body of the yellow standard; wings9. 1-13.1 mm long including a claw 2. 3-3. 3 mm long, auricled, 2. 4-4. 2 mm wide, dark red or reddish-brown throughout or orange or yellow apically; keel petals 10-13 mm long including a claw 2. 5-3.2 mm long, auricled, 3. 2-4. 8 mm wide, red or reddish-brown. Stamen-filaments 7.4-1 1 mm long. Ovary 3. 5-5. 5 mm long, on a stipe 2. 6-3. 7 mm long, glabrous, 2-4-ovulate. Pods stipitate, ovate-oblong to oblong-elliptic, 1. 1-2.4 cm long, 0.7-1. 1 cm wide, thickened along the upper suture, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid, 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2.1- 2.5 mm wide, chocolate-brown, the small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. Distribution Occurs in the Darling Botanical District of the Southwestern Botanical Province of Western Australia as defined by Beard (1980) from the vicinity of Mundaring east of Perth southwards to near Margaret River and eastwards to Manjimup.
218 G.J. Keighery 5577 (PERTH); Hay River crossing on Albany-Denmark road, 19 Sep. 1983, J. Taylor 1965 & P. Ollerenshaw (CBG, MEL); Cape Le Grande National Park, Rossiter Bay, 24 Sep. 1985, M.G.Corrick 95 27 (MEL): Salt River Rd., near Camel Lake, Stirling Range, 14 Sep. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9764 (PERTH); 12 km toward Denmark from Muir Highway on Denmark-Mt Barker road, 28 Nov 1992. T.D.Macfarlane 2081 & H.R. White (MEL, PERTH). Notes In the absence of a preserved specimen, it is difficult to determine whether or not the plant featured under the name .6. rufa inLodd.,Bot. Cab. 12;t.l 1 19(1826), is in fact B. praetermissa rather than B. rufa. It is referred here to B. praetermissa with some hesitation. The specific epithet alludes to the fact that the existence of this taxon appears to have been overlooked since the first specimen was collected almost two hundred years ago. BOSSIAEA MODESTA Bossiaea modesta J.H.Ross sp. nov. Affinitatis incertae, forsan B. rufae R. Br. et B. praetermissae J.H. Ross affinis, a qua uterque planta multo minori debili caulibus gracilibus leviter applanatis ad 2mm latis qua non profunde nodus incisus, differ!; qua B. rufae bracteolis semipersistentibus et B. praetermissae carinis apicibus dense lanatis, differt. Typus: Western Australia, Darling Range, Mt Dale area, 6 Nov. 1983, M.G. Corrick 9020 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: CBG, PERTH) Subshrub, stems lax, slender, trailing and twining and only becoming erect when supported by surrounding plants, subterete basally but the extremities somewhat flattened, up to 2.0 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate: lamina linear- to elliptic- or obovate-oblong, 0.9-2. 8 cm long, 0.25-0.6 cm wide, apex obtuse and mucronate, glabrous throughout or with occasional scattered hairs on margins and midrib; petiolule 0. 5-2.0 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 0.5- 1.6 mm long, 0.2-0. 4 mm wide, usually almost as long as the petiolule, obliquely triangular or subulate, glabrous throughout or pubescent apically. Elowers axillary, solitary, pedicellate, the filiform pedicels 1.2-2. 5 cm long, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs. Bracteoles 0.8-1. 6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, inserted just below the calyx and more or less appressed to the pedicel or base of the calyx while the flowers are young, scarious, glabrous or with scattered hairs, persisting at least until the young fruits are initiated; bract 0.9- 1.8 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the pedicel, scarious, rap- idly deciduous, glabrous except for apical cilia. Calyx glabrous or with occasional scattered hairs externally apart from marginal cilia; 2 upper lobes 4.2-5 mm long including the tube 2. 8-3. 5 mm long, the apices of the lobes diverging, 3 lower lobes triangular, 1.5- 1.6 mm long, 1.0-1. 1 mm wide, 9.8- 10.0 mm long including a basal claw 3 mm long, 9 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep red flare around a paler yellow throat, with numerous red to purplish longitudinal striations externally and sometimes having a somewhat marbled appearance; wing petals 8 mm long including a claw 2.6 mm long, 2. 1 mm wide, red; keel petals 8-8.3 mm long including a claw 2. 8-3. 3 mm long, 2. 5-2. 9 mm wide, greenish- white basally, red apically, with a dense woolly apical fringe of hairs. Stamen- filaments 6. 2-8. 2 mm long. Ovary on a stipe 2-2.5 mm long, 4. 5-4. 8 mm long, glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style 1.7-2 mm long. Pods oblong, up to 3.5 cm long including a stipe up to 1 cm long which greatly exceeds the persistent calyx in length, 0.4-0. 5 cm wide, glabrous. ellipsoid, olive-brown, 1.5- 1.8 mm long, 1.0- 1.3 mm wide, the small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. (Fig. 3) Distribution Restricted in distribution to the Mt Dale area in the Darling Range south-east of Perth where it occurs in State Forest.
213 existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon which is described below. As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the sheet here selected as the lectotype). Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for B. rufa. Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril.
213 existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon which is described below. As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the sheet here selected as the lectotype). Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for B. rufa. Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril.
213 existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon which is described below. As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the sheet here selected as the lectotype). Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here chosen). Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for B. rufa. Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril.
NEW SPECIES OF ORCHIDACEAE FROM SOUTH-EASTERN
AUSTRALIA
David L. Jones*
ABSTRACT
Jones, David L. New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia.
Muelleria 8(2): 177-192 (1994). — Nine new species of Orchidaceae from south-
eastern Australia (with one extending to New Zealand) are described as new:
Caladenia amoena, C. atrata, C. hillmanii, Diuris ochroma, Pmsophyllum sua-
veolens, Pterostylis atrans, P. commutata, P. monticola and P. tasmanica. The
new combination, Pterostylis valida, is made for Pterostylis squamata var. valida
Nicholls.
INTRODUCTION
Continuing research into the systematics of Australian Orchidaceae has
revealed the following species, described here, as new. All are from New South
Wales, Victoria or Tasmania, with one extending to New Zealand. The descrip-
tions facilitate the preparation of accounts for the Flora of Australia, the Orchid
Atlas of Tasmania, the Flora of Victoria, and the Catalogue of New Zealand
Orchidaceae.
TAXONOMY
Caladenia amoena D.L.Jones sp. nov.
C. concinnae (Rupp) D.L.Jones et M. Clements affinis sed floribus parvioribus, petalis et sepalis
lateralis pendentibus, osmophoris sepalorum glandulosis minus, labello parviore, callis rubri-
oribus congestis minus, callis basalibus angustioribus et columna anguste differt.
Typus: Victoria: cult ex Wattle Glen, 37°39'10"S, 145°ir45"E, 24 Sept. 1992,
P.Branwhite s.n. {D.L.Jones 10160) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypus: MEL).
Hirsute, tuberous, terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Leaf
lanceolate, 3-8 cm x 7-9 mm, erect, dull green, purple-blotched at the base,
densely hirsute with patent, eglandular trichomes to 4 mm long. Inflorescence 5-
12 cm tall, wiry, reddish towards the base, densely hirsute with trichomes similar
to those on the leaf mixed with shorter glandular trichomes. Sterile bract narrowly
obovate-spathulate, 15-18 mm x 4-5 mm, involute, spreading, externally hirsute,
obtuse. Fertile bract ovate-elliptical, 13-15 mm x 6-7 mm, closely sheathing,
externally hirsute, subacute. Flower usually solitary, c. 12-14 mm across, cream-
green heavily suffused with red, osmophores very small, floral fragrance unde-
tectable; dorsal sepal erect and incurved, lateral sepals and petals downcurved
close to the ovary. Dorsal sepal linear to linear-lanceolate, 20-25 mm x 2.5-3 mm,
narrowed to a linear-involute section just before the osmophore; osmophore 1.5-
2.5 mm x 0.5-0. 7 mm, with uncrowded, sessile, dark brown, ellipsoid to globular
glandular cells. Lateral sepals oblong-lanceolate, 17-23 mm x 3-3.5 mm, slightly
falcate, narrowed to a linear, involute section then terminated by an osmophore
similar to that on the dorsal sepal. Petals linear-lanceolate, 15-18 mm x 1.3-
1.6 mrn, long-acuminate. Labellum articulated on a short claw c. 2 mm x 1 .3 mm,
yellowish green with a reddish mid-lobe and reddish calli, 3-lobed. Lamina
cordate in outline when flattened, 9-12 mm x 8-1 1 mm, obliquely erect in proxi-
mal half, strongly recurved in distal third; lateral lobes 3-4 mm across, obliquely
erect, proximal margins entire, distal margins with 1-5 obliquely erect, flat, linear
* Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601
177
178 lobes 0.6-1. 2 mm long; mid-lobe debate when flattened, 4-4.5 mm x 3.5-4 mm, margins with 6-8 pairs of broad, porrect, obtuse teeth, decrescent towards the apex. Lamina calli in 4 irregular rows, moderately congested and occupying about 1/3 of the ventral surface of the lamina, dark reddish, those in proximal half stalked, decresent and sessile towards the apex; basal calli c. 3 mm long, stalked, head elongate-clavoid, c. 0.8 mm across, surface very irregular; longest lamina calli c. 1 .8 mm long, hockey-stick-shaped, stalked, irregular in shape when viewed from above, surface irregular. Column erect and incurved, 8-9 mm x 3. 3-3. 5 mm, transparent with fine reddish striae and markings, lower dorsal surface with stalked, glandular trichomes, broadly winged; basal glands asymmetrically ellip- soid, c. 2 mm X 0.6 mm, shiny yellow with a red base. Anther c. 3 mm x 2.5 mm, yellow, with a linear rostrum c. 0.6 mm long. Pollinia 4, c. 2.5 mm long, broadly boomerang-shaped, flat, yellow. Stigma more or less circular, c. 2 mm wide, sunken. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 2 a-c) Distribution and Habitat Endemic to southern Victoria where known from a few localities near Melbourne. It grows on ridges and sheltered slopes in dry sclerophyll forest in shallow clay loam over Silurian siltstone. Flowering Period Late August to early October. Notes Caladenia amoena is similar in many respect to C. concinna but can be dis- tinguished by its generally smaller flowers with the lateral sepals and petals downcurved close to the ovary and imparting a drooping appearance. It also has sepalline osmophores which are very short and sparsely glandular (prominent, relatively long and moderately dense in C. concinna), a smaller labellum with reddish, less congested calli, narrower basal calli on the labellum and a narrower column. Caladenia concinna has flowers 22-26 mm across, labellum 13-16 mm long, and column 5.5-6 mm wide. Caladenia toxochila also has some similarities but its flowers are darker coloured with prominent sepalline osmophores and much thicker, blackish, congested lamina calli. The distribution of each of these taxa is distinct with C. concinna being confined to the south-western Plains of New South Wales, C. toxochila occurring in north-western Victoria and South Australia and the new species from southern Victoria. A recently discovered group of C. amoena on private land was destroyed during clearing operations soon after its discovery (C.Beardsell pers. comm.). Conservation Status Reduced to great rarity by alienation of its habitat, and apparently now known only from private land; suggest 2E by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). Etymology From the Latin amoenus, pleasant, delightful. Caladenia atrata D.L.Jones sp. nov. C. cucullatae Fitzg. affinis sed statura humiliore, floribus 1 vel 2, segmentis perianthii angus- tioribus, denigratis per glandes densas, callis labellorum sparsim dipositis dilfert. Typus: Tasmania, hill 2.5 km north-east of Ferntree, 42°55'S, 147°16'E, 29 Oct. 1990, D.L.Jones 6805 & C.H.Broers (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, HO, MEL, NSW, AD). Hirsute, tuberous, terrestrial herb growing in loose groups. Leaf 6-13 cm x 3-3.5 mm, linear, erect, dark green, sparsely hirsute with a mixture of patent.
Conservation Status Locally common but poorly conserved (one state reserve — D.Ziegeler pers. comm.). Etymology From the Latin atratus, dressed in black, in reference to the blackish exterior of the flowers resulting from the dense covering of glands. Caladenia hillmanii D.L.Jones, sp. nov. C. carneae R.Br. affinis sed labello latiore quam longiore atro-purpureo vel atro-rubro et margine labelli non dentata sed ad basin cum 2 lobis promentibus planis, difFert. Typus: New South Wales, Shoal Bay, 32°43'S, 152°10'E, 7 Sept. 1990, D.L.Jones 6404, C.Broers & G. Hillman (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, SYD, BRI, MEL). Hirsute, solitary terrestrial herb. Leaf 6-12 cm x 3-4 mm, linear, semi-erect, dark green, sparsely hirsute with transparent, patent, eglandular trichomes to 2 mm long. Inflorescence 1 5-25 cm tall, slender, wi^, green, with patent glandular trichomes c. 0.5 mm long mixed with eglandular trichomes similar to those on the leaf. Sterile bracts 10-15 mm x 3-4 mm, linear-oblanceolate, erect and hardly sheathing, acuminate, externally hirsute with trichomes similar to those on the stem. Fertile bracts 8-15 mm x 3-4 mm, linear-oblong, obtuse, closely sheathing, externally hirsute. Ovary 10-13 mm long, linear obovoid, densely glandular. Flowers 1 or 2, c. 25 mm across, bright pink internally with a dark reddish purple labellum, externally greenish or brownish from dense glands, a darker central stripe apparent on each segment, floral odour undetectable; dorsal sepal erect, lateral sepals porrect, hardly divergent, petals widely spreading, curving forwards slightly in distal half. Dorsal sepal 13-18 mm x 2-3.5 mm, linear-lanceolate’, acute to acuminate, internally glabrous, externally densely covered with sessile and shortly stalked, ovoid to globular, brownish glands. Lateral sepals 1 3-20 mm x 3-6 mm, asymmetrically lanceolate, slightly falcate, subacute, internally glabrous, externally glandular. Petals 12-17 mmx 3-5.5 mm, obliquely lanceolate, slightly falcate, curved slightly forwards in distal half, acute, internally glabrous, exter- nally glandular. Labellum articulated on a short claw c. 0.3 mm x 0.6 mm, dark reddish pink to reddish purple, with prominent, narrow, dark red transverse bars, deeply 3-lobed. Lamina 6-8 mm x 8-10 mm, transversely ovate to almost reni- form in outline when flattened, erect in proximal third, curved forwards in distal two-thirds, apex porrect or recurved; lateral lobes c. 3.5 mm wide, erect and loosely column-embracing, entire; mid-lobe c. 3 mm long, linear-deltate, porrect or more usually recurved, bright yellow, basal margins with a large, flat pair of dark yellow, blunt, marginal calli, distally the margins slightly crenulate-undulate to the apex. Lamina calli yellow, in 2 rows extending just onto the base of the mid-lobe; basal calli 4, head ovoid, c. 0.5 mm across, papillate, stalk c. 0.5 mm long, white; longest lamina calli c. 1 mm long, head c. 0.4 mm across, ovoid, erect to flat, papillate, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, white. Column 6.5-7 mm x 3. 5-3. 7 mm, erect, curved forwards in distal third, greenish stained with purple and with numerous, prominent, dark red, transverse, anterior bands, broadly winged, with stalked glandular trichomes scattered on the dorsal surface; central anterior ridge c. 1. 3 mm wide. Anther c. 1.2 mm x 1 .2 mm, pink to mauve, densely papillate, with a prominent linear rostrum. Pollinia 4, c. 1 .2 mm long, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma c. 1.2 mm wide, more or less circular, sunken, green. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 1 h-m). Distribution and Habitat Endemic to New South Wales where widely distributed but sporadic in coastal districts between Nelson Bay and Ulladulla. This species, which may be
182 locally common, is restricted to light coastal forests on deep, white to grey sandy soils. Flowering Period September and October. Notes Caladenia hillmanii is a distinctive member of the C. carnea complex. It can be readily recognised by its dark purple red to dark red labellum which is broader than long (obvious when flattened), and with the marginal teeth of the labellum mid-lobe being reduced to two, prominent flat structures situated near the base. The new species may grow sympatrically with C. carnea in some localities but hybrids are unknown. Etymology Named after George Hillman of Nelson Bay who has recognised the distinc- tiveness of this taxon for many years and has been of valuable assistance to my research. Diuris ochroma D.L.Jones sp. nov. D. venosae Rupp affinis sed floribus luteolis minus striatis, lobis lateralibus labelli angustioribus, et callo labelli majoribus cum costis inconspicuis in lobum medium laminae radiantibus, differt. Typus: Victoria, Wonnangatta River valley, 16.5 km north of Wonnangatta Homestead ruins, 37°10'S, 146°47'E, 530 m, 30 Nov. 989, J. Taylor 2650 & M. Crisp (Holotypus: CBG). Glabrous, terrestrial, solitary herb. Leaves 3 or 4, basal, linear, 1 8-30 cm x 3-5 mm, obliquely erect to lax, involute, green. Inflorescence 25-40 cm tall, slen- der. Sterile bracts 7-10 cm x 5-7mm, lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Fertile bracts 15-35 mm x 3-5 mm, lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Flowers 1-4, c. 25 mm across, semi-erect to semi-pendant, pale yellow with dark reddish purple striae. Pedicels 1 5-45 mm long, slender, straight or curved. Dorsal sepal ovate, 10-13 mm x 7-9 mm, projected forwards, cucullate and tightly column-embracing in the proximal half, then obliquely erect, obtuse, pale yellow with prominent dark reddish purple striae. Lateral sepals oblanceolate to ensi- form, 14-19mmxl.5-3.5mm, obliquely deflexed below the labellum, parallel to slightly divergent, margins involute, acuminate, green with reddish purple, longi- tudinal striae. Petals incurved or spreading horizontally; lamina asymmetrically ovate, 7-9 mm x 4-5 mm, obtuse, anterior surface pale yellow, dorsal surface with reddish purple striae at the base; claw 6-8.5 mm long, linear, green to purplish, widening just near the apex. Labellum 13-16 mm long, porrect in proximal fifth then obliquely decurved, pale yellow with reddish purple striae on the lateral lobes, deeply 3-lobed; lateral lobes more or less oblong, 2.5-3 mm x c. 1.5 rnm, obliquely erect, divergent, pale yellow with prominent dark reddish purple striae, apex shortly and irregularly laciniate, margins densely beset with short, clear, sil- iceous cells; mid-lobe broadly ovate in outline when flattened (8.5-11 mm across), more or less flat with an erect, rounded central ridge, pale yellow with some pur- plish markings, obtuse, margins slightly irregular, purplish, basal margins beset with short, siliceous cells. Labellum ca//wx complex, consisting of 2-4 more or less parallel, rounded ridges, incurved near the apex, densely beset with clear, acicular siliceous cells, the central ridges coalescing near the expanded part of the mid-lobe and extending as a more or less single ridge to the apex, faint ridges radiating laterally onto the mid lobe. Column c. 4 mm x 3 mm, projected forwards from the end of the ovary. Anther c. 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm, broadly ovate, cream and pale brown. Pollinarium c. 3 mm x 2 mm; pollinia linear-clavoid, white; viscidium c. 0.4 mm across, more or less oblong. Column wings c. 3 mm long, linear-oblong.
255 2a. Tasmania xerophila subsp. xerophila Heterotypic (informal) synonym: Drimys piperita Hook. f. ‘entity 39. xerophila' Vickery, Blumea 18: 349 (1970). Misapplied name: Drimys aromatica sensu P.Parm. Bull. Sci. France Bel- gique 27: 298 (1896), non (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. Specimen examined: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, C. Walter s.n. (P) (see Willis 1957, p. 189). Small shrub to 2.5 m high. Leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 7-17 mm wide. Flowers 1- 16 per inflorescence. Female flowers with carpels 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) and ovules 2- 9 per carpel. (Fig. 12b) Specimens Collected During Study K/ctona — MtBuffaloNP.alt. 1400 m. R.E.Raleigh 1-10, 78-80, 56; Delegate R., Gunmark Rd, R.E. Raleigh 12, 14-16, 96; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E.Raleigh 29-38, 98- 102\ Falls Creek, alt 1700 m, N.G. Walsh 3288, 3289\ Chinamans Flat beside Hutchinsons Creek, alt. 880 m), K.E. Wilson 320. New South Wales — Mt Selwyn, alt. 1300 m, R.E.Raleigh 72-77\ 1 km SW Tumut Pond, alt. 1 300 m), R.E.Raleigh 8l-84\ Beside road, 10 km from Cabramurra, R.E.Raleigh 85; Thredbo R. near Thredbo village, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1250 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1422-1425; Dead Horse Gap, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1426-1428; Alpine Way, 2 km WSW Dead Horse Gap, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1429-1431. 2b. Tasmannia xerophila subsp. robusta Raleigh subsp. nov. A varietate typica habitu altiore (2.5-4 m), foliis longioribus (7- 1 4 cm) et latioribus (20-30 mm) differt. Typus: Goonmirk Rocks, East Gippsland, Victoria, 8 Jan. 1992, R. Raleigh 103. Holotypus: MEL 2014065 (female plant); Isotypus: MELU (female plant). Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall. Leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide, with petioles 3.5-6 mm long. Flowers 5-8 per inflorescence. Female flowers with car- pels 1-8, ovules 3-7 per carpel. (Fig. 12c) Specimens Collected During Study Victoria — Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m), R.E.Raleigh 18-20, 25, 26, 26a, 27, 27a, 103-107; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m, R.E.Raleigh 39-44. 3. Tasmannia vickeriana (A.C. Smith) A.C.Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). Basionym: Drimys vickeriana A.C.Smith, J. Arnold Arb. 24: 130 (1943). Type: Mt Mueller, Victoria, Luehmann & French s.n. (A). Heterotypic synonyms: Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. alpina F.Muell. ex P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgique 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Baw Baw Ranges, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n. (P). Drimys lanceolata var. parvifolia Vickery, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 62: 83 (1937). Type: Upper Yarra, Victoria, Staer s.n. (NSW). Plants as for T. xerophila, but 0.5- 1.2 m in height. Leaves compact, 0.8-2(- 2.5) cm long, 2-6 mm broad, apex obtuse, veins obscured, petiole 1.5-3. 5 rnm long. Flowers 1-15 per inflorescence, pedicels 3-10 mm long. Male flowers with stamens 8-26, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 2). Female flowers with stamens absent, carpels 1-6, with 3-6 ovules. Fruit 1-3 (rarely 4) per pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6-12 mm long, 6-10 mm broad, burgundy at maturity, flesh near skin pale burgundy, white towards centre; pedicels 4-11 mm long; seeds 2-5 per berry, 2-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm broad, black; aborted ovules white. (Fig. 12d) Specimens Collected During Study Victoria — Mt Baw Baw: Edge of car park near Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1 563 m, R.E.Raleigh 90; 1 km below Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1500 m, R.E.Raleigh 91-95; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, R.E.Raleigh 112; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, P.Y.Ladiges 1403-1412.
254 21, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 0 or 2). Female flowers 5-12 mm diameter; tepals 3-5 (rarely to 9) inserted laterally to the medial line 6.0-10 mm long, 1 . 5-2 mm wide; stamens absent; carpels 1 (rarely 2 fused) with 10-18 ovules, grooved. Fruits 1 (rarely 2) per pedicel, globose and deeply furrowed, 5. 5-7.0 mm in diameter, deep maroon to glossy black when mature; pedicels to 25 mm long; seeds 4-13 per berry, black. (Fig. 12a) Specimens Collected During Study I'ictoria — Bonang Hwy, Martins Ck, alt. 320 m, R.E. Raleigh 1 1\ Delegate River, Gunmark Rd, R.E. Raleigh 13, 97; Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m, R.E. Raleigh 21-24, 108, 109; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E. Raleigh 28; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m. R.E. Raleigh 45-49; Major Mitchell Plateau, Grampians NP, alt. 1080 m), R.E. Raleigh 50, 52-59; Beauty Spot, Otways, R.E. Raleigh 113, 114; Pirianda Gardens, Dandenong Ra., R.E. Raleigh New South Wales — Brindebella Ra., alt. 1646 m, M.Duretto 111-120. 2. Tasmannia xerophila (P.Parm.^) M.Gray, Contr. Herb. Austral, no. 26: 8 (1976). Basionym: Drimys xerophila P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgiquell: 225-6, 299- 300 (1896). Type: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, F. Mueller s.n. (P). Bushy spreading shrub to small tree, 0.6-4 m tall, dioecious; usually with clumped growth habit the result of root suckering, stems finely tuberculate, reddish when young, older stems ochre to reddish brown. Leaves alternate, be- coming pseudo-whorled below the resting buds; blades oblanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate, (2-)3- 1 4 cm long, 5-30 cm wide, coriaceous to rigid, apex obtuse to subacute; dark green above, pale green glaucous below; midrib prominent to obscured and finely tuberculate; margins of blade flat to slightly recurved; petiole 2-6 cm long. Flowers 1-16 per inflorescence; one flower per bract, with the outer of these bracts decreasing in length and width acropetally and caducous before new leaves have matured. Pedicels 7-12 mm long (male flowers), 7-15 mm long (female flowers). Male flowers with stamens 9-30, sterile carpels 1, rarely 2. Female flowers 4-8 mm diameter (excluding tepals); prophylls situated in the median plane orbicular to ovate, 3-6 mm long, tepals mostly 2, very rarely 3 or 4, inserted alternate to the prophylls, 5-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; stamenoids absent, carpels 1-8 (rarely to 11), with 2-9 ovules. Fruits 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) per pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6.5-1 1 mm long, 5-10 mm broad, glossy black to glaucous at maturity, flesh near skin dark purple, white towards centre; pedicels 5.5-14 mm long; seeds 2-7 per berry, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm broad, black; aborted ovules pink. Key to the subspecies 1. Shrub to 2.5 m tall; leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 5-17 mm wide 2a. subsp. xerophila 1. Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall; leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide; Goonmirk Rocks and Mt Ellery only 2b. subsp. robusta 2. Parmentier (1896) treats Drimys aromatica in part as synonymous with D. xerophila but does not include the type of D. aromatica in D. xerophila, nor does he list D. aromatica as a synonym of D. xerophila. He does, however, list D. .xerophila [‘aromatica’'] var. f3 aromatica (with a different type to D. aromatica) as a synonym of D. xerophila. This variety is referable to D. lanceolata and what Parmentier labelled (in herbarium) as typical D. aromatica is referable to D. xerophila (Willis 1 957). In spite of this confusion (and the fact that in the sense of Parmentier D. aromatica is synonymous with D. .xerophila), D. xerophila does not ‘definitely include the holotype’ (see ICBN, Art. 63.1 & 63.2) of D. aromatica and is therefore legitimate.
EUCALYPTUS SILVESTRIS, A NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS (MYRTACEAE) FOR VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND NOTES ON VICTORIAN OCCURRENCES OF EUCALYPTUS ODORATA K. Rule* ABSTRACT Rule, K. Eucalyptus silvestris, a new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for Victoria and South Australia and notes on Victorian occurrences of Eucalyptus odorata. Muelleria 8(2): 193-199 (1994). — Eucalyptus silvestris K.Rule is described and its distribution, affinities and conservation status are discussed. As well, comparisons with E. odorata Behr, and other mallee-box species are made and clarifications about several Victorian collections previously referred to as E. odorata are given. INTRODUCTION The original description of Eucalyptus odorata Behr was made in 1 847 fol- lowing a collection from near Nuriootpa in the Barossa Valley of South Australia. Locally referred to as Peppermint Box, its features included mallee or small tree habit, dark grey box-like bark, dull blue-green or green adult foliage, somewhat glaucous juvenile leaves of varying widths and slightly angular buds and fruits. Since then numerous other collections have been attributed to E. odorata from South Australia (the Eyre Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, the Fleurieu Peninsula, the Northern and Southern Flinders Ranges, and the Upper South-east) and Victoria (the Wimmera and North-central regions). The taxonomic history of E. odorata has been highlighted by the narning of several taxa whose integrities could not be sustained. After Behr’s original descrip- tion, F. cajuputeaMutW. exMiq. (1851 ) and F’./rwt/c/torwm Muell. exMiq. (1856) were named, both of which are now regarded as synonyms of E. odorata. Blakeley’s 1934 treatment of the species produced a number of varieties which also have been unsustainable. In the opinion of Pryor and Johnson (1971) the var. angustifolia is the one exception. The erection of Eucalyptus wimmerensis K.Rule (1990), marked the begin- ning of the dissection of the mallee-boxes, particularly E. odorata. In the course of that study, it became apparent to both this author and Mr M.I.H. Brooker of Can- berra that populations of the Upper South-east of South Australia in the vicinity of Bordertown and of adjacent areas of the Victorian Wimmera were inconsistent with the typical form. TAXONOMY Eucalyptus silvestris K.Rule sp. nov. Eucalyptus odorata affinis a qua alabastris fructibusque parvioribus, foliis juvenilibus latioribus et foliis adultis lamprophyllis. A E. wimmerensi cortice aspero habitu arboreo et foliis juvenil- ibus adultisque latioribus differt. Holotypus; Victoria, 6.8 km south of Yanac by road towards Nhill, 36°10'S, 14r27'E, 23 Apr. 1990, K.Rule 9016 (MEL). Tall, robust mallees or small spreading trees to 12 m. Bark grey, fibrous, irregularly chunky to major branches, smooth grey-brown above. Seedling leaves opposite for 3 or 4 pairs, narrowly elliptical or narrowly ovate, shortly petiolate, slightly discolorous dull, blue-green. Juvenile leaves narrowly lanceolate, lanceo- * 6 Regal Court, Vermont South, Victoria, Australia 3133 193
129
referred to as "micrantha V) and part of the "micrantha 2’ group; and (c) an
additional subgroup {viz. 'micrantha 2' group) suggests that redefinition of the
subspecific taxa of L. micrantha may be necessary.
CIRCUMSCRIPTION OF LOMANDRA OREOPHILA
Lomandra oreophila Conn & Quirico nom. & stat. nov.
Basionym; Xerotes micrantha var. sororia F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 103
(1878); Lomandra micrantha var. sororia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) H. Williamson,
Victorian Naturalist 45: 37 (1928). Lectotype (here chosen): Victoria (East
Gippsland), ‘Xerotes laxa R. Br.’ ‘Mount Wellington, Gipps Land’ [in Mueller’s
hand], F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (K); Isolecto: ‘Xerotes micrantha Endl. var.
sororia’ ‘Mount Wellington, Gippsland’ [on ‘Phytologic Museum of Victoria’
label, in Mueller’s hand], F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (K); probable Isolecto: ‘In
montibus subalpinis . . . prope montum Wellington’ [in Mueller’s hand], ‘Gipps-
land alps, about 4000' [feet] high’, F. Mueller s.n., Nov [18] 54 (MEL 20866),
‘Lower part of Mount Wellington, Gipps Land’ [probably written by C. Wilhelmi],
F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (MEL 20867)(refer Typification).
Leaves stiff and erect, 250-500 mm long, (2.5-)3.3-4(-5.5) mm wide,
glabrous, flat with margin usually ± incurved, or slightly concavo-convex (in
cross-section), not twisted; margin with a conspicuous marginal zone; basal sheath
with margin intact or occasionally slightly torn, 45-60 mm long; apex rounded
to almost truncate, or with two lateral teeth (often caused by ageing of apex)
(see Notes). Inflorescence (0.2-)0.3-0.5(-0.7) times as long as leaves with non-
flowering axis (scape) hidden or exposed; axes conspicuously covered with
tubercles 0.04-0.08 mm long. Male and female inflorescences similar; male inflor-
escences 1 4-30 cm long; female inflorescences 7-2 1 long. Male flowers with tepals
1.9-2. 6 mm long-, female flowers w'\W\ tepals 3-4.5 mm long. Fruit ovoid, c. 3 mm
diameter, pale brown. (Fig. 3)
Typification
Everett & Lee (determinavit slips) concluded that the type material of this
species {viz. Xerotes micrantha var. sororia F. Muell. ex Benth.) was held at MEL
and regarded MEL 20866 as the holotype and MEL 20867 the isotype. This view
was followed by Lee and Macfarlane ( 1 986). Whether Bentham actually examined
these specimens is not known, but two herbarium sheets of this taxon are held at K
in the Hooker Herbarium. These are best considered as type material and the
lower right specimen on the sheet with ‘Xerotes laxa R. Br.’ ‘Mount Wellington
Gipps Land’ ‘Dr ferd. Mueller’ [in Mueller’s hand] is here chosen as the lectotype.
The other two specimens on this sheet and the specimen on the other sheet are here
regarded as isolectotypes. The material held at MEL is here regarded as probable
isolectotypes.
Nomenclature
With the status of this taxon being raised to specific level, the epithet ‘sororia'
can not be used because the new combination {L. sororia) would be a later
homonym of L. sororia (L. Muell. ex Benth.) Ewart. Therefore, the new name
L. oreophila based on the type of Xerotes micrantha Endl. var. sororia F. Muell. ex
Benth. (as discussed above) is here proposed.
Other Specimens Examined
Victoria — Eastern Highlands: Moroka Range, 2 Nov. 1973, Beauglehole 43470 (MEL
1515703); 2.2 km NW of confluence [,s/c] of O’Keefe Gully and Aberfeldy Road, near Aberfeldy, 18
Oct. 1978, Walsh 161 (MEL 547912). Snowfields: Mt Howitt, 5 km SSE of Mt McDonald, 17 Jan.
1973, Beauglehole 41219 (MEL 1515700); Mt Useful, Natural Feature — Scenic Reserve, 25 Apr
1985, Beauglehole 79278 (MEL 682530); Mt Skene, 24 Feb. 1949, Willis s.n. (MEL 20868). East
POMADERRIS BREVIFOLIA (RHAMNACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-WEST WESTERN AUSTRALIA N. G. Walsh* ABSTRACT Walsh, N.G. Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia. Muelleria 8(2): 107-111 (1994). — A new species Pomaderris brevifolia N.G. Walsh, formerly included in P. myrtilloides Fenzl, is described and illustrated. P. myrtilloides is circumscribed and contrasted with the new species. INTRODUCTION The name P. myrtilloides Fenzl has been applied to a varied assemblage of shrubs, mostly occurring on limestone or lateritic substrates or on sand dunes near the southern coast of Western Australia, extending from Albany eastward to near Eucla on the South Australian border. P. myrtilloides sens. lat. has most readily been distinguished from other Western Australian species of Pomaderris in having flowers with narrow-linear petals. Other petaloid species of Pomaderris in Western Australia have distinctly obovate or spathulate petals. Consider- able variation in leaf shape, size and indumentum has been attributed to P. myrtilloides, but field observation and examination of herbarium specimens indicates the existence of two entities, readily separable on foliar, floral and fruit characters. TAXONOMY Pomaderris brevifolia N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. P. myrtilloide Fenzl affinis foliis parvioribus, crassis, margine recurvatis vel revolutis, inflores- centibus et floribus minoribus, et sepalis persistentibus differt. Typus: Western Australia, south-west, Susetta River, 34°00'S, 1 19°27'E, 13 July 1970, A.S. George 10000 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypus: PERTH) Slender shrub, to c. 1.5 m high. Young branchlets, petioles and pedicels covered with pale, short, semi-appressed silky hairs. Stipules paired, fused toward base, narrowly triangular, c. 1 mm long, silky pubescent on abaxial surface, glabrous adaxially. Leaves shortly petiolate, lamina obovate, cuneate or obcor- date, 3-7 mm long, 2-4 mm wide; apex rounded, truncate or retuse, the midvein commonly minutely exserted; lateral veins not apparent; upper surface smooth and glabrous, or with a line of short hairs along the impressed mid vein, or (rarely) shortly hispid over the entire surface; lower surface densely covered by a mat of fine stellate hairs, overlain by short appressed or slightly spreading simple hairs; margins thickened or recurved to revolute, forming a conspicuous border around the lower surface. Inflorescence an umbel-like cyme, to c. 15 mm diam., with c. 10-20 flowers; pedicels 2-5 mm long, subtended by stipule-like bracts. Flowers cream to pale pink; sepals 1.3-2 mm long, silky pubescent abaxially, glabrous adaxially; petals linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 0.8-1. 2 mm long, 0. 1-0.3 mm wide, usually glabrous, sometimes with a few appressed silky hairs on the abaxial surface. Stamens shortly exceeding petals; anthers 0.3-0. 5 mm long. Style 0.7- 1 mm long, 3-lobed apically, the lobes to 0.3 mm long. Ovary summit densely covered by short erect simple hairs, encircled by a raised glabrous rim. Capsule obovoid, 3. 5-4.5 mm long, exserted for about 1/2 of its length from the level of * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 107
110 (1862: 69) described P. stenopetala from specimens collected by Oldheld at Point Henry (near Bremer Bay), agreeing with Fenzl’s description in all but leaf shape (ovate to ovate-lanceolate) and dimension (2/3-1 1/3 inches). Surprisingly, in his description he made no reference to Fenzl’s P. myrtilloides. ‘f ®^ntham s ( 1 863: 4 1 9) description of P. myrtilloides gives the leaves varying trom oboyate to obovate-oblong, very obtuse or almost acute, slightly emargi- nate, mostly about 1/2 in. long, in the original specimens . . . glabrous above and • There is no reference to the petals being bearded or otherwise as noted by Fenzl and Mueller. Bentham’s description is followed by a brief diag- nosis ot a new variety major, with ‘leaves larger, often 1 in. long; flowers larger’ equating it with Mueller’s P. stenopetala and citing the same type specimen. 1 he type specimen of P. myrtilloides is a twig in bud, with obovate leaves obtuse or truncate at the apex, 8- 1 2 mm long and c. 4-7 mm wide, glabrous on the adaxial suriace and with a dense indumentum of fine stellate hairs overlain by short silky sirnple hairs on the abaxial surface. of herbarium material of P. myrtilloides at PERTH, CBG and MEL indicates a continuum of leaf and flower sizes from those represented by the type through to those which would accord with P. stenopetala F.Muell. l-P myrtilloides yar. major Benth.). Within the range of leaf sizes exist specimens with leaves adaxially glabrous and others with leaves finely stellate-pubescent on the adaxial surface — the latter form not hitherto included in descriptions of P. myrtilloides. Specimens at PERTH with adaxially hairy leaves had been see- regated as potentially an undescribed entity, but in the absence of other corre- lating characters, I regard these as merely variants. The habitats and ranges of both variants appear to be largely overlapping, with the adaxially pubescent form perhaps more common on deep sand and the adaxially glabrous form more common on limestone-derived substrates. r\ 1 nomenclature and a brief description of Pomaderris myrtilloides follows Only those features which differ substantially from P. brevifolia are indicated. ’ Pomaderris myrtilloides Fenzl in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. 22 (1837). Type- ‘Ora orientalis, Ferd. Bauer’; Holotype: W. ^^^^opetala F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 69 (1862). Type: Pt Henry Oldfield.; Syntypes & Isosyntypes: K (2 sheets); MEL (2 sheets) Pomaderris myrtilloides var. major Benth., FI. Austral T 419 f 18631 Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. ' M any-branched shrub, from 0.3-2 m high. Stipules narrowly triangular to subulate, 1-4 mm long. Leaves shortly petiolate, lamina obovate, elliptic or cuneate, 10-26 mm long 7-15 mm. wide; upper surface smooth and glabrous or with a line of short hairs along the impressed midvein, or entirely covered by a mat of minute ste late hairs; margins plane, not differentiated on abaxial surface. Irijlorescence l. 5-3. 5 cm diam.; pedicels 3-8 mm long. Flowers cream to pale pink, sepals 2-3 mm long; petals narrowly lanceolate to oblanceolate, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mrn wide, glabrous or more commonly sparsely to densely silky pubescent abaxially.^«/^m 0.5-0.8 mm long. Style 1-1.5 mm long 3-lobed Xm 2/3^nV^? to 0.3 mm long Capsule ohovoxd, 4-4.5 mm long, exserted for about 2/3 of its length from the level of insertion of the sepals, 5-angled in the ower p^t, s^als deciduous in fruit. Seed flattened oblong-ovoid c. 2 5 mm long with a short basal aril. ^ ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS on ^ Rye of PERTH for sharing her comments and notes RoSf Rnmnin r . species, to Roger Spencer and Mark Lee of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, for their cooperation while on a collecting trip in south-west Western Australia, to Western Mining Pty Ltd for funding the trip, and to Mali Moir who prepared the accompanying illustration ^
184 tapered near the apex, irregularly lobed, white with purple markings, about as long as the anther. Stigma higher than anther, white with purple markings. Capsule 10-12 mm X 4-5 mm, obovoid. (Fig. 2 d-f) Distribution and Habitat Locally abundant in the Wonnangatta Valley, north-eastern Victoria but probably more widespread and overlooked due to confusion with other species. It grows in herbfield in silty clay to peaty soils. Flowering Period November and December. Notes Diuris ochroma has affinities with D. venosa but can be immediately dis- tinguished by its pale yellow flowers (mauve, lilac or bluish in D. venosa) which have fewer and less prominent striae. It also has shallowly incised lateral lobes on the labellum and a much larger, more complex lamina callus which has faint accessory ridges radiating onto the lamina of the mid-lobe. D. ochroma is well isolated from D. venosa which is restricted to altitudes above 1500 m on the Northern Tablelands of New South Wales. In Victoria the new species has been linked with D. lanceolata. It can be distinguished from that species by the dark striae on the tepals and the lamina callus which is more complexely lobed and with faint accessory ridges radiating onto the midlobe. The callus of D. lanceolata consists of 2 main lobes with a third extending onto the midlobe but without any associated radiating ridges. Conservation Status Poorly known but locally common and not conserved; suggest 2K by the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1989). Etymology From the Greek ochroma, pale, wan; in reference to the pale yellow flowers. Prasophyllum suaveolens D.L.Jones & R.Bates sp. nov. P. fusco R.Br. affinis sed statura humiliore, floribus parvioribus fragrantissimis, callo labellorum laevi incrassato in tertia parte distali, et columna brevi lata proportione dilfert. Typus: Victoria, Vite Vite, 37°53'S, 143°1 1'E, 29 Nov. 1992, D.L.Jones 10872, P. Barnett & G.Beilby (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, AD, NSW). Slender terrestrial tuberous herb 10-25 cm tall. Tuberoids ovoid to obovoid, 6-10 mm across. L^a/linear-terete, 15-20 cm long, bright green, base reddish, free lamina erect, often partially withered at anthesis. Floral bracts broadly ovate- elliptical, c. 1.5 mm X 1.3 mm, subacute. Ovary obovqid-pyriform, c. 3 mm x 2.5 mm, shiny green, set at about 40 degrees to the rhachis, sessile. Inflorescence a narrow, loose spike 5-10 cm long, consisting of 10-25 flowers, flowers 4-5 mm across, green to yellowish green with some reddish markings, opening widely, strongly fragrant. Dorsal sepal linear ovate-lanceolate, 4-5 mm x 2-2.3 mm, green with reddish striae, subacute. Lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm x 1- 1.2 mm, free or connate at the base, strongly recurved, subacute, distal margins involute. Petals narrowly obovate, 4-4.5 mm x c. 1.5 mm, green with a reddish central stripe, obliquely erect, incurved, subacute. Labellum ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, greenish-cream to pinkish green, narrowed to a short basal claw, slightly gibbous at the base when viewed from the side, porrect in proximal half, distal half recurved at right angles, with entire or slightly irregular margins, the apex often recurved, apiculate; callus ovate-lanceolate, fleshy, green, shallowly channelled, margins entire, prominently thickened and fleshy in distal third.
extending nearly to the labellum apex. Column c. 1.3 mm x 1.5 mm, porrect from the end of the ovary, hardly visible from the side in the open flower; appendages linear-oblong, c. 1 mm x 0.5 mm, pale green, truncate or emarginate.^/rt^^r ovate, c. 1 mm X 1 mm, purplish. Pollinarium c. 0.9 mm long; viscidium ovate, c. 0.13 mm long, white; hamulus ligulate, c. 0.2 mm long; pollinia 4, linear-clavoid, c. 0.7 mm long, yellow, sectile. Stigma transversely quadrate, c. 1 mm x 0.6 mm, the rostellum slightly higher than the appendages. Capsules obovoid, c. 3.5 mm x 2 mm, shiny, green or reddish. (Fig. 2 g-j) Distribution and Habitat Endemic in south-western Victoria where it grows in open grassland and sparse woodland in red-brown loam. The vegetation is dominated by tussock grasses, particularly species of Danthonia and Themeda triandra. Flowering Period Mid October to mid November. Notes This species, part of the Prasophyllum fuscum complex, can be distinguished by its dwarfish stature, much smaller, strongly fragrant flowers, a broad, smooth labellum callus which is prominently thickened in the distal third and a short, proportionately broad column. It has been linked with Prasophyllum sp. A sensu Flora of Victoria Vol. 2. but is readily distinguished from that species by its much smaller flowers. The flowers of P. suaveolens readily emit a strong, spicy fragrance in warm weather. Conservation Status Apparently once widespread but now restricted to small relict areas of grass- land, principally along roadsides and in railway reserves. About 6 localities in addition to the type locality have been located (K.McDougall pers. comm.), but the identity of the species at each site needs to be confirmed. Suggest 2RC accord- ing to Briggs and Leigh (1989). Etymology From the Latin suaveolens, fragrant, smelling sweetly. Pterostylis atrans D.L.Jones sp. nov. P. obtusae R.Br. affinis sed floribus parvioribus, suggestu sinus protrudenti minus, apicibus petalorum et sepalorum dorsalium rubro-fuscis, petalis angustioribus, sepalis lateralis apicibus discretis clavigeris leniter et sepalo dorsali apice longiore filiformi differt. Typus; Australian Capital Territory, Brindabella Ranges, c. 4.3 km along Bendora Dam Rd from Bulls Head, 35°25'S, 148°45'E, 22 Feb. 1992, D.L.Jones 9092 & B.E. Jones (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, NSW, HO). Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in colonies. Rosette separate; leaves 3-5, ovate-oblong, 1-3.5 cm x 1-2 cm, dark green, entire or slightly irregular, obtuse; petioles 4-15 mm x c. 1 mm, not winged. Flowering plants 15-30 cm tall. Scape slender, smooth. Cauline leaves 4 or 5, 1-3 cm x 3-5 mm, ovate-lanceolate, sheathing at the base, long-acuminate, basal 1 or 2 reduced and bract-like. Flower solitary (rarely 2), 1.4-2 cm long, translucent white, striped and suffused with green, red-brown towards the apex of the galea; galea gibbous at the base then erect before bending forwards then strongly decurved to the apex. Dorsal sepal 2.5- 3.2 cm X 8-12 mm, inflated at the base then constricted and tapered to the apex, with a linear-filiform apical point 5-9 mm long, translucent white with dark green stripes, red-brown towards the apex. Lateral sepals erect, tightly embracing the galea; sinus protruding as a prominent platform-like bulge when viewed from the
2cm 187 Fig. 3. a-d Pterostylis atrans. a — flower from side, b — flower from front, c — column and labellum from side, d — labellum flattened out, from above, (drawn from the type collection), e-g Pterostylis commutata. e — flower from side, f — flower from front, g — labellum flattened out, from above. (Ross, Tasmania, 5 Jan. 1987, H. Ronken, CBG). h-k Pterostylis monticola. h — flower from side, i — flower from front, j — column and labellum from side, k — labellum flattened out, from above, (drawn from the type collection)
189 Etymology From the Latin commutatus, changed, altered, in reference to adaptation of the species following isolation from related taxa. Pterostylis monticola D.L.Jones sp. nov. P. alpinae R. Rogers affinis, robustiore et floribus maximis, sinu e latere visa protrudenti cur- varto leniter, et apicibus discretis sepalorum erectis supra galeam differt. Typus: Australian Capital Territory, Brindabella Ranges, just south of Bendora Arboretum, 35°25'S, 148°48T, 14 Feb. 1993, D.L.Jones 11355 & B.E.Jones (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, NSW). Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in colonies. Rosette semi-basal around the scape to cauline; leaves 3-5, elliptical, lanceolate or oblanceolate, 4-9 cm x 1.5- 2.5 cm, dark green above, paler beneath, entire or slightly undulate, obtuse to subacute; petioles 2-10 mm x 2-3 mm, prominently winged. Scape 20-A5 cm tall, slender, prominently scabrid. Sterile bract lanceolate, 3-6 cm x 9- 1 5 mm, sheath- ing at the base. Fertile bract similar. Ovary 8-12 mm long, ribbed, scabrid. Flower solitary, 40-50 mm long, translucent white striped and suffused with dark green; galea gibbous at the base then erect before curving forwards, then flat or slightly decurved to the apex. Dorsal sepal 4-6 cm x 18-23 mm, inflated at the base then constricted and tapered to the acute apex, white with a broad, dark green median stripe, green margins and apex and about 8 prominent green nerves. Lateral sepals erect, loosely embracing the galea leaving a slight lateral gap; sinus protruding as a slight bulge when viewed from the side, broadly vee-ed when viewed from the front; conjoined part 14-18 mm x 12-16 mm, narrowed to c. 4 mm across at the base, green with darker stripes, the ventral surface minutely scabrid, the upper margins inrolled, gradually tapered into the free points; free points 1 5-20 mm long, filiform, involute, erect, held high above the galea. Petals obliquely oblong- lanceolate, 3-5 cm X 7-9 mm, falcate, acute, proximal central area white, rest green; flange c. 1.3 mm across, flat, obtuse. Labellum erect, curved forwards prominently in the distal quarter, the apex protruding prominently through the sinus in the set position; lamina narrowly elliptical-lanceolate to narrowly oblong- elliptical, 1 6-20 mm x 3-4.5 mm, tapered to the obtuse apex, greenish with brown margins in the proximal half, becoming wholly dark brown towards the apex; callus c. 1 mm across, raised, slightly expanded at the apex; basal appendage 3-3.5 mm long, broadly linear, shallowly curved, apex deeply penicillate. Column 1 8-22 mm long, bent away from the ovary at about 50° then erect, pale green with brown markings. Column wings 6-7 mm long; basal lobe 3-3.5 mm x c. 2.2 mm, white, at an angle of about 45°, apex obtuse, inner margins incurved, sparsely adorned with short white cilia; mid-section c. 3.5 mm long, dark green; apical lobe linear, c. 1.6 mm long, curved, subacute. Stigma oblong-elliptical, 5-6 mm x c. 2 mm, raised. Anther c. 2 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia linear-clavate, 2-2.2 mm long, yellow, mealy, 22-26 mm x 10-12 mm, obovoid, ribs slightly scabrid. (Fig. 3 h-k). Distribution and Habitat Occurs in eastern Victoria, Australian Capital Territory and south-eastern New South Wales with a disjunct northern population at Barrington Tops. The species grows in montane forests and subalpine shrubland, usually in moist, grassy areas, soaks and near streams. Soils are usually well-structured loams and krasnozems. Flowering Period December to March.
190 Notes Pterostylis monticola has been confused with P. alpina but has much larger flowers (4-5 cm long) with the sinus protruding in a shallow curve when viewed from the side and the free points of the sepals erect above the galea. By contrast the flowers of P. alpina are about 3 cm long, with the sinus protruding prominently in an abrupt curve when viewed from the side and the free points of the sepals reflexed behind the galea. Pterostylis monticola flowers in summer whereas P. alpina is spring flowering (August to October). Pterostylis monticola also has similarities with P. furcata Lindley but whereas the latter has a smooth scape, that of the new species is scabrid. Pterostylis monticola grows at much higher elev- ations than P. alpina, with the latter mainly occurring in the foothills and lower slopes of the main ranges. Conservation Status Widespread, locally common and conserved in National Parks. Etymology From the Latin mons, a mountain, and cola, dweller; in reference to the montane habitat. Pterostylis tasmanica D.L.Jones sp. nov. P. plumosae L.Cady affinis statura humiliore, foliis et floribus parvioribus, floribus autogamatis, labello plumosiore dense et apice galeae breviore non-attenuata differt. Typus: Tasmania, Rebecca Creek, north of Temma, 4rirS, 144°40'E, 5 Nov. 1990, D.L.Jones 7030 & C. H. Broers (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: HO, MEL). Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in loose groups. Leaves 8-14, ovate- elliptical to elliptical-lanceolate, 1-2.4 cm x 3-7 mm, dark green, some with a few whitish variegations, the lower ones petiolate, arranged in a tight rosette, distal ones sessile and closely stem-embracing, apex acuminate; petioles 1-8 mm x 1- 1.5 mm, narrowly winged. Flowering plants 8-14 cm tall. Scape slender, smooth. Flower solitary (rarely 2), 1.8-2. 5 cm long, translucent green with darker green longitudinal and transverse veins, brownish towards the apex of the galea and lateral sepals; galea erect in proximal two-thirds then obliquely erect or curved forwards nearly at right angles. Dorsal sepal 18-24 mm x 12-13 mm, inflated at the base and tapered to the apex, with a short apical point 0.5- 1.5 mm long. Lateral sepals deflexed; conjoined part 7-9 mm x 3-4 mm, narrowed to c. 2 mm across at the base, with a thickened, dark green central pad, the margins incurved; free points 7-11 mm long, linear, thickened, usually brown, parallel or slightly divergent, apex subacute. Petals strongly asymmetric, falcate, 15-20 mm x 1.5-2 mm, dark green, narrowed in the distal half to an attenuated, long-acuminate apex; flange c. 0.5 mm across, obscure. Labellum porrect, curved, filiform, densely beset with yellow hairs, with an apical knob; lamina linear-filiform, 13-15 mm x c. 0.5 mm, widened into a narrowly ovate, slightly wrinkled base c. 1.5 mm across, then suddenly tapered into a short beak, tapered slightly from the base to the apex; trichomes 2-4 mm long, yellow, irregularly moniliform, a series of short, whitish erect hairs on the basal swelling; apical knob irregular, c. 2 mm x 1.3 mm, dark brown. Column 12-14 mm long, porrect from the end of the ovary. Column wings 4-5 mm long; basal lobe 1.5 mm x 1 mm, at an angle of about 20°, inner margins incurved, sparsely adorned with white cilia, apex obtuse; mid-section c. 3 mm long, transparent; apical lobe 3-4 mm, linear. Stigma c. 6-7 mm x 2.5 mm, ellip- tical, rsListd. Anther c. 1.8 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia c. 2 mm long, oblong, yellow, mealy. Capsule obovoid, 1.2- 1.6 cm x 6-8 mm, asymmetrical. (Fig. 2 k- 1 ). Distribution and Habitat Occurs in southern Victoria, Tasmania (widespread) and New Zealand (North Island and northern parts of South Island). It commonly grows in wood-
191 land and heathland in coastal and near-coastal localities. Soils are usually sandy loams derived from Tertiary sediments. Flowering Period October to December. Notes Ptewstylis tasmanica has been included with P. plumosa L.Cady but is readily distinguished by the shorter habit, smaller leaves arranged in a relatively tight rosette and smaller, self-pollinating flowers with a more densely plumose labellum and a short apical point on the galea, imparting a blunt appearance to the flower. Ptewstylis plumosa grows up top 25 cm tall, has leaves to 4 cm x 10 mm arranged in a relatively loose rosette and flowers to 4.5 cm long with an apical point on the dorsal sepal to 4 mm long. Ptewstylis plumosa is widespread in south-eastern Australia whereas P. tasmanica is restricted to southern Victoria, Tasmania and New Zealand. Conservation Status Widespread and well conserved. Etymology In reference to the distribution of the species being centred around Tasmania and the Tasmanian Basin. NEW COMBINATION Recent studies into the rufa group of Ptewstylis by the author have clarified the status of P. boormanii Rupp, P. squamata R.Br. and P. excelsa M.A.Clem. The following species has been linked with all of these taxa but is distinct and requires recognition in its own right. Pterostylis valida (Nicholls) D.L.Jones comb. & stat. nov. Basionym: Ptewstylis squamata var. valida Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 58:115, f. A-E (1941): Holotypus: Victoria: Mt Tarrengower, Maldon, J. von Bibra, 23 Oct. 1941 (MEL!). Distribution and Habitat Endemic in Victoria where known only from the type collection. Flowering Period October and November Notes This species is part of the P. excelsa complex (Clements 1989), but can be distinguished from all other related taxa by the narrower green flowers, a narrower labellurn attenuated at the apex, fewer marginal cilia and a less developed basal lobe which lacks any cilia. The species is well preserved by excellent type material and has been clearly illustrated (Nicholls 1969, plate 342). This species is appar- ently a narrow endemic and as the type locality is completely alienated, the species is presumed to be extinct. Etymology From the Latin validus, strong, robust.
A NEW SPECIES OF PULTENAEA (FABACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EAST AUSTRALIA M. G. CORRICK* ABSTRACT Corrick, M.G. A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) from south-east Australia. Muelleria 8(2); 119-122 (1994). — Pultenaea lapidosa Corrick sp. noy. from north-east Victoria and central tablelands of New South Wales is described as new. PULTENAEA LAPIDOSA Pultenaea lapidosa Corrick sp. nov. Pultenaeae subspicatae Benth. et Pultenaeae aristatae Sieber ex DC. similis, a priore foliis acuminibus longis infirmis terminatibus, a posteriore bracteolis trilobatis late differt. Typus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, 16 km ENE Omeo township on Old Track, NE of its junction with Scrubby Creek Track, 23 Nov. 1986, M.G. Corrick 10029 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: PERTH, CBG, NSW, K, BRI, HO.) Low growing erect to decumbent shrub, 0. 3-0.6 m high (rarely to 1 m high), young stems with sparse, pale hairs, old stems glabrous but retaining prominent stipular scars. Leaves alternate, petiole 1-1.5 mm long, appressed to stem, lamina spreading, linear to narrow elliptic, 6- 1 6 mm long, 0. 5-2 mm wide terminating in a long, fragile recurved tip, margin incurved, surfaces usually discolorous when dry, lower surface with sparse, long, tubercle-based hairs and midrib slightly raised, upper surface glabrous and midrib inconspicuous. Stipules dark- brown to black, 4-5 mm long, joined behind the petiole and with long, slender recurved tip and very torn margin. Inflorescence a condensed, terminal, leafy raceme of 10-25 flowers, each flower subtended by a slightly reduced leaf with enlarged stipules. Bracts absent. Calyx 10-11 mm long including pedicel of 1 mm, tube glabrous, lobes acuminate 5-6 mm long narrowing abruptly into long slender tips and covered with long, pale hairs, upper two lobes very slightly broader and less deeply divided than lower three. Bracteoles brown, 5-6 mm long, attached to pedicel immediately below calyx tube, trifid due to the presence of bracteolar stipules, central lobe covered with long pale hairs and extending one-third to half way along length of calyx lobes, stipular lobes glabrous and scarious, all lobes terminating in fine, hair-like tips. Standard 11-12 mm long and 9- 1 0 mm wide, deep orange with a paler central patch at the base surrounded by dark red lines, reverse side dark orange-red. Wings 10-11 mm long x 2.5-3 mm wide, deep orange. Keel 10- 1 1 mm long X 3.5 mm wide, deep orange-red with dark brick-red shading along the abaxial suture. (In dried specimens the whole keel appears very dark brick-red.) Ovary sessile, 2 ovulate, 1.5 mm long. Style slender and gently curved, 7- 8 mm long, summit of ovary surrounded by a tuft of pale, soft hairs otherwise glabrous. Pod ovate, 6-7 mm long, not protruding beyond calyx lobes, with a few long, fine hairs along adaxial suture at base of style. Seed obliquely ovoid 2.5- 3 mm long x 2 mm wide, dark brown with an intricately lobed aril. (Fig. 1) Etymology The specific name is taken from the Latin, lapidus, referring to the favoured habitat on rocky slopes. * 7 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 119
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(2): 113-117".
SPHAEROLOBIUM ACANTHOS (FABACEAE; MIRBELIEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM THE GRAMPIANS, VICTORIA Michael D. Crisp* ABSTRACT Crisp, Michael D. Sphaerolobium acanthos (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from the Grampians, Victoria. Muelleria 8(2): 151-154 (1994). — Sphaerolobium acanthos, which is restricted to the Grampians in western Victoria, is described as new. It is distinguished from S. daviesioides, which occurs in Western Australia. A key to eastern Australian species of Sphaerolobium is presented. SPHAEROLOBIUM ACANTHOS Sphaerolobium acanthos Crisp, sp. nov. Sphaerolobium daviesioides auct. non Turcz.; J.H. Willis, Handbook PI. Victoria 2: 256 (1972). Frutices caulibus ramisque vestitis ramulis numerosis regulatim dispositis divaricatis brevibus (1-2 cm) spinescentibus(l-)3(-5)-furcatis scaberulis, stylo longitudinaliter sinuoso et lateraliter torto, stigma pilorum caespite. S. daviesioidesT\xrcz. similis est sed differt ramulis irregularibus laevibus e partibus infernis caulium ramorumque absentibus, stylo sursum flexo nec sinuoso nec torto, stigma pilis nullis. Holotypus: Victoria, Grampians, Victoria Valley, 37°17'30"S, 142°22'30"E, 6 January 1977, /. Lewenberg s.n. (MEL 523881). Rigid, wiry shrubs, 0.2-1 m high, faintly ribbed and minutely scabrous on stems and branches; branches few, ascending, rather long; branchlets numerous, divaricate, often recurved, short (up to 1 5 mm), commonly 3-5-forked at the tips. Leaves scattered to sub-whorled, subulate, 2-3 mm long, caducous, leaving a scale-like persistent base. Flowers (1)2 on a very short (up to 0.5 mm) peduncle which is produced into a subulate tip between the flowers; bracts and bracteoles obovate, caducous. Calyx campanulate, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long, divided within 1- 1.5 mm of base, uniformly lead-grey; upper lip cuneate, emarginate, with acumi- nate outcurved tips; lower three lobes uniform, subulate. Corolla dull reddish- brown or orange; standard transversely broad-elliptic, emarginate, cordate, 7-7.5 mm long and broad including the 1-1.5 mm claw, yellow at centre; wings narrow- obovate, 6-7 x 2-2.5 mm including the 1 mm claws, with an adaxial lobe at the base; keel obliquely broad-obovate, 6-7 x 3.5 mm including the 1.5 mm claws, with an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; anthers versatile, with conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, with a 1 .5 mm stipe; style sinuous, twisted 90-180°, strongly compressed, distal portion erect and adaxially winged; wing narrowly cuneate, 1.5-2 mm long, membraneous, ciliate on margin; stigma terminal, marked by a tuft of hairs; ovary turgid, with two marginal ovules. Pod turgid, broadly obovoid-ellipsoid, somewhat oblique, c. 4.5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm diam., somewhat pruinose; immature seed obliquely very broad-ovoid, not developing an aril. (Figs. 1, 2a-b) Flowering Period December to January, or rarely November. Fruiting Period January to February. ♦Division of Botany and Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 0200 151
252 Flavonoid compositions of all taxa support the findings of morphological analyses. A recent study of essential oils in Australian species of Tasmannia (Southwell & Brophy 1992) shows the distinctiveness of T. lanceolata from T. xerophila subsp. xewphila, but unfortunately the study did not include any plants of T. vickeriana or T. xewphila subsp. wbusta. Flavonoid compositions of T. xewphila subsp. xewphila and T. xewphila subsp. wbusta highlight the simi- larities between them. None of flavonoid data, morphological data or phenology supports a hybrid origin for T. xewphila subsp. wbusta. TAXONOMIC & NOMENCLATURE CONCLUSIONS On the basis of this study, three distinct species of Tasmannia are recognised in Victoria: T. lanceolata, T. xewphila and T. vickeriana, the latter name reinstated for T. aff. xerophila (Baw Baws). Tasmannia aff. xerophila (Errinundra Plateau) is here recognised as T. xerophila subsp. robusta. Key to Victorian taxa of Tasmannia 1. Mature leaves usually less than 2 cm long, occasionally some to 2.5 cm long; mature berries burgundy (leaf apices obtuse, lamina coriaceous with veins obscure; stems finely tuberculate; tepals 2; forming aggregate fruit) 3. T. vickeriana 1 . Mature leaves 2 cm long or more (usually longer than 3 cm); mature berries black 2 2. Leaf apices acute, lamina thin, drying olive-green; stems smooth; tepals 3 or more; mature berries solitary, marked with a distinct furrow 1. T. lanceolata 2. Leaf apices obtuse to subacute, lamina coriaceous, drying brownish rubescent; stems finely tuberculate; tepals 2; mature berries forming an aggregate fruit 2. T. xerophila 1. Tasmannia lanceolata (Poir.) A.C. Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). Basionym: Winterana (as ‘Winterania’) lanceolata Poir., Encycl. 8: 799 (1808). Type': " Labillardiere s.n. in herb. Desfontaines (non vidi), isotype (ex herb. Poiret) (P)’ (see Vink 1970, p. 305). Homotypic synonym: Drimys lanceolata (Poir.) Baill., Hist. Pi. 1: 159 (1868). Heterotypic synonyms: Tasmannia aromatica R.Br. ex DC., Syst. 1: 445 (1817). Drimys aromatica (R.Br. ex DC.) F. Mueller, PI. Indig. Col. Viet. 1: 20 (I860). Lectotype: Van Diemens Land [Tasmania], R. Brown s.n. in herb. DC. (G). Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. P aromatica P. Parm., Bull. Sc. Fr. & Belg. 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Mt Bischoff, Tasmania, collector unknown (P). Bushy shrub often pyramidal in shape 1.5-4 m high, dioecious, single stemmed (sometimes up to 5-stemmed), stems smooth, reddish when young, older stems brownish red. Leaves alternate, blades lanceolate, 4-12 cm long, 8-35 mm wide, apex acute to subacute, grass green above, pale green and glaucous below; margins of blade flat, petiole 3-6 mm long; midrib and veins prominent. Flowers 3-6 per inflorescence; 1 flower per bract, with the outer bracts increasing in length and width acropetally; pedicels to 20 mm long. Male flowers with stamens up to 1 . All typification based on annotated herbarium sheets (and in accordance with Willis 1957, pp. 188- 9 and Vink 1970. p. 307). Types given in Parmentier (1896) are confused and some have been omitted.
255 2a. Tasmania xerophila subsp. xerophila Heterotypic (informal) synonym: Drimys piperita Hook. f. ‘entity 39. xerophila' Vickery, Blumea 18: 349 (1970). Misapplied name: Drimys aromatica sensu P.Parm. Bull. Sci. France Bel- gique 27: 298 (1896), non (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. Specimen examined: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, C. Walter s.n. (P) (see Willis 1957, p. 189). Small shrub to 2.5 m high. Leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 7-17 mm wide. Flowers 1- 16 per inflorescence. Female flowers with carpels 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) and ovules 2- 9 per carpel. (Fig. 12b) Specimens Collected During Study K/ctona — MtBuffaloNP.alt. 1400 m. R.E.Raleigh 1-10, 78-80, 56; Delegate R., Gunmark Rd, R.E. Raleigh 12, 14-16, 96; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E.Raleigh 29-38, 98- 102\ Falls Creek, alt 1700 m, N.G. Walsh 3288, 3289\ Chinamans Flat beside Hutchinsons Creek, alt. 880 m), K.E. Wilson 320. New South Wales — Mt Selwyn, alt. 1300 m, R.E.Raleigh 72-77\ 1 km SW Tumut Pond, alt. 1 300 m), R.E.Raleigh 8l-84\ Beside road, 10 km from Cabramurra, R.E.Raleigh 85; Thredbo R. near Thredbo village, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1250 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1422-1425; Dead Horse Gap, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1426-1428; Alpine Way, 2 km WSW Dead Horse Gap, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1429-1431. 2b. Tasmannia xerophila subsp. robusta Raleigh subsp. nov. A varietate typica habitu altiore (2.5-4 m), foliis longioribus (7- 1 4 cm) et latioribus (20-30 mm) differt. Typus: Goonmirk Rocks, East Gippsland, Victoria, 8 Jan. 1992, R. Raleigh 103. Holotypus: MEL 2014065 (female plant); Isotypus: MELU (female plant). Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall. Leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide, with petioles 3.5-6 mm long. Flowers 5-8 per inflorescence. Female flowers with car- pels 1-8, ovules 3-7 per carpel. (Fig. 12c) Specimens Collected During Study Victoria — Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m), R.E.Raleigh 18-20, 25, 26, 26a, 27, 27a, 103-107; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m, R.E.Raleigh 39-44. 3. Tasmannia vickeriana (A.C. Smith) A.C.Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). Basionym: Drimys vickeriana A.C.Smith, J. Arnold Arb. 24: 130 (1943). Type: Mt Mueller, Victoria, Luehmann & French s.n. (A). Heterotypic synonyms: Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. alpina F.Muell. ex P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgique 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Baw Baw Ranges, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n. (P). Drimys lanceolata var. parvifolia Vickery, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 62: 83 (1937). Type: Upper Yarra, Victoria, Staer s.n. (NSW). Plants as for T. xerophila, but 0.5- 1.2 m in height. Leaves compact, 0.8-2(- 2.5) cm long, 2-6 mm broad, apex obtuse, veins obscured, petiole 1.5-3. 5 rnm long. Flowers 1-15 per inflorescence, pedicels 3-10 mm long. Male flowers with stamens 8-26, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 2). Female flowers with stamens absent, carpels 1-6, with 3-6 ovules. Fruit 1-3 (rarely 4) per pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6-12 mm long, 6-10 mm broad, burgundy at maturity, flesh near skin pale burgundy, white towards centre; pedicels 4-11 mm long; seeds 2-5 per berry, 2-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm broad, black; aborted ovules white. (Fig. 12d) Specimens Collected During Study Victoria — Mt Baw Baw: Edge of car park near Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1 563 m, R.E.Raleigh 90; 1 km below Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1500 m, R.E.Raleigh 91-95; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, R.E.Raleigh 112; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, P.Y.Ladiges 1403-1412.
254 21, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 0 or 2). Female flowers 5-12 mm diameter; tepals 3-5 (rarely to 9) inserted laterally to the medial line 6.0-10 mm long, 1 . 5-2 mm wide; stamens absent; carpels 1 (rarely 2 fused) with 10-18 ovules, grooved. Fruits 1 (rarely 2) per pedicel, globose and deeply furrowed, 5. 5-7.0 mm in diameter, deep maroon to glossy black when mature; pedicels to 25 mm long; seeds 4-13 per berry, black. (Fig. 12a) Specimens Collected During Study I'ictoria — Bonang Hwy, Martins Ck, alt. 320 m, R.E. Raleigh 1 1\ Delegate River, Gunmark Rd, R.E. Raleigh 13, 97; Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m, R.E. Raleigh 21-24, 108, 109; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E. Raleigh 28; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m. R.E. Raleigh 45-49; Major Mitchell Plateau, Grampians NP, alt. 1080 m), R.E. Raleigh 50, 52-59; Beauty Spot, Otways, R.E. Raleigh 113, 114; Pirianda Gardens, Dandenong Ra., R.E. Raleigh New South Wales — Brindebella Ra., alt. 1646 m, M.Duretto 111-120. 2. Tasmannia xerophila (P.Parm.^) M.Gray, Contr. Herb. Austral, no. 26: 8 (1976). Basionym: Drimys xerophila P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgiquell: 225-6, 299- 300 (1896). Type: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, F. Mueller s.n. (P). Bushy spreading shrub to small tree, 0.6-4 m tall, dioecious; usually with clumped growth habit the result of root suckering, stems finely tuberculate, reddish when young, older stems ochre to reddish brown. Leaves alternate, be- coming pseudo-whorled below the resting buds; blades oblanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate, (2-)3- 1 4 cm long, 5-30 cm wide, coriaceous to rigid, apex obtuse to subacute; dark green above, pale green glaucous below; midrib prominent to obscured and finely tuberculate; margins of blade flat to slightly recurved; petiole 2-6 cm long. Flowers 1-16 per inflorescence; one flower per bract, with the outer of these bracts decreasing in length and width acropetally and caducous before new leaves have matured. Pedicels 7-12 mm long (male flowers), 7-15 mm long (female flowers). Male flowers with stamens 9-30, sterile carpels 1, rarely 2. Female flowers 4-8 mm diameter (excluding tepals); prophylls situated in the median plane orbicular to ovate, 3-6 mm long, tepals mostly 2, very rarely 3 or 4, inserted alternate to the prophylls, 5-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; stamenoids absent, carpels 1-8 (rarely to 11), with 2-9 ovules. Fruits 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) per pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6.5-1 1 mm long, 5-10 mm broad, glossy black to glaucous at maturity, flesh near skin dark purple, white towards centre; pedicels 5.5-14 mm long; seeds 2-7 per berry, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm broad, black; aborted ovules pink. Key to the subspecies 1. Shrub to 2.5 m tall; leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 5-17 mm wide 2a. subsp. xerophila 1. Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall; leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide; Goonmirk Rocks and Mt Ellery only 2b. subsp. robusta 2. Parmentier (1896) treats Drimys aromatica in part as synonymous with D. xerophila but does not include the type of D. aromatica in D. xerophila, nor does he list D. aromatica as a synonym of D. xerophila. He does, however, list D. .xerophila [‘aromatica’'] var. f3 aromatica (with a different type to D. aromatica) as a synonym of D. xerophila. This variety is referable to D. lanceolata and what Parmentier labelled (in herbarium) as typical D. aromatica is referable to D. xerophila (Willis 1 957). In spite of this confusion (and the fact that in the sense of Parmentier D. aromatica is synonymous with D. .xerophila), D. xerophila does not ‘definitely include the holotype’ (see ICBN, Art. 63.1 & 63.2) of D. aromatica and is therefore legitimate.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(2): 103-105, Fig. 3".
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 291-295, Figs 1-3".
BATRACHOSPERMUM ANTIPODITES SP. NOV. (BATRACHOSPERMACEAE): A WIDESPREAD FRESHWATER RED ALGA IN EASTERN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND Timothy J. Entwisle* ABSTRACT Entwisle, Timothy J. Batrachospermum antipodites sp. nov. (Batrachospermaceae, Rhodophyta): a widespread freshwater red alga in eastern Australia and New Zealand. Muelleria 8(3): 291-298 (1995). — Batrachospermum antipodites is a widespread red alga in mountain streams of New Zealand and eastern Australia. It differs from all other members of the section Batrachospermum in having primary fascicles consisting entirely of cylindrical cells with an apical dilation; carpogonia 1 9-39 pm long, borne on a branch consisting of cells similar to (but shorter than) those in fascicles, and with a sessile and club-shaped trichogyne; and with gonimoblasts sparse, 1 (rarely 2) per whorl and 70-200 pm in diameter. Comparisons with various type materials and published accounts show this to be a unique combination of characters in the section. The sec- tional classification of Batrachospermum is again challenged, and further refinements are suggested. INTRODUCTION This is the fifth paper in a series on the freshwater red algae of the Australian region, comprising a reconnaissance survey of south-eastern Australia (Entwisle & Kraft 1984), the description of a new genus from eastern Australia (Entwisle 1989), a re-evaluation of the Batrachospermum atrum complex including the description of a new species (Entwisle 1992), and an historical review of the discovery of Batrachos- permalean taxa in Australia and New Zealand (Entwisle 1993). Considerable collec- tions of Batrachospermum have been located in Australian and New Zealand herbaria stimulating an appraisal of species concepts (see also Entwisle 1993) and necessitating the establishment of a number of new taxa. As with the recent description of B. dia- tyches Entwisle (1992), the recognition of new taxa follows detailed comparison with existing type materials where possible and with all relevant published or unpublished data. A distinctive taxon widespread in Australia and New Zealand has had a chequered nomenclatural history and in this paper it is finally given a legitimate and appropriate name. MATERIALS AND METHODS Procedures for preservation and examination of material are as in Entwisle (1992) Data for most taxa have been stored in DELTA format (Dallwitz 1980; Dallwitz et al 1986) and comparisons with other Australian and New Zealand taxa as well as types were made using the INTKEY program. SPECIES ACCOUNT Batrachospermum antipodites Entwisle sp. nov. Misapplied Names: Batrachospermum ectocarpum auct. non Sirodot: Entwisle & Kraft, Aust J. Mar Freshw. Res. 35:228 (1984). * National Herbarium ot Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Australia 3141 291
CA LLISTEMON KENMORRISONII (MYRTACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM EAST GIPPSLAND W.Molyneux* ABSTRACT Molyneux, W. Callistemon kenmorrisonii (Myrtaceae), a new species from East Gipps- land. Muelleria 8 (3): 379-383 (1994). — Callistemon kenmorrisonii is described. Its relationship with Callistemon subulatus and C. citrinus is discussed. An illustration and map are provided. INTRODUCTION In Muelleria 8( 1 ):6 1 — 64( 1 993), I described Callistemon forresterae, and stated in its introduction that it was the first named of a number of apparently new species of Callistemon from eastern Gippsland, which have remained virtually uncollected, often due to remoteness of locality and limited population sizes. Callistemon kenmorrisonii is described from one such population, but rather than being remotely sited, it has been overlooked in a relatively accessible area. Even though it grows in close proximity to C. citrinus with which it may be super- ficially confused, it is a rheophytic, chasmophytic shrub (i.e. a plant which is anchored into crevices in rock) rather than one of moist ground or heathlands. No records exist of its collection under C. citrinus from the Betka River. Callistemon kenmorrisonii exhibits some characteristics of both C. subulatus and C. citrinus, but growing trials by seed indicate that its characters do not segregate toward either of these species, and illustrate only the variability one would expect to plot in any taxon. TAXONOMY Callistemon kenmorrisonii Molyneux sp. nov. a C. subulalo E.Cheel statura majore, conflorescentiis majoribus multo, antheriis purpureis, foliis majoribus difformibus, fructibus majoribus multo differt; a C. citrino (Curt.) Stapf pilis sporadicis saepe caespitosis in rhachidi, perigynio glabro praeter pilos caespitosos irregulares basi latere unico, foliis minoribus ad finem, fructibus maturis deciduis prompte, et habitatione differt. Typus: Victoria, Upper Betka River, east Gippsland, below bridge on Stony Peak Rd, c. 2.65 km south of the Princes Highway 37°32'S, 149°3UE, 12 Dec. 1993, W.M. Moly- neux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW) Shrub, upright or occasionally angular spreading, 1-3 m tall and 1-4 m wide, mostly multi-stemmed from a swollen rootstock; branching irregular; new growth ser- iceous, pink, soon becoming blue-green, eventually green with a sheen, but not glossy. Bark papery, spongy (particularly at the base), grey outside peeling to white. Leaves dense, spreading at c. 25°-45° to stems and branches, petioles variously twisted, aligning leaves in an irregular pattern; lamina stiff, coriaceous, narrowly to broadly lanceolate, mucronate, sometimes falcate, flat or shallowly concave, 1 5(25-28 & 33-46) 52 mm long, 3(4-5. 5)6 mm wide, midvein apparent only on lower surface, level with or slightly indented into the leaf, margins rounded, secondary venation not visible, oil glands large, green, darker than leaves, openly distributed on both surfaces. Conflorescence usually distally frondose or less often on short stems arising low down on old wood, upright to declined or sometimes pendulous, 30-66 flowers per head, 60(80,90 & 100)105 mm long, 55(58)60 mm wide, rachis with either a sparse scattering of long white hairs along its length, or with random patches of these hairs, which are often * P.O. Box 386, Yarra Glen, Victoria, Australia 3775 379
NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) Tom W. May* ABSTRACT May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 (1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. INTRODUCTION Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee (1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five species. METHODS Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length and the width of an individual spore. NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only species], Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 (1958). 2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 3141 287
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
346 Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- toria). Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield [623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long (including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH).
346 Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- toria). Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield [623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long (including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH).
349
Endlicher, Nov. stirp. dec. Nr 9: 78-79 (20 July 1 839), repeated exactly the generic
and specific descriptions given in the Annalen cited above. Although the month of
publication of the Annalen is undefined it is generally taken that this work has pre-
cedence over the Nov. stirp. dec. Endlicher himself seems to have accepted the. Annalen
as the major place of publication of the descriptions of Cycnogeton and C. huegelii as he
cited it but not the Nov. stirp. dec. in his later Gen. pi. Suppl 1. p. 1369 (1841).
Morphology — See Notes under T. lineare concerning stamen size.
Diagnosis
Mature carpels of T. huegelii are distinctively free, strongly incurved, and with
prominent narrow-rounded dorsal and lateral ridges. Commonly 1-6 carpels mature in
each fruit, the remainder aborting their development. Fruits with 5-6 mature carpels
are more or less globular in outline but distorted by the varied spreading or overlap of
the free carpels. Infructescences, particularly the larger ones, characteristically have one
to a few of the basal fruits isolated centimetres apart along the rachis.
Triglochin lineare Endl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 54 (1 846). Cycnogeton lineare { Endl.)
Sonder, Linnaea 28: 225 (1856). Type: “In depressis bieme inundatis ad fluvium Cyg-
norum, Middle Sevon [Swan]., 1. Jul. [1839]. Herb. Preiss. No. 2406.”. Lectotype
(here designated): “2406. / In depressis bieme inundatis / ad fluvium Cygnorum
(Middle / Swan) / Fl.virides. / Jul. 1 .39 / L. Preiss legit.” (LD)! Isolectotypes: [Preiss]
”2406” (LD, MEL 720281 & 720282)!. No types present at BM, K, M, S or W.
Triglochin procerum var. gracile Micheli in A.DC. & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108
(1881) pro parte, excl. typus, nom. illeg. See Notes under T. dubium.
Triglochin procerum var. procerum, sensu B.L. Rye in N.G. Marchant et al., FI.
Perth Region 2: 722 (1987) and in J.R. Wheeler, ed., et al., FI. Kimberley Region p. 973
(1992), non sensu stricto.
Triglochin procerum “WA”, Aston in litt.
Rhizomes to 3 cm long X 6-13 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm
long. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, sometimes broadly so, 9-28 mm long
X 6-11 mm diam. (length 1.2-3. 7 times the diam.), terminating roots 11-45 mm long;
each root 0.7-3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 23-73.5 cm long X 1 . 5— 5(— 1 0) mm
wide, (from dried material apparently not dorsiventral, submerged or floating, shortly
tapered and acute, thin-textured, possibly somewhat thickened and spongy toward the
base), sheathed over the lower section. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, not
apparent from dried material. Stems in fruit 18.5-60 cm long (including the infruc-
tescence) X 1-4.5 mm diam. Rachis 0.75-2.5 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered
upwards. Infructescence 3.5-14.5 cm long (= 1 4%— 39% of the total stem length) X
7-17 mm diam. Pedicels usually upcurved, 1— 2.5(— 3.5) mm long, rarely absent and the
fruits then sessile. Fruits loosely touching to shortly-spaced, erect to semi-erect or rarely
spreading, 10-47 per infructescence, 2. 6-4. 2 per 1 cm of rachis length, ellipsoid to
ellipsoid-obloid in outline, 6. 5-9. 6 mm long X 4.1-6. 1 mm diam. (5. 5-9.0 X 2.5-4.75
mm when dry). Carpels 6, straight and erect in fruit (occasionally the distal portions
somewhat twisted around each other when the carpels are only shortly connate), nor-
mally all maturing, occasionally 1-3 only semi-developing, 6. 3-9. 6 mm long X 1.5- 1.9
mm wide X 2. 1-2.7 mm deep (6.2-7. 7 mm long when dry); ventral edges character-
istically attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) but sometimes the
attachment considerably less; attachment length = (27%-)46%-72% of carpel length;
lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge inconspicuous to prominent, rounded, (2%-)
9%— 1 8% of carpel depth; shoulder ridges rounded, 5%- 1 7% of carpel width. (Fig. 7g-k)
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 42)
Western Australia — Langford, Perth, 27 Sep. 1 984, Bates 4285 (AD); 8 km S of Eneabba, 27 Sept. 1 977,
Hnatiuk 771429 ( PERTH); Lowden, Oct. 1909, Koch 2012 (NSW); Lort River, c. 65 km W of Esperance, 9
Oct. 1968, Orchard 1417 (AD, PERTH); 10 miles N of Busselton at turnoff to Ruabon, 22 Sept 1966
Scrymgeour 1294 (PERTH).
354 tana) and twice in South Australia (northern Lake Eyre Basin). Only recently located on the basalt plains west of Melbourne, southern Victoria. There found in similar habitat to places where T. multi fructum occurs in northern parts of the State, and believed to be native to the area. Notes See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. Diagnosis Mature fruiting plants are readily distinguished in the field by the comparatively long infructescence with typical maroon-cyclamen rachis and numerous, small, tightly- touching fruits (c. 14-27 per 1 cm of rachis length). Within Victoria and New South Wales, mature fruits are typically only 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam., globular in outline but strongly ridged. Elsewhere, fruits tend to be more ellipsoid in outline and generally somewhat larger, from 4. 5-8. 5 mm long. The 6(-8) carpels are ventrally attached along their full length except for the beak sinus and each has a prominent narrow, dorsal ridge and two noticeable lateral rdges. Triglochin procerum R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holl. 343 (1910). Cycnogeton procerum (R.Br.) Buchenau, Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen T 224 (1868). Type: “(J.T.) v.v.”. Lectotype (here designated): “Triglochin maximum / Hawkesbury 1804”, left hand specimen on sheet containing 3 collections, each with a label in R.Brown’s hand, (BM)!. Probable Isolectotypes: “[day indecipherable] Sept 1804 [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! Possible Syntypes (= the two remaining collections on the lectotype sheet, here excluded from the cir- cumscription of T. procerum R.Br.): “Triglochin / No 1 1 desc n / Carpentaria. Main [ = mainland] opposite Groote Island. / Jan> 4 desc 5, 1803”; “Carpentaria / Island h [ = North Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group] / in paludo. Dec r 20 / 1 802” (BM)! Excluded as possible Syntype (separate sheet): “Nova Hollandia, Pt Jackson — Mr Brown” (BM)! No types located at G or G-DC, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below on typification. Triglochin procerum agg., form C, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum “C” and “Cc”, Aston in Hit. Description Excluding Eastern Variant — Rhizomes semi-horizontal, 4.5-18 cm long X 7-18(30) mm diam., bearing long fine to semi-coarse to coarsely stiff fibres. Tubers usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to obovoid or obloid, 20-145 mm long X 4.5-13 mm diam. (length 2.5-20 times the diam.), ter- minating roots 37-139 mm long; each root 0.5-3. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 27-227 cm long X 7—4 1 (— 1 50 n.v., western variant) mm wide, dorsiventral, dark green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green to mid-green beneath, floating or with an emerged curve or emergent and erect to semi-erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : ± transversely elliptic in outline including the sheaths, the central spongy portion narrowly piano- to concavo-convex with width 2. 2-5. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 5-18 mm wide, equal c. 33-59% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 33-197 cm long (including the infructescence) X 4-23 mm diam. Rachis 2.5— 9(— 1 4, western variant) mm diam. at base gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale cream-green to green, or sometimes the pedicels and rarely the rachis tinged maroon. Infructescence 6-51 (-144, western variant) cm long (= 12-40%[-82%, western variant] of the total stem length) X 17- 29(-42, western variant) mm diameter. Pedicels 1.7-5. 2 mm long. Fruits touching, 67- 320 per infructescence, 5- 1 1 (- 1 8, western variant) per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to ellipsoid or rarely depressed-globular in outline, 6.8-14.4 mm long X 6.8-10.9 mm diam., the length 1. 1-1.9 times the diam., rarely slightly < diam. Carpels 6(or 7), in fruit straight and erect to partly spiralled around each other and then giving a twisted appearance to the fruit, all maturing or with 1 -2(rarely -5) only partially developing so that fruits may be asymmetrical, (6. 4-)8. 5- 13. 6 mm long X 2.35-3.4 mm wide X 3.2- 4.9 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus)
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
369 Plants are only rarely, and then very shortly caulescent, i.e. with aerial stems, (cf. for example D. caerulea var. caerulea) and hypogeous rhizomes are very short (plants tussock-forming), to quite long. In the latter growth habit it resembles D. tasmanica. The very long, lorate, strongly occluded leaves are thin and frequently arching or bent down, especially in situations of heavy shade. Flowers of D. callicarpa are very like D. caerulea Sims var. caerulea in perianth and stamen morphology. The general blue- violet coloration of the perianth and often maroon suffusions on the abaxial side of the outer tepals, combined with the deep orange strumae and the pale yellow anther colours, are distinctive. Flowers are weakly fragrant. Fruits are borne in relative abun- dance. In their brilliant, glossy, deep purple-blue colour the fruits resemble those of many taxa in the D. caerulea complex. Dianella callicarpa is easily cultivated and propagated by seed and division. Plants are self fertile and fruit production can be greatly enhanced by artificial endogamous or exogamous pollination. This is accomplished by mimicking buzz pollination (Buch- mann 1985) using a tuning fork applied to the anthers to extract pollen, which is then applied to the stigma. The common name of Swamp Flax-lily is suggested in reference to its moist habi- tat. Dianella amoena G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall, sp. now A D. longijolia R.Br. statura humile, rhizomate angusta ad 30 cm inter caespes, facienti coioniis ad 6 mm aiametrum, foliis glaucis angustis tenuibus, plus minusve deciduo-aestivalibus, asperatis valde marginibus et costis, et floribus magnis fragrantissimis malvinis, strumis staminalibus aurantiacis viv- idis et antheris luteolis differt. Typus: Victoria, Midlands, Nutfield, Victorian plant grid N35, 6 Jan. 1993 G. W.Carr 12370 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, HO, NSW, AD, CBG, K.) Extensively rhizomic, partially to fully summer-deciduous perennial herb to 90 cm high, forming extensive loose mats to 5 m wide; roots fleshy-fibrous, fusiforme, to 4 mm diam; rhizomes slender, yellow (Yellow-Grey Group 1 1 A), to 4 mm diam; shoots to c. 30 cm apart on rhizomes, usually much less. Leaves relatively small, lamina narrow linear-lanceolate, long-tapering, to 43 cm long by 4-12 mm wide, thin, broadly V- shaped to nearly flat, prominently keeled abaxially along the midrib; grey-green (near- est Yellow-Green Group 147B), concolourous, and often marked with dull crimson at the base (Red-Purple Group 59D). Leaf sheaths loosely clasping, 1/5-2/3 occluded, occulsion zone prominently thickened in cross section; blades, sheaths and midribs with prominent, closely spaced to distant pale brown, antrorse, patent or retrorse out- growths, ‘teeth’, to 0.5 mm long. Inflorescences ± erect, 20-90 cm long, scape relatively slender, usually arching; panicle branching at steep angles, irregularly ovoid-pyramidal, loose and interrupted; cymules 2-5 flowered; pedicels recurved, 3-20 mm long. Flowers large, nodding, strongly and sweetly fragrant, opening early to mid-morning, collapsing late afternoon; perianth segments pale to deep blue-violet (abaxial side Blue-Violet Group 96B.97A), strongly and equally recurved; outer tepals narrow elliptic, sub-acute, 9-9.5 mm long by 2-2.5 mm wide, 5-veined; inner tepals elliptical, shallowly emargi- nate, 9-9.5 mm long by 3.5 mm wide, 3-veined. Stamens 6.5-7 mm long; filaments very pale yellow, 2.5 mm long (straightened), slightly sigmoid in distal 1/3; strumae coni- pressed-obovoid, microscopically papillose, deep orange (Yellow-Orange Group 21 A, Orange Group 24A), 2 mm long by 1 mm wide; anthers very narrow-cuneate, pale lime- yellow (Green-Yellow Group 1C, Yellow Group 10A), 3 mm long bv 1 mm wide. Stvle whitish-translucent, 6 mm long; ovary green, depressed-globular, 1 .5 mm high by 2 mm wide; ovules 6-8 per loculus. Fruit globular or obovoid, ultimately shiny off white to dark blue-purple (nearest Violet-Blue Group 90A-90B, Yellow-White Group 1 58B) 4- 7 mm long. Seeds black shiny, smooth, angular-globose, 3 mm long by 2.5 mm wide. Etymology From the Latin amoenus — beautiful, pleasing, in reference to the neat habit and the showy, fragrant flowers.
375 The perianth segments of D. tarda are rather narrow, consistently pale blue and strongly reflexed. The colour, size, shape and proportions of the strumae and anthers are distinctive. The common name. Late-flowered Flax-lily is proposed, in reference to the flower- ing time. Dianella brevicaulis (Ostenf.) G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall. comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Dianella revo/uta R.Br. var. brevicaulis Ostenf., Del Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 3 (2): 24, t. 1, fig. 1 (1921). Lectotypus: C (right-hand piece) fide Henderson, FI. Aust.45:4S3 (1987). (Lectotypus n.v.). Dianella revoluta R.Br. f. pygmaea Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 163: 272 (1940). Lectotypus: Mt Direction, Tasmania, 5 Dec. 1921, R. A. Black, fide Henderson Fl. Aust. 45: 485 (1987)(n.v.). Illustrations: Ostenfeld op. cit., Curtis (1952). Representative Specimens Examined Victoria — Point Addis, near Anglesea, exposed coastal heath (P20), 1986/87, M.D. White 2 (MEL 690475). Melbourne, Royal Melbourne Golf Course, Cheltenham Rd, Black Rock, (N52), 27 Oct. 1987, I. C. Clarke 2052 (MEL 588772). Cape Nelson, c. 700m E of the lighthouse (E22), 3 Dec. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 51 79 (MEL 201 7297). Little Desert National Park, 0.2 km W of S end of old Nhill track, on Boundary Track, 18 Dec. 1983, G.W.Carr 7701 (MEL 1554308). Tasmania - 5 km E of South Arm, 4 Nov. 1967, J.H.Hemsley 6331 (NSW). South Australia - Coffin Bay National Park, Eyre Peninsula, 24 Oct. 1988, P.H.Venow 927 (NSW). Kingscote, Jan. 1907, J. II. Maiden (NSW 149149) Western Australia - 67 km S of Nanambina Station, S of Belladonia, 24 Oct. 1963, T.E.H.Aplin 2580 (NSW). Irwins Inlet, 24 Dec. 1912, Colby and S.W. Jackson (NSW 149164). Notes Dianella brevicaulis is abundantly distinct from D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta (sensu Henderson 1987) as recognised by Curtis (1952) and it is surprising that the species has so long retained varietal rank. Henderson (1987) noted that the taxon may warrant higher rank upon further study. In rhizome architecture, leaf, floral characters and broad distribution it is easily distinguished, as seen in the comparison with D. revoluta var. revoluta (Table 1). Plants of D. brevicaulis commonly occur with D. rev- oluta var. revoluta as understood by Henderson (1987) and Conran (1994), and with a previously unrecognised coastal taxon belonging to the D. revoluta complex (Carr & Horsfall unpublished data), but intermediates have not been recorded. Dianella porracea (R. Henderson) P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr. comb. et. stat. nov. Basionym: Dianella longifolia R.Br. var. porracea R. Henderson, FI. .L 07.45:48 1 (1987). Typus: c. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, Queensland, 9 Oct. 1977, R. Henderson 2576 (Holotypus: BRI n.v.). Illustrations: G.M. Cunningham et al. , PL W. New South Wales, 184 (1982); R.J. Henderson op. cit. fig. 68E, 221 (1987). Representative Specimens Examined Victoria - Lake Powell. ± 16 km SE of Robinvale P.O., Mallee Study Area (F39), 3 May 1977, .1. C.Beaw’lehole 561 13 (MEL 1515724). Hattah Lakes National Park, lOSep. 1960, A. C.BeauglehoIe 39298 (MEL 534244) New South H ’ ales — c. 2 km E of Minetta, 6 Nov. 1971. A.Rodd 1 918 (NSW). Lighting Ridge, 5 Nov. 1987. D.I. Wilson & P.G. Wilson ,v./?.(NSW). Between Euston and Gol Gol. I 5 Oct. 1 949. ./. Vickery ,v./t.(NSW 149256). Homestead Gorge, Mootwingec National Park, 22 Oct. 1988, I. Crawford 1094 (NSW, BRI). Queensland. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, 9 Oct. 1977, R.J. Henderson 11 25769 (NSW) Notes Henderson ( 1 987) suggested that his taxon may warrant elevation to subspecific or specific status on further study. Dianella porracea is abundantly distinct from other
366 TAXONOMY Dianella callicarpa G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall, sp. nov. Hcrba perennans, caespitosa dense ad longi-rhizoniatosam. Folia ad 160 cm longa, 2 cm lata, tenuia, lorata, atrovirentia. subnitida; vaginae occlusae partim vel pcrfecte, in sectione transversali plus minusve biconvexae. Inflorescentia ad 190 cm datum, elegans; flores fragrantes leniter, perianthium caeruleo-violaceum, tepala tenuia; strumae staminales atro-aurantiacae. antherae luteolae. Fructus purpuratus vividus. Typus: Victoria-cultivated in Melbourne garden of G.W.Carr, ex Victorian Volcanic Plain, south of Branxholme, Victorian plant grid D50, 2 Nov. 1991, G.W.Carr 1 1643 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, HO, AD, NSW, K). Loosely rhizomic to densely caespitose evergreen perennial herb to 190 cm high and 1.5 m diameter at the base, shoots touching to c. 15 cm apart; roots fibrous, not fleshy, yellow, (nearest Greyed-Orange Group 163B); rhizomes up to 20 cm long by 6- 10 mm diam, yellow, (nearest Yellow Group 6C); stems of shoots 1 0—80 mm long by 7- 8 mm diam. Leaves lorate, gradually tapering to the apex, 33-160 cm long by 8-20 mm wide, ± flat or weakly revolute, mid to dark green, (nearest Yellow-Green Group 147A), slightly discolourous, lamina smooth and glossy, minutely and irregulary scab- rous along margins and abaxial midrib, most pronounced on midrib below leaf apex. Leaf sheaths equitant, fan-shaped, tightly clasping, biconvex in cross section, *A-4/5 occluded near summit of sheath, weakly to strongly marked with dull crimson at the base (nearest Greyed-Red Group 182A), especially on the veins. Inflorescence tall, ± erect, 60- 1 90 cm long, scape slender, arching; panicle 25-50 cm long, ± narrow-conical in outline, branches widely spreading, relatively short, regularly spaced; cymules 2-12 flowered, pedicels strongly recurved, 3-1 1 mm long. Flowers nodding, medium sized, weakly but sweetly fragrant, opening early to mid morning, collapsing late afternoon; perianth segments blue-violet suffused with dull crimson (nearest Blue-Violet Group 93D); outer tepals somewhat discolourous, strongly marked with dull crimson abaxially (nearest Red-Purple Group 72A or Greyed-Red Group 182B), adaxially paler, (Violet Group 185B); segments strongly and equally recurved; broadly lanceolate to narrow ovate-lanceolate, subacute, 7-9 mm long by 3-4 mm wide, 5-veined; inner tepals (Blue- Violet Group 97A), broadly ovate, shallowly emaginate, 6.5-8 mm long by 3. 5-4. 5 mm wide, 5-veined. Stamens 6 mm long; filaments 2.5 mm long (straightened) by 0.75 mm wide, strongly sigmoid, dark blue-violet at the base, becoming white distally, ± trans- lucent; strumae compressed globose-cuneate, ± hexagonal in section, minutely papil- lose, deep orange-yellow (nearest Yellow-Orange Group 23A or Orange Group 24A); anthers dirty pale yellow, (nearest Yellow Group 10A), much darker in the lateral grooves and around the base, dorsally the darker colour extends to the apical pores; 3.5-4 mm long by 1 mm wide, very narrowly cuneate-lanceolate. Style very pale blue- violet, just exceeding the anthers, 6 mm long; ovary green, 3-locular, ± globular, 1.25 mmlongby 1.5mm wide; ovules 8 per loculus. Frw/7 globose toobovoid, ± lumpy, deep blue-purple, glossy, 6-15 mm long. Seeds globose-lenticular, slightly angular, com- pletely smooth, black, very shiny, 3 mm long by 2 mm wide. Etymology From the Greek, calli - beautiful and carpus - fruit in reference to the abundant, brilliant, deep purple fruits on a graceful infructescence. Other Specimens Examined Victoria - Type locality, 2 Nov. 1991, P.F.Horsfall and G. W.Carr 11644 (MEL). Near Lake Condah, 19 Jan. 1992, G. W.Carr 1 1695 (MEL). 6.5 miles NE of Dergholm, along McPherson Creek, 8 Dec. 1971, A.C.Beauglehole 38033 (MEL 534272). W side of Victoria Range, between Glenisla and Billywing, swamp near road, 4 Mar. 1957, A.C.Beauglehole 4633 (MEL 534260). Wannon River, Diprose Bridge, 9 km SW of Cavendish P.O., SW Study Area (D33), 5 Feb. 1978, A.C.Beauglehole 57715 (MEL 1602519). 3 km NW ofBessiebelle, SW Study Area (E6), 12 Dec. 1979, A.C.Beauglehole 67235 (MEL 1597878).
375 The perianth segments of D. tarda are rather narrow, consistently pale blue and strongly reflexed. The colour, size, shape and proportions of the strumae and anthers are distinctive. The common name. Late-flowered Flax-lily is proposed, in reference to the flower- ing time. Dianella brevicaulis (Ostenf.) G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall. comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Dianella revo/uta R.Br. var. brevicaulis Ostenf., Del Kgl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 3 (2): 24, t. 1, fig. 1 (1921). Lectotypus: C (right-hand piece) fide Henderson, FI. Aust.45:4S3 (1987). (Lectotypus n.v.). Dianella revoluta R.Br. f. pygmaea Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 163: 272 (1940). Lectotypus: Mt Direction, Tasmania, 5 Dec. 1921, R. A. Black, fide Henderson Fl. Aust. 45: 485 (1987)(n.v.). Illustrations: Ostenfeld op. cit., Curtis (1952). Representative Specimens Examined Victoria — Point Addis, near Anglesea, exposed coastal heath (P20), 1986/87, M.D. White 2 (MEL 690475). Melbourne, Royal Melbourne Golf Course, Cheltenham Rd, Black Rock, (N52), 27 Oct. 1987, I. C. Clarke 2052 (MEL 588772). Cape Nelson, c. 700m E of the lighthouse (E22), 3 Dec. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 51 79 (MEL 201 7297). Little Desert National Park, 0.2 km W of S end of old Nhill track, on Boundary Track, 18 Dec. 1983, G.W.Carr 7701 (MEL 1554308). Tasmania - 5 km E of South Arm, 4 Nov. 1967, J.H.Hemsley 6331 (NSW). South Australia - Coffin Bay National Park, Eyre Peninsula, 24 Oct. 1988, P.H.Venow 927 (NSW). Kingscote, Jan. 1907, J. II. Maiden (NSW 149149) Western Australia - 67 km S of Nanambina Station, S of Belladonia, 24 Oct. 1963, T.E.H.Aplin 2580 (NSW). Irwins Inlet, 24 Dec. 1912, Colby and S.W. Jackson (NSW 149164). Notes Dianella brevicaulis is abundantly distinct from D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta (sensu Henderson 1987) as recognised by Curtis (1952) and it is surprising that the species has so long retained varietal rank. Henderson (1987) noted that the taxon may warrant higher rank upon further study. In rhizome architecture, leaf, floral characters and broad distribution it is easily distinguished, as seen in the comparison with D. revoluta var. revoluta (Table 1). Plants of D. brevicaulis commonly occur with D. rev- oluta var. revoluta as understood by Henderson (1987) and Conran (1994), and with a previously unrecognised coastal taxon belonging to the D. revoluta complex (Carr & Horsfall unpublished data), but intermediates have not been recorded. Dianella porracea (R. Henderson) P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr. comb. et. stat. nov. Basionym: Dianella longifolia R.Br. var. porracea R. Henderson, FI. .L 07.45:48 1 (1987). Typus: c. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, Queensland, 9 Oct. 1977, R. Henderson 2576 (Holotypus: BRI n.v.). Illustrations: G.M. Cunningham et al. , PL W. New South Wales, 184 (1982); R.J. Henderson op. cit. fig. 68E, 221 (1987). Representative Specimens Examined Victoria - Lake Powell. ± 16 km SE of Robinvale P.O., Mallee Study Area (F39), 3 May 1977, .1. C.Beaw’lehole 561 13 (MEL 1515724). Hattah Lakes National Park, lOSep. 1960, A. C.BeauglehoIe 39298 (MEL 534244) New South H ’ ales — c. 2 km E of Minetta, 6 Nov. 1971. A.Rodd 1 918 (NSW). Lighting Ridge, 5 Nov. 1987. D.I. Wilson & P.G. Wilson ,v./?.(NSW). Between Euston and Gol Gol. I 5 Oct. 1 949. ./. Vickery ,v./t.(NSW 149256). Homestead Gorge, Mootwingec National Park, 22 Oct. 1988, I. Crawford 1094 (NSW, BRI). Queensland. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, 9 Oct. 1977, R.J. Henderson 11 25769 (NSW) Notes Henderson ( 1 987) suggested that his taxon may warrant elevation to subspecific or specific status on further study. Dianella porracea is abundantly distinct from other
372 Dianella amoena has no close relatives among species from Victoria, South Aus- tralia and Tasmania, and it does not belong with the D. caerulea Sims, D. revoluta R.Br., D. longifolia R.Br. or D. tasmanica J.D.Hook. groups (see Henderson 1987) which otherwise constitute the bulk of the Dianella flora of Australia. The only Herbarium material (from Hobart) at HO and NSW collected before our study was determined as D. tasmanica or D. caerulea var. caerulea, from both of which it is taxonomically dis- tant. At several sites D. amoena is sympatic with D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta and D. longifolia R.Br. var. longifolia or D. longifolia R.Br. var. grandis R.Henderson (sensu Conran 1994), and flowering times overlap for these taxa. Buzz pollination (see note under D. callicarpa ) at the type locality has been observed to be effected by 2 unidentified bee species, at least one of which also polli- nates D. longifolia var. longifolia ( sensu Ross 1993 and Conran 1994). This same bee species has been baited to flowers of a container-grown D. amoena at Hurstbridge near the type locality. At Branxholme another bee species visited D. amoena flowers and those of D. callicarpa (see note under later species). Bees approached inflorescences or clumps of inflorescences from downwind, scribing a zigzag path and actively worked flowers for pollen in the behaviour described under D. callicarpa (above). The common name of Matted Flax-lily is proposed in reference to the extensively rhizomatous habit of D. amoena. Dianella tarda P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr, sp. nov. D. longifoliae R.Br. complexae pertinenti, habitu robusto et caespitoso arete, foliis angustis crassius- culis glaucis canaliculatis valde, ad 1 60 cm longis, 1 7 mm latis, inflorescentia elata multiflora obovoi- dea anguste vel ellipsoidea et tloribus parviss fragrantissimis aperientibus serotinissimis et collaben- tibus serotini pariter distinguitur. Typus: Victoria, Riverina, Strathmerton, Victorian plant grid M9, 8 Jan. 1993 P.F.Horsfall 396 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, AD, NSW, BR1, K). Robust, densely caespitose perennial herb to 2 m high, forming clumps to 20 cm wide at the base; roots fleshy, long-fusiforme, to 90 cm long and 7-9 mm diam; rhi- zomes between shoots to 70 mm long; stems of shoots to 20 mm long and 7-9 mm diam. Leaves 35-160 cm long by 8-17 mm wide, linear-attenuate, coriaceous-fleshy, lamina moderately to strongly V-shaped in section, dark grey-green and sub-glaucous (nearest yellow-green Group 147A), margins smooth, midrib minutely scabrid near leaf tip; leaf sheaths loosely embracing, U-shaped, not or only slightly occluded, slightly keeled or rounded abaxially. Inflorescence robust, to 2 m high, scape rigidly erect; panicle nar- rowly obovoid in outline, somewhat interrupted below, dense above, branching at steep angles; cymules 2-18 flowered, closely spaced; pecidels 4-22 mm long, very slender, strongly recurved. Flowers nodding, relatively small with strong Dianthus-like fragrance, opening between 1-4 pm, collapsing between 8-10 pm; perianth very pale blue (Violet-Blue Group 97A); outer tepals narrow-elliptic, 7 mm long by 3 mm wide, 5- veined; inner tepals ovate-elliptic, 6.5 mm long by 2.5 mm wide, 3-veined. Stamens 7-9 mm long; filaments 2-3 mm long, strongly sigmoid in upper half; strumae rich yellow (nearest Yellow Group 9A), obovoid-globose, microscopically papillose, 1.5 mm long by 1mm wide; anthers pale lemon-yellow (Yellow Group 4A), narrowly linear-cuneate, 4 mm long by 1mm wide; style pale blue-violet (Violet-Blue Group 94D), 5-6.5 mm long; ovary ± globose but distinctly 3-lobed, 1.5 mm high by 1.5 mm wide, green (Yellow-Green Group 144D); ovules 5 per loculus; Fruit china blue or uncommonly white (Violet Blue Group 89A), irregularly globose, 3-10 mm long by 3-9 mm wide. Seeds lenticular-globose or angular-globose, smooth 2. 5-3. 5 mm long by 1.75-2 mm wide, black, very shiny. Etymology From the Latin tardus- late, in reference to the very late time of flower opening (early-mid afternoon) and correspondingly late flower collapsing (evening).
319 of J.W. McMahon Ski Lodge, SE slope of Mt Erica, 7 Dec. 1984, I. Salasoo 6 (MEL); 5 km NNE Mt Margaret, upstream from crossing of Blue Range Road on Storm Ck, 23 Mar. 1985, S. Forbes 2820 (MEL); Near Scout Hut between Mt Erica summit and car- park, 13 July 1985, D.E. Albrecht 1846 (MEL); Upper Thompson R. at Newlands Rd Crossing, Jan. 1992, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 132105): Distribution The Baw Baw plateau and the Blue Range, between Marysville and Taggerty. Ecology Locally abundant in wet heath or scrub land and on the fringes of cool temperate rainforest where it usually grows near streams or bogs with Epacris paludosa R.Br. and E. microphylla var. rhombifolia L. Fraser & Vickery (E. coriacea Cunn. ex DC. sen.su Ross 1990). The main flowering period is between late November and early January. This species may produce adventitious roots from the lower stems and has the ability to layer. Discussion The collections of Richea victoriana were previously referred to as R. aff. gunnii and the taxon does show affinity with R. gunnii in that both lose leaves early and have clear annular leaf scars and they grow in the same kind of environment. However R. victoriana is distinct in several characters. It differs in its habit, being a much larger more robust plant. Its leaves are considerably longer (5-10 cm) and wider(5-l 1 mm), and have a distinctive twist to them. The shorter (3-6 cm), narrower (5-7 mm), more rigid leaves of R. gunnii grow in a swirling arrangement around the stem. The inflor- escence of R. victoriana has lateral branches bearing many more flowers (3-20) than R. gunnii (3-5). Individual flowers are similar although in R. victoriana the operculum is narrower, the filaments are attached to the top of the anthers and there are no nectary scales. Also the axis and lateral branches of the inflorescence are glabrous, but are minutely pilose in R. gunnii. R. victoriana inflorescence matures basipetally whereas R. gunnii matures acropetally. There is only one other Richea occuring in Victoria and NSW and that is Richea continentis. This was described by B.L. Burtt (1941) as a distinct taxon where it was previously thought to be R. gunnii. It is clearly different in habit, forming compact multi-branched shrubs, it does not have distinct annular scars and it has a narrow, elongated inflorescence and it matures acropetally. Epacris celata R.K. Crowden, sp. nov. Epacre petrophila et E. brevijlora affinis sed foliis rotundioribus planioribusque, apice obtuso ve! mucrone brevi, et foliis margine incrassato conspicuoque. Typus: Victoria, Bogong High Plain, Watchbed Creek, 1 0 Feb. 1 993, R.K. Crowden & Y. Menadue (Holotypus: HO 308232; Iso typus: MEL) An erect to spreading shrub, 20-60 cm high, young stems red-brown, ridged with raised leaf scars, pubescent; old stems dark grey-brown with flaking bark, scars incon- spicuous. Leaves erect to spreading, elliptical or obovate, 2-4 mm long, 1.4-2. 5 mm wide, glabrous; lamina flat rarely slightly concave, 1-3 veined, mid-rib conspicuous; apex broadly acute to obtuse, blunt or with short mucro; base broadly to narrowly acute; margin entire, distinctively thickened, scabrid in young leaves; petiole appressed upto 1 mm long glabrous or sparsely ciliate. Flowers few 7-8 mm diam., clustered at ends of branches , peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts red-tinged ovate, margins ciliate; sepals red- tinged, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, ovate-lanceolate, acute, margins ciliolate; corolla white, campanulate 2 mm diameter in the throat, tube 1-1.5 mm long, lobes spreading 2-3 mm long, apex obtuse; corolla caducous. Stamens 5, anthers visible in the throat, projecting inwards, c. 1 mm long, on filaments equally long, attached in centre; stigma rounded, below the level of anthers; style short and slender c. 0.5 mm long; ovary glo-
GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM (FABACEAE: MIRBELIEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA Michael D. Crisp* ABSTRACT Crisp, Michael D. Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 8(3): 307-310 (1995). — Gompholobium incon- spicuum, occurring along the eastern side of the ranges from the central coast of New South Wales to eastern Gippsland in Victoria, is described as new. It is distinguished from its parapatric (more northerly) relative G. uncinatum by its greenish yellow petals, subulate recurved stipules, and earlier flowering season. GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM Gompholobium inconspicuum Crisp, sp. nov. Gompholobium sp. B, Wiecek, FI. New South Wales 2: 470 (1991). Habitu humile diffusum, foliis foliolis tribus linearibus uncinatis, caulibus juvenibus fere glabris sed dense tuberculatis floribus parvis (c. 1 cm longis) et carina glabra G. uncinato Cunn. ex Benth. maxime simile, ditiert petalis citrinis, stipulis visibilibus subulatis recurvis, florescentia a mense lulio ad men- sem September. Typus: New South Wales, Central Coast, c. 15 km N of Windsor, Blaxland Ridge 0 5 km W of turn-off from Putty Rd, 33°28'S, 150°48'E, 1 Aug. 1994, M D Crisp 8S42 (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, GAUBA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW). Shrubs with diffuse wiry erect, spreading or prostrate stems to 45 cm long; branch- lets terete, glabrate, densely tuberculate. Leaves scattered, subsessile, digitately trifolio- late, leaflets ascending, linear, with an acuminate recurved apex, recurved margins, tapered to the base, 3-10 mm long, 0.2-1 mm broad, lacking visible veins, rather thick grey-green; petioles appressed, 0.3-1 mm long; petiolules pulvinate, minute (c. 0.2 mm long); stipules subulate, 0.2-0. 5 mm long. Inflorescences numerous, terminal, each a raceme with 1-2(3) flowers; peduncle tuberculate, 0-3 mm long, bearing a few sterile bracts below the subtending bracts; pedicel smooth, 2-6 mm long, with a pair of brac- teoles near the base; bracts and bracteoles subulate, 0.5-1. 5 mm long. Buds ellipsoid, apiculate, not ridged at junction of valvate calyx-lobes. Flowers inconspicuous, seldom opened fully. Calyx 5-6 mm long, divided to within 1 mm of base into 5 equal tri- angular acuminate lobes with ciliolate margins, lead-grey externally. Standard partly conduplicate at anthesis, very broad- to depressed-ovate, emarginate, 7-9 mm long including the 0. 5- 1 mm claw, 8- 1 2 mm broad, lemon-yellow adaxially, lead-grey abax- lally; wings narrow-obovate to somewhat spathulate, 5-7 mm long including the 0.5 mm claw, 1-3 mm broad, with an adaxial lobe at the base, lemon-yellow; keel obovate to elliptic, 6. 5-7. 5 mm long including the 1.5 mm claws, 3-3.5 mm broad, green, with an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; filaments filiform; anthers ver- satile, with a conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, 7 mm long including 0.7 mm stipe and 2 mm style; style strongly incurved; stigma terminal, min- ute, papillate; ovary narrow-cylindric, obtuse at apex, tapered to base; ovules 12-20 in two rows on thick reflexed funicles. Pod oblong-ellipsoid, turgid, 8-11 mm long, 6-7 mm diam., smooth, light brown infused with lead-grey; immature seed ellipsoid with a strong radicular lobe, c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam.; testa minutely rugulose, blis- tered around hilum; aril absent. (Fig. 1) Flowering Period From July (in the north) until September (in the south and on the tablelands). * Division of Botany & Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia 0200 307
GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM (FABACEAE: MIRBELIEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA Michael D. Crisp* ABSTRACT Crisp, Michael D. Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 8(3): 307-310 (1995). — Gompholobium incon- spicuum, occurring along the eastern side of the ranges from the central coast of New South Wales to eastern Gippsland in Victoria, is described as new. It is distinguished from its parapatric (more northerly) relative G. uncinatum by its greenish yellow petals, subulate recurved stipules, and earlier flowering season. GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM Gompholobium inconspicuum Crisp, sp. nov. Gompholobium sp. B, Wiecek, FI. New South Wales 2: 470 (1991). Habitu humile diffusum, foliis foliolis tribus linearibus uncinatis, caulibus juvenibus fere glabris sed dense tuberculatis floribus parvis (c. 1 cm longis) et carina glabra G. uncinato Cunn. ex Benth. maxime simile, ditiert petalis citrinis, stipulis visibilibus subulatis recurvis, florescentia a mense lulio ad men- sem September. Typus: New South Wales, Central Coast, c. 15 km N of Windsor, Blaxland Ridge 0 5 km W of turn-off from Putty Rd, 33°28'S, 150°48'E, 1 Aug. 1994, M D Crisp 8S42 (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, GAUBA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW). Shrubs with diffuse wiry erect, spreading or prostrate stems to 45 cm long; branch- lets terete, glabrate, densely tuberculate. Leaves scattered, subsessile, digitately trifolio- late, leaflets ascending, linear, with an acuminate recurved apex, recurved margins, tapered to the base, 3-10 mm long, 0.2-1 mm broad, lacking visible veins, rather thick grey-green; petioles appressed, 0.3-1 mm long; petiolules pulvinate, minute (c. 0.2 mm long); stipules subulate, 0.2-0. 5 mm long. Inflorescences numerous, terminal, each a raceme with 1-2(3) flowers; peduncle tuberculate, 0-3 mm long, bearing a few sterile bracts below the subtending bracts; pedicel smooth, 2-6 mm long, with a pair of brac- teoles near the base; bracts and bracteoles subulate, 0.5-1. 5 mm long. Buds ellipsoid, apiculate, not ridged at junction of valvate calyx-lobes. Flowers inconspicuous, seldom opened fully. Calyx 5-6 mm long, divided to within 1 mm of base into 5 equal tri- angular acuminate lobes with ciliolate margins, lead-grey externally. Standard partly conduplicate at anthesis, very broad- to depressed-ovate, emarginate, 7-9 mm long including the 0. 5- 1 mm claw, 8- 1 2 mm broad, lemon-yellow adaxially, lead-grey abax- lally; wings narrow-obovate to somewhat spathulate, 5-7 mm long including the 0.5 mm claw, 1-3 mm broad, with an adaxial lobe at the base, lemon-yellow; keel obovate to elliptic, 6. 5-7. 5 mm long including the 1.5 mm claws, 3-3.5 mm broad, green, with an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; filaments filiform; anthers ver- satile, with a conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, 7 mm long including 0.7 mm stipe and 2 mm style; style strongly incurved; stigma terminal, min- ute, papillate; ovary narrow-cylindric, obtuse at apex, tapered to base; ovules 12-20 in two rows on thick reflexed funicles. Pod oblong-ellipsoid, turgid, 8-11 mm long, 6-7 mm diam., smooth, light brown infused with lead-grey; immature seed ellipsoid with a strong radicular lobe, c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam.; testa minutely rugulose, blis- tered around hilum; aril absent. (Fig. 1) Flowering Period From July (in the north) until September (in the south and on the tablelands). * Division of Botany & Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia 0200 307
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 311-316, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) Tom W. May* ABSTRACT May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 (1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. INTRODUCTION Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee (1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five species. METHODS Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length and the width of an individual spore. NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only species], Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 (1958). 2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 3141 287
NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) Tom W. May* ABSTRACT May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 (1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. INTRODUCTION Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee (1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five species. METHODS Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length and the width of an individual spore. NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only species], Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 (1958). 2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 3141 287
NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) Tom W. May* ABSTRACT May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 (1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. INTRODUCTION Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee (1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five species. METHODS Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length and the width of an individual spore. NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only species], Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 (1958). 2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 3141 287
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
303 Further field searches lor the occurrence of Neolucia mathewi on other species of Monotoca are required to test this hypothesis. M. oreophila differs from both M. elliptica s. str. and M. ‘albens' in features of the conflorescence and overwintering SGU buds. In M. oreophila the axis of the conflor- escence is blastotelic, so that the leafy portion of the current SGU grows out before or during anthesis. Exceptionally rarely do a few conflorescences simulate a short raceme due to the SGU menstem aborting. In M. elliptic and M. ‘albens, most or all conflor- escences simulate racemes. These raceme-like conflorescences are either terminated by a flower and all bracts are caducous, or sometimes the axis extends just beyond the uppermost uniflorescence and the uppermost bracts and/or leaves are short, broad and persistent. These axes contribute little to seasonal extension growth. Few if any con- florescences are blastotelic (exceptionally rarely blastotelic and raceme-like conflores- cences equal in proportions, but then longer' leaves exceeding 11 mm long) most extension growth being attributable to sterile SGU’s. Correlated with conflorescence structure is the size of the overwintering SGU buds. In M. oreophila the SGU buds just prior to shooting are large, tinged reddish- brown and enclose the SGU axis with flower buds and rudimentary leaves. In M. elliptic and M. ‘albens’ the SGU buds just prior to shooting are smaller, brown and usually enclose only the SGU axis with flower buds. M. oreophila further differs from M. elliptica s. str. in having denser, shorter (3.8- 1 1 mm long, cf. 9-23 mm long) and narrower leaves ( 1 .4-2.8 mm wide, cf 2 4-6 5 mm wide); shorter corolla tubes (in male flowers 0.4-0.8 mm long, cf.(0.8-)l-l 5 mm long)- shorter anthers (0.8-1.2 (-1.3) mm long, cf. ( 1 . 1 -) 1 .2- 1 .9 mm long); and in habitat preference (montane-subalpine, cf. coastal). M. oreophila further differs from M ’alb- ens in having white-cream rather than generally pale yellow-green corollas and in its leaves that are denser (5-15 per cm, cf. 3-8 per cm) and slightly shorter (longest leaves < 1 1 mm long, cf. usually > 1 1 mm long). Monotoca billawinica Albr., sp. nov. Monotoca glaucae (Labill.) Druce affinis sepalis et corolla et antheris longioribus et colore fructus dif- tert, ab Montoca scoparia ( Smith) R.Br. habitu robustiore, lignotubere absente, foliis latioribus et intlorescentia dissimili difFert. Tvrus: Victoria Grampians, near the start of the Mt Thackeray walking track, Victoria Range, 37 18 20 S, 142°20'E, 3 April 1988, D.E. Albrecht 3536 [Holotypus (func- tionally male): MEL 712598; Isotypi (functionally male): MEL 712597, HO K NSW- Paratype (female): MEL 712599; Isoparatypi: HO, K, NSW. Densely branched non-lignotuberous shrub or small tree 2-4.5 m high; bark per- sistent, ultimately rough and fissured; current seasons branchlets brown or reddish- brown, glabrous or with an indumentum of minute stiff spreading hairs c. 0.05 mm long ± glabrescent by second year. Leaves erect to spreading, flat to convex elliptic rarely lanceolate or oblanceolate, (7-)9-17(-26) mm long, (2.1-)2.3-4(-4.2) mm wide! rigid, lower surface distinctly whitish (due to numerous wax covered papillae) with branched subparallel-palmate veins; margins entire, plane to slightly recurved- apical mucro 045-1 7 mm long, pungent; petiole (0.8-)l-2.1 mm long, glabrous on abaxial surface. Conflorescence consisting of single-flowered axillary uniflorescences (lacking a subsidiary rudimentary bud) and/or 2-8-flowered (plus rudimentary bud) axillary spi- cate uniflorescences borne on current seasons SGU; lowermost spikes (1.4-)1.7-5(-6) mm long including peduncle (0.2-)0.6-2.7 mm long, proximal sterile bracts absent or very rarely 1-2 present; when uniflorescences spicate bracts persistent on spike axis, the lowest 0.5-1. 1 mm long, when uniflorescences single-flowered bracts caducous or per- sistent and leaf-like; bracteoles (0.7-)0.8-l .4 mm long, inserted immediately or shortly below the sepals; female and functionally male flowers on separate plants Sepals 5,( 1 .2-) 1 .3- 1 ,8(- 1 .9) mm long, ciliolate. Corolla 5-lobed, whitish-cream, campanulate 2.4-3. 1mm long in male flowers including tube 1-1.8 mm long; 1.6-2. 3 mm long in female flowers including tube 0.7- 1.2 mm long; lobes finally recurved, glabrous or occasionally papillose adaxially, c. equal in length to the tube. Anthers 1 .2- 1 .9 mm long.
TWO NEW SPECIES OF MONOTOCA (EPACRIDACEAE) ENDEMIC IN VICTORIA David Albrecht’ ABSTRACT David Albrecht, Two new species of Monotoca (Epacridaceae) endemic in Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 299-306 (1995). — Monotoca oreophila and Monotoca billawinica are described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, conservation status, habitat and relationships with other species of Monotoca. INTRODUCTION A revision of the genus Monotoca is currently being completed and it is apparent that several segregate taxa are without epithets. This paper validates two new names so that they may be included in a treatment of the genus for the forthcoming Flora of Victoria. The two species described herein have female and functionally male flowers on separate plants. In female flowers the stamens are reduced to antherless staminodes. Floral measurements are based on fresh or rehydrated material and it should be noted that some shrinkage occurs when flowers dry. the terminology used to describe inflor- escence structures largely follows Briggs and Johnson ( 1 979). The term seasonal growth unit (SGU) refers to the shoot or system of shoots formed within a single growing season and arising from an axis formed in a previous growing season. The first few ‘juvenile’ leaves within a SGU are often broader, more obtuse apically and differently shaped than leaves that appear subsequently. These leaves are not considered in the descrip- tions. For consistency, leaf descriptions are based on leaves taken from the middle section of the previous seasons SGU as are measurements of leaf density. When uni- florescences are spicate, the length of the primary axis of the uniflorescence (hereafter called the peduncle) is measured as the distance between the base of the peduncle and the lowermost bract (sterile or fertile). TAXONOMY Monotoca oreophila Albr. sp. nov. Monotoca ellipticae (Smith) R.Br. et Monotoca albenti R.Br. affinis ab ambabus conflorescentibus blastotelicis et gemmis hornotinis majoribus differt; ab M. ellipticae foliis brevioribus angustioribus congestioribus, tubo corollae et anthera breviore et habitatione montano vel subalpino, et ab M. albenti corolla alba vel cremea et foliis congestioribus differt. Typus: Victoria, Snowfields, Mt Wellington summit, 1 3 Dec. 1 988, D.E. Albrecht 3728 [Holotypus (functionally male): MEF 2016696; Isotypi (functionally male)- HO NSW; Paratypus (female): MEF 2018951; Isoparatypi: HO, NSW.] Densely foliose non-lignotuberous shrub, procumbent to erect, 0.2-2.5 m high; bark persistent, ultimately rough and fissured; current seasons branchlets brown, reddish- brown or maroon, with an indumentum of minute stiff spreading hairs 0.05-0.1 mm long or almost glabrous, glabrescent by second year. Leaves dense (5-15 per cm), ascending or spreading, leaving prominent scars after abscission, convex, lanceolate to elliptic, 3.8-1 1 mm long, 1.4-2. 8 mm wide, upper surface green and glabrous, lower surface distinctly whitish (due to numerous wax-covered papillae) and usually with conspicuous ± branched subparallel-palmate veins; margins slightly recurved; apical mucro 0.2-0. 6 mm long, weakly pungent; petiole 0.5-1. 1 mm long, glabrous on both surfaces. Overwintering SGU buds large, enclosing SGU axis with flower buds and * Northern Territory Herbarium, Conservation Commission of Northern Territory PO Box 1046 Alice Springs, N.T., Australia 0871 299
302 tasmanica. The more exposed and drier cliff edge population at Nelsons Crag supports a different range of associated species including Grevillea miqueliana, Leptospermum brevipes, Monotoca scoparia, Westringia senifolia, Callistemon pallidus and Derwentia perfoliata. Nomenclature Monotoca oreophila is listed by Ross (1993) as M. sp. aff. elliptica (Alps). Reference to this entity dates back to Bentham ( 1868), who assigned specimens to either a small- flowered mountain population of M. elliptica (Smith) R.Br. (based on F. Mueller's specimen from the Baw Baws) or to his new taxon M. scoparia (Smith) R.Br. var. sub- mutica (based on F. Mueller's specimen from Mount Useful). Mueller’s Mount Useful specimen is one of two collections cited by Bentham in the protologue of M. scoparia var. submutica, the other being a collection of C. Stuart’s gathered on Mount La Perouse in Tasmania. The two collections are discordant. Jar- man and Crowden (1978) elevated Bentham’s variety to specific rank as M. submutica, and recognised two Tasmanian varieties, the var. autumnalis being described as new. They cite Stuart’s specimen from Mount La Perouse (housed at K) as the holotype of the basionym M. scoparia var. submutica. An additional two specimens collected by Stuart on Mount La Perouse and seen by Bentham are housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). In the strict sense Stuart’s specimen at Kew is not the holotype but one of several syntypes representing two different elements. Fortunately Stuart’s collection conforms more closely to the protologue than does Mueller’s specimen from Mount Useful because the leaves are ‘scarcely mucronate’. In order to extricate the Mount Useful specimen from M. submutica sensu stricto so that the entity it represents can be described, one of Stuart’s Mount La Perouse specimens housed at MEL is here selected as the lectotype of M. submutica (M. scoparia var. submutica). Monotoca submutica (Benth.) S.J. Jarman, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1 12: 1 (1978). Basionym: Monotoca scoparia (Smith) R.Br. var. submutica Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 23 1 (1868). Lectotype (here selected): Ascent of Mount La Perouse, Tasmania, 1877, C. Stuart (MEL 74671). Discussion Plants in all but one population have a low stature, rarely exceeding 1 m high. The Mt Useful population is comprised of unusually tall plants to 2.5 m high, but are typical in all other respects. Monotoca oreophila has been confused with M. submutica, M. scoparia and M. elliptica s. lat., but only bears a particularly close relationship to the latter. M. oreophila is readily distinguished from M. submutica by the pungent rather than innocuous leaf apices, strictly single-flowered uniflorescences and by the anthers that do not become strongly concave abaxially after the pollen is shed. M. scoparia differs from M. oreophila in several characters including the presence of a lignotuber, spicate uniflorescences and male corollas with the tube longer than (rarely almost equal to) the lobes. The combination of strictly single-flowered uniflorescences, pungent leaves, single-celled ovaries and red fruit in M. oreophila suggest a close relationship with M. elliptica s. lat. The taxonomy of M. elliptica is still unresolved but there appears to be some merit in resurrecting M. albens R.Br. at some taxonomic level for the small- flowered populations occurring along the eastern edge of the New South Wales southern tablelands from Mt Imlay north to the Blue Mountains. M. elliptica s. str. occurs exclusively in near-coastal areas from north-eastern Tasmania to north of Sydney. Further evidence possibly corroborating the close relationship between M. oreophila, M. ‘albens’ and M. elliptica comes from their relationship with a particular species of butterfly. Despite there being no overlap in the distributional ranges of M. oreophila, M. ‘albens’ and M. elliptica, all three taxa are important food plants for the larvae of Neo- lucia mathewi (Mathew’s Blue Butterfly). Based on current knowledge the larvae of N. mathewi appear to be restricted exclusively to the M. oreophila-M. ‘albens -M. elliptica group despite the presence of several other species of Monotoca within its range.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 265-266, Fig. 1".
NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) Tom W. May* ABSTRACT May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 (1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. INTRODUCTION Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee (1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five species. METHODS Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length and the width of an individual spore. NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only species], Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 (1958). 2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. * National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 3141 287
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 288-289".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 287-288".
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
288 Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as ‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3:127 (1956). Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 (1993). 4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 487 (1928). Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 172 (1934). Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). 5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1993). PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 (1934) non Vittad. (1831). Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 (1920). Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- onym], C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- arate pending the availability of further collections. The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee (1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the exposed portion is orange.
393 and crisped, but a collection (J.H. Willis, Dec 1932, MEL 1619502) from Tonimbuk in Victoria and some Tasmanian collections are almost glabrous. The seed aril of P. forsythiana is narrow and rugose whilst that of P. juniperina is intricately divided into numerous fleshy threads. P. forsythiana in Victoria shows con- siderable variation in bracteole size and vestiture. The typical form from the Eastern Highlands and Snowfields has narrow lanceolate bracteoles, longer than the calyx-tube with a very hairy mid-rib. The majority of other collections have broad lanceolate to ovate bracteoles, shorter than the calyx-tube and with the mid-rib only slightly hairy. Selected Specimens Examined Victoria — 3 km S along Aberfeldy-Walhalla Road from its intersection with Binns Road, 26 Sep. 1985, D E Albrecht 1901, Benambra-Corryong Road at Gibbo River bridge, 1 Nov 1977, M.G. Corrick 6008' Otway Range, 8 km SW of Forrest, 26 Oct 1 984, S.G. Harris 3 k, Playground top, between Cobberas No. 1 and Rams Horn, 12 Jan 1949, N.A. Wakefield 2602. P. forsythiana occurs on heavier loam soils in moist forest, usually on mountain slopes, in Victoria and the Southern and Central Tablelands of New South Wales. P. juniperina in Victoria is restricted to sandy soils in the heathland understorey ot the Grampians and near Tonimbuk but is widespread in a variety of habitats in Tas- mania. Pultenaea mollis Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Interior East Austt alia 2. 258 (1838) P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 127 (1864) P mollis as currently recognized in Victoria is a highly variable taxon. It is wide- spread in the state, mainly south of the Dividing Range usually in moist forest as part of a shrub or heathland understorey. Williamson (1922 and 1928) commented on the problems and segregated some taxa. . . . In publishing P. viscosa Bentham (1864) includes in his type citation a specimen collected from Mt Sturgeon by Robertson as well as Brown’s collection from Parra- matta Under P. mollis he cites a collection by Mitchell from Wannon River at the foot of the Grampians. Mitchell’s expedition camped on the Wannon River near the foot of Mt Sturgeon and there seems little doubt that both the Robertson and Mitchell col- lections came from the same population. Bentham also commented on the similarities between If mollis , If viscosa and P. hibbertioides. P. hibbertioides Hook.f. has already been placed in synonymy under P. mollis (Corrick 1988). I have seen this plant in the type locality in Tasmania and believe it to be indistinguishable from many of the Vic- torian populations of P. mollis. P viscosa , as recognized by Willis ( 1 972), is known in V ictoria from only one or two localities in East Gippsland. The large, long bracteoles, large bracts and stipules and broad leaves which are considered to distinguish it from P. mollis occur singly or in combination in many populations of P. mollis. Variation is particularly evident in the Grampians where the plant is widespread. . I have observed and collected P. mollis from most of the areas of Victoria where it occurs and also in southern New South Wales where Mueller collected material cited by Bentham ( 1 864) under P. viscosa. Differences between the extremes of variation seem striking but the extremes are linked by an enormous number of intermediate forms; until a complete study of the complex can be undertaken it seems preferable to regard it as one polymorphic taxon. Selected Specimens Examined Victoria — Wannon River, 14 Sep. 1836, T.L. Mitchell 299 (MEL, Isotype); Wilson’s Promontory, 5 Nov 1980 M.G. Corrick 7075 (MEL); 2.5 miles SE Gembrook, 5 Oct. 1960, T.B. Muir 1293 (MEL); Buffalo Range Mar 1853 F Mueller s.n. (MEL 1503843); Grampians; Junction of Roses Creek and Mt Victory Road, 1 6 Oct. 1976, M.G. Corrick 5623 (MEL); Mt William Road, 20 Nov. 1976, M.G. Corrick 5715 (MEL). New South Wales — Nalbaugh National Park, 22 Nov. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3175 (MEL).
392 Pultenaea sericea (Benth.) Corrick, stat. now P. paleacea var. sericea Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 1 16 (1864). Lectotype (here selec- ted): Victoria, Marshy places near Melbourne, 4 Dec. 1855, F.M. Adamson (K). P. sericea is distinguished by its narrow linear leaves usually not more than 3 mm wide and more than 8 times as long as wide and by the narrow bracteoles 0.75-1 mm wide attached about 2-3 mm above the base of the calyx-tube. The floral bracts are also distinctive in their pale straw colour and in that the longest of them exceeds the length of the calyx in contrast to the broad floral bracts of P. williamsonii which are usually shorter than the calyx. P. sericea occurs in heathlands of southern Victoria and NE Tasmania. Selected Specimens Examined Victoria — Wilson’s Promontory, 9 Nov. 1908, Audas and St John s.n. (MEL 624751); Cicada Trail between Mueller and Wingan Rivers, 22 Nov. 1969 , A.C.Beauglehole 31969 and E.W. Finck( MEL); Lang- warnn Railway Reserve, 12 Nov. 1978, M.G. Corrick 6174 (MEL); Railway easement between Clarkefield and Riddell’s Creek, 19 Oct. 1982, B. Kemp s.n. (MEL 628577). Tasmania — Bridport, 15 Nov. 1952, IT. A/. Curtis s.n. (MEL 598217). Comparison of some distinguishing characters of P. paleacea var. paleacea , P. helophila and P. williamsonii [adapted from Briggs & Crisp (1994)] P. paleacea P. helophila P. williamsonii Leaf length 6-12 [23] 6-25 5-25 Leaf width 0.8-3 [5] 1-3 [6] 2-8 Stipule length 5-7 [10] 6-10 5-7 Bracteole length 4-6 3.5-5 4.5-5 Bractoele width 1-1.25 0.75-1 1.5-2 Bracteole attachment 1.5-2. 5 2-3 0-0.5 from base of calyx Floral bract colour Dark reddish Pale straw Dark reddish (measurements in mm) brown colour brown Pultenaea forsythiana Blakely, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1: 121 (1941). Type: New South Wales, Lobbs Hole, Nov. 1900, W. Forsyth (NSW). P.juniperina Labill. var. leiocalyx Blakely, Contr. Natl. Herb. New South Wales 1: 123 (Mar. 1941). Lectotype (here selected): New South Wales, Mt Kosciusko up to 5500 ft, Jan. 1898, J.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW). P. forsythiana Blakely var. uni flora Blakely, Contr. New South Wales. Natl. Herb. 1: 122 (Mar. 1941). Lectotype (here selected): New South Wales, Brindabella Mtn, Fed- eral Capital Territory, 10 Dec. 1911,7?.//. Cambage No. 3334 (NSW). P. juniperina Labill. var. macrophylla Wawra, Itinera Principum S. Coburgi 1:13 (1883). Type: Ebene um Dandenong Coll. I. 592 n.v. P. juniperina Labill. var. planifolia H.B. Williamson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria n.s. 33: 138 (1921) nom. illeg.. Type: New South Wales, Clarence River, Beckler (MEL). P. juniperina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick Muelleria 3: 249 (Sept. 1977). Basionym: P. flexilis var. mucronata Benth. Type: New South Wales, Clarence River, Beckler (MEL). This taxon differs from P. juniperina chiefly in the leaves which are wider above the middle, narrow gradually towards the base and have a mucronate tip. The leaves of P. juniperina are broadest near the base and often cordate and narrow gradually into a slender pungent tip. Blakely’s protologue describes the leaves of P. forsythiana as being paler on the lower surface than the upper. Examination of the type collection does not support this, the lower surface is distinctly darker than the upper, a character which is consistent throughout the range of specimens examined. The calyx of P. forsythiana is glabrous externally except for the densely ciliate margins of the calyx lobes. P. juniperina usually has some hairs on the calyx, often dense
NOTES ON PULTENAEA Sm. (FABACEAE) IN VICTORIA M.G. Corrick* ABSTRACT M.G. Corrick. Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 391-394 (1994). — One species of Pultenaea, P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth. is placed in synonymy under P. mollis Lindl. and three varieties of Pultenaea , P. paleacea Willd. var. sericea Benth., P. paleacea Willd. var. williamsonii (Maiden) FI. B. Williamson and P. juniper- ina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick are raised to specific rank as P. sericea (Benth.) Corrick, P. williamsonii Maiden and P. forsythiana Blakely respectively. INTRODUCTION In order to facilitate an account of the genus Pultenaea Sm. for the forthcoming Flora of Victoria some nomenclatural changes are necessary. Several varieties of P. paleacea Willd. have been described but both White (1939) and Briggs & Crisp (1994) suggest that some or perhaps all of these should be raised to specific rank. Recent studies of the two of these taxa occurring in Victoria uphold this view and the necessary changes are now made. Specific rank is also considered more appropriate for the taxon currently known as P. juniperina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick, a view held by Blakely when describing it as P. forsythiana Blakely, and upheld by M.D. Crisp (pers. comm.). This change is also now formally made. P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth. is relegated to synonymy under P. mollis Lindl. TAXONOMY Pultenaea williamsonii Maiden, The Victorian Naturalist 22: 99 (1905). Type: Vic- toria, Strathbogie, near creeks, Nov. 1902, Anton W. Vroland (No. 921 of H.B. Wil- liamson) (Holo: NSW; Iso: MEL). • P. paleacea var williamsonii H.B. Williamson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria ns. 32: 22 (1922). Pultenaea williamsonii is distinguished by its broad, flat, widely and irregularly spaced leaves which are usually more than 3 mm wide and less than six times as long as wide and by the broad bracteoles 1.5-2 mm wide compared with a width of up to 1 .25 mm in P. paleacea var. paleacea and 1 mm in P. helophila, and by the position of the bracteoles not more than 0.5 mm above the base of the calyx tube. P. williamsonii is confined to a few localities in the Central Highlands of Victoria, in the Strathbogie area, near Eildon and near Wonangatta. It is unfortunate that under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature the original epithet of Maiden must be retained in spite of the similarity in name of P. williamsoniana J.H. Willis which is confined to the northern part of the Grampians. Examples cited under Article 64.3 of the ICBN indicate that an application to have the specific epithet williamsoniana rejected on the basis of confusion due to this similarity would not succeed. Selected Specimens Examined Victoria — Eastern Highlands: 1 kmEofMt Barranhet (c. 10 km due E of Strathbogie), 22Jun. 1985, D E Albrecht 1818 (MEL); Near Wonangatta Station, 1 Dec. 1989, E.A. Chesterfield 2586 (MEL); Beside Tatong-Tolmie road near Archerton, 10 Dec. 1974, M.G. Corrick 4883 (MEL); Between Eildon and Jamieson near Big River, 12 Nov. 1962, B. Strange s.n. (MEL 536106). * 7 Glenluss St., Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 391
TWO NEW SPECIES OF EPACRIDACEAE FROM VICTORIA Y. Menadue & R.K. Crowden* ABSTRACT Y. Menadue R.K. Crowden. Two new species of Epacridaceae from Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 317-321 (1995). — Richea victoriana sp. nov. from the Baw Baw region is described and illustrated. Its affinity with R. gunnii Hook, f., a Tasmanian endemic, is discussed. Epacris celata sp. nov. from eastern Victoria and southern NSW, is described and illustrated. Its affinity with E. breviflora Stapf. and E. petrophila Hook. f. is dis- cussed. INTRODUCTION The taxon here described as Richea victoriana was first brought to our attention in 1 979 when it was collected by R.K. Crowden and examined by Y. Menadue in a chemo- taxonomic survey of Richea R.Br. for her B.Sc. honours project. The results of this survey will be published later in the year in a revision of Richea. The frequency and relative concentration of substituted flavonols in the three species (R. victoriana, R. gunnii and R. continents ) relevant to this paper clearly separate these taxa. Walsh (1987) referred to the new taxon as R. gunnii Hook.f. in its first literature appearance and all plants subsequently have been designated as R. aff. gunnii. The Epacris species was first collected by the authors in 1 984 but its identification has created difficulties for much longer, being variously referred to as E. breviflora or E. petrophila. These species are described as part of an ongoing general review of both genera and so that they may be included in the Flora of Victoria. TAXONOMY Richea victoriana Y. Menadue, sp. nov. Richeae gunnii Hook.f. affinis sed habitu grandi et ramosissimo, foliis longioribus latioribus tortisque, inflorescentia floribus plus numerosis, axe glabro et nectario destituta differt. Typus: Victoria, Nine Mile Rd, 0.5 km N of Block lORd, Thompson River headwaters, 40 km E of Warburton, alt. 1010 m„ 37° 47'S, 146° 10'E (GR 4258-58205) 26 Dec. 1992, J. Davies (Holotypus: HO 308233; Isotypus: MEL) Erect, multi-branched shrub 0.3-2 m high, older branches bare of leaves with prominent annular scars. Leaves clustered near the top 10-40 cm of branches; imbri- cate and spreading, narrowly triangular, (3)-5— 1 0 cm long, 5-11 mm wide, flat to concave; tapering to a pungent acute apex; base sheathing stem to 1 cm deep; lamina lacks distinct shoulder as leaf piasses into sheathing base but margin becomes undulate in that area producing a twist in the leaves, margins scabrous. Inflorescence terminal, erect, slender panicles, 3-13 cm long, internodes upto 1 cm long; lateral floral branches glabrous, upto 1.5 cm long, bearing 3-20 flowers, subtended by bracts differing from leaves in having distinct shoulder and broad base to sheath the flowers, reducing in size distally, caducous. Flowers on short pedicels c. 1 mm long with narrow linear bracteoles, 2-4 mm long arising from the pedicels. Sepals 4-5, creamy-white, depressed ovate c. 1 .6 mm long, 1.8 mm wide, obtuse. Corolla white, operculum narrowly ovoid-conical, 3-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide above incision layer. Stamens 5-6; filaments 2-3.5 mm long, attached near top of anthers; anthers 1-1.5 mm long, opening by longitudinal slit. Style 1.5-2 mm long, 2/3 length of stamens, tapering; stigma indistinct; ovary globose, c. 1 mm diam. Nectary scales absent. Capsule 2-3 mm diam.; seeds oblong-elliptic, reticu- late. (Fig. 1.) *Department of Plant Science, University of Tasmania, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001 317
A NEW SPECIES OF RYTIDOSPERMA (POACEAE: ARUNDINAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES AND VICTORIA H.P. Linder * & N.G. Walsh** ABSTRACT Linder, H.P. & Walsh N.G. A new species of Rytidosperma (Poaceae: Arundinae) in New South Wales and Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 283-285 (1995). — A new subalpine species of Rytidosperma is described and illustrated. The features distinguishing it from its closest congeners R. erianthum and R. tenuis are outlined. The generic position of Rytidosperma with respect to Danthonia is briefly discussed. INTRODUCTION In the course of preparing an account of the Australian members of the tribe Arundinae for the Flora of Australia (HPL) and keys and descriptions of Victorian Poaceae (NW), the existence of a distinct, undescribed taxon became evident. Further descriptions, combinations and generic delimitations within the tribe, as well as a detailed justification of the proposed taxonomy, will appear in a larger work currently in preparation by HPL. TAXONOMY Rytidosperma oreophilum H.P. Linder & N.G. Walsh sp. nov. R. eriantho (Lindl.) Connor & Edgar et R. tenui (Steud.) Connor & Edgar affinis; a R. eriantho setis lateralibus (ad 3.5 mm) lobis lateralibus brevioribus, non glumam superantibus, lemmatis dorsalibus saepe pilis dispersis; a R. tenui paleis obovatis latis, dorsalibus pilosis, lemmatis nitentibus differt. Typus: ACT, Slopes of Mt Gingera, Bimberi Range, alt. 1700 m a.s.l., 24 Jan. 1962, R. Pullen 3041 (Holotypus: CANB; Isotypi: L, A, BO, K, MEL, NE, NSW). Caespitose perennial, 15-25 mm diam. at ground level, 15-45 cm high. Leaf lam- ina to 15 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, expanded, flat when dry, with scattered tubercle- based hairs (these extending to sheaths); ligule minutely ciliate, c. 0. 1 mm long; hairs at orifice of sheath to c. 2 mm long. Inflorescence a raceme or slender panicle with 1 or 2 branches, contracted (but open at anthesis), obliquely ovate, 15-60 mm long, 10-40 mm wide; pedicels villous; spikelets 4-20, 12-17 mm long, usually with 5 or 6 florets; glumes acute or acuminate, 12-17 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, slightly exceeding florets, green with broad, purple margins, or entirely purplish, 5-veined; body of lemma 2.4-3. 7 mm long, with hairs in discrete tufts arranged in 2 complete transverse rows; upper row of hairs 0.5-1 mm below sinus, with hairs 2-6 mm long, c. equalling the flattened part of lateral lobes; lower row of hairs 1 .2-2 mm long, +_ reaching the upper row; lemma back between rows with scattered hairs, rarely quite glabrous between rows; lateral lobes of lemma 5.4-8. 5 mm long (including setae of 2-3.3 mm); setae distinctly shorter than flattened portion of lobes; central awn 7.5-10 mm long, twisted in the basal 2. 5-3. 5 mm; palea obovate, 2. 8-4. 2 mm long, 1.2-1. 8 mm wide, rounded at apex, slightly exceeding lemma sinus, glabrous except minute marginal cilia, and sometimes with slender tufts of hairs near the base. (Fig. 1) Representative Specimens Seen (24 specimens examined): New South Wales (including ACT) — Southern Tablelands: Cabramurra Road, halfway between turnoff and Cabramurra, 25 Feb. 1955, N.T. Burbidge 3908 (CANB): Mt Gingera, 17 Jan. 1958, M.A. Gray 4478 (CANB); Blackfellows Gap, 24 Feb. 1959, M.A. Gray 6346 (CANB); Lower N slope of Mt Gingera, Bimberi * Bolus Herbarium, Botany Department. University of Cape Town, Private Bag, Rondebosch 7700, Cape Province, South Africa ** National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 283
SARCOLOBUS RUBESCENS (ASCLEPIADACEAE: MARSDENIEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM PAPUA NEW GUINEA * 1 Paul I. Forster* ABSTRACT Forster, P.I. Sarcolobus rubescens (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from Papua New Guinea. Muelleria 8(3): 279-282 (1995). — Sarcolobus rubescens P.I.Forst. sp. nov., from Madang Province, Papua New Guinea is described and illustrated, with notes on its affinities and habitat. A key is provided to the species of Sarcolobus in Papuasia. INTRODUCTION The genus Sarcolobus R.Br. occurs in Australia, Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands), other parts of Malesia and some island groups in the West- ern Pacific (Forster 1991, 1992, 1993). Ten species were recognised for Papuasia in a recent revision (Forster 1991). During a collecting trip to Papua New Guinea in July 1992, flowering material of an additional and undescribed species of Sarcolobus was obtained. It is described here as a new species and an updated key to the species that occur in Papuasia is provided. The system of corona morphology proposed by Liede and Kunze (1993) is adopted here for the species description and species key. TAXONOMY Sarcolobus rubescens P.I. Forst., sp. nov. Affinis S. gfoboso subsp. peregrino (Blanco) Rintz a qua floribus perminoribus (5-7 mm diametro) lobis corollae triangularibus, pollinio ellipsoideo, praesentia coronae annularis, absentia coronae staminaliis quinquelobata, differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea, Madang Province — near Boroi Village No. 1 , 4° 05'S, 1 44° 46'E, 15 July 1992, P.I. Forster 10932 & D.J. Liddle (Holotypus: BRI, 2 sheets & spirit. Isotypi: K, L, LAE, MEL, QRS distribuendi). Wiry vine to 4 or 5 m long, roots fibrous; latex white. Stems cylindrical, glabrous; internodes up to 110 mm long and 2 mm diameter. Leaves petiolate; petioles 5-8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diameter, grooved along top and with scattered trichomes; lamina ovate to elliptic-ovate, up to 100 mm long and 50 mm wide, lateral veins 5 or 6 per side of midrib, ± glabrous; upper surface mid-green, venation weakly developed; lower sur- face pale green, venation well developed; tip mucronate to shortly acuminate; base rounded to weakly cordate; colleters 4 to 6 at base of lamina, subulate. Inflorescence umbelliform, up to 8 mm long; peduncle 5-6 mm long, 1-1.2 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts triangular, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate. Flowers c. 4 mm long, 5-7 mm diameter; pedicels 5-6 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals broadly ovate, 1 .6- 1 . 7 mm long, c. 1 .2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered trichomes, ciliate. Corolla flattened-campanulate, cream-yellow with reddish longitudinal strip- ing; tube c. 2 mm long and 4 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular-obovate, 2. 6-2. 8 mm long, 2. 6-2. 8 mm wide, externally glabrous, internally with a few cilia near the edges. Corolline corona absent. Annular corona comprising a ridge around the base of the staminal column. Staminal corona absent. Staminal column c. 1.5 mm long and 1 mm diameter, somewhat embedded in corolla at base; anther appendages truncate, c. 1 mm long; alar fissure c. 0.3 mm long, not continuing down staminal column below base * Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Department of Environment & Heritage, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068 1 Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 1 15. 279
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 275-277, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 323-324, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 327-329, Fig. 3".
340 rachis length; mature carpels each with a prominent narrowly obtuse dorsal keel and two prominent lateral (shoulder) keels T. multifructum 5. Fruits not as above, c. 1-320 per infructescence, mostly loosely or not touching, 2.6- 1 1 (or -18 on western variant of T. procerum) on each centimetre of rachis length; mature carpels each with variably prominent to near-absent dorsal and lateral keels 6 . 6. Tubers usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to obovoid, 20-145 mm long, length 2.5-20 times diam.; plants usually robust, sometimes slender, with leaves 5-41 mm wide, scape 4-23 mm diam., infructescence 17-42 mm diam.; fruits very variable T. procerum 6. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, 8-30 mm long, length i— 3.7 times diam.; plants slender, with leaves 1-12 mm wide, scape 1-6 mm diam., infructescence 7-19 mm diam 7 7. Fruits globular to depressed-globular in outline, usually broader than long; mature carpels characteristically ventrally attached along only the lower 20%-39% of the carpel length (length includes the stylar beak), but attached to 59% in the more easterly Vic- torian populations T. alcockiae 7. Fruits ellipsoid to ellipsoid-obloid in outline, longer than broad; mature carpels characteristically ventrally attached along 46%-72% of the carpel length, sometimes as little as 27% X. lineare Triglochin alcockiae Aston, Muelleria 8: 85 (1993). Type: “Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36°59'S 141°56'E 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705”. Holotype: MEL 705957. Isotypes: AD BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 705963 & spirit material, NSW PERTH. Original Description — see also under Notes below — Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long X 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblanceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long X 5-12 mm diam. (length 1. 0-3.0 times the diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long X ( 1-) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length (or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 16%-38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%-45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) X 1 .3-5.9 mm diam. Rachis 1.0-2. 6 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels pale cream-green or the rachis (occasionally also the pedicels) pale to deep maroon-red Infructescence (0.6-)2- 1 3. 5 cm long(= 5%-28% of the total stem length) X ll-19mm diam. Pedicels often upcurved, 1.2-3. 5 mm long. Fruits loosely touching to shortly spaced, (l-)8-67 per infructescence, 3-8 per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to depressed globular in outline, usually broader than long, 5.6-8. 7 mm long X 6. 6-9. 9 mm diam. Carpels (5 or)6, in fruit straight and erect or the upper portions partly spiralled around each other and then giving a semi-twisted appearance to the fruit, all maturing or 1 or 2 (occasionally to 5) aborted, 5. 6-8. 5 mm long X 1 .3-3.0 mm wide X 2.3-4. 1 mm deep; ventral edges attached only over the lower portions; attachment length = 20%-39% of the carpel length; lateral faces ± flat to slightly concave or con- vex, mostly not adpressed; dorsal ridge broad-rounded, 1 0%— 22% of carpel depth; shoulder ridges rounded, 1 7%— 26% of carpel width. (Figs 2g-h, 3e, 5a-f) Selected Additional Specimens Examined (not cited in Aston, 1993; total additional = 5)
346 Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- toria). Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield [623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long (including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH).
339 TAXONOMY Triglochin L., Sp. PI. 338(1753). Lectotype: T. palustre L.,fide Britton, N. Amer- ican FI. 17: 41 (1909). Description for tuberous-rooted species only — Perennial, aquatic herbs. Rhizomes thick, woody, densely covered with fibres formed from the bases of the vascular bundles of otherwise decayed leaves, bearing simple roots which frequently terminate in storage tubers; rhizomes often with several short adjacent branches forming a clustered root- stock. Leaves radical, arising in tufts from the rhizome, more or less linear, flattened distally, becoming thickened and spongy toward the base in most species, sometimes subcylindrical throughout, sheathed proximally, emergent in most species with the emergent portions erect to floating; sheath open, never ligulate or auriculate. Stems simple, axillary within the leaf tufts, erect to reclining, elliptic depressed-obovate or circular in cross section but irregularly so. Inflorescence a terminal raceme, ebracteate, few- to many-flowered, usually dense and spike-like. Pedicels shorter than the flowers or fruits, persistent, spreading to upcurved in fruit. Flowers small, bisexual, trimerous, often near-sessile, protogynous. Perianth segments 6, in 2 similar, alternate whorls, deciduous, concave, each segment incurved over an anther. Stamens 6, each inserted on the base of a perianth segment and semi-enveloped by it, the segment and anther falling together after anthesis; anther near-sessile, as broad as or broader than long, 2-locular, longitudinally and retrorsely dehiscent. Gynoecium superior, of (2 or)3-6(-8) free to united carpels; central carpophore absent; ovules 1 per carpel, anatropous. Style adax- ially terminal, short and thick, appearing as a tapered continuation of the ovary, erect to outcurved in flower, often forming a prominent beak in fruit. Stigma sessile, elongated, adaxially lateral along the apical portion of the style, papillate to finely hairy. Fruiting carpels follicle-like but indehiscent, 1 -seeded, free to closely adpressed, forming dis- tinctively shaped fruits, all separating and falling at maturity. Seed narrowly elliptic, basal, erect. Key to the Tuberous-rooted Species of Triglochin L. 1 . Tubers small, mostly 4.5-1 3 mm long, often near-globular, clustered closely beneath the rhizome; fruits 7-9.6 mm long, very broadly obovoid with base contracted and stalk-like; mature carpels (5 or)6, ventrally attached; dorsal surface of mature carpel ± flat, shallowly indented, or shallowly rounded, never keeled or ridged T. microtuberosum 1 . T ubers mostly larger, ellipsoid or obloid to narrowly so or long-cylindrical, distanced from the rhizome; fruits not as above; mature carpels keeled or ridged (except in T. dubium) 2 . 2. Mature carpels free 3. 2. Mature carpels ventrally attached along at least one-fifth of their length (length includes the stylar beak) 4. 3. Mature carpels straight, not incurved, smooth, ± circular in cross-section, erect to semi-outspread in fruit T. dubium 3. Mature carpels straight or somewhat twisted, strongly incurved, dorsally and laterally ridged, ± obtrullate in cross-section, erect or somewhat twisted and usually overlap- ping in fruit because of their curvature T. huegelii 4. Leaves linear, usually submerged and isolateral, thin-textured; leaf-sheaths narrow, mostly tightly inrolled with the width of each usually less than one quarter of the leaf width (as seen in T.S. c. 3 cm below the sheath summit); plant of clear-flowing streams •••••■ T. rheophilum 4. Leaves hnear-tapered, emergent, dorsiventral, spongy in texture; leaf-sheaths broader, gradually incurved, the width of each usually one third or more of the leaf width, both sheaths often overlapping 5 5. Fruits small, usually 3-5 mm long and globular in outline or to 8.5 mm long and more ellipsoid, c. 230- 1 000 per infructescence, tightly touching, 1 4-27 on each centimetre of
349
Endlicher, Nov. stirp. dec. Nr 9: 78-79 (20 July 1 839), repeated exactly the generic
and specific descriptions given in the Annalen cited above. Although the month of
publication of the Annalen is undefined it is generally taken that this work has pre-
cedence over the Nov. stirp. dec. Endlicher himself seems to have accepted the. Annalen
as the major place of publication of the descriptions of Cycnogeton and C. huegelii as he
cited it but not the Nov. stirp. dec. in his later Gen. pi. Suppl 1. p. 1369 (1841).
Morphology — See Notes under T. lineare concerning stamen size.
Diagnosis
Mature carpels of T. huegelii are distinctively free, strongly incurved, and with
prominent narrow-rounded dorsal and lateral ridges. Commonly 1-6 carpels mature in
each fruit, the remainder aborting their development. Fruits with 5-6 mature carpels
are more or less globular in outline but distorted by the varied spreading or overlap of
the free carpels. Infructescences, particularly the larger ones, characteristically have one
to a few of the basal fruits isolated centimetres apart along the rachis.
Triglochin lineare Endl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 54 (1 846). Cycnogeton lineare { Endl.)
Sonder, Linnaea 28: 225 (1856). Type: “In depressis bieme inundatis ad fluvium Cyg-
norum, Middle Sevon [Swan]., 1. Jul. [1839]. Herb. Preiss. No. 2406.”. Lectotype
(here designated): “2406. / In depressis bieme inundatis / ad fluvium Cygnorum
(Middle / Swan) / Fl.virides. / Jul. 1 .39 / L. Preiss legit.” (LD)! Isolectotypes: [Preiss]
”2406” (LD, MEL 720281 & 720282)!. No types present at BM, K, M, S or W.
Triglochin procerum var. gracile Micheli in A.DC. & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108
(1881) pro parte, excl. typus, nom. illeg. See Notes under T. dubium.
Triglochin procerum var. procerum, sensu B.L. Rye in N.G. Marchant et al., FI.
Perth Region 2: 722 (1987) and in J.R. Wheeler, ed., et al., FI. Kimberley Region p. 973
(1992), non sensu stricto.
Triglochin procerum “WA”, Aston in litt.
Rhizomes to 3 cm long X 6-13 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm
long. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, sometimes broadly so, 9-28 mm long
X 6-11 mm diam. (length 1.2-3. 7 times the diam.), terminating roots 11-45 mm long;
each root 0.7-3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 23-73.5 cm long X 1 . 5— 5(— 1 0) mm
wide, (from dried material apparently not dorsiventral, submerged or floating, shortly
tapered and acute, thin-textured, possibly somewhat thickened and spongy toward the
base), sheathed over the lower section. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, not
apparent from dried material. Stems in fruit 18.5-60 cm long (including the infruc-
tescence) X 1-4.5 mm diam. Rachis 0.75-2.5 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered
upwards. Infructescence 3.5-14.5 cm long (= 1 4%— 39% of the total stem length) X
7-17 mm diam. Pedicels usually upcurved, 1— 2.5(— 3.5) mm long, rarely absent and the
fruits then sessile. Fruits loosely touching to shortly-spaced, erect to semi-erect or rarely
spreading, 10-47 per infructescence, 2. 6-4. 2 per 1 cm of rachis length, ellipsoid to
ellipsoid-obloid in outline, 6. 5-9. 6 mm long X 4.1-6. 1 mm diam. (5. 5-9.0 X 2.5-4.75
mm when dry). Carpels 6, straight and erect in fruit (occasionally the distal portions
somewhat twisted around each other when the carpels are only shortly connate), nor-
mally all maturing, occasionally 1-3 only semi-developing, 6. 3-9. 6 mm long X 1.5- 1.9
mm wide X 2. 1-2.7 mm deep (6.2-7. 7 mm long when dry); ventral edges character-
istically attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) but sometimes the
attachment considerably less; attachment length = (27%-)46%-72% of carpel length;
lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge inconspicuous to prominent, rounded, (2%-)
9%— 1 8% of carpel depth; shoulder ridges rounded, 5%- 1 7% of carpel width. (Fig. 7g-k)
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 42)
Western Australia — Langford, Perth, 27 Sep. 1 984, Bates 4285 (AD); 8 km S of Eneabba, 27 Sept. 1 977,
Hnatiuk 771429 ( PERTH); Lowden, Oct. 1909, Koch 2012 (NSW); Lort River, c. 65 km W of Esperance, 9
Oct. 1968, Orchard 1417 (AD, PERTH); 10 miles N of Busselton at turnoff to Ruabon, 22 Sept 1966
Scrymgeour 1294 (PERTH).
350
Distribution (Fig. 8)
Confined to south-west Western Australia; recorded south and west of a line
approximately through Geraldton, Dumbleyung and Esperance.
Habitat
Fresh, usually still and ephemeral water to 40 cm deep, in swamps, roadside ditches
and low-lying floodland, also occasionally in small streams and creek pools' once
reported from brackish river water (Hill River, Parker 367). In mud or sand but most
frequently in clay soils; once reported from creek pool among granite rocks ( George
9465). Sites recorded in Banksia/ Melaleuca shrubland, low heathland, and with Melal-
euca hamulosa surrounded by Eucalyptus tetragonal Macrozamia riedlei.
Only one altitude of 95 m recorded.
Flowers May to November. Fruits June to December. Most records for both
flowers and fruits are from July to October.
Notes
See Notes on typification under T. dubium concerning the exclusion of T lineare
from the circumscription of T. procerum var. gracile Micheli.
Marchant et al. (1987) state stamens ca 1 mm long” for 77 lineare compared with
“stamens 1.5-2 mm long” for the sympatric species T. huegelii. I have not fully inves-
tigated this feature.
Diagnosis
T. lineare is a comparatively small and slender species. The characteristic ellipsoid
to elhpsoid-obloid, loosely touching to shortly spaced fruits, with usually 6 straight,
erect, mostly well-connate, mature carpels are distinctive.
Triglochin microtuberosum Aston, Muelleria 8: 88 (1993).
I™ “Victoria, East Gippsland, ‘Redbanks’ farm, c. 2 km south-east of Genoa,
37 28 S, 149 36'E 23 Feb. 1988, H.I. Aston 2683". Holotype: MEL 705958. Iso-
types: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705961 & spirit material, NSW.
Rhizomes horizontal, to 7 cm long X 6-12 mm diam., bearing short coarse bristly
fibres to 12 mm long. Tubers near-globular to obloid or rarely obovoid, 4.5— 1 3(— 1 7)
D] 01 ^ mm ^* am - 0 en gth 1.1 — 1. 9(— 5) times the diam.), terminating roots 1-
7(7 14) mm long; each root 0.2-2 times as long as its tuber [tuber rarely elongate,
spindle-shaped, to 30 mm long X 3 mm diam., on roots to 28 mm long]. Leaves 30-137
cm long X 3-12 mm wide, dorsiventral, deep green above, paler green beneath, emerg-
ent, erect or with the extremities outcurved, sometimes the emerged portion fully
floating or recurved with only the extremity floating, tapered and flattened distally
acute, very thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 27%-49% of
the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, broadly piano- to concavo-
convex and ± semi-cylindrical, width 1.6-2. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath
3. 4-9.0 mm wide, equal c. 50%-84% of the leaf width, the two sheaths usually touching
to overlapping; blade and sheaths together ± rounded in outline. Stems in fruit 54-124
cm long (including the infructescence) X 2.5-12.6 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-4.0 mm diam.
at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels green. Infructescence 7-21 cm
ong (- 10%-20% of the total stem length) X 15-24 mm diam l Pedicels 0.5-3.0 mm
long. Fruits touching, 44-137 per infructescence, 7-9 per 1 cm of rachis length, very
widely obovoid in outline but with the base contracted into a distinctive stalk, 7.0-9.6
mm long X 5 5-8.2 mm diam.. Carpels { 5 or)6, in fruit straight and erect, never twisted,
normally all maturing, 7.0-9.6 mm long X 2.25-3.35 mm wide X 2.6-3.75 mm deep;
ventraujdges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus); attachment
length = 58 /o-70% of carpel length; lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge absent,
the dorsal face usually shallowly concave longitudinally or sometimes shallowly con-
vex; shoulders rounded not ridged; carpel ± triangular in cross section. (Figs 2k-l
3m-o, 9a-f)
352 Fig. 10. Distribution of Triglochin microtuberosum. Triglochin multifructum Aston, Muelleria 8: 90 (1993). Type: “New South Wales, c. 1 1 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 144°12'06 ,, E 19 Apr. 1987 HI 'Aston 2656 ” Holotype: MEL 705960. Isotypes: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, NSW. Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long X 14-18 mm diam., bearing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 13-40 mm long X 4-14 mm diam. (length 1.3-5 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each root l-4(-5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long X (2— )3.5— 1 7(— 34) mm wide, dorsiventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : nar- rowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 4. 3-6. 5 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2-6 mm wide, equal c. 20%-40% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit (28-)4 1 - 1 1 2(- 1 75) cm long (including the mfructescence) X 3.5-15 mm diam. Rachis( 1.3-)2.3-5.5(-9) mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale to deep maroon-cyclamen, or sometimes the rachis pale cream-green. Infructescence (5.7—) 1 2— 36 5(-l 10) cm long (= 17%-46%(-63%) of the total stem length) X 10-19 mm diam.. Pedicels 1.1-4 mm long. Fruits tightly touching, 229-c. 1000 per infructescence, 14-27 per 1 cm of rachis length, globular in outline, 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam. (but fruits usually more ellipsoid and 4.5-8. 5 mm long outside Victoria and New South Wales). Carpels 6(-8), straight and erect in fruit, normally all maturing, rarely 1 aborted, 3-5 mm long X 0.9-1. 5 mm wide X 1.1-2.25 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their
354 tana) and twice in South Australia (northern Lake Eyre Basin). Only recently located on the basalt plains west of Melbourne, southern Victoria. There found in similar habitat to places where T. multi fructum occurs in northern parts of the State, and believed to be native to the area. Notes See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. Diagnosis Mature fruiting plants are readily distinguished in the field by the comparatively long infructescence with typical maroon-cyclamen rachis and numerous, small, tightly- touching fruits (c. 14-27 per 1 cm of rachis length). Within Victoria and New South Wales, mature fruits are typically only 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam., globular in outline but strongly ridged. Elsewhere, fruits tend to be more ellipsoid in outline and generally somewhat larger, from 4. 5-8. 5 mm long. The 6(-8) carpels are ventrally attached along their full length except for the beak sinus and each has a prominent narrow, dorsal ridge and two noticeable lateral rdges. Triglochin procerum R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holl. 343 (1910). Cycnogeton procerum (R.Br.) Buchenau, Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen T 224 (1868). Type: “(J.T.) v.v.”. Lectotype (here designated): “Triglochin maximum / Hawkesbury 1804”, left hand specimen on sheet containing 3 collections, each with a label in R.Brown’s hand, (BM)!. Probable Isolectotypes: “[day indecipherable] Sept 1804 [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! Possible Syntypes (= the two remaining collections on the lectotype sheet, here excluded from the cir- cumscription of T. procerum R.Br.): “Triglochin / No 1 1 desc n / Carpentaria. Main [ = mainland] opposite Groote Island. / Jan> 4 desc 5, 1803”; “Carpentaria / Island h [ = North Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group] / in paludo. Dec r 20 / 1 802” (BM)! Excluded as possible Syntype (separate sheet): “Nova Hollandia, Pt Jackson — Mr Brown” (BM)! No types located at G or G-DC, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below on typification. Triglochin procerum agg., form C, Robb & Ladiges (1981). Triglochin procerum “C” and “Cc”, Aston in Hit. Description Excluding Eastern Variant — Rhizomes semi-horizontal, 4.5-18 cm long X 7-18(30) mm diam., bearing long fine to semi-coarse to coarsely stiff fibres. Tubers usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to obovoid or obloid, 20-145 mm long X 4.5-13 mm diam. (length 2.5-20 times the diam.), ter- minating roots 37-139 mm long; each root 0.5-3. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 27-227 cm long X 7—4 1 (— 1 50 n.v., western variant) mm wide, dorsiventral, dark green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green to mid-green beneath, floating or with an emerged curve or emergent and erect to semi-erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : ± transversely elliptic in outline including the sheaths, the central spongy portion narrowly piano- to concavo-convex with width 2. 2-5. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 5-18 mm wide, equal c. 33-59% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 33-197 cm long (including the infructescence) X 4-23 mm diam. Rachis 2.5— 9(— 1 4, western variant) mm diam. at base gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale cream-green to green, or sometimes the pedicels and rarely the rachis tinged maroon. Infructescence 6-51 (-144, western variant) cm long (= 12-40%[-82%, western variant] of the total stem length) X 17- 29(-42, western variant) mm diameter. Pedicels 1.7-5. 2 mm long. Fruits touching, 67- 320 per infructescence, 5- 1 1 (- 1 8, western variant) per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to ellipsoid or rarely depressed-globular in outline, 6.8-14.4 mm long X 6.8-10.9 mm diam., the length 1. 1-1.9 times the diam., rarely slightly < diam. Carpels 6(or 7), in fruit straight and erect to partly spiralled around each other and then giving a twisted appearance to the fruit, all maturing or with 1 -2(rarely -5) only partially developing so that fruits may be asymmetrical, (6. 4-)8. 5- 13. 6 mm long X 2.35-3.4 mm wide X 3.2- 4.9 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus)
342 Notes See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. Recent discoveries have expanded the known Victorian range of T. alcockiae beyond that given in Aston ( 1 993), extending it eastwards to the vicinity of Dandenong. Material from these eastern populations has extended the range of some measurements given in the original description, but generally only slightly so. In other respects, except for the variations which follow, plants of the more easterly populations fit the original description given above. The major variation is in the attachment length of the mature carpels. This length is usually much greater than that previously reported, being (12. 5%-)39%-49%(-59%) of the carpel length compared with 20%-39% originally reported for more westerly popu- lations. Because of this feature, most mature fruits have straight, non-spiralled, close- held carpels, so that the fruit breadth more or less equals the length. Fruits also tend to be somewhat smaller (4. 7-7. 5 mm long compared with 5. 6-8. 7 mm in other popula- tions; 4. 9-7. 4 mm diam. cf. 6. 6-9. 9 mm). Dorsal ridges vary from broad-rounded as originally described to narrowly obtuse and quite pronounced, namely to 32% of the carpel depth, compared with 1 0%— 22% measured from other populations. Diagnosis A comparatively small and slender species with distinctive fruits and partially distinctive tubers. Mature fruits are comparatively few, 1-67 per infructescence, to 8.7 mm long and 9.9 mm diam., usually somewhat broader than long (but see Notes above), globular to depressed-globular in outline with rounded to narrowly obtuse dorsal ridges. Fruiting carpels are ventrally attached only over the lower 20%-39% of the carpel length in most populations (sometimes to 59%; see Notes above). The free upper portions of the carpels may be partially spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or)6 carpels in the developing fruit all mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric T. pro- cerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of Triglochin. Triglochin dubium R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Hollandiae 343 (1810). — T. procerum var. dubium (R.Br.) Benth., Fl. Austr. 7: 169 (1878). — T. procerum var. gracile Micheli in A. DC & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 (1881) pro parte, excl. T. lineare Endl., nom. illeg., nom. superfl., syn. nov. Type: “(T.) v.v.”, R. Brown. Holotype: Bentham, op. cit., stated “I find no specimen in Brown’s herbarium...” [i.e. at BM]. Currently, types have not been located at BM, E, G, G-DC, K, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below. Triglochin pterocarpum Fitzgerald, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 3: 110(1918). Type: “Isdell and Charnley Rivers (W.V.F.).” [= Kimberleys, W. Australia]. Lecto- type (here designated): “Isdell River, 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead. North Western Australia, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (NSW 6965)!. Isolectotype: “Isdell River 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (PERTH 00993018)! Remaining Syntype: “Charnley River Lat. 16° 17', W.V. Fitz- gerald 1414, Aug 1 905” (PERTH 00993026)! Types not located at B, BM, E, K, PRE. See Notes below. Triglochin procerum ‘dubium’, Aston in litt. Description from extra-tropical material — Rhizomes semi-horizontal to vertical, 2-8 cm long X 5-12 mm diam., bearing fine soft fibres 2-7 cm long. Tubers near-globular to ellipsoid to broad-oblong to broad-obovoid, 11-38 mm long X 7- 1 4 mm diam. (length (1-) 1.2-3. 8 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-80(-106) mm long; each root 1 — 4(— 5.3) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 3\-l 5 cm long X 3.5-1 5 mm wide at widest part of the blade, dorsiventral, deep glossy green above, mid yellowish-green beneath, the emerged portions semi-erect or with the extremities recurved and sometimes float- ing on the water surface, sometimes the emerged portions fully floating without losing contact with the water, ± linear but gradually narrowed above the sheath then gradually widening and finally tapered distally, acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 21-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath
342 Notes See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. Recent discoveries have expanded the known Victorian range of T. alcockiae beyond that given in Aston ( 1 993), extending it eastwards to the vicinity of Dandenong. Material from these eastern populations has extended the range of some measurements given in the original description, but generally only slightly so. In other respects, except for the variations which follow, plants of the more easterly populations fit the original description given above. The major variation is in the attachment length of the mature carpels. This length is usually much greater than that previously reported, being (12. 5%-)39%-49%(-59%) of the carpel length compared with 20%-39% originally reported for more westerly popu- lations. Because of this feature, most mature fruits have straight, non-spiralled, close- held carpels, so that the fruit breadth more or less equals the length. Fruits also tend to be somewhat smaller (4. 7-7. 5 mm long compared with 5. 6-8. 7 mm in other popula- tions; 4. 9-7. 4 mm diam. cf. 6. 6-9. 9 mm). Dorsal ridges vary from broad-rounded as originally described to narrowly obtuse and quite pronounced, namely to 32% of the carpel depth, compared with 1 0%— 22% measured from other populations. Diagnosis A comparatively small and slender species with distinctive fruits and partially distinctive tubers. Mature fruits are comparatively few, 1-67 per infructescence, to 8.7 mm long and 9.9 mm diam., usually somewhat broader than long (but see Notes above), globular to depressed-globular in outline with rounded to narrowly obtuse dorsal ridges. Fruiting carpels are ventrally attached only over the lower 20%-39% of the carpel length in most populations (sometimes to 59%; see Notes above). The free upper portions of the carpels may be partially spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or)6 carpels in the developing fruit all mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric T. pro- cerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of Triglochin. Triglochin dubium R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Hollandiae 343 (1810). — T. procerum var. dubium (R.Br.) Benth., Fl. Austr. 7: 169 (1878). — T. procerum var. gracile Micheli in A. DC & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 (1881) pro parte, excl. T. lineare Endl., nom. illeg., nom. superfl., syn. nov. Type: “(T.) v.v.”, R. Brown. Holotype: Bentham, op. cit., stated “I find no specimen in Brown’s herbarium...” [i.e. at BM]. Currently, types have not been located at BM, E, G, G-DC, K, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below. Triglochin pterocarpum Fitzgerald, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 3: 110(1918). Type: “Isdell and Charnley Rivers (W.V.F.).” [= Kimberleys, W. Australia]. Lecto- type (here designated): “Isdell River, 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead. North Western Australia, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (NSW 6965)!. Isolectotype: “Isdell River 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (PERTH 00993018)! Remaining Syntype: “Charnley River Lat. 16° 17', W.V. Fitz- gerald 1414, Aug 1 905” (PERTH 00993026)! Types not located at B, BM, E, K, PRE. See Notes below. Triglochin procerum ‘dubium’, Aston in litt. Description from extra-tropical material — Rhizomes semi-horizontal to vertical, 2-8 cm long X 5-12 mm diam., bearing fine soft fibres 2-7 cm long. Tubers near-globular to ellipsoid to broad-oblong to broad-obovoid, 11-38 mm long X 7- 1 4 mm diam. (length (1-) 1.2-3. 8 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-80(-106) mm long; each root 1 — 4(— 5.3) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 3\-l 5 cm long X 3.5-1 5 mm wide at widest part of the blade, dorsiventral, deep glossy green above, mid yellowish-green beneath, the emerged portions semi-erect or with the extremities recurved and sometimes float- ing on the water surface, sometimes the emerged portions fully floating without losing contact with the water, ± linear but gradually narrowed above the sheath then gradually widening and finally tapered distally, acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 21-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath
361 straighter, shorter stylar beaks) to those of Anderson s.n. (more elongated, strongly twisted, longer projecting stylar beaks) but both collections are from the same swamp on Stradbroke Island. Fruit variability is well illustrated by plants observed within a diameter of six metres in a swamp near the Burbang Caravan Park ( Aston 2835) and along an eight metre line within Emu Creek (Aston 2837), both these sites being near Mario, Vic- toria. At the Burbang site, each fruit usually had either 3, 4 or 5 mature carpels but frequently there were only 2; sometimes only 1 or else all 6 carpels matured. Fruits with only 3 mature carpels were usually very regular in shape, with straight erect carpels, whereas fruits with 4 or 5 mature carpels were less regular and had the carpels usually twisted. Each infructescence held fruits which were predominantly of either the 3- carpelled or the 4 and 5-carpelled kind. However, some 1 to 6-carpelled fruits, either straight or with various degrees of twisting, could occur on any infructescence and almost all of the infructescences had fruits with examples of gradation in both the number and the twisting of the carpels. At the Emu Creek site, most fruits also had either 3, 4 or 5 mature carpels but frequently some had 2, and less often 1 or 6. At one extreme of the morphological range within the population, some infructescences had most of their fruits of the same regular 3-carpelled kind described for the Burbang site. The remaining fruits of these infruc- tescences were 4-carpelled or less frequently 1-, 2- or 5-carpelled, with all carpels having the same straight and erect shape. At the other extreme, one infructescence had some of its fruits with 4 mature carpels but most with either 5 or 6, the carpels of each fruit being strongly twisted with their upper portions incurved and overlapping. Other infructes- cences had fruits showing a range of variation between these two extremes, i.e. variation in carpel number, shape and degree of twisting. The plant bearing the twisted, 5- or 6-carpelled fruits had leaves which were a little broader and with somewhat less depth to the spongy base than those of other plants. However, both extremes had the same wide, overlapping sheaths and a cylindrical appearance in cross-section below the sheath apex. At most sites, non-twisted fruits were generally more or less squat with short (often <2 mm long) erect stylar beaks, each beak clearly demarcated by the abrupt inward curvature of the dorsal carpel surface. In contrast, twisted fruits generally possessed more attenuated carpels with longer (3-4 mm long), commonly undemarcated, stylar beaks more or less continuous with the dorsal carpel surface. In twisted fruits the whole carpels or just the stylar beaks were often strongly and regularly incurved and over- lapping so that the beaks projected quite strongly from the fruits. From herbarium collections examined, carpels appear to become longer and more attenuate as locations become more northerly into Queensland. The rhizomes and tubers of T. procerum are usually quite deeply subterranean. A plant (Aston 2828) of the eastern variant dug from damp loam beside a swamp at Cathcart, New South Wales, had rhizomes 20-25 cm below the soil surface; tubers were obtained from 40 to 60 cm below the surface and others would obviously have occurred at greater depth, as roots were still extending deeper. Triglochin rheophilum Aston, Muelleria 8: 94 (1993). Type: “Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the Com- bienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E 14 Dec. 1991, W.M. Molyneux s.n.”. Holotype: MEL 705965. Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & spirit material, NSW. Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long X 4-14 mm diam., bearing long fine soft fibres 2-11 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid or narrow- oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical to narrow- rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the gravelly substrate), 1 1— 80(— 102) mm long X 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8— 1 2.5(— 20.4) times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25-126(-178) mm long; each root 1. 2-7.9 times as long as its
Abutifon 113 lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes ‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri (Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, this combination is formalised here. Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et stat. nov. Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K (Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen sheets studied by Bentham. Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila (F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri (Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto-
Abutifon 113 lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes ‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri (Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, this combination is formalised here. Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et stat. nov. Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K (Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen sheets studied by Bentham. Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila (F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri (Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto-
Abutifon 113 lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes ‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri (Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, this combination is formalised here. Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et stat. nov. Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K (Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen sheets studied by Bentham. Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila (F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri (Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto-
6 Paul L. Forster Thus, this leaves the question of the two or three varieties of A. moluccana in Australia and New Guinea (Airy Shaw 1980, 1981). Aleurites was first recorded for Australia by Mueller (1865), who thought that the Australian species was A. triloba. Shortly after, Baillon (1866) described A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis from material collected by Dallachy in north Queensland, although only A. moluccana was recognised by Bentham (1873) and Bailey (1902). In New Guinea, the first record of Aleurites was for A. moluccana (Smith 1910), with A. moluccanna var. floccosa described from the Bulolo Valley by Airy Shaw (1966). In his final contribution on the genus. Airy Shaw' (1981) enumerated two varieties for Australia, A. moluccana var. moluccana and A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis and placed A. moluccana var. floccosa from New Guinea, with a question mark, in the synonymy of A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis. He distinguished the two varieties with: ‘var. moluccana . . . Indumentum thin, evanescent; leaves relatively narrow, not or rarely cordate; ovary and fruit bilocular . . . var. rockinghamensis . . . Indumentum evident, subfloccose; leaves broader, mostly cordate; ovary and fruit 3(-4)-locuIar.’ Aleurites moluccana s.s. and A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis are largely allopatric throughout their known range with the former growing in more xeromorphic rainforest/vineforest communities than the latter. There are several known examples of sympatry, namely at the base of Big Tableland (G. Sankowsky pers. comm. 1992) and just north of the Bloomfield River at Wujal Wujal (pers. obs. 1994). No intermediate individuals have been observed at these localities. In addition to the differences outlined by Airy Shaw (1981), there are also discontinuities in floral and seedling morphology. Given the distribution of the two taxa, the lack of intermediates and the many morphological discontinuities, A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis is elevated to species status in this paper. Materials and methods This revision is based on herbarium holdings at AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, MEL, NSW and QRS and field observations and collections by the author in Australia and New Guinea. Floral descriptions were prepared from material preserved in spirit (FAA or 70% alcohol and glycerol) or reconstituted by boiling in water and detergent. Fruit and seed descriptions were prepared from material preserved in spirit or dried. Foliage and inflorescence descriptions were prepared from dried material. Indumentum cover is described using the terminology of Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ is used instead of isolated’. The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as the area of north-eastern Queensland that encom- passes the ‘hot, humid, vine forests’ from near Cooktown in the north to Paluma in the south (Webb & Tracey 1981; Barlow & Hyland 1988). Rainforest terminology follows Webb ( 1 978). Taxonomy Aleurites J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. Ill (1776). type; Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd. Derivation of name: from the Greek for ‘wheaten flour’, alluding to the mealy appearance of the lower leaf surface. Trees, monoecious, evergreen, perennial; stems and foliage without obvious latex. Indumentum of simple or stellate, multicellular trichomes, not glandular, stinging hairs absent. Stipules entire, inconspicuous, deciduous. Leaves alternate, petiolate, palminerved, lobate, entire, with 2 glands at base of lamina. Inflorescences terminal, paniculate, solitary, uni- or bisexual with the flowers in bracteate clusters. Bisexual
Taxonomic revision of Aleurites 7 inflorescences with a solitary female flower terminating each major axis, lateral cymules male. Female flowers', short pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disc 5-lobed; ovary 2-4-locular, ovules uniloculate; styles 2 or 3, fused at base, bilobed. Male flowers', long pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disk 5-lobed; stamens 4-verticillate, numerous, the outer ones free, the inner ones ± united and borne on a conical receptacle, anthers dorsifixed, introrse and bilobate, tbecae oblong and longitudinally dehiscent; pistillodes absent. Fruits drupaceous, indehiscent; exocarp fleshy; endocarp woody, 1-4-locular. Seeds ovoid to globose; testa woody; albumen hard; ecarunculate; germination epigeal; cotyledons broad, flat. A genus of two (or perhaps three) species in tropical Asia, Malesia, Melanesia and Australia. Two species in Australia and New Guinea. K.EY TO THE SPECIES OF ALEURITES IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 1 Indumentum silver; lower leaf surface glabrous or with scattered trichomes; flowers 5-8 mm long; stamens 18-26; styles 0.5-2 mm long; ovary and fruit l-2(-3)-locular 1 . Aleurites moliiccana 1: Indumentum ferruginous-silver; lower leaf surface with sparse to dense, generally velutinous trichomes; flowers 8-12 mm long; stamens 24-32; styles 2.8-3 mm long; ovary and fruit 3-4-locular 2 . Aleurites rockinghaineitsis 1 . Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 4: 590 (1805). Jatrophci moluccana L., Sp. PI. 1006 (1753). type; Ceylon, Hermann Herbarium Vol. Ill, p. 27 (lectotype.' fide Radcliffe-Smith (1987; 176); BM [photo at BRl]). Aleurites triloba Forst. & G.Forst. Char. Gen. PI. 112, t. 56 (1776). type; Tonga, Forster 214.360 (holotype; BM [photo at BRI]). Illustrations; Christophel & Flyland ( 1993; 96, plate 34d); Radke et al. (1993; 16). Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze pink to red. Young shoots with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Stipules cylindric, c. 1 mm long, with dense short, silver, stellate hairs. Petioles 35-110 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver stellate hairs. Leaf laminas entire or 3 or 5-lobed, ovate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-trullate, 70-200 mm long, 40-130 mm wide, 3 or 5-veined from base and with 6-8 major lateral veins per side of midrib; upper surface dull green, glabrous or with scattered silver stellate bairs when young; lower surface pale green, glabrous or with scattered, silver, stellate hairs when young; apex acute to acuminate; base cuneate. Inflorescence conical, 30-100 mm long and wide; axis with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Male flowers 5-6 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter; pedicels filiform, 5.5-8 mm long, 0.3-6. 5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diameter; calyx 2 or rarely 3-parted, halves often unequal, lanceolate to ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to spathulate, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, white to cream, glabrous; stamens 18-26; filaments 0.8-1. 5 mm long, with sparse simple hairs; anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm' long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered, simple hairs; disc lobes convulate. Female flowers 7-8 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels stout, 2-3.5 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long’ c. 2 mm diameter; calyx with 2 or 3 unequal lobes, each lobe 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, lanceolate to ovate, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, white to cream, internally glabrous, externally glabrous or with a few simple hairs in a longitudinal band in the middle; ovaries 1-2-celled, subglobose, 2-3 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter, with dense, yellow, stellate hairs; styles 0.5-2 mm long, ± glabrous or with a few simple hairs; disc glands small and rounded. Fruit oyoid-subglobose, 40-45 mm long, 40-60 mm diameter, with scattered silver, stellate hairs. Seed broadly ovoid, 23-32 mm long, 20-32 mm diameter, greyish Seedlings at third leaf stage (voucher; Hyland RFK25545): cotyledons’ broadly ovate-obovate, 18-22 mm long, 18-20 mm wide, strongly 5-veined from base, glands
Paul L. Forster not obvious; first seedling leaf trilobed with the median lobe long-acuminate; later leaves becoming 5-lobed. (Fig. 1) DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS Aleurites moliiccana is widespread in Malesia and Melanesia, and often planted in other tropical areas. In Australia A. moliiccana is restricted to north Queensland where it is common on Cape York Peninsula and in the northern part of the ‘Wet Tropics’ region reaehing a southern limit on the Windsor Tableland. There is also a southerly disjunct population at Daydream Island. In New Guinea, A. moliiccana is found in lowland areas, and is widespread on the island. Aleurites moliiccana is common throughout its range. HABITAT AND ECOLOGY Plants grow in semi-deciduous to evergreen notophyll or mesophyll vineforest, on a variety of substrates, but often on alluvium or near the sea. Young plants are common as pioneers in disturbed gaps or margins of the vineforest. The seed is a distinctive component of the drift flora of the Pacific (cf Degener et al. 1978; Smith 1994). The plant (and also A. rockinghamensis) is commonly known as ‘Candle-Nut’ and it is possible to use the fruits as a source of light by stringing them on wire and setting them alight. NOTES Aleurites moliiccana may be distinguished from A. rockinghamensis on at least five morphological discontinuities (as given in the species key), as well as the seedling characters outlined in the species descriptions. It should be noted that the dimensions of seedling leaves and cotyledons may change with age and subsequent development; however, the basic differences of shape and venation remain the same. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS IRIAN JAVA: Warnapi, 15 km N of Ransiki, Sep. 1948, Kostermans 425 (BRI); Sorong, behind Kp. Baroe, July 1948, Pleyte 454 (BRI); Kebar Valley, Oct. 1958, Schram BW7709 (CANB). PAPUA NEW guinea: Madang Province: near Gurumbu Village, SW foothills of Finistcrre Mtns, Aug. 1955, Hoogland 5140 (BRI, CANB). New Britain Province: NE ridge of Mt Penak, N of S.D.A. Mission, Talasea, May 1968, Frodin NGF26729 (BRI). Western Province: Lower Fly river, east bank opp. Sturt Island, Oct. 1936. Brass 7997 (BRI, CANB). Northern Province: Kokoda Trail, July 1964, Millar NGF23573 (BRI). Central Province: Kaota, Rona, Laloki River, Mar. 1933, Brass 3644 (BRI). Milne Bay Province: Fife Bay, Sep. 1930, Turner [AQ201270] (BRI). QUEENSLAND: Cook District: Eliott Falls, Jardine River, Oct. 1989, O’Reilly 560 (BRI); Claudie River, Oct. 1972, Dockritl 533 (BRI, QRS); Chester River Scrub, eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, June 1992, Forster 10439 et al. (BRI, QRS); Near T.R. 9, Lankclly to Pandanus Creek, Sep. 1971, Hyland 5406 (BRI, QRS); Rocky River, Sep. 1971, Hyland 5513 (BRI, QRS); Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains, July 1993, Forster 13622 et al (BRI); T.R. 176, Shipton L.A.. Aug. 1982, Hyland 11923 (QRS); S.F.R. 144 Windsor Tableland, Oct. 1971, Hyland 5577 (tSKl QRS); S.F.R. 144, Whypalla, Chovrchilla L.A., Dec. 1987, Hyland 13474 (QRS). North Kennedy District: Daydream Island, Whitsunday Region, Apr. 1990, Batianoff 90043 1 (BRI). 2. Aleurites rockinghamensis (Baill.) P.l.Forst. comb, et stat. nov. Aleurites moliiccana var. rockinghamensis Baill., Adansonia 6: 297 (1866), basionym. type: Queensland, Cook District: Rockingham’s Bay [Dallachy]. lectotype: (here designated): MEL232486. lectoparatypes: MEL232495, 232496, 232497, 232498. Aleurites moliiccana va.r. floccosa Airy Shaw, Kew Bull. 20: 26 (1966). type.- Papua New Guinea, Morobe Province: Wau, 28 June 1962, J.J. Havel NGF9169 (holotype.' K, n.v. ISOTYPES: BRI, QRS). Illustration: Christophel &. Hyland (1993: 97, plate 35a). Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze brown speckled to cream. Young shoots with
Taxonomic revision of Aleurites 7 inflorescences with a solitary female flower terminating each major axis, lateral cymules male. Female flowers', short pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disc 5-lobed; ovary 2-4-locular, ovules uniloculate; styles 2 or 3, fused at base, bilobed. Male flowers', long pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disk 5-lobed; stamens 4-verticillate, numerous, the outer ones free, the inner ones ± united and borne on a conical receptacle, anthers dorsifixed, introrse and bilobate, tbecae oblong and longitudinally dehiscent; pistillodes absent. Fruits drupaceous, indehiscent; exocarp fleshy; endocarp woody, 1-4-locular. Seeds ovoid to globose; testa woody; albumen hard; ecarunculate; germination epigeal; cotyledons broad, flat. A genus of two (or perhaps three) species in tropical Asia, Malesia, Melanesia and Australia. Two species in Australia and New Guinea. K.EY TO THE SPECIES OF ALEURITES IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 1 Indumentum silver; lower leaf surface glabrous or with scattered trichomes; flowers 5-8 mm long; stamens 18-26; styles 0.5-2 mm long; ovary and fruit l-2(-3)-locular 1 . Aleurites moliiccana 1: Indumentum ferruginous-silver; lower leaf surface with sparse to dense, generally velutinous trichomes; flowers 8-12 mm long; stamens 24-32; styles 2.8-3 mm long; ovary and fruit 3-4-locular 2 . Aleurites rockinghaineitsis 1 . Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 4: 590 (1805). Jatrophci moluccana L., Sp. PI. 1006 (1753). type; Ceylon, Hermann Herbarium Vol. Ill, p. 27 (lectotype.' fide Radcliffe-Smith (1987; 176); BM [photo at BRl]). Aleurites triloba Forst. & G.Forst. Char. Gen. PI. 112, t. 56 (1776). type; Tonga, Forster 214.360 (holotype; BM [photo at BRI]). Illustrations; Christophel & Flyland ( 1993; 96, plate 34d); Radke et al. (1993; 16). Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze pink to red. Young shoots with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Stipules cylindric, c. 1 mm long, with dense short, silver, stellate hairs. Petioles 35-110 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver stellate hairs. Leaf laminas entire or 3 or 5-lobed, ovate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-trullate, 70-200 mm long, 40-130 mm wide, 3 or 5-veined from base and with 6-8 major lateral veins per side of midrib; upper surface dull green, glabrous or with scattered silver stellate bairs when young; lower surface pale green, glabrous or with scattered, silver, stellate hairs when young; apex acute to acuminate; base cuneate. Inflorescence conical, 30-100 mm long and wide; axis with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Male flowers 5-6 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter; pedicels filiform, 5.5-8 mm long, 0.3-6. 5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diameter; calyx 2 or rarely 3-parted, halves often unequal, lanceolate to ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to spathulate, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, white to cream, glabrous; stamens 18-26; filaments 0.8-1. 5 mm long, with sparse simple hairs; anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm' long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered, simple hairs; disc lobes convulate. Female flowers 7-8 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels stout, 2-3.5 mm long, 1-2 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long’ c. 2 mm diameter; calyx with 2 or 3 unequal lobes, each lobe 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, lanceolate to ovate, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, white to cream, internally glabrous, externally glabrous or with a few simple hairs in a longitudinal band in the middle; ovaries 1-2-celled, subglobose, 2-3 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter, with dense, yellow, stellate hairs; styles 0.5-2 mm long, ± glabrous or with a few simple hairs; disc glands small and rounded. Fruit oyoid-subglobose, 40-45 mm long, 40-60 mm diameter, with scattered silver, stellate hairs. Seed broadly ovoid, 23-32 mm long, 20-32 mm diameter, greyish Seedlings at third leaf stage (voucher; Hyland RFK25545): cotyledons’ broadly ovate-obovate, 18-22 mm long, 18-20 mm wide, strongly 5-veined from base, glands
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 37-38, fig. 1".
Reinstatement of Caladenia alpina and the description of Caladenia cracens 43 line when flattened, 7-9 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, porrect or slightly erect in proximal quarter, then shallowly curved forwards, apex recurved; lateral lobes c. 2.5 mm wide, erect and column-embracing, anterior margins hardly rounded, slightly irregular, distal margins with several, irregular, short teeth; mid-lobe c. 3.2 mm long, narrowly debate, margins yellow with 4-7 pairs of sessile, irregular marginal calli near the base (rarely one pair stalked) decrescent to the apex of the mid-lobe. Lamina calli in 2-4 (rarely 6) irregular rows, pale-yellow-headed, extending nearly to the apex of the mid-lobe; calli stalks becoming shorter towards labellum apex, those on the mid-lobe sessile; basal calli 2 or 4, c. 1.2 mm long, head irregularly ovoid, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, much narrower than the head; longest lamina calli c. 1.1 mm long, golf-stick-shaped, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, white. Column 7-8 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, slightly recurved near the base, curved forwards in distal third, whitish with irregular red, transverse bars, narrowly winged, central ridge c. 0.7 mm wide. Anther c. 1.6 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide, white to pinkish, densely papillate, with a short rostrum. Pollinia 4, c. 1 .3 mm long, roughly boomerang- shaped, cream, flat, mealy. Stigma c. 1 mm wide, irregularly circular, sunken, green. Capsules obovoid, 10-14 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, with glandular trichomes. (Fig. 1 ) FLOWERING PERIOD November to February. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Endemic to New Zealand where widely distributed in the North and South Islands, Auckland Island and Stewart Island; extending from near sea-level in the south to montane and subalpine regions in the north. It grows in beech forests, subalpine herb- field, Dracophyllum bog, manuka scrub and tussock grassland. NOTES Caladenia lyalli has a generally more slender habit than C. alpina with a narrower leaf ( 1-6 mm wide) and 1 or 2 (rarely 3) generally smaller flowers (2.2-2. 8 cm across). Many herbarium specimens of C. lyallii from WELT and AK are 8 cm tall or less and have leaves about 1 mm wide. By contrast even the smallest specimens of C. Ivallii from Australian herbaria are much more robust than this and with a minimum leaf width of 7 mm. Florally C. lyallii can be distinguished from C. alpina by its squarer or more angular nearly oblong lateral lobes on the labellum, narrower sharply tapered labellum mid-lobe, sessile marginal calli and narrower (c. 2 mm wide), non-tapered column. Caladenia lyallii can be distinguished from C. cracens by its broader lamina calli on thicker stalks and sessile marginal calli on the labellum mid-lobe. TYPIFICATION This species will be lectotypified in a forthcoming publication (Molloy, Clements and Jones in prep.). CONSERVATION STATUS Widespread, common and conserved. SELECTED SPECIMENS (67 examined): New Zealand: Lake Manapouri, Jan. 1940, Simpson (AK.); Mt Cook, \89S, Adams (AK)- Mt Peel above Cobb Valley, Nelson, 12 Jan. 1961, Hvnes (AK); Nelson: Tinline, ATNB, 4 Nov. 1990 Jenks (CHR)-’ Silver Peaks, Dunedin, Otago, 2 Dec. 1990, Si George (CHR); Burnt Hill, Canterbury Plains, 14 Nov. 1990, Mo/tov (CHR); Taupo, 29 Nov. 1990, Gibbs (CHR); Mt Stalker, near Herbert, Otago, 9 Dec 1990 St George (CUR)- Arthurs Pass, Canterbury, 4 Jan. 1991, Molloy (CHR); Sealey Range, 1890, Suter (WELT); Opepe 14 Nov’ 1978, Oliver (WELT); Pelukit Bay, 25 Nov. 1892, Kirk (WELT); Kirwan Hill, near Reefton 23 Nov 1950 Ardley (WELT). 2 . Caladenia alpina R.S. Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 51: 12 (1927). SYNTYPES: Victoria: Mount Hotham and Mount Bogong, Dec. 1921, Jan. 1924, A.J. Tadgell; Baw Baws, 3 Jan. 1925, W.H. Nicholls; New South Wa’les' Mount Kosciusko, Jan. 1924, G. V. Scammell (AD).
46
David L. Jones
NOTES
Caladenia alpina has been included with C. lyallii since the treatment by Rupp and
Hatch (1945). Caladenia alpina has a generally more robust habit than C. lyallii with
broader leaves (7-15 mm wide) and 1-4 larger flowers (3-3.5 cm across). Florally
Caladenia alpina can be distinguished from C. lyallii by its distinctly rounded lateral
lobes on the labellum, broader less-tapered labellum mid-lobe, prominently stalked
marginal calli on the mid-lobe and broader (c. 2.8 mm wide) distinctly tapered column.
Caladenia cracens is much less robust than C. alpina and has leaves less than 3 mm
wide, a single-flowered scape and lamina calli with small heads and very narrow stalks.
Specimens of C. alpina from mountain peaks in southern Tasmania commonly have
a dense vestiture of dark red glands on the exterior of the perianth segments, but are
otherwise similar to plants from northern Tasmania and mainland south-eastern
Australia.
CONSERVATION STATUS
Widespread, locally common and well conserved in National Parks and reserves.
SELECTED COLLECTIONS (81 examined)
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Mt Ginini, 30 Nov. 1990, Jones 724 7 (CBG); junction of Moonlight
Hollow and Bendora Dam Roads, 24 Nov. \99\, Jones 8558 (CBG).
NEW SOUTH wales: northern slopes of Mt Clarke, Kosciusko National Park, summer 1957, Costin (NSW,
CANB); near Cabramurra, 20 Dec. 1960, Moore 3200 (CANB).
victoria: summit of Mt Stirling, 18 Nov. 1961, Filson 3993 (MEL); Mt Rosea, Grampians, Nov. 1931,
Nicholls (MEL); Razorback, Mt Feathertop, Dec. 1921, Tadgell (MEL).
TASMANIA: Meetus Falls, Eastern Tiers, 22 Nov. 1986, Collier 1933 (HO); near Mt Arrowsmith, 2 Dec.
1989, Collier 4468 (HO); Mt St John, 13 Dec. 1988, Collier 3784 (HO); Ben Lomond, 28 Dec. 1978, Noble
28043 (HO); White Rock, Mt Wellington, Dec. 1929, Rodwav (HO); Franklin River, 15 Dec. 1986, Collier
1874 {HO).
3 . Caladenia cracens D.L. Jones sp. nov.
affinis Caladenia alpinae R.S. Rogers a qua foliis minoribus angustioribus, scapis
tenuioribus, floribus solitaris minoribus roseis usque rubris et segmentis glandulosus
valde et callis laminae pertenuioribus et columna solida relative lata differt.
type: Tasmania, Lenah Valley, near Hobart, 29 Oct. 1990, D. L. Jones 6833 c& C. H.
Broers (holotype: CBG; isotypes: CBG, HO, MEL, NSW).
Tuberous terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Ten/' narrowly linear, 5-12
cm long, 1-3 mm wide, dark green, purplish-red at the base, sparsely hirsute with patent,
eglandular trichomes c. 2 mm long. Inflorescence 8-15 cm tall, slender, wiry, dark
purplish-red at the base, sparsely hirsute with patent glandular and eglandular trichomes.
Sterile bracts narrowly obovate, 12-16 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, closely sheathing,
externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. Fertile bracts elliptical-obovate, 7-1 1 mm
long, 3-4.5 mm wide, closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs.
Flower solitary, 2-2.5 cm across, pale pink to dark pink, densely glandular, with a sweet
odour; dorsal sepal incurved and cucullate over the column and labellum, lateral sepals
porrect, divergent, petals spreading widely, curving forwards in distal half. Dorsal sepal
obovate-spathulate, 8-12 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, internally glabrous, externally densely
glandular with sessile, ovoid, red trichomes, apex broadly obtuse. Lateral sepals
asymmetrically oblanceolate, 8-13 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, slightly falcate, internally
glabrous, externally as for the dorsal sepal, apex subacute to obtuse. Petals asymmetri-
cally lanceolate, 8-12 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, falcate, internally glabrous, externally as
for the dorsal sepal, apex acuminate. Labellum hinged at the base, heavily suffused
and barred with red, apex with cream margins, distinctly trilobate. Lamina broadly
ovate-elliptical in outline when flattened, 7-8 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, erect in
proximal third, then shallowly curved forwards, apex recurved; lateral lobes c. 2.2 mm
wide, erect and column-embracing, anterior margins rounded, distal margins irregular,
with’l or 2 pairs of linear, stalked calli towards the sinus with the mid-lobe; mid-lobe c.
42 David L. Jones Methods section for details). This study showed that the species from southern Tasmania was undescribed. It also revealed morphological differences (obvious in fresh flowers) in the labellum and column between C. lyallii and C. alpina.Thus it became apparent to the author that C. alpina is distinct from C. lyallii and needs to be reinstated. Also C. lyallii is endemic to New Zealand. Because the identity of these latter two taxa has been confused, both are here provided with fuller descriptions. The slender species from lowland areas of southern Tasmania is described as new. Characters that link all three taxa and distinguish them from superficially similar taxa such as C. gracilis R.Br. are: an obovate dorsal sepal; a broad distinctly trilobate labellum which is usually heavily barred with red; the lamina calli in 2 to 6 irregular rows extending nearly to the apex of the labellum; the calli in the proximal two-thirds prominently stalked, uniformly shaped and regularly arranged whereas those on the mid-lobe are sessile, very irregularly arranged and variously shaped. Taxonomic treatment KEY TO SPECIES OF THE CALADENIA LYALLII COMPLEX 1 Marginal calli on labellum mid-lobe sessile 1 . Caladenia lyallii 1: Marginal calli on labellum mid-lobe stalked 2 2 Leaf narrowly linear, 3 mm wide or less, scape single-flowered, lamina calli with small heads and very narrow stalks 3 . Caladenia cracens 2: Leaf linear-oblong to linear-lanceolate, 7 mm wide or more, scape 1 -4-flowered, lamina calli with large heads and thick stalks 2 . Caladenia alpina 1. Caladenia lyallii Hook.f, FI. nov-zel. 1:247 (1853). type: on grassy hills, Otago, New Zealand, Dec. 1850, Lyall s.n. (holotype: K photo, fide M. Clements; isotypes: K, K-L microfiche). Illustrations: Moore and Edgar, Flora of New Zealand, _wo\. 2, fig. 22 (1970); Mark & Adams, New Zealand Alpine Plants, plate 228 (1973); Johns and Molloy, Native Orchids of New Zealand, plate 10 (1983); St George, Wild Orchids in the far South of New Zealand, \8-\9 (1992) Tuberous, terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Tea/' linear-lanceolate, 6- 20 cm long, 1-6 mm wide, dark green, green or reddish at the base, hirsute with patent glandular and eglandular trichomes, 0.5-1 mm long. Inflorescence 5-25 cm tall, slender to moderately stout, green or reddish at the base, with patent glandular and eglandular trichomes as on the leaf Sterile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 12-16 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. Fertile bracts ovate- lanceolate, 9-17 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. Flowers l-2(-3), 2. 2-2. 8 cm across, white, pale yellow or pink inside, externally white or pale brownish-pink, sparsely glandular, with a sweet odour; dorsal sepal incurved and cucullate over the column and labellum, lateral sepals porrect or deflexed, divergent, petals spreading widely, curving forwards in distal half Dorsal sepal broadly ovate-elliptical to obovate, 9-15 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, internally glabrous, externally hirsute with sessile and stalked glandular trichomes, apex obtuse. Lateral sepals asymmetrically lanceolate, 10-16 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, slightly fal- cate, internally glabrous, externally as for the dorsal sepal, apex acute to acuminate. Petals asymmetrically lanceolate, 9-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, falcate, internally glabrous, externally sparsely glandular, apex acuminate. Labellum hinged at the base, white, usually with prominent, narrow, red transverse bars, sometimes wholly white, apex white or pale yellow, distinctly trilobate. Lamina broadly oblong-elliptical in out-
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 172-3".
156 Ian R. Thompson & Pauline Y. Ladiges Cardamine astoniae 1. Thomps., sp. nov. Cardamini lilacinae Hook, affinis, caulibus stoloniferis, non rosulatis, foliis simplicibus vel pinnatis paucioribus differt. HOLOTYPUs: Victoria, Snowfields, Bogong High Plains, between Rocky Valley Reservoir and Basalt Hill, Falls Creek area, 36°54’S, 147°18’E, 1650 m., 28 Dec. 1994, Ian Thompson 84 (MEL). Perennial herb, glabrous. Roots fine and fibrous. Vegetative stems long, growing horizontally, rooting at nodes, occasionally branching, turning upwards to produce an erect, usually unbranched flowering stem to c. 25 cm high. Leaves somewhat fleshy; basal leaves long-petiolate, simple or pinnate with 1-2 pinna pairs and a larger terminal pinna, to c. 15 cm long, mostly arising singly along vegetative stem, sometimes several clustered at base of flowering stem; tenninal pinna ovate to elliptic, cuneate to cordate at the base; lateral pinnae orbicular to elliptic; cauline leaves usually several, pinnate to pinnatisect,the lateral lobes/pinnae angled strongly forwards. Inflorescences short many-flowered racemes. Sepals green, ovate, 3-4 mm long; petals broad, divided into limb and claw, 6-1 1 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, all white or pink on outside; stamens 6; mature style 1-3 mm long. Siliquas erect to sub-erect, 20-30 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; pedicels 10-20 mm long. Seeds oblong-elliptic, c. 2 mm long. (Fig. 9) DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS Cardamine astoniae is recorded from several disjunct localities in Victoria, NSW and Tasmania. Areas include Barrington Tops National Park in the Northern Tablelands of NSW, the Southern Tablelands of NSW, several localities in the Alpine region of Victoria, notably Falls Creek and Mt Hotham areas, and from near Cradle Mountain in Tasmania. It is protected in National Parks. (Fig. 10)
172 Ian R. Thompson 2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) * Cardamine flexuosa 4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs Cardamine flexuosa 6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading.
172 Ian R. Thompson 2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) * Cardamine flexuosa 4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs Cardamine flexuosa 6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading.
152 Ian R. Thompson & Pauline Y. Ladiges somewhat fleshy; basal leaves forming a rosette of erectly held leaves, the rosette usually distinctly above ground level and leaf bases somewhat loosely arranged along the stem, long petiolate, to 25 cm long, pinnate with l-2(-3) pairs of lateral pinnae and a larger terminal pinna; tenuinal pinna broad-ovate to oblate the base cuneate to shallowly cordate, lateral pinnae similar in shape, long-petiolulate; cauline leaves 0-4, similar to basal leaves or much shorter and with pinnae becoming much narrower and more cuneate up the stem. Inflorescences few to many-flowered racemes, often condensed, sometimes more elongate. Sepals green, ovate, 3-4.5 mm long, petals broad, divided into limb and claw, 8-12 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, white; stamens 6; style at maturity 1-3 mm long. Siliquas 20-40 mm long, 2-3 mm wide on stout pedicels to 20 mm long. Seeds oblong-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long. (Fig. 5) DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS Cardamine robusta is endemic to alpine regions of the Kosciusko National Park in the Southern Tablelands of NSW and is recorded from several localities mostly associated with glacial lakes in this area, e.g. Blue Lake, Club Lake and Lake Albina. It does not appear to be threatened. (Fig. 6) HABITAT Cardamine robusta grows in alpine herbland/grasslands amongst granite boulders on moist slopes bordering glacial lakes, often bordering melting snow-patches. ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet of the new species refers to the vegetative stems which are more robust than in other native Cardamine species. NOTES Cardamine robusta has broad fruits and large seeds, similar to C. astoniae and higher altitude forms of C. lilacina. The development, in C. robusta, of thick underground stems to facilitate vegetative spread does not occur in these species although some vegetative spread can occur. In contrast to C. lilacina, secondary flowering stems are not normally produced from the axils of cauline leaves and typically racemes do not extend as far above the apices of the leaves (flowering often commences at or below the summit of the leaf mass). Petals are always white and large in C. robusta. Above ground vegetative stems are somewhat brittle when fresh and often are noticeably wrinkled following pressing. Basal leaves form a rosette with leaf bases relatively loosely arranged along a gradually elongating vegetative stem resulting in most basal leaves arising well clear of ground level. Leaves are often long and tend to be held fairly erectly. The propensity of C. robusta for vegetative spread means that broad and dense clumps up to c. 1 metre (or more?) in diameter can form. It flowers between January and April. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS (25 specimens examined) NEW SOUTH WALES; Club Lake (Mt Kosciusko), 6200 ft, 20 Jan. 1951, L.A.S. Johnson (NSW); Lake Cootapatamba (Mt Kosciusko), 7 Jan. 1956, M.E. Phillips (NSW); Blue Lake, west bank (Mt Kosciusko) 21 Mar. 1971, C. Totterdell (NSW); 150 m downstream along Lady Northcote’s Creek from Lake Albina, Kosciusko National Park, 6 Feb. 1993, F.A. Zich 219 (NSW, MEL); Blue Lake, Southern Tablelands, 31 Jan. 1972, /.«. Telford 3058 iCBG). Cardamine franklinensis l.Thomps. sp. nov. Cardamini lilacinae Hook, affmis, foliis simplicibus et spathulatis late, vel dissectis pinna terminali elliptica, pinnatis lateralibus in 1-2 paribus sessilis obovatis, seminibus parvioribus differ!. HOLOTYPUS; Australian Capital Territory, 2 miles [3.2 km] above Bendora on Mt Franklin Road, 13 Nov. 1953, C.fV.E. Moore 2777 (NSW).
172 Ian R. Thompson 2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) * Cardamine flexuosa 4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs Cardamine flexuosa 6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 145-159".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 163-164, fig. 3, map 4".
Revision of Cardamine paiicijuga 165 Fig. 4. Distribution of Cardamine lineariloha. Bridge, Grampians National Park, 30 Aug. 1983, A.C. Beaiiglehole 74495 (MEL); c. 4 km NE of Goroke P.O., Goroke State Forest, 4 Sep. 1986, A.C. Beaiiglehole 83709 (MEL): Roadside adjacent to Darlot Swamp, NE of Horsham, 2 Sep. 1995, LR. Thompson 96 (MEL). Cardamine microthrix I. Thomps., sp. nov. Cardamini paucijitgae Turcz. affinis, robustiori, erecta, caulibus pilosis interdum, pinnis foliorum caulium margine ciliatis sparse, pinna tenninali latiore, 3-9-lobata differ!. HOLOTYPUS; Victoria, Clarke Lagoon Wildlife Reserve, north-east study area, 28 Oct. 1987, A.C. Beaiiglehole 89710 and L. W. Huebner (MEL). Annual herb, to 30 cm high. Tap-root slender to stout. Stems slender to robust, usually erect, glabrous to sparsely hairy, branching from the base and from cauline leaf axils. Leaves thin; basal leaves long petiolate, mostly pinnate, to 8 cm long,with 1-2 pinna pairs, forming a rosette, somewhat persistent; terminal pinna large, broadly ovate with a cordate base; lateral pinnae ovate, petiolulate; margins of pinnae entire, crenate or shallowly lobed; cauline leaves usually 2 or more, usually well-developed, pinnate with l-2(-3) pairs of lateral pinnae; terminal pinna often broad, ovate, (3-)5-9 lobed, often deeply and acutely; lateral pinnae ovate, petiolulate, usually trilobed; few to many minute cilia on margins of some to all pinnae of cauline leaves. Inflorescences few to many-flowered racemes, commonly 8 or more per raceme. Sepals green, ovate, c. 1.5 mm long; petals cuneate c. 3 mm long, white; stamens 6; style 0.5 to 1 mm long. Siliquas sub-erect to erect, sometimes crossing over the rachis, 20-30 mm long, c. 1mm wide on sub-erect pedicels 5-10 mm long. Seeds elliptic c. 1.2 mm long. (Fig. 5) DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS Cardamine microthrix occurs in eastern Victoria and NSW in higher rainfall areas between the Great Dividing Range and the coast and has a disjunct distribution in South Australia. In Victoria it is found in central to east Gippsland and in the far north-east of the state. In New South Wales it appears to be more widespread and has a scattered distribution from the far north to the far south of the state and its northerly distribution suggests that it is likely to occur in at least the far south of Queensland. In South Australia it is restricted to hilly country to the east and south of Adelaide with an older record from Wellington near the mouth of the Murray. Its widespread distribution indi- cates that it is not threatened. (Fig. 6)
Revision of Cardamine paiicijuga 167 HABITAT Cardamine microthrix occurs along river, stream and lagoon banks and adjacent low-lying areas. ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet of the new species refers to the minute cilia present on pinna margins. This character is not present in other native species of Cardamine. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS ( specimens examined) SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kaiser Stuhl, 1848, F. Mueller (MEL); Clarendon, 1882, Tepper (597 (MEL); Manning Reserve, 30 km S of Adelaide, 24 Mar. \91\,A.G. Spooner 1216 (AD). victoria: East Gippsland, Ellery Forest Block, Ferntrec Creek near Sardine Creek road, 7 Jan. 1987, C.E. Earl 3S8 (MEL); Colquhoun Regional Park, 29 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beaugletiole 79076 and J.R. Turner an 'dJ.G. Eichler (MEL); Perry River Bridge area, 18 km ESE of Stratford P.O., 6 May 1985, A.C. Beauglehole 79632 and J.R. Turner (MEL); Cobberas National Park, 27 Oct. 1987, A.C. Beauglehole 89511 and L W Huehner (MEL). NEW SOUTH wales: Jembaicumbene Ck. 10 km SW of Braidwood, Alt. 660 m, 20 Oct. 1991, B.J. Lepsclii 598 (SYD, CANB, HO); Richmond River, 1876, Fawcett, (MEL); Tilba Tilba, 1881, Miss Mary Bate 113, (MEL); Devlin’s Creek in Pennant Hills Park, Cheltenham, 2 Nov. 1982, R.G. Covenv 11328 (MEL); Nepean River, Merangle, 13 Jan. 1968, E.J. McBarron 14839 (NSW); Below Marshall Falls, 1 mile (1.6 km) S of Alstonville, North Coast, 25 Oct. 1961, C.F. Constable (NSW); Wollondilly River, S of Gibralter Rock 6 km N of Marulan, 30 Oct. 1977, L.A.S. Johnson 8384 (NSW); Sandy Creek, Bulahdclah-Booral Rd., north coast 28 Sep. 1973, ,4.77. Rodcl2353 (NSW). Cardamine moirensis I. Thomps., sp. nov. Cardamini paucijugae Turcz. affinis, pinna terminali foliorum basalium truncata ad cuneatam basi, foliis pinnis plus habentibus, pinnis lateralibus lobatis saepe, racemo primario breviore et floribus paucioribus, stylo breviore plerumque differt. TYPUS: Victoria, eastern end of reserve on Ulupna Island, 10 km NW of Strathmerton in the Murray Valley, 35°51’, 145°26’, 20 Sep. 1978, T.B. Muir 5965 (holotypus- MEL’ ISOTYPUS: NSW, HO, AD, CANB).
Muelleria9: 161-173 ( 1996 ) A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga eomplex (Brassieaceae) Ian R. Thompson School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3052, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Four new species Cardamine lineariloha I. Thomps., Cardamine microthrix I. Thomps., Cardamine papillata I. Thomps. and Cardamine moirensis I. Thomps. are described and illustrated. Cardamine paucijuga is contrasted with the new species. Introduction Cardamine L. is a genus of about 200 species in the family Brassieaceae. The majority of species occur in temperate regions of northern and southern hemispheres. In Australia, a small number of endemic species are currently recognised, the majority of which are confined to south-eastern Australia, including Tasmania. They occur in moist habitats which include lowland swamps or watercourses, forests, sub-alpine woodlands and a variety of alpine habitats. Species described in this paper mostly occur at lower altitudes. Several introduced species in Australia are similar to, and can occupy similar habitats to, the native species although more commonly they occur in urban environ- ments Cardamine paucijuga was described by Turezaninov in 1 854 based on a Western Australian specimen collected in 1848 by Drummond. This name was subsequently not recognised m Australian floras until resurrected by Hewson (1982). She included all native Cardamine from south-east Australia and Tasmania with petals less than 4 mm long in this species. Before this time, these taxa were identified as either C. hirsuta L. or C. parviflora L., two northern hemisphere species. Hewson described C. paucijuga as an annual, tap-rooted species, glabrous or sometimes hairy (but not with long, straight hairs like the introduced C. hirsuta and C. flexuosa With.) and with petals 2 5-3 5 mm long. Examination of herbarium specimens and evidence from field work and growth trials indicates the existence of four entities separable from C. paucijuga on the basis of foliar, stem, floral and inflorescence characters. Taxonomy Cardamine papillata I.Thomps., sp. nov. Cardamini paueijugae Turez. affinis, habitu humiliore, caulibus foliaceis minus, foliis caulium minoribus dissectis, racemis primariis brevioribus et floribus paucioribus caulibus et pedicellis papillatis plerumque, stylo breviore plerumque diffeiT. ^‘‘^toria, Maramingo Creek area, c. 4 km direct NE of Genoa P O 26 Dec 1969, A.C.Beauglehole 32819 (MEL). Small annual to ?perennial herb, to 25 cm high, glabrous or papillate. Tap-rooted. Stems erect to ascending, slender, glabrous, sometimes minutely papillose, often branch- ing from the base and from cauline leaf axils. Leaves thin; basal leaves long-petiolate simple or pinnate with 1-2 pairs of lateral pinnae and a much larger terminal pinna to 7 cm long forming a persistent rosette; terminal pinna entire, orbicular, slightly cuneate or more often shal owly cordate at the base; lateral leaflets orbicular, short-stalked or sessile, cauline leaves 0-3, variable in shape, sometimes with papillose margins the lowermost sometimes similar to basal leaves, simple or with 1-2 pinna pairs, otherWise 161
Revision of the Cardamine gunnii-lilacina complex 151 3 1 Fig. 4. Ordination of 40 transplants (Hybrid multi-dimensional scaling). Axes 1 and 2. A - Group 1 (Blue Lake) individuals; • - Group 2 (Mt Franklin) individuals; • - Group 3 individuals. Taxonomy Cardamine robusta l.Thomps. sp. nov. Cardamini Ulacinae Hook, affmis, caulibus robustioribus, sobolibus robustis producen- tibus, caespitibus latis facientibus, folds rosulae basibus aggregatis minoribus secus caulem, caule florenti simplici plerumque differt. TYPUS; New South Wales, Club Lake, Kosciusko area 36°25’S, 148°16’E, 10 Jan. 1960, B.G. Briggs (holotypus: NSW). Perennial herb forming dense swards to c. Im diameter, up to 30 cm tall, glabrous. Roots fibrous. Vegetative stems robust (3- 10mm diameter), frequently branching above and below ground level, underground stems, white, growing more or less horizontally and then ascending to above ground level, above-ground stems of pressed specimens often wrinkled; flowering stem relatively slender and usually unbranched. Leaves
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 195-196".
196
James W. Grimes
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K.
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove-
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W.
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE:
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated)
K; isolectotype: NSW.
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type:
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE
(not available).
Reference
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141.
Paper received 6 December, 1995
196
James W. Grimes
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K.
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove-
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W.
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE:
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated)
K; isolectotype: NSW.
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type:
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE
(not available).
Reference
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141.
Paper received 6 December, 1995
Muelleria9: 105 - 109 ( 1996 ) Dipodium pardalinum (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria and South Australia David L. Jones Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian Capital TeiTitory, Australia. ABSTRACT Dipodium pardalinum from Victoria and South Australia, related to Dipodium roseum D.L. Jones & M. A. Clem., is described and illustrated. Introduction Continuing studies into the genus Dipodium R.Br. (Jones & Clements 1987, Jones 1991 ) have revealed the presence of a taxon in western Victoria and south-eastern South Australia which is described here as a new species. This species was first brought to my attention from the Heathmere area by Dorothy and the late Collin Woolcock in 1991, and then by others from different localities in subsequent years. It is mentioned in the notes under D. roseum in volume 2 of Flora of Victoria (Entwisle 1994). Morphological observations during a field trip in 1994 confirmed its distinctiveness from D. roseum and it is here described as new. Methods This study is based on the morphological examination of fresh flowers collected from localities in southern Australia, examination of dissected flowers mounted on cards, also dried and spirit-preserved herbarium specimens and photographs of living flowers of the taxa involved. Herbarium collections (spirit and dried) were examined from AD, CANB, HO and MEL. Photographs of types of all pertinent described taxa have been examined including those in overseas herbaria (LINN, LIV). Measurements given in the description are from living plants or dissected flowers on cards. Notes on distribution, habitat (particularly soil and plant association) and conservation status were derived from field studies. Taxonomy Dipodium pardalinum D. L. Jones .syr. nov. affinis Dipodium roseo D.L. Jones & M. A. Clem, a qua floribus perdilutibus roseis aperi- entibus cito albidis decolorantibus, tepalis grosse maculatis, et medilobo labelli anguste usque late elliptico et grosse punctato differt. TYPUs: c. 4.2 km W along Jarrets Rd, Heathmere, Victoria, 38°12’S, 141°34’E, 10 Feb. 1994, D.L. Jones 12836 & B.E. Jones (holotype: CBG; isotype: AD, MEL, NSW) Glabrous terrestrial herb. Stem bracts ovate-deltate, to 1 5 mm long and 20 mm wide, dark brown, fleshy, acute. Inflorescence 40-90 cm tall, fleshy, green to dark reddish black, bearing 10-c. 40 flowers in a loose open raceme, the peduncle much longer than the rachis. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate-deltate, 5-10 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, scarious, brown, acute to obtuse, closely sheathing to spreading. Pedicels 5-10 mm long, slender, slightly twisted, straight or curved, green to reddish brown. Ovary narrowly ovoid to narrowly obovoid, 4-7 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, not gibbous, smooth or sparsely verru- 105
Review of the Erigeron pappocromiis complex 183 Erigeron pappocroinus Labill. Form B, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. A, M.F. Porteners in G.J. Flarden (ed.), FI. New South Wales y 177 (1992). Rhizomic herb, often forming colonies comprising rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-A mm in diameter. Leaves spathulate, 15-50 mm long, 6-15(-20) mm wide, multicellular glandular and acicular hairs usually restricted to margins and nerves; lamina surface viscid from sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.5-17 cm long, glutinous, sparsely woolly with multicellular hairs; bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of the scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high.; bracts 25-42, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often purplish, viscid with sessile glandular hairs as well as occasional multicel- lular hairs. Rav florets 43-100; corolla white or purplish with limb 4-5 mm long; style 4.5 mm long;’ style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-40, hermaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 5-6 mm long. Achenes 7 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figure 3) ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet refers to the shiny, varnished leaf surface characterising this species. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine grasslands and heathlands of mainland Australia where sympatric with E. bellidioides. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron nitidus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved. SELECTED SPECIMENS NEW SOUTH wales: Munyang Mountains, alt. 4-6,000 ft, Jan. 1855, F. Mueller (MEL); Mt Kosciusko, Jan. \%1 A. F. Mueller (MEL). victoria: Hotham Heights, 27 Mar. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 41693 (MEL); Upper Mitta Mitta, F. Mueller (MEL); Dargo High Plains, Lankeys Plain, 1 Jan. 1982, N.G. Walsh (MEL). 4. Erigeron bellidioides (Hook.f ) S.J.Forbes & D. I. Morris, comb. nov. (H)Aplopappus bellidioides Hook.f, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron gunnii var. bellidioides (Hook.f) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46B (1856). Erigeron pappocromiis var. gunnii auct. non (Hook.f) Benth.: M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 176 (1992). Erigeron pappocromiis Labill. Form C, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). type: Middlesex Plains, Tas., Gunn 692\ holotype: K photograph seen, see note. Rhizomic herb, often forming spreading colonies of rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-4 mm in diameter, clothed in scale-like deltoid bracts 1-2 mm long, narrowly triangular, 6-10 mm at base of rosette. Leaves spathulate, 15-80 mm long, 5-15(-20) mm wide; lamina hirsute with multicellu- lar hairs 0.1-1 mm long with a few sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate, margins ciliate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-30 cm long, at first woolly with multicellu- lar hairs to 0.5 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high; bracts 25-45, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 184-185".
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 181 Erieerontem bellidioidem simulans sed characteribiis sequentibus differ!. Herba rhizomatosa typice in turbario rosulas debiles ascendentes formans, inflorescentia 5-30 cm altitudine. Folia spathulata integra, flavo-virentia, 2-10 cm longitudme, 4-13 mm latitudine, apice obtuso, base attenuata, petiolo leniter in laminam expansa sparsirn setosa pilis multicellularibus 0.2-0.3 mm longitudme et pilis sparsis glanduliteris ad 0. 1 mm longitudine. Bracteae 2^, secus pedunculum distantes, foliis similibus vel basin reductae, linearescentes, versus apicem 5—10 mm longitudine. Involucmm turbmatum 1 .0-1 .5 cm latitudine, 7-8 mm longitudine. type: Bogong High Plains, head of Cope Creek, 36°55’15”S, 147°17’00”E, alt. 1700 m, 2 Jan. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1199; holotype; MEL; isotype: CANB. Rhizomic herb forming weak, ascending rosettes. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellow- ish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, yello^wish- green, 2-10 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, apex obtuse, base attenuate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0. 3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 5-30 cm long, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2— 0.3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm; bracts 2-A, distant along scape, similar to leaves or reduced at base, becoming linear, 5-10 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1 .0-1.5 cm wide, 7-8 mm high- bracts 22-28, imbricate, 2-seriate, linear, acute, ciliate; margins hyaline; apices often purplish; outer bracts sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm; inner bracts almost glabrous apart from apical cilia. Rav florets 22-51, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms subulate, 0.4-0. 8 mm long. Disc florets 6-11, hermaphroditic; corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 4 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 4 rnm long. Achenes 3 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. 2a-c) etymology The specific epithet is derived from Latin and refers to the swampy habitat ot the species. distribution AND HABITAT New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine and sub-alpine swamps on mainland Australia. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron paludicola is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved. SELECTED SPECIMENS NEW SOUTH WALES: Sources of the Hunter River, 1887, Miss Carter (MEL). victoria: Mt Buller, near top of ‘Bourke Street’, alt. 1650 m, 29 Jan. 1958, T.B. Muir 354 (MEL), Mt Baw Baw, approx 1.8 km NE of Ski Village along track to Mustering Flat, 19 Feb. 1980, P.S. Short 1115 (MEL); Mt Buffalo National Park, c. 2 km NE from the Horn, alt. 1480 m, 7 Feb. 1982, N.G. Walsh 645 (MEL)! 3 . Erigeron nitidus S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. a Erigeronte bellidioide circumlitione vernicosa foliorum e glandibus sessilibus exudante, pilis glandulosis et pilis acicularibus plerumque ad nervos pedunculos margines folii restricts differ!. type: Bogong High Plains, head of Cope Creek, 36°55’30”S, 147°17’00”E, alt. 1700 m, 1 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1194. holotype: MEL; isotypes: CANB, HO, NSW.
178 Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus (Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note below. Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be adequately reserved. NOTE ON LECTOTYPE A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South Wales 3: 177(1992).
178 Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus (Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note below. Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be adequately reserved. NOTE ON LECTOTYPE A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South Wales 3: 177(1992).
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex
177
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate.
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera.
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus
complex.
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5
2 Leaves spathulate 3
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.)
1 . Erigeron pappocromus
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire,
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long;
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate
towards apex 8
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.)
3 . Erigeron nitidus
Species descriptions
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-,
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847)
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex
177
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate.
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera.
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus
complex.
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5
2 Leaves spathulate 3
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.)
1 . Erigeron pappocromus
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire,
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long;
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate
towards apex 8
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.)
3 . Erigeron nitidus
Species descriptions
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-,
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847)
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral.
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 187 DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; on exposed alpine areas of Tasmania although absent from Ben Lomond and Mt Wellington, and occuring as low as 480 m in the south west. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron stellatus is restricted in habitat, but appears adequately reserved. 8. Erigeron trigonus S.J.Forbes & D.I. Morris, sp. nov. a Erigeronte stellato foliis 5-14 mm longitudine, linearibus, ± trigonis, apiculatis, mar- ginibus non nisi prope basin pectinato-ciliatis et flosculis disci proprie atropurpeis dif- fer!. type: Hamilton Crags, Ben Lomond, Tas., 41°43’S, 147°41’E, 1460 m, 5 Jan. 1992, A. Moscal 22287; holotype: HO; isotype: MEL, NSW. Rhizomic herb forming distant rosettes. Leaves 5-14 mm long, glabrous, coriaceous, shining, linear, trigonous to almost terete, becoming channelled on drying, flattened below; margins of the flattened part pectinate-ciliate, the cilia septate; apex purple, narrowing ± abruptly to a stout colourless apiculum up to 0.5 mm long, this eroding with age. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.3-5 cm high, purple, glabrous or with scattered glandular or eglandular septate hairs or a combination of both. Bracts l-3(-7) linear, 2-4 mm long. Involucre turbinate, c. 10 mm wide; bracts 25-35, 2-3 seriate, 3-5.5 mm long, purple, margins glabrous or minutely ciliate. Ray florets 20-30; corolla white or tipped purple or pink, limb c. 4.5 mm long, tube with a few weak hairs at throat; style c. 2 mm long; style-anus 1 mm long. Disc florets 5-12, purple, corolla, narrow-funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long, with a few weak hairs at the midpoint. Pappus capillary, white, 3.5-4 mm long. Achenes 2-2.5 mm long, flattened, sparsely hairy with a denser tuft of hairs at the base. Mature achenes not seen. (Fig. 4a-d) etymology The specific epithet refers to the characteristically three-sided leaves of Erigeron trigonus. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; in alpine heath and feldmark, often amongst cushion plants. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron trigonus is restricted in habitat and rare. Although adequately reserved the species appears vulnerable due to rarity. SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Ncwdegate Slopes, 4 May 1930, H.F. Comber 2635 (HO); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1263 (MEL); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1264 (MEL); Mt Field National Park, low saddle between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Jan. 1989, N.G. Walsh 22HI (MEL). 9 . Erigeron setosus (Benth.) M. Gray, Contr. Herb. Aust. 6: 1 (1974). Erigeron pappocromus var. setosus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenithrix setosa (Benth.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 150(1 994). type: ‘In vertice montis Kosciusko, locis glareosis, 6000-6500 ft radius albus vel rubellus, 1 Jan. 1855, F. Mueller. Munyang Mountains, Victoria, F. Mueller 6000-6500 ft’. LECTOTYPE (fide M. Gray, 1974): MEL 1012236. Rhizomic herb producing crowded rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, scales triangular, 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate.
178 Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus (Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note below. Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be adequately reserved. NOTE ON LECTOTYPE A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South Wales 3: 177(1992).
186 Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris SELECTED SPECIMENS victoria: Baw Baw National Park, Currawong Flat, alt. 1465 m, 5 Dec. 1981, N.C. Walsh 682 (MEL); Baw Baw Plateau, Currawong Flat, alt. 1470 m, 26 Feb. 1991, N.G. Walsh 3052 (MEL); Baw Baw Plateau, Pauciflora Flat, alt. 1450 m, 26 Feb. 1991, 7V.G. Walsh 3056 (MEL). TASMANIA: 1 km N of Resevoir Lake, alt. 750 m, D.G. Adams 30 (FIO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, W.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Cradle Mountain National Park, Crater Peak lookout-Horse Trail intersection, 3 km NNW summit Cradle Mountain, alt. 1240 m, 19 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1219 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Mt Wellington near pinnacle, 28 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1307 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hill One, 5 km NNE Mt La Perouse on walking track, alt. 980 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1337 (MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, ski village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1386 (CANB, HO, MEL). DISTRIBUI ION AND HABITAT Tasmania and Victoria, on the Baw Baw Plateau; in alpine and sub-alpine grassland, herbfield and heathland. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron tasmanicus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved in Tasmania. The species is rare in Victoria, and although adequately reserved, appears vulnerable due to rarity 7. Erigeron stellatus (Hook.f.) W.M. Curtis, Students FI. Tas. Pt.2: 463 (1963). (H)Aplopappus stellatus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron tasmanicus var. stellatus (Hook.f.) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46A (the left-hand figure)! 1856); Erigeron pappocromus var. stellatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenithrix stellata (Hook.f) Nesom, Phytologia IF. 151 (1 994). type: Mountains (? Hampshire Hills), Tas., Gunn 279\ holotype: K, photograph seen, the top three specimens on the sheet are referable to this collection; possible isotype: NSW 275470 Rhizomic herb forming stiff rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, scales triangular 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves narrowly elliptic, occasionally broadest above the middle or spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 1-3 cm long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide, apex obtuse with a few apical setae 0.3-0. 8 mm long, base attenuate, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina, lower margin with a few tubercle-based multicellular setae 0.3-0. 8 mm long, and occasional multicellular glandular hairs to 0. 1 mm, otherwise glabrous. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scapes 5-6.5 cm long, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0. 3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-A, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, becoming linear, 5-10 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 0.6-0.8(-l .5) cm wide, 1.0-1. 6 cm high; bracts 22-28, imbricate, 2-seriate, linear, acute, apex ciliate often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0. 3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm; inner bracts almost glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 22-51, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4(-5) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-anus subulate, 0.4-0.8 mm long. Disc florets 6-ll(-28) hermaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 4 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3^ mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, flattened, sparsely setose with occasional sessile glandular hairs, and with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figs Ic & 4e) SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Mt Counsel, western slopes, highest point, north, in view from Melaleuca Settlement, alt. 2,400 ft, 19 Mar. 1954, M. Davis 1465 (MEL); Cradle Mountain National Park, summit Cradle Mountain, alt. 1540 m, 19 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1220 (CANB, HO, MEL); SE slope of Great Dome, alt. 1200 m, 22 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1266 (MEL); Mt Sorcll, Macquarie Harbour, alt. 3000 ft, 25 Jun. 1847, J. Milligan 874 (MEL); Mt Gaffney, alt. 480 m, 14 Jan. 1986, A. Moscal 11678 (HO); Mt Field National Park, low saddle between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Feb. 1989, N.G. Walsh 220 (MEL).
Review of the Erigeron pappocronms complex 185 glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 35-95; corolla white or purplish with limb 4 mm long. SU’le 4.5 mm long, style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-29, henuaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long. Style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white 5 mm long. Achenes c. 3.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. Id) SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: 1 km ENE of Nevada Peak, alt. 1 190 m, 25 Feb. 1990, P. Collier 4551 (HO); Mt. Wellington near pinnacle, 28 Jan, 1983, S.J. Forbes ISOS (MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, near summit Hartz Peak alt 1230 m, 1 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1354 (CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Ben Lomond National Park, Ski Village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1387 (HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, Diamond Springs above Ploughed Field, 27 Mar. 1878, J. Milligan 1132 (MEL); Snowdrift Tarn, Snowy Range, 22 Mar. 1983, A. Moscalim (HO). DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Alpine and sub-alpine grasslands and heathlands of Tasmania. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron gitnnii is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved. NOTE The holotype includes preliminary drawings for the details illustrated by Fitch in Flora Tasmaniae t. 46B as E. gunnii. The mature plants illustrated are probably referable to E. bellidioides . 6. Erigeron tasmanicus (Flook.f.) Flook.f, FI. Tasman. 1; 183, t.46A (the right-hand figure) (1856). (H)Aplopappus tasmanicus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 110 (1847); Erigeron pappocronms Labill. var. oblongatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenopappus tasmanicum (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994); Pappochroma tasmanica (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76; 426 (1994). type: Mount Wellington, Tasmania, Gunn 1150', holotype: K, photograph seen; possi- ble isotype: NSW 51741. Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-3 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins thickened, sometimes distantly and minute- ly serrulate, often more or less concave or folded, bright-green, with only mid-vein apparent, (0.7-)l-5(-7) cm long, 3-9 mm wide, lamina at first sparsely and minutely scabrid with tubercle based multicellular hairs to 0. 1 mm long and occasional sessile glands, apex acute or occasionally emarginate, base attenuate; petiole gradually expand- ing into lamina, occasionally with a few distant marginal cilia at the base. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scapes 1.5-15 cm long, sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, becoming linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1-1. 5 cm wide, 0.6 cm high; bracts 24^0, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear acute, apex minutely ciliate; margins hyaline, apices often purplish, outer bracts sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0.2 mm, inner bracts glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 23-55, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 4-14, hermaphroditic; corolla nan'owly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic, 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3 mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. lb)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 187 DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; on exposed alpine areas of Tasmania although absent from Ben Lomond and Mt Wellington, and occuring as low as 480 m in the south west. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron stellatus is restricted in habitat, but appears adequately reserved. 8. Erigeron trigonus S.J.Forbes & D.I. Morris, sp. nov. a Erigeronte stellato foliis 5-14 mm longitudine, linearibus, ± trigonis, apiculatis, mar- ginibus non nisi prope basin pectinato-ciliatis et flosculis disci proprie atropurpeis dif- fer!. type: Hamilton Crags, Ben Lomond, Tas., 41°43’S, 147°41’E, 1460 m, 5 Jan. 1992, A. Moscal 22287; holotype: HO; isotype: MEL, NSW. Rhizomic herb forming distant rosettes. Leaves 5-14 mm long, glabrous, coriaceous, shining, linear, trigonous to almost terete, becoming channelled on drying, flattened below; margins of the flattened part pectinate-ciliate, the cilia septate; apex purple, narrowing ± abruptly to a stout colourless apiculum up to 0.5 mm long, this eroding with age. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.3-5 cm high, purple, glabrous or with scattered glandular or eglandular septate hairs or a combination of both. Bracts l-3(-7) linear, 2-4 mm long. Involucre turbinate, c. 10 mm wide; bracts 25-35, 2-3 seriate, 3-5.5 mm long, purple, margins glabrous or minutely ciliate. Ray florets 20-30; corolla white or tipped purple or pink, limb c. 4.5 mm long, tube with a few weak hairs at throat; style c. 2 mm long; style-anus 1 mm long. Disc florets 5-12, purple, corolla, narrow-funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long, with a few weak hairs at the midpoint. Pappus capillary, white, 3.5-4 mm long. Achenes 2-2.5 mm long, flattened, sparsely hairy with a denser tuft of hairs at the base. Mature achenes not seen. (Fig. 4a-d) etymology The specific epithet refers to the characteristically three-sided leaves of Erigeron trigonus. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Tasmania; in alpine heath and feldmark, often amongst cushion plants. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron trigonus is restricted in habitat and rare. Although adequately reserved the species appears vulnerable due to rarity. SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: Ncwdegate Slopes, 4 May 1930, H.F. Comber 2635 (HO); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1263 (MEL); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1264 (MEL); Mt Field National Park, low saddle between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Jan. 1989, N.G. Walsh 22HI (MEL). 9 . Erigeron setosus (Benth.) M. Gray, Contr. Herb. Aust. 6: 1 (1974). Erigeron pappocromus var. setosus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenithrix setosa (Benth.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 150(1 994). type: ‘In vertice montis Kosciusko, locis glareosis, 6000-6500 ft radius albus vel rubellus, 1 Jan. 1855, F. Mueller. Munyang Mountains, Victoria, F. Mueller 6000-6500 ft’. LECTOTYPE (fide M. Gray, 1974): MEL 1012236. Rhizomic herb producing crowded rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, scales triangular, 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
76 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee divergence of the side veins, i.e. >20° compared with almost longitudinal respectively. We do not suport this distinction. He did not state under his treatment ofE. nitida if the distribution ‘E’ was intended to include the Grampian Ranges. Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker (1983) investigated the southern Victorian pepper- mints and concluded that they were a taxon distinct from E. nitida. Consequently, they erected a new species, E. willisii (type from Near Mt Oberon, Wilson’s Promontory). Later, Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffm (1986) distinguished the Grampians populations of E. willisii as a separate but related taxon, falciformis. Our own investigations and those of T. Whiffin and D. Rankin of La Trobe University (pens, comm.) indicate that the coastal peppermints west of Melbourne, extending into the south-east of South Australia, and those of the Grampian Ranges are the same taxon, i.e. subsp. falciformis. They have larger, coarser juvenile and adult leaves and larger buds and fruit than the typical subspecies. There are no sudden mor- phological and geographical distinctions between the subspecies. Populations west of Gisborne may be interpreted as intergrades between the two subspecies and possibly influenced genetically by the contiguous E. radiata. Johnson & Hill (1990) segregated a further peppennint species, the glaucous E. croajingolensis. This occurs mostly in far eastern Victoria but extends as far west as Mt. Useful and possibly near Lake Mountain, from subcoastal hills north and east to far south-eastern New South Wales. North and west of this distribution, i.e. inland from the Great Dividing Range in eastern Victoria but widespread in the central highlands and extending to the Wombat State Forest north-west of Melbourne and Otway Range is a non-glaucous, narrow, thin-leaved peppermint species that appears to be conspecific with the species that occurs widely on the eastern side of the tableland of south-eastern New South Wales. From field examination, we consider this latter taxon to be typical E. radiata. The populations in Victoria are not conspicuously variable although the adult leaves may be dull or slightly glossy. There is a ‘central’ area from Mt Buffalo east to Benambra where the seedling leaves are narrower than elsewhere. E. radiata subsp. rohertsonii, which is relatively abundant in New South Wales from the Snowy Mountains northwards in the high country, is a tall, narrow-leaved forest tree with glaucous buds and fruits. We have not found this subspecies in Victoria after extensive field and herbarium studies. We conclude that the peppermints have not undergone distinctive speciation and accept that many specimens will not be ascribable to any of the above names. 2. Eucalyptus sen Acadiformes L.A.S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Acadiformes Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, inflo- rescentiis 7-floribus, folds plantularum subsessilibus vel petiolatis, et fructibus disco leviter ascendenti distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus acaciiformis Deane & Maiden Eucalyptus aromaphloia Pryor and Willis, Vic. Nat., 71; 125 (1954). type: At 1 13 mile post on the Great Western Highway, Victoria (between Buangor and Mt Langi-Ghiran in Ararat district), and approximately at the centre of the species’ range, 20 August 1954, L.D. Pryor & J.& J.H. Willis (MEL, Herb. Dept. Interior, NSW, BRI, K); paratype; from Eastern Hill, Creswick, January 1, 1946, J.H. Willis (MEL). In the protologue of E. aromaphloia the authors discussed the problem in relating the name E. hiiberiana Naudin (type: Cap d’ Antibes, France, published 1891) to natural populations. It was concluded that some Victorian populations ascribed to hiiberiana were hybrids of E. viminalis with an un-named species. This other parent of the so-called hybrid was published as E. aromaphloia Pryor & Willis in 1954. The new species was considered to have an extensive distribution in western Victoria and to cross into South Australia. The southern, more coastal forms of hiiberiana were later (1980)
136 K. Rule into west Gippsland beyond the Latrobe Valley, as some Victorian observers have assumed, but is replaced by the closely related, lustrous-leaved third species which favours heavy soils on hilly terrain. Two other relatives of E. aromaphloia are described as new species. The first, which consists of numerous small populations occurring throughout the Wimmera region, represents Chappill and Ladiges’ western taxon. The second, which has a very restricted distribution, was overlooked by previous researchers. It occurs near Portland in south-west Victoria and features seedlings with lustrous, juvenile leaves and squared, finely ridged stems. The study also examined the variable nature of E. aromaphloia and a mosaic of subtly different forms has been identified. In the context of this study, all these forms are considered to belong to a single, extremely polymorphic species. In the accompany- ing notes aspects of their morphologies and their distributions are briefly discussed. Taxonomy 1 . Eucalyptus fulgens K.Rule sp. nov. Eucalypto ignorabili L. A. S. Johnson & K.D.Hill affinis, foliis juvenilibus majoribus viridibus pallidis, foliis adultis nitido-viridibus, cortice crassa subfibrosa sulcata pro- funde differt. HOLOTYPUS; 0.9 km along Red Hill Road from the intersection of Albers and Manestar roads. Upper Beaconsfield, Victoria, 38°02’S, 145°23’E, 20 June 1994, K. Rule 9464 (MEL). Small, spreading trees to 15 m tall. Bark grey-brown, sub-fibrous, often deeply furrowed on trunk and major branches with thick slabs and strips; basal bark with loose, often crusty chunks; minor branches smooth, light brown, with old bark decorticating in short, brownish ribbons. Seedling leaves ovate-elliptical, pale green, sub-sessile, decussate. Juvenile leaves broad-lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate, sessile then shortly petiolate by 8-10 nodes and becoming disjunct (sub-opposite for a few pairs then regularly alternate) at the same stage, pale green or slightly blue-green, dull but may become slightly lustrous in advanced juvenility, slightly discolorous, acuminate, glandu- lar, 4-8 X 1.8-3. 5 cm; petioles to 10 mm long; venation visible but not conspicuous; growth tips lustrous; nodes relatively sparse; seedling stems square or round in section but non-ridged. Intermediate leaves lanceolate or broadly lanceolate, sometimes falcate, longer than juvenile leaves, sub-lustrous or lustrous, green or slightly blue-green, pendu- lous. Adult leaves lanceolate, falcate, lustrous, green, concolorous, glandular with numerous island glands, acuminate, 12-25 x 1.5-3 cm; petioles 1.4-2. 5 cm long; venation moderately reticulate; intramarginal veins 1.5-2. 5 mm from margin. Inflorescences simple, axillary, 7-flowered; peduncles slender, terete, to 1.1 cm long. Floral buds ovoid or clavate, scarred, pedicellate, to 6 x 3 mm; pedicels as long as buds; opercula conical, as long as hypanthia; anthers irregularly inflexed, oblong, dehiscing through longitudinal slits; filaments white. Fruits sub-globular, pedicellate, to 6 x 5 mm; discs ascending; valves slightly exerted; locules 3 or 4; pedicels 2-4 mm long. Fertile seeds black, irregular in shape, slightly flattened, lacunose. FLOWERING PERIOD Autumn. DISTRIBUTION The populations are sporadic and occur in west Gippsland from the Latrobe Valley to the Yarra Valley (Fig. 1). The preferred habitat is heavy soils of sandstone origin on ridges and slopes. The annual rainfall across the range exceeds 800 mm with a winter maximum.
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
80 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret Johnston 8 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. ‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 3-fioribus distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- guitur. typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 (1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 (1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. Johnson, loc. cit.). The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland
80 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret Johnston 8 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. ‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 3-fioribus distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- guitur. typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 (1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 (1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. Johnson, loc. cit.). The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland
138 K. Rule The species most closely related to E. fidgens is E. ignorabilis, the two being inseparable in bud and fruit morphology and occupying ranges adjacent to each other. Even more important is that they possess similar seedling ontogenies and share particular seedling features. Both exhibit relatively early development of alternate, petiolate juvenile leaves and both possess non-glaucous seedling growth tips. In contrast, however, the juveniles of E. fitlgens are usually larpr and are pale green or slightly blue-green rather than grey-green in E. ignorabilis (Table 1). Also as the seedlings reach intermediacy, the juvenile leaves of E. fulgens become sub-lustrous rather than remaining dull as in E. ignorabilis. Eventually, the canopy of E. fulgens becomes conspicuously lustrous and green which contrasts markedly with the dull, greyish one of E. ignorabilis and, as in the juvenile stage, the adult leaves of E. fulgens are usually longer (15-25 cm compared with 10-17 cm long). Lastly, the often deeply furrowed, ragged bark of E. fulgens is a marked contrast to the bark of typical E. ignorabilis which is thin with fine, longitudinal furrows and peppermint-like in appearance. There are appreciable differences between E. aromaphloia and E. fulgens with the former featuring seedlings with waxy growth tips and juvenile leaves that are grey, smaller and generally elliptical to ovate-shaped with shorter petioles throughout juvenil- ity. Fuilhennore, the rate at which the seedlings of E. fulgens develop differs from that of £. aromaphloia. Although the juveniles of both become disjunct at approximately the same number of nodes, those of the latter are irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or alternate for numerous pairs (as is the case with the other new species described here). Other subtle differences exist in adult morphology, e.g. although the canopy of E. aromaphloia is usually lustrous, it is appreciably blue and its fruits are most often sessile or sub-sessile. SPECIMENS EXAMINED victoria; Yarra .lunction, 24 Oct. 1954, N.A. Wakepeld (MEL1608542); Quamby Road, Upper Beaconsfield, 28 June 1964, J.H. Willis (MEL 1607349); Coranderk Reserve, Picaninny Swamp, Badger Creek via Healcsville, 14 May 1973, .J.H. Willis (MELS 14983); Kinglake National Park, 28 July 1982, A.C. Beauglehole 70837 (MEL 1609456); Warburton Highway, adjacent to the Woori Yallock Plant Nursery, east of Woori Yallock, 20 Oct. 1989, K. Rule (MEL1593202); 14 km north of Yarra Glen on the Melba Highway, 2 Oct. 1990. K. Rule 9025 (MEL); adjacent to the Lang Lang Golf Course, 7 km from the intersection of the South Gippsland and Bass Highways, 10 Nov. 1990, K. Rule 9075 (MEL); 500 m from the Nar Nar Goon turnoff on the Prince’s Highway, 1 May 1991, K. Rule 9148 (MEL); 8.3 km north of Moe towards Erica, 24 Jan. 1992, K. Rule 9218 (MEL); 600 m west of Gumbuya Park on the Prince’s Highway, 7 Feb. 1992, M.I.H. Brooker 10940 (MEL1616812). 2 . Eucalyptus sabulosa K.Rule sp. nov. Eucalvpto aromaphloiae L.D. Pryor & J.H. Willis affinis, foliis juvenilibus nitido-viridibus sessilibus linearibus falcatis, foliis adultis hebetibus vel sub-nitentibus, pallido-viridibus vel caesio-viridibus differt. HOLOTYPUs: 23 km south of Nhill, Victoria, 36°32’S, 141°40’E, 4 May 1981, G.C. Cornwall 340 (MEL641778). Small, spreading trees to 12 m tall. Bark sub-fibrous, somewhat scaly, irregularly furrowed, grey, persisting on trunk and branches. Seedling leaves linear, decussate, sessile, blue-green, crowded alongthe axis but not heath-like. Juvenile leaves linear, falcate, sessile for 20 nodes or more then sub-sessile for numerous pairs there after, opposite for a similar number of nodes then irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or alternate for numerous pairs thereafter, acuminate, glandular, lustrous and green for numerous pairs (with older leaves becoming sub-lustrous and blue-green), discolorous, 4-9 X 0.5- 1.0 cm; venation inconspicuous; growth tips lustrous, green; nodes often crowded but not heath-like; petioles to 4 mm long. Intermediate leaves linear-lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, falcate, sub-lustrous blue-green, alternate, shortly petiolate, larger than juvenile leaves. Adult leaves lanceolate, falcate, dull or sub-lustrous, light green or slightly blue-green, glandular, acuminate, to 16x2 cm; intramarginal vein not
76 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee divergence of the side veins, i.e. >20° compared with almost longitudinal respectively. We do not suport this distinction. He did not state under his treatment ofE. nitida if the distribution ‘E’ was intended to include the Grampian Ranges. Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker (1983) investigated the southern Victorian pepper- mints and concluded that they were a taxon distinct from E. nitida. Consequently, they erected a new species, E. willisii (type from Near Mt Oberon, Wilson’s Promontory). Later, Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffm (1986) distinguished the Grampians populations of E. willisii as a separate but related taxon, falciformis. Our own investigations and those of T. Whiffin and D. Rankin of La Trobe University (pens, comm.) indicate that the coastal peppermints west of Melbourne, extending into the south-east of South Australia, and those of the Grampian Ranges are the same taxon, i.e. subsp. falciformis. They have larger, coarser juvenile and adult leaves and larger buds and fruit than the typical subspecies. There are no sudden mor- phological and geographical distinctions between the subspecies. Populations west of Gisborne may be interpreted as intergrades between the two subspecies and possibly influenced genetically by the contiguous E. radiata. Johnson & Hill (1990) segregated a further peppennint species, the glaucous E. croajingolensis. This occurs mostly in far eastern Victoria but extends as far west as Mt. Useful and possibly near Lake Mountain, from subcoastal hills north and east to far south-eastern New South Wales. North and west of this distribution, i.e. inland from the Great Dividing Range in eastern Victoria but widespread in the central highlands and extending to the Wombat State Forest north-west of Melbourne and Otway Range is a non-glaucous, narrow, thin-leaved peppermint species that appears to be conspecific with the species that occurs widely on the eastern side of the tableland of south-eastern New South Wales. From field examination, we consider this latter taxon to be typical E. radiata. The populations in Victoria are not conspicuously variable although the adult leaves may be dull or slightly glossy. There is a ‘central’ area from Mt Buffalo east to Benambra where the seedling leaves are narrower than elsewhere. E. radiata subsp. rohertsonii, which is relatively abundant in New South Wales from the Snowy Mountains northwards in the high country, is a tall, narrow-leaved forest tree with glaucous buds and fruits. We have not found this subspecies in Victoria after extensive field and herbarium studies. We conclude that the peppermints have not undergone distinctive speciation and accept that many specimens will not be ascribable to any of the above names. 2. Eucalyptus sen Acadiformes L.A.S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Acadiformes Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, inflo- rescentiis 7-floribus, folds plantularum subsessilibus vel petiolatis, et fructibus disco leviter ascendenti distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus acaciiformis Deane & Maiden Eucalyptus aromaphloia Pryor and Willis, Vic. Nat., 71; 125 (1954). type: At 1 13 mile post on the Great Western Highway, Victoria (between Buangor and Mt Langi-Ghiran in Ararat district), and approximately at the centre of the species’ range, 20 August 1954, L.D. Pryor & J.& J.H. Willis (MEL, Herb. Dept. Interior, NSW, BRI, K); paratype; from Eastern Hill, Creswick, January 1, 1946, J.H. Willis (MEL). In the protologue of E. aromaphloia the authors discussed the problem in relating the name E. hiiberiana Naudin (type: Cap d’ Antibes, France, published 1891) to natural populations. It was concluded that some Victorian populations ascribed to hiiberiana were hybrids of E. viminalis with an un-named species. This other parent of the so-called hybrid was published as E. aromaphloia Pryor & Willis in 1954. The new species was considered to have an extensive distribution in western Victoria and to cross into South Australia. The southern, more coastal forms of hiiberiana were later (1980)
80 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret Johnston 8 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. ‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 3-fioribus distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- guitur. typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 (1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 (1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. Johnson, loc. cit.). The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland
84 M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic (Brooker& Kleinig 1990). OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- gestis distinguitur. TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage A monotypic series. 13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. This series comprises the snow gums. 14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). Acknowledgement We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298.
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
82 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Fig 3. Buds, fruits, shed androecium and leaves of Eucalyptus polyanthemos subsp. longior. Eucalyptus, viridis is the most widespread of these mallee boxes, occurring in the Flinders Range of South Australia, across western and central Victoria, the western plains and slopes of New South Wales and scattered in south-eastern Queensland. Willis (1973) considered a population in the Lawloit Range between Nhill and Kaniva, and which he retained in this species, to be aberrant because of its broader leaves and larger fruit. Rule (1990), in a study that included both forms of E. viridis plus E. odorata and E. polybractea, concluded that the Lawloit Range form was more extensive in distribution than indicated by Willis and constituted a new species. The grounds for his decision were varied but were largely differences in degree, e.g. among these four taxa, the sides of the fruit were given as varying from slightly angled to faintly ribbed to smooth. The bark character for wimmerensis is given as ‘smooth or rarely basal, fibrous’ and for viridis as ‘fibrous stocking, confined to lower stem’. It is easy though scarcely of much scientific merit to dwell on selected comparisons like these, but we believe that stronger, discrete differences should be the criteria for species. Hence we have decided on subspecies rank for wimmerensis. 11. Eucalyptus ser. Heterophloiae Blakely Eucalyptus polyanthemos subsp. longior Brooker & Slee, subsp. nov. a subspecie typica foliis adultis longioribus lanceolatis differt. TYPE- Victoria. 4.6 km along Ostler’s Gap Road from Waygara Track Junction; N of Waygara, 37°42’S, 148°20’E, 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 11637 & A. Slee (holotype: CANB; isotypes: AD, MEL, NSW).
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
80 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret Johnston 8 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. ‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 3-fioribus distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- guitur. typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 (1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 (1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. Johnson, loc. cit.). The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland
84 M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic (Brooker& Kleinig 1990). OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- gestis distinguitur. TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage A monotypic series. 13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. This series comprises the snow gums. 14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). Acknowledgement We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298.
84 M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic (Brooker& Kleinig 1990). OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- gestis distinguitur. TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage A monotypic series. 13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. This series comprises the snow gums. 14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). Acknowledgement We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298.
Muelleria 9: 75-85 (1996) New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus M.I.H. Brooker & A. V. Slee Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian Capital Territory, Australia. ABSTRACT The coastal form of manna gum is established in the new combination. Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana. The mallee box. Eucalyptus wimmerensis from western Victoria, is changed in rank to a subspecies of E. viridis and a recently discovered red box from far eastern Victoria, E. polyanthemos subsp. longior, is described. The mallee from north-western Victoria, incorrectly known as E. anceps (type = E. rugosa), which occurs chiefly in South and Western Australia is published as E. phenax. Notes on E. willisii subsp. falciformis and its extended distribution are given. Problems resulting from the inadequately documented distribution and variation in E. aromaphloia Pryor & Willis are discussed. Illustrations of buds, fruits and leaves and a distribution map are provided for E. polyanthemos subsp. longior and E. phenax. Introduction In the course of our field and herbarium studies in preparation of the Flora of Victoria treatment of the genus Eucalyptus, we have found that existing classifications are not always adequate to accommodate various species. Hence we erect eight new series and one new subseries. We have found some taxonomic groups particularly intractable. These include the peppermints, boxes and the so-called scent barks (E. aromaphloia group) which are discussed at length. In addition, we publish a new red box, E. polyanthemos subsp. longior, revise the status of E. wimmerensis and E. prywiana and provide a valid name, E. phenax, for the widespread mallee, formerly and incomectly known as E. anceps (R. Br. ex Maiden) Blakely. The order of presentation begins with notes on the peppermints and the E. aromaphloia group followed by the various formal taxonomic treatments in the order they appear in the forthcoming Flora of Victoria. Taxonomy 1. Eucalyptus ser. Radiatae Chippendale Eucalyptus willisii Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker subsp. falciformis Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffm, Austr. J. Bot. 31: 583 (1986). type: Intersection of Taylor Rd and Burrong Shortcut, W of Mt. Victory, Grampian Ranges, 37°10’4”S, 142°14’40”E, 12 June 1985, M. Newnham 64 (holotype: MEL 673439; isotypes: CANB, NSW). The identities of the peppermint eucalypts of Victoria have long been in contention. Blakely (1934) recognised three species, viz., E. lindleyana DC (syn. E. data Dehnh.), E. robertsonii (syn. E. radiata Sieber ex Spreng. subsp. rohertsonii (Blakely) Johnson & Blaxell), and E. dives Schauer. Blakely listed only New South Wales localities for typical E. radiata. Willis (1973) considered that E. radiata was so polymorphic that division of the species was not warranted. Hence he referred the narrow-leaved peppermints to E. radiata, apart from the distinctive E. data and the ‘near coastal’ peppermints occurring from ?Orbost (‘W’ in the distribution data) west presumably to South Australia (‘DE’ in the distribution data). He attributed this southern taxon to E. nitida, a Tasmanian peppermint as to type. Willis distinguished radiata from nitida in his key by the angle of 75
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 11 included in E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis by C.D.Boomsma (type: Cygnet River, Kangaroo Island, South Australia). Willis (1973) and Costermans (1981) extended the distribution of E. aromaphloia to East Gippsland. Chappill (1986) made a comprehensive study of the major aromaphloia forms across Victoria plus E. corticosa L. A. S. Johnson from the Rylstone area of central western New South Wales. Chappill concluded that there were four taxonomic entities involved, viz. E. corticosa s.s., Little Desert and western Grampians populations of E. aromaphloia, the typical form occurring from the Mt. William Range in the Grampians east to the Brisbane Ranges, and another wide-ranging form east of Melbourne. Populations ‘in the broader concept of E. aromaphloia' from east of Erica to the Eden area of far south-eastern New South Wales were segregated as a new species, E. ignorabilis, by Johnson & Hill (1991). The western limit for this species which, has dull green adult leaves, according to the protologue and our own observations, was given as ‘around Morwell’. There is a problem in the distribution for the species as the map shows two sites clearly west of the cited area. These western populations, which we interpret to occur from Woori Yallock south-east to Driffield, have conspicuously glossy green adult leaves, ovate Juvenile leaves and cannot be E. ignorabilis. They have been published as E. fulgens by Rule (1996 see page 136 of this volume). Other prob- lems in the overall aromaphloia taxonomy have been brought to our attention by this author Recent fieldwork by ourselves indicates that typical E. aromaphloia is scattered and relatively widespread compared with other taxa in the group. It may be diagnosed by: • bark - rough to small branches, thick, hard, becoming deeply furrowed like ironbark; • juvenile leaves - elliptical to narrowly oblong, slightly crenulate, dull, bluish green; sessile to very shortly petiolate, opposite for many pairs; • adult leaves - slightly glossy, green to bluish green; • inflorescences - 7-flowered. It occurs in central and western Victoria from the Mt. William Range in the eastern Grampians north-east to the Fryers Range State Forest, south-east to Anglesea and south to Moonlight Head. West of this area, including part of the Grampian Ranges and Little Desert and south to near Cavendish, the juvenile leaves are ± linear. This fonn, worthy of recognition as a subspecies of E. aromaphloia and treated elsewhere in this volume as E. sabulosa K.RuIe, (see page 138), is never coastal. E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis maybe confused with it in the south-west of the State but differs in the typical viminalis juvenile leaves, i.e. sessile usually amplexicaul, green, lanceolate, and remaining opposite for many leaf pairs. The fmit of viminalis are larger, with a more prominent ascending disc which varies from flattish to slightly ascending in both taxa of E. aromaphloia. A further form, restricted to the Mt Richmond area in the far south-west of the State, was rejected by Chappill in her study which was specifically on E. aromaphloia and closely related taxa. This form was considered by her to be E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis. It is notable for the rough bark, yellow branchlets, and very glossy, green, adult and juvenile leaves. It is published elsewhere in this volume as E. splendens K.Rule (see page 140) and differs most conspicuously from the viminalis group in the seedling leaves which are soon very shortly petiolate and taper to the base and are not amplexicaul. Pryor & Willis’s (1954) surmise that E. aromaphloia occurs in South Australia has not been proved. Unsubstantiated sitings are probably E. viminalis subsp. cygnetemsis. 3. Eucalyptus ser. Rufispermae Maiden Eucalyptus phenax Brooker & Slee, sp. nov. Eucalyptus anceps auct. pi. non (R.Br. ex Maiden) Blakely (1934). Eucalypto conglobatae (R.Br. ex Benth.) Maiden affinis a qua constanter habitu fruti-
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
80 M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret Johnston 8 (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. ‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 3-fioribus distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- guitur. typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 (1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 (1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. Johnson, loc. cit.). The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland
140 K. Rule Although their respective seedling morphologies and ontogenies differ, E. sabulosa and E. aromaphloia are considered to be closely related. Their adjacent geographical positions and similarities in the adult features of bark, fruits and buds, support this proposition. SPECIMENS EXAMINED victoria: Little Dc.sert. 3 miles [4.8 km] west of Dimboola, 20 Sep. 1948, J.//. Willis (MEL706601); Little Desert at Huff s Swamp, 1 1 Sep. 1949. J.H. Willis, (MEL 1607347); Road between the Chimney Pots and Billywing. Victoria Range, along the western foot of the range, 23 Feb. 1957, M. McCarvie. P.E. Finch and A.C. Beauglehole 4082 (MEL); Teddy Bear’s Gap. Serra Range, Grampians, 19 Nov. 1961, N.A. Wakefield, (MEL16I0753; 6 miles [9.6 km] south of Moora Reservoir between Serra and Victoria Ranges, Grampians, 19 Nov. 1961, N.A. Wakefield (MEL 1 6 1 0749); Mt Rosea Summit, 16 Mar. 1968, .4.C. Beauglehole 24952 (MEL); Lake Wartook, southern side, 30 June 1972, A.C. Beauglehole 38386 (MEL); 20 km south-east of Nhill. northern end of Little Desert National Park, 4 May 1981, G.C. Cornwall 365 (MEL); Victoria Range, beside Old Billywing Track, on western side of range, 6 Apr. 1985, M.G. Corrick 9430, (MEL); Adjacent to the Dunkeld Golf Course, 5 km NNW of Dunkeld, 6 Sep. 1988, D. Frood 022/88 (MEL). 3 . Eucalyptus splendens K.Rule sp. nov. Eucalypto aromaphloiae L.D. Pryor & J.H. Willis affinis, foliis juvenilibus nitido- viridibus lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, caulibus plantularum cristatis subtiliter, valvis fructuum exsertis differ!. HOLOTYPUS: On the eastern perimeter of the Mt Richmond settlement, Portland-Nelson Rd, 38°12’S, 141°20’E, 29 Sep. 1992, K. Rule 9272 (MEL). Small, spreading trees to 10 m tall. Bark sub-fibrous, grey-brown, irregularly fissured, persistent throughout; light brown, smooth on branches, decorticating in short strips. Seedling leaves narrow-elliptical, decussate, sessile, pale green. Juvenile leaves narrow- lanceolate, lanceolate, becoming ovate-lanceolate in advanced juvenility, sessile then shortly petiolate approximately after 15 nodes, discolorous, lustrous green above and light green below, maturing to blue-green, glandular, acuminate, becoming disjunct (irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or alternate) between 10 and 18 nodes, 4-7 x 1-2 cm; growth tips lustrous; venation inconspicuous; stems square in section, finely ridged; nodes usually moderately crowded. Intermediate leaves ovate-lanceolate or ovate, shortly petiolate, lustrous, blue-green, concolorous. Adult leaves lanceolate, sub-lustrous or lustrous, slightly blue-green, glandular, 12-20 x 1.5-2. 2 cm; oil glands separate from veins; venation moderately reticulate; intramarginal veins 1-2 mm from margin; petioles slightly flattened, 1.5-2 cm long. Inflorescences simple, axillary, 7-flowered. Peduncles angled, slightly terete, 6-10 mm long. Floral buds ovoid, seamed, shortly petiolate, 4-6 x 3-4 mm; opercula conical or obtuse-conical, as long as hypanthia; stamens all fertile, irregularly inflexed; filaments white; anthers versatile, oblong, dehiscing through longi- tudinal pores. Fruits ovoid or sub-globular, sub-sessile, 5-6 x 4-6 mm; discs ascending; valves often prominently exerted; locules 3 or 4; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Fertile seeds black, irregularly shaped, slightly flattened, lacunose. DISTRIBUTION Eiicalvptus splendens is known only from a single locality to the north west of Portland in Western Victoria between Mt Richmond settlement and Mt Richmond (Fig. 1). It grows on heavy soils of volcanic origin. The distribution which covers a linear distance of approximately 8 km and which contains several large remnants occurs along a narrow sub-coastal, seasonally water-logged belt within a few kilometres of the ocean. ASSOCIATED SPECIES Eiicalvptus splendens, often an abundant species, occurs in pure stands or in association with Eucalyptus willisii subsp. willisii Ladiges, Humphreys & Brooker, Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden and a large-fruited form of Eucalyptus ovata. Eucalyptus baxteri. Eucalyptus obliqua and Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. cygnetensis also occur in the vicini- ty but have no contact with this new species.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
84 M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic (Brooker& Kleinig 1990). OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- gestis distinguitur. TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage A monotypic series. 13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. This series comprises the snow gums. 14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). Acknowledgement We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. References Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298.
New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 81 tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per inflorescence is variable. 7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden A monotypic series. 8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville A monotypic series. 9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden A monotypic series. 10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland.
Miielleria9: 191 - 193 ( 1996 ) A new species of Gynatrix (Willd.) Alef. (Malvaceae) from eastern Victoria N.G. Walsh National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Gvnatrix macrophylla is described as a new species distinguished from G. pulchella by its larger, more densely indumented leaves, and larger flowers and fruit. Its distribution, habitat and conservation status are outlined. Introduction In preparing an account of the Malvaceae to be published in Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria, it became apparent that there are 2 distinct species of Gynatrix in Victoria. The opportunity is here taken to name a previously undescribed taxon prior to the Flora’s publication later this year. Taxonomy Gynatrix macrophylla N.G. Walsh sp. nov. a Gynatrix pulchella (Willd.) Alef. folds majoribus, cordatis magis, pagina abaxiali steliato-tomentosa dense et aequaliter, floribus majoribus (calyce 4. 5-6. 5 mm longo, petalis 6-10 mm longis in floribus masculis; calyce 3. 5-4. 5 mm longo, petalis 2-3 mm longis in floribus femineis), fructibus majoribus (mericapiis 5-6 mm longis, seminibus 3-3.5 mm longis) distinguitur. TYPUs: Victoria, North-east, Howqua River, 5 km south-east from Mt Timbertop, 28 May \9S7, N.G. Walsh 1845 (holotypus: MEL; isotypi: CANB, PERTH). Dioecious shrub or small tree to c. 5 m high. Leaves ovate to broad-ovate, (4-)6-12(-20) cm long, (2.5-)4-9(-14) cm wide, deeply cordate at base, and often with the basal lobes overlapped; margins crenate or crenate-serrate; grey or whitish beneath, with the lower lamina obscured by a dense, even layer of stellate trichomes; upper lamina green to grey-green, glabrescent or with sparse to dense stellate trichomes persisting. Male flowers', calyx cupular, 4. 5-6. 5 mm long, densely stellate-pubescent, divided to Just above midway, lobes broadly acute; petals cream, narrowly obovate, 6-10 mm long, minutely stellate-pubescent toward the apex on the abaxial surface; anthers minutely stellate-pubescent. Female flowers', calyx as for males but smaller, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long (enlarging to c. 5 mm long in fruit); petals cream, shortly united with ovary near base, the free part c. oblong, stellate-pubescent near apex, exceeding calyx by c. 1-2 mm; style-branches stellate-pubescent along abaxial surface; ovary densely stellate- pubescent. Mature mericarps 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide; seeds smooth, dark brown, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm diami., obliquely ovoid with a minutely incurved, uncinate tip, more or less trigonous in section. (Fig. 1) PHENOLOGY Flowering specimens have been collected in February, May, October, November and December. The flowers of one male specimen were described as ‘chocolate-scented’. Fruiting specimens have been collected in December and February. 191
Review of the Erigeron pappocromiis complex 183 Erigeron pappocroinus Labill. Form B, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. A, M.F. Porteners in G.J. Flarden (ed.), FI. New South Wales y 177 (1992). Rhizomic herb, often forming colonies comprising rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-A mm in diameter. Leaves spathulate, 15-50 mm long, 6-15(-20) mm wide, multicellular glandular and acicular hairs usually restricted to margins and nerves; lamina surface viscid from sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.5-17 cm long, glutinous, sparsely woolly with multicellular hairs; bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of the scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high.; bracts 25-42, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often purplish, viscid with sessile glandular hairs as well as occasional multicel- lular hairs. Rav florets 43-100; corolla white or purplish with limb 4-5 mm long; style 4.5 mm long;’ style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-40, hermaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 5-6 mm long. Achenes 7 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figure 3) ETYMOLOGY The specific epithet refers to the shiny, varnished leaf surface characterising this species. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine grasslands and heathlands of mainland Australia where sympatric with E. bellidioides. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron nitidus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved. SELECTED SPECIMENS NEW SOUTH wales: Munyang Mountains, alt. 4-6,000 ft, Jan. 1855, F. Mueller (MEL); Mt Kosciusko, Jan. \%1 A. F. Mueller (MEL). victoria: Hotham Heights, 27 Mar. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 41693 (MEL); Upper Mitta Mitta, F. Mueller (MEL); Dargo High Plains, Lankeys Plain, 1 Jan. 1982, N.G. Walsh (MEL). 4. Erigeron bellidioides (Hook.f ) S.J.Forbes & D. I. Morris, comb. nov. (H)Aplopappus bellidioides Hook.f, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron gunnii var. bellidioides (Hook.f) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46B (1856). Erigeron pappocromiis var. gunnii auct. non (Hook.f) Benth.: M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 176 (1992). Erigeron pappocromiis Labill. Form C, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). type: Middlesex Plains, Tas., Gunn 692\ holotype: K photograph seen, see note. Rhizomic herb, often forming spreading colonies of rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-4 mm in diameter, clothed in scale-like deltoid bracts 1-2 mm long, narrowly triangular, 6-10 mm at base of rosette. Leaves spathulate, 15-80 mm long, 5-15(-20) mm wide; lamina hirsute with multicellu- lar hairs 0.1-1 mm long with a few sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate, margins ciliate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-30 cm long, at first woolly with multicellu- lar hairs to 0.5 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high; bracts 25-45, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
24 J.H. Ross Fig. 4. Distribution of Hovea longifolia. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS (total number examined 82) NEW SOUTH wales: 8 km SE of Clyde Mountain, near Batemans Bay, 1 1 Sep. 1963, LG. Adams 658 (CANB, MEL, NSW). Tahlee, Port Stephens, 23 Oct. 1956, E.F. Constable (NSW 166446). Cumberland State Forest, West Pennant Hills, 29 Oct. 1976, R. Coveny 8526 (MEL, NSW). Bent’s Basin, 8.1 km S of Wallacia, 9 Sep. 1971, B. Stevenson & R. Coveny 3642 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW). 5 km SE of Wingello, 12 Nov. 1973, I.R. Telford 3638 (CBG, NSW). 0.5 km SW of Mt Walimma trig, 30 Aug. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3294 (CBG MEL, NSW). 3. Hovea acutifoUa A.Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 126 (1832); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 174 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1; 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2); 137 (1984). type: New South Wales, W of Mt Warning, 1827, A. Cunningham 160. lectotype (here selected): BM; isolectotype; NSW. Shrub or slender tree to 4 m high; branchlets densely clothed with curled, crinkled or straightish hairs, sometimes with longer almost straight hairs projecting beyond a shorter understorey, occasionally the majority of hairs spreading and villous, hairs usually ferruginous or grey. Leaves: lamina more or less flat on upper surface on either side of a depressed midrib or raised on either side of the midrib and broadly V-shaped in section, sometimes the margins slightly recurved, usually broadest at or near the middle and tapering evenly towards the apex and base but sometimes obtuse apically, elliptic or sometimes elliptic-oblong or occasionally obovate, 2.5-8(-10) cm long, 0.4-2. 7 cm wide, upper surface finely reticulate, the primary lateral veins not obviously
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
Hovea (Fabaceae): 6 21 victoria: beside Femtree Gully railway line, 0.8 km E of Ringwood, II Dec. 1960, T.B. Muir 2011 (MEL). TASMANIA: SE of Epping Forest, 6 Sep. 1967,///. Hemsiey 6174 (HO, MEL, NSW). 2. Hovea longifolia R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew. edn 2, 4:275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 8: t. 614 (1822); DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 139 (1984). Phusicarpos longifolia (R.Br.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. siippl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, R. Brown, lectotype (here selected): BM; isolectotypes: E, MEL 1520374. Hovea racemiilosa Benth. in Bindley, Edwards Bot. Reg. 28: 39, misc. no. 36 (1842); Bindley, Edwards Bot. Reg. 29: t.4 (1843). type: raised from seed from New South Wales (the alleged Swan River origin is incorrect), lectotype (here selected): K. Hovea longifolia R.Br. var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro parte quoad specim. ‘Port Jackson, R. Brown, Sieber n. 376’. Hovea longifolia R.Br. forma albiflora Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 729 (1925) nom. nud. Shrub to 3 m high; branchlets densely clothed with a short understorey of curled or crinkled hairs and longer projecting hairs or sometimes the long hairs appressed and concealing any understorey. Leaves: lamina usually arched up on either side of the midrib and recurved so as to appear linear-oblong or oblong, (B2-)2-8.5(-l 1.2) cm long, 0.18-0.85 cm wide, upper surface glabrous, glossy, tbe venation not raised and unduly prominent, lower surface densely clothed with an understorey of coiled or curled hairs from which scattered longer hairs project or the hairs exclusively curled or coiled and discontinuous, the hairs usually ferruginous at least on the midrib; petiole 2.5-4 mm long, densely pubescent like the branchlet. Stipules subulate, 1-1.5 mm long, densely pubescent, soon deciduous. Inflorescences axillary, subsessile or on peduncles up to 3 mm long, usually 2- or 3-flowered or sometimes the axis growing on to form a leaf-bearing shoot. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 4-6 mm long, densely clothed with long hairs which project beyond shorter curled or crinkled hairs; bracteoles ovate to oblong, 1-2 mm long, shorter than the calyx-tube, sometimes inserted a short distance below the calyx, densely pubescent like tbe pedicel and bract; bract 1-2 mm long, inserted (B5-) 2.5-4 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx densely clothed with short coiled or curled often ferruginous hairs and longer straighter hairs: 2 upper lobes 4-5 mm long including the tube 2-2.5 mm long; the 3 lower lobes 1.3-2 mm long, the central one often somewhat reflexed. Standard 6. 8-8. 5 mm long including a claw 1.8-2. 5 mm long, 8. 5-9. 5 mm wide, usually broader than long, slightly emarginate apically, pale mauve; wings 6-7.5 mm long including a claw 1.5-2 mm long, 2. 6-3. 2 mm wide; keel petals 4. 5-5. 2 mm long including a claw 1.5-2 mm long, 2-2.4 mm wide. Stamen- filaments 3. 7-5. 2 mm long. Ovary subsessile, 1.2-1. 5 mm long, 2-ovulate. Pods sessile, obliquely globular, ovoid or ellipsoid or sometimes transversely elliptic, 0.8- 1.7 cm long, 1-1.3 cm wide, densely clothed with curled ferruginous hairs externally when young and with weak white hairs internally. Seeds elliptic, plump, 5.5-6 mm long, 3.25-3.5 mm wide, 3-3.5 mm thick, black, hilum linear, the aril extending for almost the length of the seed. (Tig. 3) DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY Occurs in coastal areas of New South Wales from Port Stephens in the north southwards to the foothills of the Southern Tablelands SW of Mt Walimma, just north of the Victoria border (Fig. 4). One specimen (NSW 166488) with a label bearing the locality ‘Stanthorpe, Queensland’ is a mixed gathering consisting of 5 twigs of H. linearis and one of H. longifolia. This is the only record of H. longifolia from Queensland and as it is so far removed from the nearest known population of the species the most likely explanation is that the label belongs with the specimens of H. linearis and that the specimen of H. longifolia was inadvertently mixed in with them. This suggestion is supported by the presence in other herbaria of apparent duplicates, collections distributed from NSW which consist entirely of specimens of H. linearis. Recorded from sandy soil in dry and in wet sclerophyll forest, dry sclerophyll forest on sandstone, rocky sandstone outcrops and moist alluvial deposits along creeks and in shaded gullies.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Review of the Erigeron pappocronms complex 185 glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 35-95; corolla white or purplish with limb 4 mm long. SU’le 4.5 mm long, style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-29, henuaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long. Style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white 5 mm long. Achenes c. 3.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. Id) SELECTED SPECIMENS TASMANIA: 1 km ENE of Nevada Peak, alt. 1 190 m, 25 Feb. 1990, P. Collier 4551 (HO); Mt. Wellington near pinnacle, 28 Jan, 1983, S.J. Forbes ISOS (MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, near summit Hartz Peak alt 1230 m, 1 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1354 (CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Ben Lomond National Park, Ski Village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1387 (HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, Diamond Springs above Ploughed Field, 27 Mar. 1878, J. Milligan 1132 (MEL); Snowdrift Tarn, Snowy Range, 22 Mar. 1983, A. Moscalim (HO). DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Alpine and sub-alpine grasslands and heathlands of Tasmania. CONSERVATION STATUS Erigeron gitnnii is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately reserved. NOTE The holotype includes preliminary drawings for the details illustrated by Fitch in Flora Tasmaniae t. 46B as E. gunnii. The mature plants illustrated are probably referable to E. bellidioides . 6. Erigeron tasmanicus (Flook.f.) Flook.f, FI. Tasman. 1; 183, t.46A (the right-hand figure) (1856). (H)Aplopappus tasmanicus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 110 (1847); Erigeron pappocronms Labill. var. oblongatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenopappus tasmanicum (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994); Pappochroma tasmanica (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76; 426 (1994). type: Mount Wellington, Tasmania, Gunn 1150', holotype: K, photograph seen; possi- ble isotype: NSW 51741. Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-3 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins thickened, sometimes distantly and minute- ly serrulate, often more or less concave or folded, bright-green, with only mid-vein apparent, (0.7-)l-5(-7) cm long, 3-9 mm wide, lamina at first sparsely and minutely scabrid with tubercle based multicellular hairs to 0. 1 mm long and occasional sessile glands, apex acute or occasionally emarginate, base attenuate; petiole gradually expand- ing into lamina, occasionally with a few distant marginal cilia at the base. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scapes 1.5-15 cm long, sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, becoming linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1-1. 5 cm wide, 0.6 cm high; bracts 24^0, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear acute, apex minutely ciliate; margins hyaline, apices often purplish, outer bracts sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0.2 mm, inner bracts glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 23-55, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 4-14, hermaphroditic; corolla nan'owly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic, 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3 mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. lb)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex
177
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate.
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera.
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus
complex.
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5
2 Leaves spathulate 3
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.)
1 . Erigeron pappocromus
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire,
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long;
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate
towards apex 8
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.)
3 . Erigeron nitidus
Species descriptions
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-,
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847)
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral.
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 J.H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. ABSTRACT Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are lectotypified. Introduction While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming some specimens with certainty. Taxonomy 1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis (Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN (sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, (0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 15
52 David L. Jones given in descriptions are from living plants or spirit-preserved specimens. Notes on distribution, habitat (particularly soil and plant associations) and conservation status of the Australian species were derived from my own field studies; those of P. colemoi from discussion with Brian Molloy, references and herbarium labels. Taxonomic history The first species recognised within the complex was P. alpiniim described by Brown in 1810. Brown’s specimens were collected from the top of Table Mountain (now Mount Wellington), Hobart, Tasmania (Brown 1810, Clements 1989). Prasophvlhm colemoi was described by Hooker in 1853 from material collected in New Zealand. The next taxon to be described was P. frenchii var. tadgellianum by Rogers in 1 922 from speci- mens collected on Mount Hotham in north-eastern Victoria at an altitude of 5,100 ft. He redescribed this taxon at specific rank about one year later based on specimens collected on Mount Bogong, north-eastern Victoria at an altitude of 6,500 ft. Almost from the time of its description, this latter taxon has been treated as a synonym of P. alpiniim (Nicholls 1934, Rupp 1943), although some authors have regarded P. tadgellianum as a valid species (Pescott 1928, Ewart 1930). Taxonomic treatment KEY TO SPECIES OF THE PRASOPHYLLUM ALPINUM COMPLEX 1 Flowers 5.5-7 mm long, labellum ovate, erect in distal quarter, column wings about half as long as the anther 1. Prasophyllum alpiniim 1: Flowers 10 mm or more long, labellum ovate-lanceolate, erect in distal half, column wings as long as or longer than the anther 2 2 Flowers 14-18 mm long 4. Prasophyllum sphacelatum 2; Flowers 10-12 mm long 3 3 Labellum conspicuously stalked at the base, lateral sepals free throughout or connate at the very base 2. Prasophyllum colensoi 3: Labellum shortly stalked or subsessile at the base, lateral sepals connate except at the tip 3. Prasophyllum tadgellianum 1. Prasophyllum alpiniim R.Br., Prodr. 318 (1810). P. fuscum R.Br. var. alpiniim (R. Br.) C. Moore & Betche, Plandh. FI. NSW 396 (1893). type: Top of Table Mountain near Derwent River, Tasmania, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype: BM photo; fide M. Clements 1989). Solitaiy terrestrial tuberous herb 6-20 cm tall. Tubers not seen. Leaf 8-20 cm long, 2-5 mm across at the widest, dark green, base white, free lamina 8-12 cm long, erect, slender, moderately stiff, longer than inflorescence. Raceme 3-10 cm long, bearing 5-14 subsessile, well-spaced flowers. Floral bracts ovate, c. 1.6 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, closely sheathing, subacute to obtuse or emarginate. Ovary obpyriform to obovoid, c. 5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, set at about 35° to the rachis. Flowers 5. 5-7. 5 mm long, green to greenish brown, no scent apparent, some flowers opening freely, often others remaining closed. Dorsal sepal ovate to elliptical, 4-5 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, decurved, subacute to obtuse, distal margins involute. Lateral sepals connate, straight or slightly recurved in distal half, involute near the apex. Petals linear-lanceolate, 3.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, obliquely erect, often overlapped by the margins of the lateral sepals. Labellum more or less ovate to broadly ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, 3-4 mm long, 2-2.3 mm wide, distinctly clawed, whitish to greenish, proximal third erect, the margins entire to slightly folded; callus occupying about two-thirds of the ventral surface of the lamina and of similar shape, raised, very thick, green, shiny, smooth, extending nearly to the labellum apex. Column porrect from the end of the ovary, c. 2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; appendages narrowly linear, much shorter than the
Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum 55 to obtuse or emarginate. Ovary obpyriform to obovoid, c. 4 mm long, 2.3 mm wide, set at about 40° to the rachis. Flowers 10-11 mm long, yellowish-green to reddish-brown, lightly scented, opening freely. Dorsal sepal ovate to elliptic-ovate, 6-7 mm long, 2-2.4 mm wide, decurved, obtuse to apiculate, distal margins involute. Lateral sepals linear- lanceolate, 6-7 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide, free or connate at the base, recurved in distal half, parallel to slightly divergent, involute near the apex, bidentate. Petals oblong- lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, 6-7 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, porrect, decurved. Labellum ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, 6-7.5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, conspicuously stalked, greenish to reddish-brown, prdximal half erect or recurved, the tip often protruding between the lateral sepals, the margins entire or slightly undulate; callus occupying about two-thirds of the ventral surface of the lamina and of similar shape, raised, very thick and fleshy, green to red, shiny, wrinkled near the apex, extend- ing nearly to the labellum apex. Column porrect from the end of the ovary, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; appendages narrowly linear, falcate, longer than the anther, obtuse, c. 1 .5 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, with connate basal lobes c. 0.4 mm long. Anther ovate, c. 1.5 mm long, 1.3 mm wide, brown, smooth to rugulose, much shorter than the rostel- lum; rostrum short, obtuse. Pollinarium c. 1 mm long; viscidium c. 0.2 mm long, ovate, white; hamulus c. 0.3 mm long, ligulate; pollinia c. 0.9 mm long, linear-clavoid, yellow, sectile. Stigma reniform, c. 1.3 mm x 1 mm, the rostellum about as high as the appendages. Capsule obovoid, c. 6 mm long, 3 mm wide, green to red-brown, shiny. (Fig. 2) FLOWERING PERIOD November to January DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT Endemic to New Zealand where widely distributed over the North and the South Island; in the North Island mainly occurring in mountainous regions south of the Central Volcanic Plateau, but distributed sporadically as far north as Towai (Moore & Edgar 1970); in the South Island occurring from sea level to about 1200 m. altitude. Grows in subalpine herbfield in tussock grassland and in moist areas around the margins of bogs. NOTES Prasophyllum colensoi sensu stricto is similar morphologically to P. tadgellianum but can be distinguished by the more slender leaf, broader, lanceolate petals, the conspicu- ously stalked labellum, the lateral sepals being free throughout or connate only at the very base and the much more angular stigmatic plate which is longer than the anther. Bates (pers. comm.) maintains that detailed research into the great variation exhibited by P. colensoi may result in the recognition of further taxa. This notion may be supported by Hatch (1947), who records this species as having up to forty flowers when fewer than twenty are consistently reported in the literature. TYPIFICATION This species will be lectotypified in a forthcoming publication (Molloy, Clements and Jones in prep.). CONSERVATION STATUS Widely distributed, common and well conserved. SPECIMENS EXAMINED NEW ZEALAND: Canterbury, no date, Haas! (MEL); Roto Itu, no date, Kirk (MEL); New Zealand, no date, Travers (MEL); Bryant Ra., Nelson, 27 Dec. 1990, Jenks (CHR); Puffer Tk, Wellington, 13 Dec. 1990, Mollov (CHR); Windy Point, Canterbury, 13 Nov. 1990, Molloy (CHR); Ahuriri, Pont Hills, Canterbury, 17 Dec. 1990, Molloy (CHR); Dunedin, Otago, 24 Dec. 1990, St.George (CHR); Mt Herbert, Canterbury, 3 Jan. 1991, /V/o//ov_(CHR); Lake Lyndon, Canterbury, 4 Jan. 1991, Mo//ov (CHR). 3 . Prasophyllum tadgellianum R.S. Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 47:338-339 (1923). type: Victoria, Mount Bogong, 7 Feb. 1923, A.J. Tadgell in herb.
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
196
James W. Grimes
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K.
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove-
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W.
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE:
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated)
K; isolectotype: NSW.
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type:
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE
(not available).
Reference
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141.
Paper received 6 December, 1995
Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) James W. Grimes Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of America. ABSTRACT Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six names in Psoralea are lectotypified. Introduction The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. New combinations and lectotypifications Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- MEL 89796. Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): [labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- totype: K, NSW 30605. Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- isotype: NSW. Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 195
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 195-196".
196
James W. Grimes
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K.
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove-
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W.
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE:
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated)
K; isolectotype: NSW.
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type:
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE
(not available).
Reference
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141.
Paper received 6 December, 1995
196
James W. Grimes
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K.
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove-
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W.
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE:
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated)
K; isolectotype: NSW.
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov.
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type:
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE
(not available).
Reference
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141.
Paper received 6 December, 1995
64 L.G. Adams broad-obovate, entire, white, ± half length of sepals. Stamens 4 or 8. Styles 3 or 4. Capsule broad-ovoid to subglobose, 2-3 mm long, up to twice length of sepals. Seeds iglossy, dark grey or black, tumid-reniform to subglobose, not grooved dorsally, bluntly colliculate, 0.4-0. 5 mm long. (Fig. 1 a-e) DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY Sagina namadgi is indigenous to cool-temperate eastern Australia, occurring in sub- alpine flushes, sphagnum bogs and on creek margins, often in Eucalyptus pauciflora woodland. Recorded associated species are: Callistemon ?pityoides, Leptospermiim sp.. Ranunculus pimpinellifolius, Plantago antarctica, Carex spp., Cyperus sp., Schoenus sp., Epilohium sp., Spiranthes sinensis and Utricidaria dichotoma. Like the adventive Sagina spp. it is an inconspicuous plant, no doubt often overlooked (or passed over in mistake for the naturalised perennial S. procumhens L., to which it bears a superficial resemblance), and thus probably more common than current records indicate. NOTES The new species is most readily distinguished from all others occurring in Australia by the combination of its glabrous, perennial habit, awnless leaves, the basal rosette absent at flowering, non-spreading sepals in fruit, and significantly different seeds. Etymology The epithet commemorates Namadgi National Park, A.C.T., whence came the first col- lections to be recognised as a taxon new to science. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: entrance gate, Gudgenby Station, 23 Dec. 1958, N.T. Bwbidge 6215 & M. Gray (CANB); Murrays Gap, Bimberi Range, 12 Feb. 1961, A. T. Burhidge 6955 (CANB). NEW SOUTH wales: Tia River, near Walcha., Nov. 1897, J.H. Maiden s.n (NSW); Jindabyne., Jan. 1899, J.H. Maiden & W. Forsyth s.n (NSW); Ben Lomond, Dec. 1899, J.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW); Happy Jacks Plain, headwaters of Happy Jacks River, e. 24 km S of Kiandra, 18 Jan. 1958, J. Thompson s.n. (NSW); Sherlock Creek, 16 km S of Captains Flat, 25 Dec. 1965, B.G. Briggs s.n. (NSW); Cave Creek, 29 km NNE of Kiandra, alt. 1200 m, 12 Dec. 1969, R. Coveny 2675a & A. Rodd (NSW); Dead Horse Gap on Jindabyne-Khancoban road, 8 km S of Mt Kosciusko summit, 26 Feb. 1974, B.G. Briggs 4780 (NSW). victoria: Rocky Plain, c. 24 km W of Wulgulmerang, 3 Feb. 1968, K. Rogers s.n. (MEL), TASMANIA: King’s Island [= King Island, 39°55’S 144°00’E], Nov. 1887, C. Walter s.n. (NSW); Pegg Creek, Hartwell Cove, A. Moscal 10020 (HO, AD). 2. Sagina diemensis L.G. Adams, sp. nov. (‘sp. B’ in sched.) Simulans S. procumhenti, sed planta plerumque glandulo-hirta ubique, petalis con- spicuis quam sepalis longioribus, et seminibus sine sulco dorsali, differt; et ab S. namad- gi sepalis ad basim saccatis porcatis, et seminibus impolitis, 0.5-0. 7 mm longis, differt. HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania: crevices in dolomite outcrops, NE ridge of Mt Anne, 42°56’S 146°26’E, alt. 980 m, 31 Dec. 1984, 4.M. Buchanan 5115 (HO 88950). Cushion-forming perennial, glandular-hairy throughout (rarely glabrous), with fibrous roots often adventitious from nodes. Stems lax, stoloniferous, up to 10 cm long, diffuse- ly branching laterally from short caudex that bears a non-flowering leaf-rosette. Leaves sessile, linear, the apex acute or shortly mucronulate, usually glandular-ciliate, 2-10(-14) X 0.2-0. 5 mm, usually with narrow scarious margins. Flowers 4-merous. Pedicels erect, at no time deflexed, 6-12 mm long. Sepals oblong-elliptic with saccate, ± ridged base, 2- 2.5 mm long, the scarious margins often purple-tinged, ± appressed to ripe fruit. Petals ovate to suborbicular, entire, white, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, rarely absent. Stamens 4 or 8. Styles 4. Capsule ovoid, 2.5-2.75 mm long, slightly longer than sepals. Seeds matt or scarcely glossy, dark reddish brown, oblique-reniform, not grooved dorsally, bluntly tuberculate, 0.5-0. 7 mm long. (Fig. 1 f-j)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 63-64, Fig. 1a-e".
Muelleria 9 : 63-66 ( 1996 ) Two new endemic species oi Sagina L, (Caryophyllaceae) from Australia L.G. Adams Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian Capital Territory, Australia. ABSTRACT Sagina namadgi and S. diemensis from SE Australia are newly described and illustrated, and their ecology briefly discussed. A key to all Sagina spp. recorded from Australia is provided. Introduction Prior to about 1 960, all Australian specimens of Sagina, apart from the predominantly coastal S. maritima G.Don (possibly native here) had been equated with the cosmopoli- tan adventives S. apetala Ard. or S. procumbens L., in the case of perennials mostly the latter. In 1962 M. Gray (in sched.) and other taxonomists at CANB noticed that a form of ‘5. procumbens’ collected from the Brindabella Range, A.C.T. had some anomalous features. For example, seed of this taxon was quite unlike that of S. procumbens, being larger and much more rounded, lacking a dorsal groove, and with a glossy (not dull), colliculate (not tuberculate) testa. Following examination of further material of ‘S. procumbens ', it became apparent that a long-overlooked, undescribed, indigenous taxon exists, and furthermore is quite widespread in cool-temperate SE Australia. It is here described as S. namadgi. In the early 1980s another indigenous species was found, collected on and near Mt Anne, in southwestern Tasmania. This taxon has the same seed type as S. namadgi (although not nearly as glossy), but differs in other aspects, mainly its habit, the indu- mentum of its foliage, and its relatively conspicuous white flowers. It is here described as S. diemensis. Taxonomy Sagina namadgi L.G. Adams, sp. nov. (‘sp. A’ in sched.) Sagina sp., N.T. Burb. & M. Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital Territory, p. 162 (1979). [Sagina procumbens sensu J.Thomps. & M.Gray, Telopea 2(3); 318 (1981), /?ro parte min., non L.] Simulans S. prociimbenti, sed sepalis c. 1.5 mm longis, et seminibus atrofuscis vel nigribus reniformibus ad subglobosis sine sulco dorsali, differ!; et ab S. diemensi sepalis ad basim leviter rotundatis, et seminibus splendentibus, 0.4-0. 5 mm longis, differ!. HOLOTYPUS: Australian Capital Territory: c. 10 miles [16 km] N of Boboyan homestead, 35°43’S 149°00’E, alt. c. 1000 m, 17 Feb. \962, L.G. Adams 539 (CASiQ 152061). Perennial, entirely glabrous, with fibrous roots often adventitious from nodes. Stems lax, diffusely branching and often stoloniferous, 2-15 cm long; basal leaf-rosette absent at anthesis. Leaves sessile, linear, the apex acute or mucronulate, not aristate, 4-10 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide. Flowers 4-merous. Pedicels 4-15 mm long, in fruit at first deflexed immediately below capsule, later erect. Sepals broad-ovate to suborbicular, ± 1.5 mm long, with narrow scarious margins, becoming appressed to ripe fruit. Petals 63
124 Robert O. Belcher SELECTED OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED TASMANIA: Antarct. Exped. 1839-1843, J. D. Hooker s. n., s. loc. (K., P, UPS); McQuarrie Harbour, Mt Sorell, 3000 ft., 31 Dec. 1846, J. Milligan 759 (K, cited by Bentham as Mt Sorrel; MEL, 2 sheets); Mt La Perouse, 5. d., C. Stuart s. n. (K; MEL, MEL ex herb. Sender, both with material of S. pectinatus also); Mt de la Perouse, Mar. 1857, [C. Stuart] 1867, 1868, 1869 (all MEL, unmounted); Mt Field East, 4000 ft, Jan. 1869, F. Mueller (MEL); Hartz Mtn., Jan. 1901, Lucas 1901 (NSW 153195, 153196); Mt Wellington, 2. Feb. 1932, C.T. White 5377 (BRl 270948). Cradle Mt, 10 Feb. 1947, K. Helms (HO 14683); National Park, 7 Jan. 1949, L.B. Moore (CHR 66851); Mt Field National Park, slopes of Mt Mawson, 23 Jan. 1949, N.T. Burbidge 3294 (CANB 19594); St. Valentine’s Peak, 26 Jan. 1962, M.E. Phillips (CBG 017855); King William, 4000 ft, 10 Feb. 1973, D.A. & A.V. Ratkowski 153 (CHR 258284, MO); Moonlight Ridge, 840 m, under subalpine shrubbery, 20 Mar. 1984, A.M. Buchanan 2962 (HO 88425). NEW SOUTH WALES.- Carruthers Peak, Mt Kosciusko area, 6500 ft, 16 Feb. 1972, P.A. Keane 2 (NSW), dctennincd originally as S. lautus subsp. alpinus Ali at NSW but redetermined by me in 1986 as S. leptocar- pus. Senecio papillosiis F.Muell., in Trans. Philos. Ins). Victoria 2: 69 (by 30 Sept. 1857, non 1858; see below), in J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 301 (Oct. 1857); Hook, f., FI. Tasman. 2: 365 (1859) [citation to Muell., Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1855, p. 69 is in error]; Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664 (1867); L. Rodway, FI. Tasm. 93 (1903); W. Curtis, Student's FI. Tasm. 2: 364 ( 1 963 ), Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: 244 ( 1 973). Ulus. M. Stones, Endemic FI. Tasm.A-.n. 77, No. 128 (1973). TYPUS: Tasmania, Mount de Perouse. 1 Mar. 1857, Stuart 1870 [number on paeket], LECTOTYPUS (here chosen) MEL 40319; isolectotypus K ex Hb. Hook.; remaining SYNTYP i: ‘Senecio papillosus / ferd. Muell. / Mount La Peyrouse / V. D. L. Stuart [scrip- sit C. Willhelmi, teste D. Sinkora] / B [in pencil, ‘seen by Bentham’]’ (K, MEL 40318). Perennial herb with horizontal or vertical rhizome bearing each year a terminal whorl of leaves and a solitary inflorescenee. Scape 10-15 cm tall, with 4-6 linear-lanceolate short acute bracts, lowest one toothed. Leaves 15-20 in cmpact rosette, to 2 cm long, 0.9 cm broad, subpetiolate, thick, ovate to elliptical with revolute entire margins; upper leaf surfaces densely studded with clear short straight or curved multicellular hairs from tuberculate bases; lower surfaces slightly cobwebby, with raised venation. Capitulum solitary, 3-4 cm in diameter including rays; phyllaries 13, 9-10 mm long, slender; calycular bracteoles 5-8, (6-)8-9 ml long. Rays 15-20, spreading, 10-15 mm long, bright yellow. Cypselae not seen. DISTRIBUTION Curtis (1973: 244) gave the distribution as ‘Recorded only near the summits of Adamson’s Peak and Mount La Perouse.’ The two more recent collections cited below extend the range slightly, but this is still a very localised taxon, even more so than S. primulaefolius (below). DISCUSSION Certain difficulties with dates of publication and typifications of this species and Senecio primulaefolius are discussed below, following the treatment of the latter taxon. Bentham (1867: 664) commented that this species ‘may possibly prove to be a variety of the New Zealand S. bellidioides. Hook, f ’. In as much as Nordenstam (1978: 30) has transferred the latter species to Brachyglottis because of its cacalioid features, 1 raised this point in an inquiry to Kew. C. Jeffrey responded as follows (pers. comm.): ‘5. primulifolius and S. papillosus show no ‘cacalioid’ features whatsoever and are typically senecionoid (balusterform collars, anticlinal not polarized endothecial thickenings, cleft stigmatic surface).’ 1 therefore reject Bentham’s suggestion. From the standpoint of gross morphology, a New Zealand species coming closer to S. papillosus is S. lagopus, but Nordenstam has also transferred that species to Brachyglottis. OTHER specimens EXAMINED Tasmania: Adamson’s Peak: saddle bet-ween Max and Adamson, 3850 ft, frequent on saddle skeletal soil, 21 Jan. 1961, Whuite 228 (NSW); c. 3600 ft, alpine herb field on upper slope, 7 Feb. 1969, LR. Telford 24 74 (CBG 027894); 2500 ft, 22 Jan. 1972, D.A. & A. V. Ratkowsky 3 (K, cited for PI. 128, Endemic Flora of
116 Robert O. Belcher Curtis (1963) followed Hooker in maintaining both ‘S. pectinatus i Inch S. pectina- tiis var. ochroleuca Rodway..’ ant/ "S. leptocarpus DC. / S. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus Benth.’. Rodway ’s var. pleiocephalus was not mentioned, and its identity has remained obscure until now. Finally in this context, Ali (1969) described S. lautus subsp. alpinus, with a very brief diagnosis, and cited specimens from Tasmania as well as from New South Wales and Victoria, some of them clearly scapose. Understandably, he did not connect his new taxon to the pseudolautusoid S. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus of Rodway, perhaps because of Rodway’s puzzling disclaimer about its bracts (see below). My own observations in numerous herbaria (including all type specimens), plus my experience with some of these taxa in the field, have convinced me that S. leptocarpus is a valid species and should be maintained separate from S. pectinatus, that var. ochroleu- cus is readily distinguishable in the field and in the herbarium by characters other than just the color of its rays, and that the mainland specimens of S. pectinatus are varietally distinct from those of Tasmania. 1 refer 5. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus L. Rodway (non Benth.) to the S. pinnatifolius complex as var. pleiocephalus. K.EY TO RADIATE ALPINE TAXA OF SENECIO 1 Leaves usually well-distributed up the stem and more or less deeply pinnatipartite; on scapose or subscapose specimens less dissected and rapidly reduced to bracts; capitula 3-4 per unit inflorescence, to 50 or more, cylindrical; phyllaries 13, bi-ribbed, (3.5-)4-5 mm long; calycular bracteoles 1-2.5 mm long in a whorl near apex of peduncle, below but partially enclosing the receptacle Seiiecio pinnatifolius var. pleiocephalus 1 ; Most leaves crowded near the base, reduced to bracts on the scape; leaves entire or shallowly toothed or lobed; capitula few (2-6) or solitary, broadly campanulate; phyllaries 13-16(-22), not strongly bi-ribbed but flat, 7-8(-12) mm long; calycular bracteoles 4-6(-10) mm long, inserted on the receptacle 2 2 Width of leaf less than 1/4 of its length, blades narrowly elliptic or spathulate or oblanceolate, or long-subpetiolate with short tenninal blades 3 2: Width of leaf about 1/3 or more of its length, leaf blades broad, ovate to elliptic to obovate 4 3 Basal leaves narrowly elliptic to obovate or long- subpetiolate, narrowly or broadly lobate or merely serrulate, green beneath, scape with 1 capitulum (rarely 2 capitula) Senecio pectinatus and vars. 3: Basal leaves spathulate, often briefly subpetiolate, coarsely serrate, silvery beneath; scape with (2-)3-6(-8) capitula (rarely 1 ) Senecio leptocarpus 4 Leaves petiolate, glabrate above; scape with 1-4 capitula Senecio printulaefolius 4: Leaves sessile or very briefly petiolate, clothed above with short stiff multicellular hairs from tuberculate bases; capitulum 1 Senecio papillosus Taxonomy Senecio pectinatus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838); Hook.f, FI. Tasm. 1: 222 (1856), sensu lat.\ Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664-665 (1867) pro parte (excl. var. pleiocephalus Benth.). HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, 1832, Gunn 107 (G-DC). isotypi: Gunn 107 (CGE; K; OXF; probably others, n.v.). Note: Hooker gives ‘Hab. Mount Wellington, Gunn’. Perennial scapose herbs. Scapes decumbent or erect, terminating in a single large capitulum (rarely 2 capitula, on short peduncles); moderately to densely hairy, hairs red- dish, short, multicellular, more or less curled. Leaves narrow, green beneath. Capitulum pressed to l-3(-4) cm across, exclusive of spreading rays. Involucre broadly campanu- late. Phvllaries elongate, flat, 1-2 nerved, margins scarious; calycular bracteoles linear-
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 120-121, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".
Australian alpine Senecio 125 Tasmania)', peaty flat, alt. c. 1050 m, between rocks. 23 Jan. 1972, D.A. & A.V. Ratkowsky fHO 52777). Mt Babs, summit plateau, 31 Jan. 1984, R.G. Williams (Herb. D.l. Morris, Hobart). Pindar's Peak, alt. c. 920 m, alpine heath and sedge land, 1 7 Feb. 1986, D. Zigler (HO 97419). Senecio primulaefolius F. MuelL, in Trans. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (by 30 Sept. 1857, teste H.I. Aston), in J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 300-1 (Oct. 1857) [both as S. primulifoliiis]', Flook. f., FI. Tasm. 2: 365 (1859). Senecio primulifolms F. Muell. in Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664 (1867); L. Rodway, FI. Tasm. 93 (1903); Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasm. 2: 364 (1963); Curtis, Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: 244 (1973). Illustration: M. Stones, Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: PI. 77, No. 129 (1973). LECTOTYPUS (here chosen): Tasmania, Mt La Perouse, 1 Mar. 1857, C. Stuart 1871, K ex Hb. W. J. Flook., upper right specimen, ruled off from rest of sheet by pencilled line; isoLECTOTYPi: MEL 40321 & 40322. Note: 1 prefer a specimen retained by Mueller at MEL as representing his type, but this case presents special difficulties. Neither of the Stuart specimens of this taxon at MEL now has a capitulum, nor is there a packet on either sheet, as there is for the specimen at Kew. There can be no question that these MEL specimens agree vegeta- tively with the lectotype and are indeed ‘5. primulifolius / F. M.’ as penciled in Stuart’s script (teste D. Sinkora in litt.). Both are initialed ‘B’, seen by Bentham. Perennial herb with horizontal rhizome, bearing each year an apical whorl of a few leaves and l-2(-3) inflorescences. Scapes erect, 10-15(-30) cm. Basal leaves short- to long-petiolate, blades ovate-cordate and irregularly crenate or sinuate; upper surfaces glabrate or sparsely hairy, with sunken reticulate venation, lower surfaces purplish and glabrous or sparsely cobwebby; bracts 4-5, sessile and clasping, variable in size and shape, the lowest oblanceolate. Capitula (l-)2-4 per scape, 2.5-4 cm in diamter (includ- ing rays), peduncles 4.5-5. 5 cm long. Phyllaries 13-21, 7-8(-10) mm long, acuminate. Calycular bracteoles numerous, to 6 mm long; phyllaries and bracteoles densely cottony-hairy. Rays 13-15 or more, golden yellow, to 2 cm long, 5 mm broad. Cypsela (immature) 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, glabrous, cylindrical with prominent basal annulus. DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS Tasmania, southwestern District, Huon District [?]. Curtis (1973: 224) stated: ‘Recorded only from Mt La. Perouse at an altitude of about 3000 feet’. Recent field work has slightly expanded the known distribution of this very localized and rarely collected endemic, represented in very few of all the herbaria which 1 have examined. In Leigh et al. (1981 : 52) both it and S. papillosus are listed as risk code ‘3RC’ [defined, p. 10]; i.e., ‘[3] range over 100 km, [R] rare, [C] known in a park or reserve’. Of the two, S. primii- laefolius appears to be a little less restricted, but the ranges of both seem not be as great as indicated by Leigh et al. Further field work should clarify this. COMMENT ON SPELLING OF SPECIFIC EPITHET Mueller published this species as Senecio primulifolius, and this spelling has been fol- lowed in every publication in which it occurs that 1 have seen, except for J.D. Hooker’s Addendum to his Flora of Tasmania. A careful consideration of the ‘Tokyo Code’ (Greuther, 1994) supports Hooker’s spelling. Art. 60.8 (p. 74) [Art. 73.8 in the Berlin Code of 1988] states: ‘The use of a compounding form contrary to Rec. 60G in an adjectival epithet is treated as an error to be corrected.’ Rec. 60G1 (p. 78) distinguishes between (a) a true compound and (b) a pseudocompound, defined as a phrase treated as if it were a single compound word. In such a pseudocompound, a noun or adjective in a non-final position appears as a word with a case ending, not a modified stem. An example cited is cannaefolius (leaf of Canna). By analogy, ‘leaf of Primula" [also a feminine generic name] should be frimulaefolius" , as adopted here. OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED TASMANIA: ‘Foot of Mount De La Perouse’, s.d., s.n., eoll.?, Hb. Oldfield (K ex Hb. W.J. Hook., on same sheet as the lectotype); Mt La Perouse, Dec. 1897, L. Rodway s.n. (NSW 153197, HO 14844); Mt La Perouse.
Abutifon 113 lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes ‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri (Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, this combination is formalised here. Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et stat. nov. Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K (Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen sheets studied by Bentham. Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila (F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri (Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto-
88 Jeffrey A. Jeanes Taxonomy Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1 : 35, t- 7A ( 1 855). Tetratheca pilosa Labill. vav. procumbens (Gunn ex Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 132 (1863), nom. illeg., the earlier T. calva var. pulchella was placed in synonymy, type; ‘(Gunn, 217, 309, 649)’ and ‘Summit of the Western Mountains, elev. 3800 feet; also near the sea, on heathy plains, at Circular Head etc, Gunn.’ syntypes: Gunn 217 (NSW 119678, NSW 119679). Tetratheca calva F.Muell. ex Schuch. var. pulchella F.Muell. ex Schuch., Syn. Tremandr. 27 (1853). type: ‘In insul. Van Diemen legerunt Gunn et in montibus altis Tasmanniae cl. Muller in Herb. Sonder.’ syntypes: MEL 1008363, MEL 1008381, MEL 1008382. Tetratheca pilosa Labill. var. calva Rodway, Tasman, fl. 10 (1903) p.p., as to T. procumbens but excluding T. gunnii, both cited in synonymy by Rodway. Procumbent to weakly ascending sub-shruh; taproot sturdy; branches usually many, 5-20(-30) cm long, most emanating from near base of plant; stems terete, often irregularly ridged and appearing quadrangular near nodes, scabrous, virtually glabrous, sometimes with a few short, tubercle-based hairs and glandular hairs, particularly near nodes or on young growth. Leaves alternate, subopposite or in irregular whorls of 3, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-8 mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2) mm wide, straight to arcuate, apex usually acute, mucronate, base truncate, margins mostly revolute to mid-vein, both surfaces usually scabrous, lower surface with dense short, stiff hairs along mid-vein and near margins; petiole to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers solitary in leaf axils; peduncles 1-3 mm long, elongating to c. 4 mm in fruit, glabrous; bracts linear, c. 0.5 mm long, pubes- cent; sepals ovate, c. 1 mm long, glabrous outside, haiiy on inner surface particularly on and near margins, attached inside top of receptacle, deciduous; petals obovate, ovate or elliptical, 3-4.5(-5) mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, usually widest beyond middle, lilac-pink or white, often with darker longitudinal veins, deciduous; stamens 8, 2-2.5 mm long; fdament 0.5-1 mm long; body of anther 1-1.5 mm long, glabrescent; orifice c. 0.2 mm wide; ovary 2-(less often 4-) celled, with a mixture of scattered short fine hairs and glandular hairs; ovules 1 per cell; style slender, to c. 1.5 mm long. Fruit obovate to obcordate, 2-4 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with a sparse mixture of simple and glandular- hairs particularly near apex; seeds more or less oblong, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, pubescent; appendage with several twists, cream. (Figs. 1 & 2) FLOWERING PERIOD October to January depending upon altitude. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT In Tasmania found mostly at high altitudes but also occun'ing at lower elevations almost to sea level. In Victoria it is known from only two sites, at about 1 100 m and 1420 m above sea level respectively (Fig. 3). The high altitude habitat is generally low heath on moist peaty soils or on Sphagnum moss near streams or in rock crevices. At lower altitudes in Tasmania, plants grow in grassy woodlands and shrubby heathlands. NOTES Thompson (1976) recognized two subspecies of Tetratheca pilosa based mostly on leaf arrangement, leaf shape and ovary indumentum (see key). The type subspecies is widespread in Tasmania, scattered in western Victoria and localised in South Australia mainly in the Mount Lofty Ranges. Tetratheca pilosa subsp. latifolia is found in northern Tasmania, mainly eastern Victoria and south-eastern New South Wales. The two sub- species are very closely related and occasional specimens, particularly some from Tasmania, are difficult to assign to one or the other subspecies. Tetratheca procumbens is relegated by Thompson to synonymy under the type subspecies with a very cursory explanation.
Muelleria 9 : 35-36 ( 1996 ) New combination in Viola (Violaceae) T.A. James Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, 2000, New South Wales, Australia. ABSTRACT Viola hederacea fiiscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species; an illustration and a new combination are provided. Introduction Adams (1982) recognised eight subspecies within the Viola hederacea complex in Australia, including V. hederacea subsp. sieberiana, a taxon previously recognised as a distinct species (Sprengel 1827). Both earlier and subsequent treatments (Willis 1973; Curtis 1975; Seppelt 1986; James 1990) have retained V. sieberiana at specific rank, despite a varietal combination available under V. hederacea (Domin 1928), and in keep- ing with cytological, morphological and biochemical evidence (Seppelt 1986). Morphologically at least, three of the other subspecies recognised by Adams, show closer affmites to V. sieberiana than to V. hederacea. The leaves are consistently ovate to rhombic in shape, as wide as long or longer and the base cuneate and tapering into the petiole. The flowers are concolorous and the petals <7 mm long. In comparison the leaves of V. hederacea are reniform to almost circular, often broader than long and mostly truncate or cordate at the base; the flowers are mostly discolorous with petals 7-10 mm long. Despite the uniformity of characters within the V. sieberiana alliance, taxa can be readily distinguished on the basis of flower colour and size and the length of the flower scape. Viola hederacea subsp. cleistogamoides (Adams 1982) has been formally raised to specific rank (Seppelt 1986). Viola hederacea subs’p. fuscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species (V. sp. A) in the Flora of New South Wales (James 1990) but requires a new combination. Taxonomy Viola fuscoviolacea (L.G. Adams) T.A. James, comb. & slat. nov. Viola sp. A sensii T.A. James, FI. New South Wales 1 : 438 (1990). Viola hederacea subsp. /M5Cov/o/acea L.G. Adams, FI. Australia 8;386 (1982) basionym. type: Victoria: Buckety Plain, Bogong High Plains, 36°56'S, 147°2TE, 6 Jan. 1972, L.G. Adams 2641 (holotype: CANB; isotypes: K, MEL) Perennial herb, usually glabrous; stems short; stolons well-developed. Leaves tufted; lamina broad-ovate to ovate-rhombic, 5-15 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, base cuneate (or rarely almost truncate), tapering to petiole, margins scalloped to coarsely toothed, apex obtuse; petioles narrowly winged, 1-3 cm long; stipules free, linear-lanceolate, 1-5 mm long, glandular-denticulate. Flower-scapes 2-25 mm long, shorter than or just exceeding leaves; bracteoles mostly below middle. Sepals lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, acute, basal appendages small. Petals 2-3 mm long, blackish-violet (rarely paler); lower petal obovate-elliptic, c. 2 mm wide, without spur; lateral petals entire, bearded. Capsule ovoid, 4-7 mm long. (Fig. 1 ) 35
Muelleria 9 : 35-36 ( 1996 ) New combination in Viola (Violaceae) T.A. James Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, 2000, New South Wales, Australia. ABSTRACT Viola hederacea fiiscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species; an illustration and a new combination are provided. Introduction Adams (1982) recognised eight subspecies within the Viola hederacea complex in Australia, including V. hederacea subsp. sieberiana, a taxon previously recognised as a distinct species (Sprengel 1827). Both earlier and subsequent treatments (Willis 1973; Curtis 1975; Seppelt 1986; James 1990) have retained V. sieberiana at specific rank, despite a varietal combination available under V. hederacea (Domin 1928), and in keep- ing with cytological, morphological and biochemical evidence (Seppelt 1986). Morphologically at least, three of the other subspecies recognised by Adams, show closer affmites to V. sieberiana than to V. hederacea. The leaves are consistently ovate to rhombic in shape, as wide as long or longer and the base cuneate and tapering into the petiole. The flowers are concolorous and the petals <7 mm long. In comparison the leaves of V. hederacea are reniform to almost circular, often broader than long and mostly truncate or cordate at the base; the flowers are mostly discolorous with petals 7-10 mm long. Despite the uniformity of characters within the V. sieberiana alliance, taxa can be readily distinguished on the basis of flower colour and size and the length of the flower scape. Viola hederacea subsp. cleistogamoides (Adams 1982) has been formally raised to specific rank (Seppelt 1986). Viola hederacea subs’p. fuscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species (V. sp. A) in the Flora of New South Wales (James 1990) but requires a new combination. Taxonomy Viola fuscoviolacea (L.G. Adams) T.A. James, comb. & slat. nov. Viola sp. A sensii T.A. James, FI. New South Wales 1 : 438 (1990). Viola hederacea subsp. /M5Cov/o/acea L.G. Adams, FI. Australia 8;386 (1982) basionym. type: Victoria: Buckety Plain, Bogong High Plains, 36°56'S, 147°2TE, 6 Jan. 1972, L.G. Adams 2641 (holotype: CANB; isotypes: K, MEL) Perennial herb, usually glabrous; stems short; stolons well-developed. Leaves tufted; lamina broad-ovate to ovate-rhombic, 5-15 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, base cuneate (or rarely almost truncate), tapering to petiole, margins scalloped to coarsely toothed, apex obtuse; petioles narrowly winged, 1-3 cm long; stipules free, linear-lanceolate, 1-5 mm long, glandular-denticulate. Flower-scapes 2-25 mm long, shorter than or just exceeding leaves; bracteoles mostly below middle. Sepals lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, acute, basal appendages small. Petals 2-3 mm long, blackish-violet (rarely paler); lower petal obovate-elliptic, c. 2 mm wide, without spur; lateral petals entire, bearded. Capsule ovoid, 4-7 mm long. (Fig. 1 ) 35
96
Sergey Y. Kondratyuk
2 . Vouauxiomyces brattii Kondratyuk sp. nov.
Fungus lichenicola. Conidiomata pycnidifonuia, semi-immersa vel erumpia, aggregata,
56-330 pm in diam., in gallis immersa, muris textura angulari. Cellulae conidiogenae
ampuliformes vel lageniformes, hyalinae, 8.0-10.0(-14.5) x 3. 0-4.0 pm. Conidia
holoblastica, clavata vel pyrifonnia, hyalina, simplicia, apicibus rotundatis et basi trun-
catis, {12-)13.5-!6.5(-17.5) x (4.0-)4.5-5.5 pm.
TYPUS; Tasmania: ‘Fern Bower’ Sth of Maydena. On Pseudocyphellaria faveolata
(Delise) Malme. [no date], G.C. Bratt, M.H. Bratt & WST (FIO 34317).
Lichenicolous fungus, parasymbiotic on the thallus of Pseudocyphellaria faveolata,
producing black conidiomata occuring on wart- or gall-like deformations of the host
thalli. Conidiomata pycnidial, immersed at first but becoming erumpent through the sur-
face of the host, mainly aggregated in groups in blackish stromatic tissues of warts or
gall-like deformations (0. 6-1.0 mm diam. and 0.4-0. 5 mm high) of the host thalli, black,
56-330 pm diam. and 28-111 pm high; wall of mainly 6-8 cell layers, 11.2-16.8 pm
thick, dark brown, pseudoparenchymatous (textura angularis), cells thick-walled, 3-4 pm
diam. Conidiogenoits cells holoblastic, ampulliform to lageniform, lining the pycnidial
cavity, percurrently proliferating, annellate with to 3-(4?) annellations, hyaline, smooth-
walled, 8.0- 10.0(- 14.5) X 3. 0-4.0 pm. Conidia arising singly, obpyriform, often rather
iiTegular in shape, hyaline, collecting in a macilaginous mass in the pycnidial cavity,
simple, apex rounded, the base conspicuously truncated, thin-walled, smooth-walled
(12-)13.5-16.5(-17.5) x(4.0-)4.5-5 pm. (Fig. 3 a-b)
NOTES
Vouauxiomyces brattii differs from the other species of Vouauxiomyces in having much
bigger conidia; in contrast, these are 3-5(-6) x 2-3.5(-4) pm in V. ramalinae (Nordin)
D.Hawksw. and (7-)7. 5-10. 5(-l 1.5) x (5-)5.5-7(-7.5) pm in V. santessonii D.Hawksw.
(all data according to Flawksworth 1981), and 4.5-5.5(-6) x 2. 5-3. 5 pm in V. granulatae
Wedin (Wedin 1994) occuring on Pseudocyphellaria granulata from Argentina.
Vouauxiomyces species are anamorphs of Abrothallus, but no such anamorph was pre-
sent among the material of V. brattii.
3 . Wentiomyces tatjanae Kondratyuk sp. nov.
Fungus lichenicola. Ascomata superficialia, uniloculata, dispersa, singularia, nigra, glo-
bosa, ostiolata, setosa, (80-) 120-280 pm diam; setae atrobrunneae, simplices, rectae vel
leviter arcuatae, leaves, 18-36 x 2. 5-5. 5 pm; muris 6-12 pm crassis, e 3-4 stratis cellu-
larum et pseudoparenchymaticarum constantes. Paraphyses desunt. Asci cylindrici, bitu-
nicati, (40-)54-63 x 5.5-6.5(-7.0) pm, 8-spori. Ascosporae ellipsoideae, 1-septatae,
hyalinae, laeves, 6.0-1 1.0(-12.0) x (1.5-)2. 0-3. 5(4.0) pm.
TYPUS: Tasmania: Florentine Valley, by track 7, about 55 miles [88 km] WNW of
Flobart, in high forest of Nothofagus cunninghamii in moderate shade with numerous
mosses, growing on fallen logs, on Pseudocyphellaria coronata (Miill. Arg.) Malme
thalli, 13 Dec. 1952, R .Melville with J.H. Willis, W.M. Curtis & D. Paton 2339
(HOLOTYPUS: BM).
Lichenicolous fungus, parasymbiotic on Pseudocyphellaria and Lobaria thalli and
apothecia, forming black setose ascomata. Ascomata superficial, uniloculate, perithe-
cioid, scattered, arising singly or rarely in groups of 2-3(-7), black, globose and very
often collapsed, ostiolate, setose mainly on whole surface of peritecia or particularly
around the ostiole, (80-) 120-280 pm diameter. Setae numerous (20 and more), dark
brown, simple, straight or slightly arcuate, smooth-walled, thick-walled, 18-36 x
2. 5-5. 5; walls 6-12 pm thick, pseudoparenchymatous, composed of 3-4 layers of cells,
brown-blackish, K+ greenish. Paraphvses absent. Asci very numerous, arising in a
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 57-61".
Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 53 Pomaderris phylicifolia var. ericoides Maiden & E. Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 737 (1905). Type: New South Wales, Mongarlowe near Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen, xi.l898 (lecto- type here selected, NSW; isolectotype MEL). Remaining Syntypes NEW SOUTH wales: Tantawangelo Mountain, J.H. Maiden, xii.1896 (NSW); Barbers Ck, H.J. Rumsey, x.1898 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, i.l899 (NSW); Mt Wilson, J. Gregson, x. 1890 (NSW). Notes The Baeuerlen specimen was chosen as lectotype above the others (although all are representative), because it is the only one for which a duplicate at another institution has been found. Pomaderris ericifolia Elook. has often been regarded as a synonym for P. phylicifolia subsp. ericoides (e.g. Moore 1961; Chapman 1991; Willis 1973), but examination of the type of P. ericifolia at K shows it to belong to a narrow-leaved form of P. phylicifolia subsp. phylicifolia (see typification for P. phylicifolia below). Both (relatively) broad- and narrow-leaved plants of subsp. phylicifolia often grow in the same area. Subsp. phylicifolia and ericoides are generally allopatric, with the latter restricted to montane or subalpine areas, but they are known to occur together in the Wulgulmerang area of Victoria, and may also both occur in areas of the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales (imprecise geographical details on specimen labels makes the latter assertion difficult to prove). The two subspecies are distinguished by characters given in the following key. Key to subspecies ofV. phylicifolia 1. Leaves narrow-ovate to narrow-obovate, 6-15 mm long, 1-6 mm wide; margins recurved to revolute but not entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. phylicifolia 1. Leaves linear, 3-8 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide; margins revolute, entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. ericoides Typification Pomaderris betuUna Cunn. ex Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3212 (1833). Type: hort. Kew, Herb. Hooker, s.d. (lectype here selected, K). The figure in Curtis 's Bot. Mag. is of a flowering branch. The accompanying proto- logue indicates that the species was ‘introduced to the Royal Gardens at Kew, whence flowering specimens were ... communicated ... in April, 1832’. There are two sheets from Hooker’s herbarium at K annotated as having been grown at Kew; one is a flowering branch, the other a branch in bud. The former is preferred as matching the protologue. Pomaderris discolor (Vent.) Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 591 (1808). Ceanothus discolor Vent., Jard. Malm. t. 58 (1804). Type: cultivated at Malmaison, France (lectotype here selected, G 8129 (herb. Ventenat); ?isolectotype FI). Although G 8129 consists of separate branchlets in bud, flower and fruit (and doubt- fully collected simultaneously), each is unmistakably P. discolor, and all elements are represented in both the figure (by P.J. Redoute) and description in Jard. Malm. The
76 David L. Jones ovata F.M. Bailey’ and in the same paper provided an abbreviated translation of Blume’s original description of C. grandiflora. The species previously confused by Maiden and Betche with C. grandiflora, is described here as new. Clieirostylis also occurs in countries adjacent to Australia, namely Java (Comber 1990), New Guinea (Blume 1825; Schlechter 1911-14), and New Caledonia (Halle 1977). As deduced from available descriptions, drawings, specimens and photographs, the taxa occurring in these regions are distinct from the Australian species. Methods This revision is based on my field collections, specimens collected by field operatives and the examination of herbarium specimens at AD, BRI, L, MEL, NSW and QRS. Floral descriptions are based on fresh specimens or spirit-preserved material. Description of Genus Clieirostylis Blume, Bijdr. 6: t. 1 fig. lb; 8; 413 (1825). Type: Cheirostylis montana Blume. Epiphytic, epilithic or terrestrial herbs growing singly or in small, loose groups. Rhizome prostrate to decumbent, fleshy, irregularly swollen at the internodes, con- stricted at the nodes, with dense clusters of short, white rhizoids arising ventrally from points of contact with rocks and leaves. Stem apical, erect, short. Leaves simple, entire, thin-textured, spirally arranged in a loose rosette, often withered at anthesis, petiolate; venation reticulate; petiole sheathing at the base. Inflorescence a few-flowered terminal raceme; scape and rachis hairy. Flowers small, white, hairy. Sepals connate basally, the lateral sepals forming a synsepalum. Petals free. Labelhim lamina bilobed, the narrow base developed into a shallow sac containing calli. Callus elongate, with or without apical swellings. Column small, with elongate stigmatic arms and rostellum. Anther dorsal. Pollinia 4, elongate, attached to an elongate stipe. Etymology (Greek) cheir = hand, stylis = style; in reference to the lobed apical margins of the clinandrium which resemble a hand. Taxonomic History Cheirostylis was first recorded from Australia by Maiden and Betche (1896) who wrongly identified material collected in northern New South Wales as C. grandiflora Blume (see introduction). Bailey (1896) described Gastrodia ovata from near Cairns, and Schlechter (1911), realising its erroneous generic placement, transferred it to Cheirostylis. In the same year Zeuxine attenuata was described from specimens collect- ed near Mackay (Rogers and White 1921). Zeuxine attenuata is a taxonomic synonym of Cheirostylis ovata. Key to Australian species of Cheriostylis 1. Leaf dark green with a pale median band, flowers opening freely, 10-14 mm long ...1. C. ovata 2. C. notialis 1. Leaf unifonnly dark green, flowers mostly cleistogamous, 5-9 mm long.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 77-79, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 64-66, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 70-73, Fig. 1".
Fungi in a North Queensland Stream
149
Notes
Dictyochaeta sithfiiscospora was originally described from submerged decaying
branches of an unknown angiosperm from Malaysia (Kuthubutheen and Nawawi 1991).
This is the first record from Australia, also occurring on submerged wood. This collec-
tion of D. suhfuscospora has pigmented, percurrently and sympodially proliferating,
polyphialidic conidiophores with flared collarettes. The shorter, sympodially proliferat-
ing, monophialidic to polyphialidic, pigmented conidiophores found close to the
substratum by Kuthubutheen and Nawawi (1991) were not seen in our collection. The
conidia are ovate, non-septate, non-setulate, initially hyaline to subhyaline, later becom-
ing pale brown, 17-22 x 6-8.5 pm, and fonn in slimy masses.
Didymostilbe australiensis Goh & K.D. Hyde, sp. nov.
Conidiomata synnematosae, solitariae, subulato-capitatae, non-ramosae, determi-
natae, cremeae, 250-500 pm altae, ad basim 30-50 pm latae, apicem versus attenuatae
usque 15-50 pm latae. Hyphae stipitis ad basim intricatae, superne parellelibus,
septatae, laeves, simpliciae, ca. 1 pm latae. Conidiophora non-ramosa, cellulae
conidiogenae 13-25 X 1.5-2 pm, phialidicae, anguste cylindricae, apicem versus
attenuata, hyalinae, laeves. Conidiorum massa hemisphaerica vel subglobosa, mucoidea,
terminalia, cremea vel albolutescens. Conidia enteroblastica, 0-1-septata, interdum
ad septa leniter constricta, cylindrica vel leniter clavata, apicem late rotundata,
ad basim subtruncata vel obconico truncata, crassitunicata, laevia, hyalina,
(8-)9-13(-15) X (2.5-)3-4 pm.
Type: Queensland, Cape Tribulation, Mt Lewis, on decaying wood submerged in a
stream, T.M. and K.D. Hyde ML 28, vi.l995 (holotype BRIP).
Conidiomata synnematous, solitary, subulate-capitate, unbranched, determinate,
creamy white, 250-500 pm tall, 30-50 pm wide at the base, tapered to 1 5-50 pm wide
near the apex, conidiogenous head 40-150 pm wide. Hyphae of stipe interweaving at
base, parallel throughout stipe, septate, smooth, simple, ca. 1 pm wide. Conidiophore
unbranched, conidiogenous cells 13-25 x 1.5-2 pm, phialidic, narrowly cylindrical,
tapering at the apex, hyaline, smooth. Conidial mass hemisphaerical to subglobose,
mucoid, tenninal, creamy white to pale yellowish. Conidia enteroblastic, 0-1 -septate,
sometimes slightly constricted at the septum, cylindrical to slightly clavate, broadly
rounded at the apex, subtruncate to obconically truncate at the base, thick-walled,
smooth, hyaline, (8-)9-13(-15) pm long, (2.5-)3-4 pm in diameter. (Figs 2, 3)
Notes
This differs from other Didymostilbe species {sensu Seifert 1985) in its conidial shape
and size. In other species the conidia are larger (14 pm or more in length, 4 pm or more
in width) and are mostly ellipsoidal to fusiform in shape.
Exserticlava vasiformis (Matsush.) S. Hughes (Fig. 4)
Notes
Exserticlava vasiformis was originally isolated from wood in Japan by Matsushima
(1975) (as Cordana vasiformis Matsush.). This species produces solitary, erect, thick-
walled, dark conidiophores, each with a terminal funnel-shaped conidiogenous apex,
which gives rise to 10-15 distoseptate conidia. The hyaline inner wall of the conidio-
genous cell usually expands to 20 pm wide and finally grows upwards as a hyaline,
thick-walled, septate, subulate structure, up to 120 pm long. This characteristic exten-
sion of the conidiophore is a readily identifiable feature. Exserticlava species have also
been reported from New Zealand (Hughes 1978), North America (Crane and
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 13-18, Fig. 1".
Cheirostvlis in Australia 77 1 . Cheirostylis ovata (F.M. Bailey) Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 45: 394, in obs. (1911); Gastrodia ovata F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 14: 13 (1896). Type: Queensland, Mountain Ra., near Cairns, L.J. Nugent (holotype BRI, not found); Queensland, Russell River, below the First Combo, R.L.Jago 466, 23.viii.1981 (neotype here selected, QRS 65146). Zeuxine attenuata R.S. Rogers & C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 32: 123-4, fig. 2 (1921). Type: Queensland, Mackay, 13.ix.l895, (holo BRI!). Illustration: Lavarack and Gray, Australian Tropical Orchids 14, top plate (1992). Rhizome 4-10 mm in diameter. Stem 1-2 mm in diameter. Leaves 4-7; petioles 5-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, channelled, sheathing at the base; lamina ovate- lanceolate, 25-50 mm long, 12-20 mm wide, dark green, dull, with a light band along the midrib, apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence 10-25 cm tall, slender, 1-6-flowered. Sterile bracts 3 or 4, ovate-lanceolate, 13-21 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 5-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, closely sheathing, acuminate. Pedicels 3-10 mm long, slender, semi-erect, hairy. Ovaries narrowly obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, constricted near the apex. Flowers white, 10-14 mm long, 9-10 mm wide. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, porrect proximally where connate with the lateral sepals, erect to suberect in the distal half, apex obtuse. Synsepalum 7-8 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, porrect, the lobes obtuse, divaricate, c. 3 mm apart at the tips. Petals narrowly linear- oblong, 7-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, slightly falcate, obliquely erect, divergent, apex obtuse. Labellum porrect to obliquely deflexed, 12.5-14 mm long, c. 9 mm wide; labellum base 5-5.5 mm long, 2. 5-2. 8 mm wide, channelled, base saccate, bearing 1-3, irregularly lobed calli, c. 1 mm long; lamina deeply bilobed, each lobe more or less oblong-cuneate, 5-6 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide, divergent, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, the anterior margins irregularly lobed, all margins minutely denticulate. Callus elongate, with two small, apical swellings. Column 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide. Stigma arms c. 3.5 mm long, obliquely erect to porrect. Rostellum elongate. Anther ovate, c. 1.3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, brown, with a slender rostrum. Pollinarium c. 3.5 mm long; viscidium elliptic, 0.7 mm long; stipe ligulate, c. 10 mm long; pollinia linear clavate, 1.5-1. 8 mm long, white, mealy. Capsules narrowly obovoid, 7-10 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, suberect to erect. (Fig. 1) Distribution Endemic to north-eastern and central-eastern Queensland (Iron Range to Eungella) (Fig. 2). Ecology Commonly grows among rocks in monsoonal rainforest and vine thickets. The plants are regularly covered by fallen leaves throughout the year, but especially when the forest trees shed their leaves during the late dry season. At this time the orchid plants are dormant, surviving as the fleshy rhizome which becomes completely covered by leaves and other litter. The new shoots of the orchid grow up through this layer and the fine root hairs produced from the ventral swellings on the rhizome become attached to the decaying leaves and other litter as well as rocks. Altitude range 20-750 m. Flowering period August-October. Recognition Differs from C. notialis by its larger (to 50 mm long and 20 mm wide), ovate- lanceolate leaves which have a pale band along the midrib; larger (to 14 mm long and 10 mm wide) flowers which open freely, with the perianth tips spreading and recurving;
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 39-40, Fig. 2g-i".
34 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates Key to subspecies of?, helianthemifolia 1 . Leaves glabrous on upper surface subsp. helianthemifolia 1 . Leaves hispid on upper surface 2 2. Leaves 10-45 mm long; disc glabrous subsp, hispida 2. Leaves 5-9(-13) mm long; disc hispid subsp. minor SECTION APETALAE Pomaderris apetala Labill. subsp. maritima N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, subsp. nov. Differt a subspecie typica foliis obtusis, ad bis longioribus quam latioribus, pagina supera pilis stellatis persistentibus et in habitatione maritima. Type: Tasmania, Asbestos Ra. National Park, c. 1.7 km due S from northern tip of Badger Head, N.G. Walsh 2368, 23.ii.1989 (holotype MEL; isotype HO). Pomaderris sp. aff. apetala (Coastal) sensu J.H. Ross (Ed.), Census Vase. PI. Victoria, 4th edn (1993). Pomaderris tainui Hector, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 1 1 : 429 ( 1 879). Type: New Zealand, North Island, Mokau, J. Hector, 1879 (holotype AK; isotype K). Pubescent shrub 1-3 m tall. Leaves ovate, 30-60 mm long, 15-30 mm wide; base obtuse; margins shallowly serrulate; apex obtuse; adaxial lamina wrinkled, sparsely pubescent with greyish stellate hairs; abaxial lamina densely pubescent with greyish (rarely rusty on veins) stellate hairs. Inflorescence of 20 to >50 flowers, pyramidal, terminal or upper-axillary, 5-15 cm long, 2-7 cm wide; bracts caducous; pedicels 1.5-2. 5 mm long. Flowers cream, externally densely pubescent with greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium 1.25-2 mm in diameter, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1. 8-2.1 mm long; stamens 1.5-2. 5 mm long, erect; anthers 0.75-1 mm long; ovary virtually inferior, pubescent with long stellate hairs; style 1-1.5 mm long, branched in middle third. Fruit 3-4 mm long, blackish, obovoid to ovoid; apex obtuse; torus in middle third; operculum membranous, occupying most of inner face; seed 1.5-1.75 mm long. (Fig. le-g) Representative Specimens (17 specimens examined) victoria: Reeves Beach, near western limit of Ninety Mile Beach, N.G. Walsh 1601, 14. vi. 1986 (MEL, CANB); Wilsons Promontory, Lighthouse Point, P.C. Heyligers 81034, 13. xi. 1981 (MEL). TASMANIA: Hawley, c. 1.5 km W of Freers Beach, F. Coates s.n., 22.xii.1992 (MEL), new Zealand: Taranaki, North of Mohakatino River mouth, N.G. Walsh 4670, 5. i. 1997 (MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status Restricted to South Gippsland at Wilsons Promontory and 90 mile Beach in Victoria; central northern Tasmania and Mokau area. North Island New Zealand. Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 3RCat. Habitat Predominantly dry coastal vegetation, ecotone between dune scrub or salt marsh and coastal woodland, but also known from grassy Allocasuarina littoralis woodland on dolerite in central northern Tasmania. Altitude range 0-60 m. Phenology Flowers: October-November. Fruits: December-January.
Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 53 Pomaderris phylicifolia var. ericoides Maiden & E. Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 737 (1905). Type: New South Wales, Mongarlowe near Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen, xi.l898 (lecto- type here selected, NSW; isolectotype MEL). Remaining Syntypes NEW SOUTH wales: Tantawangelo Mountain, J.H. Maiden, xii.1896 (NSW); Barbers Ck, H.J. Rumsey, x.1898 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, i.l899 (NSW); Mt Wilson, J. Gregson, x. 1890 (NSW). Notes The Baeuerlen specimen was chosen as lectotype above the others (although all are representative), because it is the only one for which a duplicate at another institution has been found. Pomaderris ericifolia Elook. has often been regarded as a synonym for P. phylicifolia subsp. ericoides (e.g. Moore 1961; Chapman 1991; Willis 1973), but examination of the type of P. ericifolia at K shows it to belong to a narrow-leaved form of P. phylicifolia subsp. phylicifolia (see typification for P. phylicifolia below). Both (relatively) broad- and narrow-leaved plants of subsp. phylicifolia often grow in the same area. Subsp. phylicifolia and ericoides are generally allopatric, with the latter restricted to montane or subalpine areas, but they are known to occur together in the Wulgulmerang area of Victoria, and may also both occur in areas of the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales (imprecise geographical details on specimen labels makes the latter assertion difficult to prove). The two subspecies are distinguished by characters given in the following key. Key to subspecies ofV. phylicifolia 1. Leaves narrow-ovate to narrow-obovate, 6-15 mm long, 1-6 mm wide; margins recurved to revolute but not entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. phylicifolia 1. Leaves linear, 3-8 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide; margins revolute, entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. ericoides Typification Pomaderris betuUna Cunn. ex Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3212 (1833). Type: hort. Kew, Herb. Hooker, s.d. (lectype here selected, K). The figure in Curtis 's Bot. Mag. is of a flowering branch. The accompanying proto- logue indicates that the species was ‘introduced to the Royal Gardens at Kew, whence flowering specimens were ... communicated ... in April, 1832’. There are two sheets from Hooker’s herbarium at K annotated as having been grown at Kew; one is a flowering branch, the other a branch in bud. The former is preferred as matching the protologue. Pomaderris discolor (Vent.) Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 591 (1808). Ceanothus discolor Vent., Jard. Malm. t. 58 (1804). Type: cultivated at Malmaison, France (lectotype here selected, G 8129 (herb. Ventenat); ?isolectotype FI). Although G 8129 consists of separate branchlets in bud, flower and fruit (and doubt- fully collected simultaneously), each is unmistakably P. discolor, and all elements are represented in both the figure (by P.J. Redoute) and description in Jard. Malm. The
42 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates Pomaderris bodalla N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. Pomadenidi brunneae N.A. Wakef. affinis sed foliis marginibus non recurvatis, pagina infema non villosa et nervis lateralibus impressis vix differt. Type: New South Wales, Dignam Ck, 6.5 km SW of Tilba Tilba, N.G. Walsh 4045, 13.x. 1995 (holotype MEL; isotypes CANS, NSW). Shrub 2^ m high. Young stems with spreading; rusty simple hairs and dense, greyish stellate hairs. Leaves elliptic, broad-elliptic, broad-obovate, or often, sub-rhombic, (15-)20-25(-30) mm long, (10-)12-15(~20) mm wide; base cuneate; margins entire but often slightly undulate; apex obtuse to broadly acute, occasionally temrinated by a tuft of simple hairs; adaxial lamina glabrous, smooth; lateral veins not or slightly impressed; abaxial lamina pubescent with sparse to very sparse, spreading rusty simple hairs overlaying dense, greyish stellate hairs; lateral veins elearly visible, with simple hairs denser than those of intemerves; petiole 2.5-6 mm long. Stipules triangular or narrow- triangular, 2-7 mm long, deciduous. Inflorescence many-flowered, narrowly pyramidal, terminal, 2-8 cm long, 1.5^ cm wide; bracts caducous; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Flowers cream; externally densely pubescent, greyish with loosely appressed or spreading simple hairs overlaying stellate hairs, sparser on sepals; hypanthium 0.8-1. 2 mm in diameter, 0.6-0. 8 mm long; sepals 1.5-1. 7 mm long, erect to slightly spreading; petals absent; stamens 1-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.7-0. 9 mm long; ovary inferior, stellate-pubescent or with simple hairs largely obscuring stellate hairs; style glabrous, 0.8-1. 2 mm long, branched in middle third. Fruit not seen. (Fig. 2m-o) Representative Specimens (10 specimens examined) NEW SOUTH wales: Bodalia-Runnyford, M. Shoohridge, 2.x. 1961 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Nerrigundah, W. McReadie, x.1966 (NSW); Bodalla State Forest, Red Creek Rd, I km N of Tinpot Rd, N.G. Walsh 4047, 12.x. 1995 (CANB. MEL); 2 km ESE of Brogo Hall, N.G. Walsh 4051, I2.X.1995 (CANB, MEL, NSW). Distribution and Conservation Status. Occurs in the South Coast botanical subdivision of New South Wales (Anderson 1961, 1968) where apparently endemic between Nerrigundah and Brogo. Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2R. Habitat Occurs in sheltered sites (streambanks, gully heads etc.) in moist open-forests. Altitude range 40-350 m. Phenology Flowers: October. Etymology From the locality of Bodalla, the centre of known distribution of the species; an Aboriginal word of somewhat obscure meaning, but which probably refers to the locality’s proximity to water. Notes Pomaderris bodalla has previously been confused with P. brunnea — a species having leaves with recurved margins, villous abaxial indumentum and strongly impressed lateral veins. Some specimens have also been determined as P. discolor which also has recurved leaf margins. The latter species characteristically has leaves that are evenly tapered to the cuneate base and acute apex, and has (sometimes petalous)
40 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 1-2.5 mm long. Flowers cream; externally densely pubescent with white-greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium 1-2 mm in diameter, 0.7 mm long; sepals 1.8-2 mm long; petals present on most flowers but sometimes fewer than 5, 1.2-1. 5 mm long, oblanceolate, flat or slightly cupped; stamens 1.8-2. 2 mm long, distinctly longer than petals,’ the filaments shortly adnate to the petal base; anthers 0.7-0.8 mm long; ovary half- inferior, stellate-pubescent; style glabrous, 0.8-1. 3 mm long, branched in middle third. Fruit ovoid, c. 3 mm long, blackish; apex acute; torus slightly below midway; operculum membranous, occupying most of pyrene inner face; seed c. 1.8 mm long’ (Fig. 2g-i) Other Specimens Examined NEW SOUTH wales: type locality, N.G. Walsh 4074, 19.xii.l995 (MEL); P.C. Jobson 4285 2 vi 1996 (MEL, NSW). Distribution and Conservation Status Known only from a very small population from Sublime Point, near Wollongong, Central Coast floristic subdivision of New South Wales (Anderson 1961, 1968)’ Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) IV. Habitat Heathy woodland and open forest on sandy loam. Altitude c. 320 m. Phenology Flowers: September. Fruits: November-December. Etymology From the Latin adnatus (= joined) referring to the base of the staminal filament which is shortly united with the petal claw. Notes In its narrow-elliptic to obovate leaves, P. adnata bears a superficial resemblance to P. mediora and P. phylicifolia, but the indumentum of the stems and abaxial leaf surfaces is very different, with simple hairs being absent from the stems, and rather short, sparse and appressed on the midrib and larger lateral veins of the abaxial leaf sur- faces. The flowers are quite unlike either of those two species however, being petalous and bearing only stellate hairs on the hypanthium and sepals. The condition of each of the staminal filaments being shortly united with the claw of its subtending petal occurs also in the narrowly endemic Victorian species P. subplicata (Walsh 1992), but that species differs substantially from P. adnata in its smaller (to 10 mm long), relatively broader leaves that are finely stellate pubescent on both surfaces. Pomaderris delicata N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. A P. andromedifolia A. Cunn. folds minoribus, pagina abaxiali non sericea et stipulis minoribus non persistentibus differt. Type: New South Wales, Goulburn-Bungonia Rd, 12 km ESE of Goulburn, N.G. Walsh 4035, 1 Lx. 1995 (holotype MEL; isotypes BRl, CANB, HO, NSW). Shrub 1-2 m high. Young stems pubescent with very sparse, loosely appressed greyish-yellow or rusty simple hairs and dense, greyish-yellow stellate hairs. Leaves elliptic, 13-30 mm long, 5-15 mm wide; base cuneate; margins entire, plane or slightly recurved; apex obtuse to broadly acute; adaxial lamina glabrous, smooth.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 53-54".
54 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of the species and is not regarded as a type. Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 121 (1855). Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita (Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label (i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material (i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as Tiymalium bilobatum. The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ).
54 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of the species and is not regarded as a type. Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 121 (1855). Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita (Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label (i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material (i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as Tiymalium bilobatum. The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ).
Taxonomic Changes in Pomuderris 31 3. 3. 4. 4. 5. 5. 6 . 6 . 7. 7. Leaves fan-shaped, wider than long, often partly folded; pyrenes corrugated on ventral surface; Eyre Peninsula (South Australia) only flabellares Leaves oblong to orbicular, no wider than long, mostly flat; pyrenes smooth on ventral surface, all States except Northern Territory ^ Sepals persistent in fruit; petals absent sect. Apetalae Sepals deciduous in fruit; petals present or absent sect. Pomaderris Style 2-branched; ovary 2-locular sect. Bilocidares Style 3-branched or 3-lobed; ovary 3-locular ^ Floral disc absent; South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania sect. Pomaderris Floral disc present, forming a raised annulus (sometimes narrow) within the points of attachment of the stamens' Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, far-western Victoria 7 Inflorescence paniculate; stipules deciduous Inflorescence a simple terminal umbellate cyme; stipules persistent sect, Annulares sect. Umbelliflorae Descriptions of Species, Subspecies and Varieties As in most reasonably large genera, specific and infraspecific boundaries in Pomaderris are not always easy to define. It might be argued that several of the infraspecific taxa described below differ in as many characters as do a number of species and could be reasonably treated at specific rank. They have been retained as subspecies or varieties where the differences are subtle (but we believe substantial) so that the component members of a species are readily observed as ‘belonging’ with each other. New species described below have less immediately appreciated affinities, and may appear equally similar to several other species. Infraspecific taxa are defined as subspecies where the morphological, geographical and/or ecological discontinuity(ies) between them are almost or quite complete. Varietal rank is used where variation within a species is more continuous, but decidedly different at the extreme ranges, and where the geographical distribution and/or ecological amplitude is not or hardly discontinuous. SECTION PSILOGYNE Pomaderris helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef subsp. hispida N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, subsp. nov. Differt a subspecie typica foliis pagina supera hispidis. Type: Victoria, East Gippsland, Mangans Lake, Genoa district, N.A. Wakefield 2249, 7.xi.l948 (holotype MEL; isotypes NSW, BRI). Pubescent shrub 1-2 m tall. Leaves oblong, 10^5 mm long, 2-10 mm wide, adaxial lamina hispid with loosely appressed to spreading simple hairs. Inflorescence of 20 to >50 flowers, pyramidal, terminal or axillary, 6-8(-12) cm long, 2-3(-6) cm wide; bracts caducous; pedicels (1.5-)2-3(-3,5) mm long. Flowers yellow; externally pubescent, with sparse, spreading, greyish and rusty simple hairs and medium to dense, greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium 1-2 mm in diameter, 0.5-1 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 mm long; stamens 1-2 mm long; anthers 0.5-0. 8 mm long; disk smooth, glabrous; style 0.5-0. 8 mm long, branched in middle or lower third. Fruit c. 3 mm long, purplish or blackish, obovoid; torus basal. Pyrene dehiscence via a longitudinal split; seed 1.5-2 mm long. (Fig. la-b)
Taxonomic Changes in Pomadenis 29 Type: P. flabellaris (Reissek) J.M. Black Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate hairs only. Leaves fan-shaped. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers apetalous; ovary 3- locular, c. half-superior, summit pubescent; disc absent. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes deeply corrugated on inner face, operculum indistinct. One species endemic on the Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Pomaderris sect. Pontaderris Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia varia; inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa raro floribus solitariis; flores petal! vel apetali, ovarium infernum ad c. semisuperum raro superum, discus absens, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa vel acuta, torus medialis ad subapicalem raro ad subbasalis, pyrenae operculis membranaceis dehiscentes. Type: P. elliptica Labill. Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs (rarely stellate hairs only). Leaves ovate (mostly), obovate, elliptic, orbicular or linear. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose, rarely of solitary flowers. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, usually inferior to c. half-superior, rarely nearly superior, summit pubescent; disc absent. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex, rarely below midway; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum. Forty-seven species in eastern Australia, two shared with and three endemic in New Zealand: P. adnata N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. andromedifolia A. Cunn., P. argyro- phylla N.A. Wakef., P. aurea N.A. Wakef , P. betulina Cunn. ex Hook., P. bodalla N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. brogoensis N.G. Walsh, P. brunnea N.A. Wakef., P. canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef, P. cinerea Benth., P. clivicola E.M. Ross, P. coco- parrana N.G. Walsh, P. coomingalensis N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. costata N.A. Wakef, P. cotoneasterFl.k. Wakef, P. crassifolia N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. delicata N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. discolor (Vent.) Poir., P. elachophylla F. Muell., P. ellipti- ca Labill, P. eriocephala N.A. Wakef, P. ferruginea Sieb. ex Fenzl, P. gilmourii N.G. Walsh, P. hamiltonii L. Moore, P. intermedia Sieb. ex DC., P. kumeraho A. Cunn., P. lanigera (Andrews) Sims, P. ledifolia A. Cunn., P. ligustrina Sieb. ex DC., P. mediora N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. nitidula (Benth.) N.A. Wakef, P. notata S.T. Blake, P. pal- lida N.A. Wakef, P. parrisiae N.G. Walsh, P. pauciflora N.A. Wakef, P. phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, P. pilifera N.A. Wakef, P. precaria N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. pruni- folia A. Cunn. ex Fenzl, P. queenslandica C.T. White, P. racemosa Hook., P. reperta N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. rugosa Cheeseman, P. sericea N.A. Wakef, P. subcapitata N.A. Wakef, P. subplicata N.G. Walsh, P. vaccinifolia F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. vellea N.A. Wakef, P. velutina J.H. Willis, P. virgata N.G. Walsh. Pomaderris sect. Annulares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia ovata ad elliptica anguste; inflorescentia paniculata; flores petal! vel apetali, ovarium infernum, discus praesens, elevatus leniter, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa vel acuta, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis dehiscentes. Type: P. grandis F. Muell. Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to narrow-elliptic. Inflorescence paniculate. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, slightly raised. Sepals
50 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates Representative Specimens (23 specimens examined) NEW SOUTH wales: Southern Tablelands, Burrinjuck, E. Cauha s.n., 15.x. 1952 (CANB). Australian CAPITAL territory: Paddys River, E.M. Canning 5042, I8.viii.l98l (CANB, MEL); near Gibraltar Creek, about 3 km ENE of Woods Reserve, P. Gilmour 5936, 30.x. 1 986 (MEL); 2.3 km N of Deadmans Hill, rocky knoll west of Bushfold Flat, E. M. Canning 6654A, 16. xi, 1990 (MEL, NSW, CANB). Distribution and Conserx’ation Status Occurs in the Australian Capital Territory at Gibraltar Creek, Paddys River, and Mts Tennent and Tharwa, and near the border with New South Wales at Burrinjuck. Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2R. Habitat Shrubland, riparian scrub, woodland, and forest associated with rocky ridges, cliff lines and dry gullies; soils skeletal or shallow, derived from sediments or granite. Altitude range 500-1220 m. Phenology Flowers: October. Fruits: November-December. Etymology From the acronym for the Australian Capital Territory from where virtually all specimens have been collected. Notes Distinguished from the typical subspecies by features outlined in the key below. See also notes following the description of P. andromedifolia subsp. confusa (above). Key to subspecies o/P. betulina 1. Sepals 1.5-2 mm long; leaves with secondary veins strongly impressed above, margins usually distinctly recurved subsp. betulina 1. Sepals 2-2.5(-3) mm long; leaves with secondary veins hardly impressed above, margins not or hardly recurved subsp. actensis Pomaderris ligustrina Sieb. ex DC. subsp. latifolia N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, subsp. nov. Differt a subspecie typica foliis ovatis late vel subrotundatis (sub bis longioribus quam latioribus) et sepalis longioribus. Type: New South Wales, Gibraltar Ra. National Park, c. 67 km E of Glen Innes, on the Gwydir Flighway, R. Coveny 2210, 2.X.1969 (holotype NSW; isotypes BRI, W). Shrub 0.4-4.5 m high. Young stems densely greyish stellate-pubescent, with scattered long simple hairs, but becoming glabrous by the second year of growth. Leaves broad- ovate to suborbicular, 17-30 mm long, 10-20 mm wide; base obtuse; margins entire, weakly recurved; apex broadly acute or obtuse; adaxial lamina glabrous, lateral veins slightly impressed; abaxial lamina villous with spreading golden to rusty simple hairs above fine whitish stellate hairs; lateral veins clearly visible but exceeded by the simple hairs; petiole 3-10 mm long. Stipules ovate, 2-4 mm long, acuminate, deciduous. Inflorescence a narrow panicle, 1-5 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, comprising several loose globular clusters each of c. 10-30 flowers, terminal and upper axillary; bracts decidu- ous; pedicels 1.5-2. 5 mm long. Flowers cream; externally villous with longer grey or
38 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates Distribution and Consen’ation Status Queensland, narrowly endemic to the Coominglah Range between Monto and Theodore. Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2K. Habitat Occurs in Eucalytpus decorticans and Corymbia maculata open forest on red soil. Altitude 460 m. Phenology Flowers: November-December. Etymology’ Derived from the only known locality for the species. Notes Pomaderris coomingalensis appears most closely related to P. clivicola E.M. Ross (Ross 1990), also a Queensland endemic. Both species have relatively narrow leaves, very small apetalous flowers and similar indumentum, but P. coomingalensis is immediately distinguished by the leaves being glabrous (rather than minutely but densely stellate-pubescent) on the adaxial surface, and lacking simple hairs on the internerves of the abaxial surface. Both species, on current knowledge, are very localised. Pomaderris mediora N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. Pomaderridi phylicifoliae Lodd. ex Link affmis sed foliis pagina supera glabro, pagi- na infema villosa, stipulis deciduis, floribus minoribus differt. Type: New South Wales, Turrimetta Flead, between Narrabeen and Mona Vale, c. 22 km N of Sydney central, N.G. Walsh 3910, 18. ix. 1994 (holotype MEL; isotypes CANB, NSW). Pomaderris sp. B sensu S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 185 (1981). Shrub, procumbent to 3 m high. Young stems villous with sparse to medium, spreading, greyish or rusty simple hairs overlying dense, greyish stellate hairs. Leaves narrow-elliptic or narrow-obovate, 10-18 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide; base cuneate; margins entire, recurved or occasionally revolute; apex obtuse, recurved; adaxial lamina glabrous, smooth, lateral veins not or slightly impressed; abaxial lamina villous with medium to dense, curved, spreading, greyish or yellow-rusty simple hairs and dense, white-greyish stellate hairs; lateral veins obscure; petiole 1.5-3 mm long; stipules narrow-triangular, acute, 1-4 mm long, caducous. Inflorescence of 10 to >50 flowers, pyramidal, terminal or axillary, 2-7 cm long, 1-6 cm wide; bracts persistent (at least the smaller ones); pedicels 1-3 mm long. Flowers cream; outer surface villous with medium to dense, loosely appressed to spreading greyish or yellow-rusty simple hairs (sparser on sepals) and dense, white-greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium 0.6-0. 7(-0. 9) mm in diameter, 0.7-1 mm long; sepals 1-1.5 mm long, erect or spreading; petals absent; stamens 1-1.3 mm long, erect; anthers c. 0.5 mm long; ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit simple-pubescent; style glabrous, 0.7-1 mm long, branched in upper or middle third. Fruit 2.5-3 mm long, brown to grey, obovoid to ellipsoid; apex obtuse (sometimes very shortly beaked); torus approximately equatorial; operculum membranous, occupying most of pyrene inner face; seed 2-3 mm long. (Fig. 2e-f)
54 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of the species and is not regarded as a type. Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 121 (1855). Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita (Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label (i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material (i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as Tiymalium bilobatum. The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ).
54 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of the species and is not regarded as a type. Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 121 (1855). Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita (Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label (i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material (i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as Tiymalium bilobatum. The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 52-53".
Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 43 flowers with sparser simple indumentum on the hypanthium and widely spreading sepals. Near Brogo, P. bodalla sometimes grows with P. brogoensis, and some plants have been collected that may be hybrids between the two. These have the general appearance of P. bodalla, but the leaves are minutely stellate-pubescent adaxially, and the new growth is often rusty villous as it is in P. brogoensis. Pomaderris precaria N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. Pomaderridi cocoparranae N.G. Walsh et P. repertae N.G. Walsh affmis sed floribus apetalis; a P. cocoparrana foliis pagina infema pilis in intemervis dispersis differt; a P. reperta foliis pagina supera indumenta sparsiori, pagina infema pilis in intemervis sparsioribus differt. Type: New South Wales, Rylstone-Bylong Rd, N.G. Walsh 3906, 18.ix.l994 (holo- type MEL; isotypes CANB, NSW). Pomaderris sp. D sensu G. J. Harden, Flora New South Wales 1 ; 364 ( 1 990). Slender shrub, 1.5-3 m high. Young stems greyish-rusty with sparse to medium, loosely appressed simple hairs overlying dense stellate hairs. Leaves elliptic or obovate, 10^5 mm long, 8-25 mm wide, entire; base cuneate to obtuse; margins plane; apex obtuse; adaxial lamina subvelutinous with very short (c. 0.1 mm long), simple, straight hairs that are shortly hooked apically, lateral veins not or only slightly impressed; abaxial lamina densely pubescent with sparse, loosely appressed to spreading greyish or msty simple hairs overlying dense greyish stellate hairs; midrib and lateral veins pubescent or villous, clearly visible, with a moderately dense indumentum of appressed or semi-appressed simple msty hairs overlying greyish stellate hairs; petiole 3-9 mm long; stipules ovate, acuminate, 3-5 mm long, deciduous. Inflorescence of c. 50-200 flowers in terminal, approximately hemispherical panicles 3-5 cm long, 3-8 cm wide; bracts deciduous (or a few weakly persisting); pedicels 2-M mm long. Flowers yellow; indumentum greyish, densely pubescent to villous with loosely appressed to spreading simple hairs overlaying stellate hairs, sparser on sepals; hypanthium c. 1 mm in diame- ter, 0.8 mm long; sepals 1.8-2. 7 mm long; petals 1. 2-2.2 mm long, spathulate, margins entire or crenulate, distinctly clawed; stamens 1-2 mm long; anthers 0.8-1. 4 mm long; ovary inferior, summit villous with simple and stellate hairs; style glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, slightly lobed to branched in middle third. Fruit blackish, 4-5 mm long, ovoid or ellipsoid, obtuse but shortly beaked; torus c. equatorial; operculum c. half as long as pyrene; seed c. 2.5 mm long. (Fig. 3a-c) Representative Specimens (7 specimens examined) NEW SOUTH wales; Rylstone, 3 miles (5 km) along Bylong Rd, R.O. Cross, 29. ix. 1938 (MEL, NSW); Bylong Rd, c. 5.5 miles (9 km) N of Rylstone, J.H. Willis, 6.x. 1969 (MEL); Sir Johns Point, Mt Gundangaroo, 15 miles ENE of Capertree, E. F. Constable 7223, 18.x. 1966 (NSW). Distribution and Conservation Status Apparently confined to the Rylstone area, in the Central Tablelands and/or Central Western Slopes of New South Wales (Anderson 1961, 1968). Recorded from a roadside and adjacent private property, and at St Johns Point, Wollemi National Park (but not collected from this latter area since 1966). Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2VC-. Habitat Skeletal or gravelly soils derived from sandstone (Hawkesbury Sandstones) on rocky ridges or below cliffs in shrubland or dry eucalypt woodland. Altitude range c. 700- 900 m.
Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 55 Type: Tasmania, Van Dms Land 1833, Mr Gunn (lectotype here selected, K (Herb. Hooker) p.p.). Despite searches at several European herbaria (including BR, CGE, FI and K where G. Loddiges specimens have been located), no specimens in herbaria were detected to typify P. phylicifolia. The illustration of the species in Loddiges Botanic Cabinet is suf- ficient for identification, so has been chosen as the lectotype. A specimen at G (DeCandoIle 2: 34, no 9, hort. Kew) of T*. phylicifolia is dated 12. vi. 1819, i.e. after Loddiges’ publication, so is not a type but confirms that the species was in cultivation in Britain at the time, reinforcing the identity of Loddiges’ illustration. The type sheet o^ P . ericifolia (a synonym of P. phylicifolia) consists of five pieces. All are P. phylicifolia, but two are in bud and three in flower. Several annotations on the sheet (‘Mr Gunn 1833, Van Dmns Land’, ‘N. Zealand, Dr Logan’, ‘Mersey River 231/1842’ — the latter a Gunn label) further suggest the material is not of the one gath- ering. Two substantial flowering stems on the lower left of the sheet are separated by the first annotation given above, and are the preferred pieces for typification. The other, smaller, flowering twig is of a form with less villous indumentum on the young stems and IS unlikely to have been collected from the same population as the larger flowering pieces. It is therefore rejected as part of the lectotype as are the two twigs in bud. These presumably relate to the other annotations on the sheet, but it is not possible to be certain to which each refers. Pomaderris prunifolia A. Gunn, ex Fenzl, Enum. PI. 22 (1837). Type: New South Walse, interior beyond Bathurst Ranges, A. Cunningham, 1822 (lectotype here selected, W p.p.). The type sheet at W contains one flowering stem (mounted on the right of the sheet) and one fruiting stem (mounted to the left). These could not be from the same gathering. As the protologue describes floral characters only, the flowering specimen has been chosen as the lectotype. Three sheets at K have been regarded as types of P. prunifolia Two of these are of fruiting specimens, one labelled ‘f. betulina . . . Bathurst Dec 1825’ (this separated from a mixed collection), and the other "Pomaderris sp., P elliptica Labill. aff, ranges of granite N from Bathurst’ and are related to Cunningham’s manu- script (entries on pp. 91 and 122, R. Melville in sched.). The third is a flowering speci- men with the label "Pomaderris betulina roadside near Liverpool’ and annotated ‘?colI. 1818 (later annotated by Hooker as P. prunifolia). The collector is not given but the handwriting appears to be that of Cunningham. The three K sheets are unlikely to have been seen by Fenzl and none has been named by Cunningham as P. prunifolia These are rejected as types. Pomaderris nitidula (Benth.) N.A. Wakef., Victorian Naturalist, 68: 142 (1951). Pomaderris phillyreoides van nitidula Benth., FI. Aust. 1:418 (1863). Queensland, Mt Lindsay, W. Hill (lectotype K; isolectotype MEL, fide N A Wakefield, Victorian Naturalist 6i\ 142 (1951)). In making the new combination for, and lectotypifying, P. nitidula, Wakefield had the choice of selecting from 2 syntypes, listed by Bentham, viz Mt Lindsay, W. Hill and New England, C. Stuart. He chose the former and selected a specimen (a single leafl) removed from a sheet at MEL and forwarded to K as the lectotype, the MEL sheet then remaining syntype for Bentham’s variety, i.e. Mt Lindsay W. //!//, of which there are two sheets at MEL, is of P. argyrophylla subsp. graniticola described as new m this paper, and is therefore not to be regarded as part of the type of Wakefield s P.
Taxonomic Changes in Pomuderris 45 Phenology Flowers: September-October. Fruits: December. Etymology From the Latin meaning precarious, pertaining to the insecure roadside situation of the only recently-collected population. Notes Pomaderris precaria appears to be most closely related to P. cocoparmna and P. reperta (see below), both localised species that occur on the western fall of the Great Dividing Range in New South Wales. Shared characters include medium-sized leaves having a rather stiff texture and a very fine indumentum on the adaxial surface, and a general similarity in the nature (but not density or distribution) of the abaxial indumen- tum. Pomaderris precaria differs from both species in having regularly petalous flowers (rarely a few petals present in P. reperta). It differs further from P. cocoparrana in hav- ing scattered simple hairs in the intemerves of the leaf abaxial surface. It differs from P. reperta in having leaves with a sparser adaxial indumentum and far fewer simple hairs on the abaxial surface. Pomaderris lanigera and P. aurea, both petalous species, are superficially similar, but both have leaves with a sparser, longer adaxial indumentum and denser, non-appressed simple hairs abaxially. Pomaderris aurea is not known to occur in New South Wales. Pomaderris reperta N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. Pomaderridi cocoparranae N.G. Walsh affinis sed floribus majoribus, folds pagina supera indumento sparsiori et grossiori differt. Type: New South Wales, 2 km E of Denman, P.C. Jobson 3872, 22.ix.1995 (holotype MEL; isotypes BRI, CANB, HO, K, NSW). Shrub 1-3 m high. Young stems densely villous with rusty simple and stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic to broad-elliptic or obovate to broad-obovate, 10-35 mm long, 8-20 mm wide; base obtuse; margins entire, flat to recurved; apex obtuse, or commonly, shallowly emarginate; adaxial lamina velutinous with very short (c. 0.1 mm long), dense, erect simple hairs; lateral veins often strongly impressed; abaxial lamina pubescent with mid-dense, loosely appressed or spreading pale and rusty simple hairs overlaying dense white or greyish stellate hairs; midrib and lateral veins clearly visible, more densely indumented than internerves; petiole 3-10 mm long. Stipules narrow-triangular or narrow-ovate, acute 3-5 mm long, deciduous. Inflorescences of 1 -several globoid clusters each of c. 10-30 flowers, often forming a loose hemispherical panicle, terminal, 3^ cm long, 3^ cm wide; bracts deciduous; pedicels 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers cream; externally villous with spreading silvery or pale rusty simple hairs overlaying greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium c. 1.5 mm in diameter, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 2. 3-2. 8 mm long; petals absent (rarely some flowers with 1-3 petals to c. half as long as the sepals); stamens 2-2.5 mm long; anthers 1.3- 1.5 mm long; ovary inferior, summit villous with simple and stellate hairs; style glabrous or simple-pubescent near base, L4-1.6 mm long, branched in middle third or from near base. Fruit c. 3.5 mm long, obovoid, dark grey-brown, apex obtuse; torus c. equatorial; operculum slightly more than half pyrene length; seed c. 2 mm long (only 1 sparsely fruiting specimen seen). (Fig. 3d-f) Other Specimens Examined NEW SOUTH wales: Timber Reserve 62282, Parish of Denman, County of Brisbane, J. Kennedy, ix.l961 (NSW); Denman, C.F. Cameron, vii.1924 (NSW); Denman, C.R. Stafford, 25.V.1945 (NSW); type locality, T. Turner, 10.x. 1995 (MEL), N.G. Walsh 4070, 19.xii.l995 (MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 29-30".
28 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates inflorescence. The groups, described below as sections, are based on characters of perceived significance at a level above that of species. We believe that recognition of these sections improves the understanding of the genus, and that these groups generally fonn plausible morphological and biogeographic entities. However, further work may refine this classification, particularly with respect to the large section Pomaderris. More detailed investigation (e.g. cladistic analysis) should clarify phylogenetic relationships between sections. Pomaderris sect. Psilogyne N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; folia lineares ad obovatos anguste; inflorescentia cymis parvis paniculatis; flores apetali, ovarium superum glabrum (plus minusve) disco piano circumcintum, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo indentata, torus basalis, pyrenae rimis longitudinalibus vel operculis indistinctis dehiscentes. Type: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate or stellate and simple hairs. Leaves linear to narrowly obovate. Inflorescence of small paniculate cymes (mostly under 8 cm long). Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, superior, glabrous or nearly so at the summit; disc present, flat. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule indented at apex; torus basal; pyrenes dehiscing by a longitudinal split, or an indistinct membranous operculum almost as long as the pyrene. Two species in mainland south-eastern Australia: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef, P. helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef. Etymology The sectional name is derived from Greek (psilos = naked, gyne = female) and refers to the glabrous ovary of members of the section — a unique feature in the genus. Pomaderris sect. Apetalae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia ovata ad obovata; inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium infernum ad semi- superum, discus absens, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis, rimis ventralibus dehiscentes, vel indehiscentes apparenter interdum. Type: P. apetala Labill. Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate hairs only. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior to half-superior, summit pubescent, rarely glabrous; disc absent. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; toms medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum, ventral slit, or sometimes apparently indehiscent. Six species in eastern Australia, three of these also in New Zealand (two indigenous, one naturalised); P. apetala Labill., P. aspera Sieb. ex DC., P. oraria F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. halmaturina J.M. Black, P. oblongifolia N.G. Walsh. Pomaderris sect. Flabellares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia flabellata; inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium c. semisuperum, discus absens, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae superfacie interiore cormgatae profunde, operculum indistinctum.
30 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum. Three species from eastern Queensland and south-west Western Australia; P. canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef , P. grandis F. Muell., P. tropica N.A. Wakef Etymolog}’ The sectional name refers to the annular disc possessed by members of the section. Pomaderris sect. UmbeUiflorae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia obovata, cuneata vel orbicu- lares; inflorescentia terminalis umbellata; flores apetali vel apetali, ovarium infemum vel subinfernum, discus praesens, planus vel elevatus leniter, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis vel rimis basalibus vel medialis dehiscentes. Type: P. obcordata Fenzl Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. Leaves obovate, cuneate or orbicular. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme, some- times head-like. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior or semi- inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, flat or slightly raised. Sepals persistent in fruit, or deciduous. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum or a basal or medial slit. Five species from south-west Western Australia, southern South Australia and far western Victoria; P. brevifolia N.G. Walsh, P. forrestiana F. Muell., P. myrtilloides Fenzl, P. obcordata Fenzl, P. rotundifolia (F. Muell.) Rye. Etymology The sectional name refers to the umbellate inflorescence that characterises members of the group. Pomaderris sect. Biloculares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices infirmi; indumentum pilis simplicibus et (obscuris) stellatis; folia ovata vel obovata; inflorescentia cyma terminalis umbellata; flores apetali, ovarium subinfernum, discus praesens anguste inconspicuus, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus subapicalis, pyrenae rimis medialis longitudinalis dehiscentes. Type: P. bilocularis A.S. George Weak shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and (obscure) stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme. Flowers apetalous; ovary 2-locular, semi-inferior, summit pubescent; disc pre- sent, narrow, inconspicuous. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus near apex; pyrenes dehiscing via longitudinal slits. One species endemic in south-west Western Australia. Key to Sections 1 . Ovary superior, summit glabrous (rarely with a few scattered hairs); capsuie indented at apex; leaves narrow-obovate, oblong or linear, to 10 mm wide sect. Psilogyne 1. Ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit usually distinctly pubescent (rarely sub-glabrous); capsule obtuse to acute; leaf shape various, mostly wider than 10 mm (if less, then leaves usually ovate to orbicular) 2 2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and hypanthium with stellate hairs only 3 2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and/or hypanthium with some simple hairs 5
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 28-29".
28 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates inflorescence. The groups, described below as sections, are based on characters of perceived significance at a level above that of species. We believe that recognition of these sections improves the understanding of the genus, and that these groups generally fonn plausible morphological and biogeographic entities. However, further work may refine this classification, particularly with respect to the large section Pomaderris. More detailed investigation (e.g. cladistic analysis) should clarify phylogenetic relationships between sections. Pomaderris sect. Psilogyne N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; folia lineares ad obovatos anguste; inflorescentia cymis parvis paniculatis; flores apetali, ovarium superum glabrum (plus minusve) disco piano circumcintum, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo indentata, torus basalis, pyrenae rimis longitudinalibus vel operculis indistinctis dehiscentes. Type: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate or stellate and simple hairs. Leaves linear to narrowly obovate. Inflorescence of small paniculate cymes (mostly under 8 cm long). Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, superior, glabrous or nearly so at the summit; disc present, flat. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule indented at apex; torus basal; pyrenes dehiscing by a longitudinal split, or an indistinct membranous operculum almost as long as the pyrene. Two species in mainland south-eastern Australia: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef, P. helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef. Etymology The sectional name is derived from Greek (psilos = naked, gyne = female) and refers to the glabrous ovary of members of the section — a unique feature in the genus. Pomaderris sect. Apetalae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia ovata ad obovata; inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium infernum ad semi- superum, discus absens, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis, rimis ventralibus dehiscentes, vel indehiscentes apparenter interdum. Type: P. apetala Labill. Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate hairs only. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior to half-superior, summit pubescent, rarely glabrous; disc absent. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; toms medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum, ventral slit, or sometimes apparently indehiscent. Six species in eastern Australia, three of these also in New Zealand (two indigenous, one naturalised); P. apetala Labill., P. aspera Sieb. ex DC., P. oraria F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. halmaturina J.M. Black, P. oblongifolia N.G. Walsh. Pomaderris sect. Flabellares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia flabellata; inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium c. semisuperum, discus absens, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae superfacie interiore cormgatae profunde, operculum indistinctum.
30 N.G. Walsh and F. Coates deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum. Three species from eastern Queensland and south-west Western Australia; P. canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef , P. grandis F. Muell., P. tropica N.A. Wakef Etymolog}’ The sectional name refers to the annular disc possessed by members of the section. Pomaderris sect. UmbeUiflorae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia obovata, cuneata vel orbicu- lares; inflorescentia terminalis umbellata; flores apetali vel apetali, ovarium infemum vel subinfernum, discus praesens, planus vel elevatus leniter, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis vel rimis basalibus vel medialis dehiscentes. Type: P. obcordata Fenzl Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. Leaves obovate, cuneate or orbicular. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme, some- times head-like. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior or semi- inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, flat or slightly raised. Sepals persistent in fruit, or deciduous. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum or a basal or medial slit. Five species from south-west Western Australia, southern South Australia and far western Victoria; P. brevifolia N.G. Walsh, P. forrestiana F. Muell., P. myrtilloides Fenzl, P. obcordata Fenzl, P. rotundifolia (F. Muell.) Rye. Etymology The sectional name refers to the umbellate inflorescence that characterises members of the group. Pomaderris sect. Biloculares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. Frutices infirmi; indumentum pilis simplicibus et (obscuris) stellatis; folia ovata vel obovata; inflorescentia cyma terminalis umbellata; flores apetali, ovarium subinfernum, discus praesens anguste inconspicuus, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus subapicalis, pyrenae rimis medialis longitudinalis dehiscentes. Type: P. bilocularis A.S. George Weak shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and (obscure) stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme. Flowers apetalous; ovary 2-locular, semi-inferior, summit pubescent; disc pre- sent, narrow, inconspicuous. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus near apex; pyrenes dehiscing via longitudinal slits. One species endemic in south-west Western Australia. Key to Sections 1 . Ovary superior, summit glabrous (rarely with a few scattered hairs); capsuie indented at apex; leaves narrow-obovate, oblong or linear, to 10 mm wide sect. Psilogyne 1. Ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit usually distinctly pubescent (rarely sub-glabrous); capsule obtuse to acute; leaf shape various, mostly wider than 10 mm (if less, then leaves usually ovate to orbicular) 2 2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and hypanthium with stellate hairs only 3 2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and/or hypanthium with some simple hairs 5
Cheirostvlis in Australia 77 1 . Cheirostylis ovata (F.M. Bailey) Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 45: 394, in obs. (1911); Gastrodia ovata F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 14: 13 (1896). Type: Queensland, Mountain Ra., near Cairns, L.J. Nugent (holotype BRI, not found); Queensland, Russell River, below the First Combo, R.L.Jago 466, 23.viii.1981 (neotype here selected, QRS 65146). Zeuxine attenuata R.S. Rogers & C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 32: 123-4, fig. 2 (1921). Type: Queensland, Mackay, 13.ix.l895, (holo BRI!). Illustration: Lavarack and Gray, Australian Tropical Orchids 14, top plate (1992). Rhizome 4-10 mm in diameter. Stem 1-2 mm in diameter. Leaves 4-7; petioles 5-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, channelled, sheathing at the base; lamina ovate- lanceolate, 25-50 mm long, 12-20 mm wide, dark green, dull, with a light band along the midrib, apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence 10-25 cm tall, slender, 1-6-flowered. Sterile bracts 3 or 4, ovate-lanceolate, 13-21 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 5-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, closely sheathing, acuminate. Pedicels 3-10 mm long, slender, semi-erect, hairy. Ovaries narrowly obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, constricted near the apex. Flowers white, 10-14 mm long, 9-10 mm wide. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, porrect proximally where connate with the lateral sepals, erect to suberect in the distal half, apex obtuse. Synsepalum 7-8 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, porrect, the lobes obtuse, divaricate, c. 3 mm apart at the tips. Petals narrowly linear- oblong, 7-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, slightly falcate, obliquely erect, divergent, apex obtuse. Labellum porrect to obliquely deflexed, 12.5-14 mm long, c. 9 mm wide; labellum base 5-5.5 mm long, 2. 5-2. 8 mm wide, channelled, base saccate, bearing 1-3, irregularly lobed calli, c. 1 mm long; lamina deeply bilobed, each lobe more or less oblong-cuneate, 5-6 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide, divergent, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, the anterior margins irregularly lobed, all margins minutely denticulate. Callus elongate, with two small, apical swellings. Column 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide. Stigma arms c. 3.5 mm long, obliquely erect to porrect. Rostellum elongate. Anther ovate, c. 1.3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, brown, with a slender rostrum. Pollinarium c. 3.5 mm long; viscidium elliptic, 0.7 mm long; stipe ligulate, c. 10 mm long; pollinia linear clavate, 1.5-1. 8 mm long, white, mealy. Capsules narrowly obovoid, 7-10 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, suberect to erect. (Fig. 1) Distribution Endemic to north-eastern and central-eastern Queensland (Iron Range to Eungella) (Fig. 2). Ecology Commonly grows among rocks in monsoonal rainforest and vine thickets. The plants are regularly covered by fallen leaves throughout the year, but especially when the forest trees shed their leaves during the late dry season. At this time the orchid plants are dormant, surviving as the fleshy rhizome which becomes completely covered by leaves and other litter. The new shoots of the orchid grow up through this layer and the fine root hairs produced from the ventral swellings on the rhizome become attached to the decaying leaves and other litter as well as rocks. Altitude range 20-750 m. Flowering period August-October. Recognition Differs from C. notialis by its larger (to 50 mm long and 20 mm wide), ovate- lanceolate leaves which have a pale band along the midrib; larger (to 14 mm long and 10 mm wide) flowers which open freely, with the perianth tips spreading and recurving;
Philotheca myoporoides 125 Eriostemon glasshousiensis Domin., BibL Bot. 89: 286 (1926). Type: Glasshouse Mountains (Slopes of Mt. Coonowrin), C. T. White, Sept. 1909. (isotype? BRI 04244 (fide Wilson 1970)). [E. scaber auct. non Paxton: Benth., El. Austral. 1: 334 (1863) p. p. (Queensland specimen); Bailey, Queensland El. 1:91 (1899).] [E. myoporoides var. minor auct. non Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 333 (1863) p. p., Queensland specimen cited.] Collections subsequent to the publication of Wilson’s (1970) revision, show that this subspecies not only occurs in the Glasshouse Mountains but also further north, around Mt Cooroora [P. I. Forster 16121, BRI (AQ 634516)], Cania Gorge (M. Olsen 3538 and N. B. Byrnes, BRI 222911) and Kroombit Tops [N. Gibson, Toil 147, BRI (AQ 547610)]. Specimens from more northerly localities may have larger, oblong-elliptic (to slightly obovate) leaves, which can be somewhat glaucous. These specimens show variation in the number of flowers per inflorescence (some having one to several, rather than strictly solitary flowers), peduncle length (some either very shortly or non-pedunculate) and in the stamen filaments (some not being prominently long-pilose toward the apex). As noted by Wilson (1970), material from the Glasshouse Mountains (Fig. 1C) can approach that of subsp. queenslandica (Fig. IF). In this area the two taxa (which probably form a monophyletic group, Bayly and Ladiges unpublished) are broadly sympatric. From field observations in this region, subsp. leichhardtii is an erect, medium-sized shrub (to c. 1 .5 m tall), restricted to rocky places on the mountains themselves, while subsp. cpieenslandica is a low subshrub (often c. 30-40, but up to c. 80 cm) occurring in sites of lower elevation in heath or wallum, or in the heathy understorey of open forests and woodlands. I have seen no specimens that could not be readily assigned to one taxon or the other. 9. Philotheca myoporoides subsp. queenslandica (C.T. White) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. Eriostemon qiieenslandicus C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland. 53: 207 (1942); E. myoporoides subsp. queenslandicus (C.T. White) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 41 (1970). Type: Caloundra, Queensland, S. L. Everist 454, Aug. 1933. (holotype BRI 011386 (fide Wilson 1970)). This subspecies is a distinctive, low-growing subshrub from coastal areas of south-east Queensland. It is most similar to subsp. leichhardtii (see notes under that subspecies). Acknowledgments Marco Duretto, Peter Neish, Anthony Vadala. Ian Thompson, Mandy Coulson. Nadia Marsh and Jim Kane all provided assistance with fieldwork. Paul Forster provided material of subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. obovatifolia. Don Foreman (as ABLO) arranged a photograph of the type of E. affinis. Neville Walsh assisted with the Latin diagnoses. Marco Duretto, Barbara Polly and Alison Kellow provided useful comments on the manuscript. I am grateful to Paul Wilson for allowing co- ordination of our publications, for useful comments on the manuscript and for freely providing his independent description and notes on subsp. brevipedunciilata. I am also grateful to Pauline Ladiges for her ongoing supervision and for providing access to facilities of the School of Botany. The Queensland Department of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service and Victorian Department of Conservation and Natural Resources provided permission to collect material in parks and reserves under their control The Directors and staff of BRI, NSW and AD provided necessary loan material which was made available through facilities at MEL.
118 M. J. Bayly For the most part, taxa in the Philotheca myoporoides complex are both morphologically and geographically distinct (see notes included in Taxonomic Treatment). Leaf shape and size (Figs 1-4), the degree of folding of the leaf lamina, the number of flowers per inflorescence, inflorescence size (e.g. peduncle length), and the distribution of hairs on the staminal filaments are useful features for the discrimination of taxa. Most taxa overlap on a number of these features, and each is largely defined by some unique combination of attributes. Preliminary cladistic analysis of morphological and leaf flavonoid data (Bayly and Ladiges unpublished) is equivocal regarding the monophyly of the complex; placing its members (with subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. queenslandica as sister taxa) as part of a large polychotomy including Philotheca verrucosa and a clade comprising P. huxifolia, P. scabra and P. hispidula. None of the features typically used in the classification of section Erionema (to which all these taxa belong) is synapomorphic for members of the P. myoporoides complex, and it seems probable that it is paraphyletic. Given this, there would be some justification for the recognition of some or all taxa in the complex at species level (and several have names available at that level). However, in lieu of a more comprehensive revision, and in the absence of more detailed information of relationships, this present work retains a broad circumscription of Philotheca myoporoides, and describes new taxa at the rank of subspecies. Herbarium Material and Field Collections The treatment presented here is based on examination of herbarium material from BRI. NE, NSW, CANB, MEL, MELU, and AD (herbarium abbreviations follow Holmgren et al. 1990). Between 1991 and 1996, all currently-recognised subspecies were observed in the wild, as was a distinctive population near Euroa, in north-east Victoria. Taxonomic Treatment Descriptions are only provided for new taxa. Details of other taxa can be found in Wilson (1970) but. where appropriate, notes are provided to supplement the information in this work. Specimen citations and distribution are deliberately abbreviated for subsp. euroenis. Philotheca myoporoides (DC.) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. Eriostemon myoporoides DC., Prod. 1:720 (1824). Type: Nouv. Holl. cote orient, Mus. de Paris 1821. (holotype G-DC (IDC microfiche seen)). E. amplifolius F.Muell., Australasian Chem. and Druggist 7: 64 (1884). Type citation: “on the Upper Genoa some years ago an Eriostemon was discovered by Mr. C. Walter” (type not located, see notes in Wilson, 1970). Philotheca myoporoides, as treated here, includes nine subspecies. The following key to subspecies works best with herbarium material. In particular, the extent of folding of the leaf lamina in the dried state (as used in the key), may not be indicative of the fresh condition (e.g. Victorian forms of subsp. myoporoides may be strongly concave to conduplicate in the field, but almost always appear flat on herbarium sheets). In addition to the taxa discussed below, there is a variant represented by two collections from Mt Stewart in Victoria (K. Rogers, MEL 4I33'. J. Turner 1055, MEL 2030756) that does not sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of subspecies (and is not included in the key below). Superficially, these collections most closely resemble members of subsp. hrevipedunculata (described below). They have
118 M. J. Bayly For the most part, taxa in the Philotheca myoporoides complex are both morphologically and geographically distinct (see notes included in Taxonomic Treatment). Leaf shape and size (Figs 1-4), the degree of folding of the leaf lamina, the number of flowers per inflorescence, inflorescence size (e.g. peduncle length), and the distribution of hairs on the staminal filaments are useful features for the discrimination of taxa. Most taxa overlap on a number of these features, and each is largely defined by some unique combination of attributes. Preliminary cladistic analysis of morphological and leaf flavonoid data (Bayly and Ladiges unpublished) is equivocal regarding the monophyly of the complex; placing its members (with subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. queenslandica as sister taxa) as part of a large polychotomy including Philotheca verrucosa and a clade comprising P. huxifolia, P. scabra and P. hispidula. None of the features typically used in the classification of section Erionema (to which all these taxa belong) is synapomorphic for members of the P. myoporoides complex, and it seems probable that it is paraphyletic. Given this, there would be some justification for the recognition of some or all taxa in the complex at species level (and several have names available at that level). However, in lieu of a more comprehensive revision, and in the absence of more detailed information of relationships, this present work retains a broad circumscription of Philotheca myoporoides, and describes new taxa at the rank of subspecies. Herbarium Material and Field Collections The treatment presented here is based on examination of herbarium material from BRI. NE, NSW, CANB, MEL, MELU, and AD (herbarium abbreviations follow Holmgren et al. 1990). Between 1991 and 1996, all currently-recognised subspecies were observed in the wild, as was a distinctive population near Euroa, in north-east Victoria. Taxonomic Treatment Descriptions are only provided for new taxa. Details of other taxa can be found in Wilson (1970) but. where appropriate, notes are provided to supplement the information in this work. Specimen citations and distribution are deliberately abbreviated for subsp. euroenis. Philotheca myoporoides (DC.) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. Eriostemon myoporoides DC., Prod. 1:720 (1824). Type: Nouv. Holl. cote orient, Mus. de Paris 1821. (holotype G-DC (IDC microfiche seen)). E. amplifolius F.Muell., Australasian Chem. and Druggist 7: 64 (1884). Type citation: “on the Upper Genoa some years ago an Eriostemon was discovered by Mr. C. Walter” (type not located, see notes in Wilson, 1970). Philotheca myoporoides, as treated here, includes nine subspecies. The following key to subspecies works best with herbarium material. In particular, the extent of folding of the leaf lamina in the dried state (as used in the key), may not be indicative of the fresh condition (e.g. Victorian forms of subsp. myoporoides may be strongly concave to conduplicate in the field, but almost always appear flat on herbarium sheets). In addition to the taxa discussed below, there is a variant represented by two collections from Mt Stewart in Victoria (K. Rogers, MEL 4I33'. J. Turner 1055, MEL 2030756) that does not sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of subspecies (and is not included in the key below). Superficially, these collections most closely resemble members of subsp. hrevipedunculata (described below). They have
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 120-121".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 124-125".
Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) L.A. Craven Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia Abstract The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. Introduction Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland (1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it has been utilised locally as a timber source. A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 95
Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) L.A. Craven Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia Abstract The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. Introduction Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland (1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it has been utilised locally as a timber source. A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 95
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 28-31, Figs 1, 2A".
J. H. Ross
Habitat
Favours well-diained deep sand around salt lake systems. Often in association
with inallee eucalypts, Melaleuca spp., and Chenopodiaceae, sometimes also with
Santalum acuminatum and Scaevola spinescens. On the western shore of Lake
King B. halophila grows in association with B. cucullata.
Phenology
Recorded flowering in May, September to early November. Fruits: November
and December.
Notes
Bossiaea halophila differs from B. leptacantha in being a much larger erect
shrub with ascending branches {B. leptacantha grows as a low spreading shrub
which branches at ground level and usually lacks a> single well-defined erect aerial
stem), in having the ultimate cladodes more distinctly flattened, the older stems
with a thin waxy layer that exfoliates tardily (this layer is much thinner and less
conspicuous than in B. leptacantha), the bracteoles on the pedicels rapidly deciduous,
larger flowers, the keel petals clothed with scattered woolly hairs apically and in the
sinus, and the ovaries with scattered hairs on the upper suture. Flower colour also
differs. The flowers in B. leptacantha are usually uniformly yellow although on
occasional plants the standard has a basal red flare internally from which red striations
radiate into the lamina; in B. halophila the standard is yellow internally with a reddish-
brown throat from which reddish-brown striations radiate into the lamina.
The ecological preferences of the two species differ; B. leptacantha favouring sandy
soil, clay or clay-loam, often over limestone, and frequently away from salt lake
systems whereas B. halophila favours deep sand near salt lake systems. The distribution
of the two species does not overlap, B. leptacantha occurring much further east than B.
halophila from the vicinity of Peak Charles in the west to Madura in the east.
The predominantly yellow flowers with reddish-brown longitudinal striations
suggest that B. halophila is pollinated by insects.
Etymology
From Greek and meaning ‘salt-loving’, in allusion to the preferred habitat of the
species on the margins of salt lake systems.
Bossiaea cucullata J.H. Ross, sp nov.
B. walkerae F. Muell. affinis, a qua floribus coloratis aliter, bracteis et bracteolis
ad 1 mm longas, bracteolis persistentibus, pedicellis infra bracteolas pubescentibus,
leguminibus brevioribus et angustioribus plerumque, differt.
Type-. Western Australia, western shore of Lake King, 14.x. 1997, B. Archer 840
(holotypus MEL; isotypi K, PERTH)
Shrub, rigid, erect, dense, multi-stemmed, intricately branched, to 2 m high and
3 m wide, almost completely glabrous; branches terete to oval or slightly flattened,
ultimate branches of cladodes 2-5 mm wide, narrowly winged, notched at the
nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point, usually with a white waxy surface
that exfoliates when the branches dry, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed
hairs when young. Leaves reduced to scales c. 2 mm long, alternate. Flowers
solitary at the nodes or rarely paired, pendulous, pedicellate, the pedicels up to
5mm long, usually glabrous above the bracteoles and sparingly clothed with
appressed hairs below. Bracts several, distichous, brown, broad-ovate, increasing in
size towards the apex of the pedicel, the uppermost up to I mm long, with
conspicuous marginal cilia and densely clothed externally with appressed hairs;
Muelleria 11:5-11 (1998) Notes On Western Anstralian Bossiaea Species (Fabaceae): 3 J. H. Ross National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yan-a, 3141, Australia. Abstract Two leafless Western Australian Bossiaea species, B. halophila and B. cucullata. are described as new. Descriptions, illustrations and distributions are provided. Both species are associated with salt lake systems. The likely pollination syndrome for each species is discussed briefly. Introduction The only comprehensive account of the Western Australian Bossiaea species was provided by Bentham (1864) in his treatment of the entire genus. This paper is the third in a series dealing with the Western Australian species (Ross, 1994a, 1994b). Recent studies have disclosed the existence of two undescribed species that are associated with salt lake systems in south-western Western Australia. Names for these two species are made available now rather than waiting until a full revision is completed. Bossiaea halophila J.H. Ross, sp. nov. Bossiaea leptacanthae E. Fritz, affinis, a qua habitu largiore multo, bracteolis caducis cito, floribus grandioribus, petalis carinae apicibus et sinubus pubescentibus, ovariis sutura supra pilis vestitis, differt. Type: Western Australia, W shore of Lake King near start of causeway, 1 Nov. 1996, M.G. Conick 11479 (holotypus MEL; isotypi CANB, K, NSW, NY, PERTH) Shrub, rigid, erect, much-branched, to 1 .4 m high and 2 m wide, almost completely glabrous except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and scattered hairs on young growth; branches ascending, flattened or elliptic, ultimate branches of cladodes 0.75-2.2 mm wide, scarcely or narrowly winged, notched at the nodes, sometimes ending in an acute point but scarcely pungent-pointed, longitudinally striate, growth of current season green or greenish-blue but older growth usually with a thin greyish-white waxy surface that exfoliates when the branches dry. Leaves reduced to ovate brown scales up to 1.8 mm long, alternate. Flowers solitary at the nodes, pedicellate, the pedicels 6-8 mm long, glabrous throughout or with scattered appressed hairs. Bracts several, soon deciduous, brown, ovate, increasing in size towards the apex of the pedicel, the uppermost up to 0.7 mm long, with conspicuous marginal cilia; bracteoles usually inserted above the middle of the pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx in bud but rapidly deciduous, narrow-elliptic, up to 1 .7 mm long, scarious, longitudinally striate, with marginal cilia, the cilia prominent apically. Calyx green but the upper lobes suffused with pink or red, the median line darker, usually glabrous throughout externally apart from cilia on the margins of the lobes but occasionally with a few scattered appressed hairs towards the apices of the lobes or sometimes throughout: 2 upper 5
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 97-100".
Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) L.A. Craven Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia Abstract The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. Introduction Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland (1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it has been utilised locally as a timber source. A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 95
Muellerki Vol. 11: 41^4 (1998) A New Species of Eucalyptus (series Subexsertae) from the Northern Territory. N.G. Walsh' and D.E. Alhrechf 1. National Herbarium of Victoria. Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia 2. Alice Springs Herbarium, Parks and Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory, PO Box 1046, Alice Springs, Northern Territory 0871, Australia. Abstract Eucalyptus gregoriensis, a new species in series Subexsertae Blakely, informal section Exsertaria of Pryor and Johnson (1971) from the Victoria River district of the Northern Territory is described and illustrated, its distribution and conservation status provided, and its affinities to other members of the Subexsertae in the region are di.scussed. Its nearest relative appears to be E. cupularis C.A. Gardner from which it differs most significantly in its 3- flowered, subsessile umbellasters. Introduction In April 1996, a collecting expedition to the Gregory National Park, a reserve of some 13000 km^ situated about 400 km SSW of Darwin, was undertaken with botanists from the National Herbarium of Victoria, the herbaria of the Northern Territory in Darwin and Alice Springs, and biologists and rangers from the Parks and Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory. The expedition was in commemoration of the sesquicentenary of the founding of the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, and the centenary of the death of Ferdinand Mueller, the first Government Botanist of the colony of Victoria. The expedition was to revisit some of the ground covered by the North Australian Expedition of 1855-56, led by A.C. Gregory and on which Mueller travelled as botanist (see Cumpston 1972), and to compile an inventory of plants and animals for the western and southern sections of the National Park. In the course of the expedition, several undescribed plants were discovered (and one rediscovered after nearly 150 years; see also Bean, Craven, this volume). Taxonomy Eucalyptus gregoriensis N.G. Walsh & D.E. Albrecht, sp. nov. Eucalypto cupulari C.A. Gardner et E. herhertianae affinis inflorescentiis floribis tribus, subsessilibus differt. Type: Northern Territory, Victoria River District, Gregory National Park, tributary of East Baines River, 50 km SW from Bullita outstation, N.G. Walsh 4547 and G.J. Jones, 17. iv. 1996 (holotype MEL; isotype DNA). Small tree or mallee, usually of crooked or semi-weeping habit, to 8 m high. Canopy rather open with more or less weeping foliage. Bark smooth and white throughout, powdery. Pith glands absent. Cotyledons broadly cordate or shallowly bilobed, c. 3-4 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, reddish below. Seedling leaves shortly petiolate, elliptic, to c. 3 cm long, 15 mm wide, opposite for c. 10 nodes. Juvenile leaves alternate, ovate, to 18 cm long, 9 cm wide, slightly discolorous, dull grey- green, lightly waxy; venation reticulate, intramarginal vein 1.5-5 mm from margin; 41
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 41-44".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 133-136, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 127-129".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 130-132, Fig. 2".
Sticherus urceolatus 103 Key to southern Australian species of Sticherus 1. Ultimate-branch segments arising at near right angles (75-90°) to the axis 2 1. Ultimate-branch segments arising obliquely (40-75°) to the axis 3 2. Segment undersurface glabrous; undersurface of minor rachis glabrous or with broad, pale-brown, slightly fringed scales S. lohatus 2. Segment undersurface sparsely covered with pale-brown hairs (may become glabrous with age); undersurface of minor rachis covered in naiTow, brown, heavily fringed scales S. tener 3. Segment undersurface glabrous or with a sparse covering of hair-like scales; angle between primary branches of paired pinnae <45° S. flabellatus 3. Segment undersurface sparsely covered with pale-brown hairs; angle between primary branches of paired pinnae >45° S. urceolatus Taxonomy Sticherus urceolatus M. Garrett & Kantvilas, sp. nov. S. flabellato et S. tenero s. str. maxime similis sed ab hoc segmentis latioribus marginibus praecipue integris et pilos simplices vel ramosos infra ferentibus, angulo latiore inter ramos primarios, et ramis primariis comparate longioribus, ab illo praecipue angulo inter segmenta axemque multo angustiore et ramis ultimis lanceolatis differt. Type: Tasmania, Freycinet Peninsula, Graham Creek, 2 km S of Wineglass Bay, 10.viii.l997, M. Garrett s.n. (holotype HO; isotypes BM, MEL, NSW, WELT). Illustrations (all as Sticherus tener ): Jones & Clemesha (1981): 205, fig. 284; Duncan & Isaac (1986): pi. 4; 74, figs 7.8C, 7.9, 7.10; Garrett (1996): 119, photos 142-3 (as S. tener form A). Scrambling or thicket-forming terrestrial fern. Rhizome dark brown to black, to 4 mm thick, long-creeping, bearing semi-appressed, light brown to reddish brown, ciliate scales. Stipes stiff and erect, to 90 cm in length, arising up to 50 mm apart, black at the base, brown or green in the upper section, glabrous except for appressed scales at the base similar to those on the rhizome. Pinnae fan-shaped, paired at the stipe apex and with up to 4 annual increments of growth arising from the rachis bud, pseudodichotomously branched up to 4 times, with a dormant bud at each axis which rarely develops; angle between paired primary branches (45-)50(-75)°; ultimate branch (6-)9(-13) times the length of the primary branch, lanceolate, sometimes with a caudate apex. Minor rachises sparsely covered in brown, narrow, heavily fringed scales; ventral surfaces light to dark brown in colour. Rachis bud situated between paired primary branches; bud and basal section of new rachis growth bearing light or reddish brown ciliate scales. Segments on primary branch usually variable in size and coverage, on ultimate branch arising at (50-)55-65(-75)° to the axis, sessile, broadened at the base, with the apex obtuse or acute and margins entire or slightly crenate, ( 1 3-) 15-27(-45) x 2-3 mm at the middle section of the ultimate branch; undersurfaces with pale brown, simple and branched hairs along midveins and veinlets. Sori exindusiate, in a single row either side of the segment midvein, situated halfway between the midvein and the segment margin on one branch of a forked veinlet, mostly absent from distal sections of both segments and ultimate branches, each with 3-5 large sporangia. Spores yellow, monolete, kidney shaped, (32-)36^2(-44) x (16-)18-22(-25) pm. (Fig. 2A)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 101-113".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 95-96".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
54 M.F. Duretto the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. rupicola Duretto Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or dull. A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 234383). Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 47-48".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 99-100, Fig. 16 (map)".
100 M.F. Duretto long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a moderately dense indumentum. Seed not seen. Specimens examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: SE of Mt Howslip, West Arnhem Land, I2°34’S 133°IO’E, K.A. Menkorsi 983, 26.viii.l990 (DNA, MEL); Upper East Alligator R., Arnhem Land, I2°39’S I33°23’E, / Russell-Smith 8446 and Brock, 20.ii.l991 (DNA, MEL). Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 1 differs from typical B. laxa by its erect habit and the slightly larger inflorescence and floral parts, and from B. grandisepala subsp. acanthophida by the moderately dense indumentum and smaller floral parts. Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. laxa 1 is known from the northern part of the Arnhem Land plateau east of the East Alligator River gorge. Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering material has been collected in February and August. 51. Boronia aff. laxa 2 (Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, Duretto and Ladiges 1997, 282). Semi-prostrate shrub. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; rays 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Branches with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1 .5 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 10—35 mm long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a moderately dense, stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate indumentum. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5 mm long; prophylls c. 2 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to I mm wide; anthopK)dium c. 1.5 mm long. Sepals white, 3.5-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 6 mm long and 3.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals white, 3-3.5 mm long and 1-1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4.5-5 mm long as fruit matures. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75 mm glandular; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, with a moderately dense indumentum. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide. Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, 12°19’S 133°19’E, Hinz 467, 23.iii.l989 (CANB, DNA [transparency MEL 2041227]). Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 2 differs from typical B. laxa by its smaller, narrower leaves with a dense indumentum on the abaxial surface (as in B. grandisepala subsp. grandisepala) but a moderately dense indumentum on the adaxial surface, and by its smaller hairs, inflorescence and floral parts. Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff laxa 2 is known only from near Nabarlek, Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering and fruiting material was collected in March. 52. Boronia prolixa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 283 (1997), figs 20c, d. Type: 15 km NNE of Jabiru East, 12°32’S 132°57’E, LA. Craven 6486, 7.vi.l980 (holotype CANB 313887 (transparency & photograph MEL 2041224); isotypes A, AD, CANB 313888, DNA 19571, MEL 234380). Boronia sp. 2 (Craven 5957) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). Semi-prostrate, much branched subshrub to 50 cm long, with a mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with 5-10(-17) rays per hair; rays 0.1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete. Leaves sessile or petiolate; petiole absent or to 2(^.5) mm long; lamina 4.5-32(-45) mm long, 2.5- 1 6 mm wide, lanceolate to strongly ovate, acute, cuneate-truncate; adaxial surface of juvenile leaves with a sparse indumentum of appressed, straight, glossy, simple hairs that are
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 101-102, Fig. 16 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 14-15, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 16-18, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 70-72, Fig. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 68-69, Fig. 10 (map)".
102 M.F. Duretto Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. prolixa is known from the Red Lily Lagoon area, south and west of Oenpelli, Arnhem Land, Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Rowering material has been collected in March and June. 54. Boronia amplectens Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 287 (1997). Type: Headwaters of the East Alligator River, 12°48’S 133°21’E, LA. Craven and G.M. Wightman 8336, 31.iii.l984 (holotype CANB 399I82\ isotypes AD 99351079, MEL 722594). Sprawling, much branched subshrub to 1 m wide. Multiangular stellate hairs with 6-10(-15) rays; rays appressed, 0. 1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petio(e 0.5-2. 5 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 15—52 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with a sparse indumentum that is often confined to the margins and the midrib. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 7-21 mm long; prophylls (0.5-)l-L5 mm long, to 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-8 mm long. Sepals acute to acuminate, 3-5 mm long, 1 .5-2 mm wide, enlarging to 7 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum along the margins, becoming glabrous towards centre and base; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals 3^ mm long, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments 1.5-1.75 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments slightly glandular, c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty, anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous. Cocci c. 4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Seed c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, . Additional Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: S of Magela Falls, c. 12°47’S 133°06’E, K. Brennan 2818, 21.V.1994 (MEL, OSS n.v.). Notes: Boronia amplectens differs from other members of subseries Grandisepalae by having narrowly elliptical leaves (1.5—3 mm wide) with a sparse indumentum of appressed hairs. Distribution and ecology: This species is known from two collections from the interior of the Arnhem Land plateau, Northern Territory (Fig. 16), where it is found growing in shrubby eucalypt woodland on rocky sandstone slopes. Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in March and May. Conservation status: Duretto and Ladiges (1997) gave a ROTAP code of IK to B. amplectens, but as more material has come to hand a ROTAP code of 2V is more appropriate. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. 3. Lanuginosae Duretto, ser. nov. Folia pinnata. Filamenta antipetala laevia. Sp. typica: B. lanuginosa Endl. Erect or spreading shrubs, glabrescent or with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surfaces of the perianth. Multiangular stellate hairs .sessile; rays to 1 mm long, smooth, straight. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, decurrent leaf bases absent. Leaves imparipinnate or rarely simple (B. pauciflora), lamina discolourous, paler beneath, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the margins plane to revolute, dorsiventral or isobilateral; the midrib impressed on the adaxial surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface or not, without secondary thickening (except sometimes B. pauciflora) in cells between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Prophylls minute or minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate;
Boronia sect. Valvatae 51 Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales (Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed (urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. fraseri Hook. Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently raised midribs and broad leaflets. 18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser (isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., description and plate decisive. Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 63-65, FIg. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 22-24, Fig. 1 (map)".
104 M.F. Duretto Boronia artemisiifolia F. Muell., Fragm. 1; 66 (1859) (as B. artemisifolid). Types (Duretto 1997): In montibus rapid fluvibus flum Fitzmarie River [c. 14°49’ 130°E, Northern Territory], F. Muell., x.1855 (syntypes K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2041209, photograph AD 99537192, right hand specimen), MEL 2041250)', Sea Range [= Yambarran Ra„ c. 15°20’S 130°10’E, Northern Territory], F Mueller, xii.1855 (syntypes K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2041209, photograph AD 99537192, left hand specimen), MEL 2041251)-, McAdam’s Range [Macadam Ra., c. 14°32’S 129°57’E, Northern Territory], F. Mueller, October 1855 (syntype TCD (transparency MEL 2044561). Boronia affinis R.Br. ex Benth., FI. austral. 1: 311 (1863). Types (Duretto 1997): Islands g, h [North Island - 15°35’S 136°52’E, andVanderlin Island - 15°40’S 137°E, Sir Edward Pellew Group] of the Gulf of Carpentaria and mainland opposite Groote Island [Eylandt] [Northern Territory], R. Brown No. 5293, xii.1802-i.1803 (syntypes BM n.v. (transparencies DNA, MEL 2041222), CANB 278461, K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2041210, photograph AD 99537210), MEL 2041248, NSW). Illustrations'. R Wilson, Austral. PI. 8: 200 (1975); K. Brennan, Wildflowers of Kakadu, 14, fig. 9 (1986, as Boronia sp.); J. Brock, Top End Native Plants, 99 (1988); J. Brock, Native Plants of Northern Australia, 99 (1993). Erect, much branched shrub to 1.5 m high; ontogenetic sequence in indumentum density on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surfaces of the perianth: juvenile plants initially glabrous or glabrescent or sparsely simple- and/or stellate-indumented, the density of the indumentum increasing with each node until with a dense, stellate indumentum with or without simple hairs, this gradation varies between the different organs and some plants never have a dense stellate indumentum. Multiangular stellate hairs with 2-15 rays; rays white to faintly yellow, to 1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 0.5-1 (—2) mm long. Leaves 6-80 mm long, 5-50 mm wide in outline, with 1 1-27(-35) leaflets; petiole 0.5-3 mm long, not winged; rachis segments 0.5-10 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, winged, wedge shaped with the distal end wider; leaflets sessile, linear to narrowly elliptic, acute; terminal leaflet 5-26 mm long, 0.5-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets 4-26 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide. Peduncle absent or to 1 mm long; prophylls linear, minute to minutely unifoliolate, to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 4—10 mm long. Sepals white to deep pink or purple, ovate-deltate, acute to acuminate, (4-5-)7-14 mm long, 2—4 mm wide, enlarging to 8-15 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface densely and minutely pubescent sometimes becoming glabrous towards centre and base. Petals white to dark pink or purple, 3-9 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-10 mm long and 1.5-2. 5 wide as fruit matures, midvein not or slightly raised at the base of the abaxial surface; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base. Antesepalous filaments 1 .5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments 1-1.5 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci 4.5-6 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a moderately dense to den.se simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Engbajengbaja, Star Boronia. Selected specimens examined (of c. 200 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: We.ssell Is., 11°13’S 136°38’S, P.K. Latz 3462, 10.x. 1972 (CANB, DNA, PERTH); Nhulunbuy, Gove Peninsular, 12°10’S 136°46’E, G.M. Wightman 4283, 21. i. 1988 (CANB, DNA); 5 miles NE of Goyder R. Crossing, 12°51’S 135°02’E, J. Must 1018, 17.vi.l972 (DNA, CANB); Groote Eylandt, 6 km S of Alyangula, 13°55’S 136°26’E, /. Cowie
Boronia sect. Valvatae 103 Fig. 17. Distribution of Boron/a subseries Lanuginosae: B. lanuginosa (0), 6. wilsonii (*). Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 1. metaxyphylls absent or minute. Sepals as large or larger than petals (rarely smaller), acute or acuminate. Antepetalous filaments smooth; anther-apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seeds black, shiny; surface at magnification tuberculate-colliculate; tubercles unfused. A series of three subseries and nine species of the Kimberley Region, Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 17, 18). It is characterised by imparipinnate leaves (though adult foliage of B. pauciflora is simple) without secondary thickening in the midrib. This series corresponds to the B. lanuginosa group discussed in Duretto (1997). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae Duretto subser. 1. Lanuginosae Erect shrubs, juvenile plants with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, adult plants with a dense, stellate indumentum. Leaves petiolate, sometimes subsessile; rachis segments triangular; leaflets dorsiventral, narrowly elliptic to linear, the younger distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate, margins revolute or strongly recurved, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci with a moderately dense to dense indumentum. Seeds black, concolourous. A subseries of two widespread species of the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Fig. 17). It is characterised by a dense indumentum throughout (at least on the adult foliage), narrow linear to elliptic leaflets with recurved to revolute margins and raised midribs on the abaxial surface. This subseries was the subject of the phenetic analysis presented bv Duretto (1997). ^ 55. Boronia lanuginosa Endl. in Endl. et al., Enum. pi. 16 (1837). Type: King George’s Sound [probably Gulf of Carpentaria, Northern Territory], Ferd Bauer (lectotype (Duretto 1997): W n.v. (photograph PERTH 1610171)). [Boronia artemisioides F. Muell., Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 196 (1857). nom. invai, provisional name only]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 87-88, Fig. 13 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 31 in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: September- December. Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. bowmanii F. Muell. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black seeds. 10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: “Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype MEL 249186). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 37-39, Fig. 5 (map)".
30 M.F. Duretto Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 (syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature seed not seen. Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles (1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell (handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the holotype. Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 1981). Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation:
30 M.F. Duretto Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 (syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature seed not seen. Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles (1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell (handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the holotype. Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 1981). Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation:
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 62-63, Fig. 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 20-21".
90 M.F. Duretto A subsection of at least 16 species divided into three series and five subseries that are found in the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 14-18). It is characterised by the large sepals relative to the petals, antepetalous anthers that are much larger than the antesepalous anthers, and the clavate filaments. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 4 Grandisepalae ser. 1 . Quadrilatae Duretto, sen nov. Planta glabra praeter petala et paginas adaxiales sepalorum. Rami purpurati, quadrangulati manifeste. Folia glauca. Sp. typica: B. quadrilata Duretto Erect or horizontal (from cliff faces) shrubs, glabrous except for flowers. Stellate hairs sessile, with c. 3—25 rays; rays smooth, 20—50 pm long. Branches distinctly quadrangular in cross-section, purple, decurrent leaf bases present. Leaves simple, slightly discolourous, paler beneath, slightly fleshy, plane, isobilateral, glaucous with a dense layer of epicuticular wax platelets, wax platelets 0.1 -0.5 pm across; the midrib impressed slightly on the adaxial surface and slightly raised on the abaxial surface, cells between midvein and abaxial epidermis with or without secondary thickening. Prophylls unifoliolate. Sepals as large or larger than petals, acute to acuminate, abaxial surface glabrous, glaucous. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse indumentum. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end or not; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. A series of two species found in the north-western portion of the Arnhem Land plateau. Northern Territory (Fig. 1 5). It is characterised by being glabrous (except for the flowers), having purple and quadrangular stems, and leaves that are glaucous, simple and isobilateral. 43. Boronia quadrilata Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 297 (1997), fig. 26. Type: N.T., Upper Magela Ck, 6 km N of Magela Falls, 12°45’S 133°08’E, K. Brennan 1567, 10.X.1991 (holotype DNA 60356 (photographs BRI, HO, MEL 2041201, NSW); isotypes CANB, MEL 242492, PERTH). Boronia D60356 Magela sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.7 (Magela Creek; K. Brennan 1567) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Erect shrub to 1.5 m. Multiangular stellate hairs present on petals only, with 4-25 rays per hair; rays 20-50 pm long. Leaves 23-55 mm long, 1 2-20 mm wide, sessile, glandular, elliptical, acute, aristate and slightly decurrent, epidermal wax platelets 0. 1-0.5 pm across; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, region between midvein and epidermis consisting of tightly packed cells with secondary thickening. Peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls 6-13 mm long, 3-7 mm wide; metaxyphylls 0.75 mm long; anthopodium 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals debate, c. 6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, enlarging to 9-10 mm long and 4. 5-5. 5 mm wide as fruit matures, longer and wider than petals; adaxial surface with a mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface glabrous and slightly glaucous. Petals c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.4 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments smooth to slightly glandular, c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent, glabrous. Cocci c. 6 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed not seen. Specimen seen: Known from the type material only.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 93 concolourous, not succulent, plane or margin slightly recurved, dorsiventral or isobilateral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib impressed on the adaxial surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening in cells between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Prophylls sometimes unifoliolate. Sepals longer and wider than petals, acuminate. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end; anther- apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seed tuberculae unfused or fused into longitudinal rows. A series of two subseries and at least seven species that is endemic to the Northern Territory (Figs 15, 16). It is characterised by a sparse to dense indumentum, simple leaves, and shiny, black seeds. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Grandisepalae subser. 1 . Verecundae Duretto, subser. nov. Pili stellati stipitati. Gynecium glabrum et cocci glabri. Pagina seminibus tuberculata. Sp. typica: B. verecunda Duretto Erect shrubs, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surface of the perianth. Stellate hairs always stalked, even on perianth, stalks 0.25-0.5(-l) mm long; rays 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves dorsiventral. Metaxyphylls minute or absent. Sepal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous. Cocci glabrous. Seeds black, at magnification tuberculate or slightly striate. A subseries of two species, endemic to Kakadu N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 15), characterised by stalked hairs with long rays. 45. Boronia verecunda Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 291 (1997), figs 20e, f. Type: Kakadu N.P., 13°27’S 132°29’E, C.R. Dunlop 8611 and RE Munns, 22.iv.1990 (holotype DNA 47561 (photograph & transparency MEL 2041223); isotypes AD 99027035, BRI AQ5 11732, CANB 400809, MEL 1583457, NSW, PERTH n.v.). Boronia D6347 Kakadu sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.9 (Kakadu; Martensz & Schodde 575) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with 9-15 rays per hair; rays white, 0.5-0.75(-l) mm long, weak, flexuous, dull. Branchlets slightly quadrangular but becoming terete as the branch ages, decurrent leaf bases absent or indistinct; new shoots with a moderately dense, light pink to white indumentum, older branches with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum and becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 13-27(-50 on younger plants) mm long, 2-4(-8) mm wide; petiole to 1 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, acute, attenuate to cuneate, plane or margin slightly recurved; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on margin and the midrib. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum; prophylls 4-5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Sepals white or pink, becoming green as fruit matures, ovate to debate, acute to acuminate, 6-7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, not
Boronia sect. Valvatae
95
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J.
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468,
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468:
MEL, CANB).
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs,
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting:
February-June.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2.
Grandisepalae
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow,
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate-
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute.
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules.
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17),
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south-
western Australia.
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa,
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group.
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229,
NSW], L, MEL 234382).
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23).
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100).
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167).
108 M.F. Duretto 57. Boronia decumbens Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 323 (1997), figs lOA-E. Type: c. 70 km NE of Pine Creek, El SharanaRd, 13°33’S \32°\S'E, C. Dunlop 6752 and G. Wightman, 5.iii.l985 (holotype CANB 363098\ isotypes DNA, MEL 250904, NSW). Decumbent, much branched subshrub to 10 cm high and 40 cm wide, resprouting from a woody rootstalk, with a sparse to moderately dense simple indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs rare, with 2-6 rays; rays to 0.1 mm long. Branches weak, terete to slightly quadrangular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 6-20 mm long, 8-25 mm wide in outline, with (3)-5-7 leaflets, not obviously glandular; rachis segments 2-8 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; leaflets linear to narrowly elliptic, acute, attenuate, dorsiventral, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface and not impressed on the adaxial surface; terminal leaflet 6-12 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, larger than preceding lateral leaflets; lateral leaflets 4—1 1 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute to minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long; metaxyphylls minute to 1 mm long; anthopodium 1-4 mm long. Sepals white to pink, deltate, acute, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-8 mm long and 2-4 mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense simple indumentum and becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum. Petals white to pink, 3—5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, enlarging to 4-5.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1 .5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty, anther-apiculum minute or large and erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum. Seeds 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY; Kakadu NP, 3 km SW of Mary River Ranger Station, 13°24’S 132°05’E, A.VSlee and L.A. Craven 2494, 17.iv.l990(AD, CANB); N of Waterfall Ck turn off on Pine Creek- Oenpelli Rd, Kakadu NP, 13°33’S 132°17’E, M.F. Duretto 473-475, J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18. vi. 1993 (MFD473: MEL; MFD474: CANB, DNA, MEL; MFD475: DNA, MEL); Mary River Ranger Station, 13°33’S 132°16’E, M.F. Duretto 548b-550, J. Chappill and G. Howell, l.vii.l993 (MFD548b, 549: DNA, CANB, MEL; MFD550: MEL); Kombolgie Ck, Fern Gully, Fern Ck, 13°34’S 132°18’E, G.J. Leach 3407, iv.l993 (BRl, PERTH); Moline Rockhole area. Kakadu Hwy, 13°35’S 132°15’E, W.y. Clark 835, 19.iii.l987 (DNA). Notes: Boronia decumbens differs from B. lanuginosa by its sessile leaves, few (if any) stellate hairs and decumbent habit; the last two features also distinguish it from B. tolerans and B. jucunda. Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to Kakadu N.P. to the area north of Mary River around the Mary River Ranger Station and the Waterfall Creek turnoff on the Pine Creek-Oenpelli Rd, Northern Territory (Fig. 18). It grows on deep sand as well as on sandstone in eucalypt open woodland. Flowering: November-August. Fruiting: March-August. Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 58. Boronia tolerans Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 326 (1997), figs 10 F-J. Type: On track to and near Biddlecombe Cascades, Nitmiluk NP, 14°I6’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 516, J. Chappill and G. Howell, 28.vi.1993 (holotype MEL 2040275', isotypes DNA, MEL 2040276). Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays;
54 M.F. Duretto the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. rupicola Duretto Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or dull. A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 234383). Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 74-76, Fig. 11 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 18-20, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 45-46, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 35-36, Fig. 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 86-87, Fig. 13 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 113-114, Fig. 18 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 87 Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm
30 M.F. Duretto Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 (syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature seed not seen. Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles (1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell (handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the holotype. Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 1981). Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation:
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 82-83, Fig 12 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 51-52, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 83-84, Fig. 12 (map)".
98 M.F. Duretto 14°41 ’S 129°44’E, J. Russell-Smith 7478 and Lucas, 2.iii.l989 (DNA [transparency & photograph MEL]); Headwaters of Lalngong Ck, 15°05’S 130°10’E, I. Cowie 5052 and N.G. Walsh, I6.V.1994 (CANB, MEL). Notes: Duretto and Ladiges (1997) noted that plants from the southern end of the Arnhem Land Plateau have slightly smaller inflorescences and floral parts than those from the Macadam Range/Lalngong Ck area; and that specimens from Nitmiluk N.P. have narrower leaves and sometimes much smaller flowers than other specimens. Distribution and ecology: Boronia grandisepala subsp. grandisepala is found from the rocky outlier just north of Jim Jim Falls south to Nitmiluk N.P. (Fig. 16), and disjunctly at the headwaters of Deaf Adder Gorge, and in the Macadam Range and Lalngong Ck areas (Fig. 15). It is found in heath and woodland communities on rock pavements, outcrops, and deep sand. Flowering and fruiting: December-June. Conservation status: Widespread, found in Nitmiluk N.P. and Kakadu N.P, and not under threat. 48b. Boronia grandisepala subsp. acanthophida Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 278 (1997). Type: 11 miles SW of Mt Gilruth, 13°04’S 132°56’E, M. Lazarides 8007, 4.iii. 1973 (holotype CANB 267569 (photographs HO, MEL 2041230); isotypes BRI AQ2244725, DNA 52722 (transparency MEL 2041225), NSW 244415). Erect shrub to 1.5 m tall, with moderately dense indumentum on the branches and leaves. Leaves 8-55 mm long, 1.5-14.5 mm wide, epidermis visible, 7-18 hairs per mm^, (4— )8-17 rays per hair on average. Peduncle 0.5-2.5 mm long; prophylls 0.5-2 mm long; anthopodium 1-3 mm long. Sepals (5.5-)7.5-9.5 mm long, 2. 5-5. 5 mm wide, enlarging to 9.5-1 3 mm long and 5-7.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5-6 mm long as fruit matures. Selected specimens examined (of 12 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: Top of sandstone above creek flowing N at Deaf Adder Gorge, c. 10 km from mouth, 13°07’S 132°56’E, D.J. McGillivray 3935 and C.R. Dunlop, 18.viii.l978 (DNA, MEL, NSW); Near Mt Gilruth, 13°10’S 133°06’E, LA. Craven and G.M. Wightman 8307, 28.iii.1984 (CANB); 10 km N of Jim Jim Falls, 13°H’S 132°50’E, 5471-650419, LA. Craven 6076, 29.V.1980 (DNA, MEL, CANB); c. 17 miles N of Mt Evelyn, 13°21’S 132°54’E, M. Lazarides 7993, 3.iii.l973 (CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Top of Jim Jim Falls, Kakadu NP, 13°16.43’S 132°50.43’E, M.F. Duretto 459, J. Chappill and G. Howell, 17.vi.l993 (CANB, DNA, MEL). Distribution and ecology: Boronia grandisepala subsp. acanthophida occurs on the Arnhem Land Plateau surface between Deaf Adder Gorge and Jim Jim Falls, Northern Territory (Fig. 16), where found in sandstone heath and woodland communities. Flowering: January-June; fruits: February-June. Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997). 49. Boronia laxa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 279 (1997), figs 20a, b. Type: Site FF, c. 30 km SE of Jabiru, 12°55’S 132°58.5’E, 5472-801711, LA. Craven 6600, 30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338123; isotypes AD, DNA 20968 (transparency MEL 2041245), MEL 234407, P, US). Boronia grandisepala (Craven 2423) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23) non F. Muell. Boronia sp. 3 (Craven 5715) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). Semi-prostrate much branched shrub to 1.5 m long, with a sparse to moderately dense
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 48-49, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 73-74".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 85-86, Fig. 13 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 109-110".
M.F. Duretto
1 12
Australia. It grows in rocky (sandstones and quartzites) areas with spinifex {Triodea spp.)
Flowering and fruiting; May-July.
Conservation status: Boronia pauciflora was given a ROTAP code of 3K Briggs and
Leigh (1996) and a Priority Three rating, following the Western Australian Department
of Conservation and Land Management for Western Australian taxa, by Hopper et al
(1990).
61. Boronia kalumburuensis Duretto, Nuytsia 11: 334 (1997), figs 10 P-S. Type:
Outcropping sandstone immediately N of Kalumburu airstrip, I4°17’S 126°37’E,
E D. Edwards LAC9247, 22.V.1993 (holotype CANB 463023\ isotypes DNA, MEL
234516, PERTH).
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate
indumentum on the branches and leaves. Multiangular stellate hairs with 4-10 rays; rays
to 0.5 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular but becoming terete and glabrous as they
age. Leaves 8^0 mm long, 4-14 mm wide in outline, with 15-27 leaflets, leaflets
number gradually increasing along axillary branches, the younger distal leaves not
becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments 0.5-1.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, winged,
wedge shaped with the distal end wider; petiole 1-2 mm long, not winged; leaflets
subsessile, elliptic to lanceolate, acute; terminal leaflet lanceolate, 3-11 mm long, 1-3
mm wide, longer than laterals; lateral leaflets elliptic, 1-9 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide.
Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; anthopodium with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum,
7-24 mm long. Sepals white to pink, longer and wider than petals, ovate-deltate, acute to
acuminate, 3.5-5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5-6 mm long as fruit matures;
adaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, sometimes along the
margins only; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum. Petals white to pink,
2.5^ mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial
surface with a sparse simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base;
abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum. Filaments bearing stiff
stellate and some simple hairs below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm
long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long;
abaxial surface of antber not frosty; anther-apiculum absent or present, minute or large
and erect, sometimes with few stiff simple hairs. Style hirsute at base or for full length.
Cocci 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, glabrescent or with a sparse stellate indumentum.
Seeds c. 4.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide.
Selected specimens examined (of seven collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; KIMBERLEY
REGION; c. 10 km N of Kalumbum Mission, 14°I US 126°40’E, P.A. Fryxell and LA. Craven
4131, 14. v. 1983 (CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); quartzite outcrop between Kalumburu Mission and
Longini Landing, 14°16’S 126°37’E, D.E. Symon 10184, 26.V.1975 (AD, CANB, PERTH); 4 km
N Kalumburu, 14°17’S 1 26°37’E, A.S. George 15199, 24. vi. 1978 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH);
Theda Station near Homestead on banks of Morgan R., 14°49’S 126°43’E, P.A. Fryxell, LA.
Craven and J. McD.Stewart 4858, 18.vi.l985 (CANB, MEL, PERTH).
Notes: Boronia kalumburuensis differs from B. filicifolia and B. minutipinna by a
smaller number of leaflets and hirsute cocci. This last feature also distinguishes it from
B. pauciflora. Boronia kalumburuensis can be distinguished from B. wilsonii (with which
it is sympatric) by its sparse to moderately dense indumentum, much longer anthopodia,
and smaller and less hirsute flowers.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia kalumburuensis is found in the Kalumburu area and
south to Theda Station, north Kimberley Region, Western Australia (Fig. 18), where it
grows mainly on sandstones and quartzites. Flowering and fruiting: May-July.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 52-54, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 77-78, Fig. 11 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 103-105, Fig. 17 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 98-99, Fig. 16 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 114-115".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 56-62, Fig. 9 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 57 Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041298)). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. ? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left hand spec., TCD). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 (isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. non Sieber ex Rchb. Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) ... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.).
114 M.F. Duretto Australia (Fig. 18). It is found in heath and opten woodland on sandstones and quartzites. Flowering: January-June; fruiting: June-July. Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1997). 63. Boronia minutipinna Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 335 (1997), figs 10 T-X. Type: Osmond Plateau, WA, 17°16’S 128°22’E, I. Cowie 1991, 19.vii.l991 (holotype CANB 412831-, isotypes DNA 59392, MEL 229246, PERTH 1881515). Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs with 6-15 rays; rays 0. l-0.25(-0.5) mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, becoming terete as they age, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves sessile, 5-34 mm long, 2-4 mm wide in outline, with 17-35 leaflets, leaflets number gradually increasing along axillary branches, the younger distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments winged, elliptical, 0.5-12 mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide; leaflets with a petiolule c. 0.5 mm long, acute, adaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, abaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; terminal leaflet lanceolate to elliptic, longer than but the same width as laterals, 1-2 mm long, midvein straight, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide; lateral leaflets rhombic, overlapping, 0.5-1.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence I -flowered, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-6 mm long. Sepals white to pink, longer and wider than petals, debate, acute, 3^ mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, enlarging to 3.5- 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple and stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum. Petals white to pink, 2.5- 3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4-4.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Filaments bearing stiff bifid or stellate hairs below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments 1.5- 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther-apiculum minute or large and erect, glabrous. Style glabrous or hirsute at base. Cocci (mature not seen) c. 6 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, with a moderately dense stellate and simple indumentum. Seed not seen. Specimen seen: Known from the type material only. Notes: Boronia minutipinna differs from B. filicifolia by its smaller and fewer leaflets that have a moderately dense to dense indumentum on the abaxial surface, smaller anthopodia (5—6 mm long), and perianth parts with a sparse indumentum. Distribution and ecology: Boronia minutipinna has been collected once on the Osmond Plateau, south-east Kimberley Region, Western Australia (Fig. 18). It was found growing in sand amongst boulders (collectors’ notes). Flowering and fruiting material was collected in July. Conservation status: IK (Duretto 1997). Nomen dubium Boronia ledifolia var. denticulata F. Muell. ex C. Moore & Betche, Handbook Flora New South Wales: 41 (1893). Type citation: “Calgoa, Hickey" (syntype MEL?, n.v.). nomen dubium Boronia ledifolia var. denticulata was published by Moore and Betche ( 1 893) who cite the locality ‘Cobar’ (which is located at 28°33’S 151°59’E, NSW) but no collector. Maiden and Betche (1916) cite two references for this taxon in their New South Wales census: Mueller, 1890, p. 16; and Moore and Betche, 1893, p. 41. Mueller (1890) does not describe B. ledifolia var. denticulata but lists three specimens of B. ledifolia that had come to his attention:
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 66-68, Fig. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 69-70, Fig. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 76-77, Fig. 11 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 81-82, Fig. 12 (map)".
56
M.F. Duretto
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS).
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997).
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999)
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8).
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth.
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight,
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface.
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely;
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi,
B. lanceolata).
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B.
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999)
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and
are treated here as incertae sedis.
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863).
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent.,
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis).
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.)
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South
Boronia sect. Valvatae 109 rays white to faintly yellow, 0.05-0.25(-0.5) mm long; simple hairs on vegetative organs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 7-50 mm long, 8-17 mm wide in outline, with (l-3-)5-7(-9) leaflets, slightly glandular, glabrous to glabrescent; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-25 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 5-16 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, glabrous or with a sparse simple and stellate indumentum; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute, to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 1-2 mm long. Sepals white, ovate-deltate, acute, d— 5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-6 mm long and 2-2.5 mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum, becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse simple or stellate indumentum. Petals white, 3. 5^.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface glabrous to glabrescent. Antesepalous fdaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous fdaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, anther-apiculum minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of three collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY; Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 16.vi.l981 (DNA); 3 km E of Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 20.vi.l981 (DNA). Possible hybrids: Boronia tolerans X B. lanuginosa (see B. lanuginosa species 55 above; Duretto 1997). Notes: Boronia tolerans differs from B. jucunda by having up to seven leaflets and smooth stems, from B. decumbens by its erect habit, and from B. lanuginosa by its sessile and isobilateral leaves. Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to the Biddlecombe Cascades area of Nitmiluk N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 18), where it grows on deep sand in eucalypt woodland on the plateau top. Flowering and fruiting material collected in June. Conservation status: 2VC- (Duretto 1997). 59. Boronia jucunda Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 328 (1997), figs 10 K-O. Type: Mabel Downs, Winnama Gorge, Kimberley Region, WA, 17°1 1’S 128°15’E, E.A. Chesterfield 214, 14.V.1984 (holotype MEL 1534494', isotypes CANB [CBG 8503155], DNA 56026, NSW 166827, PERTH 1622609). Boronia ? pauciflora sensu Eorbes and Kenneally (1986, p. 161); Menkhorst and Cowie (1992, p. 44). Boronia sp. A sensu Wheeler (1992, pp. 669, 670). Illustrations: J.R. Wheeler, FI. Kimberley Region, 669, figs 206 Dl-3 (1992, as Boronia sp. A). Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays; rays 0.05-0.1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, glandular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum or glabrescent (NT, Napier 7, DNA). Leaves trifoliolate, slightly glandular, glabrous to glabrescent, lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-42 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, midvein straight; lateral leaflets 6-23 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 111-112".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 31 in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: September- December. Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. bowmanii F. Muell. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black seeds. 10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: “Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype MEL 249186). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 100-101, Fig. 16 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 90-91, Fig. 15 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 72-73, Fig. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 49-51, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 36-37, Fig. 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 79-80, Fig. 12 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 43-45, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 54-56, Fig. 8 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 43 adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 (lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex MELU]). Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 (1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991, as R ruppii). Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 43 adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 (lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex MELU]). Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 (1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991, as R ruppii). Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 13 70. Adaxial surface of petals glabrous or glabrescent. 71. Leaves narrowly elliptic, widest leaves less than 6 mm wide (N Qld) 40. B. exceisa 71. Leaves elliptic, widest leaves greater than 6 mm wide (SE Qld). 72. Sepals less than 3 mm long (before fruit development); petals 6-8 mm long; peduncles 2-3 mm long (Mt Walsh of Qld) 41. B. foetida 72. Sepals 4.5-5 mm long (before fruit development); petals 9-10 mm long; peduncles to 0.5(-2) mm long (Many Peaks Ra. of Qld) 42. B. bella 70. Adaxial surface of petals with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum of simple hairs. 73. Sepal acuminate; leaf base strongly attenuate, adaxial surface glabrous or with few hairs along midrib (Hinchinbrook Is. of N Qld) 39. B. jensziae 73. Sepals acute, sometimes acuminate; adaxial surface of leaves with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; leaf base usually obtuse (central Qld, NSW, Vic.). 74. Leaf-lamina elliptic, plane or margin slightly recurved (becoming revolute on drying); peduncle less than 2 mm long; anthopodium 1-5 mm long; petals 5-7 mm long (central inland Qld) 32. B. odorata 74. Leaf-lamina narrowly elliptic to elliptic, plane or margin recurved to revolute; peduncle (l-)2-10 mm long; anthopodium 7-11 mm long; petals (5-) 8.5-12 mm long (central coastal ?Qld, NSW, Vic.) 21. B. ledifoiia Boronia sect 1. Alatae Duretto, sect. nov. Pili stellati absente. Inflorescentia paniculata, terminalis. Sepala alternae. Petala reduplicatae, persistentes. Semina tristia, brunnea. Sp. typica: B. alata Sm. Growth anthotelic, seasonal growth unit not pseudodichotomous. Stellate hairs absent, simple hairs erect. Branches with decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate, sometimes bipinnate, conduplicate, dorsiventral; the margins denticulate, plane to slightly recurved; the midrib raised slightly on the abaxial surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein. Inflorescence a large, many-flowered determinate panicle with smaller units in axils of leaves immediately below terminal unit; prophylls and metaxyphylls persistent. Sepals imbricate or opposite-decussate, appearing to be in two whorls, whorls separating as the flower matures, persistent with mature fruit. Petals reduplicate in bud, explanate (spread out flat) at anthesis, the midrib not raised on the abaxial surface, tip not inflexed, persistent, after anthesis petals become leathery and encase fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, persistent; filaments pilose below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments longer than antepetalous; anthers all equal, antepetalous anthers sometimes with appressed simple hairs. Disc glabrous. Gynoecium densely puberulous; style terminal on ovary; stigma globular, wider than style. Seed elliptical in outline, dull, usually brown, without ridge on adaxial side, surface at magnification tuberculate; tubercles unicellular, flat topped; placental endocarp, thin, yellow-white. A monotypic section of coastal south-western Western Australia (Fig. 1), characterised by imparipinnate or sometimes bipinnate leaves, elliptic leaflets, a terminal paniculate inflorescence, and reduplicate petals that are persistent with mature fruit.
16
M.F. Duretto
Boronia sect. 2. Algidae Duretto, sect. nov. Pili stellati absente. Ramificatio
pseudodichotoma. Inflorescentia cymosa, terminalis; bracteae glumacei. Sepala
altemae. Petala valvata. Semina tristia. Sp. typica: B. algida F. Muell.
Growth anthotelic, seasonal growth unit pseudcxiichotomous. Stellate hairs absent,
simple hairs erect. Branches with decurrent leaf ba.ses. Leaves simple or imparipinnate,
conduplicate, dorsiventral, margin entire, lamina plane or sub-terete; the midrib not raised
on the abaxial surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein. Inflorescence
terminal, cymose, l(-3)-flowered; peduncle absent, rarely to 0.5 mm long; prophylls and
metaxyphylls persistent, glumaceous. Sepals opposite-decussate, whorls not separating
as flower matures, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud, explanate (spread
out flat) at anthesis, persistent and enclosing mature fruit {B. algida) or caducous (B.
edwardsii), the midrib not raised on the abaxial surface, tip not inflexed. Stamens 8, all
fertile, persistent or caducous; filaments glabrous or pilose (B. corynophylla), the distal
end glandular, antesepalous filaments longer than antepetalous filaments; anthers equal,
glabrous. Disc glabrous. Gynoecium glabrous or puberulous (B. corynophylla)-, style
terminal on ovary; stigma globular and much wider than the style or scarcely wider than
the style (B. corynophylla). Seed elliptical, adaxial side slightly flattened, without ridge,
dull, grey to black, with or without tubercles; placental endocarp thin, yellow-white.
A section with three species, B. algida in New South Wales and Victoria, B. edwardsii
in South Australia, and B. corynophylla in south-western Australia (Fig. 1). The section
is characterised by the pseudodichotomous branching, sheathing and brown prophylls,
imbricate sepals and valvate petals.
2. Boronia algida F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 100 (1 855). Type citation: On
the highest stony declivities of our Alps; for instance on Mt Hotham, Mount La
Trobe, and Mount Kosciusko”. Type: Australian Alps: Near the summits of Mount
Hotham [36°59’S 147°08’E] and Mount Latrobe [= Mt Loch, 36°57’S 147°09’E] at
the height of about 5 or 6000’ [1524-1829 m] [Victoria], F. Mueller, xii.1854
(lectotypie, bere designated, MEL 2041200)', Australian Alps, F. Mueller (probable
isolectotype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041237, NSW)); Mount Hotham, 5-
6000’ [36°59’S 147°08’E, Vic.], F. Mueller (probable isolectotype K n.v.
(cibachrome MEL 2041205-, photograph AD 99548109), MEL 258132, MEL
258133): Declivities of Mount Hotham [36°59’S I47°08’E, Vic.], F. Mueller ?
(possible isolectotype MEL 258136); Mt Latrobe [= Mt Loch, 36°57 S 147°09 E,
Vic.] , 5(XK) ft, F. Mueller (probable isolectotype TCD).
Illustrations: N.C. Burbidge and M. Gray, FI. Australian Capital Territory 241, fig.
235 (1970); J.H. Willis, B.A. Fuhrer and E.R. Rotherman, Field Guide to the Flowers
and Plants of Victoria 275, t. 396 (1975); L. Cronin, Concise Austral. FL, 80 (1989);
A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t 807 (1989); P.H.
Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991).
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Hairs, firm, smooth,
straight, shiny. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, glandular, moderately dense to
densely hirsute, the hairs denser between the decurrent leaf bases, sometimes the areas
not between the decurrent leaf bases glabrous. Leaves 8-15 mm long, 4-5 mm wide,
glandular, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, imparipinnate, with (3-)5-7(-9)
leaflets; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, sometimes winged; rachis 1^ mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
segments winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets sessile to sub.sessile, petiolule to 0.5
mm long, lamina oblanceolate, the apex obtuse to deeply emarginate, discolourous, paler
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 21-22".
Boronia sect. Valvatae
21
were made at the same locality in the Frank Hann N.P., c. 90 km north-east of the Lake
King township, south-western WA. It was found growing in Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.
Muell. open woodland on clayey sand (Wilson 1998).
Conservation status: Wilson (1998) gave B. corynophylla a Priority Two classification
following the Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. A ROTAP code of 2EC-I-
is appropriate for this species. Wilson (1998) noted that in 1996 B. corynophylla could
not be located where it had previously been collected and this could be because the area
had been burnt the previous year. Surveys are urgently required to ascertain the size and
extent of the known population of B. corynophylla.
Boronia sect. 3. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135 (1896). Sp. typica:
sub infra Boronia sen Valvatis indicatur.
Boronia subg. Robonia Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 54 (1827). Sp. typica: Boronia
ledifolia (Vent.) DC.
Boronia sect. Valvoboronia Kuntze in T.Post and Kuntze Lex. gen. phan., Prosp., 74
(1903); nom. illeg., illegitimate substitute for Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl.
Growth blastotelic. Multiangular stellate hairs present, if only on flowers, or rarely absent
(B. anomala); rays unicellular, epidermal; simple hairs erect or antrorse. Branches
usually without decurrent leaf bases, with little or no cork development on older stems
(except B. suberosa), not obviously glandular (except B. eriantha). Leaves simple,
unifoliolate or imparipinnate, the lamina conduplicate, dorsiventral or isobilateral, not
obviously glandular, scattered nonsecretory glands in mesophyll; the margins entire,
rarely glandular-crenulate (B. repanda), plane to revolute; the midrib sometimes raised,
spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or tightly packed tissue between midvein
and abaxial epidermis. Inflorescence axillary, cymose or 2-nodal botryoids in which the
second intemode of the primary axis and the basal intemodes of the secondary branches
are reduced to vestiges (cf Weston 1990), 1 -many-flowered; prophylls and metaxyphylls
persistent. Sepals valvate in bud, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud,
usually explanate (spread out flat) at anthesis, tip not inflexed, persistent or rarely
caducous (B. anomala), after anthesis petals become dry and chartaceous and encase
fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, persistent or rarely caducous {B. anomala) with mature fruit;
filaments usually pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular tipi
each gland usually bearing a minute stellate hair; antesepalous filaments longer than
antepetalous; anthers equal or unequal, glabrous. Disc glabrous (except B. ledifolia, B.
angustisepala, B. umbellata). Ovary glabrous, rarely hirsute {B. repandaf style terminal
on ovary, pilose or glabrous; stigma rounded, not or scarcely wider than style. Seeds black
or grey, elliptical to reniform, adaxial side flattened, shiny or dull; surface at
magnification tuberculate to colliculate, rarely colliculate-folviate {B. viridiflora);
tubercles unicellular, 6-55 pm across; placental endocarp (elaiosome) thick to thini
usually persistent, yellow-white.
Boronia sect. Valvatae contains approximately 56 species that are found in all states
except South Australia and Tasmania (Eig. 2). It is characterised by axillary
inflorescences, valvate sepals and petals that persist with the mature fruit, and the
presence of stellate hairs (except B. anomala, sp. 5 below). The section is classified into
four subsections, nine series and five subseries. One species, B. anomala, is placed as
insertae sedis in the section.
Larvae of the butterfly genus Nesolycaena (four species, family Lycaenidae) feed
exclusively on members of Boronia sect. Valvatae (Braby 1996 and references therein).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 42-43, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 34-35, Fig. 3".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 51 Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales (Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed (urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. fraseri Hook. Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently raised midribs and broad leaflets. 18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser (isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., description and plate decisive. Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991).
Boronia sect. Valvatae 51 Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales (Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed (urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. fraseri Hook. Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently raised midribs and broad leaflets. 18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser (isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., description and plate decisive. Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991).
90 M.F. Duretto A subsection of at least 16 species divided into three series and five subseries that are found in the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 14-18). It is characterised by the large sepals relative to the petals, antepetalous anthers that are much larger than the antesepalous anthers, and the clavate filaments. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 4 Grandisepalae ser. 1 . Quadrilatae Duretto, sen nov. Planta glabra praeter petala et paginas adaxiales sepalorum. Rami purpurati, quadrangulati manifeste. Folia glauca. Sp. typica: B. quadrilata Duretto Erect or horizontal (from cliff faces) shrubs, glabrous except for flowers. Stellate hairs sessile, with c. 3—25 rays; rays smooth, 20—50 pm long. Branches distinctly quadrangular in cross-section, purple, decurrent leaf bases present. Leaves simple, slightly discolourous, paler beneath, slightly fleshy, plane, isobilateral, glaucous with a dense layer of epicuticular wax platelets, wax platelets 0.1 -0.5 pm across; the midrib impressed slightly on the adaxial surface and slightly raised on the abaxial surface, cells between midvein and abaxial epidermis with or without secondary thickening. Prophylls unifoliolate. Sepals as large or larger than petals, acute to acuminate, abaxial surface glabrous, glaucous. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse indumentum. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end or not; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. A series of two species found in the north-western portion of the Arnhem Land plateau. Northern Territory (Fig. 1 5). It is characterised by being glabrous (except for the flowers), having purple and quadrangular stems, and leaves that are glaucous, simple and isobilateral. 43. Boronia quadrilata Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 297 (1997), fig. 26. Type: N.T., Upper Magela Ck, 6 km N of Magela Falls, 12°45’S 133°08’E, K. Brennan 1567, 10.X.1991 (holotype DNA 60356 (photographs BRI, HO, MEL 2041201, NSW); isotypes CANB, MEL 242492, PERTH). Boronia D60356 Magela sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.7 (Magela Creek; K. Brennan 1567) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Erect shrub to 1.5 m. Multiangular stellate hairs present on petals only, with 4-25 rays per hair; rays 20-50 pm long. Leaves 23-55 mm long, 1 2-20 mm wide, sessile, glandular, elliptical, acute, aristate and slightly decurrent, epidermal wax platelets 0. 1-0.5 pm across; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, region between midvein and epidermis consisting of tightly packed cells with secondary thickening. Peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls 6-13 mm long, 3-7 mm wide; metaxyphylls 0.75 mm long; anthopodium 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals debate, c. 6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, enlarging to 9-10 mm long and 4. 5-5. 5 mm wide as fruit matures, longer and wider than petals; adaxial surface with a mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface glabrous and slightly glaucous. Petals c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.4 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments smooth to slightly glandular, c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent, glabrous. Cocci c. 6 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed not seen. Specimen seen: Known from the type material only.
54 M.F. Duretto the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. rupicola Duretto Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or dull. A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 234383). Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle
54 M.F. Duretto the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. rupicola Duretto Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or dull. A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 234383). Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 24-25".
40 M.F. Duretto Roronia sp.3 (Massey Creek, Rocky River; R. Coveny 7174) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Roronia sp. (Massey Creek R.G. Coveny+ 7174) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; rays to 0.1 mm long. Branches not obviously glandular, decurrent leaf bases absent, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 33-55 mm long, 12-20 mm wide in outline, with 5-13 leaflets, glabrescent or with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on the midrib; petiole 6-15 mm long, winged; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets sessile, elliptic, acute, slightly discolourous, paler beneath; terminal leaflet 8-20 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, longer than laterals; lateral leaflets 3-13 mm long, 1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 1-2 mm long; prophylls 1-3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-i mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, the hairs mainly at base. Petals 4-7 mm long, 2.5^ mm wide, enlarging to 6-8 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse simple indumentum, mainly at tip and along the margins; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, the hairs concentrated on the midrib. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.5-0.75 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther- apiculum absent or minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds 3—4 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide; tubercles unfused. Additional specimens examined: QUEENSLAND; COOK DISTRICT: Heathlands Pastoral Station on road between the slaughter yard and the Telegraph Line Rd, 11°47’S 142°30’E, A. Morion 631, 1 5. v. 1980 (BRI); Bacon Ck, Archer R., 13°20’S 142°50’E, 0. //y/W 6239, 6. vii. 1972 (BRI, CANB, NSW, QRS); 13 km along road to Leo Ck mine, Mcllwraith Range, 13°43’S 143°12’E, Forster 10098, 3.vi.l992 (BRI, MEL); 3.5 km NNE Massy Ck crossing. Silver Plains Station. ea.stem fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°53’S 143°3rE, Pi Forster 13618, 15.vii.l993 (CANB, MEL. NSW); 8 miles from Kennedy Rd on Leo Ck Track, I3°3-’S 143°2-’E, C.H. Gittens 1781, vii.1968 (BRI, CANB, NSW); TR. 14, Leo Ck Rd. 13°40’S 143°20’E, A. Irvine 372, 22.ix.1972 (QRS); 4.2 km (2.6 miles) by road E of Wenlock R. towards Pa.scoe R. on Iron Range Rd, 124 km by road NNW of Coen PO, 1 3°06’ I42°59’E, R.G. Coveny 7174 and P. Hind, 16.ix.l975 (BRI, MELU, NSW, PERTH); 10 miles N of Archer R. on Kennedy Rd, 13°25’S 142‘’50’E, B. Hyland 7014, 26.x. 1973 (BRI, QRS); Between Massy Ck and Rocky R. on Cape York Rd. I3°55’S 143°30’E, B. Hyland 55 15, I6.ix.l971 (BRI, MEL, QRS); 45 km N of Coen on Cape York Rd, J. Wrigley and /. Telford NQ1710, 25.vi.1972 (BRI, CANB). Notes: Roronia squaniipetala can be distinguished from R. howmanii by its shorter and wider leaflets, and by the larger petals that have a dense indumentum on the abaxial surface. Distribution and ecology: Roronia squamipetala occurs mainly on the Iron and Mclilwraith Ranges, Cape York, Queensland (Fig. 5), where it is found in open woodland or forest and heath on loams, sand, or rock pavements. Flowering and fruiting: May- October. Conservation status: 3RC- (Duretto 1999): probably represented in Iron Range N.P. and Mclilwraith Range N.P. Roronia sect, Valvatae subsect. 3. Valvatae. Sp. typica: sub infra Roronia ser. Valvatis indicatur.
56
M.F. Duretto
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS).
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997).
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999)
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8).
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth.
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight,
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface.
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely;
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi,
B. lanceolata).
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B.
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999)
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and
are treated here as incertae sedis.
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863).
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent.,
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis).
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.)
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 3-Apr".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 85 39. Boronia jensziae Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 292 (1999), fig. 1 1 A-F. Type: c. 300 m S of Banksia Bay turn off along the East Coast Trail between Little Ramsey and Zoe Bays, Hinchinbrook Is., N Qld, 18°21.73’S 146°18.65’E, M. Duretto 406, 29.V.1993 (holotype MEL 2037448; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL 2037449, NSW). Boronia sp. sensu Williams (1984, p. 58). Boronia sp. ‘Hinchinbrook Is.’ sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987, p. 49; 1989, p. 46). Boronia sp.l (Hinchinbrook Island; S.L Everist 7786) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Boronia sp. (Hinchinbrook Is. S.L. Everist 7786) sensu Eorster ( 1 997, p. 185). Illustration: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 2: 58 (1984, as Boronia sp.). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs with 8-15 rays; rays white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves (10-)15^5 mm long, (4— )6-lL5 mm wide; petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute and ± mucronate, attenuate, the margins plane to slightly recurved, subsessile to petiolate; juvenile leaves simple. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-2.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 2-5 mm long. Sepals c. 4 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures. Petals 5.5-7 mm long, 3—3.5 mm wide, enlarging to 7.5— 8.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial Fig. 13 . Distribution of Boronia foetida species-group: B. jensziae (•), B. excelsa (O), B. foetida (□), B. bella (■).
Boronia sect. Valvatae
95
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J.
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468,
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468:
MEL, CANB).
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs,
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting:
February-June.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2.
Grandisepalae
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow,
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate-
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute.
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules.
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17),
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south-
western Australia.
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa,
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group.
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229,
NSW], L, MEL 234382).
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23).
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100).
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167).
100 M.F. Duretto long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a moderately dense indumentum. Seed not seen. Specimens examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: SE of Mt Howslip, West Arnhem Land, I2°34’S 133°IO’E, K.A. Menkorsi 983, 26.viii.l990 (DNA, MEL); Upper East Alligator R., Arnhem Land, I2°39’S I33°23’E, / Russell-Smith 8446 and Brock, 20.ii.l991 (DNA, MEL). Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 1 differs from typical B. laxa by its erect habit and the slightly larger inflorescence and floral parts, and from B. grandisepala subsp. acanthophida by the moderately dense indumentum and smaller floral parts. Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. laxa 1 is known from the northern part of the Arnhem Land plateau east of the East Alligator River gorge. Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering material has been collected in February and August. 51. Boronia aff. laxa 2 (Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, Duretto and Ladiges 1997, 282). Semi-prostrate shrub. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; rays 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Branches with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1 .5 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 10—35 mm long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a moderately dense, stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate indumentum. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5 mm long; prophylls c. 2 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to I mm wide; anthopK)dium c. 1.5 mm long. Sepals white, 3.5-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 6 mm long and 3.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals white, 3-3.5 mm long and 1-1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4.5-5 mm long as fruit matures. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75 mm glandular; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, with a moderately dense indumentum. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide. Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, 12°19’S 133°19’E, Hinz 467, 23.iii.l989 (CANB, DNA [transparency MEL 2041227]). Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 2 differs from typical B. laxa by its smaller, narrower leaves with a dense indumentum on the abaxial surface (as in B. grandisepala subsp. grandisepala) but a moderately dense indumentum on the adaxial surface, and by its smaller hairs, inflorescence and floral parts. Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff laxa 2 is known only from near Nabarlek, Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering and fruiting material was collected in March. 52. Boronia prolixa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 283 (1997), figs 20c, d. Type: 15 km NNE of Jabiru East, 12°32’S 132°57’E, LA. Craven 6486, 7.vi.l980 (holotype CANB 313887 (transparency & photograph MEL 2041224); isotypes A, AD, CANB 313888, DNA 19571, MEL 234380). Boronia sp. 2 (Craven 5957) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). Semi-prostrate, much branched subshrub to 50 cm long, with a mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with 5-10(-17) rays per hair; rays 0.1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete. Leaves sessile or petiolate; petiole absent or to 2(^.5) mm long; lamina 4.5-32(-45) mm long, 2.5- 1 6 mm wide, lanceolate to strongly ovate, acute, cuneate-truncate; adaxial surface of juvenile leaves with a sparse indumentum of appressed, straight, glossy, simple hairs that are
94 M.F. Duretto enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals white or pink, becoming green as fruit matures, 3. 5^. 5 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures, midvein slightly raised on the abaxial surface at base; adaxial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum, mainly on the midrib. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75-1 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments glandular, c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum minute. Cocci 4.5-5 mm long, 3.5^ mm wide. Seeds 3. 5^.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; tubercles 10-32 pm across. Selected specimens examined (of five collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: Kakadu NP, UDP Falls, 13°25’S 132°24’E, A.U Shee and LA. Craven 3053, 30.iv.l990 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL); UDP Mine area, 13P29’S 132°26’E, Dunlop and Byrnes 2121, 17.iii.l971 (CANB, PERTH, DNA); 2-3 miles N of El Sharana, 13°31’S I32°31’E, Martensz and Schodde AE575, 25.1.1973 (CANB, DNA); Kakadu NP, 18.5 km S of Gimbat HS, below eastern edge of Marawal Plateau, 13°44’S 132°36’E, A.V. Shee and LA. Craven 2717, 21.iv.l990 (AD, CANB, MEL). Notes: Boronia verecunda differs from B. xanthastrum by weak, white hairs, narrower leaves, larger flowers and petals that are glabrous on the adaxial surface. Distribution and ecology: Boronia verecunda is restricted to Kakadu N.P., Northern Territory, in the sandstone escarpment country of the South Alligator River catchment area (Fig. 15). Flowering: January-April; fruiting material collected only in April. Conservation status: 2RC- (Briggs and Leigh 1996). 46. Boronia xanthastrum Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 292 (1997), figs 20g, h. Type: 25 km WNW of Twin Falls, 13°16.5’S 132°35’E, LA. Craven 6226, l.vi.l'980 (holotype CANB 313880 [photographs DNA, MEL 2041228]). Boronia sp. 4 (Craven 6226) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall; with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with 5-10(-14) rays per hair; rays yellow, becoming white and flexuous as the hair ages, 0.5-1 mm long, firm, glossy, smooth. Branchlets slightly quadrangular but becoming terete, young branches with a dense, yellow indumentum and glabrous as they age. Leaves 10-36 mm long, 2.5-6. 5 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1. 5 mm long; lamina elliptic to lanceolate, acute, attenuate to cuneate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1.5^ mm long, 0.5 mm wide; anthopodium 0.5-1 .5 mm long. Sepals yellow-green, ovate to debate, acuminate, 3.5-6 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5-7 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals yellow-green, 2.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum mainly on the midrib and the distal portion. Antesepalous filaments 1.25-1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments slightly glandular, 0.75-1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent. Cocci 4-6 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; tubercules 12-34 pm acro.ss. Selected specimens examined (of eight collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: Between Jim Jim Rd and Mt Basedow, Kakadu NP, c. 12°59’S I32°42’E, M.F. Duretto 538-540 and G. Howell, 30. vi. 1993 (MEL); Half way up Mt Ba.sedow, Kakadu NP, c. I2°59.5’S 132°41’E, M.F. Duretto 542-543 and G. Howell, 30.vi.l993 (MEL); Near summit of Mt Basedow, Kakadu NP, c. 12°59.5’S I32°41’E, M.F. Duretto 544-7 and G. Howell, 30.vi.l993
Boronia sect. Valvatae 109 rays white to faintly yellow, 0.05-0.25(-0.5) mm long; simple hairs on vegetative organs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 7-50 mm long, 8-17 mm wide in outline, with (l-3-)5-7(-9) leaflets, slightly glandular, glabrous to glabrescent; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-25 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 5-16 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, glabrous or with a sparse simple and stellate indumentum; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute, to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 1-2 mm long. Sepals white, ovate-deltate, acute, d— 5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-6 mm long and 2-2.5 mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum, becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse simple or stellate indumentum. Petals white, 3. 5^.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface glabrous to glabrescent. Antesepalous fdaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous fdaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, anther-apiculum minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of three collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY; Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 16.vi.l981 (DNA); 3 km E of Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 20.vi.l981 (DNA). Possible hybrids: Boronia tolerans X B. lanuginosa (see B. lanuginosa species 55 above; Duretto 1997). Notes: Boronia tolerans differs from B. jucunda by having up to seven leaflets and smooth stems, from B. decumbens by its erect habit, and from B. lanuginosa by its sessile and isobilateral leaves. Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to the Biddlecombe Cascades area of Nitmiluk N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 18), where it grows on deep sand in eucalypt woodland on the plateau top. Flowering and fruiting material collected in June. Conservation status: 2VC- (Duretto 1997). 59. Boronia jucunda Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 328 (1997), figs 10 K-O. Type: Mabel Downs, Winnama Gorge, Kimberley Region, WA, 17°1 1’S 128°15’E, E.A. Chesterfield 214, 14.V.1984 (holotype MEL 1534494', isotypes CANB [CBG 8503155], DNA 56026, NSW 166827, PERTH 1622609). Boronia ? pauciflora sensu Eorbes and Kenneally (1986, p. 161); Menkhorst and Cowie (1992, p. 44). Boronia sp. A sensu Wheeler (1992, pp. 669, 670). Illustrations: J.R. Wheeler, FI. Kimberley Region, 669, figs 206 Dl-3 (1992, as Boronia sp. A). Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays; rays 0.05-0.1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, glandular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum or glabrescent (NT, Napier 7, DNA). Leaves trifoliolate, slightly glandular, glabrous to glabrescent, lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-42 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, midvein straight; lateral leaflets 6-23 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-
62
M.F. Duretto
Distribution and ecology: Boronia ledifolia is common and widespread in New South
Wales from Tenterfield to Eden; and is known from few small populations in East
Gippsland of Victoria (Fig. 9). The species is found in heath and dry sclerophyll forest on
sandstone and granite and can be locally dominant. Flowering: June-November; fruiting:
October-December.
The taxon called B. ledifolia by Neldner (1992) and Ross (1994) in southern
Queensland is either B. duiganiae or B. odorata\ that referred to as B. ledifolia by
Tennyson- Woods (1882) in north Queensland is probably a species of Zieria. Jessop
(1983) lists B. ledifolia as part of the flora of Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. A mixed
collection of B. ledifolia and B. glabra {Schomburgk s.n. AD 96250177) is lodged at AD
and the locality information is assumed to be incorrect.
Conservation status: In New South Wales B. ledifolia is common, widespread and
found in several reserves; but in Victoria the species is restricted and vulnerable (Gullan
etal. 1990).
22. Boronia chartacea P. H. Weston, Telopea 4: 123 (1990). Type: New South Wales;
North Coast; Newry State Forest, 1.9 km S of Urunga, 30°32’S 152°58’E, R.G.
Coveny 4603, 13.ix.l972 (holotype NSW; isotypes AD 98344142, BRI AQ384983,
CANB 333153, K n.v., MEL 1620695, NSW 372773, PERTH «.v.). (sp. group
insertae sedis).
Boronia sp. C (aff. rosmarinifolia) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, p. 191).
Boronia sp. aff. rosmarinifolia A. Cunn. (Constable 66836 NSW) sensu Rao and
Bhattacharya (1981, p. 17).
Illustrations: PH. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 232 (1991).
Erect much branched shrub to 2.8 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate
hairs with 6-15 rays; rays white to yellow, 0. 1-0.25 mm long. Branches with a sparse to
dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple, chartaceous,
8^5 mm long, 1 .5-5 mm wide; petiole 0.5-2 mm long; lamina elliptical to narrowly
elliptical, obtuse, attenuate, the margins finely glandular warty, plane to recurved and
sometimes revolute on drying; adaxial surface glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib.
Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle to 1 mm
long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls
minute; anthopodium 4-6 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5
mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface densely and
minutely pubescent, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a dense
stellate indumentum. Petals 6-9 mm long, 3^ mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit
matures; adaxial surface sparsely simple pubescent; abaxial surface with a moderately
dense to dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1 .5 mm long, prominently
glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments tuberculate, c. 1 mm long;
antepetalous anther ± slightly larger than antesepalous anther before dehiscence; anther-
apiculum absent or minute. Disc glabrous, not (or rarely slightly) surrounding base of
filaments. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-4.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, glabrous to glabrescent
with few simple erect hairs along suture. Seeds 3.5-4 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide.
Selected specimens e.xamined (of 12 collections): NEW SOUTH WALES; NORTH COAST: Just
before Whiteman Ck crossing on road to Coaldale from Grafton, c. 29°27’S I52°50’E, M.F.
Duretto 105-107 and A.S. Jensz, 7. i. 1992 (MEL); Bril Bril Ck, Bellangry Forest, 20 miles NW of
Wauchope, 31°17’S 152°37’E, E.F. Constable 66836, 15.X.61 (NSW, PERTH); The -Punchbowl’
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 65 Fig. 10 . Distribution of Boronia alulata species-group: B. angustisepala (□), B. umbellata (O). a mollis (•), a amabilis (★), B. obovata (■), B. alulata (A), B. quinkanensis (A), B. holpolloi (☆). (Central Coast), New South Wales (Fig. 10). TTie sp>ecies grows in dry sclerophyll forest on sandstone or granite. Flowering: June-November; fruiting: October-December. Conservation status: A ROTAP code of 2RCa has been given to this taxon by Briggs and Leigh (1996), but 3RC- is more appropriate. Populations are conserved in Goulbum River N.P., Kanangra-Boyd N.P., Wollemi N.P. (Briggs and Leigh 1996), Gibraltar Range N.P., and possibly Mt Kaputar N.P. Etymology . The specific epithet is derived from Latin angustus (narrow) and sepala (sepal) and refers to the narrowly ovate-deltate sepals of the species that distinguish it from B. ledifolia (see Notes and species 2 1 above). 24. Boronia umbellata P. H. Weston, Telopea 4: 123 (1990). Type: New South Wales, North Coast; Sherwood Ck, 28 km NW of Coffs Harbour, 30°03’S 153°03’E H Steimann 8124, 1 Lx. 1978 (holotype CANB [CBG7809599]; isotypes K n v MEL 1606335, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH 1623435). Boronia sp. E (aff mollis) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, p. 191). Illustration: PH. Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 232 (1991). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 5-20 rays; rays white to red-hrown, 0. 1-0.5 mm long. Branches with a dense, stellate indumentum.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 43 adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 (lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex MELU]). Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 (1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991, as R ruppii). Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 47 Illustration: P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991). Much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, c. 6-15 rays; rays firm, straight, dull, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches terete, with a dense stellate indumentum, hair distribution even, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 6-32 mm long, 2-27 mm wide in outline, with (l-)3-7 leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate, the leaf not obviously glandular, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 3-6 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3.5-5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets sessile, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, plane, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the midrib; terminal leaflet 5-16 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, longer than the preceding lateral leaflets but usually shorter than others; lateral leaflets 4-16 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; fjeduncle 0.5-1. 5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface with a dense stellate indumentum. Petals 5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, enlarging to 8 mm long and 3.5^ mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrescent with few scattered simple hairs; abaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal c. 1 mm prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, glabrous to glabrescent or with a moderately dense simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seeds 4—4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): NEW SOUTH WALES; NORTH WEST SLOPES: Dandry Rd, NNE of Coonabarabran, 31°13’S 149°17’E, P.I. Forster 15941 and P.Machin, 8.xii.l994 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Ridge near Mt Weoh, 31°14’S 149°05’E, G. Harden 15, viii.1975 (NSW); 34.7 km from Coonabarabran Clock Tower towards the Warrumbungle’s, c. 31°16’S 149°09’E, M.F. Duretto 72-76 and A.S. Jensz, 27.xii.1991 (MEL); Timor Rock, 31°16’S 149°09’E, G. Harden 16, viii.1975 (NSW); Mendoran Rd near Coonabarabran, G.W. Althofer 50, 7.ix.l945 (MEL); Wamimbungle Range, 19 km WSW of Coonabarabran, 2 km E of Burrumbuckle Rock, 31°20’S 149°05’E, M.D. Crisp 4355, lO.x.1978 (CANB , NSW); Siding Springs, Coonabarabran District, H.J.R. Overall, xi.l961 (NSW); 8 miles from Coonabarabran on the Gilgandra Rd, 31°2rS 149°17’E, W. McReadie, vii.1962 (NSW). Notes: Boronia warrumbunglensis can be distinguished from B. glabra, with which it is sympatric, by the petiolate and pinnate leaves, from B. granitica by the glabrous younger leaves and smaller hairs, and from B. rubiginosa by the narrower leaflets (< 3 mm wide) and shorter peduncles (< 3 mm long). Distribution and ecology: Boronia warrumbunglensis occurs in and around the Warrumbungle Range, near Coonabarabran, New South Wales (Fig. 7), where it is found in dry sclerophyll woodland on sandstone. Flowering; August-December; fruiting: October- December. Conservation status: 2RC-: found in Warrumbungle N.P. 15. Boronia off. granitica (Bolivia Hill). Boronia sp. J (Bolivia Hill) sensu Quinn et al. (1995, p. 72). Boronia sp. J (boliviensis m.s.) sensu Hunter and Clarke (1998, p. 591). Boronia boliviensis m.s. sensu Hunter and Clarke (1998, p. 616).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 80-81, Fig. 12 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 87 Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm
72
M.F. Duretto
a species with which it is sometimes confused, by the anthers being attached sub-apical ly
to the tdaments and the long, narrow sepals. The Aboriginal people of the Endeavour
River call this species “Bala-bal-balgal” (Bailey 1913).
Distribution and ecology: Boronia alulata occurs from the tip of Cape York to just
south of Cooktown, Queensland (Fig. 10), and is found in woodlands and heaths on sand
and silts in coastal and upland areas. Flowering: February-November; fruiting; May-
November.
Conservation status: Common, widespread, found in several conservation reserves and
under no immediate threat.
29. Boronia quinkanensis Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 291 (19^9), fig. 14 F-K. Type: 22.4
km from Kennedy River on the Jedda Creek Track to King River Station, 15°4I’S
143°47’E, J.R. Clarkson 3712, 24. vi. 1981 (holotype BRI AQ348406; isotypes
CANB 372104, CANB {CBG 8505343), DNA /i.v., K n.v, MO n.v, NSW 244358).
Boronia sp. “Jedda Creek” (J.R. Clarkson 3712) sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987
p. 49; 1989, p. 46).
Boronia sp. “Mt Mulligan” (J.R. Clarkson 5769) sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987
p. 49; 1989, p. 46).
Boronia sp. (Mt Mulligan, J.R. Clarkson 5301) sensu Ross (1994, p. 303); Forster
(1997, p. 185).
Boronia sp.4 (Mt Mulligan; J.R. Clarkson 5301 ) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167).
Erect, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall, with a dense, stellate indumentum on the
branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with 7-15 rays; rays
white, 0. 1-0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves 6-25 mm long, 4—15 mm
wide in outline, with (l-)3-ll leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along
branches; petiole 1-5 mm long, winged; rachis segments 1.5-6 mm long, 0.5-2 mm
wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets elliptic to oblanceolate, subsessile,
obtuse, the margins recurved; terminal leaflet (2-)6-l5 mm long, (l-)3-7 mm wide,
longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets (2-)5-l I mm long,
(l-)3-5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-5-9)-flowered; peduncle 1-23 mm long; prophylls
minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 2.5-5 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide;
metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 1—10 mm long. Sepals narrower but
c. the same length or slightly shorter than petals, acute to slightly acuminate, 3-5 mm
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface with a
moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 4-5.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide,
enlarging to 6-7 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple
indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate
indumentum. Filaments pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular
tip; antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm;
antepetalous filaments slightly to strongly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anthers attached
subapically to the filament, anther-apiculum present but minute. Di.sc glabrous, entirely
within stamen whorl. Style glabrous. Cocci 3.5— 4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, glabrous
or glabrescent, glossy. Seeds 3-4 mm long, 1 .5-2 mm wide.
Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): QUEENSLAND; COOK DISJTUCT: Sandy
Ck area N of Jowalbinna, 15°43’S I44°18’E,4.R. Bean /7/0, 4.vii. 1990 (BRI, NSW); Near Laura
R., 15°45’S I44°39’E, N. Byrnes 3079, 26.viii.l974 (BRI. MEL, NSW); Jowalbinna camp, c. 30
Boronia sect. Valvatae 87 Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 39-40, Fig. 5 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 95-96, Fig. 15 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae
21
were made at the same locality in the Frank Hann N.P., c. 90 km north-east of the Lake
King township, south-western WA. It was found growing in Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.
Muell. open woodland on clayey sand (Wilson 1998).
Conservation status: Wilson (1998) gave B. corynophylla a Priority Two classification
following the Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. A ROTAP code of 2EC-I-
is appropriate for this species. Wilson (1998) noted that in 1996 B. corynophylla could
not be located where it had previously been collected and this could be because the area
had been burnt the previous year. Surveys are urgently required to ascertain the size and
extent of the known population of B. corynophylla.
Boronia sect. 3. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135 (1896). Sp. typica:
sub infra Boronia sen Valvatis indicatur.
Boronia subg. Robonia Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 54 (1827). Sp. typica: Boronia
ledifolia (Vent.) DC.
Boronia sect. Valvoboronia Kuntze in T.Post and Kuntze Lex. gen. phan., Prosp., 74
(1903); nom. illeg., illegitimate substitute for Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl.
Growth blastotelic. Multiangular stellate hairs present, if only on flowers, or rarely absent
(B. anomala); rays unicellular, epidermal; simple hairs erect or antrorse. Branches
usually without decurrent leaf bases, with little or no cork development on older stems
(except B. suberosa), not obviously glandular (except B. eriantha). Leaves simple,
unifoliolate or imparipinnate, the lamina conduplicate, dorsiventral or isobilateral, not
obviously glandular, scattered nonsecretory glands in mesophyll; the margins entire,
rarely glandular-crenulate (B. repanda), plane to revolute; the midrib sometimes raised,
spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or tightly packed tissue between midvein
and abaxial epidermis. Inflorescence axillary, cymose or 2-nodal botryoids in which the
second intemode of the primary axis and the basal intemodes of the secondary branches
are reduced to vestiges (cf Weston 1990), 1 -many-flowered; prophylls and metaxyphylls
persistent. Sepals valvate in bud, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud,
usually explanate (spread out flat) at anthesis, tip not inflexed, persistent or rarely
caducous (B. anomala), after anthesis petals become dry and chartaceous and encase
fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, persistent or rarely caducous {B. anomala) with mature fruit;
filaments usually pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular tipi
each gland usually bearing a minute stellate hair; antesepalous filaments longer than
antepetalous; anthers equal or unequal, glabrous. Disc glabrous (except B. ledifolia, B.
angustisepala, B. umbellata). Ovary glabrous, rarely hirsute {B. repandaf style terminal
on ovary, pilose or glabrous; stigma rounded, not or scarcely wider than style. Seeds black
or grey, elliptical to reniform, adaxial side flattened, shiny or dull; surface at
magnification tuberculate to colliculate, rarely colliculate-folviate {B. viridiflora);
tubercles unicellular, 6-55 pm across; placental endocarp (elaiosome) thick to thini
usually persistent, yellow-white.
Boronia sect. Valvatae contains approximately 56 species that are found in all states
except South Australia and Tasmania (Eig. 2). It is characterised by axillary
inflorescences, valvate sepals and petals that persist with the mature fruit, and the
presence of stellate hairs (except B. anomala, sp. 5 below). The section is classified into
four subsections, nine series and five subseries. One species, B. anomala, is placed as
insertae sedis in the section.
Larvae of the butterfly genus Nesolycaena (four species, family Lycaenidae) feed
exclusively on members of Boronia sect. Valvatae (Braby 1996 and references therein).
Boronia sect. Valvatae 31 in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: September- December. Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. bowmanii F. Muell. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black seeds. 10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: “Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype MEL 249186). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm
Boronia sect. Valvatae 31 in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: September- December. Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. bowmanii F. Muell. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black seeds. 10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: “Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype MEL 249186). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 88-90, Figs 14-18 (maps)".
24
M.F. Duretto
Valvatae (10% of trees) or Boronia subsect. Bowmaniae. These results are repeated
(almost exactly, with 2060 equally parsimonious trees) when the sepals of B. anomala are
scored as being valvate. When sepal aestivation of B. anomala is scored as being
imbricate, B. anomala is sister to Boronia sect. Valvatae in all of the 210 most
parsimonious trees. Given the uncertain position of B. anomala in the above analysis it is
treated here as being incertae sedis in Boronia sect. Valvatae.
It is possible that B. anomala is a basal member of Boronia subsect. Grandisepalae. If
this is so, then it would indicate the order of character evolution in this subsection; viz.
the evolution of the constricted staminal filament ends and relatively large antepetalous
anthers preceded the evolution of the relatively large sepals and the dorsal ridge of the
seed. This hypothesis, and the placement of B. anomala, as presented here, will be tested
in a forthcoming cladistic analysis of Boronia and its allies. Given the unusual
combination of character states found in B. anomala, it is possible, with more data and
further research, that a new section will need to be described to accommodate this most
unusual species.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia anomala is known from a sandstone gorge near
Kalumburu, eastern Kimberley, Western Australia (Fig. 1). The only known population
occurs under an overhang surrounded by heath dominated by Triodea burbidgeana (B.
Harwood, DNA, pers. comm.). Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in
June.
Conservation Status: A ROTAP code of 2V is appropriate for this species. Further field
work is urgently needed to determine the extent of the known population and if there are
any other populations.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from Latin anomalus (diverging from the
usual, abnormal). The name refers to the unusual combination of characters found in this
species, and that it is atypical of Boronias in the Kimberley Region in not having sepals
that are much smaller than the petals.
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 1. Ternatae Duretto, subsect. nov. Pili stellati apressi.
Folia trifoliolata vel simplicia; epidermis crystallis constatis e cera dispesis. Semina
tristia, reniformia. Sp. typica: B. temata Endl.
Branches eglandular, terete to slightly quadrangular. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays
appressed, unfused, smooth, firm, white. Leaves trifoliolate, rarely unifoliolate {B.
temata), firm, scattered wax platelets on epidermis; the midrib not raised on the abaxial
surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or absent, the midrib not impressed
on the adaxial surface. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle deciduous with flower;
prophylls minute or minutely unifoliolate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, rarely
the same size (B. adamsiana). Petals pink or white, with firm, shiny stellate hairs on the
abaxial surface, the midrib sometimes raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments capitate,
tapering apex, antepetalous filaments slightly glandular distally; anthers attached to the
apex of the filament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl or just surrounding ba.se
of filaments. Seeds reniform, adaxial side without ridge, dull, black to grey; tubercles
roughly textured, unfused.
All four species of Boronia sect. Valvatae that are found in south-western Australia
(Fig. 3) are placed in Boronia subsect. Ternatae. The subsection is characterised by
scattered epicuticular wax platelets on the usually trifoliolate leaves, and the dull and
reniform seeds. There are two series.
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Ternatae Duretto ser. 1 Ternatae
Leaflets elliptic to oblanceolate, obtuse, plane, concolourous, isobilateral, glabrous or
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 40-42, Fig. 6 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 110-111, Fig. 18 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae
95
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J.
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468,
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468:
MEL, CANB).
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs,
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting:
February-June.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2.
Grandisepalae
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow,
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate-
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute.
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules.
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17),
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south-
western Australia.
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa,
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group.
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229,
NSW], L, MEL 234382).
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23).
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100).
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167).
Boronia sect. Valvatae 107 Fig. 18. Distribution of Boronia subseries Jucundae: B. decumbens (♦), B. tolerans (O), B. jucunda (•); subseries Filicifoliae: B. pauciflora (A), B. kalumburuensis (A), B. filicifolia (■), B. minutipinna (□). Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 12. PERTH ); Parry Harbour on the Mainland near Troughton Is., F. Lullfitz 6109, 1 6.vi. 1 968 (PERTH); Lawley R., G.A. Gardner 963, 4.iv.l921 (PERTH); THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; VICTORIA RIVER REGION: Victoria R. area, I5°16’S 129°35’E, GJ. Leach 2399 and C. Dunlop, 9.iii.l989 (BRl , DNA). Notes: Boronia wilsonii differs from B. lanuginosa by having wider and usually shorter leaflets and longer anthopodia. The many references to B. lanuginosa in the Kimberley can probably be referred to B. wilsonii (see Duretto 1997 and references therein). Distribution and ecology: Boronia wilsonii is common in the Kimberley Region and adjacent islands (Western Australia), though rarely collected far from the coast, and from few collections from the lower Victoria River, Northern Territory (Fig. 17). It grows on sand, sandstone, quartzite and rarely limestone. Flowering: January-September; fruiting: March-September. Conservation status: Common, widespread and under no immediate threat. Found in several reserves. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae subser. 2. Jucundae Duretto, subser. nov. Indumento sparse ubique. Folia sessilia; foliola plana abaxiale, margine piano vel recurvo leviter. Sp. typica: B. jucunda Duretto Erect or decumbent shrubs, glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Leaves sessile, the younger distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments triangular; leaflets linear to narrowly elliptic, the margins plane to slightly recurved, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes impressed on the adaxial surface, dorsiventral or isobilateral. Peduncle absent or rarely to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute to 1 mm long. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum. Seeds black, usually concolourous (see B. jucunda, species 59 below). A subseries of three rare species of the Northern Territory with one extending into the south-eastern Kimberley Region of Western Australia (Fig. 1 8). It is characterised by having a sparse indumentum, and sessile leaves with plane, linear leaflets.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 103 Fig. 17. Distribution of Boron/a subseries Lanuginosae: B. lanuginosa (0), 6. wilsonii (*). Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 1. metaxyphylls absent or minute. Sepals as large or larger than petals (rarely smaller), acute or acuminate. Antepetalous filaments smooth; anther-apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seeds black, shiny; surface at magnification tuberculate-colliculate; tubercles unfused. A series of three subseries and nine species of the Kimberley Region, Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 17, 18). It is characterised by imparipinnate leaves (though adult foliage of B. pauciflora is simple) without secondary thickening in the midrib. This series corresponds to the B. lanuginosa group discussed in Duretto (1997). Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae Duretto subser. 1. Lanuginosae Erect shrubs, juvenile plants with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, adult plants with a dense, stellate indumentum. Leaves petiolate, sometimes subsessile; rachis segments triangular; leaflets dorsiventral, narrowly elliptic to linear, the younger distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate, margins revolute or strongly recurved, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci with a moderately dense to dense indumentum. Seeds black, concolourous. A subseries of two widespread species of the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Fig. 17). It is characterised by a dense indumentum throughout (at least on the adult foliage), narrow linear to elliptic leaflets with recurved to revolute margins and raised midribs on the abaxial surface. This subseries was the subject of the phenetic analysis presented bv Duretto (1997). ^ 55. Boronia lanuginosa Endl. in Endl. et al., Enum. pi. 16 (1837). Type: King George’s Sound [probably Gulf of Carpentaria, Northern Territory], Ferd Bauer (lectotype (Duretto 1997): W n.v. (photograph PERTH 1610171)). [Boronia artemisioides F. Muell., Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 196 (1857). nom. invai, provisional name only]
Boronia sect. Valvatae 93 concolourous, not succulent, plane or margin slightly recurved, dorsiventral or isobilateral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib impressed on the adaxial surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening in cells between midvein and abaxial epidermis. Prophylls sometimes unifoliolate. Sepals longer and wider than petals, acuminate. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end; anther- apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seed tuberculae unfused or fused into longitudinal rows. A series of two subseries and at least seven species that is endemic to the Northern Territory (Figs 15, 16). It is characterised by a sparse to dense indumentum, simple leaves, and shiny, black seeds. Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Grandisepalae subser. 1 . Verecundae Duretto, subser. nov. Pili stellati stipitati. Gynecium glabrum et cocci glabri. Pagina seminibus tuberculata. Sp. typica: B. verecunda Duretto Erect shrubs, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surface of the perianth. Stellate hairs always stalked, even on perianth, stalks 0.25-0.5(-l) mm long; rays 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves dorsiventral. Metaxyphylls minute or absent. Sepal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous. Cocci glabrous. Seeds black, at magnification tuberculate or slightly striate. A subseries of two species, endemic to Kakadu N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 15), characterised by stalked hairs with long rays. 45. Boronia verecunda Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 291 (1997), figs 20e, f. Type: Kakadu N.P., 13°27’S 132°29’E, C.R. Dunlop 8611 and RE Munns, 22.iv.1990 (holotype DNA 47561 (photograph & transparency MEL 2041223); isotypes AD 99027035, BRI AQ5 11732, CANB 400809, MEL 1583457, NSW, PERTH n.v.). Boronia D6347 Kakadu sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). Boronia sp.9 (Kakadu; Martensz & Schodde 575) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with 9-15 rays per hair; rays white, 0.5-0.75(-l) mm long, weak, flexuous, dull. Branchlets slightly quadrangular but becoming terete as the branch ages, decurrent leaf bases absent or indistinct; new shoots with a moderately dense, light pink to white indumentum, older branches with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum and becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 13-27(-50 on younger plants) mm long, 2-4(-8) mm wide; petiole to 1 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, acute, attenuate to cuneate, plane or margin slightly recurved; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on margin and the midrib. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum; prophylls 4-5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Sepals white or pink, becoming green as fruit matures, ovate to debate, acute to acuminate, 6-7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, not
Boronia sect. Valvatae 25 with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. Style glabrous to hirsute for full length. The two species of this series, with some exceptions (see below), are found primarily on the sandplains of the wheatbelt, and have leaves that are plane and concolourous. 6. Boronia ternata Endl., Nov. stirp. dec. 1: 6 (1839). Type citation: “Novae-Hollandiae austro-occidentalis interioribus legit cl. Roe”. Type: N.H.a.O., Roe s.n. (holotype W n.v. (photographs MEL 2049262, NSW, PERTH). Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 4—25 rays; rays 0.05-0.5 mm long. Branches terete to quadrangular, with a sparse to dense indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age, the hair density even or rarely greater between the decurrent leaf bases though these are rarely present. Leaves trifoliolate or unifoliolate, firm, sessile or petiolate; petiole to 2 mm long, slightly winged; leaflets elliptic to oblanceolate, obtuse or rarely acute (mainly on juvenile foliage) or deeply emarginate, attenuate, glabrous or with a moderately dense to dense indumentum; terminal leaflet 2-15 mm long, 1-5.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 2-12 mm long, 1^ mm wide. Inflorescence with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5^ mm long; prophylls 0.5-2 mm long, indumentum as with leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 0. 5-10 mm long. Sepals elliptical or ovate-deltate or lanceolate, 2-3.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, acute to acuminate, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum at tip; abaxial surface with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum. Petals 4-1 1 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to dense indumentum distally, becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum, sometimes abaxial surface with a prominently raised midrib. Filaments glabrescent or with many stiff simple or rarely bifid hairs; antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments 1-1.5 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther-apiculum large, reflexed, rarely absent. Cocci 3-5.5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, with a sparse to dense simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seed 2.5^ mm long, 1 .5-2.5 mm wide. Notes: Boronia temata differs from B. adamsiana by having sepals that are much shorter than the petals, and smaller hairs (Figs 4a-d). The quinolene alkaloids of B. temata are similar to those of B. lanceolata (Ahson et al. 1993), the only two members of Boronia sect. Valvatae studied. Stace etal. (1993) report that the chromosome number for B. temata is n=9. No specimens were cited, so it is not known which variety was studied. Boronia temata has six varieties and intergradation between varieties appears to occur in some areas, for example north of, and in the eastern parts of Fitzgerald River N.P., and in the Rendering Reserve/Nyabing area. Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata occurs mainly on the sand plains between Eneabba, Kalgoorlie and Esperance, south-western Western Australia (Fig. 3), where it is found in mallee and heath on sands, laterites, and spongelite. Flowering: April- November; fruiting May-January. Key to varieties 1 . Leaves with a dense indumentum, though the hairs are sometimes minute, juvenile foliage with a sparse to dense indumentum; rarely the leaves and flowers glabrous. 2. Anthopodium (pedicel) 0.5-1 mm long; adult leaves with a very dense indumentum, epidermis not visible under magnification; the leaves and flowers rarely glabrous 6a. van temata
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 108-109, Fig. 18 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 57 Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041298)). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. ? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left hand spec., TCD). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 (isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. non Sieber ex Rchb. Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) ... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.).
Boronia sect. Valvatae 57 Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041298)). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. ? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left hand spec., TCD). Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 (isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. non Sieber ex Rchb. Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) ... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 65-66, Fig. 10 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 93-94, Fig. 15 (map)".
14 M.F. Duretto I. Boronia alata Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 8: 283 (1807).Type citation: “Discovered at King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, latitude 35°, by Mr. Archibald Menzies”. Type: King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, lat. 35° [c. 35°S 118°E, Western Australia], Mr. A. Menzies, 1803 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.3, n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041242, NSW, PERTH); isolectotype LIV n.v. (photograph CANB)); West Coast of New Holland, /(. Menzies, 1792 (possible residual syntype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041236, NSW, PERTH)). Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC., Prodr. 1; 728 (1824). Type citation: “in Nova- Hollandia. (v.s. in sine fl. ex Mus. Par.).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by Bentham, Fl. austr. 1; 312 (1863). [Boronia candollei G. Don, Gen. hist. 1: 793 (1831) [B. candoUii sphalm]-, an illegitimate substitute for Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC.] Boronia alata var. bipinnata F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 1 1 1 (1875). Type citation: “Drumm. 89”. Type: W.A., Drummond 89 (holotype MEL 249151). Boronia vilhelmii Domin, Vestn. Krdl. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk, Tr. Mat.-Phr. 2: 51 (1923). Type citation: “W.A.: Yallingup and Cape Naturaliste. A. A. DORRIEN- SMITH (herb. Kew).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by A.D. Chapman, Austral. PI. Name Index A-C, 440 (1991). Illustrations: R. Sweet, Fl. australus., 48 (1827-8); A. Engler m A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2 19A: 251, Figs 107E-H (1931); Marchant etal. Fl Perth Region Pt 1; 478 (1987); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wddflowers of Southern Western Australia, 192 fig. 653 (1996); J. Wheeler, Wddflowers of the South Coast, 6\ (1996). Erect or in exposed areas prostrate, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall and wide, resprouting from rootstalk, glabrous or sparsely hirsute. Simple hairs firm, erect, sinooth, straight, shiny. Branches slightly to sharply quadrangular, eglandular, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves 15-65 mm long, 10-40 mm wide m outline, with ( 3 _) 7_13 leaflets, not obviously glandular, lower leaves of branches usually bipinnate and lower pinnae with 3-5 leaflets; petiole 4-18 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3-15 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets discolourous, paler beneath, elliptic to oblanceolate, sessile, the apex acute to obtuse, epicuticular wax platelets absent, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, the midrib impressed on the adaxia surface; terminal leaBet 5-20 mm long, 13-7 mm wide, shorter than laterals; latera leaBets (2-)6-22 mm long, (l-)3-9 mm wide. Peduncle 2-24 mm long; prophylls and metaxyphylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; secondary branches of inflorescence 2-10 mm long; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. Sepals n^ow y dellate 2.5-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, acute, ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as truit matures. Petals pink, 7-12 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures; adaxial surface sparsely pubescent, the hairs concentrated on the midrib; abaxial surtaee glabrous or with few scattered simple hairs. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal 0.5 mm prominently glabrous-glandular, antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anthers attached to the ^x of the filament, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large and erect, glabrous, isc entirely within stamen whorl. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, moderately den.se to densely hirsute. Seed 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, without ridge on adaxial side.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 91-92, Fig. 15 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 46-47, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 106-107, Fig. 17 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 94-95, Fig. 15 (map)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 3 and LIV have been seen. Herbarium abbreviations, except OSS, follow Holmgren et al. 1990. These specimens were augmented with material collected in the field from 1992 to 1994. Where possible, at least five plants per local site were sampled. A complete list of specimens seen are available from the author on request. Anatomy and Scanning Electron Microscopy: The central portion of the leaves of all taxa was sectioned transversely. Material was fixed in 70% ethanol. If fresh material was not available, herbarium samples were re-hydrated in water with a small amount of detergent, brought to the brink of boiling, left simmering for one hour and soaked over night before fixing in 70% ethanol. All fixed material was then placed in 70% ethanol overnight, dehydrated through a graded ethanol series up to 100% ethanol, infiltrated with 100% LR-White (London Resin) through a resin/ethanol series, and polymerised at 60°C. Sections 2 pm in thickness were cut on a Reichert Ultracut ultra-microtome, stained with 0.05% toluidine blue solution (pH 4.4) and observed and photographed using an Olympus BHS compound microscope. Voucher specimens for leaf anatomy are listed in Appendix 1. Trichomes (of leaves, petals and stems) and seed surfaces of all taxa (where material was available) were surveyed using a Scanning Electron Microscope. Dry leaves, petals, stems and seeds were mounted on stubs using double sided or carbon tape with conductive carbon paint, coated with gold using an Edwards Sputter Coater SI SOB and examined and photographed at 5KV using a JEOL 840 Scanning Electron Microscope equipped with a lanthanum hexaboride filament. All photographs of seeds were taken of central areas on a lateral side, except where otherwise stated. Taxon Descriptions: Descriptive terminology follows Theobald et al. (1979) and Hewson (1988) for hairs; Amelunxen et al. (1967), Wilkinson (1979) and Barthlott et al. (1998) for epicuticular waxes; Briggs and Johnson (1979) and Weston (1990) for inflorescence structure; and, Murley (1951), Powell and Armstrong (1980) and Barthlott (1984) for seed surfaces. The various degrees of hair density are defined as: a sparse indumentum is where the hairs are widely spaced; a moderately dense indumentum is where the hairs are spaced so that the rays do not overlap or overlap at the tips only, and the epidermis is clearly visible; and a dense indumentum is where the rays of different hairs overlap and the epidermis is not or barely visible. Conservation or ROTAP codes follow format of Briggs and Leigh (1996) for all taxa. Systematics Boronia Sm., Tracts nat. hist., 288 (1798). Sp. lectotypica (Wilson 1998): B. pinnata Sm. Cyanothamnus Lindl., Sketch veg. Swan. R., 18 (1839). Sp. lectotypica (Wilson 1998): C. ramosus Lindl [= B. ramosa (Lindl.) Benth.] Shrubs or rarely small trees or herbs, unarmed. Leaves opposite decussate or rarely subopposite or whorled or spiral, simple or imparipinnate, or bipinnate; palisade mesophyll usually tightly packed, non-secretory glands scattered in mesophyll. Flowers bisexual, four-merous, rarely five-merous (B. scabra Lindl. var. attenuata Paul G. Wilson), actinomorphic. Sepals free. Petals free. Stamens 8, rarely 10, the antesepalous stamens sometimes sterile. Carpels ± free, lacking sterile apex; styles fused; two ovules per carpel, usually only one reaching maturity. Fruit of 1^ cocci; cocci not transversely ridged, with rounded apices; endocarp consisting of two parts that often separate when the seed ejected from mature fruit: an elastic cartilaginous portion (the elastic endocarp)
56
M.F. Duretto
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS).
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997).
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999)
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series.
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8).
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July.
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997).
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth.
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight,
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface.
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely;
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi,
B. lanceolata).
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B.
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999)
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and
are treated here as incertae sedis.
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863).
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent.,
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis).
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.)
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 19 Illustrations: J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, 491 Fig. 644E (1948); N. Alcock, Australia PL 8: 244 (1976); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. South Australia Pt 2: 772, Fig. 413A (1986); A. Prescott, It’s Blue with Five Petals: Plants of the Adelaide Region, 217, Fig. 2 (1988); G.R.M. Dashorst and J.P Jessop, Plants of the Adelaide Plains and Hills, 96, Pt 41.2-2a (1990); Holliday et al. Kangaroo Is. Native Plants, 24 (1994). Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Hairs, firm, smooth, straight, shiny, 0.05-0.25 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, decurrent leaf bases present on younger branches, not obviously glandular, sparsely to densely puberulous, the hairs denser between the decurrent leaf bases. Leaves sessile or rarely petiolate, in outline 3-16 mm long, 3-15 mm wide, trifoliolate, very rarely uni- or 5- foliolate, ± glandular; petiole to 2 mm long, winged or not; rachis segments 1-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets sessile to subsessile, petiolule to 0.5 mm long, lamina oblanceolate, the apex obtuse, discolourous, paler beneath, epicuticular wax platelets absent, glabrous or sparsely to moderately dense puberulous, the midrib not impressed on the adaxial surface; terminal leaflet longer than laterals, 1.5-14 mm long, 0.5-5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 2-10 mm long, 0.5-3 mm wide. Inflorescence glabrous or rarely glabrescent; peduncle absent; prophylls and metaxyphylls brown, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, ciliolate; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals broadly ovate-deltate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm wide, acute, glabrous or ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures. Petals pink or white, 5-8 mm long, 1- A mm wide, caducous; adaxial surface with a moderately to dense indumentum; abaxial surface glabrous. Stamens caducous; filaments clavate, glabrous, tapering at apex; antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments tuberculate, 0.5-1 mm long; anthers attached to the apex of the filament, glabrous, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large, erect or slightly reflexed. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Stigma almost sessile. Cocci 3-4 mm long, 2- 2.5 mm wide, sparsely to moderately dense puberulous. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1 .5-2 mm wide; surface at magnification not tuberculate but with a fine relief of folds perpendicular to ± visible anticlinal walls. Island Boronia. Selected specimens examined (of c. 60 collections): SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTHERN LOFTY RANGES: Myponga Tiers, Myponga, c. 35°24’S 138°28’E, Bell, lO.x.1924 (AD); Hindmarsh Tiers - c. 10 km N of Victor Harbour, E. H. king, x. 1924 (AD); Fleurieu Peninsula, Mt Scrub, Waitpinga, c. 74 km S of Adelaide, Black, 27.i.l933 (AD); Fleurieu Peninsula, near Tunkalilia Beach, c. 25 km WSW of Victor Harbour or 25 km WSW of Myaponga, 35 km S of Adelaide, J.B. Cleland, 9.xi.l967 (AD); Filsell hill near Forest Range, c. 20 km E of Adelaide, 34°58’S \3&°4S’E, A.G. Spooner 5278, 17.vii.l977 (AD); Mt Lofty Range, Mt Carey c. 15km ESE of Adelaide, J.B. Cleland, 26.x. 1 946 (AD); MURRAY: Region 9 - Murray (Mallee Plains), c. 3 km SW of Geranium (Geranium is c. 90 km ESE of Murray Bridge), A.B.G. Trainee 68, 14.ix.l970 (AD); KANGAROO ISLAND: 9 miles E of Rocky R., M.E. Phillips, 31.viii.l964 (AD); 15 miles W of Cygnet River P.O., H.M. Cooper, 2.i.l945 (AD); Hundred of Cassini, F. Mowling, x.1980 (AD); Ravine de Casears, G.F. Gross, 20.X.1951 (AD); Tunkilla Ck, EM. Hillon, 25.xi.1953 (AD); Pamdana Conservation reserve, c. 6 km due NE of Pamdana, NW comer of park, 35°45’20”S 137°18’40”E, E.N.S. Jackson 4364, 21.viii.l982 (AD); Gosse Crown Land, c. 3.5 km from West End Hwy, 35°50’S 136°53’E, B.M. Overton 737, 30.xi.l985 (AD); Middle R. dam, 35°52’ 1 37°20’E, A.G. Spooner 4796, 9.x. 1 976 (AD); c. 1 2 km E of Cape Borda, by main road (Ki’ngscote- Cape Borda), 35“50’S 139°I5’E, R. Schodde 533, 29.xii.1957 (AD); South Coast Hwy, 9 miles W of Stunsail Boom R., V. Johnson 75/74, 1 Lx. 1975 (NSW); Hundred of Gosse, 35°40’S 136°45’E, T. Dendy 114, (AD); Near Tandanya, South Coast Rd, 3.7 km E of Flinders Chase NP, Kangaroo Is., 35°58’S 136°49’E, PC. Heylingers 80096, 5.x. 1980 (AD, CANB).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
Boronia sect. Valvatae 15 tubercles 10-44 miti across, irregularly fused, surface smooth, anticlinal walls not visible. Winged Boronia, or Winged-Leaved Boronia. Selected specimens examined (of c. 80 collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL PROVINCE; DRUMMOND REGION: Rottnest Is., Nancy Cove, /./?. Telford 6733 and G. Butler, 12.viii.l977 (CANB); Mundaring Weir, 27 km E. of Perth, R. Tate (AD); Limestone cliffs. Minim Cove, Swan R. near Leighton, L. Glauert (PERTH); Garden Is., 32°1 1’E 1 15°21’S, B.T. Goadby, iii.1940 (PERTH); MENZIES and WARREN REGIONS: Cape Naturaliste, W side of Cape and Lighthouse 33°34’S 1 1 5°00’E, R. W. Purdie 4088, 1 0.xi. 1 990 (CANB, PERTH); Near Cape Leeuwin lighthouse, 34°22’S 115°10’E, M.F. Duretto 242-243 and M. Bayly, 27.viii.1992 (MFD242: MEL; MFD243: CANB, MEL); Cottesloe, L Glauert, x.1925 (PERTH); Yallingup, 33°39’S 1 15°01’E, G. Coghill I, 7.ix.l924 (AD, CANB); Black Rock, Redgate foreshore, 13 km SW of Margaret R., 34°00’S 1 15°00’E, R.D. Spencer 209 and N. Walsh, 2.ii.l989 (MEL); Point d’Entrecasteaux, T.E.H. Aplin 1449, 12.xii.l961 (PERTH); Rocky Bay near Walpole, C. Andrews, IX. 1902 (PERTH); Shelly Beach; West Cape Howe, 30 km W of Albany, G.J. Keighery 9936, 10.xi.l986 (PERTH); Gull Rock Lake, 7 km S of Gull Rock Rd from intersection with Albany- Nanarup Rd, 12 km due E of Albany, 35°00’13”S 118°00’00”E, N. Hoyle 1507, 29.X.1985 (PERTH); King George Sound, Robert Brown, xii.1801 (CANB, MEL); EYRE REGION: 10 km W. of Esperance on coast, 33°52’S 121°47’E, P.G. Wilson 10050, 2.X.1970 (CANB, PERTH)- Dempster Hill, Esperance, J.H. Willis, 16.xi.l950 (MEL); Middle Is., Recherche Archipelago! 34°06’S 123°10’E, A.S. Weston 8662 and M.E. Trudgeon, 14.xi.l973 (PERTH); Eclipse Is., 6 km’ from mainland, 35°I I’S 1 17°53’E, Boden and Forshaw, 18. i. 1975 (CANB, PERTH). Typification: One collection is cited in the protologue of B. alata. Smith’s herbarium is now lodged at LINN and a partial duplicate set is lodged at LIV (Edmondson 1993). Specimens matching the specimen cited have been located at LINN and LIV. As the LINN collection is fertile (the LIV specimen is infertile) and in better condition it is here designated the lectotype. Another specimen of note, ‘West Coast of New Holland, Menzies, 1 792 (BM), could be considered a possible residual syntype. Synonymy. Mueller (1875, p. 1 1 1) described B. alata var. bipinnata, a bipinnate variety, from a specimen collected by Drummond. Boronia alata is a remarkably uniform species, and most specimens have bipinnate leaves on the lower parts of the branches, and accordingly Mueller’s variety is placed in synonymy. Notes: Boronia alata occupies an isolated position in Boronia, but is probably sister along with Boronia sect. Algidae, to Boronia sect. Valvatae s. str. (Duretto and Ladiges 1999). The reduplicate petals (with margins bent abruptly outward with inner faces touching without overlapping) give the flower bud a four- winged appearance which is unique in Boronia. Distribution and ecology: Boronia alata occurs in coastal and near coastal areas from Perth to Esperance and the adjacent islands including the Recherche Archipelago South- west Botanical Province, Western Australian (Fig. 1). The species has rarely been collected between Albany to Esperance. Boronia alata grows mainly on calcareous soils and IS found on the basins and orogens bordering the Yilgarn Craton (as outlined by Trendall, 1990). The Yilgam Craton itself is made up of granites, gneisses and other metamorphics and underlies a large part of the South-west Botanical Province, including most coastal areas between Albany and Esperance. The rocks of the Yilgam Craton probably do not provide suitable habitat for B. alata. Boronia alata grows down to the surf-spray zone where it is often prostrate, it otherwise can form monotypic and dense stands, or be part of the shrubby understorey Eucalyptus L’Herit. or Corymbia K.D. Hill & L.A.S. Johnson woodland or forest. Flowering and fmiting: September-February. Conservation status: Common and widespread, found in various reserves and not under threat, except in the Perth region.
Boronia sect. Valvatae 15 tubercles 10-44 miti across, irregularly fused, surface smooth, anticlinal walls not visible. Winged Boronia, or Winged-Leaved Boronia. Selected specimens examined (of c. 80 collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL PROVINCE; DRUMMOND REGION: Rottnest Is., Nancy Cove, /./?. Telford 6733 and G. Butler, 12.viii.l977 (CANB); Mundaring Weir, 27 km E. of Perth, R. Tate (AD); Limestone cliffs. Minim Cove, Swan R. near Leighton, L. Glauert (PERTH); Garden Is., 32°1 1’E 1 15°21’S, B.T. Goadby, iii.1940 (PERTH); MENZIES and WARREN REGIONS: Cape Naturaliste, W side of Cape and Lighthouse 33°34’S 1 1 5°00’E, R. W. Purdie 4088, 1 0.xi. 1 990 (CANB, PERTH); Near Cape Leeuwin lighthouse, 34°22’S 115°10’E, M.F. Duretto 242-243 and M. Bayly, 27.viii.1992 (MFD242: MEL; MFD243: CANB, MEL); Cottesloe, L Glauert, x.1925 (PERTH); Yallingup, 33°39’S 1 15°01’E, G. Coghill I, 7.ix.l924 (AD, CANB); Black Rock, Redgate foreshore, 13 km SW of Margaret R., 34°00’S 1 15°00’E, R.D. Spencer 209 and N. Walsh, 2.ii.l989 (MEL); Point d’Entrecasteaux, T.E.H. Aplin 1449, 12.xii.l961 (PERTH); Rocky Bay near Walpole, C. Andrews, IX. 1902 (PERTH); Shelly Beach; West Cape Howe, 30 km W of Albany, G.J. Keighery 9936, 10.xi.l986 (PERTH); Gull Rock Lake, 7 km S of Gull Rock Rd from intersection with Albany- Nanarup Rd, 12 km due E of Albany, 35°00’13”S 118°00’00”E, N. Hoyle 1507, 29.X.1985 (PERTH); King George Sound, Robert Brown, xii.1801 (CANB, MEL); EYRE REGION: 10 km W. of Esperance on coast, 33°52’S 121°47’E, P.G. Wilson 10050, 2.X.1970 (CANB, PERTH)- Dempster Hill, Esperance, J.H. Willis, 16.xi.l950 (MEL); Middle Is., Recherche Archipelago! 34°06’S 123°10’E, A.S. Weston 8662 and M.E. Trudgeon, 14.xi.l973 (PERTH); Eclipse Is., 6 km’ from mainland, 35°I I’S 1 17°53’E, Boden and Forshaw, 18. i. 1975 (CANB, PERTH). Typification: One collection is cited in the protologue of B. alata. Smith’s herbarium is now lodged at LINN and a partial duplicate set is lodged at LIV (Edmondson 1993). Specimens matching the specimen cited have been located at LINN and LIV. As the LINN collection is fertile (the LIV specimen is infertile) and in better condition it is here designated the lectotype. Another specimen of note, ‘West Coast of New Holland, Menzies, 1 792 (BM), could be considered a possible residual syntype. Synonymy. Mueller (1875, p. 1 1 1) described B. alata var. bipinnata, a bipinnate variety, from a specimen collected by Drummond. Boronia alata is a remarkably uniform species, and most specimens have bipinnate leaves on the lower parts of the branches, and accordingly Mueller’s variety is placed in synonymy. Notes: Boronia alata occupies an isolated position in Boronia, but is probably sister along with Boronia sect. Algidae, to Boronia sect. Valvatae s. str. (Duretto and Ladiges 1999). The reduplicate petals (with margins bent abruptly outward with inner faces touching without overlapping) give the flower bud a four- winged appearance which is unique in Boronia. Distribution and ecology: Boronia alata occurs in coastal and near coastal areas from Perth to Esperance and the adjacent islands including the Recherche Archipelago South- west Botanical Province, Western Australian (Fig. 1). The species has rarely been collected between Albany to Esperance. Boronia alata grows mainly on calcareous soils and IS found on the basins and orogens bordering the Yilgarn Craton (as outlined by Trendall, 1990). The Yilgam Craton itself is made up of granites, gneisses and other metamorphics and underlies a large part of the South-west Botanical Province, including most coastal areas between Albany and Esperance. The rocks of the Yilgam Craton probably do not provide suitable habitat for B. alata. Boronia alata grows down to the surf-spray zone where it is often prostrate, it otherwise can form monotypic and dense stands, or be part of the shrubby understorey Eucalyptus L’Herit. or Corymbia K.D. Hill & L.A.S. Johnson woodland or forest. Flowering and fmiting: September-February. Conservation status: Common and widespread, found in various reserves and not under threat, except in the Perth region.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".
14 M.F. Duretto I. Boronia alata Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 8: 283 (1807).Type citation: “Discovered at King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, latitude 35°, by Mr. Archibald Menzies”. Type: King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, lat. 35° [c. 35°S 118°E, Western Australia], Mr. A. Menzies, 1803 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.3, n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041242, NSW, PERTH); isolectotype LIV n.v. (photograph CANB)); West Coast of New Holland, /(. Menzies, 1792 (possible residual syntype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041236, NSW, PERTH)). Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC., Prodr. 1; 728 (1824). Type citation: “in Nova- Hollandia. (v.s. in sine fl. ex Mus. Par.).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by Bentham, Fl. austr. 1; 312 (1863). [Boronia candollei G. Don, Gen. hist. 1: 793 (1831) [B. candoUii sphalm]-, an illegitimate substitute for Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC.] Boronia alata var. bipinnata F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 1 1 1 (1875). Type citation: “Drumm. 89”. Type: W.A., Drummond 89 (holotype MEL 249151). Boronia vilhelmii Domin, Vestn. Krdl. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk, Tr. Mat.-Phr. 2: 51 (1923). Type citation: “W.A.: Yallingup and Cape Naturaliste. A. A. DORRIEN- SMITH (herb. Kew).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by A.D. Chapman, Austral. PI. Name Index A-C, 440 (1991). Illustrations: R. Sweet, Fl. australus., 48 (1827-8); A. Engler m A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2 19A: 251, Figs 107E-H (1931); Marchant etal. Fl Perth Region Pt 1; 478 (1987); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wddflowers of Southern Western Australia, 192 fig. 653 (1996); J. Wheeler, Wddflowers of the South Coast, 6\ (1996). Erect or in exposed areas prostrate, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall and wide, resprouting from rootstalk, glabrous or sparsely hirsute. Simple hairs firm, erect, sinooth, straight, shiny. Branches slightly to sharply quadrangular, eglandular, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves 15-65 mm long, 10-40 mm wide m outline, with ( 3 _) 7_13 leaflets, not obviously glandular, lower leaves of branches usually bipinnate and lower pinnae with 3-5 leaflets; petiole 4-18 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3-15 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets discolourous, paler beneath, elliptic to oblanceolate, sessile, the apex acute to obtuse, epicuticular wax platelets absent, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, the midrib impressed on the adaxia surface; terminal leaBet 5-20 mm long, 13-7 mm wide, shorter than laterals; latera leaBets (2-)6-22 mm long, (l-)3-9 mm wide. Peduncle 2-24 mm long; prophylls and metaxyphylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; secondary branches of inflorescence 2-10 mm long; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. Sepals n^ow y dellate 2.5-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, acute, ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as truit matures. Petals pink, 7-12 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures; adaxial surface sparsely pubescent, the hairs concentrated on the midrib; abaxial surtaee glabrous or with few scattered simple hairs. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal 0.5 mm prominently glabrous-glandular, antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anthers attached to the ^x of the filament, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large and erect, glabrous, isc entirely within stamen whorl. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, moderately den.se to densely hirsute. Seed 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, without ridge on adaxial side.
18 A.M. Young Remarks : The convex pileus with its very pronounced and papillate umbo may suggest a conical shape. The description now holds details of colour referred to Kornerup & Wanscher (1981) and expanded information for the basidiome macrocharacters. Subgen. 3 Pseudohygrocybe M. Bon, Doc. Mycol. 24: 42 (1976). Species typica : Hygrocybe coccinea (Schaeff.: Fr.) P.Kumm. Basidiome variously coloured often brightly (red. orange, yellow, green, lilac); pileus conical, convex or umbilicate; lamellae narrowly adnate to decurrent; cystidia sometimes present as cheilocystidia, rarely as pseudo-pleurocystidia; hymenophoral trama regular, subregular to slightly irregular, composed of short, cylindrical to inflated elements 20-300 pm long (rarely up to 700 pm); clamps generally present throughout the basidiome. 11. Hygrocybe bolensis A.M. Young, sp. nov. Pileus 9-20 mm, coceineus, convexus diende plano-convexus ad umbilicatus, viscidulus diende siccus, glaber, ad marginem crenulatus. Lamellae arcuatae vel decurrentes, pallido-aurantiacae, ad marginem pallido-flavae. Stipes 15-23 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, coccineus, viscidulus diende siccus, laevis, cylindricus cum basim angustatus. Sporae 7— 9(— 9.5) x 4-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .8(-2.0), ellipsoideae vel sub-cylindricae, aliquot constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 34-51 x (6— )7— 9 pm, Q: 4.4-7. 7, (2-)4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis. fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutis vel sub-ixocutis formans. Gregaria vel caespitosa in humo sylvestri. Type: New South Wales. Bola Creek - Royal National Park, 34°09'S 151°02’E, 1 5.vi. 1 998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2125) (holotype DAR 73954 ; iso BRI). Pileus 9-20 mm, brilliant scarlet-red (near 10A8 but brighter), convex becoming plano- convex and then depressed and finally more or less umbilicate, at first slightly viscid or sticky but very quickly becoming dry and moist-hygrophanous, smooth but often appearing very distinctly finely, silky, radially fibrillose (or even sub-rimose) especially when beginning to lose the surface moisture, drying from the centre to become pale buff- red, margin strongly crenulate. Flesh white with yellow tints. Lamellae arcuate to decurrent, pale orange (near 6B5-6B8), margins even and pale yellow (near 3A3). Stipe 15-23 x 1.5-3 mm, red (near 10A8 but a brighter hue), at first very slightly viscid or sticky but then very quickly dry and appearing polished and smooth, hollow or pith filled, cylindrical or tapered downwards. Spores 7-9(-9.5) x 4— 5.5(— 6) pm, mean 7.5 x 4.6 pm, Q: 1 .4—1 ,8(— 2.0), mean Q: 1.63, smooth, hyaline, ellipsoid or ovoid occasionally sub-cylindrical and often constricted. Basidia 34—51 x (6-)7-9 pm, mean 43 x 7.4 pm. Q: 4.4-7. 7, mean Q: 5.85, 4-spored but 2-spored basidia occasional, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular composed of chains of inflated, ellipsoid to sausage shaped elements, hyaline, thin-walled, 15-92 x 4-12 pm, clamps present especially on the non-inflated hyphal elements. Pileipellis a cutis or very weak ixocutis of repent, cylindrical, slightly gelatinised, hyaline, non-inflated hyphae 2.5-12 pm diameter, clamps abundant. Stipitipellis a cutis or very weak ixocutis of repent, hyaline, cylindrical, non-inflated hyphae 2. 5-5.0 pm diameter, clamps abundant. (Fig. 3) Habitat and distribution: Gregarious or caespitose on soil amongst leaf litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the type locality. Remarks: Dried material of this species is characteristically brown capped with a red. almost ‘plastic translucent" stipe. The pileus centre almost always forms a central smooth ■pit" or depression during drying whether the pileus was umbilicate or not and the centre is usually a paler brown. It comes close to the European H. constrictospora which differs
20 A.M. Young Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; Young & Wood (1997), p. 964. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest, eucalypt forest, or cool temperate rainforest; sometimes on or at the bases of tree ferns. Known from central New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Bola Creek - Royal National Park, 34°09’S 1 5 1 °02’E, 15. vi. 1998. A.M. Young, ( hb . young. 2130) (BRI). Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 38°55'S 146°23’E, 24. v. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2060) (MEL 2060215): Henry Creek Forest (nr. Nyora), 24.vi.1992, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 261049): Lower Glenelg, 1 5.viii. 1 964, A.C.Beauglehole 6347 (MEL 2030402). Remarks: These new collections are the first indications that this taxon is widespread in Victoria. 13 . Hygrocybe erythrocala A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Sot. 10: 970 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, A.E. Wood s.n. (holotype UNSW 93/7). Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 971. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in either rainforest or wet sclerophyll forest. Wide spread and common in the Sydney region of New South Wales. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2093) (MEL 2060102 ); Mt. Wilson, 33°30‘S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2155) (BRI). Remarks: These new collections confirmed the extreme variability of viscidity mentioned in the type description. 14 . Hygrocybe firma (Berk. & Broome) Singer, Sydowia 1 1: 355 (1957); Hygrophorus firmus Berk. & Broome, Journ. Linn. Soc., Rot. 1 1: 563 (1871 ). Type: Sri Lanka. Kandy District. Peradeniya, i. 1 869, G.H.K. Thwaites 880 (holotype K. n.v.). Pileus (only one specimen seen) 28 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8 or brighter), convex and umbilicate, dry, smooth, margin even to a little irregular. Lamellae deeply decurrent, bright pink (9A5) but may have an orange tint, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 65 x 4-6 mm, a paler shade of the pileus, hollow to pith tilled, dry, smooth, cylindrical. Macrospores (10-)1 1 .5-15 x (7— )8— 1 0 pm. mean 12.6 x 8.5 pm. Q: 1.3- 1.7, mean Q: 1.51. smooth, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid to ovoid. Microspores 7-10 x 5-6.5 pm, mean 8.4 x 5.5 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 9, mean Q: 1.53, smooth, hyaline, ellipsoid to amygdaliform occasionally slightly constricted. Macrobasidia 68-88 x (8.5—) 1 0— 1 2 pm, mean 77 x 1 I pm, Q= 6. 1-8.1, mean Q= 7.02, 4-spored, clamped. Microbasidia 52-67 x 8-11 pm, mean 60 x 9 pm, Q: (5.6— )6.3— 7.3(— 8.0), mean Q= 6.67, 4-spored. clamped. Cystidia none. Hymenophoral trama regular composed of hyaline, cylindrical, septate, clamped elements 2.5- 1 3 pm diameter and up to 1 80 pm long. Pileipellis a partially disrupted, dry cutis (or occasionally approaching a very weakly formed trichoderm) of short, inflated, hyaline, clamped elements 12-25 pm diameter. Stipitipellis a dry cutis of repent, thin- walled. hyaline, clamped hyphae 3. 3-7. 5 pm. (Fig. 4) Habitat and distribution: Solitary in leaf litter; eucalypt forest. In Australia, known only from Victoria. Material examined: Victoria. Lillypilly Gully - Wilsons Promontory, 39°00'S 146°20’E. 23. v. 1998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2054 ) (MEL 2060217).
6 A.M. Young Basidiome fleshy, often watery or waxy in texture, collybioid, mycenoid or omphaloid, generally small to medium sized but occasionally large; variously coloured, often bright red, orange, yellow, green and lilac or combinations of these colours. Pileus opaque or hygrophanous, striate or not, dry to glutinous, smooth to squamulose or fibrillose. Lamellae usually sub-distant to distant, free to adnate or decurrent, thick to very thick and with waxy appearance when fresh; velar structures absent. Stipe dry to glutinous, smooth to squamulose or fibrillose; spore print white, cream coloured, pale magenta or pale lilac. Spores hyaline, smooth or rarely spinose, non-amyloid (for known Australian taxa). Basidia sometimes long (25-70 pm), Q: 2.5-10.0, 2- and 4-spored forms frequent. Cheilocystidia present in some species either as true or pseudo-cystidia; pleurocystidia rare and then as pseudo-pleurocystidia. Hymenophoral trama regular, subregular to irregular, tramal elements from very long (>1000 pm) to very short (<30 pm); clamp connections usually present. Pileipellis a cutis, ixocutis, trichoderm or ixotrichoderm. Development gymnocarpic and stipitocarpic. Habitat and Distribution: Solitary to gregarious, terrestrial, rarely on wood and then only if the wood is extremely rotten; substrates include soil, humus, moss; grasslands to forest and saprophytic. Cosmopolitan from subarctic or subantarctic to tropics and alpine regions. Key to the subgenera of Hygrocybe 1. Hymenophoral trama irregular, composed of short (20-150 pm) interwoven hyphal elements; basidiome colours often subdued (white, brown, dull lilac-grey) but may be orange, apricot or bright lilac; lamellae arcuate to decurrent; clamps present, occasionally rare in the hymenophoral trama subgen. 1. Cuphophyllus Key 1. 1 . Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular (if subregular, then basidiome brightly coloured) and composed of parallel hyphal elements which are either ‘long tubular’ or chains of short elements; basidiome often very brightly coloured (red, orange, yellow, green, lilac); lamellae variously attached; clamps present, at least at the bases of the basidia 2 2( 1 ). Hymenophoral trama very regular, composed of very long ( 1 000-3000 pm), aseptate, tubular elements with tapered ends; lamellae free, ascending or narrowly adnate; tissues may blacken on bruising; basidia usually short (mean length 30-40 (-45) pm); except for the aseptate hymenophoral trama, clamps usually present throughout the basidiome, rarely absent in some taxa with 2-spored basidia subgen. 2. Hygrocybe Key 2. 2. Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular, composed of parallel chains of short, sometimes inflated hyphal elements (usually 20—400 pm); lamellae adnate to decurrent; tissues never blackening on bruising; basidia sometimes long (40—60 pm); clamps either present throughout the basidiome or present only at the bases of the basidia 2 3(2). Clamps present throughout the basidiome and of medallion form or not; pileus never splitting radially so that the split occurs along the medial section of a lamella subgen. 3. Pseudohygrocybe Key 3. 3. Clamps absent throughout the basidiome except at the bases of the basidia and then frequently of medallion form; pilei tending to split radially along the medial line of at least some lamellae so that the half lamellae remain joined at the lamellae margins and also attached to the pileus at the edges of the radial split subgen. 4 Humidicutis Key 4. Key 1: Species of subgenus Cuphophyllus 1 . Pileus pure white to off-white and pellucid striate; or cream coloured and then sometimes with biscuit brown tints at the depressed centre, not pellucid striate. ...2
Hygrophoraceae
23
synonymous with Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H. Smith & Hesler) Boertm.
which is noted as being different only from the typical green variety of Hygrocybe
psittacina in that var. perplexa is brick-red. Hygrocybe psittacina has not been recorded
for Australia. It is very probable that the Mordialloc collection was made from specimens
of H. graminicolor which were displaying the deep, reddish brown colour variation. The
listing of Hygrophorus sciophanus (Fr.) Fr. by Cooke (1892) is considered erroneous and
based either on this collection or a similar one. With the exception of the 1 889 collection,
herbarium material consistently exhibited the brick pink colouration typical of dried H.
graminicolor. The Mordialloc collection has become more brownish, probably through
the passage of time, but still suggests the original colour.
17 . Hygrocybe hayi A.M. Young, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 976 (1997). Type : Queensland.
Blackbutt, 2.V.1988, A.M. Young s.n (hb. young. 1267), (holotype BRIP 22520).
Illustration'. Young & Wood (1997), p. 977 .
Habitat and distribution'. Gregarious on soil in long grass in sclerophyll woodland.
Known from Queensland and Victoria.
Material examined'. Kilmore Memorial Reserve, Vic., 15.vii.1993, H Manson 45 (MEL
261048).
Remarks'. The Victorian collection is the second record of this species. Unfortunately,
the herbarium material was accompanied by only very brief field notes but the brilliant
scarlet-red and slimy pileus are clearly noted. A comparison of the Victorian material
with the holotype shows that the ranges of sizes of most characters overlaps considerably,
especially those of the spores. Other microcharacters also support the identity of the
Kilmore collection which has a clamped ixocutis on both the pileus and the stipe and
inflated elements in the hymenophoral trama. These characters are also found in the
holotype.
The present disjoint distribution of this taxon is probably because its habitat appears
to be the dryer sclerophyll woodlands. These dry woodlands are not as favourable for
basidiome production as the wet forests in which many of the Australian Hygrophoraceae
occur, and so basidiomes of H. hayi may only appear under infrequent ‘perfect
conditions. Such conditions may only occur at long periods of time and the presence of
field workers in the right place at the right time then becomes the critical factor. It is likely
that the species does occur in various localities from Victoria to Queensland but its
sporadic basidiome production will mean that further knowledge of its distribution will
be difficult to obtain.
The viscid Hygrocybe hayi approaches the non-viscid H. flammans (Berk.)
A.M. Young, however the broadly ellipsoid spores and pink tinted yellow lamellae found
in the former species separate it from H. flammans which has cylindrical spores and 'livid
red’ lamellae.
18 . Hygrocybe hypospoda A.M. Young, sp. nov.
Pileus 10-30 mm, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus, umbilicatus, siccus, glaber, ad
marginem subcrenulatus. Lamellae decurrentes, pallido-aurantiaco-griseae denique
aurantiacae, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 40-50 x 2-3 mm, auranticacus, siccus,
laevis, cylindricus. Sporae 9-11.5 x 5-8 pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .9, ellipsoideae vel ovoideae’
aliquot subconstrictae vel constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 44-54 x 6-9 pm, Q: 5. 8-8. 2, 2-
spora, defibulata rara fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, haud
tibulata rara fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutem eformans. Gregaria in humo sylvestri.
Type: Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 39°01’S 146°20’E, 23.V.1998, A.M. Young, {hb.
Hygrophoraceae
23
synonymous with Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H. Smith & Hesler) Boertm.
which is noted as being different only from the typical green variety of Hygrocybe
psittacina in that var. perplexa is brick-red. Hygrocybe psittacina has not been recorded
for Australia. It is very probable that the Mordialloc collection was made from specimens
of H. graminicolor which were displaying the deep, reddish brown colour variation. The
listing of Hygrophorus sciophanus (Fr.) Fr. by Cooke (1892) is considered erroneous and
based either on this collection or a similar one. With the exception of the 1 889 collection,
herbarium material consistently exhibited the brick pink colouration typical of dried H.
graminicolor. The Mordialloc collection has become more brownish, probably through
the passage of time, but still suggests the original colour.
17 . Hygrocybe hayi A.M. Young, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 976 (1997). Type : Queensland.
Blackbutt, 2.V.1988, A.M. Young s.n (hb. young. 1267), (holotype BRIP 22520).
Illustration'. Young & Wood (1997), p. 977 .
Habitat and distribution'. Gregarious on soil in long grass in sclerophyll woodland.
Known from Queensland and Victoria.
Material examined'. Kilmore Memorial Reserve, Vic., 15.vii.1993, H Manson 45 (MEL
261048).
Remarks'. The Victorian collection is the second record of this species. Unfortunately,
the herbarium material was accompanied by only very brief field notes but the brilliant
scarlet-red and slimy pileus are clearly noted. A comparison of the Victorian material
with the holotype shows that the ranges of sizes of most characters overlaps considerably,
especially those of the spores. Other microcharacters also support the identity of the
Kilmore collection which has a clamped ixocutis on both the pileus and the stipe and
inflated elements in the hymenophoral trama. These characters are also found in the
holotype.
The present disjoint distribution of this taxon is probably because its habitat appears
to be the dryer sclerophyll woodlands. These dry woodlands are not as favourable for
basidiome production as the wet forests in which many of the Australian Hygrophoraceae
occur, and so basidiomes of H. hayi may only appear under infrequent ‘perfect
conditions. Such conditions may only occur at long periods of time and the presence of
field workers in the right place at the right time then becomes the critical factor. It is likely
that the species does occur in various localities from Victoria to Queensland but its
sporadic basidiome production will mean that further knowledge of its distribution will
be difficult to obtain.
The viscid Hygrocybe hayi approaches the non-viscid H. flammans (Berk.)
A.M. Young, however the broadly ellipsoid spores and pink tinted yellow lamellae found
in the former species separate it from H. flammans which has cylindrical spores and 'livid
red’ lamellae.
18 . Hygrocybe hypospoda A.M. Young, sp. nov.
Pileus 10-30 mm, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus, umbilicatus, siccus, glaber, ad
marginem subcrenulatus. Lamellae decurrentes, pallido-aurantiaco-griseae denique
aurantiacae, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 40-50 x 2-3 mm, auranticacus, siccus,
laevis, cylindricus. Sporae 9-11.5 x 5-8 pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .9, ellipsoideae vel ovoideae’
aliquot subconstrictae vel constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 44-54 x 6-9 pm, Q: 5. 8-8. 2, 2-
spora, defibulata rara fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, haud
tibulata rara fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutem eformans. Gregaria in humo sylvestri.
Type: Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 39°01’S 146°20’E, 23.V.1998, A.M. Young, {hb.
Hygrophoraceae 25 pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this combination of characters. Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. Known from New South Wales and Victoria. Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 261035). Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under introduced Cupressus lusitania. 20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus (Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Hygrophoraceae 31 Spores 7-9 x 4.5-7 pm, mean 7.8 x 5.6 urn, Q: 1.2-1. 8, mean Q: 1.58, broadly ellipsoid, rarely slightly constricted, smooth, hyaline. Basidia 36-47 x 7-9.5 pm, mean 39 x 8.3 pm, Q: 4.0-5. 1 (-6.2), mean Q: 4.76, 4-spored, clamped and occasionally/often approaching medallion form. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of hyaline, thin walled, inflated and often fusoid elements 30-160 x 8-30 pm, clamps rare or absent. Pileipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate hyphae 5-15 pm diameter; pigment present as faint spiral or circular bands on the cuticular hyphae and forming darker points on the hyphal walls when seen in silhouette, clamps absent. Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate, thin walled hyphae 2.5-9.2 pm diameter, clamps absent, with a pigment arrangement similar to that seen on the pileipellis cuticular hyphae. (Fig. 7) Habitat and distribution : Gregarious in leaf litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the type locality. Remarks'. The pileus contains spindle-shaped or fusoid tramal elements with spiral or circular markings on their walls. The markings are fine but very distinctive and readily observed. In perspective, a cuticular hypha shows a line of pigment across the hyphal diameter with a darker and rather narrow ellipsoid 'dash' on the hyphal wall at each end of the pigment line where there exists a greater depth of pigment. The bands may be diagonal (forming a spiral) or at right angles (forming a ring) to the hyphal axis. No other members of this sub-genus are known to have these basidiome colours and the spiral patterns on the fusoid elements of the pileal cuticle. Etymology. Greek, helicoides, of winding or spiral form - referring to the often spiralled form of the pigment bands on the cuticular hyphae of the pileus. 28 . Hygrocybe lewellinae (Kalchbr.) A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 1011 (1997); Hygrophorus lewellinae Kalchbr., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 7: 105 (1882). Type: Victoria. Western Port, 1 4.vi. 1 880. M. M. R. Lewellin, (holotype, R[are] B[ook] Mss A1 1, MEL) . Illustrations: Willis (1957); Cole, ruhrer & Holland (1978), plate 3. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or amongst moss in subtropical rainforest, warm temperate rainforest, wet eucalypt forest, cool temperate rainforest or heath; known from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales Hazelbrook, 33°44'S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, AM. Young , (hb. young. 2083 ) (BRI): Bola Creek- Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02’E, 15. vi. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2121) (BRI); Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998. F.Taeker (hb. young. 2139) (BRI). Victoria. Lower Glenelg NP, 14. vi. 1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6084 (MEL 1053043 ); Lower Glenelg R.. 28.vi.1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6163 (MEL 1053044 ); Lower Glenelg NP, 4.vii. 1964. A.C.Beauglehole 6534 (MEL 2030400): Enoch’s Point, 12.x. 1974, A. Morrison s.n. (MEL 261036): Grampians NP. l.vii. 1994, 1. McCann GACU66 (MEL 2030401): Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 27 (MEL 2032944). Remarks: Originally collected in Victoria and considered rare, Hygrocybe lewellinae is reasonably common in the Blue Mountains/Hawkesbury region of New South Wales, Tasmania and on current evidence appears to be reasonably widespread (if not common) in Victoria. Spore lengths for this taxon are commonly in the range of 7.5-10 pm, but occasional collections may yield spores up to 12 pm long. The medallion clamps at the bases of the basidia may be difficult to find in old or dried material as these structures frequently tear apart in the middle of the medallion clamp, however the Y-shaped basidial bases that then remain are a very strong indication that medallion clamps were originally present. 29 . Hygrocybe mavis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); Hygrophorus mavis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 377 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Levin, 1 8. vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, (hb. Stevenson. 654 holotype K).
Hygrophoraceae 25 pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this combination of characters. Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. Known from New South Wales and Victoria. Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 261035). Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under introduced Cupressus lusitania. 20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus (Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Hygrophoraceae 31 Spores 7-9 x 4.5-7 pm, mean 7.8 x 5.6 urn, Q: 1.2-1. 8, mean Q: 1.58, broadly ellipsoid, rarely slightly constricted, smooth, hyaline. Basidia 36-47 x 7-9.5 pm, mean 39 x 8.3 pm, Q: 4.0-5. 1 (-6.2), mean Q: 4.76, 4-spored, clamped and occasionally/often approaching medallion form. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of hyaline, thin walled, inflated and often fusoid elements 30-160 x 8-30 pm, clamps rare or absent. Pileipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate hyphae 5-15 pm diameter; pigment present as faint spiral or circular bands on the cuticular hyphae and forming darker points on the hyphal walls when seen in silhouette, clamps absent. Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate, thin walled hyphae 2.5-9.2 pm diameter, clamps absent, with a pigment arrangement similar to that seen on the pileipellis cuticular hyphae. (Fig. 7) Habitat and distribution : Gregarious in leaf litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the type locality. Remarks'. The pileus contains spindle-shaped or fusoid tramal elements with spiral or circular markings on their walls. The markings are fine but very distinctive and readily observed. In perspective, a cuticular hypha shows a line of pigment across the hyphal diameter with a darker and rather narrow ellipsoid 'dash' on the hyphal wall at each end of the pigment line where there exists a greater depth of pigment. The bands may be diagonal (forming a spiral) or at right angles (forming a ring) to the hyphal axis. No other members of this sub-genus are known to have these basidiome colours and the spiral patterns on the fusoid elements of the pileal cuticle. Etymology. Greek, helicoides, of winding or spiral form - referring to the often spiralled form of the pigment bands on the cuticular hyphae of the pileus. 28 . Hygrocybe lewellinae (Kalchbr.) A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 1011 (1997); Hygrophorus lewellinae Kalchbr., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 7: 105 (1882). Type: Victoria. Western Port, 1 4.vi. 1 880. M. M. R. Lewellin, (holotype, R[are] B[ook] Mss A1 1, MEL) . Illustrations: Willis (1957); Cole, ruhrer & Holland (1978), plate 3. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or amongst moss in subtropical rainforest, warm temperate rainforest, wet eucalypt forest, cool temperate rainforest or heath; known from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales Hazelbrook, 33°44'S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, AM. Young , (hb. young. 2083 ) (BRI): Bola Creek- Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02’E, 15. vi. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2121) (BRI); Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998. F.Taeker (hb. young. 2139) (BRI). Victoria. Lower Glenelg NP, 14. vi. 1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6084 (MEL 1053043 ); Lower Glenelg R.. 28.vi.1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6163 (MEL 1053044 ); Lower Glenelg NP, 4.vii. 1964. A.C.Beauglehole 6534 (MEL 2030400): Enoch’s Point, 12.x. 1974, A. Morrison s.n. (MEL 261036): Grampians NP. l.vii. 1994, 1. McCann GACU66 (MEL 2030401): Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 27 (MEL 2032944). Remarks: Originally collected in Victoria and considered rare, Hygrocybe lewellinae is reasonably common in the Blue Mountains/Hawkesbury region of New South Wales, Tasmania and on current evidence appears to be reasonably widespread (if not common) in Victoria. Spore lengths for this taxon are commonly in the range of 7.5-10 pm, but occasional collections may yield spores up to 12 pm long. The medallion clamps at the bases of the basidia may be difficult to find in old or dried material as these structures frequently tear apart in the middle of the medallion clamp, however the Y-shaped basidial bases that then remain are a very strong indication that medallion clamps were originally present. 29 . Hygrocybe mavis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); Hygrophorus mavis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 377 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Levin, 1 8. vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, (hb. Stevenson. 654 holotype K).
Hygrophoraceae 25 pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this combination of characters. Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. Known from New South Wales and Victoria. Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 261035). Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under introduced Cupressus lusitania. 20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus (Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
26 A.M. Young Material examined : New South Wales. Bola Creek-Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02'E, 15. vi. 1998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2122) IBRD. Victoria. Wilsons Promontory. 38°55’S 146°23’E, 24. v. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2061) (MEL 2060103 ), (hb. young 2062) (MEL 2060145). Remarks'. The Wilson Promontory collections confirm the presence of this fairly widespread taxon in Victoria. The Australian material conforms with exemplar herbarium material identified as H. miniata forwarded for my examination by both E. Arnolds (L) and D. Boertmann. 22. Hygrocybe pseudograminicolor A.M. Young in Young & Wood. Austral. Syst. Bat. 10: 992 (1997). Type-. New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30'S 150°22'E, 26.iii.1994, FTaekers.il. (holotype UNSW 94/22). Illustration-. Young & Wood (1997), 994. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. Although found only in small numbers in the type locality, the species is common and widespread in Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30 S 150 22 E, 1 7 . vi . 1 998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2148) (BRI). Remarks: This second collection from the type locality confirmed the holotype description. 23. Hygrocybe sanguineocrenulata A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10 : 995 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30'S 150° 22’E, 28.iv.1982, A E.Wood s.n. (holotype UNSW 82/187). Illustration: Young & Wood ( 1997), p. 996. Pileus 10-19 mm, very deep red (10B8-10C8), hemispherical then rapidly umbilicate, smooth or a little scurfy on drying, dry. margin finely crenulate and slightly paler. Lamellae adnate or arcuate decurrent, pink flushed (near 10A5), distant, margins distinctly pink-lilac so that the lamella area looks pale magenta. Stipe 27^10 x 1 . 5 — 3 . 0 (— 4 ) mm, red (10B8-10C8), dry. solid or slightly hollow, tapering downwards, smooth, often sinuous. Spore print colour unknown. Spores 7.5— 9.5(— 10) x (4— )4.5— 5.5(— 6 ) pm, mean 8.6 x 4.8 pm, Q: ( 1 .5-) 1 . 6 — 2.0(— 2.3), mean Q: 1 .80, ellipsoid, oblong or lacrymoid, sometimes a tew with weak medial constrictions, hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid. Basidia 41-60 x 7-9.5 pm, mean 49 x 7.7 pm, Q: 5.9— 7.3(— 8.3), mean Q: 6.5 1 . 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of hyaline, thin-walled, clamped, inflated elements 30-75 x 4-14 (-20) pm. Pileipellis a cutis up to 80 pm deep, of radially repent, hyaline, thin-walled, clamped hyphae 6-10 pm. overlying a subpellis of hyaline, thin- walled. clamped, inflated cells 30-80 x 16-24 pm. Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin- walled, clamped hyphae 1 .5-6 pm. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious in soil amongst rainforest litter. Known only from New South Wales. Material examined: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson. 33°30°S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker. (hb. young. 2153) (BRI). Remarks: This second collection differs slightly from the holotype collection in that the lamellae are pink flushed with lilac tints. These colours suggest a form of the Tasmanian taxon Hygrocybe erythrocrenata Mills & Monks which produces a white
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 13: 26-Jul".
Hygrophoraceae 27 spore print that displays a distinct magenta tint if the spores are scraped together into a small mass. Future collections of H. sanguineocrenulata should be checked for the presence of this magenta tint in the fresh, massed spores. The possibility remains that H. sanguineocrenulata is synonymous with H. erythrocrenata. 24 . Hygrocybe stevensoniae T.W.May & A. E. Wood, Mycotaxon 54 : 148 (1995); Hygrophorus viridis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 383 (1963) Type: New Zealand. Levin. 26.vi.1948, G. Stevenson. ( hb . Stevenson. 338, holotype K) Gliophorus viridis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 43: 173 (1973); non Hygrocybe viridis Capelari & Maziero, Mycotaxon 33: 192 (1988). Misappl. : Hygrophorus psittacinus sensu Cleland & Cheel (1919), and Willis (1963). Hygrocybe psittacina sensu Shepherd & Totterdell (1988). Illustrations: Stevenson (1963), Plate 8, fig. 1; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; Young & Wood (1997), p. 998. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in rainforest or sclerophyll forest amongst litter and usually on soil. Known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E, 12. vi. 1998, A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2096) (MEL 2060101 ); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S !50°27’E, 1 6.vi. 1998, A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2136) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker, (hb. young. 2146) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22'E, I7.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young 2149) (MEL 2060222). Remarks: All collections examined were similar to the holotype in that they had viscid to glutinous, green basidiomes with no gluten thread or cheilocystidia on the lamellae. Hygrocybe stevensoniae usually has spores with lengths of 7-10 pm, however some variation has been found with collections varying from 6-8, 6-9 or 7-9 pm. These differences suggest that strains or varieties may exist. 25 . Hygrocybe sylvaria A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 1 0: 999 ( 1 997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 22.vi.1981 A E Wood sn (holotype UNSW 81/321). Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 1001. Pileus 5-1 8 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), convex to campanulate or very broadly conical, smooth, slightly viscid, margin striate and slightly crenulate. Lamellae very pale yellow (near 2A2) with a pink flush, broadly adnate and sometimes with a decurrent tooth, widely spaced, margins concolorous. Stipe 20-35 x 1-2 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), slightly viscid, solid, cylindrical, smooth. Spores 7-9 x (3.5— )4— 5.5 pm, mean 7.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1 .4-2.2, mean Q: 1 .70, ellipsoid to oblong, medially constricted in up to 40% of the spores, hyaline, thin-walled, non- amyloid, apiculus prominent. Basidia 33^17 x 7-9 pm, mean 40 x 7.6 pm, Q: 4.5-6.7, mean Q: 5.4, 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama very regular and composed of chains of parallel, hyaline, inflated, thin-walled, clamped cells that are often constricted at the septa, 27—44 x 3-1 1 pm. Pileipellis an ixocutis of repent, partly gelatinised, hyaline, abundantly clamped (occasionally with medallion form) hyphae, 2-8 pm diameter. Stipitipellis an ixocutis of hyaline, clamped hyphae 2. 5-4.0 pm, lactifers present as highly refractive, tortuous, vascular hyphae, 2-5 pm diameter. Habitat and distribution: Caespitose or gregarious on soil amongst litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the Blue Mountains area of New South Wales.
Hygrophoraceae 27 spore print that displays a distinct magenta tint if the spores are scraped together into a small mass. Future collections of H. sanguineocrenulata should be checked for the presence of this magenta tint in the fresh, massed spores. The possibility remains that H. sanguineocrenulata is synonymous with H. erythrocrenata. 24 . Hygrocybe stevensoniae T.W.May & A. E. Wood, Mycotaxon 54 : 148 (1995); Hygrophorus viridis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 383 (1963) Type: New Zealand. Levin. 26.vi.1948, G. Stevenson. ( hb . Stevenson. 338, holotype K) Gliophorus viridis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 43: 173 (1973); non Hygrocybe viridis Capelari & Maziero, Mycotaxon 33: 192 (1988). Misappl. : Hygrophorus psittacinus sensu Cleland & Cheel (1919), and Willis (1963). Hygrocybe psittacina sensu Shepherd & Totterdell (1988). Illustrations: Stevenson (1963), Plate 8, fig. 1; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; Young & Wood (1997), p. 998. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in rainforest or sclerophyll forest amongst litter and usually on soil. Known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E, 12. vi. 1998, A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2096) (MEL 2060101 ); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S !50°27’E, 1 6.vi. 1998, A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2136) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker, (hb. young. 2146) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22'E, I7.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young 2149) (MEL 2060222). Remarks: All collections examined were similar to the holotype in that they had viscid to glutinous, green basidiomes with no gluten thread or cheilocystidia on the lamellae. Hygrocybe stevensoniae usually has spores with lengths of 7-10 pm, however some variation has been found with collections varying from 6-8, 6-9 or 7-9 pm. These differences suggest that strains or varieties may exist. 25 . Hygrocybe sylvaria A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 1 0: 999 ( 1 997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 22.vi.1981 A E Wood sn (holotype UNSW 81/321). Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 1001. Pileus 5-1 8 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), convex to campanulate or very broadly conical, smooth, slightly viscid, margin striate and slightly crenulate. Lamellae very pale yellow (near 2A2) with a pink flush, broadly adnate and sometimes with a decurrent tooth, widely spaced, margins concolorous. Stipe 20-35 x 1-2 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), slightly viscid, solid, cylindrical, smooth. Spores 7-9 x (3.5— )4— 5.5 pm, mean 7.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1 .4-2.2, mean Q: 1 .70, ellipsoid to oblong, medially constricted in up to 40% of the spores, hyaline, thin-walled, non- amyloid, apiculus prominent. Basidia 33^17 x 7-9 pm, mean 40 x 7.6 pm, Q: 4.5-6.7, mean Q: 5.4, 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama very regular and composed of chains of parallel, hyaline, inflated, thin-walled, clamped cells that are often constricted at the septa, 27—44 x 3-1 1 pm. Pileipellis an ixocutis of repent, partly gelatinised, hyaline, abundantly clamped (occasionally with medallion form) hyphae, 2-8 pm diameter. Stipitipellis an ixocutis of hyaline, clamped hyphae 2. 5-4.0 pm, lactifers present as highly refractive, tortuous, vascular hyphae, 2-5 pm diameter. Habitat and distribution: Caespitose or gregarious on soil amongst litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the Blue Mountains area of New South Wales.
32 A.M. Young Misappl. : Hygrophorus purus Peck, sensu E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 28: 294 ( 1990). Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest, wet eucalypt forest and cool temperate rainforest. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Material examined: Victoria. Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 28, (MEL 2032945). Remarks: This collection is the first record of this taxon for Victoria. This pure white species is obviously very close to the lilac H. lewellinae and the colour difference remains the only valid means of separation at the moment. The possibility that H. mavis is a white variant of H. lewellinae was suggested in Young & Wood (1997). 30. Hygrocybe woodii A.M. Young. Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 1009 ( 1997). Type: New South Wales. Watagan State Forest, 1 7,vi. 1 987, A. E. Wood, F. Taeker & B. Rees s.n. (holotype UNSW 87/243). Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), 1010. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from the holotype locality. Remarks: In Young & Wood (1997), this taxon was placed erroneously in subgenus Pseudohygrocybe. The absence of clamps throughout the basidiome, except at the bases of the basidia, together with the chains of fusiform elements in the trama of the basidiome, suggest that the species should be transferred to subgenus Humidicutis. Genus 2. Camarophyllopsis Herink, Shorn. Severocesk. Mas., Pfir. Vedy 1. 61 (1958). Species typica: Camarophyllopsis schulzeri (Bres.) Herink. Basidiome thin to fleshy, small, dull coloured in grey to ochre or brown; pileus convex to umbilicate, dry and often hygrophanous; lamellae distant, broadly adnate to arcuate or decurrent; universal veil absent; stipe dry, often with small dots or pruinose punctate, spore print white. Spores hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid, subglobose to broadly ellipsoid, small (up to 7 pm long); basidia narrowly clavate, 20-70 x 4. 5-8. 5 pm. Q. 4.5-10.0, mostly 4-spored; cystidia absent or inconspicuous; hymenophoral trama regular to subregular and composed of short elements up to 170 pm long, pileipe 1 lis an hymeniderm; clamp connections present or absent; development monovelangiocarpic and stipiticarpic. Solitary to subgregarious. terrestrial in forests or open sites, apparently saprophytic. Mostly in temperate North America. Asia and Europe, but also known tiom subtropical South America and Asia. Key to the species of Camarophyllopsis I . Stipe white and finely pruinose; basidia mean length <45 pm C. darwinensis 1 Stipe pale brown, covered in scattered brown fibrils; basidia mean length >45 pm .... C. kearnevi TRIBE 2. HYGROPHOREAE P. Henn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1. 209 (1898), emend. Kiihner in Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 48; 617 (1979). Genus typica: Hygrophorus Fr„ Gen. Hymenomyc.: 8 (1836). Hymenophoral trama divergent; forming ectomycorrhizae.
28 A.M. Young Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E. 12. vi. 1998, A.M. Young, ( hb . young. 2100) (BRI). Remarks'. This collection has provided precise colour indicators for the pileus, lamellae and stipe. It differs from the holotype in the lengths of the tramal elements but this is not considered significant as these lengths can vary with the collection in many species and may also vary depending upon which section of the lamella is measured. Tramal elements in the upper part of the lamellae are usually longer than tramal elements near the lamellae margins. 26. Hygrocybe xanthopoda A.M. Young, sp. nov. Pileus 16-40 mm, coccineus, conicus ad lato-conicus vel subconvexus diende applanatus, viscidus, glaber, ad marginem crenulatus. Lamellae adnatae vel adnexae vel subliberae, flavae, distantes, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 22^10 x 3.5-1 1 mm, flavus Fig. 6. Hxgrocyge xantlwpoda (holotype). A habit; B basidia; C spores. Habit and T/S sketch, bar = 10 mm; microcharacters, bar = 10pm.
Hygrophoraceae 33 Genus 1. Hygrophorus Fr., Gen. Hymenomyc. 8 (1836). Species typica : Hygrophorus eburneus (Bull.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr. 321 (1838). Basidiome tricholomatoid to omphaloid, fleshy to thin, small to large; pileus variously coloured but usually dull colours, not hygrophanous, mostly viscid to glutinous; lamellae spaced to distant, broadly adnate to decurrent, thick, waxy; glutinous universal veil often present and sometimes a partial veil; stipe often glutinous or viscid, frequently with small dots punctate at the apex; spore print white. Spores hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid, basidia narrowly clavate, 30-90 x 6-15 pm, Q: 4. 5-9.0; cystidia absent or inconspicuous; hymenophoral trama divergent from a central line and made of short elements up to 200 pm long; pileipellis mostly an ixocutis or an ixotrichoderm, rarely a cutis or trichoderm; clamp connections present; development gymnocarpic to pseudoangiocarpic and stipitocarpic. Solitary to gregarious, terrestrial, always near trees or shrubs and apparently ectomycorrhizal principally with Pinaceae, Betulaceae and Fagaceae. Mostly in temperate zones of the Northern Hemisphere, but some taxa in similar climatic regions of Southern Hemisphere. 31 .Hygrophorus involutus G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 373 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Butterfly, 2.vi.l958, G. Stevenson, (lib. Stevenson. 1347 , holotype K). Illustrations : Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p45; Young & Wood (1997), 1020. Habitat and distribution: Gregarious amongst soil or moss in sub-tropical rainforest, cool temperate rainforest or wet sclerophyll forest. Known from New South Wales and Tasmania. Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A. M. Young, hb. young. 2082 (BRI). Remarks: Hygrophorus involutus was previously known from forests both near and north of Sydney, but has now been collected extensively in Tasmania. The taxon is widespread and it will no doubt prove to be present in Victoria. Very careful examination of fresh material in Tasmania has demonstrated that the hymenophoral trama of this species is weakly divergent so that H. involutus should remain within genus Hygrophorus. A pure white variant of this species has been found in Tasmania. No other species within this genus is yet known for Australia. Taxa with Limited Collections During the 1998 season, several collections were made consisting of one or perhaps two basidiomes. Three of these small collections have been recognised as new species, however the amount of herbarium material collected was considered to be insufficient to form a holotype collection. Nevertheless, well defined characters exist for these collections and two Hygrocybe spp. BM1 and Otwl are recorded here in detail; a full description of the third taxon (LC1) is contained in Young (1999). 32. Hygrocybe sp. I? M 1 Pileus 1 1-14 mm, pale yellow (near 4A4), convex, dry, smooth, margin striate and a little plicate. Lamellae decurrent and sometimes forking near the pileus margins, pale yellow (near 4A4), margins concolorous and even. Stipe 28-30 x 1 .5-2.5 mm, pale yellow (near 4A4), dry, smooth, cylindrical, pith filled. Spores (4-)4.5-5.5 x 3.5-5 pm, mean 4.7 x 3.9 pm, Q: 1.1— 1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.21,
Leptecophylla 203 Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla juniperina. Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). Flowering Period : Sept.-May. Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 (AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 (AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 (CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush,
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 155-156, Fig. 8".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 156-159, Fig. 9".
Cladia aggregate i complex 161 8. Cladia schizopora (Nyl.) Nyl. in Hue, Rev. Bot. 6: 161 (1888). Cladonia schizopora Nyl„ Syn., Meth. Lich 217 (1860). Type : Tasmania, supra truncos putridos, C. Stuart (holotype H-NYL, n.v.). Cladia schizopora is the only sorediate species in the genus. It is further characterised by having very short, corymbose fertile pseudopodetia, mostly <15 mm tall but occasionally c. 20 mm tall in very moist, shaded habitats (Fig. 12). Soredia develop internally within the fertile pseudopodetia and at the apices of the sterile pseudopodetia, which may become reduced to a sorediate, subsquamulose mat. Some sterile specimens may be entirely sorediate and resemble a coarse Lepraria. This species contains fumar- protocetraric acid and traces of protocetraric acid; medulla Pd+ red, K-, KC-, C-, UV-. Further descriptions are provided by Galloway (1985) and Filson (1981, 1992). Distribution and ecology. This species is known from southern Australia, New Zealand and southern Chile. In Tasmania it is widespread, mainly in lowland areas of low to medium rainfall, growing on bark, charcoal and lignum, or rarely on peaty soil (Fig. 10C). By far the most common host is Eucalyptus , where C. schizopora grows in association with C. aggregata, Cladonia rigida and Neophyllis melacarpa. In drier areas, additional associated lichens include Thysanothecium scutellatum, Hypocenomyce australis and H.foveata. Selected specimens examined (total = 99): AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Moogara. 460 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 30/80 , 10 Mar. 1980 (HO, BM); Anthony Road, 41°50’S, 145°38'E, G. Kantvilas 241/91 , 10 May 1991 (HO); O'Grady ’s Gully, Mt Wellington, 42°55’S, 147°16'E. A.U Ratkowsky LSI. 16 Mar. 1981 (BM, HO): Franklin River Plains, 42°13'S, 146°02’E, 390 m a.s.l., G.C. Bratt & M.H. Bratt, 2 Jan. 1966 (HO); Comstock Mine, 41°55’S, 145°17'E, G.C. Bratt 4040, 30 Mar. 1969 (HO); Mueller Road, 42°49'S, 146°28'E, 550 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 8/98, 21 Feb. 1998 (HO). Acknowledgements We thank Dr S.J. Jarman for assistance in the field and preparing the figures, Mrs J. Wardlaw for assistance with HPLC analyses, and Mrs D. Howe for technical and curatorial assistance. References Ahti. T. and Kashiwadani, H. (1984). The lichen genera Cladia, Cladina and Cladonia in southern Chile. In ‘Studies on the Cryptogams of Southern Chile" (H. Inoue, ed.) pp. 125-149. (Kenseisha Ltd: Tokyo).
Cladia aggregate i complex 161 8. Cladia schizopora (Nyl.) Nyl. in Hue, Rev. Bot. 6: 161 (1888). Cladonia schizopora Nyl„ Syn., Meth. Lich 217 (1860). Type : Tasmania, supra truncos putridos, C. Stuart (holotype H-NYL, n.v.). Cladia schizopora is the only sorediate species in the genus. It is further characterised by having very short, corymbose fertile pseudopodetia, mostly <15 mm tall but occasionally c. 20 mm tall in very moist, shaded habitats (Fig. 12). Soredia develop internally within the fertile pseudopodetia and at the apices of the sterile pseudopodetia, which may become reduced to a sorediate, subsquamulose mat. Some sterile specimens may be entirely sorediate and resemble a coarse Lepraria. This species contains fumar- protocetraric acid and traces of protocetraric acid; medulla Pd+ red, K-, KC-, C-, UV-. Further descriptions are provided by Galloway (1985) and Filson (1981, 1992). Distribution and ecology. This species is known from southern Australia, New Zealand and southern Chile. In Tasmania it is widespread, mainly in lowland areas of low to medium rainfall, growing on bark, charcoal and lignum, or rarely on peaty soil (Fig. 10C). By far the most common host is Eucalyptus , where C. schizopora grows in association with C. aggregata, Cladonia rigida and Neophyllis melacarpa. In drier areas, additional associated lichens include Thysanothecium scutellatum, Hypocenomyce australis and H.foveata. Selected specimens examined (total = 99): AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Moogara. 460 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 30/80 , 10 Mar. 1980 (HO, BM); Anthony Road, 41°50’S, 145°38'E, G. Kantvilas 241/91 , 10 May 1991 (HO); O'Grady ’s Gully, Mt Wellington, 42°55’S, 147°16'E. A.U Ratkowsky LSI. 16 Mar. 1981 (BM, HO): Franklin River Plains, 42°13'S, 146°02’E, 390 m a.s.l., G.C. Bratt & M.H. Bratt, 2 Jan. 1966 (HO); Comstock Mine, 41°55’S, 145°17'E, G.C. Bratt 4040, 30 Mar. 1969 (HO); Mueller Road, 42°49'S, 146°28'E, 550 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 8/98, 21 Feb. 1998 (HO). Acknowledgements We thank Dr S.J. Jarman for assistance in the field and preparing the figures, Mrs J. Wardlaw for assistance with HPLC analyses, and Mrs D. Howe for technical and curatorial assistance. References Ahti. T. and Kashiwadani, H. (1984). The lichen genera Cladia, Cladina and Cladonia in southern Chile. In ‘Studies on the Cryptogams of Southern Chile" (H. Inoue, ed.) pp. 125-149. (Kenseisha Ltd: Tokyo).
Leptecophylla 211 Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most of the remainder of the wax. Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 (CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 (1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm in the SE (Fig. 8).
Leptecophylla 203 Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla juniperina. Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). Flowering Period : Sept.-May. Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 (AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 (AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 (CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".
Leptecophylla 207 mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the puberulent calyx and bracteoles. Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain unthickened. Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 (HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B (1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857)
200 C. Wei Her 1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 (1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
Leptecophylla 205 Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 (HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 (HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 (HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 286 (HO). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] oxycedrus and C. acerosa. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill
204 C. Weiller A. P. Druce, Dec. 1972 (CHR); Punekiri, Waikaremoana. W.R.B. Oliver, 12 Dec. 1946 (WELT). Wellington Region: Wainuiomata Valley, A. J. Healy, 20 June 1937 (CHR); Tauherenikau Valley, R.L. Oliver, Aug. 1941 (WELT); Days Bay, R. Mason, 4 Oct. 1948 (CHR); Auro Road, Upper Hutt, B. L. Enting, 18 Jan. 1970 (WELT); Summit Rimutaka Range, W.R.B. Oliver, 8 Apr. 1951 (WELT). South Island. Marlborough: Ship Cove Queen Charlotte Sound. A.P. Druce, 6 Dec. 1953; Red Hills, Wairau Valley, Marlborough, L.B. Moore, 19 Apr. 1965 (CHR); Minginningi, Picton, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Kenepura, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Resolution Bay, L.B. Moore & J. Clarke, 15 Oct. 1965 (CHR). Nelson: E of Parapara Peak, NW Nelson, A.P. Druce. Nov. 1975 (CHR); Mt Burnett, Wakamarama Range, A.P. Druce, Jan. 1982 (CHR); Matiri River, A.P. Druce, May 1977 (CHR); SE slopes of Mt Frederic, PC. Morgan, 10 Feb. 1912 (WELT); Lake Rotoiti, J.H. McMahon. Nov. 1934 (WELT); Black Hill, M.J.A. Simpson 30 Oct. 1961 (CHR); Track to Fulls River from Torrent Bay, A. Lush, Jan. 1951 (WELT); Lead Hills, W.R.B. Oliver, 24 Dec. 1946 (WELT). Canterbury - Westland - Otaga: Culverden Plain, L. Cockayne, 2 Nov. 1905 (WELT); Jacks Pass, P. Hynes, 28 Jan. 1965 (AK); Banks Peninsula Castle Rock, P. Douglas, 29 Sept. 1983 (CHR); NW of Kowai Bush, B.H. Macmillan, 30 Mar. 1970 (CHR): Otago Peninsula, Pudding Island, PN. Johnson. 14 Feb. 1982 (CHR). Southland - Fiordland: Colac Bay, L.Cockayne, 16 Nov. 1905 (WELT); Bluff Hills, Southland, L. Cockayne, Oct. 1902 (WELT); Charles Sound Fiords, W.F. Harris, 28 Feb. 1949 (CHR); Poison Bay, P. Wordier & A.F. Mark, 10 Feb. 1974 (CHR); Head of Milford Sound, W.R.B. Oliver, 19 Dec. 1944 (WELT). Stewart Island: Mt Rakaehua, (WELT); Port Pegasus, C. Black, 22 Jan. 1955 (WELT); North Arm, N.M. Adams, 26 Feb. 1972 (WELT); Pryces Peak, L. Cockayne, 29 Sept. 1908 (WELT). Notes : The combination C. acerosa was correctly made by Roemer & Schultes (1819) although it has often been ascribed to Robert Brown (1810), including by Roemer & Schultes. The name is based on the Banks & Solander manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa from collections made by them in New Zealand during Cook’s first voyage to the area. Roemer & Schultes incorrectly give Tasmania as the locality but Cook’s first voyage did not land in Tasmania. Two and probably three sheets with Banks and Solander specimens are at BM. One bears the citation ‘In sylvis prope Opuragi, Totaranui’, the second sheet has a typewritten label with the date '5th- 1 5th Nov. 1769', at which time Cook was anchored in Mercury (now Cook) Bay, and a reference to ‘Solander, Prim. FI. N. Zeal. p. 437, Parkinson Ic. 120.’ The specimens are vegetative or with a few fruit. There is little doubt that Gaertner based the name Ardisia acerosa on Solander's manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa, nor that subsequent authors did other than follow this concept. The Banks and Solander specimens of Stiphelia acerosa and the Forster specimens of Epacris juniperina at BM represent the same taxon. Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia (R.Br.) C.M. Weiller comb, et slat. nov. Cyathodes parvifolia R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Type citation: [D ] v.v. Type : ‘ Styplielia erythrocarpa. In lateribus .... Montis Tabularis ad fluo: Derwent, Feb: - May 1804’, R. Brown (Bennett No. 2416) (holotype BM. photo HO: isotype K). On the reverse of the handwritten label of the type is "4 Cyathodes parvifolia prodr. 540’. The typed label has the dates Feb. 1 8th, 19th, and 27th 1 804. A second sheet with a single specimen bears the same typed label. Both bear the manuscript name Styphelia erythrocarpa. Lissanthe parvifolia (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 ( 1824). Styphelia parvifolia (R.Br.) F.Muell., Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 86 (1874). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. parvifolia (R.Br.) Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963). Cyathodes parvifolia sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 246 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 115 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia is the small leafed highland form, leaves 4. 2-5. 8 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, margin recurved, ciliolate toward apex, 3(-5) veined. Corolla tube glabrous, 2. 1-3.5 mm long (male). 2n=20 (Smith-White 1955, as Cyathodes pan’ifolia).
200 C. Wei Her 1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 (1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".
Muelleria 12(2): 163- 167 (1999) A New Peppermint for Victoria K. Rule Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria Abstract Eucalyptus molyneuxii K. Rule, a rare peppermint occurring in Victoria’s Little Desert, whose features include narrow-lanceolate, falcate, sub-lustrous, green juvenile leaves, and comparatively small, thick-walled fruits, is described. Its distribution, ecology, affinities and conservation status are discussed. Introduction “Shining Peppermint” and “Shiny-leaved Peppermint” are names that have been loosely applied to a number of peppermint eucalypts with varying degrees of coriaceous, lustrous adult leaves. Tasmanian populations exhibiting these features were described firstly as E. nitida Hook. (1856) and then as E. simmondsii Maiden (1922). Later, Willis (1970) considered these as conspecific and Willis again (1973) regarded Victorian peppermints with similar features as a part of E. nitida. However, studies by Marginson & Ladiges (1982) and Marginson, Ladiges & Brooker (1983) justified the segregation of the mainland populations of Wilsons Promontory, the Gippsland Lakes region, south-western Victoria and adjacent areas of South Australia and the Grampians as E. willisii. In both studies fundamental differences in juvenile morphology were identified. Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffin (1986), in a follow-up study, described the Grampians populations as E. willisii subsp. falciformis. Their decision was supported by the new subspecies being separable in a wide range of characters, most notably by its distinctly falcate juvenile leaves. They also found that the form occurring in south-western Victoria and adjacent areas of South Australia exhibited adult features close to the new subspecies but retained it as a part of E. willisii subsp. willisii on the grounds of similarities in juvenile morphology. More recently, however, Mr David Rankin of La Trobe University, in an as yet unpublished wider study of the peppermints, found marked regional differences within E. willisii to the extent that a further taxonomic revision is needed (pers. comm.). For example, the populations of the Gippsland Lakes region (here referred to as the “Gippsland Lakes Form”) have been found to represent an undescribed taxon. As well, the populations occurring in subcoastal and coastal areas of south-western Victoria and adjacent areas of South Australia, together with E. willisii subsp. falciformis, have been found to constitute a western complex of variable shining peppermints. Further, the discovery in 1966 of the species treated here in the most unlikely location of Victoria’s Little Desert National Park has again increased the number of Victorian endemic shining peppermints. The features of this new species include narrow- lanceolate, falcate, sublustrous, green juvenile leaves and comparatively small, thick- walled fruits. Comparative seedling trials and field studies have demonstrated its morphology as markedly distinctive and it is thus described as a new species. Taxonomy Eucalyptus molyneuxii K. Rule sp. nov. E. willisii Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker affinis; a subsp. willisii ramulis non- pendulis, foliis juvenalibus anguste lanceolatis falcatis nitentibus viridibus non-
New species in Asteraceae 225 Specimens Examined: New South Wales (all Kosciuszko National Park): Happy Jacks River Gorge, 28.xi.1954, M. Mueller s.n. (MEL); Tumut Pond. Clear Creek Valley, 16.xii.1954, M. Mueller s.n. (MEL); Happy Jacks Gauging Station, 5,i. 1 960, M.E. Phillips s.n. & J.E. Raeder- Roitzsh (CANB); Cabramurra-Khancoban Rd, 2 km south of dam wall at Tumut #1 Reservoir. 1 0.xii. 1 998, N.G. Walsh 4892 (MEL, CANB); Tumut Ponds Fire Trail, 1 0.xii. 1 998, G. Wright 103 (CANB. MEL). Distribution and Conservation Status : Apparently confined to an area of c. 9 km x 5 km in the catchment of the Tumut River (including Clear Ck, Happy Jacks Ck) above its impoundment by the Tumut Pond Dam, in the Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales (Southern Tablelands). It is locally common within this area, but using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) its conservation status would be assessed as ‘rare’. Further searches within the general area, particularly in the lower catchments of Nine Mile Ck and Temperance Ck are likely to increase the number of known populations (but perhaps not the overall range) of the species. Habitat : All known populations occur within Eucalyptus pauciflora woodland (occasionally with other eucalypts such as E. stellulata, E. perriniana) between 1200 and 1400 m altitude. The substrate is typically shallow soil derived from shaly sedimentary substrate. Typically associated shrub species include Olearia phlogopappa, Podolobium alpestre, Ozothamnus secundiflorus, Grevillea victoriae s.l. Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected from late November to mid December. Notes : According to herbarium collections at MEL and CANB, only three specimens of O. stenophylla had been collected prior to 1998, two of these in 1954, one in 1960. Since 1954, areas adjacent to the collecting localities had been flooded as part of the Snowy Mountains Hydroelectric Scheme, and there were concerns that the species may have been extinguished or severely depleted before being taxonomically recognised. Fieldwork in late 1998 confirmed the continued existence at the known sites, and extended its range slightly. The few specimens of O. stenophylla collected prior to 1998 had been referred to O. asterotricha (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. from which it differs in the generally longer, linear leaves that are glabrous and shining on the adaxial surface, the shorter involucre with bracts that increase in size from the outermost to the innermost series (those of O. asterotricha being 4-7 mm long and of almost uniform length), and the liner indumentum (the stellate hairs of O. stenophylla being typically c. 0.2 mm diam. and those O. asterotricha being typically 0.5 mm diam. or more). The leaves of O. stenophylla superficially resemble those of O. rosmarinifolia which occurs in the general vicinity, but that species has predominantly opposite leaves with raised reticulate venation on the adaxial surface and a dense indumentum of appressed medifixed hairs on the lower surface, and glabrous or subglabrous achenes with a uniseriate pappus. O. phlogopappa is common throughout the general area in which O. stenophylla occurs, and is clearly related to it, but is readily distinguished by its broader leaves that are dull (and sometimes scurfy-pubescent) on the adaxial surface, with flat, typically lobed or toothed margins, finer indumentum and uniseriate pappus. The species is not recorded by Lander (1992). Etymology : The epithet is derived from the Greek ( stenos = narrow, pltyllon = leaf) and refers to the characteristic linear to oblong leaves. Euchiton poliochlorus N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. E. fordiano M. Gray et E. argentifolio N.A. Wakef. affinis, a primo foliis angustioribus, capitulis paucioribus, a secundo capitulis largioribus, et ab ambobus foliis griseo-viridis (non albidis) differt. Type: Victoria, Baw Baw Plateau, headwaters of West Tanjil River, 18. i. 1982, N.G. Walsh 658 (holotype: MEL 605140 ; isotypes (2) CANB).
Leptecophylla 211 Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most of the remainder of the wax. Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 (CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 (1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm in the SE (Fig. 8).
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
Leptecophylla 207 mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the puberulent calyx and bracteoles. Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain unthickened. Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 (HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B (1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857)
200 C. Wei Her 1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 (1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells.
Leptecophylla 209 7.5-10 pm long, 10 |jm wide. Two rows of palisade mesophyll cells, 27.5-40 pm long, 15-17.5 pm wide, occur adaxially above open short-rectangular spongy mesophyll. Fibres occur only beneath the vascular bundles and the abaxial endodermal cells are unthickened. Chemical Data : Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (21%), p-amyrenone (12%) and a-amyrin (8%), C 28 aldehyde (4%) and alcohol (9%). Triterpenes F and G are minor. Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Barbers Marsh, East Bagdad Rd 4 km due S of Quoin Mt, AM. Gray 399 (HO); Organ Hill near Bicheno, A. Moscal 172 (HO); Black Charlies Opening, A. M. Buchanan 3590 (HO); west ridge of Brown Mt, P. Collier, 15 June 1984 (HO); Sam Smiths Hill 2 km NE of Kaoota, 4. Moscal 790 (HO); ‘M’ Rd T.P.F.H. private rd 5 km from Lake Leake Rd, AM. Gray, 1 June 1978 (HO); Orford above Prosser River nr rubbish tip. M.G. Corrick 2 1 04 (MEL); Cape Bernier, W.M. Curtis, 13 Jan. 1945 (HO); Lenah Valley Track, EH. Long 366 (HO); Coles Bay, W.M. Curtis, Nov. 1948 (HO); South Island, Maria Is, M.J. Brown 219 (HO); Chimney Pot Hill, R.K. Crowden 8307-01: Hospital Creek, CM. Mihaich 1: Grasstree Hill, D.A. &A.V. Ratkowsky 417 (NSW); Spring River, W.M. Curtis, 9 Sept. 1951 (HO); Piermont, mouth of Stony River, S of Swansea, S. Harris, 25 Jan. 1979 (HO); Mt Nelson, Rodway 153 (HO); Mt Direction, F.A. Rodway, June 1922 (NSW). 4 . Leptecophylla pendulosa (S.J. Jarman) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Cyathod.es penditlosa 5. J. Jarman, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 112: 2 (1978). Type citation: Foothills of Ben Lomond, Tasmania, 16 June 1976, R.K. Crowden & S.J. Jarman (holotype HO). Dioecious, diffuse or compact shrubs to 1 .5 m high. Stems erect, brown or grey-brown; branchlets brown, rounded, pubescent. Leaves evenly spaced, spreading, narrow ovate, 3. 8-7. 9 mm long, 0.9-1. 8 mm wide, flat, apex acute, tip pungent 0.6-0. 9 mm long, margin flat or slightly recurved, ciliate, upper surface glabrous, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-5 conspicuous veins; petiole erect, 0.4-1 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or occasionally puberulent on the upper surface. Flowers solitary, usually terminal only but also axillary, erect or pendulous from bud, pedicel 2.3-4 mm long; bracts weakly keeled, ovate, 0.4-0. 7 mm long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, apices obtuse, puberulent outside, ciliolate on the margins; bracteoles and sepals ovate with the midrib abaxially inconspicuous, glabrous or sparsely pubescent inside; bracteoles 13-37 per flower, imbricate, 1.7-2. 9 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide; sepals ovate to elliptic, 2. 6-3. 6 mm long, 1.2-2. 2 mm wide. Corolla tube exceeding calyx, thin, U-shaped, or campanulate, 3. 2-4. 3 mm long (male), 2. 8-3. 5 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter then tube 1 .7-2.3 mm long, apices acute, externally glabrous or rarely with a few hairs at the base of the lobes, internally glabrous. Anthers of male flowers 1-1.4 mm long, enclosed within corolla; filaments 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1 mm wide (male), 1-1.4 mm high, 1-1.4 mm wide (female), glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style bent, glabrous, seated in an apical depression, 3.1-44 mm long (male), 2. 1-2.9 mm long (female); stigma lobed, 0.1 mm high; nectary continuous, 04-0.7 mm high, glabrous, with toothed upper margin. Drupe pink, spherical, 6.3-9 mm high. 6-10 mm wide, apically depressed, glabrous, 0-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Distribution and Habitat : Endemic to Tasmania, occurring in rocky, open eucalypt woodland in the north-east (Fig. 7). Flowering Period: May— July. Leaf Anatomy: Leaf 230-240 pm thick with adaxial and abaxial cuticles 5 pm. Papillae with a rounded apex, 17.5 pm long cover the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells are heavily lignified, 25-32.5 pm long, 16.3-18.8 pm wide; abaxial epidermal cells are narrowly lignified, 7.5-12.5 pm long, 11.3-15 pm wide, smaller beneath the veins than in the stomatal areas. A single row of palisade cells 45-62.5 pm long, 15 pm wide
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".
Rinodina (Physciaceae) 189 (GZU); summit of Mount Barker, 32 km SE of Adelaide, M. & H. May rhofer 2688, 1 1 .viii. 1 98 1 (GZU). New South Wales: New England, Armidale Distr., Woilomombi Falls Reserve, E of Armidale, Edgars Lookout, c. 950 m, H. Mayrhofer 4650 , 5384 & J. Williams, 12.x. 1981 (GZU); 5525 (HO); same locality, W.A. Weber & D. McVean, 24.x. 1967 (COLO); Bungonia Lookdown, rim of Shoalhaven River Gorge, 1 1 km E of Bungonia, W.A. Weber & D. McVean, 1 0.iv. 1 968 (COLO); Muswellbrook, between Sandy Hollow and Hollydeen, W of Muswellbrook, D., M. & H. Mayrhofer 8853, 14. viii. 1988 (GZU, HO. Mayrhofer); Wanganderry Tableland, Lake Burragorang, near Wollondilly River, E of Byrnes Bay, SSW of ‘The Oaks’, H. Mayrhofer 4670a , 3.x. 1981 (GZU); S of Boorowa River, NW of Yass, D.. M. & H. Mayrhofer 8585, 11. viii. 1988 (GZU). Victoria: Copi Flats, S side of Wyperfield National Park, 125 km N of Horsham, M. & H. Mayrhofer 4624, 18. viii. 1981 (GZU, MEL). Tasmania: New Norfolk, H. Mayrhofer 12015, E. Hierzer & G. Kantvilas, 3. viii. 1992 (GZU); 7 km E of Lake Leake, G. Kantvilas, 22.V.1996 (HO). 8. Rinodina pyrina (Ach.) Arnold, Flora 64: 196 ( 1881); Lichen pyrinus Ach., Lichenogr. Suec. Prodrome. 52 (1798). Type: without collector or locality (lectotype, fide Ropin & Mayrhofer 1993. BM-ACH!). Thallus crustose, rather thin and effuse, to moderately thick and areolate, often scabrid and mealy, pale grey to dingy olive-grey; areoles typically minute, somewhat dispersed and discontinuous, especially at the margins, contiguous in the centre of the thallus, plane to convex to ± bullate; prothallus absent. Photobiont cells 16-22 x 14-20 pm. Chemistry: no lichen substances detected by t.l.c. Apothecia 0. 1-0.6 mm diam., scattered, typically very numerous, lecanorine, sessile when mature but sometimes rather immersed when young. Thalline margin well developed, thin, entire, occasionally abraded, persistent even in old apothecia; cortex indistinct, 5-10 pm thick, composed of interwoven hyphae. Disc plane, occasionally becoming convex, brown to black, matt, usually somewhat scabrid. Epihymenium 5-10 pm tall, brown to dark brown, unchanged in KOH. Hymenium hyaline, 60-70 pm tall. Hypothecium 50-60 pm deep, hyaline. Parathecium poorly developed and rather indistinct, mostly c. 20-50 pm thick. Paraphyses simple or branched occasionally near Fig. 14. Rinodina pyrina ( Kantvilas 209/89, GZU): a ascus with immature ascospores; b-d mature ascospores. Scale: 10 pm.
Leptecophylla 203 Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla juniperina. Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). Flowering Period : Sept.-May. Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 (AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 (AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 (CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush,
Leptecophylla 207 mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the puberulent calyx and bracteoles. Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain unthickened. Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 (HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B (1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857)
Leptecophylla 205 Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 (HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 (HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 (HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 286 (HO). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] oxycedrus and C. acerosa. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill
204 C. Weiller A. P. Druce, Dec. 1972 (CHR); Punekiri, Waikaremoana. W.R.B. Oliver, 12 Dec. 1946 (WELT). Wellington Region: Wainuiomata Valley, A. J. Healy, 20 June 1937 (CHR); Tauherenikau Valley, R.L. Oliver, Aug. 1941 (WELT); Days Bay, R. Mason, 4 Oct. 1948 (CHR); Auro Road, Upper Hutt, B. L. Enting, 18 Jan. 1970 (WELT); Summit Rimutaka Range, W.R.B. Oliver, 8 Apr. 1951 (WELT). South Island. Marlborough: Ship Cove Queen Charlotte Sound. A.P. Druce, 6 Dec. 1953; Red Hills, Wairau Valley, Marlborough, L.B. Moore, 19 Apr. 1965 (CHR); Minginningi, Picton, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Kenepura, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Resolution Bay, L.B. Moore & J. Clarke, 15 Oct. 1965 (CHR). Nelson: E of Parapara Peak, NW Nelson, A.P. Druce. Nov. 1975 (CHR); Mt Burnett, Wakamarama Range, A.P. Druce, Jan. 1982 (CHR); Matiri River, A.P. Druce, May 1977 (CHR); SE slopes of Mt Frederic, PC. Morgan, 10 Feb. 1912 (WELT); Lake Rotoiti, J.H. McMahon. Nov. 1934 (WELT); Black Hill, M.J.A. Simpson 30 Oct. 1961 (CHR); Track to Fulls River from Torrent Bay, A. Lush, Jan. 1951 (WELT); Lead Hills, W.R.B. Oliver, 24 Dec. 1946 (WELT). Canterbury - Westland - Otaga: Culverden Plain, L. Cockayne, 2 Nov. 1905 (WELT); Jacks Pass, P. Hynes, 28 Jan. 1965 (AK); Banks Peninsula Castle Rock, P. Douglas, 29 Sept. 1983 (CHR); NW of Kowai Bush, B.H. Macmillan, 30 Mar. 1970 (CHR): Otago Peninsula, Pudding Island, PN. Johnson. 14 Feb. 1982 (CHR). Southland - Fiordland: Colac Bay, L.Cockayne, 16 Nov. 1905 (WELT); Bluff Hills, Southland, L. Cockayne, Oct. 1902 (WELT); Charles Sound Fiords, W.F. Harris, 28 Feb. 1949 (CHR); Poison Bay, P. Wordier & A.F. Mark, 10 Feb. 1974 (CHR); Head of Milford Sound, W.R.B. Oliver, 19 Dec. 1944 (WELT). Stewart Island: Mt Rakaehua, (WELT); Port Pegasus, C. Black, 22 Jan. 1955 (WELT); North Arm, N.M. Adams, 26 Feb. 1972 (WELT); Pryces Peak, L. Cockayne, 29 Sept. 1908 (WELT). Notes : The combination C. acerosa was correctly made by Roemer & Schultes (1819) although it has often been ascribed to Robert Brown (1810), including by Roemer & Schultes. The name is based on the Banks & Solander manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa from collections made by them in New Zealand during Cook’s first voyage to the area. Roemer & Schultes incorrectly give Tasmania as the locality but Cook’s first voyage did not land in Tasmania. Two and probably three sheets with Banks and Solander specimens are at BM. One bears the citation ‘In sylvis prope Opuragi, Totaranui’, the second sheet has a typewritten label with the date '5th- 1 5th Nov. 1769', at which time Cook was anchored in Mercury (now Cook) Bay, and a reference to ‘Solander, Prim. FI. N. Zeal. p. 437, Parkinson Ic. 120.’ The specimens are vegetative or with a few fruit. There is little doubt that Gaertner based the name Ardisia acerosa on Solander's manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa, nor that subsequent authors did other than follow this concept. The Banks and Solander specimens of Stiphelia acerosa and the Forster specimens of Epacris juniperina at BM represent the same taxon. Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia (R.Br.) C.M. Weiller comb, et slat. nov. Cyathodes parvifolia R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Type citation: [D ] v.v. Type : ‘ Styplielia erythrocarpa. In lateribus .... Montis Tabularis ad fluo: Derwent, Feb: - May 1804’, R. Brown (Bennett No. 2416) (holotype BM. photo HO: isotype K). On the reverse of the handwritten label of the type is "4 Cyathodes parvifolia prodr. 540’. The typed label has the dates Feb. 1 8th, 19th, and 27th 1 804. A second sheet with a single specimen bears the same typed label. Both bear the manuscript name Styphelia erythrocarpa. Lissanthe parvifolia (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 ( 1824). Styphelia parvifolia (R.Br.) F.Muell., Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 86 (1874). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. parvifolia (R.Br.) Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963). Cyathodes parvifolia sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 246 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 115 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia is the small leafed highland form, leaves 4. 2-5. 8 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, margin recurved, ciliolate toward apex, 3(-5) veined. Corolla tube glabrous, 2. 1-3.5 mm long (male). 2n=20 (Smith-White 1955, as Cyathodes pan’ifolia).
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
Muelleria 12(2):223-228 (1999) New Species in Asteraceae from the Subalps of Southeastern Australia. N.G. Walsh National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Abstract Olearia stenophylla and Euchiton poliochlorus are described and illustrated. Their distributions, habitats, conservation status and relationships to closely related congeners are discussed. Both species are apparently endemic to subalpine areas of south-eastern Australia. Introduction In the course of curating Asteraceae at MEL and compiling accounts for the fourth volume of the Flora of Victoria, a number of undescribed taxa were encountered. One of these has long been recognized as an unnamed taxon in Australia, others appear to have been overlooked in herbaria and the field. The opportunity is here taken to provide names for two of these species, both endemic to subalpine areas of south-eastern Australia. Other taxa will be dealt with in subsequent papers. Taxonomy Olearia stenophylla N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. Olearia asterotrichae (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis foliis longioribus linearis acutis, supra glabris nitentibus, bracteis involucralibus inaequalibus, et indumento tenuissimo differt. Type: New South Wales, Kosciuszko National Park, Tumut Ponds Fire Trail, G. Wright 102, 1 0.xii. 1 998 (holotype MEL 2054189 : isotypes CANB. NSW). Shrub to c. 1.2 m high, usually multistemmed from base and more or less leafless in the lower half. Younger stems, undersurfaces of leaves and peduncles densely floccose with white to pale fawn stellate hairs. Leaves alternate, sessile, oblong to linear, 40-80 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, apex acute, base cuneate, margins entire, recurved to revolute, adaxial surface glabrous at maturity, but with small, scattered tubercles, lustrous, with impressed reticulate venation, very young leaves with sparse stellate hairs. Capitula in corymbs terminating main branches and short lateral branchlets. Peduncles mostly 1-3 cm long. Involucre broadly obconic. Bracts 3-4-seriate. the outermost ovate, c. 1 mm long, the innermost oblong to narrow-ovate, 3.5— 4.2 mm long; stereome green, margin chartaceous, mostly entire, fimbriolate at or near apex; abaxial surface with sparse multicellular gland-tipped hairs and/or sessile glands, usually with a few eglandular stellate hairs. Ray florets 9-14, uniseriate, white (rarely pale mauve or lilac), glabrous or with few minute glandular hairs shortly below the ligule. Ligule 4-6 mm long, obtuse, entire or minutely 3-lobed apically. Style arms filiform, c. 1.5 mm long. Disc florets similar in number to ray florets, corolla c. 4 mm long, yellow, sparsely glandular- pubescent on the tube and apices of lobes. Anthers linear, c. 1 .5 mm long (including the acute apical appendage), shortly exserted from corolla. Style arms narrowly obovate, c. 1.2 mm long. Cypselas flattened-cylindric to narrow-obovoid, c. 2 mm long, shortly sericeous, obscurely 6-ribbed. Pappus biseriate, the outer series of c. 10-20 barbellate bristles or narrow, flattened scales 0.5-1 mm long, the inner series of c. 30^10 barbellate bristles 3-4 mm long. (Fig. 1)
Muelleria 12(2): 133- 134 (1999) A New Species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from Southwestern Australia L.A. Craven Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600. Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Abstract Phymatocarpus interioris Craven is described newly. A key to the three species of Phymatocarpus is provided and their distributions are mapped. Introduction The Western Australian genus Phymatocarpus F. Muell. was established in 1862 with P. porphyrocephalus F. Muell. its sole, and hence type, species. Mueller added a second species, P. maxwellii F. Muell. in 1875. Both of these species have a more or less coastal distribution, the former in the Murchison River-Eneabba region and the latter from Mount Barker east to Israelite Bay. During preparation of an account of the genus for Flora of Australia it was noted that several populations, seemingly of P maxwelli , occurred in the Lake King-Peak Charles area to the north of the range of P. maxwelli. Further investigation showed that these populations represent an undescribed species of the genus; this is described below as P. interioris. Taxonomy 1 . Phymatocarpus porphyrocephalus F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 121 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, sand plain S of Murchison River, Oldfield s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059023). 2. Phymatocarpus maxwellii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 45 (1875), as maxwelli. Typus : Western Australia, near Cape Arid, 1875, Maxwell s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059015). Regelia sparsifolia W.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 (1912). Typus: Western Australia, Esperance Bay, Oct. 1903, Daw s.n. (holotypus NSW; isotypus MEL fragm.). 3. Phymatocarpus interioris Craven, sp. nov. A P. maxwellii F. Muell. staminibus non distincte fasciculatis et annulo staminali et a P. porphyrocephalo F. Muell. staminibus paucioribus (23-30), floribus ebracteolatis et lamina foliorum venis numerosioribus (5-9) differt. Typus: Western Australia, c. 65 km W of Daniell, 15 Sep 1964, Kuchel 1798 (holotypus AD; isotypus CANB). Shrub to 1.5 m tall. Leaves 4.4-9. 2 mm long, 3-7.5 mm wide, short-petiolate or subsessile; blade glabrous or hairy, very broadly ovate to circular to transversely broadly elliptic, in transverse section sublimate, the veins 5-9 and parallel-pinnate. Inflorescence with 2-6 triads; bracteoles absent. Hypanthium sericeous. Sepals costate or not, very broadly triangular or elliptic, 0. 7-0.8 mm long. Staminal ring well developed, 1.4-2. 8 mm long. Stamens 23-30 per flower, often in distinct antepetalous clusters (the bundle claw per se weakly developed), the filaments glabrous, mauve, purple or pink, 3. 3-5. 5 mm long. Style 7-8 mm long. Ovules 5-10 per locule. Fruit 2. 7-3.9 mm long with the distal rim flat or more or less so. Seed generally obovoid; cotyledons obvolute. Selected specimens examined (c. 12 seen): Western Australia: 93.2 km from Lake King Post Office along the Norseman road, 5 Nov 1994, Craven. Lepschi & Holliday 9599 (A, ASU, CANB,
Muelleria 12(2): 133- 134 (1999) A New Species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from Southwestern Australia L.A. Craven Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600. Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Abstract Phymatocarpus interioris Craven is described newly. A key to the three species of Phymatocarpus is provided and their distributions are mapped. Introduction The Western Australian genus Phymatocarpus F. Muell. was established in 1862 with P. porphyrocephalus F. Muell. its sole, and hence type, species. Mueller added a second species, P. maxwellii F. Muell. in 1875. Both of these species have a more or less coastal distribution, the former in the Murchison River-Eneabba region and the latter from Mount Barker east to Israelite Bay. During preparation of an account of the genus for Flora of Australia it was noted that several populations, seemingly of P maxwelli , occurred in the Lake King-Peak Charles area to the north of the range of P. maxwelli. Further investigation showed that these populations represent an undescribed species of the genus; this is described below as P. interioris. Taxonomy 1 . Phymatocarpus porphyrocephalus F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 121 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, sand plain S of Murchison River, Oldfield s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059023). 2. Phymatocarpus maxwellii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 45 (1875), as maxwelli. Typus : Western Australia, near Cape Arid, 1875, Maxwell s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059015). Regelia sparsifolia W.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 (1912). Typus: Western Australia, Esperance Bay, Oct. 1903, Daw s.n. (holotypus NSW; isotypus MEL fragm.). 3. Phymatocarpus interioris Craven, sp. nov. A P. maxwellii F. Muell. staminibus non distincte fasciculatis et annulo staminali et a P. porphyrocephalo F. Muell. staminibus paucioribus (23-30), floribus ebracteolatis et lamina foliorum venis numerosioribus (5-9) differt. Typus: Western Australia, c. 65 km W of Daniell, 15 Sep 1964, Kuchel 1798 (holotypus AD; isotypus CANB). Shrub to 1.5 m tall. Leaves 4.4-9. 2 mm long, 3-7.5 mm wide, short-petiolate or subsessile; blade glabrous or hairy, very broadly ovate to circular to transversely broadly elliptic, in transverse section sublimate, the veins 5-9 and parallel-pinnate. Inflorescence with 2-6 triads; bracteoles absent. Hypanthium sericeous. Sepals costate or not, very broadly triangular or elliptic, 0. 7-0.8 mm long. Staminal ring well developed, 1.4-2. 8 mm long. Stamens 23-30 per flower, often in distinct antepetalous clusters (the bundle claw per se weakly developed), the filaments glabrous, mauve, purple or pink, 3. 3-5. 5 mm long. Style 7-8 mm long. Ovules 5-10 per locule. Fruit 2. 7-3.9 mm long with the distal rim flat or more or less so. Seed generally obovoid; cotyledons obvolute. Selected specimens examined (c. 12 seen): Western Australia: 93.2 km from Lake King Post Office along the Norseman road, 5 Nov 1994, Craven. Lepschi & Holliday 9599 (A, ASU, CANB,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 180-181, Fig. 8".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 182-183, Fig. 9".
Leptecophylla 211 Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most of the remainder of the wax. Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 (CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams (CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 (1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm in the SE (Fig. 8).
Leptecophylla 203 Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla juniperina. Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). Flowering Period : Sept.-May. Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 (AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 (AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 (CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".
Leptecophylla 205 Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 (HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 (HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 (HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 286 (HO). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] oxycedrus and C. acerosa. Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill
Leptecophylla 207 mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the puberulent calyx and bracteoles. Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain unthickened. Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 (HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B (1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857)
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
Muelleria 1 2(2):2 1 5-2 1 6 (1999) Triglochin protuberans (Juncaginaceae): a New Species from Western Australia Helen I. Aston c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. Abstract Triglochin protuberans Aston sp. nov., an annual species from south-western Western Australia, is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. Introduction Collections of Juncaginaceae from all major herbaria in Australia were obtained on loan for preparation of the family account for the Flora of Australia. Amongst specimens of the annual species of Triglochin, several consistently similar collections differing from already described taxa were located. D.C. Edinger later forwarded two further collections of the new entity. This is now described here as a new species, T. protuberans. Taxonomy Triglochin protuberans Aston, sp. nov. Herba annua, 3-13 cm alta. Folia gracilia, c. teretia, 1-7 cm longa, breviora scapo fructifero; vaginae auriculis latis obtusis terminatis. Infructescentia racemus laxus est, 1-6 cm longa, fructibus 2-8 in pedicellis 1.5-5(-9) mm longis. Fructus c. anguste angulo-ovati (anguste trullati ) in circumscriptione, (4-)4.7-6. 1 mm longi, loco latissimo 1.1 -1.6 mm diametris. Carpella fertilia matura 3, connata ventraliter; pagina dorsalis marginem rotundatam et sulco longitudinali ad costam porca demissa angusta inclusa, margines quoque prope basin protuberatio facti; carpellum infra portuberationes duos contractum deorsum. Type: Western Australia, 8 miles [12.9 km] E of Malcolm, A.S. George 2764, 22.viii.1961 (holotype PERTH). Annual herb, 3-13 cm high. Leaves ± terete, often thread-like, 1-7 cm long, 0.2-0. 5 mm diam., always much shorter than the infructescence and usually less than half as long; basal sheath with broad obtuse, rarely shortly pointed, auricles to 0.25 mm long. Scape at fruiting erect to spreading, 2-13 cm long, 0.25-0.4 mm diam. Inflorescence insufficiently known. Infructescence a lax open raceme 1-6 cm long, 5-12 mm diam.; pedicels c. 1.5-5(-9) mm long, 0. 1-0.2 mm diam. Fruits c. 2-8 per infructescence, + narrowly angular-ovoid (narrowly trullate) in outline, (4- )4. 7-6.1 mm long, 1.1 -1.6 mm diam. across the near-basal bulges. Carpels 6, 3 fertile alternating with 3 sterile, ventrally united; dorsal surface of each mature fertile carpel with rounded edges and with a longitudinal groove containing a low narrow ridge down its midline, each edge developing into a rounded bulge near the carpel base or rarely the bulges lacking; carpel tapered downwards below the two bulges; mature carpels readily separating; sterile carpels forming a persistent, 3-winged carpophore. (Fig. 1) Phenology: Flowers and fruits Aug. - Oct. Etymology: The epithet protuberans refers to the typically prominent bulges which occur near the base of mature fertile carpels. A suggested English name for the species is Bulged Arrow grass. Distribution and Conservation Status : Known only from six collections from south-
196 C. Weiller Taxonomy Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 (1786). Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 (1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of most species. Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs (L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs ( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous
80 A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh Ecology. See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. Selected specimens examined: South Australia: Port Elliot, 15 Jan. 1913 (AD); Harriet River. Kangaroo Is., 7 Oct. 1922, Osborn (AD); Port Lincoln, 17 Dec. 1941, Cleland (AD); 10 km west of Naracoorte, 18 Nov. 1961, Hunt (AD); Bankers Knoll, Younghusband Penin., 15 Dec. 1981. Williams 12 ISO (AD, MEL); Warooka, 16 Nov. 1989, Brown 455 (MEL, HO); near mouth of Marne River, 19 Dec. 1995, Spooner (AD). New South Wales: Port Macquarie, Nov. 1915. Boorman (NSW); Cave Beach, 4.8 km SW Jervis Bay, 12 Oct. 1971, Coveny 3683 (NSW): North Headland, Wamberal, 10 Nov. 1973, Jacobs 638 (NSW); Long Beach, Batemans Bay, 18 Nov. 1991, Crawford 1413 (NSW. MEL). Victoria: Wingan Inlet N.P. west of mouth, 23 Nov. 1969. Beauglehole and Finch 32002 (MEL, NSW); Cape Shanck, 3 Dec. 1970, Todd 27 (MEL); Point Lonsdale. 10 Dec. 1983, Albrecht 694 (MEL); Little Desert N.P, 18 Dec. 1983, Carr 7704 (MEL); Walkerville North, 5 Dec. 1994, Paget 1146 (MEL); St. Marnock’s Swamp, Crossroads, south of Eurambeen, 4 Jan. 1996, Brown 1117 (MEL). Tasmania: South Port. Jan. 1850, Stuart (MEL): Eaglehawk Neck, 15 Jan. 1949, Blake 18281 (HO); Wybalenna Is., off Flinders Is., 12 Dec. 1968. Harris (HO); Rocky Cape. 7 Jan. 1977, Mason 13249 (HO): Peron Dunes, St. Helens Point, 7 Jun. 1983, Buchanan 1196 (HO): Turua Beach. Deadmans Bay, 21 Jan. 1987, Moscal 14225 (HO, MEL); Planters Beach, Cockle Creek, 2 Feb. 1998, Buchanan 15056 (HO). 1 h. Agrostis billardierei var. tenuiseta D. Morris, Muelleria 7: 147 (1990). Type: Tasmania, Dolphin Sands, Nine Mile Beach, 10 Dec. 1984. Buchanan 4763 (holotype HO; isotype NSW ). Often rhizomatous. Flag leaves to 12 cm long, (1.5-)3-4 mm wide. Panicle branches, pedicles and spikelets mainly green tinged with purple but fading to straw with age. Mature spikelets hardly gaping. Glume apex without a fine seta or to 0.1 mm long, mod- erately to strongly scabrous along the keel and often lightly scaberulous on the sides, margins ciliated; lemma setae to 0.2 mm long or absent; awn very fine, straight or slight- ly curved, 0.5-2. 5 mm long (sometimes absent), not or hardly exceeding the glumes, attached 70-95 % from the lemma base. Distribution: Apparently confined to coastal areas in north-eastern Tasmania (includ- ing eastern Bass Strait islands). (Fig. 7) Ecology: See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. Selected specimens examined: Tasmania: Clarkes Is., Furneaux Group, 26 Jan. 1966, Whinray 1572 (CANB), Babel Is., Furneaux Group, 22 Jan. 1967, Whinray 1764 (MEL); Whitemark, Flinders Is., Dec. 1975. Morris (HO): Passage Is., Furneaux Group, 6 Jan. 1979, Whinray (MEL); Kelvedon Beach. Great Oyster Bay. 28 Jan. 1999. Brown 1579 (MEL); Mayfield Beach, Great Oyster Bay. 28 Jan. 1999, Brown 1585 (MEL); Scamander Beach. Beaumaris. 15 Jan 2000, Brown 1595 (HO). 2. Agrostis collicola (D. Morris) A.J. Brown & N.G. Walsh, stat. nov. Agrostis bil- lardierei R. Br. var. collicola D. Morris. Muelleria 7: 147 ( 1990). Type: Tasmania, Saddle between The Hippo and Moonlight Ridge Hill 3, 10 Feb. 1985, Collier 309 (holotype HO). Mid to dark-green, tufted, glabrous, weak perennial. 10-20 cm tall (including inflores- cences); culms erect. 5-10 cm long. Leaf blades fiat to conduplicate (sometimes pseudo- convolute on drying); basal leaves (generally forming a small erect tussock or tuft) 5-15 cm long. 1-2 mm wide; flag leaves 1.5-7. 5 cm long, 0. 2-2.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1 .5 — 4.0 mm long. Inflorescence an open panicle with spreading branches, 2-9 cm long, 4-9 cm wide, its base enclosed by the upper leaf sheath or its lower branches becoming free with maturity; peduncle 1-3 cm long if visible; 2—4 branches in the lowest whorl; branches and pedicels green, becoming purple with maturity; spikelets partly overlapping to not overlapping, generally gaping. Spikelets 2. 5-4.0 mm long overall (excluding awn);
82 A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh usually purple (green when immature); glumes acuminate and keeled (generally the keel extending to a tine seta up to 0.5 mm long), subequal, moderately to coarsely scabrous along the keel and densely and finely scaberulous on sides, margins smooth or with a few scattered cilia; lemmas 2. 5-3. 5 mm long overall, hairless except for callus tuft, smooth, sometimes purple streaked, with 2-4 setae at apex 0.2-0. 5 mm long; awn very fine, straight, decurrent from central nerve of lemma, 1.0-3. 5 mm long, attached 80-95% from the lemma base; palea 2. 0-3.0 mm long (minutely bifid at the apex if at all); rachilla extension forming a plumose bristle 1. 5-2.5 mm long (including hairs); anthers 0.4-0.8 mm long. Hill Blown-grass. Distribution : Apparently confined to mountainous areas of Tasmania, from 800-850 m altitude (Fig. 8). Ecology. See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. Selected specimens examined: Tasmania: Lake Ewart, 7 Feb. 1987, Buchanan 10071 , (HO); Lake Will south of Barn Bluff, 15 Jan. 1989. Collier 3941 , (HO). 3. Agrostis robusta (Vickery) A.J. Brown & N.G. Walsh stat. now Agrostis billardierei R. Br. var. robusta Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 1: 110 (1941). Type: Victoria, Melbourne, 17 Nov. 1853, Adamson 224 (holotype K). Mid to light-green (new shoots can be bluish-green), tufted, glabrous, annual or perenni- al, 25-75 cm tall (including inflorescences); culms ascending or erect, 10-55 cm long. Leaf blades rather stiff to lax, scabrous, convolute to strongly involute (sometimes flat- tening with age); basal leaves (sometimes forming an erect tussock) 10-50 cm long, 0.2-1 .()(— 1 .5) mm wide; flag leaves 2.5—1 5(— 35 ) cm long, 0.2—1 ,0(— 1 .5) mm wide; ligules obtuse, 2-7 mm long. Inflorescence an open panicle with spreading to lax branch- y~ •# •- • •v • 0 250 500 Km • • Figure 9. Distribution map of known collections of Agrostis robusta (syn. Agrostis billardierei var. robusta ) in SE Australia
Muelleria 14:3 ( 2000 ) The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens ( Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae) Peter G. Neish 1 and Marco F. Duretto Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra 3141 Australia 'Author for correspondence; e.mail: pneish@rbgmelb.org.au Abstract The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia A. Cunn. and B. rigens Cheel are discussed. Two new sub- species, B. anemonifolia subsp. aurifodina P.G.Neish and B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis P.G.Neish are described, and B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.f.) Benth. is raised to subspe- cific rank. All subspecies of B. anemonifolia are illustrated. The original description of B. rigens Cheel was based on discordant elements, and so is also revised. Boronia anemonifolia , B. vari- abilis, B. polygalifolia Sm. var. robusta Benth., B.dentigera F. Muell., and B. dentigeroides Cheel are lectotypified. Introduction While revising the east coast species of Boronia Sm. sect. Cyanothamnus (Lindl.) F. Muell. for the Flora of Australia treatment of Rutaceae it became apparent that the cir- cumscriptions of a number of taxa needed revision. Here, we revise B. anemonifolia A. Cunn. and B. rigens Cheel. The remaining east coast species of Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus are discussed in a forthcoming paper by Duretto, except for B. coerulescens F. Muell. which was revised by Wilson (1998). Material and Methods Material: Herbarium specimens were made available from AD, BRI, CANB, HO, LUND, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH and TCD; cibachromes and 35 mm transparencies were received from K, and 35 mm transparencies were received from BM. Herbarium abbre- viations follow Holmgren et al. (1990). These specimens were augmented with material collected in the field from the entire range of each taxon. Five plants per population were collected where possible. Leaf Anatomy: The central portion of leaves of all taxa were fixed in 70% ethanol. Fixed material was dehydrated through a graded ethanol series up to 100% ethanol, infil- trated with 100% LR-White (London Resin) through a resin/ethanol series, and poly- merised at 60°C. Sections 2 pm in thickness were cut on a Reichert Ultracut ultra-micro- tome and stained with 0.05% toluidine blue solution (pH 4.4). Taxonomic Descriptions: Descriptive terminology follows Briggs and Johnson (1979) and Weston (1990) for inflorescence structure, and Murley (1951) for seed surfaces. Conservation codes follow the format of Briggs and Leigh (1996). Taxonomy 1. Boronia anemonifolia A. Cunn. in B. Field, Geographical Memoirs of New South Wales 330 (1825). Type citation: "Verge of the Regent’s Glen, Blue Mountains.” Type: Regents Glen. Blue Mountains, N.S. Wales, A. Cunningham No.43, Oct. 1822 (lectotype, here designated, K, ex. hb. Cunningham., n.v., (cibachrome MEL 2047064, photgraph AD); isolectotypes MEL 256802, NSW); rocky declivities and precipitous descents, ? A. Cunnigham (probable isolectotype K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2047065 ; photograph AD 99543144)). Erect, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall, the branches terete to slightly quadrangular
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 6,7-9, Fig.2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 9-10, Fig.2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 11-Dec".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 10-Nov".
Boronia anemonifolia 11 (CANB); On rocky outcrop on Spur 1.5 km SE of Wadbilliga trig., 36°21’S 149°37'E, P.G. Neish 44, M. Duretto & 1. Thompson , l.xi.1995 (MEL); Head of Tuross River, R.H. Cambage s.n., xi.1908 (NSW); Northern end of Wadbilliga Mtn Plateau, I. Olsen 2373 , 13.x. 1974 (NSW). Notes: Boronia anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis differs from subsp. anemonifolia in having pinnate leaves with wider and thicker leaflets (2—5 mm wide) and usually entire lateral leaflets, and from subsp. variabilis by the pubescent leaves, petals, and the longer prophylls and sepals (Figs. 2E, F). Distribution and ecology: This subspecies is restricted to the Wadbilliga Plateau in south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is found in eucalypt woodland or low Allocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson heath on rocky outcrops and ridge tops between 1200 and 1300 m. Flowering material has been collected in October and December. Conservation status: All known collections of B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis have been made within five kilometres of each other in Wadbilliga National Park. A con- servation code of 2RC+ is appropriate. Further field work is required to ascertain the full range of this subspecies. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the name of the major landmark, the Wadbilliga trig, point, within the distributional range of this subspecies. Id. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis (Hook.) P.G. Neish, comb. nov. Boronia variabilis Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 255 (1834). Type citation: “Mr. Lawrence, (1831), Mr. Gunn, (n. 8.) - 6 Mr. Gunn, (n. 214) - y Mr. Gunn, (n. 303.), who observes that it is called Lemon-plant. Type: Van D. Land [Tasmania], Mr Gunn n. 214 (lectotype, here designated and by implication by Hooker, J. Bot. (Hooker) 2, 418 ( 1 840), K [ex lib. hook., 4 sprigs on lower half of sheet) n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041296. B. anemonifolia var variabilis (Hook.) Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Rodway, Tasmanian FI. 22 (1903) nom illeg. non B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Benth. (1863). Boronia dentigeroides Cheel, J. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales 62: 301 (1929). Type citation: “Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen [sic]; Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen. J.L. Boorman; Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe; Menangle, Mr. Harper; Timburra (Stuart) ex Herb. Melbourne, labelled B. polygalifolia var. anemonifolia-, Flinder’s Island (Gulliver), labelled B. anemonifolia .” Type: Timburra [Timbarra, E of Tenterfield, 29°0I’S 152°13’E], C. Stuart s.n. (lectotype, here designated, NSW 377539 ; isolectotypes MEL 270372, MEL 270373)- Marengenburg, Braidwood, W Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 890 (syntype NSW 385530): Braidwood District, W. Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 884 (possible isosyntype MEL 251075); Braidwood District, W. Bciuerlen s.n., xii.1884 (possible isosyntype MEL 270174); Braidwood, N.S.W., W. Bciuerlen s.n. (isosyntype K n.v., photograph AD 99548104)- Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen [35°33’S I49°57’E], J.L. Boorman s.n., iii.1909 (syntype NSW 385289); Clyde Mountain or Sugarloaf Mountain, J.L. Boorman s.n., ix 1915 (pos- sible syntype NSW 385321); Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe (syntype ? NSW n.v.); Menangle, Mr Harper s.n., viii.1894 (syntype NSW 385576); Flinder’s Island. Gulliver (syntype ? NSW n.v.). Boronia anemonifolia ssp. B (Wilsons Promontory) sensu Ross (1996, p. 129). Illustrations: N.C.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales Part IV, 554, Fig. 243B (1980); W.M. Curtis, The Student's Flora of Tasmania, 105 (1975); M. Cameron, Guide to Flowers and Plants of Tasmania, 110 ( 1 98 1 ). Shrub to 1 .5(— 2.5) m tall. Branches glabrous or pubescent between decurrent leaf bases oi rarely around entile stem (Sensation Gorge, Tas.), leaves prominently glandular, glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate, the leaf in outline 1 3— 25(— 35) mm long 9-25(-30) mm wide; petiole 5— 9(- 1 6) mm long; leaflets simple, flattened or
Boronia anemonifolia 13 Tasmanian endemic (c.f. Bentham 1863; Curtis 1956) and Cheel (1928) included all mainland plants in his new species, B. dentigeroides, a name that never gained wide acceptance. Following Bentham (1863), Willis (1957) considered B. variabilis a variety of B. anemonifolia and noted that the two varieties were “grading imperceptibly on the islands of Bass Strait into the dentigeroides form of B. anemonifolia.” Curtis (1975) included B. variabilis in synonymy under B. anemonifolia and stated that “the species is polymorphic.” Mainland populations of subsp. variabilis have 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate leaves and leaflets usually with rounded tridentations at the apex (Fig. II). Plants from Tasmania have 3— 7-foliolate leaves and often quite narrow leaflets that are entire and sometimes recurved (Fig. 1H). These two forms grade into each other, but are united by the presence of veiy short sepals, short prophylls, usually glabrous leaves and pubescence on stems being confined to between the decurrent leaf bases. Specimens of subsp. variabilis from St Paul’s Dome in the north-west of the island (eg. Stuart s.n., xi. 1 848, MEL 275677; Archer s.n., NSW 385335 ) resemble subsp. anemonifolia in some respects. The long prophylls, long sepals, and persistent petals are charactei istic of subsp. anemonifolia , but the glabrous, wider leaves and numerous flow- ers resemble that of subsp. variabilis. These specimens are here treated to be subsp. vari- abilis. The small population of plants at Sensation Gorge (Tasmania; Collier 5123, Neish 57- 62) are notable in being pubescent over the entire stem, rather than just between the decunent leaf bases, and in having glabrescent leaves. Subspecies variabilis is known from south-eastern Queensland from collections near Warwick (A.R. Bean 10980, Sparshott 45). The Sparshott 45 collection from Paddys Knob is notable for its slightly pubescent foliage. No other specimens have been recorded from Queensland except for a collection labelled only as Mount Mitchell (MEL 275678) which may be near Toowoomba. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis differs from subsp. anemonifolia by having entire, flattened and usually glabrous leaflets, caducous petals, minute prophylls and smaller, but more numerous flowers, and from subsp. wadbilligensis by the smaller pro- phylls and glabrous to glabrescent leaves (Figs 1G-I). Distribution and ecology. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabils is found in south- eastern Queensland, the Northern, Central and Southern Tablelands and Central and South Coast of New South Wales, on the Bass Straight Islands, across northern Tasmania and on the hillsides around Hobart (Fig. 2). In Victoria, the subspecies is known only from Snake and Sunday Islands north of Wilsons Promontory and an 1870 collection from Portarlington on the Bellarine Peninsula. This area has been heavily degraded since settlement and tecent seaiches in the immediate vicinity of Portarlington have failed to locate any plants of B. anemonifolia. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis is found in heath, open woodland or open forest on sandy and rocky soils sometimes on or near sand- stone or granite outcrops. Conservation status'. A common subspecies that is adequately represented in reserves over its full range. Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the variable nature of the foliage which can be trifoliolate, pinnate or bipinnate. 2. Boronia rigens Cheel, ./. c£ Proc. Roy. Soc. New S.Wales 62: 297 (1929), a nom. et stat. nov. for Boronia poly galifolia Sm. var. robusta Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). Type citation. Port Jackson, Sieber, n. 283; Blue Mountains, A. Cunningham; Moreton Island, F. Mueller ." Type : New Holland, Sieber FI. Novae holl. 283 (lectotype! here des- ignated, K n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041262; isolectotypes MEL 257414, MEL 62147); Moreton Island | label locality information probably incorrect], F. Mueller s.n., viii.1855 (syntypes MEL 257415, MEL 25741 6); Blue Mountains, A. Cunningham (syntype ? K n.v.).
Boronia anemonifolia 11 (CANB); On rocky outcrop on Spur 1.5 km SE of Wadbilliga trig., 36°21’S 149°37'E, P.G. Neish 44, M. Duretto & 1. Thompson , l.xi.1995 (MEL); Head of Tuross River, R.H. Cambage s.n., xi.1908 (NSW); Northern end of Wadbilliga Mtn Plateau, I. Olsen 2373 , 13.x. 1974 (NSW). Notes: Boronia anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis differs from subsp. anemonifolia in having pinnate leaves with wider and thicker leaflets (2—5 mm wide) and usually entire lateral leaflets, and from subsp. variabilis by the pubescent leaves, petals, and the longer prophylls and sepals (Figs. 2E, F). Distribution and ecology: This subspecies is restricted to the Wadbilliga Plateau in south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is found in eucalypt woodland or low Allocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson heath on rocky outcrops and ridge tops between 1200 and 1300 m. Flowering material has been collected in October and December. Conservation status: All known collections of B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis have been made within five kilometres of each other in Wadbilliga National Park. A con- servation code of 2RC+ is appropriate. Further field work is required to ascertain the full range of this subspecies. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the name of the major landmark, the Wadbilliga trig, point, within the distributional range of this subspecies. Id. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis (Hook.) P.G. Neish, comb. nov. Boronia variabilis Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 255 (1834). Type citation: “Mr. Lawrence, (1831), Mr. Gunn, (n. 8.) - 6 Mr. Gunn, (n. 214) - y Mr. Gunn, (n. 303.), who observes that it is called Lemon-plant. Type: Van D. Land [Tasmania], Mr Gunn n. 214 (lectotype, here designated and by implication by Hooker, J. Bot. (Hooker) 2, 418 ( 1 840), K [ex lib. hook., 4 sprigs on lower half of sheet) n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041296. B. anemonifolia var variabilis (Hook.) Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Rodway, Tasmanian FI. 22 (1903) nom illeg. non B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Benth. (1863). Boronia dentigeroides Cheel, J. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales 62: 301 (1929). Type citation: “Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen [sic]; Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen. J.L. Boorman; Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe; Menangle, Mr. Harper; Timburra (Stuart) ex Herb. Melbourne, labelled B. polygalifolia var. anemonifolia-, Flinder’s Island (Gulliver), labelled B. anemonifolia .” Type: Timburra [Timbarra, E of Tenterfield, 29°0I’S 152°13’E], C. Stuart s.n. (lectotype, here designated, NSW 377539 ; isolectotypes MEL 270372, MEL 270373)- Marengenburg, Braidwood, W Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 890 (syntype NSW 385530): Braidwood District, W. Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 884 (possible isosyntype MEL 251075); Braidwood District, W. Bciuerlen s.n., xii.1884 (possible isosyntype MEL 270174); Braidwood, N.S.W., W. Bciuerlen s.n. (isosyntype K n.v., photograph AD 99548104)- Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen [35°33’S I49°57’E], J.L. Boorman s.n., iii.1909 (syntype NSW 385289); Clyde Mountain or Sugarloaf Mountain, J.L. Boorman s.n., ix 1915 (pos- sible syntype NSW 385321); Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe (syntype ? NSW n.v.); Menangle, Mr Harper s.n., viii.1894 (syntype NSW 385576); Flinder’s Island. Gulliver (syntype ? NSW n.v.). Boronia anemonifolia ssp. B (Wilsons Promontory) sensu Ross (1996, p. 129). Illustrations: N.C.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales Part IV, 554, Fig. 243B (1980); W.M. Curtis, The Student's Flora of Tasmania, 105 (1975); M. Cameron, Guide to Flowers and Plants of Tasmania, 110 ( 1 98 1 ). Shrub to 1 .5(— 2.5) m tall. Branches glabrous or pubescent between decurrent leaf bases oi rarely around entile stem (Sensation Gorge, Tas.), leaves prominently glandular, glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate, the leaf in outline 1 3— 25(— 35) mm long 9-25(-30) mm wide; petiole 5— 9(- 1 6) mm long; leaflets simple, flattened or
Hygrocybeae of Victoria 57 Spores 8-1 1 x 4-6 pm, mean 9.5 x 4.9 pm, Q: 1 .5-2.3, mean Q: 1 .93, long-ellipsoid to cylindrical and often strongly constricted. Basidia 2-spored. The remainder of the micro- scopic characters conform with var. virginea. (Fig. 2) Habitat: Gregarious amongst leaf litter and moss. Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 4 June 1995, B.A.Fuhrer 1936 (MEL 2063191). Remarks: Macroscopically, this taxon differs from var. virginea only in that the cen- tre of the pileus is distinctly brown-tinted. Microscopically, the spores differ as present- ed in the key. This is the first record of this taxon for Australia. Its characters agree very well with the those in the description by Boertmann (1995). 7. Hygrocybe arcohastata A. M. Young, sp. nov. Pileus 20-40 mm latus, atro-olivaceo-viridis deinde aurantiacus vel aurantiaco-ruber, conicus dein lato-conicus vel applanatus vel umbonatus, glaber, sub-viscidus, ad margin- em aequalis vel crenulatus, striatus. Lamellae adnatae vel arcuatae, virello-flavae dein subaurantiacae, ad marginem concolorae. Stipes 20-40 x 2-4 mm, super sub-viridis, sub- malvinus, cylindricus, glaber, siccus, ad basim sub-aurantiacus. Sporae 7. 5-9. 5 x 4.5-6 pm. Q: 1 .4—1 .8(— 2.0), ellipsoideae, hyalinae. Basidia 38-50 x 6— 9(— 1 0.5) pm, Q: (3.6-)4.2-6.5, 4-spora, ad basim fibulata medallionae. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, haud fibulata. Epicutis pilei sub-ixocutem formans; hyphae cuticularis hastatae, pigmentae. Gregaria vel caespitosa in musco sylvestri. Type: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 24. v. 1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2064 (holotype MEL 2063201). Pileus 20-40 mm., at first deep olive-green but dark purple-tinted at the centre and yel- low-tinted at the margin, changing to orange or orange-red with the colour change com- pleted before the pileus is fully expanded; conical becoming broadly conical and finally more or less plane with a distinct umbo, smooth, slightly viscid, margin even to crenulate and striate. Lamellae adnate with a decurrent tooth or arcuate, greenish yellow becoming orange-tinted with age, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 20-40 x 2-4 mm; pale green near the lamellae, mauve-tinted in the middle section and orange-tinted towards the base; more or less cylindrical but a little tapered at the base; smooth, dry. Dried material becomes brownish pink to orange. Spores 7. 5-9. 5 x (4.5— )5— 6 pm, mean 8.5 x 5.3 pm, Q: 1.4-1 .8(-2.0), mean Q: 1.60, ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, thin-walled, inamyloid. Basidia 38-50 x 6— 9(— 1 0.5) pm, mean 44.7 x 8.3 pm, Q: (3.6-)4.2-6.5, mean Q: 5.32, 4-spored, with medallion clamps. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular and composed of cylindrical, thin-walled, hyaline, inflated and ellipsoid or moniliform elements 19-125 x 4.5-20.5 pm, clamps absent. Pileipellis a weak ixocutis of repent, cylindrical, hyaline, septate hyphae 2-4.5 pm diameter, with spear-like, tapered, acute, pigment-encrusted apices; clamps absent. Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, thin-walled, hyaline, septate hyphae 1 .5-5.5 pm diameter, clamps absent, pigment granules often encrusted on hyphal walls. (Fig. 3) Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose amongst moss in eucalypt woodland. Material examined: Known only from the type. Remarks: The absence of clamps throughout the basidiome (except at the bases of the basidia where they are of medallion form) indicates that this taxon belongs in sub-genus Humidicutis Singer. Hygrocybe arcohastata does not approach any European or North American taxa. but it is close to a group of three New Zealand species, Hygrocybe con- spicua E.Horak, H. luteovirens E.Horak. and H. multicolor (Berk. & Broome) E.Horak (Horak 1990). Hygrocybe conspicua can be separated from H. arcohastata because the former has a brilliant orange pileus and similarly coloured lamellae as well as smaller spores (6-7 x 4-4.5 pm). Hygrocybe multicolor also has smaller spores (5.5-7 x 4-5 pm)
52 A.M. Young Materials and Methods Fourteen, air-dried collections from the Jumping Creek Nature Walk locality were exam- ined. Field notes accompany each collection, but these are often incomplete and the notes were supplemented using information obtained from very high quality photographs that were made of each collection under natural conditions. Standardised colour codes were not provided with the herbarium collections. All material has been deposited at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). Descriptions and illustrations are provided for the new taxa and for those species which are either not illustrated in previous papers (Young & Wood 1997; Young 1999) or which require additional text or diagrams as a result of new information. The habit-sketch shows basidiome dimensions. Transverse sections (either drawn or photographed) were not pro- vided with the collection material. The microstructures of the pileus, hymenophoral trama and stipe are generally not depicted because they usually conform to standard forms (Young & Wood 1997). For each illustrated specimen, 20 spores and 10 basidia were selected at random, drawn and measured. Scale bars are provided for all drawings: habit sketches, 10 mm; all microstructures, 10 pm. The derived parameter ‘Q’ is defined as the quotient of the length divided by the width of the relevant spore or basidium; the mean ‘Q’ is the quotient of the mean length and width respectively. This paper lists several species of Hygrophoraceae originally collected and described from Europe for which no types are designated (Boertmann pers. comm.). This problem has already been addressed (Young 2000) and where types for European taxa do not exist, the species concepts of Boertmann (1995) are used. Species: Information and Descriptions 1. Hygrocybe austropratensis A.M. Young, Austrobaileya 5: 546 (1999). Type: New South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland Park, 33°49'S 15I°10"E, 7.vi. 1 998. R. & E. Kearney s.n. (holotype DAR 73916 ; isotype BR1). Illustration: Young (1999), p. 546. Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose on soil amongst moss. Material examined: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park. 23.V.1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2055 (MEL 2063194). Remarks: The macrocharacters of the Jumping Creek material agree with those of the type description. The swollen stipe base observed in the holotype material is also present in the Victorian collection, suggesting that the characteristic is not peculiar to the Lane Cove collections. A swollen stipe base does not appear in the closely related European Hygrocybe pratensis (Pers. : Fr.) Murrill; other characters which also separate H. pratensis are dis- cussed in Young (1999). The spores of the Victorian material (5.5-8 x 4.5-6 pm, mean 6.8 x 5.3 pm. Q: 1.1 -1.5, mean Q: 1.28) are slightly smaller than those of the type (6— 8.3(— 9) x 5-7.3 pm. mean 7.5 - 6.3 pm, Q: 1.1-1. 4. mean Q: 1.2) but the two ranges overlap so extensively that the difference is not considered significant. The basidia of the Jumping Creek collection also show the same smaller size (44—59 x 6-8 pm. mean 50.7 x 6.8 pm. Q: 6. 1-8.8. mean Q: 7.48) compared with the type (53-69 x 6-8 pm, mean 62.0 x 6.8 pm, Q: 6.6— 1 0.2(— 1 2.6). mean Q: 9.20) but again the overlap is considerable and the differences are not considered significant. Only the type collection was previously known. 2. Hygrocybe cheelii A.M. Young, Austrobaileya 5: 547 (1999). Type: New South Wales. Gladesville, 17. vi. 1916. J.B.Clelaml s.n. (holotype AD 3418). Cantharellus lilacinus Cleland & Cheel, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 43: 271 (1919). Type: New South Wales. Gladesville, 17. vi. 1916. J.B.Cleland s.n. (holotype AD 3418). Camarophyllus
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 51-64".
58 A.M. Young Figure 3. Hygrocybe arcohastata. A habit sketch; B spores; C basidia; D cuticular hyphae. and both pileus and lamellae are olive-green becoming bluish green with age. Hygrocybe luteovirens has spores that have a lower upper limit to their range of length and are nar- rower (6-8 x 3.5 — 4.5 pm), has olive-green pilei that gradually change to yellow, yellow- brown, brown or reddish brown with age rather than the intense orange or orange-red of H. arcohastata , and medallion clamps that have the structure of a normal clamp with a central opening rather than the extremely large ‘dough-nut’ shape of the medallion clamps found in II. arcohastata. The only other taxon that is similar is the Japanese species Hygrophorus oli- vaceoviridis Hongo (Hongo 1967). This differs in that the pilei remain olive-green, the lamellae are yellowish and the basidia are much smaller (34-40 x 7.5-8 pm). Etymology: Latin, arcus - a rainbow; Latin, hastatus - armed with a spear; referring to the numerous colours exhibited by this taxon and the long, spear-like endings of the cuticular hyphae. 8. Hygrocybe fuhreri A.M. Young, sp. nov. Pileus 10-20 mm latus, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus deinde umbilicatus, glaber, siccus, ad marginem striatus, crenulatus dein aequalis. Lamellae decurrentes, sub-auran- tiaco-bubalinae, distantes, ad marginem concolorae. Stipes 30-45 x 2-4.5 mm. sub- aurantiaco-flavus, glaber, siccus, cylindricus, cavus. Sporae 8-10.5 x 4-4.5 (-6) pm, Q: I. 7-2.1. ellipsoideae vel cylindricae, hyalinae, aliqout constrictae. Basidia (40— )49— 59 x 5.5-7 pm, Q: 7. 1-8.7, 4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutis formans. Gregaria in humo vel musco sylvestri. Txpe: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23. v. 1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2054 (holotype MEL 2063199). Pileus 10-20 mm. reddish orange to orange-brown and darker at the centre, convex and umbilicate, dry, smooth, margin striate, even and a little crenulate. Lamellae decurrent, pale orange-buff, distant, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 30-45 x 2^4.5 mm, orange-yellow, cylindrical but tapered at the base, dry, smooth, hollow, often sinuous.
Hygrocybeae of Victoria 53 lilacinus (Cleland & Cheel) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 28; 203 (1990) non Hygrocybe lilacina (C.Laest. ex P.Karst.) M. Moser, Die Rohrlinge unci Bldtterpilze (Agaricales) 3 ed„ 64 (1967). Illustrations-. Young (1999), p. 547; Willis (1963), plate 9, fig.l as Cantharellus lilac- inus ; Cleland & Cheel (1919), Plate 29, fig.l. Habitat : Gregarious amongst leaf mould and moss under Kunzea ericoicles. Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 4.vi.l995, BA FuhrerI937 (MEL 2063188). Remarks-. The macrocharacters of the basidiomes in MEL 2063188 conform very closely to those ot the holotype description (Cleland & Cheel 1919) and the material pre- viously described from the Lane Cove Bushland Park (Young 1999). The differences in spore dimensions are insignificant: the Jumping Creek Nature Walk material has spores that measure 7-10 x 4.5-5. 5(— 6.5) pm, mean 8.4 x 5.4 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 8, mean Q: 1.56; the holotype description gives the spores as 7-8.5 x 4.5-5. 5 pm, and re-examination of the type gave spores measuring 6.0-8.5 x 4.5-6.0 pm, mean 7.2 x 5.5 pm, Q; 1.2-1. 7 and mean Q: 1 .5. The holotype collection is in very poor condition due to insect attack and original preservation. Obtaining critical information from this material is quite difficult especial- ly since almost nothing remains of the lamellae. For these reasons, two collections, B.A Fuhrer 1937, (MEL 2063188), and hb young 2118 (BRI) are here nominated as exemplar material as each is considered identical to the holotype in all significant respects (Young 1999). The collection in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI) is particularly significant as it contains material that was collected within approximately 10 kilometres of the original 1916 collection of the holotype at Gladesville, New South Wales. 3. Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young, in Young & Wood, Austral. Svst. Bot. 10: 976 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Woocl s.n. (holotype UNSW 89/87). Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 984. Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose in moss amongst litter. Material examined: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23.V.1996, B A Fuhrer 2060 (MEL 2063192). Remarks: The first Victorian record of Hygrocybe leucogloea was from the Black Range State Forest (Young 2000). The Jumping Creek Nature Walk collection has spores that measure 6— 7(— 8) x 4-5(-5.5) pm, mean 6.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 7, mean Q: 1.50, a slightly smaller mean and reduced upper range when compared with spores of the holotype collec- tion [(6. 3-)6.5-7. 9(-8. 5) x 4.0-5. 6 pm, mean 7.2 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1.2-1. 7, mean Q: 1.50], Although medallion clamps are present on the hyphae of the ixotrichoderm in the holotype collection, none were found on the relevant hyphae of the Jumping Creek Nature Walk col- lection although clamps were abundant. This difference is thought to be part of a morpho- logical range of basidiome variations likely to be encountered in this taxon. 4. Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H.Sm. & Hesler) Boertm., Fungi of Northern Europe. 1: 82 (1995). Type: U.S.A. Michigan, Cheboygan County, T.E. Brooks & A. H. Smith 21491 (holotype MICH 10924, n.v.). Hygrophorus perplexus A.H.Sm. & Hesler, Sydowia 8: 328 (1954). Hygrocybe perplexa (A.H.Sm. & Hesler) Arnolds Persoonia 12: 477 (1985). Illustration: Boertmann (1995), p. 83.
Hygrocybeae of Victoria 55 medallion form. Stipitipellis a well developed ixotrichoderm composed of hyaline, thin- walled, septate hyphae 1.5— 5mm diameter, medallion clamps usually present. (Fig. 1) Habitat : Gregarious in moss and litter under Kunzea ericoides. Material examined'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 10.vi.1994 BAFuhrer 1994 (MEL 2063197). Remarks: The material in MEL 2063197 agrees almost exactly with the description of the taxon given in Boertmann (1995) which has spores measuring (6— )7— 8.5(— 9) x (4-)4.5-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1.9 mean Q: 1 .5-1.6, and basidia measuring 36-50 x 7-8 pm which have medallion clamps at their bases. Basidiomes ot Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa are leadily separated from brownish red basidiomes ot H. graminicolor , because the latter have umbilicate pilei and arcuate or decurrent lamellae with cheilocystidia embedded in a glutinous thread on their margins. This is the first confirmed record of this Northern Hemisphere taxon for Australia. The species was first described from North America but is also known from Europe (Boertmann 1995; Arnolds 1990) and Japan (Imazeki, Otani & Hongo 1988). 5. Hygrocybe rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young, in A.M. Young & A.E.Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 923 (1997). Hygrophorus rodwayi Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1899: 178 (1899). Type: Tas. Kingston Rd. (nr. Hobart), undated , L.Rodway 137 (holotype K). Camarophyllus rodwayi (Massee) Monks & A. K. Mills in Banks et al. (eds). Aspects of Tasmanian Botany - A Tribute to Winifred Curtis 13 (1991). Illustrations: Young & Wood (1997), p. 925; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 39. Habitat: Gregarious in moss. Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23 May 1996 .BAFuhrer 2059 (MEL 2063193). Remarks. This collection has sub-globose to globose spores measuring (4.5-)5.5-6(-7) x (4-)4.5-5.5 pm, mean 5.7 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1. 0-1.4, mean Q: 1.18. This agrees very well with the holotype collection, which has similar spores measuring 5-7 x 4-6 pm, mean 5.8 x 5. 1 pm, Q: 1 .0—1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.15. The photographic material accompanying the Warrandyte collection depicts basidiomes that have a strong resem- blance to the other common white taxon, Hygrocybe virginea var. virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D. Orton & Watling, but the two are always separable microscopically because H. vir- ginea var. virginea has much larger, ellipsoid spores measuring 8—1 1 (—12) x 5-8 pm. Hygrocybe rodwayi occurs in eastern Australian forests from the Sydney region to Tasmania (Young & Wood 1997; Young 2000). 6. Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D.Orton & Watling, Notes Roy. Bot. Card. Edinburgh 29: 132 (1969). Agaricus virgineus Wulfen, in Jacq., Misc. austr. 2: 104 (1781). Type: none designated. A. virgineus Wulfen : Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100 ( 1 821 )• Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) PKumm., Fiihr. Pilzk.: 1 17 (1871 ). Agaricus niveus Scop., FI. cam.. Ed. 2, 2: 430 (1772). Type: none designated. A vir- gineus var. niveus (Scop. ) Fr., Syst. mycol. 1 : 1 00 ( 1 82 1 ); Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus niveus (Scop.) Wunsche, Pilze: 1 15 (1877). Key to varieties of Hygrocybe virginea 1 . Pileus pure white; spores ellipsoid, rarely constricted 6a. var. virginea 1. Pileus brown at the centre; spores ellipsoid, often cylindrical and constricted var. fuscescens
60 A.M. Young 9. Hygrocybe saltorivula A.M. Young, sp. nov. Pileus 20-35 mm latus, aurantiacus vel aurantiaco-rubus, conicus deinde umbonato- applanatus, viscidus, ad marginem sub-striatus, sub-flavus. Lamellae adnatae, ventri- cosae, aurantiaco-rosae, ad marginem sub-flavae. Stipes 30-40 x 2-4 mm, aurantiaco- roseus vel aurantiacus, glaber, lubricus deinde siccus, cavus. Sporae 7.5— 9(— 9.5) x 4-5 pm, Q: 1 .6-2.2, ellipsoideae vel cylindricae, hyalinae, aliquot constrictae. Basidia 37-49 x 5.5-9 pm, Q: 5. 2-5. 7, 4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regu- laris, fibulata. Epicutis pilei ixotrichoderm formans. Gregaria in musco sylvestri. Type'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23.V.1996. B.A.Fuhrer 2053 (holotype MEL 2063200). Pileus 20-35 mm, orange, orange-red to cherry-red, broadly conical becoming plane but with a central umbo, viscid, smooth, margins even, a little striate and slightly yellowish. Lamellae adnate, ventricose, orange-pink, margins yellowish or a little paler. Stipe 30-40 x 2-A mm, orange-pink or orange especially when older, smooth, slippery or soon dry, cylindrical, hollow. Spores 7.5— 9(— 9.5 ) x 4-5 pm, mean 8.3 x 4.4 pm, Q: 1 .62.2, mean Q: 1 .89, ellipsoid to cylindrical, hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, inamyloid, a majority strongly constricted. Basidia 37—49 x 5.5-9 pm, mean 42.7 x 7.2 pm, Q: 5. 2-7. 2, mean Q: 5.95, 4-spored, clavate, thin-walled, hyaline, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular and composed of cylindrical, ellipsoid or monilitorm elements which are hyaline, thin-walled 37-1 10 X 7-30 pm, damps present; lactifers present as highly refractive, winding, thin- walled, hyaline hyphae 1 .5-4 pm diameter. Pileipellis an ixotrichoderm up to 50 pm deep, composed of hyaline, thin-walled, clamped hyphae 2.5-4 pm diameter, apices often swollen. Stipitipellis a weak ixocutis of repent, hyaline, thin-walled, clamped, paitially gelatinised hyphae 1-3.5 pm diameter. (Fig. 5) Habitat'. Gregarious amongst deep moss in eucalypt woodland. Material examined'. Known only from the type. Remarks'. The regular hymenophoral trama composed of short elements places this species in subgenus Pseudohygrocybe M.Bon. The basidiomes of Hygrocybe saltorivula strongly resemble mature fruiting bodies of Hygrocybe cerasinomutata A.M. Young which change from cherry-red to golden orange (Young & Wood 1997); however, the lat- ter is easily separated microscopically by its very regular hymenophoral trama of tubular, aseptate elements. Hygrocybe saltorivula also approaches Hygrocybe julietae (G.Stev.) E.Horak from New Zealand but that species has a convex pileus, arcuate lamellae and Figure 5. Hygrocybe saltorivula. A habit sketch; 15 spores; C basidia.
Hygrocybeae of Victoria 55 medallion form. Stipitipellis a well developed ixotrichoderm composed of hyaline, thin- walled, septate hyphae 1.5— 5mm diameter, medallion clamps usually present. (Fig. 1) Habitat : Gregarious in moss and litter under Kunzea ericoides. Material examined'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 10.vi.1994 BAFuhrer 1994 (MEL 2063197). Remarks: The material in MEL 2063197 agrees almost exactly with the description of the taxon given in Boertmann (1995) which has spores measuring (6— )7— 8.5(— 9) x (4-)4.5-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1.9 mean Q: 1 .5-1.6, and basidia measuring 36-50 x 7-8 pm which have medallion clamps at their bases. Basidiomes ot Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa are leadily separated from brownish red basidiomes ot H. graminicolor , because the latter have umbilicate pilei and arcuate or decurrent lamellae with cheilocystidia embedded in a glutinous thread on their margins. This is the first confirmed record of this Northern Hemisphere taxon for Australia. The species was first described from North America but is also known from Europe (Boertmann 1995; Arnolds 1990) and Japan (Imazeki, Otani & Hongo 1988). 5. Hygrocybe rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young, in A.M. Young & A.E.Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 923 (1997). Hygrophorus rodwayi Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1899: 178 (1899). Type: Tas. Kingston Rd. (nr. Hobart), undated , L.Rodway 137 (holotype K). Camarophyllus rodwayi (Massee) Monks & A. K. Mills in Banks et al. (eds). Aspects of Tasmanian Botany - A Tribute to Winifred Curtis 13 (1991). Illustrations: Young & Wood (1997), p. 925; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 39. Habitat: Gregarious in moss. Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23 May 1996 .BAFuhrer 2059 (MEL 2063193). Remarks. This collection has sub-globose to globose spores measuring (4.5-)5.5-6(-7) x (4-)4.5-5.5 pm, mean 5.7 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1. 0-1.4, mean Q: 1.18. This agrees very well with the holotype collection, which has similar spores measuring 5-7 x 4-6 pm, mean 5.8 x 5. 1 pm, Q: 1 .0—1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.15. The photographic material accompanying the Warrandyte collection depicts basidiomes that have a strong resem- blance to the other common white taxon, Hygrocybe virginea var. virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D. Orton & Watling, but the two are always separable microscopically because H. vir- ginea var. virginea has much larger, ellipsoid spores measuring 8—1 1 (—12) x 5-8 pm. Hygrocybe rodwayi occurs in eastern Australian forests from the Sydney region to Tasmania (Young & Wood 1997; Young 2000). 6. Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D.Orton & Watling, Notes Roy. Bot. Card. Edinburgh 29: 132 (1969). Agaricus virgineus Wulfen, in Jacq., Misc. austr. 2: 104 (1781). Type: none designated. A. virgineus Wulfen : Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100 ( 1 821 )• Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) PKumm., Fiihr. Pilzk.: 1 17 (1871 ). Agaricus niveus Scop., FI. cam.. Ed. 2, 2: 430 (1772). Type: none designated. A vir- gineus var. niveus (Scop. ) Fr., Syst. mycol. 1 : 1 00 ( 1 82 1 ); Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus niveus (Scop.) Wunsche, Pilze: 1 15 (1877). Key to varieties of Hygrocybe virginea 1 . Pileus pure white; spores ellipsoid, rarely constricted 6a. var. virginea 1. Pileus brown at the centre; spores ellipsoid, often cylindrical and constricted var. fuscescens
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Muelleria 14:31 (2000) A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. Neville Scarlett Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia Abstract Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). Introduction In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- onymy with L. pubescens. Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). Taxonomy Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 3: 420 (1996). Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- iense L. Discussion The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 31-32".
84 A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh 4.5-7. 0 mm long overall (excluding awn); usually purple to dark purple; glumes acumi- nate and keeled (occasionally the keel extending to a fine seta 0.4 mm long), subequal, moderately scabrous along the keel but smooth on sides (occasionally lightly and distal- ly scaberulous), margins entire or occasionally with a few scattered cilia; lemma 3.0— 5.0(— 5.5) mm long overall, with 2^4 setae at apex 0.5-1. 5 mm long; awn bent, attached 10-20(-25) % from the lemma base and often (particularly when immature) lying in a groove of the lemma along the central nerve; palea 2.5-4.5 mm long overall, narrowly bifid at the apex (points (0.3— )0.4— 1 .2 mm long); rachilla extension forming a plumose bristle ( 1 .5— )2.0— 3.5 mm long (including hairs); anthers 0.8-1 .7( — 2. 1 ) mm long. Purple Blown-grass. Etymology. The epithet, meaning reddish-purple in Latin, refers to the colour of the panicle branches which is conspicuous on flowering plants. The epithets filifolia and seti- folia which might otherwise have been chosen are preoccupied at species level within Agrostis. 4a. Agrostis punicea var. punicea Lemma covered in lower three-quarters with hairs, upper nerves and setae finely scaberu- lous. Awns 7.5-12.5 mm long. The sizes of glumes, lemmas, paleas and rachilla exten- sions (including hairs) do not occur in the bottom 20 % of each range for the species. Distribution: Scattered across the volcanic plain and Dundas Tableland of south-west Victoria, extending into south-east South Australia with isolated occurrences in near- coastal south Gippsland. Also scattered in the Tasmanian midlands. (Fig. 10) Ecology: See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. Selected specimens examined: South Australia: Cooloolie, 11 Nov. 1945, Crocker (AD); Figure 10. Distribution map of known collections of Agrostis punicea var. punicea (syn. Agrostis aemula var. setifolia) in SE Australia.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 99-102, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 91-94, Fig. 1-3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 94-96, Figs 4-5".
42 N.G. Walsh 2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN (photo seen). Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris Cochinchiniae', BM! Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI).
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
32 J H Ross Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) Acknowledgement 1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. Reference Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London
32 J H Ross Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) Acknowledgement 1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. Reference Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London
58
N.G. Walsh
in the cypselas having thicker ribs, so that the testa of the enclosed seed is largely
obscured. The receptacle of these specimens, although distinctly convex, is less promi-
nent than in most eastern specimens. There may be some introgression in this area with
C. cmterifonnis subsp. compacta.
Bracketed measurements in the description above correspond to specimens from
Andado Station, Northern Territory {Albrecht 9429: MEL, NT), Diamantina River,
Queensland (Filson 3351: MEL) Coward Springs, South Australia (Badmaii 1416: AD,
MEL) and Warrego River, New South Wales {Constable 4570: K. NSW). Not only do
these specimens have the largest reproductive parts of all specimens of C. ciuminghamii
examined, but they are also the most densely cottony and generally are of a more spread-
ing habit than typical. They are amongst the most inland occurrences of the species.
Further study may indicate these specimens represent a distinct (probably infraspecific)
taxon, although specimens that have floral and fruiting parts of nearly comparable size to
these cottony plants but are otherwise typical do exist. The large-tlowered specimens are
therefore here treated as extreme conditions within a, single variable species. It is possi-
ble too that they represent hybrids with C. craterifonuis subsp. Craterifonnis, which is
sympatric at some of these sites.
9. Centipeda crateriformis N.G. Walsh sp. now a speciebus generis capitulis fructioribus
duris persistentibus biconvexis crateriformis vel cyathiformibus, receptaculis planis ad
concava vel convexa leviter differt.
Type: Australia. Northern Territory, Surprise Dam, Andado Station, 23.x. 1980, P.K.
Lutz 8508 (holotype: DNA; i.sotypes: AD, BRl, NT).
Annual or perennial, commonly several-branched from base, glabrescent to cottony-
pubescent. Leaves narrowly obovate to spathulate, serrate, or rarely, entire, resin-dotted
on both surfaces, concolorous. Inflorescence a single sessile or minutely pedunculate
capitLilum, sometimes terminal on ultimate branchlets, not leaf-opposed. Capitida at
anthesis bowl-shaped to cup-shaped or sub-globular, domed or flat-topped; involucral
bracts ovate to obovate; receptacle slightly convex, flat, or slightly concave. Fruiting
heads firm to hard, persistent to some degree; bracts of fruiting heads spreading, slightly
Lipcurved in distal half, the outer ones slightly thickened and pithy toward base; fruiting
receptacle with an underlying pith layer extending slightly below base of involucre;
cypselas linear or narrowly obcuneoid. obtuse at apex, smooth or scabridulous, 4- or 5-
angled with prominent ribs at each of the angles, the ribs terminating in a spongy apical
portion usually slightly wider than the body of the cypsela, vesicular trichomes sparsely
scattered over faces of cypsela. hairs antrorse. subappressed, confined to ribs, often with
minutely inrolled or thickened apices.
There are two subspecies, both apparently endemic to Australia.
9a. Centipeda crateriformis subsp. crateriformis
Annual to c. 20 cm high, 30 cm diam.. typically several-branched from base with branch-
es prostrate to ascending, but sometimes erect and few-branched, glabrescent to conspic-
uously cottony in axils and toward stem apices. Leaves ± narrowly obovate to spathulate,
3_g(_12) mm long. 2^(-6) mm wide. Capitiilu at anthesis ± hemispherical to bowl-
shaped. slightly domed or flat-topped, 3.5-7 mm diam.; involucral bracts ovate to obovate.
1.5-4 mm long, entire or with mintitely ruminate membranous margins; receptacle flat to
very slightly concave or convex; female (outer) florets c. l()()-2()() in 3-5 rows, corollas
narrowly cylindrical. 0.4-0. 7 mm long; bisexual florets (7-) 12-22, corollas narrowly
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 42-46".
50
N.G. Walsh
Centipeda minima auct. non. (L.) A. Braun & Asch.; Dunlop in Cowie et al..
Floodplain Flora 182 (2000).
Procumbent to ascending, often rhizoinatous herb, perennial or annual, to c. 30 cm high,
usually many-branched from near base, densely white- or grey-cottony on leaves and all but
oldest stems. Leaves narrowly obtrullate to ± oblong in outline, 6-20 mm long, 1 .5-2.5(^)
mm wide, distally with 3-5(-7) obtuse to acute teeth or narrow lobes, white- to grey-cottony,
sometimes the older leaves glabrescent, both surfaces resin-dotted but obscured by indu-
mentum, ± concolorous. Inflorescence a single sessile capitulum, terminal at anthesis, but
subtending vegetative buds often growing out and overtopping capitulum in fruit and the
capitula then appearing axillary and subterminal. Capitida at anthesis ± globular, 1.5-3(^)
mm diam.; involucral bracts obovate, 0.7-1 mm long, margins membranous, ruminate;
receptacle strongly domed (usually as high or higher than wide); female (outer) florets c.
160-250 in 6-10 rows, corollas cylindrical, c. 0.2 mm long; bisexual florets 1 1-20, corollas
funnel-shaped, c. 0.4 mm long (including lobes c. 0.2 mm long and wide). Fruiting heads
soft, readily disintegrating when mature on still-growing plants; bracts of fruiting heads
strongly to moderately reflexed, straight or slightly upcurved distally, not thickened or pithy;
fruiting receptacle 0.9- 1.3 mm diam., with a pith layer contained entirely the dome, not
extending below base of involucre; cypselas narrowly clavate to narrowly obcuneoid, 0.8-1 . 1
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, truncate at apex, smooth or scabridulous, weakly to strongly
4(-6)-angled, the angles ciliate, united at or above ± four-fifths of the cypsela length into a
slightly thickened, pale, apical portion, the pericaip between the ribs in the lower part very
thin, with the brown testa of the .seed apparent, the faces with or without a row of hairs down
the centre, vesicular trichomes sparsely scattered over faces, hairs antrorsely appressed or
sLibappressed, 0. 1-0.2 mm long, acute, not inrolled at apex. (Figs 3d, 4d. 6d)
Representative specimens: AUSTRALIA: VVestkrn Austr.xi.i.a: Kimberley. Gibb River,
Kalumbiiru Mission Road, A.C. Beanglelwle 51658 (PERTH); Charmley River, viii.1905. W.
Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Mt Trafalgar, Kimberley coast. 14.vi.l988. K.F. Kenneally /0777(DNA,
PERTH); King Edward River floodplain, 22.viii.1993, A. A. Mitchell 5247 (BROOME, MEL,
PERTH). Northern Territory: Litchfield National Park. Butterfly Gorge. 29.ix.l991. MJ.
Barritt 912 (DNA); Kakadu National Park. 3 km N of Old Goodparla, 3.viii.l994, MJ. Barriti
//09 (DNA); Litchfield Station. 8.x. 1989. K.M. Manning 485 (DNA); Mataranka. 22. vi. 1999, N.G.
Walsh 4989 (MEL); Magela Creek. East of Ja Ja. 2 1 .viii. 1980, J.T. Waterhouse s.n. (CANB, DNA).
Qeeense.ani): Cook District. Cooktown. viii. 1 88 1, E. Betche s.n. (BRI); North Kennedy District,
Proserpine, I0.xii.l9l9, Rev. N. Michael {BR\): Cape York. Archer Bend National Park. 2.viii.l98l,
A. Morton 1309 (BRI. MEL); North Kennedy District. Baratta Creek. 21. vi. 1949, LS. Smith 4321
(BRI). PAPUA NEW GUINEA; Western District. Bula Plains, Morehead subdistrict, 10 Nov.
1972, E.E. Henty & D.B. Eoreinan, NGE 49356 (LAE. L. BRI); Western Province, Tambari Plain,
Balanuiuk, 1 8 Sept. 1 979, N.A. Jinas A E.K. Naoni 35 (LAE); Marauke. Tarain River. 4 Aug. 1 954.
P. van Royen 4606 (LAE, L).
Distrihiition and Conservation Status: Occurs in far northern Australia (latitudes near
and above c. 20'’N). from near-coastal areas of the Kimberley Region, Western Australia
eastward to Townsville area in Queensland. It also occurs in western Papua New Guinea
and perhaps to be anticipated in suitable areas of Irian Jaya. It is not well represented in
herbaria and in the few places that I have seen the species, it is not locally abundant. A
Conservation Code of 3RC- is suggested (Briggs & Leigh 1996). (Fig. 9)
Habitat: Occurs in seasonally inundated depressions and on floodplains, commonly
around lagoons, billabongs and beside watercourses, mostly on alluvial silts.
Notes: Closely related to C. minima but distinguished by the perennial, rhizoinatous,
more robust habit, conspicuous white-cottony indumentum and longer and relatively nar-
row leaves. See also notes under C. minima (both subspp.).
The epithet is Latin, meaning northern, a reference to its restricted occurrence within
Australia.
42 N.G. Walsh 2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN (photo seen). Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris Cochinchiniae', BM! Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI).
38
N.G. Walsh
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely
spreading or deflexed 1 0
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony);
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern
Australia, New Zealand 1 1
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide)
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania)
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat.
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831).
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y,
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto-
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype.
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only)
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen).
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867).
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900).
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999).
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip.
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf-
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow-
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 69-73, Figs 1-3".
56 N.G. Walsh with a finer rib alternating with each of the major angles, the ribs terminating 2/3 or 4/5 of the cypsela length in a thickened spongy apical portion, pericarp between ribs usually thin, revealing the brown shining seed beneath, vesicular trichomes absent from cypsela body or sparsely scattered over faces, hairs antrorsely spreading or subappressed, 0.2-0.4 mm long, confined to ribs, extending from base to the distal quarter of cypsela, neither inrolled nor conspicuously thickened at apex, acute or obtuse. (Figs 5b, 7b) Representative specimens: NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Great Is, Three Kings, 30. xi. 1945, G.T.S. Bayliss (AK); Elands Lake, Hawkes Bay, 24.V.1990, P.D. Champion .y.n.(WAlK); Muriwai, Waitakerei, ill. 1914, T.F. Cheeseman (AK); near Cape Palliser, Wairarapa, 11.1947, A.P. Druce (CHR); Taranaki Land District, south of Opunake, 15.iii.l994, PN. Johnson 1254 (CHR); Turakirae Head, iv.l973, C. Ogle (CHR); Great Barrier Island, 3.iv.l980, C.C. Ogle 461 (CHR); Whangamarino Swamp, Waikato, 15.1.1981, C.C. Ogle 616 (CHR); Kapiti Island, Te Wairoua Valley, 27. iv. 1982, C.C. Ogle (CHR). South Island; Wairarapa Coast, NE of Otorie River, xii.1978, A.P. Druce (CHR); Darfield, ?1950s. A.E. Esler (AK); Hagley Park. Christchurch, 12.iv.l954, A.J. Mealy 55/43 (CHR); North Canterbury, Medbury, 26.1.1996, A.J. Mealy 96/8 (CHR); Awatere Valley, Marlborough, 23.1.1955. R. Mason 3144 (CHR); Lake Wanaka. N. Petrie s.cl. (AK); Saltwater Lagoon. Westland, 7.iii.l980. P. Wardle (CHR). Distribution and Conservation Status: Apparently endemic to New Zealand. From Three Kings Islands in the extreme north south to at least Lake Wanaka on the south island. It does not appear to be rare. (Fig. 8) Habitat: Occurs chiefly on sandy or muddy shores and drying beds of lakes, swamps, rivers etc.; noted from the beach near Cape Palliser (Druce. s.n. CHR 82235). Also rela- tively common on disturbed sites, e.g. gravel and shale pits, levee banks etc. Note.s: Centipeda aotearoana is distinguished from other species in New Zealand (C. cunningluiinii, C. elatinoides and C. minima) in the combined features ot prostrate habit, and firm, hemispherical fruiting capitula. From C. cunninghamii it differs in smaller leaves, prostrate habit, generally smaller capitula, and fewer bisexual florets. From C. elatinoides it differs in the firm fruiting heads and the non-flattened cypselas with a pithy apical process. From C. minima it differs in the firm, hemispherical fruiting heads, non- flattened and larger cypselas. Amongst other species not occurring in New Zealand, it is closest to C. crateriformis subsp. compacta from which it differs chiefly in the shape ot the capitula (hemispherical vs biconvex), the conspicuously domed receptacle, the gen- erally relatively narrower cypselas, and the cypsela hairs which are acute or obtuse, nei- ther thickened or inrolled at their apices. Both the cypselas and corollas of C. aotearoana are less glandular than those of either subspecies of C. crateriformis. The epithet is based on the Maori word for their country, meaning 'land of the long white cloud’. 8. Centipeda cunninghamii (DC.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. App. 6 ( 1 867). Mxriogxne cunninghamii DC.. Prodr. 6; 139 ( 1838). Type: Australia, New South Wales, ‘inundated banks of the Lachlan River’, 29 Apr. 1817. A. Cunningham (lectotype, hie designatus. G-DC (photo seen); isolectotype; K (photo seen)). Erect or ascending perennial (sometimes annual in adverse conditions) to c. 30 cm high, new growth commonly resprouting from base, glabrous, or cottony near the growing tips, or rarely cottony overall. Leaves oblong or narrowly obovate. 7-30 mm long, 2.5-7 mm wide, serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or slightly paler below. Inflorescence a single sessile cauline capitulum. not leaf-opposed, often in branch axils. Capitula at anthesis biconvex, hemispherical or subglobular, 4-6(-8) mm diam.; involucral bracts 3-5-seriate. obovate, 1.5-3 mm long, entire or with minutely ruminate membranous margins, glabrous to lightly (rarely densely) cottony; receptacle strongly convex; female (outer) florets c. 2()0— 350. in 7—12 rows, corollas narrowly cylindrical.
38
N.G. Walsh
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely
spreading or deflexed 1 0
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony);
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern
Australia, New Zealand 1 1
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide)
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania)
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat.
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831).
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y,
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto-
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype.
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only)
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen).
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867).
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900).
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999).
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip.
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf-
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow-
38
N.G. Walsh
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely
spreading or deflexed 1 0
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony);
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern
Australia, New Zealand 1 1
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide)
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania)
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat.
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831).
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y,
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto-
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype.
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only)
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen).
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867).
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900).
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999).
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip.
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf-
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow-
42 N.G. Walsh 2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN (photo seen). Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris Cochinchiniae', BM! Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 23-24, Fig. 3 (map)".
Muelleria 15:15 (2001) Notes on the Philotheca myoporoides Complex (Rutaceae) in Victoria Andrew C. Rozefelds Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252-04, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001, Australia, email: arozefelds@tmag.tas.gov.au Abstract Philotheca myoporoides subsp petraeus nov. is described from the Gippsland area of Victoria, and P. myoporoides subsp brevipedunculata is recorded from the state for the first time. Introduction The taxonomy of Philotheca myoporoides (DC) M.J.Bayly was most recently revised by Bayly (1998), who transferred the species from Eriostemon, in line with the classification of Wilson ( 1998), and recognised nine subspecies. Bayly (1998, p. 118) maintained abroad circumscription of P. myoporoides, even though he noted that most of the “taxa in the Philotheca myoporoides complex are both morphologically and geographically distinct”. In this paper a new taxon from Mount Stewart in the Gippsland Region of Victoria is formally described. It was first collected in 1963. Material of this taxon was identified by Paul Wilson when preparing his (1970) revision of Eriostemon, as E. myoporoides [=P. myoporoides] with the annotation “I have seen no other material of this form”. Subsequently, the Flora of Victoria treatment of Eriostemon (Bayly 1999), which was prepared (but not published) prior to Bayly ’s (1998) work, placed the Mount Stewart col- lections under E. myoporoides subsp. myoporoides, which was at the time of preparation, the only described subspecies of E. myoporoides recognised from the State. More infor- mation on this taxon was provided by Bayly (1998), who included a brief description and noted that the Mount Stewart collections “most closely resemble members of subsp. bre- vipedunculata” but did not “sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of sub- species”. A new subspecies of P. myoporoides is here proposed for the Mt Stewart col- lections, as this is consistent with the current circumscription of taxa within this complex. This paper also provides the first record of Philotheca myoporoides subsp brevipediincu- lata from Victoria. The specimens studied are all from the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). Philotheca myoporoides subsp. petraeus Rozefelds subsp nov. a Philotheca myoporoides subsp. myoporoides foliis 8-16 mm longis, pedicellis l-3(^), atque a Philotheca myoporoides subsp. brevipedunculata pedunculis 2. 2-3.0 mm longis, pedicellis usque 3mm longis differt. Type: North west facing slope at the summit of Mt Stewart, East Gippsland, Victoria, J. Turner 1055, 18 Nov. 1995 (holotype MEL 2030756 (Fig. 1)) Philotheca myoporoides p. p. sensu M.J.Bayly, Muelleria 11:1 18-1 19 (1998). Eriostemon myoporoides subsp. myoporoides p. p. sensu M.J.Bayly, Flora of Victoria 4:183 (1999). An erect shrub, glabrous except for the staminal filaments. Branches green, terete, promi- nently glandular, verrucose. Leaves sessile, 8-16 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, coriaceous, concolorous in dried specimens, with midrib not extended into aristate tip, smooth on adax- ial surface, conspicuous small glands on abaxial surface, margin tinged with red. Inflorescence, l-3(^)-tlowered in axillary cymes, peduncle 2.2-3 mm long, bracts con- spicuous, pedicel 2.5-3. 1 mm expanding distally. Flowers 5-merous; sepals semiorbicular.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 17-18, Fig. 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 15-17, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
32 J H Ross Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) Acknowledgement 1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. Reference Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
12 J.H. Ross tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. Typical species: T. incana Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- ilar foliage. When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- rounded by a cap-like aril. The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- terete to filiform 3 2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as broad Hove a 4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5
12 J.H. Ross tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. Typical species: T. incana Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- ilar foliage. When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- rounded by a cap-like aril. The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- terete to filiform 3 2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as broad Hove a 4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5
Thelymitra canaliciilata 81 Gip Gip Rocks, Padthaway, 10 x. 1964, D. Hunt 2182 (AD DH2182)\ Mt Compass, 30 x. 1976, R. Bates s.n. (AD RJB/SE). Victoria: Little Desert. By main N-S track 2,5 km S of Little Desert National Park and 27 km S of Kiata, 4 xi. 1978, T.B. Muir 6324 (MEL 1591905 & MEL 565908); Victoria Valley, xi. 1932, Lorna Banfield s.n. (MEL 236697); Mallee. 8 km by track .south-west of Red Bluff camping area on the S A/Vic. Border track. Big Desert, 6 xi. 1 984, David E. Albrecht 1235 (MEL 673998); Glenisla heathland, beside Henty Highway & west of Grampians Victoria Range, 6 xii. 1968, A.H. Corrick s.n. (MEL 665159); Wyperfeld National Park. 0.5 miles SE of Quandong Hill, 14 x, 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29355 (MEL 652722); Glenelg Shire, 8 miles W of Casterton P.O., 17 xi. 1971, A.C. Sefliig/e/io/c J7909 (MEL 652720); Lower Glenelg National Park, Kentbruck Heath, 22 xi. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 79113 (MEL 669210); Little Desert (Eastern) near Wail, x. 1948, A.C. Beauglehole 18787 (MEL 221696); Tea Tree Creek area S of Glenisla Station, 13 xi. 1971, A.C. Beauglehole 37894 (MEL 652727); Yanac, x. 1942, T.E. George s.n. (MEL 1550418). Distribution and habitat; South Australia and Victoria (Fig. 8). In South Australia it occurs from the Eyre Peninsula to the Victorian border including Kangaroo Island. In Victoria it occurs in the Lowan Mallee, Wannon and Grampians Natural Regions (Conn 1993). Widespread but rather uncommon in mallee scrublands, heathy woodland and heathland on deep sand or sandy loam or peaty soils around swamp margins, often flow- ering most abundantly the season following fires. Altitude: 10-250 m. Conservation Status; This species is moderately widespread and represented in reserves. Flowering period; Late September to early December Pollination biology; The freely opening flowers, coherent pollen, functional viscidi- um and sporadic capsule development, indicate that this species is most likely ento- mophilous. Notes; Thelymitra azurea has been confused with Thelymitra canaliculata, but the two species are quite distinct (see notes under the latter species). Thelymitra azurea is most closely related to Thelymitra occidentalism but the latter species has a broader post- anther lobe (2-2.5 mm wide) whose distal margin forms a more or less semi-circular rim, a more westerly distribution and generally earlier flowering period. Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes, sp. nov. T. azureae R.S. Rogers affmis sed floribus pallidioribus, lobis lateralibus columnae brevioribus, et lobis auxiliaribus ab lobis post-antheris distinctus minus a plicis involutis duis vel incisuris vadis duis marginis distalis sejunctis differt. Type; Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula; Arthur Highway, between Eaglehawk Neck and Taranna, 24 x. 1997, J.E. Wapstra ORG962 (holotype CANB 609353.1, isotype CANB 609353.2). Thelymitra azurea sensu D.L. Jones et al.. The Orchids of Tasmania 266 (1999) non R.S. Rogers (1917). Illustrations; Jones et al. (1999) pp. 260 & 266 Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Lcq/Tinear to filiform, 6-21 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate to conduplicate, ribbed abaxially, dark green with a pur- plish base, sheathing at base, apex acuminate. Scape 8-40 cm tall, 0.7-2. 5 mm diam., straight to slightly flexuose, green or purplish. Sterile bract solitary, linear to linear-lance- olate, 1.5-3. 6 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, apex acumi- nate and papillate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 4-12 mm long. 2-5 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish, apex papillate. Pedicels 2-6 mm long, relatively stout. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 1 .5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, 13-21 (-27) mm across, light blue to azure blue with darker veins, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 6-10(-13) mm long, 2-8 mm wide, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate, obtuse; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, acute or obtuse, petals lanceolate to ovate, acute or obtuse; labellum lanceolate to narrow-ovate.
Thehmitra canalicidata 83 Specimens examined'. Tasmania: Cape Barren Island, Furneaux Group, 26 x. 1973, J.S. Whinray 631 (MEL 533323)', Cape Barren Island, Furneaux Group, 26 x. 1973, J.S. Whinray 177 (AD 97512443)', Southport Bluff, 28 xi. 1976, M. Allan s.n. (HO 410816)', Eaglehawk Neck, 5 xi. 1984, M. Cameron s.n. (CANB 9702851.1 upper photograph); Mason Point between Eaglehawk Neck and Taranna, 3 1 x. 2000, J. & 4. Wapstra JAJ909 (MEL 2089283)', Taranna, Tasman Peninsula, 31 x. 1996, R. Minchin ORG385 (CANB 611006.1 & CANB 611006.3). Distribution and habitat'. Apparently endemic to Tasmania where known from only four widely separated areas (Fig. 8). Grows in moist coastal heath on sandy to peaty soil (Jones eta/. 1999). Altitude: 10-250 m. Conservation Status: Known from very few collections. Suggest 3EC by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1996). Flowering period: October to early December. Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, coherent pollen, functional viscidi- um and sporadic capsule development, indicate that this species is most likely ento- mophilous. Notes: Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes is most closely related to Thelymitra azurea and Thelymitra occidentalis, but the former has generally paler blue Bowers and the column has shorter lateral lobes (1.2-2 mm long in T. azurea, 1.5-2. 5 mm long in T. occidental- is). Also, the auxiliary lobes in T. jonesii are less differentiated from the post-anther lobe, only being separated from it by two inward folds or two shallow incisions of the distal margin. Specimens of T. jonesii from Cape Barren Island have a variable column post-anther lobe ranging from virtually absent to more typical of the species on the Tasmanian mainland. Etymology: Named after David L. Jones (1944- ), botanist, horticulturist and botani- cal author, and probably the first person to recognise Thelymitra jonesii as a distinct species. David is pre-eminent among contemporary orchid taxonomists in Australia, and has been of immeasurable help in my orchid research over many years, particularly more recently on the genus Thelymitra. Thelymitra latiloba Jeanes, sp. nov. T. canaliculatae R.Br. affinis sed lobis columnae ad apicem alba vel rosea, lobis auxil- iaribus brevioribus latioribus, Borescentia praecociore et habitationibus siccioribus diffeit. Type: Western Australia. Weam Nature Reserve, c. 9 km E of Brookton, 15 x. 2000, J.A. Jeanes 845 (holotype PERTH, isotypes CANB, MEL 2089278). Thelymitra azurea sensu N. Hoffman & A. Brown. Orchids of South-west Australia edn 2, 258 (1998) non R.S. Rogers (1917). Glabrous, terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Lcri/' linear to linear-lanceolate, 15-30 cm long, 3—12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acuminate. Scape 8-60 cm tall, 1. 3-3.5 mm diam., straight, green to purplish. Sterile bract usually 1 , rarely 2, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2- 8 cm long, 3-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, apex acuminate to long- acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 3.5-25 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, green or purplish, sheathing the pedicels. Pedicels 3-8 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4- 1 0 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide. Flowers 2- 1 2, (20-)30-38(^6) mm across, blue with darker blue longitudinal veins, sometimes Bushed mauve towards centre and at extremities, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (8-) 14-1 8(-22) mm long, 3-9 mm wide, concave, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate- lanceolate to ovate, acute; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to ovate, acute; petals ovate- lanceolate to ovate, sometimes asymmetric, obtuse to acute; labellum lanceolate to ovate- lanceolate, often smaller than other segments, subacute. Column erect from the end of
Muelleria 15:75 (2001) Resolution of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in southern Australia. Jeffrey A. Je ernes Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia Abstract The five cuiTently known taxa in the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. complex from southern Australia are discussed and descriptions are presented tor each. Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes from Tasmania, Thelymitra latiloha Jeanes from southwestern Australia and Thelymitra occidentalis Jeanes from southern Australia are described as new and illustrated. The key diagnostic features relating to the size, shape and relative position of the auxiliary lobes of the column and the size and shape ot the post-anther lobe of the column are elucidated. Information on distribution, habitat, pol- lination biology and conservation status is given tor all five taxa. The relationships between Thelymitra canaliculata, Thelymitra azurea R.S. Rogers and the three new species are discussed. A key is provided to distinguish all five members of the Thelymitra canaliculata complex. Introduction Thelymitra J. & G. Forst. is a complex genus consisting of about 75 described species, several described natural hybrids and an uncertain number of undescribed taxa. It is main- ly concentrated in higher rainfall areas of temperate Australia, but a few species occur in tropical northeastern Australia, about 10 endemic species occur in New Zealand and four additional species occur in Indonesia, New Caledonia, New Guinea and the Philippines. There aie a number of features that, in combination, readily distinguish members of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. complex from all other Thelymitra species. The column has a well developed, fleshy, post-anther lobe (sometimes called the mid-lobe) that forms a hood over the anther, as well as two adjacent well developed, fleshy, auxiliary lobes (sometimes called accessory lobes or side lobules). The flowers are pale blue to deep azure blue, usually with darker longitudinal stripes and often with pink to mauve flushes at the base and/or apex of the perianth segments. The column wings have variously devel- oped distal flanges on which the lateral lobes (sometimes called column arms or lateral staminodes) are inserted. Thelymitra canaliculata was described by Robert Brown in his Prodromus (Brown 1810). the distribution given as (T.) for Tropical Australia. This is obviously in error as the specimens in Brown’s herbarium and Bauer’s drawing give King Georges Sound (Albany, Western Amstralia) as the provenance (Bentham 1873, Clements 1989). Over 100 years later. Dr Richard Rogers ot Adelaide described Thelymitra azurea R.S. Rogers from South Australia (Rogers 1917), a species with obvious affinities to T. canaliculata. Thelymitra azurea was later reduced to synonymy under T. canaliculata (George 1971) with the comment “Rogers’ specimens are shorter and more robust than Brown’s but the floral morphology is the same. Both forms occur in Western Australia.’’ Clements (1989) reinstated T. azurea commenting on the different structure of the column lobes and the different habitats of the two species. After examining preserved and living plants as part of a revision of Thelymitra for Austialia (in preparation), I am confident that T. canaliculata and T. azurea are distinct species. These studies further revealed that another three distinct undescribed species occur within the T. canaliculata complex in southern Australia. This opportunity is taken to describe these three new species and discuss their distinguishing characteristics.
12 J.H. Ross tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. Typical species: T. incana Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- ilar foliage. When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- rounded by a cap-like aril. The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- terete to filiform 3 2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as broad Hove a 4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5
Endemic Brongniartieae 11 gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. Taxonomy Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. Typical species: C. biloha Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 ( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 60-61".
62 S.H. Wright et al. Known from north-western Victoria near Wyperfeld National Park and the Little Desert National Park. Phenology : Blooming as early as June, but mostly through November. Selected specimens examined : VICTORIA: Wimmera. Winiam, S of Nhill. I.O.Maroske s.n., 11 Oct 1992 (MEL); west of Yarto, just within the eastern boundary of Wyperfeld Nat’l Park, I.O.Maroske s.n., 25 Jun 1960 (MEL); V 2 mile [0.8 km south of Kiata Store Kiata, E.M.Canning 2981, 11 Oct 1969 (CANB, MEL). 3. Acacia euthycarpa (J.M.Black) J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 69: 310 (1945) (Typus infra sub subsp. euthycarpa indicatur). Shrub 2-4 m high, or occasionally a small tree to 10 m high; plants glabrous throughout. Phyllodes narrowly linear, narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate, 3-8 cm long, 0.7-6.0 mm wide, 0.3-0.8 mm thick, terete to flat, green to grey-green, sometimes scurfy, shortly acumi¬ nate with delicate, curved apex; main longitudinal veins four in all (one per face), not promi¬ nent and the mid-veins often somewhat impressed; pulvinus 1-3 mm long; the small obscure gland inserted 0-7 mm above pulvinus. Inflorescences of simple axillary capitula, or of 2-4(-6)-headed racemes; rachis l-8(-14) mm long, peduncles 4-10 mm long; the capitula with 25-40 golden yellow flowers, these 5-merous; calyx-lobes free or united, corolla-lobes all free. Pods linear, coriaceous to crustaceous, smooth or nearly smooth, straight, curved or twisted, to 16 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, brown; seeds longitudinal in pod, oblong to elliptic in outline, 4-6 mm long, 2.5—4 mm wide, dull to slightly shiny, dark brown to black, the fili¬ form funicle mostly 2-3-folded, entirely encircling the seed, aril clavate. 3A. Acacia euthycarpa (J.M.Black) J.M.Black subspecies euthycarpa. Acacia calami- folia var. euthycarpa J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 47: 269 (1923), 5 . 5 . Type citation : ‘Southern districts: Yorke [sic] Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, Eyre Peninsula.’ (lectotype, here designated, AD 97333008, the fruiting specimen on the right- hand side of the sheet labelled ‘Barossa Ranges, Nov. 1912;’ syntype, also on AD 97333008: labelled ‘Amo Bay [Eyre Peninsula],’ sterile spec.; but excluding a specimen labelled ‘Nurioota’ which is part of the Mount Lofty Ranges, not the York Peninsula; AD 97333011, labelled ‘Port Lincoln [Eyre Peninsula]’; AD 973330006 ). Phyllodes narrowly linear, 3-8 cm long, 0.7-2.0 mm wide, 0.3-0.8 mm thick, terete to flat; the gland inserted 0-7 mm above pulvinus. Habitat and Distribution: Found mostly in scrub, woodland or open woodland, occasionally on rocky sites; mostly on bleached to brownish sands, grey-brown calcare¬ ous earths, and mottled-yellow to red duplex soils. Common in west-central Victoria, western Victoria, Kangaroo Island (SA), Eyre Peninsula (SA), South Mount Lofty Ranges (SA) and the Murray Lands (SA). Phenology: Flowers mostly August to November. Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: 8.2 km S of Wychitella on Wychitella- Wedderbmn Road, S. Wright 13 and J. Grimes, 7Feb 1998(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, MELU, PERTH); State Park west of Inglewood, comer of Barry Rock Road and the road from the Logan-Inglewood Road to Melville Caves, S. Wright 14 and J. Grimes, 7 Feb 1998 (AD, CANB, MEL, MELU, PERTH); 8.6 km west of Inglewood on the Logan-Ingelwood road, S. Wright 15 and J. Grimes, 7 Feb 1998 (MEL); 5.5 km SE of Wedderbum, Calder Highway between Wedderbum and Inglewood, J. Connock 348, 12 Sep 1992 (AD, MEL); Summit of Mt Arapiles, Mount Arapiles State Park, P.G. Abeel 525 and C. Herscovitch, 17 Dec 1986; 21.9 km N of Kaniva on the Broughton Road, J. Grimes 3434 and B. Meurer-Grimes, 13 Aug 1996 (AD, BH, CANB, MEL, NSW, NY); Wimmera. Lawlot Range, on Western Highway, P.C. Jobson 3704, 27 Aug 1995 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW).
60 S.H. Wright et al. Acacia calamifolia s.s. and A. euthycarpa have allopatric distributions. Acacia calamifo- lia s.s. occurs in New South Wales, the Flinders Ranges and the North Mount Lofty Ranges of South Australia (Fig. 4). It grows on shallow powdery calcareous loams, grey-brown cal¬ careous earths, and red duplex soils. Acacia euthycarpa occurs in Victoria, on the Eyre Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, South Mount Lofty Ranges, and the Murray Lands of South Australia (Lig. 4). It grows on bleached to brownish sands, grey-brown calcareous earths, and mottled-yellow to red duplex soils. Both species grow in scrub or as an understorey species in woodland or open woodland, often on rocky sites. They both grow in a range of rainfall conditions from 150-500 mm mean annual rainfall (arid to moderately arid conditions). PHYLLODE LORMS IN VICTORIA - TWO SUBSPECIES OF A. EUTHYCARPA The MDA distinguished two forms wit hin A. euthycarpa : the broad-phyllode and narrow- phyllode forms. Acacia euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa is referrable to the narrow-phyl- lode form, while the name A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata is proposed for the broad- phyllode form. The mean phyllode width of A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata (3.3 mm) is about three times that of A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa (1.1 mm). There are also lesser differences in the means of the other characters, with A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata tending to have shorter, thinner phyllodes with longer pulvini and a shorter distance to the widest point. Some of the important differences are illustrated in Figure 5. Acacia euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata is geographically widespread over a range of approximately 850 km, but is known only from two localities in Victoria. It should be pointed out that A. euthycarpa is much more common in Victoria than A. calamifolia (A. calamifolia is known to us only from few, very old collections), and that the description of the latter provided by Willis (1972) applies to A. euthycarpa. The phyllodes of A. x gray ana are very similar to those of A. euthycarpa subsp. oblance¬ olata, and the two taxa are difficult to tell apart in flower. However, A. x grayana has sub- moniliform fruit as well as pubescent new shoots and peduncles (Entwisle et al. 1996). Acacia euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata grows on grey-brown calcareous earths, mot¬ tled-yellow to red duplex soils, and sometimes sand. It occurs in areas of mean annual rainfall ranging between 300 and 500 mm, suggesting that it has a lower tolerance to arid conditions than A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa (range 150-500 mm). Localities of A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata are on the periphery of the distribution of A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa, which may suggest a different ecological preference, or it may be a pattern associated with agricultural clearing. Key to taxa 1. Legumes (submoniliform to) moniliform; seed 6-9 mm long, the funicle encircling the seed by about '/2 the circumference; phyllodes 0.7-4.5 mm wide, if 2 mm wide or wider, then new shoots and peduncles subglabrous to covered in hairs 2. Phyllodes 0.7-1.2 mm wide . 1. Acacia calamifolia 2. Phyllodes 2-4.5 mm wide. 2. A. x grayana 1. Legumes linear; seed 4-6 mm long, the funicle entirely encircling the seed; phyllodes 0.7-6.0 mm wide, if 2.0 mm or wider, the new shoots glabrous to glabrate 3. Phyllodes 0.7-2.0 mm wide, narrowly linear. .3A. A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa 3. Phyllodes 2.5-6 mm wide, narrowly oblanceolate. .3B. A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata 1. Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindl., Bot. Reg. 10, t. 389 (1824). Type citation : ‘brought by Mr John Richardson, to Mr. Colvill, from the south-west interior of New Holland.” Type not seen, descripition (‘ Legumina arcuata articulata...’) and illustration decisive. Acacia pulverulenta A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 342 (1842), nom. illeg., non
Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , for eastern Australia Jeffrey A. Jeanes National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes. Introduction The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. Taxonomy Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M (1950). An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 139, t.25 (1918). This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida (D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 87-112".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 100-101".
100 B .J. Mole et al. long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. .3. A. asteriscophora 4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped in section.4. A. rupestris 5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva Taxonomy 1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); “Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic substrate. Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and those in the genus Buxus. 2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: “Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and
Variation in Asterolasia asteriscophora s.l. 105 anthesis, longer in fruit. Petals elliptic, 4-6 mm long, white, rarely pale lemon (Fig. 9g-h). Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Emerald, 27.x. 1906, P.R.H.St.John s.n. (NSW 262302)-, Dandenong Ranges, Belgrave, January 1933, J.H.Willis s.n. (MEL 709148); between Beaconsfield and Emerald, 28.ix. 1933, T.S.Hart s.n. (MEL 709145); Dandenong Ranges, between Emerald and Avonsleigh, 7.x. 1934, J.H.Willis s.n. (MEL 709149); Dandenong Ranges, Emerald-Clematis, 5.x.1945, A.C.Beauglehole 7016 (MEL 2101021); Upper Femtree Gully [local¬ ity uncertain, Hemphill pers. comm. 1998], 23.ix.1965, B.Hemphill s.n. (MEL 2101022); Eastern Highlands, Emerald-Monbulk Road, 24.ix.1993, N.G.Walsh 3507 (MEL 2020508); Emerald- Avonsleigh Road, southern end of Country Club golf course, 8.x. 1998, B.J.Mole 74-77 (MEL). Synonymy: Eriostemon spathulifolius is probably a synonym of Asterolasia aster¬ iscophora subsp. albiflora but as the type material was not seen this can not be verified (cf. Wilson 1970; McGillivray 1973). The type for Eriostemon spathulifolius is probably at LYON (P.G. Wilson pers. comm. 1998) and was requested in 1998 but has not been located. Distribution and conservation status: This subspecies is known only from three local¬ ities in the Emerald - Avonsleigh district of Victoria, all of which are threatened by urban development. Two of these are located in residential areas, while the third is located with¬ in a quarry site. It was previously recorded from Menzies Creek, ‘Paradise’ and Clematis. The single record from the Grampians (ix.1937, C. French Jnr. s.n., MEL 709143) is most likely incorrectly labelled. No other record of A. asteriscophora is known from the Grampians. A conservation code of 2Ei is appropriate; the subspecies is known from a geographic range of less than 100 km, is in serious risk of disappearing from the wild within 10-20 years if present residential development and associated pressures continue, and is not known to occur within a conservation reserve. Phenology : This subspecies flowers from early October to late November and has been observed to commence flowering 3-4 weeks earlier than the typical subspecies. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, albus (white) and floreo (to flower), alluding to the white colour of the petals. 4. Asterolasia rupestris B.J.Mole, sp. nov. Asterolasiae asteriscophora e (F.Muell.) Druce affinis sed foliis generaliter brev- ioribus et subsessilibus vel saepe sessilibus, lamina obcordata vel obdeltata et supra dense stellato-tomentosam differt. Similar to Asterolasia asteriscophora but differs in the generally shorter leaves, which are subsessile, or frequently sessile, the obcordate - obdeltate lamina, and the adaxial lamina surface, which is densely stellate. Type: New South Wales, walking track to the Governor, Mt Kaputar NP, 27.xi.1987, J.M. Fox s.n. (holotype CANB 406009). Upright shrub to 1.5 m tall. Stems with a stellate indumentum. Leaves shortly petio- late, or frequently sessile; lamina obcordate or obdeltate, 9-20 mm long, 6-15 mm wide, papery, apex emarginate, sometimes truncate, base attenuate, slightly conduplicate, mar¬ gins recurved or flat; adaxial surface with a dense indumentum of hyaline multiangular stellate trichomes (15-31 trichomes per mm 2 ); abaxial surface cobwebbed with stalked, multiangular stellate trichomes; petiole when present somewhat thickened and flat, often appressed to the stem. Inflorescence a terminal or axillary umbel of 3-5 flowers; pedun¬ cles 4-9 mm long; pedicels 6-15 mm long. Sepals inconspicuous, 0.5-1 mm long. Petals 5, elliptic, 5-9 mm long, yellow, abaxial surface with an indumentum of rust coloured stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10; filaments glabrous; anthers 1-2 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels 5, stellate-tomentose; style glabrous; stig¬ ma hemispherical. Cocci beaked. Seed not seen (Fig. 9i-q). Distribution: This species is only known from Mt Kaputar and Mt Lindsay in Mt Kaputar NP east of Narrabri, and from near Parlour Mountain northwest of Armidale; all
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 106-107".
Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , for eastern Australia Jeffrey A. Jeanes National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes. Introduction The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. Taxonomy Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M (1950). An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 139, t.25 (1918). This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida (D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap.
44 N.G. Walsh and K.L. McDougall of C. cuneata var. pubescens are much finer and free to their bases. The margins of the cypselas of var. cuneata are narrow and acute while those of var. pubescens are broadly thickened and rounded rather like those of C. scabiosifolia. The general indumentum of C. cuneata var. pubescens differs from the typical vari¬ ety and from both varieties of C. scabiosifolia. The last three taxa have strigose, sep¬ tate hairs of varying density and coarseness, but all are evenly tapered from base to apex. Calotis cuneata var. pubescens has hairs with a coarse, erect septate base that is rather abruptly attenuated into a distinctly longer and finer apical part. This apical fil¬ ament is often lost from the hairs of older and/or exposed parts of the leaves and stems leaving the persistent basal stub which results in a coarse hispid indumentum on these parts. The distribution of C. cuneata as it is currently circumscribed gives a pattern that can¬ not be reconciled with a notion of relatively recent evolution of two entities from a com¬ mon ancestor (as might be inferred from their varietal status). The typical variety is wide¬ ly distributed from inland northern New South Wales to central Queensland while var. pubescens is highly localised in the subalps of north-eastern Victoria and southern New South Wales. For the reasons outlined above we here elevate C. cuneata var. pubescens to specific rank. Taxonomy Calotis pubescens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) N.G.Walsh & K.L.McDougall, stat. nov. Calotis scabiosifolia Sond. & F.Muell. var. pubescens F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 503 (1867). Calotis cuneata (F.Muell. ex Benth.) G.L.Davis var pubescens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 77: 178 (1952). Lectotype: ‘Grassy mountains on the Mitta Mitta’, F. Mueller s.n., 1854 (MEL) fide G.L. Davis loc. cit. Ecology At Nungar Plain, C. pubescens occurs in a herbfield community (in which it may be dominant) on gentle slopes between Eucalyptus pauciflora woodland and the valley floor which is vegetated by a mosaic of Poa-dominated tussock grasslands, open heaths dominated by Hovea montana and Cyperaceae-rich wetland communities. Soils are of the alpine humus type developed on a parent material of Silurian siltstone and shale of the Tantangara Formation. The altitude range is small, between c. 1340 and 1380 m a.s.l. Colonies of C. pubescens may comprise a single genet developed by rhizomatous growth and can be up to 10m in diameter. Typically associated species include Bulbine glauca, Coprosma nivalis, Leptorhynchos elongatus, Oreomyrrhis argentea, Plantago euryphylla, Poa petrophila, Poa hookeri and Wahlenbergia densifolia. Calotis glandulosa F.Muell. is also relatively abundant on the plain. A comprehensive checklist of the flora of Nungar Plain will be published elsewhere (McDougall & Walsh in prep.). Conservation Status Based on Briggs and Leigh (1996), an appropriate conservation code for Calotis pubes¬ cens is 3ECi. The species is threatened by feral pigs, which have excavated large areas of vegetation on Nungar Plain, especially the herbland community containing C. pubescens. Acknowledgements We are grateful to the two anonymous referees for useful comments on drafts of this paper.
82 J.A. Jeanes Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 3: 66 (1998). Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. Acknowledgments My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. References Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13(10), 437-468. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 11-26. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144.
82 J.A. Jeanes Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 3: 66 (1998). Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. Acknowledgments My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. References Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13(10), 437-468. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 11-26. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144.
Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , for eastern Australia Jeffrey A. Jeanes National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes. Introduction The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. Taxonomy Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M (1950). An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 139, t.25 (1918). This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida (D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 41-42".
42 L.A. Craven 337 (1852). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 5th coll. 147 (holotypus KW, n.v., photo in PERTH n.v.; isotypi G, K n.v., MEL, NY n.v.). Conothamnus divaricatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 164 (1867). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond 5th coll. 147 (holotypus K, n.v.; isotypi G, KW n.v. photo in PERTH n.v., MEL, NY n.v.). This species occurs from the Stirling Range east to Israelite Bay. C. neglectus Diels in Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 430 (1904). Syntypi: Western Australia: Mt Melville near King George Sound, Mueller s.n. (B 1 ", ?MEL n.v.); near Cranbrook, Diels 4438 (B 1 ; PERTH fragm); about 15 km N of Albany, Diels 6034 (B 1 ). C. neglectus occurs from Walpole east to Albany and as far north as Borden. The name C. neglectus is not being lectotypified here as a thorough search for other syntypes or isosyntypes has not been made. More ample materials of Diels 4438 and/or 6034 than the fragment of Diels 4438 in PERTH may exist. Material from Mount Melville, ascribed to Mueller by Diels in the protologue, has not been seen from MEL but, in view of the wide distribution of specimens from MEL to European and north American herbaria, such material may be extant. Key to the species of Conothamnus l. Flowers in triads; style 12-15 mm long (petals present).C. trinervis 1. Flowers in dyads; style 2-5 mm long 2. Petals absent; style 3.4-5 mm long.C. aureus 2. Petals present; style 2-2.5 mm long.C. neglectus Acknowledgments The directors and curators of the following herbaria are thanked for the opportunity to study collections in their care: AD, BRI, CANB, KW, MEL, NSW, PERTH. Julie Matarczyk is thanked for her assistance with bibliographic work and data collection. The illustration was prepared by Rob Warren. Preparation of this paper in part was supported by the Australian Biological Resources Study. References Bentham, G. (1867, ‘1866’). ‘Myrtaceae’. Flora Australiensis 3, 1-289. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). ‘Myrtaceae’, in B.D. Morley and H.R. Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Willoughby: Sydney. Rye, B.L. (1987). ‘Myrtaceae’, in N.G. Marchant, J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye, E.M. Bennett, N.S. Lander and T.D. Macfarlane (eds), Flora of the Perth Region 1, 377-429. Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
100 B .J. Mole et al. long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. .3. A. asteriscophora 4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped in section.4. A. rupestris 5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva Taxonomy 1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); “Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic substrate. Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and those in the genus Buxus. 2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: “Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 15-16, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 22-23, Fig. 3".
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Variation in Asterolasia asteriscophora s.l. 101 E.Murphy (lectotype, here designated, NSW 2274; isolectotypes MEL 232746 , CANB 81750 n.v.); 2 miles [c. 3.2 km] NE of Wingello railway station, 30.x. 1939, W.F.Blakely, W.J.Buckingham and E.Murphy (residual syntype NSW 468135). Slender upright shrub to 1.5 m high. Stems covered with an indumentum of stellate tri- chomes. Leaves orbicular to broadly obovate, 4-15 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, lateral halves adaxially concave, apex rounded to slightly emarginate; adaxial surface with a sparse to dense indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stellate trichomes (range 1-23 tri- chomes per mm 2 ); abaxial surface with a cobwebbed indumentum of stalked, multiangu¬ lar, stellate trichomes; petiole 2-4 mm long. Flowers axillary or terminal, usually soli¬ tary, rarely in a two or three flowered umbel; peduncle 0-2 mm long; pedicel 0-2 mm long. Sepals inconspicuous, to 0.5 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 4-8 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indumentum of multiangular stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, filaments glabrous; anthers 1-1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels 5; ovary stellate-tomentose; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci beaked. Seed not seen. Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Medway Colliery, 10.x. 1991, M. Kennedy 153 (NSW 249646)-, c. 1.5 km north of Mittagong P.O., 27.vii.1995, S.Donaldson 560, G.Corsini and J.Toby (CANB 9513536)-, Flying Fox Road SW of Medway, 22.xii. 1995, G.Errington 30 (NSW 264105); Medway area, 18.X.1998, B.J.Mole 155-160 and CA.Mole ( BJM155 - MEL, MELU, NSW; BJM156-160 - MEL); Nattai River, Mittagong area, 19.x. 1998, B.J.Mole 161-165 and C.AMole (BJM161 - BRI, CANB, MEL, MELU, NSW; BJM162-165 - MEL). Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buckinghamii has been recorded from five localities (from Mittagong south to Penrose and Wingello) in the Central Tablelands of New South Wales. Two populations were located during this study at Mittagong and Medway. The population at Medway consisted of less than 30 individuals, while the popu¬ lation at Mittagong consisted of more than 200 individuals but was restricted to a small area, approx 100m 2 . Populations from the type locality near Penrose and Wingello were not located during this study despite searches in these areas during October and November of 1998. This region has been extensively cleared for agriculture and silviculture, and further fieldwork is recommended to establish the status of the species at this locality. A tentative conservation code of 2E is considered appropriate because the species has a geographic range of less than 100 km 2 , is currently known from only two localities, and because no plants are known to occur within a conservation reserve. Habitat: Populations from the type locality and the Nattai River north of Mittagong are recorded as growing in gullies, on river flats in sandy alluvial soils derived from sandstone, the Mittagong population also extending up a gentle north west facing slope for c. 100 m. The vegetation community at the Mittagong locality is riparian on the river flats grading to open-forest further upslope. The population at Medway, however, occurs on a south facing slope at the top of a cliff in shallow soils over sandstone in open-forest. The species there¬ fore is not restricted to damp localities, as previously thought (Blakely 1940). Phenology: Flowering plants have been collected from early October to late November. Notes: This species differs from A. asteriscophora by the usually solitary flowers and the smaller (often absent) peduncles and pedicels, and from A. buxifolia by the stellate trichomes on the ovary and abaxial surface of leaves, and the type of indumentum on the abaxial petal surface. Etymology: The specific epithet honours one of the collectors of the type specimen, Mr William J. Buckingham of Lindfield, New South Wales. 3. Asterolasia asteriscophora (F.Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4: 606 (1917); Phebalium asteriscophorum F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Instit. Advancem.
100 B .J. Mole et al. long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. .3. A. asteriscophora 4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped in section.4. A. rupestris 5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva Taxonomy 1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); “Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic substrate. Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and those in the genus Buxus. 2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: “Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and
82 J.A. Jeanes Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 3: 66 (1998). Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. Acknowledgments My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. References Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13(10), 437-468. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 11-26. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144.
82 J.A. Jeanes Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 3: 66 (1998). Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. Acknowledgments My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. References Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13(10), 437-468. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 11-26. Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 41-42".
Conothamnus 41 Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis Lindl. Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the Kalamunda area. Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 (1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10:
Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , for eastern Australia Jeffrey A. Jeanes National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes. Introduction The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. Taxonomy Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M (1950). An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 139, t.25 (1918). This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida (D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap.
Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , for eastern Australia Jeffrey A. Jeanes National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes. Introduction The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. Taxonomy Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M (1950). An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 139, t.25 (1918). This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida (D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 26-29, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 58-59, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 33-36".
36 M. F. Duretto Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and is probably secure. Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are characteristic of this species. 6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus paucioribus compositis differt. Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” Type: n.v.; description decisive. ['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), p.p.] ['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F (1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. Rock Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI,
36 M. F. Duretto Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and is probably secure. Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are characteristic of this species. 6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus paucioribus compositis differt. Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” Type: n.v.; description decisive. ['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), p.p.] ['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F (1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. Rock Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI,
36 M. F. Duretto Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and is probably secure. Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are characteristic of this species. 6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus paucioribus compositis differt. Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” Type: n.v.; description decisive. ['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), p.p.] ['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F (1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. Rock Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 83-84, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 79-81, Figs 6, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 81-82, Figs 6, 9 (map)".
54 M. F. Duretto Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 [transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not found in Western Australia.] Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles [c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 (holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 246780). Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia.
54 M. F. Duretto Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 [transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not found in Western Australia.] Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles [c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 (holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 246780). Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 109-110, Fig. 15 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 111-112, Fig. 15 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 105-107 Fig. 12 (map)".
106 M. F. Duretto Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock (Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162
106 M. F. Duretto Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock (Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162
106 M. F. Duretto Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock (Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162
106 M. F. Duretto Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock (Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 107-109, Fig. 14 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 74-75, Fig. 8 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 114-115, Fig. 14 (map)".
Notes on Boronia
51
regionally uncommon where it is known from two localities (Keith & Ashby 1992). Field
work is required in all states to determine if there are secure populations. All populations
seen by the author were small and often severely effected by herbivory.
Etymology. The subspecific epithet is apparently derived from the leaves of this taxon
being similar to that of Hyssop (Hyssopus Linn., Lamiaceae).
9. Boronia polygalifolia Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 297, t. 7 (1798). Type citation: type not
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290X in the
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr.
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast],
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.9 n.v. [transparency MEL
2041282]\ isolectotype LIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: Mr John White was
Surgeon General to the Settlement of Port Jackson in 1788 (Cheel 1928).]
[Tetratheca oppositifolia Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 419 (1805); B. tetrathecoides DC., Prodr.
1: 722 (1824), nom illeg., based on above; B. oppositifolia (Pers.) Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 61: 408 (1928); B. polygalifolia var. oppositifolia (Pers.) J. Black,
FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn: Pt. 2, 493 (1948). Type: Herb. Tribauld, 1815 (holotype G-DC)
see also Melville and Summerhayes, Kew Bull. 9: 46 (1954), and Thompson, Telopea 1:
214 (1976).]
[Boronia hyssopifolia Sieb., Flora Beil. 4: 137 (1825) nomen nudum, equated with B.
polygalifolia by Sprengel {Syst. Cur. Post. 148, 1S21) fide Melville and Summerhayes
(/.c.).]
Illustrations: J.E. Smith (/.c.); A. Engler in A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat.
Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135, Eigs 75J, K (1896), fruit and seed; A. Engler in A. Engler and K.
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. edn 2 19A: 251, Eigs 107J, K (1931), fruit and seed; R.
Melville and V.S. Summerville, Kew Bull. 9: 462, Eigs 1.9-1.12 (1954); B.A. Eebler,
Queensland Agric. J. 98: 199 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland
1: 28 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 37 (1980); T.D. Stanley and
E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Eigs 69G1-3 (1983); A. Eairley and P.
Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, pi. 811 (1989), photograph; PH.
Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 230 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.E.
Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 268 (2002).
Weakly erect or spreading, decumbent sub-shrub to 30 cm long, usually several wiry
branches arising from a woody rootstock, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets terete
to quadrangular, not obviously glandular, with two shallow grooves in between leaf
decurrencies, moderate cork development. Leaves simple, sessile or with petiole to 1 mm
long; lamina 8-30 mm long, 0.8-5 mm wide, narrow to broad linear to elliptic, rarely
ovate or obovate, not obviously glandular or dotted with sunken glands, discolorous,
abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll layers not separated
by a region of cells, flat or margins slightly recurved (in dry specimens revolute), margins
entire or minutely serrate near tip, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles
0.5-5(-ll) mm; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long, sometimes caducous;
metaxyphylls absent; anthopodium 0.5-5(-9) mm long. Sepals ovate-deltoid, 1.5-2 mm
long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, tip acute. Petals white or pink,
4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, not obviously or slightly glandular, glabrous or
sometimes minutely and sparsely ciliate, persistent with fruit. Staminal filaments with
short stout hairs on margins, slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex or not; anthers
glabrous, anther connective maroon, apiculum prominent, white. Gynoecium glabrous;
stigma entire, minute, not or slightly wider than style. Cocci 3.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, glabrous. tSeeJ black to dark brown, dull, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, rugulose.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 69-70, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 40-41, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 41-42, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 43-44, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 42-43, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
100 M. F. Duretto Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form distinct or mixed populations. In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is appropriate. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 Q-S). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] ["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 (1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm
100 M. F. Duretto Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form distinct or mixed populations. In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is appropriate. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 Q-S). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] ["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 (1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm
Notes on Boronia 121 39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 619 (1972)1). Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also provided. Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only forR. splendida) .21/63 21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 mm long. B. splendida 21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay [Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection referred to by Endlicher (1837). Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand islands (pers. obs.). 41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 70-71, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 112-114, Fig. 14 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 29-31, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 67-69, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 45-47".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 47-48, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 49-51, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 48-49, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 36-40, Fig. 3".
Notes on Boronia
105
Notes: WJ. Hooker (1834) had a broad concept of B. variabilis (= B. anemonifolia
subsp. variabilis, see Neish & Duretto 2000) in which he included the type of B. gunnii.
Later (1836) he transferred this type material to B. tetrandra which included the many
forms of B. pilosa and B. citriodora. J.D. Hooker (1840) then described B. tetrandra var.
grandiflora (see synonymies). Mueller (1860-1862) placed 5. gunnii, with 5. citriodora,
in synonymy under B. pinnata. Bentham (1863) reduced B. gunnii to varietal rank under
B. pinnata and he included B. citriodora in his concept of this taxon. Rodway (1903)
reduced both B. gunnii and B. citriodora to varietal status under B. pinnata. Cheel (1929)
considered B. gunnii to be a distinct species though he appeared to have included B.
pilosa subsp. torquata from western Victoria in his concept. This may have been followed
by Curtis (1956) as she recognised B. gunnii and listed Victoria as part of its distributional
range. King and Bums (1969) and Galbraith (1977) recognised B. gunnii and called it the
Cataract Gorge Boronia and Gunn’s Boronia respectively. Curtis and Morris (1975)
included B. gunnii in a broad concept of B. pilosa and noted that the larger leaved plants
from near Launceston (here recognised as B. gunnii) warranted further investigation. The
classification of Curtis and Morris was followed by Buchanan et al. (1989) and Buchanan
(1995) in their censuses of the Tasmanian Flora. Weston et al. (1984) recognised B.
gunnii and included it in their B. pilosa group.
Boronia gunnii differs from other Tasmanian species by the long narrowly obovate
leaves, hispidulous stems with minute hairs (to 0.1mm long), slightly glandular
tuberculate stems, the shiny glandular areas that dot the leaves and stems, and the small
sepals. The collections from eastern Tasmania have longer (to 25 mm long) and narrower
(0.75-1.5 mm wide) leaflets than plants collected from near Launceston. The styles of the
Aspley River specimen {P. Collier 946) are sparsely pilose while those of plants from the
Launceston area are glabrous [R. Burns (ANBG 1411) is sterile].
Cheel (1929, p. 300) noted that B. gunnii has a distinct sage scent. Horticultural notes
for B. gunnii are given by Elliot and Jones (1982).
Distribution and ecology: Boronia gunnii has been collected from near Launceston (N
Tasmania), mainly from Cataract Gorge where it was thought to be confined (e.g. King
& Burns 1969). Recently it was collected from the Aspley River and Dennison River
areas (E Tasmania) (Eig. 11). The collection from Cradle Mountain {Olsen s.n., HO 4705)
requires confirmation but is presumed here to be erroneously labeled. Very little in the
way of habitat information is available from collections except that the species is usually
found near rivers {Bums ANBG 1411, Collier 946), and sometimes sheltered by rocks
{Collier 946). Boronia gunnii was found to be self incompatible by Weston et al. (1984),
though they may have been working with material of B. pilosa. Elowering October-
January. Immature fruiting material has been collected in January.
Conservation status: A conservation code of 3VC- is appropriate for the species as it
is known from few areas and from few collections. The species may be threatened in the
Eaunceston area as the last collection made there, that has been seen by the author, was
in 1961.
Etymology: The specific epithet is for Ronald Campbell Gunn who collected
extensively in Tasmania in the 19th Century (see Buchanan 1990).
30. Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Endl., in Endl. et al, Enum. pi 16 (1837), written as
B. paleifolia [an orthographic error, see below]. Type citation: “Moreton Bay. (A.
Cunningh. 1824).” Type: Moreton Bay [Moreton District, Queensland], AC [Alan
Cunningham], 1824 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE
2068461]’, Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland, c. 27°30’S
153°20’E], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (probable isolectotypes CGE n.v.
[transparencies MEL 2041293], K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium,
cibachrome MEL 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEL 248924, TCD).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 54-58, Fig. 5".
54 M. F. Duretto Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 [transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not found in Western Australia.] Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles [c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 (holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 246780). Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia.
94 M. F. Duretto Key to the subspecies o/B. pilosa 1. Leaflets glabrescent to pilose; branches pilose, hairs greater than 0.3 mm long, denser between leaf decurrencies or spread evenly around branch; sepals glabrous or ciliate or variously pilose; ovary glabrous to hispidulous.2 1: Leaflets glabrous or glabrescent or rarely hispidulous (and then leaves <10 mm long); branches hispidulous, hairs mostly to 0.25 mm long, denser between leaf decurrencies; sepals glabrous or ciliate; ovary glabrous.3 2. Sepals 1.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous or glabrescent or ciliate or sparsely pilose or rarely pilose or hispidulous; widest leaflets 0.5-2 mm wide; style usually pilose (N & E Tas., probably absent from Tasman & Forestier Pen’s).27a. suhsp. pilosa 2: Sepals 2.5-5 mm long, pilose (rarely sparsely pilose and then sepals 4-5 mm long); widest leaflets 2-4 mm wide (if widest < 3 mm wide then sepals 4-5 mm long); style glabrous or with few hairs (Tas. - Tasman & Forestier Pen’s). .27b. subsp. tasmanensis 3. Stigma shorter than glabrous or pilose style, style clearly visible, together greater than 0.5 mm long (Tas.).27a. suhsp. pilosa 3: Stigma significantly larger than pilose style, style often concealed, together to 0.5 mm long (SA; Vic.; Tas.).4 4. Farger leaves >10 mm long; larger leaflets > 9 mm long, flat; petiole 1-3 mm long (SA; SW Vic.).27c. subsp. torquata 4: Feaves <10 mm long; leaflets < 9 mm long, flat to semiterete; petiole to 1 mm long (Vic. - Fittle Desert; Tas.).5 5. Sepals narrowly debate, 0.5-0.75 mm wide; leaflets glabrous (Tas.). .27a. suhsp. pilosa 5: Sepals debate, mostly c. 1 mm wide; leaflets glabrous to hispidulous (Vic. - Fittle Desert).27d. subsp. parvidaemonis 27a. Boronia pilosa Fabill. subsp. pilosa Boronia tetrandm yar. floribunda Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa var. floribunda (Hook.) Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 67 (1855). Type citation: “Gunn, 665.” Type: Hobart [Tasmania], R. Gunn 665, 20.xi.l839 (lectotype, here designated, K n.v. [cibachrome MEF 2041271]; isolectotype CANB 259057, HO 4661; possible isolectotype NSW 385770). Boronia tetrandra var. terminiflora Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840). Type citation: “Mr. Gunn (n. 790)”. Type: ?. [NOTE: Hooker (l.c.) cites Gunn 790 for specimens seen for both this taxon and B. tetrandra var. laricifolia though he adds “Circular Head, &c.” to the information of the latter. It is assumed that he did not use the same material for the two taxa (described a few lines apart). Apart from the Circular Head material cited below, no other specimens of Gunn 790 have been seen by the author. Hooker f. (1855) does not list B. tetrandra var. terminiflora.] Boronia tetrandra var. laricifolia Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa var. laricifolia (Hook.) Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 67 (1855); Type citation: “Mr. Gunn (n. 790).” Type: [Circular Head,] V. D. Fand [Tasmania], R. Gunn 790 [16.xi.l836] (lectotype, here designated, K n.v. [cibachrome MEF 2041274, photo AD 99548090]). Boronia pilosa subsp. 1: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. Illustrations: J.H. Fabillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilosa; H.J. King and T.E. Burns, The Wildflowers of Tasmania 19 (1969), as B. pilosa, photograph; R Collier, Woodland Wildflowers of Tasmania 28 (1990), as B. pilosa; I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 100 (1994), photograph, as B. pilosa; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29e (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 1; M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 206 (2000), as B. pilosa, photograph.
100 M. F. Duretto Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form distinct or mixed populations. In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is appropriate. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 Q-S). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] ["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 (1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm
100 M. F. Duretto Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form distinct or mixed populations. In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is appropriate. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 Q-S). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] ["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 (1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm
Notes on Boronia 99 Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 (1986). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 209 (1890)] Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer (Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles [c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 12.x. 1960 (MEL). Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria.
Notes on Boronia 99 Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 (1986). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 209 (1890)] Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer (Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles [c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 12.x. 1960 (MEL). Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria.
Notes on Boronia 91 Figure 12. Distribution of B. falcifolia, B. pilosa subsp. parvidaemonis, B. pilosa subsp. pilosa, B. pilosa subsp. tasmanensis, B. pilosa subsp. torquata, B. subulifolia. the range have a significantly less dense indumentum. Field research is required to ascertain if there is any taxonomic significance in this variation. Horticultural notes on B. subulifolia are given by Elliot and Jones (1982). Distribution and ecology. The species is confined to a small area centred on the Budawang Ranges, south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 12). It is found in heath and dry sclerophyll woodland on rocky sandstone slopes. Flowering September-December; fruiting October-December. Conservation status: The area in which B. subulifolia is found is less than 50 km across from north to south and 30 km from east to west. Most populations are found in Budawang and Moreton National Parks while others are in State Forests and on private property. The species is probably secure and a conservation code of 2RCa is appropriate (Leigh et al. 1981; Briggs & Leigh 1988, 1996; Walter & Gillett 1997). Etymology: The specific epithet is referring to the shape of the leaflets: subulate (Cheel 1928). 27. Boronia pilosa Labill., Nov. Roll. pi. 1: 97, t. 124 (1805); B. tetrandra var. pilosa (Labill.) Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa Labill. var. a, Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 67 (1855); B. pinnata var. pilosa (Labill.) F.Muell., The native plants of
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 63-66, Fig. 7 (map)".
Notes on Boronia
73
plants seen. The population requires research to ascertain whether this variation is
uniform in the population and if it requires taxonomic recognition.
Boronia safrolifera is not common in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by
Elliot and Jones (1982). Galbraith (1977) called this species the Coast Boronia.
Distribution and ecology. Boronia safrolifera is found in coastal areas from Bribie
Island (Qld) to Port Stephens (NSW) (Fig. 7). It inhabits swampy or poorly drained low
heath or wallum and Banksia woodland on siliceous sand. The species was found to be
self-incompatible by Weston et al. (1984). Flowering (April-)August-October(-
December); fruiting material has been collected in September and October.
Conservation status: The species is common, widespread and found in various
reserves and is not considered to be under threat.
Etymology: Both the scientific and vernacular names are derived from the odour of the
crushed leaves that apparently resembles safrole (Cheel 1924; Penfold 1924).
18. Boronia rivularis C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 206 (1942). Type
citation: “Queensland. - Wide Bay District, Fraser Island, in damp gullies, C.T. White,
no. 2505 (type: flowers). May, 1925...” Type: QUEENSFAND: WIDE BAY: Fraser Is., in
damp gullies, C.T. White 2505, v.1925 (holotype BRI AQ151279 [transparency MEF
2068543]).
{''Boronia pinnatd’' auct. non Sm.: F.M. Bailey, Queensl.fi. 1: 187 (1889), p.p.; F.M.
Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensl. pi. 73 (1913), p.p.]
Illustrations: B.A. Febler, Queensland Agric. J. 98; 196 (1972); B.A. Febler,
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 26 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants
Queensland 1: 37 (1980), photograph; WR. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of
Australian Plants 2nd edn, 349 (1985); T.D. Stanley and F.M. Ross, El. South East
Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69i (1983).
Erect, woody, shrub to 2(-4.5, fide Febler 1972, 1977) m high, glabrous apart from
flowers. Branchlets terete to slightly quadrangular, smooth, not obviously glandular,
without leaf decurrencies; branch tips arching downward (fide Febler 1972, 1977).
Leaves imparipinnate, 3-13(-17)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 17-68 mm long, 15-64
mm wide, not obviously glandular; petiole 5-15 mm long; rachis segments 5-10 mm
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide; leaflets elliptic to narrow-elliptic, slightly discolorous, abaxial
surface paler, flat or margins slightly recurved, margins entire or slightly crenate,
minutely serrate, apex acute; terminal leaflets longer, shorter or equal to lateral leaflets,
(2-)4-32 mm long, l-5(-9.5) mm wide. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, (l-)3-9-
flowered, usually longer than leaves; peduncles 5-17 mm long, thin, secondary and
tertiary peduncles 2-15 mm long, thin; prophylls 2-10 mm long, awl shaped or leaf like
and pinnate; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long, awl shaped; anthopodium 3-13 mm long.
Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.8(-l) mm long and wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous or
minutely ciliate, tip acute, without or with a minute subterminal apiculum. Petals white
to pink, 5-8 mm long, adaxial surface sparsely pilose, sometimes only towards apex,
abaxial surface glabrous, tip with a sometimes small subterminal apiculum. Staminal
filaments pilose along margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex; anthers glabrous,
apiculum minute or absent. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous or sparsely pilose; stigma
entire, minute, scarcely wider than style. Cocci 3-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide,
glabrous. Seed black, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Wide Bay Boronia.
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND; WIDE BAY: Beside
walking track from Ocean Lake to northern tip of island, “Sandy Cape”, 1 km S from Lake
Woonjeel, Fraser Is., 24°52’S 153°14’E, N.G. Walsh 1395, 22.viii.1984 (MEL); Kingfisher Bay
resort, W coast of Fraser Is., 25°23’S 153°01’E, A.R. Bean 8100, 24.xi.1994 (BRI, MEL, NSW);
Fraser Is., near Lake Wabby, S.T. Blake 14389, 24.viii.1941 (BRI); Seary’s Ck area, N end of
Cooloola sandhills, R.F. Thorne 21333, T. Coaldrake and W. Ridley, 18.V.1959 (CANB); Upper
Notes on Boronia
73
plants seen. The population requires research to ascertain whether this variation is
uniform in the population and if it requires taxonomic recognition.
Boronia safrolifera is not common in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by
Elliot and Jones (1982). Galbraith (1977) called this species the Coast Boronia.
Distribution and ecology. Boronia safrolifera is found in coastal areas from Bribie
Island (Qld) to Port Stephens (NSW) (Fig. 7). It inhabits swampy or poorly drained low
heath or wallum and Banksia woodland on siliceous sand. The species was found to be
self-incompatible by Weston et al. (1984). Flowering (April-)August-October(-
December); fruiting material has been collected in September and October.
Conservation status: The species is common, widespread and found in various
reserves and is not considered to be under threat.
Etymology: Both the scientific and vernacular names are derived from the odour of the
crushed leaves that apparently resembles safrole (Cheel 1924; Penfold 1924).
18. Boronia rivularis C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 206 (1942). Type
citation: “Queensland. - Wide Bay District, Fraser Island, in damp gullies, C.T. White,
no. 2505 (type: flowers). May, 1925...” Type: QUEENSFAND: WIDE BAY: Fraser Is., in
damp gullies, C.T. White 2505, v.1925 (holotype BRI AQ151279 [transparency MEF
2068543]).
{''Boronia pinnatd’' auct. non Sm.: F.M. Bailey, Queensl.fi. 1: 187 (1889), p.p.; F.M.
Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensl. pi. 73 (1913), p.p.]
Illustrations: B.A. Febler, Queensland Agric. J. 98; 196 (1972); B.A. Febler,
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 26 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants
Queensland 1: 37 (1980), photograph; WR. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of
Australian Plants 2nd edn, 349 (1985); T.D. Stanley and F.M. Ross, El. South East
Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69i (1983).
Erect, woody, shrub to 2(-4.5, fide Febler 1972, 1977) m high, glabrous apart from
flowers. Branchlets terete to slightly quadrangular, smooth, not obviously glandular,
without leaf decurrencies; branch tips arching downward (fide Febler 1972, 1977).
Leaves imparipinnate, 3-13(-17)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 17-68 mm long, 15-64
mm wide, not obviously glandular; petiole 5-15 mm long; rachis segments 5-10 mm
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide; leaflets elliptic to narrow-elliptic, slightly discolorous, abaxial
surface paler, flat or margins slightly recurved, margins entire or slightly crenate,
minutely serrate, apex acute; terminal leaflets longer, shorter or equal to lateral leaflets,
(2-)4-32 mm long, l-5(-9.5) mm wide. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, (l-)3-9-
flowered, usually longer than leaves; peduncles 5-17 mm long, thin, secondary and
tertiary peduncles 2-15 mm long, thin; prophylls 2-10 mm long, awl shaped or leaf like
and pinnate; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long, awl shaped; anthopodium 3-13 mm long.
Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.8(-l) mm long and wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous or
minutely ciliate, tip acute, without or with a minute subterminal apiculum. Petals white
to pink, 5-8 mm long, adaxial surface sparsely pilose, sometimes only towards apex,
abaxial surface glabrous, tip with a sometimes small subterminal apiculum. Staminal
filaments pilose along margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex; anthers glabrous,
apiculum minute or absent. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous or sparsely pilose; stigma
entire, minute, scarcely wider than style. Cocci 3-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide,
glabrous. Seed black, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Wide Bay Boronia.
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND; WIDE BAY: Beside
walking track from Ocean Lake to northern tip of island, “Sandy Cape”, 1 km S from Lake
Woonjeel, Fraser Is., 24°52’S 153°14’E, N.G. Walsh 1395, 22.viii.1984 (MEL); Kingfisher Bay
resort, W coast of Fraser Is., 25°23’S 153°01’E, A.R. Bean 8100, 24.xi.1994 (BRI, MEL, NSW);
Fraser Is., near Lake Wabby, S.T. Blake 14389, 24.viii.1941 (BRI); Seary’s Ck area, N end of
Cooloola sandhills, R.F. Thorne 21333, T. Coaldrake and W. Ridley, 18.V.1959 (CANB); Upper
Notes on Boronia 99 Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 (1986). Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. [''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 209 (1890)] Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer (Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles [c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 12.x. 1960 (MEL). Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 91-92".
Notes on Boronia
45
8. Boronia nana Hook.f., Icon. PI 3: t. 270 (1840); B. hyssopifolia var.^ Hook.f., Flora
Tasman. 1: 66 (1855); B. polygalifolia var. trifoliolata Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863).
Type citation'. “On the top of Rocky Cape, Van Diemen’s Land. Ronald Gunn (n. 894).”
Type: Rocky Cape, V.D.Land [Tasmania], R. Gunn 894, 29.xii.1837 (lectotype, here
designated, K [ex Hooker’s herb.] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041263, photograph AD
99803340]', isolectotypes HO 4586, K [ex LINN] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041264], NSW
23861 [this specimen does not have Gunn as the collector but as the labels are written as
thus ‘894/29.xii.l837 Rocky Cape’ and 894 Boronia Rocky Cape’ it can be assumed that
they are collections made by Gunn]); Tasmania, R.G. Gunn s.n. (possible isolectotype TCD
[ex herb. Hook., upper three specimens labeled Al; transparencies MEL, 2068531, HO]).
[''Boronia polygalifolia'' auct. non Sm.: E. Mueller, PI. Victoria 1: 114 (1860-1862),
p.p.; E. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 69 (1879), p.p.; E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885), p.p.;
E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888), p.p.; R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S.
Australia, 23 & 209 (1890); ENCV, A census of the plants of Victoria 39 (1923, 1928);
J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 338 (1924); A.J. Ewart, Fl. Victoria 700 (1931); J.M. Black,
Fl. S. Austral. 2 *^^ edn, 491 (1948).]
Illustrations: J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 336, Eig. 154D (1924), as B. polygalifolia,
stamen; J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 491, Eig. 664D (1948), as B. polygalifolia,
stamen; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory, Eig. 537 (1971); I.R.
McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 99 (1994), photograph.
Weakly erect or spreading sub-shrub to 0.5(-l) m long, glabrous to pubescent. Branchlets
not obviously glandular, pubescent between leaf decurrencies, becoming glabrous with
age, hairs to 0.3 mm long. Leaves simple or 3(-5)-foliolate, very rarely bipinnate (var.
nana); petiole 0.5-5 mm long; leaflets and simple leaves 2-25 mm long, 0.5-4 mm wide,
narrow to broad linear to elliptic, ovate or obovate, flat, slightly discolorous, dorsiventral
to nearly isobilateral, palisade and spongy mesophyll sometimes poorly differentiated,
dense region of large undifferentiated cells between the spongy and palisade mesophyll
layers (vars hyssopifolia, nana), margins entire, tip acute to mucronate. Inflorescence
l-3(-7)-flowered; peduncles 1-7 mm; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.5-2 mm long;
anthopodia 2-16 mm long. Sepals debate to narrow-deltate or ovate to broad ovate, 1-3.5
mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular. Petals white to pink, 2.5-6 mm
long, 1.2-3 mm wide, not obviously glandular, persistent. Staminal filaments flat, pilose
on margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex, if only slightly; anther loculi glabrous,
appendage flat, glabrous or with 1-5 hairs. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only
at base; stigma entire, minute, as wide or slightly wider than style. Cocci glabrous or
glabrescent, 3-4.5 mm long. Seeds black to dark brown, dull, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm
wide, irregularly rugulose, tuberculate, wax crystals between tubercula. Dwarf Boronia,
Small Boronia.
Notes: Mueller (1860-1862, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1887-1888, 1889), Bentham (1863),
Tate (1890), Rodway (1903), ENCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and Black (1924, 1948)
included B. nana in their concepts of B. polygalifolia (see synonymies below and under
B. polygalifolia) though Ewart also recognised B. hispida {=B. nana var. pubescens). The
varieties of B. nana have been recognised in floras and handbooks of Victoria (Willis
1973; Duretto 1999c), Tasmania (Curtis & Morris 1975) and New South Wales (Beadle
et al. 1972, 1982; Weston & Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; Weston & Duretto
2002), and South Australian censuses (Jessop 1983, 1984). In the Flora of South
Australia Armstrong and Telford (1986) considered that the varieties of B. nana to grade
into each other and so “impractical”. Varieties of B. nana were not accepted in later
censuses of South Australia (Jessop 1989, 1993) or listed in the Tasmanian census
(Buchanan et al. 1989; Buchanan 1995). Willis (1957, 1973) indicated that var. nana and
var. hyssopifolia are co-extensive almost throughout the range in Victoria which is not
totally true. Though there is some grading between varieties and some populations that
can be difficult to classify (see discussions under individual varieties) the classification
holds true in most areas and so is of taxonomic value and will be retained here.
Notes on Boronia
45
8. Boronia nana Hook.f., Icon. PI 3: t. 270 (1840); B. hyssopifolia var.^ Hook.f., Flora
Tasman. 1: 66 (1855); B. polygalifolia var. trifoliolata Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863).
Type citation'. “On the top of Rocky Cape, Van Diemen’s Land. Ronald Gunn (n. 894).”
Type: Rocky Cape, V.D.Land [Tasmania], R. Gunn 894, 29.xii.1837 (lectotype, here
designated, K [ex Hooker’s herb.] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041263, photograph AD
99803340]', isolectotypes HO 4586, K [ex LINN] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041264], NSW
23861 [this specimen does not have Gunn as the collector but as the labels are written as
thus ‘894/29.xii.l837 Rocky Cape’ and 894 Boronia Rocky Cape’ it can be assumed that
they are collections made by Gunn]); Tasmania, R.G. Gunn s.n. (possible isolectotype TCD
[ex herb. Hook., upper three specimens labeled Al; transparencies MEL, 2068531, HO]).
[''Boronia polygalifolia'' auct. non Sm.: E. Mueller, PI. Victoria 1: 114 (1860-1862),
p.p.; E. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 69 (1879), p.p.; E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885), p.p.;
E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888), p.p.; R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S.
Australia, 23 & 209 (1890); ENCV, A census of the plants of Victoria 39 (1923, 1928);
J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 338 (1924); A.J. Ewart, Fl. Victoria 700 (1931); J.M. Black,
Fl. S. Austral. 2 *^^ edn, 491 (1948).]
Illustrations: J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 336, Eig. 154D (1924), as B. polygalifolia,
stamen; J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 491, Eig. 664D (1948), as B. polygalifolia,
stamen; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory, Eig. 537 (1971); I.R.
McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 99 (1994), photograph.
Weakly erect or spreading sub-shrub to 0.5(-l) m long, glabrous to pubescent. Branchlets
not obviously glandular, pubescent between leaf decurrencies, becoming glabrous with
age, hairs to 0.3 mm long. Leaves simple or 3(-5)-foliolate, very rarely bipinnate (var.
nana); petiole 0.5-5 mm long; leaflets and simple leaves 2-25 mm long, 0.5-4 mm wide,
narrow to broad linear to elliptic, ovate or obovate, flat, slightly discolorous, dorsiventral
to nearly isobilateral, palisade and spongy mesophyll sometimes poorly differentiated,
dense region of large undifferentiated cells between the spongy and palisade mesophyll
layers (vars hyssopifolia, nana), margins entire, tip acute to mucronate. Inflorescence
l-3(-7)-flowered; peduncles 1-7 mm; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.5-2 mm long;
anthopodia 2-16 mm long. Sepals debate to narrow-deltate or ovate to broad ovate, 1-3.5
mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular. Petals white to pink, 2.5-6 mm
long, 1.2-3 mm wide, not obviously glandular, persistent. Staminal filaments flat, pilose
on margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex, if only slightly; anther loculi glabrous,
appendage flat, glabrous or with 1-5 hairs. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only
at base; stigma entire, minute, as wide or slightly wider than style. Cocci glabrous or
glabrescent, 3-4.5 mm long. Seeds black to dark brown, dull, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm
wide, irregularly rugulose, tuberculate, wax crystals between tubercula. Dwarf Boronia,
Small Boronia.
Notes: Mueller (1860-1862, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1887-1888, 1889), Bentham (1863),
Tate (1890), Rodway (1903), ENCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and Black (1924, 1948)
included B. nana in their concepts of B. polygalifolia (see synonymies below and under
B. polygalifolia) though Ewart also recognised B. hispida {=B. nana var. pubescens). The
varieties of B. nana have been recognised in floras and handbooks of Victoria (Willis
1973; Duretto 1999c), Tasmania (Curtis & Morris 1975) and New South Wales (Beadle
et al. 1972, 1982; Weston & Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; Weston & Duretto
2002), and South Australian censuses (Jessop 1983, 1984). In the Flora of South
Australia Armstrong and Telford (1986) considered that the varieties of B. nana to grade
into each other and so “impractical”. Varieties of B. nana were not accepted in later
censuses of South Australia (Jessop 1989, 1993) or listed in the Tasmanian census
(Buchanan et al. 1989; Buchanan 1995). Willis (1957, 1973) indicated that var. nana and
var. hyssopifolia are co-extensive almost throughout the range in Victoria which is not
totally true. Though there is some grading between varieties and some populations that
can be difficult to classify (see discussions under individual varieties) the classification
holds true in most areas and so is of taxonomic value and will be retained here.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 51-53, Fig. 4".
48 M. F. Duretto Specimens from near Chestnut (e.g. Entwisle 1694) and Anglesea (e.g. Duretto 1259) have some 5-foliolate leaves and some specimens appear to have had bipinnate leaves as there are what appear to be leaflet scars on the lower leaflets. Bipinnate leaves are common elsewhere in B. section Cyanothamnus, especially on the east coast. Distribution and ecology. Boronia nana var. nana is common in south-eastern South Australia and south-western and central Victoria (Fig. 4). In Tasmania the variety is restricted to the Rocky Cape (type locality), Deloraine and Table Cape areas in the north¬ east. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland usually on sandy or rocky substrates. Flowering (January-August)-September-February; fruiting November-March. Conservation status: In Victoria and South Australia the variety appears to be secure. In Tasmania the variety is vulnerable or endangered as it is confined to few areas in the north-east where it appears to be is rare (pers. obs.) 8b. Boronia nana var. pubescens (Benth.) J.H.Willis, Viet. Nat. 73: 192 (1957); B. polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863); B. hispida Cheel, J. & Proc. Royal Soc. NSW 61: 403 (1928). Type citation: “In the Grampians, Wilhelmi, Robertson.” Type: Mt Sturgeon [Grampians], Victoria, Robertson (lectotype, here designated, K ti.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041257, photograph AD 99548096f\). Boronia pubescens Bartl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 227 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2643.” Type: Preiss s.n. (lectotype, here designated, LD 95036.0998 [transparencies AD, HO, MEL 2068532]). [Note: Though this Preiss collection of B. nana var. pubescens (the 3-5-foliolate leaves and perianth are pilose) does not have a number or locality, it is the only collection of the taxon made by Preiss seen from LD, and so is designated the lectotype. NOTE: locality information incorrect: the subspecies is not found in Western Australia.] Illustrations: M.L. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 160, Lig. 28g (1999); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Luhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph. Branches and leaves sparsely to densely pubescent, hairs usually arched. Feaves 3(-5)-foliolate. Perianth sparsely to densely pubescent abaxially, mainly along midrib. n=18 (Stace & Armstrong 1992; Stace et al. 1993, as B. nana). Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTH EASTERN: Rubbish Dump Scrub, Millicent Golfcourse Rd, 37°33’S 140°27’E, Comalley 76, 19.vi.l984 (AD); c. 34 km N of Naracoorte along the road to Bordertown, Hf Eichler 17677, 16.xi.l963 (AD); VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Mt Rosea Ck, near Calectasia Ealls, A.C. Beauglehole 30375A, 27.1.1969 (MEL); near Mirrantwa Gap, M.E. Phillips 479, 3.xi.l971 (CANB, MEL); Victoria Range Rd, c. 7 km NNW of Mt Thackery, 37°15’S 142°18’E, A.M Lyne 536 and B. Hadlow, 7.xi.l991 (CANB); road to Mt William car park, 37°18’S 142°36’E, P.G. Abell 461 and C. Herscovitch, 14.xii.l986 (NSW); c. 0.1 km SW along stockyard track from the point where the foot track to Major Mitchell Plateau begins, 37°21’S 142°33’E, D.E. Albrecht 1282, 8.xi.l984 (MEL); Grampians, C. Walter s.n., xi. 1900 (NSW 385369, MEL 251082): MIDLANDS: Ben Major Eorest reserve, R.V. Smith 76/73, 15.xii.l976 (MEL). Notes: Bentham (1863) thought that B. pubescens was a form of his concept of B. lanuginosa Endl. (= B. stricta Bartl., a Western Australian species, see Wilson 1975) though he had not seen the type material collected by Preiss, and so, did not base his B. polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens on it. Cheel (1928) considered B. hispida to be most closely related to B. robusta. Boronia robusta is apparently a manuscript name presumably synonymous with B. polygalifolia var. robusta Benth. which Cheel later described as B. rigens (see Cheel 1929; Neish & Duretto 2000). Mueller at MEL appeared to have had a manuscript name for B. nana var. pubescens, viz. B. tetrathecoides var. pubescens, which he used on many specimens (e.g. Grampians, F. Mueller (MEL [many sheets], K n.v. [cibachromes AD, MEL 2041256, photograph AD
48 M. F. Duretto Specimens from near Chestnut (e.g. Entwisle 1694) and Anglesea (e.g. Duretto 1259) have some 5-foliolate leaves and some specimens appear to have had bipinnate leaves as there are what appear to be leaflet scars on the lower leaflets. Bipinnate leaves are common elsewhere in B. section Cyanothamnus, especially on the east coast. Distribution and ecology. Boronia nana var. nana is common in south-eastern South Australia and south-western and central Victoria (Fig. 4). In Tasmania the variety is restricted to the Rocky Cape (type locality), Deloraine and Table Cape areas in the north¬ east. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland usually on sandy or rocky substrates. Flowering (January-August)-September-February; fruiting November-March. Conservation status: In Victoria and South Australia the variety appears to be secure. In Tasmania the variety is vulnerable or endangered as it is confined to few areas in the north-east where it appears to be is rare (pers. obs.) 8b. Boronia nana var. pubescens (Benth.) J.H.Willis, Viet. Nat. 73: 192 (1957); B. polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863); B. hispida Cheel, J. & Proc. Royal Soc. NSW 61: 403 (1928). Type citation: “In the Grampians, Wilhelmi, Robertson.” Type: Mt Sturgeon [Grampians], Victoria, Robertson (lectotype, here designated, K ti.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041257, photograph AD 99548096f\). Boronia pubescens Bartl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 227 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2643.” Type: Preiss s.n. (lectotype, here designated, LD 95036.0998 [transparencies AD, HO, MEL 2068532]). [Note: Though this Preiss collection of B. nana var. pubescens (the 3-5-foliolate leaves and perianth are pilose) does not have a number or locality, it is the only collection of the taxon made by Preiss seen from LD, and so is designated the lectotype. NOTE: locality information incorrect: the subspecies is not found in Western Australia.] Illustrations: M.L. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 160, Lig. 28g (1999); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Luhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph. Branches and leaves sparsely to densely pubescent, hairs usually arched. Feaves 3(-5)-foliolate. Perianth sparsely to densely pubescent abaxially, mainly along midrib. n=18 (Stace & Armstrong 1992; Stace et al. 1993, as B. nana). Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTH EASTERN: Rubbish Dump Scrub, Millicent Golfcourse Rd, 37°33’S 140°27’E, Comalley 76, 19.vi.l984 (AD); c. 34 km N of Naracoorte along the road to Bordertown, Hf Eichler 17677, 16.xi.l963 (AD); VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Mt Rosea Ck, near Calectasia Ealls, A.C. Beauglehole 30375A, 27.1.1969 (MEL); near Mirrantwa Gap, M.E. Phillips 479, 3.xi.l971 (CANB, MEL); Victoria Range Rd, c. 7 km NNW of Mt Thackery, 37°15’S 142°18’E, A.M Lyne 536 and B. Hadlow, 7.xi.l991 (CANB); road to Mt William car park, 37°18’S 142°36’E, P.G. Abell 461 and C. Herscovitch, 14.xii.l986 (NSW); c. 0.1 km SW along stockyard track from the point where the foot track to Major Mitchell Plateau begins, 37°21’S 142°33’E, D.E. Albrecht 1282, 8.xi.l984 (MEL); Grampians, C. Walter s.n., xi. 1900 (NSW 385369, MEL 251082): MIDLANDS: Ben Major Eorest reserve, R.V. Smith 76/73, 15.xii.l976 (MEL). Notes: Bentham (1863) thought that B. pubescens was a form of his concept of B. lanuginosa Endl. (= B. stricta Bartl., a Western Australian species, see Wilson 1975) though he had not seen the type material collected by Preiss, and so, did not base his B. polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens on it. Cheel (1928) considered B. hispida to be most closely related to B. robusta. Boronia robusta is apparently a manuscript name presumably synonymous with B. polygalifolia var. robusta Benth. which Cheel later described as B. rigens (see Cheel 1929; Neish & Duretto 2000). Mueller at MEL appeared to have had a manuscript name for B. nana var. pubescens, viz. B. tetrathecoides var. pubescens, which he used on many specimens (e.g. Grampians, F. Mueller (MEL [many sheets], K n.v. [cibachromes AD, MEL 2041256, photograph AD
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 115-116, Fig. 15 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 73-74, Fig. 7 (map)".
Notes on Boronia 121 39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 619 (1972)1). Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also provided. Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only forR. splendida) .21/63 21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 mm long. B. splendida 21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay [Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection referred to by Endlicher (1837). Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand islands (pers. obs.). 41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E,
120
M. F. Duretto
Conservation status: The only known population of B. grimshawii is large but
apparently confined to one jumpup. This population is on private land and even though
the area is unlikely to be cleared due to the nature of the soil a conservation code of 2V
is appropriate. Further surveys along the jumpup, and nearby areas of similar geology
and/or topology, are required to ascertain the size and number of populations.
Etymology: The species is named for Paul Grimshaw who first collected this species,
and through whose extensive collections much has been added to our knowledge of the
Queensland flora.
37. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi, 16 (1837); B.
ledifolia var. ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., El. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type
citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: N. S. Wales, Hills on Hunter River,
AC {Alan Cunningham], 1827 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2948,
copy at MEE 2068458])', N.S.W. Hunters riv. [Alan Cunningham] (isolectotype W n.v.
[photothek nr. 2949, copy at MEE 2068459])', Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827
(isolectotype K n.v. [ex Einnean Society, cibachrome MEE 2044562]); Mt Dangar [c.
32°21’S 150°29’E, New South Wales, Central Western Slopes], A.C. Cunningham 60,
Aug. 1827 (probable isolectotype K n.v. [ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium,
cibachrome MEE 2044563]).
Typification: The two collections made from the Hunters River by Cunningham
(photothek nrs 2948 and 2949) are very similar in appearance and are more than likely to
have come from the same collection and may even be from the same branch. The two
specimens on the sheet numbered photothek 2949 appear to be from the proximal and
distal ends of the larger specimen on the sheet numbered photothek 2948. The former
sheet is labeled as ‘Boronia rubiginosa Cunn. ms’ giving credence to A.Cunn. being the
authority of the name. The author has seen another sheet lodged at W (photothek nr.
2947) labeled ‘Boronia rubiginosa C., Rocky Hills, N. S. Wales, 1825’ (photographs
MEE 2068460, NSW) which was probably made on Cunningham’s Eiverpool Plains
expedition (see Curry et al 2002). The specimens from K cited above were called
probable syntypes by Duretto (1999b).
38. Boronia repanda (E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche) Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 31: 732 (1907); B. ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 735 (1905). Type: Stanthorpe, Queensland, on the
border of New South Wales, J.L. Boorman, July 1904 (lectotype NSW; isolectotypes BRI
AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 249153, PR 528073); Maryland near border of NSW, E.
Hickey (residual syntype NSW; residual isosyntypes MEE 249148, MEE 249191); fide
Duretto, Muelleria 12: 49 (1999).
[Boronia ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Domin, Beitrage zur Elora und
Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284
(1926)]. Type citation: “Sud Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904.” Type:
Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528073
[transparencies BRI, MEE 2068521]; isolectotypes BRI AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE
249153, NSW), nom. illeg., non B. ledifolia var repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche.
(In Duretto 1999b these isotypes are listed as isosyntypes).]
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Fraserorum Duretto,
Muelleria 12: 51 (1999) (as Eraseriae).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 71-73, Fig. 7 (map)".
118
M. F. Duretto
addition and deletion of characters and/or taxa (see discussion in Duretto & Ladiges
1999; Duretto 1999b).
Superficially, B. grimshawii is similar to B. series Erianthae Duretto as both have
glabrous or glabrescent leaves and lack secondary thickenings in the walls of the cells
below the midvein, both being plesiomorphic features (Duretto & Ladiges 1999; Duretto
1999b). Boronia grimshawii and B. eriantha Lindl. also share glandular tuberculate
stems, a feature not found elsewhere in B. section Valvatae. Boronia grimshawii also has
slightly glandular tuberculate leaves as do B. repanda {B. series Erianthae) and B.
chartacea {B. series Valvatae).
To determine the phylogenetic position of B. grimshawii, and confirm the placement
of B. beeronensis and B. gravicocca, these species were scored for the data set of B.
section Valvatae sensu lato that was analysed by Duretto and Ladiges (1999). All taxa and
characters of that analysis were used following the methods as outlined for their third
analysis. Additional characters (56 young branches, 0-not glandular tuberculate, 1-
glandular tuberculate; 57 leaves, 0-not obviously glandular, 1-obviously glandular) were
added. Boronia algida, B. eriantha and B. grimshawii were the only taxa to be scored as
1 for character 56, and B. grimshawii, B. repanda and B. chartacea were the only taxa
scored as 1 for character 57. The data set was analysed using PAUP 4.03ba (Swofford
2000) and B. section Alatae, B. section Algidae and B. subsection Ternatae were used as
outgroups.
The analysis produced 54 trees, each of 266 steps (Fig. 16). The strict consensus tree
is exactly like the strict consensus tree of the third analysis published by Duretto and
Ladiges (1999) except for the addition of the new species and relationships within B.
subseries Eilicifoliae. Boronia grimshawii is sister to B. eriantha and this clade is
supported by one apomorphy: the presence of the glandular tuberculate stems (Character
56). Boronia beeronensis is added to the polytomy that is the B. rosmarinifolia species-
group adding no further resolution. Boronia gravicocca is placed in B. subseries
Eilicifoliae. Interestingly it is sister to B. pauciflora W.Fitzg. in the ‘most derived’ clade.
Unlike the other members of this subseries B. pauciflora has simple mature leaves
(Duretto 1997,1999b) and in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) was the
basal species of that subseries.
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Erianthiae Duretto,
Muelleria 12: 42 (1999).
36. Boronia grimshawii Duretto, sp. nov.
A Boronia eriantha Lindl. foliis simplicibus, ad margine glandulosis differ!; a B.
rubiginosa A.Cunn. ex Endl. et B. ruppii Cheel caulibus glandulosis et tuberculatis
differ!.
Type: QUEENSEAND: BURNETT: Aranbanga Ck catchment area, ‘Bronte Station’,
25°43’S 151°30’E, M.E Duretto 1316, P.l. Eorster and P. Grimshaw, 14.ix.l999
(holotype MEE 2059447-, isotype BRI). (Eigs 13 G-H).
Much branched erect, woody shrub to L5(-2.5) m tall. Branchlets quadrangular, glandular
tuberculate, glabrescent or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum between leaf
decurrencies, becoming glabrous as they age, multiangular stellate hairs sessile, c. 8-20
rays; rays firm, straight, dull, white, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Leaves simple, 10-26 mm long,
4-10 mm wide, sometimes obviously glandular, new leaves with a sparse stellate
indumentum mainly on midrib and margins, soon becoming glabrous or glabrescent;
petiole 1-2 mm long, winged; lamina slightly lanceolate to elliptic to slightly
oblanceolate, slightly discolorous, abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, flat, margins
120
M. F. Duretto
Conservation status: The only known population of B. grimshawii is large but
apparently confined to one jumpup. This population is on private land and even though
the area is unlikely to be cleared due to the nature of the soil a conservation code of 2V
is appropriate. Further surveys along the jumpup, and nearby areas of similar geology
and/or topology, are required to ascertain the size and number of populations.
Etymology: The species is named for Paul Grimshaw who first collected this species,
and through whose extensive collections much has been added to our knowledge of the
Queensland flora.
37. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi, 16 (1837); B.
ledifolia var. ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., El. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type
citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: N. S. Wales, Hills on Hunter River,
AC {Alan Cunningham], 1827 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2948,
copy at MEE 2068458])', N.S.W. Hunters riv. [Alan Cunningham] (isolectotype W n.v.
[photothek nr. 2949, copy at MEE 2068459])', Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827
(isolectotype K n.v. [ex Einnean Society, cibachrome MEE 2044562]); Mt Dangar [c.
32°21’S 150°29’E, New South Wales, Central Western Slopes], A.C. Cunningham 60,
Aug. 1827 (probable isolectotype K n.v. [ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium,
cibachrome MEE 2044563]).
Typification: The two collections made from the Hunters River by Cunningham
(photothek nrs 2948 and 2949) are very similar in appearance and are more than likely to
have come from the same collection and may even be from the same branch. The two
specimens on the sheet numbered photothek 2949 appear to be from the proximal and
distal ends of the larger specimen on the sheet numbered photothek 2948. The former
sheet is labeled as ‘Boronia rubiginosa Cunn. ms’ giving credence to A.Cunn. being the
authority of the name. The author has seen another sheet lodged at W (photothek nr.
2947) labeled ‘Boronia rubiginosa C., Rocky Hills, N. S. Wales, 1825’ (photographs
MEE 2068460, NSW) which was probably made on Cunningham’s Eiverpool Plains
expedition (see Curry et al 2002). The specimens from K cited above were called
probable syntypes by Duretto (1999b).
38. Boronia repanda (E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche) Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 31: 732 (1907); B. ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 735 (1905). Type: Stanthorpe, Queensland, on the
border of New South Wales, J.L. Boorman, July 1904 (lectotype NSW; isolectotypes BRI
AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 249153, PR 528073); Maryland near border of NSW, E.
Hickey (residual syntype NSW; residual isosyntypes MEE 249148, MEE 249191); fide
Duretto, Muelleria 12: 49 (1999).
[Boronia ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Domin, Beitrage zur Elora und
Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284
(1926)]. Type citation: “Sud Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904.” Type:
Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528073
[transparencies BRI, MEE 2068521]; isolectotypes BRI AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE
249153, NSW), nom. illeg., non B. ledifolia var repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche.
(In Duretto 1999b these isotypes are listed as isosyntypes).]
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Fraserorum Duretto,
Muelleria 12: 51 (1999) (as Eraseriae).
62 M. F. Duretto Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 (MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 (CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has been collected in June and August. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from the other subspecies. Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae (Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4
62 M. F. Duretto Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 (MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 (CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has been collected in June and August. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from the other subspecies. Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae (Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 53-54".
62 M. F. Duretto Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 (MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 (CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has been collected in June and August. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from the other subspecies. Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae (Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4
76 M. F. Duretto Figure 8. Distribution of B. floribunda, B. serrulata. (1982). Specimens of these, from the Blue Mountains (Elliot & Jones 1982), have not been seen by the author. Distribution and ecology: The species is confined to the Sydney region (Fig. 8) where it is found in heath and dry sclerophyll forest on sandstone. The known distribution, ecology and conservation status of this species in the Central Tablelands and Central Coast areas (NSW) are discussed by Benson and McDougall (2001). Flowering (July- )September-January(-February); fruiting October-January. Conservation status: Benson and McDougall (2001) indicate that the species is now localized. Boronia floribunda is found in a number of reserves, e.g. Garigal, Ku-ring-gai Chase, Blue Mountains and Nattai National Parks (see also Benson & McDougall 2001), and a conservation code of 2RC- is appropriate. Etymology: Boronia floribunda is very floriferous: a feature which the specific epithet presumably alludes to. 20. Boronia serrulata Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 292, t. 5 (1798). Type citation: type not cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. White’; later Smith (1807, p. 284) cites one specimen ‘Sent by Dr. White, with coloured drawing, from Port Jackson’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, FINN 684.4 n.v. [transparency MEF 2041280]; isolectotypes FINN 684.5 n.v. [transparency MEF 2041281], FIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. [Boronia serrulata Paxton, Paxton ’s Mag. Bot. 1;173, & plate (1834), nom illeg., non Sm. Type citation: “... was raised from seed by Mr. Colville. It is a native of Port Jackson, whence it was introduced in 1816.” Type: n.v., illustration decisive.] Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J. Paxton (l.c.); J.H. Maiden and W.S. Cambell, FI. pi. ferns N.S.W. 1: 73 No. 26 (1898); M.E. de Wildeman, Icon, horti. then. 10; t. 56 (1901); M. Gibbs, Boronia Babies, Finding Babies (1922); V. Scarth-Johnson, Wildflowers of New South Wales 11 (1968); W.R. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of Australian Plants 2nd edn, 350 (1985), photograph; M. Baker, R. Corringham, and J. Dark, Native PI. of the Sydney Region, 117 (1985), photograph; G. Famont, Australian Plants 13: 156 (1985), photographs; M. Baker, R. Corringham, and J. Dark, Native PI. of the Sydney
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 76-79, Fig. 8 (map)".
62 M. F. Duretto Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 (MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 (CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has been collected in June and August. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from the other subspecies. Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae (Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4
Notes on Boronia 121 39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 619 (1972)1). Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also provided. Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only forR. splendida) .21/63 21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 mm long. B. splendida 21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay [Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection referred to by Endlicher (1837). Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand islands (pers. obs.). 41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E,
62 M. F. Duretto Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 (MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 (CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has been collected in June and August. Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from the other subspecies. Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae (Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 20-21".
Notes on Boronia
53
The species is usually called the Milkwort-leaved Boronia (e.g. Beadle et al 1962,
1972, 1982; Lebler 1972, 1977; Galbraith 1977; Stanley & Ross 1983; Weston &
Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; McDonald et al. 1995; Weston & Duretto
2002) but it was called the Waxy Boronia by FNCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and
Galbraith (1977) and the Polygala-leaved Boronia by Guilfoyle (1911). Guilfoyle (1911)
appears to have documented or coined several other rarely used common names. The
species is rare in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by Elliot and Jones (1982).
Distribution and ecology. Boronia polygalifolia is found from Kroombit Tops (Qld)
to near Moruya and Geehi (NSW) (Eig. 4). The species is usually found in open forest
and woodland or heath on sandy or granitic soils, or on rocky outcrops (e.g. in the Granite
Belt and Glasshouse Mountains areas). The known distribution, ecology and conservation
status of this species in the Central Tablelands and Central Coast areas (New South
Wales) are discussed by Benson and McDougall (2001). Boronia polygalifolia was found
to be self-compatible by Weston et al. (1984). Elowering and fruiting mainly September-
January, though flowers are often present at other times of the year.
Conservation status: The species is widespread, fairly common and apparently
secure. In the south-eastern forests of New South Wales, where it is known from one
locality, the taxon is considered to be regionally uncommon (Keith & Ashby 1992). It is
also considered to be rare and vulnerable in western Sydney (James et al. 1999; Benson
& McDougall 2001).
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the resemblance of the leaves of this species
to those of Poly gala E. (Polygalaceae).
Boronia Sm. section Boronia
Hairs simple, stellate hairs absent. Eeaves simple or pinnate; lamina terete of flat,
margins not or slightly recurved, midrib not raised on abaxial surface, indented adaxially
or not. Inflorescence axillary or terminal; prophylls and metaxyphylls persistent, or not
{B. barkeriana). Sepals imbricate or valvate in bud, persistent with fruit, with or without
terminal or subterminal apiculum abaxially. Petals imbricate in bud, not obviously
glandular, caducous with fruit, sometimes tardily so (e.g. B. microphylla, B. pilosa),
midrib not raised abaxially, tip with or without subterminal or terminal apiculum
abaxially. Stamens 8, or 4-8 (B. parviflora), or 4 (WA), all fertile or 4 fertile (WA);
anthers equal or unequal (WA), glabrous or with hairs, attached subterminally. Disc
entire, within filament whorl, glabrous. Seed black to dark brown, shiny, elliptic in
outline, adaxial margin convex; testa smooth; tubercula and wax platelets absent; hilum
linear or elliptic, along adaxial margin; raphe fleshy; chalazal opening basal; placental
endocarp membranous, caducous (see Wilson 1998).
Boronia section Boronia is confined to southern Australia with the northern most
species being B. rivularis on Eraser Island (Qld). The section contains 58 species with 32
confined to south-western Western Australia, 25 confined to the eastern states, and one,
B. inornata {B. series Boronia), found in Western Australia and South Australia. There are
two series: Pedunculatae and Boronia.
Boronia section Boronia series Pedunculatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: [310] 326 (1863).
Lectotype species: B. spathulata lAndl.fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971).
Leaves simple. Inflorescence terminal, and sometimes in upper axils. Sepals valvate
in bud, abaxial surface glabrous, usually caducous in fruit. Stamens 4-8 {B. parviflora)
or 8 {B. barkeriana)', anthers glabrous. Seed black; hilum linear along adaxial margin;
raphe a cream to brown pulpy mass at base of seed; chalazal opening covered by raphe
(see Wilson 1998).
The centre of diversity for Boronia series Pedunculatae is south-west Western
Australia where nine species, some quite rare, are confined (see Wilson 1998). In eastern
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 62-63".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 121-122".
Notes on Boronia 31 the style. Cocci c. 3.5 mm long, c. 1.75 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. Additional specimens examined: Known from the type material only. Notes: Boronia montimulliganensis appears to be most closely related to B. warangensis, both sharing the glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely and minutely pilose (between leaf decurrencies) stems with distinct leaf decurrencies. Boronia montimulliganensis can be distinguished from B. warangensis by having 1-3 flowers per inflorescence (cf. 7-20+) and glabrous anther appendages (cf. pilose); and from B. bipinnata by the eglandular branchlets with distinctive leaf decurrencies and longer leaflets (5-15 mm long; cf. 1.5-9 mm long). Distribution and ecology: The species is known from Mt Mulligan, north Queensland (Fig. 1), where it is found in Eucalyptus woodland on sandstone (collector’s notes). Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in April. Conservation status: Boronia montimulliganensis is known from the type collection only. Mount Mulligan is on private property and fairly inaccessible and so B. montimulliganensis is probably secure: a conservation code of IK is appropriate. Coal was once mined under the mountain and any future mining, as well as increased tourist activities, could pose a threat to the species. Surveys are required to ascertain accurate distributional, population size and conservation data for this species. Etymology: The specific epithet refers to Mt Mulligan, an isolated mountain to which this species is apparently restricted. 3. Boronia warangensis Duretto, sp. nov. A Boronia bipinnata Lindl. caulibus leviter glandulo-tuberculatis, folds ad bases clare decurrentibus et foliolis longioribus differt; a B. montimulliganensis Duretto inflorescentiis multifloris et appendicibus antherarum pilosis differt. Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: edge of the White Mountains at “Warang” Station, c. 26°27’S 144°50’E, M.E Duretto 371 and A. Vadala, 15.V.1993 (holotype MEL 2049260: isotypes BRI, CANB, MEL 204261). (Eigs 2 D-E). Boronia sp. (Warang R.J.Gumming 9671): RI. Eorster, 'Rutaceae' in R.J.E. Henderson, Queensland Plants: names and distribution, 185 (1997). Erect, woody shrub to 2 m tall. Branchlets not (Just Range) or slightly (‘Warang’) glandular tuberculate, glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely and minutely pilose, becoming glabrous with age, hairs concentrated between slight leaf decurrencies, to 0.25 mm long. Leaves bipinnate, (3-)5-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in outline (Just Range, 15-)30-56 mm long, (.lust Range, 18-)28-90 mm wide, glabrous, not obviously glandular, glands drying black; petiole 7-17 mm long; rachis segments 7-18 mm long; terminal leaflets (4.5-)7-30 mm long, (Just Range, 0.5-) 1-1.25 mm wide, linear, concolorous, dorsiventral, region of undifferentiated cells between the spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, flat, margin smooth, tip acute; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer except in ternate leaves, 7-25 mm long. Inflorescence (mature not seen for Just Range, description based on Warang material) 5-25'''-flowered, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous, shorter than leaves; peduncles 2-2.5 mm long, secondary inflorescence units 1-1.5 mm long; prophylls and metaxyphylls c. 0.5 mm long; anthopodia 1-1.5 mm long. Sepals ovate, 1-1.25 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, flat, not obviously glandular, ciliate or glabrous, tip obtuse. Petals white, c. 2 mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous to minutely ciliate, persistent. Staminal filaments pilose, slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex; anther loculi glabrous, apiculum minutely pilose towards apex. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, scarcely wider than style. Cocci c. 3 mm long, c. L5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, c. 2.5 mm long, c. L5 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula.
Notes on Boronia 123 prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-4 mm long. Sepals broadly ovate-deltate, 4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, acute to slightly acuminate. Petals 8-15 mm long, (4.5-)7-8 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures, adaxial surface with a moderately dense simple pubescence, abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Staminal filaments densely covered with stiff simple hairs abaxially and on margins below glandular tip; anther-apiculum recurved. Ovary glabrous; style pilose. Cocci (mature not seen) c. 5.5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, pilose. Beeron Boronia. Additional specimens examined'. QUEENSLAND: BURNETT: Beeron Holding, 5 km W of Toondahra Homestead, 25°58’S 151°20’E, P.l. Forster 11202 and RR. Sharpe, 9.ix.l992 (BRI, MEL); Beeron Holding, 25°59’S 151°20’E, ix.l996, P.l. Forster 19603 and T. Ryan (BRI n.v., MEL); ibid, M.F Duretto 1325-1327 & 1329, P.l. Forster and P. Grimshaw, 15.viii.l999 (MFD1325, MFD1329 - MEL; MFD1326 - BRI, HO, MEL, NSW; MFD1327 - AD, BRI, HO, MEL). Notes'. Boronia beeronensis can be distinguished from B. splendida by the wide leaves (1.5-4 mm wide; cf. 1-1.25 mm wide), large sepals (4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; cf. 2.5-4 mm long, 1.75-2.5 mm wide) and pilose fruits; from B. rosmarinifolia by the large flowers and pilose fruits; and from B. palasepala and B.forsteri by the pilose style, large flowers and narrow leaves (see key above). Distribution and ecology: Boronia beeronensis appears to be endemic to a granite range at Beeron Holding, Queensland (Fig. 15). The species is found growing on granite derived soils in Eucalyptus/Corymbia woodland at the base of hills to granite pavements with Triodia at the summit. The Beeron Holding is a local centre of endemism and other endemics include Acac/a eremophiloides Pedley & P.I.Forst., A. porcata P.I.Forst., Bertya beeronensis Halford, Newcastelia velutina Munir, Commersonia sp. Beeron (Forster, BRI, pers comm. Jan. 2001). Conservation status: A ROTAP code of 2V is appropriate. Only one hill was surveyed in 1999 and there the species was common from the base to the summit. Surveys are required to ascertain the extent of the species in the granite ranges. Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from ‘Beeron’ Holding to which the species is apparently confined. Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Grandisepalae Duretto series Lanuginosae Duretto subseries Filicifoliae Duretto, Muelleria 12: 110 (1999). 43. Boronia gravicocca Duretto, sp. nov. A Boronia minutipinna Duretto foliis glabratis, sepalis minoribus, petalis majoribus, petalis sepala superantibus et coccis glabris differt. Type: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY: VICTORIA RIVER: Bradshaw Station, Eire Plot 3, 15°06’S 129°53’E, C.R. Mitchell and J. Russell-Smith 2182, 18.ii.l999 (holotype DNA 137377 [2 sheets]; isotypes MEL 286809, MEL 286810, NSW n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eigs 13 K-M). Erect, woody shrub to 50 cm high. Branchlets slightly quadrangular, becoming terete as they age, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent, with a sparse stellate/simple indumentum concentrated in strips between leaf bases, becoming glabrous as they age; multiangular stellate hairs with 6-15 rays; rays 0.1-0.6 mm long; simple hairs erect or haphazardly arranged. Leaves imparipinnate, (7-)ll-33-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 8-40 mm long, 2-4.5 mm wide, sessile, glabrescent to glabrous; rachis segments winged, elliptic, 0.5-3 mm long; leaflets with a petiolule c. 0.5 mm long; terminal leaflet 1-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, lanceolate to oblanceolate; lateral leaflets 0.5-2.5 mm long.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 89-91, Fig. 12 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 66-67, Fig. 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 31-32, Fig 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2".
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 15-17, Fig. 1".
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
Notes on Boronia
51
regionally uncommon where it is known from two localities (Keith & Ashby 1992). Field
work is required in all states to determine if there are secure populations. All populations
seen by the author were small and often severely effected by herbivory.
Etymology. The subspecific epithet is apparently derived from the leaves of this taxon
being similar to that of Hyssop (Hyssopus Linn., Lamiaceae).
9. Boronia polygalifolia Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 297, t. 7 (1798). Type citation: type not
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290X in the
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr.
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast],
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.9 n.v. [transparency MEL
2041282]\ isolectotype LIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: Mr John White was
Surgeon General to the Settlement of Port Jackson in 1788 (Cheel 1928).]
[Tetratheca oppositifolia Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 419 (1805); B. tetrathecoides DC., Prodr.
1: 722 (1824), nom illeg., based on above; B. oppositifolia (Pers.) Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 61: 408 (1928); B. polygalifolia var. oppositifolia (Pers.) J. Black,
FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn: Pt. 2, 493 (1948). Type: Herb. Tribauld, 1815 (holotype G-DC)
see also Melville and Summerhayes, Kew Bull. 9: 46 (1954), and Thompson, Telopea 1:
214 (1976).]
[Boronia hyssopifolia Sieb., Flora Beil. 4: 137 (1825) nomen nudum, equated with B.
polygalifolia by Sprengel {Syst. Cur. Post. 148, 1S21) fide Melville and Summerhayes
(/.c.).]
Illustrations: J.E. Smith (/.c.); A. Engler in A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat.
Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135, Eigs 75J, K (1896), fruit and seed; A. Engler in A. Engler and K.
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. edn 2 19A: 251, Eigs 107J, K (1931), fruit and seed; R.
Melville and V.S. Summerville, Kew Bull. 9: 462, Eigs 1.9-1.12 (1954); B.A. Eebler,
Queensland Agric. J. 98: 199 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland
1: 28 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 37 (1980); T.D. Stanley and
E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Eigs 69G1-3 (1983); A. Eairley and P.
Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, pi. 811 (1989), photograph; PH.
Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 230 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.E.
Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 268 (2002).
Weakly erect or spreading, decumbent sub-shrub to 30 cm long, usually several wiry
branches arising from a woody rootstock, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets terete
to quadrangular, not obviously glandular, with two shallow grooves in between leaf
decurrencies, moderate cork development. Leaves simple, sessile or with petiole to 1 mm
long; lamina 8-30 mm long, 0.8-5 mm wide, narrow to broad linear to elliptic, rarely
ovate or obovate, not obviously glandular or dotted with sunken glands, discolorous,
abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll layers not separated
by a region of cells, flat or margins slightly recurved (in dry specimens revolute), margins
entire or minutely serrate near tip, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles
0.5-5(-ll) mm; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long, sometimes caducous;
metaxyphylls absent; anthopodium 0.5-5(-9) mm long. Sepals ovate-deltoid, 1.5-2 mm
long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, tip acute. Petals white or pink,
4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, not obviously or slightly glandular, glabrous or
sometimes minutely and sparsely ciliate, persistent with fruit. Staminal filaments with
short stout hairs on margins, slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex or not; anthers
glabrous, anther connective maroon, apiculum prominent, white. Gynoecium glabrous;
stigma entire, minute, not or slightly wider than style. Cocci 3.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, glabrous. tSeeJ black to dark brown, dull, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, rugulose.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA by Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria (at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc corollas tubo longiore. Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes * “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria.
Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) SHORT COMMUNICATION A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae) Marco F. Duretto Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to ‘yarrowmerensis’. Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. yarromerensis . Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, MEL). Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and distribution, 185 (1997). Acknowledgements I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative discussion.
Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) SHORT COMMUNICATION A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae) Marco F. Duretto Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to ‘yarrowmerensis’. Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. yarromerensis . Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, MEL). Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and distribution, 185 (1997). Acknowledgements I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative discussion.
Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) SHORT COMMUNICATION A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae) Marco F. Duretto Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to ‘yarrowmerensis’. Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. yarromerensis . Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, MEL). Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and distribution, 185 (1997). Acknowledgements I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative discussion.
Muelleria 18 : 27-32 ( 2003 ) A New Species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from South-eastern Australia and a Key to Cardamine in Australia Ian R. Thompson School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3010, Victoria, Australia. Abstract A new species Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps. from south-eastern Australia is described and illustrated. A key to Cardamine species occurring in Australia is also presented. Introduction Cardamine L. is a genus of c. 200 species in the Brassicaceae that occurs predominantly in temperate and/or high altitude regions around the world. Twelve indigenous species occur in Australia, mostly in the south-east, and there are four introduced species. During studies of Australian Cardamine (Thompson 1996, Thompson & Ladiges 1996) a few specimens similar to but smaller than typical Cardamine franklinensis I.Thomps. were examined. Subsequent field collections at a Victorian locality and re-examination of herbarium material from interstate herbaria have consolidated the case for recognizing this entity as a new species. Taxonomy Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps., sp. nov. A Cardamine franklinensis I. Thomps. caulibus gracilioribus, foliis tenuioribus sine pinnis, inflorescentiis paucifloris, floribus minoribus, differt. Type : Victoria: SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 17 Dec. 1995, 1.R. Thompson 311 (holotype MEL). Annual herb to 15 cm high, tap-rooted, glabrous. Stems erect, slender, 0.5-0.8 mm diam. Leaves mid-green, thin. Rosette leaves 5-10, persistent at flowering, simple, 20-80 mm long; petiole 10-60 mm long; lamina elliptic, oblong-elliptic or obovate, 7-20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide; apex obtuse to rounded; base cuneate; margins entire or with 1-3 crenations or lobes per side, the lobes not longer than broad. Cauline leaves 0-2, 7-20 mm long; subsessile or petiole to c. 3 mm long; lamina obovate to narrow-elliptic, entire or crenations 1 or 2 per side. Inflorescences racemose, indeterminate, of 3-15 flowers; pedicels 2-4 mm long at anthesis. Flowers with sepals green or purple, ovate, 1.3-1.8 mm long; petals white internally, usually pink externally, spathulate, 2.5-4 mm long; stamens 6; stigma subsessile at anthesis. Fruit with mature pedicels erecto-patent, 5-10 mm long; siliquas erect to suberect, linear, 20-25 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; style to 1.5 mm long. Seeds elliptic, 0.8-1.0 mm long. (Fig. 1.) Etymology: The epithet alludes to its diminutive nature, slender stems, thin leaves and small flowers (Gk: tryssos, delicate). Specimens examined: New South Wales: Cave Creek, 1.5 miles [2.4 km] above junction with Goodradigbee River, ll.iv.1968, A. Rodd 592a (NSW). Australian Capital Territory: Near junction of De Salis Creek and Cotter River, Namadgi N.R, 5.xi.l987, P. Gilmour 6248 (CBG). Victoria: Forest beside Toorloo Arm (L. Tyers) near Princes Highway Crossing, Sept. 1976, I.C. Clarke 941 & P.G. Ladd (MELU); SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 3.xi.l995, I.R. Thompson 281, M.E Duretto & P.G. Neish (MEL). Tasmania: Pontville, no date, Herb Spicer (MEL).
Muelleria 18 : 27-32 ( 2003 ) A New Species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from South-eastern Australia and a Key to Cardamine in Australia Ian R. Thompson School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3010, Victoria, Australia. Abstract A new species Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps. from south-eastern Australia is described and illustrated. A key to Cardamine species occurring in Australia is also presented. Introduction Cardamine L. is a genus of c. 200 species in the Brassicaceae that occurs predominantly in temperate and/or high altitude regions around the world. Twelve indigenous species occur in Australia, mostly in the south-east, and there are four introduced species. During studies of Australian Cardamine (Thompson 1996, Thompson & Ladiges 1996) a few specimens similar to but smaller than typical Cardamine franklinensis I.Thomps. were examined. Subsequent field collections at a Victorian locality and re-examination of herbarium material from interstate herbaria have consolidated the case for recognizing this entity as a new species. Taxonomy Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps., sp. nov. A Cardamine franklinensis I. Thomps. caulibus gracilioribus, foliis tenuioribus sine pinnis, inflorescentiis paucifloris, floribus minoribus, differt. Type : Victoria: SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 17 Dec. 1995, 1.R. Thompson 311 (holotype MEL). Annual herb to 15 cm high, tap-rooted, glabrous. Stems erect, slender, 0.5-0.8 mm diam. Leaves mid-green, thin. Rosette leaves 5-10, persistent at flowering, simple, 20-80 mm long; petiole 10-60 mm long; lamina elliptic, oblong-elliptic or obovate, 7-20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide; apex obtuse to rounded; base cuneate; margins entire or with 1-3 crenations or lobes per side, the lobes not longer than broad. Cauline leaves 0-2, 7-20 mm long; subsessile or petiole to c. 3 mm long; lamina obovate to narrow-elliptic, entire or crenations 1 or 2 per side. Inflorescences racemose, indeterminate, of 3-15 flowers; pedicels 2-4 mm long at anthesis. Flowers with sepals green or purple, ovate, 1.3-1.8 mm long; petals white internally, usually pink externally, spathulate, 2.5-4 mm long; stamens 6; stigma subsessile at anthesis. Fruit with mature pedicels erecto-patent, 5-10 mm long; siliquas erect to suberect, linear, 20-25 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; style to 1.5 mm long. Seeds elliptic, 0.8-1.0 mm long. (Fig. 1.) Etymology: The epithet alludes to its diminutive nature, slender stems, thin leaves and small flowers (Gk: tryssos, delicate). Specimens examined: New South Wales: Cave Creek, 1.5 miles [2.4 km] above junction with Goodradigbee River, ll.iv.1968, A. Rodd 592a (NSW). Australian Capital Territory: Near junction of De Salis Creek and Cotter River, Namadgi N.R, 5.xi.l987, P. Gilmour 6248 (CBG). Victoria: Forest beside Toorloo Arm (L. Tyers) near Princes Highway Crossing, Sept. 1976, I.C. Clarke 941 & P.G. Ladd (MELU); SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 3.xi.l995, I.R. Thompson 281, M.E Duretto & P.G. Neish (MEL). Tasmania: Pontville, no date, Herb Spicer (MEL).
Muelleria 18: 67-73 (2003) Reinstatement of Epacris Franklinii Hook./. (Epacridaceae) Ronald K. Crowden Tasmanian Herbarium, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001. Abstract Reexamination has been made of the riverine species of Epacris Cav. in Tasmania, in order to clarify the identification of plants obtained from the Meander and Mersey Rivers. Some comments are made on the distribution and conservation status of the species. Evidence is presented supporting the reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. as a species distinct from synonymy with E. mucronulata R.Br. Introduction In his introductory comments on the genus Epacris Cav., Bentham (1868) remarks that “with all its variations in the foliage and shape of the corolla it ( Epacris ) is the most easily recognized (genus) in the Order (Epacridae)... The species, however, (of Epacris ) are exceedingly difficult to circumscribe by any definite characters, the whole eighteen of the short-flowered ones seeming to pass into each other by small gradations”. Unfortunately the passage of time has done nothing to relieve this situation. To the contrary, the discovery of new short-flowered taxa has only added to the problem. The history of Epacris in Tasmanian botany is a good reflection of the problem as the changing status of taxa in the treatments of successive botanists has shown. Epacris , a genus of ca. fifty species in eastern Australia, New Zealand and New Caledonia, is represented in Tasmania by some twenty eight taxa (Crowden and Menadue, 2000). Seven species were recognized by Robert Brown (1810) and fourteen, with two varieties, by J.D. Hooker (1860). Ten Tasmanian species are described in Bentham’s Flora Australiensis (1868), while five others, now or previously recognized as species, were considered by him as varieties, or were given synonymy with other species. Rodway’s The Tasmanian Flora (1903), considers eleven species with six earlier species considered as varieties (four) or as synonymous (two), while Curtis (1963) describes eighteen species, with no varieties and only one earlier species reduced to synonymy. The most recent treatment of the genus by Crowden and Menadue (2001) considers twenty two species and six unresolved taxa. In the early literature of Tasmanian botany three riverine species of Epacris were described, E. exserta R.Br., occurring on the South Esk and Tamar River system of northern Tasmania, E. franklinii Hook./, on the large streams flowing to the west coast and E. mucronulata R.Br. on the south flowing rivers emptying into Port Esperance. Epacris franklinii was later judged by Bentham (1968), to be identical with E. mucronulata on the basis of a comparison of some R. Brown specimens of E. mucronulata, with a specimen collected by R. C. Gunn from the Gordon R. Bentham’s description of E. mucronulata carries the footnote “Brown’s specimens are in young bud, Gunn’s are past flower, but both appear to belong to the same species”; thereafter all E. franklinii specimens have been referred to as E. mucronulata in Tasmanian literature. In recent years, 1987 onwards, a number of Epacris collections have been made from the north flowing Meander and Mersey Rivers. There had been no collections prior to this time from either river system lodged in HO. The new collections, although apparently all of a single taxon, were lodged under a variety of names, E. exserta, E. aff. exserta, E. aff. mucronulata and E. “Union Bridge” (a Mersey R. site), with E. exserta becoming a favoured and commonly accepted reference. It became an important matter to determine the correct identity and affinities of these specimens when a proposal to build an
Muelleria 18: 67-73 (2003) Reinstatement of Epacris Franklinii Hook./. (Epacridaceae) Ronald K. Crowden Tasmanian Herbarium, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001. Abstract Reexamination has been made of the riverine species of Epacris Cav. in Tasmania, in order to clarify the identification of plants obtained from the Meander and Mersey Rivers. Some comments are made on the distribution and conservation status of the species. Evidence is presented supporting the reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. as a species distinct from synonymy with E. mucronulata R.Br. Introduction In his introductory comments on the genus Epacris Cav., Bentham (1868) remarks that “with all its variations in the foliage and shape of the corolla it ( Epacris ) is the most easily recognized (genus) in the Order (Epacridae)... The species, however, (of Epacris ) are exceedingly difficult to circumscribe by any definite characters, the whole eighteen of the short-flowered ones seeming to pass into each other by small gradations”. Unfortunately the passage of time has done nothing to relieve this situation. To the contrary, the discovery of new short-flowered taxa has only added to the problem. The history of Epacris in Tasmanian botany is a good reflection of the problem as the changing status of taxa in the treatments of successive botanists has shown. Epacris , a genus of ca. fifty species in eastern Australia, New Zealand and New Caledonia, is represented in Tasmania by some twenty eight taxa (Crowden and Menadue, 2000). Seven species were recognized by Robert Brown (1810) and fourteen, with two varieties, by J.D. Hooker (1860). Ten Tasmanian species are described in Bentham’s Flora Australiensis (1868), while five others, now or previously recognized as species, were considered by him as varieties, or were given synonymy with other species. Rodway’s The Tasmanian Flora (1903), considers eleven species with six earlier species considered as varieties (four) or as synonymous (two), while Curtis (1963) describes eighteen species, with no varieties and only one earlier species reduced to synonymy. The most recent treatment of the genus by Crowden and Menadue (2001) considers twenty two species and six unresolved taxa. In the early literature of Tasmanian botany three riverine species of Epacris were described, E. exserta R.Br., occurring on the South Esk and Tamar River system of northern Tasmania, E. franklinii Hook./, on the large streams flowing to the west coast and E. mucronulata R.Br. on the south flowing rivers emptying into Port Esperance. Epacris franklinii was later judged by Bentham (1968), to be identical with E. mucronulata on the basis of a comparison of some R. Brown specimens of E. mucronulata, with a specimen collected by R. C. Gunn from the Gordon R. Bentham’s description of E. mucronulata carries the footnote “Brown’s specimens are in young bud, Gunn’s are past flower, but both appear to belong to the same species”; thereafter all E. franklinii specimens have been referred to as E. mucronulata in Tasmanian literature. In recent years, 1987 onwards, a number of Epacris collections have been made from the north flowing Meander and Mersey Rivers. There had been no collections prior to this time from either river system lodged in HO. The new collections, although apparently all of a single taxon, were lodged under a variety of names, E. exserta, E. aff. exserta, E. aff. mucronulata and E. “Union Bridge” (a Mersey R. site), with E. exserta becoming a favoured and commonly accepted reference. It became an important matter to determine the correct identity and affinities of these specimens when a proposal to build an
Viola hederacea species complex 11 Taxonomy I. Viola hederacea Labill., Nov. Roll PI. Spec. 1: 66, t. 91 (1805). Erpetion hederaceum (Labill.) G.Don, Gen. Hist. 1: 335 (1831); Viola hederacea var. genuina Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 427 (1928). Type: ‘In capite Van-Diemen’, J. Labillardiere: F, n.v.; photo: CANB! Perennial herb spreading widely by stolons; rootstock sometimes somewhat swollen and bulbous at the stem bases. Stems contracted so that the leaves form rosettes, never elongate with caulescent leaves. Leaves broad-reniform or semi-circular, the largest (4-)15-20(-30) mm long, (5-)20-30(-50) mm wide, 1—1.5(—2) t im es wider than long, usually truncate at base or occasionally with a broad sinus or broadly cuneate; lamina with 8-16 obscure teeth, glabrous or with scattered unicellular hairs on the upper surface, dark green above, dull greyish-green beneath; petioles (1—)2—8(—12) cm long; stipules narrowly triangular, usually with several small, glandular teeth on each side. Flowers on scapes slightly longer to four times as long as the leaves, usually discolorous violet-and-white (occasionally concolorous pale violet or almost white), the colours usually not strongly demarcated; anterior petal (4-)8-10(-12) mm long, (3-)5-7(-9) mm wide, narrowly- to broadly obovate or cuneate, broadest in the distal third, usually emarginate, with a small green U-shaped blotch at the base, then usually pale to bright violet for over half its length grading to a white apex, with three to many nerves, the midnerve usually not distinct from the lateral nerves and often anastomosing with them; lateral petals spreading, (4-)8-10(-13) mm long, twisted usually to c. 90° (sometimes to 180°), violet at the base grading to white distally; beard covering half or less of the width of the lateral petals, occasionally absent; dorsal petals (4-)8-12(-13) mm long, (2-)4-6(-8) mm wide, obovate to broadly obovate (rarely narrowly obovate), erect to strongly reflexed, usually violet at the flexure grading to white for most of their length. Anthers 1.3-4.0 mm long, cream, often flushed or flecked with violet, the ter min al appendages straw-coloured, with short, irregular hairs on the outer margins of the anther cells; anther glands purplish or dull green, shorter than the anther cells, irregularly rugose, broad at the base and each distinctly flattened or depressed towards the other; pollen and interior margins of the anther cells white to cream. Ovary and fruit whitish or pale green, often flecked or flushed purple; style distinctly geniculate at its insertion on the ovary. Seeds 1.2-2.0 mm long, dull, mottled cream and brown (occasionally uniformly reddish-brown), +/- smooth. Fig. 2. Distribution and habitat. Viola hederacea is common and widespread in south-eastern Australia, from the Mount Lofty Ranges and south-eastern South Australia, throughout Tasmania and southern Victoria, and in eastern New South Wales north to the Northern Tablelands (Fig. 7a). It is typically found on relatively dry soils in forested habitats and on well-drained roadside banks. In South Australia it is widespread in the South-East region, but is highly localised in the Adelaide Hills, apparently occurring only in the area around Mount Lofty, Belair National Park and near Crafers. Elsewhere on Fleurieu Peninsula and in the Southern Lofty region it is replaced by V. eminens (see below). In Victoria it is the most widespread species, occurring commonly in dry to moist forests from the far south-west around Glenelg River and the Grampians Ranges, through the Otway Ranges and thence on both north and south falls of the Great Dividing Range from Melbourne to the New South Wales border. It is replaced on the higher parts of the Great Dividing Range (e.g. summits of Lake Mountain and Mount Baw Baw and on the Errinundra Plateau) by V. eminens (see below). Viola hederacea is common and widespread throughout much of Tasmania. In New South Wales V. hederacea is the most common species in forests on the eastern part of the Great Dividing Range from the Victorian border to the Blue Mountains and Royal National Park near Sydney. A disjunct but morphologically typical population occurs in the Brindabella Ranges west of Canberra. In northern New South Wales it appears to become patchy and localised, with few collections from widely scattered sites (e.g. Barrington Tops, Glen Elgin). In the Sydney region it is common on shale-derived
Muelleria 18 : 3-5 ( 2003 ) Melaleuca uxorum (Myrtaceae), a new species from north-eastern Australia LA. Craven 1,4 , G.Holmes 2 and G.Sankowsky 3 1 Australian National Herbarium, CPBR, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT, 2601 2 Glenn Holmes and Associates, 33 Twelfth Avenue, Atherton, Qld, 4883 3 PO Box 210, Tolga, Qld, 4882 4 author for correspondence Abstract Melaleuca uxorum Craven, G.Holmes & Sankowsky, a new species in the M. minutifolia group, is described from the Herberton Range in north-eastern Australia. Introduction Numerous visits by botanists have been made to the northern Herberton Range in tropical Queensland, near the towns of Atherton and Tolga, to explore its woodland vegetation. Despite this attention, populations of a distinctive but undescribed species of Melaleuca L. were discovered there recently near Mt Emerald, one of the major peaks in this range. It was collected initially by the second author and J. Holmes in July 2000, and quite independently by the third author in December 2000. Upon investigation, the plant was found to belong to the Melaleuca minutifolia F.Muell group of species. It possesses decussate, peltate leaves as do the species of this group but differs inter alia in that the floral unit is a triad. Until now, the M. minutifolia group consisted of two species, M. minutifolia and M. monantha (Barlow) Craven. The former occurs from the Drysdale River district eastwards to south-western Arnhem Land in north-western Australia and the latter from the Palmer River district southwards to Mt Sturgeon in north-eastern Australia. These two species are characterised by the following features: in M. minutifolia each floral unit consists of a dyad subtended by a bract, each flower is subtended by three “bracteoles” and the leaf blade apex usually is long acuminate to narrowly acute; in M. monantha each floral unit consists of a monad subtended by a bract, each flower is subtended by two bracteoles, and the leaf blade apex usually is shortly to moderately acuminate (Craven & Lepschi 1999). Further study of the Herberton Range plant has shown that it represents a distinctive new species of the M. minutifolia group and it is formally described here. Taxonomy Melaleuca uxorum Craven, G.Holmes & Sankowsky, sp. nov. A M. minutifolia F.Muell. et M. monantha (Barlow) Craven floribus triadibus, ramulis puberulis minute, foliis latioribus (1.3-2.5 mm ) et 11-17-nervibus, et ovulis in quoque loculo numerosioribus (c. 33-37) differt. Type : Australia: Queensland: Cook District: Herberton Range, 1.2 km NW of Mt Emerald, 4 Dec. 2001, Craven and Holmes 10422 (holotype BRI; isotypes A, CANB, DNA, L, MEL, NSW, P). Shrub to 1 m tall (usually 0.5-0.6 m tall). Bud scales absent (but prophylls present on lateral shoots). Branchlets glabrescent or subglabrous, minutely puberulous, terete,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 100-103, Fig. 1".
Prasophyllum 103 2. Prasophyllum correctum D.L.Jones, Novon 4: 106-108 (1994). Type: Victoria, near Munro, 5 Nov. 1992, J. Jeanes (Jones 10689) (holo MEL!; iso CANB!). Illustrations’. Page 235, Backhouse and Jeanes (1995); plate 114, Bishop (1996); plate 68, Rouse (2001). Distribution and ecology : Eastern Victoria, near Munro and Lindenow South. Grows in grassland dominated by Themeda triandra and in grassy woodland with Eucalyptus tereticornis Sm. as the dominant tree (Coates et al. 1999). The soil is a brown clay loam. Altitude: 20-50 m. Phenology’. The species flowers in October and November. Notes’. Within the P. correctum group this species can be recognised by its mainly yellowish-green flowers; labellum with a long caudate apex which is about half of the total labellum length; the callus being rugose distally; and, the stigmatic plate on the column being much longer than either the anther or the column wings. It also has more noticeably fragrant flowers than any other member of the group, the largest flowers of the four taxa and very slender spikes. Fig. 2. The taxon originally described as P. chasmogamum (Jones 1991) and treated incorrectly as a synonym of P. pyriforme (Jones 1994a), will be included in a revisionary treatment of the P. rostratum Lindl. complex, which is in preparation. Conservation status: This species is listed as threatened under the Victorian Flora and Fauna Guarantee Act 1988. Less than 150 plants remain in two populations (Coates et al. 1999). Suggest 2E according to the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996). Specimens examined: VICTORIA. None found; all specimens quoted in Jones 1994a are P. chasmogamum. 3. Prasophyllum crebriflorum D.L.Jones, sp. nov. Affinis P. correcto D.L.Jones, sed floribus congestis, rufescentibus; labello parvum insuper medio recurvato, apice caudato tertia parte breviore; et callo laevigato, differt. Type: Australia. Tasmania: Surrey Hills Freehold (North Forests Burnie), Westwing Plain (precise locality withheld), 670 m, 14 Dec. 2000, J.E. & A. Wapstra (ORG 3269) (holo CANB, iso HO, MEL). Slender tuberous terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Tubers not seen. Leaf erect, 12-26 cm long, 2-5 mm wide, terete, dark green, base 2-3 mm diam., reddish to purple; free lamina suberect, 6-10 cm long, usually withered at anthesis. Inflorescence a moderately dense to dense spike 6-20 cm long. Floral bracts transversely ovate, 2-2.3 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, closely embracing the ovary; apex apiculate. Ovaries at about 40° to the rachis, obovoid, 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, bright green, shiny. Flowers 6- c.25, 10-12 mm across, reddish brown, opening very widely, sessile. Dorsal sepal narrowly ovate-lanceolate, 6.5-8 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, sharply deflexed, with 3 indistinct darker veins; apex often recurved, subacute to apiculate. Lateral sepals free throughout, linear-lanceolate, 6.5-8 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, falcate, erect or shallowly recurved, parallel or slightly divergent; base not gibbous; distal margins involute; apex entire or bidentate. Petals upswept, widely spreading, linear, 5.5-7 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide; margins entire; apex obtuse to attenuate. Labellum very shortly stalked, obliquely erect, usually in a shallow curve but at a sharper angle in old flowers, distal half recurved, the tip erect or recurved; basal claw almost vestigial, c. 0.3 mm long, c. 1.3 mm wide; lamina ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, 5-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, with broad basal margins, constricted in the distal third to half; base not gibbous; proximal margins entire; distal margins slightly irregular. Callus extending nearly to the labellum apex, ovate-oblong, 4-5.2 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide in the proximal third, raised, fleshy, greenish brown, shallowly channelled centrally, constricted sharply in the distal half and extending as a narrow, raised, smooth or rugose caudate section; margins entire or slightly irregular. Column porrect from the end of the ovary, c. 2.8 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 103-104, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 107-108, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 15-19, Figs 4, 7 (map)".
6 N.G. Walsh population of A. sporadica. Bartolome et al. (2002) demonstrated that ramets within a population were genetically identical, hut there were genetic differences between most populations. It is not known if there is any genetic variation between the clones at Howqua, or the 3 ramets at Fryers Ridge sites, but it is assumed that plants produced from seed at Carboor will possess a degree of genetic variation. It would appear that the 3 disjunct localities of A. sporadica represent remnant occurrences of a formerly more widespread distribution for A sporadica or its ancestral taxon. Etymology. The epithet refers to the widely scattered distribution. Acacia aspera Lindl. subsp. pan iccps N.G.Walsh subsp. now A subspecie typica capitulis minoribus, floribus paucioribus compositis, bracteis brevioribus glandulosis differt. Type: Victoria. Midlands. Brisbane Ranges National Park, extreme NE corner, N.G. Walsh 52IS. 23.viii.2000 (holotypc: MEL: isotypes CANB. NSW. PERTH). Acacia aspera (Brisbane Range variant) Maslin, ‘Wattle, Acacias of Australia’ (2001); Acacia aff. aspera (Brisbane Ranges) J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria edn 7,91. 124(2003) Spreading shrub to c. 1.5 m high; branchlets Finely ribbed, becoming terete on older growth, hispidulous with a mixture of erect, gland-tipped and liner, usually shorter, eglandular hairs. Phyllodes oblong to narrowly obovate, 6-26 mm long, 2—4(—7) mm wide, usually strongly concavo-convex in section, rarely ±flat. obtuse to rounded at apex, usually with a coarse apiculum to c. 1 mm long, inserted asymmetrically; midrib ±central, lateral nerves oblique, often obscure and not clearly reaching margin; margin thickened, nerve-like, marginal gland apparently lacking; surfaces hispid with coarse, patent gland- tipped hairs to c. 0.5 mm long, mainly above midrib and near margins, intermixed with shorter finer patent hairs of variable density. Inflorescences simple, I—2(—3) per axil; peduncles (7—)9— 16 mm long, slender, hispid with only gland-tipped hairs, or with gland- tipped and shorter, finer, eglandular hairs in up to ±equal proportions; heads globular. 4-6 mm diam. (on herbarium sheets), (15-) 24-35-flowered, cream to lemon-yellow. Bracteoles subulate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, shorter than buds immediately before anthesis, reddish-brown, hispidulous, gland-tipped. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united for most of their length, c. 0.8 mm long, hispidulous near base, resinous near apex. Pods ±oblong or slightly curved, 15-35 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, biconvex, not or barely constricted between the 2-6 seeds, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, covered with spreading, multicellular, gland-tipped hairs to c. 1 mm long, often with a few shorter unicellular eglandular hairs; seeds longitudinal, oblong-elliptic, c. 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, shining dark brown, funicle/aril terminal, sigmoid, basally thickened, yellowish, c. I mm long. Flowers July-Oct. (Fig. la. b) Distinguished from subsp. aspera in the relatively long, slender peduncles with indumentum of gland-tipped hairs sometimes mixed with shorter eglandular hairs (subsp. aspera has stout peduncles to 10 mm long with sessile or subsessile glands and sometimes eglandular hairs, which when present, distinctly exceed the glands); the short, gland-tipped bracteoles subtending individual flowers in the heads (subsp. aspera has eglandular bracteoles clearly exceeding the buds immediately before anthesis giving the buds a characteristic burr-like appearance); generally pale lemon-coloured, few-flowered, smaller heads (subsp. aspera has bright golden yellow. 30-50-flowered heads, 6-9 mm diam. on herbarium sheets). The phyllodes of subsp. parviceps are pronouncedly concavo-convex in section whereas those of subsp. aspera are typically flat to slightly concavo-convex in section, and they are generally smaller than those of subsp. aspera , but there is some overlap in these characteristics.
6 N.G. Walsh population of A. sporadica. Bartolome et al. (2002) demonstrated that ramets within a population were genetically identical, hut there were genetic differences between most populations. It is not known if there is any genetic variation between the clones at Howqua, or the 3 ramets at Fryers Ridge sites, but it is assumed that plants produced from seed at Carboor will possess a degree of genetic variation. It would appear that the 3 disjunct localities of A. sporadica represent remnant occurrences of a formerly more widespread distribution for A sporadica or its ancestral taxon. Etymology. The epithet refers to the widely scattered distribution. Acacia aspera Lindl. subsp. pan iccps N.G.Walsh subsp. now A subspecie typica capitulis minoribus, floribus paucioribus compositis, bracteis brevioribus glandulosis differt. Type: Victoria. Midlands. Brisbane Ranges National Park, extreme NE corner, N.G. Walsh 52IS. 23.viii.2000 (holotypc: MEL: isotypes CANB. NSW. PERTH). Acacia aspera (Brisbane Range variant) Maslin, ‘Wattle, Acacias of Australia’ (2001); Acacia aff. aspera (Brisbane Ranges) J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria edn 7,91. 124(2003) Spreading shrub to c. 1.5 m high; branchlets Finely ribbed, becoming terete on older growth, hispidulous with a mixture of erect, gland-tipped and liner, usually shorter, eglandular hairs. Phyllodes oblong to narrowly obovate, 6-26 mm long, 2—4(—7) mm wide, usually strongly concavo-convex in section, rarely ±flat. obtuse to rounded at apex, usually with a coarse apiculum to c. 1 mm long, inserted asymmetrically; midrib ±central, lateral nerves oblique, often obscure and not clearly reaching margin; margin thickened, nerve-like, marginal gland apparently lacking; surfaces hispid with coarse, patent gland- tipped hairs to c. 0.5 mm long, mainly above midrib and near margins, intermixed with shorter finer patent hairs of variable density. Inflorescences simple, I—2(—3) per axil; peduncles (7—)9— 16 mm long, slender, hispid with only gland-tipped hairs, or with gland- tipped and shorter, finer, eglandular hairs in up to ±equal proportions; heads globular. 4-6 mm diam. (on herbarium sheets), (15-) 24-35-flowered, cream to lemon-yellow. Bracteoles subulate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, shorter than buds immediately before anthesis, reddish-brown, hispidulous, gland-tipped. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united for most of their length, c. 0.8 mm long, hispidulous near base, resinous near apex. Pods ±oblong or slightly curved, 15-35 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, biconvex, not or barely constricted between the 2-6 seeds, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, covered with spreading, multicellular, gland-tipped hairs to c. 1 mm long, often with a few shorter unicellular eglandular hairs; seeds longitudinal, oblong-elliptic, c. 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, shining dark brown, funicle/aril terminal, sigmoid, basally thickened, yellowish, c. I mm long. Flowers July-Oct. (Fig. la. b) Distinguished from subsp. aspera in the relatively long, slender peduncles with indumentum of gland-tipped hairs sometimes mixed with shorter eglandular hairs (subsp. aspera has stout peduncles to 10 mm long with sessile or subsessile glands and sometimes eglandular hairs, which when present, distinctly exceed the glands); the short, gland-tipped bracteoles subtending individual flowers in the heads (subsp. aspera has eglandular bracteoles clearly exceeding the buds immediately before anthesis giving the buds a characteristic burr-like appearance); generally pale lemon-coloured, few-flowered, smaller heads (subsp. aspera has bright golden yellow. 30-50-flowered heads, 6-9 mm diam. on herbarium sheets). The phyllodes of subsp. parviceps are pronouncedly concavo-convex in section whereas those of subsp. aspera are typically flat to slightly concavo-convex in section, and they are generally smaller than those of subsp. aspera , but there is some overlap in these characteristics.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 6-Jul".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 6-7, Fig. 1".
Muelleria 19 : 3-8 ( 2004 ) Two new wattles endemic to Victoria Neville G. Walsh National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Private Bag 2000, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Neville.Walsh@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract Acacia sporadica and A. aspera subsp. parviceps are described as new. Both are Victorian endemics of restricted distribution. Acacia sporadica appears to be most closely related to A. pennincrvis, A. caerulescens and A. obliquinervia. Both new taxa are illustrated and notes on their distribution, ecology and conservation status are provided. Introduction In the course of preparing descriptions of Acacia for the Flora of Victoria (Entwisle et al. 1996), Flora of Australia (Maslin 2001a) and Wattle, Acacias of Australia (Maslin 2001), some taxa of uncertain affinities were identified. Subsequent examination and fieldwork has allowed two of these to be elucidated and they are described here as new. Taxonomy Acacia sporadica N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. Acacia penninervis affine habitu minore saepe rhizomatoso, phyllodiis minoribus glaucis, floribus citrinis vere vel hieme factis et semine transversali diffcrt. Type: Victoria, Midlands, Carboor Upper, N.G.Walsh 5583, A. Gibb, R. Leeton, 26.vii.2002 (holotype: MEL; isotypes CANB. NSW, PERTH). Acacia sp. C. Maslin, Flora of Australia : 11 A: 253 (2001a); Acacia affin. penninervis. Maslin, Wattle, Acacias of Australia (2001). Shrub to 3 m high, reproducing mainly by root suckers; branchlets glabrous, yellowish, terete or faintly ridged for the greater part, strongly angular on new season’s growth. Phyllodes obovate to elliptic, 25-65 mm long, 8-32 mm wide, usually slightly asymmetric, glabrous, glaucous, obtuse, sometimes with a short (to c. 0.5 mm long) straight or uncinate apiculum; faintly to moderately prominently pinnately veined, the veins anastomosing toward the margin, midrib and marginal veins very prominent, yellowish; gland 5-20 mm above pulvinus, margin often shallowly indented at gland which is not obviously connected to midrib by a lateral vein. Racemes axillary, sometimes appearing paniculate on naked extremities of branchlets; rachis 15-70 mm long, glabrous, angular; peduncles 3-6 mm long, glabrous; heads globular, 5-8 mm diam., 15-25-flowered, bright lemon-yellow. Bracteoles peltate, c. 0.5 mm diam., pale to dark reddish-brown, minutely fimbriate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united, the free portion c. I mm long, puberulent. Pods +oblong, 40-90 mm long, 10-15 mm wide, rarely constricted between the (0—)3—9 seeds, thinly coriaceous; seeds transverse, oblong to elliptic, 4-5 mm long, slightly shiny, black, funicle pale brown, aril clavate, up to c. half as long as seed. Flowers July-Sept. (Fig. 1c, d) Representative specimens examined (17 specimens examined): Victoria: South side of Howqua River, ca 5 miles [8 km] ESE of bridge on Mansfield - Jamieson Rd, J.H. Willis s.n. 16.iv. 1976 (MEL); Fryers Range State Forest, 5 km W from Taradale, N.G. Walsli 5581, /:. & L. Perkins, 26.viii.2002 (MEL); Carboor Upper, 15.5 km due SW from Myrtleford, N.G. Walsh 55S2, A. Gibb, R. Leeton. 26.viii.2002.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 3-6, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 83-84, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 82-83".
Bedfordia 87 2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow (HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen (HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 (1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 84-86, Fig 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 86-87".
Bedfordia 87 2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow (HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen (HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 (1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0
84 A.E. Orchard terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island. Figure I A. Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular
Bedfordia 87 2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow (HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen (HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 (1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0
84 A.E. Orchard terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island. Figure I A. Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular
84 A.E. Orchard terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island. Figure I A. Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular
Disciform Senecio 145 bracteoles 6-12. 1.0-3.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby to densely woolly at anthesis; involucre 3.0-6.0 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly 12-14, glabrous or slightly cobwebby basally, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) gently to moderately convex, green, black at tip, sometimes purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip, sometimes entirely purple; mature receptacle 3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries finally erect. Florets 26-50, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 3.5-6.5 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 2-4, mostly 0.2-0.3 mm long; corolla-limb commonly deeper cleft on inner face. Achenes narrow obloid to narrow-ellipsoid, sometimes slightly clavate, 1.0-2.2 mm long, light to dark reddish-brown, sometimes olivaceous or green, especially marginal achenes, with papillose hairs, in lines or narrow bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-7 mm long. Flowers mostly late spring-autumn. Notes: Sometimes confused with S. hispidulus which has capitula of similar size. Senecio hispidulus differs from .S', glomeratus by having more slender, always green and never cobwebby capitula containing fewer florets and on longer peduncles, fewer and generally shorter calycular bracteoles, and upper stem leaves that are at least slightly coarse-hairy and which generally do not develop a cobwebby or woolly indumentum. Senecio batliurstianus also has capitula of similar-size but they too are never cobwebby basally. There are two subspecies; Achenes < one third of phyllary length (phyllaries 4.0-6.0 mm long; achenes 1.0-1.7 mm long), achenes commonly all medium to dark red-brown; pappus usually > 5 mm long...12a. subsp. glomeratus Achenes > one third of phyllary length (phyllaries 3.0-5.0 mm long; achenes 1.3-2.2 mm long), marginal achenes greenish or olive, others medium brown; pappus usually < 5 mm long.12b. subsp. longifructus 12a. Senecio glomeratus Desf. ex Poir. subsp. glomeratus S. argutus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 1; 258 (1832), nom. illeg. non Kunth (1820); Erechtites arguta (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838): G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3; 659 (1867), p./x; A. Ewart, FI. Victoria 1180 (1931) />./>. Type: ‘Havre dc 1’Astrolabe, detroit de Cook’ [Cook Strait, New Zealand]; holo; P. E. arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. obovata Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Hot. 6: 122 (1847). Type: none designated, annotated specimens at K, fide R.O. Belcher op. cit. 43: 64 (1956). E. glomerata DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg.', E. arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. glomerata (DC.) Domin, Bibliotli. Bot. 89: 684 (1930), as Erechthites [specimen cited by Domin not seen; it was collected from Tambourine Mts, Queensland and is unlikely to be S. glomeratus]. Type: ‘In Nova-Hollandia meridionali’; holo: G, fide R.O. Belcher, op. cit. 43; 61 (1956). E. glomerata DC. var. subincisa DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg. Type: ‘In Nova-Hollandia’, ex itin. Baudin; G ,fule R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. E. glomerata DC. var. polycepliala DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg. Type: ‘in Nova-Zeelandia ad fretum Bass’ [Bass Strait, New Zealand], d'Urville', G, fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. S. lessonianus Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Bot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. illeg. non Steud. (1841). Type: ?not designated. [Erechtites arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. dissecta and. non Benth.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 610(1929)]
Disciform Senecio 127 6-20 cm long, l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate to deeply lobate; segments 4-6 per side extending along most of length, spreading, or more distal ones slightly antrorse, commonly roughly semicircular; base auriculate, somewhat amplexicaul; margin crowded-denticulate; both surfaces with coarse hairs; lower surface (and upper midrib) commonly strongly purple. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong or lanceolate, l:w ratio c. 3-5, usually widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-100; overtopping usually moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 6-8 mm long, c. 1.2-1.8 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; slereomes (in dried specimens) flat to gently convex, green, commonly minutely purple at tip; post-fructescence receptacle c. 3 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally erect. Florets 15-30, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5.5-6.6 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla- lobes of female florets 4. c. 0.2 mm long; corolla-limb commonly also with a deeper cleft on inner face. Achenes narrow obloid, 2.0-2.2 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3-4. Pappus 5.5-6 mm long. (Fig. 9) Flowers spring-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern Western Australia from the Stirling Ranges east to Mt Buraminya, and in south-eastern Australia from the Marble Range in south-central South Australia east to Werribee in south-central Victoria (Fig. 5). Grows in sand, red-brown loam derived from ironstone, or clay-loam, often in depressions and shaded and rocky sites, in dune scrub, woodland and sometimes dry forest. Notes: The typically strong purple coloration of stems and lower surface of leaves, the nature of the primary dissection and the strongly amplexicaul leaves make this species readily identifiable. The name E. picridioides Turcz. should not be confused with the illegitimate name E. picridioides Sond. which is S. runcinifolius Willis. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 1.6 km NE of Bungalbin Hill, Helena and Aurora Range, B.J. Lepschi 2068, 27.ix.l995 (CANB. MEL. NSW. PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Island, eastern end. Dudley Peninsula, G. Jackson 863. 14. xi. 197 1 (AD); Hundred of Moorooroo. Upper tributary of Tanunda Creek near Schlenke Gully, P.J. Lang 1700, 25.vii.1985 (AD, BRI). VICTORIA: Little Desert National Park, central block. Broughton's Waterhole, 23 km SSE of Kaniva, I.C. Clarke 2299, 20.x. 1993 (AD, CANB. MEL). 5. Senecio bipinnatisectus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43; 41 (1956) Erechtites atkinsoniae F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 88 (1865); G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3; 658 (1867); S. atkinsoniae F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 88 (1865), nom. inval. [placed in synonymy under E. atkinsoniae ] Type: [New South Wales), Blue Mountains, L. Atkinson: lecto: K .fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit.: isolecto: MEL. [ Remaining syntype: Monkey Creek near Port Jackson, W. Woods: MEL] Herbs to 1.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots not fleshy, 0.5-1 mm diam. Steins erect, nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, broad-elliptic, 10-15 cm long, l:w ratio c. 1.5-2, pinnatisect to bipinnatisect; segments 4-6 per side extending along most of length, antrorse, shape various depending on secondary dissection; base auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly amplexicaul; margin with occasional denticulations or teeth; upper surface ±glabrous; lower surface green, sparsely coarse-hairy or ±glabrous. Uppermost leaves pinnatisect, l:w ratio c. 2-3, not widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; overtopping usually moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre
Disciform Senecio 207 stereomes (in dried specimens) thickened, flat, green or variably purple, minutely black at tip, sometimes purple in a zone 1-2 mm long below tip; post-fruetescence receptacle 3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries usually finally erect. Florets 25-50, all bisexual or up to c. 50% lemale or at least with reduced corolla lobes, corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-7 mm long. 5-lobed; corolla- lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.4-0.8 mm long. Achenes ±narrowly obloid or oblong- ellipsoid, 2.5-3.0 mm long, tan or dark brown, glabrous or with papillose hairs scattered in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 51) Flowers summer-autumn. Distribution and Habitat'. Occurs in eastern Australia from Amiens in far south¬ eastern Queensland south to Bullock Creek east of Armidale in north-eastern New South Wales, and from the Brindabella Ranges in the Australian Capital Territory south-west to the McAlister River in eastern Victoria (Fig. 47d). Grows in peaty clay soils in elevated or sub-alpine swampy flats or grassland and in woodland at altitudes over 900 m. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the composition of the florets, with a higher proportion of bisexual florets than other disciform species but often a lower proportion than discoid species (L: interpositus , placed between) Notes: Capitula of this species are usually disciform with outer florets female or at least with only female structures emergent from the corolla tube, and with distinctly smaller corollas. Although relatively reduced, the limbs and lobes of the corollas of the female florets are generally larger than in other disciform species. In the Northern Tablelands of New South Wales, however, a few specimens have been collected with discoid capitula. In all other respects these specimens match the disciform S. interpositus. The obconic corolla-bases of this species are relatively large and elongate. The glabrous, lobed leaves and purple-pigmented, strongly recurved phyllary apices and basally-cobwebby capitula also help to distinguish this species. In the New England area achenes of some specimens are dark brown and glabrous; achenes with papillose hairs more or less restricted to narrow grooves occur throughout the range of the species. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Watson’s Swamp, 6 km north of Amiens, A.R. Bean 5850 & PI. Forster (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: New England, C. Stuart (MEL); Near Tuross Falls. 8 km ESE of Countegany, L.G. Adams 3284, 8.1.1974 (CANB); Tuross Falls Track, Badja Stale Forest. L.G. Adams & M.Gray 3925, 23.1984 (CANB, MEL); Northern Tablelands. Bullock Creek. D.L. Jones 5544 & C.H. Broers. 7.xii. 1989 (CBG); south end of Boonoo Boonoo National Park, 35 km NE ofTenlerfield, P.H.H. Cowper & G..I. White 38, 8.ii. 1994 (NE); Bullock Ck Swamp on Point Lookout Rd, H.J. Wissmann, 24.iii.198l (MEL, NE). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Kangaroo Creek, Corin Dam Road. N.T. Burbidge 7549. 193.1966 (BRI, CANB. MEL); Leura Gap,).//. Willis, 133.1970 (MEL). VICTORIA: East Gippsland. Cowombat Plain, A.C. Beauglehole 36555, 263.1971 <& E.W. Finch (MEL); Bentley Plain, 2.8 km east of Ml Nugong, N.G. Walsh 822, 24.ii.1982 (MEL); Swamp margins of Pine Creek, between the Caledonia and McAlister Rivers, N.H. Scarlett 84-12, 83.1984 (AD); Mt Cobberas, //../. Bates 27243, 73.1992 (AD). 39. Senecio georgianus DC., Prodr. 6; 371 (1838) Type: [New South Wales] ‘in Nova-Hollandia ad ripas lacus Georgii’ |Lake George], A. Cunningham: holo: G (microfiche seen MEL); iso: K (photo seen CANB). Erechtites candicans Hook.f., Hooker's London .1. Bot. 6: 122 (1847). Type: [Tasmania], Van Diemens Land, R.C. Gunn: holo: K. (photo seen CANB). Herbs to 0.5 m high. Roots not seen. Stems erect, appressed-cobwebby. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, mostly narrow-oblanceolate, very narrow-elliptic, or linear, 6—8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 8—12, not dissected; base attenuate; margin revolute, appearing entire but actually minutely denticulate; upper
162 I.R. Thompson Herbs to 1.5 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, 1-2 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony. glabrescent. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 10-24 cm long, l:w ratio c. 12-16, not dissected: base attenuate; margin usually minutely denticulate; surfaces ±glabrous or sparsely appressed-cobwebby, glabrescent. Uppermost leaves sometimes developing small, entire auricles, hardly amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 30-100; overtopping slight to moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-25 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 4-8, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles moderately cobwebby at an thesis; involucre 5.0-8.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm diam.: phyllaries mostly 12-14, sparsely cobwebby, glabrescent, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens), relatively thin, ±flat. green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip: post-fructescence receptacle 3 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally somewhat reflexed. Florets 30-50. c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.1 -0.2 mm long. Aclienes lageniform, outer ones often rather curved, 2.5-3.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs scattered in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Figs 4g, 28) Flowers spring-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia: in south-eastern New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory between Crookwell and Canberra; in central Victoria along the Murray River and south to the coast at Welshpool; and in north¬ eastern Tasmania near Cressy (Fig. 26b). Grows in loam to clay soils in forest and woodland, usually in seasonally inundated areas. Notes: Similar to .S', quadridentatus but differs by its sparsely haired to glabrous leaves and stems, broader leaves tapering distinctly to each end, broader phyllaries reflexed rather than spreading at maturity, shorter florets with more corolla-lobes, curved fruits, and the smaller taproot and fleshier secondary roots. The receptacle undergoes relatively little expansion as the achenes develop and, because of this, the capitula become slightly more urceolate than those of other species. Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Macleys Plain, A. Cunningham 01 (MEL): McAlister Travelling Slock Reserve, c. 6.5 kin SE of Laggan on Goulburn Road; headwaters of Wollondilly River. /. Crawford 5159, 14.xii. 1998 (CANB) WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Canberra, Belconnen Naval Station. Ginninderra Creek. /. Crawford3271. 27.x. 1995 (CBG); Brooke's Creek, Federal Highway, LG. Adams 4194 , 12.xii.1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Wood Yallock-Kooweerup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock. I.R. Thompson 704. I4.xi.2001 (AD. BRI, CANB. MEL. NSW); Barmah Regional Park. A.C. Beauglehole 82311 , 19.xi.1985 (AD, CANB. HO. MEL); Hepburn Regional Park. A.C. Beauglehole 70601, 8.V.1982 (MEL); Spadonis Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW ofYering, D. Froods.n., 23.x.1996 (MEL): Laverton, W.R.A. Baker, 20.V.1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s Swamp, at end of access road from N. D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspc River, west of Redesdale. A.C. Beauglehole 70618 , 25.iv.1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 .iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy. .1.11. Wilson. Feb 1943 (HO). 19. Senecio glabrescens (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Bot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845) Ereclitites glabrescens DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadriclentata var. glabrescens (DC.) Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 660 (1867) p.p. Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Novae-Hollandiae, ad merid. Lacus Georgii lat 35° 50' [south of Lake George], A. Cunningham: holo: G (microfiche seen MEL). Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots c. I mm diam., hardly fleshy. Stems erect, nearly glabrous or sparsely appressed-cottony; stems multiple from
158 I.R. Thompson Buckland River bridge - 300 m up Buffalo ereek from the river. N.T. Rossiler & A. Piesse 862, 20.v. 1987 (MEL); Lake Waringa. Dallachy (MEL); Barmah Forest, east end. Sandspil Creek area just south of Murray River. I.R. Thompson 689. 30.ix.2001 (MEL); Beside road to Lake William Hovell. c. 4 km SW of Cheshunt. I.R. Thompson 754 & N.G.Walsh. I.ii.2001 (AD, MEL. NSW); Broken Creek, c. 4 km east of Numurkah. I.R. Thompson 768 , 10.vii.2002 (MEL): Lake Nhill, south edge of Nhill, c. 1 km SE of Nhill P.O., A. Paget 2457 , 19.x. 1996 (MEL). 17. Senecio tasmanicus l.Thomps., sp. now A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento caulis sparsiore, foliis inferiore pilis grossis instructi, pedunculis et capitulis glabris, acheniis longioribus differt; a S. macrocarpo Belcher capitulis tenuioribus, papillis acheniorum paucioribus differt. Type: Tasmania, Archer, date unknown; holo: NSW 27852 [excluding piece on far left which is S. prenanthoides A.Rich. | Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, to c. 1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony or nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, oblanceolate to very narrow- elliptic, 3-8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or coarse-dentate; segments 2—4 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate; margin with scattered dcnticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely scabridulous or nearly glabrous; lower surface green with scattered short, coarse hairs, often with a cobwebby overlay. Uppermost leaves narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 15-30, not dissected; base sometimes with very small, entire auricles; surfaces sparsely cobwebby or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several capitula; total number of capitula per stem c. 8-20; overtopping not marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 20-50 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-4.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre 9.0-11.0 mm long, 2.0-2.4 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16, glabrous, w'ith apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle not seen. Florets 40-60, c. 75% female, corolla-lobes c. triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 6.5-8 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes lageniform, 5.0-7.0 mm long, neck 2-3 mm long, light brown, with papillose hairs scattered in lines, !:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus c. 7 mm long. (Fig. 27) Flowers late spring-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in Tasmania but not recorded since the mid 1800s and possibly extinct (Fig. 26a). Likely to grow in lowland plains near swamps. Notes: A species previously overlooked and it is likely that its habitat has been destroyed by land clearing since that period. It has similarities with S. longicollaris in terms of achene morphology in particular but also similar in leaf and stem indumentum. Also, similar to S. dolichocephalus in habit and capitular dimensions and similar to S. macrocarpus in capitulum length (but not width) and in having inflorescences of few capitula. Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA: Formosa, Gunn 508 (NSW; left hand specimen). 18. Senecio glandiilosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgetneine Bot. Zeitung 28; 498 (1845) Erechtites glandulosa DC., Ptodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadridentato var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). as Erechtliites. Type: [New South Wales], ‘ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’ [Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 141: G (microfiche seen MEL).
Disciform Senecio 181 Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Maryvale Rubbish Tip, NE of Warwick. A.R. Bean 9514, 6.i. 1996 (BRI); Ml Glorious, II.A. Lebler <£ L. Darlington, 28.xi.1972 (BRI); Mount Toowoonan, 11 km WSW of Maroon, I). Halford QI5I I, PA. Forster & R. Reilly, 3.ix. 1992 (BRI); Palmgrove National Park, NW of Taroom, Bigge Range, PI. Forster PIF2373I & R. Booth, 4,xi,1998 (BRI); Helidon, Pickerings Gully, LAI. Bird & PA. Forster PIF2998. 30.viii. 1987 (BRI); Bunya Mountains, Big Falls area, LS. Smith, I5.xii.1954 (BRI); Kenilworth Bluff, about 8 km north of Kenilworth, PR. Sharpe 4652 & T. Bean. 7.iii. 1987 (BRI): Blackdown Tableland, ca. 35 km SE of Blackwatcr, R.J. Henderson 993, L. Durrington & P. Sharpe. 4.ix. 1971 (BRI, MEL): Gap Creek Road, east of Springsure, A.R. Bean 14159, 13.x. 1998 (BRI); Beeron holding, 7 km west of "Toondahra”. PA. Forster 7128. 20.viii. 1990 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: North Western Slopes: North Western Slopes: Kwiambal National Park, c. 130 km NW of Glen Innes, junction of McIntyre and Severn Rivers, J.T. Hunter s.n., Nov 1997 (NE); Attunga State Forest, J.R. Hashing 210, 25.x. 1990 (NE, NSW); Copeland, c. 14 miles [23 km] NW of Gloucester, R. Coveny s.n., 2.i. 1967 (NSW); Rothcrwood Road off Mt Hercules Road, Razorback range 110 km SSW of Camden], R. Coveny 7468, D. Benson & H. Bryant, 17.iii. 1976 (NSW). 27. Senecio gtinnii (Hook.f.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 64 (1956) Erechtites gunnii Hook.f., Hooker's London ,/. Bot. 6: 122 (1847); E. cjuadridentata DC. var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 660 (1867). Type: [Tasmania], Marlboro, R.C. Gunn 700/1842, Jan. 1841; syn: K, NSW. Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot sometimes weII-developed; secondary roots fleshy, 0.8-1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, moderately appressed-cottony, sometimes sparser upwards, rarely nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic or very narrow-elliptic, 6-12 cm long, l:w ratio c. 3-7, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate to lobate; segments 4-6 per side mostly in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate or cuneate; margin entire or with frequent denticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely to densely appressed- cobwebby, glabrescent; lower surface often purple, moderately densely, or rarely sparsely, appressed-cobwebby. Uppermost leaves very narrow-elliptic, l:w ratio c. 5-9; base cuneate or with small entire, auricles. Unit inflorescences of several to many capilula; total number of capitula per stem often 10—100; overtopping slight; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-15 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-3.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby to woolly at anthesis; involucre 5.0-7.5 mm long, c. 1.7-2.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-14, cobwebby or glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green, minutely black at tip, sometimes purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 2—4 mm diam., with phyllaries finally erect or spreading. Florets 26-40, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla ol bisexual florets 6-7 mm long. 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes very narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4.0 mm long, olive-brown, usually with very lew papillose hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 2. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 38) Flowers summer-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Btindabella Ranges in the Australian Capital Territory and far south-eastern New South Wales south¬ east to Lake Mountain in south-central Victoria, and from Mt Arthur in northern Tasmania south to Mt Wellington and south-west to Eldon Bluff (Fig. 33e). Grows in woodlands, grasslands, herbfields and open shrublands in montane to alpine areas. Notes: Senecio gunnii resembles .S', quadridentatus in terms of type and density ol indumentum but it differs by having broader, narrow-elliptic leaves, more convex stereomes, bisexual florets with 5-lobed corollas, female florets with larger corolla lobes, and more sparsely haired and non-lageniform achenes. A specimen from Tinderry South
152 I.R. Thompson Flowers mid-summer—autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kiandra in far south-eastern New South Wales south-west to Howilt Plains in eastern Victoria with a disjunct occurrence in north-eastern New South Wales at Barrington Tops (Fig. 19c). Grows in grasslands/herbfields or open shrublands in subalpine areas. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the long calycular bracteoles, which extend over the involucre to a greater extent than other disciform species (L: extensus, extended). Notes: Readily distinguished by its long calycular bracteoles and glabrous, lustrous achenes. Some populations in the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales have slightly shorter bracteoles and/or narrower heads. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Kosciuszko National Park, Long Plain, c. 200 in SW from confluence of Murrumbidgee R and Boundary Ck, N.G. Walsh 5511, K. McDougall &./. Walsh, 11 .xii.2001 (MEL); Kosciuszko National Park. Long Plain, near confluence of Murrumbidgee R and Boundary Ck, I.R. Thompson 746 & N.G. Walsh, 3U.20Q2 (MEL, NSW); Mt Kosciuszko, nr summit, coll, unknown. Jan 1898 (MEL); Kosciuszko National Park, I km ESE from Happys Hut, near crossing of Happy Jacks Creek by 4WD track. N.G. Walsh 4891. K. McDougall & G. Wright. 9.xii. 1998 (MEL). VICTORIA: Snowy Range airstrip. S. J. Forbes 1953. 28.i.1984 (MEL, NSW); East Gippsland. The Playground below Cobberas No. I. A.C. Beauglehole 36712. 9.ii. 1971 (MEL); Bogong High Plains. Buckety Plain. A.C. Beauglehole 15746. 28.i. 1966 (MEL); Dargo High Plains./ Strudwick 782. 17.i.1990 (MEL). TASMANIA: Mackenzies Tier, A. Moscat 6394, 22.ii.l984 (HO). 14. Senecio laceratus (F.Muell.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 51 (1956) Erechtites lacerata F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 417 (1853). Type: [South Australia], Cudnaka River [Kanyaka R„ Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller, holo: MEL. E. arguta sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867), p.p. min. Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots fine. Stems erect or sprawling, ±glabrous; secondary and tertiary branching often relatively well-developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow- elliptic, 8-20 cm long, I:w ratio c. 2-3, not dissected or coarse-dentate to lobate; segments 3-7 per side, predominantly in proximal two-thirds, antrorse, roughly triangular; base truncate to shallowly cordate, sometimes slightly amplexicaul; margin with rather frequent denticulations. serrations or teeth, apex acuminate; both surfaces ±glabrous; lower surface green. Uppermost leaves narrow-elliptic, narrow-oblong or lanceolate, l:w ratio c. 3-4. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem commonly 30-100; overtopping marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 5-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0-5.0 mm long. 1.8-2.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) moderately convex, green, minutely black at tip; post-fructescence receptacle 3-3.5 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally erect. Florets 30-40, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5. c. 0.3 mm long. Achenes ±narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, dark brown, with papillose hairs, in bands or more or less evenly scattered, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3-4 mm long. (Fig. 23) Flowers most of year (rainfall dependent). Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central Australia extending from the Dulcie Ranges in southern Northern Territory south-west to the Rawlinson Range in central- eastern Western Australia and south-south-west to Mt lllbillie in north-western South Australia, and in eastern South Australia from Weetootla Gorge south to Telowie Gorge
118 l.R. Thompson 45 Plants of swamps, commonly growing in water; leaves glabrous or inconspicuously scabridulous on upper surface; length of involucre c. 2.5 times the diameter; achenes glabrous, with ribs flat and grooves hardly recessed (South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania) .35. S. psilocarpus 45: Plants typically not growing in water; leaves with coarse hairs, scabridulous, and/or cobwebby; length of involucre c. 4 times the diameter; achenes glabrous or sparsely hairy, with convex ribs and deep grooves (central New South Wales to southern Queensland).. .26. S. temiiflorus 42: Achenes with papillose hairs in somewhat dense bands covering c. 1/4-2/3 of surface 46 Base of mid to upper stem leaves often somewhat sagittately auriculate and somewhat amplexicaul; calycular bracteoles 3-5; involucral diameter < 2.0 mm. .23. S. phelleus 46: Base of mid to upper stem leaves not sagittately auriculate, not or only weakly amplexicaul; calycular bracteoles 6-10; involucral diameter > 2.0 mm. 47 Taproot slender, inconspicuous; involucre 6-11 mm long; phyllaries (12—) 15—25 (southern Australia east of 119° longitude).36. S. squcirrosus 47: Taproot usually well-developed; involucre 5-8 mm long: phyllaries 12— 14(—16) (south-western Western Australia west of 119° longitude) ..11. S. multicaulis 1. Senecio minimus Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet Lamarck, Encycl. Meth. Bot. Suppl. 5: 130(1817) Erechtites minima (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 437 (1838). Type: Nouvelle-Hollande [Australia], J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; holo: FI: fragment of holo: P . fide R.O. Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 46 (1956). E. pumila DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838). Type: ‘in Nova Hollandia’ [Australia], J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; holo: G (microfiche seen MEL),,/7c/e R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. |De Candolle stated that this species was based on Senecio pumilus Poir.; however, this name apparently was never published]. E. prenanthoides DC.. Prodr. 6: 296 (1838); G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), p.p .; E. labillardierei Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jalu: 29: 63 (1900), mm. illeg. superfl., as Labillardieri. Type: in Nova Hollandia [Australia], J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; holo: G .Jide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit., microfiche seen at MEL. S. nutelleri Regel, bid. Sent. Hart. Bot. Imp. Pet top. 31 (1863), as Miilleri. Type: ‘semina east nova Hollandia australia nobis communicavit' [seed sent from Australia], F. Mueller: fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. S. heterophyllus Colenso, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 27: 389 (1894), as heterophylla. Typ c:fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. Herbs to 2 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots fine, c. 0.5 mm diani. Stems erect, sparsely and minutely coarse-hairy below mid stem reducing to glabrous upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, 8-25 cm long, l:w ratio c. 3-6. not dissected but sometimes shallowly crenate; crenations few to several per side; base auriculate, semi-amplexicaul; margin crowded-denticulate; upper surface glabrous or sparsely
Disciform Senecio 211 specimen from Lake Hindmarsh is sterile and is labelled by Mueller as S. odoratus var. spodochrous, and another, Robertson 321, is a flowering specimen. Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Lake Hindmarsh, coll, unknown (MEL). Doubtful or excluded names Senecio laticostatus Belcher. Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 64 (1956); Ereclitites arguta var. niicrocephala Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867). Tvpe: Flats beyond the Brodribb River, F. Mueller. Jan. 1855; holo: MEL. The specimen on which these names are based appears to be an aberrant specimen with several features discordant with Senecio morphology and with apparently non-viable achenes. Senecio apargiaefolius Walp., Linnaea 14: 309 (1840), as apargiaefolius ; Ereclitites apargiifolia (Walp.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853), as apargiaefolia. Type: [New South Wales], ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Maneroo region according to G. Bentham], Uwtsky. holo: '/KIEL, according to Belcher (1956). r fhe identity of the type specimen remains unclear. Walpers described it as a species with homogamous capitula and glabrous achenes, and it differs in several other ways from the specimen cited by Sonder as an example of E. apargiifolia , which is in fact a specimen of S. pltelleus. Ereclitites muelleri Lange, hid. Sem. Hart. Acad. Haunensi 28 (1862), as Mulleri Type: Australia, ‘Hab. Nova Hollandia’. Belcher (1956) discusses this species under his S. hispidulus x S. quadridentatus. Although he did not see the type, apparently at Copenhagen, specimens from Vienna determined as E. muelleri and said to have been raised from seed from Copenhagen, weie examined by him. From his description these specimens are likely to be S. tenuiflorus , but while there is doubt about the nature of the type specimen, it is best to exclude this name. Acknowledgements I am grateful for the assistance given by the School of Botany, University of Melbourne and by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne for the use of their facilities. Neville Walsh for his assistance with field work and many other aspects of my research, Dr Niels Klazenga and Dr Teresa Lebel for their assistance with mapping and imaging, the technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans, and the reviewers ol this paper for their helpful remarks. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE and NSW for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by a three year ABRS grant (Grant no: 2000/3192). References Belcher. R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Ereclitites (Compositue) with inquiries into Senecio and Arrlwnechtliites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43, 1-85. Belcher, R.O. (1983). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Muellerta 5, 119-122. . , Belcher, R.O. & Albrecht, D.E. (1994). Senecio psilocarpus (Asteraceae), a new species ot erechthitoid Senecio from western Victoria and south-eastern South Australia. Muelleria 8, 113-117. Bentham, G. (1867). Ereclitites. Flora Australiensis 3. 657-661. Candolle, A.P. dc (1838) Ereclitites. Prodromus 6, 295-297.
154 I.R. Thompson in the Flinders Ranges with an outlier at Mt Finke further west (Fig. I9d). Grows on rocky slopes usually in shaded seepage areas, and/or adjacent to water in skeletal, sandy or gravelly soils of sandstone, or quartzite derivation in open woodland. Notes: Senecio lacercitus extends further north in Central Australia than any other disciform species. The leaves are distinctive in that the apex of segments and teeth are usually markedly acuminate. It appears to grow as an annual under normal conditions. Secondary and tertiary branching is usually well-developed, contingent on moisture availability, a characteristic it shares with S. runcinifolius. In capitular and achenial morphology it is very similar to S. bathurstianus. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Pass in Blackstone Range, A.S. George 8755, 17.vii.1967 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Reedy Creek, George Gill Range, G. Chippendale, 14.viii.1957 (AD, CANB. DNA, MEL. PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Everard Ranges, Victory Well. Mt lllbillee, D. Krachertbuehl 5126, 5.ix. 1968 (AD). 15. Senecio runcinifolius J.H.Willis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 62: 106, t. 7 (1952). Type: [South Australia] Moorundee near Blanchetown, Murray River. F. Mueller, Feb. 1851; holo: MEL. Erechtites picridioides Sond., Linnaea 25: 523 (1853), nom. illeg. non Turcz. (1851). Type: State uncertain. ‘Murray"; holo: MEL. [Erechtites mixta auct. non (A.Rich.) DC.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 610 (1929); A. Ewart, FI. Victoria 1179 (1931)] Herbs to 1.2 m high. Taproot usually well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, c. I mm diam. Stems erect, glabrous or nearly so; secondary and tertiary branching often well-developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, narrow-elliptic to narrow-lanceolate, 7-20 cm long, l:w ratio c. 2.5-6, deeply lobate to sub-pinnatisect, petiole-like basally; segments 4-8 per side in middle third, predominantly retrorse, roughly triangular: base attenuate; margin with scattered denticulations or teeth; upper surface ±glabrous; lower surface green or purple, sparsely coarse-hairy or glabrous. Uppermost leaves similar but petiole-like portion shorter. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-100: overtopping variable; mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-25 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-3.0 mm long: peduncle and margin of bracteoles iglabrous or receptacle cobwebby at anthesis; involucre 7.0-11.0 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm diam.: phyllaries 12-14, glabrous, with apex erect: stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green or tinged purple, sometimes black at tip, rarely with a purple zone immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 3-5 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally spreading. Florets 40-60, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 8-11 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-3.0 mm long, pale brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 8-13 mm long. (Figs 2f, 24) Flowers mostly winter-spring, also other times of year (moisture dependent). Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central and south-eastern Australia extending from the Lake Eyre basin in South Australia east to Gilrulh Plains in far south-western Queensland and south-east to Melbourne in south-central Victoria (Fig. 19c). Grows on margin of swamps, lakes, or in seasonally damp sites on heavy soils on lowland plains. Notes: A plant of inland floodplains distinctive by virtue of its runcinate leaves. The showy display of the relatively long pappus-bristles at fruit maturity is also a feature of this plant. Hybrids with S. quadridentatus have been recorded. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: East of Flinders Range. Koonamore (ca. 60 km north of Yunta, Hj. Fielder 12422, 13.vii. 1956 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Warrego district.
Disciform Senecio 125 much of length, tending to be larger in proximal two-thirds, antrorse, triangular to near oblong; base usually auriculate, with auricles divided, semiamplexicaul; margin serrulate or denticulate, with denticulations fairly frequent; both surfaces glabrous or sparsely scabridulous, rarely coarse-hairy; lower surface green or purple, ±glabrous except on veins. Uppermost leaves similar but l:w ratio 3-6, sometimes widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; not overtopping or only moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 5-10 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5(-7.5) mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat to gently convex, thin, green, minutely purplish at tip; post-fructescence receptacle 1-2 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally reflexed. Florets 12-20, c. 70% female; corolla- lobes nearly oblong, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female ilorets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong- ellipsoid, (2.0-)2.5-3.2 mm long, dark brown, with papillose hairs in dense bands. l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Figs 2j, 4e, 8) Flowers spring-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia, largely on the coast, from Younghusband Peninsula in far south-eastern South Australia east through southern Victoria to far south-eastern New South Wales; also in northern Tasmania including islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 5). Also native to New Zealand. Grows in sandy, loamy and peaty soils in coastal woodland, shrubland, and grassland, and less often in forests at low to moderate altitudes. Notes: This species is similar to 5. distalilobatus but differs by being usually less coarse-hairy, having leaves with more triangular segments and denticulations that are slightly senate and very acute to acuminate rather than subacute or obtuse, achenes that are longer, more slender and with more robust papillose hairs, and by having different root morphology. Senecio biserratus is predominantly a coastal plant but it has been recorded from Mt Buninyong and Mt Macedon in south-central Victoria. Senecio distalilobatus occurs at altitudes over 800 m. Senecio biserratus also resembles S. minimus and S. picridioides but differs most obviously by the degree of dissection and the shape of segments of leaves. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SE, 5.5 km SSE of Glencoe, in Honan’s Scrub Native Forest, P.J. Lang 2461, 21.xi. 1995 (AD, HO). NFAV SOUTH WALES: Billangabee Creek. Ben Boyd National Park. 19 km SE of Eden. II. Coveny 5H02 & J. Armstrong, 16.x.1974 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wilsons Promontory National Park. Five and Three Mile Beaches (east coast), P.C. Heyligers 80192, Nov. 1980 (CANB. MEL). TASMANIA: Elliott Point. A. Moscal 11877, 203.1986 (HO). 4. Senecio picridioides (Turcz.) M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 292 (1985) Erechtites picridioides Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1): 200 (1851); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 610 (1929); E. prenanthoides DC. var. picridioides (Turcz.) Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867); S. minimus Poir. var. picridioides (Turcz.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 48 (1956). Type: [Western Australia], ‘Nova Hollandia’, J.Drummond III 132: syn: K, FI, fide R.O. Belcher loc. cit. Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot usually moderately well-developed; secondary roots fleshy, 0.7-1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely to moderately coarse-hairy, density reducing upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems sometimes becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, narrow-oblong or narrow-ovate to lanceolate,
164 I.R. Thompson base and branching from lower axils in first season. Leaves in middle third of primary stem rather few, more or less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic or linear, 8-12 cm long, l:w ratio c. 8-12, not dissected; base auriculate, with auricles bi- or tri-dentate, slightly amplexicaul; upper surface glabrous or minutely scabridulous on lowerstem leaves; lower surface green, sparsely to moderately cobwebby. Uppermost leaves narrow- lanceolate or linear, commonly widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200: overtopping marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 10-20 mm long. Capitula-. calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby at anthesis; involucre 6.0-8.0 mm long, I.8-2.2 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14, cobwebby basally, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens), ±flat, green, sometimes minutely black at tip, sometimes purple in a zone c. I mm long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle c. 3 mm diam.. with phyllaries commonly finally spreading to reflexed. Florets 30-40, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, slightly thickened; corolla of bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla- lobes of female florets 3, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes lageniform, 4.0-5.0 mm long, orange- brown or brown, with papillose hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus 5-7 mm long. (Fig. 29) Flowers summer-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Recorded from the Grampians in western Victoria, the Kiandra region in south-eastern New South Wales, and from South Ironcap in southern Western Australia (Fig. 26c). Recorded from margins of watercourses and lakes. Notes : Differs from S. quadridentatus by having much sparser indumentum on stems and leaves, being branched from near the base, and having fewer and fleshier stem leaves with better developed auricles. Senecio glandulosus is similar in terms of indumentum characters but it is taller, is unbranched near the base, has fleshier secondary roots, and has more numerous, longer and basally attenuate leaves. It is very poorly collected, possibly overlooked, and the three known localities are very disjunct. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 5 km south of South Ironcap, K. Newbey 5219. S.vii. 1979 (PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nungar Plain, Kosciuszko National Park. I.R. Thompson 753 & N.G. Walsh (MEL, CANB). VICTORIA: Victoria Valley near Grampians National Park, Freshwater Lake Reserve, along Victoria Valley Road, approx. 10 km north of Dunkeld, N.D. Middleton 163 & C. Marks. 9.ii.2003 (AD, BRI, CANB. HO, MEL, NSW. PERTH); Australia Felix, coll, unknown (MEL 22801). 20. Senecio quadridentatus Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 48,1.194 (1806) Erechtites quadridentata (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838). Type: [Tasmania], ‘Nova Hollandia in capite van Van-Dieman’, J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; iso: BM, K ,jide R.O. Belcher Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 58 (1956). E. incana Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2): 85 (1851). Type: [Western Australia], Swan River,./. Drummond 379: iso: FI, K (photo seen MEL). IE. erecta F.Muell. ex Lange. Botani.sk Tidsskrift ser. 2,4: 6 (in obs) ( 1874). Type: not known, fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. (1956). Herbs to 1.2 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots c. 1 mm diam., hardly fleshy. Stems erect, moderately to densely appressed-cottony, sometimes reducing nearer summit to moderately cottony, sometimes glabrescent and wool clumping before being lost; axillary growth commonly precociously developed; secondary and tertiary branching often well developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, linear to narrow-linear, 8-22 cm long, l:w ratio c. 15-40, (or 7-10 if lobes present), mostly not dissected, uncommonly coarse-dentate to lobate; segments remote, 1-3 per side largely in proximal half, spreading, triangular; base attenuate or occasionally with small, entire auricles, not amplexicaul; margin entire or with frequent
Disciform Senecio 123 less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 7-18 cm long, l:w ratio c. 5-10, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate, or rarely primary dissection lacking; segments 2-8 per side in the proximal three-quarters, antrorse, triangular to narrow-triangular; base becoming auriculate above mid stem; auricles pinnatisect, hardly amplexicaul; margin entire, with occasional minute denliculations; both surfaces glabrous or nearly so; lower surface green. Uppermost leaves linear to narrow-linear (excluding auricles), sometimes widest at auricles; margin entire or appearing so due to rolling of lamina. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; overtopping well-developed; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteolcs ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly?-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green, commonly with a minute black tip. and sometimes also purple in a zone below tip; post- fructescence receptacle to c. 2.5 mm diam. with phyllaries commonly ±erect. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes ±triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6.0 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.2-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs 2e, 7) Flowers summer-autumn. Distribution arul Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from the Perth area SSE to Walpole, and in south-eastern Australia from Gympie in far south-eastern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Licola in eastern Victoria (Fig. 5). In Western Australia the lack of early records suggests that it may have been introduced to that state (Belcher 1983). Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in alluvial soils adjacent to swamps and rivers, in forest and woodland. Notes : The precociously developing leafy axillary growth is a feature of this species and of the otherwise dissimilar S. cpuulridentatus. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Simmonds Block; Tuart Forest. G.J. Keighery 14115, 30.xi.1995 (PERTH). QUEENSLAND: Bald west of Long Plain. Bunya Mountains. IU. Fairfax66. 4.ii.l995 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 0.85 km above Mitchell Creek Picnic Area, J.R. Hosking 7/9 & llll. Holtkamp , 1 ,iii. 1993 (CBG, MEL. NSW, UNE); Long Swamp, King's Highway, c. 10 miles [16 km] east of Bungendore, M. Gray 6080, 18.xii. 1967 (AD. BRI, CANB, HO. MEL. NSW). VICTORIA: West bank of Snowy River, c. 3 km upstream of the Snowy- Buchan River confluence, N.G. Walsli 3015, D.F.. Albrecht & ./. Westaway, 27.xi.1990 (MEL). 3. Senecio biserratus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43; 43 (1956) Senecio jlaccidus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 110 (1834), nom. illeg. non Less. (1831). Type: [Tasmania], ‘N. Holl. detr. d’Entrecasteaux', [D’Entrecasteaux Channel], Baudin voyage of 1826-29; holo: P. Erechtites sonchoides DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: [‘/Tasmania], ‘in Nova Hollandia meridionali’ [southern Australia] Baudin voyage of 1826-29; G, fide R.O. Belcher, !oc. cit. Erechtites prenanthoides sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), p.p .; sensu J.M. Black. FI. S. Australia 609-10 (1929). Herbs to c. 1 m high. Primary roots well-developed, commonly branched; secondary roots hardly fleshy, 0.5—1 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely or sometimes moderately coarse-hairy basal ly, density reducing upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 5-15 cm long, l:w ratio c. 1.5-4, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate; segments 3-9 per side extending along
Disciform Senecio 177 25 . Senecio scabrellus I.Thomps., sp. now A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., pilis grossis foliorum pluribus, foliis superis et pedunculis lanatioribus, acheniis tenuioribus papillis multioribus differt. Type: Queensland. Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap. I’d. Forster PIF11098 & R. Reilly , 18 Aug. 1992; liolo: BRI; iso: K. MEL. Herbs to 0.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, c. I mm diam. (only one example seen). Stems erect or sprawling, somewhat coarse-hairy mainly below mid stem, glabrescent, becoming sparsely to moderately appressed-cottony or woolly in upper stem region; secondary and tertiary branching often well-developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, narrow-elliptic to linear, 5-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate; segments 2 or 3 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base auriculate, with auricles sometimes dentate; margin usually with frequent denticulations; upper surface densely scabrid, sometimes a little obscured by cottony hairs: lower surface densely woolly, the woolly indumentum obscuring coarse hair-bases. Uppermost leaves similar in shape, l:w ratio c. 10-20; margin often appearing entire due to rolling. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-60; overtopping not ascertained; mature lateral peduncles mostly 7-15 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles patchily woolly or cobwebby at anthesls; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long. 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green, commonly minutely black at tip; post-IVuctescence receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with phyllaries finally variously oriented. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-5.5 mm long, 4- or 5- lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Acltenes very narrow obloid to slightly lageniform, 2.8-3.2 mm long, ribs convex, light or dark brown or reddish, with papillose hairs scattered to crowded in lines, l.w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 36) Flowers mostly winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs over a small mountainous area of far south-eastern Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales almost on the border between the two states and c. 100 km inland from the coast (Fig. 33c). Grows on rocky (rhyolite) cliff¬ lines and trachyte pavements in heathland or woodland on or near mountain summits Etymology: The epithet alludes to the short, coarse hairs densely covering the upper surface of leaves (L: scabrellus , minutely roughened). Notes: Senecio scabrellus is characterised by a much-branched habit, leaves both densely scabridulous and woolly, branches and peduncles woolly, capitula slender and few-floreted, and achenes relatively slender. Its closest relative is probably S. tenuiflorus, which has similarities in habit, indumentum type, and in having convex ribs on the achenes. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Mt Huntley, western slopes, PI. Forster P1F11832, D. Ilalford & R. Reilly, 4.x. 1992 (BRI); Mt Cordeaux, R.W. Johnson 1159, 9.x. 1959 (BRI); Mt Lindesay, PI. Forster PIFI2180, 26.X.I992 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Lindesay, 7 miles (I 1 .2 km) ESF of Woodenbong, R. Covens 4558 & A.N. Rodd, 9.ix. 1 972 (BRI. NSW). 26 . Senecio tenuiflorus (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., Flora 28: 498 (1845) Erechtites tenuiflora DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: |New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia’, Sieber 435; lecto (here designated): MEL; isolecto: G (microfiche seen MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 96-98, Fig. 1".
Bedfordia 83 Both B. salicina and B. linearis contain alkaloids (Bick el al., (1991), perhaps pyrrolizidine alkaloids. Key to the taxa of Bedfordia 1. Leaves lanceolate to narrowly ovate, more than 1 cm wide; inflorescences multiheaded in each leaf axil 2. Undersurface of leaves with woolly hairs in 2 distinct layers, with hairs in outer layer arising from thickened bases and floccose. B. arborescens 2: Undersurface of leaves with woolly hairs in a single layer; hairs without thickened bases, and closely appressed/matted. B. salicina I: Leaves linear, usually less than 3 mm wide; inflorescences I -headed in each leaf axil (rarely 3-5-headed in a few lower axils)...[/?. linearis] 3. Leaves (10-) 15-20X as long as wide; leaf tip bluntly acute. . B. linearis subsp. linearis 3: Leaves 3-10x as long as wide; leaf tip rounded. ..[B. linearis subsp. oblongifolia] 4. Leaves 5-1 Ox as long as wide, more or less straight; peduncles 5-7 mm long . B. linearis var. oblongifolia 4: Leaves 3-5x as long as wide, with tip upwardly curved; peduncles 2-4 mm long.i B. linearis var. curvifolia Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934); G.R.Cochrane, B.A.Fuhrer, E. R.Rotherham & J.H.Willis, FI. FI. Viet. 144 (1968); A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974); G..I.Harden, FI. NSW 3: 298 (1992); N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle, FI. Viet. 4: 966 (1999). Senecio bedfordii F.Muell., Cal. PI. Cull. Melbourne Bot. Gardens 26 (1857); F. Mucller, Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Key Syst. Viet. PI. 1: 340 (1888); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889); C.Moore & E.Betche, Hdbk FI. NSW 298 (1893), noni. illeg. (based on Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., which itself is misapplied to the Victorian and New South Wales plants). Bedfordia salicina auett. mult., non (Labill.) DC.: G.Bentham, FI. Aust. 3: 673 (1867), .1.11.Maiden & E.Betche, Census NSW PI. 205 (1916); AJ.Ewart. FI. Viet. 1178 (1931); J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967); J.H.Willis, Hdbk PI. Viet. 2: 756 (1972); N.T.Burbidge & M.Gray, FI. ACT 375 (1976). Type: B.P.G.Hochreutiner 3046, 26.ii.1905, Australia, Victoria, mts Blacksspurs, foret d’ Eucalyptus a sous-bois dense, alt. 600m., arbre de 8.m a fleurs jaunes. Holo: G, n.v., photo. CANB! Illustrations: G.R.Cochrane, B.A.Fuhrer. E.R.Rotherham & J.H.Willis, FI. PI. Viet. 144 (1968); N.T.Burbidge & M.Gray, FI. ACT 377 (1976); N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle, FI. Viet. 4: 967. fig. 198a (1999). Shrubs or small trees 5-8 (-12) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum. Older branches glabrescent; leaf scars slightly raised but not peg-like. Leaf lamina oblong to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 10-22 cm long, 2-5 cm wide, tapering abruptly to a slender petiole (I-) 2-3 cm long; tip blunt to rounded; margins flat, entire to crenate; upper surface dark glossy green, glabrous, with impressed veins; lower surface densely and thickly woolly tomentose throughout, with hairs in 2 distinct layers (outermost floccose), with veins largely obscured. Inflorescence an irregular panicle of (10-) 20-30 (-40) capitula in the axils of several of the upper leaves. Peduncle white- woolly, bearing reduced narrow bracts; pedicels similar, with or without bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls usually of 4-5 each. Outer bracts broadly lanceolate, 4-6 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, slightly navicular, acute to blunt, entirely white-woolly but with no
Bedfordia 87 2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow (HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen (HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 (1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 (1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 121-123, Figs 5b, 7".
Disciform Senecio 123 less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 7-18 cm long, l:w ratio c. 5-10, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate, or rarely primary dissection lacking; segments 2-8 per side in the proximal three-quarters, antrorse, triangular to narrow-triangular; base becoming auriculate above mid stem; auricles pinnatisect, hardly amplexicaul; margin entire, with occasional minute denliculations; both surfaces glabrous or nearly so; lower surface green. Uppermost leaves linear to narrow-linear (excluding auricles), sometimes widest at auricles; margin entire or appearing so due to rolling of lamina. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; overtopping well-developed; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteolcs ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly?-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green, commonly with a minute black tip. and sometimes also purple in a zone below tip; post- fructescence receptacle to c. 2.5 mm diam. with phyllaries commonly ±erect. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes ±triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6.0 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.2-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs 2e, 7) Flowers summer-autumn. Distribution arul Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from the Perth area SSE to Walpole, and in south-eastern Australia from Gympie in far south-eastern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Licola in eastern Victoria (Fig. 5). In Western Australia the lack of early records suggests that it may have been introduced to that state (Belcher 1983). Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in alluvial soils adjacent to swamps and rivers, in forest and woodland. Notes : The precociously developing leafy axillary growth is a feature of this species and of the otherwise dissimilar S. cpuulridentatus. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Simmonds Block; Tuart Forest. G.J. Keighery 14115, 30.xi.1995 (PERTH). QUEENSLAND: Bald west of Long Plain. Bunya Mountains. IU. Fairfax66. 4.ii.l995 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 0.85 km above Mitchell Creek Picnic Area, J.R. Hosking 7/9 & llll. Holtkamp , 1 ,iii. 1993 (CBG, MEL. NSW, UNE); Long Swamp, King's Highway, c. 10 miles [16 km] east of Bungendore, M. Gray 6080, 18.xii. 1967 (AD. BRI, CANB, HO. MEL. NSW). VICTORIA: West bank of Snowy River, c. 3 km upstream of the Snowy- Buchan River confluence, N.G. Walsli 3015, D.F.. Albrecht & ./. Westaway, 27.xi.1990 (MEL). 3. Senecio biserratus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43; 43 (1956) Senecio jlaccidus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 110 (1834), nom. illeg. non Less. (1831). Type: [Tasmania], ‘N. Holl. detr. d’Entrecasteaux', [D’Entrecasteaux Channel], Baudin voyage of 1826-29; holo: P. Erechtites sonchoides DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: [‘/Tasmania], ‘in Nova Hollandia meridionali’ [southern Australia] Baudin voyage of 1826-29; G, fide R.O. Belcher, !oc. cit. Erechtites prenanthoides sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), p.p .; sensu J.M. Black. FI. S. Australia 609-10 (1929). Herbs to c. 1 m high. Primary roots well-developed, commonly branched; secondary roots hardly fleshy, 0.5—1 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely or sometimes moderately coarse-hairy basal ly, density reducing upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 5-15 cm long, l:w ratio c. 1.5-4, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate; segments 3-9 per side extending along
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 143-145".
Disciform Senecio 211 specimen from Lake Hindmarsh is sterile and is labelled by Mueller as S. odoratus var. spodochrous, and another, Robertson 321, is a flowering specimen. Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Lake Hindmarsh, coll, unknown (MEL). Doubtful or excluded names Senecio laticostatus Belcher. Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 64 (1956); Ereclitites arguta var. niicrocephala Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867). Tvpe: Flats beyond the Brodribb River, F. Mueller. Jan. 1855; holo: MEL. The specimen on which these names are based appears to be an aberrant specimen with several features discordant with Senecio morphology and with apparently non-viable achenes. Senecio apargiaefolius Walp., Linnaea 14: 309 (1840), as apargiaefolius ; Ereclitites apargiifolia (Walp.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853), as apargiaefolia. Type: [New South Wales], ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Maneroo region according to G. Bentham], Uwtsky. holo: '/KIEL, according to Belcher (1956). r fhe identity of the type specimen remains unclear. Walpers described it as a species with homogamous capitula and glabrous achenes, and it differs in several other ways from the specimen cited by Sonder as an example of E. apargiifolia , which is in fact a specimen of S. pltelleus. Ereclitites muelleri Lange, hid. Sem. Hart. Acad. Haunensi 28 (1862), as Mulleri Type: Australia, ‘Hab. Nova Hollandia’. Belcher (1956) discusses this species under his S. hispidulus x S. quadridentatus. Although he did not see the type, apparently at Copenhagen, specimens from Vienna determined as E. muelleri and said to have been raised from seed from Copenhagen, weie examined by him. From his description these specimens are likely to be S. tenuiflorus , but while there is doubt about the nature of the type specimen, it is best to exclude this name. Acknowledgements I am grateful for the assistance given by the School of Botany, University of Melbourne and by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne for the use of their facilities. Neville Walsh for his assistance with field work and many other aspects of my research, Dr Niels Klazenga and Dr Teresa Lebel for their assistance with mapping and imaging, the technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans, and the reviewers ol this paper for their helpful remarks. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE and NSW for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by a three year ABRS grant (Grant no: 2000/3192). References Belcher. R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Ereclitites (Compositue) with inquiries into Senecio and Arrlwnechtliites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43, 1-85. Belcher, R.O. (1983). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Muellerta 5, 119-122. . , Belcher, R.O. & Albrecht, D.E. (1994). Senecio psilocarpus (Asteraceae), a new species ot erechthitoid Senecio from western Victoria and south-eastern South Australia. Muelleria 8, 113-117. Bentham, G. (1867). Ereclitites. Flora Australiensis 3. 657-661. Candolle, A.P. dc (1838) Ereclitites. Prodromus 6, 295-297.
Disciform Senecio 175 24. Senecio microbasis I.Thomps., sp. now A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip. foliis non lobatibus, costis acheniorum planioribus papillis sparsioribus differt. Type: Victoria, Splitters Range, c. 15 km direct east of Omeo, Mt Shaw Road 3.3 km east of intersection with Spring Hill Track, I.R. Thompson 726. 4 Dec. 2001; holo: MEL; iso: BR1, CANB. HO, NSW. Herbs to 0.6 m high. Taproot usually moderately developed; secondary roots hardly fleshy, 0.5-0.8 mm dianr. Stems erect, ±glabrous or sparsely appressed-cottony basally. Leaves in middle third of stems often becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, narrow-oblanceolate to linear, 4-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 8-15, not dissected; base attenuate; margin ±entire or with scattered denticulations or teeth; surfaces scabridulous: lower surface purple. Uppermost leaves narrow-linear, !:w ratio c. 15-40; base sometimes with very small, entire auricles, not amplcxicaul; surfaces sparsely coarse-hairy or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-60; overtopping often marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-20 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long, 1.0-1.4 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-13, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green or rarely tinged purple, minutely black at tip; post-fructescence receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally reflexed. Florets 12-25, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla ol bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, mostly 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3, c. 0.2 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid or slightly lageniform, 2.0-2.8 mm long, red- brown or dark brown, with papillose hair, in lines, I:w ratio of hairs c. 2. Pappus 4.5-6 mm long. (Fig. 35) Flowers spri ng-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from Mt Kaputar in north-central New South Wales south to near Omeo in eastern Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania (Fig. 33b). There is a single record from Kambalda in southern Western Australia which is probably an introduction. Grows in drier forest and woodland. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the small receptacle (Gk: micro, small, and basis. base). Notes: This species is similar to S. phelleus but with narrower leaves near the base of the plant, leaf-bases never sagittately auriculate, capitula narrower and with fewer florets, phyllaries thinner and finally reflexed, corolla-lobes fewer and less thickened apically, and the achenes with a more slender neck. Similar to S. tenuiflorus but the leaves are never lobed, auricles if ever developed arc much smaller, and the achenes have flatter ribs and more numerous papillose hairs. Similar to S. prenanthoides but the lower stem lacks coarse hairs and the achenes are shorter and not as distinctly lageniform. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 14.1 km from Higginsville Pump Station on a bearing of 179 degrees, south of Kambalda, A.A. Mitchell 5049. 8.xii.l997 (PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Major’s Creek to Aralucn scarp, M. Gray 6074. 18.xii.l967 (AD, MEL. NSW); south of Woodsreef mine, .I.R. Hashing 1519, 15.x.1996 (CANB. MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 10.3 km SSW of Mt Tambo. 5 m NW of Mt Shaw Rd, 3.3 km east of Spring Hill Tk, G.W. Carr 10253 , S.xii. 1984 (AD, MEL); East Gippsland. Mt Menaak, Suggan Buggan, A.C. Beauglehole 36671 ift E.W Finch, 2.ii.l97l (MEL); East Gippsland, Boundary Creek, Gelantipy, N.A. Wakefield 2776. 10.L1949 (MEL); Tambo River Reference Area, A.C. Beauglehole 77127. 18.ix.I984 (CANB. MEL). TASMANIA: Near Conara, A.C. Rozefelds 909. 22.X.1998 (HO); Weedons Hill area, north of Fox’s gully, Elderslie area, F. Duncan 1026. 30.iv. 1985 (HO).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 118-121, Figs 5a, 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 140-141".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 125-127, Figs 5d, 9".
Disciform Senecio 189 30. Senecio psilophyllus I.Thomps., sp. now A S. prenanthoides A.Rich, caulibus et foliis glabris, caulibus aequaliter foliosis, foliis tenuioribus differt. Type: Australian Capital Territory, Booderee National Park, c. 200 m SW along foreshore from Murray’s boat ramp, N.M. Tows 540 , 31 July 1996; holo: CANB. Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, slightly tuberiform, 1-2 mm diam. Stems erect, glabrous. Leaves in middle third of steins more or less evenly spaced and sized, linear to narrow-linear, 10-13 cm long. I:w ratio c. 10-14, not dissected; base cuneate; margin mostly callus-denticulate or with a few remote teeth, mostly proximal; surfaces glabrous or short, coarse hairs present on margin of lower leaves: lower surface green or tinged purple. Uppermost leaves similar: base sometimes with small auricles, not amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem c. 40: overtopping slight; mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-20 mm long. Capitula : calycular bractcoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long: peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous at anthesis; involucre 6.0-7.5 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm diam.; phyllaries 8-13, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green, sometimes minutely black at tip and/or purple in a zone c. 1 mm long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 2 mm diam.. the phyllaries '/finally reflexed. Florets 20-25. c. 70% female; corolla-lobes narrow-triangular, moderately thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 6 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.2 mm long. Achenes Iageniform. 3.Q-3.5 mm long, light brown, with papillose hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs 1-2. Pappus c. 6 mm long. (Fig. 42) Flowers autumn-winter. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in the Australian Capital Territory in Booderee National Park, on the southern margin of Jervis Bay. A possible disjunct record is recorded from near Scone (Fig. 40b). Grows in pale grey sand on the coast in open forest. Etymology. The epithet alludes to the nearly glabrous mature leaves (Gk: psilos, naked, and phyllus, leaf). Notes: Currently this species is known only from the Booderee National Park south of Jervis Bay, where it has been collected from three different sites several kilometres apart. Similar to S. prenanthoides, particularly in capitulum. achene, and root morphology, but with stems and leaves (except for the margin) glabrous, leaves not crowded basal ly, and achenes more densely papillose. Selected specimens examined'. NEW SOU! H WALLS: Woolooma Mt, Beltrces, Scone, A.L. White , Nov. 1903 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Track to Steamer’s Beach, Booderee National Park, I.R.Thompson 790. 23.ix.2003 (MEL). 31. Senecio lageniformis I.Thomps., sp. now A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento sparsiore, caulibus repentibus, plerumque brevioribus, capitulis latioribus. 1 losculis hermaphroditis pluribus differt. Type: New South Wales, Kosciuszko National Park, Long Plain, near confluence of Murrumbidgee River and Boundary Creek, I.R. Thompson 747 & N.G. Walsh, 31 Jan. 2002: holo^MEL; iso: AD. CANB. HO. NSW. Senecio sp. 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 962 (1999). Senecio sp. N sensu G.J. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3: 306 (1992), p.p. Herbs to 0.4 m high. Root system not seen. Stems creeping then ascending to erect; ±glabrous or transiently sparseiy cottony. Leaves in middle third of stems commonly becoming wider spaced and broader upwards, oblanceolatc 4—8(—10) cm long, l.w latio c. 4-10, not dissected; base attenuate; margin with scattered denticulations or teeth;
Disciform Senecio 141 elliptic or linear to narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 3—30; base auriculate, auricles usually bidentate, slightly to moderately amplexicaul: indumentum sometimes woolly. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-100; overtopping usually marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-24 mm long. Capitula: calyeular bracteoles 6-10. 1.0-2.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous or slightly cottony at anthesis; involucre 4.0-8.0 mm long, 2.0-2.8 mm diam.; phyMaries 12-14, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat to moderately convex, green or rarely tinged purple, commonly minutely black at tip, occasionally also purple in a zone c. I mm long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally erect. Florets 30-50, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-8 mm long, 5- lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 1.5-2.5 mm long, red-brown, brown, or blackish, with papillose hairs in dense bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 5-7 mm long. Flowers spring-su mmer There are two subspecies: Length:width ratio of mid to upper stem leaves (excluding auricles) mostly > 6; lower surface glabrous or indumentum sparse to moderate; involucre 5-8 mm long, l:w ratio c. 2.5-3.5.la. subsp. inulticaulis Length'.width ratio of mid to upper stem leaves (excluding auricles) mostly < 6; lower surface moderately to densely woolly; involucre 4-6 mm long, l:w ratio 2.0-2.5. .lb. subsp. stirlingensis 11a. Senecio inulticaulis A.Rich, subsp. inulticaulis Senecio pusillus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 99 (1834). Type: [Western Australia], ‘Crescit in Novae-Hollandiae loco vulgo dicto Port du Roi- Georges’ lKing George Sound], 1826-29, A. Lesson: ; holo: P. Mid and upper stem leaves with l:w ratio 6-30, undissected with margin entire or dentate; lower surface glabrous, sparsely coarse-hairy, or cobwebby; involucre 5-8 mm long, 2.0-2.5 mm diam. (Figs 4c, 17) Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from Gin Gin north of Perth south to Walpole and south-south-east to the Stirling Ranges with a northern outlier at Geraldton and an eastern outlier at Cape le Grand National Park (Fig. 12e). Grows in sandy or sandy clay soils over granite or laterite in forest, heathland and woodland. Notes: In recent Western Australian floras this taxon has been included under Senecio hispidulus. True 5. hispididus also occurs in Western Australia where it is much less widespread than S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis. Senecio hispidulus has smaller capitula, leaves that are more deeply lobed, has well-developed coarse hairs which persist to the uppermost leaves, and lacks fine hairs. Senecio inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis is variable in indumentum density and type; lower stem leaves are usually coarse-hairy but coarse hairs are commonly largely absent in mid to upper stem leaves, and sometimes replaced on the lower surface by a cobwebby indumentum. In these respects and to a lesser extent leaf shape, it is similar to S. squcirrosus but S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis has smaller and more numerous capitula. There is a tendency in this subspecies to flower intermittently (presumably moisture dependent) with branching from basal to mid stem axils frequently developing some time after the initial flowering, and these inflorescences typically greatly overtop the initial inflorescence. Hybridisation has been recognised as occurring between S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis and the following three species: S. hispidulus , S. diaschides and S. quadridentatus.
Disciform Senecio 177 25 . Senecio scabrellus I.Thomps., sp. now A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., pilis grossis foliorum pluribus, foliis superis et pedunculis lanatioribus, acheniis tenuioribus papillis multioribus differt. Type: Queensland. Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap. I’d. Forster PIF11098 & R. Reilly , 18 Aug. 1992; liolo: BRI; iso: K. MEL. Herbs to 0.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, c. I mm diam. (only one example seen). Stems erect or sprawling, somewhat coarse-hairy mainly below mid stem, glabrescent, becoming sparsely to moderately appressed-cottony or woolly in upper stem region; secondary and tertiary branching often well-developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, narrow-elliptic to linear, 5-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate; segments 2 or 3 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base auriculate, with auricles sometimes dentate; margin usually with frequent denticulations; upper surface densely scabrid, sometimes a little obscured by cottony hairs: lower surface densely woolly, the woolly indumentum obscuring coarse hair-bases. Uppermost leaves similar in shape, l:w ratio c. 10-20; margin often appearing entire due to rolling. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-60; overtopping not ascertained; mature lateral peduncles mostly 7-15 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles patchily woolly or cobwebby at anthesls; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long. 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green, commonly minutely black at tip; post-IVuctescence receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with phyllaries finally variously oriented. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-5.5 mm long, 4- or 5- lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Acltenes very narrow obloid to slightly lageniform, 2.8-3.2 mm long, ribs convex, light or dark brown or reddish, with papillose hairs scattered to crowded in lines, l.w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 36) Flowers mostly winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs over a small mountainous area of far south-eastern Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales almost on the border between the two states and c. 100 km inland from the coast (Fig. 33c). Grows on rocky (rhyolite) cliff¬ lines and trachyte pavements in heathland or woodland on or near mountain summits Etymology: The epithet alludes to the short, coarse hairs densely covering the upper surface of leaves (L: scabrellus , minutely roughened). Notes: Senecio scabrellus is characterised by a much-branched habit, leaves both densely scabridulous and woolly, branches and peduncles woolly, capitula slender and few-floreted, and achenes relatively slender. Its closest relative is probably S. tenuiflorus, which has similarities in habit, indumentum type, and in having convex ribs on the achenes. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Mt Huntley, western slopes, PI. Forster P1F11832, D. Ilalford & R. Reilly, 4.x. 1992 (BRI); Mt Cordeaux, R.W. Johnson 1159, 9.x. 1959 (BRI); Mt Lindesay, PI. Forster PIFI2180, 26.X.I992 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Lindesay, 7 miles (I 1 .2 km) ESF of Woodenbong, R. Covens 4558 & A.N. Rodd, 9.ix. 1 972 (BRI. NSW). 26 . Senecio tenuiflorus (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., Flora 28: 498 (1845) Erechtites tenuiflora DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: |New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia’, Sieber 435; lecto (here designated): MEL; isolecto: G (microfiche seen MEL).
158 I.R. Thompson Buckland River bridge - 300 m up Buffalo ereek from the river. N.T. Rossiler & A. Piesse 862, 20.v. 1987 (MEL); Lake Waringa. Dallachy (MEL); Barmah Forest, east end. Sandspil Creek area just south of Murray River. I.R. Thompson 689. 30.ix.2001 (MEL); Beside road to Lake William Hovell. c. 4 km SW of Cheshunt. I.R. Thompson 754 & N.G.Walsh. I.ii.2001 (AD, MEL. NSW); Broken Creek, c. 4 km east of Numurkah. I.R. Thompson 768 , 10.vii.2002 (MEL): Lake Nhill, south edge of Nhill, c. 1 km SE of Nhill P.O., A. Paget 2457 , 19.x. 1996 (MEL). 17. Senecio tasmanicus l.Thomps., sp. now A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento caulis sparsiore, foliis inferiore pilis grossis instructi, pedunculis et capitulis glabris, acheniis longioribus differt; a S. macrocarpo Belcher capitulis tenuioribus, papillis acheniorum paucioribus differt. Type: Tasmania, Archer, date unknown; holo: NSW 27852 [excluding piece on far left which is S. prenanthoides A.Rich. | Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, to c. 1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony or nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, oblanceolate to very narrow- elliptic, 3-8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or coarse-dentate; segments 2—4 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate; margin with scattered dcnticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely scabridulous or nearly glabrous; lower surface green with scattered short, coarse hairs, often with a cobwebby overlay. Uppermost leaves narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 15-30, not dissected; base sometimes with very small, entire auricles; surfaces sparsely cobwebby or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several capitula; total number of capitula per stem c. 8-20; overtopping not marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 20-50 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-4.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre 9.0-11.0 mm long, 2.0-2.4 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16, glabrous, w'ith apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle not seen. Florets 40-60, c. 75% female, corolla-lobes c. triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 6.5-8 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes lageniform, 5.0-7.0 mm long, neck 2-3 mm long, light brown, with papillose hairs scattered in lines, !:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus c. 7 mm long. (Fig. 27) Flowers late spring-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in Tasmania but not recorded since the mid 1800s and possibly extinct (Fig. 26a). Likely to grow in lowland plains near swamps. Notes: A species previously overlooked and it is likely that its habitat has been destroyed by land clearing since that period. It has similarities with S. longicollaris in terms of achene morphology in particular but also similar in leaf and stem indumentum. Also, similar to S. dolichocephalus in habit and capitular dimensions and similar to S. macrocarpus in capitulum length (but not width) and in having inflorescences of few capitula. Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA: Formosa, Gunn 508 (NSW; left hand specimen). 18. Senecio glandiilosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgetneine Bot. Zeitung 28; 498 (1845) Erechtites glandulosa DC., Ptodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadridentato var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). as Erechtliites. Type: [New South Wales], ‘ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’ [Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 141: G (microfiche seen MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 19-25".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 55-57, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 54-55".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 57-58, Fig. 1".
Astereae 55 these other species by having long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base of the leaves. The fact that they are non-rhi/.omatous, tufted, perennial herbs also distinguishes them from other species of Brachyscome s. lat. with thin cypselas. Immature fruit of A. cardiocarpa and sometimes mature fruit of A. uliginosa may exhibit two longitudinal ridges on each lateral face. Cleared fruit show that these ridges are associated with vascular traces in the pericarp and as such they are not considered to be homologous with the longitudinal ridges found in some other species of Brachyscome s. lat. Key to Species 1 Leaves usually entire, to 30 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, rarely with several linear lobes . A. cardiocarpa 1: Leaves entire or pinnatiscct, the latter common and with 1-6 lobes, all leaves to c. 11 cm long, (0.2) 0.4-1.4 cm wide . A. uliginosa Allittia cardiocarpa (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.S.Short, comb, now Brachyscome cardiocarpa F.Muell. ex Benth., Flora austral. 3: 517 (1867) (“ Brachycome ”). Type citation: “Victoria. Swamps of Gipps’ Land, F. Mueller: Heaths, Glenelg River, Robertson ; Portland. Allitt. Tasmania. Mount Wellington, Formosa, etc., generally growing in water, J. D. Hooker and others. S. Australia. Rivoli Bay. C.[sic] Mueller." Lectotype (lecto now , here chosen): Portland, W. Allitt 5 (MEL 220866), see below. Remaining syntypes: Glenelg (River], Anon., presumably Robertson (K); Rivoli Bay, Oct. 1848, F. Mueller (MEL 220867); swamps of Gippsland, ‘IF. Mueller, (K). Uncited specimens or duplicates of specimens seen by Bentham: South Esk, Tasmania. 10 Dec., C. Stuart 114 (MEL 220868); Swamps near Perth, Tas., Dec. 1849. C. Stuart (MEL 220869); Van Diemen's Land, C. Stuart (MEL 220865, MEL 220870, both ex herb. Sonder). [Brachyscome linearifolia auct non DC.. Hook.I'., Flora Tasman. 1: 185 (1856).] Perennial herb, erect, to 45 cm tall, mainly glabrous, basally surrounded by bases of former leaves. Leaves mainly radical, linear, usually entire, 4-30 cm long 0.1-0.3 cm wide, very rarely with several small linear lobes, mainly glabrous but at least the lower leaves with long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base. Scapes sometimes shorter but usually longer than the leaves, with some linear leaves which reduce in length towards the capitulum. Involucre c. 8-15 mm diam.; bracts c. 40-48, in at least 2 distinct rows, somewhat oblong or obovate to oblanceolatc, 4-8.8 mm long, 0.8-3.1 mm wide, glabrous. Receptacle subconical, glabrous, alveolate. Ray florets 54-77; corolla 10.6-16.2 mm long, apically not lobed or barely 2-lobcd. with (3) 4 or 5 (6) veins, white or mauve. Disc florets 150—226; corolla tube 5-lobed, 2.8—3.7 mm long, yellow. Stamens 5; anthers 1.4-1.93 mm long; microsporangia 1.1-1.5 mm long; apical appendage 0.26-0.43 mm long. Pollen grains c. 3700-4600 per floret. Style with sterile apical appendages triangular and slightly longer than the stigmatic portion. Cypselas widely obovate to obovate, 2.4—3.4 mm long, 1.8—2.3 mm wide, brown, concolorous or discolorous, with the wing-like margins paler than the fruit body; fruit body smooth or minutely tuberculate and not or more or less well-defined by longitudinal ridges associated with the vascular traces, glabrous or each tubercle with a hair; wing-like margins noil-swollen and with entire edges, the edges with biscriate, curved, eglandular hairs. Pappus of c. 10 scale-like, more or less erect bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, connate at the base, not exceeding the apical notch of the cypsela. Chromosome number: n = 18. (Fig. 1, a—g). Distribution: South-east South Australia, much of Victoria, extreme south-east of New South Wales, and Tasmania. I have not seen specimens from New South Wales but the illustration and description of A. cardiocarpa in Everett (1992, p. 165) are of this species.
Astereae 55 these other species by having long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base of the leaves. The fact that they are non-rhi/.omatous, tufted, perennial herbs also distinguishes them from other species of Brachyscome s. lat. with thin cypselas. Immature fruit of A. cardiocarpa and sometimes mature fruit of A. uliginosa may exhibit two longitudinal ridges on each lateral face. Cleared fruit show that these ridges are associated with vascular traces in the pericarp and as such they are not considered to be homologous with the longitudinal ridges found in some other species of Brachyscome s. lat. Key to Species 1 Leaves usually entire, to 30 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, rarely with several linear lobes . A. cardiocarpa 1: Leaves entire or pinnatiscct, the latter common and with 1-6 lobes, all leaves to c. 11 cm long, (0.2) 0.4-1.4 cm wide . A. uliginosa Allittia cardiocarpa (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.S.Short, comb, now Brachyscome cardiocarpa F.Muell. ex Benth., Flora austral. 3: 517 (1867) (“ Brachycome ”). Type citation: “Victoria. Swamps of Gipps’ Land, F. Mueller: Heaths, Glenelg River, Robertson ; Portland. Allitt. Tasmania. Mount Wellington, Formosa, etc., generally growing in water, J. D. Hooker and others. S. Australia. Rivoli Bay. C.[sic] Mueller." Lectotype (lecto now , here chosen): Portland, W. Allitt 5 (MEL 220866), see below. Remaining syntypes: Glenelg (River], Anon., presumably Robertson (K); Rivoli Bay, Oct. 1848, F. Mueller (MEL 220867); swamps of Gippsland, ‘IF. Mueller, (K). Uncited specimens or duplicates of specimens seen by Bentham: South Esk, Tasmania. 10 Dec., C. Stuart 114 (MEL 220868); Swamps near Perth, Tas., Dec. 1849. C. Stuart (MEL 220869); Van Diemen's Land, C. Stuart (MEL 220865, MEL 220870, both ex herb. Sonder). [Brachyscome linearifolia auct non DC.. Hook.I'., Flora Tasman. 1: 185 (1856).] Perennial herb, erect, to 45 cm tall, mainly glabrous, basally surrounded by bases of former leaves. Leaves mainly radical, linear, usually entire, 4-30 cm long 0.1-0.3 cm wide, very rarely with several small linear lobes, mainly glabrous but at least the lower leaves with long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base. Scapes sometimes shorter but usually longer than the leaves, with some linear leaves which reduce in length towards the capitulum. Involucre c. 8-15 mm diam.; bracts c. 40-48, in at least 2 distinct rows, somewhat oblong or obovate to oblanceolatc, 4-8.8 mm long, 0.8-3.1 mm wide, glabrous. Receptacle subconical, glabrous, alveolate. Ray florets 54-77; corolla 10.6-16.2 mm long, apically not lobed or barely 2-lobcd. with (3) 4 or 5 (6) veins, white or mauve. Disc florets 150—226; corolla tube 5-lobed, 2.8—3.7 mm long, yellow. Stamens 5; anthers 1.4-1.93 mm long; microsporangia 1.1-1.5 mm long; apical appendage 0.26-0.43 mm long. Pollen grains c. 3700-4600 per floret. Style with sterile apical appendages triangular and slightly longer than the stigmatic portion. Cypselas widely obovate to obovate, 2.4—3.4 mm long, 1.8—2.3 mm wide, brown, concolorous or discolorous, with the wing-like margins paler than the fruit body; fruit body smooth or minutely tuberculate and not or more or less well-defined by longitudinal ridges associated with the vascular traces, glabrous or each tubercle with a hair; wing-like margins noil-swollen and with entire edges, the edges with biscriate, curved, eglandular hairs. Pappus of c. 10 scale-like, more or less erect bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, connate at the base, not exceeding the apical notch of the cypsela. Chromosome number: n = 18. (Fig. 1, a—g). Distribution: South-east South Australia, much of Victoria, extreme south-east of New South Wales, and Tasmania. I have not seen specimens from New South Wales but the illustration and description of A. cardiocarpa in Everett (1992, p. 165) are of this species.
64 Short of other species of asteroid daisy is not clear to me. It may be that the cells of this “pap¬ pus” should be considered as part of the cypsela or part of the dehiscent tissue of the cypsela-corolla interface. The cypsela morphology alone distinguishes this species from all others in Brachyscome s. lat. and indeed from other members of the Australian Astereae and, as far as I am aware, from non-Australian species. No other species has large, flattened, glabrous fruit with multiple vascular strands in the pericarp. Pembertonia latisquamea (F.Muell.) P.S.Short, comb. nov. Brachyscome latisquamea F.Muell., Fra yin. 11: 16 (Mar. 1878). Type citation: “Ad sinum marinum Shark-Bay in Iocis tempore pluviali humidis; F.M. Prope Champion-Bay, C. Gray.” Lectotype (Davis 1948, p. 228, fig. 110): Shark Bay, [Oct. or Nov. 1877J, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 239618, p.p.). Isolectotypes: MEL 239618 p.p., excluding lectotype. Remaining syntype: Champion Bay, Charles Gray 67 (MEL 239619). Perennial, sprawling or scandcnt and to c. 1.5 m tall shrub, glabrous. Leaves alternate, entire, linear, linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic but often somewhat curved. 10-80 mm long, 1-13 mm wide, green, slightly succulent. Capitula c. 14-18 mm diam. Capitular bracts c. 12-16, in about 2 rows, overlapping, obovate to widely obovate, 9-12 mm long, 3.5—8.5 mm wide, herbaceous, with the outer c. 5 bracts markedly convex and shorter than those of the inner row, the inner bracts flat to convex, all bracts glabrous, often slightly suc¬ culent, with c. 4—8 veins from the base. Receptacle convex, naked, glabrous, with rounded bumps indicating the position of the florets when fresh but appearing slightly pitted when dry. Ray florets 35-50. Ray corolla 22-37 mm long, 2.7-3.7 mm wide, commonly white or shades of pink, more rarely somewhat mauve or purplish; tubular part with biseriate glan¬ dular hairs; veins 4-9; apex not or barely 2 or 3-lobed. Disc florets c. 170-260, corolla lube 4.3-6 mm long, yellow, externally with scattered biseriate glandular hairs 0.5-1.2 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers with the microsporangium 1.65-2.25 mm long, apically rounded with the connective not or barely exceeding the microsporangium; endothecial tissue with radi¬ al thickening; filament collar straight in outline and basally not thicker than the filament. Pollen grains c. 5000-10000 per floret. Style 6.2-8.2 mm long; arms 1.8-2.8 mm long; appendages more or less oblong, 1.75-1.9 mm long.; stigmatic surface 0.6-0.7 mm long. Cypselas homomorphic, strongly laterally compressed and thin, symmetrical or slightly asymmetrical but essentially obovate in outline, 3-3.9 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, pale brown, the wing-like margins and fruit body not or slightly discolorous; apically notched; basally with a region of smaller cells concolorous with the rest of the fruit; pericarp with several vascular bundles in each wing-like extension, secretory canals absent. Pappus an uneven rim c. 0.1 mm high. Chromosome number, n = 9. (Fig. 3). Distribution-. Extends from approximately the Shark Bay region (including Dirk Hartog Island) to North West Cape, Western Australia and not recorded more than e. 50 km from the coast. Habitat: Common in calcareous sand along the coast and associated with species such as Spinifex hirsutus Labill. but further inland in Acacia shrubland and Atriplex shrubland on red-brown sand. Flowering Period & Reproductive Biology : The large capitula indicate that the species predominately cross-pollinates and this is supported by an average pollen:ovule ratio of 7021 determined from five capitula of Short 2470. The high value also suggests that the species is self-incompatible. Collection data indicate that P. latisquamea commonly flowers between late July and the end of October but a flowering specimen (A.S. George 2527) from North West Cape was collected in early June and at Carnarvon flowering material has been collected in December ( W. V. Fitzgerald s.n., Dec. 1906).
88 Thompson resin ducts fine, pale to reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 11-14; corol¬ la 5-7 mm long, with lobes 0.8-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs forming bands 3 or 4 hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs lh. II) Flowers mostly late spring-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia on the Fleurieu Peninsula and in western Victoria on Mt Arapiles and Mitre Rock near Natimuk (Fig. 7d). Grows in rocky sites, including granite and sandstone outcrops, and in gullies in forest and woodland. Notes: Relatively common in the Mount Lofty Ranges in South Australia and in this region it hybridises with S. odoratus and the introduced species, .S'. pterophorus DC. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mount Lofty Range. Between lirst and second waterfalls, Morialta Gorge, ca 10 km east of Adelaide. R. Schodde 1035. 25.xii.1958 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA: Mount Arapiles-Tooan Park. Mitre Rock. J.E. Tonkin 377 & J.H. Ross, 13.xii. 1995 (MEL). 7. Senecio odoratus Hornem., Hart. Bot. Hafn. 2: 809 (1815) Cacalia odorata (Hornem.) Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris 400 (1829). Type: [State unknown], ‘Hah. in Nov. Hollandia’; probable syn: MEL [Presumably a specimen grown in botanic garden at Copenhagen from achenes sent from England], Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. obtusifolius J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. .S’. Australia 36: 24 (1912). Type: [South Australia], ‘Along the coast at Port Elliot’, J.M. Black ; holo: AD. Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. longtfolius M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 289 (1985). Type: [South Australia], Ravine des Casoars |Kangaroo Island], 2 Feb. 1948, J.B. Cleland; holo: AD; iso: AD. Senecio odoratus A.Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 2: 109 (1834), noin. illeg. non Hornem. (1815). Type: [South Australia], ‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia, loco vulgo dicto He des Kangourous [west coast of Kangaroo Island]; holo: P n.v. Shrubs to 1.7 m high, nearly glabrous except for leaves, often glaucous. Leaves not or slightly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves oblanceolate, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or narrow-oblong, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-15, undivided: base attenuate, cordate or auriculate, commonly somewhat amplexicaul; margin dentate to coarse-dentate, or ± entire; upper surface glabrous or with coarse hairs; lower surface glabrous or cobwebby or with coarse hairs, the coarse portions sometimes somewhat obscured by cobwebby overlay; reticulate venation usually conspicuous, especially below. Unit inflorescences typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; involucre 3.5-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous, sometimes glaucous; phyl- laries 7-10; stereome convex, with resin ducts mostly fine, pale, orange or reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 10-16; corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.6-2.8 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in bands, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs li, 12) Flowers spring-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern South Australia east from Pearson Island oil the west coast ot Eyre Peninsula; in south-western Victoria mostly along the coast; in coastal eastern Victoria, and also in Tasmania (Fig. 7e). Grows on rocky slopes, clifftops, or sand dunes in shrubland, woodland and forest. Notes: An aromatic species displaying considerable subtle morphological variation
Muelleria 20: 139-140 (2004) A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae) Ian R. Thompson School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia Email: i.thompson@unimelb.edu.au Abstract A new name, Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., is created to replace Senecio glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip.. the latter being illegitimate because of an earlier homonym. Taxonomy In the recent revision of the disciform species of Senecio in Australia, I resur¬ rected the name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. to apply to a taxon occurring in south-eastern Australia (Thompson 2004). This name, published in 1845, has been found to be illegitimate because four years earlier the same name was used for a species from Argentina. A new name for the Australian species is there¬ fore required. The name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. has never been used in Australian floras; however, it was included by Belcher (1956) as a synonym of S. quadridentatus Labi 11. without reference to its illegitimacy. Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., nom. now Erechtites glandulosa DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Rot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. illeg. non Don ex Hook. & Arn. (1841); E. quadridentata var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). Type: New South Wales, Lachlan River |in terris inundatis depressis ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’], /). Cunningham 141; holo: G (microfiche seen MEL). Etymology: The epithet alludes to the curved marginal achenes (illustrated in Thompson 2004, fig. 4), that are typical of this species and appear more pronounced in this species than any other disciform species (Gk: campylos, curved, and carpos , fruit). In ‘Selected specimens examined’ for S. glandulosus in Thompson (2004) two of the sub-headings were incorrect and the opportunity is taken here to correct these. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Macleys Plain, A. Cunningham 61 (MEL); McAlister Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 6.5 km SE of Laggan on Goulburn Road; headwaters of Wollondilly River, I. Crawford 5159 , 14,xii.1998 (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, Belconnen Naval Station, Ginninderra Creek. I. Crawford 3271, 27.x.1995 (CANB); Brooke’s Creek, Federal Highway, L.G. Adams 4194 , 12.xii. 1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Woori Yallock-Koowecrup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock, l.R. Thompson 704, 14.xi.2001 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Barrnah Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 82311, 19.xi.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Hepburn Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 70601, B.v.1982 (MEL); Spadonis Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW of Yering, D. Frood s.n., 23.x. 1996 (MEL); Laverlon, W.R.A. Baker, 20.v. 1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s Swamp, at end of access road from N, D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspe River, west of Redesdale, A.C. Beauglehole 70618, 25.iv. 1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 ,iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy, J.H. Wilson, Feb. 1943 (HO).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 29-31, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 27-28. Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 58-61, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 58-61".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 3-8, Fig. 1".
Arid radiate Sejiecio 113 1. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Enum. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859) Othonna gregorii (F.Muell.) C.Jeffrey, Kew Bull. 41: 876 (1986). Type: [South Australia], Coopers River |Creek], A.C. Gregory ; holo: MEL. Annuals to 0.3(-0.5) m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 15-20, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitulwn ecalyculate; involucre 5-16 mm long, 3-9 mm diam. (size often highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident; involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 30-55; Iigulate florets 7-11; ligule 12-20 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 7-10 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 3-5 mm long. Achenes dimorphic; disc achene narrow-obloid or slightly lageniform, 4—8.5 mm long, orange-brown or reddish, papillose hairs 0.6-1 mm long in bands, obscuring most of surface; ray achenes often not developing, pale, thin, with thin pappus bristles, otherwise similar to or slightly shorter and more densely hairy than disc achenes. Pappus persistent, 10-30 mm long; bristles smooth, robust proximally. (Figs 1 & 3) Flowers most of year. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in western and south-western Western Australia from Carnarvon south-east to Kalgoorlie; in central Australia from Halls Crossing in southern Northern Territory south to the Whyalla area in southern South Australia and from Warburton in far eastern Western Australia east to Blackall in central Queensland. Also extends into south-eastern Australia as far as the Big Desert area in far north¬ western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland; commonly abundant following significant rains. Notes: An unusual species with several apparently unique features, although it is similar to several other radiate Australian taxa of arid or sentiarid regions. Also superficially similar to members of the southern African genus Othonna. in which it was placed in 1986. Closest affinity is with 5. conferruminatus I.Thomps. based on involucre morphology. It possibly also has affinity to S. gypsicola based on fusion of phyllaries, and to S. platylepis based on achenial morphology. Readily recognised by the involucre of fused phyllaries, the absence of calycular bracteoles, the large achenes with an indumentum of long hairs, and the very long, basally-stout pappus bristles. Style- branches are long and their apex has a crown of rather long clear narrow-triangular papillae. Capitulum size varies considerably on individuals with later-developing capitula often much smaller. This feature also occurs in S. conferruminatus. Another similarity between S. gregorii and S. conferruminatus, and which distinguishes them from the other members of the Magnificus group, is the morphology of the corolla of disc florets. The limb is markedly shorter than the tube and the balusterform (flared) base of the tube is elongate. In contrast, the balusterform base is not elongate in other species, the limb in S. magnificus and S. megaglossus is longer than the tube, and in most other species it is c. as long as the tube. Senecio gypsicola is a slight exception in that the limb in this species is commonly slightly shorter than the tube. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 35 miles [56 km] west of Docker River on road to Giles Weather Station, K. Menkhorst s.n., 11.viii. 1986 (MEL. PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 10 miles [16 km] WNW of Santa Teresa Mission, M. Lazarides 5732, 17.viii.1956 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gairdner-Torrens district: 75 km N of Glendampo on Stuart Highway, E side of road, ./. K. Shelley 27 A R. McCullough. 12.viii. 1984 (AD. CBG, MEL. PERTH). QUEENSLAND: 5 km W of Betoota on Birdsville Road. K.A. Williams 7817 ! (AD. BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 8.5 km southeast of Fort Grey campsite turnoff en
Arid radiate Senecio 117 route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) Flowers late winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. conferruminatus, fused) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. Clyme 153 (NSW). 3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 64-65, Figs. 3".
62 Short Pembertonia P.S. Short, Gen. now Brachyscome sect. Heteropholis F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 16 (Mar. 1878), nom. inval. Planta Irutex perennis scandens glaber. Folia alterna, sessilia, integra, plerumque linearia vel lineo-oblanceolata vel lineo-elliptica sed nonnihil curvata, viridia, subsucculenta. Capitula solitaria, heterogama, radiata; bracteae involucri in verticillis duobus imbricatae herbaceae, bracteae externae valde convexae quam illae planae vel convexae verticilli interni breviores, bracteae omnes glabrae venis 4-8 e basibus. Receptaculum convexutn epaleatum glabrum. Flosculi radii feminei, corolla plerumque alba vel rosea raro sub- malvina vel subpurpurea; pars tubularis pilis biseriatis glandulis; ligula venis lobis indis- tinctis. Flosculi disci numerosi, hermaphroditi; corolla flava lobis 5, pilis dispersis glan¬ dulis biseratis. Stamina 5; antherae ecaudatae connectivo vel non vel vix microsporangio longiore; contextus endothecii radiale incrassatus. Styli brachia conspicua, plus minusve oblonga. Cypselae homomorphae, lateraliter compressae tenues, quasi obovatae, stramineae. marginibus aliformibus atque IVuctu interdum discoloribus; apex incisurus; pericarpus aliquot fascibus vascularibus in extensioribus aliformibus, canalibus secretori- is nullis. Pappus minutus. Typus: Pembertonia latisquamea (F.Muell.) P.S.Short. Perennial , sprawling or scandent, glabrous shrub. Leaves alternate, entire, commonly lin¬ ear. linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic but often somewhat curved, green, slightly suc¬ culent. Capitula solitary, radiate, heterogamous; involucral bracts in 2 rows, overlapping, herbaceous, the outer c. 5 bracts markedly convex and shorter than those of the inner row, the inner bracts flat to convex, all bracts glabrous and with c. 4-8 veins from the base. Receptacle convex, naked, glabrous. Ray florets female. Corolla usually white or pink, rarely somewhat mauve or purplish; tubular part with biseriate glandular hairs; ligule with 4—9 veins, with 2 or 3 indistinct lobes. Disc florets numerous, bisexual. 5-lobed, yel¬ low, externally with scattered biseriate glandular hairs. Stamens 5; anthers not tailed, the connective not or barely exceeding the microsporangium; endothecial tissue with radial thickening; filament collar straight in outline and basally not thicker than the filament. Style arms conspicuous, more or less oblong. Cypselas homomorphic, laterally com¬ pressed and thin, symmetrical or slightly asymmetrical but essentially obovate in outline, pale brown, the wing-like margins and fruit body sometimes slightly discolorous; apical- ly notched; basally with a region of smaller cells concolorous with the rest of the fruit; pericarp with several vascular bundles in each of the wing-like extensions, secretory canals absent. Pappus an uneven rim c. 0.1 mm high. Chromosome number, n - 9. Distribution: A monotypic genus confined to Western Australia. Etymology: The generic name commemorates Pemberton Walcott who joined Francis Gregory's expedition to the north-west coast of Australia in 1861 “as a volunteer for the collection of specimens of natural history and botany” (Gregory 1884, p. 53). Nomenclature: Mueller, when describing and naming the species Brachyscome latisquamea, referred it to a new section, sect. Heteropholis F.Muell., placing this name in brackets under the binomial and then proceeding to give a description of the plant. The description is in two parts, the upper part with the more diagnostic features, distribution and collection data and the lower being a more detailed description. However, Mueller commonly compiled his species descriptions in this manner throughout the volumes of the Fragmenta and thus I believe it erroneous to treat the first part of the description as a diagnosis of the Sectional name. For this reason, following Article 41.2,1 regard the sec¬ tional name to be invalid as a separate description or diagnosis was not provided. Notes: At the interface of the corolla tube with the cypsela there is a minute and uneven rim of cells which Davis (1948, p. 229) considered to be a pappus. It is also described as a pappus in the above description but whether it is equivalent to the pappus
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 70-72".
72 Thompson narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, pale to dark brown, with papillose hairs in bands a few hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-5.0 mm long. Flowers mostly winter to summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-eastern South Australia east to central New South Wales. Grows among rocks and/or in sand, sometimes in or beside watercourses, in open woodland and shrubland. Notes: There are two subspecies. Putative hybrids between S. lanibracteus I.Thomps. and one or both of the subspecies have been recorded at several places in South Australia and near Broken Hill in western New South Wales. 1 Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous; segments of leaves very fine (of major branches mostly 0.B-2.0 mm wide; of secondary branches mostly 0.3-0.8 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles tine, not raised; corolla lobes mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried).la. subsp. anethifolius 1: Plants glaucous at least on newer growth; segments of leaves generally broader than above (of major branches mostly 1.5-3.5 mm wide, of secondary branches mostly 0.6-1.5 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles 0.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 3.5-6.0(-7.0) mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles commonly broad and often raised; corolla lobes mostly 0.6-1.0 mm long (dried). ...lb. subsp. brevibracteolatus la. Senecio anethifolius A.Cunn. ex DC. subsp. anethifolius Senecio angustilobus F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 418 (1853); Senecio angustifolius Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853) [An error by Sonder who was intending to present Mueller’s S. angustilobus]. Type: South Australia, ‘In cacuminibus montium petraeorum Cudnaka versus’ [Kanyaka, Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller. Oct 1847; lecto (here selected): MEL 275094; isolecto: MEL. Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous. Leaves: segments 3-6 per side, 0.3-2.0 mm wide (dried). Peduncles at anthesis mostly 2-6 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracte¬ oles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long; phyllaries often not black- tipped, with resin ducts usually narrow, not raised, orange. Florets 7-12; corolla-lobes mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried). (Figs la, 3) Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-east¬ ern South Australia south-east to Robertstown in South Australia and east to Broken Hill in far western New South Wales, and disjunctly further east in central New South Wales where it occurs from the Merrimerriwa Range south to the Narrandera district (Fig. 2a). Notes: This subspecies is sympatric with and possibly hybridises with subsp. brevi¬ bracteolatus in the Southern Flinders Ranges. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Flinders Ranges. Yourambulla Caves area, c. 10 km SW of Hawker, R.V. Smith 89/29, 16.ix.1989 (AD, MEL); ca. 16 km west of Gordon, H.M. Cooper, 20.ix.l969 (AD); Bumbumbii Springs. Koonamore, I.II. Paltridge 7, 21 ,i.\. 1928 (AD); ‘Dome Rock", 30 miles [48 km] W of Mingary, A.G. Spooner 3771, 16.xi. 1974 (AD); S slope of Warren Gorge, 21 km N of Quoin, Flinders Ranges. A. Sikkes AS64I, 21.ix.1973 (AD, CBG). NEW SOUTH WALES: 42 km from central Broken Hill on road to Ml Robe, roadside, R.B. Hadlow 86 & A.It. Court, 8.x. 1981 (CBG, NSW); Cocopara National Park, Woolshed Creek area, VV. Wrigley, 4.x. 1971 (CBG); Euriowie Creek, 55 miles [90 km] S of Paeksaddle, C.R. Dunlop CDI384, 29.viii.l969 (CBG); 'Yathong' Station, N of Hillston, W.E. Muiham W615, Oct. 1972 (CANB).
72 Thompson narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, pale to dark brown, with papillose hairs in bands a few hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-5.0 mm long. Flowers mostly winter to summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-eastern South Australia east to central New South Wales. Grows among rocks and/or in sand, sometimes in or beside watercourses, in open woodland and shrubland. Notes: There are two subspecies. Putative hybrids between S. lanibracteus I.Thomps. and one or both of the subspecies have been recorded at several places in South Australia and near Broken Hill in western New South Wales. 1 Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous; segments of leaves very fine (of major branches mostly 0.B-2.0 mm wide; of secondary branches mostly 0.3-0.8 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles tine, not raised; corolla lobes mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried).la. subsp. anethifolius 1: Plants glaucous at least on newer growth; segments of leaves generally broader than above (of major branches mostly 1.5-3.5 mm wide, of secondary branches mostly 0.6-1.5 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles 0.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 3.5-6.0(-7.0) mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles commonly broad and often raised; corolla lobes mostly 0.6-1.0 mm long (dried). ...lb. subsp. brevibracteolatus la. Senecio anethifolius A.Cunn. ex DC. subsp. anethifolius Senecio angustilobus F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 418 (1853); Senecio angustifolius Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853) [An error by Sonder who was intending to present Mueller’s S. angustilobus]. Type: South Australia, ‘In cacuminibus montium petraeorum Cudnaka versus’ [Kanyaka, Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller. Oct 1847; lecto (here selected): MEL 275094; isolecto: MEL. Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous. Leaves: segments 3-6 per side, 0.3-2.0 mm wide (dried). Peduncles at anthesis mostly 2-6 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracte¬ oles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long; phyllaries often not black- tipped, with resin ducts usually narrow, not raised, orange. Florets 7-12; corolla-lobes mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried). (Figs la, 3) Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-east¬ ern South Australia south-east to Robertstown in South Australia and east to Broken Hill in far western New South Wales, and disjunctly further east in central New South Wales where it occurs from the Merrimerriwa Range south to the Narrandera district (Fig. 2a). Notes: This subspecies is sympatric with and possibly hybridises with subsp. brevi¬ bracteolatus in the Southern Flinders Ranges. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Flinders Ranges. Yourambulla Caves area, c. 10 km SW of Hawker, R.V. Smith 89/29, 16.ix.1989 (AD, MEL); ca. 16 km west of Gordon, H.M. Cooper, 20.ix.l969 (AD); Bumbumbii Springs. Koonamore, I.II. Paltridge 7, 21 ,i.\. 1928 (AD); ‘Dome Rock", 30 miles [48 km] W of Mingary, A.G. Spooner 3771, 16.xi. 1974 (AD); S slope of Warren Gorge, 21 km N of Quoin, Flinders Ranges. A. Sikkes AS64I, 21.ix.1973 (AD, CBG). NEW SOUTH WALES: 42 km from central Broken Hill on road to Ml Robe, roadside, R.B. Hadlow 86 & A.It. Court, 8.x. 1981 (CBG, NSW); Cocopara National Park, Woolshed Creek area, VV. Wrigley, 4.x. 1971 (CBG); Euriowie Creek, 55 miles [90 km] S of Paeksaddle, C.R. Dunlop CDI384, 29.viii.l969 (CBG); 'Yathong' Station, N of Hillston, W.E. Muiham W615, Oct. 1972 (CANB).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 139-140".
Arid radiate Senecio 117 route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) Flowers late winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. conferruminatus, fused) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. Clyme 153 (NSW). 3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to
shrubby discoid Senecio 81 5. Senecio cunninghamii DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838), as Cuiminghami. Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia verisim. ad lacum Georgii’ [Lake George], A. Cunningham: holo: G n.v. (microfiche seen at MEL) Shrubs to 1.8 m high, ± glabrous except for transiently woolly newer growth, sometimes glaucous especially on younger growth. Leaves sub-fleshy to fleshy; mid-branch leaves narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong-elliptic or linear to narrow-linear, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 7^10, undivided (stem leaves sometimes dentate); base attenuate or upper leaves with small undivided auricles, not amplexicaul; margin entire, revolute, or sometimes larger leaves with scattered teeth; reticulate venation not conspicuous. Unit inflores¬ cences of c. 5-25 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 1-4, 0.7— 1.5(—2.0) mm long; involucre 3.0-5.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam.; phyllaries (6-)7-9, slightly convex, patchily woolly at or prior to anthesis or glabrous, and then often glaucous; stereome mostly convex, with resin ducts fine or well-developed, pale or orangish; inner phyllaries usually with I duct. Florets 8—12(—14); corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-0.8 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2-4 mm long, olive-brown, with papillose hairs in bands 2 or 3 hairs wide or hairs somewhat dispersed, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-6 mm long. Flowers mostly summer-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-central New South Wales and western to central Victoria, with outlying populations in north-central New South Wales. There is one old record (MEL 2167322) labelled Darling Downs (South-eastern Queensland), IV. Hill, which is likely to have been mislabelled. Grows in various soils commonly associated with watercourses or in drains or depressions in shrubland, woodland and forest. There are two varieties. 1 Length:width ratio of mid-branch leaves (of longer branches) 15-40; peduncles and capitula glabrous, often glaucous at and before anthesis. 5a. var. cuniiinghamii 1: Length:width ratio of mid-branch leaves (of longer branches) 7—15(—20); peduncles and capitula patchily woolly before anthesis, lost or persistent at anthesis, not glaucous. 5b. var. /Undersellsis 5a. Senecio cunninghamii DC. var. cunninghamii Senecio brachylaenus DC., Prodr. 6: 370 (1838). Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Nova- Hollandia interiore ad ripas flum. Lachlan' [Banks of the Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 142. June 1817; holo: G n.v. (microfiche seen at MEL). Stem leaves with l:w ratio > 10; margin usually entire; mid-branch leaves with l:w ratio 15—40. Peduncles and capitula glabrous at and before anthesis, often glaucous. (Figs 1 f, 9) Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Fleurieu Peninsula in south¬ eastern South Australia east to Hay in south-central New South Wales and south-east to the western outskirts of Melbourne in south-central Victoria. Also occurs disjunctly in the Macquarie Marshes area in north-central New South Wales (Fig. 7b). Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Yorke Peninsula. Ca. 3 km east of Port Victoria, J.ll. Cleland, 17.iii. 1959 (AD, CANB); 7 km N of Rennnark, Wookual Bend on River Murray, M.E. Lawrence 778 , 4.vi.!977 (AD); Lake Alexandrina, south-east margin, ca. 90 km south-east of Adelaide, P. Wilson 1414. 22.xi.l959 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 30 miles [48 km] N of Hay, W.E. Mulltam S37, 26.ix. 1963 (CANB); North side of the Lachlan River bridge, Oxley, R.G. Coveny 18692, G. Chappie, PC,. Kodela, & H. McPherson, 4.X.2000 (AD, BR1, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: north of Benjeroop Slate Forest, A.C. Beauglehole 83197, 29.xii.1985 (AD, CANB); Koondrook. Top of steep Murray R. banks just E of junction with Gunbower Creek, .1.11. Willis, 21 .iii. 1972 (MEL); Jilpanger Flora and Fauna Reserve, c. 50 km SW of Horsham, D. Cook
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 108-109".
shrubby discoid Senecio 77 Creek township, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 7312 , 20.ix.1993 (AD); Dutchman’s Stern Range, 3 km W of Quorn, F. Mollenmans 1205, 10.x. 1981 (AD); In Bolla Bollana Creek, V.J. Levitzke 0507, 28.xi. 1980 (AD); Near the summit of Mt Bryan, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 7280, May 1988 (AD. CANB). 2. Senecio euclaensis l.Thomps., sp. now A S. gawlerensis M.E.Lawr. foliis carnosis segmentis plerumque oblongis, bracteolis brevioribus, phyllariis paucioribus brevioribus differt. Type : Western Australia, 2 km west of Western Australia/South Australia border; Eucla National lPark], G.J. Keighery & JJ. Alford 906, 12 Oct. 1986 (PERTH). Shrubs to 1.5 m high, glabrous, or sometimes sparsely and transiently cobwebby, not glaucous. Leaves fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves narrow-elliptic or oblanceolate, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2.5-4, deeply lobate to subpinnatisect; major divisions 2-5 per side, strongly antrorse, triangular, oblong, narrow-oblong or obovate; base attenuate, petiole-like; margin ± entire or few-denticulate or dentate, revolute; surfaces ± glabrous; reticulate venation inconspicuous. Unit inflorescences of c. 60 capitula. Capitula : caly- cular bracteoles 4-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long; involucre 4.5-6.0 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly 8-10, a small percentage with 11-13, glabrous or cobwebby; stereome ± flat, with resin ducts broad, reddish; inner phyllaries most often with 2 ducts. Florets 15-25; corolla c. 6 mm long, with lobes c. I mm long. Achates not known at maturity, immature achenes with papillose hairs. Pappus c. 4-5 mm long. (Figs lc, 5) Flowers spring. Distribution: Occurs in the Eucla area, including Eucla National Park, in the far south-east of Western Australia (Fig. 2c). Etymology: The epithet alludes to the distribution of this species. Notes: Known only from two collections near Eucla. Similar to S. gawlerensis but dif¬ fers in having fleshy leaves with major divisions more deeply dissected and generally more oblong or obovate rather than triangular, shorter calycular bracteoles and involucres with fewer, less convex, and at first slightly cobwebby phyllaries. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eucla, Carey, 1877 (MEL). 3. Senecio gawlerensis M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7: 292 (1985) Senecio georgianus DC. var. latifolius J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 613 (1929). Type: (South Australia], 10 miles (16 km] W. Yardea, E.P. [Eyre Peninsula], J.B. Cleland, 24 Aug. 1928; lector AD , Jide M.E.Lawrence, loc. cit. Shrubs to 1.5 m high, glabrous, or sometimes sparsely and transiently cobwebby, not glaucous. Leaves hardly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves lanceolate, elliptic to nar¬ row-elliptic, or oblanceolate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, coarse-dentate to sub¬ pinnatisect; major divisions several per side, strongly antrorse, triangular; base attenuate, petiole like; margin ± entire or few-denticulate or dentate. Unit inflorescences typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 4-8, 2.0-4.5 mm long, often some¬ what spreading; involucre (5.5-)6.0-8.0 mm long, c. 3.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-14, glabrous; stereomes convex, with resin ducts fine, reddish; inner phyllaries most often with a single duct. Florets 15-25; corolla 6-7 mm long, with lobes 0.6-0.8 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs forming bands sev¬ eral hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus c. 6 mm long. (Fig. Id, 6) Flowers mostly late winter-spring.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 77-78. Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Muelleria 20: 139-140 (2004) A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae) Ian R. Thompson School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia Email: i.thompson@unimelb.edu.au Abstract A new name, Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., is created to replace Senecio glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip.. the latter being illegitimate because of an earlier homonym. Taxonomy In the recent revision of the disciform species of Senecio in Australia, I resur¬ rected the name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. to apply to a taxon occurring in south-eastern Australia (Thompson 2004). This name, published in 1845, has been found to be illegitimate because four years earlier the same name was used for a species from Argentina. A new name for the Australian species is there¬ fore required. The name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. has never been used in Australian floras; however, it was included by Belcher (1956) as a synonym of S. quadridentatus Labi 11. without reference to its illegitimacy. Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., nom. now Erechtites glandulosa DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Rot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. illeg. non Don ex Hook. & Arn. (1841); E. quadridentata var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). Type: New South Wales, Lachlan River |in terris inundatis depressis ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’], /). Cunningham 141; holo: G (microfiche seen MEL). Etymology: The epithet alludes to the curved marginal achenes (illustrated in Thompson 2004, fig. 4), that are typical of this species and appear more pronounced in this species than any other disciform species (Gk: campylos, curved, and carpos , fruit). In ‘Selected specimens examined’ for S. glandulosus in Thompson (2004) two of the sub-headings were incorrect and the opportunity is taken here to correct these. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Macleys Plain, A. Cunningham 61 (MEL); McAlister Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 6.5 km SE of Laggan on Goulburn Road; headwaters of Wollondilly River, I. Crawford 5159 , 14,xii.1998 (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, Belconnen Naval Station, Ginninderra Creek. I. Crawford 3271, 27.x.1995 (CANB); Brooke’s Creek, Federal Highway, L.G. Adams 4194 , 12.xii. 1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Woori Yallock-Koowecrup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock, l.R. Thompson 704, 14.xi.2001 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Barrnah Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 82311, 19.xi.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Hepburn Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 70601, B.v.1982 (MEL); Spadonis Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW of Yering, D. Frood s.n., 23.x. 1996 (MEL); Laverlon, W.R.A. Baker, 20.v. 1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s Swamp, at end of access road from N, D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspe River, west of Redesdale, A.C. Beauglehole 70618, 25.iv. 1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 ,iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy, J.H. Wilson, Feb. 1943 (HO).
Arid radiate Sejiecio 113 1. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Enum. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859) Othonna gregorii (F.Muell.) C.Jeffrey, Kew Bull. 41: 876 (1986). Type: [South Australia], Coopers River |Creek], A.C. Gregory ; holo: MEL. Annuals to 0.3(-0.5) m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 15-20, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitulwn ecalyculate; involucre 5-16 mm long, 3-9 mm diam. (size often highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident; involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 30-55; Iigulate florets 7-11; ligule 12-20 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 7-10 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 3-5 mm long. Achenes dimorphic; disc achene narrow-obloid or slightly lageniform, 4—8.5 mm long, orange-brown or reddish, papillose hairs 0.6-1 mm long in bands, obscuring most of surface; ray achenes often not developing, pale, thin, with thin pappus bristles, otherwise similar to or slightly shorter and more densely hairy than disc achenes. Pappus persistent, 10-30 mm long; bristles smooth, robust proximally. (Figs 1 & 3) Flowers most of year. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in western and south-western Western Australia from Carnarvon south-east to Kalgoorlie; in central Australia from Halls Crossing in southern Northern Territory south to the Whyalla area in southern South Australia and from Warburton in far eastern Western Australia east to Blackall in central Queensland. Also extends into south-eastern Australia as far as the Big Desert area in far north¬ western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland; commonly abundant following significant rains. Notes: An unusual species with several apparently unique features, although it is similar to several other radiate Australian taxa of arid or sentiarid regions. Also superficially similar to members of the southern African genus Othonna. in which it was placed in 1986. Closest affinity is with 5. conferruminatus I.Thomps. based on involucre morphology. It possibly also has affinity to S. gypsicola based on fusion of phyllaries, and to S. platylepis based on achenial morphology. Readily recognised by the involucre of fused phyllaries, the absence of calycular bracteoles, the large achenes with an indumentum of long hairs, and the very long, basally-stout pappus bristles. Style- branches are long and their apex has a crown of rather long clear narrow-triangular papillae. Capitulum size varies considerably on individuals with later-developing capitula often much smaller. This feature also occurs in S. conferruminatus. Another similarity between S. gregorii and S. conferruminatus, and which distinguishes them from the other members of the Magnificus group, is the morphology of the corolla of disc florets. The limb is markedly shorter than the tube and the balusterform (flared) base of the tube is elongate. In contrast, the balusterform base is not elongate in other species, the limb in S. magnificus and S. megaglossus is longer than the tube, and in most other species it is c. as long as the tube. Senecio gypsicola is a slight exception in that the limb in this species is commonly slightly shorter than the tube. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 35 miles [56 km] west of Docker River on road to Giles Weather Station, K. Menkhorst s.n., 11.viii. 1986 (MEL. PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 10 miles [16 km] WNW of Santa Teresa Mission, M. Lazarides 5732, 17.viii.1956 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gairdner-Torrens district: 75 km N of Glendampo on Stuart Highway, E side of road, ./. K. Shelley 27 A R. McCullough. 12.viii. 1984 (AD. CBG, MEL. PERTH). QUEENSLAND: 5 km W of Betoota on Birdsville Road. K.A. Williams 7817 ! (AD. BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 8.5 km southeast of Fort Grey campsite turnoff en
Arid radiate Senecio 117 route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) Flowers late winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. conferruminatus, fused) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. Clyme 153 (NSW). 3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to
84 Thompson s.n.. Sepl. 1991 (MEL); Diggers Rest, P.R.H. St.John, 25.iii.1901 (MEL): Bannockburn |NW of Geelong]. Rail reserve (W side) 2 km N of Bannockburn station, on railway side of fence line, K. McDougall s.n., 25.iv.1992 (MEL); Mullaroo creek, Lindsay Island, 12 m. |19 km] N of Sturt Highway. ± 54 m. [88 km] W of Mildura PO, A.C. Beauglehole 40614, 20.X.1972 (AD, MEL); Ballarat-Clunes road, 2 km south of Clunes, R. Thomas, 2.viii. 1990 (MEL); 19 km W of Goroke PO, 84 km W of Horsham PO, A.C. Beauglehole 66844, 29.xi.1979 (AD, MEL, NSW); Boort- Durham Ox Rd. c. 1 km W of Durham Ox, between Serpentine and Flume Creeks. N side of Rd, A.C. Cochrane 549 & N.G. Walsh, 2.iii.l999 (AD). 5b. Senecio cunninghamn DC. var. flindersensis I.Thomps., var. tiov. A varietate typica, foliis 7-15(-20)plo longioribus quant latioribus, pedunculis et capitulis non glaucus, paulo lanatibus differt. Type: South Australia, Lower Flinders Range, Melrose (Melrose is ca. 60 km south¬ east of Port Augusta), H. Amtsberg, 20 Aug. 1972; holo: AD. Stem leaves with l:w ratio < 10; margin often dentate; mid-branch leaves with a l:w ratio of 7— 15(—20). Peduncles and capitula mostly patchily woolly at and before anthesis, not glaucous. (Figs lg, 10) Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia from near Hawker in the Flinders Ranges south-south-east to Clare (Fig. 7c). Etymology: The epithet alludes to the Flinders Ranges where this variety occurs. Notes: This variety was alluded to by Lawrence (1985b) when she noted the existence of specimens intermediate in morphology between S. lanibracteus (as S. cunninghamii var. serratus) and typical S. cunninghamii. The affinity of these specimens is clearly with S. cunninghamii but they resemble S. lanibracteus in developing some wool on their capitula. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Augusta, /.'.S'. Lea, 25.i. 1886 (AD); near Wonaka, R.J. Bates 37424. 29.iv.l994 (AD, CANB. MEL); More-hard, RJ. Bates 9383. 28.ii.1987 (AD); Ca. 5 km south of Kanyaka at roadside, W.R. Barker 312, 4.iii. 1968 (AD); Quoin, 2 miles (3.22 km) West, H.M. Cooper, Mar. 1941 (AD); Peterborough, L.D. Williams 2776, 10.iv. 1966 (AD); Between Hammond and Amyton, R. Bates 14312, 17.v. 1988 (AD); North of Terowie, R. Bates 9443, 1 .ii. 1987 (AD); 42 km ex Yunta, road from Oodla Wirra, G. Leske 60, 17.iii. 1997 (AD). 6. Senecio hypoleucus F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 672 (1867) Type: [Victoria], Wimmera, Dallachy; ?syn: K n.v., MEL; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Wilhelmi ; syn: K n.v.; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Whittaker ; syn: K n.v. Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. petiolata Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853), as 6 petiola- ta. Type: [South Australia], ‘Ad fluv. Torrens [River Torrens], 1849, F. Mueller; syn: MEL; [South Australia], in tractu montium Bugle-range [Bugle Range], F. Mueller, 23 Nov. 1848; syn: MEL Shrubs to 1.5 m high, with hairs on leaves and stems, not glaucous. Leaves not fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6, proximal 1-4 cm peti¬ ole-like, blade portion elliptic to narrow-elliptic, or lanceolate, undivided; base attenuate; margin dentate or denticulate, with teeth frequent; upper surface sparsely appressed-cob- webby, denser along midrib, glabrescent, reticulate venation impressed; lower surface moderately to densely appressed-woolly, with hairs entirely wispy or coarse at base; sec¬ ondary and sometimes reticulate venation usually distinct. Unit inflorescences typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1. 5 - 2.6 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 7-10; stereome convex, with
78 Thompson Distribution and Habitat : Occurs in south-central South Australia from Hiltaba east to Quorn in the Flinders Ranges and south-south-east to Corunna Hill on the Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 2d). Grows commonly among rocks on hillsides, also on sandy flats beside creeks, in open woodland and shrubland Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Miccollo Hill, 68 km NW (by road) from Iron Knob, Gawler Ranges, B.J. Conn 1816, 28.viii.1985 (AD. MEL, NSW); Gawler Ranges, E slope of Mt Gairdner. P. Price, 3.x. 1972 (AD. CANB); Lower Flinders Ranges. Hancock’s Lookout, ca. 42 km south-east of Port Augusta, near Wilmington, coll, unknown (Adelaide Botanical Garden collection), 2.x. 1960 (AD). 4. Senecio lanibracteus I.Thomps., nom. and stat. nov. Senecio cunningluunii DC. var. serratus M.E.Lawr.. ./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 291 (1985). Type-. [South Australia], S. Aust., Chintapanna Dam, Witchelina Station, F. Badtnan 182, 13 Mar. 1979; holo: AD; iso: HO. Shrubs to 1.8 m high, typically with a close, short wool usually present on younger parts, variably dense and persistent, rarely ± glabrous, sometimes mildly glaucous. Leaves sub- fleshy to coriaceous; mid-branch leaves narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio 2-11, undivided or coarse-dentate to lobate; major divisions 3—7(—12) per side, antrorse, mostly triangular, rarely c. oblong, with l:w ratio 1-2; base attenuate or auriculate, with auricles entire or bilobed, hardly amplexicaul; margin dentate or dentic¬ ulate, with teeth often frequent, rarely entire; both surfaces often appressed-woolly at least when young, variably glabrescent, sometimes glabrous; reticulate venation obscure. Unit inflorescences of c. 5-40 capitula; peduncles commonly somewhat woolly at anthc- sis. Capitula: calycular bracleoles 2-6, mostly lanceolate, 1.2-3.0 mm long; involucre 3.0-6.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 8—10(—12), slightly to densely appressed- woolly, variably glabrescent, rarely glabrous; stereome flat to slightly convex, with resin ducts moderately broad, pale or orangish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 10— 18(—22); corolla 5—6 mm long, with lobes 0.6—0.8 mm long. Aclienes narrow-obloid, 2.5-4.0 mm long, straw-coloured, with papillose hairs usually in bands several hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-7 mm long. (Figs le, 8) Flowers most of year, probably dependent on moisture. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central to central-eastern Australia from the George Gill Ranges in southern Northern Territory south-east to Pooncarie in far south¬ western New South Wales and east to Birdsville in far south-western Queensland. Also a single record further south from Lake Brambruk in north-western Victoria. There are also a few very old records from the Geraldton area in far western Western Australia (Fig. 7a). Grows commonly in or near drains or watercourses in plains, on various soils, often saline, in shrubland and woodland. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the indumentum covering the phyllaries (L. lanus, wool and bracteus, bract). Notes: Previously treated as a variety of S. cunningluunii, although it is not clear from this study that this species is its closest relative. Elevating the rank of this taxon necessi¬ tates the creation of a new epithet because the name Senecio serratus has already been taken. Senecio lanibracteus differs from S. cunningluunii in leaf shape and dentition and, usually, in the presence of indumentum on phyllaries, leaves and new growth, in the length and shape of calycular bracteoles, and in the number of florets per capitulum. Phyllaries of .S', lanibracteus are ± rigid and narrow-ovate or narrow-elliptic whereas those of S. cunningluunii are more flexible and are closer to narrow-oblong. A glabrous
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 90-91".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 123-124, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 124-126, Figs 1, 7 (map)".
88 Thompson resin ducts fine, pale to reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 11-14; corol¬ la 5-7 mm long, with lobes 0.8-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs forming bands 3 or 4 hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs lh. II) Flowers mostly late spring-summer. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia on the Fleurieu Peninsula and in western Victoria on Mt Arapiles and Mitre Rock near Natimuk (Fig. 7d). Grows in rocky sites, including granite and sandstone outcrops, and in gullies in forest and woodland. Notes: Relatively common in the Mount Lofty Ranges in South Australia and in this region it hybridises with S. odoratus and the introduced species, .S'. pterophorus DC. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mount Lofty Range. Between lirst and second waterfalls, Morialta Gorge, ca 10 km east of Adelaide. R. Schodde 1035. 25.xii.1958 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA: Mount Arapiles-Tooan Park. Mitre Rock. J.E. Tonkin 377 & J.H. Ross, 13.xii. 1995 (MEL). 7. Senecio odoratus Hornem., Hart. Bot. Hafn. 2: 809 (1815) Cacalia odorata (Hornem.) Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris 400 (1829). Type: [State unknown], ‘Hah. in Nov. Hollandia’; probable syn: MEL [Presumably a specimen grown in botanic garden at Copenhagen from achenes sent from England], Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. obtusifolius J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. .S’. Australia 36: 24 (1912). Type: [South Australia], ‘Along the coast at Port Elliot’, J.M. Black ; holo: AD. Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. longtfolius M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 289 (1985). Type: [South Australia], Ravine des Casoars |Kangaroo Island], 2 Feb. 1948, J.B. Cleland; holo: AD; iso: AD. Senecio odoratus A.Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 2: 109 (1834), noin. illeg. non Hornem. (1815). Type: [South Australia], ‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia, loco vulgo dicto He des Kangourous [west coast of Kangaroo Island]; holo: P n.v. Shrubs to 1.7 m high, nearly glabrous except for leaves, often glaucous. Leaves not or slightly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves oblanceolate, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or narrow-oblong, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-15, undivided: base attenuate, cordate or auriculate, commonly somewhat amplexicaul; margin dentate to coarse-dentate, or ± entire; upper surface glabrous or with coarse hairs; lower surface glabrous or cobwebby or with coarse hairs, the coarse portions sometimes somewhat obscured by cobwebby overlay; reticulate venation usually conspicuous, especially below. Unit inflorescences typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; involucre 3.5-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous, sometimes glaucous; phyl- laries 7-10; stereome convex, with resin ducts mostly fine, pale, orange or reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 10-16; corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.6-2.8 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in bands, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs li, 12) Flowers spring-autumn. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern South Australia east from Pearson Island oil the west coast ot Eyre Peninsula; in south-western Victoria mostly along the coast; in coastal eastern Victoria, and also in Tasmania (Fig. 7e). Grows on rocky slopes, clifftops, or sand dunes in shrubland, woodland and forest. Notes: An aromatic species displaying considerable subtle morphological variation
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 88-89, Figs 1, 7 (map), 12".
84 Thompson s.n.. Sepl. 1991 (MEL); Diggers Rest, P.R.H. St.John, 25.iii.1901 (MEL): Bannockburn |NW of Geelong]. Rail reserve (W side) 2 km N of Bannockburn station, on railway side of fence line, K. McDougall s.n., 25.iv.1992 (MEL); Mullaroo creek, Lindsay Island, 12 m. |19 km] N of Sturt Highway. ± 54 m. [88 km] W of Mildura PO, A.C. Beauglehole 40614, 20.X.1972 (AD, MEL); Ballarat-Clunes road, 2 km south of Clunes, R. Thomas, 2.viii. 1990 (MEL); 19 km W of Goroke PO, 84 km W of Horsham PO, A.C. Beauglehole 66844, 29.xi.1979 (AD, MEL, NSW); Boort- Durham Ox Rd. c. 1 km W of Durham Ox, between Serpentine and Flume Creeks. N side of Rd, A.C. Cochrane 549 & N.G. Walsh, 2.iii.l999 (AD). 5b. Senecio cunninghamn DC. var. flindersensis I.Thomps., var. tiov. A varietate typica, foliis 7-15(-20)plo longioribus quant latioribus, pedunculis et capitulis non glaucus, paulo lanatibus differt. Type: South Australia, Lower Flinders Range, Melrose (Melrose is ca. 60 km south¬ east of Port Augusta), H. Amtsberg, 20 Aug. 1972; holo: AD. Stem leaves with l:w ratio < 10; margin often dentate; mid-branch leaves with a l:w ratio of 7— 15(—20). Peduncles and capitula mostly patchily woolly at and before anthesis, not glaucous. (Figs lg, 10) Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia from near Hawker in the Flinders Ranges south-south-east to Clare (Fig. 7c). Etymology: The epithet alludes to the Flinders Ranges where this variety occurs. Notes: This variety was alluded to by Lawrence (1985b) when she noted the existence of specimens intermediate in morphology between S. lanibracteus (as S. cunninghamii var. serratus) and typical S. cunninghamii. The affinity of these specimens is clearly with S. cunninghamii but they resemble S. lanibracteus in developing some wool on their capitula. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Augusta, /.'.S'. Lea, 25.i. 1886 (AD); near Wonaka, R.J. Bates 37424. 29.iv.l994 (AD, CANB. MEL); More-hard, RJ. Bates 9383. 28.ii.1987 (AD); Ca. 5 km south of Kanyaka at roadside, W.R. Barker 312, 4.iii. 1968 (AD); Quoin, 2 miles (3.22 km) West, H.M. Cooper, Mar. 1941 (AD); Peterborough, L.D. Williams 2776, 10.iv. 1966 (AD); Between Hammond and Amyton, R. Bates 14312, 17.v. 1988 (AD); North of Terowie, R. Bates 9443, 1 .ii. 1987 (AD); 42 km ex Yunta, road from Oodla Wirra, G. Leske 60, 17.iii. 1997 (AD). 6. Senecio hypoleucus F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 672 (1867) Type: [Victoria], Wimmera, Dallachy; ?syn: K n.v., MEL; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Wilhelmi ; syn: K n.v.; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Whittaker ; syn: K n.v. Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. petiolata Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853), as 6 petiola- ta. Type: [South Australia], ‘Ad fluv. Torrens [River Torrens], 1849, F. Mueller; syn: MEL; [South Australia], in tractu montium Bugle-range [Bugle Range], F. Mueller, 23 Nov. 1848; syn: MEL Shrubs to 1.5 m high, with hairs on leaves and stems, not glaucous. Leaves not fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6, proximal 1-4 cm peti¬ ole-like, blade portion elliptic to narrow-elliptic, or lanceolate, undivided; base attenuate; margin dentate or denticulate, with teeth frequent; upper surface sparsely appressed-cob- webby, denser along midrib, glabrescent, reticulate venation impressed; lower surface moderately to densely appressed-woolly, with hairs entirely wispy or coarse at base; sec¬ ondary and sometimes reticulate venation usually distinct. Unit inflorescences typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1. 5 - 2.6 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 7-10; stereome convex, with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 128-129".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 121-123, Figs 1, 2(map), 6".
126 Thompson The unusual ellipsoid to obovoid granular papillae covering the surface of the aehenes of S. murrayanus have a longitudinal furrow. When water is applied, hair-like structures are released and the water is absorbed to produce large amounts of mucus. This phenomenon is discussed in more detail by Belcher (1986) and the similar, or identical, mechanism that occurs in the more typical papillose hairs is described by Lawrence (1985). Selected specimens examined: NEW SOLITH WALES: Lachlan R., F. Mueller, Sept. 1878 (MEL); Trangie, L.R. Clark, 27.x.1942 (CANB); 30 miles NW of Balranald, J.H. Leigh W3II (NSW). VICTORIA: Kerang. J. Minchin, Oct 1887 (MEL). 9. Senecio tuberculatum Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) Type: Queensland, South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, R.W. Johnson 538, 28 Aug.' 1958; holo: BRI; iso: NSW. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse. Mid-stem leaves elliptic in outline, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect or bipinnatisect; segments 2-5 per side: margins entire, dentate, or divided: base narrow. Upper-stein leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 3-30 capitula: peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1-3 mm long; involucre (3—)4—6 mm long, c. 6-10 mm diam., sparsely hairy; phyllaries 14-22. Florets 60-90; ligulate florets 8-12; liguie 5-10 mm long, yellow, with mostly 4 or 5 veins; disc florets: corolla 4-6 mm long; limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. Aclienes narrowly lageniform, 4-7 mm long, orange-brown, with ± translucent granule-like papillae scattered to moderately dense over surface, sparser on neck,. Pappus persistent. 4-5 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less than diam. of bristle (Figs I & 8) Flowers winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Charleville in south-central Queensland S to Nevertire in north-central New South Wales, and east- south-east to Inglewood in far south-eastern Queensland (Fig. 7c). Grows in sandy-loam, loam and heavy grey clays in grassland, herbfield and Brigalow or Casuarina woodland. Notes: Similar to the more southerly distributed S. murrayanus but differing by having leaves more deeply dissected, phyllaries shorter, and bearing scattered coarse hairs at anthesis, and aehenes more sparsely covered, especially on neck, by smaller, differently shaped, translucent granular papillae. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 7 km north of Barringun along main road to Cunnamulla, P.S. Short 3569, 15,viii. 1989 (BRI. MEL); 10 km W of Condamine River on Moonie Highway, 16 km SW of Dalby, J. Gillieatt 192, 21 .ix. 1964 (BRI); Near Donga Creek. 45 miles N of St George, on Surat Road, S.L. Everist 6235, 4.ix.l960 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: "Mt Mulyah” - about 80 km north-west of Louth. C.W.E. Moore 7879, 18.ix. 1978 (CANB). 10. Senecio platylcpis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) Type: [New South Wales], ‘in demissis ad basin montium Peels range [base of Cocoparra Range|, A. Cunningham, [1817]; holo: Ci n.v., microfiche seen MEL; iso: K it.v., photo seen MEL. Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse or scattered. Mid-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic to very narrow-oblong in outline, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate to pinnatisect: segments 2-A per side; margin often dentate to lobate; base often somewhat dilated, semi-amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 1—4 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-5.0 mm long; involucre campanulate, c. 6-10 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam., receptacle and peduncle sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent; phyllaries 12-20. Florets 40-70; ligulate florets 8-16; liguie 6-15 mm long, yellow, with
104 Thompson longer capitula. In the Barrington Tops area plants sometimes have cobwebby as well as glaucous peduncles. The specimen in Fig.20 and specimens returned to several Australian herbaria have been incorrectly determined with a manuscript name S. linearifolius var. glaucus I.Thomps. Selected specimens examined : NEW SOUTH WALES: 287B Kangaroo Valley Road, Berry, E.H. Norris 461, 5.i. 1986 (MEL, NSW); Katoomba. Ruined Castle Track from bottom of Golden Stairs, VV'. Bishop 452 & J. Brown, 29.iii.1986 (MEL, NSW); The Gib, Mittagong, C. Burgess, 6.i. 1962 (CANB); Booderee National Park, I km at 124° from Budderoo Geodetic Station, I. Crawford 938, 13.vii. 1988 (CBG, NSW); Jervis Bay, W end of Steamers Beach. R.J. Rudd 127, AM. Lyne, B. Rafferty & M.Kubis, 30.viii.199l (CBG); Coricudgy State Forest, Ml Darcy, c. 2 km E from summit on The Army Road, EE. Davies 1632, G. Butler i G. Corsini, iO.xii. 1991 (CBG, NSW, PERTH); 35.1 km front Hartley on road to Jenolan Caves, M.E. Lawrence 1388, 28.xii.1978 (AD). 8g. Senecio linearifolius var. dangarensis Belcher ex I.Thomps., var. nov. A varietate typica, paginis glaucis, foliis latioribus sine auriculis, capitulis majoribus, flosculis ligulatis pluribus differt. Type: New South Wales, Mt Dangar, southeast of Gungal, R.O. Belcher 2678, 13 Dec. 1986; holo: NSW. Senecio sp. C sensu G.J. Harden in G.J. Harden, FI. New South Wales 4: 311 (1992). Plants glaucous, in parts strongly so, on stems, lower surface of leaves, peduncles and capitula ± glabrous. Upper-stem leaves narrow to very narrow-elliptic, with l:w ratio 5-8; base cuneate to broad-cuneate; auricles absent; margin denticulate; lower surface glabrous; secondary venation ± distinct; tertiary venation distinct. Inflorescences: peduncles glabrous, or rarely cobwebby, at anthesis. Capitula: involucre 3.5-5.0 mm long 2.0-2.8 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 12. Florets 20-31; ligulate florets mostly 7-9; disc florets 13-22. Achenes c. 2.0 mm long, with appressed papillose hairs in bands. (Fig. 21) Distribution and Habitat: Occurs only on Mt Dangar, south-east of Gungal (Fig. 18c). Grows on a basalt scree on a steep eastern slope. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the only known locality of this variety. Notes: This variety is typically the most strongly glaucous of the three glaucous varieties, and unlike var. macrodontus and var. intermedins the lower surface of leaves are always glabrous. Differs from var. macrodontus also by having papillose achenes and differs further from var. intermedins by having much larger capitula with more numerous ray and disc florets. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Goulburn River National Park. E side of Mt Dangar, c. 70 m below summit, F.E. Davies 1585, R. Hallett & MM. Richardson, l.v. 1991 (CBG, MEL, PERTH); Mt Dongal |Mt Dangar], approx. 32°21’ S, 150°29’ E, G.L. Webster 19049 & D.J. McGillivray, 14.xi. 1973 (NSW). 8h. Senecio linearifolius var. gariwerdensis I.Thomps., var. nov. A varietate typica. foliis majoribus, inferne lanatioribus, acheniis longioribus differt. Type: Victoria, Grampians, ± 9 km |5 1/2 miles] S of Halls Gap. Glenbower Creek, Grampians Road, A.C. Beauglehole 16404, 12 Dec. 1967; holo: MEL. Plants not glaucous. Upper-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic, narrow-lanceolate or linear, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 7-12; base petiole-like, attenuate, or cuneate; auricles lacking, or uppermost leaves broad-cuneate and sometimes with small, entire auricles; margin entire, callus-denticulate or rarely denticulate, often revolute; upper surface transiently appressed-cobwebby; lower surface densely appressed-woolly; secondary
126 Thompson The unusual ellipsoid to obovoid granular papillae covering the surface of the aehenes of S. murrayanus have a longitudinal furrow. When water is applied, hair-like structures are released and the water is absorbed to produce large amounts of mucus. This phenomenon is discussed in more detail by Belcher (1986) and the similar, or identical, mechanism that occurs in the more typical papillose hairs is described by Lawrence (1985). Selected specimens examined: NEW SOLITH WALES: Lachlan R., F. Mueller, Sept. 1878 (MEL); Trangie, L.R. Clark, 27.x.1942 (CANB); 30 miles NW of Balranald, J.H. Leigh W3II (NSW). VICTORIA: Kerang. J. Minchin, Oct 1887 (MEL). 9. Senecio tuberculatum Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) Type: Queensland, South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, R.W. Johnson 538, 28 Aug.' 1958; holo: BRI; iso: NSW. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse. Mid-stem leaves elliptic in outline, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect or bipinnatisect; segments 2-5 per side: margins entire, dentate, or divided: base narrow. Upper-stein leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 3-30 capitula: peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1-3 mm long; involucre (3—)4—6 mm long, c. 6-10 mm diam., sparsely hairy; phyllaries 14-22. Florets 60-90; ligulate florets 8-12; liguie 5-10 mm long, yellow, with mostly 4 or 5 veins; disc florets: corolla 4-6 mm long; limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. Aclienes narrowly lageniform, 4-7 mm long, orange-brown, with ± translucent granule-like papillae scattered to moderately dense over surface, sparser on neck,. Pappus persistent. 4-5 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less than diam. of bristle (Figs I & 8) Flowers winter-spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Charleville in south-central Queensland S to Nevertire in north-central New South Wales, and east- south-east to Inglewood in far south-eastern Queensland (Fig. 7c). Grows in sandy-loam, loam and heavy grey clays in grassland, herbfield and Brigalow or Casuarina woodland. Notes: Similar to the more southerly distributed S. murrayanus but differing by having leaves more deeply dissected, phyllaries shorter, and bearing scattered coarse hairs at anthesis, and aehenes more sparsely covered, especially on neck, by smaller, differently shaped, translucent granular papillae. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 7 km north of Barringun along main road to Cunnamulla, P.S. Short 3569, 15,viii. 1989 (BRI. MEL); 10 km W of Condamine River on Moonie Highway, 16 km SW of Dalby, J. Gillieatt 192, 21 .ix. 1964 (BRI); Near Donga Creek. 45 miles N of St George, on Surat Road, S.L. Everist 6235, 4.ix.l960 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: "Mt Mulyah” - about 80 km north-west of Louth. C.W.E. Moore 7879, 18.ix. 1978 (CANB). 10. Senecio platylcpis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) Type: [New South Wales], ‘in demissis ad basin montium Peels range [base of Cocoparra Range|, A. Cunningham, [1817]; holo: Ci n.v., microfiche seen MEL; iso: K it.v., photo seen MEL. Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse or scattered. Mid-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic to very narrow-oblong in outline, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate to pinnatisect: segments 2-A per side; margin often dentate to lobate; base often somewhat dilated, semi-amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 1—4 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-5.0 mm long; involucre campanulate, c. 6-10 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam., receptacle and peduncle sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent; phyllaries 12-20. Florets 40-70; ligulate florets 8-16; liguie 6-15 mm long, yellow, with
124 Thompson megaglossus and S. magnificus are also similar in that the peduncles of these species begin to dilate a greater distance below the base of the capitulum compared to those of related species. Selected specimens examined'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South Mount Lofty Ranges, Marne River Gorge. EE. Davies 1377a & R.D. Hadlow, 21.xi. 1989 (CBG, MEL): Warren Gorge, 21 km N of Quorn, Flinders Ranges, AJ.A. Sikkes AS647 & P. Ollerensliaw , 21.ix. 1973 (CBG). 7. Senecio velleioides A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 374 (1838) Type : [New South Wales] 'in collibus rupestribus ad septentr. urbis Bathurst in Nova- Hollandia, A.Cunningham ; holo: G, n.v., microfiche seen MEL. Perennial herbs to c. 2 m high, usually glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow- elliptic to narrow-oblong, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided; margin entire or dentate; base strongly cordate and amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves lanceolate, strongly amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of 5-80 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 3-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 0-4. 1.0-3.0 mm long; involucre campanuiate, 5.0-7.0 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16. Florets 35-50; ligulate florets 6-9; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4 or 5 veins 4; disc florets: corolla 5-6 mm long; limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. Achenes obloid to narrow-obloid, 2-4 mm long, brown, with pairs of ribs strongly raised to form several ridges, glabrous, or with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm long in grooves of ridges. Pappus caducous, 3-5 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less than diam. of bristle. (Fig. 1.) Flowers spring-autumn Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Wingen Maid near Taree in north-eastern New South Wales south-south-west to the Otway Ranges in south-western Victoria, and widely distributed in Tasmania (Fig. 7a). Grows in loamy soils in woodland and forest. Notes: Distinguishable from sympatric species of Senecio by the strongly amplexicaul, glaucous leaves, the paucity of calycular bracteoles, and the relatively small deeply-ribbed achenes with hairs in grooves along the summit of prominent ribs. Tasmanian forms appear to be more robust, are less glaucous, have inflorescences with a greater number of heads, and calycular bracteoles that are a little longer and slightly more numerous. Senecio velleioides is similar vegetatively and in achenial morphology to S. pilosicristus but reproductive structures are more numerous and smaller, calycular bracteoles are fewer, and the achenes are much smaller and have caducous pappus bristles. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 5.1 km NE along Galah Mtn Rd, then 1.6 km ± SE along trail to Rocky Ck, near Nevvnes, P.D. Hind 5971 & W. Cherry , 313.1990 (AD, HO. MEL, NSW); Carters Creek, Currowan State Forest. NW of Bateman’s Bay. South Coast. R. Pullen 8730 & J. Story 6.xii. 1973 (CANB. BRI); Summit of Mt Imlay. D.E. Albrecht 194 & B.J. Conn , 21.ii.1983 (AD, MEL. NSW. PERTH). VICTORIA: 19 km SW of Colac PO, A.C. Beauglehole 67298, 13.xii. 1979 (MEL). TASMANIA: Pine Cove Creek, A. Moscal 5393 (AD, HO); Taranna, W. Ashby & D.P.I., 24.ii.1995 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW). 8. Senecio murrayanus Wawra, in H. Wawra von Fernsee & G.R. von M. Beck, /tin. Princ. S-Cobttrgi 2: 48 (1888) Type: [ Victoria], ‘Austral. Victoria/Murray FI., [Murray River], Dr Wawra 427\ holo: W n.v., fide R.O. Belcher, Muelleria 6: 176 (1986); probable iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 0. 5 m high, not glaucous, ± glabrous. Mid-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic to linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 7-12, lobate; lobes up to 3 per side; margins
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 49-51, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 101-104, Fig 1.".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 78-80, 83-84, Fig. 3".
80 Clarke At Mount Martha, C. injlalus was collected from Ferrero Reserve, off the end of Seppelt Avenue, in January 1999. Notes on the herbarium label record tliat thousands of plants occurred at the site. In April 2003 the speeies was persisting, in reduced numbers, despite sporadic efforts at eradication. Small areas where adult plants had been burnt in previous months supported dense seedling growth. Plants occurred on the south-west side of Seppelt Avenue for some 80 m, and the population extended back about 180 m forming a rough crescent shape on the gentle slope above the sports ground. Most of the Rock-roses at this site occur in an area of roughly mown grassy weeds (with a few herbaceous indigenous remnants) with scattered individuals and clumps of native shrubs including Acacia mearnsii Dc Wild., A. longi/olia (Andrews) Willd. subsp. sophorae (Labill.) Court, and Leptospermum laevigatum (Gaertn.) F. Muell. In Januaiy 2004 numerous Cislus plants were dead, and the great majority of those seen were small (up to about 20 cm tall), presumably a consequence of continuing control measures. A few outlying plants of C. injiatus were noted more than 300 m from the south-west end of this main population, and several dead plants were seen between these and the main group. Another small group of plants occurred on the north-east side of Seppelt Avenue, between the road and adjacent hou.ses. C. inflatus is also known from Hadspen in Tasmania, and reported to be locally naturalised in the Mt Lofty Ranges in South Australia. C. moitspeliensis In November 1996, Cistiis monspcHensis (Fig. 4) was reported as naturalised at the Clunes Cemeteiy (about 2 km west of Clunes off the Maryborough Road). Label data from this first collection noted that the species had been present at the Cemetery for more than 25 years, as well as “young plants prolific this year”, and “attempts to control with herbicide as yet unsuccessful”. In early October 2003 the species was still common despite evidence of continued spraying in the form of numerous defonned or dead plants. Seedlings were not uncommon. Plants were also ob.served growing on the roadside down the slope beyond the front fence of the Cemetery, although casual inspection revealed none in the adjacent eucalypt open forest on the other three sides. No plants were flowering at this time, but many bore old capsules, some of which still contained wcll-fomicd seeds. Numerous flowers were seen in mid November. Several mature shrubs about a metre or more tall were noted on the northern boundary. The species obviously tolerates rough treatment as many severely ‘pruned’ plants were growing in slashed grassy areas away from grave sites. Cistus creticus has also been seen at this site (see previous section). An unconfirmed and undated note on an herbarium specimen records that the species is also common in remnant bushland around a small reservoir in the Ballarat district. C. salviifolius A small population of Cistus salviifolius (Fig. 5) from the east side of North Harcourt Road about 8 km (direct line) north of Harcourt was reported to MEL in 1999. The collector noted that plants had been ob.served at the site for some 15 years. In December 2002 this den.se population, including numerous seedlings, extended some 90 m along the eastern bank above the road. Numerous plants also occurred among weedy grasses and thistles along the west side of the road for some 170 m. In November 2003, the population was flowering prolifically. Residents who have lived nearby for 13 years say that the population was well established when they arrived and has roughly doubled in size during their tenure. They suggested that the origin of this species could lie with rabbit trappers who had established a camp there around the time of the Depression in the 1930s. North Harcourt Road at the time was a main thoroughfare to Bendigo from the south. A previous attempt at control of the population by burning was unsuccessful. In the ACT, C. salviifolius was first collected in 1988 from bushland in Black Mountain Reserve, and in November 1999 about 50 plants were noted there.
6 Thompson 2 Achenes dimorphic, with achenes of female florets c. I mm longer than those of bisexual florets; bractcoles and phyllaries strongly pigmented in distal 1-1.5 mm .5. S. cotidylm 2: Achenes homomorphic, or mildly dimorphic with achenes of female florets hardly longer than those of bisexual florets, or if clearly longer then bractcoles and phyllaries with pigmented zone < 0.5 mm long and often rather faint. . S. laiitiis/S. pinnatifoliiis complex The Glossanthus Group Erect annuals to c. 0.5 m tall, tap-rooted, nearly glabrous or with scattered coarse multicellular hairs. Leaves divided or not; margin usually with some teeth. Unit injlorescences of few-25 capitula; mature peduncle mostly 5-25 mm long. Capitiila radiate, or pseudo-disciform with ligule hardly developed; calycular bractcoles 2-6, narrow-ovate to lanceolate. 0.8-3.0 mm long. 0.3-1.0 mm wide, with margin glabrous or nearly so; involucre 3.0-8.0 mm long, 1-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-13, rarely as few as 5 in a minority of capitula, free; stereome ±flat, thin to slightly fleshy, glabrous, with resin ducts fine or prominent, pale or orange; attachment points on mature receptacle for achenes of female florets usually prominent, or not in S. serratiforinis. Florets 8-40; female florets (4—)5-l3; ligule to 2.5 mm long, sometimes vestigial, yellow; tube shorter or longer than the mature achene; corolla-limb of bisexual (disc) florets slightly shorter than tube. Achenes dimorphic*, or homomorphic in S. serratiforinis, narrow-obloid, 2.0-5.5 mm long, with ribs ±flat, moderately to densely papillose-hairy, with l;w ratio of hairs 3-8. Pappus 2-4 mm long, caducous; bristles nearly smooth or minutely scabridulous. *syndrome described at end of Introduction Key to Glossanthus Group 1 Achenes all similar in length; attachment points on receptacle not dimorphic as below; corolla-tube of female florets distinctly longer than the mature achene. .4. S. serratiforinis 1; Achenes of female florets longer than those of bisexual florets; attachment points on receptacle for achenes of female florets thickened and usually projecting (in contrast to attachment points for bisexual achenes); corolla-tube of female florets shorter than or equal to the mature achene 2 Phyllaries 12 or 13 in a majority of capitula; female florets 8-13; achenes of female florets 3-6 mm long, slightly lagenifomi.2. S. productiis 2: Phyllaries 7-10, or occasionally to 13, in a majority of capitula; female florets predominantly 4-8; achenes of female florets 2-3.5 mm long, not lagenifomi 3 Involucre 3.5-6 mm long; calycular bractcoles 0.2-0.5 mm wide; mature receptacle l-2(-2.5) mm diam.; ligules generally exceeding involucre; hairs on achenes of bisexual florets 0.05-0.15 mm long, barely exceeding pappus ring.1. S. glossanthus 3; Involucre 5-7 mm long; calycular bractcoles 0.5-1 mm wide; mature receptacle mostly 2-3.5 mm diam.; ligules not exceeding involucre; hairs on achenes of bisexual florets 0.2-0.3 mm long, clearly exceeding pappus ring... .3. S. halophilns 1. Senecio glossanthus (Sond.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Dot. Card. 43; 80 (1956) Erechtites glossantha Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853); S. hrachyglossus F.Mucll. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 670 (1867), nom. illeg. non Turez. (1851). Type: South Australia,
Senecio glossanthm 1 near Adelaide [‘Ad agros prope urbem Adelaide’], July 1848, F. Mueller', leeto (here selected: MEL 2168154.) Herbs to c. 0.3(-0.5) m tall, with scattered hairs usually developed on stems and leaves, glabreseent. Mid-stem leaves mostly 1-7 cm long, undivided or lobate to sub- pinnatisect; base attenuate to cuneate or becoming cordate upwards, mildly stem- clasping; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; undivided leaves ±lincar or very narrow- elliptic; divided leaves with 1-3 segments per side. Upper-stem leaves often with base cordate, mildly stem-clasping. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 0.8-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, with brown apical mark to c. 0.3 mm long; involucre 3.5-6 mm long, l-2(-2.5) mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, sometimes a minority with 5 or 6 or 11—13, with resin ducts very fine, pale; inner phyllaries with margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; outer phyllaries with margin hardly developed; receptacle 1-2 mm diam. at maturity, with attachment points for achenes of female florets tubercle-like. Florets 8-30; female florets (4-)5-8; corolla- tube 1.5-2 mm long; ligule 1-2 mm long, usually exceeding phyllaries; corolla of bisexual florets 3^ mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, dimorphic; achenes of bisexual florets 1.8-3 mm long, with papillose hairs covering c. 50-90% of the otherwise light to dark brown surface, minutely exceeding pappus ring; achenes of female florets 2.3-3.5 mm long, usually completely covered by more robust, papillose hairs; hairs clearly exceeding pappus ring, not or slightly divergent. Pappus 3-3.5 mm long, absent from mature achenes of female florets. (Fig. 1 a, 3) Flowers mostly winter and spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern Western Australia, South Australia, western New South Wales, and north-western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in seasonally wet areas, on gilgai plains and clay pans, on clay, clayey sand, or sand over granite, laterite, or limestone, in shrubland and low woodland. Notes: Sonder cited two syntypes of Erechtites glossantha, one from Gulf St. Vincent and the other from near Adelaide. The former contains two plants with flowering capitula but without mature achenes. Although the specimens are imperfect, 1 consider them most likely to be specimens of S. halophilus l.Thomps. The syntype from Adelaide corresponds to the very widespread and common form of S. glossantlius sensu lato and is here selected as the lectotype of E. glossantha. Senecio glo.ssanthus is a very widespread species, predominantly of semi-arid areas. Lawrence (1980) identified two chromosome forms, a tetraploid 2n = 40 and an octoploid 2n = 80, and indicated that there was a correlation between chromosome number and leaf morphology. This correlation was unable to be confirmed. A possible hybrid, based on the intermediate length of the ligules, of S. glos.santhus and S. pinnatifolius s. hit. has been collected from the Redcliff survey area in South Australia (R. Chinnock 1582, AD). Senecio glossanthus can be distinguished from perhaps the most similar member of the Glossantlius group, S. halophilus, by the generally smaller capitula with fewer phyllaries and florets, smaller mature receptacle, narrower and less pigmented calycular bracteoles, ligules exceeding the phyllaries, achenes of bisexual florets with hairs hardly exceeding the pappus ring, and the more prominent tubercles on the receptacle. Selected specimens e.xamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 2.5 km south of Binnu, P.S. Short 2857. M. Amerema, & B.A. Fuhrer, lLix.1986 (AD. CANB. MEL, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: New Crown Station, Beddome Range, P.K. Latz 12512. 19.viii.l992 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula District: Corunna Hill South, 4.9 kin NW of Iron Knob, J.D. Briggs 973, 22.viii. 1983 (AD, CBG, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Bindegolly National Park, 4 km N on Bulloo Development Road, 200 m E of Lake, M. Handley 197. 28.vi. 1995 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Vacant lot opposite fuel depot, Bourkc, B. Wiecek 68, R. Covenv & P. Ciineo, I9.viii.l987 (AD, BRI, CANB. HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Big Desert ca. 44 km N of Broken Bucket bore & ca 46 km S of Murrayvilic on road to Nhill. M.G. Corrick 6353, I.x.1979 (MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 97-99, Fig. 1".
The S. piiincitifoUus/S.lautiis complex 35 2b. Senecio spathiilatus var. latifructiis I.Thomps., var. nov. A varietate typica capitulis majoribus, achcniis majoribus pallidus differt. Type-. Victoria. Lakes Entrance, at westerly exit to beach from Lions Park at the end of East Beach Road, P.C. Heyligers 84004, 27 Mar. 1984; holo: MEL; iso; CANB. Leaves in mid-region of major branches not tapering or tapering only slightly basally. Capitukr. involucre 7.0-11.0 mm long, 5-10 mm diam.; broadest stereomes 2.0-3.0 mm wide. Achenes 4.0-7.0 mm long, c. 0.8-1.2 mm diam., pale brown or straw coloured, with ribs sometimes indistinct; papillose hairs absent or rarely scattered in naiTow bands. Pappus sometimes shorter than the achene, particularly for marginal achenes, with bristles sometimes fused basally (Fig. 5) Etymology: The epithet refers to the broad fruit of this variety (L. latus, broad, and fructiis, fruit). Distribution and Habitat: Occurs on the Victorian coast east from Wilsons Promontory and in adjacent areas of far south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 3c). Notes: This variety has the largest capitula and achenes of the three varieties. Although mostly with glabrous, sometimes unribbed achenes, occasional specimens have pale yellow achenes with scattered hairs. Selected specimens e.xamined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Nadgec Nature Reserve. Cape Howe, J. Miles s.n.. 12.xi.2()02 (MEL). VICTORIA; Lake Tyers, ± 6 km ENE of PO, on frontal dunes on Ninety Mile Beach. R.J. Adair 2240, l.v.1987 (AD, CANB, MEL); Mt Singapore, [Wilsons Promontory] National Park. J.A. Leach. May 1910 (MEL): Tamboon Inlet, near Cann River, M. Walton, 29.xi.l956 (MEL); Captain Cook National Park, W of Cape Everard Lighthouse, A.C. Beaitglehole 34488, I0.xi.l970 (MEL); Ewing Marsh Wildlife Reserve, ± 10 km SW of Orbost P.O., A.C. Beaitglehole 68188. 5.ii.l980 (MEL). 2c. Senecio spathiilatus var. atteuuatiis I.Thomps., var. nov. A varietate typica foliis attenuatioribus, indumento acheniorum dcnsiorc differt. Tvpe: New South Wales, Cronulla Recreation Reserve, P.C. Heyligers 88108, 8 July 1988; holo: CANB. ISenecio anacampserotis DC., Prodr. 6: 374 (1838). Type: New South Wales, Port Jackson, [Sydney], Fraser, holo: G n.v. (photo seen CANB). [Possible synonymy based on appearance of photograph of type, but protologue is at odds with circumscription below.] Leaves in mid-region of major branches usually tapering moderately basally. Capitula: involucre 6.0-10.0 mm long, 4.5-7 mm diam.; broadest stereomes 1.5-2.2 mm wide. Achenes 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm diam., moderately narrowed at each end, light brown, with ribs obscured; papillose hairs in broad bands covering all or most of surface. Pappus longer than the achene, with bristles not fused basally. Etymology: The epithet refers to the more pronounced tapering of the leaves towards the base in this variety (L. attenuatus, attenuate). Distribution and Habitat: Occurs on the east coast of New South Wales from Forster south to Jervis Bay (Fig. 3d). Note.s: This variety can be distinguished from coastal forms of S. pinnatifolius var. pinnatifolius by the fleshier leaves, larger capitula and longer, more densely hairy achenes. Selected .specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Kurnell. Botany Bay, J.L. Boorman, May 1906 (NSW); Mungo Beach, ENE of Mungo Brush, A.N. Rodd 3734, 11.ix.l98l (NSW); Wambcral Beach, F.. Cheel, Apr. 1911 (NSW); Myall Lakes National Park, SE of Bombah Broadwater. Mungo Corner, W. Greuter, 2.ix.l988 (NSW); Quibray Bay, Kurnell, L.A.S. Johnson, 28.viii.l965 (NSW).
The S. pinnatifolius/S.lautiis complex 73 11. Senecio condylus I.Thomps., Miielleria 21: 18-20 (2005) Type: Western Australia, Perth, City Beach, summit of sand dune c. 1 km N of Oceanic Drive, L. Hciegi 1871, 25 Aug. 1979; holo: PERTH; iso: AD, NSW. Annual to c. 0.3 m tall, erect, commonly with scattered long hairs. Taproot small; secondary roots fine. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-8 cm long, with marginal points 10-20, divided or not, slightly fleshy; base becoming cordate and weakly clasping; margin dentate or .serrate, with teeth often numerous; undivided leaves very narrow-elliptic, very narrow-oblong or oblanccolatc; divided leaves with up to 3 c. oblong segments per side, with average position central. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong to linear or lanceolate, with .scattered hairs variably persistent; base of hairs often somewhat persistent on lower surface. Inflorescences of 3-20 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteolcs 8-12, .sometimes slightly imbricate at anthesis, lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, with margin commonly hairy, pigmented dark purple apically with patch 1-1.5 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, 3-4 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13 in all or most capitula. with apex intensely pigmented; stercome thin, often suffused with purple below apex; resin ducts fine, usually pale on drying; inner phyllaries; margin 0.3-0.6 mm wide; outer phyllaries: margin 0.1-0.2 mm wide. Florets 50-60; ligulatc fiorets c. 8, fewer than phyllaries, with ligule 6-10 mm long; corolla of disc florets 5-6 mm long. Achenes 6111101^)610; di.se achencs 2.0-3.0 mm long, brown, ribs ± flat; papillose hairs covering c. 50-90% of surface, appressed, with l:w ratio c. 4, hardly exceeding pappus-ring; ray achenes 2.8-3.5 mm long; papillose hairs more robust, ± completely covering surface, appressed, exceeding pappus-ring; carpopodium much wider; attachment points on margin of receptacle distinctly enlarged. Pappus of achenes of ray fiorets hardly developed; pappus of achenes of disc florets 4-5 mm long. Flowers mostly winter and spring. Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia, in the Perth region and recorded once from Bus.sciton (Fig. 16h). Grows in sandy soils. Notes: This species has recently been described in a revision of the S. glossanthus complex Thompson (2005). It appears to provide a link between this complex and the Australian lautu.soid complex. An old Victorian record is likely to be a transient introduction due to shipping activity between Perth and Melbourne. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake Richmond Nature Reserve, S side. A. Bellman 27A. 4.viii.2000 (PERTH); Port Kennedy busliland, 15 km N of Mandurah, GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 858, 3.ix.l992 (PERTH); Fremantle, N. Inglelon, Oct. 1947 (PERTH); Busselton, M. Koch, Oct. 1909 (PERTH); Fortvievv Road, Swanbourne, RJ. Cranfield 382, 24.viii.l978 (MEL, PERTH). VICTORIA; Coode Island, J.R. Tovey & C. French, 1918. (MEL). Names of uncertain application Senecio lautus van pilosus J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 52: 230 (1928). Type: South Australia, West Coast, Franklin Island - ca. 40 km south-west of Ceduna, T.G.B. Osborn s.n., Jan. 1922; holo: AD; iso: NSW. This specimen has a relatively dense cover of coarse hairs. It is perhaps closest to S. spanomerus but the achenes have shorter, more closely appressed papillose hairs than is typical of this species. If further collections and field ob.servations show that it forms populations that are consistent morphologically in terms of the indumentum, it will possibly deserve taxonomic recognition.
64 Thompson c. 50% of length of phylUirics, golden, brown, olive-brown or green, with ribs not or hardly convex, papillose hairs in bands obscuring c. 50% of surface, ± appressed, with l:w ratio c. 3; hairs of achenes of ray florets not or hardly exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus c. 4 mm long. (Fig. 18) Flowers most times of the year. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the distribution of this species in Brigalow (Acacia harpophylla) country in Queensland Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern and central Queensland from Castle Rock north-west of Quilpie in the south-west east to Nanango in the south-east and north¬ east to near Mackay in the central-east (Fig. 16c). Notes: Senecio brigalowensis is an annual with leaves pressing thin, with narrow to broad leaf-segments, with short capitula with many phyllaries, and the achenes with short and appressed papillose hairs. A form of S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius that occurs further to the east and south than S. brigalowensis has similar capitula; however, it is commonly perennial, the leaf rachides and segments are all fdamentous, the peduncle is longer, the phyllaries are more herbaceous (drying green or olive rather than yellow- green), the resin ducts more pronounced, the margin of the outer phyllaries are distinctly broader, and the bracteoles are often purple-tipped. The annual species S. tuberculatus Ali, although not lautusoid, is superficially similar to and is sympatric with S. brigalowensis, but the former is distinguished by the coarse hairs on the phyllaries and the much coarser pappus bristles, as well as by the greater length and narrowly lageniform shape of the achenes. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: GIcnmoral Gap, E foot of Dawson Range, Sawmill Road, I km off road to Brigalow Research Station, t.R. Telford 11927, 9.xi.l993 (BRI, CANB, NSW); SW of Rockhampton, c. 6 km NNW of Biloela, c. 400 m on side road from Callide Valley Railway Line through to Burnett Highway, I. Radford s.n., 16.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Warren Point Station, Mitchell, P.N. Martensz, 24.viii.l968 (CANB); 30 km N of Tambo, R. DiUhie 401, 14.vii.l992 (CANB); 64.5 km N of Injunc, just N of Wallaroo Station turnoff, D.L. Jones 6277 & B.E. Jones, 25.viii.I990 (CANB). 7. Senecio depressicola I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, plantis semper annuis, phyllariis quam ligulis plerumque pluribus, ligulis brevioribus differt; a S. eremicola I.Thomps. capitulis pluribus minoribus, phyllariis vulgo paucioribus, acheniis brevioribus differt. Type: South Australia. Goyder Lagoon, 25 km NNE of Clifton Hills Homestead, F.J. Badman 1362, 18 July 1984; holo: CANB; iso; AD, MEL. Annual to c. 0.5 m tall, erect, ± glabrous. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots tapering. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mo.stly 3-12 cm long, with marginal points 10-30 per side, mostly divided, occasionally not. thin on drying; base attenuate or becoming dilated; margin with frequent teeth or denticulations; undivided leaves narrow-linear; divided leaves with 3-5 narrow-triangular or narrow-oblong to linear segments per side, with average position central, sometimes again divided. Uppermost leaves: segments occurring more proximally; base becoming more dilated with often long segments. Inflorescences of (3-)8-20 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 4-8, not imbricate at anthesis, narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.0-2.0 mm long, 0.3-().7 mm wide, largely scarious, margin subentire, nearly glabrous; apex peracute to filamentous, pigmented dark brown in zone 0.3-0.5 mm long; involucre 3.0-5.0 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide; phyllaries often c 13, occasionally a higher percentage c. 18-20, with apex pigmented light or dark brown or hardly marked; stereome thin, drying yellow-green (receptacle drying dark bronze-brown); resin ducts indistinct to moderately developed.
66 Thompson pale or orange; inner phyllaries: broader stcreornes 0.7-1.2 mm wide; margin c. 0.25 mm wide 1 mm below apex similar in width proximally; outer phyllaries: margin vestigial to c. 0.1 mm wide throughout. Florets 40-60; ligulate florets often c. 8, sometimes 13, fewer than phyllaries, with ligule 4—7 mm long; corolla of disc florets 3-5 mm long. Achenes slightly dimorphic; disc achenes 1.6-2.5 mm long, generally c. 40-50% of length of phyllaries, olive-brown or dark brown, with ribs not or hardly convex, papillose hairs in bands obscuring most or all of surface, ± appressed, with l:w ratio c. 5, equal with or exceeding pappus-ring; achenes of ray florets often reddish, usually appearing white due to coarse hairs, with hairs clearly exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 2-4 mm long. (Fig. 19) Flowers mostly late autumn-spring. Etymology. The epithet alludes to the centre of distribution of this species in the Lake Eyre basin to the north-east of Lake Eyre (L. depressus, a depression, and cola, dwelling in). Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far north-eastern South Australia, south-western Queensland and in central-eastern Northern Territory (Fig. 16d). Grows in sands and grey clays, beside swamps and billabongs, and on flood plains of eastern central Australia, particularly tho.se in the Lake Eyre basin north-east of Lake Eyre. Notes: Similar to other lautusoid species of central Australia but characterised by its more numerous small capitula with short ligules. achenes and pappus. Robust specimens develop large pinnatisect to bipinnatisect leaves with numerous marginal points. Selected .'ipecimens examined: NORTHERN TERRITORY: 171/2 ni. [29 kmj SW of Brunette Downs, G. Chippendale. 18.vi.l960 (BRl, CANB, DNA. MEL); 17 miles [28 km) WNW of Rankine River Police Station. R.A. Perry 1551, I8.vi.l948 (BRl, CANB); Shady Camp Stockyard, Burramurra. B.G. Thomson 426. 18.viii.l983 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cadciga Outstation. Cordillo Downs station. F.J. Badman 9768, ll.x.1996 (AD); Goyder’s Lagoon, R.L. Crocker. I6.vii.l939 (AD); 10 km W of Gidgealpa Homestead. Site 21, N.P. & VES. Survey & Research 1104, 23.ix.1983 (AD); Cooroomunchera WH [Waterholc). Cooper Creek, F.J. Badman 1290. I8.vi.l984 (AD, MEL); Lake Etamunbanie. Pandie Pandie Station, F.J. Badman 4962. 2l.viii.l991 (AD); Innamincka Regional Reserve; track to Coongie Lakes, c. 54 km from Innamincka-Cordillo Road. R.U'. Purdie 4530. 30.vii.l997 (CANB). QUEENSLAND: Diamantina River, 11/2 miles [2.5 kml west of Roseberth Homestead, R. Filson 3350, 1.x. 1960 (MEL); Ca. 21/2 km .south-west of Nappa-Merrie Station, R.H. Kiichel 2573, 18.viii.l968 (AD. MEL); Bird.svilic, D.E. Boyland 180, 20.ix.l966 (BRl. MEL); 78 km SW of Boulia, R. Duthie 417, I6.vii.l992 (CANB); Near South Australian border between Innamincka and Nappa Mcrric, D.J.E. Whibley 2391. I9.viii.l968 (AD); Mt Howitt Station, S.T. Blake 11958. 5.vii.l936 (AD, BRl); Near Carandotta Homestead, 50 km S of Urandangie, V.J. Neldner 1493, Oct. 1984 (BRl); Floodplains of Diamantina River, 4 kin SW of “Davenport Downs, R.W. Purdie 1180. 16.ix.l977 (BRl). 8. Senecio eremicola I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, plantis semper annuis, phyllariis plerumque pluribus, phyllariis quam ligulis pluribus, acheniis dimorphis differt. Type: Northern Territory, 5 km west of Ross River Homestead, A.S. Mitchell 438, 12 Sept.’ 1978; holo: DNA; iso: CANB. Annual to c. 0.8 m tall, erect. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots tapering. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-12 cm long, with marginal points 5-30 per side, mostly laceratcly divided, occasionally not. thin on drying; base becoming dilated above midstem; mtu-gin usually dentate or denticulate; undivided leaves narrow-elliptic or oblanceolatc; divided leaves with 3-5 lobes or murow-triangular or narrow-oblong segments per side, rachis to 7 mm wide, with average position central, sometimes again lobed. Uppernio.st leaves: segments more proximal, with rachides much narrower; base becoming more dilated, truncate or slightly stem-clasping. Inflorescences of 2-12 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 6-12, not imbricate at anthesis, lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, 1.5-3.0
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 6-7, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 13-14, Figs 1, 2 (map), 6".
68 Thompson mm long, 0.4-1.0 mm wide, largely scarious, with margin nearly glabrous or with some weak hairs; apex peracute to filamentous, pigmented light brown in zone c. 0.3 mm long or scarcely pigmented; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long, 4-6 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 20 in all or most capitula, with apex pigmented light brown or scarcely pigmented; stercome generally thin, drying yellow-green or yellow-brown; resin ducts moderately developed, pale or orange on drying; inner phyllaries: broader stereomes 0.5-1.2 mm wide; margin c. 0.3 mm wide 1 mm below apex, similar in width proximally; outer phyllaries: margin vestigial to c. 0.1 mm wide throughout. Florets 50-80; ligulate florets often c. 13, fewer titan phyllaries, with ligule 8-14 mm long; corolla of disc florets 5-7 mm long. Achenes somewhat dimorphic; disc achenes 3.0-4.5 mm long, generally c. 60% of length of phylUuies, golden, or brown, olive- brown or green, with ribs not or scarcely convex; papillose hairs in bands ob.scuring c. 50-70% of surface, appressed or slightly divergent, with l:w ratio c. 7-10, slightly exceeding pappus-ring; achenes of ray florets commonly 3.5-5.0 mm long, dark-red, with hairs slightly longer and clearly exceeding pappus-ring; carpopodium larger; attachment points for achenes on margin of receptacle enlarged. Pappus c. 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 20) Flowers mostly winter to early spring. Etymology: The epithet alludes to the de.sert environment in which the species is found (Gk. eremia, desert; and cola, dwelling). Distribution anti Habitat: Occurs in central Australia from Harts Range in southern Northern Territory south to Mt lllbillic in northern South Australia and disjunctly further west at Giles Rock in far eastern Western Australia (Fig. 16e). Grows in stream beds and beside waterholes in sandy and gravelly soils Notes: Senecio eremicola is characterised by a combination of large laceratcly dissected leaves, a high number of phyllaries per capitulum, and long achenes with mild dimorphism. It is similar to S. ilepressicola in leaf morphology, and similar to S. lacustrinus in achenial characters, and similar to S. brigalowensis in terms of phyllary number. The leaf morphology is reminiscent of that of S. pinnatifolius var. lauceolatus and S. pinnatifolius var. serratus: however, it differs from those taxa in capitular morphology. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Great Victoria Desert, Giles Rock between Warburton Mission and Blackstone Range on Docker Mission Road. A.C. Beaugleliole 60206, 19.ix.l978 (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Mt Cavenagh. ca. 17 km SW of Kulgera H.S.. N.N. Danner 4279, 19.viii.l973 (DNA); Alice Springs old telegraph station, D. Nelson, 11.viii.l96l (DNA): Palm Valley, G. Chippendale, 25.viii.1956 (DNA); 22 km west of Simpson’s Gap turnoff on the Alice Springs to Hermannsburg road, C.H. Miller & J.L. Whaite 515, 6.ix.l986 (CANB): Hart's Range, 10 km S of Hart’s Range Police Station, I.K. Noble 33, 3.x. 1977 (CANB); George Gill Range, Stokes Creek, A.C. Beaugleliole 23393, 8.vii.l967 (MEL). 9. Senecio lacustrinus l.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich., plantis plerumquc annuis, phyllariis quam ligulis plerumque pluribus, acheniis dimorphis differt; a S. eremicola l.Thomps. caulibus saepe purpureis prope basin, foliis et segmentis angustioribus nodis paucioribus, phyllariis paucioribus differt. Type: South Australia, far north-east, Strzelecki Track, ca. 40 km east of Murnpeowie, D.J.k. Whibley 2325, 16 Aug. 1968; holo: AD. Annual to c. 0.8 m tall, erect. Taproot well-developed; .secondary roots slender. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-12 cm long, with marginal points 0-10 per side, mostly divided, oceasionally not, thin on drying; base attenuate or becoming dilated; margin entire or with a few teeth or denticulations; undivided leaves narrow-elliptic; divided leaves with 2 or 3 narrow-triangular or linear to narrow-linear segments per side, with average position central. Uppermost leaves: segments more
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 38-39".
The S. pinnatifoIiiis/S.laiitiis complex 49 Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Great Dividing Range E of Warwick, a few km W of Queen Mary Falls on the road from Killaniey, roadside, J. Radford s.ii.. 15.ix.1993 (BRI, CANB); O'Reilly's, Lamington National Park, L.S. Smith tSc L.J. Wehh 3586, lO.v.1948 (BRI. CANB); Bunya Mountains, M.E. Phillips s.n.. 5.vi.l961 (CANB); Mt Gipps, C.T. White I208J. Il.iv.l941 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH WALES; Glen Elgin. J.W. Haney s.n., 15.iv.l930 (CANB); Northern Tablelands, New England National Park, Darkle Point, P. Cilmour 7085. 14.V. 1990 (CANB. NSW); Northern Tablelands: Barrington Tops, Carey’s Peak, l.R. Telford2730A. I2.ii.l971 (CANB). 4d. Senecio pinnatifolius van lanceolatiis (Benth.) l.Thomps., comb. tiov. S. Iciiitiis van lanceokUits Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 667 (1867); S. lautits subsp. lanceolatiis (Benth.) Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 173 (1969). Type: 'Vietoria, Port Phillip, Adamson-, lecto: K, photo seen CANB [The lectotype was presumably chosen by Ali but this is not explicitly stated in his paper]; Port Philip, R.C. Gunn s.n.-, syn: K, photo seen CANB. S. pinnatifolius van 3 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 949 (1999). S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius .sensu N.G. Walsh. FI. Victoria 4; 948 (1999), pro parte. S. pinnatifolius van 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999), pro parte. Plants to 1.5(-2) m tall, commonly erect, sometimes sprawling, with tap-root poorly- developed. Leaves in mid-region of stems and major branches 3-15 cm long, with marginal points 8^0 per side, divided or not, thin to subllcshy, or succulent on coast; base attenuate, without .segments; margin variously toothed, the teeth often somewhat crowded antrorse and elongate; undivided leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, or ± linear, rachis 2-30 mm wide; divided leaves with (l-)2-7 lanceolate, narrow-oblong, or c. linear segments per side, average position c. midleaf, sometimes again divided. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong, ovate or lanceolate; base often cordate, stem-clasping, with segments often developed. Inflorescences of 3-40 capitula; bract- axils often with long coarse hairs; peduncles glabrous or with long hairs. Capitulum: calycular bracteolcs 6-14, imbricate or not at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide, with margin often coarse-hairy, usually pigmented dark purple apically. with mark c. 0.5 mm long, .sometimes chevronned; involucre 4.0-7.0 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13. with apex purple; stcreome slightly fleshy, drying dark-green or brown, succulent in coastal plants; resin ducts indistinct, pale; inner phyllaries: chevron usually well-developed, to 1.5 mm long, sometimes notched, outlining the distally relatively broad and partially pale (on drying) stereome; margin c. 0.25-0.4 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to 0.3-0.6 mm wide proximally; outer phyllaries: margin c. 0.2 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to c. 0.3 mm wide proximally. Ray florets c. 13, c. equal to phyllaries. Aclienes (1.6-)2.0-3.2 mm long, generally c. 40-50% of length of phyllaries, brown, coppery-brown or green, with papillose hairs in narrow to broad bands, or achenes glabrous; hairs of achenes of ray florets exceeding pappus-ring or not. (Fig. 11) Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, throughout southern Victoria, in far .south-eastern New South Wales, and in northern Tasmania including islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 7d). Grows in forest, woodland and shrubland in lowland to hilly environments. Notes: This variety differs from the other varieties most significantly in phyllary morphology, in particular in having inner phyllaries marked with a purple chevron, the relatively large disparity in width between the stereomes of the inner and outer phyllaries (measured e. 1 mm below the apex); and the relatively broad hyaline margin distally of the outer phyllary (compare Figs 2a and 2c). Also in this variety the leaves tend to have a relatively high number of marginal points, the number of capitula per inflorescence is often high, and the taproot poorly developed. The chevron in var. lanceolatiis is often just
The S. pinnatifoIiiis/S.laiitiis complex 49 Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Great Dividing Range E of Warwick, a few km W of Queen Mary Falls on the road from Killaniey, roadside, J. Radford s.ii.. 15.ix.1993 (BRI, CANB); O'Reilly's, Lamington National Park, L.S. Smith tSc L.J. Wehh 3586, lO.v.1948 (BRI. CANB); Bunya Mountains, M.E. Phillips s.n.. 5.vi.l961 (CANB); Mt Gipps, C.T. White I208J. Il.iv.l941 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH WALES; Glen Elgin. J.W. Haney s.n., 15.iv.l930 (CANB); Northern Tablelands, New England National Park, Darkle Point, P. Cilmour 7085. 14.V. 1990 (CANB. NSW); Northern Tablelands: Barrington Tops, Carey’s Peak, l.R. Telford2730A. I2.ii.l971 (CANB). 4d. Senecio pinnatifolius van lanceolatiis (Benth.) l.Thomps., comb. tiov. S. Iciiitiis van lanceokUits Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 667 (1867); S. lautits subsp. lanceolatiis (Benth.) Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 173 (1969). Type: 'Vietoria, Port Phillip, Adamson-, lecto: K, photo seen CANB [The lectotype was presumably chosen by Ali but this is not explicitly stated in his paper]; Port Philip, R.C. Gunn s.n.-, syn: K, photo seen CANB. S. pinnatifolius van 3 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 949 (1999). S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius .sensu N.G. Walsh. FI. Victoria 4; 948 (1999), pro parte. S. pinnatifolius van 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999), pro parte. Plants to 1.5(-2) m tall, commonly erect, sometimes sprawling, with tap-root poorly- developed. Leaves in mid-region of stems and major branches 3-15 cm long, with marginal points 8^0 per side, divided or not, thin to subllcshy, or succulent on coast; base attenuate, without .segments; margin variously toothed, the teeth often somewhat crowded antrorse and elongate; undivided leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, or ± linear, rachis 2-30 mm wide; divided leaves with (l-)2-7 lanceolate, narrow-oblong, or c. linear segments per side, average position c. midleaf, sometimes again divided. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong, ovate or lanceolate; base often cordate, stem-clasping, with segments often developed. Inflorescences of 3-40 capitula; bract- axils often with long coarse hairs; peduncles glabrous or with long hairs. Capitulum: calycular bracteolcs 6-14, imbricate or not at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide, with margin often coarse-hairy, usually pigmented dark purple apically. with mark c. 0.5 mm long, .sometimes chevronned; involucre 4.0-7.0 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13. with apex purple; stcreome slightly fleshy, drying dark-green or brown, succulent in coastal plants; resin ducts indistinct, pale; inner phyllaries: chevron usually well-developed, to 1.5 mm long, sometimes notched, outlining the distally relatively broad and partially pale (on drying) stereome; margin c. 0.25-0.4 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to 0.3-0.6 mm wide proximally; outer phyllaries: margin c. 0.2 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to c. 0.3 mm wide proximally. Ray florets c. 13, c. equal to phyllaries. Aclienes (1.6-)2.0-3.2 mm long, generally c. 40-50% of length of phyllaries, brown, coppery-brown or green, with papillose hairs in narrow to broad bands, or achenes glabrous; hairs of achenes of ray florets exceeding pappus-ring or not. (Fig. 11) Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, throughout southern Victoria, in far .south-eastern New South Wales, and in northern Tasmania including islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 7d). Grows in forest, woodland and shrubland in lowland to hilly environments. Notes: This variety differs from the other varieties most significantly in phyllary morphology, in particular in having inner phyllaries marked with a purple chevron, the relatively large disparity in width between the stereomes of the inner and outer phyllaries (measured e. 1 mm below the apex); and the relatively broad hyaline margin distally of the outer phyllary (compare Figs 2a and 2c). Also in this variety the leaves tend to have a relatively high number of marginal points, the number of capitula per inflorescence is often high, and the taproot poorly developed. The chevron in var. lanceolatiis is often just
14 Thompson Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRAUA: Yorkc Peninsula, Marion Bay, RJ. Bates 38588, 21.ix. 1994 (AD); Hindmarsh Island, D.E. Miirfet 2508. 24.viii.1996 (AD, MEL). VICTORIA: Sandringham, C. French Jr. May 1900 (MEL); Mitre Lake Flora and Fauna Reserve, A.C. Beaiipielwle 86508. I Lxi.1986 (MEL); Lake Goldsmith, eastern shore, N.G. Walsh 5246 cfe A Brown, 8.xi.2000 (MEL). 4. Senecio serratiformis l.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. glossantho (Sond.) Belcher phyllariis longioribus, acheniis homotnorphis, achenio quam tubo corollae breviore differt. Type: South Australia, Eyre Peninsula, Fowlers Bay, just north of jetty, J.Z. Weber 6267, 15 Aug. 1980; holo: AD. Herbs to c. 0.3 m tall, ±glabrous except for scattered hairs on newer growth. Mid-stem leaves mostly 2-6 cm long, undivided or coarse-dentate; base attenuate to cuncate, .sometimes becoming cordate upwards; margin with scattered to crowded dcnticulations or teeth; undivided leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate; coarse-dentate leaves with up to 5 major teeth per side. Upper-stem leaves with base often cordate, mildly stern- clasping. Capitiila: calycular bracteoles lanceolate, LO-2.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with purple apical mark c. 0.5-1 mm long; involucre 5-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 8-10, sometimes a minority with 13, with resin ducts fine, pale or reddish ori drying; inner phyllaries with margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; outer phyllaries with margin up to 0.1 mm wide; receptacle 2.5-3 mm diam. at maturity, without enlarged attachment points for achenes of female florets. Florets 15-30; female florets 4-6; corolla-tube 3.5-5.0 mm long; ligule 1.5-2.5 mm long, usually exceeding phyllaries; corolla of bisexual llorcts c. 5 mm long. Achenes obloid, homomorphic, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with papillose hairs covering c. 50—100% of the otherwise brown or reddish surface, hardly exceeding pappus ring. Pappus c. 5 mm long, equally persistent on all achenes. Flowers mostly winter and spring. Notes: Senecio serratiformis has longer capitula, and the female llorcts have longer corollas than in S. glossantlms, and the achenes differ in being homomorphic. There arc two subspecies. Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio < 7; margin with several to many serrations; involucre 7-8 mm long... 4 .j_ subsp. serratiformis Mid-stem leaves with l;w ratio > 7; margin subentire or few-toothed; involucre 6-7 mm .4b. subsp. stenopliyllus 4a. Senecio serratiformis l.Thomps. subsp. serratiformis Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio < 7; margin with several to many serrations. Involucre 7-8 mm long. (Figs Id, 7) Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in .southern South Australia from Fowlers Bay south-east to Kangaroo Island, and in .southern Western Australia (Fig. 2e). Grows in sand, on dunes and overlying limestone in coastal vegetation including malice woodland. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bunker Bay. south-west coast J Pulley 1468. 18.viii.l973 (CBG). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Yorkc Peninsula. Point Davenport,' P Coomhe. Aug. 1978 (AD); West Coast. Fowler’s Bay. R. Tate, 1877 (AD); North-eastern Eyre Peninsula. Sandhill on Cowell Road, ca. 56 km from Whyalla, J.B. Cleland, I().ix.l965 (AD); Kangaroo Island. Cape Ganthcaumc Con.scrvation Park. E of Point Tinline, South Coast, B.M. Overton 166)4, 29.ix.l988 (AD); Memory Cove, Cape Catastrophe. E.J. Carroll SA/6‘i 516 2Lix.l965 (AD.CBG).
58 Thompson Park. 25 km W of Portland. RC. Johsoti 2096. 13.iv.l993 (MEL); Cape Nelson, A.C. Beauglchole SM., Oct. 1962 (MEL); Cape Duquesne (Petrified forest area), I.R. Thompson 734 & J. Sliihbings. I.i.2002 (AD. MEL); Cape Nelson, on cliff ledge by lighthouse, M.E. Phillips 462. 27.X.1963 (CANB). TASMANIA: 2 km N\V of Nye Bay, A.M. Buchanan 7902, 16.i. 1986 (HO); Pegg Creek, Hartwell Cove. A. Mo.<ical 10008. 7.iii. 1985 (AD. HO); Near mouth of Flat Creek, A.M. Buchanan 5782. 22.ii.l985 (AD, HO); Cypre.ss Creek. A. Moscal 9722, 21.ii.1985 (HO); 5 km south of Endeavour Bay, A. Moscal 6008. 30.i. 1984 (AD, HO, MEL); Suicide F3ay, Woolnorth Station, A.C. Rozefelds 1382, I9.i.l999 (HO); Rupert Point. W.D. Jackson 345, Jan. 1954 (HO). 4h. Senecio pinnatifolius A.Rich, van leiicocarpiis I.Tlionips., var. nov. A varictate typica foliis carnulosioribus, acheniis longioribus, indumento acheniorum dcnsiore diffcrt. Type: Western Australia, Dempster Inlet, Middle Mount Barren, C.A. Gardner 9194, 21 Sept. 1948; holo: PERTH; i.so: PERTH Plants to 0.2 m tall, sprawling or prostrate; roots not known. Leaves in mid-region of stems and major branches 1.0-2.0 cm long, with marginal points 0-2 per side, divided or not, fleshy, drying somewhat wrinkled; base cuneate to attenuate, without segments; margin entire; undivided leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, with rachis 2-3 mm wide; divided leaves with 1 narrow-oblong segment per side, with average position slightly proximal. Uppermost leaves .sometimes narrow-oblong; base ± truncate, sometimes minutely auriculate. Inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; bract-axils; hairs short and inconspicuous; peduncles glabrous. Capittila: calycular bracteoles 8-10, slightly imbricate at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.0 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, with margin ± glabrous, pigmented dark purple apically, with mark c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 5.0-6.0 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13, with apex dark purple; stercome fleshy, succulent; resin ducts indistinct; inner phyllaries: chevron absent; margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide 1 mm below apex, broadening to c. 0.6 mm wide proximally; outer phyllaries: margin vestigial 1 mm below apex, broadening to c. 0.2 mm wide proximally. Ray florets c. 13. Achenes 4.0^.5 mm long, generally c. 70% of length of phyllaries, appearing white, with papillose hairs ob.scuring the entire surface; hairs of achenes of ray florets exceeding pappus-ring. (Fig. 15) Etymology: The varietal epithet refers to the colour of the densely hairy achenes (Gk. leiicos, white, and carpos, fruit). Distribution and Habitat: Known only from the type locality at Dempster Inlet, east of Esperance (Fig. 7h). There is no locality information but it appears to be a coastal plant. Notes: This variety is readily recognised by a combination of small, crowded fleshy leaves and long, densely hairy achenes. 5. Senecio spatiomerus I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, nodis foliorum paucioribus proximalibus, bracteolis lanceolatis, acheniis modice dimorphis differ!; a S. lacnstrino I.Thomps. plantis perennis, capitulis brevioribus, phyllariis plerumque pluribus, bracteolis majoribus, acheniis brevioribus differ!. Type: South Australia, c. 7 km [4 miles] east of Kiki, R.L. Specht, Aug. 1961; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. S. laiitiis subsp. dissectifolins Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 168 (1969), pro parte inch type; J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria 2; 751 (1972), pro parte. Type: Victoria, Wyperfeld National Park, NW Malice,///. Willis, 16 July 1961; holo: MEL. S. pinnatifolius var. 1 sen.m N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999).
The S. pinmitifolius/S.laiitiis complex 31 side, mostly undivided, not fleshy, thin on pressing; base attenuate; margin denticulate or callus-denticulate; undivided leaves very narrow-elliptic to linear; divided leaves with 1 or 2 narrow-triangular lobes per side, average position ± central. Uppermost leaves base sometimes slightly dilated, with auricles denticulate. Injlorescences of 2-20 capitula. Capituki: calycular bracteoles 8-12, narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with stereome sometimes suffused purple, with margin ± glabrous; apex acute to peracute, pigmented purple or black in zone c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 20 (for all or most capitula); apex brown or black; stereome somewhat fleshy, often suffused with purple below apex; resin ducts distinct, pale or orange on dr>'ing; inner phyllaries: broader stcreomes 0.5-0.8 mm wide; margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; outer phyllaries: margins vestigial to c. 0.1 mm wide proximally. Florets 50-70; ligulate florets c. 13, with ligule 5-10 mm long; corolla of disc florets 3-5.5 mm long. Achenes homomorphic, c. 40% of length of phyllaries, 1.5-2.2 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., mid to dark brown, with ribs flat; papillo.se hairs in bands covering c. 20-50% of surface, mostly appressed, with l:w ratio c. 2-3; hairs of achenes of ray florets not exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 3-5 mm long, caducous. (Fig. 4) Flowers most of the year. Distrihution and Habitat: Occurs in far eastern Australia, from south-eastern Queensland south to far south-eastern New South Wales. Also recorded a few times from Melbourne and the Momington Peninsula in south-central Victoria but not naturalised (Fig. 3a). Grows in various soils usually in disturbed sites particularly roadsides and cleared land. Notes: A native of South Africa and Madaga.scar. Probably naturalised in Australia for some time before it was recognised as an introduced species in the 1980s. Senecio madagascariensis can be distinguished from S. pinnatifolius, S. brigalowensis and other similar lautusoid species by a combination of characters: more numerous phyllaries, thinner leaves that are mostly undivided but with numerous marginal points (mostly as tiny denticulations), and shorter and more slender achenes with smaller papillose hairs. The achenes al.so tend to be more tapered basally and sometimes more so apically. The stereome of phyllaries and bracteoles are sometimes suffused purple and this character has not been observed in the native lautusoid species in Australia. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 1 km N of Mt Maroon, P.I. Forster PIF684I, L.H. Bird & A.R. Bean, 26.v. 1990 (BRl, MEL); Tomevvin, C.E. Woolcock & D.T. Woolcock, 10.vii.l985 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Cooplacurripa’, Wingham-Nowendoc Road, R. Holtkamp 21, I9.vi.l996 (CANB, MEL. NE); Port Macquarie, L. Pedley 5543, 25.vii.1990 (AD, BRl. DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH); alongside Karuah State Forest, south of Stroud. J.R. Hosking 1279, 29.viii.1996 (CANB. MEL. NE. NSW). VICTORIA: Balnarring. on road verge ofHastings- Flinders Road./?.7. Adu/r i./i., 14.vii.l99I (MEL). 2. Senecio spathulatus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 125 (1834) Type: Tasmania, D’Entrecasteaux Channel [‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia loco vulgo dicto Detroit d’Entrecasteaux’l, A. Lesson: holo: P n.v. Perennial to 0.5 m tall, sprawling to prostrate, ± glabrous. Primary roots not seen; developing roots from prostrate stems. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 1-5 cm long, with marginal points 0-15 per side, mostly undivided, very fleshy, drying thick and wrinkled; base cuncatc to truncate; margin dentate, serrate or denticulate; undivided leaves obovate or oblanceolate; divided leaves with 1-3 narrow-oblong segments per side, average position more or less central. Uppermost leaves sometimes oblong or elliptic; base sometimes becoming weakly clasping. Inflorescences of 1-5 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 8-12, imbricate at anthesis or not, ovate to narrow-ovate. 1.5-3.0 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; with margin bearing weak hairs; apex subacute to acute, pigmented purple in zone c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 5.0-11.0 mm long.
38 Thompson 3. Seiiecio warrenensis I.Thomps., sp. nov. A S. spathiilato A.Rich. foliis angustioribus margine intcgerrimus, bractcolis latioribus imbricatus differt. Tvpe: Western Australia, Warren Drift Sands, P.C. Heyligers 88139, 12 Sep. 1988; holo: CANB. Perennial to 0.3 m tall, sprawling to prostrate, largely glabrous. Primary roots not seen; roots arising from prostrate stems. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 2-5 cm long, with marginal points 0-7 per side, divided or not. fleshy, drying thick and wrinkled; base commonly narrow; margin entire or denticulate; undivided leaves very narrow-elliptic or linear; divided leaves with 1-4 oblong to very narrow-oblong segments per side, average position more or less central. Uppermost leaves sometimes slightly lanceolate; base sometimes weakly stem-clasping. Inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle moderately hairy when developing, glabrc.scent. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 12-18, imbricate at anthesis, broad-ovate to ovate, 2.5^.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, with margin ± glabrous; apex acute, pigmented purple in zone 0.5-1.0 mm long, and commonly extending down margin to form a chevron; involucre 7.0-9.0 mm long, c. 6-8 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, with apex pigmented purple; stereome fleshy, commonly drying pale yellow-green; resin ducts obscure; inner phyllaries; broader stereomes 1.3-2.0 mm wide; margin 0.1-0.4 mm wide, broadening to 0.5-1.0 mm wide in proximal two-thirds; outer phyllaries; margins vestigial or to 0.1 mm wide broadening to 0.3-0.5 mm wide in proximal two-thirds. Florets c. 80-l(X); ligulate florets c. 13, with ligule 8-15 mm long; corolla of disc llorets 6-8 mm long. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 50% of length of phyllaries. 4.0-4.5 mm long, light brown, with ribs ± flat; papillose-hairs moderately den.se in bands obscuring most of surface, appressed to divergent, with l:w ratio 4-6; hairs of achenes of ray florets slightly exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 5-8 mm long, possibly somewhat persistent. (Fig. 6) Flowers recorded in September. Etymology: The epithet refers to the type locality near the Warren River. Distribution and Habitat: Known only from the type locality c. 5 km inland from the coast and west of Northcliffe in far .south-western Western Australia and from an old record further east at Espcrance Bay (Fig. 3e). Grows on unstable, drifting dunes where it is a pioneering species with Poa poiformis. Notes: Although clo.sest to S. spathulatus in terms of fleshiness of the leaves and size of capitula and achenes, S. warrenensis is reminiscent of S. pinnatifolius van latilobus in terms of the relatively broad, overlapping, and chevronned calycular bracteoles and the paler coloration of the phyllaries on drying. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Warren drift sands, P.C. Heyligers 88140, 12.ix.l988 (CANB); Esperance Bay, coll unknown, date unknown (MEL 2168061). 4. Seneciopinnatifolius A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 117(1834) S. lautus f. pinnatifolius (A.Rich.) Hochn, Candollea 5: 336 (1934). Tvpe: Tasmania, D’Entrecasteaux Channel [‘Detroit D’Entrecasteaux’], A. Lesson, 1828-29; holo: P. Annual or perennial to 2.0 m tall, erect, sprawling or prostrate, sometimes rhizomatous (van alpinus), largely glabrous. Taproot slender to stout; secondary roots usually fine throughout. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 0.5-12 cm long, with marginal points 0-40 per side, divided or not. thin to fleshy, succulent on coast; base commonly narrow or attenuate, sometimes developing small basal segments; margin entire or dentate, serrate or denticulate; unsegmented leaves oblong to filamentous, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, or oblanceolate to narrovv-oblanceolatc; segmented leaves with 1-8
Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) Neville Walsli National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. Introduction When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller (1891) without further reference. Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller (MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. Taxonomy Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie Australiens 624 (1930). Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. Mueller' MEL 101452. Acknowledgements I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this matter to my attention.
CONTENTS Page The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia — Helen I. Aston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia — Rex B. Filson . . 65 The publication of this number has been made possible by a direct grant from the Botanic Gardens Branch Research Trust Fund which was set up in 1965, as the result of a generous donation to the Royal Botanic Gardens by Miss Maud M. Gibson of Switzerland, formerly of Melbourne. The trust in addition to providing a grant of $1,000 towards the cost of printing, also assumed financial responsibility for the provision of Research Assistants for the two authors.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 93-95".
Muellerici 22: 93-96 (2005) A new species of Bulbine (Asphodelaceae) from Wilsons Promontory and islands of eastern Bass Strait Dennis /. Morris f and Marco F. Duretto A Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania 7001 A Corresponding author. Email: marco.duretto@tmag.tas.gov.au t D.I. Morris d. 27 July 2005 Abstract Bulbine crassa D.I.Morris & Duretto (Asphodelaceae), a stout perennial species ranging from Wilsons Promontory (Victoria) to near Cape Barren Island (Tasmania), is newly described. A key to the Tasmanian and Victorian species of Bulbine is provided. Introduction In 1958 Dr Mary Gillham (CSIRO) collected a specimen of a Bulbine from Anderson Island in the Furneaux Group (Tasmania). The specimen was at that time determined as B. semibarlmta (R.Br.) Haw. as the filaments of the stamens opposite the outer perianth segments were either bare or bore only a few hairs. It was noted that the specimen was of an ‘Extra large form' easily distinguished from the normal B. semibarbata with which it was growing. Subsequently, more specimens of the same type were collected from several islands of eastern Bass Strait and Wilsons Promontory in Victoria. Watson (1987) noted in the Flora of Australia that II. semibarbata was variable in habit and the size and shape of the leaves. She also noted that some plants from Tasmania and southern coastal areas of the mainland appear to be facultative perennials. Bulbine semibarbata usually behaves as an annual. In the Flora of Victoria. Conran and Walsh (1994) noted, in describing B. semibarbata , that ‘A remarkable robust, fleshy and apparently perennial form occurs on rocky coastal sites on Wilsons Promontory and surrounding islands and at Cape Conran in the east’. They also note that a form of B. glauca (Raf.) E.M.Watson, similar to the above, is largely coextensive on and near Wilsons Promontory. These large succulent perennials have usually been assigned to B. semibarbata in the past on the basis of the stamens opposite the outer perianth segments being glabrous (or nearly so) even though B. semibarbata normally behaves as an annual. The overall appearance of these large, perennial plants more closely resembles B. glauca. Bulbine semibarbata is a variable species as noted by Watson (1986, 1987). Another one of the forms noted by Watson (1986, 1987) from the Pilbara Region of Western Australia has been formally described as B. pendula Keighery (Keighery 2004). Taxonomy Bulbine crassa D.I.Morris & Duretto, sp. nov. Species Itaec a B.glauca (Raf.) F.M. Watson dijfertfoliis carnosioribus, scapo crassiore basi 7-10 mm diametro et JHamentis staminum externorum midis vel pilis pattcis. Type: TASMANIA: FURNEAUX: Neds Reef, about I km off Neds Point on the north coast of Cape Barren Island, 40°20’S 148°04’E, I Dec. 1986, S. Harris (holotype: HO 312703) Bulbine sp. nov fide S. Harris, A. Buchanan and A. Connolly, One Hundred Islands: The Flora of the Outer Furneaux 122 (2001).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 88-92, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
88 Wilkins and Whitlock where hair density is such as to conceal the epidermis. Fruit measurements include the length of the setae on the outer surfaces. The distribution map was compiled from the Online Map Creation internet site (http://www.aquarius.geomar.de/omc_intro.html) that uses GMC software. Taxonomy Commersonia multiloba C.F.Wilkins & Whitlock, sp. now C. tatei F. Muell. ex Tate affinis sed foliis ovatis marginibus multi-lobatis serratis non obovatis ad apice trilobatis, pedicellis infra pilos glandulis inconspicuis brevibus non glandulis longe-stipitatis conspieuis. Type : Australia: South Australia: On Lincoln Hwy, NNE of Cowell (precise locality withheld), 21 Sept. 2004. C.F. Wilkins & B.A. Whitlock 1933; (holotype: AD 182018; isotypes: CANB, K. PERTH). Commersonia tatei and. non F.Muell. ex Tate: Jessup, FI. S. Austral, edn 4, 2: 849 (1986) p.p. (as to “larger leaved form”. Fig. 442A). Dwarf shrub, 15-50 x 30-100 cm, clonal growth observed from rhizomes, shortly single-stemmed, then many spreading, recurved branches. Young stents with scattered, short-stalked, or sessile, 8-12 erect-armed, either ferruginous or white with tan-centre, stellate hairs, 0.5-1.3 mm diam., over dense, sessile, white stellate hairs 0.2-0.8 mm diam., and inconspicuous, white, clavate glands 0.1 mm long; stem becoming red-brown or grey, glabrous with longitudinal, irregular, fine ridging. Stipules caducous, narrowly- lanceolate, margin irregular, rarely bifid, 1.0-5.3 x 0.2-0.7 mm, inner surface with scattered, 1-3 -armed. appresSed white hairs, to 0.5 mm long, and scattered to moderately dense clavate glands to 0.2 mm long; outer surface with moderately dense, 8-14 erect¬ armed, white stellate hairs, 0.1-0.5 diam. Leaves of differing sizes in fascicles of 4-7; petioles 0.3-5.5 mm long, hairs as on young stem; blade ovate, 1.5-20.0 x 1.2-7.5 mm, asymmetric at base; adaxial surface with dense hairs or tomentose surface, hairs sessile, 6-12 -armed, erect, white, short, stellate, hairs to 0.1-0.25 mm diam. and occasional larger stellate hairs towards margin, with arms to 0.8 mm long; abaxial surface with scattered, 12-24 erect-armed, ferruginous, stellate hairs, to 1.0 mm diam., over a tomentose surface of sessile, 12-armed, erect, white, stellate hairs to 0.2 mm diam.; margin irregularly serrate, undulate, with lobes recurved, apex obtuse. Inflorescence leaf- opposed. mainly terminal cymes, 6.5-13.5 mm long, flowers 1-5 (6). Bud base attenuate, brown; apex acute, white. Peduncle 2.2-6.8 mm long. Pedicel 2.3-5.0 mm long. Peduncle and pedicel with dense, sessile, 6-12 -armed, stellate hairs, erect, tan, or white with tan centres, over white stellate hairs 0.2-0.7 mm diam. and scattered, white, clavate glands to 0.15 mm long. Bract towards base of pedicel, narrowly-ovate, green, membranous, becoming red-brown, 1.8-4 x 0.15-0.4 mm, surfaces as in stipules above, margin irregular. Epicalyx absent. Calyx white, 4.6-9.0 mm long, tube c. 1/3 of total calyx length, lobes ovate, 3.1 —4.9 x 1.6—3.7 mm, apex acute; adaxial surface, green, or pale pink at base, glabrous or with scattered. 1 or 2 -armed, appressed, white hairs to 0.3 mm long, and towards the margin and centre of lobes with dense, 1-4 -armed, erect, white, stellate hairs, to 0.15 mm diam.; abaxial surface with 8-12 -armed, erect, stellate hairs, base tomentose with moderately dense, ferruginous, stellate hairs, 0.8-1.0 mm diam. over dense, white, stellate hairs to 0.3 mm diam., and scattered, stalked, clavate glands to 0.2 mm long, and towards apex of lobe, dense, white, stellate hairs to 0.3 mm diam. Petals glabrous, white with red base and central streak of red, 2.6-L2 x 2.6-3.0 mm, base ovate, incurved around stamen but not gibbous, margin of base cucullate; apical ligule spathulate, white, 1.7-2.3 x 0.9-1.2 mm. Staminal tube glabrous, 0.25-0.3 mm long. Staminodes 3 between adjacent anthers each anther, glabrous; central staminode, white, ovate, base smooth and apical margin papillose, 1.4-3.2 x 0.6-0.9 mm, 2 lateral
Muelleria 22: 97-104 (2005) New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria Jiirgen Kellermann National Herbarium of Victoria. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia School of Botany. The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010. Australia Email: Juergen.Kellermann@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract Recent molecular and morphological studies on Australian Rhamnaceae have revealed that two species of Trymalium Fenzl endemic to the Victorian Grampians are misplaced in the genus and should be transferred to Spyridium Fenzl. Two new combinations, Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell) J. Kellerm. and S. Xramosissimum (Audas) J. Kellerm., are provided. Lectotypes are chosen for both species. Introduction Spyridium Fenzl consists of approximately 40 species and occurs predominantly in southern and south-eastern Australia and Tasmania. It is one of the most diverse genera in the Australian Rhamnaceae and is currently being revised for the Flora of Australia (W.R. Barker, J. Kellermann, F. Udovicic & N.G. Walsh, in prep.). In Victoria the genus is represented by seven species, most of which also occur in South Australia and/or New South Wales. One species. Spyridium sp. 1 sensu Walsh (1999a), is very rare and endemic to the Little Desert. The genus is pail of the tribe Pomaderreae Reissek ex Endl., which currently contains approximately 200 species in seven genera (Blackallia C.A. Gardner, Cryptandra Sm., Pomaderris Labill., Siegfriedia C.A. Gardner, Spyridium, Stemmthemum Reissek, Trymalium Fenzl). Pomaderreae is characterised by the presence of a stellate indumentum on stems, leaves, and/or flowers. The tribe is endemic to Australia, with one genus (.Pomaderris) extending to New Zealand. It is described in more detail in Medan and Schirarend (2004) and Kellermann et al. (2005). Phylogenetic analyses of Pomaderreae using nuclear internal transcribed spacer DNA sequences (Kellermann et al. 2005) have revealed that two species from the Victorian Grampians that are currently classified as Trymalium, namely T. daltonii F.Muell. and T. xramosissimum Audas, are misplaced in that genus and should be transferred to Spyridium. The Queensland species T. minutiflorum E.M. Ross was shown to be part of a group of species that includes taxa that were previously not thought to be related (Kellermann et al. 2005). This group will eventually be described as a new genus of Rhamnaceae (J. Kellermann, B.L. Rye and K.R. Thiele, in prep.). With the exclusion of these south-eastern Australian species, the genus Trymalium will be virtually confined to Western Australia, with one species in South Australia, T. wayi F. Muell. & Tate. This paper makes the relevant new combinations and lectotypifications for the Victorian species. Detailed descriptions and distribution maps are given in Walsh (1999b). Taxonomy Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell.) J. Kellerm. comb. nov. Trymalium daltonii F. Muell.. Fragm. 9: 135 (Sept. 1875), as “71 Daltoni". Cryptandra daltonii (F. Muell) F. Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 60 (1882), as “C. Daltoni". Type citation: “In valle Barney’s Gully
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 28-32, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 33-38, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 38-40, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 41-43, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 44-48".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 48-50, Fig. 1 (map)".
52 Stajsic and Molyneux Grevillea miqueliana subsp. moroka Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17A: 502. Type: Victoria, The Sentinels, 4 mis 16.4 km) SW of Mt Wellington, 2. i. 1964, T.B. Muir 3044 (holo: MEL 1510169!) G. victoriae ‘race k’ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 (1993). G. miqueliana ‘Mt Wellington form’ of P.M. Oldc and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3:31-32 (1995). G. vic toriae ‘race k' of R.O. Makinson. Flora of Victoria 3:852 (1996). Illustrations: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3:31 (bottom right). 32 (20A.) (1995); N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle. Flora of Victoria 3: 853 (fig. 172g, h) (1996). Spreading to erect compact shrub (0.5-) 1.5 (—2) m high, 1.2-2.5 m across. Branchlets densely subvillous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly ascending hairs with some appressed hairs, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or silvery- white, with an overlayer of irregularly aligned, predominantly erect and suberect Y- shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white; internodes often short. Leaves elliptical to obovate to occasionally ovate, (9-) 20-35 (-50) mm long, (5-) 8-16 (-25.2) mm wide, apex obtuse or occasionally emarginate with a short blunt rnucro, margins shortly but distinctly revolute: leaf length to width ratio 1.5:1-2.2:1; leaf upper surface usually strongly granulose and/or occasionally with scattered longer biramous non- glandular hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long (in younger leaves), seldom only slightly granulose, dull, mid to dark-green; leaf lower surface loosely villous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis clearly visible, the hairs irregularly aligned, predominantly erect and suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy, off-white or silvery-white with scattered tan- coloured hairs, with occasional ferruginous hairs predominantly on the veins, epidermis clearly visible, lateral veins prominent, reticulum absent to occasionally evident; leatliery-textured. Conflorescence simple to twice-branched, simple 90%, once-branched 7.5%, twice-branched 2.5%; unit conflorescence cylindrical or dome shaped, acropetal; number of flowers 22-38 per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0—) 5 (-17) mm long, (0.8-) 1.0-1.2 (-1.5) mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) as in branchlets, overall colour (as is the rachis) off-white or dirty-whitish; floral rachises (5-) 12-20 (-25) mm long. (Fig. 1 c.) Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA. Snowficlds: Mt Wellington, iii. 1861, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 65751): Mt Wellington, 25. iv. 1967, W.M. & J. Molyneux s.n. (NSW 98771); East Pinnacle Lookout, c. 3 km N of Castle Hill. 13. iii. 1997, J.A. Jeanes 265 & S.A. Day (MEL 2037429): The Watchtower, c. 8 km E of Mt Reynard, 13. iii. 1997, J.A. Jeanes 266 & S.A. Day (MEL 2037430); The Pinnacles Fire Tower (overlooking Wonangatla Valley), 12. iii. 1967, K.C. Rogers s.n. (MEL 600067): Neilson Crag (The Watchtower), c. 7 km E of Snowy Range airport, 1. i. 1987. D.E. Albrecht 2976 & N.G. Walsh (MEL 688974); ± 2.8 km NW of Mt Wellington. 7. i. 1973. A.C. Beauglehole 41120 & FA. Chesterfield (MEL 2118604 & 559190, NSW); The Razorback between Mount Hump and The Gable End, 30. xii. 1990, FA. Chesterfield 3115 (MEL 2047025); Mount Hump, 11. i. 1949, T.M. Whaite s.n. (NSW 93344); Alpine National Park, foot of Neilson Crag (The Watchtower), 15. xii. 2000. N.G. Walsh 5271 (MEL 2089859, MEL (Vic.Ref.Set)); Neilson's [Neilson] Crag (The Watchtower), 6. xi. 2002, P.M. Olde 02/297, P. Madden, D. Fraser & Grevillea Study Group (BR1. CANB. K. MEL 2233955). Phenology: Flowering has been recorded primarily between August and January with a second flush in March-April, blit in the absence of snow can occur sporadically throughout the year. Nectarivorous birds and in particular honeyeaters of various species visit the flowers, and it assumed that the plants are primarily ornithophilous. Distribution and Conservation Status: Grevillea miqueliana subsp. moroka is endemic to the alpine region of Victoria occurring at altitudes between 1400 and 1500 m above sea level. It occurs in The Razorback. The Pinnacles, Neilson Crag and the Moroka
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 50-51, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 52-54, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 54-57, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 57-61, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 62-65, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 65-68".
70 Stajsic and Molyneux Buffalo it also grows on boulder strewn creek banks with Acacia alpina, Babingtonia crenulata, Derwentia derwentiana, Empodisma minus, and Westringia senifolia. There are no records of vegetative reproduction. Plants arc killed outright by severe fire and regeneration is from seed only. Long-term fire regimes may be significant for local populations. Some forms of forest management such as regular cool-burns could threaten the existence or long term survival of some populations if the period between the burns is not sufficiently long enough to allow seed regenerated plants to reach a flowering and seeding stage. Given that some populations occur along vehicle-tracks, care must be taken not to eliminate these populations through road works. Notes: Grevillea victoriae subsp. victoriae is a relatively uniform species exhibiting only minor variation in leaf size and shape across its range, and even the most disjunct population at Mt Torbreck (the most southwesterly) exhibits no apparent morphological differences with other populations of G. victoriae subsp. victoriae. For differences between G. victoriae subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis refer to notes under the latter subspecies, the key and Table 2. Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17A: 502. Type: New South Wales, nearTooma Reservoir, 29. ix. 1973, R.J. Chinnock 298 (holo: CANB 492764; iso: AD n.v.). G. victoriae F.Muell. of R.O. Makinson, Flora of New South Wales 2: 49 (1991). G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race d’of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea : 321 (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995), p.p. Illustrations: A.B. Costin. M. Gray, C.J. Totterdell & D.J. Wimbush, Kosciusko Alpine Flora (plates 151 & 152) (1982). as G. victoriae ; P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (plate 184A) (1995), a cultivated form, as G. victoriae ‘Murray Queen'. Spreading to erect shrub (1.0-) 1.5-2.5 m high, 2-4.5 (-6) m across. Branchlets moderately densely subsericeous or densely subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly aligned, appressed and scattered ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered ferruginous hairs; Leaves usually elliptic to narrowly-elliptical, occasionally ovate, rarely lanceolate or oblanceolate (20—) 35-100 (-135) mm long, (7-) 15-37 mm wide, apex acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse, margins flat or almost so, rarely rolled or revolute, but can be variable in the same plant; leaf length to width ratio 2.25-4.0:1 (-5.0:1); leaf upper surface minutely foveolate, glabrous or occasionally microscopically asperulous (40x magnification), with microscopic T-shaped or triangular asperities, smooth to touch, and/or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, biramous non-glandular silvery-white hairs or occasionally with irregularly aligned, ascending to suberecl biramous non- glandular silvery-white hairs, predominantly along the midvein and lower part of lamina or just above the petiole, occasionally mixed with appressed to irregularly aligned, ascending to erect biramous non-glandular ferruginous hairs, usually semi-glossy particularly the younger leaves which are usually bright green, maturing to mid-green to dark-green, lateral veins usually conspicuous to prominent but occasionally variable in the same plant, varying from evident to prominent, reticulum usually evident but varying from obscure to conspicuous sometimes in the same plant, rarely absent; leaf lower surface densely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered mutually and irregularly aligned appressed and ascending hairs, predominantly straight
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 68-70".
Grevillea victoriae complex
57
Grevillea polychroma differs from G. monslacana in the branchlets being sericeous
or subsericeous, the leaf lower surface usually densely sericeous or subsericeous, with the
epidermis not visible or partially visible, and the pollen-presenter lateral to the style. The
leaf length to width ratio is also lower in G. polychroma , (2.0:1-) 2.3-3.0:1 (-4.3:1),
compared w'ith (3.6:1-) 4.0-6.0:1 (-8.0:1) in G. monslacana.
Grevillea parvula Molyneux & Stajsie in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17 A: 502.
G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 468 (1870). as var. ? leptoneura.
Type. | Victoria | Sources of the Genoa River, F. Mueller s.n. reed 1870 (lecto:
K-specimen to the left of the sheet, Neg.No.Kew 2285 n.v.. ('fide D.J. McGillivray &
R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 447-448 (1993)); isolecto: [collection data as for lectotype]
(K-specimen to the right of the sheet Neg.No.Kew 2285); residual synlypes: Sources of
the River Genoa, N.S.W., s.d., ipse legi [ F. Mueller], also labeled; On the gravelly fv/r]
banks of creeks between the Wontboyn & Genoa Rivers (MEL 75160 incl.pkt.!); White
rock mountain 3-4000’, Sept. 1860 ,ferd. Mueller {MEL 75161 incl.pkt.!).
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race 1” /?./?., of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:
321 (1993).
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. leptoneura Benth. of P.M. Olde and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea
Book 3: 224-225, (1995).
G. victoriae F.Muell.. unassigned to race p.p. (‘Mallacoota Inlet"), of R.O. Makinson,
Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996).
Illustrations: J.W. Wrigley & M. Fagg, Banksias, Waratahs & Grevilleas: 332 (1991),
as G. victoriae var. leptoneura: D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 323
(1993), as G. victoriae.
P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 225 (184G.) (1995), as G. victoriae var.
leptoneura.
Spreading to erect shrub (0.5-) 1-2 (-3) m high, 1-3 m across. Branchlets terete,
subterete, concavo-convex or plano-convex in cross-section, seldom subangular in cross-
section. with several longitudinal ridges, densely subvillous or seldom tomentose (some
plants collections from Ml Wog Wog), of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not
visible, with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly
ascending hairs with some appressed, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or
silvery-white and tan-coloured, with an overlaycr of irregularly aligned, predominantly
erect and suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white with
occasional ferruginous hairs. Colour of new growth usually pink or purplish-pink,
occasionally green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple,
entire, narrowly elliptical, oblanceolate to narrowly obovate rarely broad obovate (in some
plants in the Ml Wog Wog population), (12-) 25-50 (-80) mm long, (4-) 8-15 (-19) mm
wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse with or without a short blunt
mucro, margins very shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 2.0-5.0:1; leaf upper
surface glabrous, minutely foveolate, or occasionally with scattered biramous non-
glandular, appressed and/or ascending irregularly aligned, silvery-white hairs mostly just
above the petiole, dull (? seldom glossy), mid-green to dark green, lateral veins obscure
or rarely evident, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface usually moderately densely or
occasionally loosely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, the
epidermis not visible, partially visible, or clearly visible, the hairs predominantly mutually
aligned, predominantly appressed or predominantly ascending, straight with occasional ±
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white, with occasional or scattered ferruginous, dark
ferruginous and or tan-coloured hairs, lateral veins obscure or occasionally evident,
reticulum obscure; soft-textured (? seldom leathery). Conflorescences terminal or axillary,
rarely subcauline, decurved to pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple
68 Stajsic and Molyneux additional eight specimens as being unassignable. See Table 4 for a summary of McGillivray & Makinson’s (1993) ‘races’ and ‘unassigned specimens’ and their current names/taxonomic placement. Olde & Marriott (1995) recognised three varieties: G. victoriae var. victoricie (which encompasses G. victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux), G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche (G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth.) and G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth. (G. parvula, 2000). They also recognised the ’Lake Mountain form’ (G. monslacana Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000)), G. sp. all. victoriae ‘A (G. oxyantha Makinson subsp. oxyantha and G. oxyantha subsp. ecarinata Makinson 1998), and G. sp. aff. victoriae ’B' (G. rhyolitica Makinson subsp. rhyolitica and G. rhyolitica subsp. semivestita Makinson). Grevillea victoriae occurs in the subalpine and alpine regions of the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, and high montane, subalpine and alpine regions of Victoria. Two subspecies are recognised. References in McGillivray & Makinson (1993) to occurrences of G. victoriae in Queensland refer to the taxon now recognised as G. hockingsii. The floral rachis indumentum of G. victoriae is often dead-white, contrasting strongly with the ferruginous flower buds. Other taxa sharing this feature are G. climiinita, which has much smaller leaves s 2 cm longer and a shorter pistil 10-11 m long, and G. oxyantha. which has a pyramidal perianth-limb ot the flower bud (subglobose and obtuse in G. victoriae). Other related taxa have the overall rachis indumentum colour reddish, pale tan-coloured, or off-white, rarely pale but with the buds usually red, not ferruginous. The colour of vegetative growth in G. victoriae is ferruginous or green, never pink or purplish-pink as in G. calliclilaena, G. epicroca , some populations of G. oxyantha and G. parvula. The summary of the differences between G. victoriae, G. brevifolia, G. miqueliana, and G. polycliroma are given in Table 2; see also the Notes section for G. brevifolia and G. miqueliana. Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c\ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae, of RM. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995), p.p. G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). Illustrations: G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham & J.H. Willis, Flowers and Plants of Victoria: 161 (1968), as G. victoriae: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995); L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs of South-Eastern Australia: 160 (1985 reprint), as G. victoriae: M.G. Corrick & B. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria: 188 (2000), as G. victoriae. Branclilets densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly aligned appressed and some ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white. Leaves usually narrowly elliptical to lanceolate (rarely oblanceolate), (30-) 40-120 (-200) mm long, (8-) 10-25 mm (—50) mm wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or occasionally obtuse, margins shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio (2.85:1-) 4:1-5:1 (-6:1); leaf upper surface glabrous and minutely foveolate, or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, silvery-white biramous non-glandular hairs, dull, dark-green, lateral veins conspicuous, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight or
68 Stajsic and Molyneux additional eight specimens as being unassignable. See Table 4 for a summary of McGillivray & Makinson’s (1993) ‘races’ and ‘unassigned specimens’ and their current names/taxonomic placement. Olde & Marriott (1995) recognised three varieties: G. victoriae var. victoricie (which encompasses G. victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux), G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche (G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth.) and G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth. (G. parvula, 2000). They also recognised the ’Lake Mountain form’ (G. monslacana Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000)), G. sp. all. victoriae ‘A (G. oxyantha Makinson subsp. oxyantha and G. oxyantha subsp. ecarinata Makinson 1998), and G. sp. aff. victoriae ’B' (G. rhyolitica Makinson subsp. rhyolitica and G. rhyolitica subsp. semivestita Makinson). Grevillea victoriae occurs in the subalpine and alpine regions of the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, and high montane, subalpine and alpine regions of Victoria. Two subspecies are recognised. References in McGillivray & Makinson (1993) to occurrences of G. victoriae in Queensland refer to the taxon now recognised as G. hockingsii. The floral rachis indumentum of G. victoriae is often dead-white, contrasting strongly with the ferruginous flower buds. Other taxa sharing this feature are G. climiinita, which has much smaller leaves s 2 cm longer and a shorter pistil 10-11 m long, and G. oxyantha. which has a pyramidal perianth-limb ot the flower bud (subglobose and obtuse in G. victoriae). Other related taxa have the overall rachis indumentum colour reddish, pale tan-coloured, or off-white, rarely pale but with the buds usually red, not ferruginous. The colour of vegetative growth in G. victoriae is ferruginous or green, never pink or purplish-pink as in G. calliclilaena, G. epicroca , some populations of G. oxyantha and G. parvula. The summary of the differences between G. victoriae, G. brevifolia, G. miqueliana, and G. polycliroma are given in Table 2; see also the Notes section for G. brevifolia and G. miqueliana. Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c\ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae, of RM. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995), p.p. G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). Illustrations: G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham & J.H. Willis, Flowers and Plants of Victoria: 161 (1968), as G. victoriae: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995); L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs of South-Eastern Australia: 160 (1985 reprint), as G. victoriae: M.G. Corrick & B. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria: 188 (2000), as G. victoriae. Branclilets densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly aligned appressed and some ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white. Leaves usually narrowly elliptical to lanceolate (rarely oblanceolate), (30-) 40-120 (-200) mm long, (8-) 10-25 mm (—50) mm wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or occasionally obtuse, margins shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio (2.85:1-) 4:1-5:1 (-6:1); leaf upper surface glabrous and minutely foveolate, or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, silvery-white biramous non-glandular hairs, dull, dark-green, lateral veins conspicuous, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight or
70 Stajsic and Molyneux Buffalo it also grows on boulder strewn creek banks with Acacia alpina, Babingtonia crenulata, Derwentia derwentiana, Empodisma minus, and Westringia senifolia. There are no records of vegetative reproduction. Plants arc killed outright by severe fire and regeneration is from seed only. Long-term fire regimes may be significant for local populations. Some forms of forest management such as regular cool-burns could threaten the existence or long term survival of some populations if the period between the burns is not sufficiently long enough to allow seed regenerated plants to reach a flowering and seeding stage. Given that some populations occur along vehicle-tracks, care must be taken not to eliminate these populations through road works. Notes: Grevillea victoriae subsp. victoriae is a relatively uniform species exhibiting only minor variation in leaf size and shape across its range, and even the most disjunct population at Mt Torbreck (the most southwesterly) exhibits no apparent morphological differences with other populations of G. victoriae subsp. victoriae. For differences between G. victoriae subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis refer to notes under the latter subspecies, the key and Table 2. Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17A: 502. Type: New South Wales, nearTooma Reservoir, 29. ix. 1973, R.J. Chinnock 298 (holo: CANB 492764; iso: AD n.v.). G. victoriae F.Muell. of R.O. Makinson, Flora of New South Wales 2: 49 (1991). G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race d’of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea : 321 (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (1995), p.p. Illustrations: A.B. Costin. M. Gray, C.J. Totterdell & D.J. Wimbush, Kosciusko Alpine Flora (plates 151 & 152) (1982). as G. victoriae ; P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 224 (plate 184A) (1995), a cultivated form, as G. victoriae ‘Murray Queen'. Spreading to erect shrub (1.0-) 1.5-2.5 m high, 2-4.5 (-6) m across. Branchlets moderately densely subsericeous or densely subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly aligned, appressed and scattered ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered ferruginous hairs; Leaves usually elliptic to narrowly-elliptical, occasionally ovate, rarely lanceolate or oblanceolate (20—) 35-100 (-135) mm long, (7-) 15-37 mm wide, apex acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse, margins flat or almost so, rarely rolled or revolute, but can be variable in the same plant; leaf length to width ratio 2.25-4.0:1 (-5.0:1); leaf upper surface minutely foveolate, glabrous or occasionally microscopically asperulous (40x magnification), with microscopic T-shaped or triangular asperities, smooth to touch, and/or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, biramous non-glandular silvery-white hairs or occasionally with irregularly aligned, ascending to suberecl biramous non- glandular silvery-white hairs, predominantly along the midvein and lower part of lamina or just above the petiole, occasionally mixed with appressed to irregularly aligned, ascending to erect biramous non-glandular ferruginous hairs, usually semi-glossy particularly the younger leaves which are usually bright green, maturing to mid-green to dark-green, lateral veins usually conspicuous to prominent but occasionally variable in the same plant, varying from evident to prominent, reticulum usually evident but varying from obscure to conspicuous sometimes in the same plant, rarely absent; leaf lower surface densely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered mutually and irregularly aligned appressed and ascending hairs, predominantly straight
Grevillea victoriae complex 33 Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson ( 2000 ). A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio (1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 (-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely
Grevillea victoriae complex
57
Grevillea polychroma differs from G. monslacana in the branchlets being sericeous
or subsericeous, the leaf lower surface usually densely sericeous or subsericeous, with the
epidermis not visible or partially visible, and the pollen-presenter lateral to the style. The
leaf length to width ratio is also lower in G. polychroma , (2.0:1-) 2.3-3.0:1 (-4.3:1),
compared w'ith (3.6:1-) 4.0-6.0:1 (-8.0:1) in G. monslacana.
Grevillea parvula Molyneux & Stajsie in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17 A: 502.
G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 468 (1870). as var. ? leptoneura.
Type. | Victoria | Sources of the Genoa River, F. Mueller s.n. reed 1870 (lecto:
K-specimen to the left of the sheet, Neg.No.Kew 2285 n.v.. ('fide D.J. McGillivray &
R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 447-448 (1993)); isolecto: [collection data as for lectotype]
(K-specimen to the right of the sheet Neg.No.Kew 2285); residual synlypes: Sources of
the River Genoa, N.S.W., s.d., ipse legi [ F. Mueller], also labeled; On the gravelly fv/r]
banks of creeks between the Wontboyn & Genoa Rivers (MEL 75160 incl.pkt.!); White
rock mountain 3-4000’, Sept. 1860 ,ferd. Mueller {MEL 75161 incl.pkt.!).
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race 1” /?./?., of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:
321 (1993).
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. leptoneura Benth. of P.M. Olde and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea
Book 3: 224-225, (1995).
G. victoriae F.Muell.. unassigned to race p.p. (‘Mallacoota Inlet"), of R.O. Makinson,
Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996).
Illustrations: J.W. Wrigley & M. Fagg, Banksias, Waratahs & Grevilleas: 332 (1991),
as G. victoriae var. leptoneura: D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 323
(1993), as G. victoriae.
P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 225 (184G.) (1995), as G. victoriae var.
leptoneura.
Spreading to erect shrub (0.5-) 1-2 (-3) m high, 1-3 m across. Branchlets terete,
subterete, concavo-convex or plano-convex in cross-section, seldom subangular in cross-
section. with several longitudinal ridges, densely subvillous or seldom tomentose (some
plants collections from Ml Wog Wog), of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not
visible, with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly
ascending hairs with some appressed, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or
silvery-white and tan-coloured, with an overlaycr of irregularly aligned, predominantly
erect and suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white with
occasional ferruginous hairs. Colour of new growth usually pink or purplish-pink,
occasionally green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple,
entire, narrowly elliptical, oblanceolate to narrowly obovate rarely broad obovate (in some
plants in the Ml Wog Wog population), (12-) 25-50 (-80) mm long, (4-) 8-15 (-19) mm
wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse with or without a short blunt
mucro, margins very shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 2.0-5.0:1; leaf upper
surface glabrous, minutely foveolate, or occasionally with scattered biramous non-
glandular, appressed and/or ascending irregularly aligned, silvery-white hairs mostly just
above the petiole, dull (? seldom glossy), mid-green to dark green, lateral veins obscure
or rarely evident, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface usually moderately densely or
occasionally loosely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, the
epidermis not visible, partially visible, or clearly visible, the hairs predominantly mutually
aligned, predominantly appressed or predominantly ascending, straight with occasional ±
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white, with occasional or scattered ferruginous, dark
ferruginous and or tan-coloured hairs, lateral veins obscure or occasionally evident,
reticulum obscure; soft-textured (? seldom leathery). Conflorescences terminal or axillary,
rarely subcauline, decurved to pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 70-73, Fig. 1 (map)".
Grevillea victoriae complex 33 Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson ( 2000 ). A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio (1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 (-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely
Grevillea victoriae complex 41 Grevillea epicroca Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17A: 502. Type: New South Wales, Southern Tablelands scarp: Merricumbene Fire Trail, 18.4 km S of Bateman’s Bay road, ca 19 km SW of Braidwood, 30 Mar. 1976, M.D. Crisp 2008 (holo: CANB (CBG 68600)!, iso: AD n.v., BR1 n.v., L n.v., NSW 450182!, PERTH n.v.) G. victoriae F. Muell ‘unassigned 5’, of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 322(1993). Spreading to creel shrub , 1.5-2.5 m high, to 3 m across. Branchlets distinctly angular to subangular in cross-section becoming terete away from apex, with several longitudinal ridges, (indumentum mostly present near ends of branchlets, quickly becoming glabrcscent), moderately densely or loosely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non- glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, partially visible or clearly visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed or slightly ascending, straight, off-white or silvery-white hairs, with or without occasional irregularly aligned, appressed, ferruginous hairs. Colour of new growth initially salmon-pink, becoming green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple, entire, oblong-ovate, elliptical to narrowly elliptical, (30—) 50-70 (-80) mm long, (8-) 10-15 (-20) mm wide, apex acute to subacute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, margins very shortly recurved or revolute; leaf length to width ratio (3:1-) 4:1—6:1; leaf upper surface glabrous, obscurely to conspicuously minutely foveolate, or with occasional appressed silvery-white hairs, with tan-coloured hairs (in younger leaves), glossy, mid-green to dark-green, lateral veins evident to conspicuous, reticulum absent; leaf lower surface loosely sericeous, epidermis clearly visible, the hairs mutually aligned, appressed or occasionally with scattered irregularly aligned hairs, straight, short, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned appressed tan-coloured or ferruginous hairs, lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent, slightly leathery textured. Conflorescence terminal, subterminal or axillary, decurved to pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple 57%, once-branched 27%, twice-branched 12%, thrice-branched 4%; unit conflorescence ovoid or a loose sometimes subsecund cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14-) 16-32 per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (()-) 4.5-10 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) moderately loosely sericeous or loosely subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered slightly ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, off- white or silvery-white hairs with occasional irregularly aligned ± overlying tan-coloured and or ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or pale tan-coloured; floral rachises 10-25 mm long; flora! bracts narrowly-triangular. crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight, ferruginous, with occasional slightly ascending, mutually aligned or slightly irregularly aligned hairs, inner surface glabrous except for the upper 1/3-1/4 of bract length, bracts persistent until buds 1.2-1.3 mm long; pedicels 3-3.7 mm long; torus oblique to pedicel at ca. 45°, squarish in plane- view with rounded angles; very early flower buds wholly ferruginous or tan-coloured, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing to ferruginous, advanced buds (pre-anthesis ) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to variably retrorse; perianth below the limb squarish with rounded angles in cross-section; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis usually partially visible or occasionally not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed with scattered, irregularly aligned, appressed and slightly ascending hairs, straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, occasionally with scattered minute spreading glandular hairs near base of perianth or in the lower 1/4 of perianth below the limb length (evident in fresh flowers and spirit preserved specimens only), reddish, tan-
Grevillea victoriae complex 33 Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson ( 2000 ). A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio (1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 (-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 105-108, Figs 1-4".
Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) Neville Walsli National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. Introduction When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller (1891) without further reference. Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller (MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. Taxonomy Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie Australiens 624 (1930). Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. Mueller' MEL 101452. Acknowledgements I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this matter to my attention.
Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) Neville Walsli National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. Introduction When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller (1891) without further reference. Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller (MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. Taxonomy Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie Australiens 624 (1930). Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. Mueller' MEL 101452. Acknowledgements I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this matter to my attention.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 11-13, Fig. 1".
New Victorian species of Poa 15 long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, more or less erect stolons or branched culms. Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and the shorter, ciliate ligule. The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous,
New Victorian species of Poa 15 long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, more or less erect stolons or branched culms. Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and the shorter, ciliate ligule. The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous,
New Victorian species of Poa 15 long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, more or less erect stolons or branched culms. Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and the shorter, ciliate ligule. The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous,
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 15-17, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 13-15, Fig. 2".
New Victorian species of Poa 13 scaberulous towards apex; web absent. Palea slightly shorter than its lemma, glabrous. Anthers 1.1-1.4 mm long. (Fig. 1 a,b) Distribution and habitat: Poa amplexicaulis is apparently endemic to the upper Werribec River catchment, south-central Victoria, occurring in the Brisbane Ranges, Werribee Gorge and further north to the Bullengarook area in the Pyrite Range, but apparently absent from the intervening White Elephant Range (where soils are derived from Tertiary deposits). Although it may be a locally dominant grass, it is nationally rare with Risk Code assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCi (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near threatened’, NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). It has been observed to resprout following fire. It occurs in dry open-forests with dominant species including Eucalyptus tricarpa (L.A.S. Johnson) L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill, E. macrorhyncha F. Muell. ex Benth., E. goniocalyx F. Muell. ex Miq„ Astroloma humifusum (Cav.) R. Br„ Boronia anemonifolia A. Cunn.. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Brachyloma daphnoides (Sm.) Benth., Dillwynia spp., Joycea pallida (R. Br.) H.P. Linder, Platysace lanceolata (Labill.) C. Norman, Pomax umbelhita (Gaertn.) Sol. ex A. Rich.. Pseudantlius orbiculatus (Muell. Arg.) Halford & R.J.F. Hend. and Pulteiuiea gimnii Benth. subsp. tuberculata Corrick. Soils arc characteristically shallow, often rocky, derived from Ordovician sediments. Etymology: The epithet amplexicaulis (Latin amplexus - to encircle; caulis - stem) refers to the connate sheath and culm encircling ligule. Notes: Distinctive features of Poa amplexicaulis are the fully connate, conspicuously red leaf sheaths, and the distinct membranous ligule decurrent and encircling the culm. This species is referred to by Walsh (1994, p. 424) in a note under the account of Poa tenera F. Muell. ex Hook. f. Poa amplexicaulis is further distinguished from typical specimens of P. tenera by the sparsely hairy to almost glabrous florets and indistinct lemma nerves. Specimens examined: Victoria. Brisbane Ranges National Park - Stony Ck. front picnic ground on Switchback Rd to Lower Reservoir, 23 Nov. 1977. E.G. Envy I295A (MEL); McCleans H'Way E of Switchback Rd junction, 6.5 km N of Anakic, 1 Oct. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 56606 i£ E.G. Errey (MEL); c. 250 in SW of Aeroplane Rd turnoff on Reids Rd, 26 Oct. 1992, V. Stajsic 617, D.E. Albrecht 4- I.C. Clarke (HO. K, MEL, S); NE corner near intersection of Aeroplane Rd and Mt Wallace Rd. 26 Dec. 1991. V. Stajsic 415 & P. WJodaivzvk (HO. K. MEL. S); Bacchus Marsh Rd junction of Aeroplane Rd, 6 km NE of Mt Wallace Primary School. 2 Oct. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 56758 & E.G. Errey (MEL. NPS, RSA); Just off the Melton-Ciisborne Rd. between Gisborne and Toolern Vale. 20 Nov. 1992, V. Stajsic 669 (AD, BRI, K, MEL. NSW); Werribee Gorge State Park, Ironbark (Ingliston) Rd, c. 12 kin E of Ballan, 15 Aug. 2001, N.G. Walsh 5861 (MEL). 2. Poa orthoclada N.G.Walsh sp. now Poa sp. aff. gimnii, J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria 7th edn. 37, 228 (2003). Poa fawcettiae Vickery affinis caulibus ereclis rigidis ramosis, foliis erectis tenuioribus brevioribus. ligula membranacea longiore, flosculis glabris vel glabriusculis differt. Type: Victoria, Snowfields. Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka Unit. Foot of Neilsons Crag (The Watchtower). c. 7.7 km NE from Mt Arbuckle, 15.xii.2000 N.G. Walsh 5272, (holotype MEL 2089860; isolypes CANB, NSW). Slender perennial, caespitose, stems usually stiffly ascending with intravaginal branching above base. Leaves basal and cauline. Culms erect, to c. 60 cm high. Mid-culm internodes more or less terete or weakly biconvex, glabrous, smooth, rarely scaberulous, often purplish. Sheaths glabrous, smooth, usually purplish-pigmented; margins connate for up to c. 1/4 of their length. Ligule 0.3-1 mm long, thinly membranous, truncate, distinctly ciliate at apex with cilia c. 0.2 mm long, abaxially ciliolate. Leaf blades dull slaty green, bluish, or distinctly pruinose, inrolled-terete (rarely closely folded), usually stiffly erect, mostly 6-15 (rarely to 40) cm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. (to 1.2 mm wide when flattened), generally smooth but usually minutely scaberulous on margins and near apex. Inflorescence a narrow panicle, to 15 cm long and 8 cm wide, but commonly under 8 cm
Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) Neville Walsli National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. Introduction When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller (1891) without further reference. Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller (MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. Taxonomy Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie Australiens 624 (1930). Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. Mueller' MEL 101452. Acknowledgements I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this matter to my attention.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 97-98".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 98-100".
Muelleria 22: 97-104 (2005) New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria Jiirgen Kellermann National Herbarium of Victoria. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia School of Botany. The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010. Australia Email: Juergen.Kellermann@rbg.vic.gov.au Abstract Recent molecular and morphological studies on Australian Rhamnaceae have revealed that two species of Trymalium Fenzl endemic to the Victorian Grampians are misplaced in the genus and should be transferred to Spyridium Fenzl. Two new combinations, Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell) J. Kellerm. and S. Xramosissimum (Audas) J. Kellerm., are provided. Lectotypes are chosen for both species. Introduction Spyridium Fenzl consists of approximately 40 species and occurs predominantly in southern and south-eastern Australia and Tasmania. It is one of the most diverse genera in the Australian Rhamnaceae and is currently being revised for the Flora of Australia (W.R. Barker, J. Kellermann, F. Udovicic & N.G. Walsh, in prep.). In Victoria the genus is represented by seven species, most of which also occur in South Australia and/or New South Wales. One species. Spyridium sp. 1 sensu Walsh (1999a), is very rare and endemic to the Little Desert. The genus is pail of the tribe Pomaderreae Reissek ex Endl., which currently contains approximately 200 species in seven genera (Blackallia C.A. Gardner, Cryptandra Sm., Pomaderris Labill., Siegfriedia C.A. Gardner, Spyridium, Stemmthemum Reissek, Trymalium Fenzl). Pomaderreae is characterised by the presence of a stellate indumentum on stems, leaves, and/or flowers. The tribe is endemic to Australia, with one genus (.Pomaderris) extending to New Zealand. It is described in more detail in Medan and Schirarend (2004) and Kellermann et al. (2005). Phylogenetic analyses of Pomaderreae using nuclear internal transcribed spacer DNA sequences (Kellermann et al. 2005) have revealed that two species from the Victorian Grampians that are currently classified as Trymalium, namely T. daltonii F.Muell. and T. xramosissimum Audas, are misplaced in that genus and should be transferred to Spyridium. The Queensland species T. minutiflorum E.M. Ross was shown to be part of a group of species that includes taxa that were previously not thought to be related (Kellermann et al. 2005). This group will eventually be described as a new genus of Rhamnaceae (J. Kellermann, B.L. Rye and K.R. Thiele, in prep.). With the exclusion of these south-eastern Australian species, the genus Trymalium will be virtually confined to Western Australia, with one species in South Australia, T. wayi F. Muell. & Tate. This paper makes the relevant new combinations and lectotypifications for the Victorian species. Detailed descriptions and distribution maps are given in Walsh (1999b). Taxonomy Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell.) J. Kellerm. comb. nov. Trymalium daltonii F. Muell.. Fragm. 9: 135 (Sept. 1875), as “71 Daltoni". Cryptandra daltonii (F. Muell) F. Muell., Syst. census Austral, pi. 60 (1882), as “C. Daltoni". Type citation: “In valle Barney’s Gully
New combinations in Spyridium 99 1921). Trymulium xramosissimum Audas (pro sp.) sensu J.H. Ross, Census vase. pi. Victoria. 5 th edn, 103 (1996). Type citation: “Grampians (Mount Difficult), C.W. D’Alton & J.W. Audas”. Lectotvpe (here designated): Ml. Difficult, Grampians, Oct. 1919, J.W. Audas & C.W'. D’Alton s.n. (MEL 56153). fsolectotypes: MEL 56154, MEL 56156. Possible isolectotype: Grampians 1920 [Oct. 1919], from Audas Feb. 1921 (MEL 688397 ex herb. A.J. Tadgell). Common name: Two names are currently applied to the species, Broad-leaf Trymalium (Ewart 1931) and Branched Trymalium (McCann 1994). The suggested common name is Branched Spyridium. Illustrations: J.W. Audas, Viet. Nat. 38: opp. 34, t. 1 (1921), One of Nature's Wonderlands 59-60, t. opp. 59 (1925). The Australian Bushland 283-284, t. opp. 283 (1950); L. Costermans, Native trees and shrubs of south-eastern Australia 222 (1981); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in flower 98 (1994). photograph; N.G. Walsh and T.J. Entwisle, Flora of Victoria 4: 113, l. I9B (1999). leaf only. All illustrations as T. ramosissimum or T. xramosissinuun. Taxonomic history: James W. Audas visited the Grampians once in every year between 1912 and 1922 together with his friend Charles W. D'Alton. He reported about most of these excursions in the Victorian Naturalist (Audas 1913; 1914; 1919; 1920; 1921b; 1922). As such, he was very familiar with the Grampians’ flora and also knew Mueller’s 'Trymalium daltonii, which he mentions several times in these articles. In November 1918 he collected some twigs of Spyridium xramosissinuun for the first time. The new species was possibly drawn to Audits’ attention by D'Alton, who had collected the species before. There are two sheets of S. xramosissinuun collected by Charles |W.] D’Alton in the Grampians “prior to 1907” (MEL 56152. 235444). Audas tentatively labeled the 1918 specimen as “ Cryptandra sp. ?”. He then forwarded the material to J.M. Black in Adelaide, who identified it correctly as a Spyridium and supplied Audas with a description. The copiously annotated and illustrated sheet is still in Black's herbarium (AD 97015409: Grampian Mts., Viet.. 1 Nov 1918, J.W. Audas s.n.). In a thank-you note to Black from 20 Feb. 1919 (attached to AD 97611150), Audas slates: “I have written a paper on my Grampians trip for the Field Naturalist,s [.v/c] Journal and hope to include this new Spyridium”. The report appeared in the Victorian Naturalist on 10 Apr. 1919, however, without the description of the species (Audas 1919). On their next trip to the Grampians, in October 1919, Audas and D’Alton collected the species at Mt Difficult, but this time they gathered more material. An attempt to collect the species in the following year failed (Audas 1921b). Audas forwarded these specimens to A.J. Tadgell. Two letters from Tadgell to Audas from 8 Feb. and 21 June 1921 are attached to a herbarium sheet (MEL 688397) and give a detailed analysis and compare Spyridium xramosissimum with S. daltonii. The sheet also contains the reply from Audas dated 8 Feb. 1921, in which he thanks Tadgell for his “careful overhauling ol the two specimens” and hoped “in the near future to describe the plant as new to science”. The new species was first presented as an exhibit at a Field Naturalists’ meeting on 14 Mar. 1921 ( Viet. Nat. 37: 136) and was published in the Victorian Naturalist on 4 Aug. 1921 as Trymalium ramosissimum (Audas 1921a). Clearly, Audas changed his mind about the generic affinity of the new species between 1919 and 1921. We do not know, whether it was through the influence of Tadgell, who saw the species to be close to S. daltonii. It is also uncertain why Audas slates that he discovered the species in October 1919 (Audas 1921a, b), even though he had found it the year before. Curiously, Audas published virtually the same text and illustration in two other books (Audas 1925, 1950), claiming each time that he is describing a “new species”. In his 1950 book he augments it with a Latin diagnosis of the species, as was required by the Code of Botanical Nomenclature from 1935 onwards (Greuter et at. 2000). When writing the description of 5. ramosissimum and the points of distinction between the species and S.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 31 Consen'cilion status'. Relatively widespread and not under threat at present. Notes'. The distinetive semi-orbieular to semi-reniform leaves with minutely denticulate margins and an cmarginate apex where the midrib is not produced into a distinct pungent point distinguish B. wehhii from B. acitiifolium. The branchicts in B. wehhii arc invariably glabrous as in typical B. aquifolium subsp. aquifoUum, but the angular pungent-pointed leaves differentiate the latter. Leaf shape in B. aquifolium subsp. laicUawiaua sometimes resembles that of Z?. wehhii quite closely but the young branchicts of the former arc always densely pubescent. Bossiaea wehhii is usually a smaller more slender plant than B. aquifolium and has a slightly different distribution, not occurring much further west than 30 km NNW of Walpole or north of Mt Frankland, whereas B. aquifolium does not occur much further south or cast than just south-west of Lake Muir. The orange rust fungus Aeciciium ehurnetmi McAlpine sometimes occurs on the green pods, as is the ease in B. aquifolium subsp. laicUawiaua. 2. Bossiaeu aquifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864). Type'. ‘W Australia, Drummond 2nd coll. n. 130’; syn.: BM, K (2 sheets), LD, MEL 105163, 105164, 105165, NSW, PERTH; Darling Distr., ‘Harvey river, [W.] Clarke [s.n.]’; syn.: K. Slender shrub or small tree to 8 m high; branchlets terete, slender, glabrous or sparingly to densely clothed with appressed antrorsc or curled hairs, the latter sometimes with longer spreading hairs up to I mm long interspersed, sometimes fairly conspicuously Icnticcllatc. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina depressed ovate or broadly ovate to semi-orbicular, the midrib terminating in a pungent point, distinctly angular with each angle terminating in a pungent point and the margins distinctly sinuate between the pungent points or indistinctly angular and the margins dentate, (0.5-) 0.8-2.2 cm long, (0.5-) 0.8-2 (-2.6) cm wide, wider than long, slightly cordate basally, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs, with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to densely pubescent. Stipules broadly triangular, 0.7-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, shorter than the petiole, persistent, glabrous to densely pubescent. Flowers solitary or in pairs, with basal bracts attached 0.1-0.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel glabrous or pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; with the 2 outer basal bracts rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia or sometimes sparingly pube.scent throughout, persistent, dissimilar, together almost cupular, with the outer broadly ovate, 1.4-2.3 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide, the inner encircling the pedicel basally. broadly ovate, 1.5-2.4 mm long, 2.3-3.4 mm wide; the innermost and largest bract elliptic, 6-10 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, with margins conspicuously ciliatc, rarely villous throughout, internally woolly- pubescent apically, cucullate apically, enveloping the tw'o inner bracteoles, rapidly caducous; bracteoles similar to the inner elliptic bract but smaller, 5.5-8.0 mm long, rapidly caducous. Calyx glabrous externally throughout except for marginal cilia on the lobes or with occasional scattered hairs; 2 upper lobes 1-2 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-4.2 mm long, with lobes roundcd-tnincatc apically, with 3 lower lobes 0.8-1.5 mm long, 1.3-1.7 mm wide, sub-acute to obtuse apically, shorter than the tube. Standard more or less orbicular, 11.8-18.0 mm long including a basal claw 2.0-3.2 mm long, 10.8-18.5 mm wide, longer than the keel, emarginate apically, yellow or orange-yellow internally with a dark red, red or reddish-brown continuous basal flare around a greenish-yellow throat or the flare discontinuous and consisting of a patch on either side
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 34-36".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 36-37".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 75-77, Figs 9, 21 (map), 23".
98 Ross Notes-. Bossiaeci inundata is allied to B. .spine.scens from which it differs in having terete to oval angled young branchlcts and the petioles are not attached almost at right angles to the leaf lamina. In B. inimdata the bractcoles arc invariably caducous and leave two prominent opposite or suboppositc scars on the pedicel whereas in B. spinescens the bractcoles usually persist until the young pods start to develop. The habitat of B. inundata and its ecological tolerances arc quite different to those of B. spinescens. Bossiaea concinna and B. atrata, two other spinescent es.scntially glabrous species with glabrous calyces and apically woolly-pubescent keel apices, are both much more rigid, dense and intricately branched slmibs than B. innndata, have different ecological preferences, and differ in other respects. Apart from the Gardner specimen which lacks a precise locality, all of the others were collected in the Murchison River gorge slightly upstream of the Ross Graham Lookout. A steep path from this Lookout descends to the river and the population of about one hundred plants is readily accessible. As far as is known, the plants arc confined to an area immediately upstream of this lookout. A brief search in late September 2000 below the Hawks Head Lookout revealed no plants of this taxon, but the rugged terrain prevented a thorough search. A search upstream where the North West Coastal llwy crosses the Murchison River did not reveal any plants. When the population was visited in September 2000, at first sight all of the plants appeared to be dead, only dead brown slender stems being evident. However, closer inspection revealed regeneration from the ba.se of most plants and the production from each of a few new stems, some bearing a few fiowers. Presumably the plants had been submerged for a long period following the passage of a cyclone at the beginning of that year. This periodic inundation may prevent the plants from growing into larger shrubs. Etymology-. From the Latin inundatns-, in reference to the habitat occupied by the species that results in the plants being inundated during years of high rainfall. 23. Bossiaea atrata .1.11.Ross, sp. iiov. B. conchmae Benth. affinis, a qua lamina oblonga obovata-oblonga anguste elliptica ad fere rotunda atrovirens plana vel v-fomiata ad fere conduplicata, ct pcdiccllis ct calycibus atrorubis, differt. Type-. Western Australia, Avon District, 4.8 km [3 miles] E of Manmanning, 14 Aug.'l990, B.H. Smith 1292-, holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, MEL 2011034. B. concinna Benth, FI. Austral. 2; 161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. Drummond 5* coU. no. SI. Compact dense intricately branched rigid spinescent shrub to 1.2 m high and I m wide; young branchlcts terete to oval in section and angled with a raised dccurrcnt ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf but not winged, glabrous or with few scattered hairs especially when young, the hairs on the apices of axillary bracts often appearing as a tuft of hairs in the leaf axils, the abbreviated lateral shoots terminating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina oblong, narrowly obovate- oblong, elliptic to almost rotund, 1.5-4.2 mm long, 1.1-2.2 mm w'idc, flat or v-shaped to almost conduplicatc, with margins not recurved, apex rounded to slightly acute, upper surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous throughout or sometimes with a few scattered hairs at the apex, coriaceous, with venation usually indistinct apart from the conspicuous midrib but simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.4-1.0 mm long, glabrous.
78 Ross long, 0.5-0.6 cm wide, on a stipe usually exceeding the calyx, mature valves glabrous or with scattered hairs on the sutures, pale tan brown or yellowish brown, inconspicuously venose. Seeds 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, uniformly pale creamy-yellow (Fig. 24). Disirihution and habitat: Occurs in the Avon and in the wcslem portion of the Roe Botanical Districts of the Southwestern Botanical Province from Wattengutten SW of Manmanning in the noilh-west, southwards to south of Katanning and south-eastwards to Dragon Rocks (Fig. 21). Found in Eucalyptus woodland, often in decomposed granitic soil around the base of large granite outcrops in the ‘run-off zone’, or in gravelly lateritic soil or sand in species-rich heath communities. Flowers July to Sept. Representative specimens (30 examined): Dragon Rocks Reserve, 22 Aug. 1972, N.G. Marcluini 72/580 (PERTH). Metchering Rock, 31 Aug. 1985, RJ. Cranjield 5289 (PERTH). Durokoppin Reserve, 19 Nov.1991, B.H. Smith 1592 (MEL, PERTH). Uberin Rock, 19 km SW of Manmanning. 29 July 1992, B.ff. Smith 1600 (MEL, NSW. PERTH). 1.5 km E of Nyabing on Rd to Pingrup, 31 Oct. 1996, M.G. Corrick 11474 (MEL, NSW, PERTH). Conserx’ation status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. Notes: Bossiaea smithionun is a member of the group of spinescent species with sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous ealyces, glabrous ovaries (apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea smithionun is the only species in this group in which the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous leaving two prominent raised opposite or subopposite scars on the pedicel, and it is distinguished further by the distinctive leaves with the lamina oblong to narrowly obovate-oblong, 3- 7 (-10) mm long, arching down on either side of the midrib with the margins slightly recurved or sometimes revolute to such an extent that the lamina is almost terete. Even when the leaves arc more or less glabrous in B. sniithiorum, the young branchlets are pubescent. Bossiaea sinithioruin differs from B. harharae in leaf shape, in having rapidly caducous bracteoles, and in having different ecological preferences. Bossiaea harharae favours the perimeter of salt lakes. Smith 1933 (MEL, PERTH) from llolleton is atypical in having almost glabrous young branchlets. Etymology’: The species is named in honour of Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning who have contributed much to this study of the Western Australian species of Bossiaea, and have assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the Western Australian flora. T7. Bossiaea harharae J.H.Ross, sp. nov. B. smithiorum J.H.Ross affinis, a qua bracteolis persistentibus, lamina obovata vel levitcr obtrullata vel obovata-oblonga vel clliptica vel ovall 1.2-3.9 mm longa picrumque plana ad v-formata levitcr in sectionc, margine non rccurvo vel rccurvus levitcr, differt. Type: Western Australia: Roc Distr., Salmon Gums Nature Reserve, Sunrise Hill Rd, 16 km NE of Salmon Gums P.O., 15 Aug.1998, B. Archer 1090: holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, K, MEL 2150159, NSW.
138 Ross Figure 45. Distributions of a, Bossiaea shmilata; b, B. celala. Representative specimens (15 examined): c. 87.2 km E of Southern Cross towards Coolgardie, 9 Sept.1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB, PERTH). 10 km SSE of Duri, c. 76 km E. of Southern Cross, 24 Sept. 1979, K. Newby 6087 (PERTH), c. 61 km SE of Marvel Loch on Mt Day Rd, 28 Oct. 1991, B.H. Smith 1573 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 6.5 km E of Boorabbin Microwave Tower, 87 km E of Coolgardie P.O., 7 Nov. 1999, B. Archer 1485 (AD, MEL, PERTH). Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: Priority Three. Loealised but eommon where it occurs and exists in large communities. Notes: Resembles B. leptacantha, B. flexuosa, and B.simulata in being of low stature. From each of these it differs in that the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous and the ovary is densely pubescent throughout. The flowers arc borne at or near the apex of the plants and often the slender stems bearing flowers arise near the base of the plant and weave their way vertically through the tangled mass of branches. Etymology: From the Latin celatus, concealed; in reference to the difficulty experienced in locating plants in the field which tend to blend into the surrounding vegetation. EXCLUDED WESTERN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES Bossiaea aciileata F. Mucll., Fragin. 2: 120 (1861) = Templetonia aciileata (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 170 (1864). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. Oldfield-, holo.: MEL 20339. Bossiaea biloha Benth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Enitin. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837) = Cristonia biloha (Benth.) J. H. Ross, Mitelleria 15: 11 (2001). Type: Western Australia, Darling Botanical District, King Georges Sound, Hiigeb, holo.; W.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 89 SniHh 1919 (MEL, PERTH) found growing on red sand 10 km N of the Emu Fence, Karroun reserve, is referred tentatively to B. spinesceus. It is atypical in that the young branchicts arc sparingly pubescent and not distinctly winged, the upper and lower surfaces of some leaves are sparsely appressed pubescent, and the pedicels and calyces have occasional scattered hairs. In being sparingly pubescent. Smith 1919 shows an approach to B. calcicola which occurs on the coastal limestone plain N of Port Gregory and on some of the off-shore islands, but it occupies a quite different habitat to B. calcicola and has leaves of a different texture and colour. Hislop & Orsini MH3I6 (PERTH) from ca 38 km NE of Dalwallinu is reminiscent of Smith 1919 in lacking distinctly winged young branchicts and in having sparingly pubescent young branchicts and scattered hairs on the lower surfaces of some leaves. It too is hesitantly referred to B. spiiiescens. 20. Bossiaea calcicola J.H.Ross, sp. nov. B. spinescentiae Meisn. affinis, a qua ramulis juvenibus et folds et pediceliis et calycibus parce versus dense adprcsse-pubescentibus, petiolo neque ad superficicm abaxialcm folioli fere affixo, differt. Type. Western Australia, Irwin Distr., Kalbarri National Park, Eagle Gorge, 7 km S of Kalbarri, 12 Aug. 1989, D. & B. Bcllairs 1425-, holo.; PERTH. Compact glaucous spinescent shrub to 70 cm high, young branchicts oval in section to flattened, usually with a prominent decunent ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs (young shoots densely villous), sometimes with a white waxy outer layer that exfoliates, the abbreviated lateral shoots tenninating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate or appearing fascicled, unifoliolatc; lamina oblong, rotund, obovate-oblong or cuncatc, 1.5-7.0 mm long, 1.1- 4.0 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, cmarginate or truncate apically, with margins not recurved, upper surface sparingly to densely clothed with short hairs, glabrescent, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with short hairs, glabrescent, with venation visible in young leaves but often obscure in older leaves, simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins usually inserted at an angle of about 45° or almost at right angles to the midrib; petiole 0.6-1.2 mm long, sparingly to densely pubescent. Stipules subulate, 0.7-1.7 mm long, shorter or longer than the petiole, with marginal cilia or scattered hairs towards the base, persistent. Flowers solitary or sometimes pscudoracemose, the pedicels 4.5-7.2 mm long, green or suffused with red, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs; bract often solitary, ovate or oblong, 0.6-1.2 mm long, with scattered hairs especially apically, brown, caducous or sometimes persisting; bractcolc oblong or obovate-oblong, 0.5-1.4 mm long, usually attached towards the apex of the pedicel and sometimes just overlapping the base of the calyx, with scattered hairs especially on the margins, along the midline and apically, usually persisting but sometimes caducous. Calyx sparingly to densely elothed with appressed hairs externally, green and suffused with red especially on the upper lobes or red throughout; 2 upper lobes truncate or rounded, the lobes diverging, 0.9-1.3 mm long excluding the tube 1.7-2.9 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 0.7-1.2 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.4-8.2 mm long including a claw 2.3-3.1 mm long, 7.8-9.5 mm wide, longer than the keel, internally bright yellow with a red or pinkish-red basal horseshoe-shaped flare around two greenish-yellow ‘eyes’ in the throat, externally the two basal ‘eyes’ sun'ounded by a red zone from which longitudinal red striations radiate into the lamina, only the lateral margins yellow; wings 5.9-7.0 mm long including a claw 2.3-3.0 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, externally pinkish-red; keel 5.2-5.8 mm long including a claw
60
Ross
apparently to an area extending southwards from near Kukerin and Tarin Rock in the
north-west to near Kojancerup Springs and south-eastwards to Lake Magenta and
Jerramungup (Fig. 16). Favours disturbed sites in gravel and clay soils in mallee or
eucalypt woodland. Often found where the shrub understorey is sparse. Flowers Sept, to
early Oct.
Representative specimens (20 e.xamined): 29 km SE of Nyabing, 2 Sept. 1962, K. Newbey 404
(PERTH). Jerramungup, 15 Oet.1985, J.H. Ross 3013 (MEL, PERTH). W boundary of Lake
Magenta Nature Reserve, 23 Julyl992, MS. Graham 3S9 (PERTH). 20 km W of Lake Grace on
Wagin-Lake Grace Rd, 1 Nov.1996, M.G. Corrick 11478 (MEL, PERTH). 1 km E of Kukerin on
Dumblcyung-Lakc Grace Rd, 28 Sept. 1998,././/. Ro.ss 4042 (MEL, PERTH).
Coii.seiTcitioit status'. CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora:
Priority Four.
Notes'. A distinctive species reminiscent of B. eriocarpa from which it is easily
distinguished by being a more rigid divaricately-branched shrub with the abbreviated
lateral branches usually terminating in a pungent point, the young branches usually with
a much more conspicuous white waxy outer layer so that they appear whitewashed,
different leaf venation and smaller flowers. It has a more easterly distribution. The
pungent-pointed divaricate abbreviated lateral shoots also distinguish B. divaricata from
B. ornala.
Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited B. ktlagokks F. Mucll. as a synonym of
B. cHvaricata in error. Bossiaea lalagokles is a synonym of B. oriiata.
9. Bossiaea spitwsa (Turez.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ccske Spolccn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir.
1921-2: 39 (1923). Platylobiiiin .spino.sitm Turez., Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26: 284
{1853). Bossiaea calycina Bcnth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Drum.
V.n.84.’; 1849, J. Drummond 5th collection. No. 84; Iccto.: KW (here selected);
isolecto.: K, MEL 651103, PERTH.
Low rigid dense divaricate prostrate or rounded shrub to 0.4 m high; young branches
terete, usually with an outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed,
the waxy layer exfoliating to reveal a reddish- or greenish-brown epidermis, often fairly
densely clothed with short spreading hairs; abbreviated lateral branches usually
tenninating in a pungent point, often slightly recurved or arcuate. Leaves alternate or
sometimes appearing fascicled, unifbliolate; lamina ovate or elliptic, 2.3-6.0 mm long,
1.5-3.0 mm wide, acute or acuminate apically or sometimes depressed retusc, with
margins not recurved, both surfaces but especially the lower with long scattered
appressed antrorsc or slightly spreading hairs when young, glabrc,sccnt or some hairs
persisting, with venation often obscure but simple craspedodromous, lateral nerves
almost at right angles to midrib; petiole 0.5-2.0 mm long, with long scattered appressed
hairs when young, glabrescent or some hairs persisting. Stipules narrowly ovate, 1.2-
2.6 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, longer than the petiole, spreading, often reflexed
apically, longitudinally striate, with long marginal hairs and often a few scattered hairs
along the midlinc, brown but becoming brownish-black with age, persisting. Flowers
solitary, with pedicels up to 3.5 mm long, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed
hairs; bracts ovate or elliptic, increasing in size up the length of the pedicel, the
innermost similar to the bractcolcs, 1.5-2.9 mm long, 0.7-1.6 mm wide, almost
cymbiform, scarious, margins ciliate, persistent; bractcolcs ovate, 1.8-3.5 mm long,
0.8-1.8 mm wide, usually inserted at or above the middle of the pedicel and overlapping
the base of the calyx, scarious, slightly reflexed, with scattered long hairs on the surface
and on the margins, persisting at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx green
84 Ross Bossiaea concinuci Benth., FI. Austral. 2:161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. Maxwell, K, MEL 664780. Compact shrub to 1.4 m high and 1.3 m wide, almost completely glabrous, branchlets terete, angled or slightly flattened towards the extremities, with a dccurrent ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf, the abbreviated lateral shoots usually tcmiinating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina obovate, obovate- oblong or elliptic, (3.5) 5.0-9.0 (10.8) mm long, 2.0-3.5 (4.5) mm wide, rounded or obtuse apically, often glaucous, coriaceous, with margins not recurved, glabrous, with venation prominent or obscure, simple craspedodromous, midrib usually conspicuous on the lower surface and 0.2-0.3 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1.2 mm long. Stipules 0.3-0.65 mm long, usually shorter than the petiole, nairowly triangular or subulate, persistent. Flowers solitary, pendulous, the pedicels mostly up to 5 mm long, rarely to 10 mm, glabrous; bract solitary or bracts few, when few tbc outer basal bracts ovate, up to 0.7 mm long, not imbricate, with marginal cilia and sometimes scattered hairs along the midline, the uppennost bract larger and similar to the bractcoles, oblong or obovate- oblong, 0.7-2.1 mm long, glabrous apart from ciliatc margins especially apically, appressed to or clasping the pedicel, persisting until the young pods develop; bractcoles oblong or obovatc-oblong, 1.0-2.8 mm long, inserted slightly below or above the middle of the pedicel, not overlapping the base of the calyx, longitudinally striate, glabrous apart from marginal cilia, persisting at least until the young pods develop. Calyx green or suffused with purple, glabrous externally except for hairs on the margins of the lobes; 2 upper lobes much broader than the lower three, (1.2-) 1.5-2.0 mm long excluding the tube (3.5-) 4.1-5.5 mm long, rounded or obtuse, the apices diverging, acute, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-2.1 mm long, (0.9-) 1.2-1.5 mm wide, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard usually longer than wide, (9.5-) 13.0-17.4 mm long including a claw (2.5-) 3.5-5.0 mm long, (9.4-) 11.0-16.0 mm wide, usually slightly shorter than the keel, internally red or yellow, orange or apricot suffused with red and with a red or orange horseshoe-shaped Hare around a basal yellowish throat, sometimes the margin distinctly yellow or orange-yellow, externally red, yellow with pale pinkish-red striations radiating from the base, orange-red or apricot and with red striations; wings (9.0-) 11.0-18.2 mm long including a claw (3.5-) 4.0-6.1 mm long, auricicd, (2.6) 3.0- 4.5 mm wide, externally red, orange-red, apricot or yellow apically, pinkish-red or yellow basally; keel (9.0-) 12.2-18.2 mm long including a claw (3.5) 4.5-7.2 mm long, auricicd, (2.5) 3.5-5.0 mm wide, externally pinkish apically or occasionally yellow, densely pubescent or woolly apically in the sinus. Stamcn-fdaments (8.4-) 9.5-17.5 mm long. Ovary 5.5-9.5 mm long, on a stipe 2.0-6.3 mm long, 8-15-ovulatc, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs along the lower suture towards the apex and sometimes with scattered hairs on the valves apically. Pods oblong, L4-2.9 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, on a stipe just exceeding the calyx, with valves inconspicuously venose, margins slightly thickened, glabrous or almost so. Seeds 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.4- 1.8 mm wide, olive to yellowish-brown with purplish mottles (Figs 10, 26). Di.strihiition and Itahilal: Occurs in the eastern portion of the Menzies subdistrict of the Darling Botanical District, the Eyre and western portion of the Roe Botanical Districts of the Southwestern Botanical Province from near Pingrup in the north, Tcntcrden in the west, eastwards to Israelite Bay (Fig. 21). Occurs in sand and on dunes along the coast in low shrub, Banksia or malice heathland, and away from the coast in sand, loam, gravel and rocky situations or low-lying areas subject to waterlogging in shrubland or heathland. Flowers May-Oct.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 91 2.3-2.6 mm long, 2.0-2.2 mm wide, externally pinkish-red, darker apically, densely woolly pubescent apically and in the sinus. Stamen-filaments 4.2-5.5 mm long. Ovary 3.2-4.3 mm long, on a stipe 0.6-0.9 mm long, 4-6-ovulate, glabrous apart from scattered hairs on the lower suture especially apically and sometimes with occasional scattered hairs on the valves. Pods 1.2-2.2 cm long, 0.5-0.8 cm wide, on a stipe about as long as or just exceeding the calyx, mature valves glabrous or with occasional scattered hairs on the lower suture and sometimes on the valves, brown, inconspicuously venose. Seed (only one mature seed seen) elliptic, 3.5 mm long, 2.2 mm wide, chestnut-brown (Fig. 29). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the southern portion of the Carnarvon and northern portion of the Irwin Botanical Districts from Dirk Hartog Island in the north to the Hutt River lagoon in the south (Fig. 28). Favours low open heath in maritime situations and associated with limestone or compacted sand derived from limestone. Does not occur on loose sand on the coastal dunes. Found in exposed situations along coastal cliffs and sea-facing slopes. Flowers July-Scpt. Representative specimens (15 examined): East Wallabi Is, undated, G.M. Storr s.n. (PERTH 2741180). N side of Passage Paddock, Dirk Hartog Is, 2 Sept. 1972, A.S. George 11377 (PERTH). Hutt Lagoon, 30 Aug. 1983, R.J. Cranfleld 4004 (PERTH). Shark Bay, False entrance, 24 July 1988, P. Marat 8332 (PERTH). Kalbarri National Park, Natural Bridge Lookout, 22 July 1998, D. A B. Betlairs 5005 (PERTH). East Wallabi Is, Flag Hill, 30 Aug. 1998, A.S. George 77450 (MEL, PERTH). ’ Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australia: Priority Four. Notes: The maritime habitats occupied by B. calcicola tend to be harsh and windswept where the plants grow either in open exposed situations or sheltered in amongst other shrubs. The prevailing salt-bearing winds prune the plants and kill many of the apical shoots so that many plants exhibit ‘die-back’. Superficially similar to B. spinescens but differs in having sparingly to densely appressed-pubcscent young stems, leaves, pedicels and calyces, thick leaves, the petiole not attached almost at right angles to the leaf-lamina, and quite different ecological preferences. Bo.ssiaea calcicola is poorly represented in herbaria and its range of distribution not adequately known. Further field work between Port Gregory and Kalbarri where its distribution overlaps with that of B. spinescens would be beneficial. If it was not for the indumentum on the young stems, leaves, pedicels and calyces, and the different ecological preferences, B. calcicola could possibly be accommodated in a broader concept of B. .spinescens. Etymology: From the Latin calcareus, limestone, and cola, dweller; in reference to the preferred habitat of this species on limestone or sands derived from limestone. 21. Bossiaea conciniui Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 161 (1864). Type: ^Drummond, 5th coll. «. 81, and Suppl. n. 41 (very spinescent specimen with dark-coloured flowers); Grass-tree plains between M’Callum and Stokes Inlets, Maxwell (more leafy and less spinescent, with apparently bright yellow flowers)’: J. Drummond Suppl. n. 41; lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.: MEL 651105.
98 Ross Notes-. Bossiaeci inundata is allied to B. .spine.scens from which it differs in having terete to oval angled young branchlcts and the petioles are not attached almost at right angles to the leaf lamina. In B. inimdata the bractcoles arc invariably caducous and leave two prominent opposite or suboppositc scars on the pedicel whereas in B. spinescens the bractcoles usually persist until the young pods start to develop. The habitat of B. inundata and its ecological tolerances arc quite different to those of B. spinescens. Bossiaea concinna and B. atrata, two other spinescent es.scntially glabrous species with glabrous calyces and apically woolly-pubescent keel apices, are both much more rigid, dense and intricately branched slmibs than B. innndata, have different ecological preferences, and differ in other respects. Apart from the Gardner specimen which lacks a precise locality, all of the others were collected in the Murchison River gorge slightly upstream of the Ross Graham Lookout. A steep path from this Lookout descends to the river and the population of about one hundred plants is readily accessible. As far as is known, the plants arc confined to an area immediately upstream of this lookout. A brief search in late September 2000 below the Hawks Head Lookout revealed no plants of this taxon, but the rugged terrain prevented a thorough search. A search upstream where the North West Coastal llwy crosses the Murchison River did not reveal any plants. When the population was visited in September 2000, at first sight all of the plants appeared to be dead, only dead brown slender stems being evident. However, closer inspection revealed regeneration from the ba.se of most plants and the production from each of a few new stems, some bearing a few fiowers. Presumably the plants had been submerged for a long period following the passage of a cyclone at the beginning of that year. This periodic inundation may prevent the plants from growing into larger shrubs. Etymology-. From the Latin inundatns-, in reference to the habitat occupied by the species that results in the plants being inundated during years of high rainfall. 23. Bossiaea atrata .1.11.Ross, sp. iiov. B. conchmae Benth. affinis, a qua lamina oblonga obovata-oblonga anguste elliptica ad fere rotunda atrovirens plana vel v-fomiata ad fere conduplicata, ct pcdiccllis ct calycibus atrorubis, differt. Type-. Western Australia, Avon District, 4.8 km [3 miles] E of Manmanning, 14 Aug.'l990, B.H. Smith 1292-, holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, MEL 2011034. B. concinna Benth, FI. Austral. 2; 161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. Drummond 5* coU. no. SI. Compact dense intricately branched rigid spinescent shrub to 1.2 m high and I m wide; young branchlcts terete to oval in section and angled with a raised dccurrcnt ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf but not winged, glabrous or with few scattered hairs especially when young, the hairs on the apices of axillary bracts often appearing as a tuft of hairs in the leaf axils, the abbreviated lateral shoots terminating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina oblong, narrowly obovate- oblong, elliptic to almost rotund, 1.5-4.2 mm long, 1.1-2.2 mm w'idc, flat or v-shaped to almost conduplicatc, with margins not recurved, apex rounded to slightly acute, upper surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous throughout or sometimes with a few scattered hairs at the apex, coriaceous, with venation usually indistinct apart from the conspicuous midrib but simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.4-1.0 mm long, glabrous.
110 Ross Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually flowers in November and December. When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from approximately Scott River to Albany. 27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb ex DC. (1825). Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 (12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7
104 Ross Consei-vation sicitiis: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australia: Priority 2. Known from three populations N W, SW and E of Norseman. Seedling reeniitment was evident at all three populations in September 2000. Notes: The narrow oblong to nanowly obovate-oblong leaves distinguish B. aiirantiaca from B. caldcolci, the only other spinescent species with sparingly pubescent calyces. In addition, the two species have quite different distributions and ecological preferences. Likewise, leaf shape distinguishes B. aiirantiaca from the variant of 5. harbarae from near Lake Koorkoordinc that has occasional scattered hairs on the caly.\. Although no individual flower part is orange, the combination of yellow, pink and red, imparts an orange hue from a distance and, when in flower, the tlowers typically appear distinctly orange. A visit to the Mt Norcott population in September 2000 revealed that the flowers on many plants were essentially red. In.spcction of these red-flowered plants showed that the standard petals were malformed, reduced in size, and uniformly red instead of having a partial yellow lamina internally and externally. In contrast to the plants with ‘normal’ standards at Mt Norcott that produced pods in profusion, none of the plants with malfonncd standards subsequently produced many pods. This suggests that the nontial pollinators were not as effective when the standards arc malfonncd. Etymology’: From the Latin aiirantiaciis\ in reference to the orange hue imparted by the flowers. 25. Bossiaea cremaca J. H. Ross, sp. nov. B. spinesceiitiae Meisn. affinis, a qua strato albo cerco ramorum juvenium desquamato cito, foliis plerumque ad ramos juvcncs limitatis caducis cito, petalis carinac apicibus glabris vcl pilis aliquot dispersis, differt. Type: Western Australia, 129 km E of Mount Magnet on Mount Magnet-Sandstone rd. 21 Sept. 1998, J.H. Ross 4004; holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, K, MEL 2149939. Divaricately branched spreading shrub to 1.2m high and 1.5m wide; bark on old stems yellowish-brown, rough, peeling off in short longitudinal strips; young branehicts terete to oval in section or slightly flattened but not winged, not incised at the nodes, sparingly to fairly densely pubescent, glabrescent, covered with a white waxy outer layer that rapidly exfoliates to reveal a pitted green inner layer, usually terminating in a bluntish point. Leaves usually confined to the young growth, mo.stly soon caducous so that often the plants are apparently leafless, alternate or on short axillary shoots and appearing fascicled, unifoliolatc; lamina oval, elliptic to obovate-oblong, 2.2-6 (-8.5) mm long, (0.7-) 1.7-3.5 (-4.7) mm wide, usually emarginate apically and sometimes almost biiobed. usually attached almost abaxially to the petiole, upper surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous or with scattered hairs along the midrib or sometimes also on the lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.5 -1.0 (1.6) mm long, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Stipules ovate to nanowly ovate, 0.6 -1.2 (-2.1) mm long, laterally confluent basally and oblique, turning black and persisting, with marginal cilia especially apically. Flowers solitary or pscudoracemosc at the nodes, the pedicels 1-5 mm long, glabrous or with occasional scattered hairs; bracts imbricate, increasing in size up the length of the pedicel, the inner broadly ovate, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, scarious, concave, with conspicuous marginal cilia and scattered hairs externally along the midline especially apically, persistent; braeteolcs broadly ovate, narrowly
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 43 The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than broad. 5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); isolccto.; K. Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 (1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: ‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 43 The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than broad. 5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); isolccto.; K. Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 (1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: ‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not.
36 Ross tliese number[s] are very irregularly preser\'ed in the Hookerian herbarium which has the most complete set. The first collection was distributed in the first instance as sent over here without numbers, of this I see numerous specimens from the Hookerian. my own, Lindley’s and other herbaria, corresponding specimens were afterwards sent with numbers which were not regularly entered in the herbaria which had them without numbers — then came successively the 2'^ 3** 4"' 5'*' and b* collections and various supplements all separately numbered and often in Sir William’s set not numbered so that there is always the greatest uncertainty about the numbering and I once thought of not giving the numbers at all for fear of leading into error—sometimes also the numbers badly written have been misread and erroneously copied.’ (Bentham, 1867). Drummond could have learnt much about labelling specimens from his contemporary Ludwig Preiss. 2b. Bossiaea CKiitifoliiim subsp. laidltnviana (Tovey & P.Morris) J.H.Ross, Miielleria 8 : 206 (1994). Bossiaea laidlawiana Tovey & P. Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 34: 207 (1922). Type: ‘Pemberton and Manjimup, Warren district. West Australia, Max Koch, No. 2244 Oct., Dec. 1918; Western Australia, (in National Herbarium, Melbourne, without collector’s name or precise locality.)’: Pemberton (Big Brook), A/. Koch 2244, Oct., Dec. 1918; Iccto.: MEL 6512S9-, isoiccto.: AD, MEL 65/290, 651293. Young branchlets sparingly to densely pubescent; leaves angular, only the apex terminating in a pungent point but the margin with numerous (11-25) teeth or points and usually not deeply sinuate; standard yellow internally with a discontinuous basal red flare around a greenish-yellow throat, the fiarc represented by a red patch on cither side of the yellow throat and often with a red spot in the centre (the centrefold at the base of the standard) of the throat; wings cxtemally red basally and yellow apically. Distribution and habitat: Occurs from the vicinity of Nannup south and south- eastwards to just south-west of Lake Muir. Favours clay-loam soils which sometimes contain gravel. Most commonly encountered as an understorcy to Eucalyptus diversicolor but sometimes found with E. marginata and E. diversicofor, with E. marginata and Coiyinbia calophylla, or in stands of all three species. Flowers Sept.- Nov. Representative specimens (70 examined): Pemberton, Oct. 1963. IV. Rogerson 83 (PERTH); Beedelup Falls, Becdclup National Park. 9 Sept. 1965, A.C. Beaugicliole 12637 (MEL); Davidson's Rd. (W of Manjimup) near comer of Coronation Rd., 10 Oct. 1984, M.G. Corrick 9239 (MEL, PERTH); 12.7 km NE of Pemberton on Vasse Hvvy, 14 Oct.1985. y.7/. Ro.ss 2997 (MEL, PERTH); 4 km N of Donnelly River Mill (Wheatley), 13 Oct.1992, T.D. Macfarlane 2068(2) (MEL, PERTH); 7 km SSW of Lake Muir, 7 Sept. 1995, RJ. Cranjleld 10362 (MEL, PERTH). Consolation status: Relatively widespread and not under threat at present. Notes: Several specimens from an area south and south-east of Nannup, for example Corrick 9233, 9242, 10554 (MEL), are difficult to place in cither subspecies with certainty. These have been referred with some doubt to subsp. laidlawiana. Occasional flowers on a few specimens, for example, Macfarlane 2068(2) from 4 km N of Donnelly River Mill (MEL, PERTH), Corrick 9242 from 7 km N of Donnelly River Mill (MEL), Ross 2995 from Pemberton (MEL) and Ross 2988 from Davidson Rd., 14.9 km E of the Vasse Hwy (MEL, PERTH), possess an extra pair of basal bracts. Flowers bearing the extra pair of basal bracts occur sporadically among flowers with the usual two basal bracts.
Western Australian liossiaeu Species
47
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY.
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material.
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B.
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112).
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl.,
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’;
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected).
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25,
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J.
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE.
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2.
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here
selected).
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K.
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened,
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate,
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear-
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved,
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved.
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 43 The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than broad. 5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); isolccto.; K. Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 (1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: ‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 43 The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than broad. 5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); isolccto.; K. Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 (1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: ‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not.
108 Fioss The glabrous ovaries and emarginate eadiieous leaves distinguish B. eremaea from B. spinosa and B. lUvaricata vvhieh both have densely villous ovaries and. furthermore, its distributional range and eeologieal preferenees are quite different. Wind-blown sand tends to accumulate around the base of plants and individual older plants sometimes spread by layering. In the type locality in 1998 most plants were heavily infested with spherical and/or fusiform galls inhabited by members of the superfamily Chalcidoidcac. The family in question is not known but is thought to be cither Pteromalidac, Eulophidae, Torymidae or Eurytomidac (C. McPhcc. pers. comm.). Initially it was thought that the insects inhabiting the galls may be responsible for defoliating the plants but apparently this is not the case. Similar galls were noted on the specimen collected near White Cliffs ITS. and have been observed occasionally on other species of Bossiewa. Etymology: From the Greek, eremaios, desert; in reference to the occurrence of the species on deep .sand in the Eremacan Botanical Province. 26. Bossiaea ritfci R.Br. in W.T.Aiton. Hortus Kew. edn 2. 4: 267 (1812); DC.. Prodr. 2: 117 (1825). Type: ‘Nat. of the South-West Coast ofNew Holland. Robert Brown. Esq.’; King Georges Sound. R. Brown 4S3I\ Iccto.: BM; isolecto.: CANB, PERTH. Bossiaea paiicifolia Benth. in Lindicy. Edwards's Bol. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindicy, Edwards's Bol. Reg. 29; 63 (1843); Walp., Repert. Bol. Sysl. 1: 578 (1842); Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 81 (1844). Type: ‘A little Swan River bush.I have been favoured with .specimens by R. Mangles Esq. of Sunning Hill, and by Messrs. Lowe and Co. of Clapton and it has also llowcred in the gardens of the Horticultural Society.’; Swan River. 1839, J. Drummond: Iccto.: CGE. Bos.siaea virgala Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp.. Repert. Bol. Sysl. 2: 833 (1843). Bo.ssiaea rufa var. virgala (Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral.2: 166 (1864). Type: ‘A Swan River species, detected and introduced to this country by Mr James Drummond, by seeds, received by Mr Murray in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where the plant flowered in June, 1842.’; Swan River,./. Drummond Isl coll., no. 56: lecto.: K. Bossiaea rufa var. normaiis Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 166 (1864). Type as for B. rufa. Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-10 mm wide, incised at the nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs especially when young. Leaves present or absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; lamina obovatc, obovatc-oblong, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long. 2.2-10.0 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or mucronatc apically, with margins flat or slightly rccurv'ed, glabrous throughout or with occasional scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface, with venation semieraspedodromous; petiole 1.5- 4.5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1-3 mm long. (0.4-) 0.7-1.0 mm wide, usually shorter than the petiole, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules laterally confiuent for much of their length, persistent. Flowers solitary or paired at the nodes, the pedicels (3-) 5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes sparingly pubescent; bract solitary, narrow-ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, or with hairs along the midlinc, longitudinally striate, usually rapidly caducous and only visible in young bud; bracteolcs narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2.5 (-3.5) mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel, rapidly caducous and leaving two prominent scars, only visible in young bud. Calyx glabrous
86
Ross
Representative specimens (107 examined): 9 km SW of Pingrup on Rd to Borden, 8
Mayl969, P.G. Wilson 8290 (PERTH). Boat Harbour. 100 km due E of Albany, 14 Aug.1970,
N.G. Marchant 70/137 (PERTH). Dillon Bay, 4 Oct.1981, M.G. Corrick 7714 (MEL). 31 km
from Mt Ragged towards Esperance, 9 Sept. 1983, J. Taylor 1590 & P. OUerensbaw (CANB,
MEL, PERTH). Thomas R. mouth. Cape Arid, 13 June 1985, GJ. Keighety 7775 (PERTH). 5 km
E of Condingup, 26 May 1996, B. Archer 328B (MEL).
Consen’ation status: Not threatened at present.
Notes: Bossiaeapreissii is distinguished readily from the other spinescent species by
having pendulous flowers in which the keel petals arc about the same length as the
standard. In addition, the colour of the flowers in B. preissii is different.
Flower colour may vary considerably from plant to plant within a single population.
This is well illustrated by a suite of specimens in MEL from near Condingup {B. Archer
328, 328A. 328B, 360, 361, 362, 363, 368, 368A). In addition to this variation in flower
colour, the size of the flowers is also variable and occasional plants within a population,
for c.xample B. Archer 328, have smaller flowers than usual. Flower size is less variable
than flower colour. These differences in flower colour and size do not appear to be
taxonomically significant. The Maxwell syntype of B. concinna Benth. from between
M’Callum and Stokes Inlets is a small-flowered specimen of B. preissii.
Typification: As indicated by Meisner, the Preiss material upon which he based his
description of B. preissii is very poor. Indeed, Meisner deserves credit for assigning it to
the correct genus! I here select the specimen of Preiss 986 in NY, which formed part of
Meisner’s own herbarium, as the lectotype of B. preissii. The specimen consists of a
twig about 8 cm long on which the remains of a solitary flower arc visible. The
specimen of Preiss 986 in LD is larger (13.5 cm long) but sterile.
19. Bossiaea spinescens Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 82 (1844)
Bossiaea rtifa R. Br. vav. foliosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2 : 166 (1864).
Type: Tn limoso-Iapidosis sterilibus summitatis montis Blakewell (York) d. 11.
Sept.1839, Herb. Preiss 1031..’; syn.: LD, MEL 664707, NY; ‘et in glareosis sylvae
inter praedia rustica Dom. Barker et Lcnnard (York)’d. 12.Apr. 1840, No. [Preiss]
1030’; syn.; LD; ‘(Drummond 259 et coll. 1.)’; syn.: K, MEL 664704.
Bossiaeapaucifolia sensu Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 29: t.63 (1843), non Benth.
(1841).
Slender spreading or compact spinescent shrub to 2 m high and 1.5 m wide; young
branchlets oval in section to flattened and narrowly winged, usually with a conspicuous
decurrent ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf, glabrous or with few
scattered hairs especially when very young, with a tuft of hairs at the base of each bud
in the leaf axil, the abbreviated lateral shoots often slightly deflexed, tenninating in a
pungent point. Leaves alternate or appearing fascicled, unifoliolate; the petiole typically
attached almost at right angles to the lamina and the lamina held in a slightly different
plane to the petiole, lamina oblong, obovatc-oblong, obovate or oval, 2-10 mm long,
1.0-4.2 (5.5) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, truncate or emarginatc apically, concolorous,
with margins not recurv'cd, upper surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous or with
occasional scattered hairs along the midrib, with venation visible in young leaves but
often obscure in older leaves, simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins usually inserted
at an angle of about 45” to the midrib; petiole 0.6-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with
occasional scattered hairs. Stipules subulate to narrow-ovate, 0.5—1.7 mm long, usually
shorter than the petiole, scarious, glabrous or with scattered hairs especially towards the
116 Ross the pedicel, glabrous apart from marginal cilia especially towards the apex and sometimes with hairs apically along the midline, inconspieuoiisly longitudinally striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx glabrous externally apart froin hairs on the margins of the lobes, apparently suffused with pink or red; 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, aeute, 2.3 mm long e.xcluding the tube 3.1 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.3 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 9.2 mm long including a claw 2.9 mm long, 8.5 mm wide, shorter than the keel, deep yellow internally with a faint discontinuous red horseshoe-shaped basal tlarc around a paler yellow throat, externally yellow with faint red longitudinal striations radiating from the base into the lamina; wings 8.0 mm long including a claw 2.1 mm long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide, distinctly auricicd ba.sally, uniformly yellow, glabrous; keel 9.6 mm long including a claw 2.8 mm long, 3.8 mm wide, externally yellow or greenish- yellow, glabrous apically in the sinus. Stamen-filaments 6.7-8.0 mm long. Ovaiy 7-9 mm long, on a stipe up to 1.3 mm long, 11-ovulate, glabrous; style 2 mm long. Pods oblong, 2.7-4.8 cm long, 0.65-0.8 cm wide, the stipe exceeding the calyx, with valves inconspicuously transversely venose, glabrous, dark reddish- brown when mature. Seeds ellipsoid, 3.5-3.9 mm long, 2.0-2.4 mm wide, chestnut-brown with subtle darker mottles (Fig. 39). Disirihution and liahilal: Known only from two populations on the summit of a single sandstone massif north of the Prince Regent River (M. Barrett, pers. comm.) in the Gardner Botanical District of the Northern Botanical Province (Fig. 37). Occurs in shallow sand amongst rocks with Triodia sp. at the base of a low sandstone ridge on the summit of the sandstone massif. Flowers December-January. Conseira/ion skilns: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australa; Priority One. Possibly not at risk because of its remote isolated location but known from only two populations about 2 km apart. Notes: 1 have had access only to the type collection and the above description is based on that collection alone. Bossiaea harrelfioniin differs from B. bossiaeoides, the only other Bossiaea species in the Kimberley, in being a much smaller spreading or semi-prostrate shnib with much narrower cladodcs, and in having smaller llowers with glabrous standard and keel petals. Bossiaea hossiaeoides has been recorded llowcring during most months of the year. It is not known whether B. harredioriiin docs likewise. Superficially reminiscent of B. praetermissa and B. nifa which occur on the south coast in the Southwestern Botanical Province thousands of kilometres away. Bossiaea praetermissa differs in having pubescent pedicels and calyces, differently coloured corollas and stipulate leaves, whereas B. rtifa has caducous bracteolcs, differently coloured corollas and keel petals that are densely pubescent or woolly apically in the sinus. Etymoiogv: The species is named in honour of Matthew and Russell Barrett who discovered it, along with several other novelties, during field work in the Kimberleys conducted in the wet season. 29. Bossiaea hossiaeoides (A.Cunn. ex Bcnth.) Court, Muelleria 2: 139 (1971). Acacia hossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. in Hook., Land. J. Bot. 1: 323 (1842). Type: ‘Liverpool Range, N. Coast, [Northern Territory], A. Cunningham.’; lecto.: K. Bossiaea pliylloclada F. Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 3: 52 (1859). Type: ‘on the edges of the sandstone tableland, and on stony declivities, and barren bushy
110 Ross Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually flowers in November and December. When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from approximately Scott River to Albany. 27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb ex DC. (1825). Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 (12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 83 Representative specimens (30 examined); Frank i lann National Park, 7 Aug. 1978, D. Monk 318 (PERTH); 17 km NE of Scaddan on Truslove Rd, 9 Sept.1983, P. van cier Moezel 277 (PERTH); Lake Halbert, 8 km E of Mt Ridley, 12 Oet.1991, W.R. Archer 1210912 (MEL, PERTH); Fuller Rd, 35.8 km NW of Salmon Gums P.O., 4 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 768 (MEL, PERTH); Lake Pallcrup, 22.5 km SE of Lake King Goods Shed, 13 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 836 (MEL, PERTH); Ridley Rd, 12 km E of Grass Patch, 8 Nov. 1997,5. Archer 854 (MEL, PERTH). Cunservettion status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. Notes: Bossictea barharae is a member of the group of spincscent species with sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous calyces, glabrous ovaries (apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea harbarae is distinguished from the other species by its small (1.2-3.9 mm long) thick glaucous leaves with the lamina flat or slightly v-shaped in section, the margins not or scarcely recurved, the apex rounded or often depressed-retuse, the midrib prominent on the lower surface, slightly raised and 0.1-0.2 mm wide, and the upper and lower surfaces typically sparingly to densely clothed with straight appressed hairs or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs. The degree of development of the indumentum on the young leaves varies and to some extent appears to be correlated with distribution. The lamina is typically sparingly ' to densely clothed with straight appressed or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs but occasionally the hairs are very tightly coiled (E of Hyden and W of Lake King in the north-west) or the lamina is almost glabrous throughout (Mt Heywood in the east). These extreme expressions arc considered no more than part of the overall variation within the species. Even when the leaves are more or less glabrous, the young growth of the current season is still sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs which, together with the distinctive small leaves, distinguishes B. barbarae from the spincscent species with glabrous new growth such as B. spinescens and B. concinna. Shrubs arc usually greyish-green in appearance, except for the light green flush of new growth. Plants are compact when growing in the open but lax when growing in the shade beneath Melaleuca spp. Material from Lake Koorkoordine, Newby 8414 (PERTH); Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer (MEL, PERTH) has a slightly different facies, is slightly atypical, apparently separated from other populations by a large discontinuity, and is included in this species with some hesitation. Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer are unusual in that the branchlets arc almost glabrous apart from the youngest growth of the current season, and in having occasional scattered hairs on the pedicels and calyces. Leaf shape distinguishes these specimens from B. aurautiaca and B. calcicola, the other spincscent species with sparingly pubescent calyces and pedicels. Etymology: The species is named in honour of Barbara Archer of Norseman who has contributed greatly to this study of the Western Australian species of Bossiaea, and assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the Western Australian flora. 18. Bossiaea preissii Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I: 82 (1844). Type: Tn glarcosis stcrilibus inter fruticcs promontorii Cape Riche, d, 20 Nov. 1840. specimina pauca, manca. Herb. Preiss. 986’; Iccto.; NY (here selected); isoiccto.: LD. Bossiaea rigida Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 285 (1853). Type: ‘Drum. V. n. 79.’, 1849, J. Drummond, 5th collection, no. 79\ lecto.: KW (here selected); isoiccto.: K, MEL 664727, PERTH.
Western Australian Bossiaea Species 83 Representative specimens (30 examined); Frank i lann National Park, 7 Aug. 1978, D. Monk 318 (PERTH); 17 km NE of Scaddan on Truslove Rd, 9 Sept.1983, P. van cier Moezel 277 (PERTH); Lake Halbert, 8 km E of Mt Ridley, 12 Oet.1991, W.R. Archer 1210912 (MEL, PERTH); Fuller Rd, 35.8 km NW of Salmon Gums P.O., 4 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 768 (MEL, PERTH); Lake Pallcrup, 22.5 km SE of Lake King Goods Shed, 13 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 836 (MEL, PERTH); Ridley Rd, 12 km E of Grass Patch, 8 Nov. 1997,5. Archer 854 (MEL, PERTH). Cunservettion status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. Notes: Bossictea barharae is a member of the group of spincscent species with sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous calyces, glabrous ovaries (apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea harbarae is distinguished from the other species by its small (1.2-3.9 mm long) thick glaucous leaves with the lamina flat or slightly v-shaped in section, the margins not or scarcely recurved, the apex rounded or often depressed-retuse, the midrib prominent on the lower surface, slightly raised and 0.1-0.2 mm wide, and the upper and lower surfaces typically sparingly to densely clothed with straight appressed hairs or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs. The degree of development of the indumentum on the young leaves varies and to some extent appears to be correlated with distribution. The lamina is typically sparingly ' to densely clothed with straight appressed or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs but occasionally the hairs are very tightly coiled (E of Hyden and W of Lake King in the north-west) or the lamina is almost glabrous throughout (Mt Heywood in the east). These extreme expressions arc considered no more than part of the overall variation within the species. Even when the leaves are more or less glabrous, the young growth of the current season is still sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs which, together with the distinctive small leaves, distinguishes B. barbarae from the spincscent species with glabrous new growth such as B. spinescens and B. concinna. Shrubs arc usually greyish-green in appearance, except for the light green flush of new growth. Plants are compact when growing in the open but lax when growing in the shade beneath Melaleuca spp. Material from Lake Koorkoordine, Newby 8414 (PERTH); Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer (MEL, PERTH) has a slightly different facies, is slightly atypical, apparently separated from other populations by a large discontinuity, and is included in this species with some hesitation. Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer are unusual in that the branchlets arc almost glabrous apart from the youngest growth of the current season, and in having occasional scattered hairs on the pedicels and calyces. Leaf shape distinguishes these specimens from B. aurautiaca and B. calcicola, the other spincscent species with sparingly pubescent calyces and pedicels. Etymology: The species is named in honour of Barbara Archer of Norseman who has contributed greatly to this study of the Western Australian species of Bossiaea, and assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the Western Australian flora. 18. Bossiaea preissii Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I: 82 (1844). Type: Tn glarcosis stcrilibus inter fruticcs promontorii Cape Riche, d, 20 Nov. 1840. specimina pauca, manca. Herb. Preiss. 986’; Iccto.; NY (here selected); isoiccto.: LD. Bossiaea rigida Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 285 (1853). Type: ‘Drum. V. n. 79.’, 1849, J. Drummond, 5th collection, no. 79\ lecto.: KW (here selected); isoiccto.: K, MEL 664727, PERTH.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 108-110, Figs 37 (map) 38,".
110 Ross Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually flowers in November and December. When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from approximately Scott River to Albany. 27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb ex DC. (1825). Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 (12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7
Western Australian Bossicieci Species 121 or clay-loam, in creek beds and on rocky outcrops. Not usually associated with salt lakes but occasionally found on high ground on the perimeter of a salt lake or on raised islands in salt lakes. Flowers usually late July-Nov., although sometimes in autumn (May) in New South Wales. Represeiikitive specimens (132 specimens examined): 36.8 km [23 miles] NE of Southern Cross, 5 Sept. 1966. K. Nenhv 2532 (PERTH). 4.8 km [3 miles] NE of Tamala Stn H.S., 27 Aug. 1969, A.S. George 9566 (MEL, PERTH). Done Is., 20 June 1974, K.F. Keimeally s.n. (PERTH OlOlllll). 22 km WSW of Mt Pleasant, 5 Oct. 1980, K. Newby 7756 (PERTH). Mt Jackson. 25 Sept. 1986, B.H. Smilh 757 (CANS, MEL, PERTH). 5 km S of Balladonia Roadhouse on Balladonia Roadhouse-Mt Ragged Rd, 3 Aug. 1995, B. Archer 23 (AD, BRI, HO, K, MEL, NSW. PERTH). Conservation status: Not threatened eurrently. Notes: The most widely distributed of the leafless species of Bossiaea in Australia. The differences between B. walkeri and B. cnciillata, the only two leafless species with large pendulous llowers, are discussed under the latter. The pendulous nature of the (lowers, the reduced size of the standard relative to the keel petals, and the large elongated keel petals suggest that B. walkeri is pollinated by birds. The notes accompanying B. Archer 780 (MEL) record Singing Moneyeaters, Spiny-Chcckcd Moneyeaters and Blue-Breasted Fairy Wrens visiting llowering plants. ' The seeds of ZJ. walkeri are rather small in relation to the size of the pods. 31. Bossiaea cucullata J.11.Ross, Mnelleria 11:8 (1998). Western Australia, Roe Distr., western shore of Lake King, 14 Oct.1997, B. Archer 840; holo.: MEL 2044725; iso.: K, PERTH. Bossiaea sp. sensu Corrick & Fuhrer, Wildllowers of southern Western Australia 56, pi. 129(1996). Rigid dense multi-stemmed much-branched grey-green shrub to 2 m high and 5 m wide, almost eompletely glabrous except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and the young growth sparingly to densely elothed with appressed hairs; branches terete to oval or slightly flattened, ultimate branches of cladodcs 2-5 mm wide, narrowly winged, notched at the nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point, usually with a white waxy surface that exfoliates when the branches dry. Leaves reduced to dark brown ovate scales 0.7-1.5 mm long, the scales sometime splitting apically into two lobes, with marginal cilia and hairs externally e.specially along the midlinc, persistent. Flowers solitary at the nodes or rarely paired, pendulous, the pedicels up to 5 mm long, usually glabrous above the bractcoles and sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs below; bracts imbricate, brown, broadly ovate, increasing in size from the outer to the inner, the uppermost 0.9-1.1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, appressed to the pedicel, often some distance above the other bracts, similar to the bractcoles, with conspicuous marginal cilia and appressed hairs externally, persistent; bractcoles broadly ovate 1.0- 1.2 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide, inserted towards the middle of the pedicel, brown, with marginal cilia and scattered appressed hairs externally especially towards the apex, persisting until the pods mature. Calyx green suffused with puqolish-brown on the adaxial surface, glabrous externally apart from hairs on the margins of the lobes, pubescent internally; 2 upper lobes very much larger than the lower three and longer than the tube, 4.9-10.2 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-4.4 mm long, rounded, lobes acute, with 3 lower lobes LI-2.4 mm long, shorter than the tube, acute to acuminate, somewhat recurved apically. Standard much shorter than the keel, 10.0-14.4 mm long including a claw 2.5-5.0 mm long, 10.0-15.5 mm wide, externally usually deep yellow
140 Ross Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: K, LD. MEL 20340. Acknowledgements 1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. References Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A (eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.
140 Ross Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: K, LD. MEL 20340. Acknowledgements 1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. References Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A (eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.
140 Ross Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: K, LD. MEL 20340. Acknowledgements 1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. References Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A (eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 22-23".
118 Ross Mt Bonford across to Mt Fyfe north of the Prince Regent River in the Kimberley in which the wings on the cladodes do not exceed the nodes. I have not seen a specimen but the taxonomic significance, if any, requires investigation. During the dry season plants lose eondition and often assume a yellowish hue, but green-up again once the rains eommence in a manner reminiseent of resurreetion plants (C. Dunlop, pers. comm.). 30. Bossiaea walkeri F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 120 (1861); Benth., FI. Amtral. 2: 167 (1864). Type: ‘In pinetis montium Peel Range [now Cocoparra Range], inter flumina Lachlan ct Mumimbidgce. Alex Walker.'; New South Wales, 10 Nov. I860,/I. Walker s.n. leeto.: MEL 20337 (here selected). Rigid mueh-branched shrub to 2.5 m high and 3 m wide, almost eompletely glabrous except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and sometimes the young growth sparingly pubescent, especially on the margins of the eladodes; branehes terete to oval or slightly flattened, ultimate branehes of cladodes 3-8 mm wide, winged, notched at the nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point but more often apex blunt, often with a white waxy surface that exfoliates when the branehes dry. Leaves reduced to broadly ovate dark brown scales 1.1-2.1 mm long, 1.0-1.8 mm wide, longitudinally striate, glabrous except for marginal cilia and often with hairs along the midlinc, persistent. Flowers solitary at the nodes, pendulous, the pedieels up to 5 mm long, glabrous throughout; braets imbricate, broadly ovate, increasing in size from the outer to the inner, the uppermost 1.8-3.0 mm long, 1.8-2.4 mm wide, with conspicuous marginal cilia and often with a row of appressed hairs along the midline, longitudinally striate, persistent; bracteoles broadly ovate or obovate, 2.3-3.5 mm long, inserted just above the bracts, brown, longitudinally striate, ciliatc on margins, rapidly caducous but leaving distinct scars. Calyx uniformly greenish-yellow or green suffused with red or brown, glabrous externally apart from hairs on the margins of the lobes; 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, much broader than the lower three, 2.3-5.5 mm long excluding the tube 3.5-6.0 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.9-3.9 mm long, shorter than the tube, acute. Standard much shorter than the keel, 18-19 mm long including a claw 5.0-5.5 mm long, 16.5-17.5 mm wide, externally usually more or less uniformly red or salmon pink (rarely yellow) or occasionally suffused with orange, sometimes burgundy basally; wings 15.8-18.0 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.0 mm long, 2.8-3.7 mm wide, usually unifonnly .salmon-pink, externally sometimes with a distinct yellow margin; keel 19.0- 23.6 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 5.0-5.5 mm wide, cxtenially often deep red or burgundy, glabrous or with scattered hairs in the sinus but apices of lobes not densely woolly-pubescent. Stamen-filaments 15-24 mm long. Ovaiy 7.5-11.0 mm long, on a stipe up to 4.2 mm long, 12-20-ovulate, glabrous throughout or sparingly to densely clothed with scattered hairs on the margins; style 6.0-9.5 mm long. Pods oblong, (2.5-) 4.5-7.0 cm long, 0.7-1.1 (-1.3) cm wide, stipe about as long as the calyx-tube but shorter than the upper lobes, with valves conspicuously transversely venose, glabrous or with scattered hairs along the upper or both sutures and occasionally with a few hairs on the valves. Seed 3.1-4.0 mm long, 2.1-2.5 mm wide, unifonnly olive-brown or with black or purplish mottles on an olive- to yellowish-brown background (Fig. 34d). Distribution and habitat: Widespread across southern mainland Australia from Dorre Is off the coast of Shark Bay in Western Australia, to southern South Australia, western New South Wales and north-west Victoria (Fig. 37). Frequently associated with malice communities or low open woodland and found in deep .sand, on dunes, in sandy-
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 28-31, Figs 5, 6 (map)".
138 Ross Figure 45. Distributions of a, Bossiaea shmilata; b, B. celala. Representative specimens (15 examined): c. 87.2 km E of Southern Cross towards Coolgardie, 9 Sept.1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB, PERTH). 10 km SSE of Duri, c. 76 km E. of Southern Cross, 24 Sept. 1979, K. Newby 6087 (PERTH), c. 61 km SE of Marvel Loch on Mt Day Rd, 28 Oct. 1991, B.H. Smith 1573 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 6.5 km E of Boorabbin Microwave Tower, 87 km E of Coolgardie P.O., 7 Nov. 1999, B. Archer 1485 (AD, MEL, PERTH). Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: Priority Three. Loealised but eommon where it occurs and exists in large communities. Notes: Resembles B. leptacantha, B. flexuosa, and B.simulata in being of low stature. From each of these it differs in that the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous and the ovary is densely pubescent throughout. The flowers arc borne at or near the apex of the plants and often the slender stems bearing flowers arise near the base of the plant and weave their way vertically through the tangled mass of branches. Etymology: From the Latin celatus, concealed; in reference to the difficulty experienced in locating plants in the field which tend to blend into the surrounding vegetation. EXCLUDED WESTERN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES Bossiaea aciileata F. Mucll., Fragin. 2: 120 (1861) = Templetonia aciileata (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 170 (1864). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. Oldfield-, holo.: MEL 20339. Bossiaea biloha Benth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Enitin. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837) = Cristonia biloha (Benth.) J. H. Ross, Mitelleria 15: 11 (2001). Type: Western Australia, Darling Botanical District, King Georges Sound, Hiigeb, holo.; W.
22 Ross Species delimitation among some of the spinescent species in which the ovaries are glabrous or almost so is difficult. Two options present themselves as the basis for dividing these species into two groups. The species may be grouped according to whether the bractcoles on the pedicels arc caducous or persistent, or, alternatively, according to whether the young branchlets arc glabrous or almost so, or sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs. Although the bractcoles in most species arc usually cither caducous or persistent, the presence of both character states in some species, for example B. spinescem Mcisn., reduces the utility of this character in those .species. Consequently, it was considered better to group the species on the basis of the presence or absence of hairs on the young branchlets, even although this character too has its limitations. The species with pubescent young growth differentiate from one another quite readily, but some of the species with glabrous young growth are difficult to differentiate. Among this latter group of species, B. preissii is the only one with pendulous flowers and keel petals about as long as the standard, and B. arenata is easily recognised because the leaves arc few, inconspicuous, and superficially apparently absent so that in the field from a short distance the plants appear to be leafless. General Some species such as B. eriocarpa and B. orncila arc polymoqthic and the variation within each is complex and difficult to accommodate formally. A number of entities are not well understood or circumscribed and their taxonomic status awaits clarification. 1 am not in a position to resolve these difficulties but, by drawing attention to their existence, hope that future workers will address them. Taxonomy Bossiaca Vent., Descr. PI. Noiiv. 1, 7 (1800); Benth., FI. AiLstral. 2: 154-168 (1864) Type: B. helerophylla Vent. Scotlia R. Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew. edn 2, 4: 268 (1812) Type: S. dentata R. Br. Lalage Lindl. in Edwards's, Bot. Reg. 20: t. 1722 (1834) Type: L. onuita Lindl. Shrubs, subshrubs or sometimes small trees; branches terete to oval in section, angled, flattened or distinctly winged, unamicd or short lateral branches sometimes terminating in pungent points. Leaves usually alternate, simple or more commonly unifoliolate, sometimes opposite or reduced to small exstipulate ovate scales and plants apparently leafless; stipules usually small and inconspicuous. Inflorescence axillary. Flowers 1-fcw, occasionally pseudoracemose by suppression of leaves, pedicellate, usually subtended by a series of brown or reddish-brown, distichous, papery or rigid bracts and bractcoles, the bracts and bractcoles usually not or scarcely differentiated; bractcoles paired, small or large, persistent or caducous; 2 upper calyx lobes usually broader and larger than the lower 3; standard longer than to much shorter than the keel; staminal sheath split open on upper side; anthers uniform, dorsifixed, with a broad connective. Pods sessile or stipitatc, ± flattened, the upper suture not winged but often thickened; valves separating, not or only slightly revolute, several-seeded; seeds plump, with a small hilum and a hooded cap-like aril.
Western Australian liossiaeu Species
47
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY.
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material.
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B.
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112).
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl.,
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’;
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected).
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25,
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J.
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE.
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2.
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here
selected).
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K.
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened,
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate,
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear-
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved,
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved.
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the
Western Australian liossiaeu Species
47
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY.
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material.
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B.
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var.
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112).
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl.,
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’;
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected).
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25,
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J.
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE.
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2.
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here
selected).
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K.
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened,
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate,
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear-
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved,
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved.
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 8-9, Fig. 1".
Leionemci bilohtim 9 Cocci narrowed al apex with terminal rostrum e. 1 mm long, smooth, 4-7 mm long. Flowering May-Nov.; fruiting Oct.-Feb. Notched Phebalium. (Fig. 1) Key to the subspecies of Leionemci hilohum 1. Margin of leaves smooth, not sciTatc, nor bilobed at tip.subsp. 2. thackerayense 1: Margin of leaves serrate, sometimes only slightly so and then bilobed at the tip.2 2. Base of leaves usually truncate, sometimes slightly cordate or rounded; hairs on stem 0.5-1 mm long (Vic. - Grampians Ranges).subsp. 1. hilohum 2: Base of leaves cuneatc or attenuate; hairs on stem to 0.25 mm long (Vic. - Gippsland area; Tas.).3 3. Leaves 12-25 mm long, leaf length: leaf width at the broadest point 1.2-4(-7); shrub, 0.5-2 m tall (Tas.).subsp. 3. truncatum 3: Leaves 16-52 mm long (longest leaf> 30 mm long), leaf length: leaf width at the broadest point 4-7; tall bush or small tree, to 4 m tall (Vic. - Gippsland area).subsp. 4. serrulatum 1. Leionema hilohum (Lindl.) Paul G.Wilson subsp. hilohum Eriostemon hillebrciiulii var. longifolius F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 10 (1854), nom. illeg. as E. hillebranclii nom. illeg. [sec details under Z,. bilobum above]. Types: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Mt William, November 1853, F. Mueller (syntypes: MEL 4616, 4611)-, Grampians, F. Af;/e//er (possible syntype: MEL 4608). Leionema bilobum subsp. I (Grampians),y;t/6’ Ross and Walsh (2003). Shrub 0. l-0.6(-2.5) m high; rays of hairs 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves narrow-lanceolate, 9-19 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, longest leaf usually 14-18 mm long, leaf length : leaf width l.5-5(-9), margins serrate, lamina constricted below apex, apex strongly obcordatc or retusc, base usually truncate, sometimes slightly cordate or rounded. Pedicels 2-8 mm long, glabrous or glabrcsccnt or sparsely to densely minutely stellate- hairy. Sepals 0.5-0.75 mm long, usually with a tuft of hairs at the tip or sparsely pubescent. Petals white, 3-5 mm long. Carpels glabrous to densely pilose. Flowering May-Nov.; fruiting Dec.-Fcb. (Fig. la-c). Selected specimens .seen: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Asses Ears, c. 3 km S along Wallaby Rocks road from its intersection with Asses Ears Road, 37°07’S I42°18’E, 14 Oct. 1986, J. Westaway 32! (MEL); beside track about 1.3 m below summit of Mt Rosea, 37°08’S 142°26’E, 10 Oct. 1962, T.B. Muir 2598 (110, MEL); c. 2 km SW from Halls Gap at the Grand Canyon, 37°08’S I42°02’E, 11 May 1992, V. Slajsic (MEL 2011179): West of road between Tower Hill and Stony Cr., 37°12’S 142°29’E, 10 Nov. 1976, P.K. Gullan (MEL); upper western slopes of Boronia Peak, 25 Sept. 1959, T.B. Muir 841 (MEL, NSW); Redman road, 3 km S from Lake Bcllficld, 37°13'S 142°35’E, 28 Sep. 1991, V. Stajsic 323 (MEL); A-top Mt Clung, E side of Serra Range, 9 .lun. 1968, A.C. Beaiiglehole 25270 (MEL); Wallaby Rocks, I Oct. 1967, A.C. Beauglebole 25270 and Corricks (MEL); On track to Reeds Lookout, 7 Oct. 1967, D.J.E. fVhibley 2094 (MEL); on road to Mirranatwa Gap, 1.3 km W of main Grampians road, 37°26’S 142°27’E, 3 Sept. 1997, P.G. Neish 398 (MEL); Mt Difficult, among rocks above lookout point, 9Nov. 1963,4.//. IVillis (MEL 2101036): Kalymna Falls, Mt William Creek, 11 Dec. 1967, A.C. Beaiiglehole 16571 (MEL); 1.5 miles NE of Silverband Falls, 28 Oct. 1952, R. miles (2 km)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 11-13, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 3-May".
Lekmema bilohiim 11 above Malcking Huts, 30 Oct. 1971 , J.H. Willis (MEL 501859, NSW); Wonderland Range, near car park, 17 Sep. 1955, A.C. Beatiglehole 7226 (MEL). Distribution and ecology: Leionema hilohiim subsp. hilohum is restricted to the eastern parts of Grampians National Park including Mt William, Mt Difficult, and the Wonderland and Serra Ranges. The taxon is found in heath and Eucalyptus or Banksia woodland on sandstone. Conservation code: Ross and Walsh (2003) considered this taxon to be rare. All known populations are found in the Grampians National Park. 2. Leionema hilohum subsp. tliackerayense Duretto & K.L.Durham, subsp. nov. A subspecie typica foliis marginibus laevibus differt. Type: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Victoria Range Road, 25 Oct. 1976, P.G. Mathews (holotypc: MEL 524253). Leionema bilobuin subsp. 2 (Victoria Range),//Ve Ross and Walsh (2003). Shrub 0.2-1.5 m high; rays of hairs to 0.25(-0.5) mm long. Leaves narrowly elliptic-oblong to slightly lanceolate, 7-33 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, longest leaf usually 28-33 mm long, leaf length : leaf width 3.5-6.2, margins smooth, apex slightly truncate or retusc to obtuse, base more or less cuneate. Pedicels 3-7 mm long, glabrous or glabrescent. Sepals c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous or few hairs at tip. Petals white, 3-4 mm long. Carpels glabrous. Flowering Aug.-Nov.; fruiting material collected in Nov. (Fig. Id) Specimens seen: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Victoria Range near Mt Thackeray, Deep Creek, 37°I9’S 142°16’E, 20 Aug. 1986, J.A. Armstrong 5084 (MEL); Victoria Range, Castle Rock, 6 Nov. 1966, A.C. Beauglebole 15885 (MEL); Victoria Range, Castle Rock, 11 Nov. 1966, A.C. Beauglebole and J.H. Willis ACBI6128 (MEL); Ridge near Kappa Cave, Victoria Range, 16 Sep. 1963, R. Filson 5293 (MEL, NSW); Victoria Range Rd, D/18/C/lld, 25 Oct. 1976, P.G. Mathews (MEL 524253): Goals Track, rocky outcrop near sharp bend on road, Victoria Ra., Grampians N.P.. 37°17’S l42'’2rE, 28 Feb. 1998, K.L. Durham 1-5, M.F. Duretto and P.Y. Ladiges (KLD 1.3,5- MEL; KLD 2, 4-110, MEL). Distribution and ecology: Leionema hilohum subsp. tliackerayense is found in the western parts of the Grampians National Park, with most collections being made near and on Mt Thackeray, Victoria Range. Plants have been seen on the Black Range to the west of Grampians Ranges (MFD pers obs; at c. 37°I0'S 142°0'E). The subspecies is found in rocky areas (usually sandstone) in or near cucalypt woodland. Sometimes it is found growing in boulder fields. Conseiwation .status: Ross and Walsh (2003) considered that there was insufficient information to formulate the conservation status of this subspecies, which unfortunately appears to be true. Populations seen during this study were isolated and small. Further detailed field surveys arc required to ascertain the conservation status of L. bilobum subsp. tliackerayense. Most populations are found in Grampians National Park. Etymologer The subspecific epithet refers to Mount Thackeray, the peak near which the majority of collections have been made. 3. Leionema hilohum subsp. trnneatum (Hook.f.) Duretto & K.L.Durham, stat. & comb, nov.; Phebalium truncation Hook.f., FI. Tasm. 1; 64, t 9 (1855). Type citation:
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 11-Dec".
140 Ross Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: K, LD. MEL 20340. Acknowledgements 1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. References Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A (eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.
Western Australian Bosskiea Species 37 Ashby 2675 (PERTH) from Pemberton has sub-reniform leaves and shows a close superficial resemblance to B. webhii. However, the young stems in this specimen are densely pubescent unlike those of B. webhii. Faircill 641 (PERTH) collected in October 1962 from the Valley of the Giants, east of Nomalup, represents a disjunct eastern record of the species. This appears to be an unnatural occurrence and it is possibly the result of seed being spread by machinery during road works. The orange rust fungus Aecidium ehiirneiim McAlpinc sometimes occurs on the green pods. To date this fungus has not been recorded on pods of subsp. aqitifoUum. 3. Bossiaeu dciUala (R.Br.) Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Scoltia detilata R.Br. in W.T. Aiton, Horftis Kew. cdti 2,4: 269 (1812). Type: ‘Nat. of the South West coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.': South Coast, Bay I [Lucky Bay, E of Esperance], Bay 2 [Goose Island Bay], January 1802, R. Brown; Iccto.: BM (here selected); isolccto.: K. MEL 2172899, PERTH. Scoltia anyiislifolia Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 15: t.l266 (1829). Bossiaea denlala var. angiislijblia (Lindl.) Bcnth., FI. .4uslral. 2:157 (1864). Type: ‘Mr Mackay of the Clapton Nursery, by whom it was raised from New Holland seeds....Our drawing was made...in January of the present year’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Mackay of Clapton Nursery, 1829; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). Scoltia laevis Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 19: t.l652 (1834). Type: ‘Mr Knight raised it from seeds gathered on the south coast of New Holland by Baxter’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Knight; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). Bo.ssiaea denlala var. lalifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Drummond, n.88, and other collections’: J. Drununond 88; Iccto.: K sheet in Herbarium Benthamianum (here selected); isolccto.: BM, K (3 sheets), MEL 651108, NSW. Bo.ssiaea denlala var. haslata Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Preiss n. 1034, and other collections’: Preiss 1034, ‘In districtu Plantagcnet’, Oct. 1840; Iccto.: LD (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651109, NY. Erect shrub to 3 tn high, stems often arching upwards and outwards, or low and spreading, sometimes prostrate and wind-pruned in exposed coastal situations, young branchicts terete or slightly tlaltcncd, glabrous or with scattered appressed antrorse hairs, sometimes extremities quite densely pubescent, usually tubcrculatc; young growth coppery. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina broadly ovate-cordate or triangular to hastate-lanceolate or almost linear, 0.8-3.0 cm long, 0.3-2.1 cm wide, glabrous above and below or sometimes lower surface and especially the midrib sparingly pubescent, with margin slightly thickened, irregularly denticulate, sometimes revolute and sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, acute or obtuse apically, with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.7-1.8 mm long, glabrous or sparingly pubescent. Stipules ovate or narrow-ovate, 1.0-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, shorter than the petiole, glabrous apart from marginal cilia. Flowers solitary, pendulous, with basal bracts attached 1.0-2.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel densely appressed pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; the outer basal bracts usually 2 (-5), rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, persistent, dissimilar in size and shape, together almost cupular, with the outer bract broadly ovale, 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia, the inner bract encircling the pedicel and the opposing lateral margins overlapping each other basally, 2-2.5 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, oblique or truncate apically, often more conspicuously longitudinally striate than the smaller outer bract, margins ciliate; innermost and largest elliptic bract 10-12 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, with margins
Western Australian Bosskiea Species 37 Ashby 2675 (PERTH) from Pemberton has sub-reniform leaves and shows a close superficial resemblance to B. webhii. However, the young stems in this specimen are densely pubescent unlike those of B. webhii. Faircill 641 (PERTH) collected in October 1962 from the Valley of the Giants, east of Nomalup, represents a disjunct eastern record of the species. This appears to be an unnatural occurrence and it is possibly the result of seed being spread by machinery during road works. The orange rust fungus Aecidium ehiirneiim McAlpinc sometimes occurs on the green pods. To date this fungus has not been recorded on pods of subsp. aqitifoUum. 3. Bossiaeu dciUala (R.Br.) Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Scoltia detilata R.Br. in W.T. Aiton, Horftis Kew. cdti 2,4: 269 (1812). Type: ‘Nat. of the South West coast of New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.': South Coast, Bay I [Lucky Bay, E of Esperance], Bay 2 [Goose Island Bay], January 1802, R. Brown; Iccto.: BM (here selected); isolccto.: K. MEL 2172899, PERTH. Scoltia anyiislifolia Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 15: t.l266 (1829). Bossiaea denlala var. angiislijblia (Lindl.) Bcnth., FI. .4uslral. 2:157 (1864). Type: ‘Mr Mackay of the Clapton Nursery, by whom it was raised from New Holland seeds....Our drawing was made...in January of the present year’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Mackay of Clapton Nursery, 1829; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). Scoltia laevis Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 19: t.l652 (1834). Type: ‘Mr Knight raised it from seeds gathered on the south coast of New Holland by Baxter’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Knight; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). Bo.ssiaea denlala var. lalifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Drummond, n.88, and other collections’: J. Drununond 88; Iccto.: K sheet in Herbarium Benthamianum (here selected); isolccto.: BM, K (3 sheets), MEL 651108, NSW. Bo.ssiaea denlala var. haslata Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Preiss n. 1034, and other collections’: Preiss 1034, ‘In districtu Plantagcnet’, Oct. 1840; Iccto.: LD (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651109, NY. Erect shrub to 3 tn high, stems often arching upwards and outwards, or low and spreading, sometimes prostrate and wind-pruned in exposed coastal situations, young branchicts terete or slightly tlaltcncd, glabrous or with scattered appressed antrorse hairs, sometimes extremities quite densely pubescent, usually tubcrculatc; young growth coppery. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina broadly ovate-cordate or triangular to hastate-lanceolate or almost linear, 0.8-3.0 cm long, 0.3-2.1 cm wide, glabrous above and below or sometimes lower surface and especially the midrib sparingly pubescent, with margin slightly thickened, irregularly denticulate, sometimes revolute and sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, acute or obtuse apically, with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.7-1.8 mm long, glabrous or sparingly pubescent. Stipules ovate or narrow-ovate, 1.0-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, shorter than the petiole, glabrous apart from marginal cilia. Flowers solitary, pendulous, with basal bracts attached 1.0-2.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel densely appressed pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; the outer basal bracts usually 2 (-5), rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, persistent, dissimilar in size and shape, together almost cupular, with the outer bract broadly ovale, 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia, the inner bract encircling the pedicel and the opposing lateral margins overlapping each other basally, 2-2.5 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, oblique or truncate apically, often more conspicuously longitudinally striate than the smaller outer bract, margins ciliate; innermost and largest elliptic bract 10-12 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, with margins
54 Thompson 11 Calycular bracteoles variously shaped with l:w ratio < 10, or if ever more then c. 0.4—0.8 mm wide; receptacular pits not or hardly raised; style-branches yellow 13 Herbs; capitula discoid; style-branches terminating with a tapering, hairy appendage; achenes > 5 mm long. 14. Gynura 13: Herbs or shrubs; capitula disciform or discoid; style-branches without a tapering hairy appendage; achenes < 5 mm long or if > 5 mm long then capitula disciform 14 Involucre 12-20 mm long and length 5-7 times that of diameter (mid-involucre unpressed); capitula disciform with outer florets bearing a rudimentarylacerately lobed ligule c. 1 mm long; central florets 2-5. 12. Arrhenechthites 14: Involucre shorter and/or less slender than above; capitula discoid or if disciform then with outer florets without a ligule; bisexual central florets mostly more 5.9. Senecio 1. Abrotanella (Gaudich.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 36: 27 (1825) Perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, with sunken glands, with venation obscure. Capitula disciform, sessile or sub-sessile at anthesis, but sometimes subsequently developing a peduncle, ecalyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: central florets sometimes functionally male (all Australian species); corolla-limb variously coloured. Anthers caudate. Style undivided (functionally male florets) or shortly branched, with apex truncate, crowned by papillae if functional, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obovoid. Pappus absent. A genus of 18 species predominantly of subantarctic distribution from southern South America, New Zealand, New Guinea, and Australia. Three species in Australia. Its tribal placement is problematic; it was placed in the Anthemideae until transferred to subtribe Blcnnospermatinae of the Senecioneae by Nordenstani (1977). Several molecular studies, e.g. Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2002) and Pelser et al. (2002), have not clarified its phylogenetic position. The Australian species of Abrotanella have functionally-male central florets. Other features of this genus not seen in other senecionoid genera in Australia include the loose and irregular overlapping and uniform shape of the phyllaries, and the poor differentiation of the corolla into basal cone, tube and limb regions. Key to species 1 Inflorescences of 2 or more capitula.3. A. scapigera 1: Inflorescences of 1 capitulum 2 Plants forming dense cushions, with stems closely packed; leaves sub-erect, lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, with apex acute. 1 . A.forsteroides 2: Plant habit not as above; leaves somewhat spreading, linear, 8-20 mm long, with apex ± rounded.2. A. nivigena
Tribe Senecioneae 55 l. Abrotanellaforsteroides (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867), as forsterioides Scleroleima forsteroides Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 5: 444, t. 14 (1846). Type: Tasmania, 1839^43, J.D.Hooker Antarct. Exp.', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, PL Syst. Evol. 197: 161 (1995). Cushion-plants to 7 cm high, ± glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 1 mm diam. Leaves suberect, ovate to lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, convex abaxially; base dilated; margin entire or denticulate; apex acuminate, mucronatc. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle to c. 8 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles lacking; involucre c. 1 mm long; phyllaries 3-7, c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, thin, without resin ducts. Florets: outer florets 1-3; central florets 1-3; corolla 2.0-2.5 mm long; limb greenish-yellow, 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. Notes : Occurs in north-western, north-eastern and south-central Tasmania. Grows in summit moors, screes and wet places such as below snowbanks at altitudes over 1000 m. Flowers mid-spring-summer Grows with other cushion plants in alpine communities forming cushions to several metres in diameter. The stems and leaves are closely crowded with older leaves brown and persistent. The involucre is hidden within upper leaves at anthesis but is exposed at fruiting. Unlike the other two species in Australia, the one or two achenes in each capitulum strongly exceed the involucre at maturity. Representative specimens'. TASMANIA: Ben Lomond National Park, Hamilton Crags, 1.5 km east of Legges Tor, F.E.Davies 1182 , P.Ollerenshaw, c£ R.Burns (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); 0.5 km NW of Second Bar L„ A.Moscal 6949 (HO). 2. Abrotanella nivigena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., PI. Victoria 2: t. 40 (1865). Trineuron nivigenum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 105 (1855). Type: Munyang Mtns, New South Wales, Jan. 1855, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide U.Swenson op. cit. 172; isolecto: MEL. Cushion-plants to 3 (-5) cm high, largely glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 0.5 mm diam. Leaves somewhat spreading, narrow oblong to linear, 8-20 mm long, ± fiat; base slightly dilated; margin entire; apex ± rounded to truncate. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle 5-20 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre 2.5-4.0 mm long; phyllaries 8-14 (-16), c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, fleshy, with 1 or 3 longitudinal ducts. Outer florets 7-17; central florets 4-12; corolla 1.5-3 mm long; limb white or purple, 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4- ribbed, pale but purple distally, glabrous. Snow-wort. Notes: Occurs in the Kosciuszko region of south-eastern New South Wales and in eastern Victoria. Grows in alpine bogs, herblields, grasslands, in rock crevices, and often associated with small waterfalls. Flowers summer. Abrotanella papuana S.Moore resembles A. nivigena and was regarded as synonymous by Swenson (1995); however, it differs in several ways. Abrotanella papuana lacks 3-lobed central florets, has fewer outer florets, sometimes has hairs on peduncles and has leaves that are more erect. Additionally, leaves are more tapered distally, with an apex subacute to obtuse, with scattered translucent multicellular hairs
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 55-56".
56 Thompson on upper surface of leaves especially near margins; peduncular bracts are iewer (1-4); and the involucre shorter (2.5-3 mm long). Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Snowy R. near bridge below Seaman’s Hut, Kosciuszko area. M.Gray 6611 & C.Totterdell (CANB, MEL, NSW); Below Mt Stillwell, Kosciuszko area, A.B.Costin 36 (CANB). VICTORIA: Southern head of Big R., c. 1.6 km east of Spion Kopje summit, Bogong High Plains, 3 Feb. 1949, J.H. Willis (MEL). 3. Abrotanella scapigera (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867) Trineuron scapigerum F.Muell., Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 301 (1857). Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, C.Stuart', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, op. cit. 169 (1995). Tufted scapiforni herbs to 10 cm high, with brownish hairs on scape and leaf-margins, with adventitious roots mostly 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Leaves suberect, narrow spathulate or very narrow-elliptic. 10-40 mm long, ± flat or convex abaxially; base slightly dilated; margin entire; apex obtuse to acute, mucronate. Capitula 2-10 per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre c. 3.0-3.5 mm long; phyllaries 8-12 (-14), e. oblong, finally erect; stereome flat, fleshy, with 3 longitudinal ducts. Female florets 8-17; male florets 3-11; corolla 1-2 mm long; limb white, 4 (-5)- lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. Notes: Occurs in north-western and south-central Tasmania. Grows in moist low alpine grasslands, amongst cushion plants, sometimes in the shelter of low shrubs and in rock crevices, altitudes over 950 m. Flowers summer. The flowering stem of this species has one or a few bracteal leaves, an unusual feature in Abrotanella. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Eldon Bluff, A.M.Buchanan 9993 (HO); Between L. Dobson and summit of Mt Field. D.N.McVean 22 (CANB); Mt Field National Park, Naturalist Peak, P.S.Short 3427 , A.Griffen, M.C.Looker & N.G. Walsli (MEL). 2. Brachyglottis J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. 91, t. 46 (1775). Trees (in Australia), shrubs, lianes, or perennial herbs. Leaves petiolate or sessile, sometimes with glands, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or disciform, pedunculate, calyculatc (in Australia) or not; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, creamy white or white. Anthers caudate or not. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to obovoid. Pappus ± persistent. A genus of 29 species, all from New Zealand and the Chatham Is. except for one species endemic to Australia. The Australian representative, B. brunonis, was transferred to Brachyglottis by R.B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 25; however, the author acknowledged the unique suite of features of this species and gave consideration to reinstating it in Centropappus. Molecular studies by Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2004) have indicated that Brachyglottis brunonis and Bedfordia together form a monophyletic group, and that this group is nested within a large clade containing New Zealand species of Brachyglottis as well as several other genera endemic to New Zealand. Their suggestion for a revised classification based on the molecular evidence is to place all taxa in this clade in the genus Brachyglottis. In contrast. Orchard (2004) indicated that Bedfordia and Brachyglottis brunonis, although probably closely related, were
Tribe Senecioneae 79 H. The Exotic Species The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been placed in the Lautusoid Group. 1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers mostly summer. Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 (AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
104 Thompson Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as mixta. Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data (Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in morphology between these species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 104-105".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 33-36, Figs 1-8".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 57-58".
Tribe Senecioneae 57 sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. cit. Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- plumose. Tree Ragwort. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to one collector. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± persistent. The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few linear or lanceolate bracteoles.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 56-57".
Tribe Senecioneae 105 VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. Key to species Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
Tribe Senecioneae 57 sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. cit. Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- plumose. Tree Ragwort. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to one collector. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± persistent. The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few linear or lanceolate bracteoles.
82 Thompson Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and in New South Wales near the coast. Grows in sandy soils in low coastal rainforest, woodland and mangroves. Flowers most of the year. The triangular leaf-lamina, fewer and larger capitula and much larger bracteoles distinguish this species from S. tamoides and S. angulatus. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Boonooroo, S.P.Phillips 601 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Sawtell, B.Kemp 227 (MEL. NSW); near northern end of Grevillea Rd, off Tamarind Ave., Cudgen Nature Reserve, Bogangar, J.R.Hashing 2023 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 7. *Senecio angulatus L.f., Suppl. PL 369 (1782) Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Thunherg ; n.v. Scrambling or climbing plants to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-2, usually with 1-3 commonly obtuse lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; involucre 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6, mostly 5; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs. Pappus caducous, 5-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in mesic parts of southern Australia, mostly in urban areas especially in the capital cities of southern states. Grows in various soils in shrubland and woodland in disturbed environments. Flowers late autumn-winter. Similar to Senecio tamoides and S. macroglossus q.v. Also vegetatively similar to the discoid Delairea odorata q.v. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Swan R., Sunset. Nedlands, GJ.Keighery 13775 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 4 km north of Palmer, R.Bates 9898 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: east side of Carlisle Ave, Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 16539 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Red Bluff, Sandringham, D.E.Alhrecht 1838 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: No records seen. (Present in Tasmania fide A.Buchanan pers. comm.) 8. * Senecio crassiflorus (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 412 (1838) Cineraria crassiflora Poir., Encycl. suppl. 2: 267 (1811). Type: Buenos Aires, Brazil, Commerson ; holo: ?P (Herb. Lam.) n.v., fide J.L.M.Poiret, loc. cit. Sprawling subshrub forming mounds to c. 2 m high, densely appressed-woolly throughout. Leaves undivided, spathulate to oblanceolate, to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6; base attenuate; margin ± entire or distally crenulate or denticulate. Capitula 1-8 per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2-6 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; involucre 12-16 mm long, c. 10 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets 12-22; ligule 15- 30 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-7 mm long, pale brown, strongly ribbed, with papillose hairs forming broad bands. Pappus caducous, 10-15 mm long. Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in central and north-eastern New South Wales on the coast from Sawtell south to Cronulla. Grows on coastal dunes. Flowers most of year. A silvery-grey plant grown as an ornamental and also once planted for coastal erosion control. Naturalised in a few places along the New South Wales coast.
62 Thompson Shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves crowded, slightly fleshy; narrow- elliptic to obovate, to 8 cm long, pinnatisect reducing to lobate distally, segments c. narrow-oblong, margins entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre broad-campanulate, 5 8 mm long; phyllaries 8-15, connate in proximal 1/5-1/4, stereome flat, resin ducts inconspicuous; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 8-15; ligule to c. 20 mm long, commonly 4-veined. Disc florets numerous; corollas c. 4.5 mm long, with base c. 0.5 mm diam; limb c. 2/3 of total length. Achenes obovoid, 3-5 mm long, 10-ribbed, glabrous, without stylophore. Pappus absent. Paris Daisy. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in central coastal New South Wales from Wollongong north to Northbridge. Sydney. A weed of roadsides. Incipiently naturalised at Leongatha in south-eastern Victoria. Flowers winter. A common garden plant, occasionally escaping into adjoining bushland. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast, Northbridge, L.A.SJohnson 7517 (NSW). VICTORIA: Leongatha township, public land between Young St and Haw St, G. IV.Carr 0205-77 (AD, CANB, HO. MEL, NSW). 8. Cineraria L„ Sp. PL 2nd edn, 2: 1242 (1763) Herbs or subshrubs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers obtuse or shortly sagittate. Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, with terminal appendage minute, conical. Achenes ± homomorphic, obovate, compressed. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 30 species from Africa and Madagascar. * Cineraria lyratiforinis G.V.Cron., S. African.J. But. 65: 287 (1999) Cineraria lyrata DC., Prodr. 6: 308 (1838), nom. illeg. non Ledeb. (1818). Type: Northern Cape Nieuweveld, between Beaufort and Rhinosterkop, South Africa, Drege 711: holo: G n.v.,ftde G.V.Cron, loc. cit. Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, glabrous or cobwebby. Leaves to 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, lyrate-pinnatifid; base auriculate; margin denticulate to dentate. Capitula several to many per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, narrow- ovate. 1-2 mm long; involucre 3.5-5 mm long; phyllaries 12-14, with resin ducts 3-5; receptacle smooth. Ray florets usually 7 or 8; ligule 3.5-6 mm long, yellow, usually 4- veined; disc florets 32^10, with corollas 3—4 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm; basal cone c. 0.3 mm diam., limb c. 3/5 of total length, with triangular lobes. Achenes: body c. obovoid, 2-2.5 mm long, black or dark-brown; wings broad, pale, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Pappus 3-4 mm long, minutely and sparsely scabrid- barbellate. Cineraria, African Marigold. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in the Rylstone district, in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in a wide range of soils in wasteland, cultivated land and on roadsides. Flowers summer. A noxious weed in the mid-western county of eastern New South Wales. In South Africa it is reported to taint dairy products and to have poisoned pigs. Similar to some radiate species of Senecio but distinguished most readily by its compressed achenes.
62 Thompson Shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves crowded, slightly fleshy; narrow- elliptic to obovate, to 8 cm long, pinnatisect reducing to lobate distally, segments c. narrow-oblong, margins entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre broad-campanulate, 5 8 mm long; phyllaries 8-15, connate in proximal 1/5-1/4, stereome flat, resin ducts inconspicuous; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 8-15; ligule to c. 20 mm long, commonly 4-veined. Disc florets numerous; corollas c. 4.5 mm long, with base c. 0.5 mm diam; limb c. 2/3 of total length. Achenes obovoid, 3-5 mm long, 10-ribbed, glabrous, without stylophore. Pappus absent. Paris Daisy. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in central coastal New South Wales from Wollongong north to Northbridge. Sydney. A weed of roadsides. Incipiently naturalised at Leongatha in south-eastern Victoria. Flowers winter. A common garden plant, occasionally escaping into adjoining bushland. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast, Northbridge, L.A.SJohnson 7517 (NSW). VICTORIA: Leongatha township, public land between Young St and Haw St, G. IV.Carr 0205-77 (AD, CANB, HO. MEL, NSW). 8. Cineraria L„ Sp. PL 2nd edn, 2: 1242 (1763) Herbs or subshrubs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers obtuse or shortly sagittate. Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, with terminal appendage minute, conical. Achenes ± homomorphic, obovate, compressed. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 30 species from Africa and Madagascar. * Cineraria lyratiforinis G.V.Cron., S. African.J. But. 65: 287 (1999) Cineraria lyrata DC., Prodr. 6: 308 (1838), nom. illeg. non Ledeb. (1818). Type: Northern Cape Nieuweveld, between Beaufort and Rhinosterkop, South Africa, Drege 711: holo: G n.v.,ftde G.V.Cron, loc. cit. Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, glabrous or cobwebby. Leaves to 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, lyrate-pinnatifid; base auriculate; margin denticulate to dentate. Capitula several to many per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, narrow- ovate. 1-2 mm long; involucre 3.5-5 mm long; phyllaries 12-14, with resin ducts 3-5; receptacle smooth. Ray florets usually 7 or 8; ligule 3.5-6 mm long, yellow, usually 4- veined; disc florets 32^10, with corollas 3—4 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm; basal cone c. 0.3 mm diam., limb c. 3/5 of total length, with triangular lobes. Achenes: body c. obovoid, 2-2.5 mm long, black or dark-brown; wings broad, pale, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Pappus 3-4 mm long, minutely and sparsely scabrid- barbellate. Cineraria, African Marigold. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in the Rylstone district, in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in a wide range of soils in wasteland, cultivated land and on roadsides. Flowers summer. A noxious weed in the mid-western county of eastern New South Wales. In South Africa it is reported to taint dairy products and to have poisoned pigs. Similar to some radiate species of Senecio but distinguished most readily by its compressed achenes.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 62-63".
Tribe Senecioneae 59 with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers winter. Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 (1825) Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to obovoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. *Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., Prodr. 6:431 (1838). Type: cultivated, not designated. Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Roldana. Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister environments. Flowers mainly spring. A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 38-42, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 102-103".
102 Thompson pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of six species, all native to the New World. *Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian Fireweed. Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers mostly summer-autumn. Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. * Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980).
60 Thompson 6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of auricles and the discoid capitula. * Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 42(1845). Type: cult., not designated. Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a more strongly cordate lamina. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex
60 Thompson 6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of auricles and the discoid capitula. * Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 42(1845). Type: cult., not designated. Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a more strongly cordate lamina. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
Tribe Senecioneae 105 VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. Key to species Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 106-107".
Tribe Senecioneae 105 VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. Key to species Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia
104 Thompson Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as mixta. Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data (Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in morphology between these species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW).
104 Thompson Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as mixta. Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data (Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in morphology between these species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 101-102".
Tribe Senecioneae 61 truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. Key to species Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera Bat. 20:272 (1968). Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome ± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of Senecioneae in Australia. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit.
Tribe Senecioneae 61 truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. Key to species Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera Bat. 20:272 (1968). Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome ± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of Senecioneae in Australia. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 60-61".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 61-62".
Tribe Senecioneae 61 truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. Key to species Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera Bat. 20:272 (1968). Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome ± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of Senecioneae in Australia. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit.
Tribe Senecioneae 107 Annuals to 0.5 m high. Transiently densely coarse-hairy on new growth. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided, margins dentate, base becoming truncate to auriculate upwards. Capitula solitary or few; mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; involucre 7-12 mm long, 3-7 mm diant.; phyllaries c. 6-8, glabrous; stercome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts; reccptacular pits not or slightly raised. Florets c. 30 to numerous; corolla 1 -11 mm long, exceeding involucre by 2-4 mm, with base c. 0.4 mm wide, with limb c. 1/2 of total length, very narrow-campanulate, purple-red; style-appendage purple. Achenes obloid, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, 4-5 mm long, ribs brown or stramineous, scattered short papillose hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Notes : Possibly native to Africa. Occurs in far north-eastern Queensland. Naturalised across the Pacific region. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. First recorded for Australia in 1997 when collected from Lockhart River. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Vicinity of Lockhart R. township, J.F.Grimshaw JFG 697C (BRI, DNA, MEL). 14. Gymira Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 34: 391 (1825), twin. cons. Annual or perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, orange, red, purplish, white or greenish. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches ± erect, with apex truncate, without crown of papillae, with terminal appendage long, tapering. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus persistence not known. A genus of c. 40 species occurring in Asia and Africa with most species in southeast Asia. Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies, Kew Bull. 35(4): 733 (1980) Senecio cbymopltihts F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857). Type: Brisbane River, Queensland, Oct. 1856, Hill & F.Mueller (MEL); lecto: K n.v., fide P.I.Forster & A.Thongpukdec, Austrobaileya 2(5): 560 (1988); iso: MEL. Succulent, tuberous rooted herbs to c. 0.5 m high. Coarse-hairy on most parts, or glabrous. Leaves mostly oblanceolate, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, entire, denticulate, or lobate; base weakly to strongly auriculate. Capitula few to several; mature peduncle to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracleoles 4-8, linear, 6-10 mm long; involucre 10-15 mm long; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat, with resin ducts obscure, with coarse hairs or glabrous; receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets numerous; corolla 8- 14 mm long, exceeding involucre by c. 3-4 mm, with base c. 0.6 mm wide, with limb c. 1/3 of total length, yellow to orange-red; style-branch appendages yellowish. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 5-8 mm long, with c. 10 narrow convex ribs, dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 10 mm long; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Notes: The broad succulent roots of this species are distinctive. There are two varieties. Plants with spreading, coarse hairs.var. drymophila Plants glabrous.var. glabrifolia
108 Thompson Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies var. drymophila Senecio shirleyanus Domin, Biblioth. Bat. 89: 686 (1929). Type: Tambourine Mts, Queensland, Mar. 1910, K.Domin 9143 & 9144: syn: PR n v fide R.O.Belcher, Kew Bull. 44(3): 533 (1989). [Gynurapseudochina and. non (L.) DC.; G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 661 (1867)] Plants with spreading multicellar hairs on stems, leaves, peduncles, bracts, bracteoles and phyllaries. Notes : Occurs in Queensland extending from Lizard Island in the tar north of the state south to the MacPherson Ranges; also in far northern New South Wales as far south as Ballina. Grows on sandstone among granite boulders, and in near coastal lowland situations, on cliff tops, and in rocky and sandy sites in woodland, forest, vine thicket, closed heath, vine forests, and hoop pine rainforest. Flowers all year round. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 1 km NW of L. Elphinstone outlet, Carborough Ra.. I.R. Telford 11120 & R.J.Rudd (BR1, CANB, NSW); Mt Walsh, 6 km south of Biggenden M.D.Crisp 2635 (BR1, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Nullarn, Sept. 1896 W.Bauerlen (NSW). Gynura drymophila var. glabrifolia P.I.Forst. & Thongp., Austrobaileya 2(5): 564 (1988) Type: cultivated specimen ex 2 km SW of Boolbunda Rock, Queensland, 15 May 1986, P.I.Forster 2425', holo: BRI. Plants glabrous. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Ecological and phenological details as for the type variety. Similar in all details to the typical variety except for the absence of hairs. Recorded as growing side by side with typical variety. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Brigalow research station, 32 km NW of Theodore, Johnson 2670 (BRI); Mount Moon, 5 km SW of Mt Alford township, P.I.Forster PIF6621, A.R.Bean <6 L.ll.Bird (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Three Tops, Mt Warning National Park, July 1955, A.Benwell s.n. (NSW). Acknowledgements 1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans and other matters. 1 would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE, and PERTH for the loan of specimens. 1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney for funding my recent visit to NSW. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). References Belcher, R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae) with inquiries into Senecio and Arrhenechthites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43: 1-85.
106 Thompson Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm ' on 8.var .javanica *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia [Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns (CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). * Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica (Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit.
Tribe Senecioneae 81 4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. Holly-leaved Senecio. Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 6-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
134 Brown Notes: Superficially similar to a delicate form of L. filiformis but the awns are finer (particularly in the lower part), remain pale rather than turning golden brown and tend to be attached a little higher on the lemma backs. The lemma backs are completely glabrous, unlike semi-glabrous forms of L. filiformis that at least have scattered hairs near the margins. Paleas are subequal to lemmas, whereas those of L. filiformis are almost always distinctly shorter. There are no records for L. filiformis on Garden Island, despite its close proximity to the mainland. The author has not had opportunity to survey the Island for Lachnagrostis. Because it is a Naval Support Facility, access is restricted to parts of the Island and limited to boat accessibility under curfew conditions. Distribution: Appears to be endemic to Garden Island (Fig. 9). Ecology’: Growing on coastal dunes and swales in dry, calcareous, sandy soils in association with scattered Callistris preissii and Melaleuca lanceolata. Etymology: The subspecific name derives from the Greek for ‘Sea-side’. Other Specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: near Sewage Pond Road, Garden Island, 23.xi.2002, Rippey 383 (PERTH. MEL, GDI); Buchanan Bay, Garden Island, 1 l.ix.2003, Rippey 623 (PERTH. MEL, GDI). 4. Lachnagrostis collicola (D. Morris) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9:3 (2001). Type: Tasmania, Saddle between The Hippo and Moonlight Ridge Hill 3, 10 Feb 1985, Collier 309 (holotype: HO). For a description of this grass, see Brown and Walsh, 2000: as Agrostis collicola (D. Morris) A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh. Note that less developed spikelets on the same panicle can be smaller (down to 2.5 mm glume length) than in the mature spikelets reported in that paper. Acknowledgments Thanks to the directors and staff at MEL and AD for use of their facilities and collections, to HO, PERTH, NSW, BM and K for the loan of material, to Jenny Tonkin and Roy Vickery of K (ABLO) and BM respectively for assistance in historical specimen research, and to the Rottnest Island Authority for permission to collect specimens from the Island for study. Particular thanks go to Neville Walsh for the Latin diagnoses and advice on nomenclatural aspects of the manuscript and to Mali Moir for the excellent illustrations. Additional thanks are due to the referees of this paper for providing comments that enhanced both the layout and content. References Barker, W.R., Barker, R.M., Jessop, J.P. and Vonow, H.P. (2005). Census of the South Australian Vascular Plants, Edition 5.00, Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens, Supplement I, 18 March 2005, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide. Bentham, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis: A description of the plants of the Australian Territory, Vol. VII . Reeve & Co., London, 575-584. Black , J.M. (1922). Flora of South Australia, Part 1, Government Printer, Adelaide, 69-70. Black, J.M. (1943). Flora of South Australia, Part 1, Government Printer, Adelaide, 96-98. Brown, A.J. and Walsh, N.G. (2000). A revision of Agrostis billardierei R.Br. (Poaceae), Muelleria 14:65-90.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 127-128, Figs 6, 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 130-131".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 133-134, Figs 8h-i, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 131-133, Figs 8j-l, 9 (map)".
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
4 Helen I. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthacecie ) in Australia with Villarsia. Typically Nymphoides can be distinguished by its aquatic habit, its non-paniculate inflorescence with the pedicels arising from a short, weak peduncle (or the peduncle absent so that the pedicels appear in a cluster) which is often subtended by one or a cluster of several sessile or near-sessile and floating leaves, and also by its non-valvate, indehiscent or irregularly breaking fruits. Villarsia spp., by contrast, although frequently aquatic are best considered as wetland plants, and most typically have erect, paniculate inflorescences and valved, capsular, dehiscent fruits. Nymphoides has generally been retained to date for our northern and north-eastern tropical and semi-tropical species, including 2 well-known ones which penetrate into south-eastern Australia, but the distinctions between the two genera are not always clear to the present writer, and the fruiting characters in particular show variation. From material seen it appears possible that at a later date a few species now placed under Nymphoides may be more correctly transferred to the genus Villarsia. It seems unwise to take any action in this direction at present without adequate coverage of specimens and without held experience of the family in northern and north-eastern areas of Australia. It is obvious from collections housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria that the genus Nymphoides itself is also in need of revision. Australian species which have at some time been considered under Villarsia but which are now placed under Nymphoides are not mentioned in this paper. METHOD OF WORKING Results shown in the present paper have been obtained from a personal study of all Villarsia specimens housed in the Australian state herbaria and several others, together with extensive field observations in Victoria and South Australia. Where necessary photographs or seeds of type material were obtained from overseas herbaria for direct comparison here, or else selected specimens were forwarded overseas for comparison with types and critical comment. For most species however, syntype material was available in the collections of the state herbaria and in these cases where typification was clear no further efforts were made to locate other existing types. Because all type material will not have been located or seen by the writer, lectotypes have generally not been chosen. The field work undertaken in Victoria and South Australia was most essential, and in fact the full study originated from the writer’s discovery of two distinct species of Villarsia growing side by side in a swamp near Cranbourne and thus belying the accepted understanding that only one species existed in the State. The field provided many measurements and observations not obtainable from Herbarium specimens, particularly regarding the habit, flower span, other floral characters, maximum variations of size, and distribution. Representative collections were made in all areas visited, and additional locality records were kept. All species (and variety) from eastern Australia have been examined in the field, but all those from western Australia are known to me only from herbarium material. This necessarily means that the range of
4 Helen I. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthacecie ) in Australia with Villarsia. Typically Nymphoides can be distinguished by its aquatic habit, its non-paniculate inflorescence with the pedicels arising from a short, weak peduncle (or the peduncle absent so that the pedicels appear in a cluster) which is often subtended by one or a cluster of several sessile or near-sessile and floating leaves, and also by its non-valvate, indehiscent or irregularly breaking fruits. Villarsia spp., by contrast, although frequently aquatic are best considered as wetland plants, and most typically have erect, paniculate inflorescences and valved, capsular, dehiscent fruits. Nymphoides has generally been retained to date for our northern and north-eastern tropical and semi-tropical species, including 2 well-known ones which penetrate into south-eastern Australia, but the distinctions between the two genera are not always clear to the present writer, and the fruiting characters in particular show variation. From material seen it appears possible that at a later date a few species now placed under Nymphoides may be more correctly transferred to the genus Villarsia. It seems unwise to take any action in this direction at present without adequate coverage of specimens and without held experience of the family in northern and north-eastern areas of Australia. It is obvious from collections housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria that the genus Nymphoides itself is also in need of revision. Australian species which have at some time been considered under Villarsia but which are now placed under Nymphoides are not mentioned in this paper. METHOD OF WORKING Results shown in the present paper have been obtained from a personal study of all Villarsia specimens housed in the Australian state herbaria and several others, together with extensive field observations in Victoria and South Australia. Where necessary photographs or seeds of type material were obtained from overseas herbaria for direct comparison here, or else selected specimens were forwarded overseas for comparison with types and critical comment. For most species however, syntype material was available in the collections of the state herbaria and in these cases where typification was clear no further efforts were made to locate other existing types. Because all type material will not have been located or seen by the writer, lectotypes have generally not been chosen. The field work undertaken in Victoria and South Australia was most essential, and in fact the full study originated from the writer’s discovery of two distinct species of Villarsia growing side by side in a swamp near Cranbourne and thus belying the accepted understanding that only one species existed in the State. The field provided many measurements and observations not obtainable from Herbarium specimens, particularly regarding the habit, flower span, other floral characters, maximum variations of size, and distribution. Representative collections were made in all areas visited, and additional locality records were kept. All species (and variety) from eastern Australia have been examined in the field, but all those from western Australia are known to me only from herbarium material. This necessarily means that the range of
Tribe Senecioneae 61 truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. Key to species Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera Bat. 20:272 (1968). Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome ± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of Senecioneae in Australia. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 58-59".
58 Thompson A genus of three species endemic to south-eastern Australia. This genus was not included in the author’s examination of the Senecioneae. The reader is referred to a recent revision by Orchard (2004). Key to species 1 Leaves to 3 mm wide (Tasmania) .1. b. linearis 1: Leaves generally more than 10 mm wide 2 Leaves generally less than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a shallow appressed indumentum from which secondary veins conspicuously protrude (Tasmania). 2. B. salicina 2: Leaves generally more than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a deep tangled indumentum in which the secondary veins are submerged (mainland Australia and Cape Barren Is., Tasmania).3. B. arborescens List of taxa 1. Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838) a. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis b. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19: 90 (2004) i. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. oblongifolia ii. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. curvifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19- 93 (2004). 2. Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 3. Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934). 4. Petasites Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754). Perennial dioecious or gynodioecious herbs. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, white, greenish, pink or purple. Anthers caudate. Style-branches short, with apex obtuse, with terminal appendage unknown. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid, ribbed. Pappus persistence not known. A genus of c. 19 species from Eurasia and North America. * Petasites fragrans (Vill.) C.Presl, FI. Sicul. 1: 28 (1826) Tussilagofragrans Vill., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 72 (1792). Type: n.v. Dioecious, rhizomatous herbs to c. 0.4 m high, with glandular hairs on most parts. Basal leaves: petiole 10-30 cm long, sheathing basally; lamina suborbicular to reniform, 5-20 cm long; base strongly cordate; margin crowded-denticulate. Stem leaves 2-7, c. 2-6 cm long, comprising a well-developed sheath and a small lamina reducing to vestigial upwards. Capitula several per stem; peduncle to c. 30 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2-6, ± linear, 3-8 mm long; involucre 7-12 mm long, c. 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat. Capitula (for all Australian material): ray florets c. 12, pistillate but sterile; ligule 4-6 mm long, rounded to truncate, white, sometimes tinged purplish, 3-5-veined; disc florets c. 20, functionally male; corolla c. 8 mm long.
106 Thompson Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm ' on 8.var .javanica *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia [Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns (CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). * Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica (Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit.
Tribe Senecioneae 59 with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers winter. Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 (1825) Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to obovoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. *Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., Prodr. 6:431 (1838). Type: cultivated, not designated. Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Roldana. Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister environments. Flowers mainly spring. A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL).
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
Tribe Senecioneae 79 H. The Exotic Species The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been placed in the Lautusoid Group. 1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers mostly summer. Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 (AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 73-74".
72 Thompson Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a (BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW).
82 Thompson Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and in New South Wales near the coast. Grows in sandy soils in low coastal rainforest, woodland and mangroves. Flowers most of the year. The triangular leaf-lamina, fewer and larger capitula and much larger bracteoles distinguish this species from S. tamoides and S. angulatus. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Boonooroo, S.P.Phillips 601 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Sawtell, B.Kemp 227 (MEL. NSW); near northern end of Grevillea Rd, off Tamarind Ave., Cudgen Nature Reserve, Bogangar, J.R.Hashing 2023 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 7. *Senecio angulatus L.f., Suppl. PL 369 (1782) Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Thunherg ; n.v. Scrambling or climbing plants to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-2, usually with 1-3 commonly obtuse lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; involucre 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6, mostly 5; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs. Pappus caducous, 5-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in mesic parts of southern Australia, mostly in urban areas especially in the capital cities of southern states. Grows in various soils in shrubland and woodland in disturbed environments. Flowers late autumn-winter. Similar to Senecio tamoides and S. macroglossus q.v. Also vegetatively similar to the discoid Delairea odorata q.v. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Swan R., Sunset. Nedlands, GJ.Keighery 13775 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 4 km north of Palmer, R.Bates 9898 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: east side of Carlisle Ave, Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 16539 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Red Bluff, Sandringham, D.E.Alhrecht 1838 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: No records seen. (Present in Tasmania fide A.Buchanan pers. comm.) 8. * Senecio crassiflorus (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 412 (1838) Cineraria crassiflora Poir., Encycl. suppl. 2: 267 (1811). Type: Buenos Aires, Brazil, Commerson ; holo: ?P (Herb. Lam.) n.v., fide J.L.M.Poiret, loc. cit. Sprawling subshrub forming mounds to c. 2 m high, densely appressed-woolly throughout. Leaves undivided, spathulate to oblanceolate, to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6; base attenuate; margin ± entire or distally crenulate or denticulate. Capitula 1-8 per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2-6 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; involucre 12-16 mm long, c. 10 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets 12-22; ligule 15- 30 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-7 mm long, pale brown, strongly ribbed, with papillose hairs forming broad bands. Pappus caducous, 10-15 mm long. Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in central and north-eastern New South Wales on the coast from Sawtell south to Cronulla. Grows on coastal dunes. Flowers most of year. A silvery-grey plant grown as an ornamental and also once planted for coastal erosion control. Naturalised in a few places along the New South Wales coast.
Tribe Senecioneae 69 4. Senecio barkhausioides Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nataralistes Moscou 24(2): 86 (1851) Type: ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Swan River, W.A.], J.Drummond V , 378; iso: PERTH. Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, with stems densely hispid basally. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 20^10, undivided or lobate, with 1-4 c. triangular lobes per side; base without auricles; margin entire or with a few teeth; upper surface hispid or sometimes upper-stem leaves glabrous; lower surface glabrous or with coarse hairs on midrib and major veins. Capitula several per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8 2.0-3.0 mm long; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets numerous, all tubular. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 2.5 mm long, with papillose hairs in bands. Pappus 6-7 mm long. Notes'. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Ecological preferences unknown. Flowering time unknown. Senecio barkhausioides is a poorly known species that on the limited material available belongs in the Ramosissimus group. It has not been collected since the 1800s (One specimen, Parkers Range, 1890, E.Merrall is at MEL). Although placed in this group because of evidence that it is gynodioecious, it resembles species in the disciform group such as S. oldjieldii and S. longipilus in terms of leaf and stem indumentum, and 5. interpositus and S. georgianus in terms of its phyllaries which have a fleshy stereome and strongly recurved apex. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Parkers Ra„ 1890, E.Merrall (MEL). D. Magnificus Group Erect, annual or perennial herbs or shrubs, not rhizomatous, often glaucous. Coarse spreading hairs sometimes present, generally not conspicuous; fine hairs ± absent. Leaves mostly somewhat fleshy. Capitula radiate, 1 -several, or sometimes numerous, ecalyculate or caiyculate, with bracteoles 1 5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide at mid-point, with hyaline margin absent or obscure; involucre 3-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-22, free or occasionally fused; stereome Hat, glabrous except in S. tubercttlatus, with resin ducts line, pale. Florets mostly numerous, rarely 20-30; ray florets (4-) 6-12 (-16), rarely sterile, with ligule yellow; disc florets with corolla-limb shorter, equal to, or longer than tube, diam. at base of lobes c. I mm. Achenes homomorphic, obloid or lagenifonn, 2-10 mm long, with ribs absent or not, sometimes much raised; with papillose hairs (l:w ratio 4-20) or granular papillae; carpopodium 1/3—1/2 diam. ol body. Pappus persistent, or caducous in S. velleioides; bristles scabridulous or barbellate (mainly in proximal half) or rarely prominently barbellate. A group of ten endemic species, widespread in southern and central Australia, particularly in arid and semi-arid environments. The peduncles in members of this group are often markedly dilated distally, a character not seen in other Australian species. List of species 1. Senecioplatylepis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 2. Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) 3. Senecio tnurrayaniis Wawra, in H.R. von F.Wawra & G.R. von M.Beck, I tin. Princ. S. Coburgi 2:48 (1888) 4. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Pimm. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859)
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 82-83".
72 Thompson Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a (BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW).
72 Thompson Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a (BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW).
80 Thompson long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally; achenes of disc florets with papillose hairs in rows; achenes of ray florets glabrous. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. Ragwort. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia west ol Albany, far south-eastern Australia from the Mt Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia east to Sale in eastern Vic, and in north-western and eastern Tasmania. A common weed in other temperate parts of the world. Grows in forest and in agricultural and disturbed land such as roadsides. Flowers summer-autumn. A species with large intricately dissected leaves and inflorescences of numerous crowded capitula with relatively narrow ligules. In its first season it forms a basal rosette. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Walpole, R.D.Royce 2566 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Sturt Creek, Upper Suit District, 15 Nov. 1954, V.Lohmeyer s.n. (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gouibum, 9 May 1938, A.T.R.Brown s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Beech Forest, R.V.Smith 75/5 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). TASMANIA: Pine L., northern Central Plateau, A.E.Orchard 5820 (AD, HO, MEL). 3. *Senecio elegaits L., Sp. PI. 2: 869 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’, northern Africa, cult., seed from South Africa, Herb. Clifford 406, Senecio 4; lecto: 7LINN fide R.O.Belcher, FI. Australia 49: 617 (1994). S. elegans var. diffusus Ewart, FI. Victoria 1173 (1931). Type: not designated. S. elegans var. erectus Ewart, FI. Victoria 1173 (1931). Type: not designated. Erect or sprawling annual, to 1.0 m high, nearly glabrous. Leaves to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, sub-pinnatisect with 2-5 major segments per side; segments typically broadest distally and irregularly lobed; base slightly to moderately auriculate, slightly clasping. Capitula few to numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 12-16, 3-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 5-7 mm diam.; phyllaries 12- 16, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets usually 12-17; ligule 7-15 mm long, rich magenta, occasionally pink or white, 4-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm long, brown or olivaceous, with papillose hairs forming lines. Pappus caducous, 5-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs along the coastline; in south-western Western Australia from Perth south to Cape Leeuwin and east to Ledge Point east of Albany; in the south-east of Australia from Yorke Peninsula in south-eastern South Australia ESE to Orbost in south-eastern Victoria; and in Tasmania on the Bass Strait Is. and on the east coast. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in shrubland. Flowers mostly spring and summer. Widespread along south-western and southern coastlines and readily recognised by virtue of its purple ligules and pinnatifid leaves. The capitula of S. glastifolius q.v. are similar but the shape of its leaves is very different. Hybrids between S. elegans and S. pinnatifolius have been recorded. Plants with paler or white ligules or doubled ligules have occasionally been recorded. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small unnamed lake/swamp 0.5 km north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5930 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lower Coorong, 40 km south of Salt Ck, almost due west of Pitlockry Stn, D.E.Symon 10460 (AD, PERTH). VICTORIA: Pea Soup Shearwater Colony, Port Fairy, J.C.Reid 2184 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: South Arm, A.Buchanan 14278 (HO).
Tribe Senecioneae 65 29. Senecio prenanthoides A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 96 (1834) 30. Seneciopsilophylltts I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 189 (2004) 31. Senecio lageniformis I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 189 (2004) 32. Senecio nigrapicus I.Thomps. Muelleria 19: 191 (2004) 33. Senecio longipilus I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 193 (2004) 34. Senecio oldfieldii I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 195 (2004) 35. Seneciopsilocarpus Belcher & Albr., Muelleria 8: 113 (1994) 36. Senecio squarrosus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 107 (1834) 37. Senecio macrocarpus F.Muell. ex Belcher, Muelleria 5: 119 (1983) 38. Senecio interpositus I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 205 (2004) 39. Senecio georgianus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 40. Senecio helichrysoides F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Victoria Inst. Adv. Sci. 39 (1855) Notes and Amendments to Thompson (2004a): An earlier legitimate name for S. brevitubulus I.Thomps. has now been identified based on examination of material of Senecio esleri sent from New Zealand. Senecio esleri was described by Webb (1989) from New Zealand collections made in and around Auckland where it apparently is a common weed. In Australia it has been recorded from only five localities; however, as they predate the New Zealand collections and because some collections appear to be from natural areas, the species appears more likely to be native to Australia. A collection not cited by Thompson, J.H.Maiden & J.L.Boorman, Brunswick River (NSW), has now also been identified as S. esleri. A new name S. campylocarpus was published in Thompson (2004d) to replace the earlier but illegitimate name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. that was used in Thompson (2004a). The key to species has been modified from that of Thompson (2004a) to better characterise the distinction between S. campylocarpus and S. longicollaris. This involves small modifications to involucral length and achenial length specifications, and the addition of length ranges for the neck portion of the achenes. An old specimen from eastern New South Wales, coll, unknown, Parramatta (MEL22507) that was placed with S. longicollaris is now excluded from that species. It is close to this species and to S. campylocarpus, but it has glabrous capitula, and its leaf shape, leaf-dentition and achenial shape in combination sets it apart. New collections are required to better characterise this entity. Information regarding the occurrence of Senecio dolichocephalus in northern New South Wales was not detailed in the protologue of Thompson’s revision. It has been recorded from Cobar, Fowlers Gap, Narromine and Euston in this state. Senecio extensus is now recognised to occasionally have papillose hairs on its achenes. Two specimens from Victoria, I.R. Thompson 757 MEL. C’ANB and A.C.Beauglehole 37001 MEL, have longitudinal bands of hairs on their achenes but otherwise conform to the original circumscription of 5. extensus. The key given below has been amended to accommodate this change in circumscription. The description of S. squarrosus states on line 5 that leaves become “broader upwards”. This is a typographical error and it should have read “narrower upwards”.
68 Thompson broadening abruptly. The broad portion of lamina is about as long as broad. A few old specimens from Perth area are more robust and leaf shape is slightly atypical; further collections of this form are desirable. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Serpentine, 24 Sept. 1899, coll, unknown (AD, BR1, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH); track off Sandalwood Rd towards Momington Mills, SE of Harvey, T.R.Lally 7RLI502 <6 B.Fuhrer (CANB, PERTH). 2. Senecio gilbertii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscott 24( 1): 208 (1851) Type: Locality unknown, Gilbert 289'. n.v. Herbs to c. 1.0 m high. Stems transiently woolly. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect, with 2-5 oblong to obovate segments per side; base with well-developed auricles; margin with scattered denticulations; upper surface glabrous or sparsely hispid; lower surface somewhat densely appressed-cobwebby or woolly. Capitula numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 3-6 1.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0- 5.0 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets 20-25, all tubular. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 2 mm long, with papillose hairs in broad bands. Pappus 5 mm long. Notes: Occurs in the Darling Ranges of south-western Western Australia. Habitat unknown. Flowers mostly winter-spring. There have been no recent records of this species. The deeply pinnatisect leaves with very acute denticulations and a more or less dense indumentum on the lower surface are diagnostic. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wooroloo. Sept. 1907, M.Koch s.n. (PERTH); Darling Ra., M.Koch 1692 (MEL). 3. Seitecio ramosissimus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) Type: Bald-Head hill. King George Sound, W.A., 1822, A.Cunningham s.n.', holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. Senecio cygnontm Steetz, PI. Preiss 1: 483 (1845). Type: Swan River, near Fremantle, W.A., 1843, J.A.L.Preiss 70', holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Herbs to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, undivided; base of upper-stem leaves with well-developed auricles, or truncate to sagittate; margin with frequent to crowded denticulations. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem; calycular bracteoles 2-4, c. I mm long; involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 9-13. Florets 15-20, all tubular. Achenes obloid, 1.0-1.5 mm long, with papillose hairs somewhat scattered. Pappus 3-4 mm long. Notes: Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Grows in sand and gravelly loam over limestone or granite, in coastal swamps, heathland, woodland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. The inflorescences of S. ramosissimus are unusual for Senecio in Australia in being pyramidal, i.e. with lateral clusters of capitula not reaching to medial clusters. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5931 (HO, MEL, PERTH).
Tribe Senecioneae 81 4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. Holly-leaved Senecio. Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 6-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 79-80".
Tribe Senecioneae 63 Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Western Slopes, 3 km east of Rylstone, 17 Feb. 1995, G.Hennessy s.n. (NSW); Oz Mtn, between Rylstone and Bylong, Wollemi National Park, W.Cherry 98/3a,J.Allen, E.A.Brown & C.Pavich (NSW). 9. Senecio L., Sp. PI. 2: 866 (1753) Herbs, shrubs or climbers, rarely gynodioecious. Leaves sessile, rarely petiolate, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (with ligules much reduced in Glossanthus group) discoid or disciform, calyculate or ecalyculate; phyllaries free, rarely connate. Florets: ligule mostly yellow, occasionally pink or purple, rarely cream or white; disc florets with corolla-limbs mostly yellow or yellow-green, rarely pink or red. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate or obtuse, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, rarely slightly dimorphic, obloid or oblong-ellipsoid, sometimes lageniform. Pappus caducous or persistent. A diverse assemblage of species of this enormous genus occur in Australia, and the 87 native representatives have been infernally classified here into seven morphological groups. Nine of the ten introduced species in Australia are grouped here for convenience, whereas the tenth, S. tnadagascariensis is placed in one of the eight native groups, the Lautusoid group. Five of the native groups are endemic to Australia, and the other two are composed largely of endemic species. The Disciform group in Australia contains only native species, but a few species also occur naturally in New Zealand. The Lautusoid group contains only endemic species with the exception of S. tnadagascariensis. A complete key to groups, species, and infraspecific taxa in Senecio is presented below following descriptions of groups. The majority of species have recently been described in a series of papers by Thompson (2004a, 2004b, 2004c, 2005a, 2005b) and the reader is referred to these for details. Concise descriptions and supplementary notes for species in the Macranthus and Ramosissimus groups and for nine introduced species are presented here, these species not having been described in the aforementioned papers. A. Disciform Group Erect or sprawling, usually perennial herbs, sometimes weakly shrubby, not rhizomatous, or rarely shortly so, not glaucous. Coarse spreading hairs often present, conspicuous or not; fine hairs often present, conspicuous or not. Leaves generally thin. Capitula disciform, rarely discoid, calyculate, with bracteoles parallel-sided or nearly so, 1-5 mm long, 0.1-0.7 mm wide at mid-point, with hyaline margin absent or obscure; involucre 1-5 mm diam. (measured mid-involucre, impressed); phyllaries 7— 25, free; stereome drying green, flat or ridged, with resin ducts pale, generally inconspicuous, glabrous, or occasionally cobwebby, rarely woolly. Florets 12-c. 100, with corolla-limb much shorter than the tube; outer florets (50-) 65-80% of total number, with diam. at base of lobes 0.1-0.2 mm; central florets with diam. at base of lobes 0.2-0.4 (-0.7) mm. Achenes homomorphic, ± obloid or narrowly lageniform, 1-6 mm long, with ribs mostly flat, with papillose hairs (l:w ratio 1-6) or glabrous; carpopodium 1/4-1/2 diam. of body. Pappus caducous; scabridulous to ± smooth. A widespread group of 40 species, recently revised by Thompson (2004a). Endemic except for four species which are also native to New Zealand. Outer florets have extremely reduced corollas with 2-4 minute lobes. Central florets also have rather slender corollas that are 4 or more often 5-lobed. The peduncle and base of the capitulum are often transiently or persistently cobwebby in this group. The
Tribe Senecioneae 73 5. Senecio leptocarpus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838) S. pectinatus DC. var . pleiocepluilus Bentli., FI. Austral. 3: 665 (1867). Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 268: holo: G; iso: NSW both n.v., fide R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 122 (1996). Scapiform perennials to 0.5 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous except for upper peduncle. Basal leaves gradually broadening front base, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio 3- 9, undivided or lobate, with 4-7 lobes per side; base attenuate or cuneate, without auricles; secondary venation sub-parallel, generally distinct on both sides. Cauline leaves c. 10, undivided, becoming much smaller than basal leaves. Capitula (1-) 3-8 per stem; peduncle with coarse hairs distally; calycular bracteoles 4-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 5-9 mm long, 3-5 mm diam., phyllaries c. 13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-6-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 3—4 mm long, unribbed. Pappus persistent, 4-5 mm long. Notes: Occurs in central and western Tasmania from St Valentines Peak in the far north-west south to Pindars Peak in the far south. Grows in alpine shrubland, heathland and herbfields. Flowers summer autumn. Differs from S. pectinatus by its strongly discolorous leaves with distinct sub- parallel or very acute secondary venation. The leaves are similar to those of S. albogilvus but are larger and with more lobes. It also differs from S. albogilvus in that the inflorescences are usually not solitary, and ligules are yellow. Although there are a few old records from the mainland, there is some doubt about their provenance. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Lake Hwy, 5.7 km north from Breona, Great Western Tiers, F.E.Davies 983 & P.Ollerenshaw (CANB, MEL); Dunning Rivulet, A.Moscal 12524 (HO). 6. Senecio albogilvus I.Thomps., Muelleria 20: 130 (2004) S. pectinatus var. ochroleucus F.Muell., Papers & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1870, 16 (1871), as ochroleuca. Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, Jan. 1869, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 119 (1996); syn: MEL. Scapiform perennials to c. 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous. Basal leaves gradually broadening from base, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio 8-15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire or more often with I or 2 distal serrations per side; venation indistinct. Cauline leaves 10-15, becoming much smaller than basal leaves, mostly bract-like, undivided; base without auricles. Capitula 1 per stem; distal peduncle sparsely hairy, with hairs fine; calycular bracteoles 6-10, 4-9 mm long; involucre 5-11 mm long, 3-7 mm diam; phyllaries 12-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 8-12 mm long, cream-white, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow- obloid, 2-3 mm long, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus uncertainly persistent, 4.5-6 mm long. Notes: Occurs in north-western and southern Tasmania from Cradle Mountain south to Pindars Peak. Grows in rocky sites in herbficld, heathland and shrubland in montane to alpine regions. Flowers summer-autumn. The undivided, discolorous leaves of this species are reminiscent of those of S. leptocarpus, although considerably smaller. A further distinctive feature of this species is the white-cream colour of the ligules. An old specimen collected by a Dr Milligan
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 67-68".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 71-72".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 81-82".
60 Thompson 6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of auricles and the discoid capitula. * Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 42(1845). Type: cult., not designated. Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a more strongly cordate lamina. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex
104 Thompson Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as mixta. Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data (Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in morphology between these species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW).
Tribe Senecioneae 75 considered to be var. major. Grows in alpine or sub-alpine herbfields, heathland and shrubland, commonly near streams or seepage areas. Flowers summer-autumn. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Between Ladies Tam and Hartz Peak, Hartz Mtns National Park, P.S.Short 1892 (MEL); Hamilton Crags, 1.5 km east of Leggcs Tor, Ben Lomond National Park, F.E.Davies 1167 (AD, CANB. HO, MEL). 7b. Seneciopectinatus var. major F.Muell. ex Belcher, Muelleria 9: 120 (1996) Type: Cobberas Mts, Victoria, [1854], F.Mueller, holo; MEL; syn: MEL. Plants to 0.3 (-0.5) m high, with scape 1-3 mm diarn. Rosette leaves (3-) 4-15 cm long, dentate to pinnatisect, with medial zone of uninterrupted lamina clearly broadening distally, usually 4-15 mm wide at widest in at least some leaves. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 6-10 mm long, 1.0-2.0 mm wide; involucre 8-12 mm long, 15-30 mm wide when pressed, with phyllaries c. 20-30. Corolla of disc florets > 6 mm long. Achenes 4-8 mm long. Pappus 5-7 mm long. Alpine Groundsel. Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Australia. On the mainland it extends from Mt Kelly in southern parts of the Australian Capital Territory SW through south-eastern New South Wales to Mt Baw Bavv in southern Victoria. Specimens from Ben Lomond, Tasmania, included by Thompson 2004c in var. major are now considered better placed in var. pectinatus. Grows in alpine or sub-alpine herbfields, heathland and shrubland, commonly near streams or seepage areas. Flowers summer-autumn. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 1 km along Summit Rd from parking area. Ml Stillwell, Charlottes Pass, Kosciuszko National Park. P.Hind 5520 & G.D'Aubert (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: beside road from "Ruined Castle", at head of ?McKay Ck, Bogong High Plains near Mt McKay, M.G.Corrick 11500 (CANB, MEL); Wall of Death, Hotham Heights, D.E.Albrecht 4949 (MEL). 8. Seneciopapillosus F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857) Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, 1 Mar. 1857, C.Stuart 1870; lecto: MEL, fide R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 124 (1996); Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, Stuart s.n.; syn: MEL. Scapiform perennials to 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, somewhat hairy on most parts. Basal leaves to 4 (—7) cm long, with l:w ratio 2-7, undivided; base petiole-like; margin entire or with a scattered teeth; upper surface hispid with hairs rather robust; lower surface with long hairs along midrib; secondary venation ± distinct on lower surface. Cauline leaves much smaller than basal, 1-5, undivided; base without auricles. Capitula I per stem; distal peduncle and margin of bracteoles with coarse hairs; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-24, sparsely hairy'; Florets numerous; ray florets 12-20; ligule 10-20 mm long, ?4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 3-^1 mm long, unribbed. Pappus uncertainly persistent, c. 6 mm long. Notes: Occurs in far southern Tasmania from Federation Peak to Mt La Perouse. Grows in sub-alpine areas. Flowers summer-autumn. Recognised by its scapiform habit and small spathulate leaves with rather coarse septate hairs on the upper surface. Very localised in mountains in south-western Tasmania. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Precipitous Bluff, east face, A.M.Buchanan 11347 (HO).
74 Thompson from Tasmania (MEL667723) has the leaves of S. albogilvus but has an inflorescence of six capitula. It is unclear from the specimen what the colour of the ligules are. This may be an aberrant plant or possibly a hybrid between S. albogilvus and S. leptocarpus. When elevated to species rank (Thompson 2004c) the authority was incorrectly cited as (F.Muell.) I.Thomps. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Eastern edge of Cradle Mountain c. 100 m below summit. Cradle Mountain National Park, P.S.Short 1786 (HO, MEL); Hartz Mountain track, 500 m from base of track, Hartz Mountains National Park, F.E.Davies 878 & P.Ollerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL). 7. Seneciopectinatus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838) Type: Precise locality unknown, Tasmania, 1832, R.C.Gunn 107; holo: G n.v., fide R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 115-131. Scapiform perennials to 0.5 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous except for scape and peduncle. Basal leaves gradually to somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole¬ like portion to lamina, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio 2-6, dentate to pinnatisect, with 3-6 major projections per side; base petiole-like, without auricles. Cauline leaves 5-12, becoming much smaller than basal leaves, mostly undivided; base without auricles or slightly dilated. Capitula 1 per stem, or rarely 2; distal peduncle moderately hairy, with hairs to c. 1 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-12, (4-) 5-10 mm long; involucre 6-12 mm long, 5-12 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-30, glabrous or nearly so. Florets numerous; ray florets 13-20; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid 4-8 mm long. Pappus uncertainly persistent, 4-7.5 mm long. Notes ; There are two varieties of this species differing mainly in their dimensions, although there are subtle differences in leaf morphology also. Although the demarcation of the varieties is not always clear, particularly due to collections from Ben Lomond National Park, Tasmania, 1 consider that the varietial status should be maintained. Geographically varieties are clearly separated. The high chromosome number of 2n = 80 for var. major (Lawrence 1980) is suggestive of polyploidy. A chromosome count for the typical variety has not been made. 7a. Senecio pectinatus DC. war. pectinatus Plants to c. 0.2 m high, with scape 0.5-1.8 mm diam. Rosette leaves 1-5 (-8) cm long, deeply lobate to pinnatisect, with medial zone of uninterrupted lamina not or only slightly broadening distally. 1-2 (-4) mm wide at widest. Capitula: calycular bracteoles (4-) 5-6.5 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide; involucre 6-8 (-9) mm long, 8-15 (-20) mm wide when pressed, with phyllaries c. 13-20. Corolla of disc florets mostly < 6 mm long. Achenes 4-5 mm long. Pappus 4-5 mm long. Notes: Occurs in Tasmania from Mt Arthur in the far north to Mt La Perouse in the far south. Robust, larger-headed specimens from Ben Lomond Natl Park and Mt Field Natl Park are considered to be var. pectinatus based on leaf morphology although in other respects dimensions overlap with those of var. major. Apart from these occasional specimens at these localities, specimens in Tasmania are readily distinguished from var. major using all or most of the characters presented in the descriptions. A specimen from Mount Buffalo, Victoria, referred to var. pectinatus by Thompson 2004c is now'
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 74-75".
Tribe Senecioneae 59 with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers winter. Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 (1825) Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to obovoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. *Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., Prodr. 6:431 (1838). Type: cultivated, not designated. Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- barbellate. Roldana. Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister environments. Flowers mainly spring. A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL).
76 Thompson 9. Senecioprimulifolius F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857) Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, 1 Mar. 1857, C.Stuart 1871\ lecto: K, fide R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 125 (1996); isolecto: MEL (2 sheets). Scapiform perennials to 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, somewhat hairy on leaves and scape. Basal leaves abruptly broadening from petiole-like portion to cordate-based lamina, to 22 cm long, with l:w ratio 2-6, undivided; base without auricles; margin crenate or dentate; secondary venation distinct; upper surface somewhat appressed- cobwebby or woolly; lower surface somewhat woolly. Cauline leaves 1—4, becoming much smaller than basal leaves; base becoming auriculate upwards. Capitula 1-4 per stem; peduncle hairy; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-20, nearly glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 3—4 mm long, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus persistent, 6-8 mm long. Notes: Occurs in far southern Tasmania in the area of Mt La Perouse. Grows in sub- alpine areas, where recorded from under shrubs and from rocky cliffs. Flowers summer- autumn. Recognised by its scapiform habit and distinctive leaf morphology. Like S. papillosus, it has a very localised distribution in mountains in south-western Tasmania. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Moonlight Ridge, A.M.Buchanan 2961 (HO); Mt La Perouse, L.Rodway 427 (HO). F. Glossanthus group Erect annuals, not rhizomatous, not glaucous. Coarse hairs sometimes present, conspicuous or not; fine hairs absent. Leaves commonly slightly fleshy. Capitula radiate, with ligule short, or appearing disciform with ligule of female florets vestigial, calyculate, with bracteoles narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 0.8-3.0 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide at mid-point, with hyaline margin absent or obscure; involucre L-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-13, free; stereome flat, with resin ducts inconspicuous, pale. Florets 15- numerous; ray florets (4-) 5-13, with ligule much reduced, yellow; disc floret: corolla- limb ± as long as tube, with diam. at base of lobes, 0.3-0.5 mm. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic (ray achenes larger, hairs more robust and carpopodium broader), ± obloid or slightly lageniform, 2.0-5.5 mm long, with ribs ± flat, with papillose hairs (l:w ratio 3-8); carpopodium c. 1/3-1 times diam. of body. Pappus caducous, occasionally hardly developed on outer achenes; bristles scabridulous. A group of four species occurring in the southern half of Australia, distinguished from other radiate species by the short ligules of the female florets. The species in this group were recently revised by Thompson (2005a). The ligule in some specimens is vestigial but these can be distinguished from species of the Disciform group by the low proportion of female florets and the relatively short corolla of these florets, and in three of the species, the dimorphism of the achenes. The group is probably most closely allied to the Lautusoid group to which it is most obviously connected by 5. candy I its. a species placed in the Lautusoid group because of its long-ligulate female florets, but with features including leaf shape and achenial dimorphism that associate it with members of the Glossanthus group.
Tribe Senecioneae 79 H. The Exotic Species The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been placed in the Lautusoid Group. 1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers mostly summer. Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 (AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm
68 Thompson broadening abruptly. The broad portion of lamina is about as long as broad. A few old specimens from Perth area are more robust and leaf shape is slightly atypical; further collections of this form are desirable. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Serpentine, 24 Sept. 1899, coll, unknown (AD, BR1, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH); track off Sandalwood Rd towards Momington Mills, SE of Harvey, T.R.Lally 7RLI502 <6 B.Fuhrer (CANB, PERTH). 2. Senecio gilbertii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscott 24( 1): 208 (1851) Type: Locality unknown, Gilbert 289'. n.v. Herbs to c. 1.0 m high. Stems transiently woolly. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect, with 2-5 oblong to obovate segments per side; base with well-developed auricles; margin with scattered denticulations; upper surface glabrous or sparsely hispid; lower surface somewhat densely appressed-cobwebby or woolly. Capitula numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 3-6 1.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0- 5.0 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets 20-25, all tubular. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 2 mm long, with papillose hairs in broad bands. Pappus 5 mm long. Notes: Occurs in the Darling Ranges of south-western Western Australia. Habitat unknown. Flowers mostly winter-spring. There have been no recent records of this species. The deeply pinnatisect leaves with very acute denticulations and a more or less dense indumentum on the lower surface are diagnostic. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wooroloo. Sept. 1907, M.Koch s.n. (PERTH); Darling Ra., M.Koch 1692 (MEL). 3. Seitecio ramosissimus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) Type: Bald-Head hill. King George Sound, W.A., 1822, A.Cunningham s.n.', holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. Senecio cygnontm Steetz, PI. Preiss 1: 483 (1845). Type: Swan River, near Fremantle, W.A., 1843, J.A.L.Preiss 70', holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Herbs to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, undivided; base of upper-stem leaves with well-developed auricles, or truncate to sagittate; margin with frequent to crowded denticulations. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem; calycular bracteoles 2-4, c. I mm long; involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 9-13. Florets 15-20, all tubular. Achenes obloid, 1.0-1.5 mm long, with papillose hairs somewhat scattered. Pappus 3-4 mm long. Notes: Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Grows in sand and gravelly loam over limestone or granite, in coastal swamps, heathland, woodland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. The inflorescences of S. ramosissimus are unusual for Senecio in Australia in being pyramidal, i.e. with lateral clusters of capitula not reaching to medial clusters. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5931 (HO, MEL, PERTH).
60 Thompson 6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of auricles and the discoid capitula. * Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 42(1845). Type: cult., not designated. Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a more strongly cordate lamina. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex
108 Thompson Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies var. drymophila Senecio shirleyanus Domin, Biblioth. Bat. 89: 686 (1929). Type: Tambourine Mts, Queensland, Mar. 1910, K.Domin 9143 & 9144: syn: PR n v fide R.O.Belcher, Kew Bull. 44(3): 533 (1989). [Gynurapseudochina and. non (L.) DC.; G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 661 (1867)] Plants with spreading multicellar hairs on stems, leaves, peduncles, bracts, bracteoles and phyllaries. Notes : Occurs in Queensland extending from Lizard Island in the tar north of the state south to the MacPherson Ranges; also in far northern New South Wales as far south as Ballina. Grows on sandstone among granite boulders, and in near coastal lowland situations, on cliff tops, and in rocky and sandy sites in woodland, forest, vine thicket, closed heath, vine forests, and hoop pine rainforest. Flowers all year round. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 1 km NW of L. Elphinstone outlet, Carborough Ra.. I.R. Telford 11120 & R.J.Rudd (BR1, CANB, NSW); Mt Walsh, 6 km south of Biggenden M.D.Crisp 2635 (BR1, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Nullarn, Sept. 1896 W.Bauerlen (NSW). Gynura drymophila var. glabrifolia P.I.Forst. & Thongp., Austrobaileya 2(5): 564 (1988) Type: cultivated specimen ex 2 km SW of Boolbunda Rock, Queensland, 15 May 1986, P.I.Forster 2425', holo: BRI. Plants glabrous. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Ecological and phenological details as for the type variety. Similar in all details to the typical variety except for the absence of hairs. Recorded as growing side by side with typical variety. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Brigalow research station, 32 km NW of Theodore, Johnson 2670 (BRI); Mount Moon, 5 km SW of Mt Alford township, P.I.Forster PIF6621, A.R.Bean <6 L.ll.Bird (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Three Tops, Mt Warning National Park, July 1955, A.Benwell s.n. (NSW). Acknowledgements 1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans and other matters. 1 would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE, and PERTH for the loan of specimens. 1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney for funding my recent visit to NSW. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). References Belcher, R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae) with inquiries into Senecio and Arrhenechthites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43: 1-85.
Tribe Senecioneae 81 4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. Holly-leaved Senecio. Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 6-7 mm long. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 70-71".
102 Thompson pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of six species, all native to the New World. *Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian Fireweed. Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers mostly summer-autumn. Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. * Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980).
102 Thompson pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. A genus of six species, all native to the New World. *Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian Fireweed. Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers mostly summer-autumn. Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. * Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980).
Tribe Senecioneae 83 Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Sawtell Beach, 10 May 1967, C.Burgess (CANB). 9. *Senecio vulgaris L„ Sp. PI. 2: 867 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 406, Senecio I A; lecto: BM, fide C.Jeffrey, Regnum Veg. 127: 87(1993). Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, glabrous except for cobwebby newer growth . Leaves commonly lobate to subpinnatisect, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-5; primary segments c. oblong to triangular; base auriculate, moderately stem-clasping; margin denticulate. Capitula discoid, several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 8-16, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 5-7 mm long, c. 2-3 mm diani.; phyllaries 13- 22, glabrous. Florets numerous. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, light brown, with papillose hairs in bands. Pappus caducous, 5-6 mm long. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs mostly in southern Australia in all capital cities and a few provincial cities. A widespread weed of cool-temperate regions. Grows mostly in urban environments, in garden beds and footpaths. Also occurring in orchards and , occasionally invading woodland and forest. Flowers most of the year. Differs from native discoid species by being a small annual, by having capitula with more numerous florets and phyllaries and calycular bracteoles that are conspicuously jet-black distally. Similar in habit and leaf shape to S. glossanthus, S. halophilus and S. productus, but in these native species the marginal florets are female and minutely ligulate, and the achenes are dimorphic. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Western Australian Herbarium grounds, Kensington, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 1931 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mitcham. R.V.Southcott B1082 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Forest Hill, M.Bodman (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nashdale, Central Tablelands, M.Dally 2222 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: CS1RO grounds, Black Mtn, Canberra, A.C.T., M.Gray 6229 (CANB). VICTORIA: comer of Pumps Rd and Axford Rd. Wantirna, T.B.Muir 6548 (MEL). TASMANIA: Hobart, 21 Jan. 1930, F.II.Long (HO). Key to Seitecio 1 Capitula discoid: all florets bisexual, or all florets female, and the corolla-limb of similar size in all florets, to 1.0 mm diam. at base of lobes OR capitula radiate but with only 1-3 ligules; achenes homomorphic 2 Annuals; calycular bracteoles pigmented black for 1/2 to 4/5 of length; phyllaries 14-23; florets > 40; corolla-limb shorter than tube. *S. vulgaris (see also H) 2: Perennial herbs or shrubs; calycular bracteoles not as extensively or darkly pigmented as above; phyllaries 7-13; florets < 40; corolla-limb c. equal to tube 3 Gynodioecious herbaceous perennials (plants female or hermaphrodite), not glaucous; achenes < 2 mm long (south-western W.A.).C. Ramosissimus group 3: Hermaphrodite shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbaceous perennials, often glaucous; achenes > 2 mm long, or if less then unit inflorescences congested, corymbiform (not south-western W.A.) 4 Herbaceous perennials; apex of phyllaries mostly reflexed at anthesis.A. Disciform group
106 Thompson Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm ' on 8.var .javanica *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia [Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns (CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). * Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica (Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 13-14, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 17-18, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 11-13, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 14-15, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 15-17, Fig. 5".
Thelymitra fuscolutea complex 19 column, ovate-quadrate, 2.2-3.5 mm long, 2.4-4 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid. 10-20 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 7) Selected specimens examined: Western Australia: Dodaderry Nature Reserve number 37306, 8.xi. 1991, J.L. Robson s.n. (PERTH 1661981 ); Population 12. Kent Road, SW of York, 20.xi. 1996. K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858247 ); Population 10. Kent Road, SW of York, 20,xi. 1996. K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTI1 4858239): Population 6. Kent Road, SW of York, 20.xi.1996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858336 ); Population 9. Nuytsia Road, SW of York. 20,xi. 1996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858263 ); Population 5. Kent Road, SW of York, 20.xi.1996, K. Kershaw A- F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858344); Population 8. Nuytsia Road, SW of York, 20.xi.l996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858271); Darling district, Kent Road. Talbot. 7,xi.l996, F. Hort & J. Hort ORG410 (CANB 611708); Qualen Road, SW of York, 4.xi.2000, C.J. French 2796 (MEL 2143919). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to southwestern Western Australia, in a small area south-west of York. Grows in open E. wandoo and E. accedens woodland on granitic or laterite ridges and slopes. Altitude: 250^t00 m. Conservation status: Confined to a limited range with about 12 known populations. Suggest 2EC by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1996), and Endangered (E) by criteria of IUCN (2000). Flowering period: Late October to early December. Pollination biology: The large, freely opening flowers and sporadic capsule production would suggest that the species is probably entomophilous. Notes: Thelymitra yorkensis has been confused with T. dedntaniarum, but the two species are distinct. The former usually has strongly bicolorous flowers, while in the latter the flowers are fairly uniformly golden yellow. See Table 2 for other distinguishing features. The common name ‘Bronze Orchid’ has been applied to this species. Etymology: From the town of York, Western Australia, near which all the currently known populations have been located. 7. Thelymitra stellata Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. appendix to vols. 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan R.]: 49 (1839-1840). Type: ‘Swan River’, 1839, J. Drummond s.n. (holotype K-L!, isotypes BM!, FI!, K, AD!). Thelymitra fuscolutea R.Br. var. stellata (Lindl.) A.S.George, Nuytsia 1(2): 194 (1971)." Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1984) page 30 (as T. fuscolutea var. stellata ); Jones (1988) page 304; Hoffman & Brown (1992) page 244; Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 244. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid or obovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf ovate-lanceolate to ovate, 5-20 cm long, 10-35 mm wide, erect or obliquely erect, blade more or less flat, leathery, bright green to yellowish green, sheathing at base, apex subacute to acute, sometimes shortly apiculate. Scape 15^15 cm tall, 1.4-3.5 mm diain., more or less straight, green. Sterile bracts usually 2, occasionally 3, ovate-lanceolate, 2-7 cm long, 3-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, usually green, apex often free and diverging from scape, acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-35 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 18-19, Fig. 7".
Tribe Senecioneae 57 sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. cit. Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- plumose. Tree Ragwort. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to one collector. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± persistent. The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few linear or lanceolate bracteoles.
Tribe Senecioneae 55 l. Abrotanellaforsteroides (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867), as forsterioides Scleroleima forsteroides Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 5: 444, t. 14 (1846). Type: Tasmania, 1839^43, J.D.Hooker Antarct. Exp.', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, PL Syst. Evol. 197: 161 (1995). Cushion-plants to 7 cm high, ± glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 1 mm diam. Leaves suberect, ovate to lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, convex abaxially; base dilated; margin entire or denticulate; apex acuminate, mucronatc. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle to c. 8 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles lacking; involucre c. 1 mm long; phyllaries 3-7, c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, thin, without resin ducts. Florets: outer florets 1-3; central florets 1-3; corolla 2.0-2.5 mm long; limb greenish-yellow, 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. Notes : Occurs in north-western, north-eastern and south-central Tasmania. Grows in summit moors, screes and wet places such as below snowbanks at altitudes over 1000 m. Flowers mid-spring-summer Grows with other cushion plants in alpine communities forming cushions to several metres in diameter. The stems and leaves are closely crowded with older leaves brown and persistent. The involucre is hidden within upper leaves at anthesis but is exposed at fruiting. Unlike the other two species in Australia, the one or two achenes in each capitulum strongly exceed the involucre at maturity. Representative specimens'. TASMANIA: Ben Lomond National Park, Hamilton Crags, 1.5 km east of Legges Tor, F.E.Davies 1182 , P.Ollerenshaw, c£ R.Burns (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); 0.5 km NW of Second Bar L„ A.Moscal 6949 (HO). 2. Abrotanella nivigena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., PI. Victoria 2: t. 40 (1865). Trineuron nivigenum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 105 (1855). Type: Munyang Mtns, New South Wales, Jan. 1855, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide U.Swenson op. cit. 172; isolecto: MEL. Cushion-plants to 3 (-5) cm high, largely glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 0.5 mm diam. Leaves somewhat spreading, narrow oblong to linear, 8-20 mm long, ± fiat; base slightly dilated; margin entire; apex ± rounded to truncate. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle 5-20 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre 2.5-4.0 mm long; phyllaries 8-14 (-16), c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, fleshy, with 1 or 3 longitudinal ducts. Outer florets 7-17; central florets 4-12; corolla 1.5-3 mm long; limb white or purple, 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4- ribbed, pale but purple distally, glabrous. Snow-wort. Notes: Occurs in the Kosciuszko region of south-eastern New South Wales and in eastern Victoria. Grows in alpine bogs, herblields, grasslands, in rock crevices, and often associated with small waterfalls. Flowers summer. Abrotanella papuana S.Moore resembles A. nivigena and was regarded as synonymous by Swenson (1995); however, it differs in several ways. Abrotanella papuana lacks 3-lobed central florets, has fewer outer florets, sometimes has hairs on peduncles and has leaves that are more erect. Additionally, leaves are more tapered distally, with an apex subacute to obtuse, with scattered translucent multicellular hairs
56 Thompson on upper surface of leaves especially near margins; peduncular bracts are iewer (1-4); and the involucre shorter (2.5-3 mm long). Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Snowy R. near bridge below Seaman’s Hut, Kosciuszko area. M.Gray 6611 & C.Totterdell (CANB, MEL, NSW); Below Mt Stillwell, Kosciuszko area, A.B.Costin 36 (CANB). VICTORIA: Southern head of Big R., c. 1.6 km east of Spion Kopje summit, Bogong High Plains, 3 Feb. 1949, J.H. Willis (MEL). 3. Abrotanella scapigera (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867) Trineuron scapigerum F.Muell., Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 301 (1857). Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, C.Stuart', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, op. cit. 169 (1995). Tufted scapiforni herbs to 10 cm high, with brownish hairs on scape and leaf-margins, with adventitious roots mostly 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Leaves suberect, narrow spathulate or very narrow-elliptic. 10-40 mm long, ± flat or convex abaxially; base slightly dilated; margin entire; apex obtuse to acute, mucronate. Capitula 2-10 per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre c. 3.0-3.5 mm long; phyllaries 8-12 (-14), e. oblong, finally erect; stereome flat, fleshy, with 3 longitudinal ducts. Female florets 8-17; male florets 3-11; corolla 1-2 mm long; limb white, 4 (-5)- lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. Notes: Occurs in north-western and south-central Tasmania. Grows in moist low alpine grasslands, amongst cushion plants, sometimes in the shelter of low shrubs and in rock crevices, altitudes over 950 m. Flowers summer. The flowering stem of this species has one or a few bracteal leaves, an unusual feature in Abrotanella. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Eldon Bluff, A.M.Buchanan 9993 (HO); Between L. Dobson and summit of Mt Field. D.N.McVean 22 (CANB); Mt Field National Park, Naturalist Peak, P.S.Short 3427 , A.Griffen, M.C.Looker & N.G. Walsli (MEL). 2. Brachyglottis J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. 91, t. 46 (1775). Trees (in Australia), shrubs, lianes, or perennial herbs. Leaves petiolate or sessile, sometimes with glands, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or disciform, pedunculate, calyculatc (in Australia) or not; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, creamy white or white. Anthers caudate or not. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to obovoid. Pappus ± persistent. A genus of 29 species, all from New Zealand and the Chatham Is. except for one species endemic to Australia. The Australian representative, B. brunonis, was transferred to Brachyglottis by R.B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 25; however, the author acknowledged the unique suite of features of this species and gave consideration to reinstating it in Centropappus. Molecular studies by Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2004) have indicated that Brachyglottis brunonis and Bedfordia together form a monophyletic group, and that this group is nested within a large clade containing New Zealand species of Brachyglottis as well as several other genera endemic to New Zealand. Their suggestion for a revised classification based on the molecular evidence is to place all taxa in this clade in the genus Brachyglottis. In contrast. Orchard (2004) indicated that Bedfordia and Brachyglottis brunonis, although probably closely related, were
58 Thompson A genus of three species endemic to south-eastern Australia. This genus was not included in the author’s examination of the Senecioneae. The reader is referred to a recent revision by Orchard (2004). Key to species 1 Leaves to 3 mm wide (Tasmania) .1. b. linearis 1: Leaves generally more than 10 mm wide 2 Leaves generally less than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a shallow appressed indumentum from which secondary veins conspicuously protrude (Tasmania). 2. B. salicina 2: Leaves generally more than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a deep tangled indumentum in which the secondary veins are submerged (mainland Australia and Cape Barren Is., Tasmania).3. B. arborescens List of taxa 1. Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838) a. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis b. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19: 90 (2004) i. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. oblongifolia ii. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. curvifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19- 93 (2004). 2. Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 3. Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934). 4. Petasites Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754). Perennial dioecious or gynodioecious herbs. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, white, greenish, pink or purple. Anthers caudate. Style-branches short, with apex obtuse, with terminal appendage unknown. Achenes homomorphic, narrow-obloid, ribbed. Pappus persistence not known. A genus of c. 19 species from Eurasia and North America. * Petasites fragrans (Vill.) C.Presl, FI. Sicul. 1: 28 (1826) Tussilagofragrans Vill., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 72 (1792). Type: n.v. Dioecious, rhizomatous herbs to c. 0.4 m high, with glandular hairs on most parts. Basal leaves: petiole 10-30 cm long, sheathing basally; lamina suborbicular to reniform, 5-20 cm long; base strongly cordate; margin crowded-denticulate. Stem leaves 2-7, c. 2-6 cm long, comprising a well-developed sheath and a small lamina reducing to vestigial upwards. Capitula several per stem; peduncle to c. 30 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2-6, ± linear, 3-8 mm long; involucre 7-12 mm long, c. 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat. Capitula (for all Australian material): ray florets c. 12, pistillate but sterile; ligule 4-6 mm long, rounded to truncate, white, sometimes tinged purplish, 3-5-veined; disc florets c. 20, functionally male; corolla c. 8 mm long.
124 Brown 9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or * ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means ‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be thought to approach ‘reddish’.
Tribe Senecioneae 61 truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. Key to species Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera Bat. 20:272 (1968). Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome ± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of Senecioneae in Australia. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 30-31".
30 Thompson J.R.Hosking 1575 & E.L.Cottage (CANB, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Farrer, Canberra, M.Gray & E.D'Arnay 6486 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: quarry on Myers Ck Rd, Healesville district, M.G.Corrick 2718 (MEL). 4. ACHILLEA L., Sp. PL 2: 896(1753) Perennial herbs, subshrubs or shrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula commonly numerous per stem, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, sometimes functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Anthers caudate. Achenes ± homomorphic, compressed. 2-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 85 species from Europe and Asia. Species in Australia all rhizomatous perennial herbs. Readily recognised by their dense corymbiforni inflorescences, small capitula with involucre longer than broad and with keeled bracts, short c. orbicular ligules. The pinnatisect leaves are also distinctive in the combination of a relatively high lengthiwidth ratio (mostly 4-7) and a high number of primary segments 15-25 that arise throughout the length of the leaf. All three species in Australia are moderately pubescent throughout. Achillea filipendulina Lam. has been collected on Scholcroft Rd Uraidla near Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia ( R.Bates 9234 AD) and from Island Bend dam viewpoint in the Snowy Mts, far south-eastern New South Wales (M.E.Phillips s.n. CANB, NSW), but is not considered naturalised. Key to species 1 Ligules white or purple 2 Leaves ± planar in fresh state; leaf-rachis mostly 1.3-2.5 mm wide; ligules purple . 1 . A. distans 2: Leaves with a 3-dimensional arrangement of segments in fresh state; leaf- rachis mostly 0.6-1.2 mm wide; ligules commonly white, occasionally Purplish. 2. A. millefolium 1: Ligules yellow 3 Leaves planar in fresh state, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect; involucre c. 1.8 mm diam.; ligules c. 1 mm long. A. filipendulina (see notes above) 3: Leaves with a 3-dimensional arrangement of segments in fresh state; 2- or 3- pinnatisect; involucre c. 2.5 mm diam.; ligules 1-2 mm long. 3. A. lomentosa 1. * Achillea distans Waldst. & Kit. ex Willd., Sp. PL 4th edn, 3: 2207 (1803) Type: n.v. Achillea taruicetifolia All., FL Pedem . 1: 183 (1785); A. distans subsp. tanacetifolia (All.) Janch., Oesterr. Bot. Z. 91: 292 (1942). Type: northern Italy; n.v.; Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, ± planar in fresh state, rachis of mid-stem leaves 1.3—2.5 mm wide, often dentate between primary segments. Capitula 6-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 0.7 cm long, moderately hairy. Involucre 4.0-5.5 mm long; outer and middle series ol bracts with margin unpigmented or brown; inner scries ol bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae c. 5 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, with a purple ligule 1.5-3 mm long. Disc florets 8-20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as purple limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long.
Tribe Anthemideae 31 Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray (CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for these difficult specimens. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; n. v. Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 31-32".
Tribe Lactuceae 77 Annuals or ‘.'biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette well-developed. Leaves to c. 40 cm long; stem leaves with l:w ratio c. 3-10, undivided or lobate to deeply lobate, thin to mildly coriaceous; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping, with auricles rounded basally, strongly downturned and arching back toward apex; margin usually with frequent denticulations with spiny tips 1-3 mm long, not or slightly prickly; lobate leaves with up to 6 spreading to retrorse lobes per side; uppermost leaves ± lanceolate. Capitula several to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 4-9 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate or more often lanceolate. Florets: ligule c. 5-7 mm long, shorter than tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 2.S-4.2 mm long, 1.3-2.0 mm wide, strongly compressed, distinctly winged, without transverse wrinkles, generally all mid to dark chocolate-brown; margin smooth or minutely scabridulous. Pappus 7-9 mm long. Native Sow-thistle. Notes'. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from south of Geraldton SE to Esperance, in central Australia south to southern South Australia, and in south-eastern Australia from the Carnarvon Ranges in south-eastern Queensland SSW through eastern New South Wales to Victoria, and in Tasmania. Also occurs in New Zealand and New Guinea. Usually associated with streams and lakes in herbfields, woodland, or forest. Flowers mostly spring to autumn. Similar io Sonchus asper in leaf and achene morphology. It can usually be distinguished from this taxon by the leaves which generally have a higher length to width ratio, and by the achenes which are larger, usually all chocolate brown, with broader wings and with shorter asperities on ribs and margins. Sonchus hydrophilus is also similar to the coastal species Actites megalocarpus in leaf and achenial morphology, but the latter is rhizomatous, its capitula and achenes are longer, and the achenes usually paler and more tapered distally. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2.3 km south of Reagans Ford on road to Muchea (Brand Hwy), B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1713 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Churnside Ck Crossing, Petermann Ra., C.R.Dunlop 1966 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Dalhousie Springs, Far North, D.E.Symon 13159 (AD, CANB, DNA). QUEENSLAND: c. 4.8 km SE of The Gums, R.WJohnson 552 (BRI, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: shores of Lake Burley Griffin, Canberra, M.Gray 6742 (CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gerringong, F.A.Rodway 5209 (NSW). VICTORIA: 1-1.5 km downstream from Kirks Bridge Rd crossing of Little R., V.Stajsic 871 (MEL). TASMANIA: Hogan Is., Jan. 1968, per N. Scar let /, McCoy Society (MEL). 10. ACTITES Lander, Telopea 1: 130(1976) Perennial herbs, rhizomatous, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves all cauline after first season; marginal teeth spinulose, hardly prickly. Inflorescences cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule narrow-oblong, yellow, sometimes purplish towards base. Achenes homomorphic, strongly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, partially persistent; bristles nearly smooth or scabridulous, of two types within a pappus. A monotypic genus occurring in coastal regions of southern Australia. Closely related to Sonchus , but its achene morphology, perennial life history, rhizomatous habit and larger capitula distinguishes it from species of Sonchus in Australia. Anecdotally, however, some are dissatisfied with the placement of this species in Actites. Cooke (1986) treated it as a Sonchus in Flora of South Australia', however, more recent floras have retained the genus Actites. This issue is further discussed in the notes for the species.
78 Thompson Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus (Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K n. v. S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen in Actites megalocarpus. The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all genera ending in “ites” as masculine. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL).
Tribe Anthemideae 51 1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. Flowers late winter-summer. Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets develop a small corolla. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, but is not generally evident in Australian species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO).
48 Thompson Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- notched due to the large but thin wings. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 617(1917) Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth Cotula. Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to early summer. Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe (Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; n.v. Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 34-35".
Tribe Anthemideae 35 Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in eastern New South Wales and Tasmania. A widespread weed in North America, South Africa and New Zealand. Grows in disturbed areas near human habitation. Flowers summer. The paleae are distinctly broader than those of A cotula and compared to Chamaemelum nobile the paleae have a more acute apex and are relatively longer. The variation in achene diameter is unusual. In the absence of fruit and odour characters, A. arvensis and A. cotula are best distinguished by size of florets, indumentum of peduncles and the length of hyaline extensions of the inner involucral bracts. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Bannaby Travelling Stock Reserve, 12.5 km directly ESE ofTaralga, /. Crawford 5228 (CANB, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, 7 Feb. 1945, WMCurtis (HO). 3. * A nthe mis cotula L., Sp. PL 2: 894 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, strongly odorous on crushing, usually sparsely to moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle with an untidy indumentum of mainly divergent to spreading hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 4-5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; paleae arising only from distal half of receptacle, linear to linear lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 mm wide. Ray florets 10-15, sterile; ligule 5-9 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2-3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, ± terete, usually tuberculate along ribs, sometimes nearly smooth. Pappus absent. Stinking Mayweed. Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and Tasmania. There is also a single old record from Western Australia. Grows in disturbed environments such as agricultural land and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. Anthemis cotula has been confused with Tripleurospenmtm maritimum subsp. inodorwn q.v. which, apart from its distinctive fruits, differs in having a broader and more gently convex disc, longer involucral bracts, more sparsely haired peduncle, and in being epaleate. Chamaemelum nobile has similar-looking capitula to A. cotula but the former is a rhizomatous perennial, its leaves have a higher lengtlv.width ratio, its involucral bracts are more lustrous and less hairy, and its achenes have three fine ribs rather than c. 10 tuberculate ribs. A specimen from Woolnorth in far north-western Tasmania. (A.C.Rozefelds 1307 HO) resembling A. cotula has achenes that are not tuberculate and the corolla is differently shaped, and with longer lobes. It is uncertainly identified as A. lithuanica Bess ex DC., native to Russia. It is unknown whether it persists at this location. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mumballup, 21 Jan. 1933, K. Wilson (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Hundred of Comaum, Coonawarra area, M.Gartner 7754 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Gallon, Nov. 1916, E.WBurch (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Tawarri’, 12 km from Orange on Pinnacle Rd, R.Medd 160383 (NSW). VICTORIA: between Wodonga and Albury, 1.3 km SSW of Murray R., LC.Clarke 3038 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Gilbertson’s abattoirs, Longford, D.I.Morris 85/6 (HO, MEL). 8. ARGYRANTHEMUM Webb ex Sch.Bip., in Webb & Berth., Phyt. Canar. 2: 245 (1844) Shrubs and subshrubs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length;
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 33-34".
Tribe Anthemideae 33 6. CHAMAEMELUM Mill., Gard. Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) Annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, erect, ascending or decumbent. Leaves 1- or 2- pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia), disciform or discoid, solitary or few; involucre 2-4-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic in length, slightly compressed, with inner face ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of 6 species from the Canary Is., Mediterranean, and Middle East. Like in Anthemis , the corolla of species in this genus becomes saccate basally and surrounds the distal portion of the achene. * Chamaeme/um rtobile (L.) All., FI. Pedem. 1: 185 (1785) Anthemis nobilis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753). Type: Europe; n.v. Ascending perennial herbs to c. 30 cm high, rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, usually sparsely hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; primary segments mostly 6-10 per side, arising along entire length of leaf, markedly larger in distal half; rachis < 1 mm wide; secondary rachides and ultimate segments < 0.5 mm wide. Capitulum 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle moderately hairy distally. Involucre 4-5 mm long, cobwebby; bracts not keeled or with a pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-1.5 mm long; mature receptacle obovoid; paleae narrow-obovate or oblong-elliptic, c. 0.8 mm wide, subacute to obtuse, sometimes lobed. Ray florets 10-20, fertile; ligule 8-12 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long, with tube longer than and as broad as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, with 3 slender pale ribs, grey-brown. Notes: Native to south-western Europe. Occurs near Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia, in southern Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in roadsides, waste areas and lawns. Flowers late spring-autumn. Similar to species of Anthemis in having hairy stems and leaves, denser on the peduncle, gland-dotted leaves and a paleate receptacle. Used horticulturally as a herb and in lawns and used medicinally and in beverages. The involucre is generally moderately lustrous due to the relatively well-developed hyaline margins. Ray florets persist and the ligules become deflexed post-anthesis. This feature is also evident in the genera Anthemis, Matricaria , Tripleurospermum and Argyranthemum. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Bridgewater, c. 20 km SE of Adelaide, 27 Nov. 1937, E. / Using (AD). VICTORIA: roadside between Trentham and East Trentham, 9 Apr. 1990, K.Dormouse (MEL). TASMANIA: Westbury, 20 Feb. 1948, WMCurtis (HO). 7. ANTHEMIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 893 (1753) Annual to perennial herbs or subshrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or discoid, solitary or not; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate (in Australia). Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla mostly 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, sometimes compressed, 4 or 5-angled and/or 10-ribbed. Pappus present or absent. A genus of 211 species, from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. Characterised by obconical, thick-walled fruits and a basally swollen corolla-tube. The indumentum is frequently of dolabriform (axe-shaped) hairs. In species in Australia the disc is much broader than the length of the generally hairy involucre, the mature receptacle is narrow-
34 Thompson conical and the paleae have a peracute or spine-like apex. Involucral bracts are not keeled as in species of Oncosiphon and Tanacetum , and the margin is not pigmented brown as in species of Tripleurospermum and Maurcmthemum. Key to species 1 Ligules yellow; pappus a small corona.1 .A. tinctoria 1: Ligules white; pappus absent 2 Plant hardly odorous when crushed; capitula (15-) 20-35 mm diam.; peduncle with hairs largely appressed; involucre 4-6.5 mm long, with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.5-1 mm wide, arising throughout; achcnes 1-2 mm diam., with ribs smooth; ray florets fertile..2. A. arvensis 2: Plant strongly odorous when crushed; capitula 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle with hairs somewhat untidily arranged; involucre c. 4 mm long, with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.3-0.7 mm wide, only associated with inner group of disc florets and arising only from upper half of receptacular cone; achene of disc florets c. 0.8 mm diam., with ribs tuberculate; ray florets sterile.3 .A. cotula 1. *Antliemis tinctoria L., Sp. Pl. 2: 894 (1753) Type: ‘Sueciae, Germaniae’ [approximately modem Sweden and Germany]; n.v. Biennial to perennial herbs to c. 60 cm high, with odour not known, moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 20-40 mm diam.; peduncle with appressed hairs at anthesis. Involucre 5-6 mm long, densely hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; paleae subtending all florets, narrow-lanceolate, c. I mm wide. Ray florets c. 15, female; ligule c. 10 mm long, golden-yellow. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long. Pappus a membranous corona. Yellow Chamomile. Notes'. Native to Europe and western to central Asia. Isolated records from south¬ eastern South Australia and northern Tasmania. Also naturalised in North America. Flowers summer-autumn. A popular species in horticulture that appears to be only weakly naturalised. The source of Chamomile tea and used as a source of yellow dye. There are several subspecies of A. tinctoria. Collections in Australia may be referrable to subsp. australis R.R.Fern., but this requires further investigation. Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: E of Tanunda, R.J.Bates 29571 (AD). TASMANIA: Launceston, Mar. 1961, J.Somerville (HO). 2. *Anthemis arvensis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, hardly odorous on crushing, sparsely to moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, sub-2 to 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 25-35 mm diam.; peduncle with largely appressed hairs distally at anthesis, ± sericeous when dense. Involucre 4-6.5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae associated with all disc florets, narrow-elliptic, to 0.5-1 mm wide. Ray florets 15-20, fertile; ligules 8-16 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, c. 2 mm long, commonly c. 1 mm diam., sometimes c. 2 mm diam., slightly 4-angled, smooth along ribs. Pappus absent or a vestigial ring. Field Chamomile.
Tribe Anthemideae 25 A genus of 38 species mainly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Botswana and Ethiopia. Features unique to this genus compared to other Anthemideae in Australia include the cylindrical receptacular paleae, the long hairs arising from the base of the achenes, and the pappus morphology. The margin of the outer and middle series of involucral bracts is conspicuously pigmented. Key to species Annuals; apex of outermost involucral bracts with hyaline extension not or hardly developed, usually hairy; paleae truncate, without any extension; achenes narrow- obloid, 5-8 mm long with a pappus of 5 broad scales only, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs.1. U. anthemoides Perennials; apex of outermost involucral bracts with a hyaline extension c. 2 mm long, ± glabrous; paleae with a rotund apical extension; achenes obconical, c. 3 mm long, with a pappus of 5 broad scales and 5 setaceous scales, without a basal tuft of capillary hairs.2. U. speciosa 1. *Ursinia anthemoides (L.) Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet de Lamarck, EncycL 8: 257 (1808) Arc tot is anthemoides L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 330 (1763). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1036.22; holo: LINN n.v.,fide M.Prassler, op. cit. 429. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, sparsely or sometimes moderately hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips if present c. 0.1 mm long; primary segments up to 10 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 12-25 mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long, sparsely hairy or glabrous at anthesis. Involucre 5-8 mm long, patchily cobwebby; outer series of bracts c. 2 mm long, without a hyaline extension, hairy distally; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae narrow-oblong, c. 10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, truncate apically, golden-brown. Ray florets 7-12, neuter; ligule c. 5-15 mm long, orange or yellow adaxially (pale when dried). Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and much narrower than limb; lobes c. 0.3 mm long, usually purplish. Achenes narrow-obloid, 5-8 mm long, glabrous, pale or dark, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising 5 ovate spreading scales, c. 4 mm long, white with a triangular brown or purple patch baso-medially. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides and wasteland on a variety of soils. Flowers Aug.-Sept. The subsp. in Western Australia, is subsp. anthemoides. Subsp. versicolor (DC.) Prassler has capitula with ligules that are longer and with a dark basal patch. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Graham Rock, c. 18 km E of Hyden, E.N.S.Jackson 3393 (AD, PERTH); 26 km S ofYalingup on Caves Rd, N.&Lander 1192 (PERTH); NE foot of Peak Charles, Fizgerald Peaks, Roc district, J.Taylor 702 , M.D.Crisp & RJackson (CANB, MEL). 2. *Ursinia speciosa DC., Prodr. 5: 690 (1836) Type: Locality unknown, Southern Africa, Drege 6368 ; lecto: G ,fide M.Prassler, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 6: 462 (1967). [U. chrysanthemoides auct. non (Less.) Harv. (1865): J.R.Tovey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 25 (1907); S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 87 (1981)]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 36-37".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 35-36".
Tribe Lactuceae
87
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB,
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ±
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA:
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO).
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777)
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline.
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed,
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus.
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins.
Key to species
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275
(1795)
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL
3:1496(1803).
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v.
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts,
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent;
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long,
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall,
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak;
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a
unit, white. False Hawkbit .
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland,
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring.
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar
achenial morphology.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 28-29".
28 Thompson Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port MacDonnell, c. 25 km S of Mt Gambier, 14 Feb. 1948, J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: c. 6 km W of Mudgeeraba, 22 Jan. 1969, M.Sampe (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 1 km E of East Kangaloon, c. 3.5 km due NNW of Robertson, P.G.Kodela 141 , TA James & M.Westmacott (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Victoria St, near Hall, EMCanning 6858 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Genoa, E Gippsland, R.V.Smith 68/73 (MEL). TASMANIA: crossing of Clyde R., Bothwell, A.E.Orchard5349 (HO, MEL). 3. ARTEMISIA L., Sp. PL 2: 845 (1753) Annual or perennial herbs, subshrubs or shrubs, erect. Leaves entire, Iobed or variously pinnatisect. Capitula commonly numerous per stem, disciform, pedunculate or sessile; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, gradational in length or not; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets female, 2-4-lobed; disc florets bisexual (in Australia), sometimes functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, ± smooth or 2-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of 388 species predominantly from the Northern Hemisphere. Species in Australia are all rhizomatous perennial herbs. Inflorescences are leafy panicles and even peduncular bracts are often leaf-like and exceed the involucre. Capitula are small and the female florets of the outer series have an obliquely tubular corolla not exceeding the involucre. Also distinctive in this genus is the apical appendage of the anthers which is peracute to subulate rather than acute to rounded. Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt, subsp. albula (Wooton) D.D.Keck was briefly naturalised in Oxley Park, Tamworth in north¬ eastern New South Wales. ( JR.Hosking 728 CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); however, the only known population has now been removed. Key to species 1 Leaves densely hairy on lower surface only.2. A . verlotiorum 1: Leaves densely hairy on both surfaces 2 Capitula 1.5-2 mm diam., subsessile; uppermost leaves and panicle-bracts ent,re . A. ludoviciana (see notes above) 2: Capitula 3-6 mm diam., many distinctly pedunculate; uppermost leaves and panicle-bracts pinnatisect. \,a. arborescens 1. * Artemisia arborescens L., Sp. Pi. 2nd edn, 1188 (1763) Type: ‘Italia, Oriente’ [Italy, Asia]; Herb. Linn. No. 988.10; lecto: LINN,ykA? Y.Ling Taxon 47: 353 (1998). Plants to c. 200 (-300) cm high, with a dense appressed wool on stems and branches. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, petiole-like basally, ± concolorous, with margin entire; rachides and ultimate segments usually 1-2 mm wide; primary segments commonly 2 or 3 per side; both surfaces completely obscured by appressed hairs. Capitula 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle subsessile or to c. 2 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, densely woolly; most bracts of similar length; receptacle densely hairy. Outer florets c. 10, with corolla c. 1.2 mm long. Central florets numerous; corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube becoming firm, creamy-white, as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, c. 0.7 mm long. Silver Wormwood. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and Middle East. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, southern New South
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 29-30".
68 Thompson 3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). Type: France; n.v. Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and achenes much longer and beaked. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida Type: France; n.v. Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
90 Thompson Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, N.P.Brothers (HO). 3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , Bot. 16: 201 (1937) II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts
Tribe Anthemideae 33 6. CHAMAEMELUM Mill., Gard. Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) Annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, erect, ascending or decumbent. Leaves 1- or 2- pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia), disciform or discoid, solitary or few; involucre 2-4-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic in length, slightly compressed, with inner face ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of 6 species from the Canary Is., Mediterranean, and Middle East. Like in Anthemis , the corolla of species in this genus becomes saccate basally and surrounds the distal portion of the achene. * Chamaeme/um rtobile (L.) All., FI. Pedem. 1: 185 (1785) Anthemis nobilis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753). Type: Europe; n.v. Ascending perennial herbs to c. 30 cm high, rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, usually sparsely hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; primary segments mostly 6-10 per side, arising along entire length of leaf, markedly larger in distal half; rachis < 1 mm wide; secondary rachides and ultimate segments < 0.5 mm wide. Capitulum 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle moderately hairy distally. Involucre 4-5 mm long, cobwebby; bracts not keeled or with a pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-1.5 mm long; mature receptacle obovoid; paleae narrow-obovate or oblong-elliptic, c. 0.8 mm wide, subacute to obtuse, sometimes lobed. Ray florets 10-20, fertile; ligule 8-12 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long, with tube longer than and as broad as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, with 3 slender pale ribs, grey-brown. Notes: Native to south-western Europe. Occurs near Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia, in southern Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in roadsides, waste areas and lawns. Flowers late spring-autumn. Similar to species of Anthemis in having hairy stems and leaves, denser on the peduncle, gland-dotted leaves and a paleate receptacle. Used horticulturally as a herb and in lawns and used medicinally and in beverages. The involucre is generally moderately lustrous due to the relatively well-developed hyaline margins. Ray florets persist and the ligules become deflexed post-anthesis. This feature is also evident in the genera Anthemis, Matricaria , Tripleurospermum and Argyranthemum. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Bridgewater, c. 20 km SE of Adelaide, 27 Nov. 1937, E. / Using (AD). VICTORIA: roadside between Trentham and East Trentham, 9 Apr. 1990, K.Dormouse (MEL). TASMANIA: Westbury, 20 Feb. 1948, WMCurtis (HO). 7. ANTHEMIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 893 (1753) Annual to perennial herbs or subshrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or discoid, solitary or not; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate (in Australia). Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla mostly 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, sometimes compressed, 4 or 5-angled and/or 10-ribbed. Pappus present or absent. A genus of 211 species, from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. Characterised by obconical, thick-walled fruits and a basally swollen corolla-tube. The indumentum is frequently of dolabriform (axe-shaped) hairs. In species in Australia the disc is much broader than the length of the generally hairy involucre, the mature receptacle is narrow-
42 Thompson lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and Chamaemelum nobile. The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins (CANB). 13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated adaxially. Pappus present. A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral bracts and in achenes. Key to species Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO).
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
Tribe Lactuceae 65 Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. *Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 122:285 (1977). Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural land. Flowers late spring-autumn. A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL).
Tribe Lactuceae 65 Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. *Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 122:285 (1977). Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural land. Flowers late spring-autumn. A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL).
Tribe Anthemideae 37 [Chrysanthemum anethifolium auct. non Brouss. ex Willd. (1809): J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 878 (1957)] [C. foeniculaceum auct . non Willd.: Hj.Eichler, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 303 (1965)] [A. foeniculaceum auct . non (Willd.) Webb ex Sch.Bip. (1908): N.S.Lander in N.G.Marchant et at. (eds), FI. Perth Region 2: 659 (1987)] Plants usually slightly to moderately glaucous. Leaves: rachis 1-2.5 mm wide; primary segments 1 or 2 (or 3) per side. Ligules 8-12 mm long. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia and southern South Australia. Grows in various soils including sand dunes and over limestone, mostly on or near the coast. Flowers spring-autumn. This subspecies is far more common than subsp. frutescens. Ligules are longer than described for plants in their native habitat. Naturalised plants in Australia are likely to be of garden origin and have larger capitula because of plant breeding. There are numerous horticultural forms but only one appears to be naturalised. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Peppermint Grove, A.S.George 14839 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Coffin Bay to Port Lincoln tramway track, c. 10 km SW of Coffin Bay, LLP Vonow 889 (AD, BRl, CANB). 9. CHRYSANTHEMUM L., Sp. Pl. 2: 887 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves undivided, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic; ray achenes winged-trigonous; disc achenes terete or slightly trigonous. Pappus absent. A genus of two species native to Europe, Asia and North Africa. Both species weakly naturalised in Australia. Species of Chrysanthemum have been widely cultivated and plant breeding has produced numerous varieties with modified floral features. Formerly a very large genus of species with radiate, epaleate capitula but, by degrees, several segregate genera including Leucanthemum , Argyranthernum and Mauranthemum have been created or resurrected. Australian representatives of this group of genera are eglandular. Key to species Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect; all achenes with at least an adaxial wing..1. C. coronarium Leaves dentate, lobate or entire; disc achenes cylindrical; ray achenes only with lateral wings.2. C. segetum 1. * Chrysanthemum coronarium L., Sp. Pl. 2: 890 (1753) Type: Crete, Sicily; n.v . [C. segetum auct. non L. (1753): S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 75 (1981)] Plants to c. 90 cm high, glabrous apart from transient hairs on newer growth. Leaves obovate to ovate in outline, to c. 12 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with up to 10 primary divisions per side; base half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves similar. Capitula few; 4-6 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8-10 mm long; outer series of bracts 4-5 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 4 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 37-38".
Tribe Anthemideae 45 Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera (Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. Globe Chamomile. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 (BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. Key to species Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush.
Tribe Anthemideae 37 [Chrysanthemum anethifolium auct. non Brouss. ex Willd. (1809): J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 878 (1957)] [C. foeniculaceum auct . non Willd.: Hj.Eichler, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 303 (1965)] [A. foeniculaceum auct . non (Willd.) Webb ex Sch.Bip. (1908): N.S.Lander in N.G.Marchant et at. (eds), FI. Perth Region 2: 659 (1987)] Plants usually slightly to moderately glaucous. Leaves: rachis 1-2.5 mm wide; primary segments 1 or 2 (or 3) per side. Ligules 8-12 mm long. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia and southern South Australia. Grows in various soils including sand dunes and over limestone, mostly on or near the coast. Flowers spring-autumn. This subspecies is far more common than subsp. frutescens. Ligules are longer than described for plants in their native habitat. Naturalised plants in Australia are likely to be of garden origin and have larger capitula because of plant breeding. There are numerous horticultural forms but only one appears to be naturalised. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Peppermint Grove, A.S.George 14839 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Coffin Bay to Port Lincoln tramway track, c. 10 km SW of Coffin Bay, LLP Vonow 889 (AD, BRl, CANB). 9. CHRYSANTHEMUM L., Sp. Pl. 2: 887 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves undivided, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic; ray achenes winged-trigonous; disc achenes terete or slightly trigonous. Pappus absent. A genus of two species native to Europe, Asia and North Africa. Both species weakly naturalised in Australia. Species of Chrysanthemum have been widely cultivated and plant breeding has produced numerous varieties with modified floral features. Formerly a very large genus of species with radiate, epaleate capitula but, by degrees, several segregate genera including Leucanthemum , Argyranthernum and Mauranthemum have been created or resurrected. Australian representatives of this group of genera are eglandular. Key to species Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect; all achenes with at least an adaxial wing..1. C. coronarium Leaves dentate, lobate or entire; disc achenes cylindrical; ray achenes only with lateral wings.2. C. segetum 1. * Chrysanthemum coronarium L., Sp. Pl. 2: 890 (1753) Type: Crete, Sicily; n.v . [C. segetum auct. non L. (1753): S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 75 (1981)] Plants to c. 90 cm high, glabrous apart from transient hairs on newer growth. Leaves obovate to ovate in outline, to c. 12 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with up to 10 primary divisions per side; base half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves similar. Capitula few; 4-6 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8-10 mm long; outer series of bracts 4-5 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 4 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule
40 Thompson developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 89(1990) Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey s.n .; n. v. [Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 (1972)] [Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1618(1986)] Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 mm long. Shasta Daisy. Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- autumn.
Tribe Anthemideae 39 Type: n.v. Plants to c. 30 cm tall, glabrous, eglandular. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, lacerately lobate; base developing lobes above mid-stem; margin serrate with apex peracute. Capitulum solitary, 2-3 cm diam. Involucre 4-6 mm long; outer series of bracts 2-3 mm long, not keeled, with margin darkly pigmented; inner series of bracts with blackish hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle conical. Ray florets sterile; ligule c. 10 mm long, white with a green base. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 5-lobed. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long, red between very prominent pale ribs. Pappus of ray florets a corona to c. 2 mm long. Notes’. Native to Spain and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, and south-central Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers summer. A garden escape that relatively recently has become weakly naturalised. Similar to Leucanthemum vulgare but an annual with lighter green leaves with peracute lobes and teeth, and with outer involucral bracts cordate-based, smaller capitula, ray florets sterile, and a corona well-developed on ray florets. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, BJ.Lepschi 2090 (CANI3, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: track into Chambers Gully, c. 400 m from Waterfall Gully Rd, A.G.Spooner 15409 (AD); Burra and Burra North, RJ.Rates 34152 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Princes Hvvy N of Milton, 3 July 1998, K.Mills s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Yan Yean, 45 km N of Melbourne, D.Senyschyn 27 (MEL); paddock at end ol Neale Rd c. 50 m down Opie Rd, Deer Park, 25 Aug. 1986, C. Le Breton (MEL). 11. LEUCANTHEMUM Mill., GarcL Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves undivided or lobate. Capitula solitary or several, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiscriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes sometimes dimorphic, ± terete, 10-ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 33 species from Europe and northern Africa. A key defining character for this genus is the anthocyanin red coloration of the root tips. Plants have eglandular stems and leaves, the corolla-tube is basally swollen and spongy at maturity, and the achenes have red secretory canals. Key to species Leaves variably toothed or crenulate, sometimes also lobed; margin of involucral bracts delineated by pigment throughout; capitula4-6 cm diam. includingrays; outer involucral bracts 3-5 mm long; achene of ray florets 1.5-2.5 mm long with corona c. 0.5 mm long.1* L- vulgare Leaves ± evenly serrulate; margin of involucral bracts not delineated by pigment throughout; capitula 6-10 cm diam. including rays; outer involucral bracts 5-8 mm long; achene of ray florets 3-4 mm long with corona c. 2 mm long.2. L. x super bum 1. *Leucanthemum vulgare Lam., FI. Franq. 2: 137 (1779) Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., Sp. PI. 2: 888 (1753). Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 100 cm high, with scattered coarse hairs on lower parts of stems and on lower-stem leaves, glabrescent. Leaves with few-several lobes or undivided; base
38 Thompson c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is broadest apically and often forms an acute point. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett (NSW). 2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn Marigold. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv (PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory canals. *Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum (Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142
38 Thompson c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is broadest apically and often forms an acute point. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett (NSW). 2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn Marigold. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv (PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory canals. *Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum (Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142
Tribe Anthemideae 27 1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). Type: Europe; n.v . Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. Feverfew. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but these have not been recorded in Australia. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 127: 92(1993) T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. [T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it.
40 Thompson developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 89(1990) Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey s.n .; n. v. [Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 (1972)] [Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1618(1986)] Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 mm long. Shasta Daisy. Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- autumn.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 64-65".
64
Thompson
Notes'. Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and
northern New South Wales as far south as Merriwa in the central-east of the state. Grows
in heavier soils in disturbed sites such as pastures and wasteland. Flowers early summer.
A declared noxious weed in some shires in north-eastern New South Wales. The basal
leaves are much softer and less spiny than cauline leaves and may be seen in younger
plants.
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 9 km south ot Dirranbandi on road to Hebei,
Maranoa, G.N.Batianojf 2112181 & D.Halford{ BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: 66 km north
ofMoree, towards Goondiwindi, A.R.Bean 15836 (BRI, NSW); Wallangra, 19 Dec. 1983, J.Black
s.n. (NSW).
2. CICHORIUM L., Sp. PL 2: 813 (1753)
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular.
Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate or sub-sessile;
involucral bracts biseriatc; basal portion of inner bracts hardened and erect at maturity.
Florets: ligule violet-blue or blue, rarely white or pink. Achenes homomorphic, not
compressed, beakless. Pappus of scales, persistent; scales uniform within a pappus.
A genus of about nine species from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. Cichorium
endivia , Endive, is cultivated as a leaf vegetable in Australia but does not appear to be
naturalised. It has been recorded from the Parkes and Wallendbeen areas of New South
Wales and from Swan Hill in Victoria Its frilly leaf margin, purplish florets, and longer
pappus scales distinguish it from C. intybus.
Key to species
Ligules blue, or rarely white; pappus scales 0.2-0.3 mm long. C. intybus
Ligules purplish; pappus scales 0.6-1.0 mm long. C. endivia
* Cichorium intybus L., Sp. Pl. 2: 813 (1753)
Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 962.1; lecto: LINN n.v.,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 122: 6
(1977).
Perennials to c. 2 m tall, becoming much-branched, with short spreading eglandular
hairs on stems and leaves, glabrescent. Basal leaves with l:w ratio (1—)3—8, divided or
not; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; divided leaves with up to 6 retrorse segments
per side; cauline leaves several, mostly undivided; base becoming slightly stem-clasping.
Capitula numerous, with single capitula on a stout peduncle, or groups of 2 or 3 ± sessile
capitula; involucre 9-12 mm long, 2-4 mm diam.; bracts glabrous, or with a few gland-
tipped hairs or setae; outer bracts c. 6, ovate-narrow-ovate, 4-6 mm long, with a pale oval
region proximally; inner bracts erect and firm at maturity; receptacle c. 3-4 mm diam.
Florets: ligule c. 15-25 mm long, blue or rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes
angular-obconical, 2-3 mm long, with ribs undeveloped, brown, sometimes mottled.
Pappus 0.2-0.3 mm long, white. Chicory.
Notes : Native to Europe, northern Africa and Asia. Occurs in far south-western
Western Australia, mostly south from Perth, in south-eastern Australia from Bundaberg
in south-eastern Queensland SSW to Victoria and further west to far south-eastern South
Australia, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments, particularly on
roadsides. Flowers spring-summer.
Cichorium intybus has been cultivated in Australia for its large tap-root which can be
roasted and ground for mixing with coffee.
38 Thompson c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is broadest apically and often forms an acute point. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett (NSW). 2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn Marigold. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv (PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory canals. *Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum (Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142
Tribe Anthemideae 51 1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. Flowers late winter-summer. Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets develop a small corolla. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, but is not generally evident in Australian species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 48-49".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 50-51".
48 Thompson Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- notched due to the large but thin wings. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 617(1917) Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth Cotula. Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to early summer. Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe (Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; n.v. Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
Tribe Anthemideae 47 2: Outer florets in several series, none on slender pedicels; central florets several, with corolla lobes yellow, not producing achenes (Western Australia)..2. C. cotuloides 1: Some or all leaves divided, or if all entire then not filiform, > 1 mm wide and/or entirely glabrous 3 Peduncle stout, arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves dotted with minute glands; outer florets in several series, not pedicellate.7. C. alpina 3: Peduncle slender, not arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves without glands; outer florets in a single series, pedicellate, or female florets not developed 4 Peduncle becoming obconical in distalmost 3-8 mm following anthesis; intermediate series of florets zygomorphic, with ligules white or pink..4. G turbinata 4: Peduncle not becoming obconical or at least not as above; all florets actinomorphic or lacking a corolla 5 Stems and leaves usually moderately hairy; achenes of outer florets in several series, papillose on both faces.3. G australis 5: Stems and leaves glabrous or with hairs rather sparse; achenes of outer florets in 1 series or undeveloped, papillose only on inner face 6 Largest leaves usually 1- or 2-pinnatisect, occasionally entire if plants depauperate; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long, with scattered hairs at anthesis; outer florets absent or up to c. 10, with corolla present, with pedicel not tapering.*.6. G bipinnata 6: Largest leaves entire, lobate, or 1-pinnatisect; peduncle mostly > 2 cm long, glabrous; outer florets numerous, with corolla absent, with pedicel tapering distally.5. G coronopifolia 1. Cotula vulgaris Levyns var. australasica J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73: 201 (1957). Type: Swamps, Shire of Dimboola, Victoria, 25 Sept. 1892, F.M.Reader ; holo: MEL; iso: AD, NSW. [CotulaJilifolia auct. non Thunb. (1800): J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 606 (1929); A.Ewart, FI Victoria 1167 (1931)] Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems sparsely hairy, glabrescent, with hairs antrorse. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitula 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-6 cm long, c. 0.3 mm broad (pressed specimens), with distalmost 1-2 mm sometimes obconical at maturity, usually sparsely to moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-8; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets up to c. 8, 1- seriate, sometimes absent, with pedicels 0.3-0.6 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels hardly longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb usually purplish. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; faces broad-elliptic, glabrous, with papyraceous wings as broad as or broader than body; achenes of central florets 1.2-1.5 mm long; faces elliptic, glabrous. Slender Cotula . Notes'. Occurs in southern Australia from south-central South Australia east to western Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp saline areas such as the margin of salt lakes and coastal marshes. Flowers late winter-summer.
Tribe Anthemideae 47 2: Outer florets in several series, none on slender pedicels; central florets several, with corolla lobes yellow, not producing achenes (Western Australia)..2. C. cotuloides 1: Some or all leaves divided, or if all entire then not filiform, > 1 mm wide and/or entirely glabrous 3 Peduncle stout, arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves dotted with minute glands; outer florets in several series, not pedicellate.7. C. alpina 3: Peduncle slender, not arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves without glands; outer florets in a single series, pedicellate, or female florets not developed 4 Peduncle becoming obconical in distalmost 3-8 mm following anthesis; intermediate series of florets zygomorphic, with ligules white or pink..4. G turbinata 4: Peduncle not becoming obconical or at least not as above; all florets actinomorphic or lacking a corolla 5 Stems and leaves usually moderately hairy; achenes of outer florets in several series, papillose on both faces.3. G australis 5: Stems and leaves glabrous or with hairs rather sparse; achenes of outer florets in 1 series or undeveloped, papillose only on inner face 6 Largest leaves usually 1- or 2-pinnatisect, occasionally entire if plants depauperate; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long, with scattered hairs at anthesis; outer florets absent or up to c. 10, with corolla present, with pedicel not tapering.*.6. G bipinnata 6: Largest leaves entire, lobate, or 1-pinnatisect; peduncle mostly > 2 cm long, glabrous; outer florets numerous, with corolla absent, with pedicel tapering distally.5. G coronopifolia 1. Cotula vulgaris Levyns var. australasica J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73: 201 (1957). Type: Swamps, Shire of Dimboola, Victoria, 25 Sept. 1892, F.M.Reader ; holo: MEL; iso: AD, NSW. [CotulaJilifolia auct. non Thunb. (1800): J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 606 (1929); A.Ewart, FI Victoria 1167 (1931)] Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems sparsely hairy, glabrescent, with hairs antrorse. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitula 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-6 cm long, c. 0.3 mm broad (pressed specimens), with distalmost 1-2 mm sometimes obconical at maturity, usually sparsely to moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-8; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets up to c. 8, 1- seriate, sometimes absent, with pedicels 0.3-0.6 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels hardly longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb usually purplish. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; faces broad-elliptic, glabrous, with papyraceous wings as broad as or broader than body; achenes of central florets 1.2-1.5 mm long; faces elliptic, glabrous. Slender Cotula . Notes'. Occurs in southern Australia from south-central South Australia east to western Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp saline areas such as the margin of salt lakes and coastal marshes. Flowers late winter-summer.
Tribe Anthemideae 45 Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera (Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. Globe Chamomile. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 (BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. Key to species Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush.
50
Thompson
N of Bunbury, B.LTurner 5485 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: top of cliffed dune terrace, near
playschool, Stockton, P.C.Heyligers 98010 (MEL, NSW).
5. *Cotiil(i coronopifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 892 (1753)
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v.
Cotula integrifolia Hook.f., FI Tasman. 1: 192 (1856), nom. illeg. non Burch (1822).
Type: Locality unknown, R.C.Gunn 1153 ; n.v.
Perennials to c. 30 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, acutely lobate or 1-
pinnatisect, rarely entire with l:w ratio up to 8, or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 5-12
mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, 0.3-1.0 mm broad (pressed specimens), not
obconical distally. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts narrow-ovate or oblong,
3-5 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, c. 1-seriate, with pedicels
1-1.8 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels longer than broad; corolla c. 1
mm long, with limb bright yellow. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces broad-
oblong, papillose on inner face, with spongy wing c. as broad as body; achenes of central
florets c. 1.3 mm long, c. oblong, papillose on inner face. Water-buttons.
Notes: Native to South Africa. Widespread in southern Australia and occurring in all
states. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in damp or wet places in both saline and
fresh water. Flowers mainly winter-spring.
More succulent than other species of Cotula in Australia. Grows in shallow water or
mud and stems readily take root at nodes. There has been some conjecture about whether
this species is native based on the number and extent of early records in Australia. Rarely,
depauperate specimens may have entire leaves less than 1 mm wide. These plants can be
distinguished from C. vulgaris and C. cotuloides vegetatively because they are glabrous.
A dwarf form occurs on islands in southern Western Australia with smaller leaves with
more crowded lobation. Further investigation may be warranted to determine whether
these differences are purely ecological. A probable hybrid between C. coronopifolia and
C. australis has been recorded from Mt Chappell Is., in Bass Strait ( J.S.Whinrav 223
CANB).
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km N
of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5929 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: The Big Point, Bool
Lagoon, J.Z.Weber 7553 (AD. CANB). QUEENSLAND: Claverton Stn, 20 km S of Wyandra,
3 Sept. 1996, S.Moffat (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Jerseyville, Trial Bay, near Arakoon,
P.Martensz Q185 (NSW). VICTORIA: Point Wilson, Sperm Whale Head, T.B.Muir 2273 (MEL).
TASMANIA: Ocean Beach, 5 km W of Strahan, A.E.Orchard5929 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW);
Whites Valley, Hamilton, A.M.Buchanan 13679 {WO).
6. *Cotula bipinnata Thunb., Frock PI. Cap. 162 (1800)
Type: not designated.
Annuals to c. 40 cm high. Stems glabrous or with occasional appressed to spreading
hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, or uppermost leaves sometimes entire,
sparsely hairy or glabrous. Capitulum 6-8 mm diam.; peduncle 0.5-2 (-3) cm long, c. 0.3
mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, sparsely hirsute at anthesis,
with hairs antrorse to spreading. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts oblong-ovate or
oblong, 2—3 mm long, with apex rounded to truncate. Outer florets up to c. 10, 1-seriate,
or absent, with pedicels c. 1 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels much
longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets
46 Thompson Notes : Occurs in central-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Nyngan in central New South Wales. Grows in arid saltbush shrublands. Flowers at various times. Introduced by the CSIR, now CSIRO, at Koonamore in South Australia in the 1930s. The single old record from Nyngan differs from the South Australian records in having leaf-segments less consistently concentrated distally. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 60 km N of Yunta, Koonamore Stn, M.D.Crisp 307 (C ANB). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nyngan, Nov. 1913, J.H.Maiden (NSW). 2. *Pentzia globosa Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832) Type: n.v. Similar to P. incana but differing in the following: leaves ± glabrous, sometimes 2- pinnatisect; primary segments of leaves 3-5 per side, arising regularly throughout length; involucre bracts of outer and middle series linear-lanceolate, without a hyaline margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long; mature receptacle conical; corolla-tube much narrower than the limb; corona c. 0.3 mm long. Notes: Occurs near Jamestown in south-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Gosford on the central coast of New South Wales. Ecological preferences unknown. Flowers recorded in autumn. The South Australian population has persisted since at least 1897 when it was first collected (J.H.Maiden NSW). The tiny secondary segments of the 2-pinnatisect leaves arise at or near the base of the primary segment. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: near Bundaleer Picnic Ground, near Jamestown, R.Bates 14272 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gosford, Feb. 1894, coll, unknown (NSW). 17. COTULA L . 9 Sp. PL 2: 891 (1753) Annual to perennial herbs, erect to sprawling. Leaves entire, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform (in Australia) or discoid, with zygomorphic florets present in C. turbinata ; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Florets often pedicellate; outer florets 1-several-seriate, female; central florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes usually dimorphic, dorsally compressed, unribbed, hairy or not. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 50 species, mostly from the southern hemisphere, with four species native to Australia and three ol these endemic. Of the total of seven species in Australia, all are eglandular except for C. alpina , and all have stem-sheathing leaves. The involucral bracts are often tinged purple and do not have an elongate hyaline apex, and the outer florets are in some species prominently pedicellate. Central florets, if pedicellate, have much shorter pedicels. The outer florets are female and lack a corolla except for a weakly developed one in C. bipinnata. Key to species 1 All leaves entire, filiform, to c. 1 mm wide, with hairs on basal sheath 2 Outer florets in a single series on slender pedicels, or outer florets absent; central florets numerous, with corolla lobes purple, producing achenes (south-eastern Australia).l. c. vulgaris
54 Thompson Type: Locality unknown, Western Australia, Drummond 3 rd collection, 113 ; syn: MEL; Don R., Western Australia, A.F.Oldfield; syn: MEL. Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3- pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; segments in distal 1/3—1/2, elliptic to sub-orbicular in outline. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to densely villous. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Achenes not seen. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in red clay-loam on river banks in woodland. Flowers late spring-autumn. A poorly known species very similar to C. reptans. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Willgarup R. crossing with Tick Rd, C.Day & A.Annuls MJ 75.1 (PERTH); Blackwood R. near bridge, Sue’s Rd, Nillup, E of Karridale, R.D.Royce 10498 (PERTH). 4. Leptinella longipes Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847) Cotula longipes (Hook.f.) W.M.Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2: 463 (1963); Cotula reptans var. major Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Circular Head, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn; n.v. Plants glabrous or with transient hairs mostly 0.1-0.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 30 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 1- or sub-2-pinnatiscct, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, glabrous apart from inconspicuous mostly early caducous hairs; primary segments restricted to distal 1/2-1/3 (—1/4), elliptic to sub-orbicular or obovate in outline; secondary segments if present usually only arising from middle to distal third. Capitula c. 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle to 10 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., with transient hairs sometimes present distally. Involucral bracts c. 6-8, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets several to numerous, with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 2-3 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; faces obovate, pale throughout. Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Grows on margin of wet often saline areas. Flowers spring-autumn. The fruits of this species are relatively large, somewhat trigonous and pale throughout, and pressed specimens usually have a wrinkled surface, probably due to the drying out of a fleshy pericarp. Very similar to and occupying similar habitats to L. reptans. Without mature fruit L. longipes can be distinguished from L. reptans by a combination of being earlier glabrescent with shorter hairs, having longer leaves with a relatively longer petiolar portion, and by having less dissected leaves. Leaves of both species are variably elongate depending on environmental conditions. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Currumbin, C.TAVhite 8729 (BRI). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: across Glenelg R. from Donovan’s Landing, c. 30 km SE of Mt Gambier, B.Copley 3015 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near the mouth of Little Ck, Nadgee Nature Reserve, South Coast, D.E.Albrecht 1472 (MEL). VICTORIA: W bank of Wallagaraugh R., c. I km downstream from Gipsy Point settlement, EastGippsland,MG. W^Av/7 3/id(BRI,CANB, HO, MEL); near mouth of Seal Ck, Croajingolong National Park, D.E.Albrecht 4849 (HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: mouth of Curries R., Beechford, A.M.Buchanan 10589 (HO).
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 49-50".
Tribe Lactuceae 83 involucre 5-8 mm long; bracts with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs, with stellate hairs few or absent; outer bracts 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long, orange, drying purplish; style pubescence dark. Achenes obloid-obovoid, 1.5-2 mm long, with prominent ribs terminating distally as a projection, purplish. Pappus uniseriate, 4-6 mm long, white; bristles brittle, mostly of similar length. Orange Haxvkweed. Notes: Native to northern and central Europe. Occurs in eastern Victoria around Falls Creek and in southern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments at alpine and lower altitudes. Flowers summer. The type subspecies has a longer involucre and does not develop the long, leafy stolons of subsp. carpathicola. Representative specimens : VICTORIA: c. 50 m east of P.O., Falls Ck, J.R.Hosking 1829 (CANB, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Old Village, Butlers Gorge, 23 Jan. 1963, P.A.Tyler (HO); Waddamana Rd near Shannon R. Bridge, 18 Dec. 1989, RJ.Fensham (HO). 15. TOLPIS Adans., Fam. FI. 2: 112 (1763) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts ± biseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or purplish-brown. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and scales, persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 20 species from the Mediterranean region. South Africa and America. Apart from characters given in the key to genera, the two species of To/pis in Australia are characterised by being much taller than broad, and with inflorescences where the overtopping of the primary or medial capitulum by the lateral capitula is very marked. Key to species Outer involucral bracts longer than the inner bracts, divergent; ligules at least partly purple; pappus with 0 (marginal achenes), 2 or 4 bristles.1. T. barbata Outer involucral bracts shorter than the inner bracts, appressed; ligules all yellow (drying greenish); pappus with c. 8 bristles in all achenes.2. I virgata 1. * To/pis barbata (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. PI. 2: 372 (1791) Crepis barbata L., Sp. Pl. 2: 805 (1753). Type: ‘Habitat in Monspelii, Vesuvii, Siciliae, Messanae’, western Europe; n.v. Tolpis umbellata Bertol., Par. Lig. [Ital.J PL 1: 13 (1803). Type: ‘Repitur Sarzanae ad viarum margines circa S. Francisci coenobium; turn in collibus dictis sarzanello, & Montedarmd.', Italy, coll, unknown ; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with appressed-cobwebby or woolly indumentum on stems and capitula, glabrescent, with sparse to dense septate hairs on leaves, or leaves ± glabrous. Basal leaves often persistent at anthesis, to c. 11 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 4, undivided or lobate with lobes antrorse; base attenuate; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 1-4, becoming somewhat narrower upwards, with base attenuate. Capitula 2-7; peduncle of primary capitulum to c. 3 cm long, c. I mm diam.; peduncle of lateral capitula to 12 cm long, mostly c. 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; involucre 8-10 mm long, c. 2-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 15-25, linear, 8-10 mm long, setaceous; inner bracts c. 16-22, c. 5 mm long, with midrib often developing tubercles, with hyaline margin distinct
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 66-67".
68 Thompson 3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). Type: France; n.v. Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and achenes much longer and beaked. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida Type: France; n.v. Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 68-69".
70 Thompson not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 194(1861).' Type: Japan; n.v. [Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv (1859)] Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further investigation into this variation is warranted. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. * Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side;
66 Thompson 4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. Key to species 1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular hairs. 2 . C setosa 2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm long.1. C. capillaris 5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see notes above) 1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). Type: not designated. Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. [Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)]
Tribe Lactuceae 69 SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader than 0.75 mm. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). Type: n.v. Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic,
Tribe Lactuceae 67 Plants to c. 1.2 m high, glabrous except lor spreading weak hairs on lower stem and leaf midrib. Basal leaves undivided, lobed or Iyrate-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. spreading; margin entire or nearly so. Stem leaves few, undivided or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 1.5-3 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-10, 2-4 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, hairy or nearly glabrous; inner bracts usually cobwebby, with emergent usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity or not; receptacle 1.5-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence sometimes slightly darkened. Achenes fusiform, 1.5-2.5 mm long, unbeaked, with ribs well-spaced, without ornamentation. Pappus caducous, 3-4 mm long, white. Smooth Hawksbeard. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Augusta east to Albany, in south-eastern Australia from Glen Innes SSW to southern Victoria and further west to Adelaide in far south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Grows in mesic environments, mostly in disturbed sites such as urban habitats and roadsides, in plains, forests and woodland, from sea-level to c. 1300 m. Flowers spring-autumn. Prior to fruit development, the less divided leaves, smaller capitula and narrower outer bracts distinguishes C. capillaris from the otherwise similar C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. The inner involucral bracts of C. capillaris are glabrous adaxially, unlike those of C.foetida , C. vesicaria and C. setosa. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 3.2 km east of Nannup, R.D.Royce 8400 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Onkaparinga R. near Mylor, 9 Dec. 1944, J.B.Clelancl(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Adaminaby Cemetery, /. Crawford3782 (Q \NB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Terang, R.VSmith 75/16( AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Franklin, DA.Morris 86491 (HO). 2. *Crepis setosa Haller.f., in J.J.Roemer, Arch. Bot. (Leipzig) 1: 1 (1797) Type; Peru, 1855-56, Spruce 4191 ; syn: B, E, C all n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006a) Plants to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs on stems and leaves, long-setose on stems. Basal leaves undivided, lobed or Iyrate-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 4-8; margin entire or with scattered denticulations; cauline leaves few, undivided or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming auriculate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few or several; involucre 6-10 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-10, 2-4 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, with long pale non-glandular hairs; inner bracts with similar indumentum, also slightly cobwebby, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 3 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 4-7 mm long, tapered into a beak; body fusiform, 2.5—4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous; marginal achenes shorter. Pappus persistent, 4-5 mm long, white. Brist/v Hawksbeard. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. Occurs in north¬ eastern and south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. There is an old record from Hornsby in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in disturbed sites such as roadsides and river flats but also extending into forest. Flowers summer-autumn. Similar to C. capillaris except for the setose indumentum and the longer, beaked achenes. Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Hornsby, Feb. 1918, W.H.Blakely (NSW). VICTORIA: Porepunkah, next to Ovens R., J.R.Hosking 1414 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). TASMANIA: Mt Nelson Rd, Hobart, 19 Jan. 1947, W.M.Curtis (HO).
68 Thompson 3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). Type: France; n.v. Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and achenes much longer and beaked. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida Type: France; n.v. Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and
66 Thompson 4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. Key to species 1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular hairs. 2 . C setosa 2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm long.1. C. capillaris 5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see notes above) 1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). Type: not designated. Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. [Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)]
66 Thompson 4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. Key to species 1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular hairs. 2 . C setosa 2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm long.1. C. capillaris 5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see notes above) 1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). Type: not designated. Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. [Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)]
84 Thompson and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow Hawkweed. Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery & N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, present in all achenes. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical variety or subspecies. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH).
Tribe Anthemideae 51 1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. Flowers late winter-summer. Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets develop a small corolla. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, but is not generally evident in Australian species. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO).
Tribe Lactuceae 69 SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader than 0.75 mm. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). Type: n.v. Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic,
68 Thompson 3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). Type: France; n.v. Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and achenes much longer and beaked. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida Type: France; n.v. Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and
78 Thompson Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus (Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K n. v. S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen in Actites megalocarpus. The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all genera ending in “ites” as masculine. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL).
78 Thompson Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus (Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K n. v. S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen in Actites megalocarpus. The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all genera ending in “ites” as masculine. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL).
126 Crowden and Y Menadue 110 111580. Mt. Peter, east ridge, Dec. 29, 1985, A.M. Buchanan HO 98107. Bluemans Creek, Sept. 11, 1995, A. North HO 316967. Moulting Lagoon game reserve, on track to Apsley marshes, Sept.2, 1996, D.A. Keith HO 321579. Schouten Is., S of cabin, Nov. 14, 2000, A.C. Rozenfelds HO 509281. Hardings Falls, E. Swan River, Nov. 17, 1985, R.K. Crowden and Y. Menadue HO 111645. Top of Deep Falls, Green Tier Ridge, SW of Tooms Lake, Oct. 14, 1989, P. Collier HO 119681. Tasman Hwy 12km N. of Triabunna, Sept. 12, 1984, R.K. Crowden HO 407778. Macquarie River, riverbed and terrace, Apr. 30, 2003, A.J. North HO 541045. Etymologyr The specific epithet is from Latin cerasus cherry, collis, hill, named after Cherry Tree Hill, the location of what is possibly its largest extant population. Distribution : The central east coastal region of Tasmania from Green Hills to about Seymour, on the Freycinet Peninsula and Schouten Island, and inland on the eastern and western slopes of the East Coast range to about 300m altitude, at Lake Leake and down the Valleys of the Tooms and Macquarie Rivers. In grasslands and open woodlands, on shallow stony, often moist soils and in riverbank vegetation. Fig. 4b. 3. Epacrisgraniticola R.K. Crowden sp. nov. Epacride virgata foliis recurvatis marginibus incrassatis scabrisque et floribus in fasciculis terminalibus differt. Type : TASMANIA: Mt. Cameron, southern slopes near eastern end in wet fissures on exposed granite slabs, Oct. 18, 2003, R.K. Crowden (holotype: HO 540971). Iso. MEL, CANB, NSW. A generally erect, multistemmed shrub , which may reach 1.5m in height in sheltered locations, but often heavily browsed to a low, bushy, almost matlike habit, the old stems mostly bare of leaves. Young stems and branchlets, brown, rounded, hirsute. Leaves erect and spreading, reflexed in the upper part; ovate-lanceolate to ovate, 2.0 -5.5mm long, 1.3 - 2.9mm wide; apex acute, mucronate, blunt, the base obtuse and tapering sharply onto the short petiole (< 1mm); lamina glabrous except for sparse hairs extending from the petiole, somewhat thickened; margin thickened, scabrous or minutely denticulate; prominent midrib and 3-5 veins evident abaxially. Flowers white, in terminal clusters on the main and short lateral branches, or extending a few ems down the major branches; bracts pale, ovate, keeled in the upper part, apex acute, glabrous, margin ciliolate; sepals white or pink striate, lanceolate-ovate, 2.0 - 3.9 mm long, glabrous, apex broadly acute, margin ciliolate; corolla tube barely campanulate, ca. equal to or slightly less than the sepals, glabrous, caduceus. anthers red. exserted, 1.0 - 1.45mm long on filaments which are longer; ovary smooth, round, glabrous; style 2.3 -5.8mm long, slender, with a basal swelling, the stigma rounded at the top of or above the anthers; nectary scales rounded triangular, ca. 1/3 the height of the ovary; capsule green, less than Vi sepals length, sepals and dry capsule open widely when the capsules ripen; style persistent (fig 5). Selected specimens examined. Summit of Mt. Stronach, Aug. 13,1996, D.A. Keith (HO 321358); Mt. Stronach, Oct. 14, 1990,>4. Moscal (HO 127054); Mt. Cameron, Nov. 19, 1983, A. Moscal (HO 110127); Endurance Tin Mine Mt. Cameron, Sept. 05, 1985, R.K. Crowden and Yvonne Menadue (HO 111595); Cube Rock, Mt. Cameron,Aug. 12, 1996,D./L Keith (HO 321504); Rossarden Sept. 05, 1997, D.A. Keith HO 322051). Etymology: From granite, and Latin - cola , dweller. A granite dweller. Distribution : Known from 3 locations only on granite mountains in northeast Tasmanian; in moist patches on the shaded sides of outcropping boulders or amongst moss and lichen patches in fissures on exposed rock slabs Fig. 4c.
Epacris in Tasmania 127 4. Epacris moscalianus R.K. Crowden sp. nov. Epacride graniticolae floribus in fasciculis terminalibus similis sed foliis planis rotundatisque, fere carinatis, non nisi costa conspicua abaxialites marginibus sen 'it la t iss im is differt. Type : TASMANIA: Dukes River above Dukes Marsh, Nov. 18, 2003, 7?.K Crowden (holotype HO 541194). Iso. MEL, CANB, NSW. A virgate, sometimes low, bushy shrub, rarely more than 50cm high in exposed locations, but reaching up to 1.5m in sheltering scrub; old stems may retain some leaves for several years; young stems greenish-brown, sparsely hairy to pubescent. Leaves well spaced on young branches, erect, flat and semi-spreading; 2.1 3.5 - (5)mm long, 1.3 - 2.9mm wide, on petioles ca. 1/3 - Vi the length of the leaves, (narrow lanceolate) to oblanceolate to ovate or rounded, the apex broadly acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, both surfaces glabrous, the midrib very prominent abaxially, margin +/- entire or microserrulate. Flowers white, erect, in small, terminal clusters, or rarely extending a few cms down the stems in tight, overlapping spikes; bracts pale or pink tinged, ovate, apex obtuse, margin ciliolate; sepals pink tinged, ovate-lanceolate, ca. equal or slightly longer than the tube, 2.0 - 5mm long, apex acute, margin ciliolate; corolla tube +/- campanulate, 2.0 - 4.7mm long, glabrous, caduceus; lobes longer than the tube, spreading, overlapping slightly at the base, apex rounded; anthers red 1.0 - 1.5mm long, subtended by filaments which are longer and project the anthers well above the plane of the lobes; ovary rounded, smooth, ca. 1 /3 of sepals, style slender with a slight basal swelling, 2.5 - 7mm, the stigma exserted usually above the anthers; nectary scales truncate !4 - 1/3 ovary. Capsule green, ca Vi sepal length. Sepals and dry capsule segments open widely when the capsule ripens; style +/- persistent (fig 5). Selected specimens examined. Royal George, flood plain at St. Pauls River crossing, Oct. 16, 1987, R.K. Crowden HO II1720. St. Pauls River gorge, between Mt. Misery and Mt. Puzzler, June 27, 1981, A. Moscal HO 44808. St.Pauls River, flood plain gravels at road crossing SE of Avoca, R.K. Crowden and Y. Menadue , HO 111730. Avoca, Oct. 18, 1881, A. Simson HO 514 924. Horshoe Marsh, St. Pauls River, Apr.9, 1980, A. Moscal HO 34949. Nile River at Lilybum Bridge, Aug. 27, 1996, M. Ilowski HO 321506. Dukes River, Nov. 13, 1988, P. Collier HO 118675. Gog Range, 2km N of Alum Cliffs, Nov. 9, 2001, R. Schardinger HO 526424. St. Pauls River, Jen. With Coal Rivulet, Nov. 22, 1981, A. Moscal HO 47233. Coal Rivulet, Nov. 13, 1968, P Collier HO 118683. St. Pauls River, east of Cutoff Hill, May 12, 1985, P. Collier HO 98794. West Swan River. Dec. 27, 1980, A. Moscal HO 38678. St. Pauls River, riverbed above Meadstone Falls, Nov. 23, 2004, A.M. Buchanan 110 530183. Etymology: Named in honour of Mr Tony Moscal, who first collected this and many other Tasmanian plants during the mid to late 1900’s. Distribution: Marsh edges and outflow creeks to the St Pauls River in eastern Tasmania and as a riverbank and floodplain plant along the St Pauls and upper Nile Rivers; on moist rock outcrops with seepage inflows to some of the above marshes, at Alum Cliffs (Mersey River) on the Gog Range. (Fig 4.d) Acknowledgements I thank Prof. B. Potts, School of Plant Science, The University of Tasmania, for running the multivariate programmes; Dr. Y. Menadue for drawings of the Epacris species; the staff of the Tasmanian Herbarium for their assistance and encouragement and especially Dr. G. Kantvilas for the Latin.
Epacris in Tasmania 127 4. Epacris moscalianus R.K. Crowden sp. nov. Epacride graniticolae floribus in fasciculis terminalibus similis sed foliis planis rotundatisque, fere carinatis, non nisi costa conspicua abaxialites marginibus sen 'it la t iss im is differt. Type : TASMANIA: Dukes River above Dukes Marsh, Nov. 18, 2003, 7?.K Crowden (holotype HO 541194). Iso. MEL, CANB, NSW. A virgate, sometimes low, bushy shrub, rarely more than 50cm high in exposed locations, but reaching up to 1.5m in sheltering scrub; old stems may retain some leaves for several years; young stems greenish-brown, sparsely hairy to pubescent. Leaves well spaced on young branches, erect, flat and semi-spreading; 2.1 3.5 - (5)mm long, 1.3 - 2.9mm wide, on petioles ca. 1/3 - Vi the length of the leaves, (narrow lanceolate) to oblanceolate to ovate or rounded, the apex broadly acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, both surfaces glabrous, the midrib very prominent abaxially, margin +/- entire or microserrulate. Flowers white, erect, in small, terminal clusters, or rarely extending a few cms down the stems in tight, overlapping spikes; bracts pale or pink tinged, ovate, apex obtuse, margin ciliolate; sepals pink tinged, ovate-lanceolate, ca. equal or slightly longer than the tube, 2.0 - 5mm long, apex acute, margin ciliolate; corolla tube +/- campanulate, 2.0 - 4.7mm long, glabrous, caduceus; lobes longer than the tube, spreading, overlapping slightly at the base, apex rounded; anthers red 1.0 - 1.5mm long, subtended by filaments which are longer and project the anthers well above the plane of the lobes; ovary rounded, smooth, ca. 1 /3 of sepals, style slender with a slight basal swelling, 2.5 - 7mm, the stigma exserted usually above the anthers; nectary scales truncate !4 - 1/3 ovary. Capsule green, ca Vi sepal length. Sepals and dry capsule segments open widely when the capsule ripens; style +/- persistent (fig 5). Selected specimens examined. Royal George, flood plain at St. Pauls River crossing, Oct. 16, 1987, R.K. Crowden HO II1720. St. Pauls River gorge, between Mt. Misery and Mt. Puzzler, June 27, 1981, A. Moscal HO 44808. St.Pauls River, flood plain gravels at road crossing SE of Avoca, R.K. Crowden and Y. Menadue , HO 111730. Avoca, Oct. 18, 1881, A. Simson HO 514 924. Horshoe Marsh, St. Pauls River, Apr.9, 1980, A. Moscal HO 34949. Nile River at Lilybum Bridge, Aug. 27, 1996, M. Ilowski HO 321506. Dukes River, Nov. 13, 1988, P. Collier HO 118675. Gog Range, 2km N of Alum Cliffs, Nov. 9, 2001, R. Schardinger HO 526424. St. Pauls River, Jen. With Coal Rivulet, Nov. 22, 1981, A. Moscal HO 47233. Coal Rivulet, Nov. 13, 1968, P Collier HO 118683. St. Pauls River, east of Cutoff Hill, May 12, 1985, P. Collier HO 98794. West Swan River. Dec. 27, 1980, A. Moscal HO 38678. St. Pauls River, riverbed above Meadstone Falls, Nov. 23, 2004, A.M. Buchanan 110 530183. Etymology: Named in honour of Mr Tony Moscal, who first collected this and many other Tasmanian plants during the mid to late 1900’s. Distribution: Marsh edges and outflow creeks to the St Pauls River in eastern Tasmania and as a riverbank and floodplain plant along the St Pauls and upper Nile Rivers; on moist rock outcrops with seepage inflows to some of the above marshes, at Alum Cliffs (Mersey River) on the Gog Range. (Fig 4.d) Acknowledgements I thank Prof. B. Potts, School of Plant Science, The University of Tasmania, for running the multivariate programmes; Dr. Y. Menadue for drawings of the Epacris species; the staff of the Tasmanian Herbarium for their assistance and encouragement and especially Dr. G. Kantvilas for the Latin.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 123-124, Figs 1, 4 (map), 5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 43-44".
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 111-113, Figs 1 (map), 2d, 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 106-109, Figs 1 (map), 2b, 4".
102 Walsh described as having capitula ‘simple’ (Brown 1992) or ‘solitary or up to 5 in groups, but remaining discrete’ (Jeanes 1999). In the process of accumulating specimens to formalise the publication of the unnamed species, it became clear that two further, essentially allopatric, species also occur in central Australia (Western Australia, Northern Territory and South Australia) and an area to the east of this in southern Queensland and northern New South Wales. A revision of the genus is presented below. With the exception of the treatments cited above, all the species here recognised have been previously incorporated under the name E. behrii in State and regional floras and checklists. Taxonomy Eriochlamys Sond. & F. Muell. in Sond., Linnaea 25: 488 (1853) Type E. behrii Sond. & F. Muell. Small ascending to erect, wiry, aromatic annual herbs. Leaves cauline, sessile, alternate or some opposite toward base, entire. Capitula sessile, terminal, simple or in compound heads, or sometimes initially clustered but elongating and becoming spike¬ like; involucral bracts 2 several-seriate, unequal, outer ones herbaceous, leaf-like, often cottony, inner ones scarious and glabrous or sparsely cottony; receptacle hemispherical to conical, tuberculate, naked. Florets numerous, bisexual, tubular, yellow; corolla deeply 5-lobed; anthers tailed at base, with acute apical appendages; style bilobed, with linear branches, truncate and papillose at apex. Cypselas more or less obovoid, terete or slightly compressed, brown, epidermis minutely papillose, developing a thinly inflated transparent layer on hydration; carpopodium present, a complete annulus with cells outlines just detectable, the cells much smaller than the adjacent epidermal cells of the cypsela; pappus absent. Although Anderberg (1991, p. 129) described the receptacle as flat, in all species it is domed to conical. Four species, endemic to mainland Australia. Key to species 1. Corolla tube < 1 mm long; capitula initially gathered together, but the inflorescence often elongating and becoming spike-like. Largest leaves usually more than 10 mm long and 1 mm wide, at least some with margins merely recurved (not revolute) and the abaxial lamina exposed to some degree. SA, NT, WA.2. E. eremaea 1. Corolla tube at least 1.1 mm long; capitula solitary or variously aggregated at tips of branchlets but never growing out into a spike-like inflorescence. Leaves rarely larger than 10 mm long and 1 mm wide and abaxial lamina hidden by the revolute margins ..♦.2 2. Capitula remaining in subglobose compound heads, individual capitula and/or outer bracts obscured by dense woolly hairs SA, NSW, Vic.1- E . behrii 2. Capitula solitary, sometimes in closely contracted few-flowered cymes but always separable at least at fruiting stage, individual capitula and bracts not obscured by woolly hairs.......3 3. Outer bracts rhombic or narrowly ovate (broadest near the middle), the thickened or recurved margins not obscuring abaxial surface, distinctly shorter than the involucre, graduating in size and shape across several series from the leaves to the elliptic inner bracts, imparting a scaly appearance to the capitula. NSW, Vic.3. E. squamata
Eriochlamys 109 Notes: Distinct from other members of the genus in the smaller corolla tube, the larger leaves and the strong tendency for the inflorescence to elongate so that capitula are arranged spike-like along the stem, and in the strongly eremaean habitat. The latter feature is the source of the epithet (Greek, eremia = desert). 3. Eriochlamys squamata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Eriochlamys sp. A sensu E.A. Brown in G.W. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 253 (1992); Eriochlamys sp. 1 sensu J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria A: 807 (1999). Eriochlamys behrii var. uniceps F. Mueller in sched. (MEL 85358, ‘Murray Desert , s.d.) A E. behrii capitulo solitario vel laxe aggregato non in lana incluso, bracteis capitulorum rhombiformibus vel anguste ovatis differt. Type: 6 miles [10 km] W of Echuca, 5.vii.l953, R. Melville 3907 (holo: MEL; Iso: K Procumbent or ascending to erect annual, 4—10(—16) cm high, often extensively branched above base and plant then appearing sub-shrubby; stems white-cottony on newer growth, usually glabrescent with age. Leaves linear, 1.5-4(-7) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, appressed to narrowly spreading from stem, obtuse or rounded, base shortly decurrent, margins revolutc, entirely obscuring the abaxial surface, adaxial surface glabrous or, rarely, with scattered sessile glands, abaxial midrib usually with spreading cottony hairs near base. Capitula terminal, solitary or in clusters of up to c. 5, but remaining discrete, campanulate or cupular, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-3.5 mm diam.; bracts in c. 3-6 series, outer bracts c. rhombic or narrowly ovate, broadest about the middle, 1.3-2.2 mm long, resembling the leaves immediately below capitula, but usually considerably shorter and broader than typical stem leaves, usually shortly woolly toward base; medial bracts broadly obovate or broad elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, moderately to densely cottony, sparsely glandular near middle, margins narrowly to broadly membranous, apex broadly rounded to truncate, ruminate, sometimes recurved, sometimes ciliate; inner bracts broadly obovate, as long as capitula, largely membranous with a narrow central stereome, or entirely membranous, sparsely glandular around middle, sparsely pilose or glabrous, apex ciliate or glabrous. Florets 20-40 per capitulum, slightly exceeding involucre at maturity; tubular part of corolla 1.2-1.5 mm long, with scattered glands and cottony hairs concentrated proximally and distally or distal hairs sometimes absent; lobes spreading or recurved, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, truncate or slightly depressed at apex with a short apiculum, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam. (Figs 2c, 5). Representative specimens (43 specimens seen): NEW SOUTH WALES. Deniliquin, xii.1915, A. Sinclair s.n. (MEL); Murrumbidgee, 1875. T. Macfarland s.n. (MEL); Barham, s.d., A.C.L. Gates s.n. (MEL); Wanganella via Hay, xii. 1903, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Zara via Hay, iii.1904, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Deniliquin, x.1949, G.A. Crawford28 (NSW); 40 km NNE ol Moulamein, 18.V.1982, M. Fox 8205064 (NSW); Wakool, vii. 1935. A. IV.S. Moodie s.n. (NSW): Hill Plain 11 miles south of Deniliquin, 15.xi.I954, T. & JWhaite 1700 (NSW). VICTORIA. Between Dimboola and Murra Warra, 22.i.l893, F. Reader s.n. (MEL. NSW); Jeparit, c. 1916, S.E. D'Rehor s.n. (AD); Ouyen, 26.xii.1916, H.B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); Galah public watering place, i. 1939, R. Bray s.n. (NSW); The Range Flora Reserve, 24.x. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 65391 (MEL); 10 km west of Lake Charm, x.1984, T. Lowe s.n. (MEL); Terrick Terrick Flora Reserve, 24.xi.1985, A.C. Beauglehole 82693 (MEL); Wail State Forest, 15.x. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 86135 (MEL); West of Sandhill Lake (between Bael Bael and Quambatook), 19.viii. 1996, S. Garner 319 (MEL).
Eriochlamys 109 Notes: Distinct from other members of the genus in the smaller corolla tube, the larger leaves and the strong tendency for the inflorescence to elongate so that capitula are arranged spike-like along the stem, and in the strongly eremaean habitat. The latter feature is the source of the epithet (Greek, eremia = desert). 3. Eriochlamys squamata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. Eriochlamys sp. A sensu E.A. Brown in G.W. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 253 (1992); Eriochlamys sp. 1 sensu J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria A: 807 (1999). Eriochlamys behrii var. uniceps F. Mueller in sched. (MEL 85358, ‘Murray Desert , s.d.) A E. behrii capitulo solitario vel laxe aggregato non in lana incluso, bracteis capitulorum rhombiformibus vel anguste ovatis differt. Type: 6 miles [10 km] W of Echuca, 5.vii.l953, R. Melville 3907 (holo: MEL; Iso: K Procumbent or ascending to erect annual, 4—10(—16) cm high, often extensively branched above base and plant then appearing sub-shrubby; stems white-cottony on newer growth, usually glabrescent with age. Leaves linear, 1.5-4(-7) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, appressed to narrowly spreading from stem, obtuse or rounded, base shortly decurrent, margins revolutc, entirely obscuring the abaxial surface, adaxial surface glabrous or, rarely, with scattered sessile glands, abaxial midrib usually with spreading cottony hairs near base. Capitula terminal, solitary or in clusters of up to c. 5, but remaining discrete, campanulate or cupular, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-3.5 mm diam.; bracts in c. 3-6 series, outer bracts c. rhombic or narrowly ovate, broadest about the middle, 1.3-2.2 mm long, resembling the leaves immediately below capitula, but usually considerably shorter and broader than typical stem leaves, usually shortly woolly toward base; medial bracts broadly obovate or broad elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, moderately to densely cottony, sparsely glandular near middle, margins narrowly to broadly membranous, apex broadly rounded to truncate, ruminate, sometimes recurved, sometimes ciliate; inner bracts broadly obovate, as long as capitula, largely membranous with a narrow central stereome, or entirely membranous, sparsely glandular around middle, sparsely pilose or glabrous, apex ciliate or glabrous. Florets 20-40 per capitulum, slightly exceeding involucre at maturity; tubular part of corolla 1.2-1.5 mm long, with scattered glands and cottony hairs concentrated proximally and distally or distal hairs sometimes absent; lobes spreading or recurved, 0.3-0.4 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, truncate or slightly depressed at apex with a short apiculum, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam. (Figs 2c, 5). Representative specimens (43 specimens seen): NEW SOUTH WALES. Deniliquin, xii.1915, A. Sinclair s.n. (MEL); Murrumbidgee, 1875. T. Macfarland s.n. (MEL); Barham, s.d., A.C.L. Gates s.n. (MEL); Wanganella via Hay, xii. 1903, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Zara via Hay, iii.1904, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Deniliquin, x.1949, G.A. Crawford28 (NSW); 40 km NNE ol Moulamein, 18.V.1982, M. Fox 8205064 (NSW); Wakool, vii. 1935. A. IV.S. Moodie s.n. (NSW): Hill Plain 11 miles south of Deniliquin, 15.xi.I954, T. & JWhaite 1700 (NSW). VICTORIA. Between Dimboola and Murra Warra, 22.i.l893, F. Reader s.n. (MEL. NSW); Jeparit, c. 1916, S.E. D'Rehor s.n. (AD); Ouyen, 26.xii.1916, H.B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); Galah public watering place, i. 1939, R. Bray s.n. (NSW); The Range Flora Reserve, 24.x. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 65391 (MEL); 10 km west of Lake Charm, x.1984, T. Lowe s.n. (MEL); Terrick Terrick Flora Reserve, 24.xi.1985, A.C. Beauglehole 82693 (MEL); Wail State Forest, 15.x. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 86135 (MEL); West of Sandhill Lake (between Bael Bael and Quambatook), 19.viii. 1996, S. Garner 319 (MEL).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 109-111, Figs 1 (map), 2c, 5".
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Anthemideae 27 1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). Type: Europe; n.v . Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. Feverfew. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but these have not been recorded in Australia. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 127: 92(1993) T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. [T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it.
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
90 Thompson Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, N.P.Brothers (HO). 3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , Bot. 16: 201 (1937) II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Anthemideae 55 19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. Key to species 1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous apically. sess ^ s 1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) Type: n.v. Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , Bindyi. Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
86 Thompson only narrow slits between bracts. Florets: ligule 4-6 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 1-2 mm. Achenes 4.5-7.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes mostly 3-5 mm long. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and SW to south-central South Australia; a few occurrences in south-eastern Tasmania, far south-western Western Australia, and central Australia around Alice Springs. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring to summer. Although sympatric with subsp. cretica , there is little evidence of hybridisation between the two forms. At fruiting, the shape of the involucre and degree of dilation of the peduncle helps to identify the subspecies when indumentum characters have been lost. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cape Leeuwin, south of Augusta, GJ.Keighery 9200 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: A.I.B. farm, c. 9 km south of Alice Springs, DJ.Nelson 1968 (DNA, MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Near Bosanquet Hill, Eyre Penin., E.N.SJackson 5019 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 2.2 km east of Allora along Forest Plain Rd ,A.R.Bean 10848( BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori HS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of ‘Tylden’, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, P.G.Kodela 462 , G.Chappie , R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 4 km south of Sunset Tank, ‘Sunset Country’, far north-west. M.G.Corrick 6659 & PS.Short (MEL). TASMANIA: bank of R. Derwent, c. 3 km west of Plenty R. Bridge, A.M.Gray 1068 (HO). *Hedypnois rhagadioloides subsp. cretica (L.) Hayek, in F.K.G.Fedde, Rep. Sp. Nov. Beihefte 2: 807 (1931) Hyoseris cretica L., Sp. PL 2: 810 (1753); Hedypnois cretica (L.) Dum.Cours., Bot. Cult. 2:339(1802). Type: Crete, Herb. Linn. 957.11; holo: LINN n.v. 9 fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139 (1977). Peduncle without spreading hairs (occasionally spreading hairs may be present on stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times its diam. near base. Involucre 7-11 mm long, glabrous or more often with robust hairs confined to medial zone; mature involucre hardly globular, with bracts well-spaced. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 2-4 mm. Achenes (5.0—) 6.0-9.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes 4-6 mm long. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. Occurs in western Western Australia south from the Murchison River area, and in south¬ eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and SE to south-central South Australia; also recorded from south-eastern Tasmania around Hobart. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. The involucral bracts of subsp. cretica have robust hairs confined to the midline in one or two row's, or are glabrous. The distal peduncle may be transiently cobwebby prior to anthesis. Although less reliable for discriminating subspecies, the ligules, achenes and pappus bristles are generally longer in this subspecies and the peduncle generally does not dilate distalIy to the same extent. Nordenstam (1977) indicates that subsp. rhagadioloides is characterised by a chromosome number of 2n = 16, whereas subsp. cretica has a number of 2n = 13. A few specimens from north-western Victoria are atypical in having more viscid involucral bracts with hairs slightly more diffuse.
Tribe Lactuceae 85 16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139. Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves (0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. Key to subspecies Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with
Tribe Lactuceae 85 16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139. Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves (0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. Key to subspecies Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 86-87".
Tribe Lactuceae 93 *Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 (1973) Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. PI. 2: 368 (1791). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 (1975). Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the year, mostly late spring-summer. Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of alternating inner bracts. The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of Picris in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a (HO). 21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not
92 Thompson l:w ratio 4-15, undivided or lobate to subpinnatisect; margin entire or remotely sinuate dentate; divided leaves with 3-6 ± spreading lobes or segments per side. Capitulum solitary, nodding in bud; involucre 6-11 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; bracts glabrous or occasionally moderately hairy; bracts of outer series c. 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, 1-2 mm long; intermediate bracts not reaching to halfway; inner bracts with a grey hyaline margin. Florets: ligule c. 7-10 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 3-5 mm long, dimorphic; marginal achenes curved-fusiform, tapering into a short neck, ± smooth, housed within adjacent inner bract at maturity; central achenes short-beaked; body narrow-fusiform, transversely ridged or scaly, with beak 0.5-1 mm long. Pappus cream; pappus of marginal achenes of fused scales 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes 6-9 mm long, biseriate; inner series c. 10, sparsely plumose, much wider at base; outer series 0.5-3 mm long, scabridulous. Hairy Hawkbit. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south¬ eastern Australia from south-eastern Queensland south to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Occurs mostly nearer the coast associated with human habitation. Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land and on nature strips, predominantly in urban environments with moderate rainfall and/or irrigation. Flowers mainly late winter-spring, also other times. A common weed of disturbed areas and of lawns in southern Australia. The involucre is either glabrous or moderately hairy with little evidence of intermediate forms. However, no correlation has been identified between this and other characters in Australian collections. Although the involucre is multiseriate, the outer and intermediate bracts are relatively small, and the intermediate bracts generally do not reach halfway along the involucre. This is one of several characters distinguishing L. taraxacoides from the superficially similar and often co-occurring Hypochaeris radicata. Other characters of L. taraxacoides distinguishing it from //. radicata include stems unbranched, hairs on leaves minutely bifurcate, paleae absent, involucral bracts all smooth, and inner involucral bracts with a grey hyaline margin. The subspecies of L. taraxacoides in Australia differs from subsp. longirostris Finch & P.D.Sell, of southern Europe, in having a much shorter achenial beak. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 100 m WSW of Albany Hwy on Mondurup Rd, Mt Barker, BJ.Lepschi 2574 & T.R.Lally (AD, CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Jupiter Ck, Southern Lofty, RJ.Bates 26810 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Quarry Rd, Sherwood, A.R.Bean 17107 (BRI, MEl/nSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: southern end of town, Glen Innes, R.Coveny 12372 , W.Bishop & L.Murray (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA: arboretum in SW corner of Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, Cranbourne, P.C.Jobson 3486 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Balfour, A.Moscal 4800 (HO, MEL). 20. HELMINTHOTHECA Zinn, Cat. Pi Hort. Gott. 430 (1757) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate but also surrounded by a series of large leafy bracts inserted at base of capitulum; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, transversely ridged. Pappus of bristles, not persistent, dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of four species from Europe, northern Africa and south-western Asia.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 82-83".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 81-82".
Tribe Anthemideae 57 This species and S. stolonifera are members of subgenus Gymnostyles , and these two species differ most obviously from the two species of subgenus Soliva (S. sessilis and S. valdiviana) in having achenes with thickened transversely wrinkled margins and with long apical hairs. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 3.5 km downstream from Lock 6, Murray R., environs of Chowilla, C.R.Alcock 10313 (AD). QUEENSLAND: 28 km W of Bollon, H. I. As ton 2421 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Salt Caves Dam, Denbollie State Forest, J.R.Hosking 1894 (CANB. MEL, NSW); O’Briens Ck where crossed by Newell Hwy, c. 2.5 km SW of Narrabri, H.I.Aston 2414 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: near Murray R. 3 km S of Tocumwal P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 63962 (MEL). 4. *Soliva stolonifera (Brot.) R.Br. ex G.Don, in J.C.Loudon, Hort. Brit. 364 (1830) Hippia stolonifera Brot., FI Lusit. 1: 72 (1804). Type: n.v. Plants with few to scattered hairs to c. 0.3 mm long or ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with segments oblong or elliptic, entire or with 1 or 2 lobes. Capitulum 4-7 mm diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts 15-20, narrow-oblong to narrowly oblong-elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer florets numerous. Central florets: corolla c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam. Achenes (excl. spine) obovate in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.1-0.2 mm wide; wings/margins c. 0.6 mm wide, acute apically, thick, prominently transversely ridged; stylar spine 1-2 mm long. Notes : Occurs inland, from south-eastern Queensland, SSW through New South Wales to central Victoria. Grows in woodland, shrubland and E. camaldulensis forest. Flowers winter-spring. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Texas Lagoon, southern outskirts of Texas township, A.R.Bean 17919 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Peak Hill, between Dubbo and Parkes, H.I.Aston 2389 (HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: S of Glenluce Springs and Loddon R., 4 Nov. 1989, E.Perkins s.n. (MEL). Acknowledgements I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). References Aston, ILL (1982). New Victorian records: So/iva (Compositae). Victorian Naturalist 99: 190— 194. Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber Press: Oregon, p. 172. Bremer, K. and Humphries, C.J. (1993). Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. Bulletin of Natural History Museum London (Bot.) 23(2): 71-77. Corrick, M.G. and Fuhrer, B.A. (2000). IVild/lowers of Victoria. Bloomings Books: Hawthorn, p. 25. Webb, C.J. (1986). Variation in achene morphology and its implications for taxonomy in Soliva subgenus Soliva (Anthemideae, Asteraceae). New Zealand Journal of Botany 24: 665-669.
86 Thompson only narrow slits between bracts. Florets: ligule 4-6 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 1-2 mm. Achenes 4.5-7.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes mostly 3-5 mm long. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and SW to south-central South Australia; a few occurrences in south-eastern Tasmania, far south-western Western Australia, and central Australia around Alice Springs. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring to summer. Although sympatric with subsp. cretica , there is little evidence of hybridisation between the two forms. At fruiting, the shape of the involucre and degree of dilation of the peduncle helps to identify the subspecies when indumentum characters have been lost. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cape Leeuwin, south of Augusta, GJ.Keighery 9200 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: A.I.B. farm, c. 9 km south of Alice Springs, DJ.Nelson 1968 (DNA, MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Near Bosanquet Hill, Eyre Penin., E.N.SJackson 5019 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 2.2 km east of Allora along Forest Plain Rd ,A.R.Bean 10848( BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori HS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of ‘Tylden’, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, P.G.Kodela 462 , G.Chappie , R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 4 km south of Sunset Tank, ‘Sunset Country’, far north-west. M.G.Corrick 6659 & PS.Short (MEL). TASMANIA: bank of R. Derwent, c. 3 km west of Plenty R. Bridge, A.M.Gray 1068 (HO). *Hedypnois rhagadioloides subsp. cretica (L.) Hayek, in F.K.G.Fedde, Rep. Sp. Nov. Beihefte 2: 807 (1931) Hyoseris cretica L., Sp. PL 2: 810 (1753); Hedypnois cretica (L.) Dum.Cours., Bot. Cult. 2:339(1802). Type: Crete, Herb. Linn. 957.11; holo: LINN n.v. 9 fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139 (1977). Peduncle without spreading hairs (occasionally spreading hairs may be present on stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times its diam. near base. Involucre 7-11 mm long, glabrous or more often with robust hairs confined to medial zone; mature involucre hardly globular, with bracts well-spaced. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 2-4 mm. Achenes (5.0—) 6.0-9.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes 4-6 mm long. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. Occurs in western Western Australia south from the Murchison River area, and in south¬ eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and SE to south-central South Australia; also recorded from south-eastern Tasmania around Hobart. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. The involucral bracts of subsp. cretica have robust hairs confined to the midline in one or two row's, or are glabrous. The distal peduncle may be transiently cobwebby prior to anthesis. Although less reliable for discriminating subspecies, the ligules, achenes and pappus bristles are generally longer in this subspecies and the peduncle generally does not dilate distalIy to the same extent. Nordenstam (1977) indicates that subsp. rhagadioloides is characterised by a chromosome number of 2n = 16, whereas subsp. cretica has a number of 2n = 13. A few specimens from north-western Victoria are atypical in having more viscid involucral bracts with hairs slightly more diffuse.
Tribe Lactuceae 85 16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139. Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves (0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. Key to subspecies Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica *Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 89-90".
88 Thompson Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 (1795) Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). Type: Spain; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and taper into a scabridulous beak. This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. Key to species 1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 90-91".
90 Thompson Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, N.P.Brothers (HO). 3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , Bot. 16: 201 (1937) II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts
Tribe Lactuceae 71 margin denticulate or dentate; blade or terminal segment ovate, with base truncate or cordate; upper-stem leaves tending to be undivided, narrow-elliptic, with base narrow- cuneate. Capitula few to many; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 2-2.5 mm diam., with margin of bracts glabrous or inconspicuously ciliate; outer bracts 4-6, ovate, c. 1 mm long, with hyaline margin vestigial; inner bracts 6-10, keeled basally, slightly incurved, with hyaline margin vestigial. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes narrow- ellipsoid to obconical, 3-5 mm long, slightly compressed, briefly tapering distally, with ribs crowded, not prominent, glabrous, pale brown or greenish. Nipplewort. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania, central eastern and north-eastern New South Wales, and Killarney in south-eastern Queensland. Grows in or near sites of human habitation, in shady, damp environments, including forest. Flowers mainly summer. Predominantly a weed of sites around human habitation. The glandular portion of the stem hairs is often lost early and hairs will appear eglandular. Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lobethal, c. 25 kin east of Adelaide, 13 Feb. 1965, M Tregns (AD). QUEENSLAND: Moss Gardens, c. 15 km east of Killarney, A.R.Bean 18321 (BRI, MEL," NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside Macdonald R., Bendemeer, J.R.Hosking 1694 , G.R.Hosking & T.LMosking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: south side of Yarra R., immediately NW of intersection of Don Rd with Warburton Hwy, Launching Place, l.C.Clarke 3086 (CANB. HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Nicholls Rivulet, A.M.Buchanan 15034 (HO). 8. LACTUCA L., Sp. PI. 2: 795 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula± sessile, sometimes clustered; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and erect or reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow (in Australia), drying whitish or bluish. Achenes homomorphic, strongly compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia); bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 100 species from Europe, Asia, Alrica and North America. The two species in Australia have complex panicles with a proportion ol capitula sessile or short- pedunculate, slender capitula with relatively few florets, achenes that taper abruptly from the body to a long capillary beak, and often silvery stems. Key to species Plants to c. 2 m high; lower stems prickly-setose or glabrous; upper-stem leaves (or the rachis if divided) narrow-linear; margin of at least larger stem leaves crowded- spinulose; involucral bracts typically ± reflexed at maturity; body ol achene bearing minute whitish cilia distally; beak < 30% longer than body.1. L . serriola Plants to c. I m high; stems glabrous; upperstem leaves (or the rachis ii divided) c. oblong to narrow-oblong; margin of all leaves without spinules; involucral bracts typically erect at maturity; body of achene scabridulous distally but with whitish cilia absent; beak > 30% longer than body.2. L. saligna 1. * Lactuca serriola L., Cent. Pi 2: 29 (1756) Type: southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 950.3; lecto: LINN,^Je S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter, Wdtsonia 11: 331-338 (1977). Lactuca scariola L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 489 (1759). Type: the Bauhin plate in Hist. PI. 2: 1003 (1656); lecto, fide I.M. de Vries & C.E.Jarvis, Taxon 36: 151-153 (1987).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 73-74".
Tribe Lactuceae 71 margin denticulate or dentate; blade or terminal segment ovate, with base truncate or cordate; upper-stem leaves tending to be undivided, narrow-elliptic, with base narrow- cuneate. Capitula few to many; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 2-2.5 mm diam., with margin of bracts glabrous or inconspicuously ciliate; outer bracts 4-6, ovate, c. 1 mm long, with hyaline margin vestigial; inner bracts 6-10, keeled basally, slightly incurved, with hyaline margin vestigial. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes narrow- ellipsoid to obconical, 3-5 mm long, slightly compressed, briefly tapering distally, with ribs crowded, not prominent, glabrous, pale brown or greenish. Nipplewort. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania, central eastern and north-eastern New South Wales, and Killarney in south-eastern Queensland. Grows in or near sites of human habitation, in shady, damp environments, including forest. Flowers mainly summer. Predominantly a weed of sites around human habitation. The glandular portion of the stem hairs is often lost early and hairs will appear eglandular. Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lobethal, c. 25 kin east of Adelaide, 13 Feb. 1965, M Tregns (AD). QUEENSLAND: Moss Gardens, c. 15 km east of Killarney, A.R.Bean 18321 (BRI, MEL," NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside Macdonald R., Bendemeer, J.R.Hosking 1694 , G.R.Hosking & T.LMosking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: south side of Yarra R., immediately NW of intersection of Don Rd with Warburton Hwy, Launching Place, l.C.Clarke 3086 (CANB. HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Nicholls Rivulet, A.M.Buchanan 15034 (HO). 8. LACTUCA L., Sp. PI. 2: 795 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula± sessile, sometimes clustered; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and erect or reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow (in Australia), drying whitish or bluish. Achenes homomorphic, strongly compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia); bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 100 species from Europe, Asia, Alrica and North America. The two species in Australia have complex panicles with a proportion ol capitula sessile or short- pedunculate, slender capitula with relatively few florets, achenes that taper abruptly from the body to a long capillary beak, and often silvery stems. Key to species Plants to c. 2 m high; lower stems prickly-setose or glabrous; upper-stem leaves (or the rachis if divided) narrow-linear; margin of at least larger stem leaves crowded- spinulose; involucral bracts typically ± reflexed at maturity; body ol achene bearing minute whitish cilia distally; beak < 30% longer than body.1. L . serriola Plants to c. I m high; stems glabrous; upperstem leaves (or the rachis ii divided) c. oblong to narrow-oblong; margin of all leaves without spinules; involucral bracts typically erect at maturity; body of achene scabridulous distally but with whitish cilia absent; beak > 30% longer than body.2. L. saligna 1. * Lactuca serriola L., Cent. Pi 2: 29 (1756) Type: southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 950.3; lecto: LINN,^Je S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter, Wdtsonia 11: 331-338 (1977). Lactuca scariola L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 489 (1759). Type: the Bauhin plate in Hist. PI. 2: 1003 (1656); lecto, fide I.M. de Vries & C.E.Jarvis, Taxon 36: 151-153 (1987).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 71-72".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 72-73".
48 Thompson Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- notched due to the large but thin wings. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 617(1917) Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth Cotula. Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to early summer. Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe (Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; n.v. Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels
66 Thompson 4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. Key to species 1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular hairs. 2 . C setosa 2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm long.1. C. capillaris 5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see notes above) 1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). Type: not designated. Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. [Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 70-71".
70 Thompson not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 194(1861).' Type: Japan; n.v. [Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv (1859)] Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further investigation into this variation is warranted. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. * Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side;
32 Thompson long, outer and middle series of bracts not pigmented on margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; paleae 2-3 mm long. Ray florets 5, with ligule 1-2 mm long, yellow. Disc florets c. 20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as the yellow limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long. Woolly Yarrow. Notes : Native to south-western Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers late spring-summer. An occasional garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. Apart from the colour of the ligules, A. tomentosa can be distinguished from the other two species of Achillea in Australia by the more numerous disc florets and the entirely stramineous involucral bracts with an unpigmented hyaline margin. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Rly line between Owen and Mallala, H.E.Orchard6169 (AD); roadside, Hope Valley, 6 Dec. 1947, J.B.Cleland ( AD). 5. LASIOSPERMUM Lagasca, Gen. Sp. PL 31 (1816) Annual to perennial herbs, ascending to erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per stem or branch, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts mostly of similar length, a few outer ones shorter; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete, 8-10-ribbed, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of four species from South Africa, Namibia and Egypt. * Las io sperm um bipinnatum (Thunb.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club. Brit. Isles Rep. 631 (1917) Lidbeckia bipinnata Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Lasiospermum radiatum Trevir., Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 13( 1): 205 (1824). Type: n.v. Perennials to c. 40 cm high, glabrous, with eglandular stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, fleshy; primary segments up to c. 10 per side; rachides and ultimate segments 0.8-1.5 mm wide. Capitula 1 per stem, 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle 10-30 cm long; peduncular bracteoles several, ovate-lanceolate; disc c. 7-10 mm diam. Involucre 4-5 mm long; bracts not keeled or with pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; mature receptacle convex; paleae c. narrow-oblong c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, hyaline, with a red resin duct medially, acute at apex. Ray florets 15-20; ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than the yellow limb. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 4 mm long, completely hidden by a dense long tan-coloured wool. Pappus absent. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania in and around Hobart. Flowers spring. Readily distinguished in fruit by the woolly achenes. The involucral bracts are distinctive compared with other radiate species in Australia. They are c. oblong and have a relatively broad green stereome and this helps distinguish this species from similar-sized white ligulate species such as Chamaemelum nobile , Anthemis cotula and A. arvensis. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Municipal Tip, Campania, DA.Morris 8441 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW); Hayes, IV.M.Curtis (HO).
Tribe Lactuceae 79 11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. Flowers most of the year. A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad vegetable in several countries. Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill (CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles ± smooth, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. Key to species Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red basal ly.1. R. tingitana
Tribe Lactuceae 79 11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. Flowers most of the year. A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad vegetable in several countries. Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill (CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles ± smooth, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. Key to species Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red basal ly.1. R. tingitana
Tribe Lactuceae 91 upwards. Capitula few to several, transiently cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 8-12 mm long, subsequently lengthening by c. 50-80%, c. 2-4 mm diam.; bracts smooth, with those of outer series lanceolate, c. 3 mm long; receptacular paleae to 15 mm long, slightly shorter than mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-3 mm long, white or cream; style pubescence pale. Achenes homomorphic, 6-10 mm long, beaked; body narrow-obloid, 4-7 mm long, with c. 5 broad transversely ridged ribs and narrow non-glaucous grooves, with beak slightly shorter than body. Pappus uniseriate, 5-8 mm long, pale yellow-brown proximally, white distally; bristles all plumose. White Flatweed Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in eastern Australia from Maryborough in south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South Wales. Also naturalised in South Africa. Grows mostly in distrubed sites, in various soils, in urban environments or in grassland, woodland and forest. Flowers mostly late winter to summer. Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora is in section Achyrophonts , a section that has its greatest diversity in South America. In contrast, Hypochaeris glabra and H. radicata are in section Hypochaeris , a section that has its greatest diversity in Europe and Asia. A suite of characters distinguish H. microcephala var. albiflora from the other two species. Apart from differences given in the key, it can be distinguished by its longer peduncular bracts, and the achenes with fewer, much broader ribs, non-glaucous grooves, and with a more gradual taper to a shorter beak. Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora and H. glabra are similar in that they both have short ligules and the involucres of the two taxa elongate to a similar extent post-anthesis. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bunya Mtns Natl Park, R. Belcher 809 (BRI, MEL); Indooroopilly, Brisbane, L.Pedley 4410 (BRI, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Below Callawajune Mtn, (The Beehive or South Obelisk), c. 5.5 km SSW of Urbenville, R.G.Coveny 12795 , ZDonabauer & C.Dunn (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Blackett, R.Coveny 11299 (BRI, NSW). 19. LEONTODON L., Sp. PL 2: 798 (1753) Annual or perennial herbs, not branching. Hairs furcate, with prongs straight. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts ± soft, strongly convex and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes dimorphic; not compressed, beaked or unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and scales, persistent, dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 50 species from Europe, northern Africa and south-western Asia, mainly in the Mediterranean region. ^Leontodon taraxacoides (Vill.) Merat, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 22: 108 (1831) subsp. taraxacoides Hyoseris taraxacoides Vill., Prosp. Hist. PL Dauphine 33 (1779); Leontodon nndicaulis subsp. taraxacoides (Vill.) Schinz & Thell., Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2, 7: 389 (1907). Type: n.v. [L. leysseri auct. non (Wallr.) Beck; W.M.Curtis, Student s FL Tasmania 2: 386 (1963).] [L. hirtus auct. non L.; J.M.Black, Fl. S. Australia 659 (1929); A.Ewart, FL Victoria 1197 (1931).] Scapose perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Bifurcate hairs c. 1 mm long sparse to scattered on leaves and lower stems and sometimes on involucre. Leaves to c. 30 cm long, with
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 91-92".
52 Thompson 18. LEPTINELLA Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 127 (1822) Perennial herbs, prostrate. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets 2-4- seriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 33 species, mostly from New Guinea, Australia, New Zealand and South America. A genus characterised by stoloniferous growth, outer florets in a few series, more numerous than the disc florets and with an inflated macroscopic corolla, and by functionally male disc florets with an unbranched style. There are four species in Australia, all endemic. Roots are fleshy and outer florets are female. Leptinella maniototo , native to NZ, has been recorded from a bowling green in Parndana, Kangaroo Is., South Australia, but is not considered naturalised. It has entire leaves or 1-pinnatisect leaves with very short pinnae. Two further collections from southern Tasmania, from Turua Beach in far south-east Tasmania ( A.M.Buchanan 9721 HO) and from Ummarrah Ck (A.M.Buchanan 7910 HO) in the far south, may represent two further species of Leptinella from New Zealand. The identity of these collections requires further investigation. Key to species 1 Leaves 1 -pinnatisect, dilating gradually to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively short and stout at anthesis (length: diam. ratio < 40); achenes oblong-elliptic, with persistent corolla taller than broad.1. L.filicula 1: Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect, dilating abruptly to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively long and slender at anthesis (length: diam. ratio > 40); achenes obovate, with persistent corolla broader than tall 2 Leaves once-pinnatisect to sub-bipinnatisect with secondary segments usually only arising in middle to distal third; achenes 2-3 mm long.4. L. longipes 2: Leaves bi- or tripinnatisect, with secondary pinnae arising in proximal thirds as well as middle and distal thirds; achenes 1.5-2 mm long 3 Stems transiently villous, soon glabrescent.2. L . replans 3: Stems persistently densely villous.3. L. driimmondii 1. Leptinellafilicula (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856) Symphyomera filicula Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 116 (1847); Cotula filicula (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: n.v. Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2—4, 1-pinnatisect, gradually dilating basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; primary segments ± restricted to distal half, mostly c. elliptic, sometimes lobed. Capitula 3-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 3 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.8 mm diam., villous. Involucral bracts c. 10-20, broad-elliptic or slightly obovate, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, usually hairy. Outer florets with corolla longer than broad. Central florets several; corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1.5-2 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, with faces oblong-elliptic, brown with a pale margin. Mountain Cotula. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Barrington Tops in central-eastern New South Wales SSW to eastern Victoria, and in central Tasmania. Grows in wet forest. Flowers summer-autumn.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 53-54".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 52-53".
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
54 Thompson Type: Locality unknown, Western Australia, Drummond 3 rd collection, 113 ; syn: MEL; Don R., Western Australia, A.F.Oldfield; syn: MEL. Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3- pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; segments in distal 1/3—1/2, elliptic to sub-orbicular in outline. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to densely villous. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Achenes not seen. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in red clay-loam on river banks in woodland. Flowers late spring-autumn. A poorly known species very similar to C. reptans. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Willgarup R. crossing with Tick Rd, C.Day & A.Annuls MJ 75.1 (PERTH); Blackwood R. near bridge, Sue’s Rd, Nillup, E of Karridale, R.D.Royce 10498 (PERTH). 4. Leptinella longipes Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847) Cotula longipes (Hook.f.) W.M.Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2: 463 (1963); Cotula reptans var. major Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Circular Head, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn; n.v. Plants glabrous or with transient hairs mostly 0.1-0.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 30 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 1- or sub-2-pinnatiscct, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, glabrous apart from inconspicuous mostly early caducous hairs; primary segments restricted to distal 1/2-1/3 (—1/4), elliptic to sub-orbicular or obovate in outline; secondary segments if present usually only arising from middle to distal third. Capitula c. 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle to 10 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., with transient hairs sometimes present distally. Involucral bracts c. 6-8, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets several to numerous, with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 2-3 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; faces obovate, pale throughout. Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Grows on margin of wet often saline areas. Flowers spring-autumn. The fruits of this species are relatively large, somewhat trigonous and pale throughout, and pressed specimens usually have a wrinkled surface, probably due to the drying out of a fleshy pericarp. Very similar to and occupying similar habitats to L. reptans. Without mature fruit L. longipes can be distinguished from L. reptans by a combination of being earlier glabrescent with shorter hairs, having longer leaves with a relatively longer petiolar portion, and by having less dissected leaves. Leaves of both species are variably elongate depending on environmental conditions. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Currumbin, C.TAVhite 8729 (BRI). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: across Glenelg R. from Donovan’s Landing, c. 30 km SE of Mt Gambier, B.Copley 3015 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near the mouth of Little Ck, Nadgee Nature Reserve, South Coast, D.E.Albrecht 1472 (MEL). VICTORIA: W bank of Wallagaraugh R., c. I km downstream from Gipsy Point settlement, EastGippsland,MG. W^Av/7 3/id(BRI,CANB, HO, MEL); near mouth of Seal Ck, Croajingolong National Park, D.E.Albrecht 4849 (HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: mouth of Curries R., Beechford, A.M.Buchanan 10589 (HO).
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
40 Thompson developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 89(1990) Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey s.n .; n. v. [Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 (1972)] [Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1618(1986)] Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 mm long. Shasta Daisy. Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- autumn.
40 Thompson developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 89(1990) Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey s.n .; n. v. [Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 (1972)] [Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1618(1986)] Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 mm long. Shasta Daisy. Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- autumn.
40 Thompson developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 89(1990) Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey s.n .; n. v. [Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 (1972)] [Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1618(1986)] Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 mm long. Shasta Daisy. Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- autumn.
Tribe Anthemideae 39 Type: n.v. Plants to c. 30 cm tall, glabrous, eglandular. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, lacerately lobate; base developing lobes above mid-stem; margin serrate with apex peracute. Capitulum solitary, 2-3 cm diam. Involucre 4-6 mm long; outer series of bracts 2-3 mm long, not keeled, with margin darkly pigmented; inner series of bracts with blackish hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle conical. Ray florets sterile; ligule c. 10 mm long, white with a green base. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 5-lobed. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long, red between very prominent pale ribs. Pappus of ray florets a corona to c. 2 mm long. Notes’. Native to Spain and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, and south-central Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers summer. A garden escape that relatively recently has become weakly naturalised. Similar to Leucanthemum vulgare but an annual with lighter green leaves with peracute lobes and teeth, and with outer involucral bracts cordate-based, smaller capitula, ray florets sterile, and a corona well-developed on ray florets. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, BJ.Lepschi 2090 (CANI3, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: track into Chambers Gully, c. 400 m from Waterfall Gully Rd, A.G.Spooner 15409 (AD); Burra and Burra North, RJ.Rates 34152 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Princes Hvvy N of Milton, 3 July 1998, K.Mills s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Yan Yean, 45 km N of Melbourne, D.Senyschyn 27 (MEL); paddock at end ol Neale Rd c. 50 m down Opie Rd, Deer Park, 25 Aug. 1986, C. Le Breton (MEL). 11. LEUCANTHEMUM Mill., GarcL Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves undivided or lobate. Capitula solitary or several, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiscriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes sometimes dimorphic, ± terete, 10-ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 33 species from Europe and northern Africa. A key defining character for this genus is the anthocyanin red coloration of the root tips. Plants have eglandular stems and leaves, the corolla-tube is basally swollen and spongy at maturity, and the achenes have red secretory canals. Key to species Leaves variably toothed or crenulate, sometimes also lobed; margin of involucral bracts delineated by pigment throughout; capitula4-6 cm diam. includingrays; outer involucral bracts 3-5 mm long; achene of ray florets 1.5-2.5 mm long with corona c. 0.5 mm long.1* L- vulgare Leaves ± evenly serrulate; margin of involucral bracts not delineated by pigment throughout; capitula 6-10 cm diam. including rays; outer involucral bracts 5-8 mm long; achene of ray florets 3-4 mm long with corona c. 2 mm long.2. L. x super bum 1. *Leucanthemum vulgare Lam., FI. Franq. 2: 137 (1779) Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., Sp. PI. 2: 888 (1753). Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 100 cm high, with scattered coarse hairs on lower parts of stems and on lower-stem leaves, glabrescent. Leaves with few-several lobes or undivided; base
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 39-40".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 40-41".
38 Thompson c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is broadest apically and often forms an acute point. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett (NSW). 2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn Marigold. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv (PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory canals. *Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum (Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142
32 Thompson long, outer and middle series of bracts not pigmented on margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; paleae 2-3 mm long. Ray florets 5, with ligule 1-2 mm long, yellow. Disc florets c. 20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as the yellow limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long. Woolly Yarrow. Notes : Native to south-western Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers late spring-summer. An occasional garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. Apart from the colour of the ligules, A. tomentosa can be distinguished from the other two species of Achillea in Australia by the more numerous disc florets and the entirely stramineous involucral bracts with an unpigmented hyaline margin. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Rly line between Owen and Mallala, H.E.Orchard6169 (AD); roadside, Hope Valley, 6 Dec. 1947, J.B.Cleland ( AD). 5. LASIOSPERMUM Lagasca, Gen. Sp. PL 31 (1816) Annual to perennial herbs, ascending to erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per stem or branch, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts mostly of similar length, a few outer ones shorter; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete, 8-10-ribbed, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of four species from South Africa, Namibia and Egypt. * Las io sperm um bipinnatum (Thunb.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club. Brit. Isles Rep. 631 (1917) Lidbeckia bipinnata Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Lasiospermum radiatum Trevir., Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 13( 1): 205 (1824). Type: n.v. Perennials to c. 40 cm high, glabrous, with eglandular stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, fleshy; primary segments up to c. 10 per side; rachides and ultimate segments 0.8-1.5 mm wide. Capitula 1 per stem, 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle 10-30 cm long; peduncular bracteoles several, ovate-lanceolate; disc c. 7-10 mm diam. Involucre 4-5 mm long; bracts not keeled or with pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; mature receptacle convex; paleae c. narrow-oblong c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, hyaline, with a red resin duct medially, acute at apex. Ray florets 15-20; ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than the yellow limb. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 4 mm long, completely hidden by a dense long tan-coloured wool. Pappus absent. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania in and around Hobart. Flowers spring. Readily distinguished in fruit by the woolly achenes. The involucral bracts are distinctive compared with other radiate species in Australia. They are c. oblong and have a relatively broad green stereome and this helps distinguish this species from similar-sized white ligulate species such as Chamaemelum nobile , Anthemis cotula and A. arvensis. Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Municipal Tip, Campania, DA.Morris 8441 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW); Hayes, IV.M.Curtis (HO).
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
Tribe Anthemideae 41 Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum (Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern Victoria. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson (NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. Pappus present. A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with distinctive achenial features. *Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 760 (2002) Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 47: 364(1998). Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers mostly spring-summer. A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative
42 Thompson lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and Chamaemelum nobile. The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins (CANB). 13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated adaxially. Pappus present. A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral bracts and in achenes. Key to species Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO).
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
Tribe Anthemideae 27 1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). Type: Europe; n.v . Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. Feverfew. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but these have not been recorded in Australia. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 127: 92(1993) T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. [T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it.
Tribe Anthemideae 41 Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum (Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern Victoria. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson (NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. Pappus present. A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with distinctive achenial features. *Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 760 (2002) Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 47: 364(1998). Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers mostly spring-summer. A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
42 Thompson lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and Chamaemelum nobile. The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins (CANB). 13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated adaxially. Pappus present. A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral bracts and in achenes. Key to species Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 38-39".
38 Thompson c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is broadest apically and often forms an acute point. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett (NSW). 2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn Marigold. Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv (PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory canals. *Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum (Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142
Tribe Lactuceae 69 SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader than 0.75 mm. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). Type: n.v. Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic,
Tribe Lactuceae 81 diam.; outer bracts c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with subapical spur very small. Florets: ligule not purple-red basally. Achenes 2-3 mm long, with central ones smooth. Notes: Native to southern Europe. Recorded once from Mt Melville in far south¬ western Western Australia where common. Growing on slope in grey gravelly sand over granite in forest. Flowers summer. This species appears likely to be well established at Mt Melville. A newly recognised naturalised species in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Melville, P.Foreman 161 (PERTH). 13. MICROSERIS D.Don, Philos. Mag. Ann. Chew. 11: 388 (1832) Perennial herbs, scapose, largely glabrous. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences of solitary capitula. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of scales (sometimes scales hardly widened at base), bristle-like distally, persistent, homomorphic; scales barbellate (bristle part), uniform within a pappus. Notes : A feature of this genus, in at least Australia taxa, not mentioned in recent state floras is the presence on the scapes and sometimes leaves of minute translucent cupular discs variably elevated on filamentous stalks. Although usually inconspicuous, close inspection usually reveals the presence of at least some of these distinctive structures. There is still uncertainty regarding the taxonomy of Microseris in Australia. This genus was not assessed in detail by the author and the reader is referred to recent workers and publications indicated below. Historically a single species has been recognised for Australia, M. Ianceolata (Walp.) Sch.Bip. However, Sneddon (pers. comm.), who studied the genus in Australia and New Zealand from the late 1970s has indicated the presence of two species in Australia, M. scapigera , based on a type from New Zealand, and M. Ianceolata based on a type from Tasmania. A recent paper by Vijverberg, Lie, & Bachmann (2002) identified four morphological groups among populations in Australian and New Zealand. Although offering several taxonomic possibilities, the authors did not make any taxonomic decisions. Jeanes (1999) had earlier presented an informal classification in Flora of Victoria indicating the occurrence of three species of Microseris in Victoria based on distinctions in root, cypsela (achene) and pappus morphology. Unfortunately the treatment of Jeanes was not assessed by Vijverberg, Lie, & Bachmann. It appears clear, however, that the “fine-pappus” form of the latter's study corresponds to Microseris sp. 1 sensu Jeanes, the “alpine form" corresponds to Microseris sp. 2 sensu Jeanes, and the “murnong” form corresponds to Microseris sp. 3 sensu Jeanes. Costin et al. (2000) reached the same conclusions regarding the latter two forms. Vijverberg, Lie, & Bachmann collected only four populations of their fourth form “coastal", all of these from New Zealand. 14. HIERACIUM L., Sp. PL 2: 799(1753) Perennial herbs, often with long leafy stolons, branching. Hairs usually of two or more types including glandular, eglandular, stellate, and plumose. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate or approaching biseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow, rarely orange, green or white. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus
Tribe Anthemideae 31 Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray (CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for these difficult specimens. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; n. v. Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 44-45".
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Lactuceae 93 *Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 (1973) Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. PI. 2: 368 (1791). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 (1975). Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the year, mostly late spring-summer. Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of alternating inner bracts. The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of Picris in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a (HO). 21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not
Tribe Lactuceae 97 1. *Tragopogon porrifolius L., Sp. Pl. 2: 789 (1753) subsp . porrifolius Type: Europe, Herb. Burser XV(2): 69, central plant; lecto: UPS n.v.,fide C.D. de la Guardia & G.Blanca, Taxon Ah 549 (1992). Biennials to c. 1.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Capitula: involucre 25-35 mm long, increasing to up to 60 mm long at maturity, c. 5-12 mm diam.; bracts 5-8, with hyaline margin vestigial or distinct proximally in alternate bracts, finally reflexed. Florets: ligule as long as or slightly shorter than bracts, lilac to deep violet; style pubescence pale. Achenes 20-40 mm long, homomorphic except for rib ornamentation; body fusiform, 10-15 mm long, light to mid brown, with crowded scale-like tubercles on ribs, with tubercle size reducing to nearly smooth inwards, with transition into beak fairly abrupt; beak slightly longer than body, with a sub-terminal dilation 1-2 mm long. Pappus 15-25 mm long, cream to golden-brown, homomorphic. Salsify , Oyster Plant. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in south-eastern mainland Australia from south-eastern Queensland south to Victoria and extending west from Victoria to south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Widely cultivated and naturalised in other parts of the world. Grows in sandy-loam soils in disturbed environments, particularly roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. The non-plumose tips of the longer pappus bristles are usually purplish unlike in the other species of Tragopogon in Australia. The beak of the achenes is dilated in the distal few millimetres then abruptly constricted below a hairy pappus ring. This beak morphology is also present in T. dubius except that the dilated portion is shorter. Mowers of these two species apparently open only in the morning. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 40 km NE of Albany on Chester Pass Rd, BJ.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 2322 (AD, CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Aiigaston, c. 70 km NE of Adelaide, H.Amtsberg 5 ( AD). QUEENSLAND: roadside, Warwick, G.N.BatianoJf2010349 & CAppelman (BRI, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale Unanderra rly crossing, Sheepwash Bridge Rd, c. 10 km due east of Moss Vale, P.G.Kodela 217 & S.L.Kodela (CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 0.8 km NE of Laverton, c. 20 km WSW of Melbourne. H.I.Aston 845 (MEL). TASMANIA: Tasman Hwy at fc Ardross\ AMBuchanan 15647 (HO). 2. * Tragopogon hybrid us L., Sp. Pl. 2: 789 (1753) Type: Italy; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.8 m high, glabrous, not glaucous. Capitula: involucre c. 30 mm long, increasing to c. 50 mm long at maturity, 3-5 mm diam.; bracts 5-8, with hyaline margin vestigial or very slender, not becoming hardened, finally reflexed. Florets: ligule less than half the length of the bracts, pinkish-lilac; style pubescence pale. Achenes slightly dimorphic; marginal achenes 35-50 mm long; body narrow-cylindrical, 25-40 mm long, light brown, smooth except for minutely scabridulous ribs, with transition into beak very gradual; beak shorter than body, not dilated sub-terminally; central achenes with body slightly shorter. Pappus 10-20 mm long, cream, dimorphic; pappus of marginal achenes comprising 5 rigid scabrid bristles of unequal length; pappus of central achenes comprising numerous plumose bristles. Notes: Native to southern Europe. Occurs in the Mt Lofty Ranges NE of Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia. Ecological preferences unknown. Flowers spring- summer. Tragopogon hybridus has been recorded from two different localities in the Northern Lofty Ranges and has probably become naturalised. It is readily distinguished post-
46 Thompson Notes : Occurs in central-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Nyngan in central New South Wales. Grows in arid saltbush shrublands. Flowers at various times. Introduced by the CSIR, now CSIRO, at Koonamore in South Australia in the 1930s. The single old record from Nyngan differs from the South Australian records in having leaf-segments less consistently concentrated distally. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 60 km N of Yunta, Koonamore Stn, M.D.Crisp 307 (C ANB). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nyngan, Nov. 1913, J.H.Maiden (NSW). 2. *Pentzia globosa Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832) Type: n.v. Similar to P. incana but differing in the following: leaves ± glabrous, sometimes 2- pinnatisect; primary segments of leaves 3-5 per side, arising regularly throughout length; involucre bracts of outer and middle series linear-lanceolate, without a hyaline margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long; mature receptacle conical; corolla-tube much narrower than the limb; corona c. 0.3 mm long. Notes: Occurs near Jamestown in south-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Gosford on the central coast of New South Wales. Ecological preferences unknown. Flowers recorded in autumn. The South Australian population has persisted since at least 1897 when it was first collected (J.H.Maiden NSW). The tiny secondary segments of the 2-pinnatisect leaves arise at or near the base of the primary segment. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: near Bundaleer Picnic Ground, near Jamestown, R.Bates 14272 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gosford, Feb. 1894, coll, unknown (NSW). 17. COTULA L . 9 Sp. PL 2: 891 (1753) Annual to perennial herbs, erect to sprawling. Leaves entire, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform (in Australia) or discoid, with zygomorphic florets present in C. turbinata ; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Florets often pedicellate; outer florets 1-several-seriate, female; central florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes usually dimorphic, dorsally compressed, unribbed, hairy or not. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 50 species, mostly from the southern hemisphere, with four species native to Australia and three ol these endemic. Of the total of seven species in Australia, all are eglandular except for C. alpina , and all have stem-sheathing leaves. The involucral bracts are often tinged purple and do not have an elongate hyaline apex, and the outer florets are in some species prominently pedicellate. Central florets, if pedicellate, have much shorter pedicels. The outer florets are female and lack a corolla except for a weakly developed one in C. bipinnata. Key to species 1 All leaves entire, filiform, to c. 1 mm wide, with hairs on basal sheath 2 Outer florets in a single series on slender pedicels, or outer florets absent; central florets numerous, with corolla lobes purple, producing achenes (south-eastern Australia).l. c. vulgaris
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 45-46".
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
Tribe Anthemideae 45 Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera (Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. Globe Chamomile. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 (BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. Key to species Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush.
Tribe Anthemideae 45 Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera (Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. Globe Chamomile. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 (BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. Key to species Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). Type: not designated. Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush.
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
Tribe Lactuceae 93 *Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 (1973) Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. PI. 2: 368 (1791). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 (1975). Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the year, mostly late spring-summer. Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of alternating inner bracts. The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of Picris in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a (HO). 21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 93-94".
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
48 Thompson Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- notched due to the large but thin wings. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 617(1917) Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth Cotula. Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to early summer. Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe (Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; n.v. Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
94 Thompson compressed, transversely ridged. Pappus of bristles, not persistent, sometimes dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous, dimorphic within a pappus. This genus was not examined in detail by the author. The reader is referred to Holzapfel (1994) and recent stated floras for details of species. Below is a list of species in Australia as recognised by Holzapfel; these names are all currently in use. Holzapfel indicated that non-native species R altissima Delile, and R hieracioides L. have been collected in Australia but have not become established. List of species (alphabetical) 1. Picris angustifolia DC., Prodr. 7:130 (1838) a. Picris angustifolia DC., Prodr. 7:130 (1838) subsp. angustifolia b. Picris angustifolia subsp. carolorum-henricum (Lack) S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 24: 144(1994) c. Picris angustifolia subsp. merxmueUcri Lack & S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 190 (1993) 2. Picris barbarorum Lindl. in Edwards's , Bot. Reg. 24:58 (1838) 3. Picris burbidgei S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 183 (1993) 4. Picris compacta S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 185 (1993) 5. Picris conyzoides S.Holzapfel. Willdenowia 23: 185 (1993) 6. Picris drummondii S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 187 (1993) 7. Picris eichleri Lack & S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 188 (1993) 8. Picris evae Lack, Phytologia 42: 210 (1979) 9. Picris squarrosa Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Rl. Rreiss . 1:488 (1845) 10. Picris wagenitzii Lack, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 108: 189 (1987). 22. SCORZONERA L., Sp. Rl. 2: 790 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching or not. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or (not in Australia) paniculate. Capitula pedunculate: involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), violet, or purple. Achcnes homomorphic, hardly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent, bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 175 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. *Scorzonera laciniata L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753) Rodospermum laciniatum (L.) DC., FI. Franc;. 3rd edn, 4: 62 (1805). Type: ‘Habitat in Germania, Gallia’, Europe; n.v. Biennials to c. 0.4 m high. Indumentum appressed-woolly, glabrescent or nearly glabrous. Basal leaves many, ± persistent, to c. 18 cm long, with l:w ratio 4-40 undivided or more commonly deeply pinnatisect; base weakly sheathing; margin entire; divided leaves with 1-several segments per side, with shape various; cauline leaves 1-several, similar to basal leaves but smaller, with base not clasping stem. Capitula solitary or few, 8-15 mm long, subsequently elongating to 12-35 mm long, c. 2-7 mm diam.; bracts glabrous or variably appressed woolly; outer bracts 4-8, 3-8 mm long, with or without subapical spur; intermediate bracts extending over halfway at anthesis; inner bracts
Tribe Lactuceae 95 alternately long with broad margin, short with narrow margin. Florets: ligule 8-12 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 8-15 mm long, glabrous, comprising two distinct portions; basal portion elliptic, c. 3-5 mm long, with pale prominent ribs, darker between ribs; apical portion narrower than basal portion, narrow obloid, c. 6-10 mm long, not tapered apically, pale purplish. Pappus 8-20 mm long, cream. Scorzonera. Notes : This species is included in Sect. Podospermum (DC.) Boiss. of Scorzonera based on its pinnatisect leaves and its achenes with a relatively large basal enlargement. A feature of this species is the massive taproot. Key to varieties Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly > 10; involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; outer bracts usually unspurred...var. laciniata Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly < 10; involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; outer bracts with a subapical spur.var. calcitrapifolia *Scorzonera laciniata L. var. laciniata Rachis of leafless than twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleat, 1-4 mm wide; lateral segments with l:w ratio mostly > 10. Involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely appressed-woolly at anthesis, unspurred or spur to 0.8 mm long. Achenes 8-12 mm long. Pappus c. 8-14 mm long. Notes : Native to Europe and western Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, with isolated records from western Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania around Tunbridge. Grows in disturbed or semi-intact native vegetation in heavy soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Flinders Ras, Walloway, ca. 10 km north of Orroroo, C.R.Alcock S394 (AD, CANB, MEL); Environs of Loxton, C.R.Alcock 6170 (AD). VICTORIA: Benjeroop State Forest, A.C.Beauglehole 83169 (MEL). TASMANIA: White Lagoon, L.Gilfedder 5 (HO). * Scorzonera laciniata var. calcitrapifolia (Vahl) Bisch. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 757 (1875) Scorzonera calcitrapifolia Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 87 (1791). Type: fc Legi passim in regno Tunetano’, [northern Africa]; n.v. Podospermum resedifolium DC., FI. Franc; . 3rd edn, 4: 61 (1805). Type: n.v., fide P.E.Boissier, loc. c/7. Rachis of leaves commonly at least twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleaf, 2-15 mm wide; lateral segments with a l:w ratio < 10; Involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely to densely appressed-woolly at anthesis, with outer and usually intermediate involucral bracts bearing a subapical spur to c. 2 mm long. Achenes 10-15 mm long. Pappus c. 12-20 mm long. Notes : Native to Europe and Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, north¬ western and central Victoria and south-western New South Wales, with an outlying
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 129-133".
70 Thompson not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 194(1861).' Type: Japan; n.v. [Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv (1859)] Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further investigation into this variation is warranted. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. * Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side;
Tribe Lactuceae 79 11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. Flowers most of the year. A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad vegetable in several countries. Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill (CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles ± smooth, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. Key to species Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red basal ly.1. R. tingitana
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 80-81".
Tribe Lactuceae 79 11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. Flowers most of the year. A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad vegetable in several countries. Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill (CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles ± smooth, uniform within a pappus. A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. Key to species Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red basal ly.1. R. tingitana
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
Tribe Anthemideae 43 2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; syn: n.v. Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens (Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 (NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate appearance. *Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, pale, woolly. Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers winter. It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted.
Tribe Lactuceae 63 A genus of three species from the Mediterranean region. A somewhat atypical member of tribe Lactuceae placed in a subtribe of its own by Bremer (1994). Leaves of Scolymus appear variegated due to the paler venation and marginal spines. Its fleshy roots have historically been eaten. Key to species Biennials or perennials; leaves decurrent for c. 1-4 cm but mostly not extending to leaf below; stems moderately coarse-woolly; hairs on ligule drying pale; long pappus bristles 2 or 3. l.S. Hispanic us Annuals; most leaves decurrent for > 4 cm and typically extending to or beyond the leaf below; stems ± glabrous; hairs on ligule drying dark; long pappus bristles absent.2. S. maculatus 1. * Scolymus hispanicus L., Sp. PL 2: 813 (1753) Type: Italy; n.v. Biennials or perennials to c. 0.9 m high, somewhat woolly on stems. Stem leaves deeply divided with segments spreading to antrorse, spiny; decurrent leaf-bases extending 1-4 cm down stem, mostly not extending to the leaf below, spiny; margin with scattered spinules. Capitula surrounded and exceeded by 3 or 4 foliaceous bracts 3-5 cm long, arising at base; involucre 10-15 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts with apex spinose and hyaline margin narrow; outer series 6-8 mm long; inner bracts 10-15 mm long; receptacular paleae ovate, c. 7 mm long, 5 mm wide, with apex erose. Florets: ligule 10-15 mm long; tube with pale hairs; style pubescence pale. Achenes 3-5 mm long, with faces obovate, yellowish-brown. Pappus a corona of minute scales and 2 or 3 long scabrid-barbellate bristles. Golden Thistle. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in central-eastern New South Wales in the Mudgee district, in far south-central New South Wales, and in central Victoria. A troublesome weed in Argentina, Chile and California, U.S.A. Grows in disturbed sites such as pastures and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. A noxious weed in Victoria. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Hill Plain, south Deniliquin, IVE.Mulham W822 (NSW). VICTORIA: c. 2-3 km NW from Werribee township, at Lollypop Ck, VStajsic 1302 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Terrick Tcrrick State Park, A.C.Beauglehole 82589 (MEL). 2. *Scolymus maculatus L., Sp. Pl. 2: 813 (1753) Type: Italy, Herb. Linn. 963.1; lecto: LINN,y?de C.Jeffrey, Regmim Peg. 127: 86(1993). Annuals to c. 1.0 m high, ± glabrous. Stem leaves deeply divided with segments spreading to antrorse, spiny; decurrent leaf-bases extending several to many cm down stem, extending to or beyond the leaf below, spiny; margin with scattered spinules. Capitula surrounded and exceeded by 3 or 4 foliaceous bracts 3-4 cm long arising at base; involucre c. 15 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts with apex spinose and hyaline margin narrow; outer series 5-10 mm long; receptacular paleae obovate, c. 6 mm long, 4 mm wide, with apex entire. Florets: ligule 10-15 mm long; tube with dark hairs; style pubescence pale. Achenes 2.5-4 mm long, with faces obovate, yellowish-brown. Pappus a corona of minute scales, with long bristles absent. Spotted Golden Thistle.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 62-63".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 63-64".
Tribe Lactuceae 95 alternately long with broad margin, short with narrow margin. Florets: ligule 8-12 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 8-15 mm long, glabrous, comprising two distinct portions; basal portion elliptic, c. 3-5 mm long, with pale prominent ribs, darker between ribs; apical portion narrower than basal portion, narrow obloid, c. 6-10 mm long, not tapered apically, pale purplish. Pappus 8-20 mm long, cream. Scorzonera. Notes : This species is included in Sect. Podospermum (DC.) Boiss. of Scorzonera based on its pinnatisect leaves and its achenes with a relatively large basal enlargement. A feature of this species is the massive taproot. Key to varieties Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly > 10; involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; outer bracts usually unspurred...var. laciniata Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly < 10; involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; outer bracts with a subapical spur.var. calcitrapifolia *Scorzonera laciniata L. var. laciniata Rachis of leafless than twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleat, 1-4 mm wide; lateral segments with l:w ratio mostly > 10. Involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely appressed-woolly at anthesis, unspurred or spur to 0.8 mm long. Achenes 8-12 mm long. Pappus c. 8-14 mm long. Notes : Native to Europe and western Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, with isolated records from western Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania around Tunbridge. Grows in disturbed or semi-intact native vegetation in heavy soils in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Flinders Ras, Walloway, ca. 10 km north of Orroroo, C.R.Alcock S394 (AD, CANB, MEL); Environs of Loxton, C.R.Alcock 6170 (AD). VICTORIA: Benjeroop State Forest, A.C.Beauglehole 83169 (MEL). TASMANIA: White Lagoon, L.Gilfedder 5 (HO). * Scorzonera laciniata var. calcitrapifolia (Vahl) Bisch. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 757 (1875) Scorzonera calcitrapifolia Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 87 (1791). Type: fc Legi passim in regno Tunetano’, [northern Africa]; n.v. Podospermum resedifolium DC., FI. Franc; . 3rd edn, 4: 61 (1805). Type: n.v., fide P.E.Boissier, loc. c/7. Rachis of leaves commonly at least twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleaf, 2-15 mm wide; lateral segments with a l:w ratio < 10; Involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely to densely appressed-woolly at anthesis, with outer and usually intermediate involucral bracts bearing a subapical spur to c. 2 mm long. Achenes 10-15 mm long. Pappus c. 12-20 mm long. Notes : Native to Europe and Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, north¬ western and central Victoria and south-western New South Wales, with an outlying
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 94-95".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 94-95".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 95-96".
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
80 Thompson Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- red basal ly.2. R . picroides 1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 2:220(1799). Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. [Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 (1957)] Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly late winter-early summer, also other times. Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Lactuceae 65 Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. *Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 122:285 (1977). Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural land. Flowers late spring-autumn. A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL).
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
48 Thompson Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- notched due to the large but thin wings. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 617(1917) Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth Cotula. Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to early summer. Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe (Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; n.v. Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Anthemideae 55 19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. Key to species 1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous apically. sess ^ s 1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) Type: n.v. Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , Bindyi. Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded
Tribe Anthemideae 55 19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. Key to species 1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous apically. sess ^ s 1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) Type: n.v. Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , Bindyi. Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 55-56".
Tribe Anthemideae 57 This species and S. stolonifera are members of subgenus Gymnostyles , and these two species differ most obviously from the two species of subgenus Soliva (S. sessilis and S. valdiviana) in having achenes with thickened transversely wrinkled margins and with long apical hairs. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 3.5 km downstream from Lock 6, Murray R., environs of Chowilla, C.R.Alcock 10313 (AD). QUEENSLAND: 28 km W of Bollon, H. I. As ton 2421 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Salt Caves Dam, Denbollie State Forest, J.R.Hosking 1894 (CANB. MEL, NSW); O’Briens Ck where crossed by Newell Hwy, c. 2.5 km SW of Narrabri, H.I.Aston 2414 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: near Murray R. 3 km S of Tocumwal P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 63962 (MEL). 4. *Soliva stolonifera (Brot.) R.Br. ex G.Don, in J.C.Loudon, Hort. Brit. 364 (1830) Hippia stolonifera Brot., FI Lusit. 1: 72 (1804). Type: n.v. Plants with few to scattered hairs to c. 0.3 mm long or ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with segments oblong or elliptic, entire or with 1 or 2 lobes. Capitulum 4-7 mm diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts 15-20, narrow-oblong to narrowly oblong-elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer florets numerous. Central florets: corolla c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam. Achenes (excl. spine) obovate in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.1-0.2 mm wide; wings/margins c. 0.6 mm wide, acute apically, thick, prominently transversely ridged; stylar spine 1-2 mm long. Notes : Occurs inland, from south-eastern Queensland, SSW through New South Wales to central Victoria. Grows in woodland, shrubland and E. camaldulensis forest. Flowers winter-spring. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Texas Lagoon, southern outskirts of Texas township, A.R.Bean 17919 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Peak Hill, between Dubbo and Parkes, H.I.Aston 2389 (HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: S of Glenluce Springs and Loddon R., 4 Nov. 1989, E.Perkins s.n. (MEL). Acknowledgements I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). References Aston, ILL (1982). New Victorian records: So/iva (Compositae). Victorian Naturalist 99: 190— 194. Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber Press: Oregon, p. 172. Bremer, K. and Humphries, C.J. (1993). Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. Bulletin of Natural History Museum London (Bot.) 23(2): 71-77. Corrick, M.G. and Fuhrer, B.A. (2000). IVild/lowers of Victoria. Bloomings Books: Hawthorn, p. 25. Webb, C.J. (1986). Variation in achene morphology and its implications for taxonomy in Soliva subgenus Soliva (Anthemideae, Asteraceae). New Zealand Journal of Botany 24: 665-669.
56 Thompson as conspecific with S. sessilis. The close similarities in achene morphology suggest that typical S. pterosperma (deeply notched wings) and typical S. sessilis (unnotched wings) are merely extremes in a continuum of variation of one species. However, all specimens of S. sessilis collected in Australia with the exception of a few from Melbourne, Victoria, have deeply notched wings near the base. A different opinion is formed regarding S. valdiviana which, on the basis of specimens seen from Australia, has a fundamentally dilferent achene morphology. Plants with achene morphology intermediate between this species and S. sessilis were identified by Webb, but these might reasonably be interpreted as hybrids between two species that have come unnaturally together. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2089 (CANB. MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Upper Waterfall Gully, c. 11.5 km ESE of Adelaide, Hj.Eichler 18905 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Tozer Gully, Cootharaba Rd, Gympi Q.A.R.Bean 17041 (BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barraba, Sept. 1929, FA.Rodway (NSW). VICTORIA: Strathmcrton, H.l.Aston 2354 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Cloudy Bay Lagoon, South Bruny Is., A.XIBuchanan 4547 (HO). 2. *Soliva valdiviana Phil., Linnaea 33: 168 (1864) Type: province of Valdivia, Chile; n.v. Vegetatively similar to S. sessilis ; achenes glabrous, without wings, often purple at maturity. Notes: Occurs in Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Recorded from lawns. Flowers most times of year. This species is uncertainly naturalised. Its achene morphology is quite distinct from that of S. sessilis q.v ., and this treatment follows the view of Aston (1982) who recognised this species as distinct. Further collections are desirable to help characterise any further morphological differences between this species and S. sessilis. According to Aston (per voucher H.l.Aston 2150 MEL), the leaves of this species are a deeper green than in S. sessilis. Representative specimens: VICTORIA: Queen Victoria Gardens, between St Kilda Rd and the Moral Clock, H.l.Aston 2150 (CANB, HO, MEL); beside Camberwell Town Hall, Camberwell, H.l.Aston 2231 (MEL). TASMANIA: Rose Bay, 21 Dec. 1981, R.B.Pears (MEL). 3. *Soliva anthemifolia (Juss.) Sweet, Hort. Brit. 243 (1827) Gymnostyles anthemifolia Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61, fig. 1 (1804). Type: n.v. Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 13 cm long, 2- or 3- pinnatisect, with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline. Capitulum 5-12 mm diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts numerous, narrow-oblong to narrow oblong- elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer florets up to c. 100. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes (excl. spine) obovate in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.5 mm wide; wings/margins c. 0.6 mm wide, plane, entire, obtuse to rounded apically, thick, prominently transversely ridged; stylar spine c. 2-3.5 mm long. Notes: Occurs inland, from Didcot in south-eastern Queensland SSW to northern Victoria, and further west to far south-eastern South Australia. Grows in loam and sandy- loam in lawns and on margins of watercourses in woodland. Flowers winter-spring.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 75-79".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 76-77".
74 Thompson Mannum, C.RMcock 11104 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Coolmunda dam, 16 km west of Inglewood, G.N.Batianoff 2010400 & C.Appelman (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Sinclairs Lookout, 14.4 km west of Glen Innes, CJ.Dunn 41, J.Plat & R.Coveny (BRI, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Coffins Crossing of Molonglo R., 3.6 km SSW of Cook P.O., R.Coveny 11581 & P.Hind(C ANB, NSW). VICTORIA: Murray R. 3 km SW of Tocumwal P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 63986 (MEL). TASMANIA: roadside, Sandy Bay, 2 May 1958, W.M.Curtis (HO). 9. SONCHUS L., Sp. PL 2: 793 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching, sometimes glaucous. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, not hardening, reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligules yellow (in Australia). Achenes homomorphic, moderately to strongly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, partially persistent; bristles nearly smooth or scabridulous, of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 55 species mainly from Africa, but virtually cosmopolitan. Species in Australia have succulent hollow stems and are nearly glabrous or they develop distinctive spreading gland-tipped hairs on upper stems, branches, peduncles and the involucre. A fine caducous wool is sometimes also present on the receptacle. Denticulations and teeth on leaf margins are spine-tipped and sometimes prickly. The multiseriate involucre comprises 25-45 bracts in several gradational series with the longer intermediate bracts almost as long as the inner bracts. Before and at the onset of anthesis the involucre is cylindrical but it soon becomes markedly conical as the receptacle expands and achenes enlarge proximally and the involucre closes on the withered corollas distally. Pappus bristles in Australian species are white and of two types within a pappus, comprising an inner series of several caducous scabridulous bristles and an outer series of numerous persistent downy hair-like bristles. Sonchus arvensis , a native of Europe, is a rhizomatous perennial with elliptic, transversely rugose achenes. It was collected at Clare in the northern Mt Lofty Ranges, South Australia in I960, but there is no evidence to suggest that it has become naturalised. Key to species 1 Perennial, rhizomatous; achenes elliptic and transversely rugose. S. arvensis (see notes above) 1: Annuals or biennial, not rhizomatous; achenes not both elliptic and transversely rugose 2 Achenes ± oblanceolate, 0.5-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio > 3, weakly to strongly tranversely wrinkled; leaf-margin with few to numerous denticulations or teeth with spiny tips to c. 1 mm long, or margin entire, generally not prickly; auricles commonly sagittate, sometimes downcurved but not rotated . 1 . S, oleraceus 2: Achenes elliptic or slightly obovate, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, with l:w ratio < 3, without transverse wrinkles; leaf-margin with numerous denticulations or teeth with spiny tips to c. 5 mm long, prickly or not; auricles rounded, generally strongly rotated 3 Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio 1.5—5(—8); achenes ± elliptic 2.0-3.2 mm long, central ones orange-brown and marginal ones pale yellow.2. S. asper 3: Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio 3-10; achenes oblong-elliptic, 2.8-4.2 mm long, usually all mid to dark chocolate-brown.3. S. hydropltilus
Tribe Lactuceae 75 1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). [Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998)
Tribe Lactuceae 75 1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). [Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998)
Tribe Lactuceae 75 1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). [Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998)
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
Tribe Anthemideae 35 Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in eastern New South Wales and Tasmania. A widespread weed in North America, South Africa and New Zealand. Grows in disturbed areas near human habitation. Flowers summer. The paleae are distinctly broader than those of A cotula and compared to Chamaemelum nobile the paleae have a more acute apex and are relatively longer. The variation in achene diameter is unusual. In the absence of fruit and odour characters, A. arvensis and A. cotula are best distinguished by size of florets, indumentum of peduncles and the length of hyaline extensions of the inner involucral bracts. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Bannaby Travelling Stock Reserve, 12.5 km directly ESE ofTaralga, /. Crawford 5228 (CANB, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, 7 Feb. 1945, WMCurtis (HO). 3. * A nthe mis cotula L., Sp. PL 2: 894 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, strongly odorous on crushing, usually sparsely to moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle with an untidy indumentum of mainly divergent to spreading hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 4-5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; paleae arising only from distal half of receptacle, linear to linear lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 mm wide. Ray florets 10-15, sterile; ligule 5-9 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2-3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, ± terete, usually tuberculate along ribs, sometimes nearly smooth. Pappus absent. Stinking Mayweed. Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and Tasmania. There is also a single old record from Western Australia. Grows in disturbed environments such as agricultural land and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. Anthemis cotula has been confused with Tripleurospenmtm maritimum subsp. inodorwn q.v. which, apart from its distinctive fruits, differs in having a broader and more gently convex disc, longer involucral bracts, more sparsely haired peduncle, and in being epaleate. Chamaemelum nobile has similar-looking capitula to A. cotula but the former is a rhizomatous perennial, its leaves have a higher lengtlv.width ratio, its involucral bracts are more lustrous and less hairy, and its achenes have three fine ribs rather than c. 10 tuberculate ribs. A specimen from Woolnorth in far north-western Tasmania. (A.C.Rozefelds 1307 HO) resembling A. cotula has achenes that are not tuberculate and the corolla is differently shaped, and with longer lobes. It is uncertainly identified as A. lithuanica Bess ex DC., native to Russia. It is unknown whether it persists at this location. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mumballup, 21 Jan. 1933, K. Wilson (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Hundred of Comaum, Coonawarra area, M.Gartner 7754 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Gallon, Nov. 1916, E.WBurch (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Tawarri’, 12 km from Orange on Pinnacle Rd, R.Medd 160383 (NSW). VICTORIA: between Wodonga and Albury, 1.3 km SSW of Murray R., LC.Clarke 3038 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Gilbertson’s abattoirs, Longford, D.I.Morris 85/6 (HO, MEL). 8. ARGYRANTHEMUM Webb ex Sch.Bip., in Webb & Berth., Phyt. Canar. 2: 245 (1844) Shrubs and subshrubs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length;
Tribe Anthemideae 53 Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is sometimes lobed. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, , L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis ‘ (HO). 2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 (1987) Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867).
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
52 Thompson 18. LEPTINELLA Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 127 (1822) Perennial herbs, prostrate. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets 2-4- seriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. A genus of c. 33 species, mostly from New Guinea, Australia, New Zealand and South America. A genus characterised by stoloniferous growth, outer florets in a few series, more numerous than the disc florets and with an inflated macroscopic corolla, and by functionally male disc florets with an unbranched style. There are four species in Australia, all endemic. Roots are fleshy and outer florets are female. Leptinella maniototo , native to NZ, has been recorded from a bowling green in Parndana, Kangaroo Is., South Australia, but is not considered naturalised. It has entire leaves or 1-pinnatisect leaves with very short pinnae. Two further collections from southern Tasmania, from Turua Beach in far south-east Tasmania ( A.M.Buchanan 9721 HO) and from Ummarrah Ck (A.M.Buchanan 7910 HO) in the far south, may represent two further species of Leptinella from New Zealand. The identity of these collections requires further investigation. Key to species 1 Leaves 1 -pinnatisect, dilating gradually to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively short and stout at anthesis (length: diam. ratio < 40); achenes oblong-elliptic, with persistent corolla taller than broad.1. L.filicula 1: Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect, dilating abruptly to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively long and slender at anthesis (length: diam. ratio > 40); achenes obovate, with persistent corolla broader than tall 2 Leaves once-pinnatisect to sub-bipinnatisect with secondary segments usually only arising in middle to distal third; achenes 2-3 mm long.4. L. longipes 2: Leaves bi- or tripinnatisect, with secondary pinnae arising in proximal thirds as well as middle and distal thirds; achenes 1.5-2 mm long 3 Stems transiently villous, soon glabrescent.2. L . replans 3: Stems persistently densely villous.3. L. driimmondii 1. Leptinellafilicula (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856) Symphyomera filicula Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 116 (1847); Cotula filicula (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). Type: n.v. Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2—4, 1-pinnatisect, gradually dilating basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; primary segments ± restricted to distal half, mostly c. elliptic, sometimes lobed. Capitula 3-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 3 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.8 mm diam., villous. Involucral bracts c. 10-20, broad-elliptic or slightly obovate, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, usually hairy. Outer florets with corolla longer than broad. Central florets several; corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. corolla) 1.5-2 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, with faces oblong-elliptic, brown with a pale margin. Mountain Cotula. Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Barrington Tops in central-eastern New South Wales SSW to eastern Victoria, and in central Tasmania. Grows in wet forest. Flowers summer-autumn.
26 Thompson Perennials to c. 40 cm high, ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 cm long; rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips commonly 0.3-0.5 mm long; primary segments up to 5 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 25-40 mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long. Involucre 7-9 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts 2-4 mm long, with a hyaline extension 2-4 mm long, glabrous; inner series of bracts with a hyaline extension; paleae narrow-oblong, c. 5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with a rotund hyaline apical extension, pale to golden. Ray florets 15-25, neuter; ligulec. 15 mm long, orange adaxially (dryingyellow). Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and narrower than limb; lobes c. 0.6 mm long, purplish. Achenes obovoid, c. 3 mm long, glabrous, pale or reddish, without a basal tuft of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising an outer series of 5 ovate spreading scales c. 4 mm long white with a pale baso-medial patch and an inner series of 5 filiform scales. Notes : Native to southern Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-western Western Australia, but also established in Stockton, eastern New South Wales. There are old records from Melbourne, Victoria, but populations do not appear to have persisted. Grows in grey or white sand, and has been recorded from woodland. Flowers spring. The name U. chrysanthemoides was incorrectly applied to specimens of U. speciosa collected in New South Wales. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 km E of Hamelin Bay, GJ.Keighery 9201 (PERTH); East Katanning, 21 Sept. 1958, A.Browne (PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside “Stanley Park’, Fullerton Cove Rd, J.R.Hosking 2531 & G.C.Pritchard (C ANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Coode Is., Oct. 1908, JR. Tovey & C. French Jr (MEL). 2. TANACETUM L., Sp. PL 2: 843 (1753) Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula several to numerous per stem, radiate or disciform; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± quadrangular, regularly 5-12-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. Species in Australia are rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, with weakly keeled involucral bracts, with linear peduncular bracts, and with achenes bearing a minute corona. Tcmacetum ptarmiciflorum (Webb & Berthel.) Sch.Bip., a popular horticultural species from the Canary Is. with distinctive lacy loliage and white ligules, has been recorded from a roadside near Rhynie in far south-eastern Australia (R.Bates 14151 AD), and T. cinerariifolium (Trevir.) Sch.Bip. has been recorded from a roadside in north¬ eastern Tasmania. Neither are considered naturalised. The latter is cultivated in some parts of the world to obtain pyrethrum, a natural insecticide. Key to species 1 Leaves grey 2 Capitula several per inflorescence. T ptarmiciflorum (see notes above) 2: Capitula solitary. T. cinerariifolium (see notes above) 1: Leaves green 3 Leaves with 10-20 primary segments per side; ligules lacking.2. T. vulgare 3: Leaves with 3-7 primary lobes/segments per side; ligules present.I j parthenium
Tribe Anthemideae 27 1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). Type: Europe; n.v . Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. Feverfew. Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but these have not been recorded in Australia. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 127: 92(1993) T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. [T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it.
44 Thompson Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid (in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian species formerly placed in Pentzia . Key to species Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm diam.1. O. stiffruticosum Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.2. O. pitulifertint 1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. & Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers summer. A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded in Australia. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 27-28".
Tribe Lactuceae 69 SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader than 0.75 mm. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). Type: n.v. Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic,
Tribe Lactuceae 83 involucre 5-8 mm long; bracts with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs, with stellate hairs few or absent; outer bracts 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long, orange, drying purplish; style pubescence dark. Achenes obloid-obovoid, 1.5-2 mm long, with prominent ribs terminating distally as a projection, purplish. Pappus uniseriate, 4-6 mm long, white; bristles brittle, mostly of similar length. Orange Haxvkweed. Notes: Native to northern and central Europe. Occurs in eastern Victoria around Falls Creek and in southern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments at alpine and lower altitudes. Flowers summer. The type subspecies has a longer involucre and does not develop the long, leafy stolons of subsp. carpathicola. Representative specimens : VICTORIA: c. 50 m east of P.O., Falls Ck, J.R.Hosking 1829 (CANB, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Old Village, Butlers Gorge, 23 Jan. 1963, P.A.Tyler (HO); Waddamana Rd near Shannon R. Bridge, 18 Dec. 1989, RJ.Fensham (HO). 15. TOLPIS Adans., Fam. FI. 2: 112 (1763) Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts ± biseriate; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or purplish-brown. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and scales, persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 20 species from the Mediterranean region. South Africa and America. Apart from characters given in the key to genera, the two species of To/pis in Australia are characterised by being much taller than broad, and with inflorescences where the overtopping of the primary or medial capitulum by the lateral capitula is very marked. Key to species Outer involucral bracts longer than the inner bracts, divergent; ligules at least partly purple; pappus with 0 (marginal achenes), 2 or 4 bristles.1. T. barbata Outer involucral bracts shorter than the inner bracts, appressed; ligules all yellow (drying greenish); pappus with c. 8 bristles in all achenes.2. I virgata 1. * To/pis barbata (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. PI. 2: 372 (1791) Crepis barbata L., Sp. Pl. 2: 805 (1753). Type: ‘Habitat in Monspelii, Vesuvii, Siciliae, Messanae’, western Europe; n.v. Tolpis umbellata Bertol., Par. Lig. [Ital.J PL 1: 13 (1803). Type: ‘Repitur Sarzanae ad viarum margines circa S. Francisci coenobium; turn in collibus dictis sarzanello, & Montedarmd.', Italy, coll, unknown ; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with appressed-cobwebby or woolly indumentum on stems and capitula, glabrescent, with sparse to dense septate hairs on leaves, or leaves ± glabrous. Basal leaves often persistent at anthesis, to c. 11 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 4, undivided or lobate with lobes antrorse; base attenuate; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 1-4, becoming somewhat narrower upwards, with base attenuate. Capitula 2-7; peduncle of primary capitulum to c. 3 cm long, c. I mm diam.; peduncle of lateral capitula to 12 cm long, mostly c. 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; involucre 8-10 mm long, c. 2-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 15-25, linear, 8-10 mm long, setaceous; inner bracts c. 16-22, c. 5 mm long, with midrib often developing tubercles, with hyaline margin distinct
84 Thompson and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow Hawkweed. Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery & N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, present in all achenes. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical variety or subspecies. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH).
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 83-84".
84 Thompson and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow Hawkweed. Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery & N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba (CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, present in all achenes. Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical variety or subspecies. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH).
88 Thompson Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 (1795) Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). Type: Spain; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and taper into a scabridulous beak. This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. Key to species 1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series
98 Thompson anthesis by the pappus of its marginal achenes. It is typically more branched than T. porrifolius and T. dubius. Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: P.Smyth’s property, Salter Springs, 6 Jan. 1987, JAlannay (AD); northern approach to Wasley, Northern Lofty, 17 Nov. 1994, D.McQuinn s.n. (AD). 3. *Tragopogon dubius Scop., FI. Carniol. 2nd edn, 2: 95 (1772) Type: ‘Habitat circa Tergestum, et Schenoschetz’ [central Europe]; n.v. Annuals or biennials to c. 0.8 m high, newer growth transiently woolly, not glaucous. Capitula with a region of caducous wool at the very base, with a minute stubble persisting; involucre c. 25-35 mm long, increasing to up to 60 mm long at maturity, c. 6-12 mm diam.; bracts mostly 8-12, with hyaline margin vestigial or distinct proximally in alternate bracts, not becoming hardened, finally reflexed. Florets: ligule c. half as long as bracts, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes 25-35 mm long, homomorphic except for rib ornamentation; body fusiform, 10-15 mm long, light to mid brown, with coarse tubercles on ribs, with tubercle size reducing inwards, with transition into beak gradual; beak slightly longer than body, with a sub-terminal dilation 0.5-1 mm long. Pappus 25- 35 mm long, cream, or grey-cream, homomorphic. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern New South Wales with isolated records from far north-eastern New South Wales and eastern Victoria near Orbost. Grows in loam or clay soils in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring- summer. Although the distinctive wool at the base of the capitulum tends to be lost after anthesis, close inspection usually reveals a persistent stubble of hair bases. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Cooma, Mar. 1963, M.Gray s.n. (AD. CANB); Warri Bridge Reserve. Shoalhaven R., c. 12.5 km NNW of Braidwood, B.J.Lepschi 928 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Grounds of Australian National Herbarium, CSIRO Black Mtn Site, B.J.Lepschi 3940 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA: Orbost region. Delegate R., 12 Jan. 1987, D.Allan (CANB, MEL). Acknowledgements I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). References Boulos, L. (1976). Sonchus , Flora Europaea 4: 165. Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber press: Oregon, p. 172. Cooke, D.A. (1986). Sonchus , Flora of South Australia 4th edn. 3: 1654. Costin, A.B., Gray, M.D., Totterdell, C, and Wimbush, D. (2000). Kosciuszko Alpine Flora , 2nd edn. CSIRO publishing: Collingwood, pp. 354-355. Everist, S.L. (1981). Poisonous Plant in Australia, rev. edn (Australian National Science Library). Angus & Robertson, p. 175. Holzapfel, S. (1994). A revision of the genus Picris (Asteraceae, Lactuceae) s.l. in Australia. Willdenowia 24: 97-218.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 97-98".
96 Thompson collection from the Liverpool plains in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in disturbed or near intact sites, in loam or clay soils in grassland or woodland. Flowers spring. Distinguished from the typical variety by its broader leaf segments, longer capitula and fruit, and the subapical spur on its involucral bracts. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Wolseley, R.J.Dates 25997 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barham, 13 Oct. 1949,./. W. Vickery (NSW); alongside road between Premer and Colly Blue, Liverpool Plains, J.R.Hosking 1929 (CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Eynesbury Estate, about 8 km south from Melton P.O., V.Stajsic 605 (MEL); Cocklin Ave, Red Cliffs, J.H.Browne 937 (MEL). 23. TRAGOPOGON L., Sp. PI. 2: 789 (1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching or not. Hairs simple, eglandular or lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or purple. Achenes homomorphic or slightly dimorphic in terms of ornamentation of the body, not compressed, beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent, homomorphic, or in T. hybricius dimorphic, bristles plumose or rarely scabridulous, sometimes slightly dimorphic within a pappus. A genus ofc. 50 species from temperate Europe, Asia and Africa. Distinctive features of this genus include the linear, entire, sheathing leaves with parallel venation and the solitary capitula lacking outer and intermediate involucral bracts borne on long distally dilated peduncles. The pappus is biseriatc and the inner series typically comprises longer bristles that are distally non-plumose. Tragopogon brevirostris subsp. longifolius (Heldr. & Sart. ex Boiss.) I.Richardson has been collected from a roadside on the road to Ironbark near Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia (R.Bates 52318 AD, MEL). There is currently no indication that it has become naturalised. The capitula and achenes of this taxon are considerably smaller than in the three naturalised species. Key to species 1 Capitula glabrous; ligules pinkish or purplish 2 Biennials to 1.3 m high, not or sparingly branched; ligules as long as bracts or nearly so; pappus of all achenes with numerous plumose bristles ... 1 . T. porrifolius 2: Annuals to 0.5 m high, typically branching; ligules much shorter than bracts; pappus of outer achenes comprising 5 unequal rigid non-plumose bristles; pappus of inner achenes with more numerous plumose bristles.2. T. hybridus 1: Capitula or base of capitula woolly, sometimes somewhat transiently; ligules yellow 3 Mature involucre > 20 mm long, with wool developed only at very base; ligules much shorter than bracts; achenes > 20 mm long, with beak c. as long as body.3. T dubius 3: Mature involucre < 20 mm long, woolly; ligules longer than bracts; achenes < 20 mm long, with beak shorter than body. T brevirostris (sec notes above)
Tribe Lactuceae
87
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB,
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ±
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA:
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO).
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777)
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline.
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed,
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus.
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins.
Key to species
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275
(1795)
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL
3:1496(1803).
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v.
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts,
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent;
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long,
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall,
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak;
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a
unit, white. False Hawkbit .
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland,
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring.
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar
achenial morphology.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 41-42".
Tribe Anthemideae 41 Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum (Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern Victoria. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson (NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. Pappus present. A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with distinctive achenial features. *Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 760 (2002) Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 47: 364(1998). Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers mostly spring-summer. A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative
88 Thompson Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 (1795) Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). Type: Spain; n.v. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and taper into a scabridulous beak. This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. Key to species 1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 87-88".
Tribe Lactuceae
87
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB,
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ±
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA:
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO).
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777)
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline.
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed,
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus.
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins.
Key to species
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275
(1795)
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL
3:1496(1803).
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v.
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts,
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent;
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long,
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall,
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak;
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a
unit, white. False Hawkbit .
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland,
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring.
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar
achenial morphology.
Tribe Anthemideae 25 A genus of 38 species mainly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Botswana and Ethiopia. Features unique to this genus compared to other Anthemideae in Australia include the cylindrical receptacular paleae, the long hairs arising from the base of the achenes, and the pappus morphology. The margin of the outer and middle series of involucral bracts is conspicuously pigmented. Key to species Annuals; apex of outermost involucral bracts with hyaline extension not or hardly developed, usually hairy; paleae truncate, without any extension; achenes narrow- obloid, 5-8 mm long with a pappus of 5 broad scales only, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs.1. U. anthemoides Perennials; apex of outermost involucral bracts with a hyaline extension c. 2 mm long, ± glabrous; paleae with a rotund apical extension; achenes obconical, c. 3 mm long, with a pappus of 5 broad scales and 5 setaceous scales, without a basal tuft of capillary hairs.2. U. speciosa 1. *Ursinia anthemoides (L.) Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet de Lamarck, EncycL 8: 257 (1808) Arc tot is anthemoides L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 330 (1763). Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1036.22; holo: LINN n.v.,fide M.Prassler, op. cit. 429. Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, sparsely or sometimes moderately hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips if present c. 0.1 mm long; primary segments up to 10 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 12-25 mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long, sparsely hairy or glabrous at anthesis. Involucre 5-8 mm long, patchily cobwebby; outer series of bracts c. 2 mm long, without a hyaline extension, hairy distally; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae narrow-oblong, c. 10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, truncate apically, golden-brown. Ray florets 7-12, neuter; ligule c. 5-15 mm long, orange or yellow adaxially (pale when dried). Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and much narrower than limb; lobes c. 0.3 mm long, usually purplish. Achenes narrow-obloid, 5-8 mm long, glabrous, pale or dark, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising 5 ovate spreading scales, c. 4 mm long, white with a triangular brown or purple patch baso-medially. Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides and wasteland on a variety of soils. Flowers Aug.-Sept. The subsp. in Western Australia, is subsp. anthemoides. Subsp. versicolor (DC.) Prassler has capitula with ligules that are longer and with a dark basal patch. Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Graham Rock, c. 18 km E of Hyden, E.N.S.Jackson 3393 (AD, PERTH); 26 km S ofYalingup on Caves Rd, N.&Lander 1192 (PERTH); NE foot of Peak Charles, Fizgerald Peaks, Roc district, J.Taylor 702 , M.D.Crisp & RJackson (CANB, MEL). 2. *Ursinia speciosa DC., Prodr. 5: 690 (1836) Type: Locality unknown, Southern Africa, Drege 6368 ; lecto: G ,fide M.Prassler, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 6: 462 (1967). [U. chrysanthemoides auct. non (Less.) Harv. (1865): J.R.Tovey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 22(1): 25 (1907); S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 87 (1981)]
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 24-25".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 25-26".
50
Thompson
N of Bunbury, B.LTurner 5485 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: top of cliffed dune terrace, near
playschool, Stockton, P.C.Heyligers 98010 (MEL, NSW).
5. *Cotiil(i coronopifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 892 (1753)
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v.
Cotula integrifolia Hook.f., FI Tasman. 1: 192 (1856), nom. illeg. non Burch (1822).
Type: Locality unknown, R.C.Gunn 1153 ; n.v.
Perennials to c. 30 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, acutely lobate or 1-
pinnatisect, rarely entire with l:w ratio up to 8, or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 5-12
mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, 0.3-1.0 mm broad (pressed specimens), not
obconical distally. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts narrow-ovate or oblong,
3-5 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, c. 1-seriate, with pedicels
1-1.8 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels longer than broad; corolla c. 1
mm long, with limb bright yellow. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces broad-
oblong, papillose on inner face, with spongy wing c. as broad as body; achenes of central
florets c. 1.3 mm long, c. oblong, papillose on inner face. Water-buttons.
Notes: Native to South Africa. Widespread in southern Australia and occurring in all
states. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in damp or wet places in both saline and
fresh water. Flowers mainly winter-spring.
More succulent than other species of Cotula in Australia. Grows in shallow water or
mud and stems readily take root at nodes. There has been some conjecture about whether
this species is native based on the number and extent of early records in Australia. Rarely,
depauperate specimens may have entire leaves less than 1 mm wide. These plants can be
distinguished from C. vulgaris and C. cotuloides vegetatively because they are glabrous.
A dwarf form occurs on islands in southern Western Australia with smaller leaves with
more crowded lobation. Further investigation may be warranted to determine whether
these differences are purely ecological. A probable hybrid between C. coronopifolia and
C. australis has been recorded from Mt Chappell Is., in Bass Strait ( J.S.Whinrav 223
CANB).
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km N
of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5929 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: The Big Point, Bool
Lagoon, J.Z.Weber 7553 (AD. CANB). QUEENSLAND: Claverton Stn, 20 km S of Wyandra,
3 Sept. 1996, S.Moffat (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Jerseyville, Trial Bay, near Arakoon,
P.Martensz Q185 (NSW). VICTORIA: Point Wilson, Sperm Whale Head, T.B.Muir 2273 (MEL).
TASMANIA: Ocean Beach, 5 km W of Strahan, A.E.Orchard5929 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW);
Whites Valley, Hamilton, A.M.Buchanan 13679 {WO).
6. *Cotula bipinnata Thunb., Frock PI. Cap. 162 (1800)
Type: not designated.
Annuals to c. 40 cm high. Stems glabrous or with occasional appressed to spreading
hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, or uppermost leaves sometimes entire,
sparsely hairy or glabrous. Capitulum 6-8 mm diam.; peduncle 0.5-2 (-3) cm long, c. 0.3
mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, sparsely hirsute at anthesis,
with hairs antrorse to spreading. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts oblong-ovate or
oblong, 2—3 mm long, with apex rounded to truncate. Outer florets up to c. 10, 1-seriate,
or absent, with pedicels c. 1 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels much
longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets
Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 5 measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior descriptions. DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions for the particular species concerned. Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. - 45 - 40 _ 35 _ 30 - 25 _ 20 _ 15 _ 10 _ 5 L 0
42 Thompson lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and Chamaemelum nobile. The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins (CANB). 13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated adaxially. Pappus present. A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral bracts and in achenes. Key to species Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO).
Tribe Anthemideae 31 Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray (CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for these difficult specimens. Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; n. v. Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm
34 Thompson conical and the paleae have a peracute or spine-like apex. Involucral bracts are not keeled as in species of Oncosiphon and Tanacetum , and the margin is not pigmented brown as in species of Tripleurospermum and Maurcmthemum. Key to species 1 Ligules yellow; pappus a small corona.1 .A. tinctoria 1: Ligules white; pappus absent 2 Plant hardly odorous when crushed; capitula (15-) 20-35 mm diam.; peduncle with hairs largely appressed; involucre 4-6.5 mm long, with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.5-1 mm wide, arising throughout; achcnes 1-2 mm diam., with ribs smooth; ray florets fertile..2. A. arvensis 2: Plant strongly odorous when crushed; capitula 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle with hairs somewhat untidily arranged; involucre c. 4 mm long, with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.3-0.7 mm wide, only associated with inner group of disc florets and arising only from upper half of receptacular cone; achene of disc florets c. 0.8 mm diam., with ribs tuberculate; ray florets sterile.3 .A. cotula 1. *Antliemis tinctoria L., Sp. Pl. 2: 894 (1753) Type: ‘Sueciae, Germaniae’ [approximately modem Sweden and Germany]; n.v. Biennial to perennial herbs to c. 60 cm high, with odour not known, moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 20-40 mm diam.; peduncle with appressed hairs at anthesis. Involucre 5-6 mm long, densely hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; paleae subtending all florets, narrow-lanceolate, c. I mm wide. Ray florets c. 15, female; ligule c. 10 mm long, golden-yellow. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long. Pappus a membranous corona. Yellow Chamomile. Notes'. Native to Europe and western to central Asia. Isolated records from south¬ eastern South Australia and northern Tasmania. Also naturalised in North America. Flowers summer-autumn. A popular species in horticulture that appears to be only weakly naturalised. The source of Chamomile tea and used as a source of yellow dye. There are several subspecies of A. tinctoria. Collections in Australia may be referrable to subsp. australis R.R.Fern., but this requires further investigation. Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: E of Tanunda, R.J.Bates 29571 (AD). TASMANIA: Launceston, Mar. 1961, J.Somerville (HO). 2. *Anthemis arvensis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753) Type: Europe; n.v. Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, hardly odorous on crushing, sparsely to moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, sub-2 to 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 25-35 mm diam.; peduncle with largely appressed hairs distally at anthesis, ± sericeous when dense. Involucre 4-6.5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae associated with all disc florets, narrow-elliptic, to 0.5-1 mm wide. Ray florets 15-20, fertile; ligules 8-16 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, c. 2 mm long, commonly c. 1 mm diam., sometimes c. 2 mm diam., slightly 4-angled, smooth along ribs. Pappus absent or a vestigial ring. Field Chamomile.
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 69-70".
70 Thompson not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 194(1861).' Type: Japan; n.v. [Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv (1859)] Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further investigation into this variation is warranted. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. * Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side;
70 Thompson not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 194(1861).' Type: Japan; n.v. [Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv (1859)] Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further investigation into this variation is warranted. Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. * Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side;
Three new species of Acacia. extending along an approximate north-east to south-west line on a rocky slope near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The three new taxa share a dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the three new taxa. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996a, 2001a) notes that a "slow- growing dwarf variant" of A. boormanii occurs on high rocky ground at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia infecunda Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. boormanii (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the apparent infecund nature of the species compared to the closely related A. boormanii. Recommended English name: Famine Wattle 2. Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. Ab A. pravissima phyllodiis et inflorescentibus minoribus, plerumque habitu minoribus e fructibus non evolutis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Road, 27.viii.1993, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (holo: MEL 2312470; iso: AD, BRI, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 40-60 (-100) cm high, 25-40 cm wide, extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 3-8 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, strongly inequilateral, generally obdeltate, with the adaxial margin conspicuously rounded, grey-green, glabrous, imperfectly two-nerved, anastomosing nerves absent, adaxial width greater than abaxial width; gland prominent, (1.6-) 2.3-3.7 (-4.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence, racemose, flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 12-27 (-60) mm long, racemes of (8-) 6-10 heads. Peduncles 2-4 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 7-9 flowers per head, golden, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, Wulgulmerang, 11 ,i,1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n.: MEL 544638 (as Acacia pravissima); Little River, Black Mountain, 13.L1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n. (as Acacia pravissima); Little River at Rockbank, Wulgulmerang, 'very localised', 29.xi.1962, J.H. Willis s.n.: MEL 1500988 (as Acacia pravissima ); Wulgulmerang, Little River, 15.L1971, A.C. Beauglehole: MEL 563409; Cultivated at Dixons Creek, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 252761; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, c. 5.5 km west of Wulgulmerang-Suggan Buggan Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545132; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, 22.ix.1990, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587015. Distribution: Acacia nanopravissima is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, a tributary of Little River, near Benambra-Limestone Road, with one small isolated stand of five plants on either side of Little River, east of the Splitters Creek subpopulation and east of the Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than two genetic individuals or genets, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which Muelleria 53
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(1): 52-53".
Three new species of Acacia. are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. pravissima. Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 (-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' [4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek was so named for the activities of timber workers who cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle Discussion While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. Muelleria 55
Three new species of Acacia. extending along an approximate north-east to south-west line on a rocky slope near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The three new taxa share a dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the three new taxa. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996a, 2001a) notes that a "slow- growing dwarf variant" of A. boormanii occurs on high rocky ground at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia infecunda Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. boormanii (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the apparent infecund nature of the species compared to the closely related A. boormanii. Recommended English name: Famine Wattle 2. Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. Ab A. pravissima phyllodiis et inflorescentibus minoribus, plerumque habitu minoribus e fructibus non evolutis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Road, 27.viii.1993, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (holo: MEL 2312470; iso: AD, BRI, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 40-60 (-100) cm high, 25-40 cm wide, extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 3-8 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, strongly inequilateral, generally obdeltate, with the adaxial margin conspicuously rounded, grey-green, glabrous, imperfectly two-nerved, anastomosing nerves absent, adaxial width greater than abaxial width; gland prominent, (1.6-) 2.3-3.7 (-4.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence, racemose, flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 12-27 (-60) mm long, racemes of (8-) 6-10 heads. Peduncles 2-4 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 7-9 flowers per head, golden, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, Wulgulmerang, 11 ,i,1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n.: MEL 544638 (as Acacia pravissima); Little River, Black Mountain, 13.L1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n. (as Acacia pravissima); Little River at Rockbank, Wulgulmerang, 'very localised', 29.xi.1962, J.H. Willis s.n.: MEL 1500988 (as Acacia pravissima ); Wulgulmerang, Little River, 15.L1971, A.C. Beauglehole: MEL 563409; Cultivated at Dixons Creek, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 252761; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, c. 5.5 km west of Wulgulmerang-Suggan Buggan Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545132; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, 22.ix.1990, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587015. Distribution: Acacia nanopravissima is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, a tributary of Little River, near Benambra-Limestone Road, with one small isolated stand of five plants on either side of Little River, east of the Splitters Creek subpopulation and east of the Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than two genetic individuals or genets, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which Muelleria 53
Three new species of Acacia. are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. pravissima. Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 (-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' [4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek was so named for the activities of timber workers who cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle Discussion While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. Muelleria 55
Three new species of Acacia. are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. pravissima. Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 (-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' [4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek was so named for the activities of timber workers who cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle Discussion While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. Muelleria 55
A new combination in Gentianella for the Australian species Chionogentias demissa a. 235 ^ David Glenny Allan Herbarium, Landcare Research, PO Box 40, Lincoln 7640, New Zealand; e-mail; glennyd@landcareresearch.co.nz Note Glenny (2004, p 518-519) made combinations in Gentianella for Australian species whose basionyms were in Gentiana or Chionogentias. Unfortunately one species was not included and a combination for this species is made here: Gentianella demissa (L.G.Adams) Glenny comb. nov. Basionym: Chionogentias demissa L.G.Adams, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8, 960 (1995). Acknowledgment I thank Alex Buchanan of the Tasmanian Herbarium for pointing out the omission. References Adams, L. G. (1995). Chionogentias (Gentianaceae), a new generic name for the Australasian'snow-gentians; and a revision of the Australian species. Australian Systematic Botany 8,935-1011. Glenny, D. (2004). A revision of the genus Gentianella in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 42,361-530. IVoyal Botanic Gardens Melbourne Muelleria 95
A new combination in Gentianella for the Australian species Chionogentias demissa a. 235 ^ David Glenny Allan Herbarium, Landcare Research, PO Box 40, Lincoln 7640, New Zealand; e-mail; glennyd@landcareresearch.co.nz Note Glenny (2004, p 518-519) made combinations in Gentianella for Australian species whose basionyms were in Gentiana or Chionogentias. Unfortunately one species was not included and a combination for this species is made here: Gentianella demissa (L.G.Adams) Glenny comb. nov. Basionym: Chionogentias demissa L.G.Adams, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8, 960 (1995). Acknowledgment I thank Alex Buchanan of the Tasmanian Herbarium for pointing out the omission. References Adams, L. G. (1995). Chionogentias (Gentianaceae), a new generic name for the Australasian'snow-gentians; and a revision of the Australian species. Australian Systematic Botany 8,935-1011. Glenny, D. (2004). A revision of the genus Gentianella in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Botany 42,361-530. IVoyal Botanic Gardens Melbourne Muelleria 95
Three new species of Acacia. are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. pravissima. Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; extending asexually by the production of ramets; branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 (-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' [4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small population on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity extending across a slope overlooking and south of Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN (2001), the species would be assessed as critically endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on account of its exceedingly small population size, which may comprise no more than a single genetic individual or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible to fire or other stochastic events. Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to the species. Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek was so named for the activities of timber workers who cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle Discussion While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. Muelleria 55
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 55-56".
Callistemon wimmerensis sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Wimmera: Wonwondah East, c. 18 km south of Horsham on the west bank of MacKenzie River 142° 12' 1"E 36° 54' 29"S. 28.ix.2004, G.W. Carr Q 41 J -343 and V. Stajsic (holotype; MEL 2312043, MEL 2312044, MEL 2312045; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB, HO, K, MELU,NE,NSW,NY). CaHistemon sp. (Wonwondah) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007). 5hrub or small free to c. 10 m high with single-stem (trunk) or up to c. 60 stems arising from a lignotuber; young plants narrowly erect, branches steeply ascending, ultimatelyatreewith a dense, narrow,crown which is higher than wide, outer branches somewhat weeping.Sor/cgrey-brown, tightly adherent and slightly stringy, shallowly fissured longitudinally; bark of young branches slightly flaky with thin platelets. Young stems angular, dull red, densely tomentose-sericeous, indumentum appressed or sub-erect with hairs to c. 2.5 mm long, soon glabrous. Leaves moderately densely arranged on stems, steeply ascending and forming an angle of 20-35 (-60°) with stem; petiole and base of leaf blade dextrorsely twisted through 90°, thus blade with vertical orientation; pedicel flattened, 1-2 mm long X c. 1.5 mm wide. Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate or narrowly elliptic, acute, with a prominent, rigid, pungent mucro 0.6-1.75 m long; lamina (12-) 30-50 (-60) mm long x (2-) 4-7 (-8) mm wide, coriaceous, faintly revolute, dull yellow-green (Green Group 137A), pink when young, smooth in vivo, somewhat rough in dried material; midvein raised and prominent on abaxial surface, marginal veins prominent (leaf edges thick), lateral veins obscure in vivo, prominent in dried material; immersed oil glands moderately dense and obvious on abaxial surface and leaf edge, obscure on adaxial surface; mature leaves glabrous, young leaves moderately to densely appressed-sericeous with hairs to 2 mm long, young seedling leaves with patent indumentum; crushed leaves in vivo emit a faint Euca/ypfus-like odour when fresh. Conflorescence sub¬ terminal on main axis or short axillary branches, (1.8-) 3.5-5.0 (-6.0) cm long x 3.2-3.5 cm diameter; axis densely pubescent in bud, moderately pubescent at anthesis, densely so at base of flowers; flowers densely arranged (12-) 20-40 (-49) per conflorescence, all flowers subtended by rigid, antrorse, caducous bracts; bracts ±triangular to lanceolate, cucullate at base. otherwise navicular, acute, 4.8-10.0 mm long x 2.6-3.7 mm wide, increasing in length distally, chartaceous with ±transparent scarious margins, especially in distal two-thirds, pubescent abaxially on margins at base with hairs to 1.0 mm long, bracts sometimes pubescent to apex, ciliate, adaxiaily glabrous or rarely sparsely pubescent; bracts pale brown dorsally, margins pale brown, apex, at least in proximal bracts maroon- brown, very dark at tip. Hypanthium barrel-shaped, 2.0-3.3 mm long x 2.2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous, smooth in vivo, green, with abundant but obscure immersed oil glands; ovary 3-locular, summit sunk c. 1.5 mm below hypanthium rim, covered with very dense erect hairs to 1.2 mm long; rim of hypanthium with a dense ring of erect colourless hairs to 0.5 mm long between the base of each petal. Sepals orbicular or rounded- triangular, 1.7-2.5 mm long x 2.5 mm wide, cucullate, pale translucent green on margins, thickened-opaque central portion with prominent oil glands, glabrous except for ciliate margins, caducous or somewhat persistent but soon eroding from rim of hypanthium. Petals sessile, cucullate, ±membranous, ±orbicular or elliptical-rotund, 4.0-5.0 mm long x 3.0-4.0 mm wide, attached by broad base 1.0-1.3 mm wide, pale translucent green, glabrous or margins sparsely ciliate with hairs to 0.75 mm long. Stamens 52-56, filaments wholly free, glabrous, 11.5-13.5 mm long, pink (RHS Red Group 56A); anthers 1.5-1.7 mm long x 0.7-1.0 mm wide, bright yellow. Style pink ±straight, 13.5-14.0 mm long; stigma capitate, 0.7-0.8 mm wide. Capsules depressed-globular, long-persistent, light brown or grey-brown, in old fruits surface tissue exfoliating in sheets, sunken summit of ovary white-tomentose; year old capsules 3.2-3,5 mm long x 3.5-3.8 mm wide, ultimately increasing to 4.5-5.0 mm long x 8.0-8.5 mm wide. Seeds 0.8-1.1 mm long, tiinear, very narrowly deltoid or slightly falcate, somewhat flattened, distal end obliquely truncate, chestnut brown, shining, striate and sharply angular; contents of capsules mostly sterile (Fig. l.a-e). Flowering period: Late October to late December. Specimens examined: VICTORIA. WiiDmera; MacKenzie River, 20 x.2004, G.W. Carr 0410-21—0410-27 and V. Stajsic (MEL); MacKenzie River, 28 xi.2004, G.W. Carr 0411-329— 0411-331 and V. Stajsic [MEL 2312046 & MEL 2312047; MEL 2312048 (AD); MEL 2312049 (AD)]; MacKenzie River, 28 xi.2004, Muelleria 59
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 57-62, Fig. 1".
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".
Correa Alba Taxonomy Correa alba Andrews, Bot Repos. 1: t.18 (1798) Correa cotinifolia Salisb., Parad. Lond. t, 100 (1808), nom. iifeg., based on above. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, raised in 1 793 from seeds given by J. Banks to J. Vere (holotype [see Wilson 1961, p. 3S]: Bot. Repos. 1:t. 18). Rounded, spreading, multi-stemmed, woody shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m in diameter, large plants often supported by other vegetation; stems stellate tomentose, glabrescent with age; stellate hairs white to red-brown. Leaves simple, petiolate; petiole 2-8 mm long; lamina elliptic to obovate to orbicular, rarely ovate or lanceolate or oblanceolate, 5-46 mm long, 2.5-28.5 mm wide, discolorous; tip acute to obtuse; margins entire; adaxial surface greyish green, with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum of stellate hairs that are often eventually deciduous; abaxial surface densely white or greenish white or reddish brown, stellate tomentose. Flowers axillary, often solitary though up to 5 flowers per inflorescence not uncommon and then usually one flower opening at a time; peduncles to 9 mm long; bracts leaf-like; bracteoles minute; pedicels 0 .5-6.5 mm. Calyx cuplike, 2.5-7 mm long, truncate to slightly dentate to dentate or broadly lobed. Petals partially fused in bud, free at anthesis, white or rarely pink, 7-17 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface sparsely to densely stellate tomentose, stellate hairs with rays 0.3-1.8 mm long. Cocci hairy, 4-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Distribution: Correa alba is found in near coastal areasfrom Kangaroo Island [requiresconfirmation-see Distribution under var.pannosa] and the Southern Lofty Key to varieties of Correa olba Region (South Australia) through southern Victoria and to the North Coast of New South Wales. In Tasmania it is found on the islands on the eastern side of Bass Strait and has a patchy distribution on the northern and eastern coasts of the Tasmanian mainland and offshore islands. It is apparently absent from King Island. HabitatJhe species occurs in near coastal situations on foredunes, cliffs and headlands. It is found growing on both calcareous and siliceous substrates (sand and/ or rock) in heath or woodland. Notes: Correa alba readily hybridises with other species of Correa (see Wilson 1961; Anderson 1986; Duretto 1999). Infraspecific variation: Three varieties are recognised for the species. The rank of variety is appropriate (as opposed to subspecies and species) as the distinctions between the taxa are based on few characters, and these mostly pertaining to hairs, and some problematic specimens do exist (see Notes under var. pannosa). Conservation status: Overall the species appears to be secure with the typical variety secure and the other two being rare but found in reserves (see below). Correa alba is used extensively in horticultural and revegetation plantings. In Hobart, the two Tasmanian varieties (var. alba and var. rotundifolia) are both available and commonly used, sometimes in mixed plantings, even though var. alba is not indigenous to the area. Care should be taken to use only locally sourced material for any revegetation or coastal planting programs to avoid polluting local gene pools. 1 Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves not stalked or occasionally stalked; stalks, when present, to 0.05 mm long (NSW, Vic., Tas.). 1 • var. alba 1 : Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves stalked; stalks to 2 mm long (SA, Vic., Tas.).2 2 Indumentum of branches and sometimes the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx uneven and appearing floccose; stalks of stellate hairs long, with some at least 0.75-2.0 mm long, many with rays emerging below the terminal tuft of rays, especially on branches; rays of at least some of the hairs 0.5-1.0 mm long (SA, Vic.).2. var.pannosa 2: Indumentum of the branches and the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx smooth and even; stalks of stellate hairs to 0.5 (-0.75) mm long, mostly smooth, viz, without rays emerging below terminal tuft; rays to 0.5(-0.75) mm long (Tas.).3. var. rotundifolia Muelleria 47
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 48-49, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 49-50".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 50-51, Figs 3, 4 (map)".
Correa Alba Taxonomy Correa alba Andrews, Bot Repos. 1: t.18 (1798) Correa cotinifolia Salisb., Parad. Lond. t, 100 (1808), nom. iifeg., based on above. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, raised in 1 793 from seeds given by J. Banks to J. Vere (holotype [see Wilson 1961, p. 3S]: Bot. Repos. 1:t. 18). Rounded, spreading, multi-stemmed, woody shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m in diameter, large plants often supported by other vegetation; stems stellate tomentose, glabrescent with age; stellate hairs white to red-brown. Leaves simple, petiolate; petiole 2-8 mm long; lamina elliptic to obovate to orbicular, rarely ovate or lanceolate or oblanceolate, 5-46 mm long, 2.5-28.5 mm wide, discolorous; tip acute to obtuse; margins entire; adaxial surface greyish green, with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum of stellate hairs that are often eventually deciduous; abaxial surface densely white or greenish white or reddish brown, stellate tomentose. Flowers axillary, often solitary though up to 5 flowers per inflorescence not uncommon and then usually one flower opening at a time; peduncles to 9 mm long; bracts leaf-like; bracteoles minute; pedicels 0 .5-6.5 mm. Calyx cuplike, 2.5-7 mm long, truncate to slightly dentate to dentate or broadly lobed. Petals partially fused in bud, free at anthesis, white or rarely pink, 7-17 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous, abaxial surface sparsely to densely stellate tomentose, stellate hairs with rays 0.3-1.8 mm long. Cocci hairy, 4-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Distribution: Correa alba is found in near coastal areasfrom Kangaroo Island [requiresconfirmation-see Distribution under var.pannosa] and the Southern Lofty Key to varieties of Correa olba Region (South Australia) through southern Victoria and to the North Coast of New South Wales. In Tasmania it is found on the islands on the eastern side of Bass Strait and has a patchy distribution on the northern and eastern coasts of the Tasmanian mainland and offshore islands. It is apparently absent from King Island. HabitatJhe species occurs in near coastal situations on foredunes, cliffs and headlands. It is found growing on both calcareous and siliceous substrates (sand and/ or rock) in heath or woodland. Notes: Correa alba readily hybridises with other species of Correa (see Wilson 1961; Anderson 1986; Duretto 1999). Infraspecific variation: Three varieties are recognised for the species. The rank of variety is appropriate (as opposed to subspecies and species) as the distinctions between the taxa are based on few characters, and these mostly pertaining to hairs, and some problematic specimens do exist (see Notes under var. pannosa). Conservation status: Overall the species appears to be secure with the typical variety secure and the other two being rare but found in reserves (see below). Correa alba is used extensively in horticultural and revegetation plantings. In Hobart, the two Tasmanian varieties (var. alba and var. rotundifolia) are both available and commonly used, sometimes in mixed plantings, even though var. alba is not indigenous to the area. Care should be taken to use only locally sourced material for any revegetation or coastal planting programs to avoid polluting local gene pools. 1 Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves not stalked or occasionally stalked; stalks, when present, to 0.05 mm long (NSW, Vic., Tas.). 1 • var. alba 1 : Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves stalked; stalks to 2 mm long (SA, Vic., Tas.).2 2 Indumentum of branches and sometimes the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx uneven and appearing floccose; stalks of stellate hairs long, with some at least 0.75-2.0 mm long, many with rays emerging below the terminal tuft of rays, especially on branches; rays of at least some of the hairs 0.5-1.0 mm long (SA, Vic.).2. var.pannosa 2: Indumentum of the branches and the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx smooth and even; stalks of stellate hairs to 0.5 (-0.75) mm long, mostly smooth, viz, without rays emerging below terminal tuft; rays to 0.5(-0.75) mm long (Tas.).3. var. rotundifolia Muelleria 47
Choi & Duretto hairs with usually white rays to 0.5 mm long. Peduncles to 3.5 mm long; pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Calyx 2.5-3.5 mm long. Petals 7-10 mm long. Selected specimens seen (of 23): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Between Kingston and Salt Creek, 139“5VE, Hj.Eichler 17785, 15.ix.1963 (CANB); between Parsons and Waitpinga beaches (11 km SW of Victor Harbor), Fleurieu Peninsula, 35“33'S 138°37'E, R.Schodde 616, 27.i.1958 (AD, CANB, HO); Newland Head, 35“39'S 138“31'E, DJ.E.Whibley 10166, 28.V.1986 (CANB, HO); Gleneig River, between Dry Creek and Donovan's Landing, D.N.Kraehenbuehl 954, 8.X.1963 (MEL). VICTORIA. Lower Gleneig NP, cliff top walk W of end of North Nelson Road, 37"59'S 14n'E, M.F.Duretto 1520, l.x.2002 (HO, MEL); along a scenic drive at Cape Nelson, J.CAnway 447, 24.xi.1965 (MEL); Bats Ridge, c. 12 km W of Portland, J.H.Seebeck, 1 S.v.l 972 (MEL); Above Shelly Beach, Bridgewater Bay, 38‘‘22'S 14r25'E, Kl.Wilson 1169 & LJohnson, 18.ii.l975 (MEL, NSW). Distribution: C. alba var. pannosa is patchily distributed from Kangaroo Island and Southern Lofty Region (South Australia), along the coast to the Cape Otway area (Victoria).The presence on Kangaroo Island (see Anonymous 2001) requires confirmation. Phenology: Flowering material has been collected from January to October while fruiting material has been collected from July to October. Notes: Specimens from Port Campbell to Apollo Bay have larger leaves and sepals than plants in western Victoria and South Australia. They also have smaller hairs and leaves that are more obovate (verses mostly oblanceolate). These specimens have been treated as intermediates between var. alba and var. pannosa (e.g. past determinations) and superficially are similar to var. rotundifolia. With typical var. pannosa they share the large hairs with rays along the length of the stalk and are treated here as part of that variety. In addition to the forms outlined above, C alba var. pannosa and var. alba appear to intergrade between Port Phillip Bay and the Cape Otway area (see Duretto 1999). Further detailed field and laboratory studies are required to determine if these plants are indeed intermediates or warrant taxonomic recognition. Conservation Status: Correa alba var. pannosa is considered to be rare both in Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007) and South Australia (Anonymous 2001). 3. Correa alba var. rotundifolia DC., Prod. 1 : 719(1824) Mazeutoxeron rufum Labill., Voy. Rech. Perouse 2: 12 (1800), Atlas 1 . 17 (1800); Correa rufa (Labill.) Vent., Jard. Malm. 1: sub. 1 . 13 (1803). Type citation: cap meridional [South Cape], Tas., Feb. 1793, IJ.H. de Labillardiere. Type: NEW HOLLAND. JJ.H. de Labillardiere (lectotype here designated; FI [ex Herb. Labillardiere, Herb.Webbianum 32375], images CANB, HO). (Fig. 3) Shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m wide; indumentum of stems and leaves stellate tomentose (Fig. ll-L), rough and uneven in appearance, most hairs red-brown, stellate hairs mostly stalked, stalks 0.1-0.5(-0.75) mm and without rays along length, rays 0.2-0.5(-0.75) mm long. Leaves with petioles 3-8 mm long; lamina 5-28 mm long, 2.5-27 mm wide. Peduncle 1-9 mm; pedicel 0.75-3 mm. Calyx 3-6 mm long. Petals 8-14 mm long. Selected specimens (c. 55 specimens examined): TASMANIA. Cape Frederick Hendrick, Forestier Peninsula, 42°52'S 147°58'E, P.Collier 2577, 23.viii.1987 (HO); Dunalley Beach, N end, 42‘'54'S 147M8'E, B.Choi 10-16 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii.2006 (BKClO, 15 & 16 - HO; BKCll - HO, KHUS; BKC12 - HO, NSW; BKC13 - HO, MEL; BKC14 - HO, K); Below Tessellated Pavement,43‘’00'S ]47°55'B,M.Wapstra, 19.ix.2006 (HO, MEL); Droughty Point, 42“56'E 147''25'E, A.M.Buchanan 3243, 8.iv.l984 (HO); Pirates Bay, Tasman Peninsula, 43“2'S 147®56'E, B.Choi 17-19 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii,2006 (BKC17 - HO, PRE; BKC18 - CHR, HO; BKC19 - HO, NE); Lime Bay Nature Reserve, 42“59'S 147°40'E, P.Collier 1520, 8.viii.l986 (HO); NW of Pedition Ponds, Cape Pillar, 43“13'S My^SS'E, AM.Buchanan 3294, 15.iv.l984 (HO); Tasman Island, 43'’14'S 148'’0'E, R.P.Minchin,^.\v.}993 (HO);Opossum Bay,South Arm, 42“59'S 147"24'E, A.M.Olsen, 14.iii.l957 (HO); Calverts Beach, E end, 43®1'S 147“29'E, B.Choi 1~3 & M.F.Duretto, 11.viii.2006 (BKCl - HO, MEL; BKC2 - AD, HO; BKC3 - HO, NSW); Lookout near Goat Bluff, near W end of Calverts Beach, 43® VS 147®28'E, B.Choi 4-9 & M.F.Duretto, ll.viii.2006 (BKC4 - H, HO; BKC5, 6 & 8 - HO; BKC7 - HO, MEL; BKC9 - AD, HO); Betsey Island, 43®3'S 147®29'E, K.Horr/s, 15x1983 (HO); White Beach,Tasman Peninsula, 43®7'S 147®43'E, B.Choi 20-24 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii.2006 (BKC20 - DNA, HO; BKC21 - HO; BKC22 - HO, KHUS, KRA; BKC23 - HO, MO; BKC24 - CANB, HO); Wedge Island, 43“8'S 147®40'E, F.Duncan, 6.viii.1986 (HO); North Bruny Island, The Neck, far NE end, at Mars Bluff, 43®14'S 147'’24'E, J.D.Briggs 1499, 22.iv.l 984 (CANB, HO, MEL); Grass Point, South Bruny Island, 43®21 'S 147®21 'E, A.M.Buchanan 8375, 30.iii.l 986 (HO); Southerly Bight, Labillardiere Peninsula, South Bruny Island, 43®25'S 147®5'E, A.M.Buchanan 4218, S.xi.l 984 (HO). 50 Vol 26(2) 2008
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 81-84, Figs 2a, 3a, 4a".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 84-86, Figs 2b, 3b, 4b".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 5-7, Fig. 1".
A conspectus of high-country Crospedia
At times it was found to be the dominant or sole
Craspedia in the vegetation and, although some
presumed hybrids between it and C maxgrayii J.
Everett & Joy Thomps. were found (Max Gray, pers.
comm.)/ C adenophora appeared to be a distinctive
and readily identifiable species. Its conservation status
is assessed as Rare {sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996). An
lUCN assessment (lUCN 2001) could place it in any
of the categories Near Threatened, Vulnerable or
Endangered, depending on the model of climate
change that is accepted. As it is not the altitudinally
highest occurring Craspedia it is probably at lower risk
than several of the other species such as C, costiniano
J.Everett & Joy Thomps., C leucantha F. Muell. or C.
maxgrayi.
Craspedia adenophora is readily distinguished from
other Craspedia species in the high country by its
discolorous and sticky leaves, which tend to have an
odour reminiscent of mouldy oranges or citronella.
Flower colour is predominantly bright yellow to pale
yellow (rarely orange).
Craspedia species with discolorous leaves may
occasionally be found in the high country that are not
attributable to C adenophora. For instance, we have
observed plants of C maxgrayi to shed hairs on parts
of the upper leaf surface in autumn, prior to withering
before the onset of snow cover in winter. A presumed
hybrid of high mountain summits in Victoria (see notes
under C maxgrayi) has leaves of variable hairiness,
which may sometimes appear discolorous. Some
collections from Mt Buffalo in Victoria (e.g. J. Russell
106, MEL 1536817; N.C Ford 13, NSW 297661) have
discolorous leaves with very long-attenuate bases and
prominent veins.The upper leaf surface of these plants
is not glandular (or with a few glandular hairs only
towards the leaf tip). These plants are possibly hybrids
between C coolaminica J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and C
adenophora, both of which have been recorded from
Mt Buffalo
Etymology.TUe epithet (Greek, aden = gland, phora
= bearing) means 'gland-bearing' and refers to the
viscid indumentum of the vegetative parts.
Craspedia alba J.Everett & Joy Thomps.
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761.
Plants of this species are generally much smaller
than other high country Crasped/a. They tend to grow
in extensive patches in seasonally inundated pools and
gravely pavements ofshortalpineherbfield (Community
10 of McDougall & Walsh 2007). In Victoria, C. alba is
only known from the Bogong High Plains, where it is
extremely localised in Pretty Valley. Although locally
common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National
Park in New South Wales in similar habitat, this species is
apparently restricted to the area between the Ramshead
Range and Mt Twynam. Nationally, the species might
be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996)
because of its highly restricted habitat, most commonly
at the base of snow packs of the highest mountains. It
may be especially affected by decreases in rainfall and
snow cover predicted in models of climate change
for the Alps (Hennessy ef al. 2002). It is appropriately
regarded as threatened under the Victorian Flora and
Fauna Guarantee Act 7988 given its small population size
and extent on the Bogong High Plains.
Craspedia aurantia J.Everett & Joy Thomps.
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761.
New South Wales populations of this
species, especially in the alpine zone, may have bright
orange or bright yellow flowers. Costin ef al. (2000)
report some overlap of floral characters with C. jamesii
J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and treat these two species
as a complex. We agree that there are difficulties
in reliably separating these entities but tentatively
retain them here as separate pending a detailed study
across the range of the taxa. Victorian populations
of C aurantia appear to be much more consistently
orange-flowered. The main bract of the involucre may
be three-lobed at times but never so pronouncedly as
in C. jamesii. Everett (1999) indicated that the leaf bases
of C aurantia were often conspicuously reddish but
these were not observed by us in the field. Craspedia
aurantia is common and well conserved in grassland
and heathland in subalpine and alpine areas of Victoria
and New South Wales.
Muelleria
7
A conspectus of high-country Crospedia
At times it was found to be the dominant or sole
Craspedia in the vegetation and, although some
presumed hybrids between it and C maxgrayii J.
Everett & Joy Thomps. were found (Max Gray, pers.
comm.)/ C adenophora appeared to be a distinctive
and readily identifiable species. Its conservation status
is assessed as Rare {sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996). An
lUCN assessment (lUCN 2001) could place it in any
of the categories Near Threatened, Vulnerable or
Endangered, depending on the model of climate
change that is accepted. As it is not the altitudinally
highest occurring Craspedia it is probably at lower risk
than several of the other species such as C, costiniano
J.Everett & Joy Thomps., C leucantha F. Muell. or C.
maxgrayi.
Craspedia adenophora is readily distinguished from
other Craspedia species in the high country by its
discolorous and sticky leaves, which tend to have an
odour reminiscent of mouldy oranges or citronella.
Flower colour is predominantly bright yellow to pale
yellow (rarely orange).
Craspedia species with discolorous leaves may
occasionally be found in the high country that are not
attributable to C adenophora. For instance, we have
observed plants of C maxgrayi to shed hairs on parts
of the upper leaf surface in autumn, prior to withering
before the onset of snow cover in winter. A presumed
hybrid of high mountain summits in Victoria (see notes
under C maxgrayi) has leaves of variable hairiness,
which may sometimes appear discolorous. Some
collections from Mt Buffalo in Victoria (e.g. J. Russell
106, MEL 1536817; N.C Ford 13, NSW 297661) have
discolorous leaves with very long-attenuate bases and
prominent veins.The upper leaf surface of these plants
is not glandular (or with a few glandular hairs only
towards the leaf tip). These plants are possibly hybrids
between C coolaminica J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and C
adenophora, both of which have been recorded from
Mt Buffalo
Etymology.TUe epithet (Greek, aden = gland, phora
= bearing) means 'gland-bearing' and refers to the
viscid indumentum of the vegetative parts.
Craspedia alba J.Everett & Joy Thomps.
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761.
Plants of this species are generally much smaller
than other high country Crasped/a. They tend to grow
in extensive patches in seasonally inundated pools and
gravely pavements ofshortalpineherbfield (Community
10 of McDougall & Walsh 2007). In Victoria, C. alba is
only known from the Bogong High Plains, where it is
extremely localised in Pretty Valley. Although locally
common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National
Park in New South Wales in similar habitat, this species is
apparently restricted to the area between the Ramshead
Range and Mt Twynam. Nationally, the species might
be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996)
because of its highly restricted habitat, most commonly
at the base of snow packs of the highest mountains. It
may be especially affected by decreases in rainfall and
snow cover predicted in models of climate change
for the Alps (Hennessy ef al. 2002). It is appropriately
regarded as threatened under the Victorian Flora and
Fauna Guarantee Act 7988 given its small population size
and extent on the Bogong High Plains.
Craspedia aurantia J.Everett & Joy Thomps.
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761.
New South Wales populations of this
species, especially in the alpine zone, may have bright
orange or bright yellow flowers. Costin ef al. (2000)
report some overlap of floral characters with C. jamesii
J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and treat these two species
as a complex. We agree that there are difficulties
in reliably separating these entities but tentatively
retain them here as separate pending a detailed study
across the range of the taxa. Victorian populations
of C aurantia appear to be much more consistently
orange-flowered. The main bract of the involucre may
be three-lobed at times but never so pronouncedly as
in C. jamesii. Everett (1999) indicated that the leaf bases
of C aurantia were often conspicuously reddish but
these were not observed by us in the field. Craspedia
aurantia is common and well conserved in grassland
and heathland in subalpine and alpine areas of Victoria
and New South Wales.
Muelleria
7
McDougall &Wa!sh Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and Victoria and is not considered at risk. Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 191. This distinctive species is endemic to the Main Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m (e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated grassland and less common in other well-drained communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale yellow and orange variants have also been observed. Although this species has a very limited geographic range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett (1999), p. 761. In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains (e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux (Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not obviously threatened. Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett (1999), p. 765. Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). It can be distinguished from most other high country Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which extends well past the membranous margins. Costin ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii is abundant and well conserved across its range. Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef o/.(2000), p. 192. Although this species was not included in the Flora of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants matching the description occur on the Bogong High Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South Wales however, this species is more commonly found on dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 8 Vol 26(2) 2008
McDougall &Wa!sh Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and Victoria and is not considered at risk. Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 191. This distinctive species is endemic to the Main Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m (e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated grassland and less common in other well-drained communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale yellow and orange variants have also been observed. Although this species has a very limited geographic range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett (1999), p. 761. In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains (e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux (Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not obviously threatened. Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett (1999), p. 765. Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). It can be distinguished from most other high country Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which extends well past the membranous margins. Costin ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii is abundant and well conserved across its range. Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef o/.(2000), p. 192. Although this species was not included in the Flora of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants matching the description occur on the Bogong High Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South Wales however, this species is more commonly found on dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 8 Vol 26(2) 2008
McDougall &Wa!sh Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and Victoria and is not considered at risk. Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 191. This distinctive species is endemic to the Main Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m (e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated grassland and less common in other well-drained communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale yellow and orange variants have also been observed. Although this species has a very limited geographic range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett (1999), p. 761. In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains (e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux (Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not obviously threatened. Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett (1999), p. 765. Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). It can be distinguished from most other high country Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which extends well past the membranous margins. Costin ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii is abundant and well conserved across its range. Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef o/.(2000), p. 192. Although this species was not included in the Flora of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants matching the description occur on the Bogong High Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South Wales however, this species is more commonly found on dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 8 Vol 26(2) 2008
McDougall &Wa!sh Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and Victoria and is not considered at risk. Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 191. This distinctive species is endemic to the Main Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m (e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated grassland and less common in other well-drained communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale yellow and orange variants have also been observed. Although this species has a very limited geographic range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett (1999), p. 761. In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains (e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux (Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not obviously threatened. Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett (1999), p. 765. Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). It can be distinguished from most other high country Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which extends well past the membranous margins. Costin ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii is abundant and well conserved across its range. Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef o/.(2000), p. 192. Although this species was not included in the Flora of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants matching the description occur on the Bogong High Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South Wales however, this species is more commonly found on dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 8 Vol 26(2) 2008
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 8-Sep".
A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia had somewhat orange flowers). Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are much more common within cattle grazing exclosures established on the Bogong High Plains than outside (Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not obviously threatened. The known Victoria population however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 194. This species is easily identified by its white florets and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps most at risk from changing climate and its consequent reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is recommended for this species to determine more accurately its distribution and abundance. Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this curious and locally common variant may resolve its status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only bright yellow flowers. Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. This species is similar in appearance to C crocata but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest (commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear and requires clarification following further survey. It is probably well-protected and abundant over a large area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who first realised its distinctness. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. Muelleria 9
A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia had somewhat orange flowers). Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are much more common within cattle grazing exclosures established on the Bogong High Plains than outside (Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not obviously threatened. The known Victoria population however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 194. This species is easily identified by its white florets and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps most at risk from changing climate and its consequent reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is recommended for this species to determine more accurately its distribution and abundance. Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this curious and locally common variant may resolve its status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only bright yellow flowers. Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. This species is similar in appearance to C crocata but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest (commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear and requires clarification following further survey. It is probably well-protected and abundant over a large area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who first realised its distinctness. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. Muelleria 9
A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia had somewhat orange flowers). Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are much more common within cattle grazing exclosures established on the Bogong High Plains than outside (Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not obviously threatened. The known Victoria population however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef a/. (2000), p. 194. This species is easily identified by its white florets and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps most at risk from changing climate and its consequent reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is recommended for this species to determine more accurately its distribution and abundance. Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this curious and locally common variant may resolve its status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only bright yellow flowers. Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. This species is similar in appearance to C crocata but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest (commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear and requires clarification following further survey. It is probably well-protected and abundant over a large area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who first realised its distinctness. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. Muelleria 9
A conspectus of high-country Craspedia
Notes relating to key: Users should note that
hybridisation between taxa is connmon and some
specimens with intermediate characters may be
difficult to assign. Hybrids are generally commonest
in ecotonal sites and/or in areas where the putative
parent species occur in close proximity in the same
habitat.
Where some indication of habitat is provided, 'alpine'
refers to those areas above the treeline/subalpine' refers
toareasthatarebelowthealtitudinaltreeline,buttreeless
(typically in cold air drainage hollows) or lightly wooded
usually with Snow-gum {Eucalyptus paucifJora Sieber
ex Spreng. sens, fat), and 'montane' refers to the zone
supporting taller woodland or forest usually dominated
by or including tree species other than Snow-gum (e.g.
Eucalyptus dolrympleana Maiden, £ delegotensis R.T.
Baker, £ perriniana F. Muell. ex Rodway).
Notes on mountain taxa
Craspedia adenophora K.L. McDougall & N.G.
Walsh sp. nov.
Craspedia sp. B. sensu Costin etal., Kosciuszko Alpine
Flora p. 349 (2000).
Illustration; Costin etal. (2000), p. 192.
A Craspedia speciebus alpinis et subalpinis foliis
basolis et bracteis infernis discoloribus, supra glanduloso-
viscidiSr subter appreso-lanuginosis distinguenda.
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, c. 50 m S of summit
trig, 15.i.2002, N.G. Walsh 5516 (holotype: MEL; isotype
CANB, NSW)
Tufted or loosely tufted herbs c. 10-40 cm high,
densely glandular with short microscopic glandular-
septate hairs and sessile glands, sticky to the touch.
Leaves arising from a short erect or ascending rootstock;
scape densely glandular, sometimes with appressed
silky hairs; stem bracts ±undulate, densely glandular,
stem-clasping at base; lower bractsidiscolorous, upper
bracts sometimesconcolorous,glabrescent, but usually
retaining cottony hairs on midrib and margins; leaves
mostly basal, obovate-spathulate to oblanceolate-
spathulate or narrowly so, 6.5-18 cm long, 8-15(-20)
mm wide, discolorous, the adaxia! surface dark green,
densely glandular, sometimes with variable loosely
appressed woolly hairs, particularly on the midrib,
densely appressed woolly-tomentose abaxially with
short glandular hairs intermixed. Compound heads
hemispherical to globose at maturity, c. 1.5-3.5 cm
diameter; partial heads 5-10 flowered; main bract
subtending the lower partial heads with narrowly to
broadly ovate to ovate (sometimes obscurely 3-lobed),
6-10 mm long, 2-4.5 mm wide, moderately to densely
glandular stereome, iwoolly toward the base, the
narrow scarious margins glabrous or ±woo!ly, rarely
extending to the apex of the stereome; corolla yellow
(or occasionally pale yellow or orange); achenes c.
1.5-2.5 mm long, antrorsely sericeous; pappus bristles
plumose, c. 3.5-5 mm long (Fig. 1).
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES, south
spur of Perisher, 18.i.1970, (NSW); near Seamans Hut, Mt
Kosciusko, Jan. 1970, C Totterdell 41 (CANB); Top of Main
Range on saddle NE of Carruthers Peak, 24.i.2000, K.L
McDougall 753 (MEL). VICTORIA. Snowy Range, 8 km N from
Mt Arbuckle, 2.i.1981, N.G. Walsh 2494 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Mt
Buffalo NP, junction of main road between Park Office and
Tatra Inn, 26.i.l982, P.S. Short 1370 (MEL, NSW); The Bluff,
26.i.l985, D.E. Albrecht 1558 (MEL, NSW); Alpine National Park,
Wonnangatta Moroka Unit, c. 1 km NNW from Mt Reynard
summit, 14.xii.2000, N.G, Walsh 5263 (MEL); Mt Buller, beside
walking track just below summit cairn, 21.i.2001, N.G. Walsh
5298 (CANB, MEL); Alpine National Park, access track to Snowy
Range airstrip, 22.ii.2001, N.G. Walsh 5312 (CANB, MEL).
Distribution and habitat: In Kosciuszko National
Park, C adenophora is common in the vicinity of Blue
Lake, between Carruthers Peak, Mt Twynam and
Medley Tarn, and elsewhere on the Main Range (e.g.
Northcote Pass and Mt Townsend). It is locally common
in the Victorian high country (e.g. The Bluff, Mt Buller,
Mt Buffalo, Mt Stirling, Snowy Plain) but appears to be
extremely rare on the Bogong High Plains where we
have observed it growing in grassland depressions at
the head of Cope Creek.
Throughout its range C. adenophora favours dry to
damp grasslands and open heaths, and is often found
in the vicinity of exposed rock. It has been recorded
between 1520 and 2060 metres a.s.l.
Notes: Craspedia sp. B was regarded by Everett
and Doust (1992), as a hybrid of various species.
At that time it was known from a small number of
plants in a limited portion of the Kosciuszko Main
Range, so a hybrid origin was not an unreasonable
suggestion. During field work for the Kosciuszko Alpine
Flora revision, a more extensive search was made to
assess the uniformity and abundance of the entity.
Muelleria
5
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".
Jones & May
of C austrocinnabarinus, but are slightly narrower, and
hence tend to be more often elongate than ellipsoid.
Under SEM the verrucae of C austrocinnabarinus are
relatively rounded and isolated , whereas verrucae of
C cramesinus are more irregular in shape, with some
interconnections (Fig. 3).
The identity of material from which austrocorticin
and related pigments were isolated by Gill and Gimenez
(1988) has been confirmed as C austrocinnabarinus
by examination of the voucher material cited
therein (collected from the type locality). The
principal anthraquinones of C austrocinnabarinus
are austrocorticin, austrocorticinic acid and
austrocorticone (Gill 1995). These compounds are
the only naturally occurring quinones of the emodin/
endcocrocin type that have a two carbon side chain at
the position CS.They are uniqueamonganthraquinones
from Cortinarius in having a propionate-triggered
octaketide assembly (Gill & Gimenez 1988).
The pileus colour of Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus
is similar to the dark cinnabar-red to scarlet colouration
of the European C cinnabarinus, and the two species
also share the presence of a subcellular subpellis
(Holland 1983). However, the latter species differs in the
hygrophanous pileus and the larger spores up to 10 pm
long (Holland 1983), and in containing different major
pigments, such as cinnarubin and fallacinol (Keller
1982), reflected in the different pigment profile (Fig. 1 a).
The North American counterpart of C. cinnabarinus is C.
coiifornicus, which differs from C austrocinnabarinus by
the reddish brown or dark reddish orange pileus that
is hygrophanous, the longer spores, {7.4-)8-9.5(-11)
pm, the association with conifers (Ammirati 1989), and
in having cinnarubin as its major pigment (Keller &
Ammirati 1983). Cortinarius hesieri Ammirati & A.H.Sm.
nom. prov., a name used for a collection from North
America similar to C californicus, but associated with
broad-leaved trees (Phillips 1991), also has cinnarubin
as the major pigment (Keller & Ammirati 1983).
2. Cortinarius cramesinus (E.Horak) R.HJones
&T.W.May, comb, nov,
BASIONYM: Dermocybe cramesina E.Horak Sydowia 40:
87(1988).
In consideration of the perceived immaturity of the
single collection on which the protologue is based,
the following description is derived from characters of
Australian collections, unless otherwise indicated.
Pileus to 50 mm diam., hemispherical or obtusely
conical when young, becoming convex to plano¬
convex, occasionally with slightly undulating edge
at maturity; orange red to brownish red 8(B-D)(6-7),
sometimes more orange 7B7, edge often brighter
orange (7-8)A(5-7); surface dry; felty fibrillose when
young, becoming more radially fibrillose, often with fine
radial aggregations of veil remnants, sometimes with
minute appressed scales on mature specimens; rarely
subhygrophanous, not translucent-striate; margin
straight or occasionally inflexed, entire or occasionally
finely rimose at maturity. Lamellae sinuate to narrowly
adnate; to 5 mm deep; brownish orange (5-6)(B-C)(6-
8); edge entire, rarely finely eroded towards distal part.
Stipe to 80 mm long, to 8 mm diam. at middle, to 11 mm
diam. at widest part, cylindrical or slightly attenuated
Figure 4. Pileipellis in cross section, mounted in 3% KOH. (a) Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus (MEL 2089673), (b) C. cramesinus
(MEL 2089684). Scale bar = 20 pm.
84
Vol 26(2) 2008
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 91-94, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 94-95, Fig. 2".
Lachnagrostis Cont. Key to taxa 14 Awn absent or less than 0.5 mm long (or occasional awn to 2.5 mm); lemma covered with long hairs.4. /.. leviseta 14: Awn 1.0 mm or more long; lemma glabrous or with scattered short hairs.i. adamsonii 15 Awn inserted within lower 'A of lemma length; palea setae mainly 0.4 mm long or more; leaves mainly conduplicate.■* 6 15: Awn inserted at or above 'A of lemma length; palea setae mainly less than 0.4 mm long; leaves mainly involute.17 16 Lemma covered in hairs in the lower H. .L punicea subsp, punicea 16: Lemma glabrous (except for the callus). l.punicea subsp. fiUfotia 17 Lemma hairy.18 17: Lemma hairless (except for the callus) but strongly scaberulous in upper half.i. robusta 18 Lower glume more than 3.0 mm long; emerging panicles strongly purple and rather stiffly erect; leaves bluish- or purplish-green.3. L palustris 18: Lower glume 3.0 mm long or less; emerging panicles purplish or green and lax; leaves mid-green.i. sp. except for L palustris, lower leaves of potted plants were considerably wider than those collected in the field. This difference in leaf width was not apparent in flag leaves. In a few accessions, flag leaf length was longer in field collections. If environmental conditions can play such a large role in leaf size, then its use as a diagnostic criterion needs to be carefully considered. Ligule length was highly variable within most accessions, which on closer examination often related to the degree of laceration displayed at the apices. Maximum inflorescence size was similar, regardless of growing conditions, except for accessions MMC and SAM where pot conditions were more favourable (Table 5). The degree of inflorescence emergence was generally in favour of the potted plants but whether this was due to maturity differences or to more vigorous culm elongation cannot be ascertained. What was obvious however, was the prolific production of inflorescences for most accessions under potted conditions, compared to the numbers normally observed, but almost never measured, in the field. Past field observations do note that tussocks of this genus readily respond to rainfall by producing new batches of inflorescences with each event. It may be that under normal field conditions of variable wetting and drying, inflorescences do not persist for long but flowering and seed set develop more quickly than under favourable moisture conditions. Study of plant response under field conditions could therefore be a useful pursuit, particularly when assessing the 'normality' of growth characteristics under nursery and/or potted conditions. Spikelets and florets of potted plants were not significantly different from field plants for most accessions and characteristics (Table 6). Glume setae in L defJexa were however, significantly shorter in field plants (therefore contributing to overall shorter glumes) but as these setae become somewhatfragilewith maturity,it islikelythatsome had broken tips. Lemmas in field plants of L adamsonii and L batesii (SASl only) were slightly but significantly longer than in potted plants. Some significant variation among the potted plants of the same accession was apparent for glume length in L filiformis and L adamsonii, lemma length in L adamsonii and L perennis (SAM), awn length in L aemula and anther length in Lpa/usfns.This variation needed to be considered when determining useful diagnostic criteria for separating taxa. Pot studies have been useful in demonstrating the maintenance of morphological differences among taxa observed in the field. However, vegetative characters of potted plants (e.g. leaf width) could not be used as a diagnostic criteria for field collected specimens. Taxonomy 1. Lachnagrostis batesii AJ.Br. sp. nov. Gramen parvum caespitosum, annuum vel perenne bevivivum, ad 40 cm altum. Culmi ascendentes numerosi, panuculae Muelleria 31
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 42-43, Fig. 6 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 40-42, Figs 4a-b, 5e-i, 6 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 39-40, Fig. 6 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 35-36, 38-39, Figs 1e-j, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 73-75, Fig. 1".
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Leccanora subtecta
performance liquid chromatography (Feige etol. 1993).
Nomenclature of ascus types follows Hafellner (1984).
Nomenclature of apothecial pigments follows Meyer
and Printzen (2000).
Taxonomy
Lecanoro subtecta (Stirt.) Kantvilas & LaGreca
comb. nov.
Lecidea subtecta Stirt., Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field
Naturalists 4: 93 (1876).
Type: TASMANIA: "ad ligna decorticata in
Tasmania", H. Paton (lectotype, fide D.J. Galloway ined.~
BM000022188!).
Thallus crustose, ecorticate, not delimited, effuse to
immersed in the substratum and ±inapparent, or pale
glaucous grey, rimose-areolate and rather scurfy, or
±granular, with the granules 0.05-0.1 mm wide; soredia
absent; photobiont Trebouxia-Wke, with individual cells
irregularly globose, 10-24 pm wide.
Apothecia biatorine, 0.12-0.5 mm wide, roundish
to irregularly rhomboid, scattered or, more typically,
crowded together and rather misshapen, occasionally
fusing in irregular, cerebriform clusters to 2 mm
Figure. ^. Lecanora subtecta {Kantvilas 132/06, HO): asci with ai
wide, disc pale orange-pink, orange-yellow to yellow,
sometimes piebald greenish grey, plane at first, soon
becoming convex or undulate, usually sparsely to
densely beset with a coarse lemon-yellow pruina,*
margin very thin, usually very soon excluded and not
evident. Exdpulum in section colourless, 10-40 pm
thick at the sides, mostly becoming excluded, poorly
differentiated from the hymenium, composed of
conglutinated, radiating, branched and anastomosing,
loosely interwoven hyphae 1-1.5(-2) pm thick, lacking
photobiont cells. Hypothecium hyaline, 40-100 pm
thick, composed of loosely interwoven, anastomosing
hyphae c. 0.6 pm thick, subtended by a ±continuous
band of photobiont cells. Hymenium 42-50 pm thick,
mostly hyaline but in the upper part usually overlain
or inspersed with golden granules that fluoresce pale
to vivid yellow in polarised light and dissolve in KOH,
very rarely with traces of'cinereorufa-green' pigment,
K±greenish intensifying, N+ crimson. Asci clavate,
eight-spored, 30-42 x 9-14 pm, of the Lecanora-type,
with a well-developed amyloid tholus penetrated
entirely by a cylindrical, weakly amyloid masse axiale
with iparallel flanks; ocular chamber blunt. Paraphyses
1 -1.5 pm thick, simple to occasionally branched, rather
lid parts stippled, paraphyses and ascospores. Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
73
Choi & Duretto hairs with usually white rays to 0.5 mm long. Peduncles to 3.5 mm long; pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Calyx 2.5-3.5 mm long. Petals 7-10 mm long. Selected specimens seen (of 23): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Between Kingston and Salt Creek, 139“5VE, Hj.Eichler 17785, 15.ix.1963 (CANB); between Parsons and Waitpinga beaches (11 km SW of Victor Harbor), Fleurieu Peninsula, 35“33'S 138°37'E, R.Schodde 616, 27.i.1958 (AD, CANB, HO); Newland Head, 35“39'S 138“31'E, DJ.E.Whibley 10166, 28.V.1986 (CANB, HO); Gleneig River, between Dry Creek and Donovan's Landing, D.N.Kraehenbuehl 954, 8.X.1963 (MEL). VICTORIA. Lower Gleneig NP, cliff top walk W of end of North Nelson Road, 37"59'S 14n'E, M.F.Duretto 1520, l.x.2002 (HO, MEL); along a scenic drive at Cape Nelson, J.CAnway 447, 24.xi.1965 (MEL); Bats Ridge, c. 12 km W of Portland, J.H.Seebeck, 1 S.v.l 972 (MEL); Above Shelly Beach, Bridgewater Bay, 38‘‘22'S 14r25'E, Kl.Wilson 1169 & LJohnson, 18.ii.l975 (MEL, NSW). Distribution: C. alba var. pannosa is patchily distributed from Kangaroo Island and Southern Lofty Region (South Australia), along the coast to the Cape Otway area (Victoria).The presence on Kangaroo Island (see Anonymous 2001) requires confirmation. Phenology: Flowering material has been collected from January to October while fruiting material has been collected from July to October. Notes: Specimens from Port Campbell to Apollo Bay have larger leaves and sepals than plants in western Victoria and South Australia. They also have smaller hairs and leaves that are more obovate (verses mostly oblanceolate). These specimens have been treated as intermediates between var. alba and var. pannosa (e.g. past determinations) and superficially are similar to var. rotundifolia. With typical var. pannosa they share the large hairs with rays along the length of the stalk and are treated here as part of that variety. In addition to the forms outlined above, C alba var. pannosa and var. alba appear to intergrade between Port Phillip Bay and the Cape Otway area (see Duretto 1999). Further detailed field and laboratory studies are required to determine if these plants are indeed intermediates or warrant taxonomic recognition. Conservation Status: Correa alba var. pannosa is considered to be rare both in Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007) and South Australia (Anonymous 2001). 3. Correa alba var. rotundifolia DC., Prod. 1 : 719(1824) Mazeutoxeron rufum Labill., Voy. Rech. Perouse 2: 12 (1800), Atlas 1 . 17 (1800); Correa rufa (Labill.) Vent., Jard. Malm. 1: sub. 1 . 13 (1803). Type citation: cap meridional [South Cape], Tas., Feb. 1793, IJ.H. de Labillardiere. Type: NEW HOLLAND. JJ.H. de Labillardiere (lectotype here designated; FI [ex Herb. Labillardiere, Herb.Webbianum 32375], images CANB, HO). (Fig. 3) Shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m wide; indumentum of stems and leaves stellate tomentose (Fig. ll-L), rough and uneven in appearance, most hairs red-brown, stellate hairs mostly stalked, stalks 0.1-0.5(-0.75) mm and without rays along length, rays 0.2-0.5(-0.75) mm long. Leaves with petioles 3-8 mm long; lamina 5-28 mm long, 2.5-27 mm wide. Peduncle 1-9 mm; pedicel 0.75-3 mm. Calyx 3-6 mm long. Petals 8-14 mm long. Selected specimens (c. 55 specimens examined): TASMANIA. Cape Frederick Hendrick, Forestier Peninsula, 42°52'S 147°58'E, P.Collier 2577, 23.viii.1987 (HO); Dunalley Beach, N end, 42‘'54'S 147M8'E, B.Choi 10-16 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii.2006 (BKClO, 15 & 16 - HO; BKCll - HO, KHUS; BKC12 - HO, NSW; BKC13 - HO, MEL; BKC14 - HO, K); Below Tessellated Pavement,43‘’00'S ]47°55'B,M.Wapstra, 19.ix.2006 (HO, MEL); Droughty Point, 42“56'E 147''25'E, A.M.Buchanan 3243, 8.iv.l984 (HO); Pirates Bay, Tasman Peninsula, 43“2'S 147®56'E, B.Choi 17-19 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii,2006 (BKC17 - HO, PRE; BKC18 - CHR, HO; BKC19 - HO, NE); Lime Bay Nature Reserve, 42“59'S 147°40'E, P.Collier 1520, 8.viii.l986 (HO); NW of Pedition Ponds, Cape Pillar, 43“13'S My^SS'E, AM.Buchanan 3294, 15.iv.l984 (HO); Tasman Island, 43'’14'S 148'’0'E, R.P.Minchin,^.\v.}993 (HO);Opossum Bay,South Arm, 42“59'S 147"24'E, A.M.Olsen, 14.iii.l957 (HO); Calverts Beach, E end, 43®1'S 147“29'E, B.Choi 1~3 & M.F.Duretto, 11.viii.2006 (BKCl - HO, MEL; BKC2 - AD, HO; BKC3 - HO, NSW); Lookout near Goat Bluff, near W end of Calverts Beach, 43® VS 147®28'E, B.Choi 4-9 & M.F.Duretto, ll.viii.2006 (BKC4 - H, HO; BKC5, 6 & 8 - HO; BKC7 - HO, MEL; BKC9 - AD, HO); Betsey Island, 43®3'S 147®29'E, K.Horr/s, 15x1983 (HO); White Beach,Tasman Peninsula, 43®7'S 147®43'E, B.Choi 20-24 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii.2006 (BKC20 - DNA, HO; BKC21 - HO; BKC22 - HO, KHUS, KRA; BKC23 - HO, MO; BKC24 - CANB, HO); Wedge Island, 43“8'S 147®40'E, F.Duncan, 6.viii.1986 (HO); North Bruny Island, The Neck, far NE end, at Mars Bluff, 43®14'S 147'’24'E, J.D.Briggs 1499, 22.iv.l 984 (CANB, HO, MEL); Grass Point, South Bruny Island, 43®21 'S 147®21 'E, A.M.Buchanan 8375, 30.iii.l 986 (HO); Southerly Bight, Labillardiere Peninsula, South Bruny Island, 43®25'S 147®5'E, A.M.Buchanan 4218, S.xi.l 984 (HO). 50 Vol 26(2) 2008
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 65-66, Figs 1A, 2A".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 67-69, Figs. 1B, 2B".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 69-70, Fig. 2".
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Megalaria
all these pigments may also occur in other species of
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic.
Additional descriptive data for this species are given
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario)
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992);
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional
at this stage.
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is
widespread albeit often localised in temperate
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool
temperate rainforest.
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO);
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A.
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC).
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas
comb. nov.
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser.
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat.
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926).
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT-
holotype!).
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL-
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia,
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G-
holotype!).
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO-
holotype!).
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley)
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania]
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not
located).
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked,
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream,
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam.
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered,
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides.
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10%
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm.
Muelleria
67
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 17-20, Figs 1-3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 11-13, 15, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 15-16, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 98-99".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 99-100".
Aston Black gave only "Diamentina River and Central Australia"for collections on which he based his variety, but although the collectors were not specified these two collections are readily identified in AD among the ex herb. J.M. Black material. There, two collections are mounted on the same sheet, the holotype (from Coglin Creek, Central Australia) and another collection (Flood plain of Diamentina River at Pandi Pandi, S.A. 18 Aug. 1934, J.B. Cleland s.n.), with relevant handwritten annotations by Black. The holotype has the characteristic fertile carpels each with all 4 basal spines and the basal membrane well-developed, as described by both Ising and Black. The fertile carpels of the additional Diamentina River collection used by Black have the 2 down-pointed spines and their connecting membrane near-absent. The type sheet has been annotated by Hj.Eichler on 3 Dec 1957 with "Coglin Creek is near Charlotte Waters and the locality where Mr Ising collected is near the railway line".This information would have been obtained by personal communication with Ising, and places the type locality approximately 25°55'S, 134°43'E. Triglochin tongicarpa (Ostenf.) Aston, stat nov. Triglochin centrocarpo var. longicorpo Ostenf., Dansk Bot.Ark. 2(8): 35 (1918). Holotype: Watheroo Rabbit Fence, W.A., Sept. 1905, M.Koch; ?C n.v.; isotype: MEL, NSW, PERTH. Ostenfeldwrotethatthe material of Koch's collection which he saw was"a specimen sent from the Nat. Herb, of New South Wales". This was apparently retained by Ostenfeld and should be in Copenhagen. Triglochin racemosa Endl. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Pre/ss. 2:54 (1846). Lectotype: Rottnest Island, W. A., s. dat.,J.A.LPreiss2407, LD; isolectotypes: M, MEL MO, fide E.M.Watson FI. Australia 45:470(1987). Endlicher described the species without seeing fruits, and his assignment of it to Triglochin was due to a misidenlification. The name must be excluded from Triglochin and from Juncaginaceae. O.W.Sonder, Linnaea 28: 224 (1856), considered the species to be undeveloped Anthericum semibarbatum R.Br. [= Bulbine semibarbata (R.Br.) Haw., Liliaceae]. Watson, loc. cit, agreed with Sonder's identification and gives 5 Aug. 1839 as the date of the Preiss collection. Triglochin sp. A (as in Aston ms., for FI. Aust vo|. 39) Triglochin calcitrapa var. sessiliflora Buchenau in H.G.A.Engler, Pfianzenr. Heft 16, IV.14: 12 (1903), pro parte, as to Mt. Lyndhurst, S.A., 1898, M. Koch 268 only (MEL, NSW), excluding lectotype (see above under T. calcitrapa var. calcitrapa). References Eichler, H. (1965). Supplement toJM Black's Flora of Australia (second edition, 1943-1957). Government Printer: Adelaide. McNeill, J. et oi, eds, (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). Gantner Verlag; Liechtenstein. 100 Vol 26(2) 2008
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 63-64, Fig. 7".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 52-53, Fig. 6".
Thompson then with stipules < 10% of leaf length. Leaves on stems and long branches, spreading to pendent, very narrow- elliptic, linear or narrow-linear, 10-50 mm long, 0.7-3 mm wide, with l:w ratio 6-20, tapering gradually basally to be 1/3 to 1/2 of leaf-width at base, tapering gradually distally, generally unarched, thin; margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, glabrous;apex very acute, terminal hair or hairs c. 0.05 mm long; upper surface sublustrous, more or less smooth on drying, with midrib not defined, without acute epidermal projections, glabrous or with a few to numerous antrorse hairs or scabrosities; pale patch absent or obscure; abaxial midrib slender, raised for much of length, recessed relative to margins, glabrous; leaves on short inflorescence branches erect, 1-10 mm long. Cymes of several to numerous flowers; primary and sometimes intermediate peduncles quite elongate; ultimate peduncles subsessile to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary markedly oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: corolla c. 3-4 mm long, with tube 2-2.5 mm long; anthers c. 0.6 mm long, longer than the filament; ovary c. 0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1-2 mm long, with tube 0.4-1.0 mm long; ovary c. 0.7 mm long; style 1.0-2.0 mm long, with arms 0.2-0.7 mm long. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers spring. Selected specimerts: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River crossing, 2.4 km W of Theodore-Cracow Rd along Isla Delusion Rd, D.A.Halford Q8692 & G.N.Batianoff, 2.xi.2004 (BRI, MEL); Dundas area, N of Ferndale, A.R.Bean 15540, 2.X.1999 (BRI, MEL); 12.6 km along Boondandilla Rd, W of Milmerran, A.R.Bean 13910, 4.X.1998 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Indooroopilly, Brisbane, L.Pedley 4165, 25.X.1974 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH WALES. Just to the E of the junction of Whitemans Creek and Whitemans Creek bridge on Copmanhurst Road, c. 25 km NE of Grafton, G.Patrick, 30.ix.1 999 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 5). Grows in clay soils and in sedimentary rock in woodland and forest. Often associated with Geijera parviflora Lindl. Notes: Often noted as scrambling among grasses or trailing down rockfaces. Apart from its floral morphology A. geminifolia is very similar to A. gemella q.v. 3. Asperula asthenes Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 99 (1928) Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Bulladelah, H.M.R.Rupp, October 1923; holo: K, images MEL; iso: NSW. Herbs with stem to c. 1 m long, often climbing. Stems 0.5-1.2 mm diam., sublustrous; internodes to 70 mm long, mostly 15-40 mm long on branches; angles much narrower than faces, glabrous or with scattered scabrosities (up to c. 6 per mm of angle); scabrosities plump, strongly retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules mostly 25-70% of leaf length. Leaves spreading to pendent, very narrowly spathulate, mostly 8-35 mm long, 1-5(-8) mm wide, with l;w ratio 3-7, tapering gradually and strongly basally to be petiole-like (1/5- 1/10 of leaf-width) at base, tapering gradually distally, unarched, thin; margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, glabrous or with a few hairs proximally; apex acute to obtuse; terminal hair or hairs c. 0.05 mm long if present; upper surface generally more or less dull, more or less smooth on drying, with midrib weakly defined, without acute epidermal projections, glabrous or with several to numerous very short antrorse hairs; pale patch elliptic, c. 0.2 mm long, not rimmed by purple pigment, often obscure; abaxial midrib slender, raised for much of length, recessed relative to margins, with a few broad-based hairs mostly proximally. Cymes of several to numerous flowers; primary and sometimes intermediate peduncles quite elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary slightly oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube c. 1-1.2 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. equal to the filament; ovary c. 0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube 0.5 mm long; ovary 0.5 mm long; style 1.0-1.2 mm long, with arms c. 0.2 mm long. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers spring. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Along banks of Kellys Creek, Girvan Area, 21 km SW of Bulahdelah, G.Patrick s.n., 1997 (NSW); Wilson River Picnic Area, Mount Boss State Forest, W.Chapman, s.d. (NSW); Manning River, C.Moore, s.d. (NSW); Hasting River, H.Beckler, s.d. (1800s) (MEL); Newcastle, LLeichhardt, 1842-48 (MEL); Wallis Island, L.Gilbert, 19.X.1947 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north¬ eastern New South Wales between Bulahdelah and Port Macquarie (Fig. 5). Grows in moist sites such as river banks, intermittently flooded lowlying sites, in 48 Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium and for this reason is here returned to Asperula and placed in sect. Dioicae. The taxonomic history of this species suggests that, apart from its dioecy, there is no sharp demarcation between Asperula sect. Dioicae and Australian and New Zealand group of Galium. 5, Asperula charophyton Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew ^ 928(3): 101 (1928) Asperula conferta var. elongata Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 444 (1867); A. oligantha var. conferta-elongata Maiden & Betche, in J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South Wales PI: 188 (1916), nom. illeg. Type; QUEENSLAND. Mackenzie River & Suttor River, F.Mueller, date unknown; lecto: K n.v., fide Airy Shaw STurrill, loc. cit.; remaining syntypes: New South Wales: New England, C.Stuart; syn: K; Victoria: Smythes Ranges, Whan; syn: K; State unknown: Forest Creek, F.Mueller; syn: K. Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.8-1.S mm diam., sublustrous, near basally increasing to c. 2 mm diam. with age; internodes toe. 60 mm long, mostly 15-40 mm long on branches; angles much narrower than faces, glabrous, with minute papillae or with a variably dense indumentum of hairs (up to c. 50 per mm of angle); hairs spreading, 0.5-0.1 mm long, narrow-based, straight or recurved; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or angled forwards, narrow- linear, mostly 10-30 mm long, 0.8-2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 10-30, tapering only slightly basally to be c. 1 /2 of leaf-width at base, tapering somewhat abruptly distally, not arching, slightly fleshy; margin recurved or revolute, glabrous or with minute spreading hairs or papillae; apex subacute to rounded, with neither an apiculate extension nor a terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, smooth on drying, with midrib not or weakly defined, without acute epidermal projections; glabrous or with a few to numerous minute antrorse scabrosities; pale patch obscure; abaxial midrib well- developed proximally, sometimes raised for much of length, recessed or to level of margins, glabrous. Cymes of several to numerous flowers; primary and intermediate peduncles sometimes elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes 0.5-2 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3 mm long, with tube 1-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long. c. equal to length of filament; ovary c. 0.2 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1-1.5 mm long, with tube c. 0.3-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.5-0.8 mm long; style 1-1.5 mm long, with arms 0.2-0.5 mm long. Fruit 2.5-3 mm long. Flowers late winter to spring. Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Hodgson Ck, S of Pittsworth,A.Reeon 15638,24.x.1999 (BRI, MEL); Smith's Creek, near Cambooya, S.R.Ciose, 8.xi.l 965 (BRI); King's Creek, 4.5 km W of Clifton, A.R.Bean 15570, 2.X.1 999 (BRI, MEL); Brisbane River near Esk, LLeichhardt, 10j<i.1843 (NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES. Mother of Ducks Lagoon, Guyra, T.AJames 1350 & S.McCune, 24.xi.1992 (AD, BRI, NSW); New England, C.Stuart222, no date (MEL); Barbie-Mt Wambelong Track, Warrumbungle Ranges, H.Streimann 556, 5ixii.1973 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Hawkesbury near Richmond, R.Brown, 1803 (CANB). VICTORIA. Little River, Fullager, no date (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly between far south-eastern Queensland and central- eastern New South Wales; also recorded as far north as Rockhampton in south-eastern Queensland, and recorded from south-central Victoria in the 19'^ century (Fig. 5). Grows in forest and woodland. Notes: Similar to A. geminifolia and A. gemella in having flowers commonly drying yellow as opposed to those species in which the corolla tends to dry brown.The infloresences are generally lax due to long intermediate peduncles, but the flowers are clustered closely on short ultimate peduncles. A form occurring in more southern areas, i.e., the Warrumbungle Ranges, Sydney area and in Victoria has a denser indumentum with fine short somewhat retrorse or recurved hairs rather than minute spreading papillae, and fewer-flowered inflorescences, although further collections are needed to confirm this. All Victorian collections were collected in the late 1800s and are sterile except for a collection from Skipton (Whan NSW670938). Listed as a ROTAP species with Risk Code 3RCa (Briggs & Leigh 1996). A specimen from Nive River in central-eastern Queensland (R.W.Purdie 4398 BRI n.v., CANB) is possibly a hybrid between A. charophyton and A. conferta, although the former has not been recorded this far north. It resembles A. charophyton in leaf dimensions, but in most other respects it is closer to A. conferta. Further collections from this area are desirable. Muelleria 51
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 57-59, Fig. 6".
Thompson
6. Asperula cunninghamii Airy Shaw &Turrill,
Bull. MIsc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 97 (1928), as
Cunninghamii.
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Fields Plains,
A.Cunningham 46, [10] May 1817; holo: K, images MEL;
probable iso: K, images MEL.
Subshrubs to c. 30 cm high. Stems and older
branches becoming woody and developing a spongy
Assuring bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam.,
becoming much-branched; internodes to 40 mm long,
mostly 5-30 mm long on branches; angles narrower
than faces, sometimes nearly as broad, with a dense
indumentum (mostly c. 50-80 hairs per mm of angle);
hairs spreading to retrorse, sometimes arising from
faces, narrow-based, 0.1 (-0.2) mm long, variably
retrorsely curved or curled; whorls 6-partite, rarely
a few 7-partite, occasionally a proportion 4-partite
on smaller branches, with stipules mostly 70-90%
of leaf length. Leaves suberect, narrow-oblong to
narrow-linear, or sometimes broadest near apex, 1-10
mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 5-20, not or
hardly tapering basally to be > 2/3 of leaf-width at
base, abruptly tapering distally, often arched upwards,
slightly to moderately fleshy; margin flat, recurved or
revolute, glabrous or with scattered curved hairs; apex
acute to rounded, with neither an apiculate extension
nor a terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, often
wrinkled on drying, with midrib obscure or slightly
raised, glabrous or occasionally with scattered hairs;
without acute epidermal projections (but papillae
often present); pale patch obscure; abaxial midrib
robust, terete, < width of lamina on each side, raised
throughout length, especially proximally, projecting
beyond margins at least proximally, glabrous or with
scattered hairs. Cymes of several to numerous flowers;
primary and intermediate peduncles variably elongate;
ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c.
0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary circular
to oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep;
male flowers: corolla c. 2-4 mm long, with tube 1-2
mm long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, c. as long as filament;
ovary 0.2-0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla 0.7-1.2
mm long, with tube c. 0.3-0.5 mm long; ovary 0.5
mm long; style c. 0.8-1.3 mm long, with arms 0.1-0.2
mm long. Fruit not seen fully mature, c. 2-3 mm long
(probably mature length).
Flowers spring to early summer.
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Rutledge Road 1
km S of Jondaryn, A.R.Bean 13821, 25.ix.1998 (BRI); 8.8 km
N of Drillham, A.R.Bean 18204, 13.xii.2001 (AD, BRI). NEW
SOUTH WALES. Ardlethan to Temora, 5 km from Ardlethan,
J.W.Wrigley 71/295, 16.xii.l971 (CANB); 30 km NW of Nyngan
on Mitchell Hwy, B.Wiecek387,R.G.Coveny&M.Savio, 8.1x.1989
(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); 2.5 km ESE of Lake Keepit Sport
& Recreation Centre, c 30 km SW of Manilla, LM.Copeland
4018, 30.xi.2005 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Western approaches
to Springdale, 15 km W of Stockinbingal, RCJobson 5585 &
E.A.Brown, 18.ix.1998 (AD, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on inland slopes
and plains of south-eastern Queensland and north-
central to south-central New South Wales (Fig. 5).
Grows in loam soils in woodland.
Notes: Asperula cunninghamii is characterised by
its woody rootstock, well-developed branching, and
short, erect parallel-sided leaves. The corolla has been
described as cream-coloured {Purdie 5692 CANB). In
Jobson 5585 (NSW) the plant has a massive rhizome
from which only weakly woody stems arise.
7. Asperula ambleia Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 99 (1928)
Type: QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe, J.L.Boorman,
November 1904; holo: K; iso: NSW.
Subshrubs, mostly 10-30 cm high. Stems and older
branches becoming woody and developing a spongy
Assuring bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam., much
branched; current season's branches subglabrous;
internodes 1 -5 mm long, with angles narrower than or
c. equal in width to faces, with indumentum variably
dense (up to c. 50 or so hairs per mm of angle); hairs
spreading, sometimes arising from faces, to c. 0.1
mm long, narrow-based, straight or often slightly to
moderately antrorsely curved; whorls predominantly
4-partite, sometimes a proportion 5- or 6-partite, with
stipules 20-80% of leaf length. Leaves erect, narrow-
oblong to narrow-linear, 2-6 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm
wide, with l:w ratio 8-20, not tapering and sometimes
slightly expanding basally, fusing shortly with
adjacent stipules, tapering abruptly distally, straight
or arched away from stem and/or downcurved distally,
somewhat fleshy; margin flat or recurved, giabrous or
with spreading to slightly antrorse hairs; apex acute to
obtuse without a hyaline extension; terminal hair not
developed or minute (0.05 mm long), but an apical
52
Vol 27(1)2009
Asperula and Galium
14. Asperula polymera I.Thomps., sp. nov.
Ab A. euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill verticillis 7- vel
8-partitis ut maximum, foliis attenuatis basin versus,
ant her is longioribus, styiis longioribus differt.
Type; VICTORIA. Eastern Highlands,just south-east
of summit of Mt Vinegar, T.B.Muir 2519, 19 November
1961; holo: MEL.
A. euryphylla var. octophylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3); 100 (1928). Type: Location
unknown, Victoria (probably), collector and date
unknown; holo: K, images MEL; iso; MEL.
A. euryphylla sensu T.A.James & W.K.AIIen, FI. New
South Wales 3: A88 {1992).
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.;
sparingly branched; internodes to c. 70 mm long,
mostly 5-50 mm long on branches; angles narrower
than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum
(generally 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs
moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.2) mm long, narrow-
to fairly broad-based, straight; whorls 6-8-partite,
commonly at least one 7- or 8-partite, with stipules
c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or angled
upwards, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, oblanceolate
to narrow-oblanceolate or spathulate, (3-)6-20 mm
long, 1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 4-10, moderately
to strongly and very gradually tapering basally to be
(1 /2-) 1 /3-1 /4 of leaf-width at base, gradually tapering
distally, not arching, thin; margin flat, recurved or
narrowly revolute, densely hairy throughout or absent
proximally; apex mostly acute, occasionally subacute
to obtuse, without a hyaline apiculate extension;
terminal hair generally not present, but several short
hairs continuous with marginal hairs usually present;
upper surface dull to sublustrous, usually not wrinkled
on drying, with midrib weakly defined, without
acute epidermal projections; usually with scattered
antrorse hairs; pale patch distinct, 0.1-0.3 mm long,
occasionally purple-rimmed; abaxial midrib slender,
raised for most of length, usually recessed relative to
margin, with scattered fairly broad-based hairs. Cymes
of several to numerous flowers; primary peduncie
usually moderately elongate; intermediate peduncles
often elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes
mostly 0.2-2 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary
c. circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers:
corolla c. 3-4.5 mm long, with tube 1.5-2.5 mm long;
anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. equal to or slightly longer
than filament; ovary c. 0.5 mm long; female flowers:
corolla c. 1-2 mm long, with tube 0.5-1 mm long; ovary
0.8-1.2 mm long; style 2.0-2.2 mm long, with arms
0.5-1 mm long. Fruit (based on very limited material)
2-3 mm long.
Flowers summer.
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Claymore Creek
aqueduct intake, Watsons Crag Spur, Snowy Mountains,
J.I.Raine ANU10320, 28.xi.1970 (CANB, NSW); W side of Geehi
Dam, 2.5 km N of dam wall, A.Rodd 764, 31.xii.1968 (NSW).
VICTORIA. Roadside c 0.8 km short of Gerraty's Car Park,
Lake Mountain, I.R.Thompson 888, 19.i.2006 (AD, CANB, HO,
MEL); Between Howmans Gap and Falls Creek, H.I.Aston
220, 29.xii.1958 (MEL); North Nelse Creek, S of Spion Kopje,
A.CBeauglehole 22332, 23.1.1967 (MEL); Mt Buffalo National
park, 22.4 km from Porepunkah, E.M.Canning 3352, 9.xii.1972
(CANB, MEL); Duane Track between Big River and Mt Nelse
summit, M.U.M.C, 30.xii.1964 (CANB); Eskdale Spur, c. 2.5 km
N of Mt Bogong, A.Rodd 407, 3lJ<ii.1966 (NSW); NW edge
of Mt Baw Baw plateau, J.H.Willis, 3.xi.1940 (MEL: reference
collection); Bright, K.J.Simpfendorfer, Oct. 1943 (MEL: reference
collection).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in mountains
of south-central and eastern Victoria, including the
Healesville-Lake Mountain area, Mt Baw Baw, Mt Buffalo
and the Bogong High Plains, and in far south-eastern
New South Wales in the Snowy Mountains (Fig. 7).
Notes: Similar to A. euryphylla and also approaches
A. gunnii in some respects. Curiously, approximately
80% of collections are of male plants. In other species
of Asperula, the majority of collections are of female
plants.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the whorls which
tend to have more parts than in other species in sect.
Dioicae (From Gk. poly, many; mero, part).
^5. Asperula euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928)
Type; VICTORIA. Dandenong Ranges, C.Walter,
1893; holo: K;iso: NSW.
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.,
sublustrous; sparingly branched; internodes to 60
mm long, mostly 10-50 mm long on branches;
angles narrower than faces, with a moderately dense
indumentum (mostly 50 or more hairs per mm of
angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1
Muelleria
61
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 61,63, Fig. 7".
Thompson Table 1. Points of distinction between Asperula sect. Dioicae and Austraiian Galium. Asperula sect. Dioicae Australian Galium 1. Indumentum often relatively constant in density and type within a species 1. Indumentum variable in density and often of two types in a species or even on one plant 2. Whorls (2-)4-6(-8)-partite (often with some variation within species and within plants) 2. Whorls 4-partite (rarely a few whorls 5 or 6-partite; sometimes towards termini 2-partite) 3. Whorl parts not reducing in number and sometimes increasing upwards 3. Whorls occasionally reducing to 2-partite towards inflorescence termini 4. Size of stipules relative to leaves generally constant 4. Stipules sometimes becoming proportionately smaller upwards 5. Leaves commonly with a small pale subapical patch on upper surface (variably conspicuous) 5. Leaves lacking pale subapical patch on upper surface 6. Leaves lacking glandular cells on lower surface 6. Leaves with glandular cells on lower surface (G. liratum and G. spathulatum are exceptions) 7. Inflorescences always short, but sometimes with growing on from terminal cymes to produce pseudoaxillary arrangement 7. Inflorescences extended or occasionally only a few nodes long; growing on from terminal cymes not seen 8. Cymes or partial cymes generally somewhat congested 8. Cymes congested to rather lax 9. Plants dioecious. Flowers functionally unisexual but structures of non-functional sex evident 9. Plants hermaphrodite. Flowers functionally bisexual 10. Whorl of bracts generally developed at primary node of cymes 10. Whorl of bracts not developed or developed in only a small proportion of cymes at primary node 11. Corolla-tube mostly well-developed, longer in male flowers. Mostly 1/3 to 1/2 of total length 11. Corolla-tube hardly developed. Less than 1/4 of total length 12. Corolla snow white on both sides 12. Corolla pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or green, or purplish, the same or purplish-red abaxially 13. Style > 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively robust 13. Style < 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively small 14. Fruit mostly 2-3 mm long 14. Fruit mostly 0.8-2 mm long, but up to 2.4 mm long 15. Mericarps apparently not separating from one another. Often only one carpel fertilised 15. Mericarps separating from one another. Common for both carpels to be fertilised (if inbreeding species) 16. Mericarps moderately fleshy 16. Mericarps mostly not or only slightly fleshy 17. Ovaries and fruit giabrous and without ornamentation (rarely a few minute hairs present) 17. Ovaries and fruit often with hairs or pustules dentify sterile specimens as being Asperula rather than Galium. The prominence of the abaxial midrib (Fig. 2b) :an also help to discriminate some species. INFLORESCENCES (Fig. 3): Inflorescences are 'undamentally terminal cymes; however, one or both ateralbranchesofthese cymes may growonvegetatively 0 varying degrees and overtop the terminus (see example in Fig. 3 xi).This results in pseudoaxillary cymes. >uch cymes may appear sporadically to regularly along stem. In some species terminal cymes also arise from hort lateral branches along stems. This appears to be nore likely in species developing sprawling stems. FLOWERS (Fig. 4): Male and female flower morphology is shown in Fig. 4a. A sometimes subtle but useful character for distinguishing species is the shape of the ovary. In a few species the ovary is markedly broader than long. The non-functional ovary of the male flower shown in Fig. 4a i is relatively larger than that seen in species such as A. geminifolia. Asperula gemella Airy Shaw STurrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 102 (1928) Galium geminifolium F.MuelL, Trans, and Proc. Viet. Inst. Adv. Sci. 1: 127 (1855); Galium umbrosum van geminifolium (F.Muell.) C.Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New South Wales 253 (1893). 40 Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium
Type: VICTORIA. "Rivers Murray and Avoca",
F.Mueller, date unknown; lecto: K n.v., fide Airy Shaw &
Turrill op. cit. 103 (1928), image MEL.
Herbs with stems to 1 m or more long, sometimes
climbing. Stems 0.6-1.2 mm diam., dull to sublustrous;
internodes to c. 100 mm long, mostly 30-70 mm long;
angles narrower than faces, glabrous or with scattered
elevations or scabrosities (up to c. 5 per mm of angle);
scabrosities retrorse; whorls 2-partite, or 4-partite and
then with stipules generally < 30% of leaf length. Leaves
spreading to pendent, very narrow-elliptic, linear or
narrow-linear, mostly 10-60 mm long, 0.7-3(-5) mm
wide, with l:w ratio 6-20, tapering gradually basally to
be 1/3 to 1/2 of leaf-width at base, tapering gradually
distally, generally unarched, thin to slightly fleshy;
margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, glabrous
or with scattered scabrosities; apex acute to very
acute, usually without a hyaline extension; terminal
hair or hairs < 0.05 mm long; upper surface dull to
sublustrous, more or less smooth on drying, with midrib
not defined, without acute epidermal projections,
glabrous; pale patch absent or obscure; abaxial midrib
slender, variably raised, recessed relative to margins,
glabrous or with a few hairs. Cymes of several or more
often numerous flowers, often with 3 or more orders
of branching; primary and intermediate peduncles
commonly quite elongate; ultimate peduncles mostly
subsessile to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous;
ovary oblate in face view, with sinus deep; male flowers:
corolla c. 1.5-2 mm long, with tube c. 0.5-0.7 mm
long; filament c. 0.4-0.7 mm long; anthers 0.2-0.3 mm
long, c. 2/5-3/4 of filament length; ovary 0.1-0.2 mm
long; female flowers: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube c.
0.2-0.3 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 0.8-1.2 mm
long, with arms vestigial or to c. 0.2 mm long. Fruit 2-3
mm long.
Flowers mainly spring.
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Cooper Creek
towardCoongie,R7.fiates47347,8.vii.1997(AD);Chowillaregion,
Murray River, J.Roberts 515, 3.X.1988 (CANB). QUEENSLAND.
Waterhole at Welford National Park headquarters, D.Hanger
39, 5.ix.2000 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES. Tom's Lake Station,
MarrowieCk, near shearers'quarters,/.Crawford339,29.ix.1985
(CANB, MEL, NSW); Warrego River, Bourke-Wanaaring Road,
ARodd 1904, 5.xi.l971 (NSW); Peak Hill,Tibooburra, LR.Richley
1318, 4.X.1973 (NSW). VICTORIA. 9 km N of Boundary Bend,
A.R.Begg, 20.ix.l963 (AD, CANB, MEL); Cemetery Swamp
Wildlife Reserve, A.C.Beauglehole 80135, 6.ix.l985 (CANB,
HO, MEL, NSW); Liparoo State Forest, c. 0.5 km E of Hattah-
Kulkyne National Park boundary, N.G.Walsh 2577, 13.ix.l986
(BRI, CANB, MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in arid and semiarid
regions of eastern Australia including south-western
Queensland, eastern South Australia, western New
South Wales and north-western Victoria. Occurs in parts
of the Lake Eyre and Murray-Darling basins, and follows
the Murray River to its mouth (Fig. 5). Grows in clay soils,
in shrubland and woodland, usually near water.
Notes: Asperula gemella typically becomes
extensively branched, more so than in other
herbaceous species of Asperula sect. Dioicae, and often
becomes tangled among plants of Muehlenbeckia
florulenta Meisn. (Tangled Lignum). Compared to other
species in Asperula sect. Dioicae, cymes of A. gemella
are complex and corolla-tubes are short, the latter
feature prompting its original placement in Galium by
Mueller. It develops a stout rhizome (to c. 2 mm diam.
in Eichler 18374 AD) and tends to lose leaves with age.
The surface of mericarps are conspicuously bulliform,
a feature it shares with A. geminifolia and A. asthenes.
These three species are also similar in having rather
long leaves, relatively few and reduced stipules, very
short ultimate peduncles, ovaries much broader than
long, and male plants having flowers with relatively
small ovaries.
A specimen from Cooper Creek in the Lake Eyre
region of South Australia {R.J.Bates 47347 AD) has
exceptionally large leaves but otherwise is typical
of the species. It is possible that such large leaves
represent first season"s growth and that, although they
occur frequently, they are often lost early and so not
seen in most collections.
2. Asperula geminifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 5:147
(1866)
Type: QUEENSLAND. Mt Brisbane, LLeichhardt, 28
October 1843; lecto (here designated): MEL. [Locality
deter mined by reference to Blake (1954)]
Herbs with stems to c. 1 m long, sometimes climbing.
Stems 0.3-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous; internodes to 90
mm long, mostly 15-60 mm long on branches; angles
much narrower than faces, with scattered scabrosities
(up to c. 10 per mm of angle); scabrosities strongly
retrorse; whorls 2-partite or less often 4-partite, and
Muelleria
45
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 64-66, Fig. 8".
Thompson 9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin versus, pilis patentibus differt. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; iso: CANB, NSW, NE. Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually basally and distally, often mildly arching forward distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended (excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers late winter to spring. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite soils in woodland. Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and female flowers is more marked than in most other species. Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and recognised this species as a probable new entity, and who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of the Australian flora. 10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 1063(1986) Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga [Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; iso: MEL. Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 54 Vol 27(1) 2009
Thompson 9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin versus, pilis patentibus differt. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; iso: CANB, NSW, NE. Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually basally and distally, often mildly arching forward distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended (excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers late winter to spring. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite soils in woodland. Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and female flowers is more marked than in most other species. Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and recognised this species as a probable new entity, and who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of the Australian flora. 10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 1063(1986) Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga [Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; iso: MEL. Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 54 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 69-70, Fig. 8".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 68-69, Fig. 8".
Asperula and Galium
14. Asperula polymera I.Thomps., sp. nov.
Ab A. euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill verticillis 7- vel
8-partitis ut maximum, foliis attenuatis basin versus,
ant her is longioribus, styiis longioribus differt.
Type; VICTORIA. Eastern Highlands,just south-east
of summit of Mt Vinegar, T.B.Muir 2519, 19 November
1961; holo: MEL.
A. euryphylla var. octophylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3); 100 (1928). Type: Location
unknown, Victoria (probably), collector and date
unknown; holo: K, images MEL; iso; MEL.
A. euryphylla sensu T.A.James & W.K.AIIen, FI. New
South Wales 3: A88 {1992).
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.;
sparingly branched; internodes to c. 70 mm long,
mostly 5-50 mm long on branches; angles narrower
than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum
(generally 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs
moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.2) mm long, narrow-
to fairly broad-based, straight; whorls 6-8-partite,
commonly at least one 7- or 8-partite, with stipules
c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or angled
upwards, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, oblanceolate
to narrow-oblanceolate or spathulate, (3-)6-20 mm
long, 1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 4-10, moderately
to strongly and very gradually tapering basally to be
(1 /2-) 1 /3-1 /4 of leaf-width at base, gradually tapering
distally, not arching, thin; margin flat, recurved or
narrowly revolute, densely hairy throughout or absent
proximally; apex mostly acute, occasionally subacute
to obtuse, without a hyaline apiculate extension;
terminal hair generally not present, but several short
hairs continuous with marginal hairs usually present;
upper surface dull to sublustrous, usually not wrinkled
on drying, with midrib weakly defined, without
acute epidermal projections; usually with scattered
antrorse hairs; pale patch distinct, 0.1-0.3 mm long,
occasionally purple-rimmed; abaxial midrib slender,
raised for most of length, usually recessed relative to
margin, with scattered fairly broad-based hairs. Cymes
of several to numerous flowers; primary peduncie
usually moderately elongate; intermediate peduncles
often elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes
mostly 0.2-2 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary
c. circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers:
corolla c. 3-4.5 mm long, with tube 1.5-2.5 mm long;
anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. equal to or slightly longer
than filament; ovary c. 0.5 mm long; female flowers:
corolla c. 1-2 mm long, with tube 0.5-1 mm long; ovary
0.8-1.2 mm long; style 2.0-2.2 mm long, with arms
0.5-1 mm long. Fruit (based on very limited material)
2-3 mm long.
Flowers summer.
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Claymore Creek
aqueduct intake, Watsons Crag Spur, Snowy Mountains,
J.I.Raine ANU10320, 28.xi.1970 (CANB, NSW); W side of Geehi
Dam, 2.5 km N of dam wall, A.Rodd 764, 31.xii.1968 (NSW).
VICTORIA. Roadside c 0.8 km short of Gerraty's Car Park,
Lake Mountain, I.R.Thompson 888, 19.i.2006 (AD, CANB, HO,
MEL); Between Howmans Gap and Falls Creek, H.I.Aston
220, 29.xii.1958 (MEL); North Nelse Creek, S of Spion Kopje,
A.CBeauglehole 22332, 23.1.1967 (MEL); Mt Buffalo National
park, 22.4 km from Porepunkah, E.M.Canning 3352, 9.xii.1972
(CANB, MEL); Duane Track between Big River and Mt Nelse
summit, M.U.M.C, 30.xii.1964 (CANB); Eskdale Spur, c. 2.5 km
N of Mt Bogong, A.Rodd 407, 3lJ<ii.1966 (NSW); NW edge
of Mt Baw Baw plateau, J.H.Willis, 3.xi.1940 (MEL: reference
collection); Bright, K.J.Simpfendorfer, Oct. 1943 (MEL: reference
collection).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in mountains
of south-central and eastern Victoria, including the
Healesville-Lake Mountain area, Mt Baw Baw, Mt Buffalo
and the Bogong High Plains, and in far south-eastern
New South Wales in the Snowy Mountains (Fig. 7).
Notes: Similar to A. euryphylla and also approaches
A. gunnii in some respects. Curiously, approximately
80% of collections are of male plants. In other species
of Asperula, the majority of collections are of female
plants.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the whorls which
tend to have more parts than in other species in sect.
Dioicae (From Gk. poly, many; mero, part).
^5. Asperula euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928)
Type; VICTORIA. Dandenong Ranges, C.Walter,
1893; holo: K;iso: NSW.
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.,
sublustrous; sparingly branched; internodes to 60
mm long, mostly 10-50 mm long on branches;
angles narrower than faces, with a moderately dense
indumentum (mostly 50 or more hairs per mm of
angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1
Muelleria
61
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 66-68, Fig. 8".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 59-60".
Asperula and Galium Key to genera * designates introduced. Asperula arvensis is not considered naturaiised (see notes under Asperula sect. Dioicae). 1 Coroila-lobes blue or pink adaxially and less than half of length of tube.. 1: Corolla-lobes white, pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or purplish adaxiaily and c. equai to or longer than tube.3 2 Calyx absent; corolla-lobes blue adaxially; bract margins with hairs 1-2 mm iong. *Asperula (>1. arvensis) 2: Calyx present; corolla-lobes pink adaxially; bract margins iacking hairs 1-2 mm long. 3.*Sherardia (S. arvensis) 3 Plants dioecious (but reduced organs of non-functionai sex present in ali flowers); corolla-tube mostly > 0.5 mm long, and if not then style a 0.8 mm long.7. Asperuia sect. Dioicae 3: Plants hermaphrodite; corolla-tube < 0.5 mm long.. 4 Whorls of stems predominantly 5 or more-partite. 2b. *Gaiium 4: Whorls of stems maximally 4-partite (very rarely 1 or 2 whorls with more parts).5 5 Coroiia snow-white adaxially, with lobes a twice length of ovary. 2b. *Gaiium (G. paiustre) 5: Corolla pale yellow, cream, dull-white, greenish or purplish adaxially, with iobes < twice length of ovary.6 6 Cymes not subtended by a leaf; corolla-lobes < 1 /2 length of ovary; mericarps > twice as long as broad.26. *Gaiium (G. muraie) 6: Cymes subtended by a leaf; corolla-lobes > 1/2 length of ovary; mericarps < twice as iong as broad. 2a. Gaiium Inflorescences short, terminating after 1 or 2 nodes, but often growing-on from terminal cymes producing pseudoaxillary cymes; cymes with flowers few to many, with overtopping generally absent or slight; bracts usually forming a whorl at primary node. Flowers functionally unisexual, with structures of non-functional sex present but reduced in size; corolla mostly with a distinct tube, white; ovary glabrous or rarely with short-lived minute hairs. Male flowers: corolla 1.5-6 mm long, with tube a little shorter to a little longer than lobes; anthers 0.2-0.9 mm long. Female flowers: corolla 0.8-3 mm long, with tube slightly to much shorter than lobes; ovary glabrous, smooth or with epidermal cells producing a bulliform appearance; style 0.8-3 mm long; stigmata generally 3-5 times broader than style-arms. Fruit on straight peduncles, with mericarps not separating from one another; mericarps c. broad- ellipsoid, 1.5-3 mm long, c. 1-1.5 mm wide, pericarp generally fleshy, broadly rugose on drying. Distribution: Asperula sect. Dioicae occurs predominantly in the south-eastern quarter of Australia, with a few species occurring as far north as Rockhampton in central-eastern Queensland. The section is represented in New Zealand by A perpusilla. Notes: Asperula arvensis L. (sect. Asperulae), native to Europe, has been recorded for Australia in the past, but there is no indication that it is or ever was naturalised. t It differs greatly from species in sect. Dioicae and more closely resembles Sherardia arvensis L. Asperula sect. Dioicae forms a moderately uniform group. It is quite uniform in terms of its dioecy, general floral structure, and mericarp size and fleshiness. The most useful characters taxonomically include the numbers of parts per whorl, development of woodiness in lower stems and rhizomes, indumentum type and density, and corolla length. Useful foliar characters include shape, orientation, arching and apex morphology. Table 1 (p. 40) provides a summary of those characters that can help to distinguish this group from native species of Galium. Notes on morphology INDUMENTUM (Fig. 1): Much of the variation in stem-angle indumentum is presented in Fig. lb. Appreciation of the nature of this variation is critical to being able to identify species of Asperula. LEAVES (Fig. 2): The shape of the leaf-apex and presence and length of terminal hairs at the apex can be important taxonomically, particularly in discriminating A. conferta from A. scoparia. A small pale patch is often present at the apex on the upper surface; it has limited taxonomic value within Asperula but will help to Muelleria 39
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 50-51, Fig. 5".
Asperula and Galium fringe of hairs sometimes present; upper surface sublustrous, smooth or wrinkled on drying, sometimes channelled medially on drying, with midrib obscure, glabrous or with spreading hairs near margins, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch indistinct; abaxial midrib robust, broad and compressed, mostly broader than lamina on each side, raised throughout length, projecting beyond margins, usually glabrous. Cymes of few to several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate peduncles generally short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to 0.3 mm long. Flowers: corolla sometimes hairy abaxially; ovary circular or oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep, sometimes with minute hairs; male flowers: corolla 2-3.5 mm long, with tube 1-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. equal to filament; ovary 0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.5-2.7 mm long, with tube 0.5-1.2 mm long; ovary 0.8-1 mm long; style 2-2.5 mm long, with arms 0.3-1 mm long. Fruit 1.5-2 mm long. Flowers spring. Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe (see Typification). NEW SOUTH WALES. Gara River, 9 m (14 km) E of Armidale, G.LDavis, 2.X.1955 (NSW); Wollomombi Falls, c. 40 km E of Armidale, J.B.Williams, 20.xi.1966 (NSW); Crown Creek, 8 km by road S of Capertee-Glen Davis Rd, V.KIaphake 1230, 18.ix.1995 (NSW); Braidwood District, W.Bauerlen 353, Jan. 1885 (MEL); Snowy River, 4 km WSW of summit of Mt Rix, SJ.Forbes 659, 27.ix.1981 (MEL); "Mirrunga" 8 km S of A.C.T. border, on Murrumbidgee River at confluence with Gossoon Creek, I.Crawford 3160, 12.X.1995 (CANB, NSW); Shoalhaven River, 10 km NW of Braidwood, W.Hartley & A.V.Hill, 23.X.1943 (AD, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Molonglo River, 2.5 km upstream from junction with Murrumbidgee River, P.Barrer, Oct. 1990 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snowy River near Upper Bete Belong, N.A.Wakefield, 26.X.1946 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly on the tablelands in eastern New South Wales and in the Australian Capital Territory, but also extends into south-eastern Queensland at Stanthorpe and into far eastern Victoria at Bete Bolong (Fig. 6). Grows on rocky riverbanks in riparian scrub and woodland. 8. Asperula subulifolia Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. ;VJ/sc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 98 (1928) Type; QUEENSLAND. Texas, J.LBoorman, September 1910; holo: K, images MEL; iso: NSW. Subshrubsto c. 30 cm high. Stems and older branches becoming woody and developing a spongy fissuring bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam., becoming much branched; current season's branches sublustrous; internodes to 25 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm long on branches; angles much broaderthan faces, with a dense indumentum (mostly c. 50-100 hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading, c. 0.1 mm long, narrow-based, straight; whorls 6- or 7-partite, or a proportion 4- or 5-partite on short branches, with stipules 70-90% of leaf length. Leaves erect, linear-lanceolate, 2-10 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, with l:w ratio 5-20, not or hardly tapering basally to be > 2/3 of leaf-width at base, very gradually tapering distally, sometimes gently arched upwards, slightly fleshy; margin flat, glabrous or with scattered hairs; apex peracute or sometimes filiform; a terminal hair not generally developed, but short hairs clustered around apex; upper surface sublustrous, often wrinkled on drying, with midrib obscure, glabrous or with scattered hairs; without acute epidermal projections; pale patch not evidefit; abaxial midrib robust and broad (c. 1/2-7/8 of total width), raised throughout length, projecting beyond margins, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Cymes of several flowers; primary peduncle usually elongate; intermediate peduncles generally short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla sometimes hairy abaxially; ovary slightly oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: corolla c. 2-2.5 mm long, with tube c. 1 mm long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 0.2-0.3 mm long, female flowers: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube c. 0.5 mm long; ovary 0.5 mm long; style c. 0.8-1 mm long, with arms 0.1-0.2 mm long. Fruit c. 2-3 mm long. Flowers spring to early summer. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Near Batterham lookout, Bingara, P./.Forster 18240, 16.xii.1995 (BRI, MEL, NSW); presbytery in Ashford, P.Barrett, 1.xi.1993 (NSW); Vickery State Forest, c. 24 km N of Gunnedah, D.Binns, 21.xi.2001 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs on the Northern Tablelands region in north-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows in woodland. Notes: Based on the very few specimens collected, A. subulifolia shows considerable variation in leaf dimensions, hairiness and stem-angle thickness. Muelleria 53
Thompson 9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin versus, pilis patentibus differt. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; iso: CANB, NSW, NE. Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually basally and distally, often mildly arching forward distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended (excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers late winter to spring. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite soils in woodland. Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and female flowers is more marked than in most other species. Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and recognised this species as a probable new entity, and who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of the Australian flora. 10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 1063(1986) Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga [Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; iso: MEL. Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 54 Vol 27(1) 2009
Thompson Grows in Eucalyptus propinqua H.Deane & Maiden and E. microcorys F.Muell. forest. Notes: Known only from the type collection. The holotype collection has pieces of both female and male plants, whereas the isotype collection has only male plants. It appears to be most closely related to A. euryphylla based on overall leaf shape and in having whorls maximally 6-partite. Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the leaf apex (from L: acuminatus, acuminate). 17. Asperula tetraphylla (Airy Shaw &Turrill) I.Thomps., stat. nov. Asperula euryphylla var. tetraphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, O.Tepper, 1886; holo: K, images MEL. Hertis5-20cmhigh.Sfemsc.0.5mmdiam.;sparingly branched; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, with a variably dense indumentum (mostly 20-50 hairs per mm of angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.1-0.2 mm long, medium to broad-based, straight or slightly to moderately recurved; whorls4-partite. Leaves spreading or at first angled upwards, broad-elliptic, broad-ovate or rotund, 2-6 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, with l;w ratio 1 -2, tapering strongly basally to be 1 /10- 1 /4 of leaf-width at base, tapering strongly distally, not arching, thin to slightly fleshy; margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, with several to numerous spreading to slightly antrorse, straight or weakly curved hairs, generally absent or few in distal 1/5; apex subacute to rounded, without a hyaline apiculate extension- terminal hair not developed; upper surface dull, not wrinkled on drying, with midrib weakly defined, with acute epidermal projections evident on distal margin, usually with short antrorse hairs near margins; pale patch mostly inconspicuous, to 0.1 mm wide and with l:w ratio 1-2; lower surface slightly paler than upper; abaxial midrib slender, slightly raised proximally to be c. at level of margin, with few to numerous hairs. Cymes of several flowers; primary and intermediate peduncles short or occasionally mildly elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 1.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary c. circular or broad-elliptic in face view, with sinus shallow to moderate; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3.5 mm long, with tube 1 -2 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, c. as long as filaments; ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1.5-2.5 mm long, with tube 0.5-0.9 mm long; ovary c. 1 mm long; style 1.2-2 mm long, with arms O. 2-0.4 mm long. Fruit 1.8-2 mm long. Flowers spring. Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Stun'sail Boom River, c. 68 km SW of Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, P.G.Wilson 881, 12.xi.l958 (AD); 12 km E of Karatta, Kangaroo Island, P. Copley.C.Baxter&R.FurnerNPKI 20444, 12.xi.l989 (AD); Rocky River, Kangaroo Island, 2.fi.C/e/and, 18.xi.l924 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the eastern half of Kangaroo Island in south-eastern 5outh Australia (Fig. 7). Grows in riparian forest. Notes: A distinctive species in habit and leaf morphology. In leaf and whorl morphology it resembles Galium clllare, but the leaves lack glandular cells. Compared to other species of Asperula sect. Dioicae with moderately long corollas, the flowers of this species are less dimorphic and the corolla-tube is relatively long. The pistil in male flowers is relatively large. 18. Asperula gunnii Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London! Bot. 6:464 bis (1847) A. ollgantha var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Maiden & Betche, in J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 188 (1916), nom.illeg. Type: TASMANIA. Nive R., R.C.Gunn s.n., Oct. 1840; holo: K, images MEL. Galium curtum Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 462 bis (1847); Asperula gunnii var. curta (Hook.f.) Airy 5haw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 89 (1928). Type: Tasmania: Hampshire Hills, R.C.Gunn 892, 1837; holo: K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high. Stems c. 0.5 mm diam.; usually sparingly branched; internodes to 40 mm long, mostly 2-15 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, sometimes only slightly so, with indumentum usually moderately dense, occasionally somewhat sparsely indumented and rarely largely glabrescent (up to c. 50 per mm of angle, mostly > 20); hairs slightly retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.15) mm long, usually narrow-based, weakly to strongly recurved; whorls 4-6 partite, rarely one or two 7-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or ascending, narrow to very narrow- 64 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 56-57, Fig. 6".
Brachyscome
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL,
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct.
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712
(CBG 047288).
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S,
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4).
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex.
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth.
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in
sandy and clay loam.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
specimens have been collected from August through
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979.
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species from a population
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site,
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia).
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form
of B. diversifolia with n = 18.
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B.
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (=
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities
from B. sieberi.
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I
have recorded them as being pink above and straw-
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are
of B. kaputarensis.
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov.
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral,
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999).
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.]
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3:
166 (1992) p.p.]
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis:
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal]
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B.
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus.
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings;
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6.
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth.
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18
Mueileria
31
Brachyscome
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL,
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct.
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712
(CBG 047288).
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S,
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4).
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex.
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth.
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in
sandy and clay loam.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
specimens have been collected from August through
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979.
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species from a population
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site,
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia).
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form
of B. diversifolia with n = 18.
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B.
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (=
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities
from B. sieberi.
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I
have recorded them as being pink above and straw-
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are
of B. kaputarensis.
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov.
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral,
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999).
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.]
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3:
166 (1992) p.p.]
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis:
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal]
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B.
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus.
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings;
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6.
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth.
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18
Mueileria
31
Short faces of the cypselas, then members of the 6. linearifolia group are not far removed from other eastern species such as B. microcarpa F.Muell. and S. nova-anglica G.LR.Davis- themselves part of a perplexing complex with undescribed taxa - and others such as B. aculeata (Labill.) Cass, ex Less, and S.r/par/ctG.LR.Davis. Similarly, the basally tufted, divided leaves and little more seems to exclude B. dissectifolia G.L.R.Davis and B. stuartil Benth. from the group. Just how all these species relate to each other is yet to be satisfactorily resolved. In recent years only four, formally-named species and one variety have been recognised as belonging to the 6. linearifolia group, these being the misapplied name B. angustifolia A.Cunn. ex DC. (Candolle 1836), B. angustifolia var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis (Davis 1948), B. formosa P.S.Short (Short 1988), B. petrophiia G.R.L.Davis (Davis 1949) and B. procumbens G.R.L.Davis (Davis, 1948). To this list can be added B. sp. aff. angustifolia (Watanabe et al. 1996), B. aff. formosa Entity 1 and B. aff. formosa Entity 2 (Salkin etal. 1995), the last two treated under B. petrophiia by Short (1999). Unnamed forms were also referred to by Salkin ef al. under B. angustifolia, B. angustifolia var. heterophylla and 6. procumbens. In sorting the complex it soon became evident that all or most of the entities informally alluded to, plus several others which have until now been unrecognised, are indeed taxa deserving of formal recognition. As they present consistent morphological differences and have discrete distributions, I have opted to consider all but one of them as distinct species. In total, I now recognise ten species within the group, five of which are here described and named for the first time, while two earlier names, 6. linearifolia DC. and 6. sieberi DC., have been reinstated. Taxonomy In the following key and descriptions cypselas are described as having ribs. In all species there are just two ribs and internally each rib has a vascular bundle which runs the length of the fruit. In some species the ribs are simply the outermost margins of the fruit and they may be smooth or have some tubercles distributed along their length. In several taxa the vascular portion of the rib is internal to a non-vascular wing or wing-like extension that forms the margin of the fruit. Both stalked glandular hairs and elongate, septate eglandular hairs are found on the branches, leaves and bracts of most species. Cypselas may have a few shortly stalked glandular hairs, particularly when immature, but taxonomically it is the structure of the eglandular hairs which occur on the fruit that is important. These hairs are not septate but are the typical 'twin hairs' found on the fruit of many species of daisy; such hairs may be straight, variably curved, or have very slightly inrolled apices; apically the two cells may be of the same or different lengths and in the latter case may be distinctly bifid. 1. Brachyscome brownii P.S.Short, sp. nov. [Brachyscome heterophylla auct. non Benth. (1837); Benth., FI. austral. 3:515 (1867), p.p., see below.] [Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 73: 162 (1948), p.p., as to Cambage specimen from Pokolbin.) B. formosae, B. petrophilae, B. sieberi, B. willisii similis cypselis alas destitutis; a B. petrophiia foliis plerumque petiolorum similibus differ!; a B. sieberi et B. willisii pills niveis septatis eglandulosis in folia et in ramos destitutis differ!; a B. formosa indumenta prominent! pilorum petiolis glandulosorum sub capitula, foliis integris vel saepe trifidus ad apicem, nullo modo lus quam lobis marginalibus tribus differ!. Similar to B. formosa, B. petrophiia, B. sieberi and 6. willisii in the cypselas lacking wings; differs from B. petrophiia in having leaves which mostly have petiole¬ like bases; differs among other things from B. sieberi and B. willisii in lacking whitish septate eglandular hairs on branches and leaves; differs from B. formosa in having a prominent indumentum of stalked glandular hairs below the capitula and in the leaves being entire or often apically trifid and with never more than 3 lateral lobes on each margin. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Pokolbin, Apr. 1906, R.H. Cambage (holotype NSW 15175). Perennial herb with ascending to erect branches to c. 30 cm long, branches with stalked glandular hairs usually forming a prominent indumentum immediately beneath the capitula and on immature leaves and shoots, otherwise mostly few and scattered and mature leaves appearing glabrous to the naked eye; eglandular 4 Vol 27(1) 2009
Short Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also had specific epithets for some species, including this one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I recognise this by naming it after him. Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it is rare, and one which means that the above description lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. Bentham (1867), under his description of B. heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident from both the description and Brown's specimens from Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, while the entity with the broader leaves and acute lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 374(1982). Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery industry (see Short 1988). [Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 8 Vol 27(1)2009
Brachyscome
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath'
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown
sandy loam'.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been
collected from August to February/March and also in
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145
have been determined from five capitula taken from
Short 3946.
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944).
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves
seemingly lost as plants mature.
Collectors have variously described the colour of
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet,
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her
article are of B. sieberi.
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306
(1-10 Oct. 1836)
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl.
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi.
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill.
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC).
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC).
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al.,
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p.
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.;
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no.
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated):
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis,
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind.
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below).
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype:
K. (See notes below).
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC.
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct.
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949);
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38,
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.]
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline,
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute;
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface,
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper
Muelleria
13
Brachyscome
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath'
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown
sandy loam'.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been
collected from August to February/March and also in
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145
have been determined from five capitula taken from
Short 3946.
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944).
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves
seemingly lost as plants mature.
Collectors have variously described the colour of
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet,
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her
article are of B. sieberi.
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306
(1-10 Oct. 1836)
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl.
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi.
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill.
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC).
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC).
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al.,
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p.
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.;
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no.
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated):
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis,
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind.
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below).
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype:
K. (See notes below).
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC.
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct.
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949);
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38,
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.]
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline,
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute;
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface,
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper
Muelleria
13
Brachyscome
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath'
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown
sandy loam'.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been
collected from August to February/March and also in
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145
have been determined from five capitula taken from
Short 3946.
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944).
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves
seemingly lost as plants mature.
Collectors have variously described the colour of
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet,
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her
article are of B. sieberi.
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306
(1-10 Oct. 1836)
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl.
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi.
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill.
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC).
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC).
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al.,
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p.
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.;
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no.
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated):
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis,
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind.
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below).
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype:
K. (See notes below).
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC.
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct.
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949);
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38,
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.]
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline,
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute;
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface,
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper
Muelleria
13
Brachyscome
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath'
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown
sandy loam'.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been
collected from August to February/March and also in
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145
have been determined from five capitula taken from
Short 3946.
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944).
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves
seemingly lost as plants mature.
Collectors have variously described the colour of
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet,
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her
article are of B. sieberi.
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306
(1-10 Oct. 1836)
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl.
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi.
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill.
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC).
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC).
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al.,
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p.
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.;
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no.
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated):
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis,
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind.
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below).
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype:
K. (See notes below).
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC.
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct.
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949);
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38,
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.]
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline,
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear-
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute;
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface,
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper
Muelleria
13
Brachyscome
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL,
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct.
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712
(CBG 047288).
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S,
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4).
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex.
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth.
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in
sandy and clay loam.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
specimens have been collected from August through
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979.
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species from a population
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site,
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia).
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form
of B. diversifolia with n = 18.
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B.
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (=
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities
from B. sieberi.
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I
have recorded them as being pink above and straw-
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are
of B. kaputarensis.
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov.
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral,
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999).
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.]
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3:
166 (1992) p.p.]
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis:
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal]
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B.
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus.
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings;
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6.
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth.
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18
Mueileria
31
Short Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also had specific epithets for some species, including this one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I recognise this by naming it after him. Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it is rare, and one which means that the above description lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. Bentham (1867), under his description of B. heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident from both the description and Brown's specimens from Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, while the entity with the broader leaves and acute lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 374(1982). Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery industry (see Short 1988). [Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 8 Vol 27(1)2009
Brachyscome circumscription by Davis and the broader one used by Willis encompass a number of distinct taxa which are segregated and formally named in this paper. Sorting of specimens has also convinced me that the name 6. heterophylla has simply been applied to a minor variant which should be encompassed under B. linearifolia without any formal recognition. Of c. 70 specimens referred by me to B. linearifolia only eight, including the type specimen of B. heterophylla, have lobed leaves. In these specimens leaves are almost invariably deeply 3-lobed in the upper third, only occasionally is there an extra 1 or sometimes 2 lateral lobe present or the leaves have just a single lobe or the lobes are short. On most specimens there are usually entire, oblanceolate or subspathulate leaves also present, for example MEL 39791 which has branchlets with a mix of mostly divided and entire leaves and a branchlet with just entire, comparatively narrow leaves. This specimen was collected by Robert Brown (numbered as Bennett 2066, and Davis's erroneously chosen lectotype of B. heterophylla) and a duplicate collection at K has branchlets which have only, or mostly deeply divided leaves. Elements comprising the lectotype and isolectotype specimens of B. heterophylla are also extremely similar to Robert Brown's collection and it is unsurprising that, when seen alone, these specimens were considered to be representative of a distinct species. However, when viewed along with other specimens, such as Blakely's collections from Jenolan Caves (NSW 15171 and SYD s.n.) - in which most leaves are entire and few leaves divided -1 concluded that the aforementioned specimens are representative of minor variation which is not worthy of formal recognition. It may be a quirk of collecting but specimens with some or mostly divided leaves tend to be found on the periphery of the overall distribution of the species. I have not seen the specimen from Tea Gardens, N.S.W. on which Salkin eta/. (1995, p. 41 b & ii) have based an illustration of 6. angustifolia var. heterophylla but, as with the specimens with lobed leaves referred to above, I believe - despite it being unusual in seemingly having only divided leaves and particularly prominent ab/adaxial margins on the cypselas - that it too belongs here. As with other specimens with divided leaves, this slightly disjunct population also occurs on the periphery of the distribution of the species, in this case the northern edge, and indeed just south of the known distribution of the vegetatively variable 6. procumbens. Specimens with roots are not commonly collected but, as is evident from A.A. Hamilton (NSW 15167), roots are long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh. There are two specimens [Hamilton from Cronulla Beach, and another from Boudii N.P. collected by Smith-White or one of his colleagues) which have relatively short leaves and reduced branchlets, features which are presumably the result of growing in exposed habitats. Maiden & Betche (1916, p. 196) recorded, under the name B. linearifolia, 'var. heterophylla F.v.M. impl. from i Census (6. heterophylla Benth.).'. In Mueller's (1882)'First Census's, linearifolia is listed but neither of the names 6. heterophylla or var. heterophylla are recorded, so their comment is both erroneous and a mystery, particularly as Moore (1893) had earlier reduced 6 . heterophylla Benth. to varietal rank under B. linearifolia. 5. Brachyscome mittagongensis P.S.Short, sp. nov. Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endl. et al, Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837) p.p., the type specimen being a mixed collection of 6 . heterophylla (as lectotypified above) and B. mittagongensis. [Brachyscomesieberiauct. non DC.: ?Benth., FI. austral. 3:520 (1867) p.p., seemingly as to description of leaves as 'often stem-clasping' and 'minutely 3-toothed at the end'; C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893), seemingly entirely applied to this species as per description and the single locality'Port Jackson'.] Abaliisgregis B. linearifoliae foliismaximusin medio et inferno caulls ad bases petiolorum similibusnon con tract is sed manifesto similibus et saepe amplexicaulibus dum apicibus eorundem plerumque truncatis et tridentatis, dentibus parvis in amplitudine aequalibus differt. Differs from other members of the B. linearifolia group in having the largest lower and mid-cauline leaves not tapering towards a petiole-like base but being manifestly sessile and often subamplexicaul while their apices are usually truncate and 3-denate, with the teeth small and of about equal size. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Between Marulan and Berrima, in roadside drain and partly cleared grazing land, alt. c. 680 m, 17 Mar. 1969, 6 . Briggs 3038 (holotype NSW 228368). Muelleria 17
Brachyscome circumscription by Davis and the broader one used by Willis encompass a number of distinct taxa which are segregated and formally named in this paper. Sorting of specimens has also convinced me that the name 6. heterophylla has simply been applied to a minor variant which should be encompassed under B. linearifolia without any formal recognition. Of c. 70 specimens referred by me to B. linearifolia only eight, including the type specimen of B. heterophylla, have lobed leaves. In these specimens leaves are almost invariably deeply 3-lobed in the upper third, only occasionally is there an extra 1 or sometimes 2 lateral lobe present or the leaves have just a single lobe or the lobes are short. On most specimens there are usually entire, oblanceolate or subspathulate leaves also present, for example MEL 39791 which has branchlets with a mix of mostly divided and entire leaves and a branchlet with just entire, comparatively narrow leaves. This specimen was collected by Robert Brown (numbered as Bennett 2066, and Davis's erroneously chosen lectotype of B. heterophylla) and a duplicate collection at K has branchlets which have only, or mostly deeply divided leaves. Elements comprising the lectotype and isolectotype specimens of B. heterophylla are also extremely similar to Robert Brown's collection and it is unsurprising that, when seen alone, these specimens were considered to be representative of a distinct species. However, when viewed along with other specimens, such as Blakely's collections from Jenolan Caves (NSW 15171 and SYD s.n.) - in which most leaves are entire and few leaves divided -1 concluded that the aforementioned specimens are representative of minor variation which is not worthy of formal recognition. It may be a quirk of collecting but specimens with some or mostly divided leaves tend to be found on the periphery of the overall distribution of the species. I have not seen the specimen from Tea Gardens, N.S.W. on which Salkin eta/. (1995, p. 41 b & ii) have based an illustration of 6. angustifolia var. heterophylla but, as with the specimens with lobed leaves referred to above, I believe - despite it being unusual in seemingly having only divided leaves and particularly prominent ab/adaxial margins on the cypselas - that it too belongs here. As with other specimens with divided leaves, this slightly disjunct population also occurs on the periphery of the distribution of the species, in this case the northern edge, and indeed just south of the known distribution of the vegetatively variable 6. procumbens. Specimens with roots are not commonly collected but, as is evident from A.A. Hamilton (NSW 15167), roots are long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh. There are two specimens [Hamilton from Cronulla Beach, and another from Boudii N.P. collected by Smith-White or one of his colleagues) which have relatively short leaves and reduced branchlets, features which are presumably the result of growing in exposed habitats. Maiden & Betche (1916, p. 196) recorded, under the name B. linearifolia, 'var. heterophylla F.v.M. impl. from i Census (6. heterophylla Benth.).'. In Mueller's (1882)'First Census's, linearifolia is listed but neither of the names 6. heterophylla or var. heterophylla are recorded, so their comment is both erroneous and a mystery, particularly as Moore (1893) had earlier reduced 6 . heterophylla Benth. to varietal rank under B. linearifolia. 5. Brachyscome mittagongensis P.S.Short, sp. nov. Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endl. et al, Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837) p.p., the type specimen being a mixed collection of 6 . heterophylla (as lectotypified above) and B. mittagongensis. [Brachyscomesieberiauct. non DC.: ?Benth., FI. austral. 3:520 (1867) p.p., seemingly as to description of leaves as 'often stem-clasping' and 'minutely 3-toothed at the end'; C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893), seemingly entirely applied to this species as per description and the single locality'Port Jackson'.] Abaliisgregis B. linearifoliae foliismaximusin medio et inferno caulls ad bases petiolorum similibusnon con tract is sed manifesto similibus et saepe amplexicaulibus dum apicibus eorundem plerumque truncatis et tridentatis, dentibus parvis in amplitudine aequalibus differt. Differs from other members of the B. linearifolia group in having the largest lower and mid-cauline leaves not tapering towards a petiole-like base but being manifestly sessile and often subamplexicaul while their apices are usually truncate and 3-denate, with the teeth small and of about equal size. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Between Marulan and Berrima, in roadside drain and partly cleared grazing land, alt. c. 680 m, 17 Mar. 1969, 6 . Briggs 3038 (holotype NSW 228368). Muelleria 17
Short mm wide present on the flowering branch. Capitula c. 5-7 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the uppermost leaves. Bracts 12-25, in 1 or perhaps 2 ill- defined rows and of similar length, somewhat elliptic to narrowly elliptic, obovate or lanceolate, 2-4.7 mm long, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, apically subobtuse to acute, mainly herbaceous but with narrow, hyaline margins and apices, mostly glabrous or with occasional stalked, glandular hairs to c. 0.1 mm long on margins and midrib. Receptacle hemispherical to shortly conical, areolate, glabrous. Ray florets (12) 17-29; corolla 7.6- 11.5 mm long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, variously described as mauve, lilac or pink. Disc florets c. 50-60; corolla with tube 1.55-2 mm long, externally with scattered, long, glandular hairs, 5-lobed, yellow, lobes lacking apical hairs, veins extending into and joining at the apex of the lobes. Stamens 5; filament collar 0.16-0.24 mm long, straight in outline or barely dilating towards the base but not or barely wider than the filament; anthers 1.07-1.4 mm long, microsporangia 0.84-1.14 mm long, apical appendages 0.14-0.34 mm long, obtuse. Styles 2.45-3.2 mm long, arms 0.62-0.9 mm long, stigmatic part 0.34-0.49 mm long, appendages somewhat widely triangular in outline, 0.22-0.41 mm long, shorter than the stigmatic part. Cypselas flat, obovate to oblanceolate, 2.1-3.4 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide (including wings), with two, non-swollen, but often manifestly flange-like ridges on each lateral surface, the entire fruit mostly uniformly yellow brown although sometimes purplish about the apex and the carpopodium usually paler; lateral surface of cypselas body smooth when immature but with 1-18 tubercles, well-developed tubercles somewhat conical, each with 1 (2) straight or very slightly curved, biseriate hairs, the hairs 0.06-0.13 mm long and the upper cells of equal length; ribs winged, the wings 0.1-0.5 mm wide and entire or with 1 -5 usually shallow notches and with 20- 36 straight or almost straight biseriate hairs (as on fruit body) along the length of each margin; carpopodium a narrow rim 0.03-0.04 mm wide, whitish or in colour matching the fruit body. Pappus an uneven crown of c. 15-25 white or yellowish-white, basally united bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, about the length or slightly exceeding the apical notch formed by the wings of the cypsela. Chromosome number: unknown. Fig. 11. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Nadgee Nature Reserve, 21 Jan. “[ 985, D.E. Albrecht 1490(MEL); 11.5 km NNW of Narooma on the Princes Hwy, 28 Mar. 1975, R. Coveny 6187 (NSW). VICTORIA. Windy Ridge Track, Jones Creek area, 31 Jan. 1984, E.A. Chesterfield 64 (MEL); 5 km NEof Mount Drummer, 11 Dec. 1979, S.J. Forbes 512 (MEL); Weelon Creek, 15 Jan. 1953, R. Melville 2895 (K, MEL, NSW); Yambulla Peak Track. 0.5 km SW from the ford of Genoa River, 18 Nov. 1985, N.G. Walsh 14921 CANB n.v.. MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v.]. Distribution: Eastern and south-eastern slopes of the Great Dividing Range, from about Narooma in the extreme south-east of New South Wales to the Mallacoota region of eastern Victoria and, in that State, west to about Moe (Fig. 2). Habitat: A species of woodland and forests dominated by species including Allocasuarina littoralis (Saiisb.) L.A.S.Johnson, Angophora floribunda (Sm.) Sweet, Backhousia myrtifolia Hook.f. & Harvey, Banksia serrata L.f., Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer, E. cypellocarpa L.A.S Johnson, £ elata Dehnh., £ longifolia Link, £ muelleriana A.W.Howitt, £ sieberi L.A.S.Johnson and £ tereticornis Sm. On sand and loam, and often noted to be either on river banks or river flats. Flowering period & reproductive biology:E\ower\ng is recorded for all months, except February, May and June, with the bulk of specimens collected from September to January. A pollen:ovule ratio of 2,845 has been determined for a single capitulum of Walsh 1214. Salkin et al. (1995) recorded that'seed'germinates in 12-40 days and that plants also readily grow from suckers. Cytology: Not recorded. Etymology: The epithet commemorates Esma Salkin, who had a passion for daisies and helped fund my studies of Brachyscome. It is only fitting that she be remembered in the name of one of our species. Notes: As recorded by Salkin etal. (1995) the purple colouration observed for many of the species in this complex has not been noted for this species. 9. Brachyscome sieberi DC., Prodr. 5 :306 (1836) Benth., FI. australiensis 3: 520 (1867) p.p., seemingly excluding specimens from Port Jacksons (Brown) and others which the description suggests are of B. mittagongensisi ?C.Moore, Handb. fi. N.S.W. 264 (1893), in only citing Port Jackson may only refer to B. 28 Vol 27(1)2009
Short mm wide present on the flowering branch. Capitula c. 5-7 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the uppermost leaves. Bracts 12-25, in 1 or perhaps 2 ill- defined rows and of similar length, somewhat elliptic to narrowly elliptic, obovate or lanceolate, 2-4.7 mm long, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, apically subobtuse to acute, mainly herbaceous but with narrow, hyaline margins and apices, mostly glabrous or with occasional stalked, glandular hairs to c. 0.1 mm long on margins and midrib. Receptacle hemispherical to shortly conical, areolate, glabrous. Ray florets (12) 17-29; corolla 7.6- 11.5 mm long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, variously described as mauve, lilac or pink. Disc florets c. 50-60; corolla with tube 1.55-2 mm long, externally with scattered, long, glandular hairs, 5-lobed, yellow, lobes lacking apical hairs, veins extending into and joining at the apex of the lobes. Stamens 5; filament collar 0.16-0.24 mm long, straight in outline or barely dilating towards the base but not or barely wider than the filament; anthers 1.07-1.4 mm long, microsporangia 0.84-1.14 mm long, apical appendages 0.14-0.34 mm long, obtuse. Styles 2.45-3.2 mm long, arms 0.62-0.9 mm long, stigmatic part 0.34-0.49 mm long, appendages somewhat widely triangular in outline, 0.22-0.41 mm long, shorter than the stigmatic part. Cypselas flat, obovate to oblanceolate, 2.1-3.4 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide (including wings), with two, non-swollen, but often manifestly flange-like ridges on each lateral surface, the entire fruit mostly uniformly yellow brown although sometimes purplish about the apex and the carpopodium usually paler; lateral surface of cypselas body smooth when immature but with 1-18 tubercles, well-developed tubercles somewhat conical, each with 1 (2) straight or very slightly curved, biseriate hairs, the hairs 0.06-0.13 mm long and the upper cells of equal length; ribs winged, the wings 0.1-0.5 mm wide and entire or with 1 -5 usually shallow notches and with 20- 36 straight or almost straight biseriate hairs (as on fruit body) along the length of each margin; carpopodium a narrow rim 0.03-0.04 mm wide, whitish or in colour matching the fruit body. Pappus an uneven crown of c. 15-25 white or yellowish-white, basally united bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, about the length or slightly exceeding the apical notch formed by the wings of the cypsela. Chromosome number: unknown. Fig. 11. Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Nadgee Nature Reserve, 21 Jan. “[ 985, D.E. Albrecht 1490(MEL); 11.5 km NNW of Narooma on the Princes Hwy, 28 Mar. 1975, R. Coveny 6187 (NSW). VICTORIA. Windy Ridge Track, Jones Creek area, 31 Jan. 1984, E.A. Chesterfield 64 (MEL); 5 km NEof Mount Drummer, 11 Dec. 1979, S.J. Forbes 512 (MEL); Weelon Creek, 15 Jan. 1953, R. Melville 2895 (K, MEL, NSW); Yambulla Peak Track. 0.5 km SW from the ford of Genoa River, 18 Nov. 1985, N.G. Walsh 14921 CANB n.v.. MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v.]. Distribution: Eastern and south-eastern slopes of the Great Dividing Range, from about Narooma in the extreme south-east of New South Wales to the Mallacoota region of eastern Victoria and, in that State, west to about Moe (Fig. 2). Habitat: A species of woodland and forests dominated by species including Allocasuarina littoralis (Saiisb.) L.A.S.Johnson, Angophora floribunda (Sm.) Sweet, Backhousia myrtifolia Hook.f. & Harvey, Banksia serrata L.f., Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer, E. cypellocarpa L.A.S Johnson, £ elata Dehnh., £ longifolia Link, £ muelleriana A.W.Howitt, £ sieberi L.A.S.Johnson and £ tereticornis Sm. On sand and loam, and often noted to be either on river banks or river flats. Flowering period & reproductive biology:E\ower\ng is recorded for all months, except February, May and June, with the bulk of specimens collected from September to January. A pollen:ovule ratio of 2,845 has been determined for a single capitulum of Walsh 1214. Salkin et al. (1995) recorded that'seed'germinates in 12-40 days and that plants also readily grow from suckers. Cytology: Not recorded. Etymology: The epithet commemorates Esma Salkin, who had a passion for daisies and helped fund my studies of Brachyscome. It is only fitting that she be remembered in the name of one of our species. Notes: As recorded by Salkin etal. (1995) the purple colouration observed for many of the species in this complex has not been noted for this species. 9. Brachyscome sieberi DC., Prodr. 5 :306 (1836) Benth., FI. australiensis 3: 520 (1867) p.p., seemingly excluding specimens from Port Jacksons (Brown) and others which the description suggests are of B. mittagongensisi ?C.Moore, Handb. fi. N.S.W. 264 (1893), in only citing Port Jackson may only refer to B. 28 Vol 27(1)2009
Short Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also had specific epithets for some species, including this one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I recognise this by naming it after him. Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it is rare, and one which means that the above description lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. Bentham (1867), under his description of B. heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident from both the description and Brown's specimens from Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, while the entity with the broader leaves and acute lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 374(1982). Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery industry (see Short 1988). [Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 8 Vol 27(1)2009
Short Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also had specific epithets for some species, including this one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I recognise this by naming it after him. Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it is rare, and one which means that the above description lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. Bentham (1867), under his description of B. heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident from both the description and Brown's specimens from Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, while the entity with the broader leaves and acute lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 374(1982). Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery industry (see Short 1988). [Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 8 Vol 27(1)2009
Brachyscome
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL,
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct.
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712
(CBG 047288).
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S,
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4).
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex.
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth.
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in
sandy and clay loam.
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering
specimens have been collected from August through
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979.
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10)
has been determined for this species from a population
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site,
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al.
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia).
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form
of B. diversifolia with n = 18.
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B.
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (=
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities
from B. sieberi.
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I
have recorded them as being pink above and straw-
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'.
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are
of B. kaputarensis.
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov.
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral,
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999).
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.]
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3:
166 (1992) p.p.]
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis:
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal]
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B.
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus.
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings;
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6.
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth.
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18
Mueileria
31
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Thompson
broadened, with hairs and scabrosities spreading
to retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules mostly
2/3 or more of leaf length below inflorescences,
decreasing upwards to be finally < 1/2 of leaf length
or occasionally not developed. Leaves oblong-elliptic,
elliptic, narrow-elliptic or narrow-ovate, 2-12 mm long,
1.5- 5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 2-6, with petiole¬
like portion 0.5-1.5 mm long; margin usually recurved
or revolute, sometimes strongly so; apex acute,
sometimes with a terminal hair; adaxial surface with
midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface with midrib
only conspicuous proximally, distal glandular cell patch
small to moderate, proximal glandular cells variably
present, sometimes conspicuous. Inflorescences mostly
extended, rarely soon terminating; cymes 2-10-
flowered, often 3-flowered, commonly exceeding
whorls when mature; primary peduncle to 20 mm long,
often hairy; intermediate and ultimate peduncles 0.5-
5 mm long, with insertion position variable, glabrous
or hairy; bracts c. equal to or more often shorter than
peduncle, developed at most nodes. Flowers: corolla
1.5- 3 mm diam., with lobes 0.7-1.3 mm long, not
apiculate, cream or greenish-cream, occasionally
tinged purplish-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary circular
to slightly oblate in face view, c. 0.5 mm long, covered
with antrorse-appressed, but later spreading, robust
hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, hooked, sometimes pigmented
orangish to brown throughout or distally. Fruit: fruit-set
percentage generally high; developing fruit dull, more
or less smooth between hairs; mature peduncles stout,
straight, mericarps reniform, 1.0-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8
mm wide, dark brown, reticulately rugose; hairs weakly
tubercle-based; dissepiment scar c. 0.5 mm long.
Flowers spring-summer.
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near Pink Bay,
Kangaroo Island, coll, unknown, 71847 (MEL); Limestone cliffs
near Dry Creek, Gleneig river, R.J.Bates 41837, 3.i.l996 (AD);
Honans Scrub, R.J.Bates 26322, 23.xi.1991 (AD). NEW SOUTH
WALES. Nowra-Yalwal Rd,c. 11 kmWofNowra,D.F.6/oxe// 1350,
21.iv.1974 (NSW); Mt Dromedary, E.Reader, Nov. 1894 (MEL);
W side. Lake Windemere, ANBG annexe, G.Singh & E.A.Geissler,
24.iii.l 981 (CANB). VICTORIA. Point Addis Coastal Reserve, c. 6
km ENEofAnglesea PO,A.C.6eaug/ef70/e 53495,19.1.1979 (MEL,
NSW); Queenscliff, AJ.Tadgell, Oct. 1904 (MEL); Sorrento Ocean
Beach, I.R.Thompson 1038, 2.i.2008 (MEL); Shallow Inlet, NW of
Wilsons Promontory, P.C.Heyligers 93023, 16.xi.l993 (CANB,
MEL); Wilsons Promontory, £Cfjesfer/7e/d2/34,11.1.1989 (MEL);
Wingan Inlet, J.H.Willis & N.A.Wakefield, 30.xii.1951 (MEL);
Dunes, Betka River, N.A.Wakefield 4802, 31.xii.l952 (MEL).
TASMANIA. Mt Killiekrankie, Flinders Island, S.Harris236, Sept.
1980 (HO); South Patriarch Trig, Flinders Island, c. 20 km NE of
Whitemark, I.Crawford 1111, 8.xii.l988 (BRI, HO, MEL); Hogans
Island, Furneaux group, J.S.Whinray 9317, s.d. (AD, CANB, HO,
MEL, NSW); Low Head, W.M.Curtis, 7.xii,1955 (HO); Deal Island,
Kent Group. J.S.Whinray 276, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Croppies Point,
A.M.Buchanan 1649,22.xi.l983 (HO); Swansea, A.S/mson2/66,
Oct. 1881 (HO); Ouse River near Remarkable Rock, c. 8 km NE
of Lake Echo, A.M.Gray 521, 14.xii.1980 (HO); Wilson Bight,
A.M.Buchanan 9472, 14.i.1987 (HO); Fluted Cape, South Bruny
Island, A.M.Buchanan 8370 (HO); near Derwent River, R.Brown,
1804 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in southern New
South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South
Australia, and Tasmania (Fig. 9). Grows mostly on or near
coasts, often in sandy soils, in shrubland and forest.
Notes: Galium australe, li ke G. albescens and G. densum,
has hooked spreading hairs on ovary and fruit; they are
shorter in G. australe. Also, compared to G. densum, G.
australe has a less marked size difference between
leaves and stipules, often firmer leaves with evenly
revolute margins, extended inflorescences, and cymes
with shorter and always straight peduncles. Galium
australe has smaller flowers and fruit than G. albescens
and the stem and leaf indumentum is not as dense and
hairs not as long. Uncommonly for Australian Galium, in
more complex cymes a third peduncle sometimes arises
from the primary peduncle. This pattern is more typical
of species in Asperula sect. Dioicae.
Specimens from Deal Island in Bass Strait, Tasmania
{J.S.Whinray 276 HO and D.A.Reynolds 97 HO) are
atypical in having inflorescences terminating after only
2 or 3 nodes.
Hybrids: The following collections appear to be
hybrids; 1 . Clyde River, south-eastern Tasmania (P.Co///er
1649 HO): G. australe x G. densum. 2. Hogan Island,
Bass Strait {N.P.Brothers 191 &251 HO) and St Margaret
Island, Victoria {A.C.Beauglehole 62333 MEL): G. australe
X G. gaudichaudii. 3. Lower Gleneig River, far south¬
western Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia
(e.g. R.J.Bates 41316 AD): G. australe x G. compactum.
4 . Galium albescens Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker,
London J. Bot. 6: 462 bis (1847).
76
Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium 3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) Type: not known. Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex (Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other introduced species of Galium. 4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, congested, with ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm long. Lady's Bedstraw. Flowers summer (based on Australian record). Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 (HO). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 2: 580-581 (1788) Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, October 1906; syn: MEL. Muelleria 105
Thompson midrib; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, spreading to slightly antrorse, moderately antrorsely curved to weakly hooked; lower surface glabrous except for robust midrib hairs. Inflorescences comprising an elongate raceme of cymes; cymes 2-6(-10)-flowered, with 1-3 orders of mostly monochasial branching, c. equal to or more often exceeding whorls; primary peduncle 10-70 mm long; bracts present at all nodes, usually in whorls of 2-6 at primary node, longer or shorter than the peduncle they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 3-40 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., inserted moderately distally, not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 1.5-2 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.8 mm long, acuminate, cream or white; ovary c. circular in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm long, covered with tubercle-based hooked hairs 0.5- 0.8 mm long, finally spreading. Peduncles in fruit curved near summit; mericarps plump reniform to subglobose, 2-4 mm long, 1 -3 mm wide, blackish, with tuberculate hairs persisting; dissepiment scar deeply recessed, c. 0.5 mm long. Cleavers, Large Goosegrass. Flowers late winter-summer. Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA, Sturt Gorge Recreation Park, Magpie Creek, BJ.Blaylock 3175, 8.vii.2001 (AD); Lower reaches of Torrens Gorge, D.Symon 14839, 21.xi.1988 (AD, CANS, HO, MEL); c. 3 km E of Echunga, at road junction on Mount Barker-Macclesfieid Rd, PJ.Lang 1881, 26.X.1990 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. C. 50 m downstream of Gin Gin bridge, Macquarie River, SJohnson 43, 7.xi.2000 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Oak Creek Nature Reserve, 7.1 km N of Wee Jasper, I.Crawford 7118, 29.X.2002 (CANB); Murrurundi, park on W side of New England Hwy, R.G.Coveny 16554 8/ AJ.Whalen, 12.X.1993 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. E slope of Black Mountain, Canberra, BJ.Lepschi 3925, 19.xi.1998 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL). VICTORIA. 3 km W of Portland PO, S of Bridgewater Road, ACBeauglehole 79J36,8.ii.l985(MEL);Seymour,besideGoulburnRiver,TB./Mu/r 6903, 6.xi.l981 (MEL); Anson Rd, c. 5 km SW of Pomborneit, I.Caarke2124, 30.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA. Stoodley Plantation, 4r23; 146’23; W.F.Pataczek, 11.i.1984 (AD, HO). Distribution and habitat Occurs mostly in south¬ eastern Australia, with a few records from south¬ western Western Australia. In south-eastern Australia it occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south¬ eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and Tasmania (Fig. 13). Native to the Mediterranean region and Asia as far east as Pakistan. Widely naturalised around the world. Grows in disturbed, usually moderately well-watered environments, particularly in urban environments and/or near sites of human habitation. [6. tenerum auct. non Schleicher (1821): J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia, 2"'' edn, 4:800 (1957); J.H.Willis, Handb. FI. Victoria 2: 617 (1973)]. Notes: Galium aparine is similar to G. spurium and careful examination is required to distinguish between them. Galium spurium occurs in drier environments and has not become established in urban environments. Care needs to be taken with these two species when interpreting the leaf indumentum. The retrorse robust hairs on the margin need to be distinguished from the more slender and antrorsely curving near-marginal hairs. Particularly if the margin has rolled somewhat, these near-marginal hairs could be mistakenly interpreted as marginal hairs. 7. Galium spurium L., Sp. P/. 1:106 (1753) Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn 55.17; lecto: LINN n.v., fide A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. Prodr. FI. Corse 53 (2000). G. ibicinum Boiss. & Hausskn. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 70 (1875); G. spurium subsp. ibicinum (Boiss. & Hausskn. ex Boiss.) Ehrend., PI. Sysr. Evol. 127: 305 (1977). Type; Persia (Iran): Luristan;"Ad nives M. Sawers 12000 ped." [alt. 3500 m], H.C.Haussknecht, no date; lecto: W, fide F.Ehrendorfer loc. cit. G. aparine var. minor Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 447 (1867). Type: /Victoria: Murray River, F.Mueller, syn: MEL;Victoria:Wendu Valley, Gleneig River, R.Robertson; syn; ?K n.v.; South Australia; Mt Gambier, F.Mueller, January 1857; syn: MEL; Western Australia: Swan River, J.Drummond 727: syn: MEL; Western Australia: Swan River, Oldfield: syn; MEL. G. aparine sensu J.A.Jeanes, FI. Victoria 4:619 (1999), p.p. [G. tenerum auct. non Schleicher (1821): J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia, 2”'^ edn, 4:800 (1957);J.H.Willis, Handb. FI. Victoria 2:617 (1973)] Annuals to c. 30 cm high. Stems 0.5-1 mm diam.; angles slender, strongly raised, with a scattered line of robust tubercle-based retrorsely curved hairs, 0.1-0.4 mm long; whorls predominantly 4-6-partite, with 1 or more lower nodes of inflorescences usually with 5- or 6-partite whorls, rarely 7 or 8-partite whorls present. 108 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 75-76, Fig. 9".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 87-88".
Thompson Grows in Eucalyptus propinqua H.Deane & Maiden and E. microcorys F.Muell. forest. Notes: Known only from the type collection. The holotype collection has pieces of both female and male plants, whereas the isotype collection has only male plants. It appears to be most closely related to A. euryphylla based on overall leaf shape and in having whorls maximally 6-partite. Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the leaf apex (from L: acuminatus, acuminate). 17. Asperula tetraphylla (Airy Shaw &Turrill) I.Thomps., stat. nov. Asperula euryphylla var. tetraphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, O.Tepper, 1886; holo: K, images MEL. Hertis5-20cmhigh.Sfemsc.0.5mmdiam.;sparingly branched; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, with a variably dense indumentum (mostly 20-50 hairs per mm of angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.1-0.2 mm long, medium to broad-based, straight or slightly to moderately recurved; whorls4-partite. Leaves spreading or at first angled upwards, broad-elliptic, broad-ovate or rotund, 2-6 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, with l;w ratio 1 -2, tapering strongly basally to be 1 /10- 1 /4 of leaf-width at base, tapering strongly distally, not arching, thin to slightly fleshy; margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, with several to numerous spreading to slightly antrorse, straight or weakly curved hairs, generally absent or few in distal 1/5; apex subacute to rounded, without a hyaline apiculate extension- terminal hair not developed; upper surface dull, not wrinkled on drying, with midrib weakly defined, with acute epidermal projections evident on distal margin, usually with short antrorse hairs near margins; pale patch mostly inconspicuous, to 0.1 mm wide and with l:w ratio 1-2; lower surface slightly paler than upper; abaxial midrib slender, slightly raised proximally to be c. at level of margin, with few to numerous hairs. Cymes of several flowers; primary and intermediate peduncles short or occasionally mildly elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 1.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary c. circular or broad-elliptic in face view, with sinus shallow to moderate; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3.5 mm long, with tube 1 -2 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, c. as long as filaments; ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1.5-2.5 mm long, with tube 0.5-0.9 mm long; ovary c. 1 mm long; style 1.2-2 mm long, with arms O. 2-0.4 mm long. Fruit 1.8-2 mm long. Flowers spring. Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Stun'sail Boom River, c. 68 km SW of Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, P.G.Wilson 881, 12.xi.l958 (AD); 12 km E of Karatta, Kangaroo Island, P. Copley.C.Baxter&R.FurnerNPKI 20444, 12.xi.l989 (AD); Rocky River, Kangaroo Island, 2.fi.C/e/and, 18.xi.l924 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the eastern half of Kangaroo Island in south-eastern 5outh Australia (Fig. 7). Grows in riparian forest. Notes: A distinctive species in habit and leaf morphology. In leaf and whorl morphology it resembles Galium clllare, but the leaves lack glandular cells. Compared to other species of Asperula sect. Dioicae with moderately long corollas, the flowers of this species are less dimorphic and the corolla-tube is relatively long. The pistil in male flowers is relatively large. 18. Asperula gunnii Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London! Bot. 6:464 bis (1847) A. ollgantha var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Maiden & Betche, in J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 188 (1916), nom.illeg. Type: TASMANIA. Nive R., R.C.Gunn s.n., Oct. 1840; holo: K, images MEL. Galium curtum Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 462 bis (1847); Asperula gunnii var. curta (Hook.f.) Airy 5haw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 89 (1928). Type: Tasmania: Hampshire Hills, R.C.Gunn 892, 1837; holo: K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high. Stems c. 0.5 mm diam.; usually sparingly branched; internodes to 40 mm long, mostly 2-15 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, sometimes only slightly so, with indumentum usually moderately dense, occasionally somewhat sparsely indumented and rarely largely glabrescent (up to c. 50 per mm of angle, mostly > 20); hairs slightly retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.15) mm long, usually narrow-based, weakly to strongly recurved; whorls 4-6 partite, rarely one or two 7-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or ascending, narrow to very narrow- 64 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 78-79, Figs 4f, 9".
Asperula and Galium 3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) Type: not known. Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex (Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other introduced species of Galium. 4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, congested, with ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm long. Lady's Bedstraw. Flowers summer (based on Australian record). Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 (HO). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 2: 580-581 (1788) Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, October 1906; syn: MEL. Muelleria 105
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 96-97".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 102-103".
Thompson Table 1. Points of distinction between Asperula sect. Dioicae and Austraiian Galium. Asperula sect. Dioicae Australian Galium 1. Indumentum often relatively constant in density and type within a species 1. Indumentum variable in density and often of two types in a species or even on one plant 2. Whorls (2-)4-6(-8)-partite (often with some variation within species and within plants) 2. Whorls 4-partite (rarely a few whorls 5 or 6-partite; sometimes towards termini 2-partite) 3. Whorl parts not reducing in number and sometimes increasing upwards 3. Whorls occasionally reducing to 2-partite towards inflorescence termini 4. Size of stipules relative to leaves generally constant 4. Stipules sometimes becoming proportionately smaller upwards 5. Leaves commonly with a small pale subapical patch on upper surface (variably conspicuous) 5. Leaves lacking pale subapical patch on upper surface 6. Leaves lacking glandular cells on lower surface 6. Leaves with glandular cells on lower surface (G. liratum and G. spathulatum are exceptions) 7. Inflorescences always short, but sometimes with growing on from terminal cymes to produce pseudoaxillary arrangement 7. Inflorescences extended or occasionally only a few nodes long; growing on from terminal cymes not seen 8. Cymes or partial cymes generally somewhat congested 8. Cymes congested to rather lax 9. Plants dioecious. Flowers functionally unisexual but structures of non-functional sex evident 9. Plants hermaphrodite. Flowers functionally bisexual 10. Whorl of bracts generally developed at primary node of cymes 10. Whorl of bracts not developed or developed in only a small proportion of cymes at primary node 11. Corolla-tube mostly well-developed, longer in male flowers. Mostly 1/3 to 1/2 of total length 11. Corolla-tube hardly developed. Less than 1/4 of total length 12. Corolla snow white on both sides 12. Corolla pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or green, or purplish, the same or purplish-red abaxially 13. Style > 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively robust 13. Style < 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively small 14. Fruit mostly 2-3 mm long 14. Fruit mostly 0.8-2 mm long, but up to 2.4 mm long 15. Mericarps apparently not separating from one another. Often only one carpel fertilised 15. Mericarps separating from one another. Common for both carpels to be fertilised (if inbreeding species) 16. Mericarps moderately fleshy 16. Mericarps mostly not or only slightly fleshy 17. Ovaries and fruit giabrous and without ornamentation (rarely a few minute hairs present) 17. Ovaries and fruit often with hairs or pustules dentify sterile specimens as being Asperula rather than Galium. The prominence of the abaxial midrib (Fig. 2b) :an also help to discriminate some species. INFLORESCENCES (Fig. 3): Inflorescences are 'undamentally terminal cymes; however, one or both ateralbranchesofthese cymes may growonvegetatively 0 varying degrees and overtop the terminus (see example in Fig. 3 xi).This results in pseudoaxillary cymes. >uch cymes may appear sporadically to regularly along stem. In some species terminal cymes also arise from hort lateral branches along stems. This appears to be nore likely in species developing sprawling stems. FLOWERS (Fig. 4): Male and female flower morphology is shown in Fig. 4a. A sometimes subtle but useful character for distinguishing species is the shape of the ovary. In a few species the ovary is markedly broader than long. The non-functional ovary of the male flower shown in Fig. 4a i is relatively larger than that seen in species such as A. geminifolia. Asperula gemella Airy Shaw STurrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 102 (1928) Galium geminifolium F.MuelL, Trans, and Proc. Viet. Inst. Adv. Sci. 1: 127 (1855); Galium umbrosum van geminifolium (F.Muell.) C.Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New South Wales 253 (1893). 40 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 70-74".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 74-75, Fig. 9".
Thompson
PO, A.CBeauglehole 49759, 22.iii.1975 (MEL; NSW); E side of
Oxbow Lake, Nelson, N.HScarlett86-483, 19.xii.l986 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western
Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 12).
Collections from north-eastern New Soutli Wales and
eastern Victoria are though to be introductions. Grows
predominantly in sandy soils in forest and woodland.
Notes: A common feature of G. curvihirtum is a
tendency towards monochasial branching, progressive
developmentofflowers.and a strongly distal peduncular
insertion. It is similar to G. migrans in this respect. Some
specimens from South Australia, e.g. Sates 356 7 AD, have
relatively small corollas and the ovary is slightly longer
than broad. A moderate proportion of fertilised flowers
in this species have only one carpel fertilised, resulting
in fruit with a lop-sided appearance (fig. 4j). Mericarps
are usually significantly larger than in G. gaudichaudii;
however, more records are needed to determine how
consistent this character is.
Galium curvihirtum is most similar to G. gaudichaudii.
It differs from this species in having hairy ovaries and
fruit, generally larger fruit, and generally broader and/
or more elliptic leaves below inflorescences. Compared
to G. gaudichaudii subsp. gaudichaudii the subspecies
that slightly overlaps its distribution, G. curvihirtum has
smaller corollas and its leaves are more elliptic, more
tapered basally, generally lack a terminal hair, and have
less glandular cell development.
Hybr;ds;Thefollowingcollectionsappeartobehybrids:
1. Warrain Parish, south-western Victoria U-H.Willis MEL);
Donovan’s landing, far south-eastern South Australia
{B.Copley 2856 AD; R.J.Bates 35922 AD): G. curvihirtum x
G. compactum. 2. Black Range, south-western Victoria
[A.CBeauglehole 30044 MEL); Golton Gorge northern
Grampians, south-western Victoria [A.C.Beauglehole
30096 MEL): G. curvihirtum x G. gaudichaudii subsp.
gaudichaudii. In the former locality pieces have either
glabrous ovaries or hairs that are shorter than is typical
for G. curvihirtum. In the latter, ovaries are all glabrous.
Corolla diameter is within the range for G. curvihirtum
and is too small for G. gaudichaudii subsp. gaudichaudii.
19. Galium microlobum I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A G. gaudichaudii DC. plantis annuis, corolla parviore,
mericarpiis parvioribus differt.
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near Loch Ness Well,
Gammon Ranges, RJ.Bates 34345, 29 September 1993;
holo: AD; iso: MEL.
Herbs, usually growing as annuals, generally sparsely
indumented with hairs to 0.6 mm long, or scabrosities;
rhizomes not seen. Stems to c. 0.5 mm diam., with
angles slender to slightly broadened; whorls 4-partite,
with stipules similar to leaf length below inflorescences,
decreasing upwards to be finally 1/3-2/3 of leaf length.
Leaves oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow-lanceolate
or narrow-oblong-elliptic, 1-10 mm long, 0.5-2 mm
wide, with l:w ratio mostly 2.5-8, with petiole-like
portion to c. 1 mm long; margin recurved to revolute;
apex acute, sometimes with a terminal hair or 2; adaxial
surface with midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface:
midrib variably distinct, distal glandular cell patch small
to moderate, proximal cells usually evident./nf/orescences
extended; cymes 1-3-flowered, shorter than whorl;
primary peduncle to 1.5 mm long, generally glabrous;
ultimate peduncles to 1 mm long, inserted variably;
bracts variably present, much longer than peduncles.
Flowers: corolla 0.8-1.0 mm diam., with lobes 0.3-0.4
mm long, not apiculate, greenish-cream adaxially and
usually intensely purplish-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary
c. circular in face view, c. 0.4 mm long, glabrous. Fruit
fruit-set percentage high; developing fruit dull or sub-
lustrous, smooth to areolate; mericarps reniform, 0.8-1.0
mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, dark-brown or more often
dark purple, smooth or obscurely reticulately rugose;
dissepiment scar 0.3-0.4 mm long. (Fig. 4d)
Flowers late winter to spring.
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Mt Wallaby,
Kondoolka, Gawler Ras, RJ.Bates 57455A, 20,ix.2000 (AD); South¬
eastern Hills, Winninowie Ras, AG.Spooner 8960, 8.X.1983 (AD);
7.6 km SW of "new" Paney homestead on S side of Mt Allalone,
RJ.Chinnock 7715, 28.ix.1987 (AD, MEL); 15 km N of Plumbago
Homestead, RJ.Chinnock 1289, 30.ix.1973 (AD); outcrop WNW
of 4 mile creek, northern Flinders Ras, FMollenmans 1090,
6.X.1981 (AD); 1 km S of gorge, Telowie Gorge Conservation Park,
RJ.Bates 63503, 4.ix.2004 (AD); Near Yorke Peninsula, Tepper,
no date (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES.OId Mootwingee Gorge,
Mootwingee National Park, 113 km NE of Broken Hill, I.Crawford
1083, 24x1988 (BRI, CANB, NSW); N slopes of Mt Binya, Cocopara
Ras, c. 25 km ENE of Griffith, M.D.Crisp 1469, 1.ix.1975 (AD,
CANB, NSW);Tarella, W.Bauerlen, Aug. 1887 (MEL); Girilambone,
EBetche, 6.X.1886 (MEL, NSW); N of middle bore, "Iona", c. 29 km S
of Louth, CW.E.Moore8161,20.\x.l9a2 (CANB);Yathong NR via Mt
100
Vol 27(1)2009
Thompson Key to subspecies 1 Stem-angles narrower than faces. 1 Sa. subsp. migrans 1: Stem-angles broader than faces (faces reduced to grooves).2 2 Ovary and fruit glabrous. 756. subsp. inversum 2: Ovary and fruit hairy. 15c. subsp. trichogynum Distribution and habitat: Occurs near Goulburn in central-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 11). Grows in crevices in limestone rocks in forest at an altitude of c. 600 m. Notes: Galium bungoniensis is characterised by its stout rootstock, multistemmed habit with relatively robust stems, broad bristly stem-angles, floriferous cymes, and hairy ovaries. Unusually in Australian Galium, the hairs at the margin of the stem-angles are oriented transversely across the stem faces. The long hairs on the fruit, although sometimes nearly hooked, are not regularly and minutely hooked as in G. australe, G. densum and G. albescens (see fig. 4f). Etymology: The epithet refers to the only known location of this species. 15. Galium migrans Ehrend. & McGill., Telopea 2: 362(1983) G. erythrorrhizum F.Muell. ex Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:113 (1856), nom. illeg. non Boiss. & Reut. (1852). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, F.Mueller; lecto: U, fide D.J.McGillivray, Telopea 2: 360 (1983). Remaining syntype; South Australia: in valle Schlanken, Behr; syn: U; isosyn: MEL. Herbs, sparsely to moderately indumented with slender or slightly coarse hairs to 0.4 mm long or scabrosities; rhizomes not seen.Stems to c. 0.8 mm diam., with angles slender, mildly broadened or extremely broad with faces reduced to narrow grooves; whorls 4- partite, with stipules nearly equal to leaf length below inflorescences, decreasing upwards to be finally c. 1/2 of leaf length, occasionally less. Leaves elliptic or narrow- elliptic, 5-12 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1.5-10, with petiole-like portion to c. 1 mm long or obscure; margin recurved to revolute; apex acute, often with a terminal hair; adaxial surface with midrib usually weakly defined; abaxial surface with midrib distinct in proximal half and variably hairy, with hairs occasionally arising from the lamina, distal glandular cell patch small to moderate, proximal cells variably evident. Inflorescences usually extended, sometimes only 3 or 4 nodes long; cymes 2-12-flowered, mostly exceeding leaves; primary peduncle 2-25 mm long, sometimes hairy or scabridulous; intermediate and ultimate peduncles (1.5-)2-10 mm long, inserted distally often strongly so, sometimes scabridulous or hairy; bracts mostly shorter than peduncle, variably present. Flowers: corolla (2-)2.5-4 mm diam., with lobes (0.8-)1.0-1.8 mm long, short- to long-apiculate, cream or tinged purplish abaxially or completely suffused purple, often hairy abaxially; ovary mostly broad-elliptic in face view, 0.4-0.6 mm long, glabrous or rarely covered with short spreading hairs. Fruit, fruit-set percentage sometimes low; developing fruit dull to sublustrous, usually finely papillose, sometimes acutely; mericarps reniform, 1.2-1.7 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, dark red-purple, reticulately rugose, but rugae often poorly formed; dissepiment scar 0.7-1 mm long. Flowers spring-summer. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia from the northern Flinders Ranges south to Kangaroo Island (Fig. 11). Notes: Leaves below inflorescences are generally relatively broad (2-4 mm wide) but are much narrower within inflorescences. The ovaries have a higher l:w ratio compared with G. gaudichaudii and this higher ratio persists as they develop post-fertilisation. Although similar to forms of G. gaudichaudii with lax cymes, this species is perhaps more closely related to G. compactum q.v. based on similarities in floral and fruit morphology. Corolla-lobes have a more pronounced acuminate apex than in other species, are sometimes suffused purple-red abaxially and also adaxially (at least in pressed specimens), and are often hairy abaxially. Stamen-filaments are often purple. Cyme branchlets are sometimes almost filiform. 92 Vol 27(1)2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Thompson 2. Galium murale (L.) AIL, FI. Pedem. 1: 8 , t. 77, f. 1 (1785) Sherardia muralis L., Sp. P/. 1:103 (1753). Type: ITALY. Herb. Linn. 126.2; lecto; LINN n.v., fide A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. Prodr. FI. Corse, Rubiaceae 105 (2000). Annuals to c. 20 cm high, commonly 1-5 cm high. Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; angles slender, hardly raised, glabrous or with sparse spreading to slightly retrorse hairs c. 0.1 mm long, or rarely with a moderately dense indumentum of hooked hairs c. 0.3 mm long; whorls variable in number of parts, 4-6-partite below inflorescences reducing to 1-3-partite in inflorescences as cymes replace the leaf and stipule(s) on one side; stipules remaining c. equal to leaves throughout. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong- elliptic, or spathulate, 2-7(-10) mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm wide, with l;w ratio (1.5-) 2-6, tapering gradually and moderately basally, thin; margin recurved or revolute, with a line of antrorse to subappressed hairs; hairs plump, not curved apically, not tubercle based; apex acuminate or narrowly acute, with hyaline apiculum to c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair to c. 0.2 mm long; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous or usually with few to several hairs along midline and near-marginally; lower surface glabrous or with a few hairs on midrib. Inflorescences a raceme of cymes; cymes predominantly 2-flowered, sometimes solitary, less often 3-flowered, rarely to 6-flowered, lax, not subtended by a leaf, equal to or exceeding leaf on opposite side; primary peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts rarely developed; ultimate peduncles 1-2 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm diam, inserted basally, proximally or midway, not overtopping. Flowers: corolla c. 0.8 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.3 mm long, acute, pale cream or greenish, sometimes tinged pink; ovary broad-oblong in outline, c. 2 times as long as broad, c. 0.8 mm long, rarely glabrous, with hooked hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long at summit and mostly also laterally on one of the two carpels, rarely glabrous except for minute hairs at summit, smooth. Peduncles of fruit moderately downcurved; mericarps narrow-cylindrical, often mildly arched, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, blackish- brown or with a whitish coat, not rugose; dissepiment scare. 1 mm \ong.SmallCoosegrass,SmallBedstraw. Flowers mostly spring. Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Monks well Gully, Wongan Hills, c. 194 km NE of Perth, K.F.Kenneally 6875, 27.ix.1978 (PERTH); 11 km W of Roes Rock, nearTwertup Creek (FRNP), KNewbey / 1029, 1 0j<.1 985 (PERTH);Thomas River, c. 8 km SSW of Boyatup Hill, clOO km E of Esperance, ACOrchard 1388, 5j<.1968 (AD). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Butchers Gap Conservation Park, 6 km S of Kingston, P.Gibbons 568, 30.X.1986 (AD, HO); 5.0 km E of Black Hill (Marne), Murray region, A.G.5pooner 10439, 16x1986 (AD); Finniss Conservation Park, Southern Lofty, A.G.5pooner 9077, 20j<i.1983 (AD); Innes National Park, Yorke Peninsula, ENSJackson 2550, 6.X.1974 (AD); Coorong, Younghusband Peninsula, CRAIcock5032, 5x1975 (AD); S slope of Mt Dutton, Marble Range, J.Z.Weber 6058, 30.ix.l979 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Jerrabombera Lookout near Queanbeyan, M.Gray, May 1960 (AD, CANB); Bungonia Lookdown, Bungonia State Recreation Reserve, EM.Canning 4381, 13.ix.1978 (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. C. 2 km WNW of Kowen Forestry Settlement, BJ.Lepschi 612, 3j<i.1991 (CANB, MEL); Uriarra creek, near crossing, LG.Adams 745, 22.X.1963 (CANB). VICTORIA. 1.5 km N ofTallarook, T.B.Muir6187, 12x1978 (MEL); Stratford Highway Park, I.D.Lunt 91/92, 4.X.1991 (MEL); Spencer Street Railway Station, Melbourne, V.Stajsic 1049, 31j<.1994 (MEL). TASMANIA. Bridport, W.M.Curtis, 10.xi.l952 (HO); Deal Island, Kent Group, JS.Whmray 278, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Point NE of Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1695, 23.xi.l 983 (HO); Swan River, 6 km S of Cranbrook, P.Coilier 5246, 4.ix.1991 (HO). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Australia, including southern Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and eastern Tasmania (Fig. 13). Native to southern Europe. Widely naturalised around the world. Grows in many types of vegetation as well as in urban environments, particularly pavement cracks. Notes: A very common weed in southern mainland Australia, readily distinguished by its cyme development and flower and fruit morphology. It often forms rather dense small mats. A widespread form on Kangaroo Island, South Australia has ovaries and fruit that are glabrous except for a few inconspicuous hairs at the summit. A specimen from Fish Creek in South Gippsland (A.Paget 1147 MEL 2027524) is unusual in that it has a moderately dense indumentum of straight to hooked hairs on stems and leaves. 104 Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium into multiple taxa in this paper, it is unclear to which taxon they shouid be referred. 2b. Species of Galium naturalised in Australia No particular affinity is apparent between the eight introduced species described below and the Australian and New Zealand species of Galium. Seven of the eight introduced species have leaves with a distinct hyaline apiculum, a feature not evident in Australian Galium, and these species were all placed in Galium sect. Galium in a molecular phylogenetic study presented by Natali etal. (1996). Galium palustre lacks this feature and was placed by Natali etal. in Asperula sect. Glabella along with Asperula tinctoria and A. laevigata. All eight introduced species have whorls maximally 6 or more- partite, in contrast to the native species where 4 is usually the maximal number (rarely 5 or 6 in occasional specimens of G. liratum and G. bulliformis). Among the seven species in sect. Galium there is a group of three annuals, namely G. aparine, G. spurium and G. tricornutum, characterised by robust tubercle- based and retrorsely curved hairs on stems and leaf margins, tubercle-based and apically hooked hairs on ovaries and fruit (hair portion lost in G. tricornutum), inflorescences of few-flowered cymes predominantly arising directly from stems, lateral flowers not reaching to mediai flowers, and mericarps with relatively short dissepiment scars. Three further species, Galium album, G. divaricatum and G. murale have in common the presence of strongiy antrorse hairs on leaf-margins, but otherwise have numerous differences. Excellent illustrations of some of these species are presented in Jafri (1979). 1. Galium palustre L, 5p. P/. 1:105 (1753) Type: not designated [protologue; "Habitat in Europae rivuiis limosis"]. Annuals to c. 50 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, glabrous or with few to scattered slightly retrorse scabrosities; whorls 4-6- partite, often reducing in number upwards; stipules becoming conspicuously smaller than leaves upwards through inflorescences. Leaves narrow-spathulate, or oblanceolate to narrow-oblanceolate, 7-20 mm long, 1 - 4 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-8, thin; margin flat recurved or revolute, usually with a few antrorse scabrosities; apex obtuse to rounded, without a hyaline apiculum; a minute terminal hair occasionally present; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous except for minute antrorse scabrosities sub-marginally, with an obovate pale patch at apex; lower surface glabrous or with a few to numerous spreading to slightly retrorse hairs c. 0.1 mm long along midrib. Inflorescences a panicle, with elongate many-flowered partial inflorescences, with arrangment becoming cymose; cymes mostly 5-15-flowered; primary peduncle 10-20 mm long; bracts usually 1 or 2 at primary node, variably present at secondary nodes, much shorter than the peduncle they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 2-8 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm diam., inserted commonly in middle-third, not or hardly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 2-4.5 mm diam., with lobes 1 -2.2 mm long, acute, snow white throughout or tinged pink; ovary slightly oblate in outline, slightly broader than long, 0.3-0.5 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight, patent; mericarps globose, 0.8-1.3 mm long and wide, blackish brown or purplish-brown, slightly rugose; dissepiment scar mildly recessed, c. 0.2 mm long. Marsh Bedstraw. Flowers summer-early autumn. Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Willowburn, 4 km E of Mt Compass, D.EMurfet 1749a&R.LTaplin, 12.iii.l993 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Wingecarribee Swamp, c. 5 km due WNW of Robertson, P.G.Kodela 260 & T.AJames, 9.i.l993 (AD, NSW); Little Llangothlin Lake Nature Reserve, NNE of Guyra, A.R.Bean 8286, 29.1.1995 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA. Swamp beside Surry River, W side of Fish Holes Rd, Cobboboonee State Forest, Gorae West, I.R.Thompson 1024, 18.xii.2007 (MEL). TASMANIA. Shantys Lagoon, R.GIazik, 22.iii.2000 (HO); spillway of pump pond, Tarraleah, A.North, 6.iii.1996 (HO); bank of Georges River, A.M.Buchanan 11772, 16.iv.l990 (HO, MEL, NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly in central and eastern Tasmania, but with mainland records from the Northern Tablelands and Central Tablelands of New South Wales, from the Fleurieu Peninsula in south-eastern South Australia, and from Gorae West near Portland in far south-western Victoria (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Grows in or near swamps and lakes, sometimes in forest. Notes: Several fairly recent records at widely separated localities suggest that this species may expand its range considerably in years to come. Muelleria 103
Thompson
State Forest, D.Binns 5373, 6.ii.1996 (CANB). VICTORIA. Mt
Cobberas, 22.ii.1974 (MEL); 7 km along Dawson track
from intersection with Glenmore Rd, N of Buchan, D.E.AIbrecht
330, 19.iii.1984 (MEL); Blue Shirt creek, Nunniong Region,
NAMakefield 4801, s.d. (MEL); Bat Ridges Faunal Reserve,
10 km W of Portland PO, ACBeauglehole 55357, 12.xii.1976
(MEL); Eastern Highlands, Top Flat, Wonnangatta Station,
E.A.Chesterfield 3578, 7.i.1993 (MEL); Bentley Plains, c. 20 km
W of Swifts Creek, I.R.Thompson 950, 13.xii.2006 (CANB, MEL).
TASMANIA. Circular Head, R.C.Gunn237, 17.xi.l837 (HO).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on the tablelands
of northern, central and far southern New South Wales,
in eastern Victoria, far western Victoria, far south-
035 tern South Australia, and northern Tasmania (no
collections since 1837) (Fig. 10).
Notes: Plants from northern New South Wales
are more commonly nearly glabrous and sometimes
develop moderately broad stem-angles. In occasional
specimens an inflorescence gives way to vegetative
growth along an axis.This has not been noted for other
species of Galium, except in the other subspecies of G.
ciliare. However, in the latter case the growing-on is of
a lateral branch from a terminal cyme as is commonly
seen in Asperula sect. Dioicae.
Hybrids: The following collections appear to be
hybrids: 1. Plum Creek, East Gippsland {D.E.AIbrecht347
MEL) and Mt Clear (A.C.Beauglehole41248 MEL), both in
Victoria: both G. ciliare subsp. ciliare x G. polyanthum.
2. Mount Buller, Victoria {T.B.Muir 2760 MEL): G. ciliare
subsp. ciliare x G. gaudichaudii. 3. Wilsons Promontory
{E.A.Chesterfield 2342 MEL); Buckland {J.Strudwick 751
MEL); Gippsland Lakes, {A.C.Beauglehole 79064 MEL) all
in Victoria: G. ciliare subsp. ciliare x G. leiocarpum.
7b. Galium ciliare subsp. terminale I.Thomps.,
subsp. nov.
A subspecie typica inflorescentiis brevioribus, cymis
terminalibus elongatioribus floridls differt.
Type; VICTORIA. Bushland Reserve, 28 km ESE
of Colac PO, ACBeauglehole 63706, 22 January 1979;
holo; MEL; iso: NSW n.v.
Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam., with angles slender.
Leaves with l:w ratio mostly 2-4. Inflorescences soon
terminating, with terminal cymes generally exceeding
the whorl; cymes 4-30-flowered; primary peduncle
3-20 mm long.
Flowers late spring-summer.
Selected specimens: VICTORIA. Charley Creek, Otways
region, G.E.Earl 105, 19.i.1984 (MEL); Flora and Fauna Reserve,
c. 30 km E of Warrnambool PO, A.C.Beauglehole 63834,
29.i.l979 (MEL); Ralph lllidge Sanctuary, Naringal E, c. 30 km
E of Warrnambool on Cobden-Warrnambool Rd, I.R.Thompson
1027, 18.xii.2007 (CANB, HO, MEL); Bambra-Aireys Inlet Rd,
c. 1 km W of Pinchgut Junction, c. 10 km ESE of Bambra,
I.R.Thompson 1056, 8.ii.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW).
TASMANIA. Florentine River, A.Moscal 10156, 16.iii.1985
(HO); Big Den, Lake River, 35 km W of Campbelltown, P.CoUier
5045, 9.xii.1990 (HO); Mersey River, C.Stuart 475, s.d. (MEL);
Hampshire Hills, Milligan, s.d. (MEL); Mt Barrow, H.M.R.Rupp,
Jan. 1922 (MEL);Tarraleah, W.M.Curtis, 7.ii.1945 (HO, MEL)
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the Otway region
of south-western Victoria and in Tasmania (Fig. 10).
Notes: Populations in the Otway region of Victoria
tend to be laxer plants with more flowers per cyme, and
with stem hairs tending to be more retrorse compared
totheTasmanian material.
Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the
inflorescences (from L: terminalis, terminal).
8. Galium roddii Ehrend. & McGill., Telopea 2:
371 (1983)
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. C. 0.5 mile [0.8 km]
below Blue Waterhole, Cave Creek, Cooleman Caves,
east of Yarrangobilly, A.A/./?odd 87,18 April 1965; holo:
NSW; iso: E, K, US, WU [Isotypes not seen. Herbaria as
indicated by McGillivray (1983)]
Herbs, sparsely to moderately indumented with
slender hairs to 0.7 mm long; rhizomes not seen. Stems
to c. 0.5 mm diam., with angles strongly broadened to
be broader than or obliterating faces; whorls 4-partite,
with stipules similar to leaf length below inflorescences,
decreasing upwards to be finally 3/5-4/5 of leaf length.
Leaves narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide,
with l:w ratio mostly 2-5, with petiole-like portion
obscure; margin flat, recurved or slightly revolute; apex
acute or more often obtuse to rounded, sometimes with
terminal hairs; adaxial surface with midrib indistinct;
abaxial surface with midrib generally indistinct, distal
glandular cell patch large, proximal cells variably
evident. Inflorescences extended; cymes 1 -10-flowered,
mostly not exceeding whorls when mature; primary
peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, or occasionally to 5 mm long,
glabrous; intermediate peduncles inserted slightly
proximally; bracts much longer than the peduncle
82
Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium
Galium trilobum Colenso has fruit of similar size to
6. liratum but the surface is smooth or only minutely
wrinkled at maturity. Its leaves are narrow-elliptic to
oblanceolate or sometimes slightly narrow-spathulate
unlike the markedly spathulate leaves of G. liratum, C.
spathulatum and an unnamed New Zealand taxon. This
last entity is similar to G. liratum in terms of its bulliform
ovary/fruit surface and in the number of flowers per
cyme but it has much longer primary peduncles.
Specimens recorded of this entity are: Cape Palliser,
Wellington {D.Bowen M7S7, AD; dupl. in NZFRI Rotorua
n.v.), Canterbury, [Haast, MEL), Cape Palliser lighthouse,
Wairarapa, Wellington Land District {PJ.de Lange 1789
MEL, dupl in CHR n.v.), and Worryline Stream, Mount
Cook, {A.M.Buchanan s.n. HO).
Hybrids: A specimen from Bega, New South Wales
(SJ.Forbes 891 MEL) appears to be a hybrid: G. liratum x
G. binifolium subsp. binifolium.
2. Galium spathulatum I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A G. lirato N.A.Wakef. apicibus foliorum obtusioribus,
cymis longioribus, floribus pluribus, ovario minute
muriculato differt.
Type; QUEENSLAND. West of Beta Creek, Eungella
National Park, A.R.Bean 4488, 27 May 1992; holo: BRI.
Herbs, generally sparsely haired, with moderately
coarse hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; rhizomes and rootstock
not seen. Stems to c. 1 mm diam., with slender angles,
with hairs retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules
slightly shorter than or similar to leaves throughout.
Leaves spathulate, 6-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, with
l:w ratio mostly 1.5-3, with petiole-like portion mostly
3-6 mm long; margin flat or narrowly recurved; apex
rounded but also with a minute apiculation, without
a terminal hair; adaxial surface with midrib variably
distinct; abaxial surface with midrib distinct throughout
length, lacking glandular cells. Inflorescences extended;
cymesmostly4-10-flowered, occasionally fewer, usually
equal to or exceeding whorls when mature; primary
peduncle 5-35 mm long, glabrous or hairy; secondary
peduncles inserted strongly distally; bracts longer
than the peduncle they subtend; ultimate peduncles
inserted variably, 0.5-3 mm long, glabrous. Flowers:
corolla 1.5-2 mm diam., with lobes c. 1 mm long, not
apiculate, cream or white (uncertain), glabrous; ovary
c. circular in face view, c. 0.2 mm long, glabrous. Fruit:
fruit-set percentage low, with unfertilised ovaries
enlarging to c. 0.7 mm long; developing fruit dull,
acutely and coarsely papillose; mericarps reniform,
1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, dark-brown to blackish,
longitudinally rugose; dissepiment scar c. 0.8 mm long.
(Fig. 2d-i)
Flowers autumn.
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Swampy Ridge, west
of Eungella National Park, A.R.Bean 4461, 24.V.1992 (BRI);
Mt Aberdeen National Park, W of Bowen, P.I.Forster 9969,
M.CTuckerS, G.Kenning, 29.V.1992 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern
Queensland near Bowen (Fig. 9). Grows on rainforest
margins at altitudes between 900 and 1100 m.
Notes: Similar to G. liratum in having spathulate
leaves that lack glandular cells. All collections of
this species were made within a few days of each
other and further collections are desirable to better
characterise it. Only one of the three collections has
flowering material and information from this is limited.
It is unclear whether the corolla is bright white as
in species of Asperula or more a dull cream as in G.
liratum. The cyme architecture is unusual in consisting
of a long primary peduncle with the remainder rather
complexly branched with short peduncles, reminiscent
of the branching pattern in Asperula sect. Dioicae’. The
scaly appearance of the rtiericarps is also distinctive for
Australian Galium.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the
leaves (from L: spathulatus, spatula-shaped).
3. Galium austraie DC., Prodr. 4:608 (1830)
Type: VICTORIA. Western Port, Bass Strait, A.Lesson,
1829; holo: G n.v., fide D.J.McGillivray, Telopea 2: 360
(1983).
G. squalidum Hook.f, in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6:
462 bis (1847); G. austraie var. piloso-hispidum Benth., FI.
Austral. 3:447 (1867).Type: New Norfolk, R.C.Gunn 1129,
6 Nov. 1840; lecto: K, fide D.J.McGillivray he. cit., image
seen MEL; iso: HO, NSW. Remaining syntypes: Glen
Leith, R.CGunn s.n., 14 Sept. 1840; syn: K; Lawrenny,
R.C.Gunn 1009, Oct. 1840; syn: K.
Herbs, sparsely to somewhat densely indumented,
with slender to somewhat coarse hairs to c. 0.5 mm
long or scabrosities; rhizomes not seen. Stems to
c. 1 mm diam., with angles slender to somewhat
Muelleria
75
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 102-102".
Thompson they subtend; ultimate peduncles inserted proximally, 0.2-0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla c. 1.8-2.5 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.7 mm long, sometimes short-apiculate, cream or greenish-cream, glabrous; ovary slightly broad-obovate in face view, c. 0.5 mm long, moderately covered in pustules, with pustules appearing disc-like when dried. Fruit: fruit-set percentage sometimes low; developing fruit with shoulders often appearing gelatinous, dull, smooth apart from pustules (non- fertilised ovaries with conspicuous pustules); mericarps reniform, 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, light to dark- brown, reticulately rugose; dissepiment scar c. 0.4 mm long. (Fig. 4g-iv) Flowers summer. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Cave Creek Gorge, 0.5 km E of Blue Waterholes, Cooleman Mountains, Kosciuszko National Park, F.E.Davies 1581, H.Streimann & J.A.Curnow, 20.ii.l991 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Cave Creek, c. 3.5 km above junction with Goodradigbee River, A.Rodd476,27:m.\967 (CANB). Distribution and habitat Occurs in mountains of far south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 10). Grows in limestone rock crevices at c. 1200 m a.s.l. Notes: Galium roddii is superficially similar to forms of 6 . gaudichaudii in terms of its congested cymes and large amount of glandular cells in leaves. It is most obviously different in having prominent pustules on ovary and fruit and in having broader stem-angles.The pustules are more pronounced than those formed in G. leptogonium, the only other Galium in Australia with similar ornamentation. Ovary morphology resembles that of G. ciliare in being relatively broad and gelatinous distally and in developing into mericarps that appear a little fleshier than in other species. Stem internodes are typically short, and leaves are small, thickened, and with a more rounded apex than in other species. Listed as a ROTAP species with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs and Leigh 1996). 9. Galium terrae-reginae Ehrend. & McGill., Telopea 2:36^ (1983) Type: QUEENSLAND. One Tree Flill, Gowrie, F.M.Bailey, date unknown [late 19'^' century]; holo: BRI. Herbs, moderately to densely indumented with hairs 0.2-0.7 mm long; rhizomes not seen. Stems to c. 1 mm diam., with angles slender to mildly broadened; whorls 4-partite, with stipules similar in length to leaves below inflorescences, decreasing upwards to be finally c. 2/3 of leaf length. Leaves elliptic ovate to broad-ovate or c. circular, 2-7 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-6, with petiole-like portion not or hardly developed, generally drying pale; margin mostly revolute; apex acute, often with a terminal hair; upper surface sometimes distorted on drying, with midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface with midrib distinct, distal glandular cell patch small, proximal cells not evident. Inflorescences extended; cymes 1-3- flowered, with lower cymes exceeding whorls when mature; primary peduncle to c. 15 mm long, hairy, ultimate and intermediate peduncles 0.5-3 mm long. Inserted distally, usually hairy; bracts shorter or longer than the peduncle. Flowers: corolla 2-2.5 mm diam., with lobes 1-1.2 mm long, not apiculate, cream, often purple-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary c. circular in face view, 0.5-0.7 mm long, with slender curved or weakly hooked hairs arising from a robust tubercular base. Fruit: fruit-set percentage generally high; developing fruit dull, areolate; peduncles stout, usually gently curved especially in distal half; mericarps ellipsoid to sub-globose but flattened medially, c. 1.2 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, dark brown, tuberculate; dissepiment scar c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers spring-autumn. Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Prior’s Station, L.Leichhardt, 1 .xi.1843 (NSW); Warwick, Beckler, 1857 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Queensland (Fig. 10). Habitat preferences unknown. Notes: Galium terrae-reginae is an enigmatic species due to the paucity of collections. There have been no records since the late 19"' century. Its affinities are uncertain; it is perhaps closest to G. leptogonium with which it is sympatric. The hairs on the ovaries and fruit are distinctive. Species such as G. australe also have tubercle-based hairs but otherwise the hairs are dissimilar. Occasionally ovaries of G. leptogonium develop similar hairs to those in G. terrae-reginae. Listed as a ROTAP species with Risk Code 3K (Briggs and Leigh 1996). 10. Galium leptogonium I.Thomps., sp. nov. A G. migrant! Ehrend. & McGill, angulis caulium gracilioribus, pills caulium et foliorum longioribus, pedunculis insertis magis proximalibus, fructibus 84 Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium
Leaves oblanceolate or spathulate, (4-)8-30(-60)
mm long, l-5(-8) mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-10, thin;
margin flat or recurved, with robust tubercle-based
retrorsely curved hairs; apex acuminate or acute,
with hyaline apiculum 0.3-0.6 mm long; terminal hair
sometimes developed, to 0.2 mm long; upper surface
dull, with midrib weakly defined; glabrous or with
sparse to scattered hairs arising from midrib, hairs
0.1-0.3 mm long, antrorse, straight to curved apically;
lower surface glabrous except for robust midrib hairs.
Inflorescences comprising an elongate raceme of
cymes; cymes l-3(-5)-flowered, with 0-1 (-2) orders
of monochasial branching, lax, mostly not exceeding
whorls; primary peduncle 5-25 mm long; bracts 0 or
1, or rarely a whorl of 2-5 developed at primary node,
shorter than the peduncle they subtend; penultimate
and ultimate peduncles 2-10 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
diam., mostly inserted in distal third, occasionally
overtopping. Flowers: corolla c. 1.2 mm diam., with
lobes c. 0.5 mm long, acute, cream or greenish; ovary
c. circular in outline, c. 0.8 mm long, covered with
tubercle-based hooked hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long finally
spreading. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps plump
reniform to subglobose, (1.2-)1.5-2.3 mm long, 0.8-
1.5 mm wide, blackish-brown or reddish-brown, with
tuberculate hairs persisting; dissepiment scar deeply
recessed, c. 0.5 mm long.
Flowers mostly spring.
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Charles
Darwin Reserve, c. 57 km direct NNE of Wubin, I.CCIarke
3435, 2.viii.2005 (MEL); Kularin Dam, c. 24 km ESE of Burakin,
B.J.Lepschi2928&T.R.Lally, 7.viii.1996 (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH
AUSTRALIA. E side of Corunna Hill South, Eyre Peninsula,
R.J.Chinnock 1881 & B.Copley, 7.ix.l974 (AD); Oulnina Park
Station, RJ.Bates 41094, 2.X.1995; Gammon Ranges National
Park, T.R.N.Lothian 5345, 20.ix.1978 (AD); Mt Sam, c. 10 km NE
of Lake Everard Station, J.Z.Weber 3262, l.x.1972 (AD, CANB);
Near Burra North Mines, RJ.Bates 34154, 26.ix.1993 (AD,
MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. "Iona" on Mt Glass, c. 28 km S of
Louth, CW.E.Moore 8061, 4.ix.l 980 (CANB). VICTORIA. Bank of
Murray River, Boundary Pomt, J.H.Willis, 30,viii.1948 (MEL); NE
side of Mt Arapiles, A.CBeauglehole 28583, 21.ix.l968 (MEL);
Mt Egbert Education Area, A.CBeauglehole 69307, 21.X.1981
(MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western
Western Australia, eastern South Australia, mainly
western New South Wales, and western Victoria (Fig.
14). Native to Northern Africa, Europe and Asia. Widely
naturalised elsewhere. Grows in woodlands.
Notes: Compared to the similar 6. aparine, and apart
from differences given in the key, G. spurium has more
slender stems, no long hairs near nodes, whorls 4- or 5-
partite below inflorescences, shorter leaves with upper
surface glabrous or sparsely hairy or if as dense then
with hairs shorter and more antrorse and more likely
to arise from the midrib, shorter cymes that are fewer
flowered, with peduncles not curving apically as fruit
develops, and mericarps with shorter hairs.
Plants collected from Byaduk caves in south¬
western Victoria {Willis MEL) represent an extreme
shade form. Galium spurium is predominantly a
diploid species according to Ehrendorfer (2005) in
contrast to G. aparine which is tetraploid to octoploid
or variously aneuploid. A specimen from the Northern
Lofty Ranges in South Australia {RJ.Bates 34154 AD) is
unusual. Features which link this specimen to G. aparine
include the presence of 7- and 8-partite whorls and
the development of whorls of bracts at cyme nodes.
However, the mericarps appear almost mature yet are
only 1.2 mm long. Further investigation of this entity
is desirable.
8. Galium tricornutum Dandy, Watsonia 4:47
(1957)
Type: UNITED KINGDOM. Isle of Wight, D.TurnerSi
W.Borrer, June 1806; holo: BM.
Galium tricorne Stokes, in W.Withering., Bot. Arr. Brit.
PI. edn 2,1:153 (1787), nom. illeg.
Annuals to c. 1 m high (when climbing). Stems 1-2
mm diam.; angles slender, strongly raised, with a line
of robust tubercle-based retrorsely curved hairs, 0.1-
0.4 mm long; whorls predominantly 7-10-partite, at
least in inflorescences. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate,
linear-elliptic or almost linear, 10-30 mm long, 1-6
mm wide, with l:w ratio generally 8-12, thin; margin
flat or recurved, with tubercle-based retrorsely
curved hairs; apex narrowly acute or acuminate with
hyaline apiculum 0.5-1 mm long; terminal hair absent
or minute; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly
defined, with robust antrorsely curved hairs restricted
to distal third and sub-marginal, otherwise glabrous;
lower surface glabrous or with robust midrib hairs.
Inflorescences comprising an elongate raceme of
cymes; cymes mostly 2- or 3-flowered, sometimes to
Muelleria
109
Asperula and Galium 3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) Type: not known. Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex (Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other introduced species of Galium. 4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, congested, with ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm long. Lady's Bedstraw. Flowers summer (based on Australian record). Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 (HO). Distribution and habitat: Known from a single locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 2: 580-581 (1788) Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, October 1906; syn: MEL. Muelleria 105
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Thompson 9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin versus, pilis patentibus differt. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; iso: CANB, NSW, NE. Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually basally and distally, often mildly arching forward distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended (excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. Flowers late winter to spring. Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite soils in woodland. Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and female flowers is more marked than in most other species. Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and recognised this species as a probable new entity, and who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of the Australian flora. 10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 1063(1986) Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga [Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; iso: MEL. Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images MEL. Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 54 Vol 27(1) 2009
Asperula and Galium
South Wales, Hobart in Tasmania {LRodway HO) and
from central Australia, Carruthers, ?1890 (AD). Native to
Europe and temperate parts of western to central Asia.
Predominantly an agricultural weed in Australia.
Notes: A species that seems to make appearances
mostly on farmland, but then fails to persist. There is a
relatively high proportion of old records for this species.
Care must be taken when interpreting leaf hairs in
this species. True marginal hairs are retrorsely curved
throughout length; however, in the distal third there
is a series of antrorsely curved near-marginal hairs on
the upper surface which could be misinterpreted as
marginal.
3. Sherardia L., Sp. P/. 1:102 (1753)
Type: S. arvensis L.; lecto, fide A.P. de Candolle, Prodr.
4:581 (1830)
Annual hermaphrodite herbs. Stems quadrangular;
unbranched. Leaves and stipules similar, with margin
pale, thickened; whorls 4-partite increasing to 6-
partite upwards. Inflorescences terminal and axillary,
capitulate or subcapitulate on long peduncles; bracts 6
or 8, involucrate, fused basally. Flowers: calyx 6-merous,
persisting in fruit; corolla pink, with a narrow tube
much longer than lobes; filaments of stamens shortly
free; anther without terminal appendages. Mericarps
not fleshy.
Sherardia arvensis L., Sp. P/. 1:102 (1753)
Type; [protologue: SWEDEN, GERMANY, ENGLAND],
Sherard, Herb. Clifford: 33, Sherardia No 1; lecto: BM,
fide A.Natali, Reg. Veg. 127:88 (1993).
Annuals to c. 30 cm high, few- to many-stemmed.
Hairs moderately broad-based mostly c. 0.1 mm long.
Stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; unbranched;
internodes mostly 4-70 mm long, with face drying
brown, with angles narrow, glabrous or with sparse to
frequent short retrorse hairs or long spreading hairs;
whorls 4-partite increasing to 6-partite, excluding
inflorescence whorl. Leaves angled slightly forwards
or spreading, elliptic, narrow-elliptic or lanceolate,
mostly 3-10 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, with l:w ratio
1.5-6, tapering moderately basally, tapering gradually
and strongly distally, mildly coriaceous; base 1/3-1/2
of maximum width; margin flat to recurved, firm, pale
sometimes purple-tinged, usually bearing numerous
short, strongly antrorse triangular hairs, extending to
apex; apex narrowly acute, not arched, usually with
a few to several short terminal hairs; upper surface
sublustrous, drying green, usually slightly wrinkled
on drying, with midrib usuaily defined, recessed,
glabrous or with scattered long spreading hairs
curving antrorsely; lower surface similar in colour and
lustre to upper, with midrib slender, clearly raised in
proximal 2/3, and equal to or projecting beyond the
concavity formed by curved margins, glabrous or with
a few antrorse hairs on midrib. Inflorescences terminal
and axillary, with a single cyme per node; cymes
simple, 2-7-flowered, crowded; primary peduncles
up to 30 mm long, usually exceeding leaves, with
primary bracts 8 (6 in depauperate plants) similar to
leaves but a little broader and fused and/or imbricate
in basal 1/4 to form an involucre; flowers sessile or on
a short stout peduncle; flowers exceeded by bracts or
corolla-lobes exceeding bracts. Flowers: calyx fused
for c. half of length, c. 0.3-1.0 mm long, 6-lobed, pale
with greenish midribs, sometimes with hairs as for leaf
margin; corolla pink, drying pink or very pale yellow;
2.5-4.5 mm long; tube c. 1.8-3.3 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
diam in basal third, flaring distally; lobes 1-1.5 mm
long; anthers drying dark brown, c. 0.3 mm long, free
filaments c. shorter than corolla lobes; ovary c. globose,
c. 1 mm long, drying brown; style c. level with corolla,
style-arms suberect, arms c. 0.3 mm long, stigma only
slightly broader than arms. Mericarps broadly obovoid
to ellipsoid, flattened on medial face, 1.6-2.2 mm long
(excluding the persistent 3-lobed half-calyx), c. 1 mm
wide and deep, glabrous or with hairs; pericarp thin,
smooth, brown to blackish, 3-nerved. Field Madder.
Flowers spring to summer.
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Kingston
Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K286, 20.xi.1998 (PERTH). SOUTH
AUSTRALIA. Meadows, c. 30 km SSE of Adelaide, J.R.Wheeler
83, 27.x. 1966 (AD); Marble Range, Eyre Peninsula, F.N.SJackson
3726, 4.X.1979 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES. Abercrombie
Caves, K.Mair, 21.x. 1951 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL
TERRITORY. SE base of Black Mountain, H.S.McKee 11622,
25.ix.1964 (NSW). VICTORI A. W of the Warby Ranges, c. 6.5 km
S of Boweya, T.B.Muir 1722, 2.xi.1960 (MEL); Nichols Point Oval,
Mildura, J.H.Srawne, 24.X.1978 (MEL). TASMANIA. Near Cape
Wickham, King Island, R.Warman, 12.xi.2002 (HO); Low Head,
W.Curtis, Dec. 1955 (HO, MEL); near "Kelvedon", H.D.Gordon,
19.xi.1942(HO).
Muelleria
111
Thompson 2. Galium murale (L.) AIL, FI. Pedem. 1: 8 , t. 77, f. 1 (1785) Sherardia muralis L., Sp. P/. 1:103 (1753). Type: ITALY. Herb. Linn. 126.2; lecto; LINN n.v., fide A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. Prodr. FI. Corse, Rubiaceae 105 (2000). Annuals to c. 20 cm high, commonly 1-5 cm high. Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; angles slender, hardly raised, glabrous or with sparse spreading to slightly retrorse hairs c. 0.1 mm long, or rarely with a moderately dense indumentum of hooked hairs c. 0.3 mm long; whorls variable in number of parts, 4-6-partite below inflorescences reducing to 1-3-partite in inflorescences as cymes replace the leaf and stipule(s) on one side; stipules remaining c. equal to leaves throughout. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong- elliptic, or spathulate, 2-7(-10) mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm wide, with l;w ratio (1.5-) 2-6, tapering gradually and moderately basally, thin; margin recurved or revolute, with a line of antrorse to subappressed hairs; hairs plump, not curved apically, not tubercle based; apex acuminate or narrowly acute, with hyaline apiculum to c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair to c. 0.2 mm long; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous or usually with few to several hairs along midline and near-marginally; lower surface glabrous or with a few hairs on midrib. Inflorescences a raceme of cymes; cymes predominantly 2-flowered, sometimes solitary, less often 3-flowered, rarely to 6-flowered, lax, not subtended by a leaf, equal to or exceeding leaf on opposite side; primary peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts rarely developed; ultimate peduncles 1-2 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm diam, inserted basally, proximally or midway, not overtopping. Flowers: corolla c. 0.8 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.3 mm long, acute, pale cream or greenish, sometimes tinged pink; ovary broad-oblong in outline, c. 2 times as long as broad, c. 0.8 mm long, rarely glabrous, with hooked hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long at summit and mostly also laterally on one of the two carpels, rarely glabrous except for minute hairs at summit, smooth. Peduncles of fruit moderately downcurved; mericarps narrow-cylindrical, often mildly arched, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, blackish- brown or with a whitish coat, not rugose; dissepiment scare. 1 mm \ong.SmallCoosegrass,SmallBedstraw. Flowers mostly spring. Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Monks well Gully, Wongan Hills, c. 194 km NE of Perth, K.F.Kenneally 6875, 27.ix.1978 (PERTH); 11 km W of Roes Rock, nearTwertup Creek (FRNP), KNewbey / 1029, 1 0j<.1 985 (PERTH);Thomas River, c. 8 km SSW of Boyatup Hill, clOO km E of Esperance, ACOrchard 1388, 5j<.1968 (AD). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Butchers Gap Conservation Park, 6 km S of Kingston, P.Gibbons 568, 30.X.1986 (AD, HO); 5.0 km E of Black Hill (Marne), Murray region, A.G.5pooner 10439, 16x1986 (AD); Finniss Conservation Park, Southern Lofty, A.G.5pooner 9077, 20j<i.1983 (AD); Innes National Park, Yorke Peninsula, ENSJackson 2550, 6.X.1974 (AD); Coorong, Younghusband Peninsula, CRAIcock5032, 5x1975 (AD); S slope of Mt Dutton, Marble Range, J.Z.Weber 6058, 30.ix.l979 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Jerrabombera Lookout near Queanbeyan, M.Gray, May 1960 (AD, CANB); Bungonia Lookdown, Bungonia State Recreation Reserve, EM.Canning 4381, 13.ix.1978 (CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. C. 2 km WNW of Kowen Forestry Settlement, BJ.Lepschi 612, 3j<i.1991 (CANB, MEL); Uriarra creek, near crossing, LG.Adams 745, 22.X.1963 (CANB). VICTORIA. 1.5 km N ofTallarook, T.B.Muir6187, 12x1978 (MEL); Stratford Highway Park, I.D.Lunt 91/92, 4.X.1991 (MEL); Spencer Street Railway Station, Melbourne, V.Stajsic 1049, 31j<.1994 (MEL). TASMANIA. Bridport, W.M.Curtis, 10.xi.l952 (HO); Deal Island, Kent Group, JS.Whmray 278, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Point NE of Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1695, 23.xi.l 983 (HO); Swan River, 6 km S of Cranbrook, P.Coilier 5246, 4.ix.1991 (HO). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Australia, including southern Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and eastern Tasmania (Fig. 13). Native to southern Europe. Widely naturalised around the world. Grows in many types of vegetation as well as in urban environments, particularly pavement cracks. Notes: A very common weed in southern mainland Australia, readily distinguished by its cyme development and flower and fruit morphology. It often forms rather dense small mats. A widespread form on Kangaroo Island, South Australia has ovaries and fruit that are glabrous except for a few inconspicuous hairs at the summit. A specimen from Fish Creek in South Gippsland (A.Paget 1147 MEL 2027524) is unusual in that it has a moderately dense indumentum of straight to hooked hairs on stems and leaves. 104 Vol 27(1) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".
Jeanes bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to subacute, usually broader than other segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to column, yellow, the connective produced into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 (PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 (PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 (CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria oflUCN (2001). Flowering period: July to October. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more prominantly striated flower and a broader column with more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers that are often spotted or blotched. Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 160 Vol 27(2) 2009
Jeanes Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5:98(1865) Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 (1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 164 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 163-164, Figs 6, 11d-f".
Jeanes bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to subacute, usually broader than other segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to column, yellow, the connective produced into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 (PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 (PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 (CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria oflUCN (2001). Flowering period: July to October. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more prominantly striated flower and a broader column with more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers that are often spotted or blotched. Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 160 Vol 27(2) 2009
Jeanes bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to subacute, usually broader than other segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to column, yellow, the connective produced into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 (PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 (PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 (CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria oflUCN (2001). Flowering period: July to October. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more prominantly striated flower and a broader column with more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers that are often spotted or blotched. Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 160 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 158-159, Figs 3, 10d-f".
Thelymitra variegata (Orchidaceae) complex 2.5- 3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post-anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2- 0.6 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, elliptic to suborbicular, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, curved, erect or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, orange or yellow. Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5- 2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to column, orange or yellow, the connective produced into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pollinia coherent, cream. Stigma situated c. midway along column, orbicular or transversely broad- elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules not seen. (Fig. 3, Fig. 10 d-f) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mokine Nature Reserve, l.viii.1985, GJ. Keighery & JJ. Alford 171 (PERTH 792187); Wongan Hills, ix.1967, J. Tonkinson s.n. (PERTH 277207); 25 miles S of Tammin (Tammin National Park), 2.viii.1968, R.D. Royce 8469 (PERTH 277231); Wongan Hills, l.viii.1979, D. Kruske s.n. (PERTH 306924); Bolgart, 8.viii.1951, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH 924962); 24.6 km E along York Road from Great Eastern Hwy, 100 m E from track to Mt Observation, 28.viii.1985, R. Peokall 6 (PERTH 561363); 11 miles SE of Ongerup, 26.viii.1973, K. Newbey 3732 (PERTH 276707); Watheroo, viii.l 903, C. Andrews s.n. (PERTH 277657); Wongan Hills, 5.ix.l924, Came & Gardner s.n. (PERTH 277649); Wongan Hills, near Reserve Station, 11.ix.1973, P. Mann s.n. (PERTH 283908); Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve No. 36128, Dragon Rocks, 20.ix.1991, A.M. Coates 2841 (PERTH 5152968) York-Quellington Road, 26.xiii.1906, 10.H. Sargent s.n. (PERTH 277665); Bouncer Road, Flynn State Forest, York, 28.viii.2007, F. &J. Hort 3007 (MEL 2296501, PERTH 05441536). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-western Western Australia, between Watheroo, Ongerup and Hyden, growing in dry inland areas through the wheatbelt. Grows in heathland or Wandoo woodland, often near rock outcrops, on dry granitic or lateritic sandy loam soils. Altitude: 150-450 m. Conservation status: Apparently quite rare, but very widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN (2001). Flowering period: July to September. Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic production of seed capsules would indicate that this species is most likely entomophilous. Notes: Thelymitra maculata is closely related to T. spiralis but the former usually has a single, generally smaller flower that is strongly spotted, particularly on the sepals, somewhat deflexed petals and lateral sepals, a narrower column often with suborbicular, orange lateral lobes, a less spirally twisted leaf that is barely auriculate at the base and a preference for drier inland habitats. Thelymitra matthewsil from eastern Australia and New Zealand and T. uliginosa grow in more mesic habitats, have a more spirally twisted leaf that is strongly auriculate at the base and smaller, darker coloured, unspotted flowers. The raising of T. spiralis var. pulchella Nicholls to species rank requires the coining of a new epithet as 'pulchella' is already occupied at specific rank by the New Zealand endemic T. pulchella. Etymology: Latin macula , spot; the sepals, and also sometimes the petals, of this species are strongly spotted. 3. Thelymitra uliginosa Jeanes sp. nov. Thelymitra matthewsii T Cheesem. affinis sed habitu plerumque elatiore,floribus plerumque binis majoribus pallidioribus et minus striatis, columna angustiore, lobis lateralibus minus manifeste stipitatis, habitatione humidiore et occidentaliore differt. Type: Western Australia. Mount Chance Track, Walpole-Nornalup National Park, 8.viii.1994, W. Jackson BJ271 (holotype PERTH 04447379). Thelymitra matthewsii auct. non Cheesem.: A.S. George (1971). Nuytsia 1(2): 194 p.p .; N. Hoffman & A. Brown (1984) Orchids of South-West Australia 34 p.p. Illustrations: Hoffman and Brown (1984) page 34 (as T. matthewsii ); Jones (2006) page 254; Brown et al. (2008) page 321. Virtually glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Leaf ovate-auriculate at base, narrowing abruptly and linear above, 5-10 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, usually spirally twisted, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a purplish base, sheathing at base where margins often lobed and undulate, pubescent towards base with hairs mostly on veins and margins, apex subacute. Inflorescence 10—25(—35) cm tall, more or less straight. Scape 0.5-1.2 mm diam., wiry, green or purplish. Sterile Muelleria 159
Thelymitra variegata (Orchidaceae) complex 2.5- 3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post-anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2- 0.6 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, elliptic to suborbicular, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm wide, curved, erect or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, orange or yellow. Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5- 2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to column, orange or yellow, the connective produced into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; pollinia coherent, cream. Stigma situated c. midway along column, orbicular or transversely broad- elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules not seen. (Fig. 3, Fig. 10 d-f) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mokine Nature Reserve, l.viii.1985, GJ. Keighery & JJ. Alford 171 (PERTH 792187); Wongan Hills, ix.1967, J. Tonkinson s.n. (PERTH 277207); 25 miles S of Tammin (Tammin National Park), 2.viii.1968, R.D. Royce 8469 (PERTH 277231); Wongan Hills, l.viii.1979, D. Kruske s.n. (PERTH 306924); Bolgart, 8.viii.1951, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH 924962); 24.6 km E along York Road from Great Eastern Hwy, 100 m E from track to Mt Observation, 28.viii.1985, R. Peokall 6 (PERTH 561363); 11 miles SE of Ongerup, 26.viii.1973, K. Newbey 3732 (PERTH 276707); Watheroo, viii.l 903, C. Andrews s.n. (PERTH 277657); Wongan Hills, 5.ix.l924, Came & Gardner s.n. (PERTH 277649); Wongan Hills, near Reserve Station, 11.ix.1973, P. Mann s.n. (PERTH 283908); Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve No. 36128, Dragon Rocks, 20.ix.1991, A.M. Coates 2841 (PERTH 5152968) York-Quellington Road, 26.xiii.1906, 10.H. Sargent s.n. (PERTH 277665); Bouncer Road, Flynn State Forest, York, 28.viii.2007, F. &J. Hort 3007 (MEL 2296501, PERTH 05441536). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-western Western Australia, between Watheroo, Ongerup and Hyden, growing in dry inland areas through the wheatbelt. Grows in heathland or Wandoo woodland, often near rock outcrops, on dry granitic or lateritic sandy loam soils. Altitude: 150-450 m. Conservation status: Apparently quite rare, but very widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN (2001). Flowering period: July to September. Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic production of seed capsules would indicate that this species is most likely entomophilous. Notes: Thelymitra maculata is closely related to T. spiralis but the former usually has a single, generally smaller flower that is strongly spotted, particularly on the sepals, somewhat deflexed petals and lateral sepals, a narrower column often with suborbicular, orange lateral lobes, a less spirally twisted leaf that is barely auriculate at the base and a preference for drier inland habitats. Thelymitra matthewsil from eastern Australia and New Zealand and T. uliginosa grow in more mesic habitats, have a more spirally twisted leaf that is strongly auriculate at the base and smaller, darker coloured, unspotted flowers. The raising of T. spiralis var. pulchella Nicholls to species rank requires the coining of a new epithet as 'pulchella' is already occupied at specific rank by the New Zealand endemic T. pulchella. Etymology: Latin macula , spot; the sepals, and also sometimes the petals, of this species are strongly spotted. 3. Thelymitra uliginosa Jeanes sp. nov. Thelymitra matthewsii T Cheesem. affinis sed habitu plerumque elatiore,floribus plerumque binis majoribus pallidioribus et minus striatis, columna angustiore, lobis lateralibus minus manifeste stipitatis, habitatione humidiore et occidentaliore differt. Type: Western Australia. Mount Chance Track, Walpole-Nornalup National Park, 8.viii.1994, W. Jackson BJ271 (holotype PERTH 04447379). Thelymitra matthewsii auct. non Cheesem.: A.S. George (1971). Nuytsia 1(2): 194 p.p .; N. Hoffman & A. Brown (1984) Orchids of South-West Australia 34 p.p. Illustrations: Hoffman and Brown (1984) page 34 (as T. matthewsii ); Jones (2006) page 254; Brown et al. (2008) page 321. Virtually glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Leaf ovate-auriculate at base, narrowing abruptly and linear above, 5-10 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, usually spirally twisted, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a purplish base, sheathing at base where margins often lobed and undulate, pubescent towards base with hairs mostly on veins and margins, apex subacute. Inflorescence 10—25(—35) cm tall, more or less straight. Scape 0.5-1.2 mm diam., wiry, green or purplish. Sterile Muelleria 159
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 160-163, Figs 5, 11a-c".
Jeanes Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5:98(1865) Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 (1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 164 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Jeanes Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5:98(1865) Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 (1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 164 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 168-169, Figs 9, 12d-f".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 166-167, Figs 8, 12a-c".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 159-160, Figs 4, 10g-i".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 164-166, Figs 7, 11g-i".
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity.
Taxonomy
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838)
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ."
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton,
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham,
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'),
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under
Typification for discussion of these types.)
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996).
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI.
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001).
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman,
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R.
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)].
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001).
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall,
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin-
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103).
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var.
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F.
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156).
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm.
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae)
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41).
Muelleria
189
A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity.
Taxonomy
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838)
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ."
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton,
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham,
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'),
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under
Typification for discussion of these types.)
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996).
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI.
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001).
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman,
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R.
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)].
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001).
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall,
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin-
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103).
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var.
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F.
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156).
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm.
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae)
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41).
Muelleria
189
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa or with sparse appressed hairs on margins (especially when young), sometimes transversely reticulate with nerves most evident at either edge of pods, marginal nerve indistinct. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, obloid to obloid-ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, shiny, dark brown to black; funicle normally expanded into a once-folded terminal aril. Distribution: Discontinuous along the Great Dividing Range from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; also in Tasmania. Taxonomy : Acacia leprosa is a highly variable species and five allopatric varieties are recognised to accommodate the variation (which is most pronounced in Victoria). As can be seen from Table 1 and from the synonymy presented below these varieties were treated as variants of either A. leprosa or A. verniciflua in Entwisle et al. (1996, pp 617-620) and Maslin (2001, pp 596-601). Most of the numerous specimens we examined can be accommodated by the five varieties but there are a few that cannot be satisfactorily placed and these are noted as variants under the variety that they most closely resemble. The principal characters that have been used to define varieties within A. leprosa are phyllode width and the number of longitudinal nerves on the phyllodes, i.e. one or two (these two characters vary independently of one another), the types of peduncle indumentum, the persistence or otherwise of the basal peduncular bracts, and the shape and size of the bracteoles. Although bracteole morphology is a cryptic character that is hard to accurately assess without the use of a microscope it is an important and very useful character for recognising morphotypes. Most of the variation within A. leprosa is found in Victoria where all the taxa, except var. leprosa, occur. The conventional definition of A. leprosa was that of a species comprising plants with 1-nerved phyllodes, however, we now expand this definition to also include plants with 2-nerved phyllodes. Phyllode nerve number is consistent within each variety but this may, to some extent at least, be a function of how we have defined the varieties! Phyllode nerve number is an easy character to see and to characterise, but as with any morphological attribute, nerve numbers may possibly be the result of convergence or reversals. Notwithstanding this we have used phyllode nerve number (one or two) to help define and key the varieties that are recognised here. While some of our taxa may well be redefined by future workers we believe that the classification that we propose is a reasonable attempt at providing meaningfully defined taxa to accommodate the very complex patterns of variation that exist within this species. The notes on variation and affinities provided under the varieties will assist future workers who wish to re-assess our classification, this applies particularly to var. leprosa, var. graveolens and var. uninervia. Etymology : The species name is derived from the Latin leprosus (scaly) and refers to the punctae that mark the surface of the phyllodes of this species. 2a. Acacia leprosa var. leprosa Acacia leprosa (type variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 619 (1996), pro parte (excluding elements referable to Victoria). Acacia leprosa first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 598 (2001). Illustrations. T. Tame, Acacias SE Australia 109, fig. 107a & b, pi. 107 (1992);T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 125a (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 841 (2001). Shrubs 1.5-4 m tall. Phyllodes (40-)50-90 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, the punctae quite evident (observe at xIO mag.); with 1 longitudinal nerve [rarely an incipient second nerve in New South Wales plants); lateral nerves superficially absent or very few and obscure. Gland 0-1.5 mm above the pulvinus. Peduncles (2—)4— 5 mm long when in flower, to 8 mm in fruit, densely puberulous with hairs short, istraight and closely appressed; basal peduncular bract early caducous, c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles scarcely visible in mature buds being overtopped by flowers, spathulate, 0.7-1 mm long (±equal in length to calyx), the laminae small (less than length of the claws) and acute or occasionally short-acuminate. Fig. 8. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 8.2 km by road, NE of Doolool Tops homestead, via Monto, A.R. Bean 928 (BRI n.v., NSW n.v., MEL, MEXU n.v .); Sydney Heads, 32 km NNW of Nebo, 10.xi.1 990, A.R. Bean 2552 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: HillTop, Jan. 191 5, £ Cheels.n. (NSW 451625); Fire Road 3, Chain of Ponds Crossing South, 9.X.1969, A.S. Mitchell 556 (K, CANB, P n.v., NSW, MEL); 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Chain of Ponds crossing, 9.X.1969, A.[S.] Mitchells.n. (NSW 167415, PERTH 02941651). Muelleria 195
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A leprosa and Maslin (2001, p. 599) var. leprosa (as A leprosa) was considered to occur in Victoria but the specimens upon which these records were based are now referred to A leprosa var, uninervia. Variety leprosa grows in eucalypt woodland on ridge tops and steep slopes, in grey clay loam or shallow sand. Fig. 7B. Taxonomy: As defined here var. leprosa is distinguished from the other varieties of A. leprosa by its narrow (not above 7 mm wide), 1-nerved phyllodes. While this is a convenient classification it may, to some extent at least, be artificial because this variety seems to grade into both A. leprosa var. graveolens (around Mt Werong in New South Wales) and A. leprosa var. uninervia (in the high country to the north-east of Melbourne, Victoria) - see under these two varieties for further discussion. Some plants of A. stictophylla from the Dandenong Range, Victoria, superficially resemble those of var. leprosa but are distinguished most readily by their bracteole morphology and peduncle indumentum (see A. stictophylla for discussion). Conservation status: Due to the small number of collections and scattered distribution of this taxon, and limited information about population sizes, A. leprosa var. leprosa is considered to be Near Threatened according to the criteria ofthelUCN (NT sensu IUCN 2001). Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in September and October. Pods with mature seeds have been collected in late November to December. Common name: Cinnamon Wattle. 2b. Acacia leprosa var. uninervia Maslin & D.J.Murphy, var. nov. Frutices 2-5 m alti. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia plerumque (40-)70-140 mm longa, (6-)8- 15(—18) mm lata, puncticulate; nervo longitudinali 1 prominenti in quoque facies posito. Gians (0—)2—8 mm supra pulvinum. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 3- 5(-7) mm longi, modice vel dense tappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 1(-2)mmlongae,laminislongitudineunguisbrevioribus vel ±aequantibus acutis vel breviter acuminatis. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel angusteoblonga, 30-90 mm longa,4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata. Shrubs 2-5 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normallysparselytomoderatelyappressed-puberulous. Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6-)8-15(-18) mm wide, puncticulate; with 1 prominent longitudinal nerve on each face. Gland (0—)2—8 mm above the pulvinus. Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; peduncles 3-5 (-7) mm long, moderately to densely ±appressed-puberulous; basal peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (—2) mm long, the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in pods, arillate. Type : 4 km NE of Healesville on the Maroondah Highway to Alexandra, Victoria, 12.ix.1985, B.R. Maslin 5941 ; holotype: PERTH 00822469; isotypes : CANB, K. Acacia leprosa (largephyllode variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle et ai, FI. Victoria 3:620 (1996). Acacia leprosa fourth variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. TJ. Entwisle et ai FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 125d (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84J-L ( 2001 ). Bushy or openly branched shrubs 2-5 m tall. Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6—)8—15(—18) mm wide; with 1 longitudinal nerve , the nerve prominent; lateral nerves few to numerous, often quite evident (at least when dry) and distally coalescing to form a fine, continuous but uneven intra-marginal nerve on one or both sides of the phyllode. Gland commonly 2-8 mm above the pulvinus but sometimes less (0-2 mm), often clearly elongated and 1-2 mm long (but ranging to circular or oblong-elliptic and 0.5 mm long). Peduncles 3—5(—7) mm long, moderately to very densely puberulous with straight, appressed or sub- appressed hairs; basal peduncular bract early caducous, c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles usually scarcely visible in mature buds being over-topped by the flowers (slightly exserted in the large bracteole and Nayook Creek variants), spathulate, usually c. 1 mm long and equal in length to calyx (c. 2 mm long and exceeding the calyx, but shorter than the corolla in the large bracteole variant), the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Fig. 9. Muelleria 197
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A leprosa and Maslin (2001, p. 599) var. leprosa (as A leprosa) was considered to occur in Victoria but the specimens upon which these records were based are now referred to A leprosa var, uninervia. Variety leprosa grows in eucalypt woodland on ridge tops and steep slopes, in grey clay loam or shallow sand. Fig. 7B. Taxonomy: As defined here var. leprosa is distinguished from the other varieties of A. leprosa by its narrow (not above 7 mm wide), 1-nerved phyllodes. While this is a convenient classification it may, to some extent at least, be artificial because this variety seems to grade into both A. leprosa var. graveolens (around Mt Werong in New South Wales) and A. leprosa var. uninervia (in the high country to the north-east of Melbourne, Victoria) - see under these two varieties for further discussion. Some plants of A. stictophylla from the Dandenong Range, Victoria, superficially resemble those of var. leprosa but are distinguished most readily by their bracteole morphology and peduncle indumentum (see A. stictophylla for discussion). Conservation status: Due to the small number of collections and scattered distribution of this taxon, and limited information about population sizes, A. leprosa var. leprosa is considered to be Near Threatened according to the criteria ofthelUCN (NT sensu IUCN 2001). Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in September and October. Pods with mature seeds have been collected in late November to December. Common name: Cinnamon Wattle. 2b. Acacia leprosa var. uninervia Maslin & D.J.Murphy, var. nov. Frutices 2-5 m alti. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia plerumque (40-)70-140 mm longa, (6-)8- 15(—18) mm lata, puncticulate; nervo longitudinali 1 prominenti in quoque facies posito. Gians (0—)2—8 mm supra pulvinum. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 3- 5(-7) mm longi, modice vel dense tappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 1(-2)mmlongae,laminislongitudineunguisbrevioribus vel ±aequantibus acutis vel breviter acuminatis. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel angusteoblonga, 30-90 mm longa,4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata. Shrubs 2-5 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normallysparselytomoderatelyappressed-puberulous. Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6-)8-15(-18) mm wide, puncticulate; with 1 prominent longitudinal nerve on each face. Gland (0—)2—8 mm above the pulvinus. Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; peduncles 3-5 (-7) mm long, moderately to densely ±appressed-puberulous; basal peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (—2) mm long, the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in pods, arillate. Type : 4 km NE of Healesville on the Maroondah Highway to Alexandra, Victoria, 12.ix.1985, B.R. Maslin 5941 ; holotype: PERTH 00822469; isotypes : CANB, K. Acacia leprosa (largephyllode variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle et ai, FI. Victoria 3:620 (1996). Acacia leprosa fourth variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. TJ. Entwisle et ai FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 125d (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84J-L ( 2001 ). Bushy or openly branched shrubs 2-5 m tall. Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6—)8—15(—18) mm wide; with 1 longitudinal nerve , the nerve prominent; lateral nerves few to numerous, often quite evident (at least when dry) and distally coalescing to form a fine, continuous but uneven intra-marginal nerve on one or both sides of the phyllode. Gland commonly 2-8 mm above the pulvinus but sometimes less (0-2 mm), often clearly elongated and 1-2 mm long (but ranging to circular or oblong-elliptic and 0.5 mm long). Peduncles 3—5(—7) mm long, moderately to very densely puberulous with straight, appressed or sub- appressed hairs; basal peduncular bract early caducous, c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles usually scarcely visible in mature buds being over-topped by the flowers (slightly exserted in the large bracteole and Nayook Creek variants), spathulate, usually c. 1 mm long and equal in length to calyx (c. 2 mm long and exceeding the calyx, but shorter than the corolla in the large bracteole variant), the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Fig. 9. Muelleria 197
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 194-195".
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa or with sparse appressed hairs on margins (especially when young), sometimes transversely reticulate with nerves most evident at either edge of pods, marginal nerve indistinct. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, obloid to obloid-ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, shiny, dark brown to black; funicle normally expanded into a once-folded terminal aril. Distribution: Discontinuous along the Great Dividing Range from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; also in Tasmania. Taxonomy : Acacia leprosa is a highly variable species and five allopatric varieties are recognised to accommodate the variation (which is most pronounced in Victoria). As can be seen from Table 1 and from the synonymy presented below these varieties were treated as variants of either A. leprosa or A. verniciflua in Entwisle et al. (1996, pp 617-620) and Maslin (2001, pp 596-601). Most of the numerous specimens we examined can be accommodated by the five varieties but there are a few that cannot be satisfactorily placed and these are noted as variants under the variety that they most closely resemble. The principal characters that have been used to define varieties within A. leprosa are phyllode width and the number of longitudinal nerves on the phyllodes, i.e. one or two (these two characters vary independently of one another), the types of peduncle indumentum, the persistence or otherwise of the basal peduncular bracts, and the shape and size of the bracteoles. Although bracteole morphology is a cryptic character that is hard to accurately assess without the use of a microscope it is an important and very useful character for recognising morphotypes. Most of the variation within A. leprosa is found in Victoria where all the taxa, except var. leprosa, occur. The conventional definition of A. leprosa was that of a species comprising plants with 1-nerved phyllodes, however, we now expand this definition to also include plants with 2-nerved phyllodes. Phyllode nerve number is consistent within each variety but this may, to some extent at least, be a function of how we have defined the varieties! Phyllode nerve number is an easy character to see and to characterise, but as with any morphological attribute, nerve numbers may possibly be the result of convergence or reversals. Notwithstanding this we have used phyllode nerve number (one or two) to help define and key the varieties that are recognised here. While some of our taxa may well be redefined by future workers we believe that the classification that we propose is a reasonable attempt at providing meaningfully defined taxa to accommodate the very complex patterns of variation that exist within this species. The notes on variation and affinities provided under the varieties will assist future workers who wish to re-assess our classification, this applies particularly to var. leprosa, var. graveolens and var. uninervia. Etymology : The species name is derived from the Latin leprosus (scaly) and refers to the punctae that mark the surface of the phyllodes of this species. 2a. Acacia leprosa var. leprosa Acacia leprosa (type variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 619 (1996), pro parte (excluding elements referable to Victoria). Acacia leprosa first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 598 (2001). Illustrations. T. Tame, Acacias SE Australia 109, fig. 107a & b, pi. 107 (1992);T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 125a (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 841 (2001). Shrubs 1.5-4 m tall. Phyllodes (40-)50-90 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, the punctae quite evident (observe at xIO mag.); with 1 longitudinal nerve [rarely an incipient second nerve in New South Wales plants); lateral nerves superficially absent or very few and obscure. Gland 0-1.5 mm above the pulvinus. Peduncles (2—)4— 5 mm long when in flower, to 8 mm in fruit, densely puberulous with hairs short, istraight and closely appressed; basal peduncular bract early caducous, c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles scarcely visible in mature buds being overtopped by flowers, spathulate, 0.7-1 mm long (±equal in length to calyx), the laminae small (less than length of the claws) and acute or occasionally short-acuminate. Fig. 8. Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 8.2 km by road, NE of Doolool Tops homestead, via Monto, A.R. Bean 928 (BRI n.v., NSW n.v., MEL, MEXU n.v .); Sydney Heads, 32 km NNW of Nebo, 10.xi.1 990, A.R. Bean 2552 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: HillTop, Jan. 191 5, £ Cheels.n. (NSW 451625); Fire Road 3, Chain of Ponds Crossing South, 9.X.1969, A.S. Mitchell 556 (K, CANB, P n.v., NSW, MEL); 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Chain of Ponds crossing, 9.X.1969, A.[S.] Mitchells.n. (NSW 167415, PERTH 02941651). Muelleria 195
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 197-201, Figs 9, 10A (map)".
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of sometimes ±matted hairs. Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that are longer than the short claws. These distinctive bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians within the geographic range of the variety. The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis (from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles (about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda but are distinguished most readily by their clearly elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. crassipoda). Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda occurs in less than five known locations and its range is highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may discover additional populations. Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the short, stout peduncles. 3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel ±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, Muelleria 209
A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity.
Taxonomy
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838)
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ."
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton,
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham,
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'),
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under
Typification for discussion of these types.)
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996).
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI.
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001).
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman,
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R.
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)].
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001).
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall,
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin-
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103).
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var.
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F.
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156).
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm.
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae)
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41).
Muelleria
189
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate (see below); additionally, these species are resinous and they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. (Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are taxonomically not far removed from the above group, but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur in eastern and southern Australia where they show a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). Methods Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based on a morphological examination of field-collected populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having significant collections of material belonging to the Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). This included specimens from the following herbaria: MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to prepare the descriptions that are presented below. All specimens held by Australian herbaria that Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence [column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). Name used in present work [no. longitudinal phyllode nerves] Name used in Entwisle eta/. (1996) Name used in Maslin (2001) Distribution Resin- gland head cell no. A.A.stictophylla [1] A. leprosa (Dandenong Range variant) A. leprosa (second variant) Vic. 8 a 2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte A. leprosa (first variant) Qld, NSW ? 2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) A. leprosa (fourth variant) NSW, Vic. 4 a , 4-8 b 2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] A. verniciflua (southern variant) A. verniciflua (second variant) Qld, NSW, Vic., Tas. 5-8 b 2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. ? 2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. 4 a , 4-5 b 3. A. rostriformis [2] A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh variant) A. verniciflua (fourth variant) Vic. 8 a 5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] A. verniciflua (common variant) A. leprosa (Seymour variant) A. verniciflua (first variant) A. leprosa (third variant) S.A., Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 7-18 abc , 12 a 1. A. exudans [2] A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) A. verniciflua (third variant) Vic. 20-32 a Muelleria 185
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate (see below); additionally, these species are resinous and they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. (Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are taxonomically not far removed from the above group, but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur in eastern and southern Australia where they show a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). Methods Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based on a morphological examination of field-collected populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having significant collections of material belonging to the Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). This included specimens from the following herbaria: MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to prepare the descriptions that are presented below. All specimens held by Australian herbaria that Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence [column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). Name used in present work [no. longitudinal phyllode nerves] Name used in Entwisle eta/. (1996) Name used in Maslin (2001) Distribution Resin- gland head cell no. A.A.stictophylla [1] A. leprosa (Dandenong Range variant) A. leprosa (second variant) Vic. 8 a 2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte A. leprosa (first variant) Qld, NSW ? 2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) A. leprosa (fourth variant) NSW, Vic. 4 a , 4-8 b 2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] A. verniciflua (southern variant) A. verniciflua (second variant) Qld, NSW, Vic., Tas. 5-8 b 2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. ? 2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. 4 a , 4-5 b 3. A. rostriformis [2] A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh variant) A. verniciflua (fourth variant) Vic. 8 a 5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] A. verniciflua (common variant) A. leprosa (Seymour variant) A. verniciflua (first variant) A. leprosa (third variant) S.A., Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 7-18 abc , 12 a 1. A. exudans [2] A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) A. verniciflua (third variant) Vic. 20-32 a Muelleria 185
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of sometimes ±matted hairs. Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that are longer than the short claws. These distinctive bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians within the geographic range of the variety. The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis (from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles (about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda but are distinguished most readily by their clearly elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. crassipoda). Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda occurs in less than five known locations and its range is highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may discover additional populations. Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the short, stout peduncles. 3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel ±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, Muelleria 209
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate (see below); additionally, these species are resinous and they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. (Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are taxonomically not far removed from the above group, but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur in eastern and southern Australia where they show a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). Methods Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based on a morphological examination of field-collected populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having significant collections of material belonging to the Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). This included specimens from the following herbaria: MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to prepare the descriptions that are presented below. All specimens held by Australian herbaria that Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence [column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). Name used in present work [no. longitudinal phyllode nerves] Name used in Entwisle eta/. (1996) Name used in Maslin (2001) Distribution Resin- gland head cell no. A.A.stictophylla [1] A. leprosa (Dandenong Range variant) A. leprosa (second variant) Vic. 8 a 2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte A. leprosa (first variant) Qld, NSW ? 2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) A. leprosa (fourth variant) NSW, Vic. 4 a , 4-8 b 2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] A. verniciflua (southern variant) A. verniciflua (second variant) Qld, NSW, Vic., Tas. 5-8 b 2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. ? 2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. 4 a , 4-5 b 3. A. rostriformis [2] A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh variant) A. verniciflua (fourth variant) Vic. 8 a 5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] A. verniciflua (common variant) A. leprosa (Seymour variant) A. verniciflua (first variant) A. leprosa (third variant) S.A., Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 7-18 abc , 12 a 1. A. exudans [2] A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) A. verniciflua (third variant) Vic. 20-32 a Muelleria 185
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa sparsely hairy peduncles). Interesting and complex patterns of variation exist between these two varieties in the mountainous country to the northeast and east of Melbourne and these require further detailed study. For example, in the vicinity of Kinglake (about 20 km due W of Marysville) there occurs both the common Victorian variant of var. graveolens (characterised by ±sparsely appressed-hairy, relatively long peduncles and prominently 2-nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Moslin 8584 & DJ. Murphy and 1 Soues s.n.) and the typical variant of var. uninervia (characterised by densely, ±appressed-hairy, short peduncles and prominently 1- nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Maslin 8583 & DJ. Murphy and K. Mac far lane 773).The two Maslin & Murphy specimens just listed were sympatic in a population located about 7 km east of Kinglake; no putative hybrids were detected in this population. However, in the Kinglake area there are plants that are seemingly hybrids between these two varieties, being characterised by having both 1- and 2-nerved phyllodes on the same specimen (e.g. M.D. Tindale s.n. collected from 11.3 km fromToolangi on the crossroads near Slide Inn, 9.i.1968, MEL 2038070, NSW 211584, PERTH; S.K. Gardner 16, (MELU)). Note: Specimens with densely hairy peduncles and consistently 2-nerved phyllodes also occur around Kinglake (see under var. graveolens for discussion). Similar complexity occurs in the Gembrook area, along the Gembrook-Tonimbuk road, where a population, represented by two separate collections made at different times, shows variation in phyllode nerve number. These collections are: AC. Cochrane 719&J.C. Reid and !.C. Clarke, 17.viii.1999, MEL2062415 and 1C. Reid 2579, 2.ix.2004, MEL2312550, the latter specimen has clearly 2-nerved phyllodes and is assigned to var. graveolens, whilst the former specimen has mostly 1- nerved phyllodes with an occassional poorly developed second nerve on some phyllodes and is assigned to var. uninervia. The apparent difference in nerve number in this population over time may flag developmental differences in phyllode nerve number from younger to older plants. A difference in phyllode nerve number has previously been noted in juvenile versus mature Acacia stricta phyllodes (Gardner et al. 2005). Etymology: The variety name is derived from the Latin unicus (singular) and nervus (nerve) in reference to the prominently 1-nerved phyllodes. 2c. Acacia leprosa var. graveolens Maslin & DJ.Murphy, var. nov. Frutices (1 —)2—6 m alti vel interdum (in Tasmania) arbores ad 8 m alta. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia (30-)50-110 mm longa, (3-)7-20(-30) lata, puncticulata, nervis longitudinalibus 2in quoque facies positis. Gians plerumque ad extremum pulvini posita, (1 —)2—4 mm supra pulvinum in Kinglake- Marysville forma. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi (3—)4—8(—11) mm longi, sub-glabri vel modice (dense) iappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 1 (—1.5) mm longae, acutae vel interdum acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel anguste oblonga, 30- 90 mm longa, 4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata Shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall or sometimes (inTasmania) trees to 8 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normally sparsely to moderately appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes (30—)50— 110 mm long and (3—)7—20(—30) mm wide, puncticulate; with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face. Gland usually at distal end of pulvinus, (1 -)2—4 mm above the pulvinus in the Kinglake-Marysville variant. Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; peduncles (3—)4—8(—11) mm long, sub-glabrous to moderately (densely) lappressed-puberulous; basal peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (-1.5) mm long, acute or sometimes acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in pods, arillate. Type: Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth No. 2, Mt Elizabeth State Forest, Victoria, 14.xi.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 ; holotype: MEL 2079232; isotypes: BRI, PERTH. Acacia graveolens Lodd., Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); G. Don, Gen. hist. 2:404 (1832). Type citation: "a native of New Holland [Australia], introduced in 1820". Type. n.v. Acacia verniciflua (southern variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle etal., FI. Victoria 3:618 (1996). Acacia verniciflua second variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Muelleria 201
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa sparsely hairy peduncles). Interesting and complex patterns of variation exist between these two varieties in the mountainous country to the northeast and east of Melbourne and these require further detailed study. For example, in the vicinity of Kinglake (about 20 km due W of Marysville) there occurs both the common Victorian variant of var. graveolens (characterised by ±sparsely appressed-hairy, relatively long peduncles and prominently 2-nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Moslin 8584 & DJ. Murphy and 1 Soues s.n.) and the typical variant of var. uninervia (characterised by densely, ±appressed-hairy, short peduncles and prominently 1- nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Maslin 8583 & DJ. Murphy and K. Mac far lane 773).The two Maslin & Murphy specimens just listed were sympatic in a population located about 7 km east of Kinglake; no putative hybrids were detected in this population. However, in the Kinglake area there are plants that are seemingly hybrids between these two varieties, being characterised by having both 1- and 2-nerved phyllodes on the same specimen (e.g. M.D. Tindale s.n. collected from 11.3 km fromToolangi on the crossroads near Slide Inn, 9.i.1968, MEL 2038070, NSW 211584, PERTH; S.K. Gardner 16, (MELU)). Note: Specimens with densely hairy peduncles and consistently 2-nerved phyllodes also occur around Kinglake (see under var. graveolens for discussion). Similar complexity occurs in the Gembrook area, along the Gembrook-Tonimbuk road, where a population, represented by two separate collections made at different times, shows variation in phyllode nerve number. These collections are: AC. Cochrane 719&J.C. Reid and !.C. Clarke, 17.viii.1999, MEL2062415 and 1C. Reid 2579, 2.ix.2004, MEL2312550, the latter specimen has clearly 2-nerved phyllodes and is assigned to var. graveolens, whilst the former specimen has mostly 1- nerved phyllodes with an occassional poorly developed second nerve on some phyllodes and is assigned to var. uninervia. The apparent difference in nerve number in this population over time may flag developmental differences in phyllode nerve number from younger to older plants. A difference in phyllode nerve number has previously been noted in juvenile versus mature Acacia stricta phyllodes (Gardner et al. 2005). Etymology: The variety name is derived from the Latin unicus (singular) and nervus (nerve) in reference to the prominently 1-nerved phyllodes. 2c. Acacia leprosa var. graveolens Maslin & DJ.Murphy, var. nov. Frutices (1 —)2—6 m alti vel interdum (in Tasmania) arbores ad 8 m alta. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia (30-)50-110 mm longa, (3-)7-20(-30) lata, puncticulata, nervis longitudinalibus 2in quoque facies positis. Gians plerumque ad extremum pulvini posita, (1 —)2—4 mm supra pulvinum in Kinglake- Marysville forma. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi (3—)4—8(—11) mm longi, sub-glabri vel modice (dense) iappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 1 (—1.5) mm longae, acutae vel interdum acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel anguste oblonga, 30- 90 mm longa, 4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata Shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall or sometimes (inTasmania) trees to 8 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normally sparsely to moderately appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes (30—)50— 110 mm long and (3—)7—20(—30) mm wide, puncticulate; with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face. Gland usually at distal end of pulvinus, (1 -)2—4 mm above the pulvinus in the Kinglake-Marysville variant. Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; peduncles (3—)4—8(—11) mm long, sub-glabrous to moderately (densely) lappressed-puberulous; basal peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (-1.5) mm long, acute or sometimes acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in pods, arillate. Type: Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth No. 2, Mt Elizabeth State Forest, Victoria, 14.xi.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 ; holotype: MEL 2079232; isotypes: BRI, PERTH. Acacia graveolens Lodd., Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); G. Don, Gen. hist. 2:404 (1832). Type citation: "a native of New Holland [Australia], introduced in 1820". Type. n.v. Acacia verniciflua (southern variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle etal., FI. Victoria 3:618 (1996). Acacia verniciflua second variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Muelleria 201
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate (see below); additionally, these species are resinous and they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. (Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are taxonomically not far removed from the above group, but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur in eastern and southern Australia where they show a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend from southern Queensland through New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). Methods Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based on a morphological examination of field-collected populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having significant collections of material belonging to the Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). This included specimens from the following herbaria: MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to prepare the descriptions that are presented below. All specimens held by Australian herbaria that Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence [column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). Name used in present work [no. longitudinal phyllode nerves] Name used in Entwisle eta/. (1996) Name used in Maslin (2001) Distribution Resin- gland head cell no. A.A.stictophylla [1] A. leprosa (Dandenong Range variant) A. leprosa (second variant) Vic. 8 a 2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte A. leprosa (first variant) Qld, NSW ? 2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) A. leprosa (fourth variant) NSW, Vic. 4 a , 4-8 b 2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] A. verniciflua (southern variant) A. verniciflua (second variant) Qld, NSW, Vic., Tas. 5-8 b 2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. ? 2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] Not recognised Not recognised Vic. 4 a , 4-5 b 3. A. rostriformis [2] A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh variant) A. verniciflua (fourth variant) Vic. 8 a 5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] A. verniciflua (common variant) A. leprosa (Seymour variant) A. verniciflua (first variant) A. leprosa (third variant) S.A., Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 7-18 abc , 12 a 1. A. exudans [2] A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) A. verniciflua (third variant) Vic. 20-32 a Muelleria 185
A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity.
Taxonomy
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838)
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ."
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton,
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham,
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'),
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under
Typification for discussion of these types.)
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996).
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI.
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001).
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman,
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R.
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)].
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001).
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall,
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin-
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103).
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var.
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F.
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156).
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm.
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae)
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41).
Muelleria
189
A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of sometimes ±matted hairs. Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that are longer than the short claws. These distinctive bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians within the geographic range of the variety. The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis (from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles (about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda but are distinguished most readily by their clearly elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. crassipoda). Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda occurs in less than five known locations and its range is highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may discover additional populations. Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the short, stout peduncles. 3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel ±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, Muelleria 209
Maslin and Murphy Acacio verniciflua var. groveolens [as 'Graveolens'] (D.E.AIbrecht 1883) Vic Herbarium, Australian Plant Census CHAH (2006). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); T.J. Entwisle etal. FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 1241 (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84H (2001). Often somewhat spindly shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall, sometimes (in Tasmania) trees to 8 m tall, normally 1- or 2-stemmed with a sparse crown. Phyllodes normally (40-)50-110 mm long and (5-)7-20(-30) mm wide, occasionally 30-40 mm long and 3-4 mm wide in Tasmania; with 2 longitudinal nerves, the nerves of equal prominence or the adaxial one slightly less pronounced than the abaxial one; lateral nerves obscure or quite evident. Gland usually at distal end of pulvinus, ±circular to oblong and c. 0.5 mm long, (1-)2-4 mm above the pulvinus and elongated in the Kinglake- Marysville variant. Peduncles (3-)4-8(-11) mm long, normally sub-glabrous to moderately appressed to sub-appressed hairy (occasionally interspersed with a few patent hairs), sometimes densely appressed-hairy; basal peduncular bract early caducous, 1-2 mm long. Bracteoles not or scarcely visible in mature buds being over-topped by the flowers, spathulate, 1 (—1.5) mm long (equal to, or slightly exceeding, length of calyx), the laminae ±equal to length of claws and acute, sometimes acuminate. Fig. 11. Selected specimens examined: Typical variant. NEW SOUTH WALES: Coolangubra State Forest, Big Jack fire trail, c. 1 km NW of the summit of Big Jack Mountain, 21 .x.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2928 (MEL, NSW); Brown's Gap, Lithgow, IO.x.1961, C. Burgess s.n. (CANB 001586); Ruby Creek, Mt Werong, LAS. Johnson & E.F. Constable s.n. (NSW 19460); 1.6 km N of Bindook Gap, 55 km SW of Katoomba, 16.ix.1967, R.G. Covenys.n. (MEL 118360, NSW 148473);Tumut State Forest, 24.V.1979, JJohnson s.n. (NSW); Mount Shivering (E of Mount Werong), 18.ix.1967, A.N. Rodd 529 (NSW). VICTORIA: 2.2 km by road from Erica township towards Walhalla, 25.ix.1985, D.E. Albrecht 1883 (MEL); Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth No. 2,14.x.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 (BRI, MEL, PERTH); Delegate River, Apr. 1889, W. Baeuerlen s.n. (NSW 374230, PERTH); c. 14 miles [22.5 km] from Ensay towards Bentley's Plain, 511969, EM. Canning 1477 (BRI, CANB, MEL, PERTH); Vicinity ofWalhalla, 6.x. 1983, B.R. Maslin 5471 (PERTH); 2.5 km W of Melba Highway on Kinglake Road, c. 7 km E of Kinglake, 4.ix.2003, B.R. Maslin 8584 & D.J. Murphy (MEL, PERTH); Kinglake, 5.X.1910, J. Soues s.n. (MEL 1528947). TASMANIA: 20 miles [32 km] W of St Helens, 1011949, N.T. Burbidge 3081 (HO, ex CANB); Styx River road (near Maydena), 41.1969, E.M. Canning s.n. (CANB, HO, K, MEL, MO);Tasman Highway S of Gray, 18.ix.1988, P. Collier 3355 (HO); St Columbia Falls, 30.iv.1984, R. Cumming 3441 (PERTH); Hobart, 71.1819, A. Cunningham 125 (K); Mt Victoria, 1 .v.1980, M.G. Noble 29266 (HO); Hobart, 1842, R. Gunn 479 (NSW); Cascades, Hobart, 15x1899, L Rodway 199 (HO). Kinglake- Marysville variant. VICTORIA: Upper Yarra Park [Healesville district], 37°39'S, 145°53'E, 25.xi.1982, AC. Beauglehole 71774A & C.M. Beardsell (MEL); Mt Slide, 4 miles (6.4 km) E of Kinglake, 6.V.1972, A.B. Court & M.D. Tindale 800 (CANB, K, MEL, NSW, US n.v.); Cumberland Falls reserve, c. 9 miles [16 km] ESE of Marysville, 26.ix.1962, C. Harding Browne s.n. (MEL 1529097, PERTH 01493221). Stanthorpe variant. QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, G. Ward s.n. (BRI 52201, NSW 255307, PERTH 04558367). Small phyllode variant. TASMANIA: Levendale, 1x1996, AM. Buchanan 14287 (HO); near summit of Rogers Lookout, adjacent to Skyline Tier Road, 1511991, A.M. Gray 741 (CANB, HO); near summit of Rogers Lookout, adjacent to Skyline Tier Road, 15X1991, AM. Gray 742 (CANB, HO). Distribution and habitat: Occurs along the Great Dividing Range from south-east Queensland (Stanthorpe), then the Mount Werong area east of Sydney, New South Wales, with scattered occurrences further south in New South Wales (including theTumut State Forest) to north-east and east of Melbourne in Victoria; it also occurs in Tasmania. Grows in tall Eucalyptus forest. Fig. 10B. Conservation status: Based on the widespread occurrence of this taxon and its presence in conservation reserves, A. leprosa var. graveolens is regarded as of Least Concern according to the criteria of the IUCN (LC sensu IUCN 2001). Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in mid- August to November. Pods with mature seeds have been collected from December to March. Nomenclature: We have not been able to locate the type of A. graveolens Lodd., however, judging from the protologue it most likely represents the same entity as A. leprosa var. graveolens , which is described above. We considered it best to describe a new variety rather than basing our name on A. graveolens because we can unequivocally fix the name through the designation of a new type. Taxonomy: Variety graveolens is the most widespread and common variety of A. leprosa and is broadly circumscribed here to accommodate plants of this species with 2-nerved phyllodes that are not referable to the geographically restricted var. magna 202 Vol 27(2) 2009
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
Kantvilas and Lucking FRANCE. Bayonne, valle d'Esboue, 10.iv.1996, J. Vivant, A. Vezda: Lich. Rar. Exsicc. 343 (HO). Taxonomy Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans (Mull.Arg.) Kantvilas & Lucking comb. nov. Patelloria pallidonigrans Mull.Arg., Bull. Herb. Boissier 1 : 49 (1893); Bacidiapallidonigrans (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 4:134(1926). Type: Victoria. On tree, Warburton, December 1885, F.R.M. Wilson 769 (holotype, fide Filson 1986: G; isotype: MEL 7173!). Thallus pale yellowish, yellowish green or greenish, initially composed of scattered, irregular areoles over a prothallus, soon fusing and forming an effuse, smooth crust, tightly encrusting the bark substratum and any adjacent or underlying bryophytes, continuous to patchy, rather glossy, ecorticate, 25—70(—100) pm thick; prothallus dull grey to black, effuse, usually clearly evident at the thallus margins or in more patchy, central parts of the thallus. Photobiont a thin-walled, unicellular green alga of the 'micareoid'-type (after Coppins 1983), with globose cells (4-)6-9 pm diam. Apothecia typically very numerous and scattered, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, roundish, milky-fawn to pale yellow- brown to dark grey-brown, not infrequently mottled- piebald, broadly adnate to slightly basally constricted, immarginate, or with an indistinct proper margin ± slightly paler than the disc, visible in the youngest apothecia but soon excluded; disc plane to convex, epruinose. Excipulum in section colourless, poorly developed, reflexed, to 30 pm thick, soon ± excluded, composed of radiating, branched, conglutinated hyphae 1-3 pm thick with elongate lumina. Hypothecium colourless to pale yellowish, K± pale yellowish, 60-120 pm thick, composed of entangled hyphae. Hymenium colourless, 40-55 pm thick, IKI+ intense blue, sometimes with a pale yellowish brown epihymenial layer, in dark coloured apothecia with a patchy, greenish, K± olive-green, N+ reddish brown epihymenial pigment. Asci elongate clavate, 8-spored, 35-41.3-55 x (9—) 10— 72.5—15(—18) pm, approximating theBysso/oma-type;i.e.tholuswell-developed,amyloid, with a more intensely amyloid, albeit rather indistinct, ring structure. Paraphyses indistinct, rather sparse, highly conglutinated, branched, especially in the upper part, 0.8-1.5 pm thick; apices slightly expanded to 2-3 pm, especially in pigmented apothecia. Ascospores colourless, non-halonate, fusiform-ellipsoid, straight or slightly bent, (2-)3(-4)-septate, 11-75.0-18(—20) x ( 3-)3.5-4.2-5 pm; apices ± acute or blunt. Pycnidia not found. Chemistry: gyrophoric acid; thallus and apothecial squashes C+ red. (Figs 1,2) Remarks: Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans is a distinctive lichen, characterised by its pale coloured, widely spreading thallus that often forms ± continuous patches to 30 cm wide, the very abundant, pale to dark coloured, often piebald apothecia, the Byssoloma- type asci and the 3-septate, fusiform ascospores. It is found almost exclusively in cool temperate rainforest of the callidendrous type (nomenclature after Jarman et al. 1994), a forest type with a closed canopy of tall, well-formed dominant trees (usually Nothofagus Blume and or Atherosperma Labill.) and a relatively open understorey dominated by ferns including tree ferns ( Dicksonia L'Her. or Cyathea Sm.). There this lichen occurs in deep shade on bark. A particularly characteristic habitat is the exposed large roots of forest trees that form cage-like frames on or just above the ground.The species is clearly very fast growing and encrusts living mosses and hepatics in its path. In Tasmania, this species has for many years been considered to be an unidentified species of Micarea Fr. on account of its ± immarginate apothecia, transversely septate, fusiform ascospores, and thallus chemistry. Indeed, its resemblance with respect to these characters to certain species of that genus, notably to M. peliocarpa (Anzi) Coppins & R.Sant. and its relatives, M. alabastrites (Nyl.) Coppins and M. cinerea (Schaerer) Hedl., is remarkable. However, the Micarea taxa can be distinguished by having different asci ( Micarea - type, with a well-developed, amyloid tholus pierced completely by a non-amyloid, narrow masse axiale); they also have more abundant paraphyses that are lax in KOH, an exciple composed of anastomosing hyphae, and apothecia that are more basally constricted to often tuberculate. Interestingly, the correct affinities of F. pallidonigrans to the Pilocarpaceae were noted first by Muller (1893) who, in the original description, compared it with Lecidea chloroplaca Fee [= Byssoloma leucoblepharum (Nyl.) Vain. (Santesson 1952)]. Within the genus itself, Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans occupies a rather outlying position. None of the 172 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 228-229".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 230-232".
Bean the species. In the case of E. ambigua, he cited "In Nova-Hollandia. Labillardiere. Affinis E. ligustrinae et E. amygdalinae Eucalyptus ambigua was next mentioned by Bentham (1867). Bentham had a broad concept of E. amygdalinathat included several taxa now recognised at species rank. He considered E. tenuiramis Miq. to be a synonym of E. amygdalina. He also reduced J.D. Hooker's E. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth. to a variety of E. amygdalina, and placed E. ambigua as a synonym of E. amygdalina var. nitida. There are no known authentic specimens of E. ambigua at BM or K, and it is clear that Bentham never saw any, as he reached his conclusions "from the diagnosis taken from Labillardiere's specimen". Mueller (1880) mentioned E. ambigua only in passing, saying that it"may be a West Australian species, the somewhat leathery leaves, the compressed flower stalks and the almost globular fruit not really pointing to E. amygdalina ". The discussion by Maiden (1905, p. 159) in his Critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus left no stone unturned, as was his usual working method. He stated that he borrowed "the" type of E. ambigua from the Candolle herbarium, and considered its identity to be "probably E. amygdalina, tending to var. nitida, as suggested by Bentham". He also reported seeing a Labillardiere specimen at P, originating from the Webb herbarium. Of this specimen Maiden stated, "This is E. amygdalina, var. nitida " Maiden was not content to leave it there. He talked about two further specimens named as E. ambigua, neither of them authentic, and for one of which he said "seems to be E. stricta Sieb." Maiden concluded his analysis by saying "it may be accepted that E. ambigua, DC., is allied to E. amygdalina, Labill., var. nitida. It may, however, be E. stricta, Sieb.: another of the Renantherae". In his Key to the Eucalypts, Blakely (1934, p. 315) regrettably distilled from Maiden's discussion "ambigua DC. Prod., iii., 219 (1828) = 384, E. stricta, Sieb." More recent authors have continued to honour Blakely's interpretation (e.g. Chippendale 1988; Slee etal. 2006). Our current-day knowledge of the distributions of various Eucalyptus species makes this synonymy all the more unlikely - E. stricta is endemic to the state of New South Wales, while Labillardiere (collector of the type of E. ambigua) visited only Tasmania and Western Australia. I have examined some high-quality images of three specimens, all of which are considered to be original material of E. ambigua. Two of these specimens are held at G-DC and another is at G. All are in accord with the protologue, and all were presumably available to Candolle when drawing up his description of E. ambigua. All three specimens comprise branchlets bearing adult leaves and buds close to maturity, and one of them has some detached fruits in a packet. The leaves are 15-25 mm wide, the buds are clavate, and the hemispherical warty operculum has a tiny mucro. The fruits are 8-9 mm in diameter and are broadest just below the rim. There is no hint of glaucousness on any of the material. I am satisfied that these specimens are conspecific with the type of E. nitida Hook.f. In fact, the sheet at G was annotated by G.M. Chippendale in 1973 as" Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f. (E. ambigua DC. =)". One of the sheets at G-DC (G00131709) is here selected as the lectotype of E. ambigua. The formal synonymy is as follows: Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. 3:219 (1828). Type: New Holland [south-eastern Tasmania], undated [1792 or 1793], JJ.H. Labillardieres.n. (lecto: G-DC, sheet G00131709, here designated, (image at BRI)). E. nitida Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1 (2): 137 (1856); E. amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. austral. 3: 203 (1867); E. australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931), syn. nov. Type:Tasmania. Circular Head, 21 January 1837, R. Gunn 808 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988); isolecto: BM, NSW). E. simmondsii Maiden, Crit. revis. Eucalyptus 6: 344 (1923). Type: Tasmania. Smithton, 27 May 1921, J.FI. Simmondss.n. (holo: NSW, fide Chippendale (1988)). Chippendale (1974) listed six syntypes for E. nitida. However, he later (Chippendale 1988) cited Gunn's Circular Head collection of 21/1/1837 at Kew, as the holotype. In so doing, he has lectotypified the name. Under Article 9.8 of the Code, the use of the term "holotype" by Chippendale is correctable to "lectotype" The name change resulting from this investigation is unfortunate, but it is fitting that Candolle and Labillardiere receive the recognition that is due to them. It is the fault of neither of these men that 228 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 225-226, Fig. 1".
Nymphoides Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), it is evident that he made more than one collection of the species. Some undated material may have been collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet is dated and holds both labels and plant material which make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and "Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by Mueller, and Bentham's initial. The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype material bears two plant portions that match the three portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would have been donated by MEL before the MEL material was mounted on the current sheets. The label on the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", "John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in stagnis" in the type citation. Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any certainty that they could be part of the lectotype collection. They are all undated and may or may not have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have considered them when preparing his description of V. hydrocharoides. Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 (1987). Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 9451 r Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH (spirit). Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and in the nearest lakes and lagoons." Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: MEL 1505131. The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most complete of all type sheets seen. All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL (in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum crenatum " with the words below repeating those of Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes Muelleria 121
Aston a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. Mueller's description and type citation of Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 (1986). Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 2329836 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 (1984). Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 (1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 (1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. Oldfield ". Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype material held at K, no definite isotype material has been located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ (Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 raises the question of whether all the Stuart material on the two MEL sheets could have come from two different collections. If so, these collections may have been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively one date may be in error, in which case all material should belong to the one collection only. G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he probably had reason for believing that the holotype material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next paragraph). Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has provided information concerning joint collecting of Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of late February and early March 1857 does not involve A/, exigua. 122 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Aston
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are
included. Although the type collections of these
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within
Australia.
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in
this paper. The names as used there, with those which
should now be used for them following in square
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\)
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp.
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N.
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze].
Typification and Nomenclature
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze,
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi.
2:429(1891).
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n.
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D.,
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981).
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley"
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See
note 1 below.
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891).
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar.
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy."
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River],
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes:
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL
1505013. See note 2 below.
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas,
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING).
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's
annotation of it in 1903.
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989;
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993;
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998)
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two
entities to be conspecific.
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum.
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as
a new name and not just a new combination.
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that
can be considered as possible syntype collections of
120
Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Nymphoides Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), it is evident that he made more than one collection of the species. Some undated material may have been collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet is dated and holds both labels and plant material which make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and "Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by Mueller, and Bentham's initial. The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype material bears two plant portions that match the three portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would have been donated by MEL before the MEL material was mounted on the current sheets. The label on the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", "John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in stagnis" in the type citation. Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any certainty that they could be part of the lectotype collection. They are all undated and may or may not have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have considered them when preparing his description of V. hydrocharoides. Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 (1987). Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 9451 r Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH (spirit). Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and in the nearest lakes and lagoons." Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: MEL 1505131. The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most complete of all type sheets seen. All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL (in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum crenatum " with the words below repeating those of Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes Muelleria 121
Aston a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. Mueller's description and type citation of Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 (1986). Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 2329836 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 (1984). Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 (1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 (1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. Oldfield ". Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype material held at K, no definite isotype material has been located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ (Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 raises the question of whether all the Stuart material on the two MEL sheets could have come from two different collections. If so, these collections may have been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively one date may be in error, in which case all material should belong to the one collection only. G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he probably had reason for believing that the holotype material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next paragraph). Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has provided information concerning joint collecting of Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of late February and early March 1857 does not involve A/, exigua. 122 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Aston
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are
included. Although the type collections of these
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within
Australia.
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in
this paper. The names as used there, with those which
should now be used for them following in square
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\)
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp.
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N.
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze].
Typification and Nomenclature
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze,
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi.
2:429(1891).
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n.
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D.,
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981).
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley"
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See
note 1 below.
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891).
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar.
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy."
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River],
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes:
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL
1505013. See note 2 below.
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas,
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING).
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's
annotation of it in 1903.
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989;
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993;
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998)
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two
entities to be conspecific.
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum.
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as
a new name and not just a new combination.
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that
can be considered as possible syntype collections of
120
Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 120-121".
Aston
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are
included. Although the type collections of these
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within
Australia.
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in
this paper. The names as used there, with those which
should now be used for them following in square
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\)
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp.
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N.
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze].
Typification and Nomenclature
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze,
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi.
2:429(1891).
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n.
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D.,
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981).
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley"
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See
note 1 below.
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891).
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar.
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy."
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River],
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes:
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL
1505013. See note 2 below.
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas,
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING).
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's
annotation of it in 1903.
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989;
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993;
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998)
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two
entities to be conspecific.
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum.
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as
a new name and not just a new combination.
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that
can be considered as possible syntype collections of
120
Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 121-122".
Aston a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. Mueller's description and type citation of Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 (1986). Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 2329836 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 (1984). Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 (1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 (1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. Oldfield ". Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype material held at K, no definite isotype material has been located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ (Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 raises the question of whether all the Stuart material on the two MEL sheets could have come from two different collections. If so, these collections may have been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively one date may be in error, in which case all material should belong to the one collection only. G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he probably had reason for believing that the holotype material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next paragraph). Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has provided information concerning joint collecting of Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of late February and early March 1857 does not involve A/, exigua. 122 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. Mueller's description and type citation of Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 (1986). Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 2329836 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 (1984). Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 (1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 (1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. Oldfield ". Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype material held at K, no definite isotype material has been located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ (Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 raises the question of whether all the Stuart material on the two MEL sheets could have come from two different collections. If so, these collections may have been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively one date may be in error, in which case all material should belong to the one collection only. G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he probably had reason for believing that the holotype material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next paragraph). Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has provided information concerning joint collecting of Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of late February and early March 1857 does not involve A/, exigua. 122 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 122-123".
Nymphoides From the information above it can be seen that there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart material) may have been jointly collected. The label on the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has the same habitat and locality data in English as that published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has not indicated who made the collection but has instead annotated the label as being from his herbarium. The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, seems less likely because it consists of only two small plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater quantity. Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and "Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: "Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos (Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes [Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand (BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) v.v." Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the variety and for the provision of his own epithet for it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) cover a situation of this kind. See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." Muelleria 123
Nymphoides From the information above it can be seen that there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart material) may have been jointly collected. The label on the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has the same habitat and locality data in English as that published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has not indicated who made the collection but has instead annotated the label as being from his herbarium. The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, seems less likely because it consists of only two small plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater quantity. Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and "Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: "Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos (Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes [Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand (BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) v.v." Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the variety and for the provision of his own epithet for it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) cover a situation of this kind. See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." Muelleria 123
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 123-124".
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Aston
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are
included. Although the type collections of these
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within
Australia.
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in
this paper. The names as used there, with those which
should now be used for them following in square
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\)
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp.
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N.
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze].
Typification and Nomenclature
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze,
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi.
2:429(1891).
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n.
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D.,
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981).
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley"
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See
note 1 below.
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891).
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar.
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy."
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River],
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes:
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL
1505013. See note 2 below.
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas,
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING).
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's
annotation of it in 1903.
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989;
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993;
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998)
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two
entities to be conspecific.
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum.
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as
a new name and not just a new combination.
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that
can be considered as possible syntype collections of
120
Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 125-126".
Nymphoides Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 (1982). Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: "Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. [i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 39(1982). Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name was published, and not seen by Aston.] Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 (1982). Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the citation quoted above.] Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 ( 2002 ). Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, MEL 2173027 (spirit). Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 10:21 (1997). Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 (1982). Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 1936: Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 117 (1973). Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: "Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, and the fragmentary type material is deficient in showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) I accepted the name as representing a distinct species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides stygia was described from a depauperate plant of Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely that it should be placed with one of the two varieties of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name Muelleria 125
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Maslin and Murphy superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the following specimens which were collected from Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 (all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle Etymology: The species name is derived from the Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon (leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 (1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 (1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as "Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 216 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 133-135, Figs 1B, 2B".
Baker River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 (NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener (NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. Marburg 2: 235 (1831) Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). Common name: Weeping Willow Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both male and female plants have been recorded in New South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having relatively short catkins composed of only female flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely glabrous ovaries. Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s (Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised throughout the country, especially in moist places near still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long (New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals appear to have been planted deliberately and are not actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with plants of other male willow taxa. First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 (HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 136 Vol 27(2) 2009
Baker River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 (NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener (NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. Marburg 2: 235 (1831) Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). Common name: Weeping Willow Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both male and female plants have been recorded in New South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having relatively short catkins composed of only female flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely glabrous ovaries. Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s (Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised throughout the country, especially in moist places near still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long (New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals appear to have been planted deliberately and are not actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with plants of other male willow taxa. First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 (HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 136 Vol 27(2) 2009
Baker River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 (NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener (NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. Marburg 2: 235 (1831) Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). Common name: Weeping Willow Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both male and female plants have been recorded in New South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having relatively short catkins composed of only female flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely glabrous ovaries. Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s (Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised throughout the country, especially in moist places near still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long (New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals appear to have been planted deliberately and are not actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with plants of other male willow taxa. First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 (HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 136 Vol 27(2) 2009
Baker River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 (NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener (NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. Marburg 2: 235 (1831) Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). Common name: Weeping Willow Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both male and female plants have been recorded in New South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having relatively short catkins composed of only female flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely glabrous ovaries. Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s (Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised throughout the country, especially in moist places near still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long (New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals appear to have been planted deliberately and are not actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with plants of other male willow taxa. First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 (HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 136 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 143-144, Figs 1H, 2H".
Baker is distinguished from other Tasmanian willows by the combination of its shrubby habit and long, narrow leaves. Other distinctive characteristics include the leaves, stems and catkins often being borne in opposite to sub-opposite pairs. The bark of S. purpurea, when peeled away from the wood, is yellow underneath and is very bitter to taste. The stems of this species are tough and flexible and are used for basket making. Distribution and habitat: Salix purpurea has a widespread native distribution throughout Europe, western Asia and northern Africa, growing in wet habitats such as river margins. The species is naturalised in Australia, New Zealand, Canada and the United States of America. In Australia, it is naturalised in New South Wales and Victoria and is represented by several cultivars of both sexes (Cremer 1995; Cremer et al. 1995). There it was planted for erosion control on the banks of rivers and roadside batters (Cremer et al. 1995; Carr 1996). In New Zealand, it was introduced for soil stabilisation, as well as for basket making (Sykes 1988). In Tasmania, it has been planted occasionally for stream bank stabilisation and for ornament. It is not known whether this species is naturalised in Tasmania or if all plants have been planted. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the North-West region of the state, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by 5. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known how much of the current population was planted. Monitoring would be required to determine if the species is spreading at this and other sites. First record: 2004, M.L. Baker. Specimens examined : TASMANIA: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens,4.iii.2004, M.L Baker389&N. Papworth (HO); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve, 3.xi.2004, M.L Baker 989 & M.F. Duretto (HO, MEL); just below Winkleigh bridge, ii.2005, M. Askey-Doran s.n. (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, c. 14 km south of Bredbo on Cooma Road, ll.x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7877 (NSW, MEL). VICTORIA: Ovens River, c. 11 km west of Myrtleford, 13.X.1 995, S.W.L Jacobs 7908 & 7909 (MEL, NSW). POLAND: Wieliczka, ATPOL square DF69,30.viii.2004, J. Zelazny s.n. (HO, KRA). 13. Salix humboldtiana Willd. 'Pyramidalis' Previously misapplied name: S. chilensis Molina (Meikle 1990; Carr 1996; Spencer 1997) Common name: Pencil Willow Illustration: Fig. 1M Trees 10-15 m tall. Branches very erect, forming a fastigiate crown. Bark smooth. Stems glabrous or occasionally with a few hairs, dark brown to olive- green, sometimes reddish. Bud scales 2, free along inner margin. Stipules small, auriculate, glandular¬ toothed, caducous. Leaves at first pubescent, soon becoming glabrous, linear, 50-150 mm long, 5-10 mm wide, glossy green on both surfaces but slightly paler abaxially; margin finely glandular-serrulate; apex acute; petiole 1 -1.5 mm long. Catkins (not seen on Tasmanian material) appearing with the leaves on short lateral shoots. Male catkins 30-100 mm long, 6-10 mm wide, spreading to erect; peduncle up to 12 mm long; bracts ovate, 2-3 mm long, yellow, pilose; stamens 5—8(—14), exceeding bracts in length, pilose in proximal half. Female catkins not known in Australia. Discussion: For a comprehensive description, see Rodriguez et al. (1983); flower and catkin characters given above have been taken from this source. This taxon is immediately distinguished from other willows by its very tall and narrow crown. In Tasmania, catkins have never been observed, and plants commonly retain their leaves throughout winter when most other willows are leafless. According to Dorn (1976) and Rodriguez et al. (1983), the name S. chilensis Molina, used by various authors (including Meikle 1990; Carr 1996; Spencer 1997) and encountered in the nursery industry, has been wrongly applied to this taxon. Distribution and habitat: Salix humboldtiana is native to Central and South America where it grows from Mexico through to Chile. The fastigiate form originates from the Copiapo province, northern Chile (Rodriguez et al. 1983). In Australia, S. humboldtiana 'Pyramidalis' is a common garden plant, especially in coastal areas of Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Spencer 1997). It is naturalised to a very limited extent in Queensland and New South Wales (Jacobs & Murray 2000; Bostock & Holland 2007). In Tasmania, this taxon is commonly cultivated and has never been recorded outside of cultivation. First record: 2004, M.L. Baker. Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 4.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 391 & N. Papworth (HO); Grosvenor Street, Sandy Bay, Hobart, 15.xii.2006, M.L. Baker 1768&A.M. Buchanan (HO). 146 Vol 27(2) 2009
Baker material from other Australian Herbaria (CANB, MEL, NSW), exchange material from overseas herbaria, and comments on selected Tasmanian collections by British Salicologist Desmond Meikle. In the cases where Tasmanian material lacked morphological features the descriptions were supplemented using information from Meikle (1984). Names that have been previously misapplied in the Tasmanian literature are listed where relevant. Whereas some of these are the result of misidentification of specimens that have been redetermined, others are literature referencesthatappearto have not been based on critical examination ofTasmanian specimens. Tasmanian distributions follow the floristic regions proposed by Orchard (1988). Geographical origins of the plants treated have been determined from various published sources. The 'first record' indicates the earliest herbarium voucher of a particular taxon. In the case of naturalised taxa it is not always apparent, from the herbarium vouchers, that the specimens were taken from a cultivated ornaturalisedplant.lt mayalsobespeculated that the plants were naturalised well before the date of first collection. First records for taxa known only from cultivation are included for completeness and are not necessarily a good indication of the time the plant was introduced to Tasmania. To accurately determine the date of introduction of each of the taxa is beyond the scope of this paper. Herbarium abbreviations follow Holmgren et al. (1990). Taxonomy Salix L., Sp. p/. edn 1, 2:1015 (1753) A formal description of the genus is given by Argus (1997), Fang et al. (1999), Jonsell (2000) and Ohashi (2001) and is not re-iterated here. A comprehensive discussion of the morphological characters of the genus is given by Skvortsov (1999). The genus Salix spans a wide range of forms from low-growing, mat-forming shrubs through to large, wide-spreading trees. Leaves are simple, stipulate and petiolate, usually deciduous and alternate, although opposite to sub-opposite leaves occur in 5. purpurea. Flowers occur in the axils of bracts and are gathered together in dense spikes or racemes commonly referred to as catkins. Willows are usually dioecious but, in some taxa, including 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. chrysocoma and one of the 5. matsudana x 5. alba clones, the catkins often include both male and female flowers. The flowers have a greatly reduced perianth consisting of 1-2 nectariferous glands. Staminate flowers consist of one to many stamens (usually two in Tasmanian taxa), with filaments generally free. Pistillate flowers consist of a unilocular superior ovary with the ovaries either sessile or stipitate, each with 2-4, usually bilobed stigmas. The fruit is a 2-4-valved capsule that contains numerous seeds. Each seed has a tuft of fine silky hairs attached at its base. Characters that distinguish Salix from other Tasmanian plants include the combination of the following characters:deciduous habit (Salixhumboltiana commonly retains its leaves throughout winter), sympodial growth (plants lack a terminal bud), buds with a single outer scale, flowers borne in catkins and a reduced perianth which consists of 1-2 nectaries. Leaf characteristics given in this paper are based on mature leaves (material collected in summer and autumn before leaf fall) taken from exposed branches. Foliage from shaded areas of a plant, or that of strong regrowth, is generally of larger dimensions than material collected from unshaded areas. Both mature leaf material and flowering material may be required to correctly identify some specimens. Mature leaf material (present in summer) and flowering material (present in early spring) occur at different times of the year, thus requiring two collections from the same plant. Plant habit can be very diagnostic in the identification of willows. The following characters should be noted in the field when sampling: number of stems at or near ground level, size and shape of crown, and branch orientation. 1. Salix fragilis L. var. fragilis, Sp. pi. edn 2. 1: 562(1762) Previously misapplied names: S. alba x S. fragilis (Curtis 1967), 5. alba , non-pure S. fragilis (Rodd 1982), S. xrubens (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 2007). Common name: Crack Willow Illustrations: Fig. 1 A; 2A; 3 130 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 140-141, Figs 1G, 2F".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 139-140, Figs 1F, 2F".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 145-146, Fig. 1L".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 144-145, Fig. 1K".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 136-138, Figs 1C, 2C".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 141-143. Figs 1H, 2G".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 135-136, Fig. 1C".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 138-139, Figs 1E, 2D".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Aston
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are
included. Although the type collections of these
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within
Australia.
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in
this paper. The names as used there, with those which
should now be used for them following in square
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\)
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp.
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N.
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze].
Typification and Nomenclature
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze,
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi.
2:429(1891).
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot.
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n.
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D.,
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981).
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley"
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See
note 1 below.
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891).
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar.
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy."
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River],
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes:
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL
1505013. See note 2 below.
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas,
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING).
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's
annotation of it in 1903.
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989;
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993;
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998)
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two
entities to be conspecific.
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum.
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as
a new name and not just a new combination.
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that
can be considered as possible syntype collections of
120
Vol 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), it is evident that he made more than one collection of the species. Some undated material may have been collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet is dated and holds both labels and plant material which make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and "Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by Mueller, and Bentham's initial. The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype material bears two plant portions that match the three portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would have been donated by MEL before the MEL material was mounted on the current sheets. The label on the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", "John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in stagnis" in the type citation. Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any certainty that they could be part of the lectotype collection. They are all undated and may or may not have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have considered them when preparing his description of V. hydrocharoides. Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 (1987). Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 9451 r Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH (spirit). Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and in the nearest lakes and lagoons." Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: MEL 1505131. The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most complete of all type sheets seen. All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL (in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum crenatum " with the words below repeating those of Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes Muelleria 121
Aston a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. Mueller's description and type citation of Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 (1986). Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 2329836 (spirit), PERTH. Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 (1984). Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 (1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 (1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. Oldfield ". Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype material held at K, no definite isotype material has been located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ (Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 raises the question of whether all the Stuart material on the two MEL sheets could have come from two different collections. If so, these collections may have been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively one date may be in error, in which case all material should belong to the one collection only. G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he probably had reason for believing that the holotype material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next paragraph). Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has provided information concerning joint collecting of Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of late February and early March 1857 does not involve A/, exigua. 122 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Nymphoides From the information above it can be seen that there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart material) may have been jointly collected. The label on the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has the same habitat and locality data in English as that published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has not indicated who made the collection but has instead annotated the label as being from his herbarium. The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, seems less likely because it consists of only two small plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater quantity. Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and "Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: "Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos (Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes [Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand (BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) v.v." Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the variety and for the provision of his own epithet for it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) cover a situation of this kind. See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." Muelleria 123
Nymphoides From the information above it can be seen that there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart material) may have been jointly collected. The label on the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has the same habitat and locality data in English as that published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has not indicated who made the collection but has instead annotated the label as being from his herbarium. The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, seems less likely because it consists of only two small plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater quantity. Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and "Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: "Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos (Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes [Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand (BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) v.v." Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the variety and for the provision of his own epithet for it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) cover a situation of this kind. See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." Muelleria 123
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Nymphoides From the information above it can be seen that there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart material) may have been jointly collected. The label on the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has the same habitat and locality data in English as that published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has not indicated who made the collection but has instead annotated the label as being from his herbarium. The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, seems less likely because it consists of only two small plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater quantity. Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and "Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: "Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos (Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes [Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand (BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) v.v." Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the variety and for the provision of his own epithet for it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) cover a situation of this kind. See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." Muelleria 123
Aston Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 (1891). Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons / Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). "R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in Brown's hand (K). [Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973)] In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces differently coloured, and to have been collected by Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, and did not formally name them or indicate their taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their designations of a and (3, and also validly published the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach automatically established the autonym L. geminatum var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, article 26.3). In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated in the account of that species, q.v. Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. Now N. montana Aston, q.v. Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 (1891). Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen Fitzmaurice versus." Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with "Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham collection that is not part of the type. 124 Vo I 27(2) 2009
Aston Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 (1982). Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of each other]. [Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 (1973)] Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 265(1984). Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 (1868). Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- River. F.M." Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label "Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 681834). This has long been accepted, correctly, as a taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone no further north towards that area than the vicinity of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria River and Elsey Creek. The blue label cited here, and another on the holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by Bentham. I have not located any other possible type material held elsewhere, and an additional check by J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. Acknowledgements I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. References Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Melbourne. Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 79, 1396-1406. Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 275-283. Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 170. 126 Vol 27(2) 2009
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".
Alphitonia
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more
evenly distributed canopy.
The branching structure can be assessed only
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous).
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently
distichous.
Taxonomy
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher]
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth.
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent.
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda-
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei),
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire,
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other,
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual,
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading,
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior,
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin,
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery,
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate,
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by
membranous reddish-brown aril.
Distribution
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia
and New Caledonia.
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral.
1:414(1863)
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot.
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841).
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated,
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated;
?isolectotype BRI).
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform.
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich,
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI).
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean
(2002), Bean (2007).
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in
Bean (2002), Bean (2007).
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J.
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb,
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007).
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes.
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point-
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular.
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense,
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in
other forms with moderately dense white crisped
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight
Muelleria
5
Alphitonia parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with an acute apex, and shorter stipules. The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger seeds. Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 & S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). Excluded names Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides (A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. must be interpreted as a new combination rather than a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 (1873) Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 (1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. The known extant original material comprises 1. a Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably does not accurately portray the features of the plant, and it is certainly not a good match for the two specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. Muelleria 15
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 15-16".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 13-15, Figs 5-6".
Bean
others that are nearer to the typical form of the species.
The Cape York Peninsula form of A exceba is very similar
to specimens of A. philippinensis from the Philippines,
but the latter has smaller endocarpids with a long
apiculum, and conspicuous radial furrows on the disc.
Fruits of A exceba are consistently globose. There is a
predominance of flowers with 2-locular ovaries and 2-
fid styles, but some flowers with 3-fid styles can usually
be found on any given plant or flowering specimen.
Alphitonia exceba, in contrast to some other
Australian species, has ascending primary branches
and more-or-less evenly distributed leaf canopy. This
canopy type is consistent even for those forms that
occur in rainforest environments.
The relationship between A exceba and A oblata
In Northern Territory and Western Australia requires
further study. In 1994, K.Thiele determined all Kimberley
specimens of Alphitonia at BRl as A incano, while
Wheeler (1992) included only A. exceba for this region.
According to Booth etol. (2001), A exceba and A 'incana'
(i.e. A oblata) intergrade in the Darwin area, and this
may account for differing names applied in the Northern
Territory and Kimberley region of Western Australia.
Alphitonia exceba is the food plant for the larvae of the
Small Green-banded blue butterfly {Psychonotis caelius).
The timber has a density of 770 kg/m^ and has been used
for fencing and ornamental panelling. It is pale when cut,
but upon exposure turns to a bright red (Fairbairn 1999).
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1
km E of Mitchell Falls, Mitchell Plateau, 30.V.1992, D. Halford
Q1431 (BRl, DNA, PERTH); Morgan River, near old 'Theda'
homestead, 24.vii.1977, I.R. Telford 6102 & G. Butler (BRl,
CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Elcho Island, 2.vii.1975, J.R.
Moconochie2094 (BRl, CANB, K, L); Waldunga road/Old Plains
track junction, Murgenella, 10.vii.l 984, G. Wightmon 2004 (BRl,
CANB, DNA); 1 km SE of Angurugu, Groote Eyiandt, 7.iii.l988,
J. Russell-Smith 5136 & D. Lucas (BRl, DNA). QUEENSLAND.
BURKE: c. 5 km S of Lake Moondarra, Just 2.5 km off the Mt Isa
to Lake Moondarra Road, 23.viii.2001, D.7; Kelman DTKW&J.E.
Kelman (BRI).COOK: Olive River, 72.9 km NNW of Lockhart River
community, 26.iv.1994, D.6. Fell DGF4235 (BRl, DNA, NSW).
NORTH KENNEDY: 40 Mile Scrub N.P., 1.6 km N of Mt Surprise
road junction, 1 l.iii.1987, J.R. Clarkson 6878 & W.J. McDonald
(BRl, L, QRS, PERTH). SOUTH KENNEDY: Keswick Island, Basil
Bay, 6.ix.l 996, GM Batianoff9609172eto!. (AD, BRl, CANB, DNA,
MEL, NSW). MITCHELL: 1.5 km NW of Betanga on Capricorn
Hwy E of Jericho, 31 .iii.l 992, E.J. Thompson JER5 & B.K. Simon
(AD, BRl, DNA, PERTH). LEICHHARDT: c. 20 miles [32 km] ESE Cf
Rolleston, 30.viii.l961, M. Lazarides & R. Story 110 (BRl, CAN^).
PORT CURTIS: Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, 2 km W of
Sabina Point, 13.vii. 1977, J.R. Clarkson 1088&T.D. Stanley {BR}].
BURNETT: northern slopes of Mulgildie Plateau, SSE of Monto,
n.ii.l996, AR. Bean 9744 (BRl, MEL). WIDE BAY: Waddy Poirit,
S of Orchid Village, Fraser Island, 14.i.l973, T Whaite3504
J. Whaite (BRl). MARANOA: c. 89 km W of Condamine toward
Surat, near Back Creek crossing, 13.X.1983, E.M. Canning 5952
&B. Rimes (BRl, NSW). DARLING DOWNS: Leichhardt Hwy, c. 23
km N of Miles, 17.V.1988. P.CJobson266 (BRl, MEL). MORETON:
Mt Mellum, Glasshouse Mountains, 10.xii.l987, D.E. Albrecht
3457 (BRl, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Pike's Gap, Denman to
Sandy Hollow road, 1 l.ix.l948, E.F. Constable NSW 121556 (BRl,
NSW); Yellow Rock Creek road, c. 4 miles [6 km] SW of Albioh
Park, 28.ii.1967, M. Evans 2585 (AD, BRl, CANB, NSW);'Lowry',
above Namoi River, Namoi River road, 13.i.1992, J.R. Masking
467 (BRl, NSW).
2. Alphitonia pomaderroides (FenzI) A.R.Bean/
Austrobaileya 7:377 (2006)
Ziziphus pomaderroides FenzI in Endl., Enum. PI.
[Endlicher]20 0S37).
Type; [Queensland] Cape Van Diemen, December 1802,
f. Bauer s.n. (holotype W, photo at BRl).
Alphitonia obtusifolio Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. Kew 182
(1925).
Caenothoides obtusifolia R.Br., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] 'Carpentaria', undated [17-
27.xi.1802], R. Brown [Bennett No. 5364] (holotype K,
image!; isotype BM, BRl [AQ 317590]).
Alphitonia obtusifolia var. tenuis Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform.
Kew 183 (1925). Type: [Queensland] 'North Coast',
[xi.l802], R. Brown (syntype K, image!).
Shrub ortree to 7 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated
and dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth,
dappled white and grey. Primary branches ascending,
with secondary and tertiary branches on various
planes. Branchlets not noticeably ridged near growing
point; stipules 3-6 mm long, juvenile stem/ndumenfum
and Juvenile leaves unknown. Adult stem indumentum
dense, with abundant pale brown to creamy-white
crisped hairs c. 0.1 mm high, and infrequent straight
or curved patent hairs to 0.3 mm high. Adult leaves
2-ranked, ovate to elliptical, 5.6-15.5 x 3.2-8.0 cm (L/B
ratio 1.4-2.4); apex obtuse, acute or retuse; base obtuse
to cuneate, symmetrical; newly expanding leaves dark
8
Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 11-13, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 8-10, Fig. 2".
Alphitonia
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more
evenly distributed canopy.
The branching structure can be assessed only
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous).
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently
distichous.
Taxonomy
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher]
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth.
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent.
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda-
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei),
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire,
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other,
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual,
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading,
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior,
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin,
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery,
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate,
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by
membranous reddish-brown aril.
Distribution
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia
and New Caledonia.
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral.
1:414(1863)
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot.
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841).
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated,
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated;
?isolectotype BRI).
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform.
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich,
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI).
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean
(2002), Bean (2007).
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in
Bean (2002), Bean (2007).
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J.
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb,
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007).
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes.
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point-
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular.
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense,
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in
other forms with moderately dense white crisped
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight
Muelleria
5
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 10-11, Fig. 3".
Thompson
small survey of flowers, the stamen sheath of T. egena
differs slightly from the other leafless species in the
shape of the apex of the stamen sheath and the free
filament portion is relatively long. In other species
of Templetonia the sheath apex is rounded (Fig. 3f).
Templetonia egena is one of two species to have a
scale at nodes, T. incrassata being the other. These two
species are further distinguished from other leafless
species of Templetonia by the bead-like appearance
of the epidermis (seen under magnification), their
relatively erect branches, their pod valves with glands
more conspicuous at maturity, and the relatively small
or absent aril lobe.
2. Templetonia incrassata I.Thomps,, sp. nov,
A T. egena (F.Muell.) Benth. ramis crassioribus sulcis
non profundis plerumque glaucis, pedicellis brevioribus,
feguminibus longioribus, seminibus longioribus differt.
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 22 km south of Mount
Christie Corner, Mobella Station, 30*31 '11 "S, 133‘30'03"
E, FJ. Badman 8257, 3.ix.l995; holo: AD 99647245; iso:
AD 99644643.
Erect shrubs to c. 2.5 m high; flowering branches
suberect, straight, 1.5-2.5 mm in diameter, terete, with
generally poorly defined ridges, often glaucous, not
tapering terminally; new growth c. 1 mm in diameter.
Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and
stipules, triangular-ovate, 0.6-1.2 mm long. Pedicels
0.3-1 mm long; bract c 1 mm long; bracteoles 1.5-2.2
mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal third.
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4.5 mm long,
tube 2-3.2 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep
with apices separated; median lower lobe slightly to
much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or
brown; standard 5.5-8 mm long, limb slightly wider
than long, claw 2-2.5 mm long; wings 5-7 mm long, 2
mm wide, claw 2.5 mm long; keel 5-6.5 mm long, 2.2
mm wide, generally dark purple distally, claw 2 mm
long; stamen sheath c. 1.8 mm wide flattened-out; ovary
6-ovulate; style 2.5-3.5 mm long, slender distally. Pods
obliquely oblong-elliptic in profile, mostly 16-25 mm
long, 7-10 mm wide, 1 (or 2)-seeded; valves dotted with
minute glands. Seeds oblong-ellipsoid, 9-14 mm long,
4-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3 mm in diameter, with
wall crenate to deeply lobate, vertical lobe not evident.
Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN
AUSTRALIA, c. 12 km S of Menzies, AS. George 2718,
21. viii.l961 (PERTH); c. 38 km E of the intersection of the
Mt Jackson-Diemals road and the Diemals-Menzies Rd, P.S.
Short 2308 & L Haegi, 5.xi.l983 (AD, MEL 1524851, PERTH);
Goddard Creek, along Transcontinental RIy, RD. Boyce 5567,
3.X.1956 (CANS); 32 km from Coolgardie towards Kalgoorlie,
E.M. Canning, 7.ix.l 968 (CANB); 26 km ENE of Cosmo Newbury
Mission, N. Forde 1385, 14.X.1960 (CANB); 500 m E of Lake
Raeside, Kirgella Rocks Station, H. Pringle 2402, 13.vii.l989
(CANB, PERTH); Victoria Desert, Camp 54, R Helms, 1 l.ix.1891
(MEL 564626); Mt Elvire Station, B.H. Smith s.n„ 23.viii.1981
(MEL 590013). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Yellabinna Regional
Reserve, FJ. Badman 11575, 18.viii.2005 (AD); SW corner of
Commonwealth Hill Station, c.40 km NWofWynbring railway
station, D.E Symon //75,2.xii.l960 (AD, DNA);c.6km N of Red
Lake along roadside,-/.Z Weber 8218,22.X.1983 (AD):Nundroo
Well, RH. Ashby, 15.xi.l975 (AD);c.46km SofOoldea,P. Wilson
1830, 23.ix.1960 (AD); SW of Anthony Lake, Commonwealth
Hill Station, c. 90 km NNW of Tarcoola, B. Lay 64, 3.ix.l970
(AD); c. 6 km N of Red Lake along roadside, J.Z. Weber 8218,
22. X.1983 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-western
Western Australia and central-western South Australia
(Fig. 4). Grows in various soils including sands and
calcareous sands, often near lake margins, in woodland,
shrubland and grassland.
Flowering period: Flowers winter to early spring.
£tymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the relatively thick
branches when compared to T egena (L: incrassotus,
thickened).
Notes: Apart from the distinctions given in the key,
T. incrassata is more often glaucous than I egena, has
a plumper calyx, a standard petal with a longer claw,
broader wings and a keel that is usually more purple.
Further floral distinctions based on a limited survey
of specimens include greater anther dimorphism, a
stamen sheath that is more prolonged centrally, and
filaments shorter beyond the sheath.
3. Templetonia battii F.Muell., Australas. Cbem.
Druggist 2{2):3^ (1887)
Bossioea battii (F.Muell.) Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. 5.
Australia 65 (1890).
Type: Western Australia. Eucia, ID.Batt; syn: MEL
564735; Western Australia. Eucia, J.D.Batt; syn: MEL
564736.
60
Vol 28(1)2010
Tempfetonia group. The outgrowths from the aril margin that give it a frilly appearance is seen in four of the species and is unique within the Brongniartieae. In two species the margin is crenate, while in T. ceracea the aril wall is entire. There appears to be some variability in extent of frilliness within species. The aril's vertical lobe is conspicuous in most species, but is indistinct in T, egena and apparently absent in T. incrassata. Several of the species are illustrated in Ross (1982). For T. sulcata (Ross 1982, figure 13), illustrations a-i are drawn from I ross/7, and the presentation of anther size is inaccurate. The seed of T. smithiana is illustrated in Ross 1982, figure 15a-d as T. sulcata. ^.Templetonia egena (F.Muell.) Benth., FI, /lustra/. 2:170 (1864) Daviesia egena F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem. 5c/. 1854-55: 118 (1855); Bossiaea egena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., in W.J.Hooker, Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 8:43 (1856). Type: South Australia. Murray scrub towards Morundam,F./Wue//er,ii.l851, lecto:MEL20345, fideJ.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:18 (1982). Shrubs to c. 3 m high, sometimes with branches weeping; flowering branches ±erect, straight, 0.8- 1.5 mm in diameter, terete, mostly with well-defined ridges, not glaucous, not tapering terminally; new growth 0.5-0.8 mm in diameter. Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and stipules, triangular-ovate, 1-1.5 mm long. Pedicels 1-3 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long; bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal half to third. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-4 mm long, tube 2-2.5 mm long, sinus of upper lip 0.5- 1 mm deep with apices separated; median lower lobe moderately to much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or brown; standard 5.5-9 mm long, limb c. as wide as long, claw 1-1.8 mm long; wings 5-8 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 1.8 mm long; keel 5-7 mm long, 2 mm wide, pale greenish or tinged purple distally, claw c. 1.5 mm long; stamen-sheath c. 1.5 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 5- to 8-ovulate; style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods c. elliptic in profile, (11-) 13-18(-22)mmlong,5-l 1 mmwide,1-oroccasionalIy 2-seeded; valves dotted with minute glands. Seeds compressed-ellipsoid, 7-9(-11) mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3.5 mm in diameter, with fine lateral outgrowths, cleft at summit distinct, vertical lobe not or only obscurely evident. Selected specimens of c. 300 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 km SE of Mindi Springs, Hamersley Range National Park, M.E. Trudgen 7241, 15.X.1990 (PERTH); 14.9 km NNE of Bullen Hill, Little Sandy Desert, S. van Leeuwen 5124, 5.ix.2002 (CANS, PERTH); c. 101 km S of Munjina Roadhouse on Northern Hwy, A.A. Mitchell PRP1004, 3.xi.l995 (PERTH); Tom Price mine site, K. Atkins, 10.ix.1980 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 9 km W of Idracowra - Palmer Valley boundary, J.R. Maconochie 2432 , 14.ix.l978 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL 2000125); 2 km SE of Princes Bore, Alcoota Station, B. Strong, 20.xi.1979 (DNA); 8 km S of Yuendumu, T.S. Henshall 2822, 5.xit.l979 (CANB, DNA, MEL 567854). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 32 km S of Yunta, N.N. Donner 3715, 2.X.1971 (AD, BRI); Wtllochra, c. 20 km NE of Quorn, R. Hill 1401 (AD, CANB); 'Gluepot'station, c. 12 km NE of homestead, c. 103 km NW of Renmark, /. Crawford 4439 (AD, CANB, MEL 2270988, NSW); Kunatjara,Tomkinson Ranges, A./Ca/otos 1433, 15.xi.1982 (AD, DNA). QUEENSLAND, c. 24 km SSE of Blackwater township, M. Lazarides8R. Story 56, 6.ix.l961 (BRI, CANB, MEL 1507638). NEW SOUTHWALES. Broken Hill,AMorf/s62,28.xi.l919 (MEL 564728); Boppy Mount area, Cobar, J.B. Cleland, 14.ix.1911 (AD, MEL 564727); c. 12 km E of Balranald on road to Hay, M.E. Phillips, 31.viii.1962 (CANB, DNA); Kimberley Station, c. 80 km SE of Cockburn, E.F. Constable, 25.vii.1955 (DNA, NSW); Harvey Ranges, J.L Boorman, xi.1905 (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA. Redcliffs, N of town between railway line and road, M.G. Corrick 7463 (AD, MEL 592031); Meringur Bushland Reserve, 15 km E of Mortlake, A.C. Beouglehole 57011, 31.X.1977 (MEL); Swan Hill, J.G. Luehmann, 1890 (MEL); Mildura, H.B. Williamson, 9.xii year unknown (MEL); Wemen, Robinvale District, A.R. Begg, viii.1960 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern, central and north-eastern Western Australia, southern Northern Territory, South Australia, central-eastern Queensland, western and central New South Wales, and north-western Victoria (Fig. 4). Grows in sandy soils in woodland, grassland and shrubland. Flowering period: Flowers late winter to summer. Notes: The upper calyx lobes of T. egena are similar to the lateral lobes but slightly more triangular and are fused in the proximal third to half. Occasional 2-seeded pods have been seen in which the seeds are abnormally shaped due to a lack of room for normal expansion (Fig. 2i).The aril in T. egena is highly variable in diameter and the degree of dissection of the margin. Based on a Muelleria 59
Templetonia grow as large as T. smithiana, its branches are generally narrower, and the rudimentary leaves are often better developed and more persistent. The branch surface is sometimes minutely papillose unlike the consistently smooth surface in T. smithiana. Bracteoles of T. sulcata andlsm/f/i/anahaveadistinctivetricolourappearance, with bands green proximally, light brown centrally, and whitish-translucent distally.The distal portion tends to become quite ragged through splitting. Templetonia sulcata can be distinguished from T. rossii by branch-tip and bracteole features, as given in the key, and by its plumper seeds with an aril crenate rather than frilly and with a lower, broader lobe, and by the pods which are narrower but deeper and have a longer beak. Chromosome numbers given in Sands (1975) under T. sulcata are all referrable to other species (see T. ceracea, T. smithiana and T. rossii). 5. Templetonia smithiana J.H.Ross, Muelleria 5:278(1984) Type: Western Australia. Doodarding, No. 2 Rabbit fence, 0.25 mile (c. 0.4 km) N of gate 44,3 TO! 'S, 117“ 12' E, B.H. Smith 204, 13.xii.1982; holo: MEL 626707; iso: K, PERTH, both n.v. Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches moderately divergent to almost spreading, often flexuose, 3-6(-7) mm wide, strongly compressed, with ridges often sharply defined, smooth, tapering terminally to form a dark, spine-like apex, with tip 0.1-0.2 mm wide; new growth 2.5-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed at nodes; leaf rudiments to 3 mm long. Ped/ce/s 1-1.5 mm long; bract c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 1 -1.5 mm long, free or nearly so, chartaceous in distal half to two-thirds, apex often splitting and or becoming ragged. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4 mm long, tube 2-3 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep, with apices separated; lower medial lobe moderately longer than other lobes, not chartaceous; standard 6-8 mm long, limb c. as wide as long, 5-7 mm wide, claw 1.5 mm long; wings 1.8 mm wide, claw 2.3 mm long; keel 1.5 mm wide, with claw c. 2 mm long, dark purple distally; stamen sheath 1.8 mm wide flattened out; ovary 5-ovu!ate, style 3-4 mm long. Pods elliptic in profile, 15-28 mm long, 9-12 mm wide, 1-seeded; valves with glands sometimes faintly detectable. Seeds compressed ellipsoid, 9-16 mm long; aril 1 mm in diameter, wall entire or slightly crenate, vertical lobe c. 0.4 mm high. Selected specimens of c. 60 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mt Hardy, 11 km from York on road to Quairading, J.H. floss 2773 (CANB, MEL 626714); Doodarding, c. 0.4 km N of 44 gate, no. 2 rabbit fence, B.H. Smith 1346 (BRI, MEL 1587441, PERTH); 28 km N of Bullfinch on Bullfinch- Evanston Rd, L.A. Craven 4555 & B.J. Lepschi, 6.xi.2000 (CANB, PERTH); c. 11 km E of Winchester, C Chapman, 25.xi.1972 (PERTH); Mt Gibson Station, S. van Vreeswyk3858. 27.viii.l 993 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south¬ western Western Australia mostly north of 32“15'S (Fig. 4). Grows on sandy-loam rises, often near salt lakes. Chromosome number: 2n = 16 (Sands 1975; collection no. 637.4.1 PERTH 02900556, as T. sulcata). Flowering period: Flowers August to October. Notes: Closely related to T. sulcata, with which it is partly sympatric, having more or less identical floral and bracteole morphology and in having similarly spinescent branches, but markedly different in branch width and in dimensions of fruits and seeds. Branches are similar to those of T. rossii in terms of width and colour (at least when dry). However, branches of T. rossii are not spiny and the surface of branches are generally minutely granular (most easily detected along the hyaline edge of the branch at xl0-x20). In T, smithiana more so than other species, there is a tendency for the funicle and placenta to detach with the seed. A collection from Koorda NW of Merredin [Blackall PERTH 02900610) has relatively short internodes and shows evidence of being atypically succulent. 6. Templetonia rossii (F.Muell.) I.Thomps., comb, nov. Bossiaea rossU F.Muell., Fragm. 3:94 (1862). Type: Victoria. Avoca River, IF. Mueller; lecto: MEL 20342, fide J.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:27 (1982). Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches moderately divergent, ±straight, 2-7 mm wide, moderately compressed, mildly ridged, smooth or more often minutely granular, sometimes glaucous, tapering terminally but not spine-like and not becoming terete (apex c. 0.5 mm wide); new growth 2-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed Muelleria 63
Thompson 4.5-5 mm long; aril 1.5-2 mm in diameter, wall frilly, with long outgrowths, vertical lobe c. 0.5 mm high. Selected specimens of c. 30 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 Martin St., Ravensthorpe, M. Hislop 2269, 12.viii.2001 (PERTH); c. 20 km WSW of Ponier Rock, c. 78 km S of Balladonia Motel, Eyre Hwy, K. Newbey 7360, 14.ix.l980 (PERTH); 10 km E of Buraminya, 143 km NEof Esperance, W.R. Archer 1009951 (MEL 2035026, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 14 km NW of Penong towards Bookabie, J. Taylor 1510 & P. Ollerenshaw (AD, CANB, MEL 653023); 16 km from Penong to Ceduna, c. 1 km along small side road, H.R. Toelken 7750, 25.X.1983 (AD); Yumburra Conservation Park, S side of plain near Maningilla rock holes, R.H. Ashby 39, xii.1985 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south- central Western Australia, east of Lake King, and south¬ western South Australia as far east as Denial Bay (Fig. 4). Grows in sandy and loamy soils, usually on limestone in shrubland and woodland. Flowering period: Flowers winter to spring. Notes: The large convex and curved medial lower lobe of the calyx is responsible for the rounded apex of the bud. Although this feature is also seen in four other species in the leafless group, it is particularly apparent in T. battii. Of all the leafless species, T. battii is the only one with conspicuous development of glandular material at the apex of the bracteoles. In other species minute amounts of glandular material are sometimes evident. Templetonia battii also has the shortest, stoutest style in the group and the keel and wing auricles are relatively weakly developed. Microscopically the surface of branches is often minutely and finely papillose; T. sulcata is similar in this respect. The leaf and stipule development in T. battii occasionally shows some intermediacy between the scale formation of T. egena and I incrassata and the linear leaf rudiments developed in T. sulcata, T. smithiana, T. rossii and T. ceracea as leaf rudiments are sometimes relatively broad. 4. Templetonia sulcata (A/leisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: (1864) Bossiaea sulcata Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844). Type: Western Australia. Avon River, York,7.4./..Pre/ss 1028; holo: K n.v., photo MEL 584229. Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches moderately to strongly divergent, straight, 2-3 mm wide, moderately compressed, sharply ridged, smooth or minutely and finely papillose, tapering terminally to form a dark spine-like apex, with tip 0.1-0.2 mm wide; new growth 1-1.4 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed at nodes; leaf rudiments to c. 4 mm long, tending to persist on longer branches. Pedicels 0.5-1 mm long; bract c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 0.8- 1.5 mm long, free or nearly so, chartaceous in distal half to two-thirds, apex often splitting and/or becoming ragged. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-3.5 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep with apices separated, lower medial lobe slightly longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or brown; standard 5-6 mm long, limbc. as wide as long, 4-5 mm wide, claw 1-1.5 mm long; wings 5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 2 mm long; keel 5 mm long, 2 mm wide, dark purple distally, claw 1.5-2 mm long; stamen sheath 1.2-1.5 mm wide flattened out; ovary 5- or 6-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods narrow-elliptic in profile, 9-14 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, 1-4-seeded; valves not gland-dotted. Seeds ellipsoid, 4-4.5 mm long; aril 1.5-1.8 mm in diameter, wall crenate, vertical lobe c. 0.3 mm high. Selected specimens of c. 80 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Near Mortlock River, 9 km SW of Goomalling, AS. George 15740, 1.ix.l979 (PERTH); Avon region, c. 1.5 km SW of Manmanning, B.H. Smith 1604, 3.viii.l992 (CANB, PERTH); c. 40 km E of Wongan Hills on Avon 24861 on Phillip's farm, Landeny, LA Phillips 29, 27.viii.2006 (PERTH); Beverley Airfield reserve, c. 1 km S of Beverley, M. Ochtman & D. Lynch 22, 18.ix.2000 (PERTH); Gwambygine, near York, J. Seabrook s.n., 7.ix.l980 (PERTH); c. 6 km W of Dumbleyung to Wagin, B.R. Maslin 652, 2.viii.1970 (PERTH); Mt Hardy, c. 10 km E of York, B. Smith 206, 18.xii.1982 (CANB, MEL 626709, PERTH); c. 19 km from Broomehill towards Growanjerup, JM Wrigley, 21.X.1968 (CANB); Along road and raileway line between Katanning and Tambellup, c. 7 km S of Broomehill, H. Eichler 759/3, 31.viii.l959 (AD). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia between 30' and 34'S and between 116* and 117'40'E (Fig. 4), largely overlapping the distribution of T. smithiana. Grows in sands and loams in shrubland and woodland. Flowering period: Flowers winter to spring. Notes: Similar to T. smithiana in bracteole, calyx and branch-tip morphology, but with very different pod and seed morphology. Also, T. sulcata does not 62 Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Alphitonia
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more
evenly distributed canopy.
The branching structure can be assessed only
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous).
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently
distichous.
Taxonomy
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher]
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth.
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent.
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda-
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei),
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire,
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other,
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual,
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading,
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior,
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin,
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery,
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate,
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by
membranous reddish-brown aril.
Distribution
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia
and New Caledonia.
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral.
1:414(1863)
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot.
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841).
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated,
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated;
?isolectotype BRI).
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform.
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich,
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI).
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean
(2002), Bean (2007).
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in
Bean (2002), Bean (2007).
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J.
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb,
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007).
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes.
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point-
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular.
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense,
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in
other forms with moderately dense white crisped
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight
Muelleria
5
Alphitonia
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more
evenly distributed canopy.
The branching structure can be assessed only
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous).
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently
distichous.
Taxonomy
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher]
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth.
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent.
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda-
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei),
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire,
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other,
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual,
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading,
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior,
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin,
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery,
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate,
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by
membranous reddish-brown aril.
Distribution
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia
and New Caledonia.
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral.
1:414(1863)
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot.
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841).
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated,
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated;
?isolectotype BRI).
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform.
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich,
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI).
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean
(2002), Bean (2007).
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in
Bean (2002), Bean (2007).
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J.
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb,
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007).
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes.
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point-
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular.
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense,
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in
other forms with moderately dense white crisped
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight
Muelleria
5
Leptostigma Figure 5. Distributions of Coprosma niphophila, C perpusHIa subsp. perpusilla, C pumila, C moorei, C repens and C robusto. (1830), nom. illeg., as Billordieri; Conthium billardierei D.Dietn, Syn. PL 1: 779 (1839), nom. illeg., as Billardierii; Coprosma billardierei (DC.) Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6:465 (1847) bis, nom. Hleg., as Billardieri. Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown; icono: op. at, t. 94(1805). Introduced species Distributions of the two introduced species are presented in Figure 5. A. Coprosma repens A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 1:264 (1832) Type: New Zealand. Astrolabe Harbour [Tasman Muelleria 37
Thompson
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm.
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis,
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903);
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd,
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest.
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower).
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers.
Apart from the differences in floral morphology,
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker,
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs
on leaves, flowers and fruit.
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL
1:124 (1788), nom. cons,
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native
to New Zealand, Central America and South America.
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep,
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917)
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea
51:388(1996).
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown,
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN,
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence,
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999).
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no
date; holo: K n.v,
Australian and New Zealand material was originally
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g.,
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand.
Whether Australian and New Zealand material
represents the same taxon as in America has not been
critically evaluated in this study.
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999);
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in
Australia is shown in Figure 1.
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL
137(1776)
A genus of c. 90 species from South America,
34
Vol 28(1)2010
Leptostigmo
Australia, New Zealand, smaller islands of the Pacific
Ocean and south-east Asia. The greatest diversity
is in New Zealand. Ten species occur in Australia,
eight of these are native, with six endemic. Of the
ten species, eight are dioecious, Coprosma moorei
is hermaphrodite, and C niphopbila has a variable
sexual pattern with flowers structurally bisexual but
functionally sometimes unisexual.
Domatia are a feature of leaves of Coprosma,
particularly the larger-leaved species. They are small
cavities in leaves which are open to the abaxial side
of leaves and located in the axil formed by the midrib
and secondary veins. They are sometimes bordered by
cilia. On the upper surface they appear as blister-like
elevations in fresh material. Treatments of Coprosma
in recent state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 1999) do not
give an accurate account of the occurrence of domatia
in Australian species. Both introduced species, C repens
and C robusta, consistently have several domatia, with
those in the former species generally having a larger
orifice. Sometimes in pressed specimens of C. robusta
the orifice is not readily seen; however, a tuft of hairs
usually identifies its presence. Of the native species,
C hirtella consistently has leaves with a few to several
domatia, although they are often somewhat obscure
in pressed specimens. In C quadrifida, domatia are
occasionally present in a proportion of leaves. As
leaves of this species are small, only 1-3 domatia are
likely on any one leaf. In fresh material of this species,
the blister-like elevations on the upper surface are
conspicuous.
Coprosma quadrifida appears to be most closely
related to C nitida and the two species have occasionally
been confused. Both species are shrubs with pubescent
branchlets, and often short, spine-tipped branchlets,
with solitary flowers, and similar interpetiolar stipules.
Branchlets supporting flowers and fruit become
recurved in both species. The main distinguishing
features are given in the key below in couplet 5. In
addition, C. quadrifida can be distinguished from
C nitida by several further features including its shorter
stipular sheath. The stipular sheath, which is formed
by the fusion of the interpetiolar stipules, is c. 0.5 mm
high adjacent to petioles in C. quadrifida, whereas
it is generally c. 1 mm high in C nitida. Domatia are
occasionally developed in C quadrifida but they have
not been recorded in C. nitida. Furthermore, the spine-
tipped branchlets of C. quadrifida are more slender,
the leaf-apex is more acute, the calyx tube is better
developed, and the fruit is smaller.
A reassessment of herbarium records has revealed that
C nivalis occurs in Tasmania. It has been collected from
the eastern side of Lake Augusta {R.W. Purdie 3534 CANB),
and the banks of Liawenee Canal (W.M. Curtis HO).
Flowers and stipulesofCpum/7aC.n/Va//s,Cperpt/s/7/a
and C niphopbila are well illustrated in Orchard (1986).
Most species of Coprosma are illustrated in Jeanes
(1999). On this plate, distinctions between leaves of
C quadrifida and C nitida are accurately depicted, as
are the scabrosities and leaf-apex in C hirtella, and the
domatia in a leaf of C repens. However, the illustration of
a leaf of C. robusta implies that domatia are absent; this
is unlikely to be the case as discussed above.
Hybrids between C. quadrifida and introduced
species of Coprosma have been recorded from
Melbourne and the Mornington Peninsula in south-
central Victoria. Collections from adjacent the Mt
Tomah Botanic Gardens in the Blue Mountains, New
South Wales (CH. Barker 12 and 29 MEL) are possibly
also hybrids involving C. quadrifida. Possible second
parents include C. hirtella, C. repens or C. robusta.
Native species
Species are listed alphabetically. Distributions of the
eight native species are presented in Figures 4 and 5.
1. Coprosma hirtella Labill., Nov, HolL PI, 1:70
(1805)
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, icono; Nov. Holl.
P/.1:tab. 95(1805)
2. Coprosma moorei Rodway, Pap, & Proc, Roy,
Soc. Tasmania 1893:179 (1894)
Type: Tasmania. Mount Arthur, LRodway, 3.iv.1893;
syn: MEL 54909; near Mount Tyndall,-/.ft Moore, 1891;
syn: MEL 54908; Snake Plains, Mount Wellington, L
Rodway, 1892; syn: MEL 654170.
3. Coprosma niphopbila Orchard, Brunonia 9:
134-135(1986)
Type: New South Wales. Upper Blue Lake Cirque,
Muelleria
35
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 34-35".
Leptostigmo
Australia, New Zealand, smaller islands of the Pacific
Ocean and south-east Asia. The greatest diversity
is in New Zealand. Ten species occur in Australia,
eight of these are native, with six endemic. Of the
ten species, eight are dioecious, Coprosma moorei
is hermaphrodite, and C niphopbila has a variable
sexual pattern with flowers structurally bisexual but
functionally sometimes unisexual.
Domatia are a feature of leaves of Coprosma,
particularly the larger-leaved species. They are small
cavities in leaves which are open to the abaxial side
of leaves and located in the axil formed by the midrib
and secondary veins. They are sometimes bordered by
cilia. On the upper surface they appear as blister-like
elevations in fresh material. Treatments of Coprosma
in recent state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 1999) do not
give an accurate account of the occurrence of domatia
in Australian species. Both introduced species, C repens
and C robusta, consistently have several domatia, with
those in the former species generally having a larger
orifice. Sometimes in pressed specimens of C. robusta
the orifice is not readily seen; however, a tuft of hairs
usually identifies its presence. Of the native species,
C hirtella consistently has leaves with a few to several
domatia, although they are often somewhat obscure
in pressed specimens. In C quadrifida, domatia are
occasionally present in a proportion of leaves. As
leaves of this species are small, only 1-3 domatia are
likely on any one leaf. In fresh material of this species,
the blister-like elevations on the upper surface are
conspicuous.
Coprosma quadrifida appears to be most closely
related to C nitida and the two species have occasionally
been confused. Both species are shrubs with pubescent
branchlets, and often short, spine-tipped branchlets,
with solitary flowers, and similar interpetiolar stipules.
Branchlets supporting flowers and fruit become
recurved in both species. The main distinguishing
features are given in the key below in couplet 5. In
addition, C. quadrifida can be distinguished from
C nitida by several further features including its shorter
stipular sheath. The stipular sheath, which is formed
by the fusion of the interpetiolar stipules, is c. 0.5 mm
high adjacent to petioles in C. quadrifida, whereas
it is generally c. 1 mm high in C nitida. Domatia are
occasionally developed in C quadrifida but they have
not been recorded in C. nitida. Furthermore, the spine-
tipped branchlets of C. quadrifida are more slender,
the leaf-apex is more acute, the calyx tube is better
developed, and the fruit is smaller.
A reassessment of herbarium records has revealed that
C nivalis occurs in Tasmania. It has been collected from
the eastern side of Lake Augusta {R.W. Purdie 3534 CANB),
and the banks of Liawenee Canal (W.M. Curtis HO).
Flowers and stipulesofCpum/7aC.n/Va//s,Cperpt/s/7/a
and C niphopbila are well illustrated in Orchard (1986).
Most species of Coprosma are illustrated in Jeanes
(1999). On this plate, distinctions between leaves of
C quadrifida and C nitida are accurately depicted, as
are the scabrosities and leaf-apex in C hirtella, and the
domatia in a leaf of C repens. However, the illustration of
a leaf of C. robusta implies that domatia are absent; this
is unlikely to be the case as discussed above.
Hybrids between C. quadrifida and introduced
species of Coprosma have been recorded from
Melbourne and the Mornington Peninsula in south-
central Victoria. Collections from adjacent the Mt
Tomah Botanic Gardens in the Blue Mountains, New
South Wales (CH. Barker 12 and 29 MEL) are possibly
also hybrids involving C. quadrifida. Possible second
parents include C. hirtella, C. repens or C. robusta.
Native species
Species are listed alphabetically. Distributions of the
eight native species are presented in Figures 4 and 5.
1. Coprosma hirtella Labill., Nov, HolL PI, 1:70
(1805)
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, icono; Nov. Holl.
P/.1:tab. 95(1805)
2. Coprosma moorei Rodway, Pap, & Proc, Roy,
Soc. Tasmania 1893:179 (1894)
Type: Tasmania. Mount Arthur, LRodway, 3.iv.1893;
syn: MEL 54909; near Mount Tyndall,-/.ft Moore, 1891;
syn: MEL 54908; Snake Plains, Mount Wellington, L
Rodway, 1892; syn: MEL 654170.
3. Coprosma niphopbila Orchard, Brunonia 9:
134-135(1986)
Type: New South Wales. Upper Blue Lake Cirque,
Muelleria
35
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 35-36, Fig. 5".
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 36-37, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 37-38, Fig. 5".
Leptostigma
Key to species of Leptostigma
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so;
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy;
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270
(1841)
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular-
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary,
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior,
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2.
A genus of seven species from Central America,
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located
well behind the growing points of the plant.
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg,
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982)
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst.
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875)
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn:
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying
Snowy River).
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long,
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate;
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs,
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long,
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes,
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long,
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long.
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs,
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines;
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide.
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A,
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N.
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW).
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO).
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales,
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig.
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes.
Muelleria
31
Thompson Key to species of Coprosma Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped branchlets often present,.5 4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender (width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New ZeaW 1:584 (1961). B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot ser.3,2:121 (1844) Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 40:99-101 (1985) A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; iso: CANB, NSW. This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer (1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 38 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson
Key to genera
1 Herbs with 4-angled stems; leaves sessile, with a bract-like, linear lamina < 1 mm wide;
1: Shrubs, trees or herbs with terete stems; leaves petiolate, with a green, elliptic-type
lamina > 1 mm wide; stigmata 2 or more; pyrenes 2 or more.
4. Durringtonia
2
2 Fruit more or less dry and dull brown at maturity, with calyx lobes 2; plants hermaphrodite, hairy,....
2: Fruit succulent and brightly coloured at maturity, with calyx lobes absent or 4 or more;
plants dioecious, or sometimes hermaphrodite but then plants glabrous.
1. Leptostigma
3
3 Shrubs, subshrubs or prostrate weakly woody herbs; petiole generally < 1/4 of length of lamina,
plants dioecious or hermaphrodite; drupes variously coloured, mostly with calyx lobes evident;
3. Coprosma
3: Prostrate herbs; petiole a 1 /2 of length of lamina; plants hermaphrodite; drupes orange-red.
2. Nertera
nineteenth century.This number has now increased to
12 with the addition of new species, Coprosma nivalis
W.R.B.Oliv. in 1935, Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend.
and Guymer in 1985 and C niphophila Orchard in
1986, and the recognition that C perpusilla Colenso
occurs in Australia as well as New Zealand (Orchard
1986). Two name changes have recently been made:
Nertera reptans (F.Muell.) Benth. was recombined as
Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg (Fosberg 1982),
and N. granadensis (Mutis ex Lf.) Druce has recently
been recognised in Australia, replacing N. depressa
Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., following the prevailing view
in South America that N. granadensis and N. depressa
are synonymous (Andersson 1993).This topic is further
discussed under Nertera below.
In preparing a Flora of Australia account of subtribe
Coprosminae it was found that some aspects of the
treatments of these species in recent state floras
required revision. This paper has been written in order
to communicate these revisions and, in particular, to
describe a new species in Leptostigma.
Methods
Assessment of the taxonomy of the Coprosminae
was based primarily on examination of herbarium
material made available by AD, BRI, CANB, HO and MEL
Field collections were also made for a few species in
Coprosma and Leptostigma to assist in understanding
the morphology of the group. Examination of
herbarium material from MEL and AD revealed several
specimens of Leptostigma from south-central Victoria
that did not conform to recent circumscriptions of L.
reptans (e.g. in New South Wales and Victorian state
floras; James 1992;Jeanes 1999) in terms oftheirmuch
shorter flowers. This difference was subsequently
correlated to differences in indumentum and leaf
shape. Field examination of this short-flowered form
at one site nearToolangi {I.RJhompson 1050) indicated
that floral size and general morphology was consistent
within a population.
Taxonomy
Subtribe Coprosminae Fosberg, Acta
Phytotax. Geobot 33:75 (1982)
Perennial herbs, weakly woody subshrubs, shrubs
or small trees, hermaphrodite or dioecious. Leaves
opposite;stipulesinterpetiolar, mostly collar-likeorwith
apex somewhat deltoid, usually viscous-glandular or
glandular-dentate*. Flowers with small or rudimentary
calyx, with lobes absent, 2,4 or 5, rarely more; stamens
exserted, often greatly so; ovary inferior, 2-carpellate,
functionally 1-carpellate in Durringtonia, carpels 1-
ovulate; stigmata elongate and exserted, pilose. Fruit
drupaceous, succulent, colourful, or more or less dry in
Leptostigma; pyrenes!-4 per fruit, most commonly 2.
* glandular teeth described by Orchard (1986) as
denticles; by Gardner (1999) as colleters.
A subtribe of the Anthospermeae (Rubiaceae)
comprising five genera and c. 113 species. Four genera
and 14 species in Australia, including two introduced
species of Coprosma. Puff also published a description
of Coprosminae in 1982; however, it postdated that of
Fosberg.
30
Vol 28(1)2010
Cristonia Key to subspecies of Cristonia biioba 1 Lower surface of leaves mostly glabrous either side of midrib; upper-branch leaves becoming parallel-sided approaching zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves prominently tuberculate at apex of lobes; wings purple-brown virtually to the apex...2a. subsp. biioba 1: Lower surface of leaves with hairs evenly distributed throughout; upper-branch leaves cuneate to zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves inconspicuously tuberculate; wings mostly purple-brown but distal millimetre yellow.2b. subsp. pubescens smaller. Compared to C biioba subsp. biioba the upper surface of the leaf is less prominently tuberculate distally. However, C biioba subsp. pubescens is similar to Cstenophylla in this respect. A specimen from Murchison River (Phillips CANB) is atypical in having upper-branch leaves lobed distally. However, in these leaves the apical sinus is not particularly deep and the amount of dilation is small, and in other respects the specimen conforms well with C. stenophylla. In some specimens of Cristonia stenophylla, hairs have been noted arising from veins of the keel close to the lower margin. 2. Cristonia biioba (Benth.) J.H.Ross, Muelleria 15:11 (2001) Bossiaeo biioba Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et aL, Enum. PL 36 (1837); Templetonia biioba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot 5ysf. 1:309(1976). Type: Western Australia. Locality unknown [Given as King Georges Sound but unlikely to be from this locality], Hugel; holo: Wn.v., photo MEL 2092155. Erect subshrubs to c. 0.6 m high, with roots not seen; with rootstock extending progressively each year. Stems to c. 3 mm in diameter; a pair of axillary leaves to c. 20 mm long usually developed at lower to mid-branch nodes; axillary leaf-clusters usually also developed. Leaves generally persistent; petiole c. 1 mm long; basal and lower-branch leaves with lamina cuneate to linear-cuneate, to 15 mm long, to c. 8 mm wide, with apex truncate or bilobed apically with sinus to 5 mm deep; mid- to upper-branch leaves with lamina narrow-oblong to linear or oblanceolate up to lobes, 10-30 mm long, 1 -4 mm wide mid-leaf, often bilobed apically and up to 6 mm wider than midleaf, sometimes not bilobed; base narrow-cuneate; margin nearly flat, recurved or revolute; apical sinus to 5 mm deep, sometimes a triangular lobe to c. 2 mm long, arising from sinus; apiculum commonly triangular- upper surface tuberculate, with tubercles minute to conspicuous, lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or widespread. Pedicels 4-12 mm long; bract 2-5 mm long, inserted basally or up to 3 mm distal to base, sometimes with apex recurved; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, inserted 1-2 mm below calyx. Calyx 8- 12 mm long, brown, or occasionally grey-brown; tube c. 1/3 of total length; upper lip 5-8 mm long, with sinus 1-2.5 mm deep; petals 12-18 mm long; standard- limb c. orbicular, c. 12-18 mm wide, with flare c. 3 mm wide, claw 4-5 mm long; wings c. as long as keel, 4-7 mm wide, purple-brown more or less throughout, or becoming yellow distally and/or along lower margin, claw 2-3 mm long; keel 4-6 mm wide, claw 2.5-3.5 mm long; ovary 3-6-ovulate, with style c. 10 mm long. Pods ±oblong or oblong-elliptic in profile, 15-35 mm long, 9- 14 mm wide, 3-5-seeded; seeds 4-5.5 mm long, mid-brown; aril 1.8-2.5 mm in diameter, 1.5-2 mm tall including lobe, smooth. 2a. Cristonia biioba subsp. biioba Leaves of mid to upper branches oblong or oblong- cuneiform below the dilation; apex sinus varying from slightly broader than deep to much deeper than broad; lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or occasionally partially laterally. Pedicels to 12 mm long. Wings 4-5 mm wide, with purple-brown pigmentation reaching more or less to apex; keel 4-5 mm wide. Seeds 4.5-5.5 mm long, with aril 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with lobe c. 1 mm high. Selected specimens of c, 100 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Adjacent ACTIV industries, High Wycombe, M. Hislop 1059, 6.vi.1998 (PERTH); Helena River, Mundaring, CA Gardner 538, 10.vii.1920 (PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley reserve, H. Bowler 390, 27.vi.1999 (PERTH); Piesse Brook, intersection of Mundaring Weir Rd and Aldersyde Rd, 12.4 km SW of Mundaring, J.H. Ross 3832, 24.xi.1996 (MEL 2043459); Darling Range escarpment, Susannah Brook, M.G. Corrick 9934, 31.vii.1986 (MEL 1555244); Greenmount, Perth, 7.A. Choppill s.n., 29.xi.1991 (MEL 2010155); Helena Valley, J. Seabrook 29, Muelleria 71
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 71-72, Figs 1-3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 72-73, Fig. 1-3".
Cristonia shape, indumentum pattern and tubercle size of leaves; dimensions of the calyx and corolla; size of pods and seeds; and size and smoothness of the aril. Taxonomy Cristonia JM.Ross, Muelleria^S: 9 (2001) Type: Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J.H.Ross. Erect subshrubs to c. 0.5 m high, taprooted, single¬ stemmed. Indumentum dense on younger branches, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles and calyces, variably dense on leaves, greyish to brown depending on organ, brownest on pedicels and calyces; hairs simple, fairly straight, brown basally, becoming white distally, generally antrorse-appressed. Branches moderately divergent to sub-erect, terete to slightly angular, with a whitish waxy coating evident when hairs lost; 1 or 2 axillary leaves smaller than subtending leaf often developed at lower- to mid-branch nodes, with a leaf-cluster sometimes additionally present. Leaves alternate, mostly sub-erect, simple, short-petiolate; lamina variable in shape, attenuate to cuneate basally, apiculate, sometimes enlarged and bilobed distally with lobes angled forwards; surfaces variably hairy, commonly glabrescent; estipulate. Inflorescences axillary, arising from a few to several successive nodes towards terminus of branches, with 1 or 2 flowers per axil; bract and bracteoles persistent, oblong-lanceolate, bract basal or near-basal; bracteoles inserted slightly below receptacle. Calyx persistent in fruit, brown to greyish externally, slightly fleecy internally; tube much shorter than lobes, upper lobes broader than lower, fused to form a ±oblong lip with apex more or less truncate, notched with sinus shallow; lateral lobes subequal to medial lobe; petals all of similar length, or wings a little shorter; standard yellow with purple- brown flare surrounding a greenish-yellow throat; wings predominantly purple-brown externally, yellow nearer margins; keel pale yellow-green, rarely tinged purple, margin minutely fimbriate; stamens all fused to form an adaxially open sheath; anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed, with basifixed anthers c. 1.5 times longer than dorsifixed anthers; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; stigma conspicuously capitate. Pods short-stipitate, moderately compressed, base broad- cuneate, surface undulating in correspondence with internal partitioning. Seeds ellipsoid, plump, body 4-5 mm long, brown, not mottled; hilum subapical; aril wall rather thick and deep, smooth or crenate, with a vertical lobe arising from one side, cleft at end nearest the lens, orifice c. 0.1 mm wide. Distribution: Cristonia occurs in a band extending from Kalbarri in the north to the Perth region in the south, and mostly within 150 km of the west coast of southern Western Australia (west of longitude 116“30'E). Notes on morphology: LEAVES (Fig. 1). There is usually a slight change in size and shape of leaves between the base and termini of branches, with leaves generally shorter and more cuneiform nearer the base. There is also a moderate amount of variability within and between species in shape, including the distal lobation. A distinctive feature of Cristonia is the development of one or more often a pair of axillary leaves at some nodes (Fig. 1, a-d). Their placement, which is permanent, makes them resemble a pair of leafy stipules, and the overall arrangement of main leaf and axillary leaves is also reminiscent of the trifoliolate leaves in Plagiocarpus Benth., another Australian member of the Brongniartieae. A clustering of additional basal leaves also occurs in axils in Cristonia biloba (Fig. Id).This clustering effect will be lost when the branch on which the leaves are inserted elongates. Some nodes have been observed where a pedicellate flower arises from one side of the leaf and an axillary leaf arises from the other side. This development of a pair of axillary leaves isalso seen in Hovea acanthoclada (Turcz.) F.Muell., and in this species they are generally larger than the subtending leaf. The bract subtending a pedicel, although most resembling the bracteoles in size (Fig. 2a), are occasionally enlarged and greenish and reminiscent of these axillary leaves The upper surfaces of leaves are initially hairy and each hair arises from a low tubercle. Hairs are generally soon lost, but close inspection often reveals a hair remnant persisting at the summit of these tubercles. The prominent tubercles at the leaf apex in C biloba subsp. biloba distinguish it from the other two taxa. FLOWERS (Figs 2a-d): Flower morphology is very similar in all taxa, although C. stenophylla generally has smaller flowers, and the extent of purple pigmentation of the wings is greater in C biloba subsp. biloba (Figs 2c Muelleria 67
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 70-71, Figs 1-3".
Tempfetonia group. The outgrowths from the aril margin that give it a frilly appearance is seen in four of the species and is unique within the Brongniartieae. In two species the margin is crenate, while in T. ceracea the aril wall is entire. There appears to be some variability in extent of frilliness within species. The aril's vertical lobe is conspicuous in most species, but is indistinct in T, egena and apparently absent in T. incrassata. Several of the species are illustrated in Ross (1982). For T. sulcata (Ross 1982, figure 13), illustrations a-i are drawn from I ross/7, and the presentation of anther size is inaccurate. The seed of T. smithiana is illustrated in Ross 1982, figure 15a-d as T. sulcata. ^.Templetonia egena (F.Muell.) Benth., FI, /lustra/. 2:170 (1864) Daviesia egena F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem. 5c/. 1854-55: 118 (1855); Bossiaea egena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., in W.J.Hooker, Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 8:43 (1856). Type: South Australia. Murray scrub towards Morundam,F./Wue//er,ii.l851, lecto:MEL20345, fideJ.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:18 (1982). Shrubs to c. 3 m high, sometimes with branches weeping; flowering branches ±erect, straight, 0.8- 1.5 mm in diameter, terete, mostly with well-defined ridges, not glaucous, not tapering terminally; new growth 0.5-0.8 mm in diameter. Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and stipules, triangular-ovate, 1-1.5 mm long. Pedicels 1-3 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long; bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal half to third. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-4 mm long, tube 2-2.5 mm long, sinus of upper lip 0.5- 1 mm deep with apices separated; median lower lobe moderately to much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or brown; standard 5.5-9 mm long, limb c. as wide as long, claw 1-1.8 mm long; wings 5-8 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 1.8 mm long; keel 5-7 mm long, 2 mm wide, pale greenish or tinged purple distally, claw c. 1.5 mm long; stamen-sheath c. 1.5 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 5- to 8-ovulate; style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods c. elliptic in profile, (11-) 13-18(-22)mmlong,5-l 1 mmwide,1-oroccasionalIy 2-seeded; valves dotted with minute glands. Seeds compressed-ellipsoid, 7-9(-11) mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3.5 mm in diameter, with fine lateral outgrowths, cleft at summit distinct, vertical lobe not or only obscurely evident. Selected specimens of c. 300 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 km SE of Mindi Springs, Hamersley Range National Park, M.E. Trudgen 7241, 15.X.1990 (PERTH); 14.9 km NNE of Bullen Hill, Little Sandy Desert, S. van Leeuwen 5124, 5.ix.2002 (CANS, PERTH); c. 101 km S of Munjina Roadhouse on Northern Hwy, A.A. Mitchell PRP1004, 3.xi.l995 (PERTH); Tom Price mine site, K. Atkins, 10.ix.1980 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 9 km W of Idracowra - Palmer Valley boundary, J.R. Maconochie 2432 , 14.ix.l978 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL 2000125); 2 km SE of Princes Bore, Alcoota Station, B. Strong, 20.xi.1979 (DNA); 8 km S of Yuendumu, T.S. Henshall 2822, 5.xit.l979 (CANB, DNA, MEL 567854). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 32 km S of Yunta, N.N. Donner 3715, 2.X.1971 (AD, BRI); Wtllochra, c. 20 km NE of Quorn, R. Hill 1401 (AD, CANB); 'Gluepot'station, c. 12 km NE of homestead, c. 103 km NW of Renmark, /. Crawford 4439 (AD, CANB, MEL 2270988, NSW); Kunatjara,Tomkinson Ranges, A./Ca/otos 1433, 15.xi.1982 (AD, DNA). QUEENSLAND, c. 24 km SSE of Blackwater township, M. Lazarides8R. Story 56, 6.ix.l961 (BRI, CANB, MEL 1507638). NEW SOUTHWALES. Broken Hill,AMorf/s62,28.xi.l919 (MEL 564728); Boppy Mount area, Cobar, J.B. Cleland, 14.ix.1911 (AD, MEL 564727); c. 12 km E of Balranald on road to Hay, M.E. Phillips, 31.viii.1962 (CANB, DNA); Kimberley Station, c. 80 km SE of Cockburn, E.F. Constable, 25.vii.1955 (DNA, NSW); Harvey Ranges, J.L Boorman, xi.1905 (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA. Redcliffs, N of town between railway line and road, M.G. Corrick 7463 (AD, MEL 592031); Meringur Bushland Reserve, 15 km E of Mortlake, A.C. Beouglehole 57011, 31.X.1977 (MEL); Swan Hill, J.G. Luehmann, 1890 (MEL); Mildura, H.B. Williamson, 9.xii year unknown (MEL); Wemen, Robinvale District, A.R. Begg, viii.1960 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern, central and north-eastern Western Australia, southern Northern Territory, South Australia, central-eastern Queensland, western and central New South Wales, and north-western Victoria (Fig. 4). Grows in sandy soils in woodland, grassland and shrubland. Flowering period: Flowers late winter to summer. Notes: The upper calyx lobes of T. egena are similar to the lateral lobes but slightly more triangular and are fused in the proximal third to half. Occasional 2-seeded pods have been seen in which the seeds are abnormally shaped due to a lack of room for normal expansion (Fig. 2i).The aril in T. egena is highly variable in diameter and the degree of dissection of the margin. Based on a Muelleria 59
Leptostigma
Key to species of Leptostigma
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so;
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy;
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270
(1841)
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular-
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary,
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior,
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2.
A genus of seven species from Central America,
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located
well behind the growing points of the plant.
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg,
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982)
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst.
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875)
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn:
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying
Snowy River).
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long,
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate;
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs,
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long,
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes,
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long,
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long.
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs,
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines;
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide.
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A,
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N.
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW).
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO).
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales,
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig.
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes.
Muelleria
31
Thompson Key to species of Coprosma Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped branchlets often present,.5 4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender (width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New ZeaW 1:584 (1961). B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot ser.3,2:121 (1844) Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 40:99-101 (1985) A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; iso: CANB, NSW. This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer (1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 38 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson Key to species of Coprosma Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped branchlets often present,.5 4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender (width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New ZeaW 1:584 (1961). B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot ser.3,2:121 (1844) Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 40:99-101 (1985) A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; iso: CANB, NSW. This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer (1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 38 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm.
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis,
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903);
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd,
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest.
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower).
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers.
Apart from the differences in floral morphology,
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker,
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs
on leaves, flowers and fruit.
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL
1:124 (1788), nom. cons,
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native
to New Zealand, Central America and South America.
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep,
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917)
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea
51:388(1996).
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown,
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN,
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence,
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999).
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no
date; holo: K n.v,
Australian and New Zealand material was originally
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g.,
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand.
Whether Australian and New Zealand material
represents the same taxon as in America has not been
critically evaluated in this study.
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999);
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in
Australia is shown in Figure 1.
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL
137(1776)
A genus of c. 90 species from South America,
34
Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 19-28, Figs 1-8".
Leptostigma
Key to species of Leptostigma
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so;
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy;
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270
(1841)
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular-
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary,
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior,
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2.
A genus of seven species from Central America,
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located
well behind the growing points of the plant.
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg,
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982)
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst.
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875)
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn:
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying
Snowy River).
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long,
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate;
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs,
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long,
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes,
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long,
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long.
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs,
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines;
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide.
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A,
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N.
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW).
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO).
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales,
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig.
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes.
Muelleria
31
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 32-34, Figs 1-3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 31-32, Fig. 1".
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 132:57(1935) 5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 (1986). 6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie Island is the only Australian locality] Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 133(1986). 7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 (1847) Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 (1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 36 Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm.
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis,
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903);
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd,
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest.
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower).
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers.
Apart from the differences in floral morphology,
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker,
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs
on leaves, flowers and fruit.
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL
1:124 (1788), nom. cons,
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native
to New Zealand, Central America and South America.
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep,
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917)
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea
51:388(1996).
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown,
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN,
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence,
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999).
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no
date; holo: K n.v,
Australian and New Zealand material was originally
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g.,
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand.
Whether Australian and New Zealand material
represents the same taxon as in America has not been
critically evaluated in this study.
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999);
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in
Australia is shown in Figure 1.
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL
137(1776)
A genus of c. 90 species from South America,
34
Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm.
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis,
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903);
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd,
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest.
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower).
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers.
Apart from the differences in floral morphology,
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker,
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs
on leaves, flowers and fruit.
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL
1:124 (1788), nom. cons,
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native
to New Zealand, Central America and South America.
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep,
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917)
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea
51:388(1996).
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown,
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN,
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence,
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999).
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no
date; holo: K n.v,
Australian and New Zealand material was originally
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g.,
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand.
Whether Australian and New Zealand material
represents the same taxon as in America has not been
critically evaluated in this study.
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999);
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in
Australia is shown in Figure 1.
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL
137(1776)
A genus of c. 90 species from South America,
34
Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm.
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis,
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903);
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd,
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest.
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower).
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers.
Apart from the differences in floral morphology,
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker,
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs
on leaves, flowers and fruit.
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL
1:124 (1788), nom. cons,
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native
to New Zealand, Central America and South America.
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep,
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917)
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea
51:388(1996).
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown,
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN,
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence,
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999).
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn.,
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no
date; holo: K n.v,
Australian and New Zealand material was originally
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g.,
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand.
Whether Australian and New Zealand material
represents the same taxon as in America has not been
critically evaluated in this study.
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999);
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in
Australia is shown in Figure 1.
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL
137(1776)
A genus of c. 90 species from South America,
34
Vol 28(1)2010
Leptostigma
Key to species of Leptostigma
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so;
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy;
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270
(1841)
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular-
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary,
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior,
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2.
A genus of seven species from Central America,
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located
well behind the growing points of the plant.
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg,
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982)
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst.
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875)
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn:
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying
Snowy River).
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long,
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate;
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs,
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long,
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes,
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long,
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long.
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs,
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines;
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide.
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A,
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N.
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW).
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO).
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales,
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig.
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes.
Muelleria
31
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Plagiocarpus Methods The pattern of morphological variation in the study group, as reflected in the taxonomy presented below, was determined through examination of herbarium material with the aid of a dissecting microscope. Assessment of floral morphology was aided by reconstituting dried material in hot water with detergent added. Specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL and PERTH were examined. Taxonomically useful characters recognised in this study include: plant stature;thedistribution, orientation and density ofhairs;the shape, width, degree of folding, shape of apex and length of apiculum of leaflets; the shape, size and indumentum of bracts and bracteoles; the shape and size of the calyx and petals; the width, beak robustness and seed number of pods; and aril morphology. Taxonomy Plagiocarpus Benth., in J.D.Hooker (ed.)/ Icon, P/. 12:1.1162 (1873) Type: P. axillaris Benth. Erect shrubs or subshrubs, 0.2-1 (-2) m high, taprooted. Indumentum dense on younger branches, bracts, bracteoles and calyx, variably present and variably dense on leaves; hairs simple, straight, white to pale orangish, antrorse, appressed, divergent, or spreading. Stems single, or plants sometimes becoming multi-stemmed. Leaves apparently estipulate, alternate, mostly longer than internodes, sessile, digitately trifoliolate, usually suberect; leaflets all similar in length; petiolule c. 0.5 mm long, pulvinate; lamina with margins flat or recurved, with venation reticulate, slightly raised; apex apiculate, with apiculum mostly recurved; indumentum appressed, divergent or spreading, generally denser along margin and midrib; lateral leaflets narrow-elliptic, slightly asymmetrical, with lateral portion wider than medial, flat to concave proximally, flat or nearly so distally; medial leaflet slightly narrower than lateral leaflets, flat, concave, or folded, sometimes strongly so, sometimes conduplicate distally. Inflorescences axillary, of solitary flowers; pedicels to 1.5 mm long; bract and bracteoles small, generally slender; bract basal; bracteoles inserted c. at base of calyx. Calyx with tube slightly to moderately shorter than lobes, glabrous internally, generally persistent in fruit; calyx lobes generally similar, with apices acute; upper lobes more or less free, sometimes shorter and sometimes slightly broader than lower lobes, sometimes with apices divergent; petals all similar in length, clawed; standard and wings pale yellow; standard generally folded over other petals, mostly shallowly emarginate; wings auriculate, with an auricle lobe projecting downwards, keel not or hardly auriculate, pale, greenish at apex; stamens all fused to form a tube open adaxially; anthers dimorphic, alternately c. 0.8 mm long and basifixed, and c. 0.5 mm long and subdorsifixed and versatile; ovary short-stipitate, glabrous or rarely with isolated hairs on suture, 2-ovulate, style slender, stigma dilated or not. Pods short-stipitate, elliptic to oblong-elliptic or subcircular in profile, 9-13 mm long excluding beak, slightly gibbous dorsal to beak, slightly to moderately compressed, glabrous, sublustrous or lustrous, 1- or 2-seeded; vestigial ovules, when present, to c. 0.5 mm long. Seeds ellipsoid, plump or mildly compressed, 5-7 mm long, brown; hilum subapical, 0.5-1 mm long; aril annular, broad-elliptic or circular, wall smooth or somewhat knobbly, with a vertical lobe projecting from one side or towards apical end; orifice 0.2-0.7 mm wide. 0 Notes on morphology: LEAVES (Figs 1, 2 & 3). Although in this treatment leaves are described as compound, the lateral leaflets could reasonably be interpreted as leafy stipules as they have no connection with the medial leaflet, and they appear to insert at the same position as stipules do in other genera of the Brongniartieae. Lateral leaflets are asymmetrical with the lateral half of the lamina up to 20% wider than the medial half.The distinction is more obvious in broader- leafleted species (see Fig. 2a in particular). The species described below can be divided into a broad-leafleted group of five species and a narrow-leafleted group of two species. FLOWERS (Figs 1.4 & 5). Flowers are generally hidden by leaves in herbarium sheets; leaflets must be pulled back or removed to reveal them. The standard has only been seen in a folded state in pressed specimens, and field observations indicate that it seldom opens out to any great extent and probably only briefly under ideal conditions (M.D. Barrett pers. comm.). The standard Muelleria 41
Thompson
Frederick Harbour at mouth of Hunter River, PA. Fryxell,
LA. Craven & J.McD. Stewart, 8.vi.l985 (CANB); 5.2 km SW
of junction of Pitta Creek and Prince Regent River, West
Kimberley, M.D. Barrett 1839, 28.i.2007 (PERTH). Grey-leaved
form: Hunter River, 300 m upstream from tidal-fresh water
interface, 14‘59’09"S, 125'29'14"E, A.A. Mitchell & T. Willing
2416, 10.iv.l 992 (DNA, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Kimberley
in far north-eastern Western Australia (Fig. 6). Grows
on sandstone escarpments or slopes in eucalypt
woodland.
Flowering period: Flowers January.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the number of
seeds commonly formed in each pod (From Greek,
di- two and sperma, seed)
Notes: Leaves of P. dispermus often turn dark,
sometimes patchily, in the pressing process. This
darkening is not seen in species of Plagiocarpus from
the Northern Territory but is sometimes seen in P
conduplicatus.lhe circumscription of floral parts of P
dispermus is based on the very few available flowering
specimens. Typical leaf morphology is shown in Figure
2d and pod morphology is shown in Figures 5d-e.
Several collections from the Prince Regent
River region (e.g. AS. George 12630. PERTH; R.L
Barrett 3736, PERTH) approach P orcuatus in leaf
morphology and indumentum type. However,
flower, seed and fruit morphology, at least from the
former collection, is the same as that of typical P
dispermus. It is uncertain whether the pods are two-
seeded. The collections may represent a distinct
taxon or they could be hybrid specimens, although
P orcuatus has not yet been recorded in this part of
the Kimberley.They are treated as P dispermus in this
revision. Further collections are needed to properly
ascertain the status of this form.
A grey-leaved form with an appressed indumentum
has been collected from the mouth of the Hunter
River {A.A. Mitchell & T. Willing 2416, DNA, PERTH).
The greyness is not due to hairs as hairs are not
particularly dense on the leaves (Fig. 3a).The specimen
has particularly glossy pods (Fig. 5c) and pod and
seed dimensions match those of typical P dispermus.
Flowering material in particular is needed to ascertain
a suitable taxonomic status for this entity.
5. Plagiocarpus lanatus I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A P. axillari Benth. indumentolanoto, opiculo longiore,
unguibus petalorum brevioribus differt.
Type: Western Australia. 17 km NW of Mount Hann,
M.D. Barrett 905, 26.i.2000; holo: PERTH.
Shrubs to c. 0.7 m high, with base of plant not seen.
Stems not seen; major branches 2 mm diam.; young
branches with a dense white indumentum, with hairs
c. 2 mm long, more or less spreading, matting together.
Leaflets 15-23 mm long, with apex obtuse to subacute;
apiculum 0.6-1 mm long, mostly brown, brittle, not
or hardly exceeding adjacent hairs; indumentum very
dense, with hairs c. 2 mm long, loosely appressed,
hugging margins; lateral leaflets asymmetrically
narrow-elliptic, 5-6.5 mm wide; medial leaflet oblong-
elliptic or narrow-obovate, 4.5-5,5 mm wide, flat or
slightly concave. Bract c. 1 mm long, bracteoles to
c. 1 mm long. Calyx 3.5 mm long, with upper lobes
similar to lower, with apices more or less straight;
standard 7 mm long, including claw 1-1.5 mm long,
limb c. 7 mm wide, base strongly cordate, apex broadly
emarginate; wings 7-8 mm long, including claw
0.8-1 mm long, limb 3-3.5 mm wide; keel 6.5-7 mm
long, including claw 1-1.3 mm long, limb 2.8 mm wide;
ovary bearing a few long hairs on lower suture, stigma
noticeably dilated. Pods not seen. Seeds not seen.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs near Mount
Hann in the western parts of the Kimberley in far
north-eastern Western Australia (Fig. 6). Recorded
from cracks in almost bare sandstone, associated with
Triodia sp.
Flowering period: Flowers January.
Etymology: The epithet refers to the woolly or
fleecy indumentum of this species (From Latin lanatus,
woolly).
Notes: Known from a single collection but readily
distinguished from other species by both petal
morphology (Fig. 4b) and indumentum type (Fig. 3b).
Fruit and seeds have not been seen. Plagiocarpus
/anafus occurs in the same general area of the Kimberley
as P dispermus. Although some forms of P dispermus
have hairs of similar length, the indumentum is villous
rather than woolly or fleecy.
6. Plagiocarpus conduplicatus I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A P. axillari Benth. planta robustiore, foliolis
50
Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Alphitonia parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with an acute apex, and shorter stipules. The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger seeds. Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 & S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). Excluded names Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides (A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. must be interpreted as a new combination rather than a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 (1873) Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 (1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. The known extant original material comprises 1. a Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably does not accurately portray the features of the plant, and it is certainly not a good match for the two specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. Muelleria 15
Alphitonia parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with an acute apex, and shorter stipules. The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger seeds. Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 & S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). Excluded names Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides (A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. must be interpreted as a new combination rather than a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 (1873) Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 (1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. The known extant original material comprises 1. a Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably does not accurately portray the features of the plant, and it is certainly not a good match for the two specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. Muelleria 15
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 60-62, Fig. 4".
Cristonia Key to subspecies of Cristonia biioba 1 Lower surface of leaves mostly glabrous either side of midrib; upper-branch leaves becoming parallel-sided approaching zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves prominently tuberculate at apex of lobes; wings purple-brown virtually to the apex...2a. subsp. biioba 1: Lower surface of leaves with hairs evenly distributed throughout; upper-branch leaves cuneate to zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves inconspicuously tuberculate; wings mostly purple-brown but distal millimetre yellow.2b. subsp. pubescens smaller. Compared to C biioba subsp. biioba the upper surface of the leaf is less prominently tuberculate distally. However, C biioba subsp. pubescens is similar to Cstenophylla in this respect. A specimen from Murchison River (Phillips CANB) is atypical in having upper-branch leaves lobed distally. However, in these leaves the apical sinus is not particularly deep and the amount of dilation is small, and in other respects the specimen conforms well with C. stenophylla. In some specimens of Cristonia stenophylla, hairs have been noted arising from veins of the keel close to the lower margin. 2. Cristonia biioba (Benth.) J.H.Ross, Muelleria 15:11 (2001) Bossiaeo biioba Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et aL, Enum. PL 36 (1837); Templetonia biioba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot 5ysf. 1:309(1976). Type: Western Australia. Locality unknown [Given as King Georges Sound but unlikely to be from this locality], Hugel; holo: Wn.v., photo MEL 2092155. Erect subshrubs to c. 0.6 m high, with roots not seen; with rootstock extending progressively each year. Stems to c. 3 mm in diameter; a pair of axillary leaves to c. 20 mm long usually developed at lower to mid-branch nodes; axillary leaf-clusters usually also developed. Leaves generally persistent; petiole c. 1 mm long; basal and lower-branch leaves with lamina cuneate to linear-cuneate, to 15 mm long, to c. 8 mm wide, with apex truncate or bilobed apically with sinus to 5 mm deep; mid- to upper-branch leaves with lamina narrow-oblong to linear or oblanceolate up to lobes, 10-30 mm long, 1 -4 mm wide mid-leaf, often bilobed apically and up to 6 mm wider than midleaf, sometimes not bilobed; base narrow-cuneate; margin nearly flat, recurved or revolute; apical sinus to 5 mm deep, sometimes a triangular lobe to c. 2 mm long, arising from sinus; apiculum commonly triangular- upper surface tuberculate, with tubercles minute to conspicuous, lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or widespread. Pedicels 4-12 mm long; bract 2-5 mm long, inserted basally or up to 3 mm distal to base, sometimes with apex recurved; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, inserted 1-2 mm below calyx. Calyx 8- 12 mm long, brown, or occasionally grey-brown; tube c. 1/3 of total length; upper lip 5-8 mm long, with sinus 1-2.5 mm deep; petals 12-18 mm long; standard- limb c. orbicular, c. 12-18 mm wide, with flare c. 3 mm wide, claw 4-5 mm long; wings c. as long as keel, 4-7 mm wide, purple-brown more or less throughout, or becoming yellow distally and/or along lower margin, claw 2-3 mm long; keel 4-6 mm wide, claw 2.5-3.5 mm long; ovary 3-6-ovulate, with style c. 10 mm long. Pods ±oblong or oblong-elliptic in profile, 15-35 mm long, 9- 14 mm wide, 3-5-seeded; seeds 4-5.5 mm long, mid-brown; aril 1.8-2.5 mm in diameter, 1.5-2 mm tall including lobe, smooth. 2a. Cristonia biioba subsp. biioba Leaves of mid to upper branches oblong or oblong- cuneiform below the dilation; apex sinus varying from slightly broader than deep to much deeper than broad; lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or occasionally partially laterally. Pedicels to 12 mm long. Wings 4-5 mm wide, with purple-brown pigmentation reaching more or less to apex; keel 4-5 mm wide. Seeds 4.5-5.5 mm long, with aril 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with lobe c. 1 mm high. Selected specimens of c, 100 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Adjacent ACTIV industries, High Wycombe, M. Hislop 1059, 6.vi.1998 (PERTH); Helena River, Mundaring, CA Gardner 538, 10.vii.1920 (PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley reserve, H. Bowler 390, 27.vi.1999 (PERTH); Piesse Brook, intersection of Mundaring Weir Rd and Aldersyde Rd, 12.4 km SW of Mundaring, J.H. Ross 3832, 24.xi.1996 (MEL 2043459); Darling Range escarpment, Susannah Brook, M.G. Corrick 9934, 31.vii.1986 (MEL 1555244); Greenmount, Perth, 7.A. Choppill s.n., 29.xi.1991 (MEL 2010155); Helena Valley, J. Seabrook 29, Muelleria 71
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 64-65, FIg. 4".
Thompson
small survey of flowers, the stamen sheath of T. egena
differs slightly from the other leafless species in the
shape of the apex of the stamen sheath and the free
filament portion is relatively long. In other species
of Templetonia the sheath apex is rounded (Fig. 3f).
Templetonia egena is one of two species to have a
scale at nodes, T. incrassata being the other. These two
species are further distinguished from other leafless
species of Templetonia by the bead-like appearance
of the epidermis (seen under magnification), their
relatively erect branches, their pod valves with glands
more conspicuous at maturity, and the relatively small
or absent aril lobe.
2. Templetonia incrassata I.Thomps,, sp. nov,
A T. egena (F.Muell.) Benth. ramis crassioribus sulcis
non profundis plerumque glaucis, pedicellis brevioribus,
feguminibus longioribus, seminibus longioribus differt.
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 22 km south of Mount
Christie Corner, Mobella Station, 30*31 '11 "S, 133‘30'03"
E, FJ. Badman 8257, 3.ix.l995; holo: AD 99647245; iso:
AD 99644643.
Erect shrubs to c. 2.5 m high; flowering branches
suberect, straight, 1.5-2.5 mm in diameter, terete, with
generally poorly defined ridges, often glaucous, not
tapering terminally; new growth c. 1 mm in diameter.
Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and
stipules, triangular-ovate, 0.6-1.2 mm long. Pedicels
0.3-1 mm long; bract c 1 mm long; bracteoles 1.5-2.2
mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal third.
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4.5 mm long,
tube 2-3.2 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep
with apices separated; median lower lobe slightly to
much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or
brown; standard 5.5-8 mm long, limb slightly wider
than long, claw 2-2.5 mm long; wings 5-7 mm long, 2
mm wide, claw 2.5 mm long; keel 5-6.5 mm long, 2.2
mm wide, generally dark purple distally, claw 2 mm
long; stamen sheath c. 1.8 mm wide flattened-out; ovary
6-ovulate; style 2.5-3.5 mm long, slender distally. Pods
obliquely oblong-elliptic in profile, mostly 16-25 mm
long, 7-10 mm wide, 1 (or 2)-seeded; valves dotted with
minute glands. Seeds oblong-ellipsoid, 9-14 mm long,
4-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3 mm in diameter, with
wall crenate to deeply lobate, vertical lobe not evident.
Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN
AUSTRALIA, c. 12 km S of Menzies, AS. George 2718,
21. viii.l961 (PERTH); c. 38 km E of the intersection of the
Mt Jackson-Diemals road and the Diemals-Menzies Rd, P.S.
Short 2308 & L Haegi, 5.xi.l983 (AD, MEL 1524851, PERTH);
Goddard Creek, along Transcontinental RIy, RD. Boyce 5567,
3.X.1956 (CANS); 32 km from Coolgardie towards Kalgoorlie,
E.M. Canning, 7.ix.l 968 (CANB); 26 km ENE of Cosmo Newbury
Mission, N. Forde 1385, 14.X.1960 (CANB); 500 m E of Lake
Raeside, Kirgella Rocks Station, H. Pringle 2402, 13.vii.l989
(CANB, PERTH); Victoria Desert, Camp 54, R Helms, 1 l.ix.1891
(MEL 564626); Mt Elvire Station, B.H. Smith s.n„ 23.viii.1981
(MEL 590013). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Yellabinna Regional
Reserve, FJ. Badman 11575, 18.viii.2005 (AD); SW corner of
Commonwealth Hill Station, c.40 km NWofWynbring railway
station, D.E Symon //75,2.xii.l960 (AD, DNA);c.6km N of Red
Lake along roadside,-/.Z Weber 8218,22.X.1983 (AD):Nundroo
Well, RH. Ashby, 15.xi.l975 (AD);c.46km SofOoldea,P. Wilson
1830, 23.ix.1960 (AD); SW of Anthony Lake, Commonwealth
Hill Station, c. 90 km NNW of Tarcoola, B. Lay 64, 3.ix.l970
(AD); c. 6 km N of Red Lake along roadside, J.Z. Weber 8218,
22. X.1983 (AD).
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-western
Western Australia and central-western South Australia
(Fig. 4). Grows in various soils including sands and
calcareous sands, often near lake margins, in woodland,
shrubland and grassland.
Flowering period: Flowers winter to early spring.
£tymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the relatively thick
branches when compared to T egena (L: incrassotus,
thickened).
Notes: Apart from the distinctions given in the key,
T. incrassata is more often glaucous than I egena, has
a plumper calyx, a standard petal with a longer claw,
broader wings and a keel that is usually more purple.
Further floral distinctions based on a limited survey
of specimens include greater anther dimorphism, a
stamen sheath that is more prolonged centrally, and
filaments shorter beyond the sheath.
3. Templetonia battii F.Muell., Australas. Cbem.
Druggist 2{2):3^ (1887)
Bossioea battii (F.Muell.) Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. 5.
Australia 65 (1890).
Type: Western Australia. Eucia, ID.Batt; syn: MEL
564735; Western Australia. Eucia, J.D.Batt; syn: MEL
564736.
60
Vol 28(1)2010
Thompson in Daviesia Sm. and soon after in Bossiaea Vent, by Mueller. 6oss/aea ross/7 was described in 1862. Bentham, in Flora Australiensis, transferred most of these taxa to Templetonia, but Bossiaea rossii F.Muell. was instead treated as a synonym of Templetonia sulcata. In 1887 Templetonia battii was described. Much later, a revision by Ross (1982) maintained the long-standing recognition of three species. However, soon after, Ross (1984) described T. smithiano, an entity he segregated from T sulcata. The need for a revision of the leafless species of Templetonia was identified while reviewing the tribe Brongniartieae for the Flora of Australia project. The pattern of morphological variation elucidated by the author in this study called for the number of leafless species of Templetonia to be increased from four to seven. Methods The pattern of morphological variation in the leafless group in Templetonia, as reflected in the taxonomy presented below, wasdetermined through examination of herbarium material with the aid of a dissecting microscope. Assessment of floral morphology was aided by the reconstitution of dried flowers in hot water with added detergent. Specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL and PERTH were examined. Taxonomically useful characters recognised in this study include: the thickness, spinescence, degree of divergence, surface texture, waxiness, and depth of grooves of branches; the degree of development and persistence of rudimentary leaves; the presence of stipules; the length of pedicels; the scaliness and apical morphology of the bracteoles; the ovule number and length and stoutness of the style; the size and glandularity of pods; the size of seeds; and the size, lobation and dissection of the aril. Taxonomy Templetonia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., 4:269(1812) Type: Templetonia retusa (Vent.) R.Br. The six leafy species of Templetonia develop either petiolate simple leaves with a green lamina more than 5 mm long and more than 1 mm wide, or they develop compound leaves with leaflets > 5 mm long. Other features which distinguish them from the leafless taxa include the longer flowers and pedicels, and the parallel-sided, more numerous-seeded, and mostly internally partitioned pods. Templetonia aculeata (F.Muell.) Benth. occasionally loses all of its leaves, but is recognised as a species in the leafy group by the features described above and by its conspicuous pungent stipules and its hairiness. A circumscription of the leafless species of Templetonia Shrubs to c. 3 m high, mostly as wide as or wider than high, generally much-branched, glabrous apart from ciliolate margins on bracts, bracteoles and calyces. Branches longitudinally ridged or angular, terete or flattened, sometimes slightly flexuose, sometimes tapering terminally and then sometimes spine-like; axils containing abundant reddish glandular material. Leaves rudimentary, developed at most nodes, most often withering and falling; stipules triangular, to c. 1 mm long, variably chartaceous, typically eroding to their base; a scale sometimes developed instead of a leaf and stipules. Inflorescences axillary, with flowering branches bearing flowers at several to numerous consecutive nodes, with 1 or 2 flowers per node, flowers opening ±simultaneously; bract basal, commonly brown, chartaceous; bracteoles inserted near base of calyx, often shortly connate, overlapping calyx tube, broad-ovate, orbicular or oblate, convex abaxially, herbaceous basally abruptly transitional to a chartaceous portion of varying extent, and which is predominantly brown but transparent distally. Calyx with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lip tapering; lower medial lobe the longest, straight or incurved, sometimes chartaceous distally; standard slightlylongerthanwingsand keel, limb mostly cuneate, yellow with an inner purple-brown zone encircling a pale throat, wings with various proportions of purple- brown and yellow; keel pale throughout or purplish distally; stamens monadelphous, anthers dimorphic with dorsifixed anthers alternating with the longer basifixed anthers; ovary glabrous, 2-7-ovulate; style 2- 4 mm long; stigma capitate. Pods almost spreading or more often suberect, short-stipitate, elliptic to oblong- elliptic in profile, 7-28 mm long, slightly to moderately 54 Vol 28(1)2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 63-64, Fig. 4".
Templetonia grow as large as T. smithiana, its branches are generally narrower, and the rudimentary leaves are often better developed and more persistent. The branch surface is sometimes minutely papillose unlike the consistently smooth surface in T. smithiana. Bracteoles of T. sulcata andlsm/f/i/anahaveadistinctivetricolourappearance, with bands green proximally, light brown centrally, and whitish-translucent distally.The distal portion tends to become quite ragged through splitting. Templetonia sulcata can be distinguished from T. rossii by branch-tip and bracteole features, as given in the key, and by its plumper seeds with an aril crenate rather than frilly and with a lower, broader lobe, and by the pods which are narrower but deeper and have a longer beak. Chromosome numbers given in Sands (1975) under T. sulcata are all referrable to other species (see T. ceracea, T. smithiana and T. rossii). 5. Templetonia smithiana J.H.Ross, Muelleria 5:278(1984) Type: Western Australia. Doodarding, No. 2 Rabbit fence, 0.25 mile (c. 0.4 km) N of gate 44,3 TO! 'S, 117“ 12' E, B.H. Smith 204, 13.xii.1982; holo: MEL 626707; iso: K, PERTH, both n.v. Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches moderately divergent to almost spreading, often flexuose, 3-6(-7) mm wide, strongly compressed, with ridges often sharply defined, smooth, tapering terminally to form a dark, spine-like apex, with tip 0.1-0.2 mm wide; new growth 2.5-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed at nodes; leaf rudiments to 3 mm long. Ped/ce/s 1-1.5 mm long; bract c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 1 -1.5 mm long, free or nearly so, chartaceous in distal half to two-thirds, apex often splitting and or becoming ragged. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4 mm long, tube 2-3 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep, with apices separated; lower medial lobe moderately longer than other lobes, not chartaceous; standard 6-8 mm long, limb c. as wide as long, 5-7 mm wide, claw 1.5 mm long; wings 1.8 mm wide, claw 2.3 mm long; keel 1.5 mm wide, with claw c. 2 mm long, dark purple distally; stamen sheath 1.8 mm wide flattened out; ovary 5-ovu!ate, style 3-4 mm long. Pods elliptic in profile, 15-28 mm long, 9-12 mm wide, 1-seeded; valves with glands sometimes faintly detectable. Seeds compressed ellipsoid, 9-16 mm long; aril 1 mm in diameter, wall entire or slightly crenate, vertical lobe c. 0.4 mm high. Selected specimens of c. 60 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Mt Hardy, 11 km from York on road to Quairading, J.H. floss 2773 (CANB, MEL 626714); Doodarding, c. 0.4 km N of 44 gate, no. 2 rabbit fence, B.H. Smith 1346 (BRI, MEL 1587441, PERTH); 28 km N of Bullfinch on Bullfinch- Evanston Rd, L.A. Craven 4555 & B.J. Lepschi, 6.xi.2000 (CANB, PERTH); c. 11 km E of Winchester, C Chapman, 25.xi.1972 (PERTH); Mt Gibson Station, S. van Vreeswyk3858. 27.viii.l 993 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south¬ western Western Australia mostly north of 32“15'S (Fig. 4). Grows on sandy-loam rises, often near salt lakes. Chromosome number: 2n = 16 (Sands 1975; collection no. 637.4.1 PERTH 02900556, as T. sulcata). Flowering period: Flowers August to October. Notes: Closely related to T. sulcata, with which it is partly sympatric, having more or less identical floral and bracteole morphology and in having similarly spinescent branches, but markedly different in branch width and in dimensions of fruits and seeds. Branches are similar to those of T. rossii in terms of width and colour (at least when dry). However, branches of T. rossii are not spiny and the surface of branches are generally minutely granular (most easily detected along the hyaline edge of the branch at xl0-x20). In T, smithiana more so than other species, there is a tendency for the funicle and placenta to detach with the seed. A collection from Koorda NW of Merredin [Blackall PERTH 02900610) has relatively short internodes and shows evidence of being atypically succulent. 6. Templetonia rossii (F.Muell.) I.Thomps., comb, nov. Bossiaea rossU F.Muell., Fragm. 3:94 (1862). Type: Victoria. Avoca River, IF. Mueller; lecto: MEL 20342, fide J.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:27 (1982). Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches moderately divergent, ±straight, 2-7 mm wide, moderately compressed, mildly ridged, smooth or more often minutely granular, sometimes glaucous, tapering terminally but not spine-like and not becoming terete (apex c. 0.5 mm wide); new growth 2-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed Muelleria 63
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 62-63, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".
Bean
others that are nearer to the typical form of the species.
The Cape York Peninsula form of A exceba is very similar
to specimens of A. philippinensis from the Philippines,
but the latter has smaller endocarpids with a long
apiculum, and conspicuous radial furrows on the disc.
Fruits of A exceba are consistently globose. There is a
predominance of flowers with 2-locular ovaries and 2-
fid styles, but some flowers with 3-fid styles can usually
be found on any given plant or flowering specimen.
Alphitonia exceba, in contrast to some other
Australian species, has ascending primary branches
and more-or-less evenly distributed leaf canopy. This
canopy type is consistent even for those forms that
occur in rainforest environments.
The relationship between A exceba and A oblata
In Northern Territory and Western Australia requires
further study. In 1994, K.Thiele determined all Kimberley
specimens of Alphitonia at BRl as A incano, while
Wheeler (1992) included only A. exceba for this region.
According to Booth etol. (2001), A exceba and A 'incana'
(i.e. A oblata) intergrade in the Darwin area, and this
may account for differing names applied in the Northern
Territory and Kimberley region of Western Australia.
Alphitonia exceba is the food plant for the larvae of the
Small Green-banded blue butterfly {Psychonotis caelius).
The timber has a density of 770 kg/m^ and has been used
for fencing and ornamental panelling. It is pale when cut,
but upon exposure turns to a bright red (Fairbairn 1999).
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1
km E of Mitchell Falls, Mitchell Plateau, 30.V.1992, D. Halford
Q1431 (BRl, DNA, PERTH); Morgan River, near old 'Theda'
homestead, 24.vii.1977, I.R. Telford 6102 & G. Butler (BRl,
CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Elcho Island, 2.vii.1975, J.R.
Moconochie2094 (BRl, CANB, K, L); Waldunga road/Old Plains
track junction, Murgenella, 10.vii.l 984, G. Wightmon 2004 (BRl,
CANB, DNA); 1 km SE of Angurugu, Groote Eyiandt, 7.iii.l988,
J. Russell-Smith 5136 & D. Lucas (BRl, DNA). QUEENSLAND.
BURKE: c. 5 km S of Lake Moondarra, Just 2.5 km off the Mt Isa
to Lake Moondarra Road, 23.viii.2001, D.7; Kelman DTKW&J.E.
Kelman (BRI).COOK: Olive River, 72.9 km NNW of Lockhart River
community, 26.iv.1994, D.6. Fell DGF4235 (BRl, DNA, NSW).
NORTH KENNEDY: 40 Mile Scrub N.P., 1.6 km N of Mt Surprise
road junction, 1 l.iii.1987, J.R. Clarkson 6878 & W.J. McDonald
(BRl, L, QRS, PERTH). SOUTH KENNEDY: Keswick Island, Basil
Bay, 6.ix.l 996, GM Batianoff9609172eto!. (AD, BRl, CANB, DNA,
MEL, NSW). MITCHELL: 1.5 km NW of Betanga on Capricorn
Hwy E of Jericho, 31 .iii.l 992, E.J. Thompson JER5 & B.K. Simon
(AD, BRl, DNA, PERTH). LEICHHARDT: c. 20 miles [32 km] ESE Cf
Rolleston, 30.viii.l961, M. Lazarides & R. Story 110 (BRl, CAN^).
PORT CURTIS: Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, 2 km W of
Sabina Point, 13.vii. 1977, J.R. Clarkson 1088&T.D. Stanley {BR}].
BURNETT: northern slopes of Mulgildie Plateau, SSE of Monto,
n.ii.l996, AR. Bean 9744 (BRl, MEL). WIDE BAY: Waddy Poirit,
S of Orchid Village, Fraser Island, 14.i.l973, T Whaite3504
J. Whaite (BRl). MARANOA: c. 89 km W of Condamine toward
Surat, near Back Creek crossing, 13.X.1983, E.M. Canning 5952
&B. Rimes (BRl, NSW). DARLING DOWNS: Leichhardt Hwy, c. 23
km N of Miles, 17.V.1988. P.CJobson266 (BRl, MEL). MORETON:
Mt Mellum, Glasshouse Mountains, 10.xii.l987, D.E. Albrecht
3457 (BRl, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Pike's Gap, Denman to
Sandy Hollow road, 1 l.ix.l948, E.F. Constable NSW 121556 (BRl,
NSW); Yellow Rock Creek road, c. 4 miles [6 km] SW of Albioh
Park, 28.ii.1967, M. Evans 2585 (AD, BRl, CANB, NSW);'Lowry',
above Namoi River, Namoi River road, 13.i.1992, J.R. Masking
467 (BRl, NSW).
2. Alphitonia pomaderroides (FenzI) A.R.Bean/
Austrobaileya 7:377 (2006)
Ziziphus pomaderroides FenzI in Endl., Enum. PI.
[Endlicher]20 0S37).
Type; [Queensland] Cape Van Diemen, December 1802,
f. Bauer s.n. (holotype W, photo at BRl).
Alphitonia obtusifolio Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. Kew 182
(1925).
Caenothoides obtusifolia R.Br., nom. nud.
Type: [Queensland] 'Carpentaria', undated [17-
27.xi.1802], R. Brown [Bennett No. 5364] (holotype K,
image!; isotype BM, BRl [AQ 317590]).
Alphitonia obtusifolia var. tenuis Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform.
Kew 183 (1925). Type: [Queensland] 'North Coast',
[xi.l802], R. Brown (syntype K, image!).
Shrub ortree to 7 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated
and dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth,
dappled white and grey. Primary branches ascending,
with secondary and tertiary branches on various
planes. Branchlets not noticeably ridged near growing
point; stipules 3-6 mm long, juvenile stem/ndumenfum
and Juvenile leaves unknown. Adult stem indumentum
dense, with abundant pale brown to creamy-white
crisped hairs c. 0.1 mm high, and infrequent straight
or curved patent hairs to 0.3 mm high. Adult leaves
2-ranked, ovate to elliptical, 5.6-15.5 x 3.2-8.0 cm (L/B
ratio 1.4-2.4); apex obtuse, acute or retuse; base obtuse
to cuneate, symmetrical; newly expanding leaves dark
8
Vol 28(1)2010
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time
to examine all the Australian material - it would take
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more
material from type collections, but some may be in the
form of products such as resin, fibre etc.
My conclusion that these are or may be type
material is based on the data accompanying them,
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison
with equivalent data in the protologue.
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir
originally published names. The place of publication
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue),
the location of herbarium sheets of type material,
and comments on the collectors. References are cited
for other information on types and collectors. Data
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A
photograph of each sample is included.
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae)
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium
Point Pearce alibique'.
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D.
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH.
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which,
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2).
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445.
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1:
61 (1858)
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.)
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982)
(Casuarinaceae)
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'.
The type was collected by Mueller on the North
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek,
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This
implies that they had not seen them on the outward
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and
that an isotype at K was vegetative only.
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3.
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc.
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859)
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.)
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995)
(Myrtaceae)
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'.
Mueller collected this species three times while on the
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953)
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates
in K and NSW.
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book.
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is
required to determine if this material can be matched
with one of them. Fig. 4.
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2:
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae)
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina
Franklin River et Deep River'.
Muelleria
165
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh grassland and heath and common near bogs and drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent material. Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits March-April. Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice Everlasting Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts (paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, however, there are often fewer florets. The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in this species. In most cases they are only visible with the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles are long enough to allow separation of capitula from synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when attempting to separate them from the synflorescence in herbarium material. Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 (1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 (1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, iso: K!). Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main lateral branches many; upper branches with an indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, white and occasionally with purple immediately adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae (when present) slightly narrower than the innermost bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 118 Vol 28(2) 2010
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time
to examine all the Australian material - it would take
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more
material from type collections, but some may be in the
form of products such as resin, fibre etc.
My conclusion that these are or may be type
material is based on the data accompanying them,
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison
with equivalent data in the protologue.
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir
originally published names. The place of publication
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue),
the location of herbarium sheets of type material,
and comments on the collectors. References are cited
for other information on types and collectors. Data
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A
photograph of each sample is included.
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae)
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium
Point Pearce alibique'.
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D.
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH.
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which,
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2).
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445.
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1:
61 (1858)
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.)
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982)
(Casuarinaceae)
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'.
The type was collected by Mueller on the North
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek,
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This
implies that they had not seen them on the outward
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and
that an isotype at K was vegetative only.
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3.
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc.
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859)
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.)
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995)
(Myrtaceae)
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'.
Mueller collected this species three times while on the
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953)
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates
in K and NSW.
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book.
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is
required to determine if this material can be matched
with one of them. Fig. 4.
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2:
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae)
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina
Franklin River et Deep River'.
Muelleria
165
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time
to examine all the Australian material - it would take
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more
material from type collections, but some may be in the
form of products such as resin, fibre etc.
My conclusion that these are or may be type
material is based on the data accompanying them,
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison
with equivalent data in the protologue.
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir
originally published names. The place of publication
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue),
the location of herbarium sheets of type material,
and comments on the collectors. References are cited
for other information on types and collectors. Data
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A
photograph of each sample is included.
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae)
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium
Point Pearce alibique'.
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D.
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH.
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which,
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2).
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445.
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1:
61 (1858)
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.)
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982)
(Casuarinaceae)
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'.
The type was collected by Mueller on the North
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek,
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This
implies that they had not seen them on the outward
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and
that an isotype at K was vegetative only.
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3.
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc.
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859)
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.)
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995)
(Myrtaceae)
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'.
Mueller collected this species three times while on the
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953)
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates
in K and NSW.
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book.
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is
required to determine if this material can be matched
with one of them. Fig. 4.
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2:
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae)
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina
Franklin River et Deep River'.
Muelleria
165
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 165-166".
George 4 Figure 2: Adansonia gregorii EBC65247 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Figure 3: Casuarina decoisneano EBC42524 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Figure 4; Eucalyptus dichromophloia EBC55185 ® Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Figure 5: Eucalyptus megacarpa EBC55250 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Chippendale (1988) cited a collection by George Maxwell at Wilson Inlet in 1858 as the type (two syntype sheets at MEL, one at PERTH). Maxwell was a collector for Mueller (George 2009). Since there is no other collection of the species this early, the material at EBC is probably part of the same gathering. There is no matching herbarium sheet at K. EBC Catalogue no. 55250; Entry Book no. 141.1861. Received at Kew in 1861, Donated by F.Mueller. A twig, three leaves and nine fruits. This has a label in Mueller's hand; 'for Sir Will Hooker Blue Gum Eucalyptus megacarpa ferd Mueller S.W.Australia' This is one of several eucalypts called Blue Gum by early settlers in Western Australia. Fig. 5. 5. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F. Muell., J. Proc, Linn, Soc, Bot, 3:90 (1859) basionym for Corymbia ptychocarpa (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.SJohnson, Telopea 6:250 (1995) (Myrtaceae) Type citation: 'Ad rivulos rupestres necnon secus amnes exsiccantes versus originem fluviorum Wentworth, Wickham et Limmen Bight River. Anth. Mart, April'. The holotype collection by Mueller from the Gulf of Carpentaria was made on 22 July 1856 and is at K (Blake 1953; Chippendale 1988). EBC Catalogue no. 55280; no record in Entry Book. Received at Kew in 1859. Donated by F. Mueller. Two large and four small fruit, one of the larger cut lengthways. This has a label in Mueller's hand: 'Eucalyptus ptychocarpa ferd Mueller Box-Stringybark tree of Gulf of Carpentaria, ferd. Mueller'. Fig. 6. 166 Vol 28(2) 2010
Dennis and Walsh Figure 7: Images of the glandular trichomes on the (a) dorsal surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. buffaloensis viewed through a light microscope; (b) ventral surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. fr/co/or viewed using SEM. Scale bars are 20 pm. in both the dendrogram and ordination to be as great or greater than either L molle or L graminifoHum from 'core'/., albicans and it is proposed that it be recognised similarly at species rank. The following key serves to distinguish the members of the complex. Taxonomy and ecology For full synonymy of the following names, see Wilson (1992). Leucochrysum albicans (A.Cunn,) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsia 8:442 (1992) Helichrysum albicans A.Cunn. in Field, Geog. Mem. New South Wales 359 (1825). Type: Forest Land, Cox's River, 9 Oct. 1822, A Cunningham 71 (lecto: K; isolecto MEL2068831) fide Wilson 1960. Leucochrysum albicans var. albicans Leucochrysum albicans var. buffaloensis (Paul G.Wilson) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytstia 8:443 (1992); Helipterum albicans var. buffaloensis Paul G.Wilson, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 83:170 (1960). Type: Mt Buffalo, Victoria, Key to taxa 1 Leaves spathulate to broadly obovate, densely woolly; margin flat; apex lacking an obvious mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts lanceolate to ovate, white, outer involucral bracts purplish to brown (especially apparent in early stages of capitulum development). L. alpinum ^: Leaves obovate to filiform, cobwebbed to cottony or glabrescent; margin gently recurved to tightly revolute, apex with short glabrous mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly ovate or ovate, lanceolate to elliptic, white or yellow.2. 2 Annual herb; leaves lightly cobwebbed, obovate to oblancolate. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly ovate, rounded or truncate at base of lamina, yellow.1. moUe 2: Perennial (although sometimes short-lived); leaves cottony or glabrescent, obovate to oblanceolate or linear to filiform. Inner involucral bracts obovate to ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow.3 3 Leaves filiform, glabrescent; margin tightly revolute. Involucral bracts narrow-elliptic. L. graminifoHum 3: Leaves obovate to oblanceolate or linear, cottony; margin recurved to revolute. Inner involucral bracts ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow...4 (£.. albicans) 4 Inner involucral bracts yellow. L. albicans var, albicans 4: Inner involucral bracts white. L. albicans var, tricolor 130 Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh grassland and heath and common near bogs and drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent material. Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits March-April. Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice Everlasting Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts (paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, however, there are often fewer florets. The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in this species. In most cases they are only visible with the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles are long enough to allow separation of capitula from synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when attempting to separate them from the synflorescence in herbarium material. Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 (1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 (1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, iso: K!). Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main lateral branches many; upper branches with an indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, white and occasionally with purple immediately adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae (when present) slightly narrower than the innermost bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 118 Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh grassland and heath and common near bogs and drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent material. Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits March-April. Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice Everlasting Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts (paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, however, there are often fewer florets. The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in this species. In most cases they are only visible with the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles are long enough to allow separation of capitula from synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when attempting to separate them from the synflorescence in herbarium material. Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 (1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 (1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, iso: K!). Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main lateral branches many; upper branches with an indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, white and occasionally with purple immediately adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae (when present) slightly narrower than the innermost bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 118 Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh grassland and heath and common near bogs and drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent material. Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits March-April. Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice Everlasting Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts (paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, however, there are often fewer florets. The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in this species. In most cases they are only visible with the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles are long enough to allow separation of capitula from synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when attempting to separate them from the synflorescence in herbarium material. Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 (1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 (1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, iso: K!). Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main lateral branches many; upper branches with an indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, white and occasionally with purple immediately adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae (when present) slightly narrower than the innermost bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 118 Vol 28(2) 2010
Dennis and Walsh
Figure 10 continued. Distribution maps using geocode data
records from MEL, AD, CANB and HO for the species
(c) L alpinum; (d) L. molle; (e) L graminifoHum.
Beauglebole22494 {MEL1505274); Bogong High Plains, i.l928,
AJ. Tadgell s.n, (MEL2162252); Mt Hotham, i.l888, C Walter
s.n. (MEL2162253); Mt Hotham, AJ. Tadgell 75 (MEL2162255);
Summit, Mt Nelse North, 25.i.1997,-/.Gre/g s.n. (MEL2339317);
Bogong High Plains, c. 100 m SSW of Mt Nelse summit, J.A.
Jeanes 1640 (CANB, K, MEL2296401, NSW)*.
Leucochrysum molle (A.Cunn. ex DC,) Paul
G.Wilson, Wuyts/o 8:445 (1992).
Helichrysum molle A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6:194 (1838).
Type: Molie's Plains, Lachlan River, New South Wales, July
1817, A Cunningham (lecto: G-DC) fide Wilson {I960).
A species of semi-arid grasslands, open shrublands
or woodlands, commonly with Acacia spp. or Atripfex
spp. as emergents. Soils vary from sands, gibber to
fertile clay-loams. Altitude range c. 100-200 m a.s.l. SA,
Old, NSW, Vic. (Fig.lOd)
Representative specimens (specimens marked with
asterisk used for 5EM studies): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 3 km S
of Pimba, K. Watanabe 326 (AD, MEL2027398, Tl); Blinman,
Rumball 1402 (MEL2160709). QUEENSLAND. 5 km SW of
Eromanga, P.S. Short 3618 (MEL220237); 58.2 km from Quilpie
toward Charleville, E.M. Canning 6244 (BRI, CANB, MEL714977,
PERTH, 5, US); E of Thargomindah, 1885, G.L Spencer s.n.
(MEL2160712). NEW SOUTH WALES. Steam Plains, c. 42 km
NW of Jerilderie, r James 377 (MEL291999. NSW); Sturt NP, 5
of Olive Downs, W. Greater 18506 (MEL1543002); 2 km W of
Cobar, P.S. Short 3077 (MEL1556462); Tibooburra-Noccundra,
134
Vol 28(2) 2010
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 93(1886) basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern Science Record in which the species was described was published in February 1883. It may be impossible to determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., Fragm. 7:99(1870) basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 (1877) (Arecaceae) Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord Howe's Island'. 9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., Frogm. 7:101 (1870) basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord Muelleria 167
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 93(1886) basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern Science Record in which the species was described was published in February 1883. It may be impossible to determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., Fragm. 7:99(1870) basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 (1877) (Arecaceae) Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord Howe's Island'. 9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., Frogm. 7:101 (1870) basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord Muelleria 167
Kelita (Amaranthaceae), a new genus from Queensland, Australia A.R. Bean Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha road,Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia; e-mail: tony.beantaderm.qld.gov.au Introduction Amaranthaceae is well represented in Australia. The largest genera are Ptilotus R.Br. (c. 100 species), Gomphrena L (31 indigenous species), Amaranthus L (11 indigenous species) and Alternonthera L (c. 6 indigenous species). There is no recent revisionary account for Ptilotus or Alternonthera, but Gomphrena (Palmer 1998) and Amaranthus (Palmer 2009) have recent treatments for Australian species. There are only three existing endemic Australian genera, namely Hemichroa R.Br. (3 species), Nyssanthes R.Br. (2 species) and the recently named monotypic genus Omegandra G.J. Leach & CC.Towns. Thegenusdescribed here belongstotheSubfamilyAmaranthoideae (based on the bilocular anthers), and the Subtribe Aervinae Endl. (based on the pendulous ovule). It Is closely allied to both Ptilotus and Omegandra. Some of the distinctive features of the new genus are the denticulate leaves, the zygomorphic flowers and the uncinate awns present on all tepals. Townsend (1993) provided an excellent synopsis of the family worldwide, including a brief description of all genera, a key to the genera, and a discussion of the major characters used to distinguish the genera, subtribes and tribes. Taxonomy Kelita A.R.Bean gen. nov. a Ptiloto fJoribuszygomorphis tepalis undnatis etstaminibusperfectis duobus tantum, ab Omegandra fJoribus zygomorphis tepalis quinque undnatis et ob ambobus foliis denticulatis et fructibus porietibus crassis dignoscendo. Annual herbs; stems prostrate, longitudinally striate. Leaves alternate, exstipulate. Inflorescences axillary, spicate. Flowers solitary in bract, bibracteolate, all fertile, hermaphrodite, zygomorphic; tepals 5, all similar, densely lanate on outer surface. Fertile stamens 2, pseudostaminodes absent; anthers bilocular (4-locellate). Ovary superior, unilocular, uniovulate, placentation basal, ovule pendulous. Style simple, centrally attached; stigma not lobed, not capitate. Fruits indehiscent, hard, thick-walled. Type: Kelita uncinella A.R.Bean Abstract A new genus in the family Amaranthaceae, Kelita A.R.Bean is described. The new genus belongs to Subtribe Aerw'nae Endl. and is related to Ptilotus R.Br. and Omegandra G.J. Leach & CC. Towns. It differs from these genera by the denticulate leaf margins,.the zygomorphic flowers, the uncinate awns on the tepals, and the thick-walled fruits. The genus comprises one species, K. uncinella A.R.Bean, which is described and illustrated. It is highly geographically restricted, and a conservation status of 'Endangered'is recommended. Keywords: taxonomy, Australian flora, endangered species. Muelleria 28(2): 105-109 (2010) IU>yal Botanic (lardcns Melbourne Muelleria 105
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 93(1886) basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern Science Record in which the species was described was published in February 1883. It may be impossible to determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., Fragm. 7:99(1870) basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 (1877) (Arecaceae) Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord Howe's Island'. 9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., Frogm. 7:101 (1870) basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord Muelleria 167
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 167-168".
George
8
Figure 7. Helicia sayeriana E6C45009 ® Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Figure 8. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia EBC45001 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Howe's Island, nempe altitudine 1000-2000' Moore et
Fitzgerald'
The holotype is in MEL {Green 1994) and there is an
isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore
and Robert D. Fitzgerald (with William Carton) visited
Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009).
EBC Catalogue no. 35690; Entry Book no. 95.1876.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. Eight
fruits, one cut transversely to reveal seed. A label
states:'Kentia Canterburyana Howe's Island'. Fig. 11.
10. Kentia mooreana F.MuelL, Fragm, 7 :101
(1870)
basionym for Oinostigma mooreana (F.Muell.)
F.MuelL, Fragm. 8: 235 (1874); Clinostigmo mooreanum
(F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39: 218 (1875);
Lepdiorrhachis mooreana (F.Muell.) O.F.Cook,7. Heredity
18:408 (1927) (Arecaceae)
Type citation: 'In cacumine mentis Gower insulae
Lord Howe's Island, altitudine 2500 pedum'.
The holotype is at MEL, collected by C. Moore (Green
1994). The collector was Charles Moore, who (with
William Carron and Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord
Howe Island in May-June 1869 and climbed Mt Gower
(George 2009).
EBC Catalogue no. 35702; Entry Book no. 95.1876.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. 26
fruits, one cut open. A label states:'Kentia Moorei Lord
Howe's Island'. Fig. 12.
n. L/V/sfona alfredii F.Muell., Victorian Nat 9:
112(1892) (Arecaceae)
EBC Catalogue no. 35756; Entry Book no. 121.1888.
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1888. Three
fruit and one seed. This has a blue'Phytologic Museum
of Melbourne'label but not in Mueller's hand:'Livistona
Mariae F. v. M. West Australia' Fig. 13.
This collection is labelled as Uvistona mariae but it
appears to be Uvistona alfredii. The fruits are 22-24 mm
diam., approaching the size given by Rodd for L alfredii,
25-35(-c. 40) mm, whereas those of L mariae are 13-17
mm diam. (Rodd 1998). Uvistona mariae, described by
F. Mueller, Fragm. 8: 283 (1874), is endemic in a single
gorge in the Northern Territory, where it was discovered
by Ernest Giles in 1872. The year of receipt of this
collection at Kew, the location 'West Australia'and the
168
Vol 28(2) 2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2)".
Dennis and Walsh Figure 7: Images of the glandular trichomes on the (a) dorsal surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. buffaloensis viewed through a light microscope; (b) ventral surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. fr/co/or viewed using SEM. Scale bars are 20 pm. in both the dendrogram and ordination to be as great or greater than either L molle or L graminifoHum from 'core'/., albicans and it is proposed that it be recognised similarly at species rank. The following key serves to distinguish the members of the complex. Taxonomy and ecology For full synonymy of the following names, see Wilson (1992). Leucochrysum albicans (A.Cunn,) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsia 8:442 (1992) Helichrysum albicans A.Cunn. in Field, Geog. Mem. New South Wales 359 (1825). Type: Forest Land, Cox's River, 9 Oct. 1822, A Cunningham 71 (lecto: K; isolecto MEL2068831) fide Wilson 1960. Leucochrysum albicans var. albicans Leucochrysum albicans var. buffaloensis (Paul G.Wilson) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytstia 8:443 (1992); Helipterum albicans var. buffaloensis Paul G.Wilson, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 83:170 (1960). Type: Mt Buffalo, Victoria, Key to taxa 1 Leaves spathulate to broadly obovate, densely woolly; margin flat; apex lacking an obvious mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts lanceolate to ovate, white, outer involucral bracts purplish to brown (especially apparent in early stages of capitulum development). L. alpinum ^: Leaves obovate to filiform, cobwebbed to cottony or glabrescent; margin gently recurved to tightly revolute, apex with short glabrous mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly ovate or ovate, lanceolate to elliptic, white or yellow.2. 2 Annual herb; leaves lightly cobwebbed, obovate to oblancolate. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly ovate, rounded or truncate at base of lamina, yellow.1. moUe 2: Perennial (although sometimes short-lived); leaves cottony or glabrescent, obovate to oblanceolate or linear to filiform. Inner involucral bracts obovate to ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow.3 3 Leaves filiform, glabrescent; margin tightly revolute. Involucral bracts narrow-elliptic. L. graminifoHum 3: Leaves obovate to oblanceolate or linear, cottony; margin recurved to revolute. Inner involucral bracts ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow...4 (£.. albicans) 4 Inner involucral bracts yellow. L. albicans var, albicans 4: Inner involucral bracts white. L. albicans var, tricolor 130 Vol 28(2) 2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 130-131".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 132-133, Fig. 10b (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 133-134, Fig. 10c (map)".
Leucochrysum albicans
195.8 km from Tibooburra, E Salkin 762 {MEL2084703);
Southern Barrier Range, 1893, H. Deane s.n. (MEL2160681);
Warrego River, E Betche 51 (MEL2160683); Evelyn Ck, N of
Barrier Range, 1887, A. King s.n. (MEL2160685); Between the
Bogan and the Darling, 1877, W.L Morton s.n. (MEL2160686);
Darling River, 14.X.1860, H. Beckler s.n. {MEL2160689);
Between the Lachland and Darling river, x.1885, J. Buckner
s.n. (MEL2160691); Lachlan River, G. Tucker 26 (MEL2160692);
Silverton, xi.l884, Harris, s.n. (MEL2160693); Lower Edwards
River, G.A. Mein s.n., s.d. (MEL2160695); Wilcannia, 1885, M.B.
Kennedy s.n. (MEL2160698); Byrock, E Betche 7 (MEL2160699);
Mossgiel, 1885, J. Brueckner s.n. {MEL2160701); Barrier Range,
1889, If. Irvine s.n. (MEL2160702); Booligal, ix.1887, A Bell
s.n. (MEL2160706); Yandarlo via Wilcannia, M.B. Kennedy
27 (MEL2160708); Deniliquin, 21,ix.l968, fJ.C Rogers s.n.
(MEL2231783). VICTORIA. Kerang Mitiamo Rd, 22.xi.2005, D.
Marshall s.n. (MEL2293160)*.
Leucochrysum graminifolium (Paul G.Wilson)
Paul G.Wilson, A/uyts/a 8:444 (1992).
Helipterum albicans var. graminifolium Paul G.Wilson,
Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 83:171 (1960). Type:
Clarence-Wolgan Rd, New South Wales, 26 Feb. 1939,
W.f Blakely, J. & W.J. Buckingham 3306 (holo: NSW; iso:
AD, MEL).
A localised endemic growing on sandstone-
ironstone outcrops (known locally as'pagodas') in the
Newnes-Capertee Valley area. Altitude range c. 800-
1000 m a.s.l. NSW only. (Fig, lOe)
ffepresenfaf/Vespecimen5:NEWSOUTHWALES.CIarence-
Wolgan Rd, 31.xii.1939, W.F. Blakely, J. & W.J. Buckingham s.n.,
(MEL, NSW);Wolgan Gap, 12.iv.1953, LA.S. Johnson s.n. (NSW);
Newnes Plateau, J. Porter et al. 20119 (MEL291446, NSW);
Glowworm Tunnel Rd, Wollemi National Park, M. Kennedy et
a/. 59 (NSW).
Acknowledgements
The morphometric analysis for this study was carried
out as part of the Esma Salkin summer studentship at
the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Thanks to the
former Australian Daisy Study Group for their funding
and support throughout this project. Further thanks
to colleages at the Melbourne Royal Botanic Gardens,
in particular, Chris Jenek and Meg Hirst for assistance
with germination and propagation, Alison Vaughan
for assistance with mapping, and Neils Klazenga
for assistance with PATN operation. Thanks also to
Keith McDougall (NSW Department of Environment
and Climate Change) for provision of specimens,
and to Simon Crawford (Botany School, University of
Melbourne) for help with SEM work.
References
Belbin, L. (2004) PATN, paffem analysis package. Blatant
Fabrications Pty Ltd.: Tasmania.
Bessey, C.E. (1889) Botany: for High Schools and Colleges; from
the American Science Series Advance course. Henery Holt
and Co.: New York.
Boyde, A. and Wood, C. (1969) Preparation of animal tissue
for surface scanning electron microscopy, J. Microsc. 90,
221-249.
Bremer, K. (1994) Asteraceae; cladistics and classification,
Timber Press: Portland, Oregon, pp: 339-349.
Drury, D.G. and Watson, L. (1966) Taxonomic implications of a
comparative anatomical study of Inuloideae-Compositae,
Amer.J.Bot.,53, 828-833.
Harden, GJ. (1992) Flora of New South Wales, UNSW Press Ltd,
pp: 227-228.
Hess, R. (1938) Vergleichende Unteruschungen uber die
Zwillinghaare der Compositen, Bot Jarb. Syst. 68,435-496.
Lindley, J. (1836) A natural system of botany, edn 2. Longman,
London.
Short, P.S. (1999) Leucochrysum. In Walsh, N.G. & Entwisle,T.J.
(eds). Flora of Victoria vol. 4. Inkata Press, Melbourne, pp:
789-792.
Sundberg, S. (1985) Micromorphological characters as generic
markers In the Asteraceae, Taxon, 34,31-37.
Wilson, P.G (1960) A consideration of the species previously
included within Helipterum albicans {A.Cum.) DC, Translations
of The Royal Society of South Australia. 82,163-177.
Wilson, P.G. (1989) A revision of the genus Hyalosperma
(Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), Nuytsia 7,75-101.
Wilson, P.G. (1992) The classification of Australian species
currently included in Helipterum (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae):
Part 2 Leucochrysum, Nuytsia 8,439-446.
Muelleria
135
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 134-135, Fig. 10d (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 168-169".
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 9 Figure 9: Kentia belmoreana EBC335693 © Board ofTrustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Figure 10: Kentia belmoreana EBC35692 © Board ofTrustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. present determination indicate that it is not from central Australia. Livistona alfredii is endemic in north-western Australia on the upper Ashburton and Fortescue Rivers, with a disjunct outlier in the Cape Range. Although the holotype collection of L olfrediiat MEL has been attributed to John Forrest, collected in 1878 (Mueller 1878; Rodd 1998), it seems more likely that it was collected by his brother Alexander Forrest. John never explored the Hamersley Range area, whereas Alexander did extensive survey work there in 1878. At MEL there are two other collections from this period, one attributed to Forrest, collected in 1879, the other collected by McRae (probably Alexander Joseph) in 1879 and labelled Nickol Bay, where McRae lived at the time (George 2009). Until Mueller named L alfredii, the species from the Hamersley Range was known as L marioe. In the protologue, Mueller (1892) cited no specific type collection, mentioning its discovery'fully thirty years ago ... on the Millstream ... Mr Beresford records this palm now also from the Fortescue-River and its tributaries, from the sources of the Robe-River, and from Cave's Creek.' No collection by Beresford is known. The'thirty years ago'given by Mueller probably refers to a sighting by Francis Gregory on the Fortescue R. on 6 June 1861 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). For the present it is not possible to decide which of the early collections the material at Kew represents or if it is part of the type. The type citation for L marioe is 'Celeber Australiae centralis geographus Ernestus Giles palmam fortasse conspecificam in valle "Glen of Palms" montium Gillii detexit'. Rodd (1998) selected as lectotype a sheet at MEL labelled'Gills Range, Giles'and discussed a second sheet labelled'Gills (Macdonells) Range, E. Giles'(which is probably an isolectotype though not specified as such by Rodd). The locality on these sheets may not be correct, since the species grows only in Palm Valley where the Finke River cuts through the Krichauff Range. Giles discovered the palms there in September 1872. He was in the George Gill Range, which lies to the west, late in 1873.There is no locality named Mount Gill. 12. Musa banksii F.Muell., Fragm. 4:132 (1864) (Musaceae) Typedtotion:‘\n vallibus silvarum ad montem Elliot. Fitzalan' The holotype is at MEL and an isotype BM (Ross 1987). Eugene Fitzalan collected widely for Mueller in Queensland between 1860 and 1882 (George 2009). No date is recorded for this collection but, in a letter to August Petermann dated 26 August 1864, Mueller mentioned having recently received Musa from north¬ eastern Australia (Home etol, 2002). EBC Catalogue no. 29543; Entry Book no. 61.1873. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1873. A hand of five fruit. There are no collection details with the specimen but there are no other collections this early. Fig. 14. 13. Paederota densifolia F. Muell., Trans Philosoph. Soc, Victoria 1:107 (1855) basionym for Veronica densifolia (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 137 (1861); Chionohebe densifolia (F.Muell.) Briggs & Ehrendorfer, Contr. Herb. Australiense 25:2 (1976) Muelleria 169
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh
However, in all other characters the mean values of the
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions.
Discussion
All analyses recognise that the mainland and
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore
be useful for discriminating between mainland and
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is
seen between these characters for all other regions of
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5),
in all other characters analysed, their values are more
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating
the mainland and Tasmanian groups.
None of the analyses employed support the
recognition of groups within the mainland or
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together,
the variation they possess in the characters measured
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates
that they are not a discrete group and they could not
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major
differences in the vegetation composition between
the western mountains and the eastern mountains
in Tasmania according to classification systems of
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997).
Due to the several characters that consistently differ
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens,
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm.
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O.
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.).
The following description of Ozothamnus
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses
as described above, augmented with measurements
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock,
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed.
Taxonomy
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen
sp. nov.
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched..
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in
Victoria 2:7^8 0973),
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992).
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J.
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999);
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M.
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000).
116
Vol 28(2) 2010
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 9 Figure 9: Kentia belmoreana EBC335693 © Board ofTrustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Figure 10: Kentia belmoreana EBC35692 © Board ofTrustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. present determination indicate that it is not from central Australia. Livistona alfredii is endemic in north-western Australia on the upper Ashburton and Fortescue Rivers, with a disjunct outlier in the Cape Range. Although the holotype collection of L olfrediiat MEL has been attributed to John Forrest, collected in 1878 (Mueller 1878; Rodd 1998), it seems more likely that it was collected by his brother Alexander Forrest. John never explored the Hamersley Range area, whereas Alexander did extensive survey work there in 1878. At MEL there are two other collections from this period, one attributed to Forrest, collected in 1879, the other collected by McRae (probably Alexander Joseph) in 1879 and labelled Nickol Bay, where McRae lived at the time (George 2009). Until Mueller named L alfredii, the species from the Hamersley Range was known as L marioe. In the protologue, Mueller (1892) cited no specific type collection, mentioning its discovery'fully thirty years ago ... on the Millstream ... Mr Beresford records this palm now also from the Fortescue-River and its tributaries, from the sources of the Robe-River, and from Cave's Creek.' No collection by Beresford is known. The'thirty years ago'given by Mueller probably refers to a sighting by Francis Gregory on the Fortescue R. on 6 June 1861 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). For the present it is not possible to decide which of the early collections the material at Kew represents or if it is part of the type. The type citation for L marioe is 'Celeber Australiae centralis geographus Ernestus Giles palmam fortasse conspecificam in valle "Glen of Palms" montium Gillii detexit'. Rodd (1998) selected as lectotype a sheet at MEL labelled'Gills Range, Giles'and discussed a second sheet labelled'Gills (Macdonells) Range, E. Giles'(which is probably an isolectotype though not specified as such by Rodd). The locality on these sheets may not be correct, since the species grows only in Palm Valley where the Finke River cuts through the Krichauff Range. Giles discovered the palms there in September 1872. He was in the George Gill Range, which lies to the west, late in 1873.There is no locality named Mount Gill. 12. Musa banksii F.Muell., Fragm. 4:132 (1864) (Musaceae) Typedtotion:‘\n vallibus silvarum ad montem Elliot. Fitzalan' The holotype is at MEL and an isotype BM (Ross 1987). Eugene Fitzalan collected widely for Mueller in Queensland between 1860 and 1882 (George 2009). No date is recorded for this collection but, in a letter to August Petermann dated 26 August 1864, Mueller mentioned having recently received Musa from north¬ eastern Australia (Home etol, 2002). EBC Catalogue no. 29543; Entry Book no. 61.1873. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1873. A hand of five fruit. There are no collection details with the specimen but there are no other collections this early. Fig. 14. 13. Paederota densifolia F. Muell., Trans Philosoph. Soc, Victoria 1:107 (1855) basionym for Veronica densifolia (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 137 (1861); Chionohebe densifolia (F.Muell.) Briggs & Ehrendorfer, Contr. Herb. Australiense 25:2 (1976) Muelleria 169
Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Type citation: 'On the highest rocky summits of the Munyang Mtns (6-6,500 feet)' Briggs and Ehrendorfer (2006) selected as lectotype a collection from Munyang Mountains by Mueller in January 1855. They cited a further sheet at MEL and three at K as residual syntypes, with a further sheet at MEL a possible syntype. Munyang Mountains was an early name for Mt Kosciuszko, which Mueller climbed in the summer of 1854-55. EBC Catalogue no. 47910; no record in Entry Book. Date of receipt at Kew not given. There are several dried pieces, one probably with a few fruit. A label in a hand that I don't recognise states:'Paederota densifolia Mueller Australian Alps Alt. 6000 feet Dr. Mueller' Fig. 15. 14. Pandanus forsteri C Moore & F, Muell., Fragm. 8:220 (1874) (Pandanaceae) Type citation: 'In insula Howei a litore marino ad altitudinem 2000' monies adscendens, ubi omnibus ob res scientiae proficiscentibus observatus'. No collector was cited directly in the protologue, but habit notes from both Charles Moore and James Fullagar were given. Green (1994) cited a collection by both Moore and Fullagar as syntype, represented at K and MEL, but it is more likely that there were two collections. Moore (with William Carron and Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869, and Fullagar (with Lind, whose initials I have never seen) collected there in 1872-73 (George 2009). The sheet at MEL gives only Fullagar. EBC Catalogue no. 34726; Entry Book no. 95.1876. Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. One fruit. A label states: 'Pandanus Forsteri F.Muell Lord Howe's Island Fullagar F.Mueller 1876'and annotated 'Rec^ Aug. 1876.'Fig. 16. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Julia Steele, while Collections Manager of the Economic Botany Collection at Kew, for her assistance in locating and arranging for photographs of these collections. Mark Nesbitt, the present Curator, arranged for further images and assisted with historical information on the Collection. John Dowe, James Cook University, advised on the palm specimens, and Peter Weston, National Herbarium of New South Wales, on Hicksbeachia. My term as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, was supported by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra. References Baum, D. (1995). A systematic revision of Adansonia (Bombacaceae). Anno/s of the Missouri Botanical Garden 82, 440-470. Blake, S.T. (1953). Botanical contributions of the Northern Australia Regional Survey. Australian Journal of Botany 1, 185-352, pis 1-36. Briggs, B.G. and Ehrendorfer, F. (2006). New Australian species and typifications in Veronica sens. lat. (Plantaginaceae). Te/opea 11,276-292. Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora. In Flora of Australia vol. 19. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Desmond, R. (1995). Kew: The History of the Royal Botanic Gardens.The Harvill Press: London, with the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. George, A.S. (2006). An Australian convict-made travelling desk from 1805. Australiana 28,24-27. George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist's Companion. Four Gables Press: Kardinya. Green, P.S. (1994). Howea. In Flora of Australia vol. 49,408-410. AGPS Press: Canberra. Gregory, A.C. and Gregory, F.T (1884), Journals of Australian Explorations. James C. Beal: Brisbane; Australiana Facsimile Editions no. 14, State Library of South Australia: Adelaide, 1969. Home, R.W., Lucas, A.M., Maroske, S., Sinkora, D.M. and Voigt, J.H. (eds) (1998). Regardfully Yours: Selected Correspondence of Ferdinand von Mueller, vol. 1, 1840-1859. Peter Lang: Bern. Hyland, B.P.M. (1995). Hollandaea. In Flora of Australia vol. 16, 391 -393. CSIRO Australia: Melbourne. Mueller, F. (1878). Pa\mae. Fragmenta 11, 54-58. Rodd, A.N. (1998). Revision of Livistona (Arecaceae) in Australia. Telopeo 8,49-153. Ross, E.M. (1987). Musa In Flora of Australia vol. 45, 16-19. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Weston, P.H. (1995). Hicksbeachia. In Flora of Australia vol. 16, 410-413. CSiRO Australia: Melbourne. Wilson, K.L and Johnson, LA.S. (1989). Casuarinaceae. Flora of Australia 3,100-174. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Muelleria 171
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 141-143, Fig. 5 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 146-148, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 148-150, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 150-151".
Lobelia sect. Holopogon
to c. 45 mm in fruit), a bracteole 2-20 mm long present
near halfway along pedicel. Hypanthium glabrous
or sparsely (rarely densely) shortly hispid, truncate-
obovoid to ellipsoid, 3-7 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Calyx-
lobes erect, narrowly triangular or ±linear, 3-7 mm long.
Corolla 13-20(-25) mm long, sky-blue through lilac and
mauve to deep purple, yellow in throat {often yellowish
externally in bud); tubular part of corolla 8-15 mm
long, slit dorsally to, or very nearly to, the hypanthium,
externally glabrous (rarely sparsely hairy), internally
sparsely hairy; upper 2 lobes scalpelliform to weakly
arcuate, entire, 3-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; lower 3
lobes spreading, central lobe oblanceolate to obovate,
4.5-10(-16) mm long, 2-10(-16) mm wide, subacute
to obtuse, sometimes apiculate, lateral lobes broadly
falcate, 4.5-13 mm long, 2-12 mm wide, subacute;
staminal filaments 5-9 mm long, glabrous, distally
connate for 1-4.5 mm, basally free or adnate to corolla
for up to 1 mm, anther tube 2.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous
except for minute, even hairs at orifice 0.2-0.4 mm long,
rarely extending as 2 short bands on dorsal surface.
Capsule obovoid, ellipsoid or nearly globose, 6-15 mm
long, 4-10 mm diam. Seeds ±ellipsoid in outline, acutely
trigonous 0.8-2 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, including
a 0.1-0.5 mm wing arising from each of the 3 angles,
very rarely the wing vestigial, or the seed biconvex and
2- winged; testa smooth, shining, mid-brown.
Three subspecies are recognised.
3a. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. heterophylla
Erect or ascending herb, 5-40(-60) cm high, glabrous
to shortly hispid. Leaves entire, shallowly toothed or
pinnatifid, 10-30(-40) mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with up
to 4 teeth or narrow lobes along each margin, usually
somewhat thick-textured and conspicuously glaucous.
Pedicels 8-25 mm long (to 35 mm in fruit). Hypanthium
3- 6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 3-7 mm long.
Corolla 15-22(-25) mm long; tubular part of corolla
10-15 mm long; central lobe 6.5-9.5 mm long, 6-8.5{-
11) mm wide, lateral lobes 6-9 mm long, 3-5 mm wide.
Capsule 8-15 mm long, 5-9 mm diam. Seeds 0.8-1.2
mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide.
Flowering period: Flowers and fruits October to
December.
Selected specimens examined (total >250): WESTERN
AUSTRALIA. 26.5 km NNE Mt Heywood W.R. Archer 14129113
(MEL2019294); Eastern side of Barker Inlet, W.R. Archer
2021011 (MEL); King George 3'“* Sound, 1802, R. Brown s.n. (BM,
MEL),-28 km S from Billabong, H. Demarz8607 (KPBG); East Mt
Barren, A.5. George 554 (PERTH); Near Lake Lefroy, c. 25 km SE
Kalgoorlie, xi.l891, R. Helms s.n. (AD); 80 km E of Lake King, G.J.
Keighery 412 (KPBG); Cockleshell Gully, L.SJ. Sweedman 6017
(PERTH); 4 miles [6.4 km] W of Zanthus, R.D. Royce 5273 (PERTH);
Geraldton-Mt Magnet Rd, 1.6 km E of Pindar, N.G. Walsh 5438
(IND, MEL2104929, 2104930, PERTH); North Twin Peak Island,
Recherche Archipelago, 20.xi.1 950, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL2261467).
Distribution: Endemic to Western Australia,
occurring widely from near the Gascoyne River south
to Esperance, east to Zanthus area, and up to c. 300 km
inland e.g. near Kalgoorlie, but commoner nearer the
coast. IBRA regions CAR, COO, ESP, GS, JF, MUL, MUR,
SWA, WAR, YAL (DEWHA 2009-).
Habitat Occurs through a wide range of habitats (e.g.
Eucalyptus and Acacia woodlands with Triodia, heath,
shrubland), on a range of substrates (e.g. sand, loam,
granitic and lateritic gravels, limestone-derived soils).
Notes: The commonest of the subspecies. Even
with the segregation of Lobelia cleistogamoides
N.G.Walsh & Albr. (Walsh & Albrecht 2007) and the
other two subspecies described below, this remains a
very variable entity in degrees of hairiness and degree
of division of the foliage, glaucescence, degree of
branching etc. At the northern limit of its range there
is some approach to subsp. piiborensis, but the stouter
overall aspect of plants of subsp. heterophylla and their
typically pronounced glaucescence usually allows
ready separation.
Conservation status: It is regarded as of Least
Concern (LC) applying the criteria of the lUCN Red List
Categories (lUCN 2001).
3b. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. centralis
N.G.Walsh subsp. nov.
Ab alii subspecie lobo medio corollae angustiore,
seminibus mojoribus, foliis glabris integris vel vix dentatis
et habitatione desertorum differt.
Type: Northern Territory. KataJuta-Docker R. Rd, 56 km
WSW of KataJuta t/o, 28.ix.2001, D.E. Albrecht 10008
(holotype: NT!; isotype: MEL2263334)
Lobelia heterophylla subsp. Central Australia (A.S. George
8132) sensii Western Australian Herbarium (2009).
Erect or ascending herb, 10-40 cm high, glabrous.
Muelleria
151
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 151-152, Fig. 3".
Walsh, Albrecht and Knox Leaves linear to narrowly elliptic, 10-60 mm long, 1-7 mm wide, entire, or occasionally with 1-3 teeth to c. 2 mm long along each margin, often glaucous. Pedicels 7-35 mm long (to 45 mm in fruit). Hypanthium 3.5-6 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 3-5 mm long. Corolla 13-20 mm long); tubular part of corolla 8-12 mm long; central lobe 4.5-7 mm long, 2-4(-5) mm wide, lateral lobes 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide. Capsule 6-13 mm long, 4-8 mm diam. Seeds 1.3-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide (not including wing). Fig. 3. Flowering period: Flowers and fruits September to November. Selected specimens (total 38): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 21 km E of Terhan Rockhole on Warburton Rd, AS. George 8132 (PERTH); Little Sandy Desert, 8.2 km NW of Cooma Well, S. van Leeuwen 2861 (MEL, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 45 km SSE Docker R settlement, P.K. Latz 980 (NT); Muranji Rockhole, Mt Winter, B.G. Thomson 1580 (NT); East Lake, Amadeus Basin, PX Latz 5701 (NT); Between Mt Olga and Barrow Range, 1873/4, W.E.P G/7gs(MEL 2261133);28 km NNW Kings Canyon, G. Leach 1166 (DNA, NSW, NT); Near Mt Connor, 18.X.1960, G. Chippendale s.n. (DNA, NT); 62 km NE of Charlotte Waters, 13.X.1957, G. Chippendale s.n. (AD, NT); NW Simpson Desert A/.M. Henry 1001 (BRI, NT, PERTH);. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Great Victoria Desert, Connie Sue Hwy, c. 40 km W of Yokes Hill Junction, D.E. Symon 12496 (AD); Musgrave Ranges, Mt Harriet Rd, c. 35 km S of Musgrave Park Stn, J.Z. Weber 130 (AD, AK, COLO, NCU); Simpsons Desert, via Purnia and Mokari Bores 78.4 km in from W edge, D.E. Symon 9466 (AD). Distribution: Occurs principally in central Australia, from the Western Australian border near Docker River east to the western part of the Simpson Desert and south to near Oodnadatta. Isolated specimens from the Little Sandy Desert and Terhan Rockhole in central Western Australia suggests that it is likely to occur in other areas between there and the Northern Territory border. IBRA regions CR, FIN, GD, GSD, GVD, MAC, SSD (DEWHA 2009-). Habitat: Commonly associated with Triodia hummock grasslands and associated Allocasuarino decaisneana and Acacia spp. woodlands in sand dune country. Some collectors' notes refer to sites having been burntand it is likelythat germination is enhanced by recent fires. Etymology: The epithet, from the Latin, refers to the distribution of this subspecies, which is principally central Australia. Conservation status: Despite only 38 known collections, the occurrence of this subspecies in the largely unmodified and scantily collected Central Australian region suggests it is not at risk and is more widespread than current information indicates. Notes: Likely to be locally abundant, but perhaps not germinating annually and possibly dependent on suitable conditions (e.g. fire, rainfall). It is distinguished from the other two subspecies by the wholly and consistently glabrous vegetative parts, the entire or nearly entire leaves, and the generally smaller flowers that have a distinctly narrower mid-lobe. The seeds are slightly larger than those of the other two subspecies (although this is based on a limited number of fruiting specimens). 3c. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. pilbarensis N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. Ab alii subspecie foliis latioribus, membraneis, copsulis globosis velsubglobosis ethabitationeplerumque in locis saxosis ferratis differt. Type: Western Australia, Pilbara, Mt Nameless, c. 1 km S from summit, 22.ix.2006, N.G. Walsh 6482, D. Halford&D. Mallinson (holotype: MEL2296073; isotype: IND!, K!, PERTH!) Lobelia heterophylla subsp. Pilbara (/?. Meissner & Y. Caruso 1) sensu FloraBase (2009). Decumbent, sprawling, or ascending to erect herb, 10-100 cm high, glabrous or stems, hypanthia and leaves sometimes invested with short fine erect hairs. Leaves oblong, elliptic, lanceolate, oblanceolate, ovate or obovate, c. 14-70 mm long, 3-30 mm wide, entire, irregularly toothed or shallowly lacerate with up to 6 teeth or lobes to c. 8 mm long along each margin, rather thin-textured and not conspicuously glaucous. Pedicels 5-15 mm long (to 40 mm in fruit). Hypanthium 3-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 5.5-9 mm long. Corolla 16-22 mm long; tubular part of corolla 8-11 mm long; central lobe 8-16 mm long, 6-16 mm wide, lateral lobes 7-13 mm long, 7-12 mm wide. Capsule 8-10 mm long, 7-20 mm diam. Seeds 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide (not including wing). Fig. 4. Flowering period: Flowers and fruits August to November. Selected specimens examined (total 26): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ca 27 km N Brockman Stn homestead, W.R. Archer 309941 (MEL); 23 miles W of Wyloo, H. Demarz 2475 (KPBG); Diamond Drillers Hill, WIttenoom, Lullfitz2743 (KPPG); 152 Vol 28(2) 2010
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 152-153, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 153-155, Fig. 5".
Lobelia sect. Holopogon weakly anastomosing, ventrally with 2 shallow pits bordering the raised central rib; testa dull, smooth to minutely colliculate. Fig. 5. Flowering period: Flowers and fruits August- November. Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. SE of of Coolcalalaya Station, AH. Burbidge 4511 (PERTH); 38 km S of Mt Magnet, W. Greater22609 (PERTH); Gascoyne Junction - Pimbee Rd intersection, GJ.Keighery&N. Gibson 7440 (PERTH); 30 km SE Mt Keith, Wanjarri Native Reserve, GJ. Keighery 13016 (PERTH); 452 miles [732 km from Perth] near Billabong on Carnarvon Rd, F. Lullfitz, 4269 (CANS, PERTH); 56 km from Meekatharra toward Wiluna, A Strid 20207 (PERTH); 11.8 km W Yamarna, L5J. Sweedman 2987 (KPBG); 45 km on Gascoyne Jn Rd East, LSJ. Sweedman 51232 (KPBG); 35.7 km N of Mullewa Rd on Vermin Fence, LSJ. Sweedman 52437 (KPBG); Great Northern Hwy, 36- 36.5 km S of Mt Magnet, N.G. Walsh 6359 (CANB, MEL2295997, 2295998, PERTH). Distribution: Endemic in VYestern Australia and occurring from near Gascoyne Junction south to near Paynes Find, and approaching the Great Victoria Desert near Yamarna at the south-east of its known range. IBRA regions CAR, GAS, MUR, YAL (DEWHA 2009-). Habitat Recorded mostly from sandy substrates supporting e.g. Triodia grassland, Eucalyptus gongylocarpa, E. loxophleba, £ leptopoda-Acacia roycei mailee associations, Acacia ramulosa~A. aneura shrublands. Also noted from sandstone breakaway country, and red loam soils over granite. Etymoiogy: The epithet, from the Latin simulans = imitating or resembling, refers to the resemblance of L. simulans to L winifrediae. Conservation status: Considering the restricted range and relative paucity of collections (a total of only n known from herbaria) of this species. Lobelia simulans is provisionally regarded as Vulnerable (VU) applying the criteria of the lUCN (2001), although targeted surveys may prove this to be an overly precautionary assessment. Notes: Lobelia simulans appears to be most closely related to L. rhytidosperma and L. winifrediae on the basis of the strongly wrinkled, adaxially pitted seeds (which are unique in section Holopogon) and general habit. In its short, semi-succulent habit, it often strongly resembles L winifrediae and has been named as such in most herbarium collections. It is readily distinguished from that species by the absence of the falcate or thumb-shaped lobe on each ofthe dorsal petals. Lobelia rhytidosperma is usually a much lankier plant, and lacks succulence, has a corolla that is less deeply cleft dorsally, seeds that are smaller and relatively narrower with a testa that is usually microscopically tuberculate (as well as the larger scale rugose texturing). Like L winifrediae, plants of L. simulans retain moisture in a plant press for days or weeks, and often continue to grow therein whereas specimens of L rhytidosperma wither soon after picking and dry conventionally in a press without further growth. 5. Lobelia tenuior R.Br., Prodr. 564 (1810). Type: Western Australia. King George's Sound, Dec. 1801, R. Brown (R. Brown, Dec 1801), lecto (here chosen): BM!; isolecto: BM! CANB (photo seen)! Erect annual, (10-)15-40 cm high, arising from a short taproot. Plants usually branched from the base or above, rarely simple. Stems glabrous to hispid or pilose, rarely densely so, terete to weakly angular, not succulent and withering soon after being uprooted. Lower leaves mainly cauline, obovate or spathulate in outline, becoming linear toward inflorescence, (4-)8- 60 mm long, (l-)5-40 mm wide, (bi)pinnatissect, lobed or toothed, rarely entire (except near inflorescence) with up to 4 linear or narrowly obovate lobes or teeth on each side, glabrous, hispid or pilose, acute or obtuse at apex, concolorous or the lower surface paler, usually the midvein and lateral veins apparent. Inflorescence cymose or single-flowered, pedicels to c. 11 cm long, with a reduced, leaf-like bracteole at about (usually slightly above) midway. Hypanthium glabrous to pilose or hispid, rarely densely so, narrowly obconical to narrowly obovoid or nearly narrowly ellipsoid, (3-)4-7 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Calyx-lobes erect, narrowly triangular, (3-)5-8 mm long. Corolla (8-)18-26 mm long, blue, mauve or purple, white and/or yellow in throat, extending for a short distance on the central or all 3 ventral lobes; tubular part of corolla (3-)6-10 mm long, slit dorsally to within 0.5 mm of the hypanthium, glabrous externally, sparsely pilose within; upper 2 lobes reflexed, oblanceolate-arcuate, 2.5-4 mm long, entire, margins (and often apical lamina) lightly fringed, not or weakly clasped over the anther tube; lower 3 lobes spreading, central lobe broadly obovate, broadly spathulate or obcordate, (6-)10-15 mm long. Muelleria 155
Arthonia banksiae of two separate parts glued together, with the number '885' attached to a specimen and card also bearing the inscription 'Wilson n. 175'. Two years later, Muller (1895) described Asteroporum rimole, also basing it on Wilson's no. 885 collection in G,'pr.p' albeit a different fragment of bark in a different packet, as well as on two specimens from New South Wales collected by Charles Knight. Wilson's no. 885 is a rich collection with duplicates housed in the National Herbarium ofVictoria (MEL) (Fig. 2) and the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW). We have not located or studied the Knight specimens, but Muller (1895) referred to them being originally identified by the collector as Mycoporum, a genus of pyrenocarpous lichens with no relationship to Arthonia. In the same paper and on the basis of a further specimen, also numbered '885 pr.p', Muller (1895) then described Mycoporellum microspermum. This specimen had been previously cited as Arthonia microspermo (Fee) Nyl. in an earlier paper (MOIIer 1893: p. 59). This record is the source of the inclusion of A. microsperma in Australian lichen lists. When MOIIer changed his mind and described the same specimen as Mycoporellum microspermum, on the label he just wrote the new determination over the old one. The type of Mycoporellum microspermum has rounded, typically arthonioid ascomata but, on the basis of anatomy, it is conspecific with Arthonia banksiae. Curiously, the description of A. rimaie makes no reference to A. banksiae, even though it comments on other related or similar species. It is impossible to unravel the reasons for this convoluted taxonomy, but the key issue is that Arthonia banksiae is a valid name for a conspicuous species in the Victorian flora, and that Asteroporum rimaie and Mycoporellum microspermum are its synonyms. To avoid the confusion surrounding Wilson's specimen no. 885, it is his no. 1585 that is selected as the lectotype of A. banksiae. A detailed description of the species follows. Taxonomy Arthonia banksiae Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. Bo/ss/er 1:59 (1893) Type: "Corticola ad ramos Banksiae serratae, Mordialloc: Wilson n. 885, Lakes Entrance: Wilson 1585, et prope Cheltenham: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; lectotype. here designated: Lakes Entrance, Victoria, on Banksio serrata, 1892, Rev. F.R.M. Wilson 1585, G!; syntype: Mordialloc, Victoria, on Banksia serrata, 1892, F.R.M. Wilson 885, G!. Asteroporum rimaie Mull. Arg„ Bull. Herb. Boissier3: 324(1895) Type:"Corticola, New South-Wales: Knight n. 6 et 26 ... et in prov. Victoria ad Cheltenham: Rev. Wilson n.885 pr.p."; lectotype, here designated; Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 8S5p.p., G!; isolectotypes, MEL!, NSW. Mycoporellum microspermum Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. Boissier 3:325 (1895) Type: "Corticola ad truncos Banksiae ad Cheltenham prope mare in prov. Victoria: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; holotype: Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 885 p.p., Gl; isotype: "on Banksia. Cheltenham, Victoria. F.R.M.Wilson s.n.", MELI. Thallus crustose, smooth, pale pink-brown to cream, not delimited, ecorticate, very thin, mostly to 10-20 pm, but barely differentiated from underlying bark cells, apparently not lichenised; photobiont absent but occasionally a few coccoid green cells present. Ascomata very variable, irregularly roundish, most commonly elongate, curved, flexuose or stellate, 0.3-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, blackish brown to black, often with a thin, darker margin and appearing lirelliform, in section 40-60 pm thick and with a well-developed, lateral, exciple-like zone, 10-20 pm thick, dull olive-green, intensifying in K, composed of conglutinated pigmented hyphae 3-5 pm wide. Hypothecium colourless, poorly differentiated from the hymenium, c. 10-20 pm thick. Hymenium 30-50 pm thick, mainly colourless but diffusely olive-greenish in the upper part or with the pigment in a discrete layer and ± continuous with the exciple, l-t- red, K/\+ blue; paraphysoids highly branched and anastomosing, rather knobbly and of uneven thickness, 1.5-2.5(-3) pm thick, with apices usually pigmented greyish green; asci 25-36 x 17-25 pm, of the Arthonia-type: broadly ovate to globose, mostly with a short 'foot' at the base and a well-developed tholus I-, KI-, lacking or at best with a barely discernible, faintly amyloid ring-structure; apex of ascoplasm variable with age. Muelleria 29
Arthonia banksiae of two separate parts glued together, with the number '885' attached to a specimen and card also bearing the inscription 'Wilson n. 175'. Two years later, Muller (1895) described Asteroporum rimole, also basing it on Wilson's no. 885 collection in G,'pr.p' albeit a different fragment of bark in a different packet, as well as on two specimens from New South Wales collected by Charles Knight. Wilson's no. 885 is a rich collection with duplicates housed in the National Herbarium ofVictoria (MEL) (Fig. 2) and the National Herbarium of New South Wales (NSW). We have not located or studied the Knight specimens, but Muller (1895) referred to them being originally identified by the collector as Mycoporum, a genus of pyrenocarpous lichens with no relationship to Arthonia. In the same paper and on the basis of a further specimen, also numbered '885 pr.p', Muller (1895) then described Mycoporellum microspermum. This specimen had been previously cited as Arthonia microspermo (Fee) Nyl. in an earlier paper (MOIIer 1893: p. 59). This record is the source of the inclusion of A. microsperma in Australian lichen lists. When MOIIer changed his mind and described the same specimen as Mycoporellum microspermum, on the label he just wrote the new determination over the old one. The type of Mycoporellum microspermum has rounded, typically arthonioid ascomata but, on the basis of anatomy, it is conspecific with Arthonia banksiae. Curiously, the description of A. rimaie makes no reference to A. banksiae, even though it comments on other related or similar species. It is impossible to unravel the reasons for this convoluted taxonomy, but the key issue is that Arthonia banksiae is a valid name for a conspicuous species in the Victorian flora, and that Asteroporum rimaie and Mycoporellum microspermum are its synonyms. To avoid the confusion surrounding Wilson's specimen no. 885, it is his no. 1585 that is selected as the lectotype of A. banksiae. A detailed description of the species follows. Taxonomy Arthonia banksiae Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. Bo/ss/er 1:59 (1893) Type: "Corticola ad ramos Banksiae serratae, Mordialloc: Wilson n. 885, Lakes Entrance: Wilson 1585, et prope Cheltenham: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; lectotype. here designated: Lakes Entrance, Victoria, on Banksio serrata, 1892, Rev. F.R.M. Wilson 1585, G!; syntype: Mordialloc, Victoria, on Banksia serrata, 1892, F.R.M. Wilson 885, G!. Asteroporum rimaie Mull. Arg„ Bull. Herb. Boissier3: 324(1895) Type:"Corticola, New South-Wales: Knight n. 6 et 26 ... et in prov. Victoria ad Cheltenham: Rev. Wilson n.885 pr.p."; lectotype, here designated; Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 8S5p.p., G!; isolectotypes, MEL!, NSW. Mycoporellum microspermum Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. Boissier 3:325 (1895) Type: "Corticola ad truncos Banksiae ad Cheltenham prope mare in prov. Victoria: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; holotype: Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 885 p.p., Gl; isotype: "on Banksia. Cheltenham, Victoria. F.R.M.Wilson s.n.", MELI. Thallus crustose, smooth, pale pink-brown to cream, not delimited, ecorticate, very thin, mostly to 10-20 pm, but barely differentiated from underlying bark cells, apparently not lichenised; photobiont absent but occasionally a few coccoid green cells present. Ascomata very variable, irregularly roundish, most commonly elongate, curved, flexuose or stellate, 0.3-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, blackish brown to black, often with a thin, darker margin and appearing lirelliform, in section 40-60 pm thick and with a well-developed, lateral, exciple-like zone, 10-20 pm thick, dull olive-green, intensifying in K, composed of conglutinated pigmented hyphae 3-5 pm wide. Hypothecium colourless, poorly differentiated from the hymenium, c. 10-20 pm thick. Hymenium 30-50 pm thick, mainly colourless but diffusely olive-greenish in the upper part or with the pigment in a discrete layer and ± continuous with the exciple, l-t- red, K/\+ blue; paraphysoids highly branched and anastomosing, rather knobbly and of uneven thickness, 1.5-2.5(-3) pm thick, with apices usually pigmented greyish green; asci 25-36 x 17-25 pm, of the Arthonia-type: broadly ovate to globose, mostly with a short 'foot' at the base and a well-developed tholus I-, KI-, lacking or at best with a barely discernible, faintly amyloid ring-structure; apex of ascoplasm variable with age. Muelleria 29
Schuiteman and Adams
{Cadetia)
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1:
381 {1981).
Distribution: Australia (Queensland).
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937).
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson,
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992).
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30:
73 {1996),sya nov.
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi.
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are
undoubtedly the same species.
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912).
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.).
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the
mid-lobe of the lip.
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006).
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912).
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island).
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.')
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).]
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53
(1909) {nom. ///eg.).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed.
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon.
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis,
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989).
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora
69:553 (1886).
Distribution: Vanuatu.
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species.
[Diplocaulobium]
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne &
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009).
Distribution: Sulawesi,
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2:
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.).
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.,
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.).
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV.
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910).
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination
64
Vol 29(1)2011
Schuiteman and Adams
{Cadetia)
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1:
381 {1981).
Distribution: Australia (Queensland).
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937).
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson,
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992).
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30:
73 {1996),sya nov.
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi.
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are
undoubtedly the same species.
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912).
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.).
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the
mid-lobe of the lip.
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006).
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912).
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island).
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.')
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).]
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53
(1909) {nom. ///eg.).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed.
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon.
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis,
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989).
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora
69:553 (1886).
Distribution: Vanuatu.
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species.
[Diplocaulobium]
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne &
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009).
Distribution: Sulawesi,
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2:
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.).
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.,
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.).
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV.
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910).
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination
64
Vol 29(1)2011
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van cacatua A/I.A.CIem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium cacatua MACIem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 48 (1989); Tetrabaculum cacatua (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Discussion The Dendrobium tetragonum complex has been interpreted as a group of closely related varieties that do not warrant specific status (Dockrill 1992; Lavarack etal. 2000; Adams etal 2006; Burke etal. 2008). Variation is on the basis of size of parts and colour patterns. Further, internal transcribed spacer of nuclear DNA (ITS-DNA) studies do not provide any contributing evidence (Burke ef ai. 2008) for reclassification of the complex as a separate genus Tetrabaculum as proposed by Clements and Jones (2002). The DNA studies suggest a molecular similarity between the two northern varieties, var. giganteum and var. cacatua, which are morphologically distinct (see key), except for intermediates where the two taxa overlap at some locations between 700 and 850 m of altitude, e.g. in the Crediton area. Similarly var. tetragonum and var. melaleucaphilum are also distinctive except where the two co-exist and intermediate forms are seen (Adams etal. 2006), e.g. in the Coffs Harbour area.This is contrary to the notes of Clements and Jones (1990) that both occasionally grow together and hybrids are unknown, and that the four varieties are biologically and geographically distinct. Two options were considered for assigning rank at infraspecific level. The first and simplest was to continue use of the taxon variety for all previously described taxa and forthe two new variants.The second option was to use recently available molecular data and morphology, which lead to a more complex two ranked system of subspecies and varieties. The latter option was chosen, as it provides more information about relationships, without a change of established varietal names.The nomenclature may be abbreviated, except for subspecies cotaractarum, to the simple use of varieties, old and new, providing ongoing stability. Distribution, morphological characters and molecular evidence support the establishment of three subspecies. Principal co-ordinate analysis (Adams ef al. 2006) and ITS-DNA results (Burke etal. 2008) clearly indicate a northern lineage, subspecies giganteum, consisting of var. giganteum and var. cacatua, and a southern lineage, subspecies tetragonum, with three varieties. Midlobe labellar features separate the northern subspecies giganteum from the other Key to varieties of Dendrobium tetragonum subspecies giganteum 1 Flowers with long filamentous, pale green segments, occasionally with a few red-purple fine markings; labellum white, usually with no markings; lateral lobes larger than midlobe, which ends in a short apiculum. Plants usually above 750m altitude. var. cacatua 1: Flowers usually strongly marked with red-purple-brown, occasionally yellow or green with very few, darker markings; labellum white with red-purple markings, lateral lobes usually huge compared with midlobe, which ends in a long apiculum. Plants usually below 750m altitude .. var. giganteum Key to varieties of Dendrobium tetragonum subspecies tetragonum 1 Flowers opening green, later turning yellow, tepals with few or no red-purple markings; segments filamentous; midlobe prominent, cordiform, white-pale cream with red-purple markings, and recurving with age. Flower buds markedly twisted in the distal half. Plants of Blackdown Tableland, Queensland. var. serpentis 1: Flowers and distribution not as above...2 2 Flowers yellow-light green-light bronze, usually with reddish purple markings on sepals, not star-like, usually > 7.5 cm in vertical height; labellum cream-pale yellow with red- purple markings, broadly dilated and strongly recurving soon after opening. var. melaleucophilum 2: Flowers yellow-green-light bronze, usually with very deep red-brown sepal markings, starlike, usually < 7.5 cm in vertical height; labellum white with red-purple markings; midlobe not broadly dilated, recurving soon after opening. var. tetragonum 78 Vol 29(1)2011
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex prominent purple-brown on margins and distal areas; labellum very large and widely spreading, pale cream with red-purple spots and barring usually more intense on lateral lobes; peduncle c. 0.7-2.1 cm long x 0.8-1.2 mm wide, linear, green-yellow with several brown bracts c. 9 mm long x 2-3 mm wide, with acuminate apices; pedicel and ovary c,^ 2-23 cm long x 1 mm wide, curved, pale yellow-green; ovary c. 8 mm long x 2 mm wide, linear, yellow-green with a few fine purple-brown spots; dorsal sepal 40-63 mm long x 4.0-6.0 mm wide, erect, twisting once or nil, not angulating along the length, apices acuminate; lateral sepals 36-58 mm long X 4.0-7.5 mm wide, symmetrical, falcate, wide (dilated) at base then subulate, apices long-acuminate, usually twisting onceand not angulated;pew/s 18-35 mm long X 1.2-1.7 mm wide, divergent, held at angles 45-80° to the dorsal sepal, not usually recurving, linear, narrowing to acuminate apices; labellum 13-19 mm long x 8.0-11 mm wide, trilobed on a short claw, narrow at base and very broad anteriorly, lateral lobes gently incurved to form a channel 4-6 mm wide, partially enclosing the column, width less than midlobe when flattened, c. 9.0-10 mm; midlohe angled forwards, flat, presentation width 9.5-12 mm, apex small, apiculate and slightly recurved; callus with 3 prominent ridges fused at base, extending a short distance onto midlobe, white-pale cream with fine purple-brown spots and bars; mentum c. 8 mm X 4 mm, curved, pale yellow; column c. 7 mm X 3 mm, curved, porrect, pale yellow; anther white-pale yellow, enclosing pollinia; stigma concave, apical, wet, oval shaped;capsu/egreen c.25 mm x 14 mm (Figs. 3,4). Distribution and habitat: Restricted to Connors Range, central Queensland and very localised. Occurs along rainforest creeks, found in the canopy, on trunks and at bases of various small rainforest trees including Austromyrtus, Ficus, Syzygium, Planchonella, and Euroschinus. Etymology: Named with reference to its occurrence, restricted to creeks with waterfalls. Flowering period: August-September Conservation status: 2V. Vulnerable due to extreme localization in very small populations. Plants occur in remote sites in mostly inaccessible terrain. Notes: Plants were studied using several collections made between 1993 and 2010. Dendrobium tetragonum subsp. cataroctarum is found at a few very remote sites along creeks in the Connors Range between Marlborough and Carmila, at elevations of 30-400 m.The full extent of distribution and variation is approximately determined, as many parts of the area are inaccessible. Populations are small, and restricted to places where there is semi-permanent water and sufficient humidity. There is a wide range of small and larger rainforest tree hosts with plants growing at various levels, often low down and on their bases. There is no geographical overlap with other described varieties. Compared to var. serpentis, the dimensions of the labellum, flower width, sepal length and width, and petal width tend to be greater, contributing to a more robust flower. The sepals are wide distally and usually do not reflex in the manner of var. serpentis. Most flowers have prominent brown-purple markings on the sepal margins and distal third. This taxon differs from var. melaleucaphilum in having a very showy, wide and flat labellum that reflexes at the apex only to a small extent.The labellum only partially encloses the column, obscuring only a part of it in lateral view. Unlike var. melaleucaphilum, the flattened lateral lobes are not as wide as the flattened width of the midlobe. In subsp. cataractarum there are no hairs or projections on the labellum at magnification x 10. Like var. serpentis, the relatively small size of the plants and radiating habit of the pseudobulbs in various directions is likely to be the result of marginal habitat quality. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams stat. nov. Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum Leaney, Orchidologia Zeylanica 1:73 (1934). Neotype (here chosen): Queensland. Cook District: South of Atherton, 10/5/2010,P.RAdoms 27 (holo:MEL; iso: BRI). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7:36 (1942) (nom. illeg.). Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Australian Orchid Research 1:49 (1989), syn. nov.; Tetrabaculum capitisyork (M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones) M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002), syn. nov. Muelleria 75
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Schuiteman and Adams
{Cadetia)
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1:
381 {1981).
Distribution: Australia (Queensland).
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937).
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson,
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992).
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30:
73 {1996),sya nov.
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi.
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are
undoubtedly the same species.
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912).
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.).
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the
mid-lobe of the lip.
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006).
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912).
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island).
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.')
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).]
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53
(1909) {nom. ///eg.).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed.
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon.
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis,
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989).
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora
69:553 (1886).
Distribution: Vanuatu.
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species.
[Diplocaulobium]
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne &
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009).
Distribution: Sulawesi,
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2:
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.).
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.,
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.).
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV.
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910).
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination
64
Vol 29(1)2011
new combinations in Dendrobium
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark.
34,1:29(1980).
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21:
236(1863).
Distribution: Burma, Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand.
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp,
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830).
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911).
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc.
(1844)41.
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55
(1842).
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905).
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8:
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov.
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra,
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands,
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland),
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa.
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F.
clementsii) and those found elsewhere.
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot.
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.
Misc. 63(1842).
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally
flattened pseudobulbs,
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995).
Distribution: China (Yunnan).
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2:
16(1982).
Distribution: India.
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel,
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998).
Distribution: Philippines.
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm.,
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp.
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007).
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib.
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997).
Distribution: Philippines.
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded')
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym
praetermissa: 'overlooked.'
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark.
34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2;
489(1841).
Distribution: Thailand.
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality.
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang,
Taiwania 50:292 (2005).
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan.
Muelleria
67
new combinations in Dendrobium
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark.
34,1:29(1980).
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21:
236(1863).
Distribution: Burma, Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand.
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp,
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830).
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911).
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc.
(1844)41.
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55
(1842).
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905).
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8:
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov.
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra,
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands,
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland),
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa.
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F.
clementsii) and those found elsewhere.
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot.
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.
Misc. 63(1842).
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally
flattened pseudobulbs,
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995).
Distribution: China (Yunnan).
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2:
16(1982).
Distribution: India.
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel,
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998).
Distribution: Philippines.
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm.,
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp.
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007).
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib.
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997).
Distribution: Philippines.
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded')
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym
praetermissa: 'overlooked.'
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark.
34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2;
489(1841).
Distribution: Thailand.
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality.
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang,
Taiwania 50:292 (2005).
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan.
Muelleria
67
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Schuiteman and Adams
{Cadetia)
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1:
381 {1981).
Distribution: Australia (Queensland).
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937).
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson,
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992).
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30:
73 {1996),sya nov.
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi.
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are
undoubtedly the same species.
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912).
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.).
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the
mid-lobe of the lip.
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006).
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912).
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island).
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.')
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).]
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53
(1909) {nom. ///eg.).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905).
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.).
Distribution: New Guinea.
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed.
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon.
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom, nov,
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis,
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989).
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora
69:553 (1886).
Distribution: Vanuatu.
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species.
[Diplocaulobium]
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov,
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne &
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009).
Distribution: Sulawesi,
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom, nov,
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2:
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.).
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.,
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.).
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV.
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910).
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination
64
Vol 29(1)2011
new combinations in Dendrobium
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark.
34,1:29(1980).
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21:
236(1863).
Distribution: Burma, Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand.
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp,
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830).
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911).
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc.
(1844)41.
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55
(1842).
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905).
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8:
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov.
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra,
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands,
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland),
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa.
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F.
clementsii) and those found elsewhere.
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot.
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.
Misc. 63(1842).
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally
flattened pseudobulbs,
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995).
Distribution: China (Yunnan).
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2:
16(1982).
Distribution: India.
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel,
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998).
Distribution: Philippines.
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm.,
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp.
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007).
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib.
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997).
Distribution: Philippines.
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded')
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym
praetermissa: 'overlooked.'
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark.
34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2;
489(1841).
Distribution: Thailand.
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality.
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang,
Taiwania 50:292 (2005).
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan.
Muelleria
67
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 81-82".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 83-84".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 82-83".
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 13-14, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 12-13, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 11-12, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 9-11, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 8-9, Fig. 1 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 7-Aug".
Rule mature trees, being light grey, thin and scaly. The bark of the new subspecies is not only an aberration within £ goniocalyx but distinctive within the Section Maidenaria LD.Pryor & LA.SJohnson of which it is a member. Series Heterophloiae Blakely BLUE BOXS' Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer sens. lat. grows in well- watered, fertile soils near the coast and in adjacent foothills scattered from north-west of Sydney to the Latrobe Valley in the Gippsland region of Victoria, with a disjunct occurrence to the west of Melbourne in the Bacchus Marsh area. Its features include a robust, spreading habit to 20 m tall, orbicular, emarginate, blue-green juvenile leaves (to 8 cm long and wide), which may be present in the mature canopy, sub- lustrous, light green adult leaves (6-9 cm long, 2.5-7 cm wide), buds borne on pedicels (2-6 mm long) and conical or funnel-shaped fruits (6-7 mm long, 4-6 mm diam). Eucalyptus magnificata LA.S-Johnson & K.D.Hill was segregated from £ baueriana in 1990 to cater for glaucous, large-fruited blue box populations occurring in northern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland. The disjunct populations of blue box occurring to the west of Melbourne in the Werribee River catchment have been long-regarded by local observers as being morphologically different to the typical form of £ baueriana. A second morphologically different blue box occurring along the Deddick River in East Gippsland was brought to the attention of MEL about six years ago. My investigations of both of these forms have confirmed that they worthy of taxonomic recognition and, hence, they are treated here as two new subspecies of £ baueriana. Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer subsp. thalassina Rule subsp. nov. Eucalyptus baueriana subsp. tha\ass\na: A subspeciebus aliis habitu minoribus^ folHs juvenilibus minoribus, foliis adultis minoribus hebetibus dneraceis vel glaucescentibus et fructibus minoribus differt. Type: Victoria: Diggers Rest-Coidamai Road at the Djerriwahrr Creek crossing 37“ 37'07"S. 144° 31'42" E. 16 iii 2005 K. Rule 2005, MEL 2324023 (Isotypes: CANB, NSW). Robust, depauperate frees or rarely spreading mallees, 3-12 m tall. Bark grey-brown, box-like, often flaky and loose, persisting to major branches. Seedling leaves ovate to orbicular, shortly petiolate, green, opposite for a few pairs. Juven/Ze/eaves obcordate, sub-orbicular or orbicular, usually emarginate, disjunct, dull, blue- green, 2-4 cm long, 2-4 cm wide; petioles slender, non-pruinose, 2.4-3.6 cm long. Intermediate leaves sub- orbicular or broadly ovate, wider than both juvenile and adult leaves, dull, blue-green, dominating the canopies of saplings and young trees and often persisting in the canopies of mature trees. Adult leaves broadly ovate or broadly lanceolate, dull, blue-green to blue-grey, soft-textured (0.15-0.25 mm thick), 3-5 cm long, 2-4 cm wide; petioles 1.5-3 cm long; venation densely reticulate with conspicuous lateral veins and crowded, unbroken veinlets; intramarginal veins looped, 2-3 mm from the margin; oil glands irregular, small, island or intersectional; summer outer canopy dominated by new leaves that are initially light green and develop a bluish tinge as they mature. Inflorescences 7-flowered, within leafless, branched, terminal panicles; peduncles slender, 7-12 mm long. Floral buds clavate, pedicellate, scarred (outer operculum shed in early bud development), non-pruinose, burnished, 4-5 mm long. Key for the subspecies of E. baueriana 1 Medium trees to 20 m tall; adult leaves sub-lustrous, light green; buds borne on pedicels 2-6 mm long; fruits obconical to funnel-shaped, 6-7 mm long, 4-6 mm diam.subsp. baueriana 1: Small trees or mallees to 12 m tall; adult leaves blue-grey to blue-green or sub-glaucous to glaucous; pedicels 0-3 mm long; fruits obconical to slightly cupular, 3-5 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.2 2 Adult leaves sub-glaucous to glaucous, 5-7 cm long, 4-6 cm wide; fruits 3-4(-5) mm long, 3-4 mm diam.subsp. deddickensis 2: Adult leaves blue-green to blue-grey, 3-5 cm long, 2-4 cm wide; fruits 4-5 mm long 4-5 diam.subsp. thalassina 12 Vol 29(1)2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 21-22".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 16-18".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 3-May".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 5-7, Fig. 1 (map)".
new combinations in Dendrobium
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark.
34,1:29(1980).
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21:
236(1863).
Distribution: Burma, Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand.
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp,
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830).
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911).
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc.
(1844)41.
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55
(1842).
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb.,
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905).
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8:
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov.
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra,
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands,
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland),
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa.
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F.
clementsii) and those found elsewhere.
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, nom. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot.
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.
Misc. 63(1842).
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand.
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally
flattened pseudobulbs,
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995).
Distribution: China (Yunnan).
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. &
P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2:
16(1982).
Distribution: India.
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel,
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998).
Distribution: Philippines.
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.)
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm.,
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003).
Distribution: Sulawesi.
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp.
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007).
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib.
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997).
Distribution: Philippines.
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded')
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym
praetermissa: 'overlooked.'
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams,
nom. nov.
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark.
34,1:31 (1980).
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2;
489(1841).
Distribution: Thailand.
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality.
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov.
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang,
Taiwania 50:292 (2005).
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan.
Muelleria
67
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex prominent purple-brown on margins and distal areas; labellum very large and widely spreading, pale cream with red-purple spots and barring usually more intense on lateral lobes; peduncle c. 0.7-2.1 cm long x 0.8-1.2 mm wide, linear, green-yellow with several brown bracts c. 9 mm long x 2-3 mm wide, with acuminate apices; pedicel and ovary c,^ 2-23 cm long x 1 mm wide, curved, pale yellow-green; ovary c. 8 mm long x 2 mm wide, linear, yellow-green with a few fine purple-brown spots; dorsal sepal 40-63 mm long x 4.0-6.0 mm wide, erect, twisting once or nil, not angulating along the length, apices acuminate; lateral sepals 36-58 mm long X 4.0-7.5 mm wide, symmetrical, falcate, wide (dilated) at base then subulate, apices long-acuminate, usually twisting onceand not angulated;pew/s 18-35 mm long X 1.2-1.7 mm wide, divergent, held at angles 45-80° to the dorsal sepal, not usually recurving, linear, narrowing to acuminate apices; labellum 13-19 mm long x 8.0-11 mm wide, trilobed on a short claw, narrow at base and very broad anteriorly, lateral lobes gently incurved to form a channel 4-6 mm wide, partially enclosing the column, width less than midlobe when flattened, c. 9.0-10 mm; midlohe angled forwards, flat, presentation width 9.5-12 mm, apex small, apiculate and slightly recurved; callus with 3 prominent ridges fused at base, extending a short distance onto midlobe, white-pale cream with fine purple-brown spots and bars; mentum c. 8 mm X 4 mm, curved, pale yellow; column c. 7 mm X 3 mm, curved, porrect, pale yellow; anther white-pale yellow, enclosing pollinia; stigma concave, apical, wet, oval shaped;capsu/egreen c.25 mm x 14 mm (Figs. 3,4). Distribution and habitat: Restricted to Connors Range, central Queensland and very localised. Occurs along rainforest creeks, found in the canopy, on trunks and at bases of various small rainforest trees including Austromyrtus, Ficus, Syzygium, Planchonella, and Euroschinus. Etymology: Named with reference to its occurrence, restricted to creeks with waterfalls. Flowering period: August-September Conservation status: 2V. Vulnerable due to extreme localization in very small populations. Plants occur in remote sites in mostly inaccessible terrain. Notes: Plants were studied using several collections made between 1993 and 2010. Dendrobium tetragonum subsp. cataroctarum is found at a few very remote sites along creeks in the Connors Range between Marlborough and Carmila, at elevations of 30-400 m.The full extent of distribution and variation is approximately determined, as many parts of the area are inaccessible. Populations are small, and restricted to places where there is semi-permanent water and sufficient humidity. There is a wide range of small and larger rainforest tree hosts with plants growing at various levels, often low down and on their bases. There is no geographical overlap with other described varieties. Compared to var. serpentis, the dimensions of the labellum, flower width, sepal length and width, and petal width tend to be greater, contributing to a more robust flower. The sepals are wide distally and usually do not reflex in the manner of var. serpentis. Most flowers have prominent brown-purple markings on the sepal margins and distal third. This taxon differs from var. melaleucaphilum in having a very showy, wide and flat labellum that reflexes at the apex only to a small extent.The labellum only partially encloses the column, obscuring only a part of it in lateral view. Unlike var. melaleucaphilum, the flattened lateral lobes are not as wide as the flattened width of the midlobe. In subsp. cataractarum there are no hairs or projections on the labellum at magnification x 10. Like var. serpentis, the relatively small size of the plants and radiating habit of the pseudobulbs in various directions is likely to be the result of marginal habitat quality. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams stat. nov. Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum Leaney, Orchidologia Zeylanica 1:73 (1934). Neotype (here chosen): Queensland. Cook District: South of Atherton, 10/5/2010,P.RAdoms 27 (holo:MEL; iso: BRI). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7:36 (1942) (nom. illeg.). Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Australian Orchid Research 1:49 (1989), syn. nov.; Tetrabaculum capitisyork (M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones) M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002), syn. nov. Muelleria 75
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Adams, Burke and Lawson
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales,
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales.
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River,
New South Wales.
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877).
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones)
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002).
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots;
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4-
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with
the most flowers per raceme in the species.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum.
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey,
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture,
Queensland 14,12 (1896).
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem.
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002).
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm);
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the
south, where flowers are smaller.
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982).
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. &
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002).
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices;
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened.
Flowering: May to August
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part.
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable;
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower
density varying from openly spaced to densely
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9-
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely;
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is
found in var. carnarvonense.
Flowering time: August to September
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range,
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown
Tableland, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part.
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped,
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum;
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered;
82
Vol 29(1)2011
Adams, Burke and Lawson
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales,
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales.
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River,
New South Wales.
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877).
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones)
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002).
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots;
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4-
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with
the most flowers per raceme in the species.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum.
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey,
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture,
Queensland 14,12 (1896).
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem.
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002).
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm);
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the
south, where flowers are smaller.
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982).
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. &
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002).
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices;
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened.
Flowering: May to August
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part.
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable;
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower
density varying from openly spaced to densely
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9-
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely;
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is
found in var. carnarvonense.
Flowering time: August to September
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range,
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown
Tableland, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part.
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped,
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum;
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered;
82
Vol 29(1)2011
Adams, Burke and Lawson
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales,
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales.
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River,
New South Wales.
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877).
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones)
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002).
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots;
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4-
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with
the most flowers per raceme in the species.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum.
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey,
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture,
Queensland 14,12 (1896).
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem.
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002).
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm);
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the
south, where flowers are smaller.
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982).
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. &
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002).
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices;
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened.
Flowering: May to August
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part.
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable;
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower
density varying from openly spaced to densely
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9-
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely;
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is
found in var. carnarvonense.
Flowering time: August to September
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range,
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown
Tableland, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part.
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped,
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum;
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered;
82
Vol 29(1)2011
A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. Flowering: August to September Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the Carnarvon region, Queensland. D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, Queensland 14,12 (1896). Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some of the widest floral segments in the species. Flowering: August to September Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. copricornicum occur south of Sarina. Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks & Clemesha D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. Flowering: July to September Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs from slender in southern part of range to broad, and tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various lengths making identification difficult. Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum Muelleria 83
a a<oM«'S3 A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) P. B. Adams,J.M. Burke’ and S.D. Lawson^ 1. School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; e-mail; gallangowan@optusnet.com 2. National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia Introduction The taxonomic history of the Dendrobium speciosum (Orchidaceae sect. Dendrocoryne) complex has been reviewed (Adams etal. 2006a), and three new taxa described and analysed numerically (Adams etal. 2006ab). On the basis of these studies and a biological review (Adams 1991) nine varieties have been established, including the description of the type by Smith (1804). Considering published results, primarily morphology and principal co-ordinate analysis (Adams etal. 2006 abc), and the internal transcribed spacer of nuclear DNA (ITS-DNA) (Burke et ol. 2008), we recognise a northern subspecies pedunculatum, and a southern subspecies speciosum as indicated in the following classification. A new hierarchy is presented, with accompanying major characteristics for typical and commonly occurring forms, and distributions for each taxon. More detailed descriptions and distribution maps are provided in Adams ef af. (2006 abc), and full synonomy and information concerning types is listed in Clements (1989). Abstract A new hierarchy with two sub species is presented for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. complex, considering previously published distributional, morphological, principal coordinate and ITS-DNA analyses. There are seven varieties in the southern subspecies speciosum, and two in the northern subspecies pedunculatum. Keywords: Taxonomy, classification, species complex, Dendrocoryne Muelleria 290): -86 (2011) Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. speciosum Dendrobium speciosum Sm. var. speciosum, Exotic Botany 1:17, t.10(1804) Syn. Thelychiton speciosus (Sm.) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13, 492 (2002) in part; Thelychiton epiphyticus D.LJones & M.A.CIem, Australian Orchid Research 5,39 (2006) in part. Large robust plants, mainly lithophytic, occasionally epiphytic in rainforest habitat e.g. Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales; occasional plants with aerial roots, pseudobulbs to 50 cm long, wide at the base and tapering towards apex; racemes 15-60 cm long, 18-115 flowered; flowers relatively large, vertical height 4.2-8.0 cm, horizontal width 4.3-7.8 cm, well spaced, pure white to yellow. Flowering: August to October. f Kiiyil Botanic (tardcns Muelleria 81
Adams, Burke and Lawson
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales,
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales.
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River,
New South Wales.
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877).
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones)
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002).
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots;
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4-
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with
the most flowers per raceme in the species.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum.
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey,
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture,
Queensland 14,12 (1896).
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem.
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002).
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm);
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the
south, where flowers are smaller.
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982).
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. &
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002).
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices;
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened.
Flowering: May to August
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part.
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable;
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower
density varying from openly spaced to densely
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9-
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely;
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is
found in var. carnarvonense.
Flowering time: August to September
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range,
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown
Tableland, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part.
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped,
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum;
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered;
82
Vol 29(1)2011
A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. Flowering: August to September Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the Carnarvon region, Queensland. D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, Queensland 14,12 (1896). Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some of the widest floral segments in the species. Flowering: August to September Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. copricornicum occur south of Sarina. Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks & Clemesha D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. Flowering: July to September Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs from slender in southern part of range to broad, and tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various lengths making identification difficult. Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum Muelleria 83
a a<oM«'S3 A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) P. B. Adams,J.M. Burke’ and S.D. Lawson^ 1. School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; e-mail; gallangowan@optusnet.com 2. National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia Introduction The taxonomic history of the Dendrobium speciosum (Orchidaceae sect. Dendrocoryne) complex has been reviewed (Adams etal. 2006a), and three new taxa described and analysed numerically (Adams etal. 2006ab). On the basis of these studies and a biological review (Adams 1991) nine varieties have been established, including the description of the type by Smith (1804). Considering published results, primarily morphology and principal co-ordinate analysis (Adams etal. 2006 abc), and the internal transcribed spacer of nuclear DNA (ITS-DNA) (Burke et ol. 2008), we recognise a northern subspecies pedunculatum, and a southern subspecies speciosum as indicated in the following classification. A new hierarchy is presented, with accompanying major characteristics for typical and commonly occurring forms, and distributions for each taxon. More detailed descriptions and distribution maps are provided in Adams ef af. (2006 abc), and full synonomy and information concerning types is listed in Clements (1989). Abstract A new hierarchy with two sub species is presented for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. complex, considering previously published distributional, morphological, principal coordinate and ITS-DNA analyses. There are seven varieties in the southern subspecies speciosum, and two in the northern subspecies pedunculatum. Keywords: Taxonomy, classification, species complex, Dendrocoryne Muelleria 290): -86 (2011) Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. speciosum Dendrobium speciosum Sm. var. speciosum, Exotic Botany 1:17, t.10(1804) Syn. Thelychiton speciosus (Sm.) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13, 492 (2002) in part; Thelychiton epiphyticus D.LJones & M.A.CIem, Australian Orchid Research 5,39 (2006) in part. Large robust plants, mainly lithophytic, occasionally epiphytic in rainforest habitat e.g. Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales; occasional plants with aerial roots, pseudobulbs to 50 cm long, wide at the base and tapering towards apex; racemes 15-60 cm long, 18-115 flowered; flowers relatively large, vertical height 4.2-8.0 cm, horizontal width 4.3-7.8 cm, well spaced, pure white to yellow. Flowering: August to October. f Kiiyil Botanic (tardcns Muelleria 81
A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. Flowering: August to September Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the Carnarvon region, Queensland. D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, Queensland 14,12 (1896). Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some of the widest floral segments in the species. Flowering: August to September Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. copricornicum occur south of Sarina. Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks & Clemesha D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. Flowering: July to September Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs from slender in southern part of range to broad, and tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various lengths making identification difficult. Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum Muelleria 83
Adams, Burke and Lawson
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales,
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales.
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River,
New South Wales.
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877).
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones)
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002).
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots;
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4-
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with
the most flowers per raceme in the species.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum.
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey,
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture,
Queensland 14,12 (1896).
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem.
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002).
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm);
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal.
Flowering: August to October
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the
south, where flowers are smaller.
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982).
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. &
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002).
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices;
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened.
Flowering: May to August
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part.
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable;
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower
density varying from openly spaced to densely
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9-
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely;
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is
found in var. carnarvonense.
Flowering time: August to September
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range,
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown
Tableland, Queensland.
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006).
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem.,
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part.
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped,
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum;
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered;
82
Vol 29(1)2011
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex Brief neotype diagnosis: Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. Classification of the Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. complex The complex is classified as set out below, on the basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. Three subspecies are established, with northern, central and southern distributions. Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van tetragonum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona (Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona (Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 (1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & G.A.Paterson Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 (1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum Muelleria 77
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 185-186, Fig. 7".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 184-185".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 186-187".
The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores are startling. The main difference is that species of the Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas comb. nov. Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata unknown. Fig 1 A-B. Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. Muelleria 101
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 197-198".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 198-199".
Corrigendum Muelleria 29 ( 1 ) K. Rule and W.M. Molyneux (2011). Two new mallee Eucalypts (Myrtaceae) from Gippsland, Victoria. Muelleria 29(1 ):16-26. Declaration of holotypes and isotypes clarified. PI 8. Eucalyptus ornans Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Avon Channels, 37° 48'20"S 146° 52'34"E, 14.iv.2005, K. Rule 3805 (holotype MEL 2328846; isotypes AD, CANB, NSW). P22. Eucalyptus forresterae Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. 6.2 km along Brumby PointTrack from Diggers Hole Spur Road, 37 o 03'30" S 148 o 04'33 M E, 15.xi.2008, W. Molyneux &S. Forrester s.n., (holotype MEL 2828603; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, NSW). P.B. Adams (2011). New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae:Epidendroideae) complex. Muelleria 29(1): 69-80. Authorship of certain taxa clarified. P.77. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. tetragonum var. meleucophilum (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill P.78. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B. Adams varcacatua (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill. Muelleria 201
Corrigendum Muelleria 29 ( 1 ) K. Rule and W.M. Molyneux (2011). Two new mallee Eucalypts (Myrtaceae) from Gippsland, Victoria. Muelleria 29(1 ):16-26. Declaration of holotypes and isotypes clarified. PI 8. Eucalyptus ornans Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Avon Channels, 37° 48'20"S 146° 52'34"E, 14.iv.2005, K. Rule 3805 (holotype MEL 2328846; isotypes AD, CANB, NSW). P22. Eucalyptus forresterae Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. 6.2 km along Brumby PointTrack from Diggers Hole Spur Road, 37 o 03'30" S 148 o 04'33 M E, 15.xi.2008, W. Molyneux &S. Forrester s.n., (holotype MEL 2828603; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, NSW). P.B. Adams (2011). New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae:Epidendroideae) complex. Muelleria 29(1): 69-80. Authorship of certain taxa clarified. P.77. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. tetragonum var. meleucophilum (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill P.78. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B. Adams varcacatua (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill. Muelleria 201
A revision of Goodia The different degrees of arching of the vertical lobe of the aril in these examples is not significant; this feature varies within species. 1. Goodia lotifolia Salisb., Porod. Londin. 1: t. 41 (1806) Type : Cult. Seed collecting locality unknown [possibly Arthurs Seat in Victoria in April 1802], P.Good, 1802; icono: t. 41 ,loc. cit. Goodia latifolia as given by Colla in Hortus Ripulensis 1: 62 (1824) is probably an orthographical error for G. lotifolia. Shrubs to c. 4 m high, with a sparse appressed pubescence on new growth, becoming glabrous or very sparsely hairy; hairs ±appressed, to 0.3 mm long. Stipules early caducous, narrow-lanceolate, 1-8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Leaves : petiole 30-70% of total length; rachis to c. 10 mm long; lamina of terminal leaflet elliptic to obovate, 10-30 mm long, 6-30 mm wide, 3-10 times length of rachis, with l:w ratio mostly 1-1.5; apex rounded, truncate or emarginate, with apiculum minute or to c. 1 mm long; upper surface glabrous; lower surface soon glabrescent or short appressed hairs somewhat persistent. Inflorescence axes to c. 14 cm long; bracts 1.5-5 mm long; pedicels 3-12 mm long; bracteoles 1-3 mm long. Calyx 3.5-7 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy; upper lip with sinus broadly obtuse to acute, or occasionally subtruncate, mostly 0.5-1.5 mm deep, 1-2.5 mm wide, lower lobes (1.5—)2.5—3.5 mm long, with median lobe sometimes longer; standard 10- 16 mm long, 12-18 mm wide; claw 3-6 mm long; limb c. circular or oblate; adaxial and abaxial surfaces bright yellow except for a red flare to 2 mm wide surrounding throat or as patches at sides of throat, purple-brown pigment absent or in small amounts; throat 1-3 mm wide, squarish; wings 8-14 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, yellow throughout, or variously marked red basally, purple-brown or grey-brown basally and centrally; keel 7-12 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, yellow-green throughout or flushed red at apex or more extensively; anthers 0.6- 1 mm long; ovary (1-)2-4(-5)-ovulate, style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods : stipe 5-15 mm long; body rhomboid-elliptic, obovate, or occasionally oblong in profile, 15-35 mm long, 7-13 mm wide, mid-brown or dark reddish-brown, 1-4-seeded; upper suture with a ridge or wing to c. 1.5 mm high; apex rounded to acute, with beak 1-3 mm long; outer valve surface with venation conspicuously raised when dry, inner valve surface with suture zone 1 -2 mm wide, undulate when 3 or more-ovulate; funicle slightly curved. Seeds 3-5 mm long; aril 1.2-2.5 mm long, 1.2-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2.5 mm long; lobe not usually overhanging base, with tip mildly curved. Selected specimens from c. 300 examined: QUEENSLAND: First Creek towards Mackenzies [near Kilcoy], L.Leichhardt , 1843 (NSW); Harland Rd, Mt Glorious, A.R.Bean 2159, 18.viii.1990 (BRI, MEL1597059); 0.3 km along K break, Mt Mee State Forest, near Mt Mee, A.R.Bean 14394, 3.xii.1998 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: The Scrub picnic area off the Colongon Fire trail, c. 18 km SE of Tenterfield, R.G.Coveny 16588 & AJ.Whalen, 15.X.1993 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL281231, NSW); Giro State Forest on the Walcha-Gloucester Rd, A.R.Bean 11469, 10.xii.1996 (BRI, MEL249368, NSW); Road to TV telecommunication towers, c. 7 km W by road from Princes Hwy, Middle Brother National Park, I.R.Thompson 1349, 26.xi.2010 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL); c. 500 m up steep slope from Marble Arch, Deua National Park, TR.Lally 171, 24.X.1993 (CANB, NE, NSW); Mt Cambewarra, E.F.Constable s.n., 7.xii.1950 (NSW); 0.5 km E of junction of Mellion Ck and Tuross R., M.D.Crisp 2190, 25.ix.1976 (AD, CANB); 0.5 km S of Mt Armour, Kanangra-Boyd National Park via Oberon, A.R.Bean 17142, 19.xii.2000 (BRI); NE of Mt Armour, Armour Range, J.Pickard 402 & S.Pickard, 21.ix.1969 (NSW); Bendethera Caves fire trail, 63 km SSW of Braidwood, R.G.Coveny 5970 & A.N.Rodd, 15.1.1975 (MEL2090167, NSW); Tallaganda State Forest, road to Parkers Gap from Captains Flat, A.M.Lyne 1606, 29.X.1995 (CANB, MEL2090170, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Slopes of Mt Tidbinbilla on path to Kangaroo Gap, N.T.Burbidge 5593, 17.iii.1957 (CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Warburton, J.C.H.Adler, 21.ix.1921 (MEL663881); near the Latrobe R. between Neerim and Fumina, A.H.A.Beetham, xii.1950 (MEL1058073); Mt Oberon, Wilsons Promontory, J.Galbraith, 20.iii.1957 (MEL594055); Burgess Rd, 6.4 km E of junction with Link Rd, Bunyip State Park, P.CJobson 3727 &J.C.Reid, 7.ix.1995 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL2027089, NSW); Wait-a-while track, SE of Lavers Hill, K.Macfarlane 178, 9.X.1996 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL2034975, NSW). TASMANIA: Cape Barren Island, J.S.Whinray 618, 27.X.1973 (MEL529377); Road into Great Musselroe R., S section of "The Branches", M.Visoiu 416, 1212008 (CANB, HO); Road to Jetty, Bridport, D.M.Paton, 6.ix.1948 (HO); Mt Wellington, Lower Valley, LRodway 173, xii.1927 (HO); Deceitful Cove, George Town, A.M.Buchanan 13442, 28.ix.1993 (HO). Flowering period: Flowers mostly late winter to mid spring. Muelleria 145
Thompson /Votes: The only other species of Goodia with a similar indumentum to that of G. macrocarpo is G. pubescens. These two species are separated by over 1000 km. Goodia macrocarpa has the largest fruit in the genus and is the only species with wings that have bright red markings rather than purple-brown or grey-brown (Fig. 1c). The pubescence is not obvious to the naked eye except on new growth, but examination under low power shows that the indumentum is significantly denser than ever seen in G. lotifolia. Stipule persistence also distinguishes Goodia macrocarpa from G. lotifolia, G. pubescens and G. medicaginea. Compared to all other species of Goodia, the stipules are relatively short, narrow and hairy. Goodia macrocarpa occurs in similar habitats to that of G. lotifolia. Some features of the morphology of G. macrocarpa are presented in figure 4. 3. Goodia pubescens Sims, Bot. Mag. 32:1.1310 (1810). Goodia lotifolia var. pubescens (Sims) H.B.Will., in A.Ewart, FI. Victoria 658(1931) Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, iconotype: 1.1310 loc. cit. Goodia subpubescens Sweet, Hort. Brit. 110 (1826), nom. nud. Shrubs to c. 2 m high, with a moderately dense to dense, persistent pubescence on current season's growth; hairs spreading to appressed, 0.3-0.5 mm long. Stipules early caducous, oblong-lanceolate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Leaves: petiole 40-50% of total length; rachis to c. 8 mm long, sometimes not developed in smaller leaves; lamina of terminal leaflet narrow-elliptic to elliptic or narrow-obovate to obovate, 10-40 mm long, 6-20 mm wide, 4-12 times length of rachis (or rachis hardly developed), with l:w ratio 1.4-2.5; apex rounded, truncate or retuse, with apiculum absent or minute; upper surface glabrous or with sparse to scattered, loosely appressed to antrorse divergent hairs; lower surface with scattered appressed hairs. Inflorescence axes to c. 9 cm long; bracts 2-3 mm long; pedicels 3-8 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 mm long. Calyx 4-6.5 mm long, moderately hairy, with hairs appressed; upper lip with sinus acute, 0.8-1.2 mm deep, 1-1.5 mm wide; lower lobes 2-4 mm long, with median lobe generally distinctly longer than lateral lobes; standard 9-12 mm long, 10-14 mm wide; claw 3-4 mm long; limb orbicular to oblate, adaxial and abaxial surfaces bright yellow with a red flare to c. 2 mm wide mostly surrounding throat, purple-brown pigment present in flare in moderate amounts and radiating a short distance along nerves; throat c. 2.5 mm wide, squarish; wings 8-10 mm long; 3-4 mm wide, purple- brown in proximal half, yellow in distal half; keel 7-8 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, red nearly throughout; anthers c. 0.7 mm long; ovary mostly 2-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-10 mm long; body narrow-elliptic to elliptic, 10-20 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, reddish-brown, mostly 2-seeded; upper suture usually with a ridge to c. 1 mm high; apex obtuse to subacute, with beak 1 -2 mm long; outer valve surface with veins generally obscure when dry, inner valve surface with suture zone c. 1 mm wide, not undulate; funicle slightly curved. Seeds c. 4 mm long; aril 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2 mm long; lobe not overhanging, mildly curved. Selected specimens of c. 70 examined : VICTORIA: Junction of Acheron Way and Marysville Rd, 10 km SW of Marysville, P.CJobson 3279, A.W.Douglas & J.H.Ross, 27.x. 1994 (MEL2037933, NSW); Halls Gap-Mt Victory Rd, 3 km SW of Halls Gap, Grampians National Park, J.H.Ross 3799, 22.ix.1996 (AD, HO, MEL2034885); Kaanglang Rd, 6 km SSE of Forrest, S.G.Harris 72, IO.x.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL2090174, NSW); Along the Mt Richmond to Greenwald Rd, S of the Surry R., c. 1.5 km E of Wrights Swamp, H.I.Aston 748, 22.X.1960 (MEL720961); Redmans Rd, 12 km SE of Halls Gap, A.C.Beauglehole 67076, 7.xii.1979 (MEL646800). TASMANIA: Archers Sugarloaf, AMoscal 12499, 25.ii.1986 (HO, MEL722665); Cataract Gorge, Launceston, F.E.Burbury, 15.ix.1911 (HO); Kingston-Longley Rd, F.H.Long 965, 2.xi.1931 (HO); Woods Lake, Central Plateau, AMoscal 719, 10.iii.1981 (HO, MEL596697); Cummings Creek, East Arm, East Tamar, A.M.Buchanan 16744, 20.ix.2007 (HO). Flowering period: Flowers in spring. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Victoria and Tasmania (Fig. 3). Grows in forest. Notes: Apart from features indicated in the key, G. pubescens can often be distinguished from G. macrocarpa and G. lotifolia by the relatively short rachis and relatively narrow leaflets of its leaves, by the hairs that sometimes persist on the upper surface of leaves, by the median calyx-lobe which is longer than the lateral ones by a greater amount, and by the pods which are less prominently ridged along the upper margin. In Tasmania, plants generally have smaller leaves, flowers and seeds, and the pods have a shorter stipe. 148 Vol 29(2) 2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 142-145".
Thompson /Votes: The only other species of Goodia with a similar indumentum to that of G. macrocarpo is G. pubescens. These two species are separated by over 1000 km. Goodia macrocarpa has the largest fruit in the genus and is the only species with wings that have bright red markings rather than purple-brown or grey-brown (Fig. 1c). The pubescence is not obvious to the naked eye except on new growth, but examination under low power shows that the indumentum is significantly denser than ever seen in G. lotifolia. Stipule persistence also distinguishes Goodia macrocarpa from G. lotifolia, G. pubescens and G. medicaginea. Compared to all other species of Goodia, the stipules are relatively short, narrow and hairy. Goodia macrocarpa occurs in similar habitats to that of G. lotifolia. Some features of the morphology of G. macrocarpa are presented in figure 4. 3. Goodia pubescens Sims, Bot. Mag. 32:1.1310 (1810). Goodia lotifolia var. pubescens (Sims) H.B.Will., in A.Ewart, FI. Victoria 658(1931) Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, iconotype: 1.1310 loc. cit. Goodia subpubescens Sweet, Hort. Brit. 110 (1826), nom. nud. Shrubs to c. 2 m high, with a moderately dense to dense, persistent pubescence on current season's growth; hairs spreading to appressed, 0.3-0.5 mm long. Stipules early caducous, oblong-lanceolate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Leaves: petiole 40-50% of total length; rachis to c. 8 mm long, sometimes not developed in smaller leaves; lamina of terminal leaflet narrow-elliptic to elliptic or narrow-obovate to obovate, 10-40 mm long, 6-20 mm wide, 4-12 times length of rachis (or rachis hardly developed), with l:w ratio 1.4-2.5; apex rounded, truncate or retuse, with apiculum absent or minute; upper surface glabrous or with sparse to scattered, loosely appressed to antrorse divergent hairs; lower surface with scattered appressed hairs. Inflorescence axes to c. 9 cm long; bracts 2-3 mm long; pedicels 3-8 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 mm long. Calyx 4-6.5 mm long, moderately hairy, with hairs appressed; upper lip with sinus acute, 0.8-1.2 mm deep, 1-1.5 mm wide; lower lobes 2-4 mm long, with median lobe generally distinctly longer than lateral lobes; standard 9-12 mm long, 10-14 mm wide; claw 3-4 mm long; limb orbicular to oblate, adaxial and abaxial surfaces bright yellow with a red flare to c. 2 mm wide mostly surrounding throat, purple-brown pigment present in flare in moderate amounts and radiating a short distance along nerves; throat c. 2.5 mm wide, squarish; wings 8-10 mm long; 3-4 mm wide, purple- brown in proximal half, yellow in distal half; keel 7-8 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, red nearly throughout; anthers c. 0.7 mm long; ovary mostly 2-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-10 mm long; body narrow-elliptic to elliptic, 10-20 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, reddish-brown, mostly 2-seeded; upper suture usually with a ridge to c. 1 mm high; apex obtuse to subacute, with beak 1 -2 mm long; outer valve surface with veins generally obscure when dry, inner valve surface with suture zone c. 1 mm wide, not undulate; funicle slightly curved. Seeds c. 4 mm long; aril 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2 mm long; lobe not overhanging, mildly curved. Selected specimens of c. 70 examined : VICTORIA: Junction of Acheron Way and Marysville Rd, 10 km SW of Marysville, P.CJobson 3279, A.W.Douglas & J.H.Ross, 27.x. 1994 (MEL2037933, NSW); Halls Gap-Mt Victory Rd, 3 km SW of Halls Gap, Grampians National Park, J.H.Ross 3799, 22.ix.1996 (AD, HO, MEL2034885); Kaanglang Rd, 6 km SSE of Forrest, S.G.Harris 72, IO.x.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL2090174, NSW); Along the Mt Richmond to Greenwald Rd, S of the Surry R., c. 1.5 km E of Wrights Swamp, H.I.Aston 748, 22.X.1960 (MEL720961); Redmans Rd, 12 km SE of Halls Gap, A.C.Beauglehole 67076, 7.xii.1979 (MEL646800). TASMANIA: Archers Sugarloaf, AMoscal 12499, 25.ii.1986 (HO, MEL722665); Cataract Gorge, Launceston, F.E.Burbury, 15.ix.1911 (HO); Kingston-Longley Rd, F.H.Long 965, 2.xi.1931 (HO); Woods Lake, Central Plateau, AMoscal 719, 10.iii.1981 (HO, MEL596697); Cummings Creek, East Arm, East Tamar, A.M.Buchanan 16744, 20.ix.2007 (HO). Flowering period: Flowers in spring. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Victoria and Tasmania (Fig. 3). Grows in forest. Notes: Apart from features indicated in the key, G. pubescens can often be distinguished from G. macrocarpa and G. lotifolia by the relatively short rachis and relatively narrow leaflets of its leaves, by the hairs that sometimes persist on the upper surface of leaves, by the median calyx-lobe which is longer than the lateral ones by a greater amount, and by the pods which are less prominently ridged along the upper margin. In Tasmania, plants generally have smaller leaves, flowers and seeds, and the pods have a shorter stipe. 148 Vol 29(2) 2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 100-101".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 101-103, Fig. 1".
The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores are startling. The main difference is that species of the Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas comb. nov. Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata unknown. Fig 1 A-B. Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. Muelleria 101
The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores are startling. The main difference is that species of the Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas comb. nov. Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata unknown. Fig 1 A-B. Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. Muelleria 101
The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores are startling. The main difference is that species of the Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas comb. nov. Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata unknown. Fig 1 A-B. Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. Muelleria 101
A revision of Muelleronthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton glabrous, not or hardly winged. Aril small or absent. Notes: The petal markings in this group have two components, one that gives a red colour (reddish when petal dry) and the other which produces a purple-brown colour (purple when dried). The red pigmentation is commonly present each sideofthethroatofthe standard flare and also at the apex of the keel. Microscopic examination shows this colour to be uniformly infused in the petal tissue. The purple-brown pigmentation is more widely distributed, and is commonly extensive over the abaxial surface of the standard. It can be present on all petals and is responsible for the characteristic stripes and flecks seen in petals of species in this group. Microscopic examination shows that this marking is created by minute densely pigmented dots. 2. Muelleranthus Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 1 : 361 ( 1964 ) Type: M. trifoliolatus (F.Muell.) Hutch, ex A.T.Lee Prostrate herbaceous perennials, to c. 3 cm high, with a vertical rootstock (unknown if horizontal rhizome present); above-ground parts glabrous or variously pubescent; stems to c. 60 cm long, to c. 1 mm in diameter. Stipules broad-ovate to lanceolate, slightly fleshy, green. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, to c. 40 mm long, petiole slender, not herbaceous, longer than the leaflets; leaflets broad-cuneate, obcordate or obovate, flat, concave or conduplicate, somewhat fleshy; upper surface gland-dotted; lower surface with secondary veins generally not raised. Inflorescences pseudoaxillary (leaf-opposed), determinate, 1-3-flowered; bracts and bracteoles generally persistent; bracteoles inserted distally on pedicel. Flower-buds with a rounded apex; hypanthium short, obconical, generally with raised nerves; hypanthium and calyx lacking longitudinal stripes; calyx-lobes equal to or longer than tube, with apices not filiform; upper lobes fused for Vi or more of length; lower lobes oblong-ovate; standard shorter than, equal to or longer than other petals; wings equal to or shorter than keel; standard with red-brown markings only, wings and keel variously marked red-brown; keel-apex c. rounded, sometimes marked red; anther connective moderately broad; ovary 5-12-ovulate; stigma small. Pods with stipe mostly shorter than calyx; body generally narrow-oblong in profile, rarely minutely winged, with a beak to c. 1 mm long; valves sometimes maculate. Seeds: aril small, with lobe strongly curved, or not developed. 2a. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus (F.Muell.) Hutch, ex A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973) Ptychosema trifoliolatum F.Muell., 5. Sci. Rec. 2; 72 (1882). Type: Western Australia. Upper Murchison River, Gale, 1881; holotype: MEL26470. Plants with sparse to scattered appressed or occasionally spreading hairs c. 0.3 mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate or c. orbicular, 2-5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate to obcordate, 2-8 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.8-1.2; apex truncate, retuse or bilobed, with apiculum absent or minute; margin entire; upper surface green, sometimes with glands dark, glabrous or hairy; lower surface with secondary veins often faintly evident. Inflorescences 1,2- or rarely 3-flowered; peduncle to 3.5 cm long; bract 2-4 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; pedicel 1.5-5 mm long, with spreading hairs; bracteoles 2-3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 0.5-1 mm long; calyx 3-5.5 mm long, glabrous, with lobes slightly longer than tube; upper lobes fused for most of length; standard 8-15 mm long, 8-12 mm wide, with flare broad, not or only slightly red-brown beyond flare abaxially; wings 7-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, variably red-brown in proximal 7* yellow apically; keel 7-12 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, patchily to entirely red-brown, generally with a distinct red apex (drying pink); anthers c. 0.5 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style c. 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow- oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-5.5 mm wide; upper suture not winged; valves usually with dark red-brown blotches. Seeds ellipsoid, 2-2.5 mm long, red-brown, mottled blackish; aril 0.2 mm long, 0.2 mm high, with aril-lobe curved. Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of homestead, Mt Narryer Station, A.S.George 17553 , 19.viii.1999 (CANB, DNA, PERTH); c. 43 km NW of Belele Homestead, N.H.Speck646, 5.ix.1957 (CANB, PERTH); 13 km W of Muelleria 177
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 178-179, Figs 3, 4d".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 179-80, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 180-183, Figs 3, 4l-m".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 177-178, Fig. 3".
Thompson Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, winged). Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent style and stamens, which are shorter. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. parvalatus form a group based on similarities in floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in figure 4i. The illustrations and much of the description of M. trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) correspond to M. parvalatus. 2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973) Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ line. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro parte. Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 180 Vol 29(2) 2011
Thompson Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, winged). Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent style and stamens, which are shorter. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. parvalatus form a group based on similarities in floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in figure 4i. The illustrations and much of the description of M. trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) correspond to M. parvalatus. 2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973) Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ line. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro parte. Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 180 Vol 29(2) 2011
Thompson Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, winged). Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent style and stamens, which are shorter. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. parvalatus form a group based on similarities in floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in figure 4i. The illustrations and much of the description of M. trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) correspond to M. parvalatus. 2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973) Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ line. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro parte. Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 180 Vol 29(2) 2011
Stewart and Walsh Figure 9. Typical spikelet of Digitaria divaricatissima var. macractinia (590214) with the upper glume removed. D. divaricatissima (R.Br.) Hughes var. dasyantha Henrard, Monogr. Digitaria 199 (1950). T: Austr: haud rara, Hugel s.n.; syn: ?W; in Australia tropica, Bauers.n:, syn: ?W. Panicum tenuissimum var. polychaeton Domin, Bibl. Bot. 85: 296 (1915). T: Siid-Queensland: Tambourine Mountains, in den Regenwaldern, K.Domin s.n., Mar. 1910; holo: PR.. Panicum coenicola F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 1:45 (1855) as coenicolum; Leptoloma coenicola (F.Muell.) Chase, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 19: 192 (1906). T: towards Morunde, and near Cudnaka, S.A., F.Muellers.n.; holo; MEL!; iso: BRI, K. D. macractinia (Benth.) Hughes subsp. leichhardtiana Henrard, Monogr. Digitaria 830 (1950). T: in railway enclosure, Blair Athol, Leichhardt District, Qld, 16 Mar. 1935, S.T.BIake8091 p.p:, holo: L, iso: BRI, K. D. macractinia (Benth.) Hughes var. nudiflora Henrard, Monogr. Digitaria 831 (1950). T: near Rockhampton on mid slopes of Mt Berserker, Qld, 6 Mar. 1937, S.T.BIake 12721 p.p.; holo: L; iso: BRI, K. Shortly rhizomatous, more or less caespitose, perennial. Culms erect to decumbent, 20-70 cm tall, 2-7 noded. Leaves: sheaths hairy or glabrous; ligule 0.8- 3.7 mm long; blades flat, 2-22 cm long, 2-7 mm wide, hairy or glabrous, scabrous. Primary branch axil with fine to dense hairs. Racemes 4-10, usually devoid of spikelets at base, long and rigid, simple, 5-36 cm long. Central axis 2-9 cm long. Pedicels 0.3-8.3 mm long, apices cupuliform. Spikelets 8-30 on a typical lowermost primary branch, hairy, paired, lanceolate or elliptical, 3.4-5.1 mm long, 0.9-1.4 mm wide; lower glume 0.4- 1.6 mm long, ovate oblong, elliptical or triangular, 0-1 nerved, membranous, smooth, glabrous, acute to obtuse or rounded to cleft rounded; upper glume 1.7-5 mm long, as long as spikelet, triangular or lanceolate, 3-7 nerved, with ciliate or non-ciliate margins and sub-margins, hairy, villous, rounded, acuminate, or acute. Lower floret; lemma 3-5 mm long, hairy, with indumentum shorter than the spikelet, without hair tufts, with a hairy or glabrous first internerve space, with the first internerve space wider than the second or equal to the second, with margins or submargins glabrous, 5-7 nerved; palea vestigial, or absent. Upper floret shorter or subequal to the lower floret; lemma 2.9-5 mm long, brown, cartilaginous to indurate, muricate, lanceolate, acute to acuminate, mucronate, lanceolate, apiculate. Umbrella Grass or Finger Panic Grass. Habitat and Distribution : Arid, semi-arid and drier temperate areas of all mainland States, but apparently rare in Western Australia. Note on type : Bentham included O'Shanesy 1441 as a type of P. divaricatissimum var glaberrimum. We include this specimen in P. divaricatissima var macractinia. Digitaria divaricatissima var. macractinia (Benth.) Heather L.Stewart & N.G.Walsh, comb. nov. Panicum macractinium Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 468 (1878); Leptoloma macractinia (Benth.) Chase, Proc. Roy. Soc. Wash. 19: 192 (1906); Panicum divaricatissimum R.Br. var. macractinium (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 293 198 Vol 29(2) 2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 174-175".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 171-172, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 162-163, Fig. 3".
Thompson body 20-40 mm long, 8-12 mm wide, including wing 0.6-2 mm wide, dark grey, mostly 3-8-seeded; sutures hairy, valves with sparse to scattered long spreading hairs concentrated medially; funicles c. 1 mm long. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, mid to dark brown or blackish, sometimes speckled; aril 1.5 mm long, c. 1 mm high, with base 1.2 mm long; lobe not or slightly overhanging base. Selected specimens of c. 50 examined: VICTORIA: Tarago Rd, 5.3 km W of Tarago River Crossing, 7 km WNW of Neerim, N.G.Walsh s.n., 3.ix.1983 (MEL644429); c. 16 km from Noojee toward Powelltown, EJ.Carroll, 20.xii.1965 (CANB); Dandenong, CWalter ; no date (NSW); Launching Place, K.Cowle, no date (MEL); SW of Powelltown on Torbert Rd, just W of its junction with Gilderoy Rd, M.G.Corrick 8633, 22.ix.1983 (MEL644969); Intersection of Gembrook Rd and Mt Eirene Rd, c. 3 km S of Gembrook, I.R.Thompson 1132, 20.xii.2008 (CANB, MEL); Chappie Vale-Lavers Hill Rd c. 4.5 km SE of turnoff from Chappie Vale-Kennedys Creek Rd, I.CCIarke 2157, 1 .xii.1992 (BRI, CANB, MEL2017973); c. 6 km S of Lavers Hill on road to Glen Aire, B.G.Briggs2965, 23.X.1969 (NSW); Between Lavers Hill and Apollo Bay, DJ.E.Whibley 84, 22x1957 (AD). Flowering period : Flowers spring. Distribution and habitat Occurs in the Otway Ranges in south-western Victoria and between the Dandenong Ranges and Fumina in south-central Victoria where locally very common (Fig. 6). A specimen at AD ( E.Ashby , xi.1937) with a few flowers and a single pod is labelled as occurring in the Grampians. Although this locality is feasible, the labelling is considered to be in error unless evidence of the existence of the species in the Grampians is confirmed. The appressed indumentum of pedicels and calyx of this specimen is suggestive of the Otway Ranges form of P. reflexum. Grows in tall open forest. Etymology. The epithet refers to the bracteoles which are commonly conspicuously reflexed (From Latin: reflexus, reflexed). Notes: The shape of the leaflet-lamina of P. reflexum is similar to that of P. formosum but its leaves can be distinguished from the latter by the presence of a distinct ridge at the petiole-petiolule articulation (Fig. 1b). Platylobium montanum subsp. montanum has similar leaf morphology and the two species can be difficult to distinguish in the absence of reproductive structures. In P. montanum subsp. montanum the petiole is generally slightly longer and the leaf-base is more deeply cordate but these features will not consistently distinguish the two taxa. Bracteoles of P. reflexum have a distinct herbaceous patch at the base and this is another way in which this species differs from P. montanum. A typical example of the reflexed bracteoles of P. reflexum is shown in figure 2a. Platylobium infecundum q.v. has similarly shaped and reflexed bracteoles except that they are generally significantly smaller. Reflexed bracteoles also occur variably in P. formosum and P. triangulare; however, because of their smaller size and lower length:width ratio, the feature is less conspicuous. Plants in the Otway Ranges in south-western Victoria have an indumentum of short appressed hairs on the pedicels and calyces, whereas in south-central Victoria hairs on these structures are almost always long and spreading. 7. Platylobium infecundum l.Thomps., sp. nov. A P. reflexo l.Thomps. foliis saepe a Item is, petiolo longiore, bracteolis minoribus differt; a P. montano l.Thomps. petiolo longiore plerumque, pilis longioribus, pedicellis longioribus, bracteolis minoribus recurvatis differt. Type: Victoria. H.E. Parker Reserve, Heathmont, I.R.Thompson 1104, 4.X.2008; holotyp e: MEL. Prostrate shrubs, rooting at nodes. Stipules 3-6 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide. Leaves alternate and opposite in various proportions; petiole (2—)5—25 mm long; petiole-petiolule articulation distinct; lamina broad- ovate, triangular-ovate or rotund, mostly to c. 40 mm long, to c. 40 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.6; baso- lateral points not developed; base mostly slightly cordate to truncate; margin mostly flat to slightly recurved, sometimes revolute; apex rounded to subacute or occasionally acute, with apiculum to c. 1 mm long, not pungent, mostly brittle; upper surface mildly tuberculate; secondary veins angled forward at 30-45° at widest part of leaf; lower surface glabrescent; midrib c. 0.4 mm wide. Inflorescences 1 -3 per axil; scales 6-10, glabrous; scale-bract cluster 5-6 mm long, or occasionally with distalmost scale inserted several mm from cluster; bract 3-5 mm long; pedicels mostly 15-40 mm long; bracteoles inserted 0.5-5 mm below receptacle, 2-5 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, ±flat, mostly 168 Vol 29(2) 2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 164-165".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 167-168, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 155-159".
A revision of Muelleronthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton racemes; primary raceme mostly several-flowered; secondary racemes shorter, fewer-flowered; flowers developing progressively; bract and bracteoles variably persistent; bracteoles inserted proximally to distally on pedicel. Flower-buds with apex pointed; hypanthium c. cylindrical, with nerves raised; hypanthium and calyx red-striped longitudinally; calyx-lobes c. equal to or longer than tube, subulate; upper lobes fused for V 3 to Vi of length; lower lobes triangular; standard and wings slightly longer than keel; standard with red-brown stripes abaxially, wings and keel variously streaked reddish; keel c. right angled between apex and upper margin; anther connective slender; ovary 6-10-ovulate; stigma small. Pods with stipe subequal to or longer than calyx; body elliptic or oblong-elliptic in profile, lacking pigmented patches. Seeds: aril small, with lobe slightly to moderately curved or rudimentary. Notes: Aenictophyton is a genus of two species extending from far north-western Australia ESE through central Australia and into far north-western New South Wales. The genus is characterised by a shrubby habit, terminal, several-flowered indeterminate inflorescences, a long cylindrical hypanthium, a striped hypanthium and calyx, and a keel with an angular apex. Its closest relative is likely to be Ptychosema q.v. 4a. Aenictophyton anomalum (F.Muell.) I.Thomps., comb. nov. Ptychosema anomalum F.Muell., Fragm. 9:62 (1875) Type: Northern Territory. Mt Olga, E.Giles, 1873-4; lectotype: MEL26461, fide A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Flerb. 4(7): 416 (1973); isolectotype: MEL26462. Plants to c. 30 cm high, with fine appressed or spreading hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long. Stipules lanceolate, mostly 1 -2 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, to 4 mm long on lower stems, herbaceous. Leaves mostly 7—15-foliolate, to c. 50 mm long; petiole base pulvinate, most of petiole and rachis herbaceous, fleshy, branch-like; leaflets opposite or occasionally a small proportion alternate, elliptic, broad-elliptic, obovate or cuneate, narrow-oblong to c. linear when folded, 2-10 mm long; apex rounded to truncate, apiculate; upper surface green, variably glabrescent. Primary inflorescences few to several-flowered; bract 1-2.5 mm long; pedicels 2-4 mm long, not green, hairy, becoming recurved; bracteoles 0.8-2 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, inserted 1-2 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 1.5-3 mm long; calyx 3-4.5 mm long, with a sparse indumentum of short appressed hairs; lobes shorter than tube; standard 7-9 mm long, 6-7 mm wide; wings 5-9 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; keel 5-7 mm long, c. 3 mm wide; anthers c. 0.3 mm long; style c. 2 mm long. Pods with stipe equal to or shortly exceeding calyx; body elliptic, 10-20 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, sometimes with red-brown blotches or speckles, mostly 1- or 2-seeded. Seeds 3 mm long; aril minute, with a vestigial lobe. Selected specimens of c. 30 examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Walter James Range, road toTjukurla, H.P.Vonow 3114 & V.T.CIarke (AD, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km E of Docker Settlement, J.R.Maconochie 1849, 26.viii.1973 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL2093328, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km NE of Ayers Rock, NMHenry 469 (AD, DNA, MEL2093327, PERTH); 7 km SW of Reedy Rockhole, P.K.Latz 8772, 13.viii1981 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Birksgate Range, near Atuti Hill, W of Mt Lindsay, P.D.CantyBS23-39296 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES:Nulty Springs', Enngonia, c. 60 km NE of Bourke, G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorpe4165, 20.xi.1975 (NSW);'Burrawantie', W.E.Mulham 1107, 18.viii.1977 (CANB, NSW); c. 6 km NE of Cumborah on Lightning Ridge Rd, G.M.Cunningham & P.Mulham 1962, 17.iii.1974 (NSW); Lednapper Crossing Rd, 900 m from 'Beulah' entrance towards Bourke, B.A.Bell 128&S.Donaldson, 29.ix.1999 (CANB). Flowering period: Flowers late winter to spring. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in two widely disjunct zones, one in far south-western Northern Territory and adjacent parts of Western Australia and far north-western South Australia, the other in far northern New South Wales (Fig. 7). Grows in red sand on dunes associated with Triodia pungens. Notes: Leaflets are variable in shape and often have raised pinnate, forward-angled secondary venation. Pairs of leaflets are inserted quite close together towards the upper midline of the rachis rather than at the sides (Fig. 8a). In a specimen from near Uluru (Ayers Rock), in the Northern Territory ( Lazarides & Palmer 293 CANB), a small proportion of leaves have alternate lateral leaflets. A specimen from Cumborah in New South Wales (Cunningham & Mulham 4162 NSW) differs from other specimens in being virtually glabrous and having longer leaflets.This form warrants further investigation. Aenictophyton anomalum is transferred here from Muelleria 185
A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosemo and Aenictophyton M. parvalatus in central Australia and M. trifoliolatus in central Western Australia. Lee (1973) placed specimens of M. stipularis with a sparse indumentum from Queensland, New South Wales and the Northern Territory in M. trifoliolatus, and this has subsequently caused some confusion in identification. Lee (1973) incorrectly designated AD 95830040 as the holotype of P. anomalum. This material came from the herbarium of the collector J.B. Cleland and was unlikely to have been used by Black when describing the new species. Lee appears not to have been aware of the existence of the material used by Black which is now mounted on sheet AD 97221313. 3. Ptychosema Benth., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg., app. to vols 1 -23, xvi (1839) Type : P. pusillum Benth. Dwarf herbaceous perennials to c. 8 cm high, with underground stems rising vertically from deep horizontal rhizomes; above-ground parts sparsely pubescent; branches to c. 0.7 mm in diameter. Stipules narrow- lanceolate, fleshy, green. Leaves imparipinnate, with petiole and rachis sub-herbaceous, not fleshy; petiole generally longer than leaflets but shorter than rachis; leaflets generally much longer than broad; upper surface not dotted with glands; lower surface with secondary veins raised. Inflorescences of a solitary terminal flower; a rudimentary axis-terminus sometimes evident opposite bract; bract and bracteoles persistent; bracteoles inserted c. mid-pedicel or more distally. Flower-buds not or only minutely pointed at apex; hypanthium obconical, with nerves obscure; hypanthium and calyx not striped; calyx-lobes c. equal to tube, with apices often shortly filiform; upper lobes fused for most of length; lower lobes ±triangular; standard clearly longer than wings, wings longer than keel; standard with red-brown stripes abaxially, wings and keel variously marked reddish; keel c. rounded at apex; anther connective slender; ovary glabrous, ovules per ovary unknown; stigma large. Pods and seeds unknown. Notes : There have been three taxa included with P. pusillum in Ptychosema since the genus was erected. Two of these, Ptychosema trifoliolatum and P. stipulare, Figure 5. Distribution of Ptychosema pusillum (shown by black dots; grey circle added to highlight their whereabouts). were transferred to Muelleranthus in 1973, while in this paper P. anomalum is transferred to Aenictophyton. Thus, P. pusillum has been returned to its original status as a monotypic genus. Ptychosema is likely to be most closely related to Aenictophyton based on the herbaceous petiole and rachis of the leaves and its growth from deep horizontal rhizomes. The last of these characters has not been recorded in Muelleranthus and Paragoodia, but there is insufficient knowlege of underground parts of these genera to rule out their presence. Ptychosema pusillum Benth., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg., app. to vols 1-23, xvi (1839) Type : Western Australia. Swan River, J.Drummond s.n.; holotype: K000278107 n.v., image seen in Kew herbarium catalogue on-line. Plants to c. 3 cm high excluding inflorescences, with scattered appressed or spreading coarse hairs mostly 0.5-1 mm long; stems to c. 0.7 mm in diameter. Stipules narrow-lanceolate to linear, 1-2.5 mm long, 0.1-0.4 mm wide. Leaves 5-13-foliolate, to c. 40 mm long; petiole 5-10 mm long, not thicker than pulvinus; rachis slightly green, 0.3-0.4 mm in diameter, not fleshy; leaflets occasionally sub-opposite, obovate to narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-cuneate or appearing narrow-oblong to linear when folded, 4-10 mm long; upper surface glabrous; lower surface with secondary veins conspicuously raised. Flowers solitary; peduncle 20-50 mm long; bract narrow-ovate, 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; pedicels 10-12 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 Muelieria 183
Thompson Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in response to rainfall. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, winged). Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent style and stamens, which are shorter. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. parvalatus form a group based on similarities in floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in figure 4i. The illustrations and much of the description of M. trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) correspond to M. parvalatus. 2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973) Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ line. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro parte. Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 180 Vol 29(2) 2011
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 122-123, Figs 3a, 4a, 6d-f".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 115-117, Figs 1a, 2a, 5a-c".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 120-121, Figs 1d, 2d, 6a-c".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 123-125, Figs 3b, 4b, 6g-i".
Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex Notes: On Clarke Island, T. silena grows sympatrically with T. aristata and the two are obviously closely related. The latter can be readily distinguished by its darker blue flowers that open more readily, its more or less flat, strap-like post-anther lobe on the column, longer lateral lobes with many hairs in dense tufts and a more basal anther.The South Australian species T. grandifiora is also related to T. silena , but the former has darker blue, pale purplish to lilac flowers, a less globose post-anther lobe, longer lateral lobes with many more hairs and a more basal anther. L. Rodway collected T. silena on Clarke Island in late November 1895, and sent a specimen to Baron Ferdinand von Mueller in Melbourne. The specimen was accompanied by the note "The enclosed Thelymitra from Clarke Island has a total absence of lateral lobes to the column wing. Otherwise it does not differ from robust forms of T. aristata Lind. The short anther and papillose termination to the column wing being exactly in accord. I thought it might interest you. I will endeavour to find out if it is a mere sport next season." At the time of collection the specimen was past anthesis and had splitting seed capsules. By the time the plants flowered again in the following season, Mueller was probably already dead, and there is no evidence that Rodway returned to Clarke Island to collect more specimens as he had intended. The species was apparently not collected again until November 1979, by J.S Whinray. A collection of this species, housed at AD, reputedly originating from Wilsons Promontory in Victoria is in need of confirmation. 3. Thelymitra aristata Lindl., Gen . Sp. Orch. Pl. 521 (1840). Type: Tasmania, Welcome River near Woolnorth, xi. 1837, R. Gunn 939 (lectotype K!); Residual syntypes: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii. 1837, R. Gunn 941 (BM!,K!,P!). Thelymitra murdochiae Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 50:219, t. 35 (1934). Type: Victoria, Wonthaggi, 7 xi. 1933, E.H. Homann s.n. (holotype MEL651736!, MEL2039622!). (as T. Murdochae) Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plates 33 & 34 (as T. grandifiora ); Jones (1988) pages 286, 288 & 289; Bates & Weber (1990) plate 198; Weber & Entwisle (1994) fig. 179 a-c; Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 330; Jones et al. (1999) pages 260 & 265; Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) page 199; Jones (2006) 239. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-4 cm long, 5-20 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-40 cm long, 5-40 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, dark or light green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Inflorescence 20-100 cm tall. Scape 2-9 mm diam., slender to stout, straight, green or purplish. Sterile bracts 1-4, linear to lanceolate, 3-15 cm long, 5-25 mm wide, closely sheathing, dark green with a purplish base, acute, lower ones leaf-like. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-35 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 4-25 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrowly obovoid, 8-20 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Flowers 2-40, 15-45 mm across, usually blue to violet, opening moderately freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 10-25 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, concave to almost flat, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate to lanceolate, acute; lateral sepals ovate to lanceolate, acute; petals ovate to lanceolate, acute; labellum ovate to lanceolate, acute, often narrow than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 5.5-8 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, white, pale blue or greenish; post-anther lobe not hooding the anther, 2-3 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide; post-anther lobe extension 1.5-2.5 mm long, more or less flat, strap-like, straight or gently curved, apex often shallowly bilobed, lobes toothed or incised, yellow with a dark purplish collar; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes converging, 1.5-2.5 mm long, digitiform, obliquely erect, each with a more or less terminal short toothbrush-like tuft of white to pale yellow hairs, the individual hairs 1-1.7 mm long. Anther inserted at base of column, mostly obscured behind stigma, ovoid to almost spherical, 1.8-2.6 mm long, 1.4-2.2 mm wide, warty, connective produced into an obtuse beak to c. 0.4 mm long; pollinarium 1.4- 2.2 mm long; viscidium circular to reniform, c. 0.5 mm long; pollinia coherent, white. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 c, Fig. 5 g-i) Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South East: Mt Burr, ll.x.1973, RJ. Bates s.n. (AD 97722494). NEW SOUTH WALES: Roadside near Eden, 4x1987, RJ. Bates 10535 Muelleria 119
Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex 18108 (holotype CANB 633110; isotypes MEL 2172091, NSW, BRI). Illustrations : Bishop (2000) plate 59 (as T. aristata ); Jones (2006) 239. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Leaf linearto linear-lanceolate, 10-35 cm long, 5-20 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Inflorescence 20-56 cm tall. Scape 1 . 5-3.5 mm diam., straight, green or purplish. Sterile bracts usually 3, occasionally 2, linear to lanceolate, 1.5-11 cm long, 3-14 mm wide, green to purplish, lower ones closely sheathing and sometimes leaf-like, upper one usually only half encircling the scape and mostly free, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 6-20 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrowly obovoid, 6-11 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide. Flowers 2-15, 15-32 mm across, dark blue with darker longitudinal veins, opening moderately freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 8-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate, obtuse to subacute; lateral sepals ovate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute; petals ovate, obtuse to subacute; labellum ovate to lanceolate, acute, slightly smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 5.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, white to mauve; post-anther lobe not hooding the anther, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; post-anther lobe extension 1.5-2 mm long, more or less flat, strap-like, gently curved, yellow with a dark purplish collar, apex decurved, often shallowly bilobed, lobes toothed or incised; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes converging, 1.5-2.3 mm long, digitiform, obliquely erect, each with a more or less terminal short toothbrush-like tuft of white hairs, the individual hairs 1-1.6 mm long. Anther inserted at base of column, mostly obscured behind stigma, ovoid to almost spherical, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.2 mm wide, warty, connective produced into an obtuse beak to c. 0.3 mm long; pollinarium 1.7-2.2 mm long; viscidium circular to transverse-elliptic, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; pollinia friable, mealy, white. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.6- 2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, margins irregular, hardly bilobed at apex. Capsules obovoid, 8-12 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3 b, Fig. 6 g-i) Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast: East Kangaloon, Molly Morgan Swamp, 9.xi.1969, B. Whitehead 2350, 2348,2349,2306 (CANB 8104568, CANB 8104431, CANB 8104432 & CANB 8104433); Central Coast: East Kangaloon, 16.xi.1970, B. Whitehead2437 (CANB 8104567); NE of East Kangaloon, 9.xi.1969, B. Whitehead s.n. (NSW 88618); Central Coast: Tourist Road, E of Bowral, 22.xi.1998, M.A. Clements 9805 (CANB 611740); Central Tablelands: Fitzroy Falls, 15.xi.1992, AD. Bishop J245/7-12 (NSW 430838); Central Coast: Robertson, swamp near Tourist Road, 22.x.1986, RG. Tunstall 174 (CANB 8605737). Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic to the Central Tablelands (Harden 1993) of New South Wales, in the Fitzroy Falls/Robertson/Kangaloon area. Grows in seasonally swampy sedgeland on grey silty clay loam. Altitude: 600-700 m. (Fig. 4 b) Conservation status: Locally common, but with a very restricted range and probably endangered. Drying of its swampy habitat by a proposed borefield appears to be the main immediate threat facing this species. Suggest 2E by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Endangered (E) by criteria of IUCN (2001). Flowering period: Late October and November Pollination biology: The friable, mealy pollen and the high degree of capsule development would suggest that this species is facultatively autogamous. The moderately large, freely opening flowers with a strong spicy fragrance and the functional viscidium indicate that this species is at least sometimes capable of entomophily. Notes: Thelymitra kangaloonica is closely related to T. aristata , but the latter grows in lower altitude heathlands and heathy woodlands, is a generally more robust species often with a larger leaf, larger sterile and fertile bracts, longer pedicels and larger flowers that generally appear earlier in the season. Etymology: From the township of Kangaloon in the Central Tablelands (Harden 1993) district of New South Wales. The type collection and most other preserved specimens came from this general area. 7. Thelymitra planicola Jeanes, Muelleria 14:94 ( 2000 ). Type: Victoria. Golden Beach. SE edge of Lake Reeve, c. 200 m NE of causeway and adjacent to rare plant reserve, 26 x. 1999, J.A. Jeanes 608 (holotype spirit MEL2069957!, isotypes MEL2069958!, CANB!). Muelleria 125
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 117-119, Figs 1b, 2b, 5d-f".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker
Key to subspecies
1. Leaf lamina Y-shaped, cuneate to obcordate, deeply emarginate.7a. subsp. bifidum
1: Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate or narrowly oblong or linear, entire, rarely emarginate at apex.7b. subsp. wanillae
as long as hypanthium tube, with an indumentum of
mainly short simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1.2:1. Petals
(0.3-) 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, clawed; limb:claw
ratio c. 2:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, c. 0.4 mm
long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3,
summit with dense erect stellate hairs; style 0.5-0.8 mm
long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence expanding as
it matures, so tiled bracts are visible. Fruits ellipsoid to
obovoid, c 2.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, dark brown,
consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, torus apical, externally
± glabrous; seeds flattened obovoid 1.4-1.6 mm long,
1-1.1 mm wide, light brown with black mottles and a
darkened base. Fig. 4m-p, Fig. 5d.
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly along the
northwest coast near Cape Borda with a few scattered
records further inland. It grows in coastal mallee heath,
shrubland and eucalypt forests in shallow sand over
limestone and on limestone cliffs; few records are from
ironstone (Fig. 2).
English name: Flinders Chase spyridium (Biological
Survey 2004).
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded in Sep.
Affinities: The species was previously a variety of
S. halmaturinum. Important characters that distinguish
S. coalitum are simple leaves, fused stipules and the
dense indumentum on the ovary surface.
Notes: Although stellate hairs are usually present on
the upper leaf-surface of S. coalitum, some specimens
also have simple or bifid hairs.
Typification: Only one specimen of this taxon is
known from Black's herbarium at AD. This is here
designated as the lectotype.
Conservation: Most populations of the species are in
Flinders Chase National Park or the Ravines des Casoars
Wilderness Protection Area, and are well conserved.
Etymology: The epithet is derived from the Latin
coalitus, united by growth, in reference to the stipules of
the species that are united and fused together for about
half of their length. This is in contrast S. halmaturinum,
which has free stipules.
Selected specimens examined (40 seen): SOUTH
AUSTRALIA. KANGAROO ISLAND: Snug Cove, 2 Nov. 1986,
RJ. Bates 7701 (AD); Flinders Chase N.P., West Coast Rd, c. 3.5
km by road N of West Bay turnoff, c. 3 km direct NE of West
Bay, 7 Oct. 1982, W.R. Barker 4500 & L Haegi (AD, MEL); Cape
Borda Lighthouse; 50-100 m W of houses, 29 Sep. 1995, W.R.
Barker 7543 & F. Udovicic (AD); 100 m W of Scott Cove lookout,
29 Sep. 2995, W.R. Barker 7557 & F Udovicic (AD); 0.9 km WSW
of Cape Borda Lighthouse, 8 Nov. 1989, D. Canty & G. Ashman
NPKI 10085 (AD); Flinders Chase, 2 Feb. 1948, J.B .Cleland s.n.
(AD); Flinders Chase N.P., clay pan c. 4 km ESE by road from car
park at West Bay, more NW of 2 day pans in area, 23 Aug. 1982,
E. N.S. Jackson 4432 (AD, IBSC, LJU, LSU); Cape Borda, Cliff Top
Hike N of lighthouse, 15 Oct. 2009, J. Kellermann 519-521 (AD);
Cape Borda, 29 Aug. 1964, M.E. Phillips 420 (AD, CBG, L); 8 miles
[12.8km] from Rocky River, SE towards Cape Borda, 29 Sep.
1965, M.E. Phillips 1017 { CANB, MEL); 2.65 km SW of Snug Cove,
10 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPK110181 (AD); 1 km
E of Snake Lagoon, 7 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPKI
10620 (AD, MEL); Flinders Chase, c. 24 km along the West Bay
Track from Rocky River Homestead, 21 Oct. 1968, J.R. Wheeler
1300 [AD).
7. Spyridium bifidum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex
Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863).
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5. Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., pro
parte; Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc.
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880), pro parte;
J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte; ed. 2, 3:
550 (1952), pro parte; E.M.Canning in Jessop &Toelken, FI.
S. Austral. 2:817 (1986), pro parte; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide
Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 90 (2005), pro parte. — Trymalium
bifidum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. & Proc.
Victorian Inst. Advancem. Sci. 1: 121 (1855); Hooker's J.
Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 8:40 (1856). — Trymalium bifidum
F. Muell. emend. Reissek, Linnaea 29: 282 (1858). —
Cryptandra bifida (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral.
PI. 6] (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104
(1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South
Australia 12: 94 (1889), pro parte; Handb. FI. Extratrop.
S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. — Type citation: 'In the
Marble Ranges and on the coast of Spencer's Gulf, at
Boston Point. C. Wilhelmi'. — Lectotype (here designated):
46
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker on young branches; narrow leaves, which are Y-shaped and bear long simple antrorse hairs in most taxa; and the petal limb approximately twice as long as the claw. Fused stipules occur in only a few species of Spyridium and these are potentially related to taxa of the 5. bifidum group: 5. oligocephalum (Turcz.) Benth. and 5. polycephalum (Turcz.) Benth. from W.A.; S. waterhousei from Kangaroo Island; Eyre Peninsula endemics 5. erymnoclodum and 5. leucopogon (F.Muell. ex Reissek) F.Muell.; the more widespread S. phylicoides Reissek, S. subochreatum (F.Muell.) Reissek and 5. eriocephalum Fenzl. Of these, 5. erymnocladum and 5. leucopogon also have fruits covered with simple hairs and are geographically close. Spyridium leucopogon somewhat resembles S. bifidum subsp. wanillae, but is a smaller shrub with smaller flower heads and shorter, glabrous leaves. Leaves of both 5. leucopogon and 5. stenophyllum subsp. stenophyllum are glabrous and have a recurved mucronate apex, but are much longer and Y-shaped in 5. stenophyllum.The relationship of all species with fused stipules and the usefulness of this character within the genus is currently under investigation. The 5. holmaturinum group is defined as having: free, overlapping stipules; almost glabrous, brown to black fruits; a more or less rusty brown indumentum on young shoots; leaves in a variety of shapes, but generally broader and bearing an indumentum of stellate hairs in most taxa; hairs with a distinct swollen base that remains on the leaf as a tubercle (if the hair arms are deciduous); and in some species a petal limb up to eight times longer than the claw. Some species of Spyridium carry an indumentum of stellate hairs on the upper surface of the leaves [e.g. 5. cinereum N.A.Wakef. from Victoria and N.S.W, typical forms of 5. majoranifolium (Fenzl) Rye from W.A., or the widespread S. subochreatum), but these are in most instances small, dense stellate hairs, unlike the larger stellate hairs with swollen bases, as seen in S. holmaturinum and related species. Occasionally, densely hairy upper leaf surfaces are also seen in plants of species that generally have glabrous or sparsely hairy leaves, such as the widespread south-eastern Australian S. parvifolium or S. globulosum from W.A. Spyridium polycephalum from W.A. has more similar, larger stellate hairs that sit on a tubercle, similar to the swollen bases of S. holmaturinum, but the species differs in the presence of fused stipules (see above). Methods Descriptions were compiled from herbarium specimen from the following herbaria: AD, BM, CANB, K, MEL, NSW. Taxa were also observed in the field. Measurements of flower parts are made from rehydrated material. The indumentum of the leaves of some species was examined with SEM, but more detailed results will be published elsewhere. Flower terminology in this and other papers (Kellermann 2006a, b, c) differs from that of Rye (1995a, b, 1996,2008) and Barker (Barker 1995; Barker & Rye 1993) in the following points: hypanthium tube is used for Rye's free tube and Barker's flower tube, and (hypanthium) base instead of Rye's adnate tube and Barker's ovary. To avoid future confusion, we have chosen not to retain the varietal epithet 'integrifolium' attributed to three unrelated taxa in this complex when raising these varieties to subspecies or species level. Identification slips with superseded manuscript names were placed on returned loans and during herbarium visits to MEL and CANB a few years ago. These affect S. furculentum, S. fontis-woodii and S. bifidum subsp. renovatum. The replaced names are not presented here to avoid unnecessary publication of nomina nuda. For conservation reasons exact locality information was removed for taxa listed as 'Rare' and 'Vulnerable' (NPWC 2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Taxonomy I. Spyridium coactilifolium Reissek, Linnaea 29: 291 (1858). Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 431 (1863); M.R.Schomb., FI. S Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 136 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J. M.BIack, FI. S. Austral. 3:368 (1926); ed. 2, 3:549 (1952); H.Eichler, FI. S. Austral. Suppl. 218 (1965); E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1 986); RJ.-P.Davies, Threatened PI. Species Mt Lofty Ra. & Kangaroo Is. Region 74-76 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1 : 90 (2005). — Cryptandra coactilifolia (Reissek) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 61 (1882). F.Muell., Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889); Flandb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Pomaderris 32 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); About midway along an approx, straight line connecting Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. &Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. halmaturinum. Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 1986). 40 Vol 30(1)2012
Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann &
W.R.Barker, comb. nov.
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc.
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate)
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952);
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986);
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). —
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River,
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island,
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .]
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274,
ex Herb. R.Tate).
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals:
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum.
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules,
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping,
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex;
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent;
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long,
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs,
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young.
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs.
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long,
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium;
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long,
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c.
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long,
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding,
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c.
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2).
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003).
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded
in Sep.
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum -
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules.
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the
description of the species, but since the whole volume
was published at the same date this does not pose any
Muelleria
43
Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann &
W.R.Barker, comb. nov.
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc.
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate)
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952);
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986);
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). —
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River,
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island,
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .]
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274,
ex Herb. R.Tate).
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals:
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum.
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules,
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping,
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex;
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent;
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long,
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs,
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young.
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs.
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long,
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium;
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long,
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c.
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long,
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding,
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c.
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2).
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003).
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded
in Sep.
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum -
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules.
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the
description of the species, but since the whole volume
was published at the same date this does not pose any
Muelleria
43
Schuiteman Kraenzl. Presumably, when taking Article 10.2 into consideration, Article 22.6 only applies to species mentioned in the protologue by the original author of the subdivision. The extent to which an epithet can be termed 'derived' is not entirely obvious, since in Example 7 to Article 22.6, Plantago sect. Oliganthos is said to be derived from P. pauciflora, as the epithets share the same meaning. Does this imply that Dendrobium subsect. Camptocentra is derived from D. homatum ? Or is Dendrobium sect. Angustifolia derived from D. bambusifolium ? In both, and similar, cases, I have decided that the derivation is not obvious enough, but there is clearly room for debate over this. Over the years, most infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium have been typified. Sometimes the typifications were in conflict with these provisions, as for example when Brieger (1981) typified Dendrobium section Eleutheroglossum Schltr. with Dendrobium conoliculatum R.Br., while by Article 22.6 he should have chosen D. eleutheroglossum Schltr. Such mistakes are mostly easily remedied, however.There still remain some 35 taxa that have never been typified and where typification is not automatic. As at least some of these taxa are clearly polyphyletic according to current insights, typification is necessary to prevent nomenclatural problems in the future. The typifications that are proposed below were made with the following principle in mind: Wherever possible and desirable , a type is to be chosen such that the newly typified taxon (NTT) will have the same type as an earlier taxon at the same rank. This is to ensure that the NTT will be an easily recognised synonym, and will not take precedence over another, later taxon, which may be or may have been in common use. For instance, I have typified Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume with Onychium japonicum Blume (= D. mon Hi forme (L.) Sw.). As a resu It, sect. Onychium red uces to a synonym of Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium , because D. moniliforme is the type species of Dendrobium. Had I chosen Onychium crumenatum (Sw.) Blume as the type species, then sect. Onychium would have gained priority over the frequently used later section name Crumenata. In the same way, another choice could have caused either sect. Calcarifera, sect. Distichophyllae or sect. Platycaulon to become a synonym of sect. Onychium. A well-supported infrageneric classification of Dendrobium is not yet available. Below I have indicated, between square brackets, the dispositions of the infrageneric taxa in question according to the forthcoming treatment in Genera Orchidacearum vol. 6 (Pridgeon etal., in prep.), which is still to a considerable extent tentative and likely to be modified in light of future studies. In this treatment, a broad view of the genus is taken; DNA evidence indicates that in this view Dendrobium is a monophyletic group (Adams 2011; Schuiteman 2011; Schuiteman and Adams 2010). It is outside the scope of this article to circumscribe the sections adopted here; I refer to Genera Orchidacearum. In a few cases where the content of the sections differs significantly from traditional usage this is indicated in a note. It will be seen that all names listed below are reduced to synonymy. However, some of the taxa at the rank of subsection may well become relevant in the future, as they will have priority at that rank. This paper contains no new synonyms at species level. Species synonymy follows Govaerts (2011). Typifications Dendrobium sect. Angustifolia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 165 (1910). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin cited this section as 'Angustifolia s. [= sive] Bambusacea'. Possibly, the epithet Bambusacea is a misspelling of Ridley's section Bambusifoliae. Dendrobium sect. Bambusifoliae Ridl., Mat. FI. Malay Penins. 1: 31 (1907) (as t Bambusaefoliae r ). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen; see note) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Notes - In the protologue Ridley did not list D. bambusifolium Parish & Rchb.f. (a synonym of D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) among the species that he included in this section, although he may have had this species in mind when he invented the name. Section names like Bambusifoliae , Foliosae, Distichophyllae , etc., are not to be altered to Bambusifolia, Foliosa , etc, as they are not declensions of Bambusifolium, etc. (in which case they would be contrary to ICBN Article 21.2), 4 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 4-May".
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in older classifications). Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. (= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 (1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. (= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Crinifera Pfitzer] Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym (ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 (1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. Muelleria 5
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 6-Jul".
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Phalaenanthe Schltr.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin considered it as such. He listed several other species in this ill-defined section, including members of section Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over sect. Phalaenanthe. Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. Acknowledgement I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments. References Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 105-126. Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter (F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ (accessed 20 June 2011). Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing Office: Singapore. Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & Co.: London. McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. (in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University Press: Oxford. Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. Muelleria 7
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
New species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) Auxiliary lobes (accessory lobes or side lobules): Several species of Thelymitra have a pair of distinct lobes between the post-anther lobe and the lateral lobes. These have no vascular strand and are most accurately described as being part of a tripartite post-anther lobe. They tend to be fleshy with irregularly jagged margins and sometimes have small surface tubercles. In the T. venosa complex they are completely absent. Anther. In Thelymitra, the anther is usually small, ovoid, and situated entirely between the column wings. The connective extends beyond the pollinia into an apical beak-like projection of varying size. The anther may be entirely above the stigma or variously obscured behind it. In the T. venosa complex the anther is inserted towards the apex of the column at anthesis. The dorsal surface is papillose and the anther beak is moderately large and may be entire or bifid at the apex. Pollinia : Members of the genus Thelymitra contain four pollinia in two groups of two. In the T. venosa complex the pollen grains may be tightly bound with the pollinarium being removed by insects as a single unit (in T. venosa), or, more usually, the pollen is friable leading to autogamy. Stigma: The stigma in Thelymitra is more or less bilobed at the apex, usually quadrate or transverse- elliptic in shape and located at the base of the column on a thick stalk. Materials and methods This paper is the result of a qualitative and quantitative study of the pertinent type material (or photographic reproductions thereof), all the available herbarium specimens (both dry and spirit-preserved) from AD, BM, BRI, CANB, E, HO, MEL, NSW, P, PERTH, QRS, SUNIV and WELT, and freshly collected specimens of all taxa except T. venosa, which were vouchered and deposited at the relevant herbaria. Orchid taxa in general, and Thelymitra taxa in particular, are much more readily identified from fresh living material where characters of the perianth, the column, flower colour and fragrance are still intact. Familiarity with the taxa gained from field study and the study of freshly collected specimens sent to me by field operatives has made the identification of dried and spirit-preserved herbarium material (including type specimens) much easier. When collecting Thelymitra for study it is essential that the entire above ground parts of the plant be taken, with the majority of the material being preserved in spirit. Plants preserved in the pressed state are often difficult to identify to species level in the absence of additional information. Spirit-preserved specimens on the other hand, are generally much more easily identified to species level. The observation of plants growing in-situ is the ideal method of study for Thelymitra in general, and often it is only by this method that cryptic new species can be identified. For this reason the importance of field work in the study of species complexes within Thelymitra cannot be overstated and should form an integral part of any future studies of the group or its individual members. Taxonomy 1. Thelymitra venosa R.Br., Prodr. 314(1810). Type: Port Jackson; marshes towards Botany Bay, x-xi.1803, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype'a' BM!, fide Clements 1989; isolectotype BM!). Macdonaldia venosa (R.Br.) Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839— 40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. speciosa Nicholls, Orchidol. Zeylanica 2:157 (1935), nom. inval. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. magnifica Rupp, Austral. Orchid Rev. 4: 81 (1939). Type: Wentworth Falls, xi.l 916, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (lectotype NSW! fide J.Z. Weber 1988 in sched:, isolectotype AD!); Syntypes: Laura, xi.l 926, E.Stephen s.n. (AD!) Illustrations: Bauer (1803) colour drawing; Nicholls (1969) plate 50, fig. a (as T. venosa var. magnifica); Bishop (2000) plate 49; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1.5-4 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10-30 cm long, 5-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 25-70 cm tall, 1.5-3 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts 1 or 2, rarely 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.8-4 cm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to shortly acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 8-16 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm Muelleria 11
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 448-449 (2009). Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 (2009). Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 450 (2009). Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 450-451 (2009). Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) Australian National Herbarium Acknowledgements Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked for constructive comments on the manuscript. References APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc]. APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 2 102,157-256. Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 565-585. Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 744-754. Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc (Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae - A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 71,700-756. Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. Cladisties 15,151-172. O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. (2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. Muelleria 25
Udovicic and Spencer morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, the situation appears no closer to resolution. Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems premature, especially as their combined analysis, with morphology included, and studies based on nuclear DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study precluding the independent verification of ndhf sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic groups may need to be formally recognised within Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to diagnose the main clades. If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself have no morphological characters to uniquely define it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... current species-poor genera may retain recognition at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that cannot be morphologically defined. We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new combinations are provided for Australian species of Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). Taxonomy Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, Novon 19:444-445 (2009). Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 446 (2009). Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 19:447 (2009). Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 448 (2009). Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri (P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 24 Vol 30(1)2012
Schuiteman Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section Eugrastidium. Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. invalid.). Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile (Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 6 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmaturinum complex
coactilifolia F.Muell. ex Reissek, Linnaea 29: 291 (1858),
nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation : 'Encounter Bay (Dr.
F. Muller)'. Lectotype (here designated): Encounter Bay,
s.dat., s.coil. (MEL 233432, ex Herb. Reissek). Isolectotypes:
MEL 233435; K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, top three
branchlets on sheet with loan stamp and number:
H/1310/95 15/76).
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte.
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken,
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429B (1986); RJ.-P.
Davies, Threatened plant species of the Mount Lofty
Ranges and Kangaroo Island regions of South Australia 74
(1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: wild flowers of
the Adelaide region 143, fig. 6 & 145, fig. 3 (1988); G.R.M.
Dashorst & J.P Jessop, Plants of the Adelaide Plains & Hills ,
ed. 3,101, pi. 43.6 (1990).
Spreading, usually rounded shrubs 0.3-1.8 m high,
not resinous; young stems densely pubescent with
stellate and long simple hairs, first rusty to dark brown,
later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules free,
1.5-2.5 mm long, reddish brown, overlapping behind
Key to species and subspecies of the Spyridium bifidum - S. halmaturinum complex
1 . Leaves distinctly Y-shaped ('bifid leaves'), the basal part of the blade narrower than the spread of the lobes. 2
1: Leaves entire, shortly lobed or emarginate, the basal part of the blade broader or as broad as the
distal lobes when present.5
2. Upper surface of leaves with stellate hairs; stipules free; fruits almost glabrous; Victoria. 3. S. furculentum
2: Upper surface of leaves with simple hairs or glabrous; stipules fused; fruits densely hairy; South Australia. 3
3. Style 2-fid; ovary 2-locular (rarely some 3-locular flowers with 3-fid stigmas present); leaves 1.2-2.8 mm wide; inflorescences
8-11 (-12) mm in diameter... 4
3: Style 3-fid; ovary 3-locular; leaves 1.9-5 mm wide; inflorescences 10-12 mm diameter. 7a. 5. bifidum subsp. bifidum
4. Upper surface of leaves glabrous; leaf-lobes mucronulate, with a recurved apex .. 8a. S. stenophyllum subsp. stenophyllum
4: Upper leaf surface with simple, antrorse hairs; leaf-lobes with a ± obtuse apex hidden by a tuft of hairs.
.8b. 5. stenophyllum subsp. renovatum
5. Leaves narrowly oblong to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate.6
5: Leaves broad, obovate to obcordate or cuneate or elliptic to oblong.8
6. Upper surface of leaves with stellate hairs, rarely some simple hairs. 6. S. coalitum
6: Upper surface of leaves with simple hairs only.7
7. Leaves narrowly oblong with an acute, sometimes recurved mucro; stipules fused; hairs on upper leaf surface short,
± appressed, antrorse; inflorescence a compact globular head of sessile flowers. 7b. S. bifidum subsp. wanillae
7: Leaves narrowly obovate to narrowly oblong, apex emarginate with a recurved tip, but not mucronate;
stipules free or abutting; hairs on upper surface long, antrorse to spreading; inflorescence elongated,
a loosely arranged cyme with sessile flowers .5. S. scabridum
8. Leaves round to elliptic or broadly oblong; margin ± flat; indumentum on upper surface dense, consisting
of evenly spaced stellate hairs (with usually 8 or more arms).1. S. coactilifolium
8: Leaves obovate to obcordate, cuneate; margin recurved to strongly revolute; indumentum on upper surface
sparse to medium dense, sometimes glabrescent, consisting of stellate hairs, bifid and simple hairs.9
9. Leaves cuneate, obovate to obcordate, rarely Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long; indumentum on upper leaf surface
of mostly stellate hairs....4.5. halmaturinum
9: Leaf broadly obovate, 4-8.8 mm long; indumentum on upper leaf surface of some stellate (with up to 6 arms),
but mostly bifid and simple hairs.2.5. fontis-woodii
Muelleria
33
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); About midway along an approx, straight line connecting Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. &Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. halmaturinum. Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 1986). 40 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 46-48".
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker to distinguish between 5. stenophyllum and 5. bifidum. Since the lectotype does not have any flowers, a recently collected flowering specimen is designated as epitype to clearly fix the name S. bifidum. Etymology: The epithet is Latin and refers to the forked leaves of the species. 7a .Spyridium bifidum subsp. bifidum Spyridium bifidum var. Marble Range (W.R.Barker7601) W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005). Slender, erect shrubs to 2 m high, not resinous; young stems densely pubescent with white dense intertwined stellate and simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, (1.5-) 2-3 mm long, fused for 1/2 to 3/4 of their length, ciliate towards apex, midrib with long simple hairs, glabrescent with age; petfo/e 0.7-1.5 (-1.7) mm long, densely stellate pubescent, soon glabrous; lamina Y-shaped, cuneate to narrowly obcordate, 3.2-10 mm long, 1.9-5 mm wide, base cuneate, margins ± revolute, apex deeply emarginate for up to 1/2 of leaf's length, upper surface green, covered with a medium dense white to greyish indumentum of long antrorse simple hairs, lower surface sparsely to densely covered with small stalked stellate hairs, midrib also with simple antrorse hairs. Floral leaves usually 5-8: broader than stem leaves, 3-10 mm long, 2.2-6 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felted stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (8-) 10-12 (-15) mm diameter, often several heads are crowded together and appear even larger; bracts in fused pairs, ovate to broadly ovate, 1.7-3 mm long, with long cilia, long hairs along midrib, and fewer hairs outside. Flowers white, covered in dense long simple hairs overlying fewer stellate hairs. Flypanthium tube 0.6-0.8 mm long, (1.5-) 1.7-2 mm diameter with sparse simple hairs, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long simple hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.9 mm long, about as long as hypanthium tube, with dense tufts of simple hairs at apices; sepaktube ratio 1:1.2. Petals 0.5-0.6 mm long, cucullate, long-clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 2:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, c. 0.6 mm long; anthers 0.2-0.3 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit densely pubescent with stellate hairs; style 0.7-0.8 mm long, stigma 3-lobed. Infructescence globular, expanding up to 20 mm diam.; bracts not tiled. Fruits obovoid, 2.4-2.5 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, of which usually only one develops fully, torus ± apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds flattened obovoid, 1.6-1.7 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, light brown with a darkened base. Fig. 6a-e., Fig. 8a-b. English name: Marble Range spyridium (NPWC 2003). Distribution & habitat: The typical subspecies is endemic to the Marble Range, Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 2), where it occurs in open mallee shrubland on quartzite and sometimes on sand over laterite. Phenology: Flowering in June-Sep.; fruits recorded in Oct. Notes: Black (1926, 1952) recognised the distinctiveness of Marble Range populations, referring to it as the "large leaved form of S. bifidum from Marble Range". Conservation: The taxon is restricted to a localised line of hills, the Marble Range. It is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Marble Range). Selected specimens examined (30 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] N Block of Marble Range, 26 Jun. 1966, A.Ainslies.n. (AD); Marble Range, Hundred ofWarrow, 25 Aug. 1967, C.R. Alcock 1401 (AD); Population nearest top of saddle of N/S blocks, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7602 & R.M. Barker (AD); E of Marble Range, Sep. 1982, RJ. Bates 2284 (AD); W of Edillilie, 26 Oct. 1988, D. Hopton 243 (AD, CANB); SSE of Coulta, Site: BS128-MAR00601, Patchid: 20218, 9 Sep. 2004, PJ. Lang, P.D. Canty &R.S. Johnson BS128-3156 (AD); Marble Ra., E face, 30 Sep. 1979, D.E. Symon 11665 (AD, BH, LG); Marble Ra., 30 Sep. 1979, J.Z. Weber 6029 (AD, CAL, DUH); 6 km W of Edillilie, 15 June 1975, L.D. Williams 6694 (AD). 7b. Spyridium bifidum subsp. wanillae Kellermann & W.R.Barker, nom. & stat. nov. Spyridium bifidum var. integrifolium J.M. Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. 5. Australia 49: 273 (1925). J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2,3:550 (1952); E.M. Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 817 (1986). — Type citation: 'Port Lincoln to Marble Range, E.R '—Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Port Lincoln, 10 Oct. 1909, H.H.D. Griffith s.n. (AD 96820287, ex Herb. J.M. Black). Isolectotype: MEL 2104812 [J.M. Black 12]. Residual syntype: Marble Range, s.coll. (AD 97610493, ex Herb. R. Tate, determined by J.M. Black). 48 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 32-37, Figs 1a-h, 2 (map),3a".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 45-46, Figs 2 (map), 4m-p, 5d".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 37-38, Figs 1i-l, 2 (map), 3b-c".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 38-40, Figs 1m-q, 2 (map), 3d-e".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 40-41, Figs 4a-e, 2 (map), 5a-b,".
Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann &
W.R.Barker, comb. nov.
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc.
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate)
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952);
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986);
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). —
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River,
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island,
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .]
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274,
ex Herb. R.Tate).
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals:
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum.
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules,
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping,
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex;
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent;
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long,
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs,
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young.
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs.
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long,
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium;
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long,
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c.
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long,
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding,
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c.
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2).
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003).
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded
in Sep.
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum -
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules.
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the
description of the species, but since the whole volume
was published at the same date this does not pose any
Muelleria
43
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 43-45, Figs 4g-i, 2 (map), 5c".
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow;
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals,
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior,
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs;
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets,
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs;
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l,
Fig. 3b-c.
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2).
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been
collected in Oct.
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are
much smaller.
Conservation : Location details indicate that the
species is likely to be confined to one population,
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance.
The population is estimated to number well over 20
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R.
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments
(NPWC 2003).
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood'
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means
well or spring.
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST:
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well],
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov.
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct.
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL).
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker &
Kellermann, sp. nov.
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda.
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd,
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD,
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W.
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed.
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767)
(Austral. PI. Census database).
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet.
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte.
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis,
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993),
pro parte.
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle,
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A.
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200,
fig. 700 (2000), photo.
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long
38
Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 52-54".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 54-55".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 55-56, Figs 2 (map), 6n-p, 8d".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 18-20, Figs 1d, 3b (map), 4d".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 14-16, Figs 1b, 2b (map), 4b".
Jeanes NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Waimarino, i.1921, H.B. Matthews s.n. (NSW 182877, NSW 182874, AD 97721005); North Island: Near Frankton Junction, Auckland District, 18.xii.1919, H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721010); South Island: Invercargill, T. Kirk 961 (AD 97605032); Tangiwai, 6.11945, E.D. Hatch s.n. (AD 97633356); North Island: Tangiwai, i.1945, E.D. Hatch s.n. (NSW 182878, AD 98615076); North Island: Near Ruapehu, i.1918 , H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721008); Hoe-te Lainui Road, Waikato, 6.xii.1 958, R. Mason and NT. Moar6770 (CANB 530997); Tangiwui, i.1945, E.D. Hatch 410 (CANB 536423); South Island: W of Chasm Creek, Seddonville, West Coast, 19.i.1946, H. Powell s.n. (NSW 190503); Rukuhia, 1924, H.B. Matthews s.n. (NSW 182873); Stewart Island: Freshwater Landing, ii.1947, C. Smith s.n. (NSW 3958); Chatham Island, 11 .xii.1909, W.R.B. Oliver s.n. (WELT 3764, WELT 7274); Stewart Island: Mason Plain, 29.xii.1959, S. Natusch s.n. (WELT 78182). Distribution and habitat: South Australia, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and New Zealand. Grows in moist sub-alpine herbfield, sphagnum bogs, in heathland along streams and in soaks, in perennially moist substrates such as sphagnum moss, peaty soils and sandy loams. Altitude: 10-1800 m. (Fig. 2b) Conservation status: Widespread and reasonably common and well conserved throughout much of high altitude south-eastern Australia, but far less common at lower altitudes. Flowering period: Mostly November to March. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Typification: The type sheet contains eight specimens, apparently of the same taxon, with three separate labels. The four specimens on the left (R. Gunn 938), collected at Circular Head in 1837, were selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The group of two specimens in the centre (R. Gunn s.n.) and the group of two specimens on the right (R. Gunn 944), both collected at Rocky Cape in 1837, are syntypes. Two rudimentary line drawings in the lower left hand corner of the sheet, probably executed by Lindley, depict a column from the side and rear. The drawing on the left shows the anther beak to be bifid at the apex. Both drawings show the lateral lobes to be incurved (not twisted) and erose at the apex, features not typical of T. cyanea and likely to have contributed to later confusion between T. cyanea and T. erosa. Notes: Thelymitra cyanea is closely related to T. venosa from central eastern New South Wales, but the latter is a more robust species that can have as many as eight, generally larger, more freely opening flowers with longer lateral lobes on the column that have more, tighter twists. 3. Thelymitra erosa D.L Jones and M.A.CIem., Contr. Tasman. Orchid.-8, ( Austral . Orchid Res. 3)184(1998). Type: Tasmania, Burwood Drive area, Blackmans Bay, 17.xi.1994, J.E. Wapstra ORG57 and A. Wapstra (holotype CANB!; isotypes AD, HO, MEL2089287!, NSW). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: L. Rodway. Tasmanian FI., 189 (1903); W.M. Curtis. Student's FI. Tasmania 4 A: 49 (1979). Illustrations: Firth (1965) page 38, fig. 12 (as I cyanea); Curtis (1979) fig. 5, E (as T. cyanea); Jones and Clements (1998) fig. 8.1, a, b and c; Jones etal. (1999) pages 260 and 270; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 15-30 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 20-50 cm tall, 1.8-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-7 cm long, 5-11 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-24 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4-14 mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-8, (14-) 18-30 (-40) mm across, mid-blue to pale purplish or pink with variable darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (6—)8—15(—19) mm long, 3-10 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, broadly winged, white or pale blue; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 16 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Waimarino, i.1921, H.B. Matthews s.n. (NSW 182877, NSW 182874, AD 97721005); North Island: Near Frankton Junction, Auckland District, 18.xii.1919, H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721010); South Island: Invercargill, T. Kirk 961 (AD 97605032); Tangiwai, 6.11945, E.D. Hatch s.n. (AD 97633356); North Island: Tangiwai, i.1945, E.D. Hatch s.n. (NSW 182878, AD 98615076); North Island: Near Ruapehu, i.1918 , H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721008); Hoe-te Lainui Road, Waikato, 6.xii.1 958, R. Mason and NT. Moar6770 (CANB 530997); Tangiwui, i.1945, E.D. Hatch 410 (CANB 536423); South Island: W of Chasm Creek, Seddonville, West Coast, 19.i.1946, H. Powell s.n. (NSW 190503); Rukuhia, 1924, H.B. Matthews s.n. (NSW 182873); Stewart Island: Freshwater Landing, ii.1947, C. Smith s.n. (NSW 3958); Chatham Island, 11 .xii.1909, W.R.B. Oliver s.n. (WELT 3764, WELT 7274); Stewart Island: Mason Plain, 29.xii.1959, S. Natusch s.n. (WELT 78182). Distribution and habitat: South Australia, New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and New Zealand. Grows in moist sub-alpine herbfield, sphagnum bogs, in heathland along streams and in soaks, in perennially moist substrates such as sphagnum moss, peaty soils and sandy loams. Altitude: 10-1800 m. (Fig. 2b) Conservation status: Widespread and reasonably common and well conserved throughout much of high altitude south-eastern Australia, but far less common at lower altitudes. Flowering period: Mostly November to March. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Typification: The type sheet contains eight specimens, apparently of the same taxon, with three separate labels. The four specimens on the left (R. Gunn 938), collected at Circular Head in 1837, were selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The group of two specimens in the centre (R. Gunn s.n.) and the group of two specimens on the right (R. Gunn 944), both collected at Rocky Cape in 1837, are syntypes. Two rudimentary line drawings in the lower left hand corner of the sheet, probably executed by Lindley, depict a column from the side and rear. The drawing on the left shows the anther beak to be bifid at the apex. Both drawings show the lateral lobes to be incurved (not twisted) and erose at the apex, features not typical of T. cyanea and likely to have contributed to later confusion between T. cyanea and T. erosa. Notes: Thelymitra cyanea is closely related to T. venosa from central eastern New South Wales, but the latter is a more robust species that can have as many as eight, generally larger, more freely opening flowers with longer lateral lobes on the column that have more, tighter twists. 3. Thelymitra erosa D.L Jones and M.A.CIem., Contr. Tasman. Orchid.-8, ( Austral . Orchid Res. 3)184(1998). Type: Tasmania, Burwood Drive area, Blackmans Bay, 17.xi.1994, J.E. Wapstra ORG57 and A. Wapstra (holotype CANB!; isotypes AD, HO, MEL2089287!, NSW). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: L. Rodway. Tasmanian FI., 189 (1903); W.M. Curtis. Student's FI. Tasmania 4 A: 49 (1979). Illustrations: Firth (1965) page 38, fig. 12 (as I cyanea); Curtis (1979) fig. 5, E (as T. cyanea); Jones and Clements (1998) fig. 8.1, a, b and c; Jones etal. (1999) pages 260 and 270; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 15-30 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 20-50 cm tall, 1.8-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-7 cm long, 5-11 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-24 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4-14 mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-8, (14-) 18-30 (-40) mm across, mid-blue to pale purplish or pink with variable darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (6—)8—15(—19) mm long, 3-10 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, broadly winged, white or pale blue; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 16 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not deeply incised margins. Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, CANB). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 357(1995). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 18 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not deeply incised margins. Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, CANB). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 357(1995). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 18 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes VICTORIA: Bidwell, 211943, W. Hunter s.n. (MEL 1532509, MEL 1532516, MEL 2098522); East Gippsland. Rocky Plain, 611971, AC. Beauglehole 35889 and K.C. Rogers (MEL 652440); Bidwell Creek, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 415957); Bidwell, Bendoc, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 465642); Rocky Plain, c. 20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (MEL 2096100, MEL 2096101); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 29.X.1999, J.A. Jeanes 635 (MEL 2173009); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 8.xi.2000, J.A. Jeanes 938 (MEL 2172983); Long Flat, opposite the start of Forlorn Hope Track, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ987 (MEL 2173007); Dingo Flat at Wombargo Saddle, c. 20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 611991, J.A. Jeanes 715 (MEL 2173008). Distribution and habitat: New South Wales and Victoria. Grows in alpine and montane heathlands, in moist areas around the edges of sphagnum bogs, beside streams or in soaks and swamps. A population in the Strzelecki Ranges Victoria is noteworthy for its disjunction and low altitude. Soils are generally dark sandy, clayey or peaty loams. Altitude: (200—)1000— 1700 m. (Fig. 3b). Conservation status: Widespread and sometimes locally common but overall vulnerable. Suggest 3VC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Vulnerable (VU) by criteria of IUCN (2011). Flowering period: Late October to January. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Most flowers usually have pollen grains on the stigma even before they open. Notes: Thelymitra alpicola can be distinguished from T. erosa and T. incurva by its deep purplish blue, strongly striated perianth and more or less parallel (sometimes incurved at apices), often narrow, shallowly erose, lateral lobes on the column. Etymology: Latin alpinus, of the alps; cola, dweller; in reference to the alpine or sub-alpine habitats where this species is most often found. 5. Thelymitra incurva Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. East Gippsland Region: East Wingan Road c. 1.3 km from the Princes Highway, 11.xi.2004, J.A. Jeanes 1451 (holotype MEL 2265101; isotype MEL 2265104 spirit). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria, 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Illustrations: Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, q (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 358 (as T. sp. aff. pulchella); Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 1); Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-20 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 20-65 cm tall, 1.2-3 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-10 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-21 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 1-7, (15—)18— 25 mm across, pale blue or rarely pink, lacking obvious darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7-)8-12 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate- lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than Figure 5. Distribution map of Thelymitra incurva sp. nov. 20 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes VICTORIA: Bidwell, 211943, W. Hunter s.n. (MEL 1532509, MEL 1532516, MEL 2098522); East Gippsland. Rocky Plain, 611971, AC. Beauglehole 35889 and K.C. Rogers (MEL 652440); Bidwell Creek, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 415957); Bidwell, Bendoc, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 465642); Rocky Plain, c. 20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (MEL 2096100, MEL 2096101); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 29.X.1999, J.A. Jeanes 635 (MEL 2173009); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 8.xi.2000, J.A. Jeanes 938 (MEL 2172983); Long Flat, opposite the start of Forlorn Hope Track, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ987 (MEL 2173007); Dingo Flat at Wombargo Saddle, c. 20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 611991, J.A. Jeanes 715 (MEL 2173008). Distribution and habitat: New South Wales and Victoria. Grows in alpine and montane heathlands, in moist areas around the edges of sphagnum bogs, beside streams or in soaks and swamps. A population in the Strzelecki Ranges Victoria is noteworthy for its disjunction and low altitude. Soils are generally dark sandy, clayey or peaty loams. Altitude: (200—)1000— 1700 m. (Fig. 3b). Conservation status: Widespread and sometimes locally common but overall vulnerable. Suggest 3VC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Vulnerable (VU) by criteria of IUCN (2011). Flowering period: Late October to January. Pollination biology: This species is facultatively autogamous. Most flowers usually have pollen grains on the stigma even before they open. Notes: Thelymitra alpicola can be distinguished from T. erosa and T. incurva by its deep purplish blue, strongly striated perianth and more or less parallel (sometimes incurved at apices), often narrow, shallowly erose, lateral lobes on the column. Etymology: Latin alpinus, of the alps; cola, dweller; in reference to the alpine or sub-alpine habitats where this species is most often found. 5. Thelymitra incurva Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. East Gippsland Region: East Wingan Road c. 1.3 km from the Princes Highway, 11.xi.2004, J.A. Jeanes 1451 (holotype MEL 2265101; isotype MEL 2265104 spirit). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria, 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Illustrations: Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, q (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 358 (as T. sp. aff. pulchella); Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 1); Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-20 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 20-65 cm tall, 1.2-3 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-10 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-21 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 1-7, (15—)18— 25 mm across, pale blue or rarely pink, lacking obvious darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7-)8-12 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate- lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than Figure 5. Distribution map of Thelymitra incurva sp. nov. 20 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 20-21, Figs 1e, 4e, 5 (map)".
Jeanes narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not deeply incised margins. Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, CANB). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 357(1995). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 18 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not deeply incised margins. Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, CANB). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 357(1995). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 18 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not deeply incised margins. Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, CANB). Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 357(1995). Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 18 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 11-14, Figs 1a, 4a, 2a (map)".
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
Jeanes Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN ( 2011 ). Flowering period: October to January. Pollination biology: The large, easily opening flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule production would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens from two different collections. The two specimens on the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea (mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, looser twists and lobed apices. The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual for the genus. 2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 6:323(1873). Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. Hooker s.n. (holotype K). Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; Jones (2006) page 250. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 14 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker
Key to subspecies
1. Leaf lamina Y-shaped, cuneate to obcordate, deeply emarginate.7a. subsp. bifidum
1: Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate or narrowly oblong or linear, entire, rarely emarginate at apex.7b. subsp. wanillae
as long as hypanthium tube, with an indumentum of
mainly short simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1.2:1. Petals
(0.3-) 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, clawed; limb:claw
ratio c. 2:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, c. 0.4 mm
long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3,
summit with dense erect stellate hairs; style 0.5-0.8 mm
long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence expanding as
it matures, so tiled bracts are visible. Fruits ellipsoid to
obovoid, c 2.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, dark brown,
consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, torus apical, externally
± glabrous; seeds flattened obovoid 1.4-1.6 mm long,
1-1.1 mm wide, light brown with black mottles and a
darkened base. Fig. 4m-p, Fig. 5d.
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly along the
northwest coast near Cape Borda with a few scattered
records further inland. It grows in coastal mallee heath,
shrubland and eucalypt forests in shallow sand over
limestone and on limestone cliffs; few records are from
ironstone (Fig. 2).
English name: Flinders Chase spyridium (Biological
Survey 2004).
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded in Sep.
Affinities: The species was previously a variety of
S. halmaturinum. Important characters that distinguish
S. coalitum are simple leaves, fused stipules and the
dense indumentum on the ovary surface.
Notes: Although stellate hairs are usually present on
the upper leaf-surface of S. coalitum, some specimens
also have simple or bifid hairs.
Typification: Only one specimen of this taxon is
known from Black's herbarium at AD. This is here
designated as the lectotype.
Conservation: Most populations of the species are in
Flinders Chase National Park or the Ravines des Casoars
Wilderness Protection Area, and are well conserved.
Etymology: The epithet is derived from the Latin
coalitus, united by growth, in reference to the stipules of
the species that are united and fused together for about
half of their length. This is in contrast S. halmaturinum,
which has free stipules.
Selected specimens examined (40 seen): SOUTH
AUSTRALIA. KANGAROO ISLAND: Snug Cove, 2 Nov. 1986,
RJ. Bates 7701 (AD); Flinders Chase N.P., West Coast Rd, c. 3.5
km by road N of West Bay turnoff, c. 3 km direct NE of West
Bay, 7 Oct. 1982, W.R. Barker 4500 & L Haegi (AD, MEL); Cape
Borda Lighthouse; 50-100 m W of houses, 29 Sep. 1995, W.R.
Barker 7543 & F. Udovicic (AD); 100 m W of Scott Cove lookout,
29 Sep. 2995, W.R. Barker 7557 & F Udovicic (AD); 0.9 km WSW
of Cape Borda Lighthouse, 8 Nov. 1989, D. Canty & G. Ashman
NPKI 10085 (AD); Flinders Chase, 2 Feb. 1948, J.B .Cleland s.n.
(AD); Flinders Chase N.P., clay pan c. 4 km ESE by road from car
park at West Bay, more NW of 2 day pans in area, 23 Aug. 1982,
E. N.S. Jackson 4432 (AD, IBSC, LJU, LSU); Cape Borda, Cliff Top
Hike N of lighthouse, 15 Oct. 2009, J. Kellermann 519-521 (AD);
Cape Borda, 29 Aug. 1964, M.E. Phillips 420 (AD, CBG, L); 8 miles
[12.8km] from Rocky River, SE towards Cape Borda, 29 Sep.
1965, M.E. Phillips 1017 { CANB, MEL); 2.65 km SW of Snug Cove,
10 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPK110181 (AD); 1 km
E of Snake Lagoon, 7 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPKI
10620 (AD, MEL); Flinders Chase, c. 24 km along the West Bay
Track from Rocky River Homestead, 21 Oct. 1968, J.R. Wheeler
1300 [AD).
7. Spyridium bifidum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex
Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863).
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5. Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., pro
parte; Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc.
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880), pro parte;
J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte; ed. 2, 3:
550 (1952), pro parte; E.M.Canning in Jessop &Toelken, FI.
S. Austral. 2:817 (1986), pro parte; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide
Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 90 (2005), pro parte. — Trymalium
bifidum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. & Proc.
Victorian Inst. Advancem. Sci. 1: 121 (1855); Hooker's J.
Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 8:40 (1856). — Trymalium bifidum
F. Muell. emend. Reissek, Linnaea 29: 282 (1858). —
Cryptandra bifida (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral.
PI. 6] (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104
(1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South
Australia 12: 94 (1889), pro parte; Handb. FI. Extratrop.
S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. — Type citation: 'In the
Marble Ranges and on the coast of Spencer's Gulf, at
Boston Point. C. Wilhelmi'. — Lectotype (here designated):
46
Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 46-47".
Kellermann and Barker Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); About midway along an approx, straight line connecting Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. &Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. halmaturinum. Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 1986). 40 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); About midway along an approx, straight line connecting Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. &Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. halmaturinum. Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 1986). 40 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Kellermann and Barker Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as "Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably collected more at the S end of the Range, towards Wanilla. Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in South Australia, with some populations reserved in Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum var. Wanilla). Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in genitive form. Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. (AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker (AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). — Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 (1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005), pro parte. Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper surface green, lower surface with dense to medium dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 (-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 52 Vol 30(1)2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".
Eastern Bossiaea
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes,
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base.
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A,
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii,
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking.
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded
for species that normally have red markings.
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia.
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly
raised transverse venation evident with magnification;
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf).
There appears to be some variation in the degree of
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders
with the exposed inner surface being silvery.
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being
hidden when viewed from one side.
Taxonomy
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined,
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely
to reflect close relationships between members. The
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup,
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa.
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800)
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent.
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers.
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem.
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth.
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth.
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage
are endemic to Western Australia.]
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless,
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries
Muelleria
113
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 120-121, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 163-164, Fig. 13 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 169-171, Fig. 14 (map)".
Thompson enlarged upper calyx-lobes, are reminiscent of species in the genus Platylobium. Mature seeds have only been seen from a few collections. The aril-lobe is relatively slender and relatively strongly rotated laterally as it arches over. As is typical of the group the lobe is strongly curved and the apex often reaches to the seed surface, Baron Ferdinand von Mueller cited the name B. horizontalis in First General Report of the Government Botanist on the Vegetation of the Colony in 1853, but it appears that the name R horizontalis was never published. The name appears on several labels of specimens of R cordigera at MEL suggesting that Mueller was planning to describe it himself, in which case Hooker was named as the future author in the report by mistake, or he was expecting J.D.Hooker to name the undescribed species as R horizontalis rather than R cordigera. In 1862, Mueller wrote a description of R cordigera in Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae without making any reference to R horizontalis. Typification: From a number of similarly suitable possibilities, K 000278235 is selected here as the lectotype of R cordigera. It is a large single piece in the upper right of the sheet, and bears flowers and immature fruit. The Buxifolia subgroup 11. Bossiaea decumbens F.Muell., Fragm, 1 (i): 9(1858) Type: [Protologue: 'Mount Macedon. Dallachi. In collibus ad amnem Delatite'. Translation: Hills beside the Delatite River.] Victoria. Mount Macedon, J.DG//achy, viii.l 849; lectotype (here selected): MEL 18885. Residual syntypes: Victoria. Mount Macedon, collector unknown, date unknown: MEL 18886; Victoria. Delatite River, F.Mueller, 18.iii.l853: MEL 18887, MEL 18888, MEL 18889. Bossiaea buxifolia sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2:163 (1864) and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte, non sensu stricto. Prostrate to sprawling shrubs to c. 0.3 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent to almost spreading, terete, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, mostly sparsely hairy; hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 0.5-2 mm long, erect or becoming incurved or recurved distally, red-brown, glabrous, with venation obscure; stipule- petiole angle 60-90“. Leaves alternate; petiole 0.3 mm long; articulation obscure; lamina elliptic to broad- elliptic, 2-5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, with l:w ratio Figure 7. Distributions of species in Group C. a. Bossiaea lenticularis; b. B. cordigera; c. B. decumbens; d. B. buxifolia; e. R neoangiica. 132 Vol 30(2) 2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 133-134, Figs 6, 7 (map) 10".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 123-124, Figs 4, 5 (map)".
Thompson
as probable isotype by Alex George in 2005. The date
on the label is a mistake as the year of Mitchell's third
expedition was 1836. The origin of another piece on the
same sheet, K 000278330 is unclear from the label.
Hybridisation: Probable hybrids between 6 . dnerea
and B. rosmarinifolia have been recorded from the
Grampians Ranges in south-western Victoria {J.Westaway
263 MEL; H.Williamson, xi.1902 NSW; M.Corrick 5317 AD,
MEL).
7. Bossiaea cordifolia Sweet, FL Australas,
(Sweet): 20, pi. 20 (1827)
Type: not designated. [Protologue:'... raised from seed,
sent by Mr. Henchman's Collector, Mr. William Baxter,
who collected them on the south coast of New Holland
.1] Holotype: pi. 20 in FL Australas. (Sweet): 20 (1827).
Epitype (here selected): New South Wales. Pambula,
H.Forde, x.1905: NSW 43671.
Bossiaea dnerea sensu G.Bentham, FL Austral. 2: 160
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte,
non sensu stricto.
Erect shrubs to c. 3 m high, with inflorescences borne
usually on longer branchlets rather than a regular series
of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent to
almost spreading, terete, c. 0.5 mm wide, with hairs
0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax not developed.
Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long,
recurved or deflexed, reddish, hairy at first, with
venation obscure; stipule-pair somewhat adjacent,
forming an angle of c. 30-140° with each other;
stipule-petiole angle not generally measurable due to
deflexing. Leaves variously arranged along a branch,
mostly alternate, but also c. opposite or in whorls;
petiole 0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation obscure; lamina
triangular-ovate, 5-12 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with
l:w ratio mostly 1.2-2, but occasionally up to 4, convex
laterally, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical,
cordate, truncate or broadly rounded; margin recurved
or slightly revolute, often undulate, occasionally with
a few hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 1-2 mm
long, pungent, not downcurved; upper surface smooth
or minutely tuberculate, with venation generally
slightly raised, glabrous or sparsely hairy; lower surface
commonly glabrous except for veins, sometimes
hairy throughout. Inflorescences: axes contracted or to
c. 2 mm long; hairy; bract c. 0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm
wide, slightly convex; pedicel 3-15 mm long, glabrous,
or occasionally sparsely hairy proximally; bracteoles
persistent, variously shaped, 0.3-0.6 mm long, with l:w
ratio 0.5-1, ±appressed, inserted in distal third mostly,
slightly convex, with apex flat or slightly recurved, with
venation obscure, glabrous, dull brown. Calyx 3-4 mm
long, glabrous, with tube longer than upper lobes;
upper lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2.5-3.2 mm wide, often
expanded beyond lateral angle by up to c. 0.5 mm;
lateral angle acuminate; sinus c. 1 mm deep; lower lobes
c. 1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes ±flat;
standard to c. 11 mm long, slightly longer than wings
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially often
red over much of surface; wings c. 2.5 mm wide, yellow,
sometimes with a small red mark proximally; keel
3-3.5 mm wide, red ±throughout: anthers 0.5-0.6 mm
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 3- or 4-ovulate;
style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-7 mm long; body
c. elliptic, 15-20 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, glabrous;
upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with ridge 0.5 mm high.
Seeds 3-4 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1-2 mm long,
1-1.5 mm high, with base c. 1.2 mm long, with lobe
curving 60-120° (Fig. 4b, f-h).
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH
WALES: c. 2 km W by track from Leonards Island, NE of Eden,
D.FAIbrecht 998, 26.ix.1984 (MEL, CANB); opposite aerodrome,
Merimbula, E.F.Constable 5494, 3>i.1964 (CANB, NSW); 3 km
N of Merimbula, on Merimbula-Tathra road, T.B.Muir 5091,
26.viii.1973 (MEL); junction of Chipmill Rd and road to Boyd's
Tower, M.G.Corrick6030, 18.ix.l 978 (CANB, HO, MEL). VICTORIA:
5 km WNW of Lavers Hill PO,A.C.Beouglehole67375, 19.xii.1979
(MEL); c. 5 km 5 of Chappie Vale, H.IAston 814, 16.xi.l 960 (MEL);
Black Range, EAshby, xi.1937 (AD). TASMANIA: Rocky Cape,
L.Richley, 13.X.1975 (HO); Exploration Creek, Newhaven Track,
AM.Buchanan 15452, 29.vi.1999 (HO); Lake Ashwood, 6 km
NE of Strahan, A.E.Orchard 5739, 6.xii.1981 (AD, HO); 5 km S of
Marrawah, AMBuchanan 14003, 4.X.1995 (CANB, HO).
Flowering period: Flowers from late winter to early
summer.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern
New South Wales, the Otway Ranges of south-western
Victoria and in western Tasmania (Fig. 5c). Grows in open
forest and heathland.
Notes: Bossiaea cordifolia has a distinctive stipule
orientation. Stipules are inserted somewhat adjacent to
one another, rather than on opposite sides of the leaf
126
Vol 30(2) 2012
Eastern Bossiaeo identified by leaf and bracteole morphology. Species in Group B occur in south-eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and Tasmania (Fig. 5). The Cinerea subgroup (species 5-7) is well-defined. The three members have irregular phyllotaxy, with the arrangement varying from alternate to opposite to whorled on a plant, and all have long, slender pedicels and small, distally inserted bracteoles, Bossiaeakiomensis (8) forms a subgroup on its own and is placed in Group A because of similarities to the Cinerea subgroup in leaf and pod morphology. In other respects, notably its opposite leaves, it is closer to the Cordigera subgroup of Group C. The Cinerea subgroup 5. Bossiaea cinerea R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., 2nd edn, 4:268 (1812) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of Van Diemen's Island, Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1805'.] Tasmania. Port Dalrymple, R.Brown, 1.i.1804; lectotype (here selected): BM 000885933, image seen in JSTOR Plant Science. Residual syntypes; Tasmania. Derwent River, R.Brown, 1802-05: BM 000885939, MEL 1528714, MEL 1528715, MEL 1528716; possible residual syntype: Tasmania. Locality unknown: CANB 00278253 (see discussion below). Bossiaea coccinea Bonpl., in A.Bonpland, Descr. PL Malmaison 128, t. 52 (1813). Type: not designated. [Protologue:‘Habitat in Nova Hollandia' Described from a plant presumably cultivated at Jardin de la Malmaison, Paris, France.] Holotype: t. 52 in Bonpland, Descr. PL Malmaison 128 (1813). Bossiaea tenuicauHs Graham, Edinburgh New Philos. J. 29: 171 (1840); B. cinerea van tenuicauHs (Graham) J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2: 304 (1929). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'This plant was raised at the Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from Van Diemen's Land seeds sent by Mr Cooper, Wentworth House, in Apr. 1836'.] Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne typically on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto- patent, c. terete or angular, 0.5-1 mm wide, with hairs 0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax generally absent. Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long, erect or more often becoming markedly recurved, reddish, hairy, with venation obscure; stipule-petiole angle mostly 30-60°. Leaves alternate, sub-opposite, opposite or in whorls of 3 in varying proportions on a single plant; petiole 0.2-0.5 mm long; articulation not geniculate, obscure except when marked by a spur 0.1-1 mm long; spur present on most leaves, or rarely uncommon on a plant; lamina narrow-ovate to narrow- lanceolate or narrow-triangular, 10-20 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 3-8, slightly convex each side of midrib, becoming strongly convex laterally, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, - broadly rounded or truncate; margin recurved or revolute, occasionally undulate, sometimes with a few persistent hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 0.4-1.2(-2) mm long, sometimes pungent, sometimes somewhat brittle^ pointing forward or slightly dov^n; upper surface smooth or tuberculate, with venation commonly raised, with gland-dotting not evident, glabrescent; lower surface usually hairy. Inflorescences: axes contracted or rarely to c. 1 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, slightly convex; pedicel 2-11 mm long, mostly sparsely hairy; bracteoles persistent, mostly broad-ovate, 0.2-1 mm long, with l:w ratio c. 1, appressed, inserted in middle or more often distal third, slightly convex, ±flat towards apex, faintly 1 -nerved or with venation obscure, glabrous or with a few hairs distally, dull brown. Calyx 2.5- 4.5 mm long, glabrous or less often hairy, with tube equal to or slightly longer than upper lobes; upper lobes 1.5- 2 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond lateral angle by 0.3-1 mm; lateral angle acute or acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 0.6-1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, slightly longer than wings and keel; adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat generally not or not fully bisected, abaxially reddish almost throughout; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2.5 mm wide, purplish brown, sometimes yellowish near apex, also variously streaked red proximaily and ventrally; keel c. 3 mm wide, red throughout; anthers c 0.4 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or rarely with hairs along lower suture, commonly 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 10-16 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely hairy along lower suture; upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with Muelleria 123
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 126-127, Figs 4, 5 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 130-132, Figs 6, 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 140-142, Fig. 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 132-133, Figs 6, 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 117-119, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 159-161, Fig. 13 (map)".
Thompson bearing cladodes mostly sub-erect, mostly 3-12 mm wide, with no recession and sometimes a slight widening below nodes, glabrous or sparsely hairy on margins; marginal ridges ±smooth; new growth linear in profile; epicuticular wax not developing, with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 1-2 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide from midrib to margin, greenish between pale midrib and pale margin, sometimes few-nerved apart from midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally developed and persistent towards base of stems; lamina elliptic, to c. 25 mm long. Inflorescences: axes contracted; scales 2, 0.5-1 mm long; bract persistent. 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, narrow-ovate, narrow-elliptic or narrow-oblong, 1.5-2.5 mm long, with I:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted in proximal half, strongly convex, usually obscurely nerved apart from ridged midline, glabrous, slightly fleshy, brown to dark brown. Calyx 4-7 mm long, glabrous, often with dark stripes, with tube equal to or slightly longer than lobes; upper lobes broadening slightly from base, 2-3 mm long, 2.6-3.5 mm wide, sometimes slightly expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle acute or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1 -1.3 mm wide; lateral lobes ±flat; standard to c. 15 mm long, a few mm longer than wings and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially reddish grading to purplish throughout except for pale radiating bands medially extending partway to margins; wings 3-4 mm wide, purplish-brown throughout or at least in distal half; keel 3-4 mm wide, pale greenish-yellow, with hairs at distal end effusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 10-ovulate; style 3-3.5 mm long. Pods: stipe 1 -4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 30- 45 mm long, 10-12 mm wide; upper margin 1.5-2 mm wide, with a low rounded ridge; valves with transverse venation not or hardly raised. Seeds 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; aril 1-1.8 mm long, 1 -1.5 mm high, with base 1 -1.8 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 12b). Selected specimens from c. 150 examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Greenmans Valley Rd, W of Mt White, R.Coveny 11221, 10.viii.1983 (CANB, NSW); Muogamarra Nature Reserve, c. 3 km S of the Hawkesbury River, BJlepschi 3971, 6j(ii.l998 (CANB); 21 km from Tomerong on Turpentine Rd, N side of the road, F.W.Howe69. 12.ix.l983 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Ku-Ring-Gai Chase, c. 25 km N of Sydney, T.R.Nlothian, 24.viii.1952 (AD); Maroota Forest, W of Old Northern Rd, 2 km S of Forest Glen, R.G.Coveny 15495, 22.viii.1991 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, PERTH). Flowering period: Flowers in spring. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal areas of central and southern New South Wales (Fig. 13b). Grows predominantly on sandstone, in heathland and forest. Notes: Bossiaea scolopendrio is similar to B. ensata q.v. and there is some overlap in their distributions. These two species differ from the other two species in the Ensata subgroup by having bracteoles inserted more proximally on the pedicel. Bossiaea scolopendrio typically develops very long straight cladodes bearing numerous, often 10-30, flowers. The cladode margin of B. scolopendrio often has a distinct cellular pattern which is discernible under moderate magnification. The midline of cladode scales of B. scolopendrio and B. ensata is more or less a continuation of the marginal ridge of cladodes, and is thus more prominent than in other leafless species. The scales of B. scolopendrio and B. ensata are reminiscent of the stipules of R rhombifolia and R heterophylla. Typification: The holotype illustration shows a good general likeness to R scolopendrio but cannot be considered diagnostic. Furthermore, it is strange that the ovary is drawn with hairs on margins as neither R scolopendrio nor any other similar species such as R ensata have been seen to develop hairs on the ovary. An epitype, CSurgess, 29.vii.1963, CANB 0006531, to the holotype illustration of R scolopendrio is therefore selected here to aid the application of the name. 32. Bossiaea peninsularis I.Thomps., sp. nov. A R ensata DC. squamis longioribus, indumento axillaris densioribus, bracteolis pedicello in medio insertis differt. Type: South Australia. 10 km E of Karkoo on the south side of Mount Isabella Rd, PJuckers.n., 1 l.x.2000; holotype: AD 110381. Bossiaea ensata sensu J.Z.Weber, FI. S. Australia 4'^ edn 2:689(1986). Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 0.5 m high, with cladodes to c. 14 mm wide, with inflorescences borne on both long and shorter branchlets; inflorescence-bearing cladodes erecto-patent, 2-5 mm wide, not recessed at nodes and sometimes slightly dilating below scale, glabrous except for hairs on margins above scale-axils; marginal ridges mostly with occasional tubercles; new 162 Vol 30(2) 2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 115-117, Fig. 2, 3 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaea
Track, Burrinjuck Nature Reserve, KJ.Fitzgerald 75, 8.xi.1997
(CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY:
Old Boboyan Rd (south), 1.2 km W of turn-off from Canberra-
Adaminaby road, M.D.Cnsp 9285 & LG.Cook, 4.xiL2000 (CANB,
NSW); between Canberra and Lake George, E.Gauba, 30.X.1949
(CANB). VICTORIA: Craigie Bog Road S of New South Wales
border, A.CBeauglehole 34822, 23j<i.l970 (MEL); Limestone
Creek, J.Stirling, 1.xii.l882 (MEL); source of Mitta Mitta River,
J.Stirling,}8B2 (AD).
Flowering period: Flowers from Octoberto December.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the central and
southern tablelands of New South Wales and in far
eastern Victoria at altitudes of about 800-1200 metres
a.s.l. (Fig. 3a). Grows in often stony soils in open forest
and woodland.
Notes: Bossiaea foliosa is distinguishable from other
species of the group by a combination of leaflet-shape,
texture of the upper surface and indumentum of the
lowersurfaceof leaflets, small bracteoles with somewhat
rounded apices, hairy calyces, and glabrous pedicels.
The leaflets are commonly ovate because margins
are revolute distolaterally. The leaflets of members of
Group A are compared in Figure 2e-f. The bract and
bracteoles of B. foliosa are inserted close together
and are divergent; this creates a cupular arrangement
from which the pedicel emerges and generally clearly
exceeds. The bract is often trifid, an uncommon shape
for bracts but commonly seen in inflorescence scales.
Bossiaea foliosa and B. distichodada have leaflets with
a pale lower surface. Under magnification, this pallor is
seen to be due to minute white rings closely crowded
over the surface.
Hybridisation: A specimen collected from Haydons
Bog near Delegate, in far eastern Victoria {Bauerlen, 1899
NSW) may be a hybrid between B. sericea I.Thomps, and
B. foliosa A. Cunn.
Typificot/on: There are two sheets at K with probable
type material of B. foliosa. Although the collector's
name is not specified for some pieces, I consider that all
pieces were collected by Cunningham on his expedition
from Port Jackson to Bathurst in 1822-1823, and were
probably all from a single gathering near Bathurst.
On one sheet a piece coded as K 278308 is labelled
'Brushy forest land near Bathurst' and so matches the
description in the protologue. A.B. Court annotated
this piece as 'the type' in 1967, but Lee (1970) while
discussing 'the Holotype' did not clearly indicate
whether she was referring to this piece. All pieces are of
similar diagnostic value, but I here formally designate K
278308 as the lectotype of B. foliosa based on the close
correspondence between the label and the protologue.
The contents of a small envelope on the sheet near the
lectotype have not been seen. On the same sheet, the
piece in the top right hand corner K 278307 is labelled
as a Cunningham collection, Cunningham 730/1822,
while for the two pieces of K 278309, the collector is
not indicated. Both are probable isolectotypes. The
second sheet at K bearing probable type material,
coded as K 278306, has three pieces and is a duplicate
of K 278307 based on similarities in the labelling, and
so also probably an isolectotype. At the time of writing,
the catalogue had incorrectly identified the collection
number for this specimen as Cunningham 136. The
number 130 is written on the label but a comma from
the line above has caused it to appear like 136.
2. Bossiaea distichodada F.Muell., Trans. Phil.
Soc. Victoria 1:39 (1855)
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'In the Australian
Alps from the Mitta Mitta to the tributaries of the Snowy
River'.] Victoria. Bogong Mountains, F.Mueller, date
unknown (probably 1854); lectotype (here selected):
MEL 20321.
Residual syntypes: Victoria. Mitta Mitta, F.Mueller,
i.l854: MEL 20323, MEL 20326, MEL 20327 (all
B. distichodada): Victoria. Upper Avon, Gippsland,
F.Mueller, xi.l854, MEL 20320 (mixed sheet of
6. distichodada and B. a/p/no); Victoria/New South Wales.
Snowy Mountains, F.Mueller, possibly i.1855: MEL 20322
(mixed sheet of B. distichodada and B. alpina; locality
given is possibly an error); Victoria. Locality unknown,
F.Mueller. MEL 20324; Victoria. Mt Wellington, F.Mueller,
xi.1854: MEL 20325 (mixed sheet of B. sericea and
B. alpina).
Bossiaea foliosa sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 160
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte,
non sensu stricto.
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne
typically on a ±regular series of short side-branchlets;
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, c. 0.6 mm
wide, with a dense indumentum of straightish hairs
c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules
Muelleria
117
Eastern Bossioea
Bogong High Plains in north-eastern Victoria [IH.Ross
3635-7, 3640, all MEL) and further east at Limestone
Creek {N.G.Walsh 2867 CmS, MEL, NSW).
ryp/ficat/on; There are eight sheets at MEL, according
to Lee (1970), which Mueller may have used when
describing the species. Several of them have multiple
pieces and are mixed collections. The majority of pieces
conform to Mueller's description, but several pieces
do not, and are in fact specimens of 6. alpina, or in one
case, B. sericea, Lectotypification is therefore required for
B. distichoclada, and MEL 20321 is here selected. The
sheet contains a single piece with pods, and was labelled
as B. distichoclada Ferd Mueller by the author.
3. Bossiaea sericea I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A B. foiiosa A.Cunn. folioHs non ovatis laevibus superne
sericeis inferne, leguminibus majoribus, seminibus
majoribusdiffert.
Type: Victoria. 11.8 km by road from Rocky Valley
Dam wall towards Omeo, R.OMokinson 920, 3.xii.1991;
holotype: MEL 234474; isotype: BRI, CANB 9106346.
Bossiaea foiiosa sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2; 160
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte,
non sensu stricto.
Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne
typically on a ±regular series of short side-branchlets;
branchlets erecto-patent, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a
dense indumentum of straightish hairs c. 0.3 mm long;
epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules triangular,
0.7-2 mm long, erect, brown, glabrous, 4-10-nerved;
stipule-petiole angle 30-60® Leaves: petiole 0,5-1.5
mm long; articulation slightly to strongly geniculate,
not ridged; lamina c. circular, oblate, obcordate, broadly
obovate, or broadly quadrangular, (1.5-)2-4 mm long,
1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 0.8-1.0, flat to
moderately folded, with each lamina half flat to slightly
convex, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical,
truncate to slightly cordate; margin flat to moderately
recurved, smooth or tuberculate, with a pale rim; apex
broadly rounded, truncate or emarginate; apiculum
minute, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface
smooth throughout or tuberculate at margins (visible
in abaxial and sometimes adaxial view), with venation
obscure, with gland-dotting not evident, glabrous;
lower surface evenly sericeous, sometimes densely, or
with indumentum sparser near margins; indumentum
usually somewhat persistent. Inflorescences: axes
contracted; bract 0.7-2.2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
strongly convex; pedicel 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or
hairy; bracteoles persistent, ovate, narrow-ovate or
oblong, 0.7-2.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1-3, mildly
divergent, inserted near base, strongly convex, with
venation mostly obscure, glabrous or with hairs towards
apex, brown. Calyx 2-3.5 mm long, hairy throughout or
glabrous except for lobes, with tube equal to or slightly
longer than lobes; upper lobes 0.9-1.5 mm long, 0.8
mm wide; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 0.5-1
mm long, 0.6 mm wide, flat; petals all similar in length,
all entirely yellow (sometimes with pink tinges on
margins); standard to c. 8 mm long, with limb as long as
broad; wings 1.5-2 mm wide; keel 2-2.5 mm wide; ovary
hairy, 2- or 3-ovulate; style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods: stipe
1-2.5 mm long; body broad-elliptic, 6-10 mm long,
4-8mmwide,withrustyhairsoramixtureofpaleand rusty
hairs c. 1 mm long throughout; upper margin c. 0.5 mm
wide, with ridge to c. 0.2 mm high. Seeds often reniform,
(2.5-)3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2 mm long,
1-1.2 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe
curving 90-140° (Fig. 2c, e, f).
Selected specimens from c. 200 examined: AUSTRALIAN
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Mt Gingera, Brindabella Range, M.Evans
2565, 29.xi.1966 (AD,BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Mt Franklin, c. 0.5
km from chalet in direction of peak, T.R.LaHy & B.Lafoy 452,
23.xi.l 994 (CANB, NSW); 22 km S of Picadilly Junction, W.Bishop
584, 29J<ii.l987 (CANB, MEL, NSW); lower slope of Mt Ginini,
Brindabella Range, H.Coveny T1549 & P.Hind, 19.i.l983 (CANB,
MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Coolamon Plains, G.Singh,
29.xi.1979 (CANB); W side of Port Philip Fire Trail, 0.7 km from
Long Plain Rd, 3.1 km N of Rules Point, P.CJobson 5439 &
P.H.Weston,2^^.^99S (NSW); 16.7 km along Geehi Dam Rdfrom
the Alpine Way, Kosciusko National Park, RJohnstone 1523 &
AE.Orme, 20.i.2005 (NSW); 9 km along Cascade Trail from the
Alpine Way, Kosciusko National Park, AJ.Whalen 293, 14.xii.1998
(CANB, NSW); Maragle Range, Mt Black Jack, F.E.Davies 479
&S.Walton, 21.i.1988 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Constance's hut site,
Burrungubugge River, Kosciusko National Park, AMLyne 230,
28.i.1991 (CANB, MEL, NSW); near Eucumbene Lookout, Snowy
ms, R.A.Goode520, 17.xi.l961 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.M.Curran,
i.1896 (NSW); near Tooma Pond, Kosciusko National Park,
AM.Ashby37l8 ,21 j<i.l 970 (AD). VICTORIA: Delegate River Fen,
near Old Bendoc-Bonang road, E.A.Chesterfield 42, 13.xi.1983
(CANB, MEL); Mt Bogong, G.Weindorfer, xii.1903 (MEL); Wall of
Death, Hotham Heights, D.E.AIbrecht 4948, 8.iv.l992 (CANB,
Muelleria
119
Thompson The Fragrans subgroup 35. Bossiaea fragrans K.L.McDougall, Telopea 12(3): 356 (2009) Type: New South Wales. Central Tablelands: Abercrombie Karst Conservation Area, K.LMcDougaH 1268, 21 .ix.2007; holotype: NSW 785656; isotypes: CANB 766110, MEL 2318267. Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c 2.5 m high, with cladodes to c 20 mm wide, with inflorescences borne on both long and short branchlets, but not generally on a regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence¬ bearing cladodes erecto-patent, mostly 5-10 mm wide, with recession at nodes 0.5-1 mm deep, glabrous; marginal ridges well-defined, minutely uneven or tuberculate; new growth somewhat elliptic in profile, sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax developing, lifting in small flakes, with cladodes typically greyish at flowering. Scales 1-2.5 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide from midrib to margin, coppery-brown, obscurely few- nerved. Inflorescences: axes contracted; scales 4 or6, with largest c. 1 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, with scale-cluster 1 -1.5 mm long; bract caducous or persistent, 1 -1.3 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, moderately convex; pedicel 1-2.5 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles caducous before or after anthesis, oblong-elliptic, 1 -1,3 mm long, with I:w ratio c. 2, divergent, inserted near base, strongly convex, with venation obscure, glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-45 mm long, glabrous, with tube much longer than lobes; upper lobes 0.8-1 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, not or hardly expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle acute; sinus 0.5-0.8 mm deep; lower lobes 0.7-1 mm long, not or hardly chartaceous distally; lateral lobes 0.8 mm wide, ±flat but with a medial ridge; median lobe similar to laterals; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to wings and keel, adaxially yellow with red marks at sides of throat, abaxially yellow, sometimes with a red medial stripe; wings 2.5-3 mm wide, yellow; keel c. 3 mm wide, ±red throughout; anthers c. 0.5 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 5- or 6-ovuIate; style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods: (based on McDougall 2010) stipe 2.5-3.5 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 24-38 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril not seen mature. Selected specimens from 3 examined: NEW SOUTI-| WALES: Abercrombie Caves, E of Grove Creek, K.LMcDougalt 999, 25.X.2001 (MEL); Abercrombie Caves, E of Grove Creek. P.Carmen309, l.x.2006(CANB). Flowering period: Flowers from September to October. Distribution and habitat Occurs in the vicinity of Abercrombie Karst Conservation Area, south of Bathurst in central-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 14a). Rare, and listed as a critically endangered species under the Threatened Species Conservation Act of New South Wales. Grows on slate and volcanic substrates in White Box woodland. Notes: Bossiaea fragrans is similar to B. milesiaeq.v.The vexillary stamen of B. fragrans is free at flowering, based on the few samples examined.This feature has not been recorded in other species of eastern Australian Bossiaea. 36. Bossiaea milesiae K.L.McDougall, Telopea 12(3): 356 (2009) Type: New South Wales. South Coast, Brogo River, c. 25 km NNW of Bega (c. 1 km downstream from Brogo Dam), KlMcDougall 1193, J.Miles & PJeuch, 12.ix.2006; holotype: NSW 785654; isotype: CANB, MEL 2318264. Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 2 m high, with cladodes to c. 10 mm wide, with inflorescences borne mostly on short side-branchlets; inflorescence-bearing cladodes sub-erect to erecto-patent, mostly 4-8 mm wide, with recession at nodes 0.5-0.8 mm deep, glabrous or sometimes with hairs on margins somewhat persistent, especially in scale-axils; marginal ridges well- defined, minutely uneven; new growth slightly elliptic in profile, sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax not developing, with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, red-brown, obscurely few-nerved. Inflorescences: axes contracted; occasionally 2 or 3 inflorescences arising from a single axil; scales 4-8, with largest c. 1 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; scale-cluster 1.5-2.2 mm long; bract caducous or persistent until anthesis, 1.3-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, moderately convex; pedicel 2-4 mm long, glabrous, becoming stout in fruit; bracteoles caducous, often before anthesis, oblong-elliptic, 1.5-2 mm long, with l:w ratio c 2, loosely appressed, inserted 166 Vol 30(2) 2012
Thompson direct NNW of Braidwood, I.RJhompson 1327, 24.xi.2010 (CANB, HO, MEL); Shoalhaven River, Little Bombay, K.LMcDougall 1198, 21.ix.2006 (NSW). Flowering period: Flowers in September and October. Distribution and habitat Occurs north-west of Braidwood in far south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 14c). Rare, and listed as vulnerable under the Threatened Species Conservation Act of New South Wales. Grows in riparian woodland. Notes: Bossiaea bombayensis has the typical inflorescence-scale, bract, bracteole and calyx features of the Bracteosa subgroup, but has more slender cladodes and more slender pods than the other species. 38. Bossiaea grayi K.L.McDougall, Telopea 12(3): 354 (2009) Type: Australian Capital Territory. Murrumbidgee River, 1 km downstream from Kambah Pool, I.RJelford 8553, ix.l980; holotype: CANB 8007070; isotypes: CANB 8007070 (sheet 2); MEL 641512, NSW 567291. Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, with cladodes to c 8 mm wide, with inflorescences borne on long or short cladodes, but not generally on a regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence-bearing cladodes typically sub-erect, mostly 3-5 mm wide, not recessed at nodes or with recession to c. 0.5 mm deep, glabrous except for a few hairs often persisting in axils; marginal ridges generally smooth; new growth generally linear in outline, glabrous except for scattered hairs on margins adjacent to scales; epicuticular wax developing, lifting in small flakes, with cladodes grey- green at flowering. Scales 1.3-2(-2.2) mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide from midrib to margin, appressed, red-brown with pale margins, faintly 1-3-nerved. Inflorescences: axes contracted; scales 4-8(-l 2), with largest 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; scale-cluster 2.5-3.5 mm long; bract variably persistent at anthesis, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5- 1.8 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-2.5 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles mostly caducous before anthesis, 3-3.5 mm long, with l:w ratio c. 2, appressed, inserted near base, strongly convex, with venation obscure, glabrous, brown. Calyx 4.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous, with tube equal to or slightly longer than lobes; upper lobes triangular, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, acute, chartaceous distally; sinus 1.5-2 mm deep; lower lobes 2-2.5 mm long, chartaceous distally; lateral lobes 1.2 mm wide, flat, with medially ridge distally; median lobe slightly longer, broader and more convex than laterals; standard to c. 11 mm long, similar in length to wings and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially partly flushed red with pale radiating nerves; wings c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, yellow distally; keel c. 3 mm wide, grading from pale to pink to red; anthers c. 0.5 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, c. 6-ovulate; style 4-5 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-4 mm long; narrow-oblong, 20-30 mm long, 6-9 mm wide; upper margin c. 0.7 mm wide, not ridged. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.8 mm wide; aril c. 1 mm long, c. 0.7 mm high, with base c. 0.6 mm long, with lobe curving c. 150° (Fig. 12e). Selected specimens from c. 8 examined: AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Cotter Pumping Station, E.Gauba, 29.ix.1953 (CANB); Paddy's River, LPryor, 1937 (CANB); Molonglo River, directly S of Lower Molonglo Sewage Treatment Plant, N.Taws 310, 18.xii.l993 (CANB, MEL); Murrumbidgee and Cotter Rivers junction, R.Cambage 2990, 5.xi.l911 (NSW). VICTORIA: Limestone Track, c. 1.2 km from the Benambra-Wulgulmerang Rd, JAJeanes 2336, 03.ii.2010 (CANB, MEL). Flowering period: Flowers in spring. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Australian Capital Territory along the banks of the Murrumbidgee River and its tributaries, and in far north-eastern Victoria (Fig. 14d). Rare, and listed as an endangered species in the Australian Capital Territory. Grows in woodland, with most records describing it as growing in sand or amongst boulders on river banks. Notes: Bossiaea grayi is very similar to B. vombata q.v. The record given for Victoria is tentatively identified as B. grayi based on vegetative features as it lacks flowers and fruit. In this specimen, galls (which appear to be replacing flowers) are formed at nodes, and these are subtended by normal inflorescence scales that are typical of B. grayi. The pattern of epicuticular wax on cladodes is also typical of B. grayi. 39. Bossiaea vombata J.H.Ross, Muelleria 26: 54 (2008) Type: Victoria. Wombat State Forest, Farm Rd, 3.9 km from Junction of Back Settlement Rd and the Ballan- Daylesford Rd at Korweinguboora, J.H.Ross 3647, 26.X.1 995; holotype: MEL 2043441. 168 Vol 30(2) 2012
Eastern Bossiaea Residual syntypes (all in Tasmania); Locality unknown, R.Gunn [171]: K 000278226; Patricks River, R.Gunn [171], 14.xii.1844: K 000278230; York Town, R.Gunn [171], 25.i.1844: K 000278231; George Town, R.Gunn [171], 1842: K 000278232; Lake Arthur, Western Mts, Lawrence: K 000278236; Circular Head, R.Gunn [171], 1842: K 000278237; Locality unknown, R.Gunn s.n.: MEL 651106 (possibly). Bossiaea hendersonii Regel, Gartenflora 15: 322, pi. 523, 3d, e (1866), as Henderson!. Type: not designated. [Protologue: Translated from German as 'Cultivated from the garden of James Booth and Sons, Hamburg, Germany'.] Holotype: pi. 523,3d, e in Gartenflora 15:322 (1866). Erect or sprawling shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, with inflorescences borne on a regular series of very short side-branchlets which in turn are produced along a regular series of spreading side-branches; branchlets spreading, terete, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, sparsely to moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.2 mm long, wavy to curly: epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules narrow- triangular, 0.5-2 mm long, erect, brown, glabrous, 1-nerved or venation obscure; stipule-petiole angle 30-70° Leaves opposite; petiole 1-2 mm long, very slender; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, ridged; lamina ovate to broad-ovate, occasionally c. circular, 2.5-6 mm long, 2.5-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 0.9-1.0, flat or slightly convex laterally, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, cordate or less often broad-cuneate to truncate; margin slightly recurved, sometimes with hairs persisting, ±smooth; apex subacute to rounded; apiculum to c. 0.2 mm long, downcurved, or not developed; upper surface smooth, with venation obscure, glabrous; lower surface glabrous or with hairs on midrib. Inflorescences: axes contracted or to c. 3 mm long, hairy, with a small leaf and stipules often developed instead of scales, occasionally with 2 or more nodes below the flower; bract 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, slightly convex; pedicel 15-30 mm long, hairy; bracteoles persistent, ovate, 0.5-1 mm long, with l:w ratio 1-1.5, ±appressed, inserted at or more often beyond mid-pedicel, convex, apex nearly flat, 1-nerved, glabrous, light brown. Calyx 5-6 mm long, glabrous, with tube shorter than upper lobes; upper lobes 2.5-3.5 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond lateral angle by 2-3 mm; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 2 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.7 mm long, c 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to wings and keel, adaxially yellow with red flare, abaxially brownish-red except towards margins; wings 3- 3.5 mm wide, mostly brownish-red, sometimes yellow distally; keel c. 4 mm wide, pale proximally, red distally; anthers c. 0.7 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4- 8-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 5-8 mm long: body narrow-oblong, 15-30 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, glabrous; upper margin c. 0.7 mm wide, hardly ridged. Seeds 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; aril 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm high, with base c. 0.7 mm long, with lobe curving 120-160° (Fig. 6e). Selected specimens from c. 80 examined: VICTORIA: Farm Rd, 0.8 km from Morgan Track, Wombat State Forest, J.H.Ross 3693, 13.xii.l995 (CANB, HO, MEL); Buangor Forest Park, 27 km E of Ararat PO, A.C.Beauglehole 61498, 10.xi.l978 (MEL); Boiler Swamp Rd, Portland district, €3/ D.Woolcock 1537, 28.xi.1983 (MEL); Lyonville, H.B.WilHamson, i.l916 (MEL); Benwerrin, Otway Ranges, A.C.F.Gates, xi.1922 (MEL); Domino Rd, c. 6 km WSW ofTrentham, I.RJhompson 1470, 19.i.2012 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Tomahawk River, D.LMorris 8171, 12.X.1981 (HO, MEL); Picketts Plains, A.Moscal 3998, 12.xi.1983 (HO, MEL); Cradle Mountain Reserve, AM.OIsen, 3.1.1937 (HO); Port Sorell, W.M.Curtis. x.1944 (AD, HO, MEL); Penstock, A.V.Giblin, xii.1929 (HO). Flowering period: Flowers in spring and early summer. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western and south-central Victoria from Portland east to Healesville and in northern two-thirds of Tasmania (Fig. 7b). Categorised as rare in Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Grows in open forest, often beside streams or in damp environments. Notes: Bossiaea cordigera is mostly closely related to B. lenticularis q.v. It is readily distinguished from the other species in Group C by the combination of its sparse, short and mostly curly hairs, opposite leaves, ovate, cordate-based leaflets, long pedicels and long pod-stipes. Calyx-lobes become strongly deflexed after flowering. A yellow-flowered mutant has been recorded from Wombat State Forest SE of Daylesford in south-central Victoria. Several features of 6 . cordigera, especially the opposite, ovate leaves and the greatly Muelleria 131
Thompson hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to occupy arid regions. The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa subgroup. Names of uncertain application Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 939751, image seen MEL The type specimen does not match any other material seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia and B. prostrata. Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 (1832) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 1(7): 195 (1893) Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or collector information.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland for making some valuable field collections, and to AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their collections available for study. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities. References Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South Wales. McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 143. Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 173-189. Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 172 Vol 30(2) 2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 127-128, Figs 4, 5 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaea discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most flowers opening more or less simultaneously. Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but sometimes also in clay soils. Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of B. prostrata. Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. (see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a likely candidate as the other parent. The Heterophylla subgroup 22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7,t.7(1800) Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL /Vouv. 1:7 (1800). Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 (1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in Sot. Repos. 3(1802). Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 (1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'No locality information for source of seeds provided. Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately Muelleria 149
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 129-130, Figs 6, 7 (map)".
Thompson hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to occupy arid regions. The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa subgroup. Names of uncertain application Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 939751, image seen MEL The type specimen does not match any other material seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia and B. prostrata. Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 (1832) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 1(7): 195 (1893) Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or collector information.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland for making some valuable field collections, and to AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their collections available for study. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities. References Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South Wales. McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 143. Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 173-189. Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 172 Vol 30(2) 2012
Eastern Bossiaea 7.IV.2002 (HO); Rocks near New Norfolk, LRodway, xii.1898 (HO); Rossarden Rd, Mangara, Tleoman s.n., 8.xii.2010 (MEL). Flowering period: Flowers in November and December. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern Tasmania near Mathinna, and in south-eastern Tasmania south of Oatlands. Originally collected from New Norfolk west of Hobart but not currently known from this locality (Fig. 9g). Rare, and likely to warrant recognition as a threatened species. Grows in loamy, gravelly or skeletal soils derived from mudstone, in forest and woodland. Etymology: In raising B. cinerea var, rigida to species rank, the epithet rigido could not be used as the name Bossiaea rigida Turcz. had already been published. The new epithet reflects the fact that the species is endemic to Tasmania, and B. tasmanica is in fact Tasmania's only endemic species of Bossiaea. Notes: Bossiaea tasmanica appears to be more closely related than B. obcordata to other species in Group D. It can be distinguished from B. obcordata by its more prostrate habit, more wax-encrusted branchlets with obscure decurrencies, blunter, branchlets that are hardly spinous, relatively narrower leaves, narrower bracteoles, hairy calyx and hairy pods, longer petal claws and different petal colours.The leaves are similar in shape to those of B. obovata of the Scortechinii subgroup. Specimens of B. tasmanica from the type locality of New Norfolk near Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania have a denser indumentum than is seen in other collections. The Rocks' as given in the protologue is thought likely to be Derbyshire Rocks. 20. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep, Bot. Soc, Exch, Club Brit Isles 1916, suppl. 2:610 (1917) Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jard. Malmaison: subt. 31 (1803) Type: not designated. [Cultivated in Le Jardin de la Malmaison, France from seed collected during the voyage of Baudin, 1802.] Holotype: G, image seen in Geneva Herbarium Catalogue. Platylobium microphyllum Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863, pi. 863 (1805); Bossiaea microphylla (Sims) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: No information about the provenance of seeds. Cultivated in a private garden in Berkshire, England.] Holotype: pi. 863 in Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863 (1805). Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on a regular series of very short, side-branchlets which in turn are produced along a regular series of short erecto-patent side-branches; branchlets erecto- patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-1 mm wide, with well- developed decurrent ridges, spine-tipped, with spine glabrous, orange-brown, sparsely to moderately hairy; hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 mm long, ±erect, brown, sparsely hairy, glabrescent, 3-nerved; stipule-petiole angle c. 30-60°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1.5 mm long; articulation strongly geniculate, with ridge absent or obscure; lamina broad-obovate, obcordate or circular, 3-6 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.3, flat or gently convex each side of midrib, mostly markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to cuneate; margin recurved, glabrescent, ±smooth; apex rounded, truncate or emarginate, sometimes slightly downcurved; apiculum not or hardly developed; upper surface smooth, with venation generally raised, with gland-dotting sometimes evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted or to c. 1 mm long; bract caducous, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-4 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy proximaily; bracteoles caducous or sometimes persisting to anthesis, elliptic to obovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-2, loosely appressed, inserted in middle or proximal thirds, slightly to moderately convex, 3- to 5-nerved, glabrous, red- brown. Calyx 2.5-4,5 mm long, glabrous, or occasionally very sparsely hairy, with tube slightly to much longer than lobes; upper lobes 1-2 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide; lateral angle acute; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to 10 mrn long, slightly longer than wings and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, and with throat bisected, abaxially red, mainly medially; wings 0.5-1 mm shorter than keel, c. 2,5 mm wide, purplish-brown throughout or sometimes dirty yellow distally; keel 3-4 mm wide, pinkish grading to darker red; anthers c. 0.4 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or sparsely hairy along upper margin, 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long; body elliptic or rhomboid- Muelleria 145
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 134-135, Figs 6, 7 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 137-138, Figs 8, 9 (map)".
Thompson
LPedley 5560, 15.X.1990 {BRI); Wyberba, D.Hockings, x.1963
(BRI); c. 1.6 km W of Jollys Falls, c 8 km N of Stanthorpe, LPedley
1525, 30.X.1963 (BRI); Girraween National Park, CE.Wookock,
3.xi.l983 (MEU. NEW SOUTH WALES: Burra Swamp, c 35 km
SE of Tenterfield via Spirabo Way in Forestland State Forest,
P.CJobson 5255 & S.A.Mills, 27x1997 (NSW); Wellingrove area,
M.Gray 2879, 12.iii.l954 (CANB, NSW); 11 km from Torrington
along road to Silent Grove, M.D.Crisp 7347 & I.R.Telford,
29.ix.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); c. 1.5 km E of Cobcrofts Rd along
Mesa Management Trail, Werrikimbe National Park, LCopeland
4474, 2.xi.2010 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW).
Flowering period: Flowers from Octoberto December,
occasionally also in autumn.
Distribution and habitat Occurs in south-eastern
Queensland, in the Stanthorpe district and also west of
Gympie, and in north-eastern New South Wales as far
south as Werrikimbe National Park, south-east ofWalcha
{Fig. 9e). Grows in sandy soils on granite, in open forest
and woodland.
Efymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the typical shape of
the leaflet lamina.
Notes: Bossiaea obovata differs from the other two
species in the Scortechinii subgroup by having obovate
leaves, short pedicels and pod-valves with spreading
hairs. Specimens of B. obovata have in the past been
assigned to B. scortechinii.
The Obcordata subgroup
19. Bossiaea tasmanica I.Thomps., nom, etstat
nov,
Bossiaea cinerea var. rigida Rodway, The Tasmanian Flora:
36(1903).
Type: [Protologue: The Rocks, near New Norfolk'.]
Tasmania. The Rocks, near New Norfolk, LRodway 168,
X.1 895; holotype: HO 1 2753.
Bossiaea obcordata sensu W.M.Curtis & D.I.Morris,
Student's FI. Tasmania, 2nd edn, 1:148 (1975).
Prostrate or decumbent shrubs to c. 0.3 m high, generally
densely and irregularly branched, with inflorescences
mostly borne on short side-branchlets; branchlets
erecto-patent to almost spreading, often recurving,
mildly compressed or c terete, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with
decurrent ridges mostly obscure, tapering distally,
spinescent or with apex blunt, sparsely to moderately
hairy, glabrescent; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; epicuticular
wax commonly developed. Stipules narrow-triangular
or subulate, 0.8-1.5 mm long, erect, divergent or slightly
recurved distally, orange-brown or slightly greenish
at first, soon withering to red-brown, glabrous, faintly
1- nerved; stipule-petiole angle 0-60°. Leaves: petiole
c. 0.5 mm long; articulation strongly geniculate,
sometimes ridged; lamina elliptic to obovate, 3-7 mm
long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1.2-2, flat or
concave grading to more strongly concave or somewhat
folded distally, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical,
rounded-cuneate; margin flat or more often recurved,
with scattered hairs, glabrescent, scarcely tuberculate;
apex subacute to truncate, commonly recurved;
apiculum to c 0.2 mm long, pointing down; upper
surface smooth, with venation sometimes slightly raised,
with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower
surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted;
stipules and small leaves sometimes developed instead
of scales; bract 1-1.3 mm long, strongly convex; pedicel
2- 3(-6) mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy, glabrescent;
bracteoles commonly caducous by anthesis, narrow-
elliptic, narrow-oblong, narrow-obovate or narrow-
spathulate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 2-4, divergent,
inserted in proximal half, abaxial surface moderately
convex, 1-3-nerved, glabrous or sparsely hairy distally,
red-brown. Calyx 2.5-4 mm long, hairy, sometimes
sparsely so, with tube slightly longer than lobes; upper
lobes 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; lateral angle acute
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1.2-2.5
mm long, 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard
to c. 10 mm long, c. as long as keel, adaxially yellow
with a red flare, abaxially largely brownish-red except
for pale radiating lines; wings slightly shorter than keel,
2-2.5 mm wide, purplish-brown throughout or in distal
half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pale grading to greenish-yellow,
sometimes pink-tinged at apex; anthers c. 0.6 mm long
post-dehiscence; ovary hairy, 4-ovulate; style c. 3 mm
long. Pods: stipe 1-2 mm long; body ±oblong, 15 mm
long, 6 mm wide, with hairs to 1.5 mm long on valves
and sutures; upper margin c. 0.7 mm wide, with ridge to
c. 0.3 mm high. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; aril
c. 0.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base c. 0.4 mm long,
with lobe curving 150-180° (Fig. 8h, j).
Selected specimens from c. 14 examined: TASMANIA: Devil
Creek headwaters, R.Barnes, 15.xi.2004 (HO); Tower Hill Rd,
M.Neyland, 12.xi.1991 (HO); 4 km S of Tunnack, B.French 628,
144
Vol 30(2) 2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 145-146, Figs 8, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 143-144, Figs 8, 9 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaea
28. Bossiaea otigosperma A.T.Lee, Telopea 2(2):
215(1981)
Type: New South Wales.Tonalli River landing towards
Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 434, 20.ix.1966;
holotype: NSW 285041; isotypes: BRI 278956, CANB
306843, MEL 596958.
Bossiaea sp. A sensu S.W.LJacobs & J.Pickard, Plants of
New South Wales ( 1981 ).
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne
typically on a tregular series of short side-branches;
branchlets erecto-patent to almost spreading, terete,
0.7-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, densely hairy;
hairs to c. 0.8 mm long, straight or wavy; epicuticular
wax not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2
mm long, flat, erect or recurving, with thinner margins
generally not recurved, brown or red-brown, glabrous
except near base, 1-nerved or with venation obscure;
stipule-petiole angle 60-90°. Leaves alternate; petiole
0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation slightly geniculate, ridged,
often obscured by hair; lamina c. circular, mostly 3-6
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly c. 1, ±flat
or becoming concave distally, slightly discolorous; base
c symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat, hairy,
±smooth, with a pale rim; apex rounded to truncate,
or abruptly recurved and acuminate; apiculum to c.
0.1 mm long; upper surface smooth, with venation
sometimes slightly raised, with gland dotting generally
obscure, generally soon glabrescent; lower surface with
somewhat persistent hairs, often moderately dense.
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 1 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, slightly to moderately convex;
pedicel 1.5-3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent,
ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 1.5-2, loosely
appressed or divergent, inserted near base of pedicel,
moderately convex, 1-nerved or venation obscure,
glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous,
sometimes slightly glaucous, with tube slightly longer
than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, not expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle
acute or minutely acuminate; sinus c. 0.5 mm deep;
lower lobes 1-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide at base, with
lateral lobes ±flat but with a distal ridge; standard to c.
10 mm long, slightly longer than keel (shorter prior to
opening); adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat
bisected, abaxially flushed red medially; wings c. 1 mm
shorter than keel, 2.5-3 mm wide, flushed purple-brown
throughout or mainly yellow apically; keel c. 3.5-4 mm
wide, pink grading to dark red; anther c. 0.4 mm long
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 2-ovulate; style 3-4
mm long. Pods: stipe 4-5 mm long; body c. elliptic,
10-12 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, glabrous; upper margin
1-1.3 mm wide, with ridge to c. 0.8 mm high; valves
with transverse venation raised, without spongy tissue
internally. Seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2
mm long, c. 1.2 mm high, with base c. 1 mm long, with
lobe curving c. 180° (Fig. 101, m).
Selected specimens from c. 20 examined: NEW SOUTH
WALES: 2.5 km S along Claypit Rd from Windellama to Nerriga
Rd, RJohnstone2477SfA.E.Orme, 8.xm.2008 (MEL, NSW); Araluen
Valley, Mr & Mrs Shoobridge, ix.l 964 (CANB); corner of Oellen
Ford & Jacqua Rds, LRJhompson 1333, 24j<i.2010 (MEL); Tonalli
River Landing, towards Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell
277,17.xi.l964 {CANB, NSW).
Flowering period: Flowers mostly from late winter to
spring.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-eastern
and south-eastern New South Wales, between
Warragamba in the north and Araluen Valley, NE
of Moruya in the south (Fig. Hi). Rare, and listed as
vulnerable under the Threatened Species Conservation
Act of New South Wales. Grows in sand and loam,
sometimes in shallow stony soils, in dry sclerophyll
forest.
Notes: Bossiaea oligosperma is characterised by a
moderately dense indumentum on branchlets and
leaves, circular leaves, and short, few-ovulate pods.
Unlike other members of the Brownii subgroup,
B. oligosperma does not develop spongiose tissue inside
pods. This is probably at least partly associated with the
fact that pods are only 2-ovulate. It appears to be most
closely related to B. brownii.
The Arenicola subgroup
29. Bossiaea arenicola J.H.Ross, Muelleria 7(3):
371 (1991)
Type: Queensland. Cook District, 4.3 km E of the
Hopevale-Starke road on the track to the Mclvor River
mouth, IR.CIarkson 5322, 14.vi.1984; holotype: MEL
665930; isotypes: MEL 1576791, NSW 787940. Also
designated as being in BRI, CANB, DNA, K, PERTH, QRS
but these n.v.
Muelleria
157
Eastern Bossiaea discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most flowers opening more or less simultaneously. Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but sometimes also in clay soils. Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of B. prostrata. Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. (see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a likely candidate as the other parent. The Heterophylla subgroup 22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7,t.7(1800) Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL /Vouv. 1:7 (1800). Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 (1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in Sot. Repos. 3(1802). Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 (1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'No locality information for source of seeds provided. Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately Muelleria 149
Thompson hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to occupy arid regions. The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa subgroup. Names of uncertain application Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 939751, image seen MEL The type specimen does not match any other material seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia and B. prostrata. Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 (1832) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 1(7): 195 (1893) Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or collector information.] There is insufficient information from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known type material. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland for making some valuable field collections, and to AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their collections available for study. This study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities. References Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South Wales. McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 143. Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 173-189. Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 172 Vol 30(2) 2012
Eastern Bossioea The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is distinguished from all other eastern species by its spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has more features in common with the other subgroups of Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of Group C. The Prostrata subgroup 14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher & E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual Herbaria. Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 515(2002). Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or Key to Group D 1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata Muelleria 137
Eastern Bossioea The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is distinguished from all other eastern species by its spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has more features in common with the other subgroups of Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of Group C. The Prostrata subgroup 14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher & E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual Herbaria. Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 515(2002). Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or Key to Group D 1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata Muelleria 137
Eastern Bossioea The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is distinguished from all other eastern species by its spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has more features in common with the other subgroups of Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of Group C. The Prostrata subgroup 14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher & E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual Herbaria. Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 515(2002). Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or Key to Group D 1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata Muelleria 137
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 138-140, Figs 8, 9 (map)".
Thompson
distinguished from all other species in Group D by its
broad bracts and relatively proximally inserted and
caducous bracteoles, and, except for B. dasycarpa, by
its longer petioles. Two-flowered inflorescences are
more common than in other species, and occasionally
appear to be arranged in paniculate conflorescences
due to reduction or absence of subtending leaves. The
two inflorescence scales are relatively large and entire
in B. prostrata, i.e., they more closely resemble the
bract than in other species. In many species of Bossiaea
inflorescence scales are trifid rather than entire.
Although the vast majority of collections show the
faces of ovaries/valves of fruit to be glabrous, some
specimens with hairs throughout have been collected,
e.g., from Strathewen in south-central Victoria {Kilgour
466 MEL), the Grampians in south-western Victoria
{DSymon 1771 AD) and the Southern Lofty region of
South Australia (eg., Blaylock SG34 AD). The first two
of these records are in multi-piece collections and the
atypical indumentum was only present in some of the
pieces. Occasional collections with very short pedicels,
eg., Orbost, in south-eastern Victoria {Shoobridge CANB)
are thought to be aberrant development rather than
being typical of the population.
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between
B. prostrata and B. ensata has been recorded from near
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of
those of 6 . ensata. A small sterile plant collected from
an unknown locality (Australia felix) in Victoria {F.Mueller
MEL 668111) is possibly a hybrid between Bossiaea
sericea and B. prostrata.
The Scortechinii subgroup
16. Bossiaea dasycarpa I.Thomps., sp. nov.
A. B. scortechinii F.Muell. petiolo longiore, foUolis ad
marginem minus recurvatis, leguminibus latioribus differt;
a B. prostrata R.Br. stipulis latioribus, foliolis ad marginem
recurvatis, bracteis angustioribus, bracteolis pedicello
in medio insertis persistentibus, valvis leguminis semper
hirsutis differt.
Type: Queensland. Barrett's Rd, c. 200 m N of Bruce
Highway, K.M.Sparshott 666 & K.Earnshaw, 3.xi.1995;
holotype: BRI640339; isotype: MEL 2087102.
Bossiaea prostrata var. Tuan Creek {M.S.CIemens
AQ22827).
Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.4 m high, with
inflorescences mostly borne on longer branchlets
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets;
branchlets erecto-patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-0.8
mm wide, with decurrent ridges sometimes distinct,
sparsely hairy; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; epicuticular
wax sometimes present. Stipules triangular to narrow-
triangular, 1.5-3 mm long, with I:w ratio 2-3, erect,
herbaceous, glabrous, 1 -3-nerved; stipule-petiole angle
45-90° Leaves: petiole 1.5-4 mm long; articulation
strongly geniculate, not ridged; lamina narrow-
oblong, narrow oblong-elliptic or slightly obovate,
10-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, with Inv ratio mostly
1.5-3.5, flat or slightly convex each side of midrib,
mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, slightly cordate
to rounded; margin recurved to revolute, variably hairy
and tuberculate; apex truncate to subacute, sometimes
minutely acuminate with acuminate region recurved;
apiculum variably distinct, to c. 0.3 long, often brittle,
pointing down; upper surface smooth, with venation
usually raised, with gland-dotting evident, soon
glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences:
axes contracted or short, sometimes multinoded,
sometimes with a leaf and stipules developed instead
of scales; inflorescences sometimes of a few flowers
in a raceme-like arrangement, with a rudimentary or
a leafy axis beyond flowers, or sometimes a solitary
axillary flower subtended by a leaf or scale arising along
a leafy branch; bract 1-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide,
strongly convex; pedicel mostly 5-30 mm long, hairy;
bracteoles persistent or sometimes caducous at or
soon after anthesis, very narrow-elliptic, very-narrow
oblong, or lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, with l:w ratio 2-6,
mostly loosely appressed, inserted mostly in middle
third, convex, with apex nearly flat, 1-3-nerved, usually
sparsely hairy, orange-brown. Calyx A-5 mm long, hairy,
with tube c. equal to lobes; upper lobes 2-2.5 mm long,
2 mm wide, abruptly broadening at apex; lateral angle
acuminate; sinus 1.5-2 mm deep; lower lobes 2-3 mm
long, filiform distally, c. 1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat;
standard to c. 10 mm long, slightly longer than wings
and keel, adaxially yellow with a narrow flare, abaxially
often flushed red; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2 mm
wide, mainly yellow: keel c. 3 mm wide, pale proximally,
usually red in distal third; anthers c. 0.5 mm long post¬
dehiscence; ovary hairy, 8-10-ovulate; style 3-4 mm
long. Pods: stipe 1-2 mm long; body narrow-oblong,
140
Vol 30(2) 2012
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 125-126, Figs 4, 5 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 142-143, Figs. 8, 9 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 119-120, Figs 2, 3 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaea
28. Bossiaea otigosperma A.T.Lee, Telopea 2(2):
215(1981)
Type: New South Wales.Tonalli River landing towards
Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 434, 20.ix.1966;
holotype: NSW 285041; isotypes: BRI 278956, CANB
306843, MEL 596958.
Bossiaea sp. A sensu S.W.LJacobs & J.Pickard, Plants of
New South Wales ( 1981 ).
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne
typically on a tregular series of short side-branches;
branchlets erecto-patent to almost spreading, terete,
0.7-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, densely hairy;
hairs to c. 0.8 mm long, straight or wavy; epicuticular
wax not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2
mm long, flat, erect or recurving, with thinner margins
generally not recurved, brown or red-brown, glabrous
except near base, 1-nerved or with venation obscure;
stipule-petiole angle 60-90°. Leaves alternate; petiole
0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation slightly geniculate, ridged,
often obscured by hair; lamina c. circular, mostly 3-6
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly c. 1, ±flat
or becoming concave distally, slightly discolorous; base
c symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat, hairy,
±smooth, with a pale rim; apex rounded to truncate,
or abruptly recurved and acuminate; apiculum to c.
0.1 mm long; upper surface smooth, with venation
sometimes slightly raised, with gland dotting generally
obscure, generally soon glabrescent; lower surface with
somewhat persistent hairs, often moderately dense.
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 1 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, slightly to moderately convex;
pedicel 1.5-3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent,
ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 1.5-2, loosely
appressed or divergent, inserted near base of pedicel,
moderately convex, 1-nerved or venation obscure,
glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous,
sometimes slightly glaucous, with tube slightly longer
than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1.5-2 mm
wide, not expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle
acute or minutely acuminate; sinus c. 0.5 mm deep;
lower lobes 1-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide at base, with
lateral lobes ±flat but with a distal ridge; standard to c.
10 mm long, slightly longer than keel (shorter prior to
opening); adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat
bisected, abaxially flushed red medially; wings c. 1 mm
shorter than keel, 2.5-3 mm wide, flushed purple-brown
throughout or mainly yellow apically; keel c. 3.5-4 mm
wide, pink grading to dark red; anther c. 0.4 mm long
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 2-ovulate; style 3-4
mm long. Pods: stipe 4-5 mm long; body c. elliptic,
10-12 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, glabrous; upper margin
1-1.3 mm wide, with ridge to c. 0.8 mm high; valves
with transverse venation raised, without spongy tissue
internally. Seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2
mm long, c. 1.2 mm high, with base c. 1 mm long, with
lobe curving c. 180° (Fig. 101, m).
Selected specimens from c. 20 examined: NEW SOUTH
WALES: 2.5 km S along Claypit Rd from Windellama to Nerriga
Rd, RJohnstone2477SfA.E.Orme, 8.xm.2008 (MEL, NSW); Araluen
Valley, Mr & Mrs Shoobridge, ix.l 964 (CANB); corner of Oellen
Ford & Jacqua Rds, LRJhompson 1333, 24j<i.2010 (MEL); Tonalli
River Landing, towards Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell
277,17.xi.l964 {CANB, NSW).
Flowering period: Flowers mostly from late winter to
spring.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-eastern
and south-eastern New South Wales, between
Warragamba in the north and Araluen Valley, NE
of Moruya in the south (Fig. Hi). Rare, and listed as
vulnerable under the Threatened Species Conservation
Act of New South Wales. Grows in sand and loam,
sometimes in shallow stony soils, in dry sclerophyll
forest.
Notes: Bossiaea oligosperma is characterised by a
moderately dense indumentum on branchlets and
leaves, circular leaves, and short, few-ovulate pods.
Unlike other members of the Brownii subgroup,
B. oligosperma does not develop spongiose tissue inside
pods. This is probably at least partly associated with the
fact that pods are only 2-ovulate. It appears to be most
closely related to B. brownii.
The Arenicola subgroup
29. Bossiaea arenicola J.H.Ross, Muelleria 7(3):
371 (1991)
Type: Queensland. Cook District, 4.3 km E of the
Hopevale-Starke road on the track to the Mclvor River
mouth, IR.CIarkson 5322, 14.vi.1984; holotype: MEL
665930; isotypes: MEL 1576791, NSW 787940. Also
designated as being in BRI, CANB, DNA, K, PERTH, QRS
but these n.v.
Muelleria
157
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 144-145, Fig. 8, 9 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaeo identified by leaf and bracteole morphology. Species in Group B occur in south-eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and Tasmania (Fig. 5). The Cinerea subgroup (species 5-7) is well-defined. The three members have irregular phyllotaxy, with the arrangement varying from alternate to opposite to whorled on a plant, and all have long, slender pedicels and small, distally inserted bracteoles, Bossiaeakiomensis (8) forms a subgroup on its own and is placed in Group A because of similarities to the Cinerea subgroup in leaf and pod morphology. In other respects, notably its opposite leaves, it is closer to the Cordigera subgroup of Group C. The Cinerea subgroup 5. Bossiaea cinerea R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., 2nd edn, 4:268 (1812) Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of Van Diemen's Island, Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1805'.] Tasmania. Port Dalrymple, R.Brown, 1.i.1804; lectotype (here selected): BM 000885933, image seen in JSTOR Plant Science. Residual syntypes; Tasmania. Derwent River, R.Brown, 1802-05: BM 000885939, MEL 1528714, MEL 1528715, MEL 1528716; possible residual syntype: Tasmania. Locality unknown: CANB 00278253 (see discussion below). Bossiaea coccinea Bonpl., in A.Bonpland, Descr. PL Malmaison 128, t. 52 (1813). Type: not designated. [Protologue:‘Habitat in Nova Hollandia' Described from a plant presumably cultivated at Jardin de la Malmaison, Paris, France.] Holotype: t. 52 in Bonpland, Descr. PL Malmaison 128 (1813). Bossiaea tenuicauHs Graham, Edinburgh New Philos. J. 29: 171 (1840); B. cinerea van tenuicauHs (Graham) J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2: 304 (1929). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'This plant was raised at the Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from Van Diemen's Land seeds sent by Mr Cooper, Wentworth House, in Apr. 1836'.] Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne typically on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto- patent, c. terete or angular, 0.5-1 mm wide, with hairs 0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax generally absent. Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long, erect or more often becoming markedly recurved, reddish, hairy, with venation obscure; stipule-petiole angle mostly 30-60°. Leaves alternate, sub-opposite, opposite or in whorls of 3 in varying proportions on a single plant; petiole 0.2-0.5 mm long; articulation not geniculate, obscure except when marked by a spur 0.1-1 mm long; spur present on most leaves, or rarely uncommon on a plant; lamina narrow-ovate to narrow- lanceolate or narrow-triangular, 10-20 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 3-8, slightly convex each side of midrib, becoming strongly convex laterally, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, - broadly rounded or truncate; margin recurved or revolute, occasionally undulate, sometimes with a few persistent hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 0.4-1.2(-2) mm long, sometimes pungent, sometimes somewhat brittle^ pointing forward or slightly dov^n; upper surface smooth or tuberculate, with venation commonly raised, with gland-dotting not evident, glabrescent; lower surface usually hairy. Inflorescences: axes contracted or rarely to c. 1 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, slightly convex; pedicel 2-11 mm long, mostly sparsely hairy; bracteoles persistent, mostly broad-ovate, 0.2-1 mm long, with l:w ratio c. 1, appressed, inserted in middle or more often distal third, slightly convex, ±flat towards apex, faintly 1 -nerved or with venation obscure, glabrous or with a few hairs distally, dull brown. Calyx 2.5- 4.5 mm long, glabrous or less often hairy, with tube equal to or slightly longer than upper lobes; upper lobes 1.5- 2 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond lateral angle by 0.3-1 mm; lateral angle acute or acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 0.6-1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, slightly longer than wings and keel; adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat generally not or not fully bisected, abaxially reddish almost throughout; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2.5 mm wide, purplish brown, sometimes yellowish near apex, also variously streaked red proximaily and ventrally; keel c. 3 mm wide, red throughout; anthers c 0.4 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or rarely with hairs along lower suture, commonly 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 10-16 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely hairy along lower suture; upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with Muelleria 123
Eastern Bossiaea
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes,
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base.
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A,
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii,
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking.
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded
for species that normally have red markings.
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia.
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly
raised transverse venation evident with magnification;
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf).
There appears to be some variation in the degree of
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders
with the exposed inner surface being silvery.
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being
hidden when viewed from one side.
Taxonomy
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined,
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely
to reflect close relationships between members. The
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup,
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa.
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800)
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent.
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers.
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem.
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth.
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth.
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage
are endemic to Western Australia.]
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless,
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries
Muelleria
113
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 171-172, Fig. 14 (map)".
Eastern Bossiaea
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes,
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base.
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A,
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii,
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking.
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded
for species that normally have red markings.
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia.
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly
raised transverse venation evident with magnification;
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf).
There appears to be some variation in the degree of
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders
with the exposed inner surface being silvery.
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being
hidden when viewed from one side.
Taxonomy
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined,
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely
to reflect close relationships between members. The
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup,
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa.
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800)
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent.
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers.
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem.
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth.
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth.
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage
are endemic to Western Australia.]
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless,
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries
Muelleria
113
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 183-187, Figs 1-2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 101-104, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 84-88, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 93-95, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 89-91, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 88-89".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 95-97".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 83-84".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 91-93".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 100-101".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 97-100, Fig. 5".
Eastern Bossiaea
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes,
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base.
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A,
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii,
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking.
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded
for species that normally have red markings.
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia.
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly
raised transverse venation evident with magnification;
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf).
There appears to be some variation in the degree of
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders
with the exposed inner surface being silvery.
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being
hidden when viewed from one side.
Taxonomy
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined,
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely
to reflect close relationships between members. The
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup,
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa.
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800)
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent.
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers.
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem.
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth.
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth.
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage
are endemic to Western Australia.]
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless,
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries
Muelleria
113
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".
Eastern Bossiaea discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most flowers opening more or less simultaneously. Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but sometimes also in clay soils. Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of B. prostrata. Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. (see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a likely candidate as the other parent. The Heterophylla subgroup 22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7,t.7(1800) Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL /Vouv. 1:7 (1800). Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 (1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in Sot. Repos. 3(1802). Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 (1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'No locality information for source of seeds provided. Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately Muelleria 149
Eastern Bossiaea 7.IV.2002 (HO); Rocks near New Norfolk, LRodway, xii.1898 (HO); Rossarden Rd, Mangara, Tleoman s.n., 8.xii.2010 (MEL). Flowering period: Flowers in November and December. Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern Tasmania near Mathinna, and in south-eastern Tasmania south of Oatlands. Originally collected from New Norfolk west of Hobart but not currently known from this locality (Fig. 9g). Rare, and likely to warrant recognition as a threatened species. Grows in loamy, gravelly or skeletal soils derived from mudstone, in forest and woodland. Etymology: In raising B. cinerea var, rigida to species rank, the epithet rigido could not be used as the name Bossiaea rigida Turcz. had already been published. The new epithet reflects the fact that the species is endemic to Tasmania, and B. tasmanica is in fact Tasmania's only endemic species of Bossiaea. Notes: Bossiaea tasmanica appears to be more closely related than B. obcordata to other species in Group D. It can be distinguished from B. obcordata by its more prostrate habit, more wax-encrusted branchlets with obscure decurrencies, blunter, branchlets that are hardly spinous, relatively narrower leaves, narrower bracteoles, hairy calyx and hairy pods, longer petal claws and different petal colours.The leaves are similar in shape to those of B. obovata of the Scortechinii subgroup. Specimens of B. tasmanica from the type locality of New Norfolk near Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania have a denser indumentum than is seen in other collections. The Rocks' as given in the protologue is thought likely to be Derbyshire Rocks. 20. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep, Bot. Soc, Exch, Club Brit Isles 1916, suppl. 2:610 (1917) Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jard. Malmaison: subt. 31 (1803) Type: not designated. [Cultivated in Le Jardin de la Malmaison, France from seed collected during the voyage of Baudin, 1802.] Holotype: G, image seen in Geneva Herbarium Catalogue. Platylobium microphyllum Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863, pi. 863 (1805); Bossiaea microphylla (Sims) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: No information about the provenance of seeds. Cultivated in a private garden in Berkshire, England.] Holotype: pi. 863 in Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863 (1805). Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on a regular series of very short, side-branchlets which in turn are produced along a regular series of short erecto-patent side-branches; branchlets erecto- patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-1 mm wide, with well- developed decurrent ridges, spine-tipped, with spine glabrous, orange-brown, sparsely to moderately hairy; hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 mm long, ±erect, brown, sparsely hairy, glabrescent, 3-nerved; stipule-petiole angle c. 30-60°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1.5 mm long; articulation strongly geniculate, with ridge absent or obscure; lamina broad-obovate, obcordate or circular, 3-6 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.3, flat or gently convex each side of midrib, mostly markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to cuneate; margin recurved, glabrescent, ±smooth; apex rounded, truncate or emarginate, sometimes slightly downcurved; apiculum not or hardly developed; upper surface smooth, with venation generally raised, with gland-dotting sometimes evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted or to c. 1 mm long; bract caducous, c. 0.8 mm long, 0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-4 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy proximaily; bracteoles caducous or sometimes persisting to anthesis, elliptic to obovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-2, loosely appressed, inserted in middle or proximal thirds, slightly to moderately convex, 3- to 5-nerved, glabrous, red- brown. Calyx 2.5-4,5 mm long, glabrous, or occasionally very sparsely hairy, with tube slightly to much longer than lobes; upper lobes 1-2 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide; lateral angle acute; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to 10 mrn long, slightly longer than wings and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, and with throat bisected, abaxially red, mainly medially; wings 0.5-1 mm shorter than keel, c. 2,5 mm wide, purplish-brown throughout or sometimes dirty yellow distally; keel 3-4 mm wide, pinkish grading to darker red; anthers c. 0.4 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or sparsely hairy along upper margin, 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long; body elliptic or rhomboid- Muelleria 145
Eastern Bossiaea discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most flowers opening more or less simultaneously. Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but sometimes also in clay soils. Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of B. prostrata. Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. (see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a likely candidate as the other parent. The Heterophylla subgroup 22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7,t.7(1800) Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL /Vouv. 1:7 (1800). Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 (1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in Sot. Repos. 3(1802). Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 (1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'No locality information for source of seeds provided. Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately Muelleria 149
Eastern Bossiaea
not recessed at nodes and sometimes slightly widening,
±glabrous; marginal ridges well-defined, smooth or
with occasional tubercles; new growth ±linear in profile,
glabrous or sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax
sometimes weakly developing, shed in smallish flakes,
with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 0.6-1.5 mm
long, 03-0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, greenish
apart from midrib and margins, sometimes few-nerved
apart from midrib, glabrous or with a few hairs along
midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally
developed and persisting towards base of stems; lamina
nearly circular, to 12 mm long. Inflorescences: axes
contracted; scales 2, 0.6-1 mm long; bract persistent,
1-1.5(-2) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, strongly convex;
pedicel 2-6 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent,
ovate to narrow-ovate or narrow-oblong, 0.8-1.5(-2)
mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted
in proximal half, strongly convex, few-nerved, with
venation often obscure, glabrous, commonly slightly
fleshy, dark-brown. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, glabrous,
often with dark stripes, with tube longer than lobes;
upper lobes sometimes broadening slightly from base,
1.5- 2.2 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide; lateral angle acute
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1.4 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; lateral lobes flat or convex;
standard to c. 11 mm long, a few mm longer than wings
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially
largely reddish, with pale radiating bands in medial
third; wings c. as long as keel, 2-2.5 mm wide, yellow,
sometimes also tinged red; keel c. 2.5 mm wide, pale
greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink apically, often
with hairs at distal end of fusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style
2.5- 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body narrow-
oblong, 30-40 mm long, 7-11 mm wide; upper margin
c. 1 mm wide, with ridge 0.3-0.6(-l) mm high; valves
with transverse venation hardly raised. Seeds 3-3.5 mm
long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm high,
with base 0.8-1 mm long, with lobe curving 90-180°.
Selected specimens from c, 150 examined: QUEENSLAND:
Between Lake Benaroon and Lake Boemingen, Fraser Island,
DASmith, 15.viii.l971 (BRI); Noosa, CT.White. 21.viii.1949 (BRI);
Little Canalpin Swamp, North Stradbroke Island, KMStephens
07030713, 7.iii.2007 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: C. 1.5 km
N of Lake Cathie, near Port Macquarie, D.l/erdon /57,17.viii.1969
(CANS); Anzac Pde, Matraville, R.Coveny 11290, 15.ix.l982 (MEL,
NSW); Jervis Bay, Canberra Botanic Gardens annexe, near Lake
McKenzie, CJyrrel 168, 6.X.1978 (CANB); track to Green Cape,
M£.Phillips 83, 8x1961 (CANB);Tarougra Forest Rd, 2 km E of
Bodalla along Potato Point Rd, E.Mullins 708, 6.X.1986 (CANB,
MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: entry to tip on Betka Rd, Mallacoota,
SJIorbes 2884, 14.ix.1985 (CANB, MEL); Mario Racecourse
Reserve, cl 2 km SE of Orbost, W.Hunter22, x.l 951 (MEL); c 0.5
km N of the mouth of Seal Creek, D.EAlbrecht 4844, 22.X.1991
(CANB, MEL, HO).
Flowering period: Flowers in spring.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal
areas of south-eastern Queensland, New South Wales
and far eastern Victoria (Fig. 13a). Categorised as rare in
Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Grows in sandy soils in
heathland and open forest.
Notes: The bracts and bracteoles of R ensata and
R scolopendria usually appear less scarious than those
of most other species, and are sometimes slightly fleshy
medially (drying blackish). Bossiaea ensata is closest to
R scolopendria but compared to that species has smaller
and generally fewer flowers, shorter bracteoles, wing-
petals that are largely yellow, and pods that are thinner
and with the upper margin more angular. The calyx
morphology of R ensata and R scolopendria is similar to
that of species in Group E. A mutant with pure yellow
flowers has been recorded from Mororo in northern
New South Wales {Fenshom 4923 BRI).
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between
R prostrato and B. ensata has been recorded from near
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of
those of B. ensata.
31. Bossiaea scolopendria (Andrews) Sm.,
Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9 :303 (1808)
Platylobium scolopendrium Andrews, Bot. Repos. 3: pi.
191 (1801), as scolopendrum.
Type: not designated. [Protologue: No locality or
collection details for seeds. A cultivated plant in the
Hibbertian collection'.] Holotype: pi. 191 in Bot. Repos.
3 (1801); epitype (here selected): New South Wales, St
Ives, CBurgess, 29.vii.1963: CANB 0006531.
Erect rhizomotous leafless shrubs to c. 1 m high, with
cladodes to c. 25 mm wide, with inflorescences borne
predominantly on long branchlets, occasionally on a
regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence-
Muelleria
161
Eastern Bossiaea
not recessed at nodes and sometimes slightly widening,
±glabrous; marginal ridges well-defined, smooth or
with occasional tubercles; new growth ±linear in profile,
glabrous or sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax
sometimes weakly developing, shed in smallish flakes,
with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 0.6-1.5 mm
long, 03-0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, greenish
apart from midrib and margins, sometimes few-nerved
apart from midrib, glabrous or with a few hairs along
midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally
developed and persisting towards base of stems; lamina
nearly circular, to 12 mm long. Inflorescences: axes
contracted; scales 2, 0.6-1 mm long; bract persistent,
1-1.5(-2) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, strongly convex;
pedicel 2-6 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent,
ovate to narrow-ovate or narrow-oblong, 0.8-1.5(-2)
mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted
in proximal half, strongly convex, few-nerved, with
venation often obscure, glabrous, commonly slightly
fleshy, dark-brown. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, glabrous,
often with dark stripes, with tube longer than lobes;
upper lobes sometimes broadening slightly from base,
1.5- 2.2 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide; lateral angle acute
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1.4 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; lateral lobes flat or convex;
standard to c. 11 mm long, a few mm longer than wings
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially
largely reddish, with pale radiating bands in medial
third; wings c. as long as keel, 2-2.5 mm wide, yellow,
sometimes also tinged red; keel c. 2.5 mm wide, pale
greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink apically, often
with hairs at distal end of fusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style
2.5- 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body narrow-
oblong, 30-40 mm long, 7-11 mm wide; upper margin
c. 1 mm wide, with ridge 0.3-0.6(-l) mm high; valves
with transverse venation hardly raised. Seeds 3-3.5 mm
long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm high,
with base 0.8-1 mm long, with lobe curving 90-180°.
Selected specimens from c, 150 examined: QUEENSLAND:
Between Lake Benaroon and Lake Boemingen, Fraser Island,
DASmith, 15.viii.l971 (BRI); Noosa, CT.White. 21.viii.1949 (BRI);
Little Canalpin Swamp, North Stradbroke Island, KMStephens
07030713, 7.iii.2007 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: C. 1.5 km
N of Lake Cathie, near Port Macquarie, D.l/erdon /57,17.viii.1969
(CANS); Anzac Pde, Matraville, R.Coveny 11290, 15.ix.l982 (MEL,
NSW); Jervis Bay, Canberra Botanic Gardens annexe, near Lake
McKenzie, CJyrrel 168, 6.X.1978 (CANB); track to Green Cape,
M£.Phillips 83, 8x1961 (CANB);Tarougra Forest Rd, 2 km E of
Bodalla along Potato Point Rd, E.Mullins 708, 6.X.1986 (CANB,
MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: entry to tip on Betka Rd, Mallacoota,
SJIorbes 2884, 14.ix.1985 (CANB, MEL); Mario Racecourse
Reserve, cl 2 km SE of Orbost, W.Hunter22, x.l 951 (MEL); c 0.5
km N of the mouth of Seal Creek, D.EAlbrecht 4844, 22.X.1991
(CANB, MEL, HO).
Flowering period: Flowers in spring.
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal
areas of south-eastern Queensland, New South Wales
and far eastern Victoria (Fig. 13a). Categorised as rare in
Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Grows in sandy soils in
heathland and open forest.
Notes: The bracts and bracteoles of R ensata and
R scolopendria usually appear less scarious than those
of most other species, and are sometimes slightly fleshy
medially (drying blackish). Bossiaea ensata is closest to
R scolopendria but compared to that species has smaller
and generally fewer flowers, shorter bracteoles, wing-
petals that are largely yellow, and pods that are thinner
and with the upper margin more angular. The calyx
morphology of R ensata and R scolopendria is similar to
that of species in Group E. A mutant with pure yellow
flowers has been recorded from Mororo in northern
New South Wales {Fenshom 4923 BRI).
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between
R prostrato and B. ensata has been recorded from near
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of
those of B. ensata.
31. Bossiaea scolopendria (Andrews) Sm.,
Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9 :303 (1808)
Platylobium scolopendrium Andrews, Bot. Repos. 3: pi.
191 (1801), as scolopendrum.
Type: not designated. [Protologue: No locality or
collection details for seeds. A cultivated plant in the
Hibbertian collection'.] Holotype: pi. 191 in Bot. Repos.
3 (1801); epitype (here selected): New South Wales, St
Ives, CBurgess, 29.vii.1963: CANB 0006531.
Erect rhizomotous leafless shrubs to c. 1 m high, with
cladodes to c. 25 mm wide, with inflorescences borne
predominantly on long branchlets, occasionally on a
regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence-
Muelleria
161
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".
Eastern Bossiaea
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes,
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base.
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A,
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii,
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking.
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded
for species that normally have red markings.
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia.
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly
raised transverse venation evident with magnification;
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf).
There appears to be some variation in the degree of
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders
with the exposed inner surface being silvery.
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being
hidden when viewed from one side.
Taxonomy
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined,
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely
to reflect close relationships between members. The
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup,
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa.
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800)
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent.
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers.
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem.
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth.
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth.
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage
are endemic to Western Australia.]
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless,
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries
Muelleria
113
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 66-68, Fig. 1".
Kantvilas and Elix species studied, Lecidella stigmatea shares a colourless hypothecium with L granulosula, but that species differs by its granular thallus containing xanthones (C+ orange) and by its smaller apothecia. It differs starkly from L sublapicida, which has a brownish hypothecium and also contains xanthones. Distribution and ecology: Lecidella stigmatea is a very widespread species in both hemispheres, occurring mainly on calcareous substrates. Its Tasmanian distribution ranges from limestone outcrops in natural vegetation to concrete in a suburban garden. Several collections are also from dolerite, a siliceous rock type, in sites subject to nutrient enrichment, such as boulders in rough sheep-grazing land. Associated species include Lecanora dispersa (Pers.) Sommerf., Candelariella aurella (Hoffm.) Zahlbr., C. vitellina (Hoffm.) Mull.Arg. and species of Caloplaca. It was first reported for Tasmania by Hertel (1989). Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Lune River Lagoon mouth, 43°26'S 146°55'E, 1968, G.C. Bratt 68/523 (HO); Glen Morey Saltpan near Tunbridge, 42°09'S 147°29'E, 175 m alt., 1984, A. Moscal 8793 (HO); Giblin River, c. 7 km SW of Hardwood Hill, 70 m alt., 1985, G. Kantvilas 182/85 (HO); Cascades, Hobart, 42°54'S 147°17'E, 130 m alt., 1998, G. Kantvilas 168/98 (HO); Bisdee Tier, 42°26'S 147°17'E, 640 m alt., 2009, G. Kantvilas 171/09 (HO). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Brindabella Range, summit of Mt Aggie, 35°28'S 148°46'E, 22.xi.1989, W.H. Ewers 461 0(CANB). 7. Lecidella sublapicida (C. Knight) Hertel Mitt. Bot. Munchen 19:444 (1983); Lecidea sublapicida C. Knight, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 8:316 (1876). Thallus rimose-areolate to rather granular-verruculose, continuous or dispersed, pale pinkish brown, cream- grey to grey-brown, undelimited, sometimes very thin to absent, lacking a prothallus, esorediate, forming irregular patches to c. 10 cm wide. Apothecia 0.2-0.8 mm wide, scattered or crowded together, sessile, basally constricted; disc mostly persistently plane, sometimes a little undulate but only rarely convex, black, matt to glossy, epruinose. Properexcipulum black, matt to glossy, entire to a little flexuose, mostly persistent or becoming inconspicuous and excluded, especially in more convex apothecia, in section 15-50 pm thick, opaque red- brown within, unchanged in K, N+ intensifying orange- brown, also with additional blue-green, N+ crimson pigment, particularly at the edges, rarely ± entirely dee& blue-green. Hypothecium 20-100 pm thick, yellow, brown to deep brown, intensifying yellow-orange in K and N, typically subtended by a darker red-brown layer continuous with the excipulum. Hymenium 55-90 pm thick, separating easily in K, in the upper part intensely greenish blue, K ± grey-green to blue-green, N+ crimson, towards the base mostly colourless, occasionally overlain by brownish granules that dissolve in K. Ascj 40-60 x 12-20 pm. Paraphyses 1-2 pm thick, simply to sparsely branched; apices unpigmented and only slightly expanded to 2-2.5 pm wide or, more commonly, with an external, blue-green, N+ crimson cap 2-4 pm wide. Ascospores broadly ellipsoid to ovate, (9-)10- 72.3-15(-17) X (4.5—)6—6.9—8(—9) pm. Conidiomata not observed. Fig. 2A Chemical composition: vicanicin, 2,5,7-trichlorO' 3-O-methylnorlichexanthone, 5,7-dichloro-3-0' methylnorlichexanthone, isoarthothelin (minor), arthothelin (± minor), atranorin (± minor), vicanicin methyl ether (± minor), 5,7-dichlorolichexanthone (± minor), 3-O-methylasemone (± minor), 3-O-methylthiophanic acid (± minor), thiophanic acid (± minor), 2,5,7-trichlorolichexanthone (± minor); thallus K-, KC-, C+ orange, P-. The suite of xanthones present is highly variable and not easily detected by thin-layer chromatography; however, vicanicin is inevitably present. In specimens where the thallus is extremely thin to absent, thin-layer chromatography may not detect any substances. Remarks: Lecidella sublapicida is recognised by its often rather granular thallus, and abundant, black, usually persistently marginate apothecia with a red' brown to yellow-brown hypothecium. Unlike in most other Lecidella species studied, the excipulum appears to be cupular or almost so, and extends continuously beneath the hymenial and subhypothecial layers, forming a secondary, deeper brown layer of tissue. Also characteristic is the presence of vicanicin together with a suite of xanthones. The dark hypothecium is unique to Lecidella in Tasmania and the presence of vicanicin is diagnostic. This species is very closely related to the widespread, chiefly Northern Hemisphere taxon, L. carpathica Korb., which has an identical habitat ecology, a 42 Vol 31,2013
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 33-36, Figs 1A".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 36-37, Fig. 1B".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 37-38, Fig. 1C".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 38-40, Figs 1D".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 40-41, Fig. 1E".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 41-42, Fig. 1F".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 42-44, Fig. 2A".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 44-46, Fig. 2B-C".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 61-64, Fig. 1".
Two new species of Nitella (Characeae, Charophyceae) or more x furcate, but sometimes the development of segments is suppressed and the terminal segments appear to be pluricelluate (up to 5 cells long including the end cell). Dactyls are essentially bicellulate, to 1.5 mm long. Accessory branchlets where present are 0 x furcate (i.e. dactyls). End cells short, conical and acute, the end of the penultimate cell distinctly narrowed so that the base of the end cell is confluent with it. Fertile parts without mucus, whorls on the female plant somewhat contracted, on the male plant in distinct heads. Fertile branchlets 6 in a whorl, 2 x furcate, oogonia from 0.4 to 0.6 mm long, at first and second branchlet furcations, antheridia terminal, to 400 pm in diameter. Oospores 290-350 pm long x 250-290 pm wide, with 4-5 striae of low flanges, dark to chestnut brown. The shape differs from all other species seen so far, rather than being a flattened sphere, oospores of this species appear twisted. Oospore wall ornamentation is coarsely reticulate, with walls of the reticulum c. 8 pm wide, 3-4 meshes across the fossa. In mature oospores minute, sparse papillae occur on the walls and cavities of the reticulum. Antheridia to 0.4 mm in diameter. Chromosome number not known. (Fig. 1) Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Claypan 17, Nocoleche Nature Reserve, J.L . Porter 264, spirit preserved (p650), MEL. Woolshed Swamp, Nocoleche Nature Reserve, J.L Porter s.n., spirit preserved, MEL. Distribution and habitat: Claypan wetlands in the Paroo region of north-western New South Wales and south-western Queensland. Small mid- to bright-green plants lacking mucus, with spindly whorls of branchlets terminated with open groups of dactyls; antheridia more prominent than oogonia. Found on heavy clay substrates, often in water so turbid they cannot be located visually (Secchi transparency < 5 cm). Apparently capable of rapid growth and may be short lived. Associated species: Wetlands fringed by Eucalyptus ochrophloia F.Muell., E. largiflorens F.Muell., Eremophila sturtii R.Br., Dodonaea angustifolia Lf. and Senna spp., Babbagia sp. Chenopodium sp. and Scleroleana sp with an understorey of Duma florulenta (Meisn.) T.M.Schust, Acacia stenophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth. and/or Maireana brevifolia (R.Br.) Paul G.Wilson. Herbaceous species can include Eleocharis plana S.T.BIake, Marsilea angustifolia R.Br., M. drummondii A.Braun, Alternanthera denticulata R.Br., Cyperus gilesii Benth., Aponogeton queenslandicus H.Bruggen and Eragrostis australasicus (Steud.) C.E.Hubb; submerged species include the charophytes Chara braunii CC.Gmelin, Nitella sonderi A.Braun and Nitella cristata A.Braun. Etymology: parooensis means 'of the Paroo'. This species has not been collected in any other place. Conservation status: This species has been listed on the New South Wales endangered species list as Nitella 'parooensis'. 2. Nitella micklei M.T.Casanova, sp. nov. Plantae dioeciae, homeoclemae, ad 10 cm altum, axes crassi, ramuli 1-vel 2-furcati, , 5-7 in quoque verticillo, dactyli inflati, bicellularis. Oosporae 200 pm x 170 pm, ornatio leniter reticulata, alveolae laeves 1 vel 2 trans fossam. Antheridia ad 500 pm diametrum. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Pilbara Survey Wetland 040, Mulga Downs Outcamp Claypan, 3 km West of Cowra Line Camp Homestead, Mulga Downs Station, 67.5 km ESE of Wittenoom (S 22.3618, E 118.9774) 17.viii.2006, MX Casanova PBS17:R114 (holotype: MEL). Plants dioecious, homeoclemous, to 90 mm tall, internodes to 35 mm long. Axes stout, to 650 pm in diameter. Sterile branchlets 6 in a whorl, to 18 mm in total, 1(-2) x furcate, primary segments to 6 mm long, 2-3 secondary segments, to 2 mm long, rarely 2-3 tertiary segments, to 2 mm long. Dactyl cells swollen or inflated 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, sometimes narrowing distally to be confluent with the mucronate end cell, 75 pm long x 30-40 pm wide at the base. Fertile branchlets 5-6 in a whorl, to 2 mm long, 1-2 x furcate. Primary segments to 1.5 mm long, 2-3 secondary segments to 1.2 mm long, rarely 2-3 tertiary segments to 0.5 mm long. Fertile dactyls as for sterile, individual segments can be less inflated on male plants. Gametangia on separate plants in contracted whorls. Oogonia to 230 pm long, 190 pm wide, coronula to 18 pm high, 6-7 convolutions. Oospores 200 pm long, 170 pm wide, 6-7 striae of thick ridges, uniting in a small apical crest. Oospore membrane shallowly reticulate with (o-) i -2 smooth meshes across the fossa. Antheridia to 450-470 pm in diameter. Chromosomes n=9. (Fig. 2) Additional specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PSW005 Koodjeepindawarranna Pool 19.viii.2006, M.T. Casanova PBS40: t254 (MEL). PSW005 Koodjeepindawarranna Muelleria 55
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 54-55, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 49-52, Fig. 1".
An examination of Pterostylisxerophila Specimen examined: VICTORIA. About 7 km SW of Millewa South Bore, 16.X.2005, A Pritchard s.n. [J.A. Jeanes 1380 ] (MEL2296294). Notes: The treatment of this species in Flora of Victoria by Jones (1994) included in the distribution map some collections that we have now identified as P. lingua. However, the accompanying illustrations are of P. xerophila. Jones (1994) described flower colour as 'reddish brown or brown' but we observed Victorian plants to be green. 2. Pterostylis lingua M.A.CIem., Austral. Orch. Res. 1:123, fig. 5A-D (1989) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. S end of Cocopara National Park, near Mt. Caley on Barry Scenic Drive, 12 Oct. 1986, R.G.Tunstall 94 (holo CANB!; iso K!, NSW!). Oligochaetochilus linguus (M.A.CIem.) Szlach., Polish Bot. J. 46(1): 24 (2001). [Pterostylis squamata auct. non R.Br.: Fitzg., Austral, orch. 1 (6): [t.6] (1880).] [Pterostylis xerophila auct. non M.A.CIem.: D.L. Jones, FI. Victoria 2:828 (1994) pro parte.] Deciduous herbaceous perennial geophyte. Vegetatively glabrous, with leaves withered at flowering time (Fig. la). Roots filamentous with tubers fleshy and globose. Flowering stem simple, erect, 10-30 cm high, with 4-8 sheathing bracts. Rosette stalk 1-3 cm long, leaves 3-12, linear ovate, size extremely variable, margins entire, surface of leaves becoming rugose with age. Flowers 2-8, erect, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, 2-3 cm long, light to dark brown, occasionally dull green with white opaque striping on the galea (Figs 1b, 1c). Buds initially green, later turning brown just before anthesis. Sheathing bracts 4-10, 1-2 cm long. Column (Figs Id, Figure 2. Known distribution in Victoria of Pterostylis lingua (rectangle) and P. xerophila (triangle) Figure 3. Labellum of a. Pterostylis xerophila from Murray-Sunset National Park and b. P. lingua from Mallanbool FFR Muelleria 73
An examination of Pterostylisxerophila Specimen examined: VICTORIA. About 7 km SW of Millewa South Bore, 16.X.2005, A Pritchard s.n. [J.A. Jeanes 1380 ] (MEL2296294). Notes: The treatment of this species in Flora of Victoria by Jones (1994) included in the distribution map some collections that we have now identified as P. lingua. However, the accompanying illustrations are of P. xerophila. Jones (1994) described flower colour as 'reddish brown or brown' but we observed Victorian plants to be green. 2. Pterostylis lingua M.A.CIem., Austral. Orch. Res. 1:123, fig. 5A-D (1989) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. S end of Cocopara National Park, near Mt. Caley on Barry Scenic Drive, 12 Oct. 1986, R.G.Tunstall 94 (holo CANB!; iso K!, NSW!). Oligochaetochilus linguus (M.A.CIem.) Szlach., Polish Bot. J. 46(1): 24 (2001). [Pterostylis squamata auct. non R.Br.: Fitzg., Austral, orch. 1 (6): [t.6] (1880).] [Pterostylis xerophila auct. non M.A.CIem.: D.L. Jones, FI. Victoria 2:828 (1994) pro parte.] Deciduous herbaceous perennial geophyte. Vegetatively glabrous, with leaves withered at flowering time (Fig. la). Roots filamentous with tubers fleshy and globose. Flowering stem simple, erect, 10-30 cm high, with 4-8 sheathing bracts. Rosette stalk 1-3 cm long, leaves 3-12, linear ovate, size extremely variable, margins entire, surface of leaves becoming rugose with age. Flowers 2-8, erect, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, 2-3 cm long, light to dark brown, occasionally dull green with white opaque striping on the galea (Figs 1b, 1c). Buds initially green, later turning brown just before anthesis. Sheathing bracts 4-10, 1-2 cm long. Column (Figs Id, Figure 2. Known distribution in Victoria of Pterostylis lingua (rectangle) and P. xerophila (triangle) Figure 3. Labellum of a. Pterostylis xerophila from Murray-Sunset National Park and b. P. lingua from Mallanbool FFR Muelleria 73
Walsh and O'Brien
hermaphroditic state, rather than being derived from,
or giving rise to dioecy (e.g. Lewis 1942). However, Ross
(1978) proposed mechanisms whereby gynodioecy may
be transitional toward dioecy from the conventional
hermaphroditic condition, albeit via more complex
genetic processes.
Several studies across a wide range of families
suggest that the female plants may compensate for
the absence of male function by possessing traits that,
for example, increase floral longevity (Petterson 1992),
reduce likelihood of inbreeding depression (Lloyd 1975;
Charlesworth & Charlesworth 1987) or elevate levels of
seed production (Lewis 1941; Lloyd 1976). Observation
suggests that the latter trait is being expressed at the
Avoca Plain site at least.
Taxonomy
Teucrium racemosum R.Br. Prodr. 504 (1810)
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencers Gulf, 1802, R.
Brown (holo: BM; iso: CANB).
Teucrium racemosum var. polymorphum Tovey &
P.Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 35,89 (1922). Type:
Victoria. Kerang, Sept. 1920, EJ. Semmens (holo: MEL!).
Teucrium racemosum var. triflorum J.M. Black, FI. South
Australia 3: 486 (1926). Type: South Australia: Eringa
near Lindsay Creek, 3.X.1913, Whites.n. (holo: AD, photo
seen).
Teucrium sp. B. sensu Jacobs, S.W.L.& Pickard, J. (1981),
Plants of New South Wales, fide Conn (2012),
Specimens seen: ('var. polymorphum' form = female-
flowered plants): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. (Geraldton
Sandplains, sensu IBRA 2012) 10 mile (16.1 km) peg along
main road to Kalbarri from North West Coastal Highway,
December 1918, £ Officer 9/19 (CANB, MEL, NSW). NORTHERN
TERRITORY. (Finke, sensu IBRA 2012) Jimmys Dam, 23 km ESE
Erldunda Homestead, 26.vi.2000, P.K. Latz 16361 (MEL, NT).
NEW SOUTH WALES. (Nandewar, sensu IBRA 2012) Red Bobs
Reserve, c. 40 km SW of Gunnedah, 30.L2005, J.R. Hosking 2580
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA. (Riverina, sensu IBRA 2012)
Kerang, Victoria, September 1920, EJ. Semmens 72 (MEL - type
of var. polymorphum); 26.5 km due W from Kerang, 29.iv.2012,
N.G. Walsh 7557, J.P. Walsh & E. O'Brien (AD, CANB, MEL, PAL);
(Murray Darling Depression) 17.9 km SW of Birchip, 5x2011,
M. Argali s.n. (MEL).
Note: Cunningham etal. (1992) report occurrences in
south-western New South Wales in the Hay, Wanganella
and Jerilderie districts, all within the Riverina region
(sensu IBRA 2012).
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Teresa Lebel (MEL) for assistance
with microphotography, to staff at AD for locating and
providing an image of the type of Teucrium racemosum
var. triflorum , to John Hosking (TARCH) for information
on occurrences of the male-sterile form in New South
Wales, and to two anonymous referees who made
helpful suggestions on the manuscript.
References
Charlesworth, D. and Charlesworth, B. (1987). Inbreeding
depression and its evolutionary consequences. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 18,237-268.
Conn, BJ. (1999). Teucriumf in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds),
Flora of Victoria 4, pp. 456-459. Inkata Press: Port Melbourne.
Conn, BJ. (2012). Teucrium racemosum in PlantNET - The Plant
Information Network System of The Royal Botanic Gardens
and Domain Trust: Sydney, Australia (version 2.0, accessed
20.vi.2012). <http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au>
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, J.H.
(1992). Plants of Western New South Wales. Inkata Press: Port
Melbourne.
Darwin, C.R. (1877). The different forms of flowers on plants of
the same species, ed. J. Murray. University of Chicago Press:
London.
Delph, LF. (1996). 'Flower size dimorphism in plants with
unisexual flowers' in D.G. Lloyd and S.C.H. Barrett (eds), Floral
biology: studies on floral evolution in animal-pollinated plants,
pp. 217-237. Chapman and Hall: York.
IBRA (2012) Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia
(version 6.1, accessed 20.vi.2012). http://www.environment.
gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index.
html
Lewis, D. (1941). Male sterility in natural populations of
hermaphroditic plants. NewPhytologist 40, 56-63.
Lewis, D. (1942). The evolution of sex in flowering plants.
Biological Reviews 17,46-67.
Lloyd, D.G. (1975). The maintenance of gynodioecy and
androdioecy in angiosperms. Genetica45, 325-339.
Lloyd, D.G. (1976). The transmission of genes via pollen and
ovules in gynodioecious angiosperms. Theoretical Population
Biology 9,299-316.
Orellana, M.R., Blanche, C. and Bosch, M. (2005). Pollination and
reproductive success in the gynodioecious endemic Thymus
loscosii (Lamiaceae). Canadian Journal of Botany 83, 183-193.
Petterson, M.W. (1992). Advantages of being a specialist female
in gynodioecious Silene vulgaris S.L. (Caryophyllaceae).
American Journal of Botany 79, 1389-1395.
Ross, M.D. (1978). The evolution of gynodioecy and subdioecy.
Evolution 32,174-188.
Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiata e). Journal of
the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7, 295-300.
Tovey, J.R. and Morris, P.F. (1922). Contributions from the
National Herbarium of Victoria 2. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Victoria n.s. 35,89.
Weigel, D. and Meyerowitz, E.M. (1993). Activation of floral
homeotic genes in Arabidopsis. Science 261, 1723-1727.
80
Vol 31,2013
Walsh and O'Brien
hermaphroditic state, rather than being derived from,
or giving rise to dioecy (e.g. Lewis 1942). However, Ross
(1978) proposed mechanisms whereby gynodioecy may
be transitional toward dioecy from the conventional
hermaphroditic condition, albeit via more complex
genetic processes.
Several studies across a wide range of families
suggest that the female plants may compensate for
the absence of male function by possessing traits that,
for example, increase floral longevity (Petterson 1992),
reduce likelihood of inbreeding depression (Lloyd 1975;
Charlesworth & Charlesworth 1987) or elevate levels of
seed production (Lewis 1941; Lloyd 1976). Observation
suggests that the latter trait is being expressed at the
Avoca Plain site at least.
Taxonomy
Teucrium racemosum R.Br. Prodr. 504 (1810)
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencers Gulf, 1802, R.
Brown (holo: BM; iso: CANB).
Teucrium racemosum var. polymorphum Tovey &
P.Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 35,89 (1922). Type:
Victoria. Kerang, Sept. 1920, EJ. Semmens (holo: MEL!).
Teucrium racemosum var. triflorum J.M. Black, FI. South
Australia 3: 486 (1926). Type: South Australia: Eringa
near Lindsay Creek, 3.X.1913, Whites.n. (holo: AD, photo
seen).
Teucrium sp. B. sensu Jacobs, S.W.L.& Pickard, J. (1981),
Plants of New South Wales, fide Conn (2012),
Specimens seen: ('var. polymorphum' form = female-
flowered plants): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. (Geraldton
Sandplains, sensu IBRA 2012) 10 mile (16.1 km) peg along
main road to Kalbarri from North West Coastal Highway,
December 1918, £ Officer 9/19 (CANB, MEL, NSW). NORTHERN
TERRITORY. (Finke, sensu IBRA 2012) Jimmys Dam, 23 km ESE
Erldunda Homestead, 26.vi.2000, P.K. Latz 16361 (MEL, NT).
NEW SOUTH WALES. (Nandewar, sensu IBRA 2012) Red Bobs
Reserve, c. 40 km SW of Gunnedah, 30.L2005, J.R. Hosking 2580
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA. (Riverina, sensu IBRA 2012)
Kerang, Victoria, September 1920, EJ. Semmens 72 (MEL - type
of var. polymorphum); 26.5 km due W from Kerang, 29.iv.2012,
N.G. Walsh 7557, J.P. Walsh & E. O'Brien (AD, CANB, MEL, PAL);
(Murray Darling Depression) 17.9 km SW of Birchip, 5x2011,
M. Argali s.n. (MEL).
Note: Cunningham etal. (1992) report occurrences in
south-western New South Wales in the Hay, Wanganella
and Jerilderie districts, all within the Riverina region
(sensu IBRA 2012).
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Teresa Lebel (MEL) for assistance
with microphotography, to staff at AD for locating and
providing an image of the type of Teucrium racemosum
var. triflorum , to John Hosking (TARCH) for information
on occurrences of the male-sterile form in New South
Wales, and to two anonymous referees who made
helpful suggestions on the manuscript.
References
Charlesworth, D. and Charlesworth, B. (1987). Inbreeding
depression and its evolutionary consequences. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 18,237-268.
Conn, BJ. (1999). Teucriumf in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds),
Flora of Victoria 4, pp. 456-459. Inkata Press: Port Melbourne.
Conn, BJ. (2012). Teucrium racemosum in PlantNET - The Plant
Information Network System of The Royal Botanic Gardens
and Domain Trust: Sydney, Australia (version 2.0, accessed
20.vi.2012). <http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au>
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, J.H.
(1992). Plants of Western New South Wales. Inkata Press: Port
Melbourne.
Darwin, C.R. (1877). The different forms of flowers on plants of
the same species, ed. J. Murray. University of Chicago Press:
London.
Delph, LF. (1996). 'Flower size dimorphism in plants with
unisexual flowers' in D.G. Lloyd and S.C.H. Barrett (eds), Floral
biology: studies on floral evolution in animal-pollinated plants,
pp. 217-237. Chapman and Hall: York.
IBRA (2012) Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia
(version 6.1, accessed 20.vi.2012). http://www.environment.
gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index.
html
Lewis, D. (1941). Male sterility in natural populations of
hermaphroditic plants. NewPhytologist 40, 56-63.
Lewis, D. (1942). The evolution of sex in flowering plants.
Biological Reviews 17,46-67.
Lloyd, D.G. (1975). The maintenance of gynodioecy and
androdioecy in angiosperms. Genetica45, 325-339.
Lloyd, D.G. (1976). The transmission of genes via pollen and
ovules in gynodioecious angiosperms. Theoretical Population
Biology 9,299-316.
Orellana, M.R., Blanche, C. and Bosch, M. (2005). Pollination and
reproductive success in the gynodioecious endemic Thymus
loscosii (Lamiaceae). Canadian Journal of Botany 83, 183-193.
Petterson, M.W. (1992). Advantages of being a specialist female
in gynodioecious Silene vulgaris S.L. (Caryophyllaceae).
American Journal of Botany 79, 1389-1395.
Ross, M.D. (1978). The evolution of gynodioecy and subdioecy.
Evolution 32,174-188.
Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiata e). Journal of
the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7, 295-300.
Tovey, J.R. and Morris, P.F. (1922). Contributions from the
National Herbarium of Victoria 2. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Victoria n.s. 35,89.
Weigel, D. and Meyerowitz, E.M. (1993). Activation of floral
homeotic genes in Arabidopsis. Science 261, 1723-1727.
80
Vol 31,2013
Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 15-30 cm long, 5-18 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, light green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-60 cm tall, 1.5- 3 mm diam., slender, straight, light green, straw- coloured or purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2.5-8 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green or purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 2-12 mm long, stout to slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 4-10 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 3-15, (19—)25—35 mm across, usually pale purplish blue, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (8—)12—20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide, concave, imbricate in open flowers, apex acute to obtuse, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, often stalked, usually narrower than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 5-7 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, pale blue to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, tubular, inflated, gently curved, brown or brownish orange with a narrow blue collar, apex v-notched, yellow, lobes toothed; auxiliary lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral lobes converging, 1.5-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at base, curved sharply upwards, each with a dense toothbrush¬ like tuft of white hairs, the individual hairs 0.7-1 mm long. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 2.5- 3.2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, the connective produced into a beak 0.5-0.6 mm long; pollinarium 2-2.6 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-15 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3b) Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA. Howrah Hills, 26x1998, D. Randalls.n. (HO 500013);Conara, Midland Highway near church, 18.xi.1998, H. & A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 500102); Conara, track to old church, 18.xi.1998, J.E. Wapstra ORG1945 &A. Wapstra (CANB 610454); Conara Junction, 18.xi.1998, J.E. Wapstra ORG1830 (CANB 610402); Conara, just north of railway crossing, 27.xi.1996, H. &A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 329537); Campbell Town Golf Course, 28.xi.1995, H. & A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 500107); Campbell Town Golf Course, 21.xi.1995, H. Wapstra DU14685 (CANB 9609758); Campbell Town Golf Course, 5.xi.1998, D.L Jones 16181 & M. Garratt (CANB 605821); Conara, Midland Highway, 27.xi.1996, J.E. Wapstra ORG460 (CANB 610405 & HO 500101); Maranoa Heights, Kingston, 11 .xi. 1996, J.E. Wapstra ORG441 (CANB 610404); Conara, 14.xi.1999, H. & A. Wapstra JAJ692 (MEL 2172980); Campbell Town Golf Course, 8.xi.2000, H. Wapstra JAJ945 (MEL 2087452 & MEL 2089307). Distribution and habitat: Northern and eastern Tasmania from Circular Head to near Hobart, with most recent collections coming from the Midlands Region in the vicinity of Campbell Town. Grows in heathy open forest, scrubland or grassland on well-drained sand and sandy loams. Altitude: 0-200 m. (Fig. 4b) Conservation status: Not recorded for any biological reserves and poorly known overall. Recommend 3K by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Data Deficient (DD) by criteria of IUCN (2011). Flowering period: Late October to early December. Pollination biology: The large, freely opening flowers and sporadic production of seed capsules would suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. Notes: Thelymitra imbricata has been confused with T. nuda from which it can be distinguished by its generally stockier appearance, often longer, broader leaf and the usually larger flowers with broader, more overlapping perianth segments. 9. Thelymitra paludosa Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Eyre District: Mt Merivale, 20 km E of Esperance, 7.xi.1995, B. Archer 178 (holotype MEL 2032843; isotypes MEL 2032844, PERTH 4433432) Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 267 (as Thelymitra aff. holmesii ); Brown etal. (2008) page 331, A; Hoffman & Brown (2011) page 323. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 14—30(—50) cm long, 5—10(—15) mm wide, erect, canaliculate, leathery, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 20—50(—90) cm tall, 1.5-5 mm diam., straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2 or 3, rarely 1, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-10 cm long, 4-12 mm wide, lower bracts closely sheathing throughout, acuminate, when 3 bracts present upper Muelleria 17
Jeanes Illustrations : Jones & Clements (1998a) page 328; Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 264; Jones (2006) page 235; Brown etal. (2008) page 329, C; Hoffman & Brown (2011) page 318. Glabrous, usually clumping, terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid to obloid, 1-2 cm long, 5-8 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear- lanceolate, 7-15 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, erect at base, strongly curved away from inflorescence, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green to purplish with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 6-20 cm tall, 1.5-3 mm diam., stout, straight, often pruinose, green or purplish. Sterile bracts 1-3, linear-lanceolate, 2-6.5 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green to purplish, often pruinose. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-30 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green to purplish, often pruinose. Pedicels 3-9 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 1.5-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 2-8,17-35 mm across, usually pale blue or white, opening only in hot weather. Perianth segments 7-17 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, concave, sometimes shortly apiculate, distal margins often incurved; dorsal sepal narrowly oblong-ovate, acute; lateral sepals narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals narrowly oblong-obovate, acute; labellum narrowly oblong-obovate, acute, often slightly smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 6-7.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, white to pale blue; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, tubular, slightly inflated, more or less erect at base, gently curved, narrowed at base where dark blue, expanded distally into a rounded hood, apex shallowly bilobed, yellow; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes converging, 1.3-1.8 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide at base, narrowing and digitiform in the distal two-thirds, erect or porrect at base, curved upwards, each with a dense toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along upper V 2 to 3 /4 of their length, the individual hairs 0.8-1 mm long. Anther inserted about midway along column, ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, connective produced into a beak 0.6-0.8 mm long; pollinarium 1.8- 2.2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.3 mm long; pollinia white with friable, mealy pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, quadrate, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, margins entire or slightly irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-16 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 c) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Cape Leeuwin, 2.X.1982, GJ. Keighery 5356 (PERTH 271977); Eyre District: Coastal granite headlands overlooking mouth of the Thomas River, 15.ix.1996, CJ. French 281 (CANB 627194); South Coast. Recherche Archipelago. Pasco Island, 12.xi.1950, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 114557); Summit of Mt Belches on Duke of Orleans Bay, c. 42 miles (67 km) E of Esperance, 30.xi.1950, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1549685); Cape Leeuwin near old waterwheel, 22x2000, J.A. Jeanes 867 & C. French (MEL 2093582, MEL 2093583 & PERTH); Darling District: 12.9 km SW from Boyup Brook on road to Bridgetown, 9x1991, D.L. Jones 8276 (CANB 610411); Nature Reserve on Highway # 1 c. 0.9 km E of Tindale Road; c. 34 km W of Denmark by road, 4x2001, J.A. Jeanes 1165 & S.A. Jeanes (MEL 2172938, MEL 2172939 & PERTH). Distribution and habitat: South-western Western Australia mostly in a near-coastal strip between Margaret River and Israelite Bay, with disjunct more inland occurrences near Pinjarra and Boyup Brook. Grows in shallow soil in pockets and crevices of granite outcrops on coastal headlands or rarely further inland. Soils are dark loams and gravelly loams derived from granite. Altitude: 10-50 m. (Fig. 2c) Conservation status : Widespread, sometimes locally common and conserved. Flowering period: September to October. Pollination biology: This species is apparently facultatively autogamous. Notes: Thelymitra granitora is characterised by its clumping habit, short curved leaves, short stout inflorescence and relatively large white to pale blue flowers that open tardily. 4. Thelymitra petrophila Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Coolgardie District: Ularring Rock, SW of Menzies on road to Mulline, 26.ix.1991, D.L. Jones 7945 , C.H. Broers, M.A. Clements & B.E. Jones (holotype CANB 9609547; isotypes AD 99642411, BRI 660020, MEL 250472, PERTH 4563697 & NSW!). Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 268 (as Thelymitra aff. macrophylla); Brown et al. (2008) page 333, A; Hoffman & Brown (2011) page 324. Solitary or clumping, glabrous, terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-2.5 cm long, 5-10 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10—30(—60) cm long, 4-8(-12) mm 10 Vol 31,2013
Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia 2. Thelymitra aggericola D.LJones, Orchadian 12(11): 517 (1999) Type: TASMANIA. Just 5 of Rebecca Ck, nearTemma, 4.xi.1998, D.L. Jones 16160, M. Garratt, L Rubenach, J.E. & A. Wapstra (holotype CANB 605802, isotypes CANB!, AD, HO!, MEL 2089289). Illustrations : Jones et al. (1999) pages 260 & 262; Jones (2006) page 229. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid to obloid, 6-20 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear- lanceolate, 7—20(—30) cm long, 4—10(—15) mm wide, erect, curved, thin-textured to fleshy, canaliculate, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 5-15(—30) cm tall, 1.2-2.8 mm diam., straight, green or purplish. Sterile bract usually solitary, rarely 2, linear-lanceolate, 1.5—3(—6) cm long, 4-7 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-15(-20) mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green or purplish, sheathing the pedicels. Pedicels 1.5-6 mm long, stout to slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow- obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 1 —7(—10), 20-30 mm across, usually white to pale blue, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 8-14 mm long, 3.5-9 mm wide, concave, apex acute to obtuse, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, often shortly stalked, usually narrower than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 4.5-6 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, white to pale blue or pink; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.3-2.5 mm wide, tubular, slightly inflated, gently curved through c. 90°, brownish, apex yellow or occasionally bright orange, shallowly bilobed, lobes irregular; auxiliary lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral lobes converging, 1.3-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at base, curved upwards, each with a toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along most of their length, the individual hairs 0.7-1 mm long. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 2-2.8 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, the connective produced into a beak 0.5-0.7 mm long; pollinarium c. 2 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.6 mm diam.; pollinia white with mealy, friable pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-15 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 b) Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA. Arthur River, Rebecca Lagoon, 4.xi.1998, H. & A. Wapstra (HO 500051); Arthur River Road, Little Sundown Creek, 3.xi.1999, H. & A. Wapstra JAJ675 (MEL 2172982); 11.2 km S of Arthur River, towards Temma, 4.xi.1998, D.L Jones 16149 &M. Garrett (CANB 6057911); 10.7 km S of Arthur River, just S of Nelsons Bay River, 4.xi.1998, D.LJones 16143 &M. Garrett (CANB 6057851); 8.7 km S of Arthur River Bridge, towards Temma, 4.xi.1998, D.L. Jones 16134, M. Garrett, H. Wapstra; A. Wapstra & L. Rubenach (CANB 6057761 ); Rebecca Creek, 5.xi.1990, D.L Jones 7033 & C.H. Broers (CANB 9614130); c. 3 km E of West Point, 5.xi.1990, D.L Jones 6995 &C.H. Broers (CANB 9614092); Mount Brown, Storm Bay, 4.xii.1983, A. Moscal 4627 (HO 401913); Tasman Peninsula, Mt Brown Reserve, 14.xii.1995, H. Wapstra DU14738 (CANB 9609811); Recherche, xii.1901, FA Rodway8573 (AD 99405117). Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic to Tasmania, mostly in the north-western region near Arthur River, but also with a couple of disjunct collections from near-coastal areas of the south-east. Grows in shallow soil in pockets and crevices of rocky outcrops in low heathland, or occasionally in open heathland on shallow dark sandy loams. Altitude: 3-180 m. (Fig. 2b) Conservation status: Rare overall but sometimes locally common and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and NearThreatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN (2011). Flowering period: October to December. Pollination biology: In spite of the freely opening flowers, the abundance of seed capsules produced by this species would suggest that it is facultatively autogamous. Notes: Thelymitra aggericola is readily distinguished from all other related species by a combination of features including its generally short stature, strongly curved leaf that is often as long as or longer than the inflorescence and the rather small, pale-coloured, freely opening flowers. 3. Thelymitra granitora D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Orchadian 12(7): 326 (1998) Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Near Torbay Hill, Torbay, 18.X.1988, D.L. Jones 3250, M.A. Clements & R. Heberle (holotype CANB 8806912, isotype PERTH!). Muelleria 9
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 15-16, Figs 3a, 4a (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 26-27, Figs 5b, 6b (map)".
Thelymitro nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia Thelymitra angustifolia sensu Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 5 (1858), non R.Br.(1810). Thelymitra grandis F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 6:319 (1873), nom. nud. Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 356 (as T. pauciflora ); Jones et al. (1999) page 281; Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) page 206, A & B; Jones (2006) page 231. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-25 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute to acuminate. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1.2-3.5 mm diam., slender to moderately stout, straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.4-7 cm long, 3-9 mm Figure 3. a. Thelymitra a/cock/ae,Tintinara, SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); b. T. imbricata, Campbelltown,Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); c. T. paludosa, Denmark, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); d. T. nuda, Eaglehawk Neck, Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); e. T. graminea, Darling Ranges, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); f. T. glaucophylla, Spring Gully C.P., SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes) Muelleria 19
Jeanes poorly known today due to the presence of several superficially similar taxa, both in Western Australia and in the eastern states. Thelymitra macrophylla has been confused with T. paludosa, but the latter usually flowers later (although there is some overlap), grows in wetter habitats, has a less robust habit, a generally narrower leaf and fewer, somewhat smaller flowers. Plants similar to T. macrophylla from north of Geraldton and near Beacon (Hoffman & Brown 2011) are in need of study. Thelymitra macrophylla apparently hybridises with Thelymitra flexuosa Endl., Thelymitra crinita Lindl., Thelymitra vulgaris Jeanes and T. antennifera the latter giving rise to plants with flowers very similar to the eastern Australian T. xmacmillanii (Hoffman & Brown 1998; Jones 2006; Brown etal. 2008). 14. Thelymitra alpina Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Southern Tablelands. Kosciuszko National Park, c. 5.3 km along Tantangara Dam Road, 13.xii.1997, D.LJones 15642 & B.E. Jones (holotype CANB 9908940; isotype CANB). Illustrations : Nicholls (1969), plate 28 (as Thelymitra aristata ); Backhouse & Jeanes (1995), page 354 (as T. nuda); Jeanes & Backhouse (2006), page 218, A-D (as Thelymitra sp. aff. megcalyptra 2); Jones (2006) page 229. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 0.5-1.5 cm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 10-32 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-45(-80) cm tall, 1.5-4.5 mm diam., slender to stout, straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, sometimes 3, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2—7(—12) cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, green to purplish, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate- acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20(-30) mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green to purplish. Pedicels 1 —12(—25) mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 5-14 mm long, 1 -3.5 mm wide. Flowers 2—10(—20), (20-)25-40 mm across, usually blue to purplish, occasionally lilac, pink or white, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (9—)15—20(—25) mm long, 3-11 mm wide, concave, somewhat stalked to spathulate, apex acute to obtuse, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, usually narrower than other segments. Column erect from the end of ovary, 5.5-7 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, pale blue to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 3.5-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, tubular, very inflated, often somewhat compressed dorsally, gently curved through c. 90°, pale to dark brown, apex yellow, bilobed, lobes irregular, toe 1.5 mm long, distal margin irregularly toothed, usually also with two prominent forward-pointing horn-like teeth, orifice small; auxiliary lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral lobes converging, 1-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at base, curved upwards, each with a toothbrush-like arrangement of white or pinkish hairs along the upper Vi to 3 A of their length, the individual hairs 0.8-1.2 mm long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, ovoid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, connective produced into a beak 0.4-1 mm long; pollinarium 2-2.6 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.6 mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 5b) Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Southern Tablelands: c. 5 km along Tantangara Dam Road, 2.xii.1990, D.L Jones 7260 (CANB 9016526); Southern Tablelands: Kosciuszko National Park, c. 4 km along Tantangara Dam Road, 10.xii.1994, D.L. Jones 13759 & B.E. Jones (CANB 609326); Tantangara Dam, 29.xi.1987, RJ. Bates s.n. (AD 98746537); Southern Tablelands: Kosciuszko National Park, south side of Cave Creek, 1.5 km downstream of Blue Waterholes, 9.xii.1998, N.G. Walsh 4881 & K.L. McDougall (MEL 2054134); Southern Tablelands: c. 6.5 km by road WSW of Kiandra, 28.xii.1994, J.A. Jeanes 132 (MEL 2025003); Southern Tablelands: between Kiandra and Cabramurra; top of the Great Dividing Range at 3 Mile Dam, 21 .xii.l 985, M.A. Clements 3932 (CANB 8505584); Southern Tablelands: Brindabella area towards Tumut, 8.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3899 (CANB 8505551); Southern Tablelands: Gold Seekers Trail, 3 Mile Dam area, Mt Selwyn, 14.L1993, D.LJones 11190&C.H. Broers (CANB 609327); Brindabella Range, Coree Flat, 28.xi.l 968, E.M. CanningEMC1328 (CANB 068431); Southern Tablelands: Kosciuszko National Park, 2.2 km up Ravine Road from Snowy Mountains Highway, 14.xii.2001, D. Rouse JAJ1286 (MEL 2172092 & MEL 2172093). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Bendora Dam Road, c. 10 km from Bulls Head, 2.xii.1989, D.L. Jones 5445& B.E. Jones (CANB 26 Vol 31,2013
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 13-14, Figs 1e, 2e (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 23-24, Figs 3f, 4f (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 22-23, Figs 3e, 4e (map)".
Thelymitro nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia Thelymitra angustifolia sensu Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 5 (1858), non R.Br.(1810). Thelymitra grandis F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 6:319 (1873), nom. nud. Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 356 (as T. pauciflora ); Jones et al. (1999) page 281; Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) page 206, A & B; Jones (2006) page 231. Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-25 cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute to acuminate. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 1.2-3.5 mm diam., slender to moderately stout, straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.4-7 cm long, 3-9 mm Figure 3. a. Thelymitra a/cock/ae,Tintinara, SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); b. T. imbricata, Campbelltown,Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); c. T. paludosa, Denmark, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); d. T. nuda, Eaglehawk Neck, Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); e. T. graminea, Darling Ranges, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); f. T. glaucophylla, Spring Gully C.P., SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes) Muelleria 19
Jeanes inserted about halfway along the column at anthesis and is most often entirely above the stigma. Pollinarium: In Thelymitra the pollinarium consists of four pollinia (in two groups of two) attached directly, or by a short caudicle, to a terminal viscidium. Pollinia: In Thelymitra the pollinia consists of pollen grains in monads or tetrads. In the T. nuda complex the pollen grains are usually bound tightly and the pollinarium is removed as a single unit by pollinators. Stigma: The stigma in Thelymitra is more or less bi- lobed at the apex, usually quadrate or transverse-elliptic in shape and located at the base of the column on a thick stalk. Materials and methods This paper is the result of a qualitative and quantitative study of the pertinent type material (or photographic reproductions thereof), all the available herbarium specimens (both dry and spirit-preserved) from AD, BM, BRI, CANB, E, HO, MEL, NSW, P, PERTH, QRS, SUNIV and WELT, and freshly collected specimens of all taxa except T. queenslandica, which were vouchered and deposited at the relevant herbaria. Orchid taxa in general, and Thelymitra taxa in particular, are much more readily identified from fresh living material where characters of the perianth, the column, flower colour and fragrance are still intact. Familiarity with the taxa gained from field study and the study of freshly collected specimens sent to me by field operatives has made the identification of dried and spirit-preserved herbarium material (including type specimens) much easier. When collecting Thelymitra for study it is essential that the entire above ground parts of the plant be taken, with the majority of the material being preserved in spirit (a good preserving medium is ethanol, water and glycerol in the ratio 1750:750:125). Plants preserved in the pressed state are often difficult to identify to species level in the absence of additional information. To aid identification it is recommended that one or two flowers on each specimen have the perianth removed before pressing so that the column is not obscured. Spirit-preserved specimens, on the other hand, are generally much more easily identified to species level. The observation of plants growing in-situ is the ideal method of study for Thelymitra in general, and often it is only by this method that cryptic new species can be identified. For this reason the importance of field work in the study of species complexes within Thelymitra cannot be overstated and should form an integral part of any future studies of the group or its individual members. It is likely that other taxa worthy of recognition exist within this large and diverse complex, but adequate information and collections of these are lacking at present. Taxonomy 1. Thelymitra gregaria D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Orchadian 12(7): 327(1998) Type: VICTORIA. Chatsworth Rd, Derrinallum, 11.x. 1997, D.LJones 15585&E. Foster (holotype CANB 990888; isotypes AD, MEL 2089285, MEL 2089286, NSW!). Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 355 (as Thelymitra sp. aff. nuda); Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) page 207; Jones (2006) page 230. Glabrous terrestrial herb , usually growing in dense clumps. Tubers ovoid to obloid, 1-2 cm long, 8-10 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 5—12(—18) cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green to yellowish with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, lower margins minutely denticulate, apex acute. Scape 9-20 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., moderately stout, straight, usually purplish, often pruinose. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 13-45 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and purplish, often pruinose. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-24 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicels, green and purplish, often pruinose. Pedicels 4-10 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 3-10 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, 20-40 mm across, dark violet-blue to purple with darker longitudinal veins, opening freely on mild to warm days, scented. Perianth segments 10-20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide, concave, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate to elliptic, often cucullate, obtuse; lateral sepals ovate to lanceolate, obtuse to acute; petals ovate to elliptic, obtuse; labellum obovate, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end of ovary, 5-7 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, pink, blue or purplish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 2-3.3 mm 6 Vol 31,2013
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 16-17, Fig. 3b, 4b (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 24-26, Figs 5a, 6a (map)".
Jeanes upper Vi to Va of their length, the individual hairs 0.5-1 mm long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, ovoid, 2-3 mm long, .1.5-2 mm wide, connective produced into a beak0.3-0.5 mm long ;pollinarium 2-2.5 mm long; viscidium more or less circulate 0.6 mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-2.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3a) Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Northern Eyre Peninsula. Gawler Range; Yandinga Gorge, c. 37 km NNE of Minnipa, 26.ix.1969, A£ Orchard 2222 (AD 96947076); Northern Flinders Range. Wilpena Pound; c 40 km NNE of Hawker, 11.ix.1957, H. Goldsack 808 (AD 97631551); 90 Mile Desert, Mt Shaugh National Park, 2x1977, C.R.AIcock5655 (AD 98563933); Yorke Peninsula. Muloowurtie Conservation Reserve, 2.ix.1999, D.L Jones 16612 & M. Garratt (CANB 607203); Yorke Peninsula. 34 miles from Yorketown towards Stenhouse Bay, 18x1966, M.E . Phillips s.n . (CANB 039911); Yorke Peninsula. Innes National Park, 21x1976, A. Robinson s.n. (AD 97648014); Lower Murray Mallee. MacDonald Reserve, Chaunceys Line, c. 20 km SW of Murray Bridge, 21.ix.1963, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 97311233); Northern Eyre Peninsula. Gawler Range c. 190 km W of Port Augusta, 13.ix.1938, EH. Ising s.n. (AD 96935207); Eyre Peninsula. Hundred of Koppio, c. 30 km N of Port Lincoln, 18.ix.1964, M.G. Clarke s.n. (AD 98839126); Eyre Peninsula. Hundred of Blesing, c. 8 km S of Bascombe Well Homestead, 5x1967, N.N. Donner 2264 (AD 96817141); Kangaroo Island. 4.1 km SW of Penneshaw P.O., 13.xi.1989, P. Canty, S. Kinnear&B. Overton NPKI40527 (AD 99009001); 90 Mile Desert, environs of Comet Bore, 3x1977, C.R. Alcock 5728 (AD 98563513). VICTORIA. Mallee. 15 km SW of Rainbow, just to NW of Lake Hindmarsh, 14x1970, J.B. Muir 4844 (MEL 518813, MEL 2039680 & CANB 330129); Little Desert. By main N-S track 2.5 km S of Little Desert National Park and 27 km S of Kiata, 4.xi.1978, T.B. Muir 6315 (MEL 565910); Sunset Country. 28 miles W of the road junction 14 miles N of Birthday Tank, 25.ix.1965, R. Filson 7436 (MEL 114562); Sunset Country. Rock Hole Bore, ix. 1963, N. Wettenhall 12 (MEL 593647); Mallee. Sea Lake district, x.1912, J.C. Goudies.n. (AD 97725201 & AD 97725193); Mallee. Wyperfeld, x.1965, P. Holland W28 (CANB 176787); Little Desert, between Booroopki and Kaniva, 2.xi.1971, M.E Phillips 420 (CANB 048586); Mallee. W side of hill, on E side of Calder Highway, between 317 & 318 mile posts, 25.viii.1951, £ Ramsay s.n. (MEL 1532669); Little Desert. Near fringe SE of Kaniva, x. 1949, A.C. Beauglehole 18785 (MEL 1530150); Wimmera, 1893, W.E Matthews s.n. (MEL 114405 & MEL 114391); North-west Victoria, 1895, M. Kentish s.n. (MEL 1549678). Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in South Australia in the Eyre Peninsula, Yorke Peninsula, Flinders Ranges, Northern Lofty, Southern Lofty, Kangaroo Island, Murray Basin and South East Regions, but also extending to the Victorian Murray Mallee, Lowan Mallee and Wimmera Regions (Conn 1993). Grows in dry lowland areas, often in woodlands or mallee scrublands. Soils are usually well drained sands or sandy loams often over limestone. Altitude: 5-200 m. (Fig. 4a) Conservation status : Widespread, sometimes locally common and well conserved. Flowering period: Late August to October. Pollination biology: The scented flowers, readily spreading perianth, functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic production of seed capsules would suggest that this species is entomophilous. Notes: The great variation displayed by Thelymitra alcockiae over its range, as well as its wide choice of habitats, is suggestive of there being more than one taxon involved. However, based on the preserved specimens, there would appear to be nearly as much variation within populations as between them. Segregate taxa cannot be isolated at this time as there is no apparent consistent correlation between morphology, plant size, flowering time and habitat over the range of the species. Etymology: Named after Kath Alcock (1925-), botanical artist and field naturalist with an extraordinary knowledge of the natural history of the Australian bush. Kath has assisted me considerably in my work on Thelymitra, and collected the type material of this species. 8. Thelymitra imbricata D.LJones & M.A.CIem., Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology-8, Austral. Orchid Res. 3:186-7 (1998) Basionym: Thelymitra nuda R.Br. var. grandiflora Lindl., Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 520 (1840). Type: TASMANIA. Circular Head, xi.1837, R. Gunn 940 (lectotype specimen 20b, K-L!, fide Clements 1989; isolectotype BM!, K!, FI!, P!). Thelymitra megcalyptra sensu W.M. Curtis, Student's FI. Tasmania 4A 43 (1979), non Fitzg. Illustrations: Jones et al. (1999) page 273; Jones (2006) page 230. 16 Vol 31,2013
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 18-22, Figs 3d, 4d (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 10-13, Figs 1d, 2d (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 14-15, Figs 1f, 2f (map)".
Jeanes one often more or less free with the base only half encircling the inflorescence, green to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-32 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green to purplish. Pedicels 0.5-18 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 4-12 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Flowers 2-10(-18), 18-30(-45) mm across, blue to violet, occasionally pink or white, often strongly scented, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 8-18(-20) mm long, 4-10 mm wide, concave, sometimes stalked to spathulate, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric, acute; petals ovate, acute to obtuse; labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, usually slightly smaller than other segments, acute. Column erect from the end of ovary, (5—)6—8.5 mm long, (2—)3—5 mm wide, pale blue to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 3.S-4.5 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, tubular, hardly inflated, gently curved through c. 90°, dark brown to almost black, apex dorsally compressed, yellow, emarginate to shallowly v-notched, distal margin irregularly toothed; auxiliary lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral lobes converging, 1-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at base, bent upwards at c. 90° near the middle, each with a toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along the upper Vi to Va of their length, the individual hairs 0.6-1.2 mm long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, ovoid, 2.3-3.3 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, connective produced into a beak 0.3-0.9 mm long; pollinarium 1.7-2.6 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.4-0.8 mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-3 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3c) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Walpole Nornalup National Park, 13 km WSW of Walpole, 30.xi.1988, G. Wardell-Johnson W123 (PERTH 2661160 & PERTH 2661179); Darling District: Reserve 1167, Site 6, Map 2031 Bunbury, Dardarnup, 20x1997, S. Fisher 137 (PERTH 5001501); 12 km SW of Pemberton, 8x1.1988, AR. Annels 511 (PERTH 2661195); Pingerup Road, 2.5 km NE of Chesapeake Road junction, near Broke Inlet, 16.xi.1991, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 1138 (PERTH 3133478); Links Road, SE of Mt Barker, 16.xi.l 993, A.R. Annels ARA4171 (PERTH 4572289); SW of Manjimup near Jardee and Deanmill, 15.xi.1968, G.S. McCutcheon 122 (PERTH 306452); Walpole Nornalup National Park, Conspicuous Beach, 9.xi.1988, A.R. Annels 447 (PERTH 2661209); Ambergate Reserve, 9 km S of Busselton, 7.xi.1992, BJ. Keighery&N. Gibson 789 (PERTH 4496469); 12 km ENE of Denmark, E of Sunny Glen Road, 5xi.1993, A.R. Annels ARA4327 (PERTH 4587499); Mount Barker-Denmark Rd, c. 1 km NE of Harvey Rd, 19x2000, J.A. Jeanes 852 (MEL 2087466, MEL 2087467 & PERTH); North Walpole Rd, near Walpole, 4.xii.2001, W. Jackson JAJ1127 (MEL 2172996); Mt Chudalup, lower slope of dome adjacent to boardwalk, 1 .xi.1994, A.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn ARA4773 (PERTH 4125843). Distribution and habitat: Western Australia. Found in higher rainfall near-coastal regions of the south, from near Bunbury to just east of Esperance. Usually grows around the margins of winter-wet swamps. Altitude: 10-100 m. (Fig. 4c) Conservation status: Widespread, sometimes locally common and well conserved. Flowering period: Mid-October to December. Pollination biology: The easily spreading perianth, scented flowers, functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic production of seed capsules would suggest that this species is entomophilous. Notes: Thelymitra paludosa is closely related to, and often confused with, T. macrophylla, but the latter usually flowers earlier (although there is some overlap), grows in drier habitats, has a more robust habit, a generally broader leaf and more, somewhat larger flowers. Earlier flowering (September to October) plants of similar appearance to T. paludosa from swamps between Perth and Bunbury (Hoffman & Brown 2011) need further study. Similar looking sympatric plants from drier, well- drained sites that flower from late October to December also need further study (Andrew Brown pers. comm. 2012 ). Etymology: Latin paludosa , boggy, marshy; a reference to the preferred habitat of this species. 10. Thelymitra nuda R.Br., Prodr. 314 (1810) Type: TASMANIA. In pratis dipritis prope Western Arm Port Dalrymple (Tasmania. Near the Western Arm of Port Dalrymple), 5.L1804, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen (a) BM!, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, El, FI, P). Syntype: Port Dalrymple, 1805, R. Brown s.n. (BM!, K!, AD!) Thelymitra versicolor Lindl., Gen. sp. orchid pi. 520 (1840). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, R. Gunn 943 (holotype P!); Syntype: Tasmania, R. Gunn 943 (BM!). 18 Vol 31,2013
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 30-32, Figs 8, 9a (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 20-21, Figs 2-4, 9b (map)".
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 17-20, Figs 1, 9a (map)".
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex simple. Stems densely cottony, glands present but usually obscured. Leaves obovate to oblanceolate, 20-50 mm long, 3-12 mm wide, attenuate at base, ±concolorous or at least, not strongly discolorous, firm- textured; upper surface smooth, cottony, often densely so, lower surface cottony to densely woolly, with many glands, but these mostly obscured by indumentum; apex obtuse to acute, shortly mucronate (mucro 0.5-1 mm long); margins recurved, rarely flat. Peduncles erect, mostly c. 1.5 mm diam. below capitulum; uppermost bracts overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, depressed-hemispherical, 18-30 mm diam. Involucral bracts in c. 7-10 series, bright golden yellow to orange, transversely wrinkled, the intermediate ones oblanceolate to spathulate, 10-13 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide; claws cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 4-5.5 mm long, the outer 2-4 series of female- only florets. Cypselas narrowly cylindrical, 2-2.5 mm long, 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus subequal to or slightly exceeding corolla. Pappus of female florets complete or somewhat reduced centrifugally. Flowers Jan.-Mar. (-Apr.). (Fig. 5) Selected specimens (from c. 170) examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 3.5 km SW from Charlottes Pass, M. Ito 96042 & T. Nishino, Y. Kita (MEL, NSW); Bombala River, c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, I. Crawford 825 (CANB, MEL); 10 km N of Ingebyra on road to Jindabyne, L Haegi 2730 (AD, NSW); Gudgenby, Queanbeyan, 1 4.i.191 2, R.H. Cambage s.n. (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITALTERRITORY.Ginini Flat, Brindabella Range, T.G. Hartley 13646 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA. Panorama Hill, Falls Creek, D.E Albrecht 251 (AD, MEL); Clover Flat, 47 km NE of Licola, P.C. Jobson 1982 (MEL); Mt Buller, R. Melville 3215 (K, MEL); Near Sassafras Pass, G.W. Carr 5794 (MEL). TASMANIA. Headwaters of Mountain River, Mount Wellington, A.E. Orchard 5206 (HO, MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, near Ranger Headquarters, M.G. Noble 28428 (HO, MEL); Quamby Bluff summit, A. Moscal 12597 (HO, MEL); Pine Lake, A.E. Orchard 5821 (HO); Mt Barrow, A.C. Rozefelds 170 (HO) Distribution and habitat: Occurs through higher parts of the Great Dividing Range and adjacent outliers from c. Braidwood, New South Wales, through the Australian Capital Territory to Mt Buller and Mt Useful areas, Victoria. In Tasmania, it occurs in the north-east mountains (Mt Barrow, Ben Lomond), the Central Plateau area and on and near Mt Wellington near Hobart. It appears to be absent from south-western mountains. The altitude range is from about 1000 m, where associated with montane forests of e.g. Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker, up to and beyond the treeline to c. 2100 m near the summit of Mt Kosciuszko. Soils are often gravelly or rocky and usually well-drained. (Fig. 9c) Notes: In general, plants at higher altitudes are more densely cottony, often appearing grey-white overall, and usually of reduced stature and less branched compared to those at the lower part of the range. The type of Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell. is of an extremely reduced form from Mt Wellington, Tasmania. From herbarium collections, this form seems to be particularly prevalent on that mountain, but similar plants are found on other exposed summits (e.g. Mt Kosciuszko, New South Wales and Mt Feathertop, Victoria). Mueller labelled a collection of his from 'summit of Mt Timbertop' (MEL 1517347) as Helichrysum scorpioides var. montanum F.Muell., but this name does not appear to have been published. This specimen is of the lower- altitude form of the species - i.e. with leaves having relatively light indumentum on adaxial surfaces. See notes under C. rutidolepis, C. gunnianum and C. scorpioides relating to plants of somewhat intermediate character. The type specimen has been selected to represent the commonest, most widespread form (in my experience), rather than the very reduced, woolly tomentose form encountered on exposed summits. Conservation status: Widespread in montane to alpine areas through its range and well represented in national parks and other reserves. It is not regarded as rare or threatened. Etymology: From the Latin mons - mountain and cola - a dweller, referring to its habitat. 4. Coronidium scorpioides (Labill.) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsio 18:326 (2008) Helichrysum scorpioides Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:45, t. 191 (1806); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney Dist. 386 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328,329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI.A.C.T. 383 (1970); N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); L. Haegi in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1529 1986); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); G.R.A. Dashorst & J.P. Jessop, PI. Adelaide Plains & Hills 150, 151 (1990); L. Robinson, Field Muelleria 25
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex branching and the true roots that emanate from the rhizomes. Coronidium sp. Many Peaks (I.R.Telford 12309) is treated as a synonym of C. scorpioides by CHAH (2011), but as indicated by Wilson (2008, p. 309), Telford 12309 (CANB) represents C lanosum Paul G.Wilson, or a close relative and is not part of the C. scorpioides complex. After examining all material at AD, NSW, HO and MEL that had been determined as either Helichrysum scorpioides or H. rutidolepis, it became apparent that H. rutidolepis sens, str., with the type from the Port Jackson area, is endemic to central-eastern New South Wales, distinguished inter alia by the much-branched, spreading habit, consistently small capitula, narrow involucral bracts and subamplexicaul leaves - the latter noted as a diagnostic feature by de Candolle (1838). A combination for this distinct taxon is provided below (as Coronidium rutidolepis). Entities that had been associated with C. rutidolepis from other states or regions generally included plants with smaller capitula than those determined as C. scorpioides, but the foliage and habit generally appeared closer to C. scorpioides as represented by its type (from coastal south-eastern Tasmania). Segregation of C. rutidolepis from the complex still leaves the remainder of C. scorpioides sens, lat. as a diverse entity, but one that is, to a greater or lesser degree, morphologically and ecologically tractable. A very localised entity on the Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia, has a number of unique features and is readily recognisable (admittedly from a very few herbarium sheets). It is perhaps now extinct due to land clearance and modification. Two other entities can be segregated from C. scorpioides sens. str. and, while a few puzzling specimens exist, they are generally readily distinguished morphologically and both have a strong ecological signal. The informally-named taxa listed by Ross and Walsh (2003) and Walsh and Stajsic (2007) are commonly accepted as distinct entities in botanical surveys, and, to some extent at least, have been separated in herbaria. They are here formally named as new species. Taxonomy The following key and descriptions serve to distinguish members of the complex. In 'overlap zones' (typically montane, forested areas, or forested floodplains of major river systems) occasional specimens may possess features, to varying degrees, intermediate between Coronidium scorpioides, C. gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh and C. monticola N.G.Walsh. Whether these are true hybrids rather than intermediate forms of an incompletely speciated 'superspecies' can only be speculated upon. Herbarium specimens from AD, CANB, MEL and NSW regarded as intermediates have been indicated as such on determinavit slips, but generally assigned to the species of best fit. Capitulum measurements are based on pressed herbarium specimens and these are probably slightly more expanded than fresh, unpressed specimens. The order of species reflects the inferred order of relatedness based on morphology. 1 .Coronidium rutidolepis (DC.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum rutidolepis DC. Prodr. 6:194 (1838); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney District 386 (1962); N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); L. Robinson, Field Guide Native PI. Sydney Region 139 (1991); R.C. Carolin & M.D.Tindale, FI. Sydney Region, 4th edn, 554 (1994), 5th edn 470 (2009); J. Everett in GJ. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3:232; pi. 13 (1992). Gnaphalium rutidolepis (DC.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3:171 (1845). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. 'Grassy spots on the banks of Creek, near Port Jackson', New South Wales, Apr. 1824, A. Cunningham (holotype G-DC (photo seen)). Illustration: Fairley & Moore, loc. cit. 317 (1989); Robinson, loc. cit. 139 (1991); Everett, loc. cit. p. 232, pi. 13; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Decumbent to ascending rhizomatous perennial to c. 50 cm high, freely branched. Stems cottony with scattered glands. Leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate, 25- 50(-70) mm long, 1.5—8(—15) mm wide, lamplexicaul, sometimes auriculate, ±concolorous, papery; upper surface scabridulous with scattered glands, otherwise glabrous or sparsely (rarely to moderately) cottony; lower surface smooth, with abundant sessile glands; apex acute to acuminate, rarely obtuse, mostly tapering evenly to a fine weak mucro to 1.5 mm long; margins flat to revolute. Peduncles more or less erect, slender (mostly <0.8 mm diam.) with reduced leaves/bracts extending to within c. 1-4 cm of capitulum and not or rarely overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, Muelleria 17
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex branching and the true roots that emanate from the rhizomes. Coronidium sp. Many Peaks (I.R.Telford 12309) is treated as a synonym of C. scorpioides by CHAH (2011), but as indicated by Wilson (2008, p. 309), Telford 12309 (CANB) represents C lanosum Paul G.Wilson, or a close relative and is not part of the C. scorpioides complex. After examining all material at AD, NSW, HO and MEL that had been determined as either Helichrysum scorpioides or H. rutidolepis, it became apparent that H. rutidolepis sens, str., with the type from the Port Jackson area, is endemic to central-eastern New South Wales, distinguished inter alia by the much-branched, spreading habit, consistently small capitula, narrow involucral bracts and subamplexicaul leaves - the latter noted as a diagnostic feature by de Candolle (1838). A combination for this distinct taxon is provided below (as Coronidium rutidolepis). Entities that had been associated with C. rutidolepis from other states or regions generally included plants with smaller capitula than those determined as C. scorpioides, but the foliage and habit generally appeared closer to C. scorpioides as represented by its type (from coastal south-eastern Tasmania). Segregation of C. rutidolepis from the complex still leaves the remainder of C. scorpioides sens, lat. as a diverse entity, but one that is, to a greater or lesser degree, morphologically and ecologically tractable. A very localised entity on the Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia, has a number of unique features and is readily recognisable (admittedly from a very few herbarium sheets). It is perhaps now extinct due to land clearance and modification. Two other entities can be segregated from C. scorpioides sens. str. and, while a few puzzling specimens exist, they are generally readily distinguished morphologically and both have a strong ecological signal. The informally-named taxa listed by Ross and Walsh (2003) and Walsh and Stajsic (2007) are commonly accepted as distinct entities in botanical surveys, and, to some extent at least, have been separated in herbaria. They are here formally named as new species. Taxonomy The following key and descriptions serve to distinguish members of the complex. In 'overlap zones' (typically montane, forested areas, or forested floodplains of major river systems) occasional specimens may possess features, to varying degrees, intermediate between Coronidium scorpioides, C. gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh and C. monticola N.G.Walsh. Whether these are true hybrids rather than intermediate forms of an incompletely speciated 'superspecies' can only be speculated upon. Herbarium specimens from AD, CANB, MEL and NSW regarded as intermediates have been indicated as such on determinavit slips, but generally assigned to the species of best fit. Capitulum measurements are based on pressed herbarium specimens and these are probably slightly more expanded than fresh, unpressed specimens. The order of species reflects the inferred order of relatedness based on morphology. 1 .Coronidium rutidolepis (DC.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum rutidolepis DC. Prodr. 6:194 (1838); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney District 386 (1962); N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); L. Robinson, Field Guide Native PI. Sydney Region 139 (1991); R.C. Carolin & M.D.Tindale, FI. Sydney Region, 4th edn, 554 (1994), 5th edn 470 (2009); J. Everett in GJ. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3:232; pi. 13 (1992). Gnaphalium rutidolepis (DC.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3:171 (1845). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. 'Grassy spots on the banks of Creek, near Port Jackson', New South Wales, Apr. 1824, A. Cunningham (holotype G-DC (photo seen)). Illustration: Fairley & Moore, loc. cit. 317 (1989); Robinson, loc. cit. 139 (1991); Everett, loc. cit. p. 232, pi. 13; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Decumbent to ascending rhizomatous perennial to c. 50 cm high, freely branched. Stems cottony with scattered glands. Leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate, 25- 50(-70) mm long, 1.5—8(—15) mm wide, lamplexicaul, sometimes auriculate, ±concolorous, papery; upper surface scabridulous with scattered glands, otherwise glabrous or sparsely (rarely to moderately) cottony; lower surface smooth, with abundant sessile glands; apex acute to acuminate, rarely obtuse, mostly tapering evenly to a fine weak mucro to 1.5 mm long; margins flat to revolute. Peduncles more or less erect, slender (mostly <0.8 mm diam.) with reduced leaves/bracts extending to within c. 1-4 cm of capitulum and not or rarely overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, Muelleria 17
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
Walsh which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) is also unusually tomentose. The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was some distance from Port Jackson and heading south toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests he may have not have been too remote from Port Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is very consistent with its known occurrences. Conservation status: Although of limited geographic extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally common, is well represented in reserves and hence is not considered threatened. 2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh comb. nov. Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 172(1845). Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 (1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1531; SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly >1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate (10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, only the intermediate ones with significantly developed lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 mm long, the outer series containing some female-only florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary (HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. (MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 (MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 (HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 (AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 20 Vol 32.2014
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ eastern Australia from central-eastern New South Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 (NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 (MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are morphologically and ecologically intermediate between the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are sympatric with the more commonly encountered form with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 (MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through at least the latter region and occasional specimens may be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the other forms. The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. scorpioides (see below). Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently encountered species and, like the lowland grassland communities with which it is commonly associated, it is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status throughout its range. Many of the southern New South Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here chosen: MEL2161165!). W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic (2007), pp. 57, 209. Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy & Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm high, often freely branched above base, occasionally Muelleria 21
A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex simple. Stems densely cottony, glands present but usually obscured. Leaves obovate to oblanceolate, 20-50 mm long, 3-12 mm wide, attenuate at base, ±concolorous or at least, not strongly discolorous, firm- textured; upper surface smooth, cottony, often densely so, lower surface cottony to densely woolly, with many glands, but these mostly obscured by indumentum; apex obtuse to acute, shortly mucronate (mucro 0.5-1 mm long); margins recurved, rarely flat. Peduncles erect, mostly c. 1.5 mm diam. below capitulum; uppermost bracts overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, depressed-hemispherical, 18-30 mm diam. Involucral bracts in c. 7-10 series, bright golden yellow to orange, transversely wrinkled, the intermediate ones oblanceolate to spathulate, 10-13 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide; claws cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 4-5.5 mm long, the outer 2-4 series of female- only florets. Cypselas narrowly cylindrical, 2-2.5 mm long, 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus subequal to or slightly exceeding corolla. Pappus of female florets complete or somewhat reduced centrifugally. Flowers Jan.-Mar. (-Apr.). (Fig. 5) Selected specimens (from c. 170) examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 3.5 km SW from Charlottes Pass, M. Ito 96042 & T. Nishino, Y. Kita (MEL, NSW); Bombala River, c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, I. Crawford 825 (CANB, MEL); 10 km N of Ingebyra on road to Jindabyne, L Haegi 2730 (AD, NSW); Gudgenby, Queanbeyan, 1 4.i.191 2, R.H. Cambage s.n. (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITALTERRITORY.Ginini Flat, Brindabella Range, T.G. Hartley 13646 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA. Panorama Hill, Falls Creek, D.E Albrecht 251 (AD, MEL); Clover Flat, 47 km NE of Licola, P.C. Jobson 1982 (MEL); Mt Buller, R. Melville 3215 (K, MEL); Near Sassafras Pass, G.W. Carr 5794 (MEL). TASMANIA. Headwaters of Mountain River, Mount Wellington, A.E. Orchard 5206 (HO, MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, near Ranger Headquarters, M.G. Noble 28428 (HO, MEL); Quamby Bluff summit, A. Moscal 12597 (HO, MEL); Pine Lake, A.E. Orchard 5821 (HO); Mt Barrow, A.C. Rozefelds 170 (HO) Distribution and habitat: Occurs through higher parts of the Great Dividing Range and adjacent outliers from c. Braidwood, New South Wales, through the Australian Capital Territory to Mt Buller and Mt Useful areas, Victoria. In Tasmania, it occurs in the north-east mountains (Mt Barrow, Ben Lomond), the Central Plateau area and on and near Mt Wellington near Hobart. It appears to be absent from south-western mountains. The altitude range is from about 1000 m, where associated with montane forests of e.g. Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker, up to and beyond the treeline to c. 2100 m near the summit of Mt Kosciuszko. Soils are often gravelly or rocky and usually well-drained. (Fig. 9c) Notes: In general, plants at higher altitudes are more densely cottony, often appearing grey-white overall, and usually of reduced stature and less branched compared to those at the lower part of the range. The type of Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell. is of an extremely reduced form from Mt Wellington, Tasmania. From herbarium collections, this form seems to be particularly prevalent on that mountain, but similar plants are found on other exposed summits (e.g. Mt Kosciuszko, New South Wales and Mt Feathertop, Victoria). Mueller labelled a collection of his from 'summit of Mt Timbertop' (MEL 1517347) as Helichrysum scorpioides var. montanum F.Muell., but this name does not appear to have been published. This specimen is of the lower- altitude form of the species - i.e. with leaves having relatively light indumentum on adaxial surfaces. See notes under C. rutidolepis, C. gunnianum and C. scorpioides relating to plants of somewhat intermediate character. The type specimen has been selected to represent the commonest, most widespread form (in my experience), rather than the very reduced, woolly tomentose form encountered on exposed summits. Conservation status: Widespread in montane to alpine areas through its range and well represented in national parks and other reserves. It is not regarded as rare or threatened. Etymology: From the Latin mons - mountain and cola - a dweller, referring to its habitat. 4. Coronidium scorpioides (Labill.) Paul G.Wilson, Nuytsio 18:326 (2008) Helichrysum scorpioides Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:45, t. 191 (1806); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney Dist. 386 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328,329 (1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI.A.C.T. 383 (1970); N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); L. Haegi in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 3:1529 1986); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); G.R.A. Dashorst & J.P. Jessop, PI. Adelaide Plains & Hills 150, 151 (1990); L. Robinson, Field Muelleria 25
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 36-38, Fig 1-3".
Walsh tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to material of that name. Taxonomy Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, photo seen). Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 (1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 (1867) Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name on herbarium sheet only) Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney (holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the ripe cypsela. Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 records). (Figs 1-3). Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi L. A.SJohnson with other common components being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma (photograph J.Eichler) 36 Vol 32,2014
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 4-7, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Frood
upper part, 2.5-3.0 mm long. (Figs 1 b, 3 ). AlpinePodolepis,
Cattleman's Lettuce, Mountain Lettuce.
Selected specimens (from c. 165) examined: NEW SOUTH
WALES. 6 miles [10 km] east of Kiandra, 26.ii.1952, N.T. Burbidge
3805 (CANB); Approx. 300 m from Charlottes Pass on track to
Blue Lake, Kosciusko National Park, 15.iii.1977, D. Verdon 2649,
B. Barnsley & D. Young (CANB); Schlink Pass Road, Spur above
descent to Geehi, Kosciusko National Park, 3011964, ALE
Phillips s.n. (CBG 41240); 3.2 km from Grey Mare Track turnoff,
along Happy Jacks Road, towards Happy Jacks Pondage, Snowy
Mountains, 17.i.1966, EJ. Carrol 126 (CANB); One mile [1.6 km]
from Beacon Hill Track towards Happys Hut, Happy Jacks Plains,
Snowy Mountains, 20.i.1966, EM Canning s.n. (CBG 14455).
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Between Pryors Hut and
Mt Ginini, Brindabella Range, 19.L1983, R. Coveny 11541 &
P. Hind (CANB); Ginini Flats just north of Mt Ginini, 1 l.ii.1975,
T.A. Halliday 318 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snow plain at base of Mt
McLeod, Mt Buffalo National Park, 27J.1982, P.5. Short 1385
(CANB, MEL); Snowy Plains, 1 .ii.1982, E.A. Chesterfield 1603
(MEL); Lost Plain, 44 km NE of Licola, 7.iii.1993, PCJobson 1993
(MEL); Mt Buller, between peak and Little Mt Buller, 29.L1983,
C.W. Higgins 71 (MEL); Mt Stirling, near summit, 3011982, M.G.
Corrick 7948 {MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Reasonably common
and widespread throughout the Australian Alps
Biogeographic Region (Commonwealth of Australia
2012), from Mt Ginini (Namadgi National Park, Australian
Capital Territory), through the Snowy Mountains (New
South Wales) and virtually throughout the Victorian alps
and subalps as far south as the Baw Baw Plateau.
Podolepis robusta usually occurs above the ( Eucalyptus
pauciflora) treeline (or below where the treeline is
Figure 2. Podolepis laciniata, Big River Fire Trail, Bogong High Plains, Victoria (photograph N. Walsh)
64
Vol 33
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
Salas and Gray possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting characters from both parents. In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent with the range of morphological variation encountered in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, however the lack of any glaucous character strongly indicates a degree of introgression with another peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms between the two species are known to occur. Due to the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs to be considered and the name cannot be applied to any species of Eucalyptus. Taxonomy Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 3:219(1828) Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC [G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 t.154 (1806) Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 'salicifolius'). Type not cited. Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. N. Holl. Temp'. Common name: Black Peppermint. 80 70 60 50 cr <u 40 30 20 10 J <3- LO LD LO <£> ^ in in ID X □ m oo in cn oo in CD o in o o , in rM Fruit diameter (mm) □ £ tenuiramis ■ £. nitida X £. ambigua Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 70 Vol 33
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
Frood
upper part, 2.5-3.0 mm long. (Figs 1 b, 3 ). AlpinePodolepis,
Cattleman's Lettuce, Mountain Lettuce.
Selected specimens (from c. 165) examined: NEW SOUTH
WALES. 6 miles [10 km] east of Kiandra, 26.ii.1952, N.T. Burbidge
3805 (CANB); Approx. 300 m from Charlottes Pass on track to
Blue Lake, Kosciusko National Park, 15.iii.1977, D. Verdon 2649,
B. Barnsley & D. Young (CANB); Schlink Pass Road, Spur above
descent to Geehi, Kosciusko National Park, 3011964, ALE
Phillips s.n. (CBG 41240); 3.2 km from Grey Mare Track turnoff,
along Happy Jacks Road, towards Happy Jacks Pondage, Snowy
Mountains, 17.i.1966, EJ. Carrol 126 (CANB); One mile [1.6 km]
from Beacon Hill Track towards Happys Hut, Happy Jacks Plains,
Snowy Mountains, 20.i.1966, EM Canning s.n. (CBG 14455).
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Between Pryors Hut and
Mt Ginini, Brindabella Range, 19.L1983, R. Coveny 11541 &
P. Hind (CANB); Ginini Flats just north of Mt Ginini, 1 l.ii.1975,
T.A. Halliday 318 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snow plain at base of Mt
McLeod, Mt Buffalo National Park, 27J.1982, P.5. Short 1385
(CANB, MEL); Snowy Plains, 1 .ii.1982, E.A. Chesterfield 1603
(MEL); Lost Plain, 44 km NE of Licola, 7.iii.1993, PCJobson 1993
(MEL); Mt Buller, between peak and Little Mt Buller, 29.L1983,
C.W. Higgins 71 (MEL); Mt Stirling, near summit, 3011982, M.G.
Corrick 7948 {MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Reasonably common
and widespread throughout the Australian Alps
Biogeographic Region (Commonwealth of Australia
2012), from Mt Ginini (Namadgi National Park, Australian
Capital Territory), through the Snowy Mountains (New
South Wales) and virtually throughout the Victorian alps
and subalps as far south as the Baw Baw Plateau.
Podolepis robusta usually occurs above the ( Eucalyptus
pauciflora) treeline (or below where the treeline is
Figure 2. Podolepis laciniata, Big River Fire Trail, Bogong High Plains, Victoria (photograph N. Walsh)
64
Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 37-38".
Studies in Podolepis 9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 (1838). Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. (lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 2280346!, photo of lectotype). Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 (holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn ex DC. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 (MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 (MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. (CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its range the involucral bracts on some specimens are less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. Muelleria 41
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Studies in Podolepis 9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 (1838). Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. (lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 2280346!, photo of lectotype). Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 (holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn ex DC. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 (MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 (MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. (CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its range the involucral bracts on some specimens are less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. Muelleria 41
Jeanes the Eyre Highway, 15.ix.1960, P. Wilson 1665 (AD 96140057); 5 miles W of Nundroo on Eyre Highway, 16.xi.1968, J.W. Wrigley s.n. (CBG 32875). VICTORIA. Mouth of the Glenelg, W.AIIitts.n. (MEL 222521); In Victoria on the Glenelg River, 1857, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 2165850); Nelson Bay Coastal Reserve, 2.X.1982, A.C. Beauglehole 71146 (MEL 1579763); Portland, W. Allitt s.n. (MEL 222522). Distribution and habitat: Scattered across the southern part of Western Australia and South Australia as far east as the Portland district of south-west Victoria, in a range of habitats including mallee, chenopod scrubland, grassland, woodland and coastal dune scrubland. (Fig. 16e) Conservation status: Widespread, moderately common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: August to November. Notes: Some specimens from coastal areas of Western Australia (e.g. Cape le Grande, Oldfield River mouth) approach subsp. littoralis in overall appearance, but they have the woolly leaves and stems of subsp. rugata. Apparent hybrids between Podolepis rugata subsp. rugata and P. decipiens have been collected at Gorae West near Portland, Victoria. The overall appearance of these plants and the size and shape of the involucral bracts suggests determination as P. decipiens , but the bracts are shallowly transversely rugose, which is a character found in P. rugata. 5b. Podolepis rugata subsp. glabrata Jeanes, subsp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Murray-Sunset National Park. Near the intersection of Nowingi Line Track and Rocket Lake Track, 24.xi.2011, J.A. Jeanes 2744 (holotype, MEL 2356596! (Fig. 7), isotypes CANB!, S!, PAL!). Podolepis centauroides F.Muell. in sched., nom. nud. (MEL 222507). Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154e (as P. rugata var. rugata). Erect herb to 50 cm tall. Stems 1-several, erect, unbranched or sparingly branched, more or less glabrous. Leaves more or less glabrous, thin-textured; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, soon withering; cauline leaves usually linear to linear-lanceolate, 1—10(— 12) cm long and 2—5(—10) mm wide. Capitula solitary or a few in loose cymes, 12-25 mm diam. Involucral bracts with lamina scarious, often golden-brown, deeply transversely rugose, ±ovate, apex obtuse. (Figs If, 7) Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Hambidge Conservation Park, 4.8 km SW of Prominent Hill, 29.ix.1983, J.D. Briggs 1275 (MEL 678056, AD 98721203, CBG 8315971); Swan Reach, 5 km from Nildottie, 27.X.1995, E. Salkin 165 (MEL 2070952); 7 km E ofTailem Bend on Route 12 (Mallee Highway), 17x1996, K. Watanabe 696 (MEL 2034808, AD 99741233); About 10 km west of Walker Flat, 24.ix.1979, A.G. Spooner 6513 (AD 98041248); Billiat Conservation Park, 29.xi.1984, R.V. Southcott 8932 (AD 98513273); Willaston, c. 40 km NNE of Adelaide, 5.ix.1957, D. Krahenbuehl 2722 (AD 97712595); Moonta Bay, Marine Parade, 3.xi.1982, DJ.E. Whibley8411 (AD 98313124); Crown lands WNW of Kimba, 5.X.1981, C.R. Alcock 8851 (AD 98152128); 4 miles W of Stenhouse Bay, 19x1966, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CBG 28318). VICTORIA. Big Desert S.F. - south of Danyo, 10.xii.2003, 1.R.K. Sluiter04-08 (MEL 2236277); Big Desert. Archibold Track 8.7 km S of Nine Mile Square Track, 21 .xi.1986, G.R. Lucas 394 (MEL 113771); Wyperfeld National Park-Dattuck Track, 7.xi.1979, A. Morton 439 (MEL 2165848); Sunset Country. Berrook Track 25.8 km W of Sunset Tank, 14x1986, G.R. Lucas 296 (MEL 690575, CBG 8905075); Murray-Sunset National Park. Bambill South Track, 5.8 km S of Settlement Road, 25.xi.2011, J.L. Birch 446 (MEL 2355902); Underbool Track about 10.9 km south of Pheeneys Track, 8x2008, J.A. Jeanes 1976 (MEL 2325541, CANB 709602); 33 km south of Murray ville, 21 .xi.1981, E.&G. Gardiner s.n. (AD 98151048); 60 km SW of Mildura, 1 km S of Rocket Lake eastern end, 9x1977, B. Barnsley 079, M.D. Crisp s.n. & D.J. Cummings s.n. (CBG 7706684). Distribution and habitat: Scattered across South Australia, east from the Eyre Peninsula, and into north¬ eastern Victoria in mallee scrublands, woodlands and open forests. (Fig. 16f) Conservation status: Widespread, moderately common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: September to November. Notes: Subspecies glabrata is similar in overall appearance to subsp. rugata , but is usually quite glabrous or at least early-glabrescent. Etymology: From the Latin glabrata = almost without hairs; the plants of this subspecies are more or less hairless. 5c. Podolepis rugata subsp. littoralis (G.L.Davis) Jeanes, stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis rugata Labill. var. littoralis G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 81: 267-268, figs 73-74 (1957). 32 Vol 33
Jeanes the Eyre Highway, 15.ix.1960, P. Wilson 1665 (AD 96140057); 5 miles W of Nundroo on Eyre Highway, 16.xi.1968, J.W. Wrigley s.n. (CBG 32875). VICTORIA. Mouth of the Glenelg, W.AIIitts.n. (MEL 222521); In Victoria on the Glenelg River, 1857, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 2165850); Nelson Bay Coastal Reserve, 2.X.1982, A.C. Beauglehole 71146 (MEL 1579763); Portland, W. Allitt s.n. (MEL 222522). Distribution and habitat: Scattered across the southern part of Western Australia and South Australia as far east as the Portland district of south-west Victoria, in a range of habitats including mallee, chenopod scrubland, grassland, woodland and coastal dune scrubland. (Fig. 16e) Conservation status: Widespread, moderately common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: August to November. Notes: Some specimens from coastal areas of Western Australia (e.g. Cape le Grande, Oldfield River mouth) approach subsp. littoralis in overall appearance, but they have the woolly leaves and stems of subsp. rugata. Apparent hybrids between Podolepis rugata subsp. rugata and P. decipiens have been collected at Gorae West near Portland, Victoria. The overall appearance of these plants and the size and shape of the involucral bracts suggests determination as P. decipiens , but the bracts are shallowly transversely rugose, which is a character found in P. rugata. 5b. Podolepis rugata subsp. glabrata Jeanes, subsp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Murray-Sunset National Park. Near the intersection of Nowingi Line Track and Rocket Lake Track, 24.xi.2011, J.A. Jeanes 2744 (holotype, MEL 2356596! (Fig. 7), isotypes CANB!, S!, PAL!). Podolepis centauroides F.Muell. in sched., nom. nud. (MEL 222507). Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154e (as P. rugata var. rugata). Erect herb to 50 cm tall. Stems 1-several, erect, unbranched or sparingly branched, more or less glabrous. Leaves more or less glabrous, thin-textured; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, soon withering; cauline leaves usually linear to linear-lanceolate, 1—10(— 12) cm long and 2—5(—10) mm wide. Capitula solitary or a few in loose cymes, 12-25 mm diam. Involucral bracts with lamina scarious, often golden-brown, deeply transversely rugose, ±ovate, apex obtuse. (Figs If, 7) Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Hambidge Conservation Park, 4.8 km SW of Prominent Hill, 29.ix.1983, J.D. Briggs 1275 (MEL 678056, AD 98721203, CBG 8315971); Swan Reach, 5 km from Nildottie, 27.X.1995, E. Salkin 165 (MEL 2070952); 7 km E ofTailem Bend on Route 12 (Mallee Highway), 17x1996, K. Watanabe 696 (MEL 2034808, AD 99741233); About 10 km west of Walker Flat, 24.ix.1979, A.G. Spooner 6513 (AD 98041248); Billiat Conservation Park, 29.xi.1984, R.V. Southcott 8932 (AD 98513273); Willaston, c. 40 km NNE of Adelaide, 5.ix.1957, D. Krahenbuehl 2722 (AD 97712595); Moonta Bay, Marine Parade, 3.xi.1982, DJ.E. Whibley8411 (AD 98313124); Crown lands WNW of Kimba, 5.X.1981, C.R. Alcock 8851 (AD 98152128); 4 miles W of Stenhouse Bay, 19x1966, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CBG 28318). VICTORIA. Big Desert S.F. - south of Danyo, 10.xii.2003, 1.R.K. Sluiter04-08 (MEL 2236277); Big Desert. Archibold Track 8.7 km S of Nine Mile Square Track, 21 .xi.1986, G.R. Lucas 394 (MEL 113771); Wyperfeld National Park-Dattuck Track, 7.xi.1979, A. Morton 439 (MEL 2165848); Sunset Country. Berrook Track 25.8 km W of Sunset Tank, 14x1986, G.R. Lucas 296 (MEL 690575, CBG 8905075); Murray-Sunset National Park. Bambill South Track, 5.8 km S of Settlement Road, 25.xi.2011, J.L. Birch 446 (MEL 2355902); Underbool Track about 10.9 km south of Pheeneys Track, 8x2008, J.A. Jeanes 1976 (MEL 2325541, CANB 709602); 33 km south of Murray ville, 21 .xi.1981, E.&G. Gardiner s.n. (AD 98151048); 60 km SW of Mildura, 1 km S of Rocket Lake eastern end, 9x1977, B. Barnsley 079, M.D. Crisp s.n. & D.J. Cummings s.n. (CBG 7706684). Distribution and habitat: Scattered across South Australia, east from the Eyre Peninsula, and into north¬ eastern Victoria in mallee scrublands, woodlands and open forests. (Fig. 16f) Conservation status: Widespread, moderately common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: September to November. Notes: Subspecies glabrata is similar in overall appearance to subsp. rugata , but is usually quite glabrous or at least early-glabrescent. Etymology: From the Latin glabrata = almost without hairs; the plants of this subspecies are more or less hairless. 5c. Podolepis rugata subsp. littoralis (G.L.Davis) Jeanes, stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis rugata Labill. var. littoralis G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 81: 267-268, figs 73-74 (1957). 32 Vol 33
Jeanes Key to the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 1 Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts more or less flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens).—.„. 2 1: Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts shallowly to deeply transversely rugose. 3 2 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9a. P. aristata subsp. aristata 2: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute.... 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 3 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9c. P. aristata subsp. auriculata 3: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute. 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 1-6 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 10—20(—25) mm diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many- seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, virtually flat to deeply transversely rugose, shiny; intermediate bracts 6-12 mm long, apex obtuse, acute, acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, ±triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 10-20 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas terete, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 4-8 mm long. Chromosome numbers: n=10,2/7=20; /7=11. Cytology: Chromosome numbers of n= 10, 2n=20 were reported by Turner (1967), Short (1986) and Watanabe et al. (1999) under the name Podolepis canescens. The voucher cited by Turner (Turner 5422) in this study corresponds to P. aristata subsp. auriculata, while voucher Turner 5345 refers to P. aristata subsp. aristata. The voucher cited by Short (Short 1271) here refers to P. aristata subsp. affinis. Vouchers cited by Watanabe et al. (1999) as Short 4421, Watanabe 159 and Watanabe 355 here refer to P. aristata subsp. affinis, while Short4319 belongs to P. aristata subsp. aristata (all n=10).The chromosome number determination of n=11 reported by Turner (1967) under the name P auriculata, voucher Turner 5406, here corresponds to P aristata subsp. auriculata. Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis aristata, Bentham described the involucral bracts (involucri squamis) as 'acutissimis aristatis aureofuscis non rugosis' meaning Very acute, aristate, yellow-brown and not rugose'. The holotype is housed at the Vienna Herbarium (W). There is a possible syntype at MEL, from the Steetz herbarium, but this specimen lacks locality information and, although Hugel's name appears on the label, it is uncertain if he made the collection. 9a. Podolepis aristata subsp. aristata Podolepis chrysantha Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843); Podolepis aristata var. chrysantha (Endl.) Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1 (3): 466 (1845). Type: Western Australia.'Nova Hollandia austro-occidentalis': Canning River, Preiss 52 (syntype, MEL 696485!); Western Australia, Preiss 52 (syntype, MEL 696433!). Podolepis subulata Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1(3): 465 (1845); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., f. minor Siebert & Voss Vilm. Blumengartn. ed. 3, 1(1): 536 (1894). Type: Western Australia. 'In solo sublimoso districtus Vasse', xii.1839, Preiss 54 (lectotype, S S-G-4947, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotypes, LD 1054916, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); 'In col. Swan River,' 1843, Preiss 54 (syntype, G 301392, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis aristata Benth. var. minor Benth., FI. austral. 3:605 (1867). Type: Western Australia.'Vasse river, Preiss, n. 54; between Moore and Murchison rivers, Drummond, 6 th Coll. n. 155': Vasse River, no date, Preiss 54 (syntypes, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); no location, no date, J. Drummond 155 (syntype, MEL 2166262!). Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- coloured, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens), shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex long-acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, ± triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 11,13) 38 Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 26-28, Figs 1b, 3, 16b (map)".
Jeanes Notes: Podolepis rugata subsp. trullata has been confused with P. rugata subsp. littoralis, but in the latter the laminas of the involucral bracts are ovate to oblong, deeply transversely rugose and apically obtuse. Etymology: From the Latin trullata = shaped like a brick-layer's trowel; this is the shape of the lamina on the intermediate involucral bracts. 6. Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163(1838) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES, 'in collibus rupestribus circa Croker's range in Nova-Hollandia ad occid. Vallis Wellingtoniae nov. flor. legit cl. Cunningham... (v.s. comm, a cl. inv.)': Croker's Range, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 39 (lectotype, BRI-AQ354837, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotype, MEL 696480!); Rocky hills near Croker's Range in the country lying W from Wellington valley, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 127 (possible isolectotype, MEL 2280347!); Exposed rocky sides of hills, Croker's Range, xi.l825, A. Cunningham 1763 (possible isolectotype, BM 810533, photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Hills of Croker's Range, 1825, A. Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype, BM 810534, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis inundata A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163 (1838). Type: New South Wales, 'in inundatis adripas flum. Lachlan in Nova-Holl. (v.s. comm, a cl. invent.)': Inundated parts of L. R., no date, A. Cunningham s.n. (lectotype, K 000899338, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Damp banks (liable to inundation) of the Lachlan River N. S. Wales, 29.iv.1817, A. Cunningham 47 (probable isolectotype, K 000899337, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis rubida Maiden & R.T.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 10:587 (1895). Type: New South Wales. Bathurst, 20.xi.1895, W.J.C. Ross s.n. (holotype, MEL 716219!). Annual herb to 60 cm tall. Stems 1 -several, erect, usually branched, sparsely woolly, often glabrescent, reddish. Leaves woolly below, sparsely woolly above and often glabrescent, margins ± revolute, entire; basal leaves often few in a sparse rosette, not always present at anthesis, usually linear-oblanceolate, 5-8 cm long and 2-7 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul, apex acute; cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, decurrent, usually linear, 1 -5 cm long and 2-4 mm wide, apex acute. Peduncles 1 -4 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 5—8(—10) mm diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, shallowly transversely rugose at least distally, shiny; intermediate bracts 2-6 mm long, apex acute or shortly acuminate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and often longer than the lamina, lamina lanceolate to ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, base truncate to obtuse; inner bracts with claw much longer than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 6-10 mm long, usually 3-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, to c. O. 5 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas terete, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 3-4 mm long. (Figs 1 i, 10) Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 1.9 km west of Glen Alice on road towards Rylstone, 15.xii.2005, R. Johnstone 1711 (MEL 2264178 (Fig. 10), NSW 493723, K); 1.7 km SSE along Charlton Road from the Windsor-Singleton Road, c. 3 km NE of Bulga, 27.ix.2009, R.G. Coveny 19387 (MEL 2340151, NSW 592543, BRI, CANB, NE); Hill End, x.1885, Dr.J. Lauterer31 (MEL 696402); N. S. Wales, A. Cunningham s.n. (MEL 2160879 part A); Dubbo, vii.1883, Betche 63 (MEL 696403); Dubbo, 14.ix.1883, Betche 60 (MEL 716218); c. 2 km west of Glen Alice on road to Rylstone, 4.xii.2007, R. Johnstone 2286 & A.E. Orme (CANB 712079, NSW 759349, K). Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New South Wales. Habitats include open forests, woodlands and grassy woodlands. (Fig. 17a) Conservation status: The paucity of collections, particularly recent ones, in Australian herbaria suggests that this species is probably quite rare and possibly threatened. Suggest Poorly Known (K-) by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN (2013). Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Cytology: No data available. Notes: Distinguished from other Podolepis species by a combination of characters including its upright twiggy habit, small capitula and tiny, transversely rugose involucral bract laminas. In overall appearance, P. canescens resembles P. eremaea, but that species has virtually flat involucral bract laminas (sometimes 34 Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 24-26, Figs 1a, 2, 16a (map)".
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Jeanes 532637); Waverley Flora Park, 4.xi.2007, M. Wopstra 270 (HO 551947); Vale of Belvoir, 14.iii.2010, AM. Buchanan 17372 (HO 555869); Pieman River heads, 23.ii.1930, H.F. Comber2116 (HO 14529). Distribution and habitat: Found in South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. Most collections are from a wide range of non-arid habitats including near coastal, alpine, sub-alpine and plains country grasslands, woodlands and open forests. In Queensland, known only from a single collection near Stanthorpe. (Fig. 16b) Conservation status: Reasonably common, widespread and present in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to February, depending upon altitude. Cytology: No data available. Notes: Podolepis decipiens shows considerable variation across its range, but from the specimens available there appear to be no readily definable segregate taxa. Plants from alpine areas usually have a well-developed rosette of ovate to obovate leaves, relatively short unbranched stems, large capitula, often orange florets and the apex of the claws of the involucral bracts are usually reddish. All of these features can be observed in lowland plants, but rarely in combination. Some plants from grasslands near Melbourne have long, broad claws on the intermediate involucral bracts, sometimes exceeding the lamina and reminiscent of those of P. hieracioides F.Muell. Apparent hybrids between P. decipiens and P. rugata Labill. subsp. rugata have been collected at Gorae West near Portland, Victoria (see notes under P. rugata subsp. rugata). Etymology : From the Latin decipiens = deceiving; this species is similar to, and has been confused with, Podolepis jaceoides. 3. Podolepis laevigata Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:46(1918) Type: VICTORIA. 'Australia, Victoria ad Wimmera ( ReaderI), Keilor Plains (Walter!) et Mentone ( Tovey'!)': Pastures, Wimmera, 7.X.1892, F.M. Readers.n. (lectotype, LY 0000143, fide McGillivray (1973), photo! (Fig. 4)); Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!). Both excluded syntypes are P. decipiens. Podolepis jaceoides sensu McGillivray (1973) non (Sims) Voss. Herb to 40 cm tall, possibly renewed annually from perennial rootstock. Stems several, produced annually from a thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched, glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves virtually glabrous, margins ±flat to revolute, entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, ± linear, 5-13 cm long and 1-5 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul with a conspicuous adaxial tuft of long hairs (brown or white on dried specimens); cauline leaves alternate, sessile, linear, mostly 1-8 cm long and 1-3 mm wide, apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-8 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 15-25 mm diam., usually solitary. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex retuse to obtuse, claw c. 1 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 10-20 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 20- 40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 5-8 mm long. (Figs 1c, 4) Specimens examined: VICTORIA. Charlton, x.1917, W.W. Watts s.n. (MEL 624730); Wimmera, Australia Felix, s.dat., Anon, s.n. (MEL 716596); NW of Horsham (MEL 716640); Daylesford, 1878, R. Wallace 139 (MEL 274872); North-central. Nathalia, 10.x.1932, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2165118); The Wimmera. Nhill, St E D'Alton 46 (MEL 716644); Wimmera, Dallachy s.n. (MEL 716656); Carrs Plain, C. Walter s.n. (MEL 2165537); Wycheproof, ix.1917, W.W. Watts 411 (MEL 624729); Wimmera, Dallachy s.n. (MEL 2165119); Warracknabeal, 10.xi.1891, J.G.O. Teppers.n. (AD 97704546); Coromby, x.1889, J.G.O. Teppers.n. (AD 97704575); Murray River, 1895, H. Hawthorne s.n. (MEL 1508132). Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic to Victoria where it is found in the Wimmera, Riverina and Midlands Natural Regions (Conn 1993). Most of the collections are old and the labels contain no information on habitat. However, given the known distribution, it is possibly found mainly in Allocasuarina luehmannii/ 28 Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 62-63, Figs 1a, 2".
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 29-30, Figs 1d, 5, 16d (map)".
Jeanes Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no locality information. A later worker has annotated the sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium specimens can be located that are type material of either P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate with acuminate apices. The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland with bracts that match that description except for an old Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see Mabberley (1999). 2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. decipiens P. jaceoides P. laevigata P. lineari folia Leaf indumentum woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent woolly to scabrous with flattened multicellular hairs or glabrescent ± glabrous glabrous or with fine hairs on midrib below and on margins Basal leaf shape lanceolate to oblanceolate or ovate to obovate lanceolate or oblanceolate, rarely linear linear linear Basal leaf size 30-200 mm Lx 5-25 mm W 30-200 mm L x 5-20 mm W 50-130mm Lx 1-5 mm W 50-170 mm L x 3—6(—10) mm W Hair tufts at base of basal leaves hidden by leaf bases hidden by leaf bases conspicuous hidden by leaf bases Cauline leaf shape linear to linear-lanceolate linear-lanceolate linear linear Cauline leaf size 10-100mm Lx2-15 mm W 10-200mm Lx 2-15 mm W 10-80mm Lx 1-3 mm W 10-80 mm Lx 1-4 mm W Apex of intermediate involucral bracts retuse to obtuse broadly acute, to acuminate, often twisted retuse to obtuse usually long-acuminate oraristate Habitat lowland to alpine forests, grasslands and herbfields lowland forests, grassy woodlands and mallee scrubs probably Buloke/ Grey Box woodlands mostly grassland 26 Vol 33
Studies in Podolepis 9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 (1838). Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. (lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 2280346!, photo of lectotype). Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 (holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn ex DC. Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 (MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 (MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. (CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its range the involucral bracts on some specimens are less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. Muelleria 41
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Studies in Podolepis Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western Australia where scattered between Esperance and Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) Conservation status: Widespread, common and well represented in conservation reserves. Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to Western Australia although some specimens of the subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. aristata. 9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 (1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 16:366(1896). Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke (1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex DC. Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as P. canescens). Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata P. aristata subsp. affinis P. aristata subsp. aristata P. aristata subsp. auriculata Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above cobwebbed below, less densely cobwebbed above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely above Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base obtuse ttriangular, base truncate triangular to ovate, base truncate Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse or acute to shortly acuminate aristate aristate Surface of intermediate involucral bracts virtually flat and smooth to deeply transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) deeply to shallowly transversely rugose in apical half Distribution southern half of the continent from central Queensland to Shark Bay Western Australia from Israelite Bay to Shark Bay inland areas from central Queensland to Shark Bay Muelleria 39
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 63-65, Figs 1b, 3".
Jeanes Notes: Podolepis rugata subsp. trullata has been confused with P. rugata subsp. littoralis, but in the latter the laminas of the involucral bracts are ovate to oblong, deeply transversely rugose and apically obtuse. Etymology: From the Latin trullata = shaped like a brick-layer's trowel; this is the shape of the lamina on the intermediate involucral bracts. 6. Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163(1838) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES, 'in collibus rupestribus circa Croker's range in Nova-Hollandia ad occid. Vallis Wellingtoniae nov. flor. legit cl. Cunningham... (v.s. comm, a cl. inv.)': Croker's Range, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 39 (lectotype, BRI-AQ354837, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotype, MEL 696480!); Rocky hills near Croker's Range in the country lying W from Wellington valley, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 127 (possible isolectotype, MEL 2280347!); Exposed rocky sides of hills, Croker's Range, xi.l825, A. Cunningham 1763 (possible isolectotype, BM 810533, photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Hills of Croker's Range, 1825, A. Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype, BM 810534, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis inundata A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163 (1838). Type: New South Wales, 'in inundatis adripas flum. Lachlan in Nova-Holl. (v.s. comm, a cl. invent.)': Inundated parts of L. R., no date, A. Cunningham s.n. (lectotype, K 000899338, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Damp banks (liable to inundation) of the Lachlan River N. S. Wales, 29.iv.1817, A. Cunningham 47 (probable isolectotype, K 000899337, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis rubida Maiden & R.T.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 10:587 (1895). Type: New South Wales. Bathurst, 20.xi.1895, W.J.C. Ross s.n. (holotype, MEL 716219!). Annual herb to 60 cm tall. Stems 1 -several, erect, usually branched, sparsely woolly, often glabrescent, reddish. Leaves woolly below, sparsely woolly above and often glabrescent, margins ± revolute, entire; basal leaves often few in a sparse rosette, not always present at anthesis, usually linear-oblanceolate, 5-8 cm long and 2-7 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul, apex acute; cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, decurrent, usually linear, 1 -5 cm long and 2-4 mm wide, apex acute. Peduncles 1 -4 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 5—8(—10) mm diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, shallowly transversely rugose at least distally, shiny; intermediate bracts 2-6 mm long, apex acute or shortly acuminate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and often longer than the lamina, lamina lanceolate to ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, base truncate to obtuse; inner bracts with claw much longer than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 6-10 mm long, usually 3-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, to c. O. 5 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas terete, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 3-4 mm long. (Figs 1 i, 10) Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 1.9 km west of Glen Alice on road towards Rylstone, 15.xii.2005, R. Johnstone 1711 (MEL 2264178 (Fig. 10), NSW 493723, K); 1.7 km SSE along Charlton Road from the Windsor-Singleton Road, c. 3 km NE of Bulga, 27.ix.2009, R.G. Coveny 19387 (MEL 2340151, NSW 592543, BRI, CANB, NE); Hill End, x.1885, Dr.J. Lauterer31 (MEL 696402); N. S. Wales, A. Cunningham s.n. (MEL 2160879 part A); Dubbo, vii.1883, Betche 63 (MEL 696403); Dubbo, 14.ix.1883, Betche 60 (MEL 716218); c. 2 km west of Glen Alice on road to Rylstone, 4.xii.2007, R. Johnstone 2286 & A.E. Orme (CANB 712079, NSW 759349, K). Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New South Wales. Habitats include open forests, woodlands and grassy woodlands. (Fig. 17a) Conservation status: The paucity of collections, particularly recent ones, in Australian herbaria suggests that this species is probably quite rare and possibly threatened. Suggest Poorly Known (K-) by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN (2013). Flowering period: Mostly August to November. Cytology: No data available. Notes: Distinguished from other Podolepis species by a combination of characters including its upright twiggy habit, small capitula and tiny, transversely rugose involucral bract laminas. In overall appearance, P. canescens resembles P. eremaea, but that species has virtually flat involucral bract laminas (sometimes 34 Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 30-31".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 31-32, Figs 1e, 6, 16e (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 32-33, Figs 1g, 8, 16g (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 33-34, Figs 1h, 9, 16H (map)".
Studies in Podolepis slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more arid habitats. Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny (~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New South Wales. All the type specimens bar one are designated as having been collected in November 1825, and all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear whether these are shipping numbers associated with specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers (Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate collecting label and a different herbarium number. The two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) have been selected as the lectotype as they are more complete and in better condition than the three elements on the left (K 000899337). 7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina W.A. P.S. Short 4247). Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. canescens P. eremaea P. remota Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above Basal leaf shape linear-oblanceolate oblanceolate linear Basal leaf size 50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Cauline leaf shape linear linear-lanceolate linear Cauline leaf size 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Diameter of capitula 5-8(—10) mm 5-10 mm 10-15 mm Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base truncate to obtuse ovate, base obtuse broad-ovate to sub-orbicular Length of intermediate involucral bract lamina 1-2.5 mm 2-3(-4) mm 3-4 mm Apex of intermediate involucral bract lamina acute to acuminate acute to acuminate ±obtuse Surface of intermediate involucral bract lamina shallowly transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) slightly concavo-convex Muelleria 35
Studies in Podolepis Eucalyptus microcarpa woodland on heavy non- calcareous soils. (Fig. 16c) Conservation status: There are few collections of this species, the most recent of which was made in 1986. It appears that it may have always been localised and occurs in Buloke/Grey Box woodlands, which have been extensively cleared. There is no evidence that it occurs in any biological reserves. Recommend Endangered (3E) by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Critically Endangered (CR) by criteria of IUCN (2013). Flowering period: September to November. Cytology: No data available. Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis laevigata, Gandoger provided the following Latin description: Glaberrima, folia glaucescentia linearia, phylla involucri obtusa albida flosculis multo breviora, pappus niveus (= very glabrous, leaves glaucous linear, involucral leaves (= bracts) obtuse whitish much shorter than the florets, pappus snowy white). As noted above, I consider the three syntype specimens to be representative of two species (P. decipiens and P. laevigata). McGillivray's (1973) selection of the Reader specimen as the lectotype is appropriate as it most closely matches Gandoger's description (1918). Notes: In general appearance this species resembles Podolepis linearifolia, but differs mainly in the intermediate involucral bracts having an obtuse apex and broader claws, and the rosette leaves having conspicuous tufts of axillary basal hairs. The two species also grow in different habitats. 4. Podolepis linearifolia Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: VICTORIA. Old RAAF Base Laverton, northwest corner of base, 10.xii.2007, J.A. Jeanes 1805 (holotype, MEL 2296546! (Fig. 5), isotypes, CANB 699493!, NSW 832116!, K!). Podolepis sp. aff. jaceoides (Basalt Plains) sensu Ross (1993). Podolepis aff. jaceoides sensu Watanabe et. al. (1999). Podolepis sp. 1 sensu Jeanes (1999). Podolepis sp. Basalt Plain (V.Stajsic 2244) Vic. Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154i (as Podolepis sp. 1). Herb to 60 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial rootstock. Stems usually several, produced annually from a thickened persistent rootstock, erect, usually unbranched, usually sparsely woolly or hispid, glabrescent with age. Leaves virtually glabrous, but often with fine hairs on abaxial midrib and on margins, margins ±flat to revolute, entire; basal leaves rosetted, numerous,± linear, 5-17 cm long and 3—6(—10) mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, linear, mostly 1-8 cm long and 1-4 mm wide, apex acute to acuminate. Peduncles 2-8 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-30 mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate bracts 7-15 mm long, apex usually long-acuminate to aristate, claw slender, c. 0.5 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets bright yellow or orange; ray florets female, 20-40, ligules linear, 10-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5mm long, to c. 1mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-9 mm long. (Figs 1 d, 5) Chromosome numbers: n=10,2n=20. Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 10 km SW of Burra on Adelaide-Peterborough road, 19.X.1981, N.N. Donner 8166 (AD 98210352, CBG 350200, HO 63478); Button Grass swamp near Mt Burr, 30.X.1977, R. Bates 4009 (AD 97748024); Hynum and Robertson, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tivers.n. (AD 98672181). NEW SOUTH WALES. Berrigan, 29.X.1923, J.L Sones s.n. (CBG 339068). VICTORIA. RAAF Air Base, Laverton, 5.xi.1 996, N.G. Walsh 4637 (MEL 2051250); About 3.5 km north of Rowsley, 28. X.2000, V. Stajsic 2698 & 2699 (MEL 2135003, MEL 2135004, HO 523357, CANB 554769); Derrimut Grasslands, above northern edge of Andersons Swamp, 10.xi.1995, P.5. Short 4574 (MEL 2028052); 15 km west of Maryborough P.O.,22.xi.1979, A.C. Beauglehole 66600 (MEL 1580243); Near Omeo, 1893, D. Sullivan 7 (MEL 716537); Immediately SW from Deer Park Railway Station on the Ballarat line, 14.xii.1992, V. Stajsic 2244 (MEL 2102870); Deer Park, corner of Fitzgerald and Boundary Roads, 29. X.1 991 , R. Robinson s.n. (MEL 201 1 738); Railway easement 4.5 km west of Glenrowan, southern verge, 30.xi.2003, R. Thomas 779 (MEL 2220642); Intersection of Dingee-Rochester Road and Bendigo-Tennyson Road, x.2003 ,D. Marshall s.n. (MEL 2236280); Muelleria 29
Studies in Podolepis slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more arid habitats. Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny (~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New South Wales. All the type specimens bar one are designated as having been collected in November 1825, and all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear whether these are shipping numbers associated with specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers (Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate collecting label and a different herbarium number. The two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) have been selected as the lectotype as they are more complete and in better condition than the three elements on the left (K 000899337). 7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina W.A. P.S. Short 4247). Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. canescens P. eremaea P. remota Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above Basal leaf shape linear-oblanceolate oblanceolate linear Basal leaf size 50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Cauline leaf shape linear linear-lanceolate linear Cauline leaf size 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Diameter of capitula 5-8(—10) mm 5-10 mm 10-15 mm Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base truncate to obtuse ovate, base obtuse broad-ovate to sub-orbicular Length of intermediate involucral bract lamina 1-2.5 mm 2-3(-4) mm 3-4 mm Apex of intermediate involucral bract lamina acute to acuminate acute to acuminate ±obtuse Surface of intermediate involucral bract lamina shallowly transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) slightly concavo-convex Muelleria 35
Studies in Podolepis slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more arid habitats. Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny (~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New South Wales. All the type specimens bar one are designated as having been collected in November 1825, and all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear whether these are shipping numbers associated with specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers (Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate collecting label and a different herbarium number. The two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) have been selected as the lectotype as they are more complete and in better condition than the three elements on the left (K 000899337). 7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate. Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina W.A. P.S. Short 4247). Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. P. canescens P. eremaea P. remota Leaf indumentum woolly below, sparsely woolly and often glabrescent above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above woolly to cobwebbed below, less densely woolly above Basal leaf shape linear-oblanceolate oblanceolate linear Basal leaf size 50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Cauline leaf shape linear linear-lanceolate linear Cauline leaf size 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W Diameter of capitula 5-8(—10) mm 5-10 mm 10-15 mm Shape of intermediate involucral bract lamina ovate, base truncate to obtuse ovate, base obtuse broad-ovate to sub-orbicular Length of intermediate involucral bract lamina 1-2.5 mm 2-3(-4) mm 3-4 mm Apex of intermediate involucral bract lamina acute to acuminate acute to acuminate ±obtuse Surface of intermediate involucral bract lamina shallowly transversely rugose in apical half virtually flat and smooth (often slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) slightly concavo-convex Muelleria 35
Jeanes Key to the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 1 Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts more or less flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens).—.„. 2 1: Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts shallowly to deeply transversely rugose. 3 2 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9a. P. aristata subsp. aristata 2: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute.... 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 3 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9c. P. aristata subsp. auriculata 3: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute. 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 1-6 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 10—20(—25) mm diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many- seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, virtually flat to deeply transversely rugose, shiny; intermediate bracts 6-12 mm long, apex obtuse, acute, acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, ±triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 10-20 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas terete, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 4-8 mm long. Chromosome numbers: n=10,2/7=20; /7=11. Cytology: Chromosome numbers of n= 10, 2n=20 were reported by Turner (1967), Short (1986) and Watanabe et al. (1999) under the name Podolepis canescens. The voucher cited by Turner (Turner 5422) in this study corresponds to P. aristata subsp. auriculata, while voucher Turner 5345 refers to P. aristata subsp. aristata. The voucher cited by Short (Short 1271) here refers to P. aristata subsp. affinis. Vouchers cited by Watanabe et al. (1999) as Short 4421, Watanabe 159 and Watanabe 355 here refer to P. aristata subsp. affinis, while Short4319 belongs to P. aristata subsp. aristata (all n=10).The chromosome number determination of n=11 reported by Turner (1967) under the name P auriculata, voucher Turner 5406, here corresponds to P aristata subsp. auriculata. Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis aristata, Bentham described the involucral bracts (involucri squamis) as 'acutissimis aristatis aureofuscis non rugosis' meaning Very acute, aristate, yellow-brown and not rugose'. The holotype is housed at the Vienna Herbarium (W). There is a possible syntype at MEL, from the Steetz herbarium, but this specimen lacks locality information and, although Hugel's name appears on the label, it is uncertain if he made the collection. 9a. Podolepis aristata subsp. aristata Podolepis chrysantha Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843); Podolepis aristata var. chrysantha (Endl.) Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1 (3): 466 (1845). Type: Western Australia.'Nova Hollandia austro-occidentalis': Canning River, Preiss 52 (syntype, MEL 696485!); Western Australia, Preiss 52 (syntype, MEL 696433!). Podolepis subulata Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1(3): 465 (1845); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., f. minor Siebert & Voss Vilm. Blumengartn. ed. 3, 1(1): 536 (1894). Type: Western Australia. 'In solo sublimoso districtus Vasse', xii.1839, Preiss 54 (lectotype, S S-G-4947, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotypes, LD 1054916, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); 'In col. Swan River,' 1843, Preiss 54 (syntype, G 301392, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). Podolepis aristata Benth. var. minor Benth., FI. austral. 3:605 (1867). Type: Western Australia.'Vasse river, Preiss, n. 54; between Moore and Murchison rivers, Drummond, 6 th Coll. n. 155': Vasse River, no date, Preiss 54 (syntypes, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); no location, no date, J. Drummond 155 (syntype, MEL 2166262!). Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- coloured, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens), shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex long-acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, ± triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 11,13) 38 Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
Jeanes
Taxonomy
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm.
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894)
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5:
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot.
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym;
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89):
1230(1930), isonym.
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,...
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag.
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated).
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2:
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI.
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.).
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24:
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located.
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot.
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud.
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65:
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type:
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!),
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142,
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486,
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C.
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata
subsp. affinis)).
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al.
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992)
p. 264.
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed,
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute,
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20)
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear-
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide,
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina.
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous.
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10
mm long. (Figs la, 2)
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208);
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H.
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney,
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N.
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060);
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796,
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004,
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A.
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J.
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997,
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2
24
Vol 33
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale (1988)). Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). Common name: Smithton Peppermint. Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 128(1856) Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport (Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: U [U0004997]). Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). Common name: Silver Peppermint. Acknowledgements The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas (Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. References Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. Muelleria 27,227-229. Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: Sydney. Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve & Co.: London Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. Muelleria 73
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Brown standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in morphological measurements between plants of the Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. Taxonomy In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern & Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 1(1): 370 (1797) Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 (1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 (chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most treat it as a separate taxon. Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an alternative possible basionym or considered the two taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it is the earlier name. Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 (1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many North American publications, but also by Vickery (1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian specimens have since been segregated into a number of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis scabra Willd. (1797) Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 90 Vol 33
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Brown standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in morphological measurements between plants of the Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. Taxonomy In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern & Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 1(1): 370 (1797) Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 (1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 (chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most treat it as a separate taxon. Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an alternative possible basionym or considered the two taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it is the earlier name. Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 (1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many North American publications, but also by Vickery (1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian specimens have since been segregated into a number of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis scabra Willd. (1797) Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 90 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Bean
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been
identified as P. norvegica, a European species.
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed.
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human
disturbance.
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora
lists.
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756)
Type: A. vulgaris Hill
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1:
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L.
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina.
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and
described several species of Argentina and transferred a
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla.
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al.
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species,
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade,
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required
combinations.
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea.
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New
Zealand.
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898)
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753).
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM-
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia.
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia,
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania,
as there are some recent collections from those states.
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb.
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect.
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended
revision of the group. However, that revision did not
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he
intended to describe or combinations that he intended
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after
having seen additional Australian material.
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes &
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008;
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections
80
Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 80`".
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Brown standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in morphological measurements between plants of the Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. Taxonomy In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern & Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 1(1): 370 (1797) Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 (1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 (chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most treat it as a separate taxon. Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an alternative possible basionym or considered the two taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it is the earlier name. Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 (1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many North American publications, but also by Vickery (1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian specimens have since been segregated into a number of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis scabra Willd. (1797) Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 90 Vol 33
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Muelleria
33:111
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015.
£
Royal _
Botanic
Gardens
Melbourne
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105
K. Rule
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia
Correction
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria.
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however,
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations
of the other two species published by Rule (2012),
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule,
are correct in the original publication.
Reference
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria.
Muelleria 30,83-105.
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012)
Species
Type specimen citation in original publication
Correct citation
Eucalyptus yarriambiack
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142°
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 36°03'45"S [...]
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD,
CANB, NSW.
Eucalypus aurifodina
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E
[...] 03.V.2005.
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD,
CANB, K, NSW, S.
Eucalyptus conferta
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32"
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW.
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB.
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online)
Muelleria
33:111
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015.
£
Royal _
Botanic
Gardens
Melbourne
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105
K. Rule
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia
Correction
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria.
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however,
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations
of the other two species published by Rule (2012),
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule,
are correct in the original publication.
Reference
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria.
Muelleria 30,83-105.
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012)
Species
Type specimen citation in original publication
Correct citation
Eucalyptus yarriambiack
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142°
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 36°03'45"S [...]
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD,
CANB, NSW.
Eucalypus aurifodina
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E
[...] 03.V.2005.
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD,
CANB, K, NSW, S.
Eucalyptus conferta
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32"
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW.
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB.
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online)
Muelleria
33:111
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015.
£
Royal _
Botanic
Gardens
Melbourne
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105
K. Rule
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia
Correction
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria.
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however,
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations
of the other two species published by Rule (2012),
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule,
are correct in the original publication.
Reference
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria.
Muelleria 30,83-105.
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012)
Species
Type specimen citation in original publication
Correct citation
Eucalyptus yarriambiack
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142°
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 36°03'45"S [...]
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD,
CANB, NSW.
Eucalypus aurifodina
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL.
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E
[...] 03.V.2005.
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD,
CANB, K, NSW, S.
Eucalyptus conferta
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32"
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW.
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB.
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online)
Naturalised species of Psoralea Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), can be common in some areas and are protected by ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo (2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to about 2 m tall. Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes (1996) includes a description which is consistent with that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination of the voucher ( Lyne 446). Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves (from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (1819) Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium material has been found that matches the protologue. The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication of the species and is discounted. The other specimen (K000392611) has been annotated by the author of the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 (1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 (1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & Mocino (1889). Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. (see note under distribution). Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish grey when young, becoming grey when old with scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea Muelleria 101
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 81-82".
Bean Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). All of these recent systematic studies have shown that Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, including several other well-known and speciose genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, as outlined below. Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 (1771). Acknowledgements I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful comments on earlier drafts of this paper. References APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. <http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ avh.chah.org.au> Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ Vascular_Plants.pdf> Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide. Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20,1-43. Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). Novon 8,333-336. Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 56,156-175. Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae (Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 164,197-211. Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales University Press: Sydney. IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: Melbourne. Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. org/herbcat> 82 Vol 33
Bean Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). All of these recent systematic studies have shown that Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, including several other well-known and speciose genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, as outlined below. Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 (1771). Acknowledgements I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful comments on earlier drafts of this paper. References APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. <http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ avh.chah.org.au> Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ Vascular_Plants.pdf> Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide. Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20,1-43. Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). Novon 8,333-336. Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 56,156-175. Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae (Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 164,197-211. Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales University Press: Sydney. IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: Melbourne. Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. org/herbcat> 82 Vol 33
Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria in Australia To test whether the binary character 'presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence' (character 18) might have been masking the influence of some other characters, the agglomerative hierarchical analysis was re-run without this character. The groups in the dendrogram still mainly hold together (Fig. 4) with New Zealand K. laxa being most distantly separated from Bogong specimens rather than being nearest as in the initial classification. Group A comprises mostly Bogong specimens and Group B incorporates New South Wales, Tasmanian and New Zealand K. dieffenbachii. Group C is mostly New Zealand K. dieffenbachii and Group D is mostly New Zealand K. laxa. It is interesting to note that without this key character, the Bogong group is more closely linked to the K. dieffenbachii group that contains the other Australian specimens rather than to New Zealand plants of either species, and of these, it is most remotely linked to K. laxa. Taxonomic implications Kelleria dieffenbachii: On morphological evidence Kelleria dieffenbachii was found to be a distinct taxon. All K. dieffenbachii specimens grouped together in the multivariate analyses and there was no significant separation of specimens from distinctly different geographic regions, i.e. Tasmania, New South Wales and New Zealand, that suggested distinct taxonomic recognition was warranted. Kelleria laxa: In the multivariate analyses, specimens were placed into two distinct groups-the Bogong group and the New Zealand group. Leaf size, leaf shape and flower size were important characters that separated them. The most important character shared by both groups in separating them from K. dieffenbachii was the presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence. When this character was removed from the data set, the groups still largely held together, however the Bogong group aligned more closely with the K. dieffenbachii group in the classification. The presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence changes the growth pattern and thus the architecture of the plant. Kelleria dieffenbachii plants have a clear long shoot/short shoot morphology where orthotropic short shoots, each bearing a terminal inflorescence, are borne on a plagiotropic runner that also produces adventitious roots. Kelleria laxa also has a long shoot/short shoot morphology, but one that is Figure 4. Dendrogram produced as in Fig.l, but with character 18 removed !_l_l_1_l_! 0.028 0.136 0.245 0.354 0.462 0.571 Relative distance Kelleria laxa- Victoria — K. laxa - New Zealand — K. dieffenbachii - New Zealand K. dieffenbachii - Tasmania — K. dieffenbachii -NSW modified when the vegetative buds grow through the inflorescences. Heads (1990b) argued that the growth habit of K. laxa is of a form close to the boundary between monopodial and sympodial development. Vegetative buds are also produced in the inflorescence of the New Zealand species K. lyallii, K. paludosa and very occasionally K. multiflora (Heads 1990b). There is a continuum of architectural modifications in Kelleria and Drapetes including suppression of Muelleria 7
Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria in Australia To test whether the binary character 'presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence' (character 18) might have been masking the influence of some other characters, the agglomerative hierarchical analysis was re-run without this character. The groups in the dendrogram still mainly hold together (Fig. 4) with New Zealand K. laxa being most distantly separated from Bogong specimens rather than being nearest as in the initial classification. Group A comprises mostly Bogong specimens and Group B incorporates New South Wales, Tasmanian and New Zealand K. dieffenbachii. Group C is mostly New Zealand K. dieffenbachii and Group D is mostly New Zealand K. laxa. It is interesting to note that without this key character, the Bogong group is more closely linked to the K. dieffenbachii group that contains the other Australian specimens rather than to New Zealand plants of either species, and of these, it is most remotely linked to K. laxa. Taxonomic implications Kelleria dieffenbachii: On morphological evidence Kelleria dieffenbachii was found to be a distinct taxon. All K. dieffenbachii specimens grouped together in the multivariate analyses and there was no significant separation of specimens from distinctly different geographic regions, i.e. Tasmania, New South Wales and New Zealand, that suggested distinct taxonomic recognition was warranted. Kelleria laxa: In the multivariate analyses, specimens were placed into two distinct groups-the Bogong group and the New Zealand group. Leaf size, leaf shape and flower size were important characters that separated them. The most important character shared by both groups in separating them from K. dieffenbachii was the presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence. When this character was removed from the data set, the groups still largely held together, however the Bogong group aligned more closely with the K. dieffenbachii group in the classification. The presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence changes the growth pattern and thus the architecture of the plant. Kelleria dieffenbachii plants have a clear long shoot/short shoot morphology where orthotropic short shoots, each bearing a terminal inflorescence, are borne on a plagiotropic runner that also produces adventitious roots. Kelleria laxa also has a long shoot/short shoot morphology, but one that is Figure 4. Dendrogram produced as in Fig.l, but with character 18 removed !_l_l_1_l_! 0.028 0.136 0.245 0.354 0.462 0.571 Relative distance Kelleria laxa- Victoria — K. laxa - New Zealand — K. dieffenbachii - New Zealand K. dieffenbachii - Tasmania — K. dieffenbachii -NSW modified when the vegetative buds grow through the inflorescences. Heads (1990b) argued that the growth habit of K. laxa is of a form close to the boundary between monopodial and sympodial development. Vegetative buds are also produced in the inflorescence of the New Zealand species K. lyallii, K. paludosa and very occasionally K. multiflora (Heads 1990b). There is a continuum of architectural modifications in Kelleria and Drapetes including suppression of Muelleria 7
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 7-Aug".
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 91-92".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 92-93, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 93-94, Fig. 2".
Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., respectively. In regard to typification, after extensive examination of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. while also specifically listing this collection under C. pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker (1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that includes the type should have been denoted as the autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for the Australian material here placed under L rudis. This is not a complete synonymy of this high- elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for further information concerning the confusing array of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas during the 1820s). Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.)Trin.]. Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 234(1830) Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 (1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 21(3): 135 (1934). Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, isotypes: US-865764 n.v. Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this subarctic-arctic grass. Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above synonymy, because it is not considered to be based on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and legitimate name. Muelleria 91
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 94-95, Fig. 1".
Muelleria 33:115 Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015. £ Royal_ Botanic Gardens Melbourne Correction to synonymy of Olearia tenuifolia in Walsh (2014), Muelleria 32, pp. 34-38 Neville Walsh National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Private Bag 2000, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia; e-mail: neville.walsh@rbg.vic.gov.au Correction In Walsh (2014, p. 36), the name Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis (nom. inval.) was mistakenly included in the synonymy for Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth.This unpublished name should appear as a synonym of O. curticoma N.G.Walsh, published on the same page of the article. Acknowledgement I'm grateful to Tony Bean (BRI) for pointing out this error. Reference Walsh, N.G. (2014). Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria. Muelleria 32, 34-38. © Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015 ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online)
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Bean
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been
identified as P. norvegica, a European species.
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed.
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human
disturbance.
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora
lists.
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756)
Type: A. vulgaris Hill
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1:
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L.
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina.
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and
described several species of Argentina and transferred a
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla.
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al.
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species,
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade,
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required
combinations.
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea.
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New
Zealand.
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898)
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753).
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM-
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia.
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia,
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania,
as there are some recent collections from those states.
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb.
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect.
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended
revision of the group. However, that revision did not
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he
intended to describe or combinations that he intended
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after
having seen additional Australian material.
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes &
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008;
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections
80
Vol 33
Bean
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been
identified as P. norvegica, a European species.
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed.
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human
disturbance.
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora
lists.
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756)
Type: A. vulgaris Hill
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1:
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L.
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina.
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and
described several species of Argentina and transferred a
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla.
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al.
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species,
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade,
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required
combinations.
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea.
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New
Zealand.
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898)
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753).
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM-
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia.
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia,
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania,
as there are some recent collections from those states.
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb.
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect.
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended
revision of the group. However, that revision did not
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he
intended to describe or combinations that he intended
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after
having seen additional Australian material.
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes &
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008;
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections
80
Vol 33
Bean
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been
identified as P. norvegica, a European species.
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed.
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human
disturbance.
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora
lists.
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756)
Type: A. vulgaris Hill
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1:
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L.
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina.
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and
described several species of Argentina and transferred a
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla.
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al.
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species,
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade,
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required
combinations.
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea.
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New
Zealand.
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898)
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753).
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM-
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia.
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia,
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania,
as there are some recent collections from those states.
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb.
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect.
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended
revision of the group. However, that revision did not
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he
intended to describe or combinations that he intended
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after
having seen additional Australian material.
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes &
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008;
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections
80
Vol 33
Bean
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been
identified as P. norvegica, a European species.
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed.
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human
disturbance.
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora
lists.
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756)
Type: A. vulgaris Hill
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1:
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L.
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina.
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and
described several species of Argentina and transferred a
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla.
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al.
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species,
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade,
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required
combinations.
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea.
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New
Zealand.
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot.
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898)
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753).
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM-
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia.
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia,
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania,
as there are some recent collections from those states.
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb.
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect.
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended
revision of the group. However, that revision did not
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he
intended to describe or combinations that he intended
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after
having seen additional Australian material.
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes &
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008;
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections
80
Vol 33
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 76-80, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
Bean Materials and methods This study is based on an examination of herbarium specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, MEL and NSW, including more than 60 specimens of Potentilla supina L, 50 specimens of P. anserina and one specimen of P. heynii Roth. In addition, several high-quality images of herbarium specimens of P. heynii have been examined, originating from the Museum National d' Histoire Naturelle (P). Images of type specimens of P supina and P. anserina have been viewed. Measurements of petals, stamens and carpels are based on material preserved in spirit, or reconstituted with boiling water; all other measurements were made from dried herbarium specimens. Potentilla nanopetala has been examined in the field by the author. Taxonomy Potentilla nanopetala A.R.Bean, sp. nov. Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Burlieburlie Waterhole off the Strzelecki Track, S of Innamincka, 27° 48'S 140° 43'E, 23 October 2007, IS. Te 205, DJ. Duval, PJ. Lang & MJ. Thorpe (holo: AD 213898; iso: K, n.v.). With affinity to P. heynii, but differing by the terminal leaflet and lateral leaflets not deeply incised, the stem indumentum with two classes of hairs, the often shorter fruiting pedicels, and the consistently and conspicuously ribbed achenes. [P. supina auct. non L.; Jacobs & Pickard (1981), Harden & Rodd (1990), Barker etal. (2005), APC (2014)] Decumbent, suberect or erect annual herb to 20 cm high and 30 cm across, runners absent. Leaf rosettes absent from fertile plants. Stems and petioles terete, with two distinct indumentum types; pilose hairs, moderately dense to dense, spreading, seemingly unicellular, cylindrical in transverse section, 0.5-1.4 mm long; and curved to flexuose hairs, uniseriate, 2-5-celled, segments flattened, each segment at right angles to the adjacent one, 0.15-0.4 mm long. Leaves all ternate (some plants), or mostly ternate, with some of the lower leaves pinnate, with 5 leaflets (some plants); stipules adnate to base of petiole, oblong to elliptical, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, green, pilose throughout, margins entire, apex obtuse. Petioles 3.5-18 mm long, the longer ones towards the base of the plant; lamina 5.0-14.0 mm long; terminal leaflet broadly obovate, 4.5-9.0 mm long, shortly petiolulate, with 7-9 obtuse lobes, incised about halfway to midrib; lateral leaflets opposite or slightly disjunct, obovate, 2.5-6.0 mm long, sessile, with 3-6 obtuse lobes incised about halfway to midrib; petioles and leaves with numerous unicellular pilose hairs on both surfaces, multicellular hairs absent. Flowers axillary, solitary, 3.2-5.0 mm diameter, 5-merous; pedicels 1.3- 2.1 mm long. Epicalyx segments elliptical, 1.3-2.5 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, slightly shorter than sepals, with numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on both surfaces, margins entire, apex obtuse; sepals triangular, 1.6-3.0 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at base, with numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on outer surface, apex acute. Petals elliptical to spathulate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, much shorter than sepals, glabrous, yellow, apex obtuse. Stamens 14-16 in two whorls; anthers basifixed, 2-locular, 0.15-0.2 mm long; shorter filaments 0.25-0.4 mm long, longer filaments 0.6-0.7 mm long; staminal filaments surrounded by erect, dense, transparent, unicellular hairs, c. 0.6 mm long. Carpels glabrous, c. 50 per flower; torus subglobose, glabrous or with scattered patent hairs. Style slender, subterminal, sparsely glandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, width uniform for much of its length, but tapering near the apex. Fruit enclosed by epicalyx and sepals; fruiting pedicels erect, 1.8-7 mm long; achenes 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.45-0.5 mm diameter, ovoid, pale brown to black, glabrous, with a few conspicuous longitudinal ribs. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Billabong of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31° 38'S 143° 18'E, 16.V.1979, K. Paijmans 2766 (CANB); Billabong of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31 ° 38'S 143° 18'E, 8.vi.1979, K. Paijmans 2809 (CANB, NSW); Narran Lakes Nature Reserve, c. 71 km by road ENE of Brewarrina, 29° 4 VS 147°27'E, 15.ix.2004, Aft Bean 22942 (BRI, NSW); On edge of Cavendilla Creek, WSW of picnic area, Kinchega N.P., 32° 24'S 142° 14'E, 20.iii.1997, A.D. Auld 410 (NSW). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140°44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 4734 7 (AD); Near King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140° 44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 47347 ( AD). Distribution and habitat: Potentilla nanopetala is known from near Innamincka in the far north-east of South Australia, and in north-western New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is not recorded from Queensland, but as the South Australian records are just 30 km from the border, it is highly likely that it will be found there. At most sites it is recorded from edges of billabongs, with associated 76 Vol 33
Bean Materials and methods This study is based on an examination of herbarium specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, MEL and NSW, including more than 60 specimens of Potentilla supina L, 50 specimens of P. anserina and one specimen of P. heynii Roth. In addition, several high-quality images of herbarium specimens of P. heynii have been examined, originating from the Museum National d' Histoire Naturelle (P). Images of type specimens of P supina and P. anserina have been viewed. Measurements of petals, stamens and carpels are based on material preserved in spirit, or reconstituted with boiling water; all other measurements were made from dried herbarium specimens. Potentilla nanopetala has been examined in the field by the author. Taxonomy Potentilla nanopetala A.R.Bean, sp. nov. Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Burlieburlie Waterhole off the Strzelecki Track, S of Innamincka, 27° 48'S 140° 43'E, 23 October 2007, IS. Te 205, DJ. Duval, PJ. Lang & MJ. Thorpe (holo: AD 213898; iso: K, n.v.). With affinity to P. heynii, but differing by the terminal leaflet and lateral leaflets not deeply incised, the stem indumentum with two classes of hairs, the often shorter fruiting pedicels, and the consistently and conspicuously ribbed achenes. [P. supina auct. non L.; Jacobs & Pickard (1981), Harden & Rodd (1990), Barker etal. (2005), APC (2014)] Decumbent, suberect or erect annual herb to 20 cm high and 30 cm across, runners absent. Leaf rosettes absent from fertile plants. Stems and petioles terete, with two distinct indumentum types; pilose hairs, moderately dense to dense, spreading, seemingly unicellular, cylindrical in transverse section, 0.5-1.4 mm long; and curved to flexuose hairs, uniseriate, 2-5-celled, segments flattened, each segment at right angles to the adjacent one, 0.15-0.4 mm long. Leaves all ternate (some plants), or mostly ternate, with some of the lower leaves pinnate, with 5 leaflets (some plants); stipules adnate to base of petiole, oblong to elliptical, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, green, pilose throughout, margins entire, apex obtuse. Petioles 3.5-18 mm long, the longer ones towards the base of the plant; lamina 5.0-14.0 mm long; terminal leaflet broadly obovate, 4.5-9.0 mm long, shortly petiolulate, with 7-9 obtuse lobes, incised about halfway to midrib; lateral leaflets opposite or slightly disjunct, obovate, 2.5-6.0 mm long, sessile, with 3-6 obtuse lobes incised about halfway to midrib; petioles and leaves with numerous unicellular pilose hairs on both surfaces, multicellular hairs absent. Flowers axillary, solitary, 3.2-5.0 mm diameter, 5-merous; pedicels 1.3- 2.1 mm long. Epicalyx segments elliptical, 1.3-2.5 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, slightly shorter than sepals, with numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on both surfaces, margins entire, apex obtuse; sepals triangular, 1.6-3.0 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at base, with numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on outer surface, apex acute. Petals elliptical to spathulate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide, much shorter than sepals, glabrous, yellow, apex obtuse. Stamens 14-16 in two whorls; anthers basifixed, 2-locular, 0.15-0.2 mm long; shorter filaments 0.25-0.4 mm long, longer filaments 0.6-0.7 mm long; staminal filaments surrounded by erect, dense, transparent, unicellular hairs, c. 0.6 mm long. Carpels glabrous, c. 50 per flower; torus subglobose, glabrous or with scattered patent hairs. Style slender, subterminal, sparsely glandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, width uniform for much of its length, but tapering near the apex. Fruit enclosed by epicalyx and sepals; fruiting pedicels erect, 1.8-7 mm long; achenes 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.45-0.5 mm diameter, ovoid, pale brown to black, glabrous, with a few conspicuous longitudinal ribs. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Billabong of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31° 38'S 143° 18'E, 16.V.1979, K. Paijmans 2766 (CANB); Billabong of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31 ° 38'S 143° 18'E, 8.vi.1979, K. Paijmans 2809 (CANB, NSW); Narran Lakes Nature Reserve, c. 71 km by road ENE of Brewarrina, 29° 4 VS 147°27'E, 15.ix.2004, Aft Bean 22942 (BRI, NSW); On edge of Cavendilla Creek, WSW of picnic area, Kinchega N.P., 32° 24'S 142° 14'E, 20.iii.1997, A.D. Auld 410 (NSW). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140°44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 4734 7 (AD); Near King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140° 44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 47347 ( AD). Distribution and habitat: Potentilla nanopetala is known from near Innamincka in the far north-east of South Australia, and in north-western New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is not recorded from Queensland, but as the South Australian records are just 30 km from the border, it is highly likely that it will be found there. At most sites it is recorded from edges of billabongs, with associated 76 Vol 33
Bean Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). All of these recent systematic studies have shown that Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, including several other well-known and speciose genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, as outlined below. Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 (1771). Acknowledgements I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful comments on earlier drafts of this paper. References APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. <http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ avh.chah.org.au> Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ Vascular_Plants.pdf> Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide. Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 20,1-43. Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. Reeve & Co.: London. Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). Novon 8,333-336. Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 56,156-175. Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae (Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 164,197-211. Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales University Press: Sydney. IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: Melbourne. Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. org/herbcat> 82 Vol 33
Naturalised species of Psoralea Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), can be common in some areas and are protected by ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo (2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to about 2 m tall. Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes (1996) includes a description which is consistent with that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination of the voucher ( Lyne 446). Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves (from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (1819) Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium material has been found that matches the protologue. The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication of the species and is discounted. The other specimen (K000392611) has been annotated by the author of the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 (1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 (1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & Mocino (1889). Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. (see note under distribution). Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish grey when young, becoming grey when old with scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea Muelleria 101
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 101-104, Figs 2, 3-4 (maps)".
Naturalised species of Psoralea Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), can be common in some areas and are protected by ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo (2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to about 2 m tall. Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes (1996) includes a description which is consistent with that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination of the voucher ( Lyne 446). Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves (from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (1819) Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium material has been found that matches the protologue. The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication of the species and is discounted. The other specimen (K000392611) has been annotated by the author of the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 (1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 (1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & Mocino (1889). Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. (see note under distribution). Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish grey when young, becoming grey when old with scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea Muelleria 101
Naturalised species of Psoralea Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), can be common in some areas and are protected by ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo (2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to about 2 m tall. Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes (1996) includes a description which is consistent with that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination of the voucher ( Lyne 446). Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves (from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (1819) Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium material has been found that matches the protologue. The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication of the species and is discounted. The other specimen (K000392611) has been annotated by the author of the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 (1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 (1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & Mocino (1889). Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. (see note under distribution). Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish grey when young, becoming grey when old with scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea Muelleria 101
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 98-101, Figs 1, 3-4 (maps)".
Stirton, Stajsic and Bello Materials and methods A comparative morphological study was undertaken of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). Species treatment 1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 (1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 (1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber (1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan (1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short shootlets which are spread along the length of seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash situated between and above the free swollen callosities at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 98 Vol 33
Brown standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in morphological measurements between plants of the Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. Taxonomy In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern & Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 1(1): 370 (1797) Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 (1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 (chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most treat it as a separate taxon. Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an alternative possible basionym or considered the two taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it is the earlier name. Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 (1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many North American publications, but also by Vickery (1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian specimens have since been segregated into a number of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis scabra Willd. (1797) Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 90 Vol 33
Brawn awn arising from upper half of lemma length, 1.2-6 mm long, straight, slightly curved or gently sinuate but never strongly geniculate; palea subequal to the lemma or shorter by up to 0.6 mm, shortly bifid; stamens 3, dehisced anthers (0.4-)0.5-1 mm long; caryopsis broadly ellipsoid giving the spikelet a distinct swollen appearance. Common name; Adamson's Blown-grass. Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. adamsonii Annual or short-lived perennial; culms 1-1.5 mm wide, unbranched, teaf blades usually 1 mm wide or less when unflattened. Spikelets 2.5-3.5(-3.7) mm long, green to purplish-green; rachilla extension 0.8-1.7(-2) mm long; lemma 2-2.5(-2.8) mm long, entire or toothed with minute setae to 0.2 mm long, back and laterals glabrous except for the callus, or with occasional to some hairs 0.3 mm long; awn arising from 65-95% of the lemma length from its base, 1.2-3(-3.3) mm long; dehisced anthers (0.4-)0.5-0.7 mm long. Fig. la-e. Notes; The observation of scattered hairs on the backs of the lemmas in about half the populations of Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. adamsonii is contrary to the original description of the taxon, where the lemmas were stated to be glabrous (Vickery 1941). Apart from this feature, morphological characteristics of inflorescences and spikelets between glabrous- and hairy-lemma populations are not significantly different. Populations with hairs on the lemmas are more prevalent in the western part of the taxon's range while those with completely glabrous lemmas are most common in the east. Only at Mailmans Track, Skipton, do some plants (approximately 20% of those measured) show spikelets slightly exceeding 3.5 mm length, lemmas slightly exceeding 2.5 mm length and awns slightly exceeding 3.0 mm, and, in these respects, they approach L adamsonii subsp. ampia. However, these plants differ from subsp. ampia in having generally narrower culms and leaves, glabrous or near-glabrous lemmas and anthers 0.5-0.7 mm length. One collection at Mailmans Track (AJ. Brown 2225), growing in water in a roadside ditch, with spikelets to 4.3 mm length, hairy lemmas to 3.1 mm length, awns to 4.2 mm length, awn insertion of 65% of the lemma length and anthers of 1 mm length, conforms to subsp. ampia. The nearest known population of subsp. ampia to Mailmans Track is 8.5 km to the west, on the corner of Millers Road and the Gleneig Highway. Distribution: Endemic to western Victoria between Portarlington on the Bellarine Peninsula in the east and around Cavendish to the west of the Grampians. Habitat: Largely confined to areas with average annual rainfall of 500-700 mm, where it is only found on moderately to severely saline, ephemeral swamps, depressions and drainage lines, in association with a range of highly salt-tolerant grasses and forbs. Does not tolerate prolonged inundation. Rarely found in association with Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. limosa. Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA. 7 km ESE of Glenthompson on the Gleneig Highway, 17.xi.1987, AJ. Brown 332 (MEL); 6 km SW of Glenthompson on Van Renens Lane, 10.i.1994, A.J. Brown B29 (AD, NSW, CANB, MEL); 3 km S of Skipton, Mailmans Track, 11.i.1994, AJ. Brown 864 (MEL); Caramut on the Warrnambool-Caramut Rd just S of town, 7j<ii.l995, AJ. Brown 1013 (MEL); 3 km E of Beeac on the Mingawalla Rd, 7j<ii.199S, AJ. Brown 1017 (MEL); 7 km W of Wickliffe on Williamson’s Rd, 7j(ii.1995, AJ. Brown 1023 (MEL); 5 km E of Willaura, Hopkins River flats on Delacombe Way, 21.xii.1995, AJ. Brown 1103 (MEL); 4 km W of Barunah on the Cressy-Shelford Rd, on the Mia Mia Ck, 21j<ii.1995, AJ. Brown 1113 (MEL); 0.5 km E of Moorabool at Cowies Ck crossing of Warner's Rd, 4.i.1996, AJ. Brown 1144 (MEL); 4 km W of Mount Mercer on the Mount Mercer-Dereel Rd, 4.1.1996, AJ. Brown 1145 (MEL); 4 km N of Lismore, cnr of Linton and Graham Rds, 5.i.1996, AJ. Brown 1147 (MEL); 5 km N of Bushy Ck on Yarrock Rd, 5.i.1996,AJ. Brown 1151 (MEL); Lake Goldsmith off Skipton Rd, 6j(ii. 1996, A. J. Brown // 8 S(MEL );1 km EofMelville Forest on the Cavendish-Coleraine Rd, 31 J<ii.1996, AJ. Brown 1267 (MEL); 3 km N of Haddon on the Ross Ck-Haddon Rd, 10j(i.l997, AJ. Brown 1326 (MEL); 6 km N of Bulart, 12j(ii.1997, AJ. Brown 1432 (MEL); Moyston-Great Western Rd, between Rhymney Reef and Rhymney, 11.xi.2CI03, A.J. Brown 2337 (CANB, MEL); 2 km S of WarrakontheBuangor-Ben Nevis Rd,20.xi.2003, A J. Brown 1776 (MEL); easement opposite Black Rock Rd, Breamlea, 23.ii.2004, AJ. Brown 1729 (MEL); 1 km from Geelong Rd on Point Richards Rd, Portarlington, 17.i.2008, A J. Brown 1893 (MEL). Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. ampia A.J.Br., subsp. nov. Differs from subsp. adamsonii in its more robust culms and general growth and in its usually longer glumes, lemmas, awns and anthers. 18 Vol 34
Subspeciation in Lachnagrostis adamsonii Key to Lachnagrostis adamsonii subspecies 1 Lemma awn usually 3 mm long or less; spikelet usually 3.5 mm long or less; culm usually 1.5 mm wide or less; leaves usually 1 mm wide or less (plants of highly saline, short-term inundated sites). L. adamsonii subsp. adamsonii 1: Lemma awn usually greater than 3 mm long; spikelet usually 3.5 mm long or more; culm usually 1.5 mm wide or more; leaves usually 1 mm wide or more.2 2 Lemma awn less than 4.5 mm long, inserted at 60% of the lemma back or higher; anthers usually 0.7 mm long or more; leaves usually 1.5 mm wide or more; mature non-senesced inflorescence partly enclosed by leaf-sheath and semi-contracted (plants of saline, long-term inundated sites) .... L. adamsonii subsp. ampla 2: Lemma awn usually 4.5 mm long or more, inserted at less than 60% of the lemma back; anthers 0.7 mm long or less; leaves usually 1.5 mm wide or less; mature non-senesced inflorescence more or less exserted and spreading (plants of slightly saline sites). L. adamsonii subsp. limosa statistical support, while the remaining five samples of subsp. adamsonii did not cluster together (albeit with low statistical support for some placements). Further analysis of a wider range of populations across an expanded set of molecular markers would be instructive, particularly in respect of variation within subsp. adamsonii. For the moment, the combination of morphological and molecular (RAPD, AFLP) data supports recognition of subspecies ampla and limosa as separate to the type subspecies. Examination of individual plants within any one of almost all of the 80-odd known populations of L adamsonii shows most to be of uniform morphology. Only in a handful of cases (Lake Goldsmith; Dashwood Station, Barunah; Corunnun, Lake Corangamite; Mt Weejort; and Mailmans Track, Skipton) is there some evidence of possible integration between the morphological types, described as subspecies below. Furthermore, nursery-grown plants have retained the characters of their populations, reinforcing the entrenched genetic differences between them. On the other hand, full species recognition in the face of some integration of characters is probably not justified. Taxonomy Lachnagrostis adamsonii (Vickery) S.W.L.Jacobs, Telopea 9:445 (2001) Agrostis adamsonii Vickery. Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. ^ :^07 (1941). Type; VICTORIA. 'Melbourne', EM. Adamson 226, 12.xi.1853; holotype (K). [exact location unknown but, given its current distribution, is likely to have been a saline environment to the west of the City of Melbourne]. Caespitose or rarely shortly stoloniferous, glabrous, annual or short-lived perennial, to 90(-120) cm tall including inflorescences; culms erect to geniculate, 1-4 mm wide, usually unbranched, 4- or 5-noded; nodes glabrous, light brown and commonly hidden by leaf sheaths; internodes smooth or scabridulous; leaf sheaths often inflated at lower nodes and becoming loose from the culm above, striate, smooth or scabridulous between the nerves. Leaf blades dull green to bluish-green when fresh, shallowly grooved, involute (although basal leaves becoming flattened with senescence), smooth, sometimes scabridulous on exposed margins, up to 2 mm wide (unflattened), basal to mid culm leaf blades 10-50 cm long, upper culm leaf blades less than 10 cm long; ligules membranous, acute, becoming laciniate, (2-)4-6(-7) mm long. Inflorescence an open panicle, 15-25(-55) cm long and 15-25(-30) cm wide, becoming shortly exserted with maturity, peduncle and rachis retrorsely strigose to scabridulous, abscising at maturity; primary branches clustered (commonly 4-7 at lowest whorls), spreading, antrorsely scabridulous; secondary branching not occurring within at least the basal third of the length of lower branches; spikelets slightly overlapping towards the ultimate branch terminals. Spikelets 2.5-4 mm long, green to purplish-green; pedicel subclavate, scaberulous; rachilla extension present, 0.8-2.3 mm long including hairs; glumes not widely diverging, subequal or commonly the upper longer by up to 0.5 mm, scabrous on the keels, smooth on the lateral faces, entire to ciliolate on the upper margins; lemma 2-3.3 mm long, 5-nerved, entire or 2-4-toothed, callus with a dense tuft of hairs 0.5-0.7 mm long, back and/or laterals glabrous or with sparsely scattered hairs confined to the mid-third region, awned; Muelleria 17
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 18-20, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 20-21".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 17-18".
Jeanes
study, but other characters such as indumentum, leaf
morphology and capitulum size and shape often also
prove useful. Furthermore, some species are apparently
habitat specific.
In a recent paper (Jeanes 2015) I redefined Podolepis s.
str. using a combination of morphological and molecular
data. While researching this paper the name Podolepis
sp. Warrabah, J.R. Hosking 1862, NSW Herbarium (APNI
2014), came to my attention. After an initial consultation
with my colleague J.R. Hosking and the subsequent
examination ofherbarium specimens, it became obvious
that this was a discrete taxon previously confused
with P. neglecta (Fig. 1). Some herbarium specimens
were already segregated as P. sp. Warrabah (formally
described below as P. omissa Jeanes), but most could
still be found stored as P. neglecta, P. jaceoides (Sims) Voss
or Podolepis indeterminate. Podolepis omissa is likely to
be part of Podolepis s. str. based on the long limbs of its
ray florets and on its apparent close relationship with P.
neglecta.
Taxonomy
Podolepis omissa Jeanes, sp. nov.
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Warrabah National Park,
27.iv.2000, J.R. Hosking 1862 (holotype, MEL 2131971!
(Fig. 2), isotypes, TARCH 6097, CANB 539182!, NSW
447127, NE 72206).
Podolepis neglecta sensu G.M. Cunningham et al.
(1981) non G.L. Davis.
Podolepis neglecta sensu J. Everett (1992) p.p,. non G.L.
Davis.
Podolepis sp. Warrabah {J.R. Hosking 1862) NSW
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014).
Illustrations: Everett (1992) page 264 (as P. neglecta):
J.R. Hosking unpublished image (see Fig. 3 this paper).
Perennial herb 30-70(-130) cm tall. Stems 1-several,
erect, often sparingly branched, variously woolly
or glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to densely
with flattened elongate to coiled, multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins recurved to
±flat, entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette,
oblanceolate, 5-10 cm long and 5-10 mm wide,
petiolate, base amplexicaul, often withering early;
cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually
linear to linear-oblanceolate, mostly 1-10(-18) cm
long and 2-10(-18) mm wide, apex acuminate.
Capitulescences simple or paniculiform. Peduncles 1-10
cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the
involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 1 -several,
hemispherical, mostly 10-20 mm diam., 10-12 mm
long. Involucral bracts multiseriate, with slender linear
claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate
longest); claw stiff, glandular, shiny, straw-coloured,
with an elongate central depressed green section on
the stereome, most prominent towards the apex; lamina
scarious; intermediate bracts 5-8 mm long, claw c. 1 mm
wide at the narrowest point, lamina ovate to triangular,
to c. 3 mm wide, extending to c. 4 mm beyond apex
of claw, base attenuate and continuous with upper
margins of claw, apex acuminate. Florets bright yellow;
ray florets female, 35-50, lamina linear, 10-20 mm long,
3(-4)-toothed, teeth to 2 mm long, to c. 1 mm wide;
disc florets bisexual, c. 10 mm long, numerous. Cypselas
c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles
15-30, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-8 mm long.
(Fig. 4)
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES.
Warrumbungle National Park, Wambelong Camp area. 15.V.1980,
J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 575040); Grounds of “Wagon Wheel” Motel,
southern edge of Coonabarabran, 12.xii.1998, BJ. Lepschi 4126
&J.R. Connors (MEL 2253130, CANB 626730, NSW, US); 31 km SW
of Uralla on the New England Highway, 4.11.1996, M. Ito 96002, T.
Nishino & I'. Kita (MEL 2030350, NSW, Tl); Forbes region. 1.4 km
from N entrance gate to Mandagery State Forest, E side of track,
14.xii.1990, S.M. Probersji. (CANB 00492321); 6 miles |9.7 km) north
of Bundarra G.P.O. on Inverell road, 9.iii.1954, R.W. Jessup & M. Gray
572 (CANB 97675); Burble Creek, Warrumbungle Range, 29 km W of
Coonabarabran, 6x11.1973, H. Streimann s.n. (CBG 53893, NSW); 18
km from Uralla on Kingstown road, 7x11.1989, D.L Jones 5549 & C.H.
Broers (CBG 8914078); 14.4 km W of Baldersleigh, between Armidale
and Bundarra, 28x11.2008, A.R. Bean 28415 (BRIAQ820428).
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to New South
Wales where it is distributed in the Brigalow Belt
South, Nandewar, New England Tablelands, NSW South
Western Slopes and Sydney Basin Regions (sensu
IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia 2012). Reports
of this species from the Hillston-Cobar, Enngonia
and Paroo River areas of western New South Wales
(Cunningham etal. 1981 as Podolepis neglecta) appear
to be unsupported by voucher specimens and require
further investigation. Found mostly on sandy soils, but
also on skeletal soils in volcanic areas (J.R. Hosking pers.
4
Vol 34
Jeanes
study, but other characters such as indumentum, leaf
morphology and capitulum size and shape often also
prove useful. Furthermore, some species are apparently
habitat specific.
In a recent paper (Jeanes 2015) I redefined Podolepis s.
str. using a combination of morphological and molecular
data. While researching this paper the name Podolepis
sp. Warrabah, J.R. Hosking 1862, NSW Herbarium (APNI
2014), came to my attention. After an initial consultation
with my colleague J.R. Hosking and the subsequent
examination ofherbarium specimens, it became obvious
that this was a discrete taxon previously confused
with P. neglecta (Fig. 1). Some herbarium specimens
were already segregated as P. sp. Warrabah (formally
described below as P. omissa Jeanes), but most could
still be found stored as P. neglecta, P. jaceoides (Sims) Voss
or Podolepis indeterminate. Podolepis omissa is likely to
be part of Podolepis s. str. based on the long limbs of its
ray florets and on its apparent close relationship with P.
neglecta.
Taxonomy
Podolepis omissa Jeanes, sp. nov.
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Warrabah National Park,
27.iv.2000, J.R. Hosking 1862 (holotype, MEL 2131971!
(Fig. 2), isotypes, TARCH 6097, CANB 539182!, NSW
447127, NE 72206).
Podolepis neglecta sensu G.M. Cunningham et al.
(1981) non G.L. Davis.
Podolepis neglecta sensu J. Everett (1992) p.p,. non G.L.
Davis.
Podolepis sp. Warrabah {J.R. Hosking 1862) NSW
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014).
Illustrations: Everett (1992) page 264 (as P. neglecta):
J.R. Hosking unpublished image (see Fig. 3 this paper).
Perennial herb 30-70(-130) cm tall. Stems 1-several,
erect, often sparingly branched, variously woolly
or glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to densely
with flattened elongate to coiled, multicellular
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins recurved to
±flat, entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette,
oblanceolate, 5-10 cm long and 5-10 mm wide,
petiolate, base amplexicaul, often withering early;
cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually
linear to linear-oblanceolate, mostly 1-10(-18) cm
long and 2-10(-18) mm wide, apex acuminate.
Capitulescences simple or paniculiform. Peduncles 1-10
cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the
involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 1 -several,
hemispherical, mostly 10-20 mm diam., 10-12 mm
long. Involucral bracts multiseriate, with slender linear
claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate
longest); claw stiff, glandular, shiny, straw-coloured,
with an elongate central depressed green section on
the stereome, most prominent towards the apex; lamina
scarious; intermediate bracts 5-8 mm long, claw c. 1 mm
wide at the narrowest point, lamina ovate to triangular,
to c. 3 mm wide, extending to c. 4 mm beyond apex
of claw, base attenuate and continuous with upper
margins of claw, apex acuminate. Florets bright yellow;
ray florets female, 35-50, lamina linear, 10-20 mm long,
3(-4)-toothed, teeth to 2 mm long, to c. 1 mm wide;
disc florets bisexual, c. 10 mm long, numerous. Cypselas
c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles
15-30, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-8 mm long.
(Fig. 4)
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES.
Warrumbungle National Park, Wambelong Camp area. 15.V.1980,
J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 575040); Grounds of “Wagon Wheel” Motel,
southern edge of Coonabarabran, 12.xii.1998, BJ. Lepschi 4126
&J.R. Connors (MEL 2253130, CANB 626730, NSW, US); 31 km SW
of Uralla on the New England Highway, 4.11.1996, M. Ito 96002, T.
Nishino & I'. Kita (MEL 2030350, NSW, Tl); Forbes region. 1.4 km
from N entrance gate to Mandagery State Forest, E side of track,
14.xii.1990, S.M. Probersji. (CANB 00492321); 6 miles |9.7 km) north
of Bundarra G.P.O. on Inverell road, 9.iii.1954, R.W. Jessup & M. Gray
572 (CANB 97675); Burble Creek, Warrumbungle Range, 29 km W of
Coonabarabran, 6x11.1973, H. Streimann s.n. (CBG 53893, NSW); 18
km from Uralla on Kingstown road, 7x11.1989, D.L Jones 5549 & C.H.
Broers (CBG 8914078); 14.4 km W of Baldersleigh, between Armidale
and Bundarra, 28x11.2008, A.R. Bean 28415 (BRIAQ820428).
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to New South
Wales where it is distributed in the Brigalow Belt
South, Nandewar, New England Tablelands, NSW South
Western Slopes and Sydney Basin Regions (sensu
IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia 2012). Reports
of this species from the Hillston-Cobar, Enngonia
and Paroo River areas of western New South Wales
(Cunningham etal. 1981 as Podolepis neglecta) appear
to be unsupported by voucher specimens and require
further investigation. Found mostly on sandy soils, but
also on skeletal soils in volcanic areas (J.R. Hosking pers.
4
Vol 34
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 4-7, Figs 1-4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 51-54, Figs 1, 2 (map)".
A name for Murnong
numerous examples in the field and the mature root
system of these appears uniform.
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri.
Taxonomy
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri)
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo;
LY (photo seen).
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral.
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366)
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets).
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh &
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999).
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996).
Acknowledgements
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the
compilation of Fig. 1.
References
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015).
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson.
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne.
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima.
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69.
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press,
Melbourne.
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702.
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria:
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston
& Wright, London.
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W.,
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. &
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific
Books Konigstein, Germany
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London.
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3.
National Herbarium ofVictoria.
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4.
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian
Government Printer Vol. 2.
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1.
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.
Muelleria
67
A name for Murnong
numerous examples in the field and the mature root
system of these appears uniform.
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri.
Taxonomy
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri)
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo;
LY (photo seen).
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral.
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366)
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets).
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh &
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999).
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996).
Acknowledgements
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the
compilation of Fig. 1.
References
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015).
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson.
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne.
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima.
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69.
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press,
Melbourne.
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702.
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria:
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston
& Wright, London.
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W.,
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. &
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific
Books Konigstein, Germany
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London.
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3.
National Herbarium ofVictoria.
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4.
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian
Government Printer Vol. 2.
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1.
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.
Muelleria
67
A name for Murnong
numerous examples in the field and the mature root
system of these appears uniform.
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri.
Taxonomy
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri)
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo;
LY (photo seen).
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral.
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366)
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets).
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh &
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999).
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996).
Acknowledgements
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the
compilation of Fig. 1.
References
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015).
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson.
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne.
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima.
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69.
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press,
Melbourne.
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702.
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria:
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston
& Wright, London.
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W.,
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. &
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific
Books Konigstein, Germany
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London.
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3.
National Herbarium ofVictoria.
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4.
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian
Government Printer Vol. 2.
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing,
Melbourne.
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1.
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.
Muelleria
67
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 11-13, Fig. 1a-c".
Craven, Barrett and Barrett column. Stigmas entire, capitate. Ovary glabrous. Calyx in fruit not distinctly inflated or accrescent. Fruits dry, dehiscent capsule. Capsules 15-18 mm long, glabrous, capsule beak present. Seeds glabrous, striate and minutely pectinate-pubescent, angular, subreniform, c. 4 mm long. (Fig. 2) Diagnostic characters: This species is distinguished from all species of Australian sect. Furcaria by its glaucous leaves, glabrous branchlets and capsule, 9-10 short epicalyx lobes, and yellow corolla. Additional specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Morgan River, 15.ii.2005, M.D. Barrett 1589 (PERTH); Cultivated in a CSIRO greenhouse, Canberra, ex: Morgan River, Kimberley, (coll. R.L. & M.D. Barrett), iii.2005, LA. Craven 15049 (CANB 875441); Morgan River, 28.iv.2008, M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett MDB 2144 (PERTH 08103062); Morgan River, 17.V.2011, M.D. Barrett 3730 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat: Occurs on two large sandstone pavements 15 km apart near the Morgan River on Theda Station. Each pavement is 0.9-1.2 km long and c. 300 m wide, however, the Hibiscus kirstyae populations occupy only a portion of each pavement. Hibiscus kirstyae is restricted to ridges away from the pavement margins, presumably to afford them some degree of protection from fire. The type population consists of around 200 individuals that are estimated to live for 3-6 years between fire periods. Notes: Considerable effort has been undertaken to locate additional populations in the region over a period of 12 years, including extensive observations by helicopter, but no further populations have been located to date. The glabrous capsule is unusual amongst Australian indigenous species, shared only with Hibiscus meraukensis Hochr. H. meraukensis is distinguished from H. kirstyae by having deeply 2-3-lobed leaves, longer epicalyx lobes more than half as long as the calyx lobes, and white petals. Flowering observed between January and April. Plants are obligate seeders, being killed by fire. From a distance the glaucous leaves, yellow flowers and tall shrub habit have the appearance of a Calotropis R.Br. with yellow deciduous leaves, which are noxious weeds elsewhere in the Kimberley. Conservation status: Hibiscus kirstyae is rare. Listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Hibiscus sp.Theda (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett MDB 2144) (Jones 2015), and the IUCN category Vulnerable (VU D1 +2) is considered appropriate (IUCN 2012). Etymology: This species is named in honour of Christine (Kirsty) L. Craven, wife of Lyn Craven, in recognition of her many years of support and patience during many family 'holidays' undertaken to collect plants. Hibiscus forsteri species complex Wilson and Craven (1995: 442) noted that Paul Forster (pers. comm. 1994) recognised that at least two forms were included under their concept of Hibiscus forsteri, but, at that time, the available material was insufficient to define additional taxon boundaries. The specimens noted by Forster to differ from typical H. forsteri are herein described as H. sankowskyorum. Growing a range of specimens under common conditions allowed for critical comparison and recognition of three species. Hibiscus forsteri and H. sankowskyorum occur in relatively close proximity to each other, but have not been noted to co-occur, growing on different substrates. A revised key to all Queensland and New South Wales species of Hibiscus sect. Furcaria is presented to distinguish the two new species from H. forsteri and includes H. zonatus F.Muell., which has been recorded from NW Queensland (since Craven et al. 2003). Hibiscus sankowskyorum Craven, sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. Cook District: Brown Creek crossing on the road to Iron Range, on levee of the stream in Eucalyptus tetrodonta-E. nesophila woodland, 9.viii.l987,T.R Clarkson 7341 (holotype: CANB 572995.1, 572995.2 (mounted on two sheets); isotypes: BRI, L, QRS, all n.v.). Hibiscus forsteri auct. non F.D.Wilson: F.D.Wilson & Craven, Austrobaileya 4(3): 439-442 (1995), p.p., as to S.T. Blake 23449; J. Brass 19181; J.R. Clarkson 7341; J.R. Clarkson 9078 & VJ. Neldner, R. Coveny & P. Hind 7100; Cummings 100; P.l. Forster4249; P.i. Forster 9040; J. Wrigley &l. Telford NQ1386. Shrub, or free, apparently evergreen, often multistemmed from ground level, perhaps as a response to fire, 2-3(- 10) m tall, dbh up to 20 cm. Branchlets hairy, with stellate 6 Vol 35
New species in Hibiscus along distal c. 25 mm of the column, inserted singly. Anthers dark red. Pollen dark red. Style one, 5-branched, branches c. 4 mm long, exserted c. 14 mm beyond apex of staminal column. Stigmas entire, capitate. Ovary hairy. Calyx in fruit not distinctly inflated or accrescent. Fruits dry, dehiscent, a capsule. Capsules ovoid, c. 20 mm long with ascending dense hairs, capsule beak present. Seeds glabrous. (Figs Id-f, 3) Diagnostic characters: Distinguished from Australian members of Hibiscus section Furcaria by the following combination of characters: evergreen large shrub or small tree; flattened, often spathulate epicalyx segments; sparse, small aculei tipped by short stellate hairs and otherwise short, very dense indumentum on the branchlets and leaves. Specimens examined: QUEENSLAND. Cook District: 53 km from Cooktown on Old Mdver Road, 6 km from Hope Vale Turn Off, 21 .v.1970, S.T. Blake 23449 (BRI, n.v., CANB 310413); Brown's [Brown] Creek, Pascoe River, Cape York Peninsula, 13.vi.1948, LJ. Brass 19181 (CANB 192489); 9.2 km north of the Lockhart River Road on the track to Wattle Hill, 8.viii.1991, J.R. Clarkson 9078 & VJ. Neldner (BRI, n.v., CANB 572996, QRS, n.v.); 49.6 km (by road) N of Cooktown, on the Cooktown Mclvor River Road, 5.3 km N of southern turnoff to Hopevale Mission, 31.v.1992, BJ. Conn 3595, EA Brown & A.N.L Doust (NSW, 256566, n.v., QRS 114277); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 27 miles from Cooktown on Mclvor River road, 9.vi.1983 LA. Craven s.n. (CANB 332429); From cuttings, G. Sankowsky’s garden, Tolga, Atherton Tableland, ex: Browns Creek, Iron Range road, (coll. G. Sankowsky) 25x1997, LA. Craven, G. Sankowsky, J.A. Matarczyk 10012 (CANB 498126); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 9.2 km north of the Lockhart River, (coll. Clarkson 9078) 2001, LA. Craven 10466 (CANB 875439); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 9.2 km north of the Lockhart River, (coll. Clarkson 9078), i.1998, LA. Craven 15051 (CANB 875443); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex 27 miles NW of Cooktown along Mclvor road, (coll. Wrigley & Telford NQ1386), i.1998, LA. Craven 15052 (CANB 875444); Canberra Botanic Gardens, ex: Mclvor River road, as cuttings 722449 (Coll. I.R. Telford & J. W. Wrigley NQ 1386), 17.ii.1977, DJ. Cummings 100 (CBG 67595); Yuruga, Atherton Tablelands, Walkamin ex Heathlands, factually from Brown's Creek] 6.viii.1996, S. Donaldson 955, I.R. Telford & L.W. Cayzer (CBG 9612927); Garraway Hill, southern slopes, 17.vii.1991, Rl. Forster 9040 (BRI, n.v., CANB 573001); 33 miles [53 km] from Wenlock on the Iron Range road [Portland Roads road], vii.1968, C.H. Cittins 1796 (CANB 743794); Claudie River, 26.vi.1972, A.K. Irvine 213 (CANB 690231, QRS, n.v.); Iron Range Road, E of crossing over Pascoe River, 15.V.2003, D.L Jones 18865 & B. Gray (CANB 598258, QRS, n.v.); Brown’s Creek, ii.2003, Sankowsky s.n. (CANB 875445); Canberra Botanic Gardens, ex: 27 miles NW of Cooktown along Mclvor River road, i.1 974, I.R. Telford s.n. (CBG 67473); 27 miles [43km] NW of Cooktown along Mclvor River road, 18.vi.1972,7. Wrigley NQ1386&l. Telford (CBG 48220). Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north Queensland, in the Cooktown and Lockhart River areas, where it has been recorded growing on granite substrates. Conservation status: Restricted in distribution but population sizes are not well documented so the IUCN category Data Deficient (DD) is considered appropriate (IUCN 2012). Etymology: The epithet honours Garry and Nada Sankowsky for their many collections and efforts in cultivating Malvaceae, including this species, provided to LC for study over a period of many years. Notes: The epicalyx in Clarkson & Neldner 9078 in part is quite short and it may be that a population of this species may occasionally contain plants with a reduced epicalyx as occurs, for example in Hibiscuszonatus. The holotype is mounted on two sheets marked as sheets 1 and 2. As plants are quite large, a single sheet is not sufficient to incorporate all the relevant morphological features and variation present. Hibiscus townsvillensis Craven, sp. nov. Type: CULTIVATED. CSIRO glasshouse, Black Mountain, Australian Capital Territory, xii.2003, LA. Craven 10469 (holotype: CANB 875440.1, 875440.2, 875440.3, 875440.4, 875440.5, 975440.6 (mounted on 6 sheets); isotypes: A, ASU, B, BISH, BRI, CNS, G, K, L, MEL, NY, P, US). Hibiscus forsteri auct. non F.D.Wilson: F.D.Wilson & Craven, Austrobaileya 4(3): 439-442 (1995), p.p., as to B. Hyland 5916. Tree up to 10 m tall, apparently evergreen. Branchlets hairy, with scattered tubercle-based aculei c. 2 mm long and scattered to moderately dense tubercle-based stellate indumentum of two hair size classes: fine short hairs, 0.2-0.3 mm long and coarse tubercle-based hairs, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Stipules caducous, hairy, filiform, or subulate, unlobed, 6 mm long, with stellate hairs. Petioles 65-90 mm long; climax leaves with the petiole indumentum dissimilar to that of branchlet (often lacking aculei and coarse stellate hairs). Leaves pinnately- veined (approaching palmate in trilobed leaves). Lamina Muelleria 9
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 4-6, Fig. 2".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 6-9, Figs 1d-f, 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 9-10, Figs 1g-i, 4".
Gray and Baker surfaces (e.g. presence and/or absence of hairs), hypanthium dehiscence (e.g. above or below the ovary) and indumentum, and characters of the fruit (e.g. naked or enclosed in the ovary section of the hypanthium and/ or the fruit being dry or fleshy). In 1989, A.M. Buchanan collected several samples of an unknown species of Pimelea from The Hazards mountain range, Freycinet National Park, and determined each as 'Pimelea sp.'. Soon after, in 1991, J. Pannell collected a specimen from Callitris Creek on the southern Freycinet Peninsula, which he determined as P. nivea Labill., an endemic montane to lowland species that is widely distributed throughout the state especially in the central and eastern regions. One of us (A.M. Gray) examined this specimen in 2003 noting that 'the [leaf] indumentum in no way matched that of P. nivea but, rather, it was more typical of that of P. sericea 1 .'. Pimelea sericea R.Br. is an endemic Tasmanian species of montane habitats on dolerite mountains of the Central Plateau, southern ranges and north-eastern highlands. For it to be growing at the Freycinet Peninsula was considered odd due to its being far removed from its known distribution, and growing on Devonian granite substrates, the dominant geological formation of the Freycinet Peninsula. This sheet, and some others, including one determined as 'Pimelea' by Buchanan in 2001, were later examined and annotated by Gray as Pimelea sp. nov. In 2000, its range was extended by collections from the granite hills of Schouten Island, located off the southern tip of the Freycinet Peninsula and part of the Freycinet National Park. During the course of our study, a specimen collected by Canning and Telford from The Hazards in 1969, and identified as P. sericea, was examined and is regarded as the first collection of this putative new species. Although not common throughout its range, it is somewhat surprising that this rather showy-flowered novelty should have remained unnamed for so long. We here recognise this taxon as a new species closely related to P. sericea, differing chiefly by the indumentum oftheadaxial leaf surface and its phyllotaxy, and formally describe it as Pimelea leiophylla A.M.Gray & M.Baker. Materials and methods The study is based on wild-collected material by the authors and on collections held in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO). Two specimens held at the Australian National Herbarium (CANB) and the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) were also included. Due to the scarcity of fruiting material on herbarium specimens, measurements and characteristics of fruits and seeds were made from specimens of plants in cultivation at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens in Hobart. Taxonomy Pimelea leiophylla A.M.Gray & M.Baker, sp. nov. Type: TASMANIA. The Hazards, saddle between Mt Parsons and Mt Dove, 29.xii.1989, A.M.Buchanan 11570 (holotype: HO 121035 (Fig. 1); isotype: MEL 2383961 A). Pimelea sp. Freycinet (A.M. Buchanan 15902) Tas. Herbarium sensu Baker & Duretto (2011). Similar to Pimelea sericea but differing in its sparsely branched open habit, its opposite-decussate leaves and the presence of sparse, silky-villous hairs on the adaxial leaf surfaces. Small shrubs, 0.3-1.5 m high. Branches sparse, slender, erect to spreading, ± arranged dichotomously, initiating immediately below the previous season's floral receptacle, appressed silky-hairy, glabrescent; leaf scars prominent; bark tough, stringy. Leaves 5-15 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, pale to mid-green, opposite, decussate, spreading to loosely appressed, often crowded on younger branches; petiole c. 1 mm long; lamina broadly ovate to elliptic, flat; adaxial surface sparsely appressed silky-hairy, glabrescent with age; abaxial surface densely appressed villous to silky-hairy, soft, with the hairs extending beyond the margin; margin fimbriate; apex acute or minutely apiculate. Inflorescence an erect, compact terminal head of (10—)15—25+ flowers; receptacle densely hairy, ± convex; involucral bracts 4 or 8, a little broader but otherwise scarcely differentiated from subtending leaves. Flowers female or hermaphrodite, protandrous; pedicels very short, obscured by long, dense hairs. Hypanthium bright white, occasionally pink, drying pale creamy-yellow, fusiform- tubular; style portion 8-15 mm long, circumcissile immediately above the ovary; ovary portion 4-6 mm long, persisting briefly post-anthesis; adaxial surface glabrous; abaxial surface densely appressed-hairy. Sepals 4, 3-5 mm long, spreading or slightly recurved, two sepals somewhat larger, often ± cucullate, with a central, raised ridge; apices of lobes with a distinctive 16 Vol 35
Walsh Table 1. Morphological observations of Nicotiana maritima and Nicotiana'Cape Schanck' Character Nicotiana maritima Nicotiana 'Cape Schanck' Habit (Fig. 2) Loosely rosetted (early growth); cauline leaves abundant, more or less regularly arranged along stems and extending into inflorescence Strongly rosetted (early growth); cauline leaves few, or restricted to near base of plant and often clustered, not extending into inflorescences Indumentum (vegetative surfaces, Figs 3,4) Villous to pubescent throughout; leaf abaxial surface with 5-c. 20 hairs per sq. mm Glabrous, glabrescent, sometimes pubescent, then usually only on lower stem and abaxial surface of leaves; leaf abaxial surface with 0-2 hairs per sq.mm Leaf shape (Fig. 5) Spathulate or ovate to broad-ovate and tapered abruptly to a distinct winged, petiole¬ like base, up to as long as the expanded upper part, usually shortly decurrent along stem Ovate, tapered more or less evenly to base, sessile or with a short, unwinged petiole, not or barely decurrent along stem Leaf margin (Fig. 5) Strongly and more or less evenly undulate Plane or weakly and irregularly undulate Leaf lamina 3D (Fig. 5) Lamina usually'puckered’ Lamina plane Calyx length (6—)9—12(—16) mm (8—)9—14(—26) mm Corolla length (13—)15—19(—30) mm (17—)22—35(—55) mm Corolla/calyx ratio 1.5-2 2.5-3.5 Corolla tube shape (Fig. 1) Cylindric, shortly expanded then contracted just below limb Clyindricto elongate-obconical, neither expanded nor contracted below limb Corolla colour (Fig. 1) Pale yellowish, tinged purple Cream to white, tinged green Limb diameter (7.5—)11—20(—24) mm (14-)22-28(-44) mm Limb dissection (Fig. 5) Lobes distinctly notched apically, free for c. half diameter of limb Lobes barely notched apically, free for distinctly less than half diameter of limb of indumentum is at least partly under environmental control in this population. While the density of indumentum is persuasive, the indumentum type of both species is essentially the same: a mixture of long, simple, multicellular, eglandular hairs and short, multicellular, gland-tipped hairs, some of which are larger and have the lower cells distinctly inflated.The latter type, with inflated basal cells, tend to be restricted to the pedicels and calyces of both species. The various hair types are well illustrated in Marks et al. (2011), figs 7,8. As mentioned above, current keys including N. maritima and N. suaveolens focus on differences of indumentum. Having plants in vivo at all stages of development enabled close comparison of features and offered the opportunity to establish more critical bases for their distinction. Results Measurements and observations from the living plants are given in Table 1. Bracketed values for calyx and corolla length and limb diameter were the extremes for those features as reported in accounts of the genus in Australia (Wheeler 1935; Horton 1981; Symon 1982). Vouchers for each seedlot are: Nicotiana maritima — N.G. Walsh 8477 (MEL 2404759, MEL 2404760, MEL 2404761); N. ‘CapeSchanck 1 —N.G. Walsh 8476 (MEL 2404757, MEL 2404758). In re-examining the various published accounts (Wheeler 1935; Horton 1981; Symon 1982; Jeanes 1999) in light of these observations, it is clear that the Cape Schanck plants conform to N. suaveolens, as redeterminations at MEL had suggested. Further, the detailed account of Wheeler (1935) in particular, was shown to be very perceptive, describing all of the differences noted in Table 1, although not drawing particular attention to them as discriminatory features. Subsequent accounts were less detailed. Wheeler's key to species separated N. maritima from N. suaveolens by the shorter corolla and the smaller corolla-calyx ratio with no mention of indumentum, in contrast to the more recent treatments.The reliance on indumentum in these three recent treatments seems to be cause for the confusion around the identification of the Studley Park and Cape Schanck populations. To the key characters employed by Wheeler, I would recommend adding, as a decisive feature, the shape of the corolla tube just below the limb (Fig. 1) and arrangement of the corolla lobes of the limb (Fig. 1). 18 Vol 36
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 18-21, Figs 1(a-b), 2-3, 5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 5-7, Figs 1-3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 97-106".
de Salas
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green;
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter,
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched,
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height;
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long.
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate;
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi-
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long,
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in
diameter, surface reticulated.
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185);
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas.,
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844,
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475);
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933);
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326);
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major),
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island,
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked
'A'only).
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant
during the summer months.
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb,
et stat. nov.
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann.
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848).
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct.
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l.
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1:
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982)
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J.
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864)
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p.
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis:
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb.
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov.
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes:
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn
448 (K000215593 photo!)
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P.
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.;
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p.
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect,
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally
branched from the base but generally with one
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate.
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow-
102
Vol 36
de Salas
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green;
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter,
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched,
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height;
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long.
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate;
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi-
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long,
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in
diameter, surface reticulated.
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185);
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas.,
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844,
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475);
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933);
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326);
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major),
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island,
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked
'A'only).
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant
during the summer months.
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb,
et stat. nov.
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann.
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848).
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct.
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l.
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1:
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982)
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J.
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864)
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p.
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis:
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb.
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov.
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes:
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn
448 (K000215593 photo!)
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P.
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.;
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p.
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect,
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally
branched from the base but generally with one
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate.
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow-
102
Vol 36
de Salas
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green;
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter,
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched,
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height;
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long.
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate;
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi-
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long,
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in
diameter, surface reticulated.
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185);
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas.,
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844,
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475);
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933);
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326);
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major),
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island,
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked
'A'only).
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant
during the summer months.
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb,
et stat. nov.
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann.
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848).
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct.
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l.
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1:
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982)
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J.
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864)
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p.
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis:
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb.
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov.
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes:
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn
448 (K000215593 photo!)
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P.
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.;
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p.
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect,
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally
branched from the base but generally with one
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate.
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow-
102
Vol 36
New subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae Notes: Morphological, geographical and, to a large extent, ecological grounds support the erection of £ conspicua subsp. dispara as a distinct taxon. During the course of our investigations we examined populations to the north-west of Seaton and to the west of Mt. Hedrick, along the valley of Freestone Creek near Briagolong, and in the Mitchell River National Park. All these populations occur in forest communities in rather stony soils thinly overlaying Ordovician sediments in hilly country to the north of the western extremity of the range of typical £ conspicua. In contrast, the type subspecies tends to favour sandy soils associated with swamps, watercourses and at least seasonally moist depressions where it is usually associated with wet, heathy vegetation. An occurrence at Bullumwaal, about 20 km north of Bairnsdale, represented by a sheet at MEL (2369564, Norris s.n. 14.ix.2012) appears to be of hybrid origin or intermediate between subsp. dispara and subsp. conspicua. Despite most plants being 3-flowered, we found 7-flowered individuals, as well as obvious variation in habit and subtle variation in peduncle length, bud structure, fruit size, pedicel length and crown structure, all of which we regarded as being intermediate between the two entities. A population of £ conspicua occurring to the north-east of Bruthen, which Brooker et al. (1995) noted as containing some trees with 3-flowered inflorescences, was also visited. The trees observed were consistent with subsp. conspicua in all characters and no trees with 3-flowered inflorescences were located by us, although a specimen at MEL (0258592, J.D.Briggs 2652, 28.vii.1992) supports Brooker's observation. This population may represent a similar situation to that at Bullumwaal. Brooker et al. (1995) recognised the 3-flowered form's distinctiveness and, while alluding to its possible links with £ cinerea, chose to include it with the typical 7-flowered £ conspicua. With reference to the population to the north-west of Seaton, they noted that, while some trees are completely neotenous, others possess crowns with a mixture of juvenile and falcate, attenuate adult leaves. However, we have surveyed this population and, whilst we located very few trees with crowns containing what could be construed as adult leaves, we found an overwhelming number of trees with crowns consisting entirely of sessile, cordate or sub-orbicular juvenile leaves. At the other sites where the new taxon occurs, only completely neotenous trees were observed. While we concur with Brooker et al. that the new taxon is closer to £ conspicua than £ cinerea we contend that it as distinctive in a range of other adult characters and, thus, worthy of taxonomic recognition. The strength of our case for the erection of the new taxon is based on its distinctive spindly habit, its sparse, neotenous crown, its predominately 3-flowered inflorescences, its short peduncles and its tightly sessile fruits. However, we also believe that it is appropriate to place it as a subspecies within £ conspicua as its saplings are inseparable from those of typical £ conspicua, as it has a distribution adjacent to the western extremity of typical £ conspicua and that small numbers of 7-flowered inflorescences occur in some of its populations. In making our taxonomic decision that the new taxon is a part of £ conspicua we concede that future (e.g. molecular) studies may further clarify its relationships. £ conspicua subsp. dispara, being predominantly 3-flowered has obvious links with £ cinerea and its subspecies, all of which occur on the inland side of the Great Dividing Range. The typical subspecies of £ cinerea, which occurs between Bathurst and Tumut in the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, differs from £ conspicua subsp. dispara by being a spreading robust, large-trunked tree with a crown dominated by smaller, densely packed pre-adult leaves and inflorescences that are completely 3-flowered. The Beechworth occurrence of £ cinerea (described below as a new subspecies) differs from this new subspecies by its taller habit, it dense crown with outer adult leaves, its consistent three-flowered inflorescences and its smaller buds and fruits (see Table 1). Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. victoriensis Rule & N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. Type: VICTORIA: NNE of Beechworth, McFeeter's Road, E of Beechworth-Chiltern Road, adjacent to the turn¬ off to Woolshed Falls, K.Rule 0315, 16.V.2015 (holo: MEL 2418187; iso:CANB, NSW). Eucalyptus aff. cinerea (Beechworth) sensu VicFlora (VicFlora (2016). Flora of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Victoria, <https://vicflora.rbg.vic.gov.au>, last accessed 7 Mar. 2018). Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. Beechworth (J.D. Briggs 2607) sensu APC (CHAH (2006), Australian Plant Census https://id.biodiversity.org.au/reference/apni/42942, last accessed 7 Mar. 2018). Muelleria 87
New subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae Notes: Morphological, geographical and, to a large extent, ecological grounds support the erection of £ conspicua subsp. dispara as a distinct taxon. During the course of our investigations we examined populations to the north-west of Seaton and to the west of Mt. Hedrick, along the valley of Freestone Creek near Briagolong, and in the Mitchell River National Park. All these populations occur in forest communities in rather stony soils thinly overlaying Ordovician sediments in hilly country to the north of the western extremity of the range of typical £ conspicua. In contrast, the type subspecies tends to favour sandy soils associated with swamps, watercourses and at least seasonally moist depressions where it is usually associated with wet, heathy vegetation. An occurrence at Bullumwaal, about 20 km north of Bairnsdale, represented by a sheet at MEL (2369564, Norris s.n. 14.ix.2012) appears to be of hybrid origin or intermediate between subsp. dispara and subsp. conspicua. Despite most plants being 3-flowered, we found 7-flowered individuals, as well as obvious variation in habit and subtle variation in peduncle length, bud structure, fruit size, pedicel length and crown structure, all of which we regarded as being intermediate between the two entities. A population of £ conspicua occurring to the north-east of Bruthen, which Brooker et al. (1995) noted as containing some trees with 3-flowered inflorescences, was also visited. The trees observed were consistent with subsp. conspicua in all characters and no trees with 3-flowered inflorescences were located by us, although a specimen at MEL (0258592, J.D.Briggs 2652, 28.vii.1992) supports Brooker's observation. This population may represent a similar situation to that at Bullumwaal. Brooker et al. (1995) recognised the 3-flowered form's distinctiveness and, while alluding to its possible links with £ cinerea, chose to include it with the typical 7-flowered £ conspicua. With reference to the population to the north-west of Seaton, they noted that, while some trees are completely neotenous, others possess crowns with a mixture of juvenile and falcate, attenuate adult leaves. However, we have surveyed this population and, whilst we located very few trees with crowns containing what could be construed as adult leaves, we found an overwhelming number of trees with crowns consisting entirely of sessile, cordate or sub-orbicular juvenile leaves. At the other sites where the new taxon occurs, only completely neotenous trees were observed. While we concur with Brooker et al. that the new taxon is closer to £ conspicua than £ cinerea we contend that it as distinctive in a range of other adult characters and, thus, worthy of taxonomic recognition. The strength of our case for the erection of the new taxon is based on its distinctive spindly habit, its sparse, neotenous crown, its predominately 3-flowered inflorescences, its short peduncles and its tightly sessile fruits. However, we also believe that it is appropriate to place it as a subspecies within £ conspicua as its saplings are inseparable from those of typical £ conspicua, as it has a distribution adjacent to the western extremity of typical £ conspicua and that small numbers of 7-flowered inflorescences occur in some of its populations. In making our taxonomic decision that the new taxon is a part of £ conspicua we concede that future (e.g. molecular) studies may further clarify its relationships. £ conspicua subsp. dispara, being predominantly 3-flowered has obvious links with £ cinerea and its subspecies, all of which occur on the inland side of the Great Dividing Range. The typical subspecies of £ cinerea, which occurs between Bathurst and Tumut in the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, differs from £ conspicua subsp. dispara by being a spreading robust, large-trunked tree with a crown dominated by smaller, densely packed pre-adult leaves and inflorescences that are completely 3-flowered. The Beechworth occurrence of £ cinerea (described below as a new subspecies) differs from this new subspecies by its taller habit, it dense crown with outer adult leaves, its consistent three-flowered inflorescences and its smaller buds and fruits (see Table 1). Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. victoriensis Rule & N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. Type: VICTORIA: NNE of Beechworth, McFeeter's Road, E of Beechworth-Chiltern Road, adjacent to the turn¬ off to Woolshed Falls, K.Rule 0315, 16.V.2015 (holo: MEL 2418187; iso:CANB, NSW). Eucalyptus aff. cinerea (Beechworth) sensu VicFlora (VicFlora (2016). Flora of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Victoria, <https://vicflora.rbg.vic.gov.au>, last accessed 7 Mar. 2018). Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. Beechworth (J.D. Briggs 2607) sensu APC (CHAH (2006), Australian Plant Census https://id.biodiversity.org.au/reference/apni/42942, last accessed 7 Mar. 2018). Muelleria 87
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 87-90, Figs 2 (map), 3 a-c".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 85-87, Figs 1 a-c, 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109, Fig. 1".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 29-32, Figs 1 (map), 5-6".
Acacia boormanii
iso: BM, C, CANB, K, MEL (all '27.ix.1913') and NSW166408
('ix.1913')).
Acacia hunteriana N.A.Wakef., Victorian Nat. 72: 92
(1956). T: Victoria: banks of Snowy River, near Deddick,
8.ix.1955, N.A. Wakefield 4810 (holo: MEL 1508588; iso:
BRI, CANB).
Foiiose shrub to 4 m high; branchlets glabrous or
sparsely and minutely hirsute, often pruinose at
extremities. Phyllodes spreading to erect or deflexed,
narrowly linear to narrowly oblanceolate, (1 —)3—6(—7.5)
cm long and 1.5-2(-4.6) mm wide, straight or slightly
falcate, not rigid, glabrous except for adaxial side of
pulvinus which is often sparsely hairy, green to grey-
green or pruinose, at least when young, narrowed at
base, normally obliquely and eccentrically mucronate;
midrib and lateral veins indistinct; gland not prominent,
2-14 mm above pulvinus. Racemes with rachis (7—) 10—
20(—33) mm long, slender, straight to flexuose, glabrous
to subglabrous, often pruinose; peduncles 2-4 mm
long, slender, glabrous to subglabrous; heads prolific,
globular, 3-5 mm diam., 5-11-flowered, yellow. Flowers
5-merous; sepals united. Pods linear, 3-9 cm long, 4-6
mm wide, firmly chartaceous, dehiscing unilaterally,
glabrous; seeds mostly 3-11 per pod, longitudinal,
oblong-elliptic, 3.8-5.6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide,
somewhat shiny, black, aril half to two-thirds the length
of seed. Flowers Aug.-Oct.
Acacia boormanii subsp. boormanii
Shrubs commonly suckering from roots. Phyllodes often
deflexed below inflorescence, linear, 1.5—2(—2.5) mm
wide, margin not or very indistinctly indented around
gland; apex acute (rarely rounded), not pruinose, or
sparsely to moderately pruinose.
Occurs disjunctly from Macanally Mtn, near Cooma
New South Wales to south ofThredbo Village, New South
Wales, and south to Buchan, Victoria, with an outlying
occurrence at Gapsted in north-eastern Victoria.
Acacia boormanii subsp. gibba K J.Tucker
subsp. nov.
Acacia boormanii var. Mount Typo (F.E. Bienvenu 11)
Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2006); Maslin (2013).
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Typo, just south of saddle crossed
by vehicular track, 0.8 km N of summit, 22 km SE from
Figure 5. Flowering specimen of Acacia boormanii subsp. gibba. (photo N.A.F. Gibb, Sept. 2013)
Muelleria
29
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae)
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014).
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should
be classified in that genus. A new combination for
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly.
Taxonomy
The following species of Hymenasplenium are
recognized as occurring in Australia:
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata,
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927)
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786).
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v.
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds.,
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009)
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851],
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes:
BM, K, PRC.
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey)
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov.
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891).
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ.
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes:
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!).
This species has been thoroughly described and
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892).
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas,
north-east Queensland.
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve
as the holotype and technically the three holdings
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015).
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not
illustrated).
Acknowledgements
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful
feedback.
References
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland.
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries: Brisbane.
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http://
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html>
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland.
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane.
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia.
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562.
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna,
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500.
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E.
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554-
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281.
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island.
Muelleria 9:37-40.
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57.
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London,
Paris).
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697.
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of
Plant Research 108,257-268.
Muelleria
21
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) Taxonomy Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly on hillsides. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's handwriting, and another label displaying the number assigned by Bennett. Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on stony hills. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen in good condition, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet + spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally longer calyces. Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 (1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated [1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated [1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as Teucrium sp. aff. argutum Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; Muelleria 5
Bean Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton (Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe (A.R. Bean, unpublished data). Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for February, April and August. Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this reason, comparisons have been made only with the Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile glands only for T. corymbosum). Conservation status: Currently known only from a single population, although a field search may yet rediscover populations documented by Bowman and O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by land clearing and weed incursion. Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species (Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a smooth or faintly ridged surface. Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Spartothamnella juncea. Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 803 (2002). Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI AQ781651). Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted distribution between Springsure and Charleville in central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald (holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Teucrium sp. Ormeau Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 12 Vol 37
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) Taxonomy Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly on hillsides. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's handwriting, and another label displaying the number assigned by Bennett. Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on stony hills. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen in good condition, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet + spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally longer calyces. Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 (1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated [1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated [1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as Teucrium sp. aff. argutum Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; Muelleria 5
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) Taxonomy Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly on hillsides. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's handwriting, and another label displaying the number assigned by Bennett. Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on stony hills. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen in good condition, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet + spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally longer calyces. Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 (1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated [1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated [1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as Teucrium sp. aff. argutum Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; Muelleria 5
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) Taxonomy Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly on hillsides. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's handwriting, and another label displaying the number assigned by Bennett. Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on stony hills. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen in good condition, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet + spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally longer calyces. Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 (1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated [1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated [1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as Teucrium sp. aff. argutum Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; Muelleria 5
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 5-6, Figs 1, 6 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 7-9, Figs 2, 6 (map)".
Bean Note: Conn (2002), in the protologue of T. micranthum, cited some specimens here regarded as T. fallax. However, his description appears to be based solely on material of T. micranthum. Teucrium integrifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 133(1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. BURKE DISTRICT: Flinders River, undated, J. Sutherland 84 (lecto, here designated: MEL 2294216). Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Queensland except in the far north and coastal areas, found from Thurulgoonia (S of Cunnamulla) to Gregory Downs (N of Mount Isa), and east as far as Biloela and Dalby. Also widely distributed in the Northern Territory. It inhabits plains and alluvial systems on black cracking clay soils. It may be associated with Mitchell grass ( Astrebla spp.) in grassland communities, or as a component of open woodland dominated by Eucalyptus coolabah Blakely and Jacobs, £ orgadophila Maiden and Blakely or Acacia harpophyiia commonly associated with the shrub Duma florulenta (Meisn.) T.M.Schust. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype is one of the specimens cited by Bentham in the protologue. It is a good quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Note: This species has not been recorded for New South Wales, but as there is an occurrence at Thurulgoonia, S of Cunnamulla, about 30 km from the New South Wales border, its occurrence in that state is highly likely. Teucrium irroratum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Table Mountain, 6 km S of Kabra, 8.ii.l 997, P.l. ForsterPIF20299 and M. Watson (holo: BRI AQ652787; iso: NSW, to be distributed). Erect shrub 0.5 m high. Branchiets almost terete, not markedly quadrangular; with moderately dense, simple, patent, eglandular, multicellular, ± transparent hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long; and abundant glistening patent glandular hairs, mostly <0.1 mm long, but with some up to 0.5 mm. Leaves opposite or in whorls of three; petioles 1-2 mm long, 1-4% of lamina length; lamina discolorous, dark green above, elliptic to ovate, the largest ones 39-51 x 15-21 mm, 2.1-2.8 times longer than broad; margins serrate, with 6-8 pairs of lobes, confined to the distal half of the lamina; apex acute; base narrowly cuneate; venation penninerved, veins obscure on upper surface, obvious on lower surface. Upper surface smooth except for sunken major veins, with moderately dense indumentum of patent transparent eglandular hairs, 0.2-0.8 mm long. Lower surface with raised veins, eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, 0.25-0.60 mm long, mainly along veins; sessile glistening glands and glandular hairs (to 0.15 mm long) abundant throughout. Inflorescences axillary, cymose, 4-9-flowered, dichasial; bracts opposite, elliptic to ovate, 3-4 mm long, persistent. Pedicel 4.5-7.0 mm long; inflorescence branches similar in length to pedicel; peduncle 17-28 mm long. Calyx campanulate 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; indumentum on peduncles, pedicels and exterior surface calyx comprising dense patent glandular hairs 0.05-0.40 mm long, and some patent eglandular hairs to 0.6 mm long; interior surface of lobes with scattered sessile glands and short glandular hairs, interior surface of tube glabrous; calyx tube 2.0-2.3 mm long at anthesis, 2.0-2.4 mm long in fruit; calyx lobes 1.8-2.1 mm long at anthesis, 3.2-4.1 mm long in fruit, 1.5-3.0 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 5-lobed, white (fide O'Shanesy), outer surface with scattered glandular and eglandular hairs, inner surface tube with eglandular hairs on the tube only; terminal lobe broadly ovate, 2.5-3.2 mm long, lateral lobes ovate, 1.8-2.2 mm long, basal lobes ovate, 25-3.2 mm long; tube 3.5-4.0 mm long. Stamens attached midway along length of corolla tube, 3.5-5.0 mm long; filaments with some glandular hairs on the distal half; anthers 4, cells medifixed, 0.7-0.8 mm long, with dense glands around attachment point of filament; style glabrous, 7.5-9.0 mm long; stigma 2-fid, the lobes c. 0.5 mm long. Mericarps 4, dark brown, ellipsoid, 1.6-2.0 mm long, surface smooth to faintly ridged, apical one-third with patent eglandular hairs 0.10-0.15 mm long and numerous sessile and subsessile glands; ventral surface with large areole 0.9-1.1 mm long, glabrous. (Figure 3) Specimens examined: QUEENSLAND. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Table Mountain, undated [1866-67], E.M. Bowman 66 (MEL 63753); Table Mountain, iv.1867, E.M. Bowman 88 (MEL 2242919); near Rockhampton, 20.viii.1868, P. O'Shanesy No. 16, ser. 12 (MEL 2242907). 10 Vol 37
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 10-12, Figs 3, 6 (map)".
Bean Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton (Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe (A.R. Bean, unpublished data). Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for February, April and August. Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this reason, comparisons have been made only with the Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile glands only for T. corymbosum). Conservation status: Currently known only from a single population, although a field search may yet rediscover populations documented by Bowman and O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by land clearing and weed incursion. Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species (Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a smooth or faintly ridged surface. Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Spartothamnella juncea. Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 803 (2002). Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI AQ781651). Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted distribution between Springsure and Charleville in central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald (holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Teucrium sp. Ormeau Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 12 Vol 37
Bean Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton (Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe (A.R. Bean, unpublished data). Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for February, April and August. Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this reason, comparisons have been made only with the Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile glands only for T. corymbosum). Conservation status: Currently known only from a single population, although a field search may yet rediscover populations documented by Bowman and O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by land clearing and weed incursion. Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species (Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a smooth or faintly ridged surface. Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Spartothamnella juncea. Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 803 (2002). Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI AQ781651). Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted distribution between Springsure and Charleville in central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald (holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as Teucrium sp. Ormeau Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 12 Vol 37
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 12-15, Figs 4, 6 (map)".
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small flower clusters. Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen are more or less uniform, but some specimens have far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are possessed by populations in the northern part of its range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate with any other morphological character. Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as Spartothamnella puberula. Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and Acacia spp. Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, CANB278997, K000881587). Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 577. Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 (holo:BRIAQ319746). With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. Muelleria 15
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small flower clusters. Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen are more or less uniform, but some specimens have far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are possessed by populations in the northern part of its range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate with any other morphological character. Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as Spartothamnella puberula. Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and Acacia spp. Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, CANB278997, K000881587). Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 577. Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 (holo:BRIAQ319746). With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. Muelleria 15
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 15-18, Figs 5, 6 (map)".
Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small flower clusters. Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen are more or less uniform, but some specimens have far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are possessed by populations in the northern part of its range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate with any other morphological character. Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as Spartothamnella puberula. Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and Acacia spp. Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, CANB278997, K000881587). Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 577. Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the description in the protologue. Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 (holo:BRIAQ319746). With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. Muelleria 15
Bean It perhaps would appear only after heavy rain or wildfire, although this remains to be confirmed. A status of Critically Endangered (CR B2b(i)(ii)(iii)(iv)c(iv)) is recommended based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 2012). The species is threatened by land clearing, cropping, bovine grazing and weed incursion. Etymology: The epithet refers to the sagittate or arrow-shaped leaves possessed by this species. Note: Hando (1988) stated that the corolla is mauve in colour. Teucrium teucriiflorum (F.Muell.) Kattari and Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) Spartothamnus teucriiflorus F.Muell., 5. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnella teucriiflora (F.Muell.) Moldenke, Phytologia 1:430 (1940). Type: NORTHERN TERRITORY. Near the Finke River, 1882, H. Kempe 438 (lector MEL 68887), fide Munir (1976). Distribution and habitat: Found in the south¬ west quarter of Queensland. It also occurs in Western Australia, Northern Territory and South Australia. It inhabits arid or semi-arid woodlands and shrublands. Acknowledgements I am grateful to Will Smith (BRI), who produced the illustrations and edited the distribution map, and the Director of the National Flerbarium of Victoria for allowing me to examine specimens held there. References Alexander, R. (2005). A field guide to plants of the Channel Country, western Queensland. Channel Landcare Group Inc. Bean, A.R. and Forster, P.l. (2016). Lamiaceae. In P.D. Bostock and A.E. Holland (eds). Census of the Queensland Flora 2016. Queensland Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation: Brisbane, https://data.qld.gov. au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-flora-2016 Accessed 17 August 2017. Conn, BJ. (1984). A taxonomic revision of Prostanthera Labill. sect. Klanderia (F.v.Muell.) Benth. (Labiatae). Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 6(3), 207-348. Conn, BJ. (2002). Teucrium micranthum (Labiatae), a new species from Queensland, Australia. Telopea 9(4), 803-806. Conn, BJ. (2006). Teucrium thieleanum (Labiatae), a new species from Victoria, Australia. Telopea 11,135-140. Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, J.H. (2011). Plants of western New South Wales. CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood. Hando, V. (1988). 'Plants of the western Darling Downs, Barakula-Gurulmundi and south-west Burnett', in R. Hando (ed.). Going Bush with Chinchilla Nats, pp. 96-166. Chinchilla Field Naturalists Club Inc.: Chinchilla. IUCN (2012). International Union for the Conservation of Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/documents/RL- 2001-001-2nd.pdf Accessed 10 August 2017. JSTOR (2017). JSTOR Global Plants, http://plants.jstor.org/ Accessed 11 October 2017. Leiper, G., Glazebrook, J, Cox, D and Rathie, K. (2017). Mangroves to mountains, 2" d edition. Logan River branch SGAP (Qld Region) Inc.: Logan. Li, X. and Hedge, I.C. (2017). 'Lamiaceae) in Flora of China 17: 56-61. Missouri Botanical Garden: St Louis. http://www. efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?f!ora_id=2andtaxonjd=10476 Accessed 10 August 2017. Munir, A.A. (1976). A taxonomic revision of the genus Spartothamnella (Chloanthaceae). Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 1(1), 3-25. Munir, A.A. (1991). A taxonomic revision of the genus Oncinocalyx F.Muell. (Verbenaceae). Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 14(1), 77-84. Salmaki, Y, Kattari, S., Heubl, G. and Brauchler, C. (2016). Phylogeny of non-monophyietic Teucrium (Lamiaceae: Ajugoldeae): Implications for character evolution and taxonomy. Taxon 65(4), 805-822. Shepherd, K.A. and Thiele, K.R. (2017). Teucrium disjunctum, a new name for Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae). Nuytsia 28,139-140. Stanley, T.D. and Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of South eastern Queensland, Volume 2. Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane. Stevens, P.F. (2001 onwards). Angiosperm Phylogeny Website. Version 12, July 2012 [and more or less continuously updated since). http://www.mobot.org/MOBOT/research/ APweb/ Accessed 19 August 2017. Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiatae). Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7,295-300. Toelken, H.R. and Cunningham, D.D. (2008). Teucrium reidii (Labiatae): a new species from north-western South Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Garden 22,97-100. Walsh, N.G. and O'Brien, E. (2013). Gynodioecy in Teucrium racemosum (Lamiaceae). Muelleria 31,77-80. 18 Vol 37
Bean Materials and methods The paper is based on a morphological examination of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). All measurements are based on dried material, except for the florets, which were measured from material reconstituted in boiling water. Taxonomy lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 (1994). Type; I. australiense. Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 (DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels Key to the species of lotasperma 1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 34 Vol 37
Bean Materials and methods The paper is based on a morphological examination of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). All measurements are based on dried material, except for the florets, which were measured from material reconstituted in boiling water. Taxonomy lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 (1994). Type; I. australiense. Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 (DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels Key to the species of lotasperma 1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 34 Vol 37
Bean Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman (BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 (BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have been collected from May to September. Conservation status: A very widespread species. A conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended (IUCN2012). Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 1. sessilifolium). This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not ligulate. 2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as ' sessilifolia' Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). [Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 36 Vol 37
Bean Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman (BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 (BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have been collected from May to September. Conservation status: A very widespread species. A conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended (IUCN2012). Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 1. sessilifolium). This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not ligulate. 2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as ' sessilifolia' Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). [Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 36 Vol 37
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 62-63".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 59-60".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 54-55".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 55-56, Fig 7".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 56-58, Fig. 8".
Eucalyptus wimmerensis revisited Eucalyptus silvestris Eucalyptus silvestris was erected to accommodate box-barked, small trees and robust mallees occurring in the north-western Wimmera and adjacent areas of South Australia in the vicinity of Bordertown. In the initial description comparisons were made with £ odorata on the basis of these populations having been regarded as eastern outliers of that species. In its treatment £ silvestris was given as being related to £ odorata, not only because of similarities in habit and bark, but because of its simple, axillary inflorescences, and was given as differing from £ odorata primarily by its greener adult leaves and its generally smaller buds and fruits. Brooker and Slee (1997) regarded £ silvestris as a depauperate, narrow-leaved form of £ microcarpa and merged it with that species, despite differences in inflorescence structure, those of £ microcarpa being terminal panicles. It should be noted that Brooker and Slee (1997) in their account of £ microcarpa did not acknowledge the distinctiveness of £ silvestris by making reference to £ microcarpa only having compound, terminal panicles. Their interpretation was adopted by EUCLID (2006). Subsequent investigations by this author found that the adult leaf venation patterns and oil glands of £ silvestris are similar to those of £ microcarpa, being densely reticulate with scattered intersectional glands, and differing from the moderately sparse reticulation with numerous island glands present in the adult leaves of £ odorata, as given by Brooker and Kleinig (1990). Although £ silvestris appears to be related to £ microcarpa on the basis of leaf morphology, it is regarded as being different, not only in its inflorescence structure but in its smaller, sometimes mallee-like habit, its narrower juvenile leaves (1.5-3 cm wide compared with 3—6 cm wide) and its narrower, greener, more lustrous adult leaves (to 2 cm wide compared with to 3 cm wide). Nicolle (1997), (2006) (2013) and (2015) regarded £ silvestris as conspecific with £ odorata without addressing any of the differences between the two given in the original description by Rule (1994 and 2012), particularly with regard to adult leaves and fruits. Nor did he address the assessment of £ silvestris being a form of £ microcarpa given by Brooker and Slee (1997). More recent investigations have shown a further difference between £ silvestris and £ odorata in their adult leaves with regard to the colour and lustre of new leaves produced in growing periods. Nicolle (2006) and (2013) and Brooker and Kleinig (1990) noted that the new adult leaves of £ odorata are dull and bluish and in time age to become sub-lustrous and green. In contrast, the new leaves of £ silvestris, being similar to those of £ microcarpa, are lustrous and green and become duller and slightly bluish as they age. This dullness is particularly apparent in winter.These differences in leaf morphology, along with differences in bud and fruit sizes, are considered sufficient to continue to regard £ silvestris as separate from and distantly related to £ odorata. At the same time, for the reasons given above, it is seen as being related to but separate from £ microcarpa. Within western Victoria, in the Inglewood area, at Mt Jeffcott and in the southern part of the Wimmera, there are small populations of a grey box with narrow, seasonally glossy adult leaves and minute buds and fruits which might be interpreted as £ silvestris, or even £ odorata. These, however, have paniculate inflorescences and, although more or less consistent with the recently resurrected £ woollsiana, require more study to determine their identity. Eucalyptus hawkeri Eucalyptus hawkeri Rule (2004) was erected to accommodate populations of box-barked trees occurring at Mt Arapiles and in the nearby Jane Duff Reserve. More recently, however, it has been located in many mallee communities in the southern Wimmera. The combination of features which distinguish £ hawkeri from other box species in the region include its slender, erect, tree-like habit, its substantial stocking of rough bark, its narrow-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, blue-green or sub-glaucous juvenile leaves, its narrow- lanceolate to lanceolate, pendulous adult leaves, which when new are lustrous and green with a bluish tinge, its simple, axillary inflorescences and its relatively small buds and fruits. In the field the species is distinguished from related mallee-box taxa by its habit, bark and foliage. EUCLID (2006) listed £ hawkeri as conspecific with £ viridis. This assessment was confusing as the two do not even remotely resemble each other in seedling and adult characters. Perhaps the authors have confused Muelleria 59
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 61-62".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 43-46".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 46-48, Fig 2 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 48-50, Fig. 3".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 53-54, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 51-53, Fig. 5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 50-51, Fig. 4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 60-61".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 34-36, Figs 1 a-c, Fig 2 (map)".
Bean Materials and methods The paper is based on a morphological examination of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). All measurements are based on dried material, except for the florets, which were measured from material reconstituted in boiling water. Taxonomy lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 (1994). Type; I. australiense. Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 (DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels Key to the species of lotasperma 1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 34 Vol 37
Bean Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman (BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 (BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have been collected from May to September. Conservation status: A very widespread species. A conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended (IUCN2012). Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 1. sessilifolium). This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not ligulate. 2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as ' sessilifolia' Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). [Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 36 Vol 37
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 36-37, Figs 1 d-f, 2 (map)".
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) Taxonomy To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, the following partial synonymies are provided. Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 (& fig-)) Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. (1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 (1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 (1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. (1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta (Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1,249(1840). Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). Acknowledgements Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE (particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations and nomenclatural issues. References Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants - arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed October 2017. Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ CSIRO: Melbourne. Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. Muelleria 83
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 116-117".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 113,115".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 120-121, Figs 1a, 2a-b".
Pluchea rubelliflora and Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Asteraceae) 1991; Alyokhin etal. 2001; Francis 2004; Mossman 2009). The seeds of P. odorata may require wet bare soil to germinate (Mild 2003) and the pappus of P. carolinensis may provide seeds with a temporary buoyancy thus facilitating dispersal by water (Francis 2004; Erickson and Puttock 2006). Pulchela rubelliflora has been noted to be often short-lived and more abundant in wet years (Cunningham ef al. 1992). It is unlikely that seed from this species was dispersed in floodwaters from the Murray-Darling Basin as occurrences in other States are predominantly outside the Basin waterways (e.g. ALA 2018). Furthermore, the discovery of this population represents a large range extension for the species (e.g. over 500 km; ALA 2018).The closest known occurrence is an 1861 collection from northeast of Broken Hill (MEL2165775). Whilst an adventive origin is conceivable for such a disjunct occurrence, consistency of habitat with that of indigenous occurrences outside Victoria suggests that the Victorian occurrence is also indigenous. Conservation Status: Pluchea rubelliflora is known in Victoria from a single population of approximately 10 plants, with all individuals at the same location with an area of c. 225 m 2 .The species is assessed as Critically Endangered in Victoria since it qualifies under criterion \ CR D sensu IUCN (2012) based on its very limited population size and, arguably, also criterion CR Blab(iii) c(iv)+2ab(iii)c(iv) based on its highly disjunct occurrence at a single Victorian location subject to declining frequency of middle and higher order flood events, observed intense browsing impacts and physical damage at the site caused by feral pigs and goats, and the reported and inferred seasonal fluctuation in population size. Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Labill.) F.Muell. Biennial or short-lived perennial, strongly aromatic, herb or subshrub to 20-100(-120) cm high, and often as wide. Stems single or numerous, ascending to erect, conspicuously winged from decurrent leaf bases, densely lanate and sometimes with occasional globose sessile glands; wings entire or sparsely toothed, 0.7- 2.0 mm wide. Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, 20-65 mm long, 4-15 mm wide, 33-5.8 times longer than wide, margins recurved, denticulate, with 6-14 pairs of blunt teeth, apex obtuse or acute; upper surface moderately bullate, sparsely to moderately densely lanate; lower surface moderately to densely lanate, and also with dense, globose, sessile, yellow glands. Capitulescences in terminal clusters, globose or ellipsoid, 10-15 mm long, 1 -1.4 times longer than wide; peduncles 0-22 mm long. Outer involucral bracts 22-3.7 mm long, spathulate, apex acute, with dense spreading lanate hairs throughout, glands absent; longest inner involucral bracts 3.5-4.6 mm long, linear, apex acute, upper margins conspicuously toothed or lacerate. Outer florets (i.e. female) 17-30,2.4-3.2 mm long, corolla tube filiform, always partly pink or violet, fertile; achenes 0.7- 1.0 mm long, red-brown with 20-50 twin hairs; pappus a single row of barbellate capillary bristles, connate at base, persistent. Disc floret (hermaphrodite, functionally male), solitary, 2.5-37 mm long, corolla tube cylindrical, pink; achenes pale, abortive (Adapted from Bean 2011; Bean 2015b; Stajsic 2018d). Phenology: Two Victorian plants were collected in flower, the first in May 2018 and the second in February 2019 (Fig. 1 b). Outside Victoria, flowers and fruits occur from June to October in northern parts of the range, and from August to December in southern parts (Bean 2011 ). Notes: Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Applebush, Fruit Salad Plant) is distinctive in having the upper margins of the inner involucral bracts often lacerate, and entire or sparsely toothed. Secondary heads all terminal, often ellipsoid, up to 1.4 times longer than wide; inner bracts always partly pink to violet; leaves oblanceolate, with the upper surface bullate; corolla lobes of disc floret short (Bean 2011). Specimens examined: VICTORIA. Murray-Kulkyne Park. Approximately 1.6 km NW of the junction of River and Goosefoot tracks, 2 km N of Kulkyne Station and 9 km SE of Colignan, 14.V.2018, K. Bennetts s.n. (MEL2439614); Murray- Sunset National Park, Lindsay Island, eastern end, 26.ii.2019, Ian SluiterIRKS 19/68 (MEL). Habitat and ecology: A single plant was discovered approximately 1.6 km north-west of the junction of River and Goosefoot tracks in the Murray-Kulkyne Park south-east of Colignan. The plant was found on a river terrace in the Intermittent Swampy Woodland Ecological Vegetation Class (described above), an area that had been flooded within the last year (Fig. 4). The second plant, with flowering heads showing at least two seasons of growth, was discovered in Murray-Sunset Muelleria 123
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 48-49".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 30-31".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's
wort)
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI).
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania
from one small and highly localised population in
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than
30 years.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CORNACEAE
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New
Zealand broadleaf)
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005,
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens,
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!).
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania
see Baker (2007).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CRASSULACEAE
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb &
Berthel. (pinwheel)
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A.
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!).
Notes: While there are only two formal collections
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island
collection indicate that it may have been successfully
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep,
inaccessible cliffs.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic.
Status: Naturalised
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss
crassula)
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!).
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is
represented by only two Tasmanian collections.
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well-
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on
a grassy roadside batter.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. &
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop)
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island,
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest,
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M.
Wapstra 2030 { HO!).
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean
(2007).
Muelleria
41
Agrostis semibarbata
Taxonomy
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br.
comb. nov.
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda,
(Agrostea), 132 (1841).
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. &
Figure)).
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2):
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14:
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh)
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001).
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M.
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single
gathering mounted as one preparation with two
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!).
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019),
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here.
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original
Gunn label.
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei.
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both
specimens can be considered original material under
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018).
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov.
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var.
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery)
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004).
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K.
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)."
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B.
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!;
isolecto: NSW504501!).
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000)
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria,
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei.
Acknowledgements
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special
Muelleria
23
Agrostis semibarbata
Taxonomy
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br.
comb. nov.
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda,
(Agrostea), 132 (1841).
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. &
Figure)).
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2):
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14:
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh)
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001).
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M.
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single
gathering mounted as one preparation with two
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!).
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019),
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here.
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original
Gunn label.
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei.
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both
specimens can be considered original material under
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018).
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov.
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var.
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery)
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004).
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K.
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)."
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B.
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!;
isolecto: NSW504501!).
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000)
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria,
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei.
Acknowledgements
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special
Muelleria
23
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 32-33".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 50-51".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia (stalked waterstarwort) Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at the site are warranted to check its persistence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping bellflower) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, [collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, [collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. Wapstra 1345 (HO!). Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are from unknown locations: two are noted as being cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes associated with these specimens are scant. The recent collections were recorded from the base of a retaining wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is insufficient information to suggest that this species has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road (TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway [Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite being represented only by relatively recent collections from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a population from the Channel Highway was noted as being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, flowers each year and seems to spread further each growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have been recorded growing in a number of different habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets and grassy woodland. While there are several collections from widespread locations and different habitats, the species is still considered only sparingly naturalised due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the propensity for the species to spread is noted and this may be an example of a species that will shift category in a short timeframe. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera periclymenum L. (European honeysuckle) Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island (KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast (TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. The specimens come from an old homestead site at Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more populations and that it may have been overlooked for the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 (HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 38 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms are present. The number of formal collections does not properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug (TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's southeast, where it has been present since at least the 1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. One outlying record is from clearings at the former settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug and Electrona". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent or status of the species at the location. As such, there is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 record from Cressy. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula (lesser spearwort) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens collected from these locations. There is no collecting information regarding its status and it has not been collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus (celery buttercup) Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no notes regarding the plant's habitat or population details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis (1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park (TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2074 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then Muelleria 51
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 49-50".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While it is a widespread species that has been present since at least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several populations have also been recorded in essentially undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. One collection, from Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated there and it is thought to have been introduced as a contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania and has been observed in ponds and water features throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is considered native throughout mainland Australia but has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), Vic. (native and naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised MALVACEAE Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. (HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the status.The species does not appear to have escaped the confines of gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Not naturalised Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. (Cretan mallow) Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 (HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in the northwest of the State (including King Island) where it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to be becoming more widespread. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA Status: Naturalised MIMOSACEAE Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra wattle) Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet (A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. [Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 48 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 41-42".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia (stalked waterstarwort) Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at the site are warranted to check its persistence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping bellflower) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, [collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, [collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. Wapstra 1345 (HO!). Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are from unknown locations: two are noted as being cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes associated with these specimens are scant. The recent collections were recorded from the base of a retaining wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is insufficient information to suggest that this species has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road (TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway [Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite being represented only by relatively recent collections from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a population from the Channel Highway was noted as being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, flowers each year and seems to spread further each growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have been recorded growing in a number of different habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets and grassy woodland. While there are several collections from widespread locations and different habitats, the species is still considered only sparingly naturalised due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the propensity for the species to spread is noted and this may be an example of a species that will shift category in a short timeframe. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera periclymenum L. (European honeysuckle) Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island (KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast (TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. The specimens come from an old homestead site at Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more populations and that it may have been overlooked for the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 (HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 38 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While it is a widespread species that has been present since at least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several populations have also been recorded in essentially undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. One collection, from Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated there and it is thought to have been introduced as a contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania and has been observed in ponds and water features throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is considered native throughout mainland Australia but has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), Vic. (native and naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised MALVACEAE Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. (HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the status.The species does not appear to have escaped the confines of gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Not naturalised Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. (Cretan mallow) Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 (HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in the northwest of the State (including King Island) where it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to be becoming more widespread. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA Status: Naturalised MIMOSACEAE Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra wattle) Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet (A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. [Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 48 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 61-62, Fig. 8".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms are present. The number of formal collections does not properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug (TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's southeast, where it has been present since at least the 1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. One outlying record is from clearings at the former settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug and Electrona". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent or status of the species at the location. As such, there is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 record from Cressy. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula (lesser spearwort) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens collected from these locations. There is no collecting information regarding its status and it has not been collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus (celery buttercup) Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no notes regarding the plant's habitat or population details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis (1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park (TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2074 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then Muelleria 51
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While it is a widespread species that has been present since at least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several populations have also been recorded in essentially undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. One collection, from Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated there and it is thought to have been introduced as a contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania and has been observed in ponds and water features throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is considered native throughout mainland Australia but has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), Vic. (native and naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised MALVACEAE Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. (HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the status.The species does not appear to have escaped the confines of gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Not naturalised Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. (Cretan mallow) Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 (HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in the northwest of the State (including King Island) where it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to be becoming more widespread. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA Status: Naturalised MIMOSACEAE Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra wattle) Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet (A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. [Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 48 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's
wort)
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI).
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania
from one small and highly localised population in
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than
30 years.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CORNACEAE
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New
Zealand broadleaf)
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005,
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens,
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!).
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania
see Baker (2007).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CRASSULACEAE
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb &
Berthel. (pinwheel)
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A.
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!).
Notes: While there are only two formal collections
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island
collection indicate that it may have been successfully
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep,
inaccessible cliffs.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic.
Status: Naturalised
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss
crassula)
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!).
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is
represented by only two Tasmanian collections.
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well-
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on
a grassy roadside batter.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. &
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop)
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island,
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest,
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M.
Wapstra 2030 { HO!).
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean
(2007).
Muelleria
41
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence [n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. Wapstra 1148 (HO!). Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King Island populations are particularly well-established, albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings present. This species is established in Tasmania but the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be considered only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. sensu Curtis (1956)) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier collections, but the most recent collection from a localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents the same site as one of the early records. Plants from this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is locally naturalised at one location. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years ago, growing between a road and railway track in the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as "occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement is presumably based on this single record. The species may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as a fodder plant. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport (FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant [Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the northeast coast collected several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and ability to regenerate from seed. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 46 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's
wort)
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI).
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania
from one small and highly localised population in
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than
30 years.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CORNACEAE
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New
Zealand broadleaf)
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005,
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens,
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!).
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania
see Baker (2007).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CRASSULACEAE
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb &
Berthel. (pinwheel)
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A.
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!).
Notes: While there are only two formal collections
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island
collection indicate that it may have been successfully
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep,
inaccessible cliffs.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic.
Status: Naturalised
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss
crassula)
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!).
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is
represented by only two Tasmanian collections.
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well-
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on
a grassy roadside batter.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. &
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop)
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island,
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest,
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M.
Wapstra 2030 { HO!).
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean
(2007).
Muelleria
41
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 54-55, Fig. 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 40-41".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's
wort)
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI).
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania
from one small and highly localised population in
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than
30 years.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CORNACEAE
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New
Zealand broadleaf)
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005,
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens,
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!).
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania
see Baker (2007).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CRASSULACEAE
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb &
Berthel. (pinwheel)
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A.
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!).
Notes: While there are only two formal collections
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island
collection indicate that it may have been successfully
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep,
inaccessible cliffs.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic.
Status: Naturalised
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss
crassula)
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!).
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is
represented by only two Tasmanian collections.
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well-
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on
a grassy roadside batter.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. &
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop)
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island,
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest,
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M.
Wapstra 2030 { HO!).
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean
(2007).
Muelleria
41
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 59-60".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Agrostis semibarbata
Taxonomy
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br.
comb. nov.
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda,
(Agrostea), 132 (1841).
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. &
Figure)).
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2):
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14:
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh)
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001).
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M.
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single
gathering mounted as one preparation with two
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!).
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019),
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here.
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original
Gunn label.
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei.
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery,
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both
specimens can be considered original material under
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018).
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov.
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var.
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery)
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004).
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K.
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)."
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B.
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!;
isolecto: NSW504501!).
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000)
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria,
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei.
Acknowledgements
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special
Muelleria
23
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 31-32".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms are present. The number of formal collections does not properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug (TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's southeast, where it has been present since at least the 1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. One outlying record is from clearings at the former settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug and Electrona". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent or status of the species at the location. As such, there is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 record from Cressy. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula (lesser spearwort) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens collected from these locations. There is no collecting information regarding its status and it has not been collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus (celery buttercup) Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no notes regarding the plant's habitat or population details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis (1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park (TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2074 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then Muelleria 51
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent collections are from disjunct locations throughout the State and are associated with suburban and city gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, there is no evidence to support this. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised BETULACEAE Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk have been seen and there are no notes accompanying the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge (cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 and A. Laird (HO!). Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at present; further investigations are required to determine populations". Without further evidence it would be premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT Status: Doubtfully naturalised BORAGINACEAE Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve (TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms relatively large and persistent populations. The source of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond the Launceston area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Naturalised Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian comfrey) Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection notes regarding the size and area of the populations are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston collections are reported to consist of one and two plants respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from cultivation". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly established) Status: Doubtfully naturalised 34 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia (stalked waterstarwort) Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at the site are warranted to check its persistence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping bellflower) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, [collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, [collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. Wapstra 1345 (HO!). Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are from unknown locations: two are noted as being cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes associated with these specimens are scant. The recent collections were recorded from the base of a retaining wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is insufficient information to suggest that this species has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road (TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway [Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite being represented only by relatively recent collections from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a population from the Channel Highway was noted as being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, flowers each year and seems to spread further each growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have been recorded growing in a number of different habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets and grassy woodland. While there are several collections from widespread locations and different habitats, the species is still considered only sparingly naturalised due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the propensity for the species to spread is noted and this may be an example of a species that will shift category in a short timeframe. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera periclymenum L. (European honeysuckle) Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island (KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast (TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. The specimens come from an old homestead site at Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more populations and that it may have been overlooked for the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 (HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 38 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia (stalked waterstarwort) Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at the site are warranted to check its persistence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping bellflower) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, [collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, [collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. Wapstra 1345 (HO!). Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are from unknown locations: two are noted as being cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes associated with these specimens are scant. The recent collections were recorded from the base of a retaining wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is insufficient information to suggest that this species has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road (TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway [Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite being represented only by relatively recent collections from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a population from the Channel Highway was noted as being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, flowers each year and seems to spread further each growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have been recorded growing in a number of different habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets and grassy woodland. While there are several collections from widespread locations and different habitats, the species is still considered only sparingly naturalised due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the propensity for the species to spread is noted and this may be an example of a species that will shift category in a short timeframe. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera periclymenum L. (European honeysuckle) Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island (KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast (TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. The specimens come from an old homestead site at Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more populations and that it may have been overlooked for the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 (HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 38 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While it is a widespread species that has been present since at least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several populations have also been recorded in essentially undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. One collection, from Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated there and it is thought to have been introduced as a contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania and has been observed in ponds and water features throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is considered native throughout mainland Australia but has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), Vic. (native and naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised MALVACEAE Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. (HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the status.The species does not appear to have escaped the confines of gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Not naturalised Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. (Cretan mallow) Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 (HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in the northwest of the State (including King Island) where it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to be becoming more widespread. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA Status: Naturalised MIMOSACEAE Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra wattle) Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet (A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. [Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 48 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 44,46".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence [n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. Wapstra 1148 (HO!). Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King Island populations are particularly well-established, albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings present. This species is established in Tasmania but the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be considered only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. sensu Curtis (1956)) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier collections, but the most recent collection from a localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents the same site as one of the early records. Plants from this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is locally naturalised at one location. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years ago, growing between a road and railway track in the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as "occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement is presumably based on this single record. The species may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as a fodder plant. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport (FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant [Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the northeast coast collected several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and ability to regenerate from seed. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 46 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 47-48".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania appear to have been deliberately planted, along with several additional non-native Acacia species. The first herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW (native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised ONAGRACEAE Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. (creeping willowherb) Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be classified as naturalised, with the species only being recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to become more widespread and naturalised throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised PLUMBAGINACEAE Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- lavender) Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) (TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings (including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised POLEMONIACEAE Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. (grand collomia) Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. (HO 19628! & HO 317247!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement as the species is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised to any degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised PORTULACACEAE Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's lettuce) Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] (all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a few collections from domestic gardens. One collection notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance Muelleria
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence [n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. Wapstra 1148 (HO!). Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King Island populations are particularly well-established, albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings present. This species is established in Tasmania but the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be considered only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. sensu Curtis (1956)) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier collections, but the most recent collection from a localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents the same site as one of the early records. Plants from this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is locally naturalised at one location. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years ago, growing between a road and railway track in the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as "occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement is presumably based on this single record. The species may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as a fodder plant. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport (FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant [Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the northeast coast collected several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and ability to regenerate from seed. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 46 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence [n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. Wapstra 1148 (HO!). Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King Island populations are particularly well-established, albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings present. This species is established in Tasmania but the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be considered only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. sensu Curtis (1956)) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier collections, but the most recent collection from a localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents the same site as one of the early records. Plants from this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is locally naturalised at one location. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years ago, growing between a road and railway track in the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as "occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement is presumably based on this single record. The species may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as a fodder plant. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport (FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant [Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the northeast coast collected several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and ability to regenerate from seed. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 46 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl University of New England. This research project will add molecular data as well as more morphological and phytochemical data, leading to a comprehensive revision of the group as part of systematic study of Phebalium in eastern Australia. Taxonomy In this section, citation of specimens follows regional categories used by respective State herbaria, while distributional data follow IBRA Bioregions (https://www. environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra). Phebalium graniticola I.Telford & J.J.Bruhl, sp. nov. P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. non Vent.: Wilson (1970,2013) p.p., excluding all populations other than those from the Granite Belt of Qld and the North Western Slopes and Northern Tablelands (not including Barrington Tops) of N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners (1991: 258) p.p. ibid.; Weston & Harden (2002:303) p.p. ibid. Type : NEW SOUTH WALES: Northern Tablelands: alongside Blather Creek near Blatherarm Road, Torrington State Recreation Area (nowTorrington State Conservation Area), J.R. Hosking 1610 & G.R. Hosking, 7 Oct. 1998; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL (MEL283130), NE (NE68575), NSW. Diagnosis: differing from P. squamulosum Vent, subsp. squamulosum s. str. in its leaf margins (irregularly dentate vs entire), calyx rim (broad triangular lobes vs truncate), seed ornamentation (verruculose with few longitudinal ridges vs not verruculose and with many longitudinal ridges), and its leaf essential oil (the absence of squamulosone). Shrubs, stems erect, to 3 m tall. Bark ±smooth, red-brown to grey-brown with paler longitudinal lenticels. Branchlets densely silvery and rufous lepidote. Leaves: petiole 1.2-3.5 mm long, densely silvery and rufous lepidote; lamina elliptic, 4.3-27.5 mm long, 2.2-6.0 mm wide, apically rounded or truncate, mucronate, margins irregularly dentate, ±recurved, adaxial surface with midrib impressed, silvery lepidote on young leaves, glabrescent, glossy green, sparsely scabridulous with remnant bases of scales and the epidermis raised into obtuse to acute protuberances above the glands, abaxial surface silvery and rufous lepidote. Inflorescence terminal, of a single (3-)5-8(-13)-flowered umbel, sessile or peduncle to I. 5 mm long; pedicels 4.5-7(-15) mm long, densely silvery and rufous lepidote. Calyx shallowly cup-shaped, 0.8-1.0 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm diam., verruculose and lepidote with 5 broadly triangular lobes often obscured by lepidote trichomes. Corolla of 5 free petals; petals elliptic, 2.8-3.5mm long, 1.3-2.0 mm wide, shortly acuminate, adaxial surface glabrous, yellow, abaxial surface densely silvery and rufous lepidote. Stamens 10; filaments filiform, 5.0-5.8 mm long, glabrous; anthers elliptic, c. 1.2 mm long; apical gland minute, globose. Ovary subglobose, c. 1 mm diam., of 5 carpels, silvery lepidote; style c. 3 mm long, terete, glabrous; stigma minutely capitate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up to 5 erect cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 3-3.5 mm long, 2-2.4 mm wide, truncate with an apical beak c. 1.5 mm long, silvery and ferruginous lepidote. Seeds compressed ovoid, 22-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, verruculose and with few discontinuous, longitudinal ridges on the outer face, dull dark grey. (Figs 1 A, 2) Specimens examined (selection): QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs: Amiens, 10 miles NW of Stanthorpe, L. Pedley 1488A, 30 Oct. 1963 (BRI); Slopes near summit of Mount Norman, Girraween National Park, J.M. Powell 1062 & J.A. Armstrong, 27 Sep. 1977 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Northern Tablelands: Bald Rock State Park, 23 km N of Tenterfield, R.G. Coveny 5728& N.Lander, 3 Oct. 1974 (CANB, NE, NSW); Roberts Range, c. 27 km WNW of Tenterfield, 5 km along track to Donnybrook Plateau from Back Creek Road, I.R. Telford 13122, J. J. Bruhl, M. Badham & D. Caldwell, 20 Dec. 2006 (BRI, CANB, HO, NE, NSW); Jonquil Knob, Torrington State Recreation Area, off Duck Creek Trail, P.l. Forster 27439, 12 July 2001 (BRI, MEL, NE, NSW); 2.3 km along Blatherarm Road from Torrington to Silent Grove road,Torrington State Recreation Area, R. Johnstone 1499 &A.E. Orme, 31 Dec. 2004 (K, NE, NSW); Bluff Rock, 13 km S of Tenterfield, NJ. Sadgrove 303, 28 Oct. 2012; Cathedral Rock, 10 km N of Ebor, J.B. Williams NE51584, Oct. 1974 (NE); North Western Slopes: The Barbs, c. 20 km ESE of Ashford, BJ. Lepschi 5007& A. Whalen, 15 Sep. 2003 (AUA, CANB, DAO, NE, NSW, NY); 'Willows', Bonshaw road, c. 43 km WNW of Glen Innes, GJ. White NE56114, 19 Aug. 1992 (NE); 'Rockview South' E of Barraba, J.T. Hunter s.n. & V.H. Hunter NE105028, 22 Apr. 2017 (BRI, NE, NSW). Distribution: Phebalium graniticola is widespread through the New England Bioregion from Amiens, NW of Stanthorpe, Queensland, south to Cathedral Rock, near Ebor, New South Wales, west to near Barraba and Inverell, New South Wales. Habitat: Phebalium graniticola grows in dry heath and Eucalyptus woodland mostly on granite, rarely on Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 3–16, Fig. 1B".
Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl metasediments (Donnybrook Plateau, Severn River Gorge). This species occurs at 580-1550 m altitude, mostly on high rocky sites, following suitable habitats near streams to the lower altitudes. Associated species include Acacia neriifolia A.Cunn. ex Benth., A. torringtonensis Tindale (Torrington only), Callitris endlicheri (Pari.) F.M.Bailey, Calytrix tetragona Labill., Eucalyptus andrewsii Maiden, E. prava L.A.SJohnson & K.D.Hill, £ youmanii Blakely & McKie, Leptospermum brevipes F.Muell., L trinervium (Sm.) Joy Thomps., Prostanthera petraea BJ.Conn (Bald Rock only) and Styphelia triflora Andrews. Phenology: Phebalium graniticola flowers August- October; fruits December-January. Conservation status: The species is widespread and common with populations of many individuals and thus is considered to be of "Least Concern" (IUCN 2017). It is conserved in Girraween National Park in Queensland, Bald Rock and Cathedral Rock National Parks, Torrington State Conservation Area and Bolivia Hill Nature Reserve in New South Wales. Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin granitum (granite) and -cola (a dweller), referring to the species preference for granitic habitats. Phebalium stellatum I .Telford & JJ.Bruhl sp. nov. P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. non Vent.: Wilson (1970; 2013) p.p., excluding all populations other than those in the vicinity of Cascade near Dorrigo, N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners (1991: 258) p.p. ibid., and all illustrations except 2a, right hand leaf only; Weston & Harden (2002:303) p.p., ibid. Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. North Coast: Wild Cattle Creek State Forest, 200 m along Callitris Rd from Morora Rd, 2.5 km ENE of Cascade, I.R. Telford 12938&J.J. Bruhl, 10 Sep. 2006; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, HO, K, MEL (MEL2380142), MO, NE (NE88775), PERTH. Diagnosis: differs from P. squamulosum Vent, subsp. squamulosum s. str. in the presence of stellate trichomes on branchlets and leaves, larger, lanceolate leaves (35— 117 vs 8-34 mm long), smaller flowers (petals 2.5-3 vs 3-4 mm long), smaller seeds (2-2.3 vs 2.4-2.6 mm long) with fewer longitudinal ridges, and the absence of squamulosone from its leaf essential oil. Shrubsortrees, stems erect to 8 m tall. Bark grey-brown, ±smooth roughen slightly by paler lenticels. Branchlets densely white lepidote to stellate hairy. Leaves: petioles 2-5 mm long; laminas narrowly lanceolate, (35-)50-85(- 117) mm long, (3.5—)7.5—10(-15) mm wide, acute, margin straight or shallowly crenate, flat or slightly recurved; adaxial surface with midrib impressed, sparsely stellate, glabrescent, dull; slightly raised and rounded above the glands, abaxial surface densely white stellate hairy and rufous lepidote becoming predominately white stellate hairy at maturity. Inflorescence terminal, of up to five 4-8-flowered umbels, the adjacent upper axils with solitary umbels; peduncles 3-10 mm long, densely silvery lepidote; pedicels 3-7.4 mm long, densely silvery lepidote. Calyx broadly cup-shaped, c. 0.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam., truncate or scarcely 5-lobed, densely silvery lepidote. Corolla of 5 free petals; petals elliptic, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, apiculate, the adaxial surface glabrous, cream-pale yellow; abaxial surface densely silvery and ferrugineous lepidote. Stamens 10; filaments filiform, 3.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, apical gland minute, globose. Ovary subglobose, 1 -1.2 mm diam., of 5 carpels, silvery lepidote and stellate hairy; style filiform, c. 3.5 mm long, with sparse stellate trichomes towards base; stigma truncate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up to 5 erect cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 22-2.8 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, truncate, silvery and rufous lepidote. Seeds compressed obovoid, 2.0-2.3 mm long, 1.3- 1.5 mm wide, with discontinuous longitudinal ridges mainly on the outer face, glossy black. (Figs 1C, 3,4) Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast: Wild Cattle Creek State Forest, Mobong Rd, 2.5 km from junction with Measuring Hut Rd, S. Griffith s.n, 3 Sep. 1991 (BRI, NE, NSW); Wild Cattle Creek State Forest, 8.5 km along Moses Rock Rd from Cascade, I.R. Telford 12945 &J.J. Bruhl, 10 Sep. 2006 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH); Morora Rd, 4.4 km E of Cascade via Dorrigo, A/?. Bean 16875 ,10 Sep. 2000 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Dorrigo State Forest, hillsides above Wild Cattle Creek, C. White 7561 ,4 Oct. 1930 (BRI); Urumbilum River, Orara West State Forest [now Bindari National Park], A Floyd s.n., 9 Sep. 1972 (CFSHB). Distribution: Phebalium stellatum is restricted to the mountainous country within 20 km of Cascade, N of Dorrigo, in the New South Wales North Coast Bioregion, New South Wales. Phenology: The species flowers August-September; fruits December. 10 Vol 38
Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl Habitat: Phebalium stellatum grows in wetter open forest on clay soils derived from metasediments at 600-700 m altitude adjacent to closed forest and with a dense small tree and shrub understorey. Dominant tree species are Eucalyptus saligna Sm v E. microcorys F.Muell., E pilularis Sm. and Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh. with an understorey including Callicoma serratifolia Andrews, Acacia binervata DC., Allocasuarina littoralis (Salisb.) L.A.SJohnson, Schizomeria ovata D.Don, Alphitonia excelsa (A.Cunn. ex Fenzl) Benth., Archirhodomyrtus beckleri (F.Muell.) AJ.Scott, Rubus moluccanus L. and Trimenia moorei (Oliv. ex Benth.) W.R.Philipson. Conservation status: Six populations have been recorded in the area within 20 km of Cascade. The population at the type locality consists of hundreds of individuals of mixed size classes (pers. obs., 27 May 2019). At this site, the disturbed roadside site suggests regeneration is promoted by opening of the forest canopy. Other populations have not been assessed. Under the IUCN (2017) risk categories, the species must be regarded as "Data Deficient". More detailed consideration to its conservation status will be given in the broader study under way. The species is conserved in Bindari National Park. Etymology; The epithet is from the Latin Stella (star), in reference to trichome shape of the indumentum on branchlets and abaxial leaf surfaces, and the starry appearance of the inflorescences. Notes: Specimens from the Bucketty to Mogo Creek area, Central Coast, New South Wales, possess some stellate trichomes, but in other leaf and seed characters match neither P. stellatum nor P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum s. str. Phebalium sylvaticum I .Telford & JJ.Bruhl sp. nov. Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. non Vent.: Wilson 82 (1970; 2013) p.p., excluding all populations except for North Coast (other than Cascade area) and Gibraltar Range, N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners 258 (1993) p.p., ibid.; Weston & Harden 303 (2002) p.p., ibid. Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Northern Tablelands: Gibraltar Range National Park, 2 km north-east of turn¬ off to Washpool National Park along Gwydir Highway, L.M. Copeland 40846, 6 Sep 2006; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, K, MEL (MEL2380138), MO, NE (NE88815). Diagnosis: differs from P. squamulosum Vent. s. str. in larger, usually narrowly lanceolate leaves (17—)30— 70(-80) x (3.5—)5—10 vs 8-34 x 2.5-5.5 mm), seed ornamentation (verruculose with few longitudinal ridges on outer face vs many longitudinal ridges), and the absence of squamulosonefrom its leaf essential oil. Shrubs or trees, stems erect to 6 m tall. Bark grey- brown, ±smooth roughened slightly by paler lenticels. Branchlets densely scaly with rufous lepidote trichomes. Leaves: petiole 2-4.5 mm long; lamina narrowly lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, (17-)30-70(-80) mm long, (3.5-)5-10 mm wide, obtuse to acute, margin entire to sinuate, flat to slightly recurved; adaxial surface with midrib impressed, glabrous, glossy green, slightly raised and rounded above the glands; abaxial surface densely silver and silver-rufous lepidote. Inflorescence terminal, of up to five 3-6-flowered umbels, the several adjacent upper axils with solitary umbels; peduncle 1.5-4 mm long, silvery lepidote; pedicels 5-10 mm long, silvery lepidote. Calyx broadly cup-shaped, c. 1.5 mm long, 2.5-2.8 mm diam.; very shallowly 5-lobed, silvery and rufous lepidote on abaxial surface. Corolla of 5 free petals; petals elliptic, 3.5-4.2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, obtuse; adaxial surface glabrous, yellow; abaxial surface densely rufous lepidote with a narrow glabrous margin. Stamens 10; filaments filiform, 3.5-6.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers elliptic, 1-1.2 mm long; apical gland globose. Ovary subglobose, 1.5-1.8 mm diam., of 5 carpels, densely silvery lepidote; style 4-4.5 mm long, with stellate trichomes or rarely lepidote on lower half; stigma truncate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up to 5 erect cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 2.3-3 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, truncate, silvery lepidote. Seeds compressed narrowly obovoid, 22-2.7 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, with a short reflexed apical beak and discontinuous longitudinal ridges appearing more or less warty mainly on the outer face, glossy black. (Figs ID, 5) Specimens examined (selection): QUEENSLAND: Moreton District: Mt Ballow, C.T. White 11101, 25 July 1937 (BRI); Durrumlee Peak, Mt Ballow area, McPherson Range, P.l. Forster PIF7440 & G. Leiper, 19 Sep. 1990 (BRI, CBG, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Double Peak, Mt Ballow area, G. Leiper s.n., 18 Aug. 1990 (BRI); Mowburra Peak, Mt Barney National Park, D.A. Fialford Q7380, 10 Sep. 2002 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast: Unungar State Forest [now Toonumbar National Park], Jones s.n. AQ 152704, Oct 1947 (BRI); Toonumbar State Forest [now 12 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in its range in the State and it is now regarded as common and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to increase its range even though it has been, and continues to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex Steud. (elastic grass) Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of the State. The location of the most recent collection (Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants were found along a short section of roadside verge with other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that the taxon is locally established. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised status but its perennial nature suggests it could have persisted at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata Chevall.) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm (TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from two collections from the northwest of the State. The most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at either location. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread and common Holcus lanatus L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea barleygrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania from three widely separated populations. It appears to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage depression where it formed dense patches. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. Status: Naturalised Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small hairgrass) Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town (TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 62 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms are present. The number of formal collections does not properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug (TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's southeast, where it has been present since at least the 1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. One outlying record is from clearings at the former settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug and Electrona". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent or status of the species at the location. As such, there is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 record from Cressy. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula (lesser spearwort) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens collected from these locations. There is no collecting information regarding its status and it has not been collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus (celery buttercup) Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no notes regarding the plant's habitat or population details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis (1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual buttercup) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park (TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2074 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then Muelleria 51
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 51-52".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Gymnospermae PINACEAE Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania from a single localised population at Launceston's Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Monocotyledoneae ALOEACEAE Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 2368 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It has become naturalised to varying degrees at several locations with populations ranging in size from single clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See Figure 7. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised CYPERACEAE Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] (?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon (TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania from two collections. No information regarding its abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded although the most recent one notes that the plants were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to determine its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 20 years ago from a small population growing along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. It is not known if the species is still present at the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom sedge) Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge (KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart Muelleria 57
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence [n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. Wapstra 1148 (HO!). Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King Island populations are particularly well-established, albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings present. This species is established in Tasmania but the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be considered only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. sensu Curtis (1956)) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier collections, but the most recent collection from a localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents the same site as one of the early records. Plants from this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is locally naturalised at one location. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years ago, growing between a road and railway track in the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as "occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement is presumably based on this single record. The species may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as a fodder plant. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport (FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant [Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the northeast coast collected several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and ability to regenerate from seed. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 46 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 53-54".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 46-47".
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. sericeum (silky bluegrass) Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying the specimen indicate that the population consisted of approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT (native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT (native), Vic. (native) Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT Status: Not naturalised Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf (fingergrass) Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium (HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 51390!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice barnyardgrass) Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 86552 (HO!). Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW Status: Not naturalised Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens from roadside verges in the north of the State. The collections suggest that it is a recent arrival to the State, although the source of the introduction is unknown. The species is locally persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas its persistence at Bridport is unknown. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue to increase its range throughout the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African lovegrass) Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) (TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart Muelleria 61
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to be correct. They are included here for completeness in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. Information from the specimen collection data is also provided, along with published accounts of the taxon and, where applicable, the authors' observations. The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and territory censuses and checklists. It includes those jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted otherwise. Checklist Dicotyledoneae AIZOACEAE Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. (angled pigface) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on King Island. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf iceplant) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy (TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, is widespread but uncommon and is known from localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and usually highly localised occurrence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris (Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. Status: Not naturalised Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to suggest it naturalised inTasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW Status: Not naturalised APIACEAE Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 30 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia (stalked waterstarwort) Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at the site are warranted to check its persistence. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping bellflower) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, [collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, [collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. Wapstra 1345 (HO!). Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are from unknown locations: two are noted as being cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes associated with these specimens are scant. The recent collections were recorded from the base of a retaining wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is insufficient information to suggest that this species has become naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road (TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway [Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite being represented only by relatively recent collections from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a population from the Channel Highway was noted as being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, flowers each year and seems to spread further each growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have been recorded growing in a number of different habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets and grassy woodland. While there are several collections from widespread locations and different habitats, the species is still considered only sparingly naturalised due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the propensity for the species to spread is noted and this may be an example of a species that will shift category in a short timeframe. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CAPRIFOLIACEAE Lonicera periclymenum L. (European honeysuckle) Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island (KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast (TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. The specimens come from an old homestead site at Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more populations and that it may have been overlooked for the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 (HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 38 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 25220!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from the grounds of the State agricultural department's laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction into Tasmania'. However, there is no information accompanying the collections that offers any detail regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised ASTERACEAE Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 70 years and no contextual details accompany any specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. The presence of several early records from widely separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems likely that it no longer occurs in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from three widely separated records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was recorded from a garden. The others were collected from roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it may have the potential to become naturalised to some degree in the State. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed in the north of the State." There is no information accompanying the collection that offers any detail regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens (Wiklund artichoke thistle) Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker s.n. (HO 521921!). Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is known in Tasmania from two collections from the greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No collection details describing the plants population or status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be Muelleria 31
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM),
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!).
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned
gardens. The most recent record notes that several
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005).
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M.
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in
Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly)
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931,
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a
single specimen collected from King Island more than
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is
naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly)
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I);
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain,
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE),
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE),
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI).
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a small number of small but established
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be
considered only sparingly naturalised.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct.
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995))
(pink catchfly)
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A
(HOI).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and
it was this specimen that led to the species being
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016).
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort)
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979,
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI).
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst
there is no information indicating the species' status,
given the two geographically and temporally separated
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the
lack of recent collections and informative collecting
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to
this species with any certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously
naturalised)
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Muelleria
39
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence overlooked for the typical form, which is common and widely naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to have been collected from the same site.The collections are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of the status at the time of collection other than being thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if the plants have persisted at this site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. (HO 520128!). Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is known in Tasmania from a highly localised population of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle feed was spread.The population was made the target of eradication and is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum [syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear hawkweed) Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, [near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single population growing on a rural fence line between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, it was the dominant component of the vegetation over an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) Status: Previously naturalised Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling groundsel) Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 (HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris s.n. (HO 563422!). Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised throughout the state but is most often encountered on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. (2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian dandelion) Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) (TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). Notes: This perennial herb is known from two collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been recorded since. See Figure 2. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised BASELLACEAE Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira vine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 32 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised populations have been recorded growing in a range of habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream banks and pasture. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. (one-row watercress) Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract [Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan (TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 99 and G. Batey (HOI). Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified several specimens of N. microphyllum from material previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, streams and ditches in moving water. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater collection is from an "embankment", whereas the Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping yellowcress) Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 (HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is well-established and a troublesome weed at several sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. (HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding its naturalised status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 37
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania SALICACEAE Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden upright willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass (ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 11 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances it appears to have been planted, and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River (TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, with only the population at Queenstown showing signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course (cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 (HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 (HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only a small number of individuals or small groups of trees found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in the State's north, was recently observed, with some plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 532975!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it is not known the extent of the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). Muelleria 53
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is not known if the populations at the collection sites have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond domestic gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised PRIMULACEAE Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. (kause chaffweed) Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania than indicated by current collections. Collections to date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised PROTEACEAE Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two specimens from the same site, collected approximately three years apart. Here, the species had most likely spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, and occurred as a population of mature and young plants. The population was removed in 2008. The species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and further naturalised populations are expected to occur. However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more widely naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), SA Status: Previously naturalised Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania from several specimens from a single localised population comprised of several individuals and patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local landcare group, but some individuals, presumably escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a widespread and sometimes locally common species in wet mountain forests. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. (native) Status: Sparingly naturalised RANUNCULACEAE Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the specimen, the population consisted of approximately nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending further information on its distribution. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena "township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine (TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several widely spread populations. Most have been recorded from roadside verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 50 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence FABACEAE Hedysarum coronarium L. (French honeysuckle) Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any certainty. See Figure 5. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld Status: Not naturalised Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain tree) Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The most recent was from a population of naturalised plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek (TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). Notes: Despite being known only from a small number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW [n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton (TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. It grows in range of situations, including croplands and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and widespread and has most likely been overlooked due to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of Lotus that occur in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 532 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as an escape". However, no specimens were available to her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; for example, a single plant was collected near Epping Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human consumption (Knox etal. 2006). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 44 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania area. All but a single plant were collected from ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant growing on the side of a track in a recently developed bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned dubsedge) Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 (HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked at other similar habitats and locations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised HAEMODORACEAE Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen kangaroo paw) Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road (cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several collections that appear to be derived from nearby garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised HYDROCHARITACEAE Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen weed) Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) (TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has persisted or spread from the site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised IRIDACEAE Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently well-established". It was recently collected from (presumably) the same site and described as growing in several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside verge. It has been detected at one additional site in the north of the State, where it was growing on a road reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised JUNCACEAE Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead rush) Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass Muelleria 59
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Naturalised Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta (Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve (TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in Tasmania from a single collection from a single persistent population that has presumably escaped from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, but this is likely to change as its distribution is better understood. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUCURBITACEAE Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting cucumber) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful control measures reduced the number of plants in preceding years. The species has not been recorded at the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is now presumed to be absent there. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised CUSCUTACEAE Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia s.n. (HO 444804!). Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 2014). See Figure 4. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. Status: Previously naturalised ERICACEAE Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 579892!). Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby garden. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single, localised population of mature plants and seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The population was present when re-visited in November 2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised 42 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While it is a widespread species that has been present since at least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several populations have also been recorded in essentially undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. One collection, from Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated there and it is thought to have been introduced as a contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania and has been observed in ponds and water features throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is considered native throughout mainland Australia but has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), Vic. (native and naturalised) Status: Doubtfully naturalised MALVACEAE Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. (HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the status.The species does not appear to have escaped the confines of gardens. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Not naturalised Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. (Cretan mallow) Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 (HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in the northwest of the State (including King Island) where it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to be becoming more widespread. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA Status: Naturalised MIMOSACEAE Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra wattle) Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet (A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. [Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 48 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow
soapwort)
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's
handwriting), (HO 86471).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this
observation is not known. From this scant information
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any
certainty.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW,
Vic.
Status: Not naturalised
CHENOPODIACEAE
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia)
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!);
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine,
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]);
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A.
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!).
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful
collecting notes that give any indication of its status,
although the location is predominantly rural land. All
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but
collected over two different years, indicating some
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome
crop weed has not been collected since and it is
unknown if it has persisted at the sites.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA
Status: Doubtfully naturalised
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch.
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.)
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy
goosefoot)
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley,
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!);
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra
1100 (HO!).
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010,
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never
truly naturalised in Tasmania.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None
Status: Not naturalised
CISTACEAE
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose)
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M.
Baker 1141 (HO!).
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is
represented by a single localised population that has
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and
a dominant component of the vegetation along both
sides of a 200 m section of track verge.
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic.
Status: Sparingly naturalised
CLUSIACEAE
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's
wort)
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940,
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!).
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania.
40
Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 38-39".
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. niger) as introduced but not widely established enough to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Not naturalised Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland tobacco) Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 [n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island (KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of plants and are thought to have originated from dumped garden waste or spread via animals. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered nightshade) Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus forest in the north of the State. No information regarding the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) (all TSE). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of localised but well-established populations in the State's southeast. It is most often recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised URTICACEAE Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and footpaths. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Muelleria 55
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant at the Gardens and at several other locations in and around Hobart. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Naturalised Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in Tasmania from a single collection from roadside gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and additional records since its collection more than 40 years ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised FUMARIACEAE Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis (common fumitory) Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 [n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 36985!). Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW Status: Doubtfully naturalised Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba (white fumitory) Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. Morris 86456 (HO!). Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Not naturalised GERANIACEAE Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval heronsbill) Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & HO 6668!). Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places". No notes detailing the status accompany the specimens and without subsequent collections in more than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. (Madeira cranesbill) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have arisen from dumped garden waste. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. Status: Naturalised LAMIACEAE Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet (TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). Muelleria 47
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small population where it is thought to have spread via vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread as it is easily confused with the common and widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic Status: Doubtfully naturalised Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma (Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray (TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 (HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it appears to have been planted and only a small number of plants have been observed where their origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised SCROPHULARIACEAE Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 1627 (HOI). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from seven widespread collections. In most cases no more than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have persisted at these sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Sparingly naturalised Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia (Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted at any of the sites. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support this statement. No information regarding its habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised SOLANACEAE Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 54 Vol 38
Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania BRASSICACEAE Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it was first recorded. The population covers an area of approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest that it is only sparingly naturalised. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW Status: Sparingly naturalised Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island (KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from most bioregions including some outlying sites such as smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the collections do not indicate the abundance or status of the plants from these sites. Early collections are presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised status. See Figure 3. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected from a garden at Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that only a single plant was found and that it was probably introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay (cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. Duretto 1866 (HO!). Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania from four collections with notes indicating that they were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to justify any level of naturalised status for the species in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy peppercress) Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15715!). Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's central north. One specimen's collecting information states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation ditch but gives no indication of the population size or area covered by the species. The other has no information regarding its status at the collection site. Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in waste places". In the absence of further collections, and the possibility that both collections are from the one highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Not naturalised Lunaria annua L. (honesty) Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur (TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A Muelleria 35
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental Rydb.) (witchgrass) Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM Buchanan 160001 (HO!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from three collections but there is insufficient information to justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information in reviewing its status in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance (TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens collected from widely separated locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent collection was from a population consisting of several plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, means there is some doubt regarding its status in Tasmania. See Figure 9. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree planting in the south of the State. All plants were removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. Baker 1798 (HO!). Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- infested urban creek bank and were thought to have arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) Status: Not naturalised Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) (TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town (TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. Baker 449 (HO!). Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered in the area. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Discussion Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously considered to be naturalised are better regarded as never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best regarded as doubtfully naturalised. Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 64 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. (HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as "local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the North West". However, there is no evidence to support this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect (Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 5 m. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised LILIACEAE Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the population. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don (FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport (FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1417 (HOI). Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several widely separated but localised populations. Naturalised populations are most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies consisting of hundreds of plants. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Sparingly naturalised POACEAE Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. (NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from two widely separated populations collected more than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of Launceston. The limited material and associated notes make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to other naturalised species in the genus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish (all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by native grassland. There are no further details regarding the population. The limited material and associated collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. Status: Doubtfully naturalised Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood smallreed) Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania from several collections from a roadside ditch on the Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have failed to re-find it. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None Status: Previously naturalised 60 Vol 38
Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence it has been found to be more widespread, including Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal "marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread than indicated by formal collections, with additional populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Naturalised ROSACEAE Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia blackberry) Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD [n.v.]) (all BEL). Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW Status: Naturalised Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson (blackberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport (FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD [n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 107 (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the northeast, central north, and south of the State. This taxon was previously included within the widespread and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. (2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA Status: Naturalised Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were growing in waterways and bushland. Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. Status: Sparingly naturalised RUBIACEAE Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn bedstraw) Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] (MEL2098143 [n.v.]). Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of naturalisation are recorded. Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. Status: Not naturalised Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16852 (HO!). Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known from two specimens collected from the same general vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) Status: Sparingly naturalised 52 Vol 38
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 94-98, Figs 1 (map), 2-4, 5 A-F, 6".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 87–99, Fig.4".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 91-92".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 101-109".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 119-120".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 115-116, Figs 1b, 2, 3 (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: Fig. 1F".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 120-121".
Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) typical flower and fruit of P. curviflora. Some of the Sieber specimens were in early flower when collected, and it is possible that those available to Presl were at this stage (although photographs of specimens at PRC appear to show curved flowers and fruits and at least two of these specimens had been seen by Presl.). The characteristic curvature of the flowers of P. curviflora becomes particularly apparent at maturity or even after the'style portion' abscises to leave the developing falcate fruit. Pimelea micrantha F.Muell. ex Meisn., Linnaea 26: 351 (1854). Type: AUSTRALIA. "Ultra Saltcreek, Nov. (Dr.Behr). Circa Enfield, Austral, aur. Janr. (Dr. F. Muller)" (lecto here designated: Enfield N. Holl. Austr., Jan 1852, F. Mueller s.n. (NY photo seen; isolecto: MEL 52308 p.p.!; probable isolecto: HBG photo seen; residual syntype: Ultra Saltcreek, Nov., Dr.Behr s.n., MEL 51308 p.p.! Threlfall cited the Enfield specimen at NY as holotype. This is incorrect as two collections were referenced by Meisner in the protologue. Meisner's herbarium is at NY (Stafleu and Cowan 1976-1988) and the specimen there is here nominated as the lectotype. A mixed sheet at MEL (MEL51308) has labels for both the localities (Salt Creek and Enfield) cited in the protologue. Of the elements on the sheet, one resembles that at NY, while one is of a smaller-leaved plant - presumably the Salt Creek component.The elements matching the lectotype have been indicated and are treated as isolectotypes and the 'mismatching' element is treated as the residual Salt Creek syntype. Putative types have been imaged on JSTOR (http:// plants.jstor.org/, accessed 31 May 2019) from K and HBG, but the Kew sheet is labelled 'Murray River, J.D.' (undated). The collector is almost certainly John Dallachy, who collected for Mueller in north-west Victoria. This specimen has no type status. The HBG sheet has a 'Plantae Mullerianeae' label, so is probably a Mueller collection, and the locality is given as simply 'Nov. Holland, meridional.' (i.e. South Australia). The specimen is a fair match for the Enfield gatherings at NY and MEL and is therefore treated here as a likely isolectotype. Acknowledgements We are grateful to Dan Duval, South Australian Seed Conservation Centre, for kindly photographing the seeds that comprise Figs 1 and 2, Austin Brown, Andre Messina and Val Stajsic (all MEL) for assistance in the field, and to Andre for assisting with the preparation of figures, to Alison Vaughan (MEL) who prepared the distribution map of the new subspecies and to Patrik Mraz, Curator, Charles University Herbarium, Prague for unearthing and arranging photography of type material at that institution. This study was undertaken as part of the RBGV Jim Willis Summer Studentship (awarded to E.S. in 2017). We are indebted to the late Roger Riordan AM, and Maggie and Max Richards for their generous support of this program. References Bean, A.R. (2017). A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section Epallage (Endl.) Benth. (Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland. Austrobaileya 10:1 -47. Bentham, G.W. (1873). Flora Australinesis vol. 6. L. Reeve & Co, London. Ducker, S.C. (1990). 'Early Austrian influence on Australian botany'. In: Short, RS. (ed.). History of systematic botany in Australia, pp. 297-304. Australian Systematic Botany Society Inc., Victoria. Entwisle, T.J. (1996). Pimelea in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria vol. 3. Inkata Press, Melbourne. IUCN (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria version 3.1, Gland, Switzerland. Muller, B. (2002). Landform mapping and recharge estimations from Horsham to Dimboola.Technical Report no. 90, Dept of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria. Rye, B.L. (1988). A revision ofWestern Australian Thymelaeaceae. Nuytsia 6 (2): 129-278. Rye, B.L. (1990). Pimelea in A.S. George (ed.). Flora of Australia vol. 18, Podostemaceae to Combretaceae. Australian Govt Printing Service, Canberra. Stafleu, F.A.; Cowan, R.S. (1976-1988). Taxonomic literature: a selective guide to botanical publications and collections with dates, commentaries and types: Taxon. Lit., edn 2. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht. Threlfall, S. (1983). The genus Pimelea in eastern mainland Australia. Brunonia 5:113-201. Turland, N. J., Wiersema, J. H., Barrie, F. R., Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D. L„ Herendeen, P. S., Knapp, S., Kusber, W.- H., Li, D.-Z., Marhold, K., May, T. W., McNeill, J., Monro, A. M., Prado, J., Price, M. J. & Smith, G. F. (eds.) 2018. International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Glashutten: Koeltz Botanical Books. DOI https://doi. org/10.12705/Code.2018 Muelleria 123
Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage)
Meisn. under P. curviflora var. sericea. No particular
type was noted, but Threlfall's (1983) lectotypifkation
of Meisner's name, based on a Cunningham specimen
at K ('North Bathurst, Nov. 183/1822') is appropriate.
This is K00900018, but another element is mounted
on the same sheet 'slender shrub in fertile plain, N of
Bath 1 ' [Bathurst], as K00900019. It also apparently a
Cunningham collection (signified by a pencilled 'C')
and is likely part of the same collection, resembling
closely K00900018. It is treated here as an isolectotype.
A Cunningham collection at NY (386352) 'Valleys near
Bathurst, N.S.Wales, 1822' is almost certainly another
isolectotype and would have been used by Meisner in
naming P. propinqua (he may or may not have seen the
Kew specimens).
Rye (1990) notes a possible isotype at G-DC, but
the Cunningham specimen therein, inspected from
microfiche, has no locality and appears to be dated
1836, so is not an isolectotype.
The K sheet with the two pieces (00900018 and
00900019) has been labelled by Cunningham as
'Pimelea congesta A.Cunnl This name was never validly
published, although cited by Bentham as a synonym
under P. curviflora var. sericea. Threlfall (1983) included
it as a nomen nudum under P. hirsuta Meisn. (although
attributed the name to Richard Cunningham (R.Cunn.)
rather than his brother Alan (A.Cunn.). Bentham (1873)
had made the note under P. hirsuta, 'P. hirsuta R.Cunn.
in several herb., not of A.Cunn.' It is not clear which
herbaria Bentham was referring to here, there being no
collections identified as P. congesta R.Cunn. encountered
in the present study.
Pimelea muelleri Meisn., Linnaea 25:351
(1854).
Bentham included Pimelea muelleri in P. curviflora var.
curviflora rather than var. sericea, but his concept of var.
curviflora was very broad. Threlfall (1983) synonymised
P. muelleri under P. curviflora var. sericea which is the
best fit of currently named taxa. She nominated a G-DC
specimen collected by Mueller at Holdfast Bay in South
Australia as the lectotype and other specimens at MEL
as possible syntypes. There are at MEL five Mueller
collections of this from Holdfast Bay (MEL 51201, MEL
51299B, MEL 51321, MEL 59270, MEL 59272) and one at
NY (1104574), all of similar appearance and presumably
duplicates. These specimens are either dated 1847 or
undated - a January 1851 collection is in late fruit and is
clearly not of the same gathering. The 1847 collections
are reasonably treated as isolectotypes. Specimens at
FR (036146, photo seen), G (190897, photo seen) and
MEL (59271!), labelled simply'Nov. Holland. Meridional.'
(i.e. South Australia), are of similar appearance to
the isolectotypes noted above and may also be
isolectotypes.
Collections by Behr'inter Gawlertown et Lyndoch Vale'
were listed by Meisner along with Mueller's Holdfast Bay
collections, and two specimens of this gathering are at
MEL (51203 and 51299A) forming the residual syntypes
of P. muelleri. It is likely that other examples of the Behr
collections exist, most likely at G and/or NY.
Pimelea thymifolia C.PresI, Botanische
Bemerkungen: 107 (1845)
Type: AUSTRALIA. Novae Hollandiae [Sydney region,
N.S.W.], 1823, Sieber 205 (lecto: (here chosen): PRC
456580 photo seen; isolecto: H 1385484 photo seen, H
1568440 photo seen, MEL 51251 p.p.!, MEL 61290 p.p.!,
MO 3498383 photo seen, PRC 456577 photo seen, PRC
456578 photo seen, PRC 456579 photo seen, PR 615838
photo seen, S 09-20908 photo seen, W 0045017 photo
seen, W 0045018 photo seen, W 0045019 photo seen, W
0045239 photo seen),
Pimelea thymifolia was treated by Threlfall (1983)
and subsequently others (e.g. Rye 1990; Australian
Plant Census: http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html;
accessed 4 Jan 2019) as a synonym of P. curviflora. Threlfall
cited only one specimen (MEL) and treated it as an isotype.
Subsequently, many further specimens of Sieber 205
have been located. The specimen from the herbarium at
Charles University, Prague (PRC), noted as the principal
'home' of Presl's collections (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-1988),
has been chosen as the lectotype (Figure 6), but numerous
isolectotypes exist, a testament to the zealous collecting
habits of Sieber (see Ducker, 1990). Presumably further
examples of Sieber205 exist but are yet to be revealed.
Presl noted his Pimelea thymifolia (based on Sieber
205 ) differed from P. curviflora in the leaves and the
perigonium tube (i.e. the hypanthium: 'perigonii ...
tubo recto'). There are no substantial differences at all
in the leaves of Sieber 205 and the type of P. curviflora
at MEL. Specimens of Sieber 205 at MEL showed the
Muelleria
121
Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage)
Meisn. under P. curviflora var. sericea. No particular
type was noted, but Threlfall's (1983) lectotypifkation
of Meisner's name, based on a Cunningham specimen
at K ('North Bathurst, Nov. 183/1822') is appropriate.
This is K00900018, but another element is mounted
on the same sheet 'slender shrub in fertile plain, N of
Bath 1 ' [Bathurst], as K00900019. It also apparently a
Cunningham collection (signified by a pencilled 'C')
and is likely part of the same collection, resembling
closely K00900018. It is treated here as an isolectotype.
A Cunningham collection at NY (386352) 'Valleys near
Bathurst, N.S.Wales, 1822' is almost certainly another
isolectotype and would have been used by Meisner in
naming P. propinqua (he may or may not have seen the
Kew specimens).
Rye (1990) notes a possible isotype at G-DC, but
the Cunningham specimen therein, inspected from
microfiche, has no locality and appears to be dated
1836, so is not an isolectotype.
The K sheet with the two pieces (00900018 and
00900019) has been labelled by Cunningham as
'Pimelea congesta A.Cunnl This name was never validly
published, although cited by Bentham as a synonym
under P. curviflora var. sericea. Threlfall (1983) included
it as a nomen nudum under P. hirsuta Meisn. (although
attributed the name to Richard Cunningham (R.Cunn.)
rather than his brother Alan (A.Cunn.). Bentham (1873)
had made the note under P. hirsuta, 'P. hirsuta R.Cunn.
in several herb., not of A.Cunn.' It is not clear which
herbaria Bentham was referring to here, there being no
collections identified as P. congesta R.Cunn. encountered
in the present study.
Pimelea muelleri Meisn., Linnaea 25:351
(1854).
Bentham included Pimelea muelleri in P. curviflora var.
curviflora rather than var. sericea, but his concept of var.
curviflora was very broad. Threlfall (1983) synonymised
P. muelleri under P. curviflora var. sericea which is the
best fit of currently named taxa. She nominated a G-DC
specimen collected by Mueller at Holdfast Bay in South
Australia as the lectotype and other specimens at MEL
as possible syntypes. There are at MEL five Mueller
collections of this from Holdfast Bay (MEL 51201, MEL
51299B, MEL 51321, MEL 59270, MEL 59272) and one at
NY (1104574), all of similar appearance and presumably
duplicates. These specimens are either dated 1847 or
undated - a January 1851 collection is in late fruit and is
clearly not of the same gathering. The 1847 collections
are reasonably treated as isolectotypes. Specimens at
FR (036146, photo seen), G (190897, photo seen) and
MEL (59271!), labelled simply'Nov. Holland. Meridional.'
(i.e. South Australia), are of similar appearance to
the isolectotypes noted above and may also be
isolectotypes.
Collections by Behr'inter Gawlertown et Lyndoch Vale'
were listed by Meisner along with Mueller's Holdfast Bay
collections, and two specimens of this gathering are at
MEL (51203 and 51299A) forming the residual syntypes
of P. muelleri. It is likely that other examples of the Behr
collections exist, most likely at G and/or NY.
Pimelea thymifolia C.PresI, Botanische
Bemerkungen: 107 (1845)
Type: AUSTRALIA. Novae Hollandiae [Sydney region,
N.S.W.], 1823, Sieber 205 (lecto: (here chosen): PRC
456580 photo seen; isolecto: H 1385484 photo seen, H
1568440 photo seen, MEL 51251 p.p.!, MEL 61290 p.p.!,
MO 3498383 photo seen, PRC 456577 photo seen, PRC
456578 photo seen, PRC 456579 photo seen, PR 615838
photo seen, S 09-20908 photo seen, W 0045017 photo
seen, W 0045018 photo seen, W 0045019 photo seen, W
0045239 photo seen),
Pimelea thymifolia was treated by Threlfall (1983)
and subsequently others (e.g. Rye 1990; Australian
Plant Census: http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html;
accessed 4 Jan 2019) as a synonym of P. curviflora. Threlfall
cited only one specimen (MEL) and treated it as an isotype.
Subsequently, many further specimens of Sieber 205
have been located. The specimen from the herbarium at
Charles University, Prague (PRC), noted as the principal
'home' of Presl's collections (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-1988),
has been chosen as the lectotype (Figure 6), but numerous
isolectotypes exist, a testament to the zealous collecting
habits of Sieber (see Ducker, 1990). Presumably further
examples of Sieber205 exist but are yet to be revealed.
Presl noted his Pimelea thymifolia (based on Sieber
205 ) differed from P. curviflora in the leaves and the
perigonium tube (i.e. the hypanthium: 'perigonii ...
tubo recto'). There are no substantial differences at all
in the leaves of Sieber 205 and the type of P. curviflora
at MEL. Specimens of Sieber 205 at MEL showed the
Muelleria
121
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 9–13, Fig. 1 A–D".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 80-81".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 81-83, Figs 2, 16a (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 85-87, Figs 4, 16c (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 90-92, Figs 6, 16e (map)".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 96-97, 99, Figs 9, 17b".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 105-107".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 122–123".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 123-124".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 124-125".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 130-131, Figs 3 (map), 4-5".
Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 127-130, Figs 1-2, 3 (map)".